all transcripts.2006

“WOULD YOU JOIN ME IN THE WOODS FOR A CASUAL CONVERSATION?”

WITH ALAN WATT

==============================================================================

What do we think about survival of the fittest? 

The philosophers down through the ages pretty well discussed this phenomena as to why they were the aristocracy and why they control things and they came to the conclusion that they were just naturally physically, genetically superior and more cunning.

Intelligence to them really is a form of cunningness, an innate ability to pull the wool over someone’s eyes in order to get them to do something which they thought they knew the purpose of, but really it was to benefit the elite themselves. It’s a form of trickery by clever persuasion, where those who do the gopher work never really realize that’s what they are.

Darwin himself who brought forth this same doctrine, “survival of the fittest,” which is just an ancient form of Hindu philosophy, really, which is based on a caste system. Again, a caste system of interbreeding of certain family gene pools and keeping the wealth and the structure of power within families.

Today, we have sociologists who have written screeds of stuff on different levels. Everything is written in different levels so you’ll get your high school level sociology where it’s not too bad. It tells you basic things about human psychodynamics, group psychodynamics, social psychodynamics, how people work in big groups, but they don’t go into the power structure at the top of these big groups in any detail. On a higher level at some universities they’ll go into that with a little bit more honesty as to how it’s set up.

There’s actually a “dominant minority,” as Huxley called them, who set forth most of the agenda; but if you get into the really elite schools, the Ivy League type schools, you’ve got a lot of the offspring of those particular dominant minority families attending and so they can afford to be more truthful with those students.

Margaret Thatcher put it very well when she put public funding towards private schools, the big private schools, because she said, “that’s where the future leaders of this country in politics and economics and the military et cetera will come from,” and she was telling the truth. These are basic truths. They get to know each other. They get to know their own generation that they’ve been mixing with their whole life. They make the acquaintances and one will become a banker or the head of a group of banks and he’ll know the guy who’s the general in the military and he’ll know the politician that’s the prime minister et cetera. That’s how this whole network runs. The “Old Boy Network” they call it and it’s in every country. It’s no different – it doesn’t matter where you go. It’s the same structure.

In the Soviet system, 200 families basically came into Russia prior to the Revolution and took over and many of them weren’t even Russian. Those same 200 families and their offspring still run Russia today. You’ll find the same in China. Ancient families – wealthy, wealthy families were not killed off in any revolution. On the contrary, they became often the leaders of the revolution and they still hold the positions of power to do with internal finance. He who controls the finance controls the country.

There’s a famous statement made by Rothschild when he took over the Bank of England. He said, “Give me control of a nation’s money and I care not who makes the laws,” because, the reason being, the guy who makes the money for the country is the law of the country and money comes to him. Every prime minister or president must go to the big bank and get his marching orders and he must then dictate policy to suit those instructions according to debt and credit. That’s how the whole system works; so the big boy controlling the money, since the entire pyramid of the country is from the bank down (central bank down), then obviously anyone is subservient to the guy who controls the banks. The big bankers, the internationalists, can make or break any country if they get two or three of them together.

George Soros was picked up by the Rothschild from Europe to create the NGOs that appear to be grassroots organizations which demand policy changes from politicians.

Mr. George Soros plays this kind of game on behalf of his masters and he had a half a page in I think it was the Daily Mail in Britain a few years ago when he and two of his friends he said got together and crashed the stock market for Britain. The British government had to therefore go to the bank, devalue the pound, borrow the money and charge the taxpayer for it because that’s how debt is paid off. The taxpayer and their offspring, and their offspring, are put down as basically the collateral to pay off this debt. That’s the guarantee. The guarantor are the slaves. The slaves must pay off the debt.

Thomas Jefferson, who was a member of the Illuminati, and it was well understood in his day he was, told you a truth because the Illuminati will speak basic truths. It doesn’t mean that they will necessarily be on the peoples’ side, they’ll just tell you a straight forward truth, and he said a person or a generation born in to paying off the debt incurred by a previous generation are therefore slaves. They’re not free.

In the modern system every country under the democratic system is run this way. Every generation must pay off the debt incurred by previous generations. This also guarantees that the same power structure will be in place for as long as that debt is incurred, so the big bankers, the internationalists, are guaranteed to have their great-grandchildren running the system generations from now. It’s quite simple.

We know that money is made out of thin air and has been really for an awful long time. They had the Bretton Woods Agreement many, many years ago to do away with the gold standard. Not that the gold standard – it was really for the bankers benefit. It wasn’t for the public’s benefit because the bankers already owned the gold of the world. They owned the mines where the gold was mined.

Cecil Rhodes, who was set up by Rothschild and a few other bankers, was sent off to South Africa to basically grab the wealth of diamonds and gold and silver and minerals for himself and his masters who were the bankers.

They already owned the gold system but it took a lot of shipping and it’s not so cost effective to transport huge cargoes of gold between countries for trade purposes. Since these bankers have really been behind the “Free Trade” movement, and the globalization efforts spanning back to Britain in the 1500’s, you’ll find about free trade then when they had the “British Empire,” they coined the term, to bring in a trading block of countries where it had most-favored trading status for nations.

To move vast cargoes of gold back and forth on the sea that sometimes was pretty rough and ships would sink, well, the bankers would lose, you see, so much. They always made it up but they lost so much. Therefore, it was easier just to make money out of nothing and that’s when they decided to change the whole system and take it off any standard for their own benefit, and today they just print off the money and sell debt.

They sell debt. It’s the oddest thing. They sell debt to people to keep the system going and people own the debt incurred by your parents and your grandparents and you, even though you didn’t know you were incurring any debt.

The politicians, it’s their job, and the prime ministers, to sign you down as collateral each time they go cap-in-hand to banks and this is what we call civilization and progress—progress.

When we look at this system there’s nothing in it that exists for the ordinary people. Everything that’s given to the public, including technology, we grab at it. We grab thinking, boy, this is fantastic. The computer is fantastic. The Internet is fantastic. Even though Zbigniew Brzezinski told us why they were going to give us the computer and the Internet long before the public ever heard of it.

It’s to create a common culture, a system where they don’t have to send out bodily spies to spy on everybody. They simply have everybody putting all their data through a computer, which the governments BY LAW must be able toHACK INTO AT ANY TIME. That’s over and done with. It’s a done deal, which also means that all the computer manufacturers build in certain technologies, which you are unaware of, to allow this to happen. Which also means that all the security software that you buy, BY LAW, worldwide, must not be able to STOP GOVERNMENT AGENCIES from coming into them; so they’re all in cahoots by law, by law.

People should go and see “The Devil’s Advocate” with Al Pacino because in there Satan or the devil, who doesn’t make anybody do anything they don’t really want to do, is quite candid with his it turns out to be his son; and he says, “how are we taking over the world?” and he’s a lawyer. He runs the biggest law firm in New York in this movie. He says, “by lawyers, we’re turning out armies of them. Lawyers. That’s how we’re taking the world over.”

We think it’s through battlefields. No, that’s just the nitty-gritty stuff to take over the last remaining what we call “backward nations,” the ones that have their own system, but really the whole world is run by lawyers who understand the meanings of words; and if you go to court you’ll have two of them on a ‘jousting field.’ That’s where justice comes from. Joust. Where the knights only could go on the field. If you were a commoner you were not allowed on it. That’s why you stand and you kept quiet. Whereas the authorized knight is supposed to be your champion and he hopes to outsmart the other guy with his knowledge of words and previous laws and cases, and you’re just a bystander while this is happening as this little game of intellect goes on between the two jousters.

Law is how it’s done. Legality. Remember Legality also is related to religion, ‘ligio,’ to bind, to tie, and we’re bound and tied by laws—most of which we’re unaware are even on the books or being made or are in the process of being made. However, a powerful dominant minority as Huxley said has always existed. It’s always been here and as he said at Berkeley in his speech at Berkeley, “I presume it always will exist.” He didn’t even mention politics. He knew that was more of a sideshow, a formality for the public, but he did admit to a dominant minority running the whole show, these unseen people behind the scenes.

Benjamin Disraeli, who was the Prime Minister of Britain in the 1800’s, made the famous statement that those who run government and the country are very, very different from the players that the public see. The men behind the scenes are unknown generally to the public and the high dominant minority group, they call them “the lazy boy.”The person who works is not one of the dominant minority. The lazy boy does no work. Everything is done for them you see. That’s the key of what’s called being truly successful. Everything is managed for you.

A comment from one of these people could start wars because the little aids that run around to hear the little comments will then take on the burden and responsibility legally by implementing – getting rid of someone who’s being troublesome. If that ever went to court that so-and-so was rubbed out because lord or whatever or baron so-and-so didn’t like this guy, then the baron is quite free because the aid mistakenly misunderstood him and would take the blame. That’s how things run in the real world. Comments make or break nations.

Not too long ago on the CBC, there was a documentary about a man living in Canada who dealt heavily with international movements of armaments for wars. Quite legal. It showed you a little brief flash with his Knight of Malta Masonic gear on. Yes, they’re all Masons. It doesn’t matter if they’re orange, blue, whatever lodge they belong to, they’re all Masons. It went from him to a dealing that he had with a company in London who was into a big, big shareholder of world supply of gold and silver, and when they went on in this documentary they interviewed the head, again, a worker, remember. A person who works is not the dominant minority but he’s certainly up there, he’s above the upper middle class level. He said, yes, right now we’ve got this little war going in Sierra Leone; and they went through Keeny Meeny, which is a British mercenary service that draws ex-marines and Special Air Service guys through I think the Isle of Wight, that’s where they’re based, and they put them all over the world where big private companies, oil companies, diamond companies want little wars started to clear the people off the land and to get chaos going. They showed you some clips in Sierra Leone, and sure enough, here are these ex-British military guys with the black guys they’d hired having this little war going on there to take over territory, to put into place someone who would be more friendly to this big diamond and gold company; and that’s the real world that we live in.

There’s nothing legally ever done about it because the boys at the top are the legal system. The real legal system. They’re untouchable and we also have this high Masonic tie-in because they’re sworn to secrecy. That’s the beauty of Freemasonry, is that every degree that a person goes through from the bottom to the top they must retake their oaths of secrecy and so they get their handshakes, their passwords, their signs and all this kind of stuff with every degree; but they also must give a penal or a punishment sign that they’re also given with every degree. It doesn’t stop with the cutting of the throat and all that kind of stuff. It goes on and on and on.

It’s a great training ground to recruit workers who will work for this corrupt system and keep silent about it to death and it’s also reinforced to them that if they were to break the silence what would happen to them. Grown men, at least physically grown men, don’t take these oaths lightly. In the bottom lodges it’s a big joke. They can’t imagine anyone ripping them open and tearing things out of them and tossing intestines over their shoulders and all that kind of stuff. They can’t imagine it, but those at the very bottom will never be asked to go to that extreme anyway. You can’t have half-ripped-open carcasses all over the planet. That wouldn’t look too good for recruitment. Anyway, they know nothing anyway, but they do keep the system going. They’re sworn to uphold the system.

For those that think there’s an opposition through, say, Marxism or Trotskyism, do your homework and look into the histories then. You’ll find if you read books written by people like Trotsky, he was a High Freemason himself. He was introduced to it in prison at one time and he got so carried away and the role of it in history making that he was writing a compendium of Masonic history when he had to flee from the Soviet system and then was sent to Latin America where he was supposedly later assassinated. However, if you should read the book called “My Life” by Trotsky, he goes right through it.

He was escorted through different countries from the Soviet Union as he was being exiled by the NKVD, the precursors of the KGB. He was escorted through different frontiers by these guys and he said they all walked through with him showing no papers but just giving the Masonic signs and passwords. That’s in his own book.

For those people who think it’s all a big joke, they should do their homework to find out what’s really behind it. They might start with something that seems trivial, almost natural, because many people have generations of lower down Freemasons in their family and they’ll say my dad was a good guy.

Albert Pike said that they’re the outer portico (lower members) that gives a good public image; they think they’re involved in charity, which mainly they’re not really. However, they’re sworn to uphold the system—which is rather odd when you think about it because if you ask any average lower Freemason from any type of lodge about the system in its present state, when we know there’s so much corruption. At least that’s what they give us in the media and that’s what they’re going to give us. We don’t know the whole extent of it. Even the lowest Mason will tell you, well, if we don’t have this system we’d have anarchy. They’re all taught this at the very bottom level and I often wonder if anarchy is opposition to something that’s rotten and corrupt, what’s ‘archy?’ The ‘arc,’ the ‘ark’ – which covenant are we talking about here? To whom? To what? And yet, these guys that swear to uphold this system are the same guys who boast in their own books. They’re the same guys that were behind every revolution at least as far back as the 1500’s in different parts of Europe. Once they put in this system, they then made it really illegal to alter it in any way at all.

I’ve had so many people email me and phone me who are caught in different stages of waking up. Some are caught in, “Well, if we get back to gold we’re fine.” Well, that’s out the window because we know who would own that. Others think, “What can we do to fix it? How can you fix it?” And my answer to that is, how can you fix or even want to keep something that’s totally corrupt to begin with? What part of the corrupt things do you want to excise? And if you excised all the corrupt parts, there’s nothing left.

OUR SYSTEM IS CORRUPT. We’re trained to compete and compete and compete. That’s what all the sports is about, apart from the brainwashing and the time wasting. The circuses for the public, as Huxley said; but from school you’re taught to do what? To compete. To get little gold stars for being a good parrot. Don’t think for yourself because original thought, especially pre-high school and even during high school, isn’t really relished by those in control. They want good parrots and you learn very quickly that if you get a gold star and the person next to you doesn’t, then you’re superior to that person there; that’s how the system works, so we’re graded.

Albert Pike made a famous statement too. He said, “those Masons who haven’t gone through the formal degrees,” – and people can’t figure out what he means. What he means is – you see, this is a Masonic system. Everything in your system is Masonic, including the grading system at school. THEY GAVE US THIS GRADING SYSTEM. The Masons proudly say they were the ones who pushed for the implementation of universal education everywhere. That’s what they mean by “you haven’t gone through the formal rites.” However, once you get onto that platform, get your square hat on and all that kind of stuff and your robe, you’re starting to take the pre-rites, you see.

We’re already trained in a system of grading and they have their winners and they have their losers, and the losers generally are put into laboring fields; and that’s fine as long as you have an industrial society where you need that type of labor or skilled labor and tradesman and all the rest of the it. However, in a post-industrial society, you don’t need all of those hands anymore. You have the machines that do all the carrying. We see that in the big supermarkets now: things that can bring ten pallets at a time down the isle. They don’t need the labor and these were jobs at one time that were taken by the unskilled, the ones who failed the exams or had no interest—perhaps more wisely than others who did try to pass it, because maybe subconsciously they knew most of it was nonsense, especially when you get gold stars for just learning dates and times and who killed who and that kind of stuff, stuff written by propagandists.

As Lenin said, “the victor writes the rules and writes the history.” In reality it’s all been the same bunch, regardless of which side you thought they were on. The mass man they understand—mass psychology—it’s well understood what motivates the masses, because there’s a tremendous peer pressure amongst people to conform to the people next-door to you.

In ancient times the priesthoods knew that they’d have to dissolve tribes and once a tribe was out of the way you could then rule over people directly down to the individual. However, they needed a breeding program for slaves and workers and so they gave us marriage.

The Catholic Church instituted marriage for life and your wife was often picked for you when you were 14, 15 and when the priest made a suggestion you should marry Maggie over yonder, that was an order. They kept the births, the marriages, the deaths of everybody and they knew what’s a good stock for one kind of work and a bad stock for another. They understood it. It was a breeding program. That’s why you keep all these records going back for generations of who’s marrying whom and who gives offspring to whom and then the Catholic Church could rule directly to the individual. The tribal cohesion was gone. There was nobody to stand up for you. On the contrary, you’d have to go to the local priest sometimes to stand up for you to the guy above the priest.

In this new post-industrial society, you see the effects of the dissolvement of that which was useful at one point to the elite and now they don’t need it anymore because even a family is still a form of a mini-tribe. People will stand up for each other and their rights for family members. If you destroy the family unit, completely eradicate it, then you’ve accomplished your mission. Now it’s the state’s right to you. In a totalitarian regime the state has said over and over, and the philosophers have all spoken about it and it was taught at high levels, the state must reign supreme in every area of a person’s life. The state only must be the only ones authorized and allowed to use force. That’s why no one else can use any force even to protect yourself against a bear or whatever.

This is taught in the Officer’s Training colleges for the military. It’s also taught in the training colleges for the military and the police: that ultimately to have a safe society you must have a predictable society, which means complete data collection on every individual at all times.

If someone gets drunk and drives a car and kills someone and on the coast or thousands of miles away, why would a law be passed on the books so that every motorist must get stopped and give breathalyzers or have some policeman with his nose two inches from yours to see if you have been drinking? Well, that was all tested out in the Soviet system, which is now implemented here. In the Soviet system they had communal punishments, so if one person broke a law (which someone else could break), then the whole society had to be regarded as possible suspects before the event occurred. In other words, we’re all capable of crimes. How do you stop crime? You’ve got to stop free thought. How do you stop free thought? Well, ultimately you’ve got to either destroy that part of the brain that makes you an individual and gives you the ability to choose, or you do it by implanting them with something.

Both of these methods have been heavily discussed. The former has actually been practiced to an extent through the introduction of drugs and inoculations; and if you follow the IQs – the new IQ, by the way, is quite a few points lower than the last IQ. It was released a few months ago and we’re supposed to think this is a normal thing that we just dropped 10 points on the IQ level as though we’re – if you started getting shorter, losing six inches in a generation, that would be normal too. This is how we’re given this kind of data. However, when you read Arthur Koestler’s book, “The Ghost in the Machine,” where he works for the United Nations, he sits on think tanks to find ways of lobotomizing, chemically or bacteriologically or virally, parts of the brain to destroy individualism, for world peace, mind you, and the only problem was: do we inject it into them, do we put it into their water, their food or spray it from the air? Well, take your pick. Take your pick.

The bad news is this has been going on. You don’t employ thousands of people in what is a world government – that’s what the United Nations is set up to be. It’s not there to be a social worker that hands out bread. That’s the television PR stuff. Read the books just prior to the set up of the UN, the ones written during the 1940’s to do with the United Nations and its functions and its goals and missions, and then you’ll clue in to what the UN really is. It was set up to be world government, step by step. Every country which signed on to it technically gave up their sovereignty and if you break that rule that you signed, you become – they call you a rogue nation. That’s means you’ve broken the contract. You’ve broken the contract.

It’s not just a referee between people or nations. It’s ultimately the final arbitrator. It’s the king system for globalization and to bring peace that they’re always talking about, they’d either have to lobotomize you or put a chip in your brain. The chipping part was discussed at the meetings at Loyola University when the scientists from all countries met at an international meeting on this very topic and we see it now promoted in movies as they said in that meeting they would do. They’d promote this idea into the public’s minds of inevitability of chipping down the road by putting it in comics, cartoons, novels, and now we have them. We can rent some, watch them, like the cutter, The Final Cut. Children get them in their cartoons where their superheroes are part-robot and they’ve got chips in them and they have all these super-strengths and abilities, and the youngsters think, gee, that would be great to have something like that, but the real objective is to make a form of the Borg—where we’re all one. We’ll all be one, linked to the central computer. You’ll have a number and when you become faulty they’ll just call you in for readjustment or elimination, or recycling perhaps.

This is the real world we live in. We pay through taxation for all these think tanks to find ways of controlling us more and more and more and they know how to do it. They have the technology to do it and we still think because of the optimism part of the brain, which is well understood, we all have a little part called the optimist part, that nobody would do that. Nobody would do that because I wouldn’t do that to them; and that’s why these things are allowed to happen.

I used to wonder when I was first shown around a farm by a schoolmate of mine and he took me around the calves that were in stalls and he said pat them, and I pat them, and they’d roll these big eyes at you. He said stick your hand in their mouth, and you’d stick your hand in their mouth and they’d suck away and slobber away and these were really nice things, you see, creatures. What I could never fathom is why farmers could talk affectionately about animals which they were going to eat or sell for profit that would be eaten.

It’s a dilemma; until you take that same personality type, boost it up into a dominant minority role, where you’re given a completely different meaning of life and the universe and the way things run, and they talk about us in the same way. They don’t say that they hate the public or nasty things. In fact, they talk in a very nice manner about it all.

So nice, like Aldous Huxley, that you’ve got to really think about what he’s saying for it to hit home, that this person is saying such horrible things in the nicest possible way. Because the good shepherds in all ages must cull the sheep, you see, eventually, once in a while. That’s what they’re there for.

In “The Next Million Years” by Charles Galton Darwin his biggest fear was the threat that the commoners who were breeding out of control according to him would become so numerous they’d dilute the gene pool and eventually some of the newer elite classes might join them and interbreed and lose their special genes and become dumb and stupid and watch soccer and stuff like that. He was all worried about keeping them separate and culling off the lower ones or sterilizing them compulsorily. We tie all this in with all the agendas that are on the go all meshing with each other and Joe Average would think by reading papers and magazines that we’re all disconnected and just happenstance and it’s just the way things go; but nothing is further from the truth.

Everything in culture creation is planned and allowed or disallowed. Nothing can happen in a system that might upset the system—NOTHING that hasn’t been discussed and argued about in panels, the pros and cons, and repercussions down the road. Plato went into this stuff over 2,300 years ago. Well understood these sciences. The New Age movement is part of it. You bring them in gradually through fascinating them with the unknown. The unknown is a fascinating thing. We all have this little bit of what makes things tick. What’s behind the things we see? Why do things happen the way they do when they shouldn’t happen or should happen? or whatever; and forces, the god of forces, is another little term or the way they’ll couch it.

We are watching the creation and we’ve lived through it, actually, of the creation of a new religion for a new era called the New Age. This New Age has spokesmen like Mikhail Gorbachev, amongst many others that all intermesh, and his green party or his little green Lazarus flag there, the Knights of Lazarus, writing about the creation of the New Age movement where a form of earth worship must be introduced into the minds of people. The day will come when children will voluntarily step forward to be sterilized “for mother earth”; and you better believe only these certain lower orders who will take part in this because the elite don’t have to. They have special genes. They’ve proven their worth. They can dominate and they’re too cunning, but they don’t need all of the hands anymore for their new pristine planet that they want to create with their habitat regions and animal corridors and armies of forestry guys that are really just another uniformed Army. Uniform – one form, Masonic again, all uniforms are.

Then, others want to know, well, what happens after this? Many people actually ask you that question before they want to know or before they ask the questions about what is happening now; they’ll say what happens after this? And these are the religious shoppers. They look for the supermarket of religion. They’ve generally paid who knows how many bucks going from one guru or special meditation thing to the next, to the next, to the next, to the next. They speak a language that they think is theirs. It’s not. It was given to them, as their own terminology, and they never admit that they’re going on to the next school of thought because the last one didn’t work. If it did work they wouldn’t need it, obviously, they’d be happy, but they just shop from one to the next because they’re terrified of what happens after this.

They don’t even know what’s happening here, now, and here they are, worrying about what’s going to happen after this. The oddest thing is in human nature, regardless of religion or time or era, the oddest thing is that people think they’re entitled to go on to something better. It’s a beautiful creation or escape for those who don’t use their minds in this world. Somehow they don’t only deserve to go on, it’s not like an obligatory thing on behalf of some godhead to pass them through the pearly gates regardless of what they have or haven’t done. Like a legality that had been signed before they were born or something by a deity insuring them this guarantee—an insurance company of heaven you might say. Yet they haven’t done anything in this life. They don’t even know what’s happening. They don’t even know that the religions they’re involved in were all made for them by people they never see. Not by the old gurus or whatever they see in front of them.

I was recently sent a cut-out from a magazine with an advertisement for some Buddhist guru – [Rinpoche] or something. Maybe they’ll come back and back as a ricochet? Anyway, this guy was appearing at some big place in the U.S. in New York and they had little mats on the floor and if you count them all up, it’s an interesting number, you should look into it. You can find this ad if you want and you’ve seen after that, it looks like the chessboard of course, but there’s an actual floor further on towards this rounded part of this New Age hall that is the chessboard, and you find that in every Masonic Lodge; and then they have the double tetrahedron, the top one and the bottom one, the diamond shape. That’s the twin pyramids, above and below, and it’s in blue and then there’s a 6 (six) on it, which is also the letter “G” – for generation, gnosis, grafting, all that kind of stuff, geometry, god and gold, because you’re gold when you’ve achieved godhood. Golden-Thighed Pythagoras.

It’s all Masonic and this is supposedly Buddhist and you’ll find this in all religions the same symbolism and it’s in front of your face all the time and people never question what it means.  For them to even think or come close to thinking that all this is connected, all of these religions are connected somehow at the top, well, it must be absurd; and they’ll say “why is it absurd? Well, it’s always been there,” like that validated its sincerity and honesty and independence.

People go religion shopping in this great supermarket and they’re finding satisfaction in a world which they can’t understand. They’re looking for a guarantee into something to come. They can’t handle the burden of consciousness in this world because it’s not a pleasant place and it’s not meant to be the way the system is set up. We don’t have the luxury of just being totally joyful because we’re always worried about the past or of the future. You have the symbolism of Jesus with the two robbers on either side, the thieves, one who stole the past and one who steals the future. The worry or the regret for the past. The fear for the future. Freemasonry.

Yet they want to go on and have a guarantee that some big important person wearing fancy clothes, maybe waving incense, or splashing them with holy water, or ducking them under water like apples you do at Halloween, is going to guarantee you a rite of passage into an afterlife where all will be happy and you don’t have to cry anymore.

That’s what we’ve been fed for thousands upon thousands maybe millions of years to keep us all quiet while nasty things are happening around us. Every generation goes through this. We live in a world of symbols.

The reincarnation theory is really for the elite at the top. They have a different version, which I’ve talked about before, but they don’t mind the lessers (the ones down below) believing in it if it keeps them happy and quiet. It’s almost like a credit card thing, where you can sin now and you pay later—a karmic thing—just add it to my tab and I’ll work it off in my next lifetime. This is the nonsense with which an elite, a scientific elite, by the way, control us with all of this stuff; and the story is generally don’t worry about anything, just let things happen. “It’s unreal. It’s all an illusion and it doesn’t matter what happens to anybody,” which must mean ourselves as well, or maybe it’s always to other people. Maybe that’s how we can rationalize it, when people are paid to go off and kill all over the planet and be rewarded for it by governments and things and give them little medals to wear for killing people.

The world really is a nasty place. It’s a cruel place running on a particular inner secret religion. You might call it the modern term “social Darwinism,” survival of the fittest, or you might go back into the past and realize that Darwin just reiterated what the elite had always believed in; and he did. It’s their religion. It’s part of it.

Here’s some food for thought. You have to do your homework. Don’t ask me, as though I were a personal library to do all your work for you. Don’t ask me the answers and the meaning of life to everything. You’ll have to go and find that for yourself, for yourself. Taking a ready-made suit off the shelf isn’t going to do it for you – “will I just pick this one or that one?” They’re all made for you in advance by the same boys at the top.

To have meaning in life you have to be a sentient being and stop allowing others to do your thinking, and entertaining, and passing your time for you on this planet.

THINK FOR YOURSELF. You might be surprised.

Well, just to let you know that these are basics I’m giving you, basics and repetition. It’s important. The repetition is important until you start to look into these things I’ve been talking about; rather than go into the deep, deep, deep stuff. This is deep enough if you go into some of the books I’ve recommended in the past. In the next video I’ll be doing, I’ll be going into an esoteric side of things in a lot more detail than has been done up to the present time. This next one will be for sale and I hope you’ll support by buying it, so stay tuned to the website .com and hopefully it will be up and out soon.

Thank you.

____________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________

When you vote people into power over you, from a local board to a federal government, you must demand to know all the societies with secrets to which they have sworn allegiance.

This goes for all public servants and those who wear uniforms. You will find a pyramid structure of control under a command of unelected high secret society members with an agenda.

Until this is done, the public will be lied to, misled and suffer confusion as the integration of the Americas is brought underway.

“A CHIP OFF THE ASHLAR or the OLD MASONIC BLOCK” DECEMBER 13, 2006

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt at .com and today it is Wednesday the 13th of December 2006.

“
Alan: I’ve mentioned before the system we live in is full of legalities. Terribly legal people at the top run this system and they have their own sets of rules, but they follow what they call “law.” That’s why when they write up constitutions for countries they always say “under law.” They don’t define to the public what they mean by that, but they’re talking about a higher set of rules – a law that goes with a religion, in fact, a religion which they believe in.
Once in a while, they’ll publish something in a newspaper of extreme importance. Generally, it’s published in a few papers across the world at the same time with different authors or professors or reporters and you’ll never see it again. It’s just like a flash in the pan but it’s a form of warning and it’s always written by someone (at least documented by someone and written by someone) who’s in the know because of the type of information they impart.
We’ve been geared towards massive changes all our lives. We’ve been trained towards these changes, conditioned towards them step-by-step, and they knew at least in the 1800’s that science would be where it’s at today at least for the public. I’m sure they have much higher levels of science. I know they have, but they knew exactly where they would take us step-by-step and that’s one of the reasons why people, and I used to ask it myself a long time ago – Why don’t they just simply jump a bunch of steps? because they have the public so placid and domesticated they could jump a few steps, but they can’t really and I think it’s from previous experience and more older times, more ancient times.
It’s almost like a computer program because if they miss a step it throws everything else off. There’re always unforeseen circumstances when you don’t follow a mathematical sequence right through; hence the need to train us generation by generation and within each generation is an ongoing training.
Back in the 40’s and 50’s there was a bishop in London. They called him the Red Bishop, who published books on continuing education for adults and when you read his book he didn’t talk about history or mathematics or anything like that. What he’s referring to and it was a tongue-in-cheek terminology used for those in the know, those with the wink,because they’re talking about training the public all through their lives towards changes so that the offspring would accept those changes quite naturally and never question them.
That was also part of the communist agenda, this ongoing training where even the youngsters could kill off the older members of society, even the ones who had started revolutions, because they were not so advanced and radical as each generation could be trained to be. It’s a science we’re talking about here.
Tonight, here’s one of these articles which appeared in the “Toronto Star” on December 10th, 2006 written by someone who, if he wasn’t in the know, then at least he was given the information by people who attended world conferences like the one at Loyola University which discussed this very topic coming up. The author in the “Toronto Star” was Kevin Haggerty, the reporter, and it said “Special to the Star” so that’s a special presentation and here’s how it goes.
http://oldthinker.wordpress.com/2006/12/12/a-generation-is-all-they-need/
“By the time my four-year-old son is swathed in the soft flesh of old age, he will likely find it unremarkable that he and almost everyone he knows will be permanently implanted with a microchip. Automatically tracking his location in real time, it will connect him with databases monitoring and recording his smallest behavioural traits.”
Alan: This goes along – this is me again of course. This goes along with what the American Psychological Association’s been pushing for, for years, with the American Psychiatric Association and the World’s Psychiatric Association, how they can actually predict behavior changes in people by constant monitoring. This is the ultimate method of monitoringbefore they create a new type of human, which they won’t have to be so scrutinous about really. It’ll be purpose made. So continuing:
“Most people anticipate such a prospect with a sense of horrified disbelief, dismissing it as a science-fiction fantasy. The technology, however, already exists. For years humane societies have implanted all the pets that leave their premises with a small identifying microchip. As well, millions of consumer goods are now traced with tiny radio frequency identification chips that allow satellites to reveal their exact location.
A select group of people are already “chipped” with devices that automatically open doors, turn on lights, and perform other low-level miracles. Prominent among such individuals is researcher Kevin Warwick of Reading University in England; Warwick is a leading proponent of the almost limitless potential uses for such chips.”
Alan: Now, Warwick is a front man. He’s a professor at a university there, but he’s a front man for this technology. He’s been on all the major shows trying to make it very appealing and there’ll be other ones throughout the world for other countries to. To continue:
“Other users include the patrons of the Baja Beach Club in Barcelona, many of whom have paid about $150 (U.S.) for the privilege of being implanted with an identifying chip that allows them to bypass lengthy club queues and purchase drinks by being scanned. These individuals are the advance guard of an effort to expand the technology as widely as possible.”
Alan: Now it’s me again of course butting in here. There’s been programs on this on major (again) world shows to let us all know about it to condition us towards it, to the inevitability of it, and it was interesting to see that the person who was a spokesman for this company for these clubs who want the chips put in their patrons just happens to be an ex-member he says (an ex-member) of the NSA, The National Security Agency. The worldwide national security – it’s an international security agency. They monitor everything and that’s the ones that are pushing this. It’s not just in Barcelona. I think the company is based in California. To continue:
“From this point forward, microchips will become progressively smaller, less invasive, and easier to deploy. Thus, any realistic barrier to the wholesale “chipping” of Western citizens is not technological but cultural. It relies upon the visceral reaction against the prospect of being personally marked as one component in a massive human inventory.
Today we might strongly hold such beliefs, but sensibilities can, and probably will, change. How this remarkable attitudinal transformation is likely to occur is clear to anyone who has paid attention to privacy issues over the past quarter-century. There will be no 3 a.m. knock on the door by storm troopers come to force implants into our bodies. The process will be more subtle and cumulative, couched in the unassailable language of progress and social betterment, and mimicking many of the processes that have contributed to the expansion of closed-circuit television cameras and the corporate market in personal data.
A series of tried and tested strategies will be marshaled to familiarize citizens with the technology. These will be coupled with efforts to pressure tainted social groups and entice the remainder of the population into being chipped.
This, then, is how the next generation will come to be microchipped.
It starts in distant countries. Having tested the technology on guinea pigs, both human and animal, the first widespread use of human implanting will occur in nations at the periphery of the Western world. Such developments are important in their own right, but their international significance pertains to how they familiarize a global audience with the technology and habituate them to the idea that chipping represents a potential future.
An increasing array of hypothetical chipping scenarios will also be depicted in entertainment media, furthering the familiarization process.”
Alan: That’s already happening.
“In the West, chips will first be implanted in members of stigmatized groups. Pedophiles are the leading candidate for this distinction, although it could start with terrorists, drug dealers, or whatever happens to be that year’s most vilified criminals. Short-lived promises will be made that the technology will only be used on the “worst of the worst.” In fact, the wholesale chipping of incarcerated individuals will quickly ensue, encompassing people on probation and on parole.
Even accused individuals will be tagged, a measure justified on the grounds that it would stop them from fleeing justice. Many prisoners will welcome this development, since only chipped inmates will be eligible for parole, weekend release, or community sentences. From the prison system will emerge an evocative vocabulary distinguishing chippers from non-chippers.
Although the chips will be justified as a way to reduce fraud and other crimes, criminals will almost immediately develop techniques to simulate other people’s chip codes and manipulate their data.
The comparatively small size of the incarcerated population, however, means that prisons would be simply a brief stopover on a longer voyage. Commercial success is contingent on making serious inroads into tagging the larger population of law-abiding citizens. Other stigmatized groups will therefore be targeted. This will undoubtedly entail monitoring welfare recipients, a move justified to reduce fraud, enhance efficiency, and ensure that the poor do not receive “undeserved” benefits.
Once e-commerce is sufficiently advanced, welfare recipients will receive their benefits as electronic vouchers stored on their microchips, a policy that will be tinged with a sense of righteousness, as it will help ensure that clients can only purchase government-approved goods from select merchants, reducing the always disconcerting prospect that poor people might use their limited funds to purchase alcohol or tobacco.
Civil libertarians will try to foster a debate on these developments. Their attempts to prohibit chipping will be handicapped by the inherent difficulty in animating public sympathy for criminals and welfare recipients — groups that many citizens are only too happy to see subjected to tighter regulation. Indeed, the lesser public concern for such groups is an inherent part of the unarticulated rationale for why coerced chipping will be disproportionately directed at the stigmatized.
The official privacy arm of the government will now take up the issue. Mandated to determine the legality of such initiatives, privacy commissioners and Senate Committees will produce a forest of reports presented at an archipelago of international conferences. Hampered by lengthy research and publication timelines, their findings will be delivered long after the widespread adoption of chipping is effectively a fait accompli. The research conclusions on the effectiveness of such technologies will be mixed and open to interpretation.
Officials will vociferously reassure the chipping industry that they do not oppose chipping itself, which has fast become a growing commercial sector. Instead, they are simply seeking to ensure that the technology is used fairly and that data on the chips is not misused. New policies will be drafted.
What might Hitler, Mao or Milosevic have accomplished if their citizens were chipped, coded, and remotely monitored?”
Alan: Now this is the Star – the “Toronto Star” generally takes the place of left wing. That’s their job, is to pretend they’re left wing and the Sun used to always be right wing; so you have the Stars and the Sun. They didn’t have one called the moon but I’m sure it’s there somewhere.  To this list we could add Stalin and Lenin as well who had millions killed and every other big hero of left wing and right wing sides, right back down to the French Revolution and maybe even English Revolution and all the revolutions down through history.
“Employers will start to expect implants as a condition of getting a job. The U.S. military will lead the way, requiring chips for all soldiers as a means to enhance battlefield command and control — and to identify human remains. From cooks to commandos, every one of the more than one million U.S. military personnel will see microchips replace their dog tags.”
Alan: That’s interesting, dog tags. The “dogs of war,” you see, this is the old Orion philosophy; the Dog Star follows Orion the hunter and the Dog Star Sirius is the eye of the dog and the dogs of war. That’s the soldier’s job.  They’re turning from dogs to guinea pigs, so they’re going from dogs to pigs. I don’t know if that’s evolution or devolution. I’m not quite certain. Continuing on:
“Following quickly behind will be the massive security sector. Security guards, police officers, and correctional workers will all be expected to have a chip. Individuals with sensitive jobs will find themselves in the same position.
The first signs of this stage are already apparent. In 2004, the Mexican attorney general’s office started implanting employees to restrict access to secure areas. The category of “sensitive occupation” will be expansive to the point that anyone with a job that requires keys, a password, security clearance, or identification badge will have those replaced by a chip.
Judges hearing cases on the constitutionality of these measures will conclude that chipping policies are within legal limits. The thin veneer of “voluntariness” coating many of these programs will allow the judiciary to maintain that individuals are not being coerced into using the technology.
In situations where the chips are clearly forced on people, the judgments will deem them to be undeniable infringements of the right to privacy. However, they will then invoke the nebulous and historically shifting standard of “reasonableness” to pronounce coerced chipping a reasonable infringement on privacy rights in a context of demands for governmental efficiency and the pressing need to enhance security in light of the still ongoing wars on terror, drugs, and crime.”
Alan: Does that sound familiar?
“At this juncture, an unfortunately common tragedy of modern life will occur: A small child, likely a photogenic toddler, will be murdered or horrifically abused. It will happen in one of the media capitals of the Western world, thereby ensuring non-stop breathless coverage. Chip manufactures will recognize this as the opportunity they have been anticipating for years. With their technology now largely bug-free, familiar to most citizens and comparatively inexpensive, manufacturers will partner with the police to launch a high-profile campaign encouraging parents to implant their children “to ensure your own peace of mind.”
Special deals will be offered. Implants will be free, providing the family registers for monitoring services. Loving but unnerved parents will be reassured by the ability to integrate tagging with other functions on their PDA so they can see their child any time from any place.
Paralleling these developments will be initiatives that employ the logic of convenience to entice the increasingly small group of holdouts to embrace the now common practice of being tagged. At first, such convenience tagging will be reserved for the highest echelon of Western society, allowing the elite to move unencumbered through the physical and informational corridors of power. Such practices will spread more widely as the benefits of being chipped become more prosaic. Chipped individuals will, for example, move more rapidly through customs.
Indeed, it will ultimately become a condition of using mass-transit systems that officials be allowed to monitor your chip. Companies will offer discounts to individuals who pay by using funds stored on their embedded chip, on the small-print condition that the merchant can access large swaths of their personal data. These “discounts” are effectively punitive pricing schemes, charging unchipped individuals more as a way to encourage them to submit to monitoring. Corporations will seek out the personal data in hopes of producing ever more fine-grained customer profiles for marketing purposes, and to sell to other institutions.
By this point all major organizations will be looking for opportunities to capitalize on the possibilities inherent in an almost universally chipped population. The uses of chips proliferate, as do the types of discounts. Each new generation of household technology becomes configured to operate by interacting with a person’s chip.
Finding a computer or appliance that will run though old-fashioned “hands-on” interactions becomes progressively more difficult and costly. Patients in hospitals and community care will be routinely chipped, allowing medical staff — or, more accurately, remote computers — to monitor their biological systems in real time.
Eager to reduce the health costs associated with a largely docile citizenry, authorities will provide tax incentives to individuals who exercise regularly. Personal chips will be remotely monitored to ensure that their heart rate is consistent with an exercise regime.
By now, the actual process of “chipping” for many individuals will simply involve activating certain functions of their existing chip. Any prospect of removing the chip will become increasingly untenable, as having a chip will be a precondition for engaging in the main dynamics of modern life, such as shopping, voting, and driving.
The remaining holdouts will grow increasingly weary of Luddite jokes and subtle accusations that they have something to hide. Exasperated at repeatedly watching neighbours bypass them in “chipped” lines while they remain subject to the delays, inconveniences, and costs reserved for the unchipped, they too will choose the path of least resistance and get an implant.
In one generation, then, the cultural distaste many might see as an innate reaction to the prospect of having our bodies marked like those of an inmate in a concentration camp will likely fade.
In the coming years some of the most powerful institutional actors in society will start to align themselves to entice, coerce, and occasionally compel the next generation to get an implant.”
Alan: Well you know who those people will be. I hope you will.
“Now, therefore, is the time to contemplate the unprecedented dangers of this scenario.”
Alan: This is the time now.
“The most serious of these concerns —
Alan: It’s funny how that’s even a Masonic saying because “now is the time” was often a statement made to people who were about to start rebellions in freemasonic times gone by.
“Now, therefore, is the time to contemplate the unprecedented dangers of this scenario. The most serious of these concern how even comparatively stable modern societies will, in times of fear, embrace treacherous promises. How would the prejudices of a Joe McCarthy, J. Edgar Hoover, or of southern Klansmen — all of whom were deeply integrated into the American political establishment — have manifest themselves in such a world? What might Hitler, Mao or Milosevic have accomplished if their citizens were chipped, coded, and remotely monitored?”
Alan: Plus Stalin and all the rest of them.
“Choirs of testimonials will soon start to sing the virtues of implants. Calm reassurances will be forthcoming about democratic traditions, the rule of law, and privacy rights. History, unfortunately, shows that things can go disastrously wrong, and that this happens with disconcerting regularity. Little in the way of international agreements, legality, or democratic sensibilities has proved capable of thwarting single-minded ruthlessness.”
Alan: Well that’s true because we never had democracy and that’s the key to that really.
“It can’t happen here” has become the whispered swan song of the disappeared. Best to contemplate these dystopian potentials before we proffer the tender forearms of our sons and daughters. While we cannot anticipate all of the positive advantages that might be derived from this technology, the negative prospects are almost too terrifying to contemplate.”
Alan: That is the end of the special insertion in the “Toronto Star”, December 10th, 2006. Please excuse any mistakes I made in the reading because my cheeks are still frozen from working outside. My mouth is rather stiff and I tend to think and read much faster than I speak, but I think I got most of it in there.
This is the future we’re all being trained bit-by-bit into arriving at, if we allow it to happen, and the problem is technology to the public and the way it’s presented and marketed is addictive. It’s very addictive. If you think back in televisions, which were given out to brainwash the public in the first place, but when you think back to them and you had to get up and switch channels and that was effort, which was nothing at all at the time. It was normal, and then they came out with the remote handheld converters and suddenly it was a big deal if you had to actually get up and do something because the converter’s battery was flat or was bust.  We’ve become terribly addicted very quickly for conveniences’ sake and that’s what’s relied upon in this training session we call “our life.”
We’re giving away all the rights – and we already have done actually, we’ve given up pretty well all the rights we had of independence in the past. In the old days they simply sent armies in and took it off you (your land, whatever you sat on) and herded the natives into reservations. Now it’s all the people in North America who are getting ready to be herded into reservations called “habitat areas”, same thing. The land you sit on is not yours anyway. You rent it, regardless of what you pay to banks for mortgages – the gage till death – the mort-gage.
Many years ago on the science fiction programs and that’s really where all this phase of predictive programming came from. It was through science fiction books, novels, television series and movies that we were all programmed to the next step, to the next, to the next, without thinking “why are we going in this particular direction? Why not go from some other direction?”
Lenin himself said that there’s thousands of directions society can take, it’s just that the public must not be allowed to know that. They must think the one they’re born into is their only natural one that could have evolved. And you think back to all the science fiction books, Isaac Asimov (the double A), was put out there through futurist think tanks. They call them futurist societies. That’s where all the budding, aspiring want-to-bees in the science fiction world will only attend talks and then the big boys are there to finance them because you see all the major books are financed into being by those who want them to be known to the public; so they pick certain people, give them the data, just like H.G. Wells, and they write a human story around it that’s the bait to hook us in because we love to watch people doing odd little things and having intrigues and that’s the bait of all dramas. Once we’ve swallowed the bait, we forget all the extraneous stuff that’s really built or it’s all around it and that’s your programming.
Then the actual event will come along and you think we’ll I guess it had to be, that’s normal; but it’s not. Without the programming you would never have seen it as such. Constant ongoing programming and Asimov of course was the guy chosen primarily – his specialty was to do with robots and cyborgs. The term “cyborg,” which also came up in the “Star Trek” series with the Borg – the original bee, the perfect bee. Their spaceship was called “the hive”. That’s what they called it and their job was to assimilate everybody and every other creature with a higher life form into their system and to become another type of bee, another worker, all connected together through electronics – which might turn a lot of the New Agers on. They might think it’s a better form of telepathy, more precise. The only problem is you won’t be in charge of your thoughts or your decisions. You’ll be hooked to a centralized computer like the Borg, the queen.
Isn’t it interesting, too, that on “Universal Solider” I think it was called, where Van Damme played the solider, they had implants. I think they had specific eye implants. Even the Bionic Man. Not the three, four or five but the six, remember – the “Six-Million Dollar Man” had bionic eyes. At least one of them was bionic and then you saw that in the Borg as well. The one will be infrared to make you more efficient at night, a good worker. They also had these little things sticking out past their face; well, here they go. As I say, people are addicted to technology. On dramas suddenly you have these little ear-bud pieces with the mouthpiece stuck along side the cheek. Very cool, you see, no wires and that’s your new cell phone and sure enough they’re showing you this in all the dramas and you walk along the streets now you see people with them, just like the Borg. They’re partway there already and for such people it will be more convenient not to have this little thing stuck in front of your face.
I’ve heard people who say, “well it’s a natural progression. It will be fantastic to have all these abilities.” But it never dawns on them that THE WORLD HAS ALWAYS BEEN UNDER CONTROL OF A FEW and THEY WILL NEVER GIVE YOU ANYTHING THAT’S THERE TO GIVE YOU EXTRA POWER OVER THEM.On the contrary, this technology is used to control you 100% of the time in every sphere and area, because predictability of every individual will bring on their peace – their world peace, their utopia, where those up in charge, those with virtue, the “virtuous” ones at the top. The small clique of “nobility” as they call themselves. They have “virtue.” We’re commoners so we can’t have virtue, according to the old noble code.
Therefore they’ll be able to run the whole world without worrying about what you’re doing, what you’re up to, how do they keep us happy with bread and circuses, sports, entertainment, that type of thing, and they will have a peaceful world when none of us can think anymore for ourselves.
Aleister Crowley who gets a lot of bad flack for all the stuff that he did, which was true enough. However, he also said a lot of truth. This is the guy who was the Beast-666 as he played with the public’s minds and of course Christians draw back in horror when they hear that 666 and yet it’s in their holy books. They don’t understand their holy books. They don’t understand what they worship in fact.  However, Crowley said the same thing in his day about police forces. They start off with town police, maybe one or two. If you get a bigger town or a small city, then you end up with a committee. Committees are bureaucrats who plan things and make decisions, because what else can they do except make decisions and put it in writing and have it enforced, and they grow and keep growing and growing and growing, and since the whole job of policing is to prevent—they call it “preventing crime”—then they have to know what everyone’s doing.
The police by their very existence—by the way they’re set up, by their definitions of why they are there in the first place, what they exist for—can only arrive at a stage where they push and push for total, total control. That’s their nature.  I used to think that if committees got together or governments too and met, as long as they met and chatted away there it would be fine if we could always read in the papers that no decisions were made on anything. That way you could breathe more easily, because like an old statesman said in the U.S. long ago, “when the government meets and sits and talks, hold on to your wallet,” and now it’s more than just the wallet. You better hold on to everything because they’re going to take something from you; it’s the nature of the beast.
The Soviet system and much of what was implemented in the Soviet system had come from previous experimentation and previous revolutions and the doctrines were espoused by Voltaire and other people, writers at the time who I’m sure were really financed by the big boys again; because when we look into their personal lives, none of these writers had any virtue at all really, according to their personal lifestyles, but they could say such amazing things in their books that we’d all say, “my goodness what a perfected person that is.”
Voltaire himself who wrote a lot on the rights, like Thomas Paine, but Voltaire wrote on the rights of man and justice and freedom, while he himself had swindled many people in his lifetime out of various things, money lending and different things and frauds.  I could go on and on and on about him and others, but that’s what you’re given you see to get the mob stirred up to fight for what they think is their freedom.
However, what they did do, especially in the French Revolution, was to come out for the first time with a plan and this was before, it was all set up beforehand, they came out with a plan to reduce the population of France. Now, that gives you a clue who really ran the show.  Was it the bankers?  Was it the big international bankers of the day who were the only ones skilled in economics? – lives and population versus boundaries, areas farming and so on. They did kill off way more peasantry than they ever killed off at the guillotine in the capitals.
They had an ideal population for each province already worked out because after all – see from a banker’s point of view and that’s the key. It’s how you read something. From a banker’s point of view, how do you eliminate poverty?  Well, you eliminate the poor, especially the poor who, after observing them, you’ve decided they have no chance of ever becoming anything else except staying poor. You eliminate them and this is the same agenda that’s gone on since the French Revolution at least up to the present stage.
We see it in the writings of Thomas Malthus as well and the United Nations with its tremendous urge to have everyone inoculated across the planet; and strangely enough, AIDS and everything else breaks out in a trail of these inoculations and people can’t put two and two together, even though the United Nations with its WHO, World Health Organization or Dr. Who as I prefer to call it, also has a Department of Population Management and Control.  Well, what do you think that means?
They don’t sit and make wish lists in the United Nations. They know their goals are always long-term but they go at them steadily. No one elects United Nations, the people into the United Nations. Most people in the world will never meet anybody except maybe in the lower orders who is handing out something or giving them inoculations, but you’ll never meet anybody with the suit and ties that work in the United Nations because those people are specially reared for their positions. They’re the grandsons and granddaughters of the League of Nations and they go to special schools apart from the public, because you don’t want to get contaminated with common thoughts when you have such a great duty to perform for humankind.
This is the real world we are living in. A lot of it is a horror show. For those who are on the path of waking up, it’s often too much for them. They fall into the various programs which terrify them. Terrorize them on a daily basis thinking the world is going to end any minute and they get suckered for every imaginable thing out there to buy and purchase to prevent all and every catastrophe that could ever happen, except a real natural one. It’s hard with science at play today to really know what’s natural and what isn’t.
Rothschild was once asked after he took over the Bank of England after the Napoleonic War, he was asked, “when you do really make money? When do you make the biggest money?” And he said, “when blood is flowing in the streets.” That’s when desperation you see drives people to part with everything in the very faint hope of surviving, of security, of living longer, a day, two days, weeks, whatever. That’s when you’re gouged for everything.
With the Soviet system which came later, the big test bed in a more modern era, if someone committed a specific crime in Russia they punished the whole population; they simply passed a law so no one could ever do that again. We see it here in the West with the non-governmental organizations affiliated with the United Nations and funded by the big foundations, anything but grassroots, like Mothers Against Drunk Driving. They opened up chapters all over the place and if you want to look in to whoever opened up the local city chapter, see what rewards these people were given for pushing and pushing to get these things established as though they’re part of our culture now. And the police work hand-in-glove with their demands because the police were only too happy to grant demands for more totalitarian structures around society.
It came out on the CBC television only a few days ago from a member of MADD (or DAM backwards) that only but $0.09 of the dollar went to any charity that was donated to them. However, the one who opened up the chapter for Toronto, Ontario, was eventually rewarded by getting a seat given to her on the chair of the directors board of the liquor licensing organization, the government body.
Not bad, eh? Little payoffs and you’ll find that behind all NGOs and chartered driven groups which eventually have power over your life. It’s always under the guise of charity that freemasonry in all of its names works. It’s hard to attack a charity but when the charities start working hand-in-glove with police and politicians to have laws changed to restrict your rights so every potential driver is treated as a potential criminal. That’s the Soviet system you’re now living in and if no one wants to mention Soviet system or communism, use your own brain. If it walks like a duck and quacks like a duck, you see it’s a duck. It’s just that the terms are not used so it doesn’t click for most people who think they’re just evolving daily in this great fantastic world of ours.
The dialectical process has been used down through the ages right up to the present day in every conflict. Every part of every conflict has its dialectical process. You’ll find this for instance if you look back at the American War of Independence, where authors in Britain especially Burke wrote books which appear to be in support and for the initial rebellion and yet Burke himself admits that he believed completely in tradition and he was completely against the individual ever altering society. He didn’t believe that that was a right. He believed it was only for those at the top, those who had proven their worth in governmental agencies or governments themselves to steer the course of society.
We see the same process used today on the television where after a politician speaks – after he’s made his big speech and it seemed rather clear at the time, they bring on at least two experts who give you two completely different interpretations of what you’ve just heard yourself, until if you’ve watched the whole hour show they’re so far off base you don’t know if you’re out meeting Pluto (which is now declassified as a planet by the experts) or where you are. This technique is used over and over again. However, people generally will pick one or the other and that becomes their opinion on any topic.
It was the same in all ages. They always gave a ‘pro’ and ‘against’ main speaker or author (it used to be just authors) that were risen to the top.  For those who think we’re stumbling and bumbling along through space, just figuring things out as we go, well, stay where you are. Just don’t come near me. THE WORLD IS PLANNED THIS WAY.
At the moment, everyone is pointing fingers at everybody else and once again, just like the post-political speech talkers who analyze everything, people fall into camps. They decide which one they want to pick because it’s biased one way or another towards what they’d like to believe was the cause of it all. However, these human herds of peoples, these creeds of peoples, are given their leading families and that’s who they follow.
In a commercialized system of economics where we worship the rich, the wealthy, the famous and the old families who were always rich, wealthy and famous, we follow them and that’s the big mistake because they’ll never figure it out as long as they do this and that goes for everybody – Protestant, Catholic, Hindu, Jew, whatever. The big families at the top, although they may go through the rigmarole and traditions that you’re taught and rituals and so on, and say all the right things, don’t belong to you at all. They only intermarry amongst themselves. They’re a separate people.
There’s no doubt that this system came down eventually to Babylon and eventually through the rest of the world since then. Always hiding behind peoples. Always having the lessers follow them and point fingers at others. That’s how you keep control through chaos. Order out of chaos.
You create the chaos and you make sure that every side – and I found this long ago. If you read the books put out by every faction blaming another faction and then you read the other faction’s books, they’re all right. Each one is correct. The facts are there. So-and-so did say this. So-and-so did want to do that against the other group and vice versa. You find they’re all correct, but how can they all be correct?  Then you realize, wait a minute. All sides are given their leaders. That’s why they’re all correct. That’s why all literature is verifiable, especially the ones that point fingers at others. They’re all correct, all sides.
Pike said it himself. Albert Pike. “Whenever the need for a hero arises amongst the people, we shall supply him.” Now that meant all sides. Every side is given its leaders who say all the right things and do all the right things but always lead you into further chaos. We never conquer and get beyond that which we think is our mortal enemy. It never happens. And this will never happen either as longas people wish to worship other people.
There’s an amazing thing within humanity where they want to worship someone who walks the planet, physically, who is ultimately superior. They want the beast you might say. That’s why Revelations is there. Revelations in the New Testament of the Christian book is written in the MYSTERY LANGUAGEwith an exoteric shell for the masses to follow and argue about. That’s why there are so many factions that say, “No, it means this. No, I have the answer.” What they don’t know is it’s an esoteric writing coded within there and it has to do with time primarily and there’s numbers in there and letters and symbology.
What was before Babylon? We know what was before Babylon, at least a little bit. We know we had, long before that, Sumer. One of the main symbols of Sumer even was the lion, king of the jungle. The jungle is the same thing. Below the pyramid on the dollar bill is the weeds. That’s the wasteland. That’s the jungle, wasteland. The lion’s always at the top. The lion is the top predator.
What was it Pike said? “We make no excuse for nature.” In other words, they don’t complain about the natural thing to do according to what their eyes see and what their eyes see is that the predators have the right to dominate the lesser and you don’t cry about it. It’s the natural way according to them.
We know before Sumer—which is just “summer,” by the way—before Sumer you had the Harappan civilization all the way across the Middle East and into India; and India will surprise people eventually because that which is behind a lot of it is based in India, at least it definitely originated there, of this whole system.
When you want culprits you must look at the least likely place. The most obvious is meant to be obvious.
We’ve watched ourselves being inoculated. We’ve watched our tonsils and adenoids whipped out as a matter of course and we were told that they were vestiges of when we were primitive and when we were apes, and we don’t need them anymore. All to do with a theory, a guess, put out by Charles Darwin the freemason, whose grandfather and father had put out their books themselves on the same subject that was only spread amongst freemasons at the time. They made Darwin go public with their religion. When they whipped out your tonsils and adenoids, they just whipped out part of your defense mechanism for your body because they also create white blood cells to kill off infections.
Why would they take a part of your immune system? Well, it’s because they want you to die off you see. That’s why you whip it out. That’s why and they’ve convinced whole populations this was natural and normal, and mums took their little sons and daughters to hospitals to have it done. Now you’re down with different diseases when you’re getting a bit older and they can’t figure out what’s wrong with you so you better take more inoculations. Now they push us towards – after the drug craze of the ’60’s which was the lead up towards altered states, the big altered states bit. AS means what? Altered states.
The next step is electronically-created altered states and many will go for it because they’re so, as Aldous Huxley said, “unhappy with their lives. They have no peace.”  They have no peace you see, as Huxley knew, because being one of the elite they made a system which gives you no peace. In fact the very system revolves around consuming and every ad tells you “you’re not happy. Here’s what’s going to make you happy. Clean your teeth with this and you’ll be smiling forever.”  You’re kept in a situation of uncertainty in transient times, where the whole culture is being pulled away from under your feet deliberately and again, it’s no big surprise for those who’ve studied it and watched each part coming.
Of course the people are unhappy. There is no security in anything at all. You’re kept off guard or on guard against everything. You’re trained to run out of school and just chase up to the top of the pyramid and you wonder why you eventually can’t get there and you’re out of breath and you become terrified because you’re not going to make it and there’s these young guys coming along that are going to stab you in the back to get up there. Et cetera, et cetera, et cetera.
This is the system. Electronic alteration of your moods. Electronic experiences, a virtual reality. Virtue – freemasonry remember. Virtue-al reality – Al – Allah. Even what I’ve just said has so much coding in it I won’t go into it right now, but that’s what we’re living through. You won’t have a real reality. You’ll have your virtual reality planned by programmers and you can go your whole life maybe mucking out a buyer. A buyer is sort of a mess that certain animals leave behind, but you’d never know it because you could be James Bond going up to some lab in the sky to rescue the world or something and live your whole life in a fantasy programmed, written and directed by others.
When you think about the time people spend in front of television and with the consumption of movies, they’re almost at that stage already. They’d want the escape you see. Pure escapism.
As pressure mounts and terror mounts and TERROR IS ALL COMING FROM GOVERNMENT AGENCIES with hype, hype, hype. Everything is becoming terrorism now. It’s all around you. You might even be one yourself and don’t know it yet. You might need you child to point it out to the local police or the SWAT team. Eventually the only peace of mind will be the authorized peace of mind where you have no mind at all. You’ll have a scripted fantasy and that’s only for another generation and when they’re gone there’ll be the next step—the mathematical sequence, as I say, they can’t miss a step—of purpose-created humanoid types with specified functions that Plato talked about.
I’ll let the coincidence theorists go back to their coincidences and believe we’re just stumbling through space grasping and trying something else. However, for those who are “in the know,” stick around because we have much, much further to go.
Not everyone can handle the bad news and that’s why you must really, really suss out a person before you give them information or particular information. You only give them what they can handle at the time and even then only if they’re going to do something with it. It doesn’t matter if you can’t get the message across to the masses. It’s never been a war of the masses against a few. This is in a sense a war of those who are aware, always, against the few who have the power to do. The masses simply go along with whoever comes out on top.
Some people are born with a function here. Others have to find it and the right people are finding their function, their purpose. Purpose is essential for life and there’s no more ultimate purpose than this journey we’re on right now.
All the best from me. Good night and may your god go with you.

“BRAIN IMPLANT FAMILIARIZATION
AND THEFRONT MEN WHO PLUG-IT”
DECEMBER 20, 2006

Hi, folks. This is Alan Watt and it is Wednesday the 20th of December 2006. It’s been a hectic time with winter coming on and this is the time where everything that should work doesn’t work, so you’re very, very busy if you live in the country when you depend on things you must use. Machines and things today, the newer a machine the less likely it’s going to work for too long because things are just churned out today, mass produced, fancy designs, but really they’re not meant to last at all. You find this out when you talk to the different small engine repair guys who advise you to put even $1,000 in old snow blowers rather than go out and buy the new ones unless you’re buying top of the line because everything really is made to be disposable today. So much so that even the mechanics don’t want to work on some of these new machines because they’re so darn complicated to get into just to get to the part you’re trying to fix. That’s how things are.
On Sunday, last Sunday I had a blowout on a highway. No other vehicles on the road, tarmac road and this is a turnout for the books because when the guy dismounted the tire to find out what had gone through and it was towards the edge of the tires so they don’t even repair that. They can’t repair that. There was a stainless steel cheapo Chinese butter knife inside the tire and how that got in there I have no idea, because the angle it would have had to been at was almost as though it was in a socket in the tarmac road to hold it at that angle to penetrate the tire – the real tire at that, it’s just astounding. It’s millions and millions to one. That’s a turnout for the books.
Tonight, since we’re talking about wonkey things happening to wonkey people with wonkey brains, I’m going to talk about Kevin Warwick. That’s W-a-r-w-i-c-k. The Professor who’s being promoted to the world to get us used to the idea of brain chip implants and he has been promoted big time. Nothing comes out big time unless they put you there to do it, whether they are a writer or author, spokesperson or something or trying to advocate something. When they all work in unison worldwide, all the big television companies, when they’re really not saying anything that’s new, although this guy pretends he’s breaking the ground on this technology, then you know it’s a coordinated effort to familiarize us with an idea and that’s what we call predictive programming. I’m going to read part of an interview he gave and at the end of it I will tell you where to find this interview.
“If You Could Read My Mind”
(As recorded by Gordon Lightfoot)
If you could read my mind, love
What a tale your thoughts could tell
Just like an old time movie
‘Bout a ghost from a wishing well
In a castle dark, or a fortress strong
With chains upon my feet
You know that ghost is me
And I will never be set free
As long as I’m a ghost that you can’t see.

Alan: He’s interviewed by Sali Earls so here it goes.
“Kevin Warwick, Professor of Cybernetics at Reading University,is a well known and celebrated UK scientist. His pioneering research into neural implants has led to him receiving his own implant which linked his nervous system to the internet, in effect making him a human cyborg.”
Alan: That’s the lie right there. The stuff that he’s talking about as though he’s ground breaking it on the cutting edge is old stuff. Huxley talked about this back in the 1950s and ’60s when he worked at Tavistock Institute in England. See this is very old stuff. About 15 years ago in the Swedish newspapers they were given reports of prisoners – volunteers in prison who were getting this done to them to and hooking them up to computers. This has all been done and yet we’re given this nonsense, this dribble to believe just to get us used to the simplicity of it, the stage that it’s supposed to be at, according to Warwick.
“Warwick delivered a public lecture at the recent Christmas event of the South Wales branch of the British Computer Society, organised by ITWales and held at the National Waterfront Museum. In his presentation to an audience of more than 200, Warwick discussed his own implants and the ethical issues surrounding the possible future of “upgraded humans”.
Alan: Upgraded humans, interesting term. People don’t realize they’ve been getting this term and other similar terms put into their heads for years through science fiction and we find that in the Star Trek series there was “genetic enhancement” they called it. Then we had “Seven of Nine”, very Kabbalistic name gave her, who was part cyborg with implants in her implanted right into her brain because she used to be a member of the Borg that had come over to the other side. Carrying on here, it says:
“Following the lecture, Professor Warwick spoke to Sali Earls about his work, his media notoriety and his plans for the future.”
Alan: You see, this is just a front man, a smiling goon basically who’s meant to con us into thinking it’s still early days so as we go along with the first things they will present to us, which will probably be chips in the arms and stuff, which is the kind of stuff he’s really been doing so far.
“The idea of cybernetics sounds a bit like science fiction to many. How would you define your subject?”
Alan: Now you can tell by the questions as well that’s presented to him this is a format – a question as it’s been written by someone else, a professional to make it sound very tame and nice and exciting.
“How would you define your subject?”
Alan: Here he goes.
“Cybernetics is historically defined as controls and communications in humans and machines, and for me in the subject that really involves humans and technology interacting in many ways. Particularly in biomedical areas – the use of technology for medicine, and helping people in one way or another – but also looking at all sorts of technological entities from a systems point of view, and how it operates when a human is in the loop. So, this includes things like robotics and artificial intelligence – one of my main interests.”
Alan: It would be for someone who isn’t too intelligent, wouldn’t it? And you can tell here again from what he’s saying this is all scripted because they always use the front people, the cripples, the poor, the sick to get their way. We have a massive industry going worldwide right now in body parts and fetal tissue from abortions and yah-dee yah-dee yah. Even in China the reports that came out of their of prisoners being executed because they have the right DNA match for body parts that some rich so-and-so was looking for and it all started with some genuine person with a daughter or a son who needed a kidney or whatever. That’s how that whole industry got started and that’s how we went along with it because they always use this hook of “to help people.” You can tell by the history of this world the elite have no other concern except for to help the poor souls at the bottom. To continue:
“It does overlap with science fiction. I think science fiction in this area particularly is looking to the future,”
Alan: This boy needs some artificial intelligence.
“. . . to the world of intelligent machines, and questioning how that compares with human intelligence; and the world of cyborgs – cybernetic organisms – part human, part machine which is tremendously exciting and something I’m keen to get involved with more and more.”
Alan: So it’s very exciting and it’s also when you help people who are paralyzed et cetera.
“In the lecture you talked about the implant you had in 2002 for three months. Why did you feel it necessary to undergo such a procedure yourself?
Alan: Now this is quite funny to me.
“It’s one of those things, if you’re trying something like this for the first time,
Alan: For the first time he says, hey.
“. . . you need to experience it yourself. We were sending signals down onto the nervous system and up into the brain, and experiencing it for yourself has perhaps two main features.
One is that it is of course very dangerous – I don’t perhaps make anything of that – and to be honest, having one of the researchers or somebody else that didn’t need to carry out the experiment involved, and something went wrong – which it could easily do – I don’t know how I could live with myself. If it goes wrong and it’s me involved, then OK. I made the choice, I wanted to do the research, and if something went wrong, so be it.”
Alan: This man wants a medal as well and honors, maybe a knighthood thrown in there and eventually maybe a Nobel Prize. He’s a brave character, and all we have is his word he’s even got one in the first place. We found that scam in the Jacobson family a few years ago who claim they all had it. We found out to they all had shares in the company that was trying to flog the chip and they didn’t have chips at all. So he continues.
“That’s one aspect, but also looking at extra sensory input . . .
Alan: Now this is for the new-agers.
“. . . for example, or communicating in a new way, actually experiencing it for myself and understanding what it feels like is tremendously exciting, and I actually get to benefit from it.
You talk about the danger aspect of such an experiment. I’m sure you know that a lot of people would consider you to be a little bit nuts, but perhaps many are not aware of the inherent danger that goes with a lot of groundbreaking research.
Alan: Here’s the hero going to talk again.
“Yes. This is a little bit “Jekyll and Hyde”. From a scientific point of view you don’t know how it’s going to work out.”
Alan: Ha, ha. It’s been done a thousand, thousand times before in experiments from Tavistock onwards. Not just in England, but across the planet.
“If Dr Jekyll had succeeded, it would have been a completely different story. I’ve been lucky so far with the experiments we have done, I’ve come out of them OK, but the next one may not be so lucky. You have to take that risk, and some people may ridicule what you’re doing – if you get it wrong they think you’re an idiot, and if you get it right they seem to disregard it. But so be it. I’m not really bothered about that, I’m really interested in doing the work – that’s what gets me excited.
Alan: Yep, he’s going for a knighthood too, definitely, definitely. Maybe two or three medals, a knighthood and a Nobel Prize.
“When you had the implant, your wife also underwent a similar procedure temporarily and you and she communicated nervous system to nervous system. Can you explain what happened and how it felt?
I guess one of the things that I’d always been excited by all my life were the first experiments that were conducted by Sam Morse with the telegraph system, and then with Alexander Graham Bell actually coming up with the telephone system, and making that step forward. So to be in the position later on to do something, not only similar, but in some regards you could consider it as surpassing that was a fantastic opportunity.
We had my implant which linked my nervous system electrically directly with the computer and onto the internet, and my wife Irina, who also had electrodes pushed into her nervous system to link her nervous system to the computer and the internet, and we essentially linked our nervous systems together directly, electrically. We had an electrical circuit which linked us directly, so that when she moved her hand, the neural signals from her brain went from her nervous system and appeared on my nervous system, and therefore up to my brain.”
Alan: So I guess you could say she’s got her hands into everything.
“Good Vibrations”
By The Beach Boys
I, I love the colorful clothes she wears
And the way the sunlight plays upon her hair
I hear the sound of a gentle word
On the wind that lifts her perfume through the air

I’m pickin’ up good vibrations
She’s giving me excitations
I’m pickin’ up good vibrations
(Oom bop bop good vibrations)
She’s giving me excitations
(Oom bop bop excitations)
Good good good good vibrations
(Oom bop bop)
She’s giving me excitations
(Oom bop bop excitations)
Good good good good vibrations
(Oom bop bop)
She’s giving me excitations
(Oom bop bop excitations)

“So her brain signals travelled electrically to stimulate my nervous system and brain, and when she moved her hand three times, I felt in my brain three pulses, and my brain recognised that my wife was communicating with me. It was the world’s first purely electronic communication from brain to brain, and therefore the basis for thought communication.”
Alan: Now this is such a lot of rubbish because it’s ancient stuff. It’s very, very old stuff he’s talking about here. It’s purely familiarization to the public.
“Do you think that over time, humans will develop a way of interpreting these communications appropriately? From what you’ve said, it seems as if you can experience things via neural implants that you can’t entirely understand or verbalise.
Alan: His answer.
“In the first instance I think it will be quite trivial, like a telegraphic communication, and maybe even repeating a telephonic, almost a speech type of communication, but without actually talking, just going from brain to brain. That shouldn’t be too difficult to achieve.”
Alan: Since it’s been done.
“It’s then the big question of how much further we can go, because if we’re transmitting signals brain to brain in a parallel way, it opens up the possibility of pictorial, graphical, colourful communication from brain to brain. That’s really going to be exciting as people learn how to recognise those signals in a whole new way.
It’s very difficult to know exactly where it’s going to go, this is really just opening up a whole new world of possibilities of communicating in a much richer way. Just as 130 years ago, Alexander Graham Bell opened up a world with the first telephone call, I doubt he could have imagined that it would have led to television–
Alan: Mind you, if you read Alexander Graham Bell’s history – high Mason, very high Mason that he was, his father was already doing voice-to-skull communications on people. Read their history.
“If we look 100 years into the future, it would be difficult to imagine what this all might lead to.”
Alan: I don’t think so.
“One possible future that you touched on in the BCS lecture, is the upgrading of humans to the point that we end up with cyborgs being the norm, and remaining humans as some sort of subspecies. Do you really think this is likely, and what sort of timescale do you think we’re looking at?
Alan: You can tell these are posed questions and scripted answers. It’s all been done.
“I think it’s a distinct possibility. This is an exciting technology that will stretch humankind. I don’t think it will make the poor poorer, but it certainly will give those that can afford it intellectual abilities way beyond what they have.”
Alan: There’s your snob appeal again.
“I also think that it may not only stretch society, but it may break it into two groups. It could happen very quickly.”
Alan: You’ll find this sort of stuff in the movies, even to do with genetic enhancement. You’ll find it in Gattaca, very worth watching. Good movie.
“We’re looking at the first thought communication experiments within a decade.”
Alan: Another lie.
“. . . so within ten years they will have been conducted, if not by me they will have been done by others – it is going to happen. Within twenty years I would think that this could start to become a commercial reality, so you can go and have a little thing injected into your head”
Alan: Well there you are, just a little thing injected into your head.
“. . . and communicate with other people just by thinking. That will be tremendously powerful,”
Alan: Snob appeal.
“. . . but those that don’t have it really will start to be left behind.”
Alan: There’s your marketing strategy that all the big scripters use. You’ll be left behind if you’re child doesn’t’ get a computer he’ll be left behind. That’s what they said in when they were uniting Europe: if you don’t join you’ll be left behind. State of the art marketing strategy.
“. . . I would have thought that this two tier society could be with us certainly by 2050. In a way, I don’t really see a problem with it – if people want to upgrade, why not? Let’s have more senses and a new way of communicating. If people don’t want to do it, then it’s their choice.”
Alan: Back to the reporter.
“If this happens, I guess a lot of it will come down to the commercialisation of these technologies, and how responsibly they are sold and used.
Alan: Answer.
“I think it does present enormous commercial opportunity, and of course you have ethical questions – ‘should or shouldn’t you do this?’. The commercial opportunities have ethical questions in themselves, as they bring in profit not only for the companies involved but also within countries. So if it’s a UK company that launches a thought communication device that takes off, they will make enormous sums of money,”
Alan: This is to get all the sharks in.
“. . . which will be good for the country, which is what we hope would happen. Ethical questions change from whether this is a good thing or not to the fact that it will affect humans in a very big way.”
Alan: Well there’s your child-speak for the children that he’s talking to, which is supposed to be us, you see. That was the ethic debate.
“Staying with ethical concerns, in the lecture you demonstrated very powerfully that people are currently benefiting from implants in a therapeutic sense. Could you explain the research in this area, and how therapeutic implants evolve over time?
“At the moment there is an implant that can be pushed right into the middle of the brain – in the subthalamic nucleus is one potential area – and it provides a stimulation that counteracts the tremor effects of Parkinson’s Disease to the extent that many patients can lead a normal life”
Alan: Yeah, for half a dozen.
“. . . and so they leave the implant switched on all the time. The number of people benefiting from that is now increasing”
Alan: It used to be five.
“. . . surgeon’s are getting very good and deciding which people can benefit from it, the exact frequency of stimulation, and the positioning of it. There is now research into the long term effects of this therapy.
There is also research into neural implants and epilepsy, which is looking extremely positive, and there are all sorts of possibilities for applications of this sort of implant. It could help people with other types of dystonia or multiple sclerosis – there is a whole range of diseases and problems that could be tackled in one way or another.
When you look at implants it opens up the area of paralysis, whether through an illness or as a result of an accident, and they have lesions in their nervous system. I think we’re going to see in the very near future, the possibility of bridging over the lesions and at least restoring some of the original function, and at the same time allowing the person who was paralysed to control their environment to a certain extent – to switch on lights or drive their car, just by thinking. We’re going to see those types of technology coming into play.”
Alan: There’s your helping the people part you see. Our history shows this works very well.
“The nature of your research has led you to have quite a high profile in the media, and your work is often discussed on sites like The Register, but they don’t seem to take you particularly seriously. How do you feel about this, and what’s the knock on effect on your work?
The work does seem to have a high profile, which I guess is understandable. I think that anybody commenting on a regular basis on what I do must have an interest in it. At least every month there is a comment about me on The Register,and I think that if they didn’t think there was any value whatsoever in what I do, there wouldn’t be any comments at all.”
Alan: He’s partly right there. If he wasn’t pushed there to be blurbed all over the world on various talk shows, the biggest shows in every country, then we wouldn’t know of him. He’s there because they want us to know him with his play station stuff he’s talking about here, his tiddly-wink stuff because this is stuff is obsolete what he’s actually saying here and we know what the real chip is about. It’s not about helping anybody. It’s about total control. Now he continues.
“It’s understandable – I am doing some radical experiments, and some people may think they are a little bit strange, so it’s good that sites like The Register”
Alan: I like this Register thing. Isn’t that a bit suspicious in itself? The Register. Have you been done yet? Get on The Register.
“. . . The Register question what I’m doing and whether it’s right. It’s another way of looking at it, that I think is probably a very good thing, and I applaud it. I love it that we live in a society where there are opportunities for people to question in this kind of way. At the same time, it does bring attention to the work that I’m doing – people may look at The Register, and find out more about my work as a result, then perhaps come along to a presentation that I’m giving, or have a look at one of my papers and find out that there’s a bit more to it than The Register was probably implying.
I’m thankful to The Register for pointing out the research I am doing. Perhaps most people that look at the site have considerable technological news as it were, and so for them to find out more about what I’m doing is not a bad thing as far as I’m concerned.”
Alan: He’s using almost a Latin spiritual term here. It’s also an old Masonic term. The new.
“What’s next for Kevin Warwick?
I’m involved in a whole range of projects at the moment. One of them that is now ongoing is culturing neural networks – that is actually growing artificial brains from biological tissue – and we’re working on that to control a little robot. So rather than have a robot controlled by a computer brain, the robot will be controlled by a biological brain. That to me is tremendously exciting.”
Alan: I don’t know why it’s exciting to him as a professor who must know all this stuff, but I think it was Sony had it in the newspapers about 15 years ago they were already doing this and they had found they could grow neural tissue and interface it with silicon chips and it would act as one part of the entire circuit. He’s talking obsolete here to be almost kindergartenish to make it sound appealing and exciting to get us all used to it. Predictive programming they call it.
“In the implant world, we’re working with surgeons on an improved implant for Parkinson’s Disease that can predict the tremors before they occur, and then counteract them before they actually happen, so it’s not stimulating all the time and hence not using up power constantly, it’s just monitoring and then stimulates when appropriate, so it has to be able to predict what the human brain is doing.
For my own implant, I see that as being about seven or eight years away. I do believe firmly that we can carry out a first experiment. . . “
Alan: “First experiment,” even after DARPA’s done it.
“. . . and involving brain to brain communication. It will require a brain implant, and I am certainly on for it, and I’m really excited and looking forward to it. I really want to experience signals from somebody else’s brain appearing in my brain – I want to get there first.
Alan: So what about the Nobel Prize and two medals and a knighthood? What else can they throw in here? because what an amazing piece of propaganda this truly is. Now that was published Wednesday, December 13th. It was published in I.T. Wales Interview by Sali Earls and that’s at www.itwales.com.
Fascinating rubbish. All old stuff, very old stuff and using the traditional tools to help the sick is to help this and so on and to make it all exciting to the youth because it’s the youth who are going to be their big targets. This was all discussed in many scientific papers even when they were pushing for the virtual reality. The virtual reality wasn’t going to end with a helmet giving you visions inside your head. It was to lead you to a chip implant which would give you – you could be in a movie in other words. For those who want a little bit on that of predictive programming watch the movie called, “The Lawn Mower Man” and the follow-up to it, but the first one had all of that in it. This is predictive programming. That’s why when these things come along we think it’s all quite natural.
Now in a Pollyanna world as I say this guy pretends that we’re living in where everything is above board and we are all part of the system and we have a say in things and we’re all making our own decisions. Power never comes into this – the power of a minority of running the planet, as it always has, by the way. Always has and the powerful do rule always and always sought ways of more and more control. This is to be the ultimate form of control step-by-step but prior to completely rebuilding people themselves for specific tasks. That’s what this is all about, but I get so sick of the propaganda of these characters who are shoved out into society and since we’re trained only to listen to professors and doctors and all the rest of it – the experts, it stops us from thinking for ourselves. We’re trained that way.
Now a tramp from the street could be warning you about this for his whole life and you would ignore him and that is true. You’ve been trained to listen to these characters when they come on with all their exciting chatter like chipmunks of how exciting it’s all going to be and wonderful, but nowhere does it mention the power that it would give not only a group – a dominant minority over everyone else, but the power to give to one single individual who’s in charge of it all. That should be terrifying.
At the moment, we live in a world of complete surveillance. Most of it’s been going on long before 9/11 came along in 2001. The public are always kept in the dark. There were writers back as far as the 1950s exposing the methods in which police had complete documentation on personality profiles and the events in each person’s life in the complete and entire western world even down to your local village. They were making up all the personality profiles and most of it came from gossip. We’re actually writing down gossip on who’s doing what and so on and of course the Eastern Star is involved because the old ladies of the Eastern Star will also meet with the Grand Master of the local lodge and they pass on all this data and then it goes to the police.
Our telephone calls have been getting monitored probably since the days of Bell’s first telephone been given to the public. They’ve always used this for a method of data collecting because we have never lived in an open society where we are part of the decision making process. We have never ever had that. It has never existed. All we have is the propaganda to convince us that it exists and always has existed. And that’s all it is, is propaganda.
Most people today don’t even handle cash anymore. They use cards for everything. Everything’s tracked. They know it. They don’t care and the reason that democracy was chosen was because in democracies you can bring totalitarian schemes to fruition and absolute confidence that at least 75% – it used to be 75%. I think it’s closer to 90% now of the population will go along with whatever it is because they don’t want to get into trouble. And know that they can then alter the laws and say well we’ve made it voluntary up until now, but now the system’s adapted to most folks using this particular thing so you will have to adapt as well and the cash disappears.
Everything’s monitored because you can count on at least 75% to go along, the mob, because the mob get their ideas from the main media. They cannot think for themselves. They don’t have the ability to reason for themselves. And that’s no slur by me. That’s a statement of fact by study of massive think tanks, not only in the last couple of hundred years but probably for a thousand years or more, and put out by people like Zbigniew Brzezinski who is quite blatant about that.
Most people have lost the ability to reason for themselves. They really think the media is there to do their thinking for them and to tell them what’s important. They believe that too, so in a democracy you can count on the majority to force the minority to go along. People don’t even know that at one time car licensing or your driving license was voluntary and then the insurance policies was voluntary as well. Today there’s hardly a store you can go into without them demanding to know your name and address and everything else about you, even if you’re paying in cash, and most folk don’t care because they belong to the majority.
For those who easily and it’s very easy to get angry at the high manipulators who coolly and calmly give orders to think tanks to work on certain problems – societal problems and using the big marketing companies and marketing strategies to basically market the idea into their heads. It’s easy to get angry with them, which is counter-productive because the one with the cool head is always going to win in the end. These people are very cool at the top. There is no panic situation, very calm and collected as the insect-like plan our destinies for us.
However, they’re not the main enemy. The main enemy of the populace who understand what’s happening and who appreciate the freedom and privacy and who are indignant – that word which has been lost, indignant when privacy is taken away. The minority have a problem with the majority. It’s the majority that are becoming your problem. Without the majority, as the ancient Greeks said, the dominant minority couldn’t do anything at all. They need the approval of the majority and the majority will always take what seems to be the easy way to go at the time. They follow the stars and when the big stars come on – the talking heads that have been put up there as gods or demigods, and when they go for or say they will go for – so will the mob.
They will go for it too and they already are using minor types of implants in certain clubs as I’ve mentioned before and the man who promotes that whole club industry worked for the NSA, the National Security Agency. That should make you feel very comfortable. I have no doubt whatsoever those who are making all of the chips – all of these chips – I don’t care if they’re publicly registered. They are worked and funded and directed by and staffed at the top by CIA, MI6 et cetera.
Because you could never give a truly beneficial thing to the public and lose power over the public. Therefore, any technology that’s given out there with any potential whatsoever for power must be 100% controlled and the actual chip implant made by these companies because the function eventually is to control all of us.
It is interesting to study this type of propaganda and use your memory and that’s what really brings it on to you is this is nothing but a familiarization process of pure propaganda. I very much doubt that this guy even wanders from a script that’s written for him. He does the standard technique of it’s for the sick and how it will benefit them and he gets the worst kind of cases. Oh, the paraplegics, those are Parkinson’s and all that. All he wants to do is to get a little chip right in the middle of the brain – just a little injection in your brain.
From the elites point of view this is the natural way to go. They have no moral qualms about this because look at the trouble they’ve gone to in the entire world to make an agenda up for a totalitarian 21st Century – completely totalitarian, where everyone’s observed. We’ve watched the cameras being thrown up all over Europe for 15 years or more now. That’s the time when we knew they started. They’ve been doing it a lot longer than that I’m sure. And it’s all for our safety. You know you can have people so safe they can’t move because they’re in straightjackets because life involves risk and the risk taking is part of living. If you don’t take the risk you’re not living. You’re following a program.
It’s a difficult thing to understand as I say but your main problem is not with the elite. It’s with the rest of society that docilely goes along with everything becomes the majority and forces you along with them. There is no doubt however that this technology will make it so much easier for a dominant minority and cheaper to observe everyone and know what everyone is doing at any second of any day. They’d also know what a person is thinking about doing. Remember the movie was put out with Tom Cruise not so long ago that they had a predictive type of arrest and you’re arrested if they thought you might be thinking about committing a crime. In the movie they were using sort of strangely bred people who were types of mediums who predict – well this is even better. The law will benefit so much from this. They love to create new levels and layers and strata of law and lawyers who’ll be able to deal with all of this stuff where we’ve been accused of thinking about maybe doing something. It may have been a daydream or a real dream but you’ll be charged regardless and to think of something will be a crime in itself. It will be forbidden areas which you can’t go into. This is the new freedom which they’re talking about because do you think they would leave that alone?
We see where it’s going today where verbal communication is being restricted all the time and you can’t simply say what you want to say sometimes for fear of offending whoever or whatever by law. A whole new field was opened up for lawyers. These armies they churn out all the time like they mentioned in “Devils Advocate” the movie. Lawyers always benefit and to make it as confusing as possible so that they’ll get the business because it’s almost to difficult for the Joe Average to figure it out what’s really going on.
The kind of talks we could give on what’s happening today to give a quick effect would have to have been widely given out in 1950s to the children being born then. It’s always a bit late after the event when they’ve been starting a project towards a specific goal. We have to be in on it in the beginning to head it off at the pass. Most of what we’re told is after the event, after the horse has bolted, which makes it very difficult to alter. Such is the technology. The technology is there. It is already perfected. As this character tries to win his medals for getting a chip put in his arm or wherever – it’s in the newspapers recently that bureaucrats and civil servants in Mexico have to have implants put in so they can open doors and get through in certain departments. The reason this professor is brought out is to make it sound so appealing and we should all have one. It doesn’t even mention the abuse it could have so easily by a small group of fanatics even in a real world, never mind the dominant minority who’ve always been fanatical in this real world.
The ethics aren’t even discussed. The abuses aren’t discussed. The lack of privacy and there’s nothing more private than your thoughts. That wasn’t discussed. It’s supposed to be exciting and remember that meeting I talked and read some from the Loyola meeting where the world’s scientists all met to discuss the implantation of the brain chip as a passed event. It’s already to go. Professor Warwick popped up as a front man, the publicist; and he said at that meeting the only problem they have to do now is convince the public to accept it and that regional computers were set up already to control the populations. You’ll have your own number with your chip. That will be you from then on.
The top scientist from Tokyo said it will drastically alter humanity in every aspect. He said, “it will no longer be a form of society as we know it. Think of it more as the beehive where you’ll hear whispering thoughts of people as this information is whizzed back to central computers – regional computers and it bypasses through your brain and then comes from the computer back to them. You’ll be hearing all this whispering in your head exactly as the Star Trek series and the movies in Star Trek showed, the Borg, exactly and that tells you, you see that those in the industry of making the movies, the big ones which influence your lives, are in on the whole deal from the get go.
Gene Roddenberry for instance who started the Star Trek series was a member of NASA. He was in on all the big meetings to do with this because they discussed at NASA where they wanted society to be lead; and how do you lead society? You do it by predictive programming. Make up a story. Add technologies. Show them one area how this technology can be used so it doesn’t seem so bad. It seems good and make it sound exciting in a drama form and that’s how our thoughts are shaped. Our opinions are shaped that way and when you bring out the real thing in society, we think well I guess that’s quite a natural way to go. Was it really? How many other directions could it have gone? Everything must be made to appear so natural to us so we don’t question anything and you know that your neighbor and most people when this comes out probably in a lower version – probably a body implant initially. Like the ones they’re giving to the nightclubs in different countries in Europe so that they don’t have to use cash or a card or anything else to gain access or to buy their booze. It’s deducted from the credit on their chip.
It’ll probably be something like that to make more – to familiar us you must familiarize the herd in a step by step process towards your ultimate goal. That’s the technique that’s used on animals, even wild ones. Deer generally will run off when they see humanity approaching, but if they happen to be grazing in certain fields and keep still, they see you, they’re far enough away that they feel very safe but they watch you. If they see you a few times you can get a little bit closer each time until they really think you’re harmless. That’s the same technique that’s been used on humanity with this technology, and people adapt like the ancient Greeks said. There’s nothing on the planet more adaptable than mankind.
We adapt so fast and quickly to anything that’s new and given to us. Those who don’t adapt so quickly, well you can simply wait them out. They’ll die off. The upcoming generation won’t know. They’ll think anything that exists when they’re born must be natural because it simply exists and you’re not there to tell them otherwise.
Back in the ’80s there was a great big push to start children getting used to credit cards in high school and once again it was promoted with a form of snob appeal and yeah you can shake your head at humanity and I do it too. A lot of the parents wanted everyone to know that they’re child had a credit card, snob appeal and the big herd follow each other. They want to be the same. They’re terrified. In a society which has always promoted uniformity, people are terrified of being stigmatized as an individual. It’s the same mentality that they found out thousands of years ago that children would deduce – children are not happy with each other when they’re playing. You sit and watch them and you’ll see the cruelty in very young children. Tremendous cruelty to each other.
When the fashion industry which is always involved in marketing to the young they know they go through this phase of wanting to belong and they bring out the fashions and then a boy who doesn’t wear the appropriate fashions and now its brand names. At one time they’d pay you to wear a billboard during the Great Depression and walk up and down the street advertising a company with its logo. The average person today thinks it’s quite natural. Not only natural. They want to wear the logos for free. They’ll buy the thing and promote it by advertising it, by wearing it. Snob appeal. It’s amazing the children I’ve seen them turn on people who couldn’t afford to keep up and they were vicious to them. That’s the reality of humanity. It’s always the mob, the ones who are vicious, and the mob that gathers to watch. They get drawn to excitement or possible fights. They love it.
Individuality has not been promoted in our system and being different is not being promoted at all. Even those who think they’re being different by joining some radical group, including the sexual revolutions and variations in between, are simply joining other authorized groups. They’re not being different at all. If they were being different, believe you me, you’d be persecuted by the state, by the system. You know Hegel takes a lot of flack, and wrongly too, for his observations and yet he’s so right in so many things to do with opposites because again it’s an ancient religion. He was in on the religion.
However, if you truly want to stop something you can become the tyrant yourself. If you have to force it upon others you’re doing exactly what the elite are doing to people right now. They’re dominating them and perhaps this whole experience of living was never meant for the masses in the first place and that’s something. That’s a starting point to reality. Each individual goes through their own experiences. They can analyze things for themselves or they can allow the state and their conditioning to do it for them; but if you think in mass movements, it has never worked except for the elite because they use the technique on the masses. That’s why it’s called the “mass movement.”
Once in a blue moon a very, very few are persecuted heavily by the system for standing up to it and just by speaking about it, heavily, heavily persecuted. We’ve seen that in the Soviet system where the gulags were full of people who’d pass pamphlets on – handwritten pamphlets and copied them and passed them on because the state wanted to know what everyone was doing and thinking and speaking about and making sure that all their speech and their thoughts and their actions were politically correct. Here we are, under the same system today and as long as they keep telling us we’re free, as long as you can turn on the television set and the same familiar faces are on there smiling every day, well it must be normal. Everything’s fine.
You know you can’t get a flat tire fixed today at the major stores without giving all your ID, even if you’re paying cash. They want to know your name, your address, your telephone number, make and model of vehicle yah-dee yah-dee yah-dee. And people hand over this info all the time and never ask the question, “Why do they need this?” When you’re doing something which is a lawful transaction, you’re paying for something to get fixed to a company that does it. Now the government’s involved. Why would they be involved right down to that level?
Don’t ever count on the bulk of the populace standing up for the same thing at the same time. What you can count on is that if some movement was authorized from the top the populace would all join it tomorrow, but if it’s not promoted from the top down forget it. It’s not going to happen and it’s always been this way in all ages.
There has never been cohesion with all the people about anything. They can grouch and complain but they would never do anything about it. That’s the majority of the public. If their basic needs are being met, if they’re warm and fed and watered and having a few other necessities of humanity, they really don’t care what’s coming down the pike because they believe like domesticated animals that they are being well taken care of and well managed by people they have never seen. By names they have never heard of before at the top. By think tanks and bureaucracies and on and on it goes. That’s the sign of a truly domesticated happy slave.
Arthur Koestler and others who worked on projects to lobotomize the brain for these same dominant masters. These little minority at the top said that one of the first signs and symptoms that it was successful was when the ability for self-preservation – that awareness, that little thing that questions things and looks at things, when it was no longer operating then the lobotomies will be successful. Chemical and biological lobotomies. Do you think maybe it’s happened with most people? Do you think it’s just a matter they can’t understand what you’re saying when you present them with fact after fact after fact? In a sense they can’t. They’re unable to comprehend because something has damaged them.
I tell people to look for those who are still alive. They’re spraying us still like bugs. I watched it today. I was working outside and the same media that will tell you all the joys of chips in your brain won’t even touch that subject and yet we’re supposed to trust them all. The same people are in charge of the spraying, all decision making on the planet, the same people are in charge but they won’t even allow the media to discuss the spraying. And yet we’re supposed to believe that the prunes that they send out as front men like this professor with his obsolete information is happy exciting news that he’s giving us all, which is antique. We’re supposed to believe that there’s going to be a wonderful rosy future.
Do you realize how long it’s been in the making for a minority to plan to take over completely the minds of every single person on the planet without the need of religions, coercion, fear, and so on and yet they’re hoping and they’re pretty well on with this. They don’t just make wild guesses but they’re hoping that we’ll all just go quietly excitedly and unfortunately for a lot of people that will happen. They will and you couldn’t stop them if you tried. Rather than waste your time with the dead you must only put out information to those who are alive.
Everything has a purpose and being conscious certainly does have a purpose. All of this will manifest itself at the right time. That’s all for me tonight. May your god go with you.
And for Professor Warwick and his handlers, this song is for you.

ALAN WATT    BLURB
“PROMISE OF BREAD, DELIVERY OF CIRCUS”
November 8, 2006

Hello folks. This is Alan Watt and it is Wednesday the 8th of November 2006.

For all those people who still live in the projected reality they’ve been born into, and think it’s all real and that their little “X” on the spot will change the world, this song’s for you.

I’m a loser
And I lost someone who’s near to me
I’m a loser
And I’m not what I appear to be

Yes, it’s the politician’s mantra, “If you can make an “X”, you’re my kind of guy.”  The “X” is quite interesting because it’s a bit of a mockery on the illumined man, because they know you’re not illumined. You’re in the dark. You’re the “profane,” you see, and “X” was the symbol of the illumined man.  It was also used for those who couldn’t read and write, not so long ago really.  Mark your “X” down, that was your sign. That was your oath when you put a little “X” down there. You’re giving authority to someone and you’ll be in obeyance to that authority.  That’s what soldiers did in Europe in the last century. In the early last century and the centuries before, they marked their “X” because they couldn’t read or write and they were now under the total command of their superiors.  They’ve given their rights away as a member of the public to be a private. You’re owned privately.

There’s another type of law you can see behind all of this, which you can figure out if you put the time to it, but it’s all to do with contracts and contractual law.  It’s far better to have people believe that they have a say in things.  They found out this 200-odd years ago in Britain.  It’s much easier if you give them what they think is democracy and representation, that way they don’t revolt every four or five years. You just kick the last lot out and then you scratch your heads and you wonder why there seems to be an agenda continuing here with the next bunch that’s in.

Thomas Jefferson mentioned this in his own writings. He said, “When you see a particular agenda being carried forth through different houses (meaning different elected groups one after the other) and you see a particular agenda continuing, then you’re under a form of control.”  Totalitarian type tyranny and we can certainly see it.  It’s not hard to see if anybody really wants to open the books. 

It’s not conspiracy because those who have been the visible leaders to this, the front-men, have been well documented in the past. We find that in the writings of John Dee going back to England in the 1500’s, the British Empire — “Brytish Empire” (Brightish Empire) as he called it, with a free trade association of countries that would join and get special status if they joined; and eventually this system would be global. 

We also see it re-emerging in the time of Cecil Rhodes with his Rhodes Foundation and the amalgamation of the Rhodes Foundation with Lord Milner and the Round Table groups, now known as “The Royal Institute of International Affairs” that really is a government that is unelected.  It has people placed in governments, but they have many people outside of the government in high positions and in big bureaucracies in federal levels; and this was also to bring in a world state based on Plato’sRepublic.

They push continuously for a society where people will serve the world state. They will serve it. They will believe it’s their duty to serve the world state.  It sounds very appealing to the left-wingers because left wings are always looking for utopia and it never turns out that way. Even Gorbachev had to admit that.  You find the guys that play both sides of the fence tend to say very honest things. They can afford to. It doesn’t mean that they’re against it. They just tell you it doesn’t work.  Utopias tend to create absolute horror on countries and nations and peoples, down through the centuries, as you hammer and force them to conform into a system, which is technically alien to them. A system based on a priority of commerce and banking.  That is never questioned in all these utopian schemes strangely enough.

These tokens for exchanges, the thing called “money” is never questioned, nor is it ever questioned as to why specific families have the right to decide what money is. Together these families form what is called “The World Bank”, another front, a façade.

Carroll Quigley, who was a professor at Georgetown University—Georgetown being famous for training people to go on to be high level bureaucrats first to do service abroad, generally in forms of charitable agencies, and then they come back and go up the ladder.  He was responsible for picking out Rhode Scholars to send to Oxford in England, where this seems to be the center of all of this globalism really stems from.  Oxford is tied with Cambridge for different functions.

Cambridge tends to put out into the world the aristocratic elite, the ones that are a bit brighter to give positions to go out into the world. They run the spy agencies and stuff.  Whereas Oxford seems to be based on training the people to go into high-level politics and bureaucracies worldwide. The Royal Institute of International Affairs has a branch in every British Commonwealth country, so you’ll have the Australian Institute of International Affairs, Canadian Institute of International Affairs, et cetera, et cetera.

Back in the early 1900’s, Milner proposed and it was accepted and implemented that they’d take in other countries, such as India and Pakistan and countries which were not part of the Empire, eventually, such as the USA, and sure enough they’d be called The Council on Foreign Relations, so not to upset the citizenry of the countries who were non-affiliated with the British Empire.  You’ll find that the policies for the U.S. and all the English speaking countries having dictated fairly openly in their own writings for over a hundred years. 

Carroll Quigley mentioned that no one in these countries, NO ONE EVER, EVER, (underline ever) is elected to high office without being vetted and passed years before by the Royal Institute of International Affairs.  It would be a form of scaled down competition for what appears to the public to be parties, but in reality the top people that form the upper cabinets would all be handpicked and vetted and trained for the position, years before the public even hear their names.

That’s also the same with the likes of Canada, with the provinces to the provincial level. The premiers and provincial level are also picked, vetted, passed and okayed.  The reason THEY HAVENEVER LOST CONTROL OF THEIR AGENDA AND THE DIRECTION—IS THEY PLAN THE FUTURE LIKE A BUSINESS.  It’s a business. They plan it with meticulous detail, not only a business but as a war; and the people of the world don’t know the war is upon them.

The elite factions of The Council on Foreign Relations (which is the American branch of The Royal Institute of International Affairs) are from aristocratic families in America, and the U.S. does have this aristocracy.  It’s got a fantastic reputation through propaganda of not having the same snobbery as parts of Europe, but it certainly does, just as much in fact, and they try and disguise it under different accents and so on, but still they’re all from the same “Old Boys School”.

This has gone on for hundreds of years and the party business is a joke. It’s one agenda. All countries have signed their sovereignty away when they signed first of all the “Atlantic Charter” at the beginning of World War II, and then subsequently they reinforced that by sending more of their sovereignty away with the United Nations.  They cannot back out of the United Nations and go solo or sovereign without being called “a rogue nation”.  That’s what they mean by that. They’ve broken their contract.

 It’s all run by high Freemasonry.  Back to John Dee and the Rosicrucian’s—they were the ones who put out branches just like monks do. In monasteries, you’ll find different branches of monks (because this is an ancient system) would ordain other or charter other branches of monks. The Dominicans would give branches off of itself and they call themselves something else et cetera, et cetera. It’s kind of like weeds. They grow in the same stock like a dandelion and then blow away multifariously.

You have these associations all going back to what we call today “Freemasonry,” with its base structure comprised of the public, the profane and the low Masons who don’t know much at all but are sworn to uphold this system.  Regardless of what happens, they will uphold it.  That’s what a base is for.  The base with the “all seeing eye” and even on their dollar and the Great Seal, which is the reverse side of the Great Seal, of two sides of it like the Janus character.  It’s planted in a wilderness.  That’s what it symbolizes, the parched wilderness. The wilderness of ignorance, the profane, the public and it rises above the public. It dominates the public and so the intellect – the light, “the intelligentsia” have been given the right to dominate the lessers. They are not the bosses though.

The media has had a fantastic job of doing its usual of whipping up the frenzy, which they themselves coined the term. The election fever and the people who are programmed go right into the election mode of fever voting for whoever says the right things, because that’s what parties do. It reminds me of the Community Party and Lenin said it and Marx before him.  “You must lie to get in. You tell the people what they want to hear and once you’re in, you do what you want.” 

That really is what democracy is. If you look at democracy, there’s not country where you can actually throw anybody out that you’ve elected if they go their own way.  This has been tried here in Canada, even on local levels, and the people who investigate this and try to get the elected officials out find out that “under democracy the only right you have is to vote them in.” That’s the only right you have. Once they’re in, they don’t have to be responsible to you.

You’d think they’d learn this down through the ages. You think people who grow up and see two or three elections in their life would start to catch on, but the conditioning overpowers them.  The talking heads of the media gets them into the sports phrase and even use sports terminology, the same phrases you’ll hear in football games, and one’s bashing the other and who’s routing whom, and it’s like a war.  It’s such a farce, really, because it’s all done by PR campaigns, publicity managers and scriptwriters. You’re seeing actors basically parrot what they’re told to parrot. They’re lost without their scripts. That’s why they always make such incredible boo-boos when they open their mouths and say what they think. They just parrot what they’re said to say. They’re actors on the stage like Shakespeare said.

The people never fail to fall for this. They’ve been lied to so many times they haven’t a clue what’s really going on in the world, or what the big picture is, or the agenda—or, if they do, they’re double-minded.  It’s like Orwell’s double-speak: The ability to hold two opposite opinions in your head at the same time and rationalize each one of them. That’s a condition of psychological tampering, basically.

It’s gets me that they actually really want these people who say these things, they really want them to do and implement these things that they promise to do.  PROMISES. It’s amazing.  It never ever alters. They’ve been doing this democracy business for a couple of centuries now. It keeps evolving and changing, mind you, in its style and the people don’t notice that either.  They really think those people and the multimillionaires and the big corporate ex-CEOs that they vote for are going to change their lives for the better for them.

All they have to do is to look for a little bit of honesty with themselves, because that’s the only place that you can start, unless you torture somebody like Chertoff and his bunch do. That’s the only time you get the truth out of someone.  You can’t force the truth out of someone if they’re a born liar; and people who can lie to whole nations are born liars. It’s a particular skill that’s hard to do it without blushing or flickering the eyelids and that type of thing; and they do it very well. If they were in a lower class, they’d be very good salesmen selling vacuum cleaners that probably don’t work.

Honesty. You have to start with yourself and that means:  Why do you honestly expect someone else to change your world for you?

“Honesty”
By Billy Joel

If you search for tenderness,
it isn’t hard to find.
You can have the love you need to live.
But if you look for truthfulness,
You might just as well be blind.
It always seems to be so hard to give.

Honesty is such a lonely word.
Everyone is so untrue.
Honesty is hardly ever heard.
And mostly what I need from you.

I highly recommend Carroll Quigley’s books “Tragedy & Hope” and “The Anglo-American Establishment”.   Quigley, who was often consulted by the top politicians on policy abroad, was no simple professor. He was also the historian for the American branch of The Royal Institute of International Affairs called “The CFR” (Council on Foreign Relations).  He had access to their records. He updated them and he was quite open about much of it in his writings. He tells you “here is the reasons why things really happen in history,” and sure enough, it fills in all the little black spots that you don’t get in school. All you have in school is dates and times, wars and battles and generals, and who won what and who killed who. They never go into what companies backed it up. What international corporations supplied the stuff? Who made fortunes? Which individuals made fortunes and also paid off the politicians?  He does this. He goes into it in pretty good detail.

He’s the guy who picked Bill Clinton for a Rhodes Scholarship. Clinton, like all of them, are groomed from childhood for their roles. The president’s you’ll have in 10 years time have already been picked, same as prime ministers. The major events you’ll find in history as you gone in years are already planned like a business format. “Nothing happens in politics by chance” and FDR said that.

So why do people vote?

Prior to all elections, Joe and Jane Average are worried about their own personal lives. Their lifestyle never matches the image they’re sold by the media, by the “culture creators” at the top.  Therefore they tend to blame themselves and that creates uncertainty in themselves and their own decision making. They feel like children. That’s what they want you to feel like, like children who are helpless and then they can bring forth the father figures who seem full of self-confidence. They realize your concerns. They feel your pain and they vocalize what they know is going through your own lives what you’re feeling. That’s why we have such uncertainty in the world. It helps to make sure that we do keep this farce going by voting, thinking we can change it. 

I mean we shouldn’t really encourage these guys by voting. It would be something else if we stopped voting all together, then the “real bosses” would have to come forth with force and show their faces, because they would not allow the system to disintegrate which they have always kept control of for thousands of years—the commercial system with its mercantile law.

People vote because they’re afraid. They want reassurance. They want to be made to feel that they’re secure. This is what every CON MAN down through history has observed and they know how to exploit these fears. It’s great when you can create the fears and then you can exploit them. You give the problem. You have the reaction to the problem for the public, then the fear, then you offer the solutions.  It doesn’t mean you have to carry those solutions out; or, if you do, you’ll word it in such a way that it turns out completely different than the people envisage. People want heroes because they have no faith in themselves.

Aldous Huxley in his Berkeley speech (which you can download from this site) was quite correct when he said that most people are really unhappy in their lives. He knew because the system which he and his forbearers had created were making it so. Most people certainly began to be terribly unhappy with all the anxiety of war after war and basically depressions; and in Britain, all through the ’70’s and ’80’s, it was called “a recession”.  They didn’t want to call it “a depression”.  Everybody was depressed all right, but they called it “a recession.”  They were de-industrializing the country without telling the public that this was the official plan they’d actually signed back in 1945 or ’46 with the United Nations to de-industrialize it for the European Union.

The generations who were born in that period afterwards simply went through welfare and job after job if they could get it. The “dole,” as they called it, a term borrowed from ancient Rome who gave the dole of wine and bread everyday to the public to keep them happy, to keep them from revolting. Everything was planned that way, as I say, which is now disclosed. They admitted it after they united Europe officially under a government. They came out and declassified all the documentation.

So generations can suffer and they don’t care at the top, because “well, the plan’s the plan,” you see, and “you can’t make an omelet without breaking eggs,” as Mr. Rockefeller said.

People have to realize that the main problems they’ll face in their life and they blame themselves for, it’s not really their fault at all. They’re conditioned in a system which gives them a fake perception of reality. When the myth that they go for does not turn out the same way as the myth is supposed to, they blame themselves and get depressed. They have family breakups. The children go their own way because they’re indoctrinated in the school. That’s where they get their values from, totally different from the parents, every few years they update this agenda to make it even more so.  The people look for a hero outside of themselves, one who voices the concerns that they feel; and that’s all they need is acknowledgement this person has stated their problems. They know their problems. They want a hero outside themselves and that’s why they vote.

It’s interesting that when you look at the ones behind Adolph Hitler, who are often portrayed in history as a bunch of little nobody’s who just worked their way up in society, renegades little psychopaths; and yet they try to make them seem as though they’re almost illiterate; and that’s really the upper class snobbery there because these guys were not stupid.

We find that Goring, for instance, who was a flamboyant character and no doubt psychopathic to boot, and probably very likeable if you knew him personally, and who loved to dress in a Roman toga for his parties, and who was a theosophist and who carried his big jar of crystal around with him for the “good vibrations.”  He says:  “It’s the easiest thing to take control of a country. A few people can do it,” he said. “All you have to do is to hype up the fear of an external threat and claim that the government’s not doing enough to stop it and the public and that you will do more if you get in to protect them and then they’ll vote for you. They’ll get you in.” 

People forget that Adolph Hitler was voted in democratically before he became de facto dictator.

“Holding Out for a Hero”
By Bonnie Tyler

Where have all the good men gone
And where are all the gods?
Where’s the street-wise Hercules
To fight the rising odds?
Isn’t there a white knight upon a fiery steed?
Late at night I toss and turn and dream
of what I need

[Chorus]

I need a hero
I’m holding out for a hero ’til the end of the night
He’s gotta be strong
And he’s gotta be fast
And he’s gotta be fresh from the fight
I need a hero
I’m holding out for a hero ’til the morning light
He’s gotta be sure
And it’s gotta be soon
And he’s gotta be larger than life

Albert Pike, the Pope of Freemasonry in the 1800’s, said, “We always give the public their heroes. We give the heroes to every faction, every side.”  The people, once they hear this person saying all the right things, will give their allegiance to that person because “he or she speaks for me.” That’s how we rationalize it, and we sit back and we guide it again. They say go here, go do this, do that—and we do it.  We give our power to the “authorized heroes”.

The VOTE SCAM never began with electronic voting. It’s always been a scam.  Even if they did it correctly and upfront and honestly, it wouldn’t matter, because once again, the “Big Boys” at the top are handpicked and groomed by people you’ll never see, like The Royal Institute of International Affairs Council, long before you ever hear the name and years and years before they ever run for office.

The easiest way to control people is to get them into parties, especially two parties. This or that, up or down, left or right. You’ll hear talk show hosts use the same formula on AM stations, your local AM stations or city AM stations, then they get you into the emotive topic. Are you for euthanasia? Are you against euthanasia? Are you for this? Are you for that?  They drum it up, and sure enough, the people obligingly fall into their camps. Their emotional responses to sounds, to words, they’re conditioned and they fall into their camps.

If you want to control masses of people, you give them at least two parties. Three’s a bit untidy but you can use the third one occasionally when it’s so blatantly obvious the corruption is in both parties, you can always use the third one for a little while, as they do in Canada, once in a blue moon. The whole party thing is the easiest way to control millions of people.

The United States was supposed to be a Republic first, which followed specific guidelines. Although they were wrote in such a way you could drive buses through it, and that was deliberate too. The party system is easy to take over because you just have to put your guy or a few at the top, and the rest are like trained seals at the circus. You know all the other politicians there they’d want the party. They want to get up the ladder. They’re all Masons. They clap their fins (you know, their hands) and cheer their boss on and tell their constituents, “Well, I didn’t like that, but I had to toe the party line,” you see. “Toe the line,” that’s a Masonic saying. Sure enough, they do and the public says, “Oh well, I guess he had to,” you see, and “we let it happen,” but really, we encourage them by voting.

In the Soviet Union they made it law that you had to vote because people just weren’t coming out, so they made it law; because legally, you see, you have to give your power to the beast that rules you. They forced the people to participate.

In Australia, I don’t know if they passed it or not, but Howard the Prime Minister there, I think he’s been there forever, he was going to do the same thing in Australia, because really there’s not confidence in the system. The people are a little bewildered as to why all these things are happening, all this globalization and the Pacific Rim Region set-up and the laws that are getting passed. They can’t quite figure it out, so he was thinking of making it mandatory to vote.  If there’s anybody in Australia, let me know, it would be interesting to see.

They talked about that in Canada, but tossed it around once in a while. It’s “good” you see when you can give them the right to rule over you. It’s governed as such it’s ruled because it’s ruled to an agenda. “A rule” is another Masonic term because the first cane, the priest (Cane, Cain) and the first rulers were made of cane. Even when I was in school, maybe even still you can get cheap ones from China made of cane and marked off. It used to be inches. Now it’s probably centimeters, as they move from the 12 to the 10 system. Again, the binary code coming in there, Masonic again, everything is, you see. You’re living in a system which you don’t even recognize is all around you, right down to your measurements. In the mythological ideal, The Republic would have been a system where there was one state. I mean it’s like one party where all the rules and tenants of the party were laid down and “fixed in stone.”  The representatives would come from your area to represent just you, the people. That’s what is in its mythological form.

The party system of course does away that, because all the little hacks at the bottom have worked their way in there for power sake and status. They don’t go there to serve the people. They’ll say all right things because it’s their nature, as good little psychopaths, when in reality it’s self-serving. That’s where they meet the future business contact, big ones. The largest contracts, of course, dished out in a country are from the federal government, so they make all their acquaintances for business future and so on. They’re not there to serve the people. It’s rather sad to see that’s happened in all countries over the last 150 years or so, when even the ones who were supposed to represent the working people sell out very quickly, often beforehand, because they hand-pick their leaders; and again, they are all Masons. That’s the common bond throughout the whole planet—Freemasonry.  In all of its names, it’s the same thing, male and female.

Interestingly enough, I tuned into the news tonight on the Canadian television (I get three stations with my rabbit ears here), and there’s a spokesman for a political party in Canada, a woman, and she gave the most obvious freemasonic handshake, so she’s Eastern Star.  It was interesting to see it so blatant. I guess she’s only just passed the third degree and not much higher, because it was just too obvious; but that’s the system we live under. It’s the same in business. It’s the same in law. It’s the same everywhere. The signs, the symbols, the language is all around you and you don’t see it. You don’t see it.

However, any president of the United States goes up to give his speech on the podium, everything around that set (and it’s a set for your viewing), the same kind of methodology goes into the creation of that background as it does in a movie where everything’s debated. Should this be here? Should that be there? Is this the right color?  Color is very important too. It’s a language. It goes all the way back, actually before Pythagoras who was the guy who brought it out of Egypt where he studied.

You’ll find every president of the United States will tell you his format by the way the flag behind them is draped.  If the arrows are showing with the leg, you know the job is war.  If it’s the other leg of the eagle holding the olive branch, his job is to at least pretend peace, like Bill Clinton pretended peace; although, more missiles flew over the Middle East from ships and blew up all over the place in Iraq during his whole tenure there—TEN-YEAR.

You can tell a good deal by the background. It’s a language for “those in the know.”  Yep, if you can make an X, you’re my kind of guy.  Isn’t it really interesting to see when it’s time for electing who’s going to be the front man at the top this fever they drum up with all the balloons. Balloons, placards, badges, funny hats, and cheering and so on at the party headquarters, it’s like a circus. This is supposed to deal with you and problems with the country, finances and all; and here they are having a circus to drum up hysteria for the public and the public seem to respond to it.

I noticed when I came to this country the difference in the advertising techniques, because they’re suited to the types of mentality they’ve given to the public – and there is a culture mentality to give to the public. It’s given to you. You’re born into it and they update it, just like they update computers every so often, and the public never notice.  In Britain, the ads were pretty boring because it was all suits and ties and steadfast and upstanding guys selling you something.  Whereas in the U.S. and Canada, at that time it was salesmen who were dressed up literally like circus clowns with the big red noses on and big shoes and balloons in their hands selling used cars.  I thought, “who in their right mind would buy a used car from a clown?”  Yet they were successful it seems.

The same technique is used for voting, as though utopia is coming tomorrow if you just vote this person in. Tomorrow comes and goes and then the promises are all broken and the same agenda, the same United Nations agenda moves steadily forward as always. It doesn’t change and the people don’t learn because they think this is all real, and they say, “if this bunch turned out bad, we’ll vote the next bunch in next time,” and that’s what you really do. You don’t vote new people in. You’re voting the last lot out. You’re so sick of them and yet you’ve no memory to realize the bunch you’re voting in did the same thing when they were in the last time.

In this system which is a totalitarian system which has always worn, not always worn but generally wears the velvet glove that covers the iron fist. It’s much easier to have people obey by compliance rather than by brute force and to make them think they are actually guiding their own lives. But you’ll find in this system all of, again, the mythos to do with the culture and the safety nets are out there for you that you’re meant to believe are there. You’ve a caring system.

You’ll find the tools, if you have to go and use them eventually one day, and I always liken them to a highway that you walk along and there’s your pick axe there and I don’t need that. I’ll keep going and there’s the hammer there. I’ll keep going. There’s a spade. I’ll keep going, I don’t need that. However, if you ever do, you’ll find that when you pick them up to use and you hit that pick-axe on the road, it bounces because it’s made of rubber. It’s made of rubber.

THE SYSTEM DOESN’T GIVE OUT THE TOOLS TO HELP YOU OVERCOME THE SYSTEM.

That’s how clever this is. Everyone’s divided from race, creed, religion, generations, male, female. Everything’s divided and divided and divided.  Every so often they get on side of the other fighting the other, via the media, over some emotive topic and that keeps it going, all divided and conquered.  Everyone’s divided and conquered. 

This is a science, an ancient science that is taught to those who are not elected, because the real bosses are not elected and they have no responsibility to answer to the public.  It’s so interesting to see that when, officially for the first time as an organization, The Council on Foreign Relations came on Canadian television nationally in March 2005 to do with the signing of the “United Americas Agreement.” They said they were behind it, openly. None of those guys were elected to any political office. Some of them had been in politics prior to that. Some hadn’t.  They belong to these organizations, these “foundations” as they call them, because Masons make foundations and you build the society on the foundations. They are not responsible for their acts or decisions to the public. That’s your democracy for you.

The trick at election time is to whip up the public into a frenzy, because it’s important that they get you “back in the box,” getting involved as you think you are. Once you’re into that frenzy and panic state and looking at the limited alternatives you’re given, they’ve got you where they want you. They want your authorization to rule over you, come what may.

People have asked me, “How do you combat this kind of totalitarian system, a secret government behind government?”  I tell them; and I’ve said this on many radio shows and the hosts have never taken it up. They’ve dropped it quietly. I say:  “Look. If you’re going to give people authority to rule over you and do as they wish to you and your children, you better make sure you know everything about them. Everything about them, and you should definitely demand to know what organizations they belong to, have sworn allegiance to and have sworn to obey.” That’s a start. That’s a very, very important start. When you find that they belong to all the nefarious organizations with “secrets” as they like to call them, not ‘secret organizations’, then you can’t trust them at all. You cannot trust them, no matter what they say. Supposing they get down on their knees and repent and whatever they do, you can’t ever trust them again. These people have sold out completely. People who sell out completely will repeat it over and over to the highest bidder.

Carroll Quigley in his own books “Tragedy & Hope,” writing in the 1960s said, “Nothing would stop this agenda because it has already taken over the U.S. Congress and Senate” (50 to 60 years prior to the writing of his book).  “And by the time those in the public that would ever figure it out would catch on, the agenda would be accomplished.”  That’s exactly how they united Europe, by the same secrecy, lying to the public and parliament after parliament that was elected in simply went along with the agenda – kept their mouth shut. Made excuses to the public as to why the country was in such a sad situation and getting sadder all the time, until it was all over and done. Then, once they had united Europe under a parliament, they declassified the documents to say, “Yes, this agenda to unite Europe must be kept secret from the public until it is completed.”  That’s open democracy for you.  It is no different in any other so-called “democratic” country.

The old Rhodes/Milner groups, the secret government that was authorized to exist by the British Crown, were chartered to exist and do what they’re doing, has never stopped on its goal towards this world government.

Margaret Thatcher said it best. She said: “We who are ex-premiers of countries in various nations comprise another government.”  She says: “We never retire. We know each other. We’ve worked with each other for years and that is too valuable to be thrown away.” 

She said that they were unelected, and now that they were out of office, they were not responsible to the public or recall or any of that nonsense. They could quietly work and get more done behind the scenes working for this private — (the real one that exists) towards their agenda.

Now it’s interesting to note that the Rhodes Milner group of The Royal Institute of International Affairs has stated 80 years ago or more. It was about 100 years ago that they stated that they’d work with any type of government, even conflicting types like Communism.  That’s true because they helped to create Communism. This group is composed of the upper elite of the noble families of Europe, primarily Britain but now it’s the rest of Europe.  One of the points that they wanted to make was “they wanted to eradicate the middle classes under the guise of equality.”

They never mentioned eradicating the upper class and all their privileges. They take it as a priority that that will go on forever. That’s what Aldous Huxley was talking about when he mentioned “the dominant minority.”  He said: “There always has been a dominant minority and I see no reason why there shouldn’t always be one.”   It’s true. There’s nothing to stop them with their agenda, because the sad reality is we have been born into a Matrix system, totally planned and organized prior to your birth, prior to your parents birth, and this agenda has been going on for an awful long time.

Even if President Bush or anyone else had another born-again experience, and the last time Bush had it was when he put out the coffin at Yale University the Skull & Bones Society. That’s what it means when they do that; and that’s what he means when he refers to it. Even if he had a real one, whatever that is, he couldn’t stop it. If he did, he would be Lincoln’ed or Kennedy’ed in public view to warn others to stay in line. There’s no doubt about that. The big boys at the top do not tolerate disobedience from any of their hirelings.

I will be going into this system of control with The Royal Institute of International Affairs and The Council on Foreign Relations in more detail on tomorrow’s show, so you can tune in then.

There’s nothing out there that really is as it seems to be.  It’s the appearance, it’s the illusion of a particular spin on reality that’s propagated to us the public. Most people have no idea that they’re living in a scripted format of propaganda. You truly are meant to believe; and that’s the trick of it, to make you believe that you’re the most well informed people that’s ever walked the planet because of all the news stations that you have, but all of the news stations get their news and basically their marching orders from the same source. That’s why you flick through the channels if you have cable or satellite and you’ll hear the same stories across the country, one after the other, in the same sequence, including the trivia. Same trivia. It’s all controlled to give you the impression that you’re the most informed being that’s walked the planet.

 If you believe that, you’ll never figure it out. You’ll never figure out that your perceptions have been given to you. The diagnosis of the system has been given to you. You allow everything to come along that’s detrimental to you like sheep, and you’ll wonder why things are just “going to the dogs” as they say.  This is the trick of the creation of particular perception.  It’s non-stop PR propaganda and public relations.

There’s nothing, from your local police station to even your school board, that doesn’t come through a PR spokesperson, public relations. There’s nothing. It’s like having an intermediary lawyer to redefine reality to you. That’s what a PR person does, to put a spin on something until it becomes acceptable to you. You don’t think past the spin; and with this big circus show of elections, remember something.

In ancient times they knew the trick of division. They knew that the public would join this group or that group. The trick was giving you the groups that you’d identify with, with always the right spokesperson to say what you were thinking. It’s very simple. It’s never failed. I don’t see any reason why it should fail, really, with the majority of the public and the symbol of the eagle which is ancient – an ancient symbol going back for many thousands of years and has come down through the centuries through Rome. Prior to that, it was in Egypt, too, and then the Roman Empire, to the United States and the Russian system. They have the eagle as well.

In high Masonry, the eagle is one like the falcon that can symbolically go as high as the sun and look into the face of the sun. That’s what it means; and you’ll find the symbol of the arrows and the olive branch very revealing. Very old symbol, you’ll find it in the Old Testament, if you care to look, and you should ask yourself why they picked that one. The war and the peace, the arms can create war or peace. The wings are the parties left and right, male and female. These are the terms that they use. Emotion versus logic – that’s what they mean by it. They’re very sexist, of course, and they really hate females at the top.

The body is covered by a shield – the body of the bird is covered by a shield. The body is hidden. The real body is hidden. You see the head above, but, again, in Masonic terms you can figure it out quite simply. The head below, the real virile power is covered.  You don’t get to see that.

In ancient Egypt, they had two eyes sometimes on some of their symbols of pyramids.  When the top eye was open, the bottom was closed and vice versa. The public get to see what they’re meant to see, and nothing more.

You’ll find that there’ll be some people who are replaced with this election over, as a token, but they were decided to go long before the public heard of it. They never leave politics. They join the real workers behind the scenes where they’re not responsible to the general public.  Mr. Rumsfeld, of course, was already scheduled to go off and do his nefarious things behind the scenes.  He was always a front-man for the chemical companies and the big weaponry firms in combination with those chemical companies.  He was the guy that even on the CBC was shown going over years ago and shaking his Masonic handshake with Saddam Hussein when he was giving him the chemicalized weaponry.  Mr. Rumsfeld will simply go back into the “real work” behind the scenes, where he can do a lot of stuff without being responsible to Joe Public or the press or anyone else.  You won’t hear what he’s been up to until years later. That’s how the real system works. These guys never leave the art and the system they’re involved in of governance, as opposed to government.

Look at the website for upcoming shows. I’m on RBN broadcasting on Friday. I’ll be doing my own blurb tonight and go into detail about the CFR and The Royal Institute of International Affairs; and for myself, I’ve just about finished getting ready for the winter. I’ve a couple of things to do, rather major. No one’s backing me; and for those who want to help out, you can check out how they can do it on the website at .com.  

I’ll leave tonight with another song for those who fell into the trap of voting. Hope you enjoy.

Good night and may your god or gods go with you.

ALAN WATT    BLURB
“BRIGANDS, BANKERS AND BAGMEN
(ROYAL INSTITUTE FOR INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS/CFR)”
November 9, 2006

Hello. This is Alan Watt at .com. Today is the 9th of November 2006.

The election forecasts are over in the U.S. and all that’s come out of it is the people have voted for change and by God they’re going to get it.

Yesterday, I mentioned that I would probably go through some of the foundings and the machinations of the Council on Foreign Relations, the American branch of The Royal Institute of International Affairs which was set up to bring in a form of world government, a world governmental system to standardize every nation into the one system and basically to rule the people in a bureaucratic, socialistic, almost Communistic fashion, with multi-layered levels of bureaucracy, while a small dominant elite who believe they are the fittest to rule and the most intelligent will make all the decisions at the capstone basically.

For the people who want to really get into this should go into “Tragedy & Hope” by the historian of the Council on Foreign Relations who lays it on the line and fills in all the spots in history between the dates and the battles that you get in school, he fills in the reasons for them happening. He tells you the names of the families involved that pull the strings in all countries, all the British Commonwealth countries and the United States. Now it’s even gone further because they’re allowing in non-English-speaking peoples. They have headquarters in Pakistan and every other country.

They own the newspapers in every country. One of their first mandates was to take over all information avenues. They also own all of the media. They’re involved in the fictional Hollywood-type programming that we get. They also were the ones to promote professorships at universities so that they can have their men teaching the students, especially the Ivy League universities, who then eventually become the higher bureaucrats in federal governments; so we are living in a tremendous cobweb, all interrelated, across the planet. All the little strands connecting together into a global network. They also control all the banking systems. That’s another major important part of all of this.

Professor Carroll Quigley had access to the records of the Council on Foreign Relations in New York City and he was told to update them, go over them as the authorized historian for the group and he wrote “Tragedy & Hope,” a book that was eventually bought over pretty quickly and the plates were smashed, but now it’s back in publication. You can find it if you go on the Internet.

When he’s talking about the build up of the tensions, which had been manipulated by the one group, both in the Soviet system (since they were behind it and backed it financially) and the West, to create a form of dialectical change in peoples of both sides so that they come to the eventual synthesis we’re at today, where East and West become joined into this new system. He goes through this and talks about the buildup initially, pre-World War II, and then the trials went on to the Communist factions in the United States during the McCarthy Era and this is from his own book.

I generally don’t read from books. I prefer that the people who are interested go and get the books themselves and read them if they’re really, really interested, but you see this is not a conspiracy per se. It’s an open type of conspiracy, as H.G. Wells called it himself. He should know since he was a propagandist for the group.

This is taken right from page 949 of Tragedy & Hope” talking about the United States.

             “The radical right version of these events as written up by John T. Flynn, Frieda [Whitley] and others was even more remote from the truth than were the [Bodensee’s] or Bentley’s versions although it has a tremendous impact on American opinion and American relations with other countries in the years 1947 to 1955.

This radical Right fairy tale, which is now an accepted folk myth in many groups in America, pictured the recent history of the United States, in regard to domestic reform and in foreign affairs, as a well-organized plot by extreme Left-wing elements, operating from the White House itself and controlling all the chief avenues of publicity in the United States, to destroy the American way of life, based on private enterprise, laissez faire, and isolationism, in behalf of alien ideologies of Russian Socialism and British cosmopolitanism (or internationalism). This plot, if we are to believe the myth, worked through such avenues of publicity as The New York Times and the Harold Tribune, the Christian Science Monitor and the Washington Post, the Atlantic Monthly and Harper’s Magazine and had at its core the wild-eyed and bushy-haired theoreticians of Socialist Harvard and the London School of Economics. It was determined to bring the United States into World War II on the side of England (Roosevelt’s first love) and Soviet Russia (his second love) in order to destroy every finer element of American life and, as part of this consciously planned scheme, invited Japan to attack Pearl Harbor, and destroyed Chiang Kai-shek, all the while undermining America’s real strength by excessive spending and unbalanced budgets.

He calls this a fairy tale but then he continues on page 950.

             “This myth, like all fables, does in fact have a modicum of truth.

Listen to this.

             “There does exist, and has existed for a generation, an international anglophile network which operates, to some extent, in the way the radical Right believes the communists act. In fact, this network, which we may identify as the Round Table Groups, has no aversion to cooperating with the Communists, or any other groups and frequently does so. I know of the operations of this network because I have studied it for twenty years and was permitted for two years, in the early 1960’s, to examine its papers and secret records. I have no aversion to it or to most of its aims and have, for much of my life, been close to it and to many of its instruments. I have objected, both in the past and recently, to a few of its policies notably to its belief that England was an Atlantic rather than a European power and it must allied or even federated with the United States and must remain isolated from Europe but in general my chief difference of opinion is that it wishes to remain unknown, and I believe its role in history is significant enough to be known.”

That’s an understatement. This interlocking network that was set up in the late 1800’s in England by Lord Rothschild who financially backed it and Cecil Rhodes – Cecil Rhodes left his will to Lord Rothschild – and it was to be based along Jesuit lines of operation. Now the Jesuit lines of operation they’re talking about is to totally obscure their tracks by having people fight each other and group fight group, never knowing that there was one group behind all of it, agitating it all, funding it all and keeping the agitations going and flowing and directed towards a specific objective, a specific outcome.

Carroll Quigley who was the man who picked or was told to pick Bill Clinton for the Rhodes Scholarship was a member of this group. He was a member of the intelligentsia as he saw himself and even publishing this book could have been his downfall because he’d broken out and thought that the public were ready to accept the fact that an intelligentsia was dominating them secretly and he believed the public would probably accept it. Well today he’d have no problem because we are totally dominated and the public can’t even see the trails in the sky above their head making the global warming, but they do believe the propaganda on television that there is global warming, caused by us, of course. If he tried that today he’d have no problem. They would just have yawned and turned the station to wrestling or something.

He goes on to say on page 950:  He says:

             “At the risk of some repetition, the story will be summarized here because the American branch of this organization (sometimes called the “Eastern Establishment”) has played a very significant role in the history of the United States in the last generation. The Round Table Groups were semi-secret discussion and lobbying groups organized by Lionel Curtis, Philip H. Kerr, who is Lord Lothian, and Sir William S. Marris in 1908-1911. This was done on behalf of Lord Milner, the dominant Trustee of the Rhodes Trust in the two decades 1905-1925. The original purpose of these groups was to seek to federate the English-speaking world along lines laid down by Cecil Rhodes and William T. Stead and the money for the organizational work came originally from the Rhodes Trust.”

He lists every member in every generation since that. Now apart from setting up the Council on Foreign Relations for the United States, rather than call it – it wouldn’t go too well if they called it The Royal Institute of the United States, so they called it the Council on Foreign Relations. They also set up the IPS for the Pacific Rim regions and this was to get a form of communists’ uprising in the Far East because the fastest way to bring many different peoples and tribes together is to give them an ideal to fight for and a common enemy, and that’s what Vietnam was all about. The aliens came in. All of the scattered tribes united. There was only one organized and well-funded party, that was the Communist Party. They centralized government. The Americans move out and the centralized government basically takes on the same forms as what was called “democratic governments”.  It’s the same standardization process.

This was all made to happen, planned and worked at tirelessly by dedicated intergenerational families trained in the Ivy League schools of the United States and England and they sent them out from Canada too and Australia and New Zealand. Big players, all, and these guys have been behind the creation of the Soviet system, the system in China, of Vietnam and everywhere else.  To unify the world is the objective.

Now the Jesuits were blamed for the same thing, for trying to unify their old world order through subterfuge, causing events to happen where the people in front, the groups, would be identified and hated and fight each other but they’d never know that the Jesuits were behind it. It’s the same technique used here with the members of these groups who are well trained and they’re picked at university and trained for their positions.

We can go as far back even to Lawrence of Arabia who in his own book, “The Seven Pillars of Wisdom,” talks about his selection at Cambridge University and his immersion in Aramaic and Arab studies for his significant role that was planned years ahead.

They plan the world always way ahead like a big business plan and they watch everything come to pass. They give us our thoughts. They give us our opinions. The talking heads on television that come on, all the experts on pretty well every topic, is meant to bend our mind in a particular mode of accepting another loss of rights or whatever, are supplied by them.  The merging of Europe was their plan and idea. They were behind it all and the merging unification of the Americas was also their idea.  The third one of course was the Pacific Rim Region.

Karl Marx was funded by the same crowd. Just before Cecil Rhodes came along they were going then and Karl Marx wrote about the unification of these three “continents” you might say.

On page 951 he talks about the funding that was set up.

             “Money for the widely ramified activities of this organization came originally from the associates and followers of Cecil Rhodes chiefly from the Rhodes Trust itself and from wealthy associates such as the Beit brothers, from Sir Abe Bailey, and (after 1915) from the Astor family.  Since 1925 there have been substantial contributions from wealthy individuals and from foundations and firms associated with the international banking fraternity, especially the Carnegie United Kingdom Trust, and other organizations associated with J.P. Moran, the Rockefeller and Whitney families, and the associates of Lazard Brothers and of Morgan Grenfell and Company.

             The chief backbone of this organization grew up along the already existing financial cooperation running from the Morgan Bank in New York to a group of international financiers in London led by Lazard Brothers. Milner himself in 1901 had refused a fabulous offer worth up to 100,000 a year to become one of the three partners of the Morgan Bank in London in succession to the younger J.P. Morgan who moved from London to join is father in New York. Eventually the vacancy went to E.C. Grenfell, so that the London affiliate of Morgan became known as Morgan Grenfell and Company.

Instead Milner became director of a number of public banks chiefly, the London Joint Stock Bank, corporate precursor of the Midland Bank. He became one of the greatest political and financial powers in England with his disciples strategically placed throughout England and significant places such as the editorship of The Times, the editorship of The Observe”, the managing directorship of Lazard Brothers, various administrative posts, and even Cabinet positions.”

That’s parliament positions.

             “Ramifications were established in politics, high finance, Oxford and London universities periodicals, the civil service and tax exempt foundations.”

Jumping back, we can see the trail of this group, long before Cecil Rhodes, to one of its members who takes the credit for starting it up, which is nonsense. He was only one man that popped his head up in time in history and acted in one main country and that was Adam Weishaupt. Now Adam Weishaupt, who’s well know for the illuminati and the bustle of the word “illuminati”, but really he was a member of the same group preexisting Cecil Rhodes.

These guys don’t start and stop. It’s a continuous line down through history and Weishaupt said that they would create foundations, great foundations of wealth, which would be untouchable by the public because they would appear as charitable foundations, but the amount of wealth they would accumulate would be phenomenal and with it they would basically fund the front groups, the NGOs as we call them today, Non-Governmental Organizations, who would then press for public demands on parliaments and presidents and Congresses; and that’s how they would change the laws, to have a standardization process across the planet.  We find that the banking establishment and those who become CEOs of banks, who just move from bank to bank, and into politics and out of politics, are big players in this. 

Quigley says in his book on page 952:

             “The New York branch was dominated by the associates of the Morgan Bank. For example, in 1928 the Council on Foreign Relations had John W. Davis as president, Paul Cravath as vice-president, and a council of thirteen others, which included Owen D. Young, Russell C. Leffingwell, Norman Davis, Allen Dulles, George W. Wickersham, Frank L. Polk, Whitney Shepardson, Isaiah Bowman, Stephen P. Duggan, and Otto Kahn.

Throughout its history, the council has been associated with the American Round Tables, such as Beer, Lippmann, Shepardson, and Jerome Greene. The academic figures have been those linked to Morgan, such as James T. Shotwell, Charles Seymour, Joseph P. Chamberlain, Philip Jessup, Isaiah Bowman and, more recently, Philip Moseley, Grayson L. Kirk, and Henry W. Wriston. The Wall Street contracts with these were created originally from Morgan’s influence in handling large academic endowments.”

That’s university endowments.

“In the case of the largest of these endowments, that at Harvard, the influence was usually exercised indirectly through “State Street”, Boston, which, for much of the twentieth century, came through the Boston banker Thomas Nelson Perkins.  Closely allied with this Morgan influence were a small group of Wall Street law firms, whose chief figures were Elihu Root, John W. Davis, Paul D. Cravath, Russell Leffingwell, the Dulles brothers and, more recently, Arthur H. Dean, Philip D. Reed, and John J. McCloy. Other nonlegal agents of Morgan included men like Owen D. Young and Norman H. Davis.

On this basis, which was originally financial and goes back to George Peabody, there grew up in the twentieth century a power structure between London and New York which penetrated deeply into university life, the press, and the practice of foreign policy.  In England the center was a Round Table Group, while in the United States it was J.P. Morgan and Company or its local branches in Boston, Philadelphia, and Cleveland. Some rather incidental examples of the operations of this structure are very revealing, just because they are incidental. For example, it set up in Princeton a reasonable copy of the Round Table Group’s chief Oxford headquarters, All Souls College.

This copy, called the Institute for Advanced Study, and best known, perhaps, as the refuge of Einstein, Oppenheimer, John von Neumann, and George F. Kennan, was organized by Abraham Flexner of the Carnegie Foundation and Rockefeller’s General Education Board after he had experienced the delights of All Souls while serving as Rhodes Memorial Lecturer at Oxford. The plans were largely drawn by Tom Jones, one of the Round Table’s most active intriguers and foundation administrators.

The American branch of this “English Establishment” exerted much of its influence through five American newspapers (The New York Times, New York Herald Tribune, Christian Science Monitor, the Washington Post, and the lamented Boston Evening Transcript ).

             In fact, the editor of the Christian Science Monitor was the chief American correspondent of The Round Table, and Lord Lothian, the original editor of The Round Table and later secretary of the Rhodes Trust and ambassador to Washington, was a frequent writer in the Monitor. It might be mentioned that the existence of this Wall Street Anglo-American axis is quite obvious once it is pointed out. It is reflected in the fact that such Wall Street luminaries such as John W. Davis, Lewis Douglas, Jock Whitney, and Douglas Dillon were appointed to be American ambassadors in London.”

There’s your financial groups tied together, this networking of finance, which funds, which is quite easy to do if own all the money you fund what you want into existence. You promote and pay off people to open doors for the ones you want to get through to the top with your agenda and this group is still pushing ahead as ever today, intergenerational.

On the Canadian television in 2005 the Council on Foreign Relations officially for the first time as a group came on the national television at news time, CBC, and said that they were behind the plans for the Unification of the Americas and they drafted up the plans for the politicians. Money, higher power positions, media, politics, it’s all owned by them – for world government.

Up until about this point, Quigley’s talking about primarily the English/American connection and later on in the book he goes into the Pacific Region connection that would eventually unite the Pacific countries and put Australia in with them.

On page 953 he goes into how it branched out in the early days to include Europe as well.  He says this:

“This double international networking which the Round Table groups formed the semi-secret or secret nuclei of the Institutes of International Affairs was extended into a third network in 1925, organized by the same people for the same motives.  Once again the mastermind was Lionel Curtis, and the earlier Round Table Groups and Institutes of International Affairs were used as nuclei for the new network.

“However, this new organization for Pacific affairs was extended to ten countries, while the Round Table Groups existed in only seven. The new additions, ultimately China, Japan, France, the Netherlands, and Soviet Russia, had Pacific councils set up from scratch.  In Canada, Australia, and New Zealand, Pacific councils, interlocked and dominated by the Institutes of International Affairs, were set up.

“In England, Chatham House served as the English center for both nets, while in the United States the two were parallel creations (not subordinate) of the Wall Street allies of the Morgan Bank. The financing came from the same international banking groups and their subsidiary commercial and industrial firms. In England, Chatham House was financed for both networks by the contributions of Sir Abe Bailey, the Astor family”

You’ve heard of Ann Bailey, those who were into theosophy.

“…the Astor family and additional funds largely acquired by the persuasive powers of Lionel Curtis. The financial difficulties of the IPR Councils in the British Dominions in the depression of 1929-1935 resulted in a very revealing effort to save money, when the local Institute of International Affairs absorbed the local Pacific Council, both of which were, in a way, expensive and needless fronts for the local Round Table groups. The chief aims of this elaborate, semi-secret organization were largely commendable:”

Now this is a man who was all for it, an elitist himself.

“…to coordinate the international activities and outlooks of all the English-speaking world into one (which would largely, it is true, be that of the London group); to work to maintain the peace; to help backward, colonial, and underdeveloped areas to advance toward stability, law and order, and prosperity along lines somewhat similar to those taught at Oxford and the University of London (especially the School of Economics and the Schools of African and Oriental Studies).”

We’re looking at a tremendously powerful, powerful group who push democracy as though it were something that the people had created themselves, while they themselves are anything but democratic. THEY DO EVERYTHING IN THE DARK, IN SECRET.

They don’t believe in democracy themselves but they want us to believe in it. We must believe the myth you see to allow them to accomplish the goals. There’s no slave like a slave that thinks he’s free. These are all very wealthy people, very wealthy bankers and noble families, deciding all this for us.

They believe that they are the top of the Darwinian heap, while we’re just the junk DNA. They’ve been behind all of the wars, all of the ongoing wars too, because they must standardize the whole world under their one system. All of this stuff with global warming, that’s another big fear racket they’re financing and funding all of that, to make us change our way of living, to get us into habitat areas where we will live like “fleas in a thimble” all jumping over each other; while they will have reforested the wilds for themselves, for their own offspring to helicopter into for the weekend parties.

This is the Brave New World, a controlled society. Totally controlled society and eventually you won’t be able to even leave the area you’re assigned to. That’s already on the way in fact with the bills that are on the table in most countries to do with ID cards and radius of travel within. The same as the Soviet system because the Soviet system was “the test bed” for all that is happening today. The Soviet was not an independent rebellious unit. It was a creation of people in London, England, who already owned what we call “The Capitalist System”.

During World War II, Chatham House their headquarters in England was turned into the official Secret Service office for the country, which tells you it’s not just an independent powerful organization, it’s got the blessings. It works for the top of the Crown of London. For those who wonder about the impact of this group and the major events worldwide in the last hundred years, they should read “Tragedy & Hope” themselves. 

You’ll find every major politician in every country, including the top bureaucrats, professors and newspaper editors, are members of either a branch of The Royal Institute of International Affairs for Commonwealth countries or a member of the Council on Foreign Relations for non-commonwealth countries. There’s hardly an exception and you’ll find, too, another branch of it is the Trilateral Commission, which is dedicated to the three main trading blocks of the world which will come into being around (officially, that is) 2010-2012 under a single world government.

“Everybody Wants to Rule the World”
By Tears For Fears

Welcome to your life
There’s no turning back
Even while we sleep
We will find you
Acting on your best behavior
Turn your back on mother nature
Everybody wants to rule the world

These guys have their fingers in every pie. They have their men behind the spokesmen at the United Nations. They give the funding to the United Nations. The United Nations is just a front organization really for this particular elitist group who use Plato’s Republic as a manual almost, a training manual.

Now remember Plato who was an aristocrat himself, and who called the common people “ITS,” said “that they could breed the “ITS” for special tasks through selective breeding just like animals.”  We wonder why the mad rush is on today, not to cure diseases but to create new types of humans; it’s all coincidence, okay, yeah.

The secret society under all of its names has been here for thousands of years. Thousands of years and even many of those who participate in the Secret Organization don’t know their own history. They don’t have to, mind you. In fact, they don’t need to know much at all for the particular role that they have to fulfill.

We should also never forget that Cecil Rhodes himself and many others belong to the group set out across the planet to take over the natural resources and all wealth of the planet into their own corporations and foundations, and Rhodes himself cornered the gold and diamond business from Africa in partnership with DeBeers. We see this today with the great corporations international such as Halliburton. It’s like a pyramid of many companies who are just given the contracts worldwide on major contracts, especially by the United States.

We fall back to Albert Pike of Freemasonry, where he talked about the creation of these foundations and the necessity to use every means possible including manipulation of the stock market to rise to success and acquire the wealth to “become the masters over the masters of the world.”

It’s so funny on the media – people look to the media, even though they could read this for themselves and study it and trace all—even the people they see today on the media, their favorite talking heads—and find out they’re members of these organizations. They can do that and yet they’re so trained they’ll still listen to new information and then go back to the media to see if the media will verify that for them. Isn’t that odd? Because they’re trained that if it’s on TV it must be true. If it’s not on television it can’t be worth knowing; and that’s how well they’ve been indoctrinated.

They have accepted that the media is there to do their thinking and reasoning for them, as though it’s an official part of government. It’s natural like gravity. It’s just there. They’ve forgotten that the media is in private hands, private hands.  Now parents and grandparents can probably remember the machinations of the big editors and their ties to the bigger banking business and the fact that big editors tend to go over to get knighted by the Crown in England. So many of the U.S. big shakers and movers towards this global agenda have gone over to be knighted by the Queen. Why?  Why is that so important?  Especially when it’s against the U.S. Constitution that American citizens get knighted by foreign monarchies and yet they all go over and do it, the big players.

It’s amazing to watch this happen and they can’t put two and two together because the media won’t come out and tell them this. They won’t explain to them in simple child-like fashion how the world is really run. Their job is to keep you living in the same land as the Wizard of Oz, in a state of perpetual infantilism where there’s a Big Brother or a Big Daddy taking care of everything for you and making all your decisions for you, and telling you when you should be worried and with what you should be worried. “Oh my goodness, it’s global warming now. We’ll have to change all our way of living. You all have to move into these little habitat areas and live on top of each other and you’ll have to have your lives organized for you because, well, you just can’t do it yourself. You’re too stupid.”

That really is what you’re being told and it’s true. The people have become so lobotomized and I mean that in its fullest sense. I think they have been lobotomized. I think we’ve all suffered the effects from the inoculations. Again, all these inoculations began as philanthropic enterprises. That should be suspicious to begin with and the fact that they have also published books by big players on the ways to lobotomize the public to make them more pliable and compliant.

The effects of autism have skyrocketed and the only graph that matches it is the inoculation programs that go along side of it. They’re both the same graphs, but because the media won’t come out and tell you what is obvious, we dismiss it. Look at the blanket over discussion of the aerial spraying we’re being bombarded with since the ’90’s to the present time and the effects it’s having on people with bronchitis and who knows what else.

Look at the writings of Brzezinski, another big player, and look at the organizations he belonged to; I’ve just been talking about them.  Brzezinski said in his own book that “shortly a technology would be used on the general public which would influence their behavior,” and he was talking about in “The Technetronic Era,” as it was called, where they could literally use HAARP-type technology to manipulate the emotions and the thoughts of everyone. You see the effects all around you. It’s being used.

You’ll find that people like Brzezinski don’t say these things without meaning it. They mean what they say and they do it. It’s the public who make the excuses and say, “well they can’t mean that. They can’t really mean that.”  Just like when the Department of Population Control at the United Nations gives out the statistics and rattles the warning bells of course, “oh my God, it’s just overflowing with people and they’re popping out all over every second of the day. We’ve got to do something.”  Well they are doing things about it. They just don’t want to terrify you, that much, in case you overreact and go at them when you find out they’re behind it.

THEY ARE DEPOPULATING THE PLANET.

For Africa it was decided it would be the faster kill. For Europe and the West it would be the slow, degenerative type diseases, which would make partners ineligible for marriage or for child bearing; and so we have chronic fatigue, fibromyalgia. We have all the Epstein-Barr viruses. There’s a whole bunch of things out there, terms for really all the same thing. They just came out of nowhere at the same time. And then we run for all the quack cures that’s offered to us because sickness is a very real thing and unfortunately there are lots of people who will take advantage of every misfortune an individual has. There’s a lot of profit to be made off of misery.

It is of note that this organization also branches out into the sciences, all scientific areas, and opens the doors for their own favored people to get to the top of these scientific organizations. They set the trend in psychology. They set the trend in psychiatry. They set the trend in medicine. They set the trend in every area of science. Very powerful. Everything that means anything in control in the society goes back to the same group and they train members. They bring in members in the Rhodes Scholarships, as one of the scholarships, they own many in this day and age, but they bring them in from all countries, all countries in Europe. We have Rhodes Scholars working in our governments.  All who have taken oaths towards world citizenship and you’ll hear Rockefeller often give out awards at their little semi-private meetings for World Citizenship.  Pierre Trudeau of Canada called himself a “World Citizen.”

Back to Weishaupt: Weishaupt was the first one who put that term into writing, that he would create a World Citizenship Society. The reason being as I say it’s all the one organization down through time with many names and some say—and it’s very true, it could be very true—at least going all the way back to Babylon where it was very difficult to simply define what Babylon was. It was an entire structural system and it was merchandising. It was money banking, international commerce, taxation, government, all of the things we know today. It was an entire structural system and education of course is always in there is a biggie because you must control the minds of the young and shape their outcomes for them.

They say that Isis was the goddess of a thousand faces. It’s a thousand names, a thousand faces and it’s no different today – all pervasive, run on a Jesuit-type fashion and always tries to have front groups which take the heat and divert and distort the cause. They hide the cause and distort it while the real boys continue unimpeded and never ever are responsible to the public.

Now Carroll Quigley also wrote “The Anglo-American Establishment,” a fantastic history going into some even greater detail in parts of this. The embryo idea of the unification of countries. The Unification of Europe. The Anglo-European or British “Atlantic Charter” which cemented the United States policies with that of England and the Far Eastern policies and the Middle Eastern policies for the future, which we’re living through right now, and this book was also written around the ’60’s and he was into the early history of it.

Now before the United Nations the same group had set up the League of Nations. They were behind it and this is from page 282 of “The Anglo-American Establishment”.

             “From this point onward, the Milner group increasingly emphasized the necessity for building up the oceanic block.”

He’s talking really about the “Atlantic Charter”. That was the foundation of the basis for the Charter for the United Nations.

             “…In England the basic propaganda work was done through the Round Table and Lionel Curtis while in the U.S. it was done through the Rhodes Scholarship organization especially through Clarence Streit and Frank Aydelotte. In England Curtis wrote a series of books and articles advocating a new federal organization built around English-speaking countries. The chief work of this nature was his “Civitas Dei” which appeared in three volumes 1934-37. A one-volume addition was issued in 1938 with the title “The Commonwealth of God.”  The first two volumes of his work are nothing more than the rehash and expansion of the older work “The Commonwealth of Nations,” 1916.  “By a superficial and frequently erroneous rewriting of world history…”

Now that’s very important because H.G. Wells was doing the same thing with other authors at the same time.

             “…By a superficial and frequently erroneous rewriting of world history the authors sought to review the evolution of the Commonwealth idea and to show that all of history leads to its fulfillment and achievement in federation. Ultimately this federation will be worldwide but on route it must pass through stages of which the chief federation is of the English-speaking peoples. Writing early in 1937 he advocated that the League of Nations be destroyed by the mass resignation of the British democracies. These should then take the initiative in forming a new league…”

That’s the United Nations.

             “…also at Geneva which would have no power to enforce anything but would merely form a kind of international conference since it would be foolish to expect any federation to evolve from any such organization as this.  A  parallel but quite separate effort should be made to create an international commonwealth based on the example of the United States in 1788.”

Now if we could jump back in time, we can remember that Thomas Jefferson’s own writings, not about him but by him, in his letters he said that the United States of America he hoped would be a basis for not just a federation of the United States but a United States of the World. It’s all connected.

             “…This international commonwealth would differ from the League of Nations in that its members would yield a part of their sovereignty and a central organization would function directly on individuals and not merely on states.”

In other words, they’d have the power to go right to the individual, and he’s talking about taxation and law et cetera.
            
             “This international commonwealth would be formed at first only of those states that have evolved furthest in the direction of obtaining a Commonwealth form of government for themselves, democracy. It will be recalled that this restriction of membership was what Curtis had advocated for the League of Nations in the Round Table of December 1918.  According to Curtis, the movement towards the Commonwealth of God can begin by the union of any two national Commonwealths no matter how small. He suggested New Zealand and Australia or at least two in Great Britain, then international Commonwealth could be expanded to include India, Egypt, Holland, Belgium…”

Belgium was very important because they knew then that that’s where they would set up their European Parliament.

             “…Scandinavia, France, Canada, United States and Ireland but the chief obstacle to this union was to be found in men’s minds was perfectly clear to Curtis. To overcome this obstacle he put his faith in the propaganda and the chief instruments of that propaganda he said “must be the churches and the universities.”

Very important part. Very important because you train the minds of the young, the movers and shakers, at the universities, the ones who go into bureaucracies and government. 

“…He said nothing about the Milner group but considering Curtis’ position at the group that Lothian (that’s Lord Lothian) and others agreed him that it’s not surprising the chief source of his propaganda is to be found in those agencies controlled by the group.”

Well, this group controls almost all the big agencies worldwide and all the foundations worldwide. They have enormous sums of wealth at their disposal to push NGOs, to push policies, to have the NGOs come up and demand from government certain things be done on behalf of the public; and that was the Soviet system and as I say the Soviet system was nothing more than “the big test bed”, the laboratory for the whole planet, and the Soviet system was designed in London, England, a long time ago.

Money runs everything in this world. Every president, every Prime Minister on the planet knows his country can be sunk at any time by those who hold the debt and those who give credit, and yet we think we’re free and we think we’re democratic. We never even meet or most people don’t even know the names of those in the World Bank, the world bankers.  Most people don’t even know what money is. They don’t think past the fact they can spend it.

We’re living in a totally controlled scientifically-designed propagandized system, where fashion, as Plato said, “music, drama and all propaganda of politics is designed by a few at the top and promoted downwards to the people.”  That’s called “culture creation.” 

I hope those that want to do their own research will get these two books. I’m not promoting anybody selling them; you can do your own search to find them. I could go into even greater detail because I have member’s copies of their meetings of different years where they discuss the future of the planet. Some of these books going back to the 1930’s discussing the coming war with Germany. Discussing a possible attack by Japan on the United States and how fortunate it would be to get the United States into a war and a post-war world and also the saving of the Soviet system.

Why was it so important?

Because they were behind the creation and the funding in the setting up of the Soviet system. The fastest way to amalgamate many different peoples, get them off the land into the cities (the urban populations they created), industrialize them and put in the one standardized system, a centralized government.

Nothing major happens in history outside of nature and even nature is controlled today, but nothing happens without it being planned that way.  Meanwhile, the paid press stirs everyone up and gives them the fever of election time (their own terminology).  Easy to do. They’ve conditioned the public to suddenly go bananas when they see the clowns and the banners and the balloons, like a circus, and the public think there’s hope there. There’s hope because someone surely will do the right thing one day.

Their life experience tells them it never happens in politics, but that doesn’t stop them from getting the fever and trying again. We’re on a course of the uttermost tyranny in a scientifically designed system which will eventually obliterate anyone’s ability to even think of themselves as a distinct separate individual.

Those who still have a functioning brain and who haven’t been too loaded down with inoculations from birth will find that they’re in the generation, the only last generation with a chance of doing anything about this and we have to speak out now and you have to arm yourself with the ammunition of books such as the ones I have just mentioned and demand the answers.

Most importantly, you must demand to know the organizations and affiliations and the oaths taken by everyone who has any jurisdiction over your life, from a school board, to your local police officer, to the judges, to the law courts, to the governments.  It’s only then you will see this fraternity, this network across the planet is all pervasive and it’s then you must demand to get them out; and don’t give your power away to others to rule over you until you’ve thoroughly, thoroughly vetted them.  Someone who wants the power to rule over you cannot keep anything secret from the public.

That’s all for tonight. Good night and may your God go with you.

ALAN WATT BLURB
“CANOEING AIN’T WHAT IT USED TO BE”
(PSYCHOPATHOLOGY OF CONTROL FREAKS)
or
THE THREATENED CAMEL-KAZI INVASION
OF THE GREAT LAKES

OCTOBER 18, 2006

Dialogue Copyrighted Alan Watt – OCTOBER 18, 2006 (Exempting Music and Literary Quotes) 

Good evening, ladies and gentlemen. This is Alan Watt giving you this weekly blurb, and before I go into the blurb, someone suggested to me that many people download what I have for free on the website but I never mention on the blurbs which they pass around that I have books and CDs and DVDs for sale. A little light went on and I said, gee, he’s right. I should maybe try this because these talks go all over the world and are passed on from person to person and really I don’t push myself at all; and it’s coming to the stage where of course you have to do this, because we can’t just live on fresh air, not that we can find fresh air these days, but it’s becoming more difficult.

Remember, I do have things for sale which you’ll find on the website with the prices and so on. For orders of the DVDs, CDs or books contact .com.

Now to regard to my blurb, I generally don’t go into the news that’s given to the public because sometimes I’m aiming at a higher audience, an audience that’s been looking at this for many years, what’s been happening as we go towards this “Global Agenda,” which is already here in fact. It’s just a matter now of training us to accept it; and to just dwell on the daily little laws that get passed – the little events that are happening isn’t my thing because I expected them to be done in the first place and many of you out there are of the same mind.

We know what’s coming. We know it’s a totalitarian world police state that we’re going into, the one that George Orwell warned us about and coming out of that will be the next type that have trained citizenry from birth into the sort of Aldous Huxley type “Brave New World.” That’s to come out after the Orwellian phase we’ll go through and we’re going through right now.

Tonight, I’m going to give you some news on the Great Lakes here in Canada and in the States.

It’s interesting I put up a cartoon on my website months ago to do with an agreement that the U.S. and Canadian governments had come to because the U.S. wanted to put gunboats all over the Great Lakes, more so than they had before, with fully automatic heavy equipment – heavy guns basically. These things are armed like porcupines, and just recently there’s a debate going on – now, since the Canadian government agreed to allow this to happen, in fact they updated the old 1812 Charter to allow the U.S. to do this, the Canadian government is going through a sort of “oh dear, dear, tutt, tutt” thing to keep the public in Canada happy, but the government is actually trying to object to this.

You don’t object after you’ve signed an agreement to allow it to happen in the first place, do you? So there’s a lot of show going on.

And from the Detroit News, I should really read a little bit. It came out by Norman Sinclair, Detroit News.

Public hearings on the U.S. side are being held to do with safety for the public and boaters and fishermen and this kind of thing. They have sessions coming up in October 16th, the Duluth Convention Center, Duluth, Minnesota; October 18th, Holiday Inn, Spring Lake, Michigan; October 19th, Crystal Gardens, 1200 Gratiot, Marysville, Michigan; October 23rd, Anthony J. Celebrezze Federal Building, Cleveland; October 30th, Rochester, N.Y. Location to be announced; and Nov. 1st, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Location to be announced.

Maybe some of the public could shake themselves from the television set and the sports and go and attend these meetings. There will be people there to dialogue you to consensus anyway, because they’re minds are made up. This is only to convince the public that they have to do this, but it would be interesting to hear the spiel they give you; and from the Detroit News it says this:

http://www.detnews.com/apps/pbcs.dll/article?AID=/20061011/METRO/610110392/1003

“After nine months of live-fire training with automatic weapons on four Great Lakes, the U.S. Coast Guard said Tuesday it will suspend the exercises for 60 days to give the public a chance to return fire in a series of public hearings. “

There’s your comical part to start with it, so you see it as a comedy. That diffuses it.

“We are looking for the public to tell us what we don’t know about these areas (what a joke) to make them as safe as possible,” said Capt. Patrick Brennan, commander of the Detroit Port. Three of the seven hearings will be staged in Michigan while the others will be in four other Great Lakes states.

The Coast Guard intends to make permanent the 34 zones in which live-fire training on deck-mounted weapons has been conducted 24 times by 57 guard units and about 150 boats since January without incident, Brennan said. None of the training was staged in the Detroit River or Lake St. Clair. Prior to this year, the Coast Guard on the Great Lakes carried side arms and rifles.

The closest zones to Metro Detroit are Sanilac to the north and Sandusky, off Lake Erie, to the south. None of the zones is closer than three miles to shorelines and most are five miles off-shore. Each of the 34 zones would be closed to private boats for four hours about eight times per year when training is conducted. Notices of training will be publicized in advance.

By making the training zones permanent, the public will get used to the practice and the predictability of the exercises.”

(We’re being trained to accept it you see.)

“Brennan said after Sept. 11, U.S. and Canadian authorities agreed to tighten security on the Great Lakes waterways. Arming all Coast Guard cutters and smaller boats with automatic weapons and giving all crews the same training Coast Guard personnel get on the East, West, and Gulf Coasts was part of that agreement.

“It benefits the (Great Lakes) Coast Guard to have the same training and same capability as everyone else in the country,” Brennan said. Brennan said the training is to counter possible terrorist threats.

Some longtime boaters question the necessity of the training.

If the zones are not well publicized, visiting boaters could enter areas where they risk being shot, said John Barbour, 59, an attorney from Grosse Pointe who has sailed throughout the Great Lakes. “Boaters clearly don’t want anyone shooting near you,” he said.

Alan: It’s interesting to see what these fully automatic weaponry – this porcupine weaponry that they’ll brindling with is all about here, because here’s an appendage to this from the CBC News, Friday, September 1, 2006.

http://www.cbc.ca/canada/story/2006/09/01/coast-guard060901.html

“The U.S. Coast Guard is making waves on the Great Lakes with a plan to establish 34 live-fire zones where its crews can practise with machine-guns mounted on their vessels.

A period for public comment on the plan was to have expired on Friday but was extended after requests from boaters, tourist operators and others for more time. Comments will be accepted for another 60 days, Petty Officer Bill Colclough, a spokesman for the coast guard’s Cleveland office, told CBC Online.

The 7.62-mm light machine-guns, which can fire 600 rounds a minute, have been made standard equipment on the coast guard’s Great Lakes cutters as a result of terrorism jitters and a quiet reinterpretation of an arms-control treaty signed after the War of 1812. The treaty, between the United States and Britain, limited each side to four armed vessels on the lakes, each equipped with an 18-pound cannon.

The U.S. cutters previously had no mounted weapons, although their crews were equipped with pistols and rifles. When the new guns made headlines earlier this year, the Canadian Coast Guard said it reserved the right to arm its own vessels.

The plan, published Aug. 1 in the U.S. government’s Federal Register, would create “safety zones” where civilians could be barred from time to time while the coast guard fires its guns. Each zone would be at least 5.5 kilometers off shore, the document says.”

(It says kilometers this time.)

“These safety zones are necessary to protect vessels and people from hazards associated with live fire gun exercises,” it says.
“Such hazards include projectiles that may ricochet and damage vessels and/or cause death or serious bodily harm.”

Three zones on Lake Ontario

Lake Ontario would have three such zones, Lake Erie four, Lake Huron six, Lake Superior seven and Lake Michigan 14. Coast guard officials have said they would be well away from the international border, but some — near Sault Ste. Marie, Mich., for example — would be in areas where Canadian boats might wander.

The coast guard was transferred to the U.S. Department of Homeland Security and encouraged to take a more muscular approach to external threats as part of a reorganization following the Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist attacks.

Officials have said they expect to use each live-fire zone only two or three times a year, a day or two each time, but the plan itself mentions no limits. They dismiss one possible environmental objection, saying the copper-and-lead bullets would sink in deep water and could not be eaten by bottom-feeding waterfowl.”

(So they’re looking after the environment you see, as they blast imaginary boats out of the water.)

“Some boaters have warned that amateurs could wander into machine-gun range if they fail to read official Notices to Mariners or listen to announcements on marine radio.

George Freeman, who runs fishing charters out of Ludington, Mich., said he and other Lake Michigan captains worry about losing access to fishing grounds. One of the zones is in waters he regularly fishes.

“I know they need to have a place to shoot,” he told the Detroit Free Press. “We could go elsewhere, but we need to be able to go where the fish are.”

Comments on the plan can be sent to the Commander, Ninth Coast Guard District, 1240 East 9th Street, Room 2069, Cleveland, Ohio 44199.

Alan: Now, it’s really interesting to look at this. The 7.62 machine guns they’re talking about, they’re “light” meaning that they can be taken off their mounting and carried. They’re heavy. They’re heavy. They’re not like the ones you see on TV generally. They’re heavy, but the 7.62 is a Soviet – ex-Soviet rounds. I guess they’ve got lots of surplus coming in from the Soviets.

Maybe they made a deal there or something.  You’ve got to ask yourself, “why on earth, why on earth with all this sudden need to put fleets on the Great Lakes against the cavemen living over in Afghanistan between the Afghan and Pakistan border?”

Maybe it’s possible that they’ve got wind that there’s a covert Arab operation on right now; and this is probably how the scenario will work out in fact. There’s probably a group of Arabs on route to Canada right now with camels to take part in some circus, and these camels will have webbed feet. They will be specially genetically modified with webbed feet you see and some of the humps they’ll have will be artificial, and inside these humps will be packed with who knows what, all kinds of nasty stuff. They plan – they could come into eventually the Gulf of St. Lawrence all the way down into the Great Lakes, where they could then pump out one of the other humps and take on water and submerge. You’ll find they’ll feed them probably a special combination of curry and baked beans and these camels will travel faster than torpedoes all the way to their targets; and then imagine that the Coast Guard have been warned to watch for these guys because they’ll have to surface so many times per day to pray to the East you see. That’s strict rules regardless of what they’re doing.

Don’t you feel great that we’re being so well looked after? We’re going to be so safe. I guess we can still take up the fishing poles and head down for a nice quiet day at the beaches and get in a little dinghy and just row out there and sing a nice old song.

Song:

Gone Fishin’ by Bing Crosby
I’ll tell you why I can’t find you
Every time I go out to your place…

You gone fishin’ (well how you know)
Well there’s a sign upon your door (uh-huh)
Gone fishin’ (I’m real gone man)
You ain’t workin’ anymore (could be)
There’s your hoe out in the sun
Where you left a row half done
You claim that hoein’ ain’t no fun (well I can prove it)
You ain’t got no ambition

Gone fishin’ by a shady wady pool (Shangrila, really la)
I’m wishin’ I could be that kind of fool (should I twist your arm?)
I’d say no more work for mine (welcome to the club)
On my door I’d hang a sign
Gone fishin’ instead of just a-wishin’

Seriously though, we have to wonder what’ being planned where a fleet basically of gunboats would be required with this kind of armament, because it’s not for the occasional smuggler or the occasional poacher poaching the fish.

This is almost as though – and it’s not for the occasional refugee or illegal alien coming in. It’s more like it’s there to stop a RUSH – a MASS EXODUS from one side of the border to the other. NOW WHAT WOULD POSSIBLY CAUSE THIS TO HAPPEN? –Something which would panic the people.

Now we know that this system with its monetary policy – in fact, the plug can be pulled anytime. It could be something like that that’s going to be engineered at the ‘right time’. It could also be a “real” or “imagined” plague that’s been released upon the public. If one hits the public and takes off big time, reminiscent of the Middle Ages, you can bet your bottom dollar it’s been released and it’s been manufactured in laboratories, because something is going to take place EVENTUALLY to PANIC POPULATIONS and I think this gunboat diplomacy has more to do with that. Those who have watched the ongoings of this world for years and years and understood what’s happening and who understand that the nationality issue was gone when they signed the United Nations Charter at the end of World War II – actually even when they signed the Atlantic Charter that became the basis for the Charter for the United Nations added to by Alger Hiss and a few other ones.

Since then, there’s been an ongoing steady increase, slow at first, to get the public use to the idea of a new world with no nations and a “planned society” worldwide, a population reduction for post-industrial stage and everything is to be run scientifically. The children generation by generation have been getting a little bit more indoctrination along this path because it’s always the children that they go for.

The older ones die off with their old ideas – the old ideas of what culture was suppose to be or what their memories gave them of what culture was, and the new ones come up and adapt. We think it’s just spontaneous but it’s a little bit more than that. They’re indoctrinated – each group that comes in every single year is indoctrinated into what they will experience from kindergarten 30 years down the road and they’ll accept it thinking it’s all quite normal.

This is the kind of information given to the Comintern back in the 30’s by Beria, who was the chief of the precursor of the KGB, the NKVD. He said that they could do every five years. They could alter culture and it would speed up as they learned more and more techniques of how to do it.

The MAJOR things that happen in OUR LIFETIME are PLANNED THAT WAY, right down to DATES AND TIMES, MAJOR EVENTS. They’re planned way ahead of time, like a battle is planned before participants even take part in it. Before they even come to the battlefield they go over it all on the maps. They look for all the ways to get through. They look at oppositions to them coming through and how to overcome them.  That’s exactly how this world is run when it comes to strategy and population strategies and cultural strategies.

THEY KNOW the various personality types. We’re all one or the other and THEY KNOW that they’ll get repercussions from certain types and certain issues when laws et cetera are introduced, so THEY TRAIN PEOPLE IN ADVANCE before it’s even started to become the spokesmen for these groups. That way we sit back and say, “I don’t have to do anything. There’s a guy saying all the things I think,” but if you keep listening to him you’ll find he deviates from where you would go into some other way or into a comprise eventually and that’s been happening for years and years, this technique of controlling the public to accept and accept and accept.

The “planned society” is a world where NO ONE WILL BE BORN unless there is an ECONOMIC FUNCTION NEEDED by a ruling elite. You’ve heard of family planning. This is “global societal planning,” same thing, exactly the same thing.

We are so separated from the generations, in your own little niche that you grew up with. It’s as though you’re stuck there. You’re pigeon-holed and as you get older by the year and your particular generation gets to the same age by the year, you don’t notice the ones before you or the ones after you.

EVERYONE HAS BEEN SEPARATED FROM THE PREVIOUS GENERATION. That was ALL INTENTIONAL. It was a strategy worked out many years ago and talked about by John Dewey and others who took part in the think tanks and the implementation of these schemes and helped by others, tremendous psychological association help and psychiatric as well.

For those who are really interested, they should look into the big publications put out after the large conferences on the American Psychological Association and the American Psychiatric Association. A good book is “The Human Agenda,” where they talk there about having to basically effeminize the males by the use of hormones put into various substances, creating a form of hermaphrodite that would be manageable and pliable by those in charge. This was a major event, a national sponsored event, this convention; and that was the book that came out of it. “The Human Agenda.” Get a copy and go through it and you’ll be shocked at what you think are people who are there to serve the public really get up to.

There’s no such thing as “serving the public.” WE ARE RULED SCIENTIFICALLY as Aldous Huxley stated. He didn’t see any reason why a scientific oligarchy could not control the people forever and the people would be unaware that they were even being controlled.

We take so much for granted, regarding our present day situation, our present day lifestyle, and each generation goes into a preexisting system where there parents who never really understand it simply – quietly accept it thinking it’s normal to pass the same ideology onto the child. We take and we have taken our freedoms very casually. We can become spoiled in a sense when things are going fairly well. In the material world, most battles in the world have been fought for the material and many authors have said in the past that ALL WARS ARE ECONOMIC WARS.

That doesn’t simply mean nations. It also means down to personal independent individuals who fight each other in a sense over things or property or needs in the physical world.

IT WASN’T ALWAYS LIKE THIS. It’s been a long, long path to get to this particular stage and much blood has been spilled over many centuries by people trying to give the public a sense of freedom that at one time would be sacrilege to even mention that you even had a right to.

Before the Reformation, the Catholic dogma that was taught in the West was that all humanity was in sin. We’re born in sin and therefore we should obey God’s commands and follow the appointees of god, those who were superior (put in positions above us) preexisting often the family lineages.  However, along with that also was taught that there was free will within man, that man would naturally seek out the good, but once the Reformation came along a different doctrine crept in and this was even put into Luther’s writings and Calvin’s writings. Calvin believed in pre-destination and that man was just a sinner and that nothing would change it, individual or personally. That put the kabash basically on people who thought they could work their way to heaven.

Calvin believed those who were rich and wealthy were put here by God and born into those families, predestined to be so; and those who are beneath them, that was their natural place.

Luther also had a bit of that in him as well. Luther himself said – he put a pamphlet out at one point, lots of pamphlets, pamphleteers they called them. The Servo Arbitrio, which was about an attack he made on Erasmus, who tried to defend the freedom of individual will, and Luther would have none of that. He thought that man would not naturally seek out the good, but he would always seek out the evil.

THIS HAS ALWAYS BEEN A BATTLE DOWN THROUGH THE AGES TO DECIDE INDIVIDUALLY WHAT’S RIGHT AND WHAT’S WRONG.

We rationalize what is often wrong; and those that rationalize into tremendous acts which effect history and the course the peoples go for personal reasons can always rationalize why they do it. Going back to the Middle Ages, we find that there were writers like Thomas Aquinas and others of his time who tended to blend in predestination again with its counter part of free will. It was a strange dialectic process, which took an awful lot of convoluted rationalization to come to some sort of agreement with each other, which really it should be impossible, but they did teach a form of dogma at that time that man could repent, truly repent and be redeemed, even though he may choose the wrong once again or the evil afterwards.

This leads us to those who crave authority, because down through the ages many terms have been used for tyranny. Countries which are established, sort of bona fide countries which are accepted as nations without a type of rulership, when they take off into a strange direction we seldom call them fascist for instance.

Fascism was a fairly new term adopted from an ancient symbol used by the Catholic Church, and they got it from earlier churches including the Minoans, the fasci, which really was a bundle of sticks around the shaft of an axe, meaning that there was strength in numbers. A small minority of rulership which were bound together, it’s hard to break a whole bunch of them. It’s easy to break one stick, but you put a whole bunch together and try and break it over your knee and you’ll break your knee.

The personality types who were attracted to fascism are authoritarian types. They love authority, but technically, they’re sadomasochistic; and you can have both in the same person. It’s very common, even from those at the bottom. Sadism craves authority over others, total control over others; and therefore, emblems of authority, shows of authority, parades of authority, are loved by such characters. They crave this. They crave to eventually be the one on top while all the other parades pass by underneath, but on their way up they’re masochistic. They know they’re inferior to the ones above them. They will do anything they’re told to get up, step by step to near the top at places of power. That really what the 20th Century definition of fascism meant.

Communism, by the way, is no different. It’s the same system. In fact, ALL SYSTEMS ARE THE SAME.

ALL SYSTEMS ARE REALLY FASCIST in that the psychopathic types who are also authoritarian types, they’re sadists and masochists in the same person, two in the same person. They go into power. They want power.

Ordinary people who are balanced don’t crave power over others, but those who have an unnatural craving will seek it out. They seek out the target, their aim, their goal.

If we define many relationships as sadomasochistic, that is true in a sense. It’s different from a teacher and a pupil relationship. The proof of the teacher’s worth, if they’re teaching what they’re supposed to be teaching, that is, is shown in the results of the pupil or the student; and eventually the bridge between teacher and pupil should be narrowed and narrowed as the student or pupil gains the knowledge bit by bit and gradually comes up to the same level, and then they’re equal.

In a truly AUTHORITARIAN SYSTEM, a sadist who craves power unnaturally and loves all the emblems of military and parades and ceremony (they love ceremony), he does it for his own purpose, his own rationale. He will rationalize everything he does. No matter what it takes, he will rationalize his every move, which is a PSYCHOPATHIC TRAIT. They often project onto others what they themselves are doing and they blame others for doing for what they are doing themselves. That is common.

In times gone by, authority was all around a person’s life, generally in uniform, often with the badge of a king insignia of a priest, whatever. It was always there and it was overt. Punishment and retribution were swift and ruthless. A condemnation was expected and there was no appeal. Public spectacles were made of people who did not agree with the system in which they lived. These people were literally massacred, sometimes individually, sometimes in whole groups such as with the inquisition. They would burn whole groups of people together and it’s not just to kill off witches or malcontents or whatever they were termed or labeled at the time.

It’s also a warning to the rest of the population who “tow the line,” to use the Masonic term, to obey the system. That’s overt authority. We travel the roads and we used to think not much about traveling at all, but today when you see a police car behind you, you get the shivers up your spine because they’re on the hunt. They’ve changed from the so-called “good old days,” they’ve changed because they have quotas to fulfill and people to book and tickets to write out, because that money ends up being expected – so much is expected per month to go into the coffers of government work and otherwise. There’s overt authority.

Then of course there’s a sort of covert or anonymous type of authority. The anonymous authority has been used for a good part, maybe the latter part of the 20th Century, with very good effect right up to the present time, speeding up and intensifying becoming more scientifically calculated. ANONYMOUS AUTHORITY ARE MESSAGES GIVEN TO THE PUBLIC THROUGH SYMBOLS AND WRITING AND ADVERTISING telling you what’s good for you and what’s acceptable within social society in a good social system, and these messages pervade our whole life. You can’t get away from them if you use any electronic media or even drive on the major highways. You’ll see billboards telling you, and these are all authorized. That’s why all these billboards are licensed to be there.

They’re messages authorized by those who give you and control your culture.

There’s more covert or anonymous authority being bombarded towards you and at you on a daily basis than ever before and we think it’s quite normal. The children today think it’s always been like this. Constant streams of messages and how to act, dress, what emotions to show, which emotions are not allowed, socially incorrect and so on and so on.

These techniques, the anonymous type of authority, is far, far more effective than the overt, which always, when it reaches particular stage, creates a backlash amongst the people. When you don’t know you’re being controlled, when you don’t know that they’re messages that you’re reading all the time – you subconsciously are taking them all in, just like you’re singing the jingles from the good ad.

We don’t think about retaliating or saying, “wait a minute now. Who gives them the right to bombard me with this?” And they’ll turn around and tell you, “well you can switch this off or turn off your radio or turn off your TV,” which is true, but you can’t even look at a newspaper without being downloaded with someone else’s ideas, information, what’s acceptable, what is not acceptable.

We see those in the forefront are put there in public view pushing this whole New World Order that Mr. Bush, Sr. talked about. A whole New World Order, a new way of doing things. A scientific dictatorship really was what he’s talking about. We’re looking there at people who have authoritarian characters to an extreme level. These people are the deviant type people who appear every so often down through the ages and then cause tremendous horror. They’re groomed, mind you, by a power behind them which is ALWAYS in the BACKGROUND down through these same ages. They’re chosen for these purposes and perhaps even some of them are bred for this purpose.

The authoritarian character sees only two types of humanity. He sees the POWERFUL ones and the POWERLESS ones. His own love and admiration and readiness for submission to an authoritarian system are aroused by power automatically, whether it’s of a person or of an institution. The power fascinates them, not for any particular values, but just because it’s power itself. Powerless people or powerless institutions arouse his contempt, and the sight of a powerless person makes him want to attack that person, dominate and humiliate him.

A different type of character might be appalled by attacking someone that’s helpless, but an authoritarian character feels the more aroused the more helpless this object has become. This is where the sadist character of the authoritarian personality is shown. It’s not enough to beat someone, they have to humiliate, dominate (and preferably publicly), to show that he’s “King of the Hill.”

The authoritarian character himself has a particular attitude towards life and he builds a philosophy around it. His emotional strivings are even woven in there. HE LOVES CONDITIONS THAT LIMIT HUMAN FREEDOM. He loves being submitted to fate. It depends really on his social position what fate means to him.

If you look at a soldier, it may mean the will or the whim of a superior and he’ll gladly submit. A small businessman or economists – the economic laws basically are his fate and when there’s a crisis in that particular field, to him it’s not a crisis, it’s just a form of expression of a higher power to which one has to submit. The authoritarian will admit to something he recognizes as having more power than himself.

When we go into the personal lives of previous tyrants – it’s funny how we always call them “tyrants” after they’ve gone or removed or dead. When they go through the actual events, we never call them as such, unless a war has begun and there’s one group against another. If you look at Hitler, Hitler talked about idealism, which he really believed in. He was definitely an idealist, something that we should all be terrified about.

I’M TERRIFIED of IDEALISTS because THEY’RE CONTROL FREAKS.

He said, “idealism alone leads men to voluntary acknowledgement of the privilege of force and strength, and thus makes them become a dust particle of that order which forms and shapes the entire universe.” Then of course there was Goebbels, the Minister of Propaganda, and he gave a similar definition of what he called “socialism,” he says, “to be a socialist is to submit to the I, to the thou, socialism is sacrificing the individual to the whole.”  Hitler himself recognized that his philosophy of self-denial and sacrifice is meant for those whose economic situation does allow them any happiness, and so he wanted to exploit the very poverty of the people in order to make them believe in his form of evangelism of self-denial or self-annihilation. That’s how it was rationalized to the people as a beautiful thing.

Evil can dress itself up in such beautiful, beautiful pictures and the Soviets did exactly the same thing. In no time at all, the so-called “working persons army” was formed, until it became a standing army, and before you know it, they had their own control freaks there. The Politburo was full of them. The whole massive bureaucracy of control freaks who loved authority and who obeyed their superiors because they could taste the power above them. THEY WORSHIP POWER and THEY HATE THE POWERLESS.

Unfortunately, that’s true all down through all other societies. Those types seek power over others. You know there are bailiffs, I don’t know how they pick them in psychological tests or what they do, but bailiffs and picked and given authority to go and requisition people’s homes or shops or whatever when people have run out of money or have gone bankrupt or whatever.  I met one once who was slapping on a padlock on someone else’s store, and another shopkeeper came out and says, “you can’t do that.” This little bailiff popped out his chest and told him quite straight, “you can’t interfere with the law.” He says, “we can do what we want and if you interfere you’ll be charged.” That little guy would be ideal working as an executioner somewhere in some country because he loved power, loved authority. Unfortunately, in a monetary system where we’re taught to worship those who have succeeded, the ones who have truly been authoritarian who’ve worked, clawed their way up, stabbed their way up to the top, that encourages that kind of behavior. That’s the heroes we’re given.

Getting back to Hitler, who knew, who understood this science; and it is an understood science, always has been. He said, “we turn to the great army of those who are so poor that they’re personal lives could not mean the highest fortune of the world.”  He’s preaching a form of self-sacrifice with a purpose. The purpose is that the masses would have to resign themselves and submit if they wish for power on the side of the leader, an elite is to be realized.

Today we hear it in a softer scientific terminology. We call it “democracy,” where the laws are passed for the greatest good of the many, you see, a sort of standard equalization for the majority of the public. At the moment when credit cards are just getting flooded from the machines and thrown out by the mail, by the handful or the bucketful, and when people can’t actually afford all the junk they’re buying, which doesn’t last very long, the march is on. It’s striving ahead at tremendous speed because we’re – the consumers are consumed. They’re overwhelmed with the cheap chunk you can buy, the pacifiers.

This same agenda has been standardized across the world, because the elite decided a long time ago that they’re proper place was where they are, as authoritarians, that the general public had no saving graces.  And from Darwin’s time on, they had meetings where they discussed the fact that they thought (their fact anyway), that all those who are now elite through breeding – proper breeding you see, selective breeding, and inheritances of masses of wealth and who’ve retained the wealth over many generations had proven their superiority over the lesser breeds, the lesser peoples – the commoners, the ones who were left. Therefore evolution wouldn’t go any further without the aid of science and science then would simply alter the commoners to be better workers.

This is all from the authoritarian types of creatures we see all around us; and it isn’t just at the top, remember. This tendency is throughout many people, right down to the bottom level, this authoritarian attitude. You’ll see them everyday or every year when they have memorial days for veterans standing there with their suits and ties and their blazers on and all their medals on. These are the men who worship authority. The ideology doesn’t matter whether the wars are right or wrong. It really doesn’t matter. They will believe the propaganda given at the time and never change from there because they must rationalize the horror that they participated in and they must backup future wars. That’s a common statement. “Our troops must backup our boys.”

If you know the people are being used and your boys are being used as well for some other purpose and you know that they’re going off to kill people for someone else’s agenda and purpose, why should we back them? Why should we back them?

WE’RE NOT BEING TOLD THE TRUTH AS TO WHAT’S HAPPENING TODAY.

This WAR in the MIDDLE EAST was planned YEARS in ADVANCE OF 9/11 BY THE PROJECT FOR NEW AMERICAN CENTURY GROUP and THEY PUBLISHED THEIR AGENDA.

They couldn’t have gone forward without the magic event of 9/11 occurring. What we’re going through today is a shift from a 60’s almost rebellious phase where people were at least experimenting with individual lifestyles and rights – human rights, individual rights, personal rights, and demanding them, to a society that’s gradually, slowly, insidiously being trained to obey authority. The first ones to do so, as I say, are those at the bottom who are authoritarians themselves, who admire the power above them, because it’s the only thing they really worship.

That’s a DEVIANT NATURE.  

The Big Boys couldn’t do anything without the same personality types at the bottom to go along with their agenda. We noticed that Alberto Gonzalez in the States and Chertoff have okayed the use of torture on people with the passing of the bill 6166. We know that it’s going to be enforced. All of this has been legally you see. These guys are tremendously legalistic. They admire the legal system because once again, it’s authoritarian, so THEY ALTER IT IN ADVANCE SO THAT WHATEVER THEY DO WILL BE LEGAL and we’ve been trained to think that that which is legal is therefore good.

They can now torture children. Whole families of people and United States citizens can be tried under a military court. Boy, this is progress, eh? Progress. They have, you know, from the common people the authoritarian types, the ones who love the uniforms. They love the polished boots. They love the badges. They have people who are selected, psychologically tested, to be the tortures, to do all the “dirty deeds,” who will enjoy it. They’ve had these people down through all ages. We’re seeing man’s inhumanity to man at work. Horror shows, utter horror shows, because there’s no nice genteel way to torture a person. It’s bloody. It’s sick. The act is sick. The people who do it are sick.

I’d like here to give a tribute to the pyramid of tortures and murderers who have put themselves up there to keep us “safe.”  I’ve picked this one from a late 1800’s Gilbert & Sullivan Opera. Listen to the words.

Gilbert & Sullivan Opera:

Behold the Lord High Executioner
A personage of noble rank and title —
A dignified and potent officer,
Whose functions are particularly vital!
Defer, defer,
To the Lord High Executioner!
Defer, defer,
To the noble Lord, to the noble Lord,
To the Lord High Executioner!

Taken from the county jail
By a set of curious chances;
Liberated then on bail,
On my own recognizances;
Wafted by a favouring gale
As one sometimes is in trances,
To a height that few can scale,
Save by long and weary dances;
Surely, never had a male
Under such like circumstances
So adventurous a tale,
Which may rank with most romances.

Taken from the county jail
By a set of curious chances;
Surely, never had a male
So adventurous a tale.

Defer, defer,
To the Lord High Executioner!
Defer, defer,
To the noble Lord,
To the noble Lord High Executioner!
Bow down, bow down,
To the Lord High Executioner!
Defer, defer,
To the noble, noble Lord,
To the High Executioner!

Alan:  What can the average person do? THE AVERAGE PERSON MUST ALWAYS SPEAK OUT AGAINST INJUSTICE, wherever it happens personally or outside of themselves across the seas, wherever. Because when they stop speaking out, the control freaks, the authoritarians will start running all over the populations more overtly because it’s a form of sexual excitement to them; and this is a fact that’s been well studied.

That’s why rape and horror occur during massive death and slaughter. That’s when “Who’s Who” surfaces.

WE MUST HANG ON TO THAT LITTLE SPARK OF INDIVIDUALITY WE HAVE and that CONTACT WITH SOMETHING BIGGER – bigger than all of this, and many will succumb.

Many are already succumbing to the fear and the panicking, and out of panic they will eventually relent and accept the horror around them. They’ll accept the rules, regulations and humiliating experiences that they’ll be forced to go through on a daily basis, through fear and self-survival, self-preservation. Others will tenaciously until they hang on to self-worth. Some understand the message. Some can get so far and get caught up in previous religions, previous beliefs, previous something or another – something which gave them security in the past, or they’ll sit and meditate and do their “om’s” and all this kind of stuff, hoping that they can be vanished to another plane.

I’ve taught many people to up to different levels of reality, because what I talk about here is only one bottom level. I take you up to the ceiling of that level, but many can never go further because of fear or because they want to bring the baggage of old comforts, old beliefs with them. You can’t drag that kind of baggage into finding new knowledge. You can’t say “I want new knowledge on my terms. I want truth on my terms.” It cannot come that way. You cannot reshape truth. Truth is what it is. It’s not yours, mine, anyone else’s. It simply is. You can’t distort it by covering it with old clothes or comforts or familiarities.

In future talks, I hope to bring you beyond all of this, if we’re allowed to go on, because we all sense the noose tightening – those who are awake, that is. For those who can’t go any further and retreat back to what appears to be the safety of their preexisting beliefs, I wish them all the best and I leave them with the following song.

Good night and may your gods go with you.

“CHANGES”

DECEMBER 28, 2006

Tonight, I’d like to go through a process which some people go through concerning waking up, and it has to do with where you’ve been as to where you go and where you end up, because what people do is panic when they notice the world around them is changing in a direction which they had no say in. What they’re really noticing are the changes brought on by higher powers, you might say, all working together from a thousands sources, their thousand points of light, as they like to call it, guiding us into a new era.
The panic really is because we’re traditional people. We like tradition. Tribal peoples all have a natural inclination towards tradition. Tradition gives us a feeling of comfort in a world which can sometimes be dangerous, where not only on a national or international basis something can go wrong, but even down to the personal level and much does go wrong within the personal level and here’s the reasons why.
Up until the 20th Century a system had been created by those who ran ancient commerce, the system of trading and banking and interest – the interest guaranteeing the submission of those who owe. There’s nothing new in that. The rules of this system are contained within every supposedly holy book in both the exoteric and esoteric forms. Those within the higher secret societies (not the lowly ones, the Blue Lodges or the lowly Rosicrucians, but the much higher degrees) are let in on the secrets, at least some of them; and the secrets only make sense to you because you already knew the answers, you just have someone putting it together for you. There are those that they call Adepts who know it naturally anyway because for some reason or another they’ve been conscious most of their lives or maybe even all of their life.
We are cultural people, traditional people and this system that was created through commerce and trading and banking, which runs the whole show really. Money runs the show. Money makes the world go around. An unnatural system was created, but to make that unnatural system work, the tribal systems had to be destroyed and they really went to town. If you look at the history of Europe and Britain especially, the Romans went to great lengths to destroy the old cultures and hunting down the old priesthoods, the old Druids, a remnant from an even older age, where the world had also at one time been an international type of society; and when I say that, I don’t mean there was perfection at one time. You must always realize that those who write the books write them in glowing terms and they use terms like the Golden Age, and you must remember from whose point of view. That makes all the difference in the world. From whose point of view was it a Golden Age?
It’s no different from today when they talk about their wonderful global rationalist system, an Age of Reason, supposedly, that had many honest people working towards it in the 17th, 18th and 19th centuries thinking a rational system where everyone could think for themselves, it would be wonderful. They didn’t realize themselves that, no, it wasn’t for everyone to think for themselves. It was for those who believed they had the right to plan everyone else’s lives for them because they were the most rational of all according to themselves.
There are always two ways at least of looking at that which is put in front of you, from whose point of view. Followers in every system are always used by those who lead the system. I’m sure many in the 18th Century went through revolutions in Europe and America really never knew that a small elite group had planned it that way and they swallowed all the glorious terms to do with the new Age of Reason, thinking how free everyone would be. It never dawned on them that the elite families already had decided they were the ones who had reason and no one else had.
All of it is coded within your language too. In Aramaic and Hebrew, they had Ra and Ray and Rhea, and often they would use the term ‘Rhea,’ which meant ‘the wife’ in that language of Ra. On a deeper level, it was a part of Ra because Ra is, in the mystery religion and all religions, in fact, the god is always male and female in one.  However, they use the term ‘Rhea,’ and reason is ‘son of Rhea’, the illumined ones.
When they brought the commercial system by force and arms, using armies and people even to create the armies of countries that had already conquered by that system, they brought Rome in to hunt everyone down who could remember the old ways. Thousands of them were rounded up in parts of England and put inside the big lodges, they had wooden lodges, and they burned them down. They burned them to death because that’s part of the ritual, too, of cleansing the old by fire. The ritual of fire and they introduced a new system which held for a little while, but because they hadn’t totally eradicated the memories and the bard system in those countries, once Rome had withdrawn the commercial system didn’t proceed as it was going already with the Roman occupation.
It wasn’t until the Normans came in with the blessings of the Catholic Church, or Rome, behind it. The new Rome, you see, the trans-formed – the change of FORM – trans-formed Rome, they brought in the money system again and the introduction of money. The mandatory use of money and then taxation and then everyone works to receive money and pay so much back in taxes, which are then used to build armies and suppress you even more and make big building projects, which you’re taxed for again and which impress you and make you feel very small. It’s an old well-tried and true tested method of subjugation, but they had to do something even further because the Catholic Church when it came into Europe made marriage law and they made marriage for life law.
They had to breed up working populations in those days. There was no intensive farming. Intensive farming in those days meant how many muscles you could get working on the fields for small crops. You also had to have a form of serfs, which are slaves, to serve and do all the building projects, building the cities where the elite would live. Always ongoing building projects and if you read the writings of the Roman historians who were in much, much earlier before the withdraw as Rome collapsed, the ancient military Rome collapsed, before the transformation, you will see from their own writings that the TRIBAL SYSTEMS IN EUROPE DIDN’T HAVE MARRIAGE FOR LIFE. Not only that, it was quite well agreed that if a male and a female wanted to set up shop, the female simply moved in with the male and they would spend two or three months together and if things changed or they didn’t get along there was no shame involved. It was just an accepted way of life. She moved back and there was no stigma attached to it. THAT WAS THE NATURAL WAY.
The only ones that were recorded to have voluntarily mated for life were much, much older; and let’s be honest, folks out there. When you’re young your hormones rule your head. You don’t really see the person you’ve just married until much later. Your personality hasn’t even developed fully and neither has your partner’s, so to expect two people to marry and remember the Catholic Church allowed very early marriage in those days. To get married at 15 or 16 or even younger, and grow up together on the same path and grow mentally, spiritually and every other way in the same direction, that was impossible; and so they reinforced it all with laws and rules and holy laws and Biblical laws to reinforce why people had to stay together. Because the female is the survivor of the two, as every study will always show, she is the one to up and leave, even today, readily – much more readily than the male. Even when it’s gone as low as it can go, the male will still stay there, even though it’s destroying him and his partner. The wife doesn’t. She will plan ahead and vamoose and survive. That’s nature. That’s just nature.
And so it was, always, down through time, so when they introduced mandatory marriage for life the laws were aimed at keeping the female in the marriage; and that’s where the concept of sin, ongoing sin, was preached every day and every week and all the fires of hell would come on you if you broke God’s ways. That was to keep the women there and if the woman did leave for any reason, she had no property rights whatsoever. That was a blackmail you see.
Now that that system had served its purpose, post-industrial et cetera, all of those rules have been reversed by the same world, the descendents of the same people in charge of the world, reversed all the rules and encouraged this splitting up of marriage because now marriage becomes a threat. When people will stand up together they’re more likely to stand up for close relatives, and unfortunately so, but for close relatives rather than other people around them; whereas the old tribal system, everyone stood up for everyone else. You had to because it was very true, when you stood up for someone else you were standing up for yourself at the same time, not just for immediate family.
The process of ‘waking up,’ as I say, is painful and it’s generally a shock when people get glimpses of what is coming down the river through all the different sources of media, little snippets here and there to do with brain chipping, the controlled society.
WE’RE ALREADY IN THE TOTALLY CONTROLLED SOCIETY. IT’S JUST THAT YOU DON’T SEE THE PRISON BARS YET.
You haven’t seen all the implementations of the laws come into play, but they’re there and many of them have been implemented and everyone is being monitored and we were all being monitored long before 9/11 came along. Top sociologists at the United Nations in the 1950’s discussed the monitoring of the populations of Europe and America down to the village level and the rural level and how personality profiles were getting kept on everyone from at least 1950 onwards, and at that time they used a sort of Cardex system. Now it’s all computerized and the big boys have simply given themselves the exoteric right to do what they’ve always done esoterically, and that’s monitor and record all your conversations. There’s nothing new in this at all. All that is new is if they’d admitted this to the populations 50 years ago there would have been an uproar.
Today, they can admit what they’re doing because people have been domesticated. They’ve been hypnotized. They’ve been more scientifically designed and reared so the big boys know that very few people will object. Most people today love their bondage to Big Brother. Most people today are Peter Pans. They never want to grow up. They have no desire to grow up. They like the idea that professionals, those who know what they’re doing, are in charge of everything.
The only problem is there are a minority who have gone beyond the simple patriot business and the national business and the fact is you cannot mourn for that which was never yours, and that was the old system. As I say, the predecessors of the present rulers designed the old system as well. We’re just mourning the passing away of that which was familiar to us.
Don’t let the process of waking panic you. Remember, this has been going on for thousands of years, at least, one stage after another, many, many thousands of years. At the end of an age, and the old age is passing away now of Pisces, new gods are born.
THAT’S ALWAYS BEEN THE WAY AND THE GODS ARE SIMPLY DESIGNED BY A VERY HIGH PRIESTHOOD WHO HAVE THE ACCESS TO ARCHIVES OF INFORMATION GOING BACK FOR MILLENNIA AT LEAST AND A NEW GOD IS ALWAYS DESIGNED FOR EVERY AGE.
Under the guise of Earth worship and the mother side, with the strong arm of the military to enforce laws, you’re seeing that hermaphroditic system appear all around you, the male-female, where you have a pretense of caring but you have the might to ensure that you go along with this big building project.
Those who want to look into this deeper should read the non-fiction works of H.G. Wells for instance. Read “The Open Conspiracy”. He said, “it’s all in the open for those that want to read it,” and it’s true. It’s always been out there in dry books put out by professors who are authorized, certain professors and certain other leaders, a lot of them on the fictional side of writing and now it’s film-making, too, but they also put out their non-fiction works. Both the ideas and the formulas are given to these people. They don’t create them. They’re front people.
H.G. Wells talked about the system to come, right down to even the creeds, the peoples, who would be allowed to come through this era into the New Age. It was called the New Age long before the hippy movement of 1960’s and the New Age magazine was the official monthly magazine put out by the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry and they talked about the age they were creating.
As the old gods pass away, people mourn for that which was, even though it wasn’t theirs. They have nostalgia because they believe in a romantic fashion that the past was somehow better, when it wasn’t. The “good old days” for every generation are the young days when they are not responsible to an employer or to work for themselves and survive. That’s the good old days for every generation, it’s childhood you see and even childhood has been stolen today, scientifically again, and it wasn’t difficult to do when you understand the mentality of children and what sciences are used to exploit the minds of children, perfectly well understood. Television of course has been the greatest tool ever designed to hypnotize and it does hypnotize – it’s not disproven. They’ve told us what it does to the human mind. It puts us into a hypnotic state with the flickering which you don’t see consciously, at least most folk don’t, and all the different messages and subliminals are imparted when your defense mechanisms are down; your censor part of the brain is down. You’re simply downloaded and you act out in your life your downloading. That is your program and then you wonder why you’ve done certain things in your life and things haven’t worked out for you. It’s designed that way.
That’s why you won’t find a functional family today and the truth is you didn’t find in the last generation either. They lived by convention – a convention that was given to their predecessors by the rulers. That’s why they gave a king and queen who came out on a balcony on festive occasions side-by-side. That was your prototype to emulate and the people down below emulated a king and queen, even though the king and queen were matched up by priests simply for breeding purposes. The nobility today have no qualms admitting privately that really there is no love between the man and woman. She can go her way. He goes his way. They do what they want as long as they have offspring and keep the power within those families of the financial side of it, which they own as well, but the little people down below never knew that. They truly believed in the romantic nonsense that was put out there the king and queen loved each other.
That’s why we haven’t had functional families for a long, long, long time and when they were sort of functioning (as I say, sort of functioning) was because the laws ensured that they had to at least keep the appearances up. There was some form of cooperation between people who were really strangers; and if we’re very, very honest about it too, and we have to be, you can’t take part of a truth and dismiss the other simply because it’s unpleasant or it destroys the romance of the past. However, prior to the contraceptive pill coming along, you could go into the registry offices of most places in Europe, and probably North America was the same, and you’d find the vast amount of people who got married had a child within a few months after the marriage. That was normal. Not for everyone but for the majority that was normal. Convention made it so.
The system is gone now. It’s been totally reversed. The West especially has been soaked and milked. We’ve built the structures. We’ve built the system. A lot of the technology that exists today came out of ordinary people taught in ordinary schools and the big boys simply stole their ideas. They reaped the harvest and they used this technology and the knowledge against the rest of us today.
We’ve all worked – every generation has worked towards this great New World Order, never knowing, most of them, what was really going on. Today, most go to their graves never knowing what really happened, why the changes took place, why every part of their system has been altered, what turned their cultures upside down. Most of them will never look into the Greek philosophers who talked about culture creation and how they could reverse the norms in a culture in one generation and those who didn’t see the changes and understand them were the very generation involved. It was done so slickly. These are all sciences.
A power elite in any country would never allow this to be done to the people if it didn’t benefit that power elite. It’s sanctioned by every power elite because it’s all one big club, the big world club. Those have body, soul and spirit, according to themselves. That’s why in a deck of cards you’ll find a club. That’s why the Masonic coffee houses throughout Europe prior to revolutions were called “the clubs.” A club is something you also whack something with over the head.
Upon waking up people panic, as I say, and because up until that point they think they have been conscious and that they’re just now getting into more knowledgeable parts of the structure. The first thing they think is, well, human beings couldn’t have done this, it’s too clever. That’s the shock setting in and that part is catered for by the big boys who supply the pied pipers who come in and tell you, oh it’s the space aliens who did that and a whole bunch of stuff like that along those lines. Anything to stop you understanding that, no, whatever you know in this world is antiquated knowledge. The higher sciences have never been taught to you and existed even thousands of years ago.
You’ve been brought up to believe you’re on the cutting edge and that all the magazines out there et cetera are keeping you well IN-FORMED and therefore you’ve been taken by surprise, so smart old you could not be taken by surprise. That’s the ego talking, so it must be a supernatural thing that’s happened. So out come the piped pipers with their stories and cater to you and lead you off, taking true intelligence, true knowledge, mixing it with the fantasy and spinning you off into the fantasy land, which is easy for you to go to because it’s rather fascinating. We enjoy the fantasy. We’ve been brought up and we’ve been gorged – we’re gorging on fantasy. That’s what television and fiction is all about, and we have an insatiable appetite for fiction. We’re reared that way, but we don’t have the knowledge and we’re not taught critical thinking, analysis.
Pied pipers steer you off in a thousand directions because it’s appealing to your ego that no wonder you were fooled. You’re up against incredible intellects here, superior supernatural intelligences, and those pied pipers are well funded, well funded and there’s teams of people behind them to make sure they’re ongoing. THEY ALWAYS GIVE US OUR HEROES TO FOLLOW. That’s why this agenda has never been stopped.
The other part of this equation is the predictability factor. You see, when you break out of the old you take a lot of the old with you, and part of that was a world view that was all simplified for you. “Don’t worry, it doesn’t matter what happens or how bad things get, there’s a god in control of it all and he wrote all this stuff down of what’s to happen, so it’s God’s will. He’s in charge and it has to happen that way, the sequence of events,” and you take that with you; but because you discard the old, you discard the old deity, you see, but you want that part of predictability, some kind of insurance policy, and so you go off to the people who claim they know the future through supernatural means. You jump into, again, the realm of magic, where the pied pipers are set up and when they’re not using holy books to mislead you, they use cards or crystal balls or they channel entities because you demand assurance and insurance against the future. You don’t like uncertainty because uncertainty means you’d have to decide for yourself all the time and you’ve been taught you always have experts.
Prior to the scientific elite, the white coats, you had the black coats of priests who decided your future for you. They gave you all the answers. They told you everything you needed to know. Today we’re taught all we need to know. It doesn’t mean it’s the truth, but we’re taught all we need to know, according to the elite.
If you accept that everything is preordained you’ve succumbed to psychological warfare. You’re already defeated. That is the purpose of psychological warfare.
If you put your faith in a crystal ball or any means of divination outside of your own intellect, then you’re handing your intellect – in fact, you’re throwing your intellect away and taking something else’s word for it, something again you think is superior to yourself, which means that you must be inferior. Simple psychological warfare.
They are people who today who phone me who’ve been through the whole New Age scenario who are in a mental prison, where they have to go through rituals everyday with all kinds of techniques and cards to tell them should they go out. Should they stay in? Should they go here? Should they go there? They use pendulums to swing yes or no, just like the Ouija board. They cannot decide anything for themselves. They’re in a prison and these people are walking in society amongst you but they’re in a prison. They have an intellect, the greatest gift they’re ever given and yet they throw it away and put their faith in something or someone else, something physical outside of themselves.
Others follow those who give the big predictions and if you look at those who give out predictions, they’ll give maybe out 500 to 1,000 predictions in a year, knowing that next year at least a certain percentage of them will probably, by the law of averages, come true. They never tell you about all those that didn’t come true. It’s not difficult at all and some of the big ones out there follow the standard routine that’s been set up in the past.
If you want to convince someone that this particular person is on to the truth, you can take them to court, splash it all over the papers and you’ve just given them the best publicity they could ever have, regardless of the reason they’re in court. It’s publicity that counts and those who are already following such a person will think, well, they must be genuine, they’ve been up in court about it. It’s not so much getting up in court that matters. It’s what the decision at the end of it that tells you why it was done in the first place.
I’ve mentioned people like Peter Wright before, of MI5, who had all of his books seized. They were ready to be issued to the stores and they were pulped back into mush by an order of the court. You see, that one was genuine. The rest generally for others, the pied pipers, is very good publicity and the followers are even more convinced of the truth of the person because they’ve been in court.
They used to make movies like that, when a special service person was to infiltrate a group, they set them up to make them look like they had turned or they were deviant or they were really a criminal and to be exposed publicly, and then the group he was meant to penetrate would approach him. It works every time. People don’t think. Others don’t want to think. They enjoy the fantastic. It’s just another form of entertainment to them. It doesn’t mean that things don’t happen to individuals in a supernatural sense, but the truth of that is that it only makes sense to the individual concerned. Once you said it to someone else what happened it’s hearsay. You can’t give someone else an experience. They must have it themselves.
People fall every year and every decade and every generation for those who pretend to predict the future. You don’t have to go into crystal balls to see where we’re headed. There’s nothing really covered up today, nothing. We’re going into a totalitarian society where those who claim they have reason have the right to turn us all into robots which will give them no more trouble and that’s only one phase of it.
The next phase will be genetically creating humanoids for specific tasks. We’re dealing with people who work intergenerationally and plan the future in centuries and always have. Not difficult to guide the world when you own all of the money that everyone is taught to work for, that countries have to go and beg for. Not difficult at all, especially when no one else is planning the future and you have all the think tanks working for you to do that very thing.
YOU HAVE NO OPPOSITION and I used to wonder why they were so against the so-called primitive societies, the static cultures, and that’s a key to their defeat. They cannot allow what they call “the herd” to stop moving once they are riled up; when we’re stampeding they guide us into where they want us to go. We go blindly always looking to the experts to advise us.
If they allow peace for a single generation it’s difficult to then motivate the offspring who’ve been brought up in peace and security to go into another direction. They don’t want to leave that field they’re in and go into another with a new environment. They’ll stay where they are. Therefore they always keep us stampeded with real wars or the threats of wars or rumors of wars, economic depressions, starvation, unemployment, famines, plagues and all the rest of it. It’s the same old technique for thousand of years, used on every culture; and you’ll find that when you have an equation which works, why would you change it?
A formula.THAT WHICH HAS WORKED IN THE PAST WILL WORK AGAIN ON AN UNSUSPECTING PEOPLE.
Writers like H.G. Wells was well aware that many who came out of the New Age movement, or born into it really, would attempt to lead it and he was well aware that YOU COULDN’T FIGHT THE NEW AGE BY USING THE NEW AGE.  The mysticism that’s flogged out there, and has been flogged for a long, long, long time, is all part of the New Age. You can’t fight it by using it.
THE MASTERS INVENTED ALL OF THIS STUFF. YOU CAN’T USE THE LEGAL SYSTEM EITHER.
YOUCAN’T GET BACK that which YOU THOUGHT WAS YOURS.  IT NEVER WAS YOURS.  That’s why IT’S NEVER WORKED.
People have tried for decades to use the court system to stop the loss of rights and some for the loss of sovereignty or national sovereignty and so on. Hasn’t worked. THE LEGAL SYSTEM BELONGS TO THOSE WHO RUN THE WORLD.
People pray to deities and entities to stop it for them. Hasn’t worked. The Christians pray and they’re really in double-minded double-speak because they pray to the deity who supposedly planned all this, so they’re terrified of all the things that are about to happen and yet they’re afraid of criticizing the deity because he planned it all in the first place and if you try to stop it then you’re going against his plan. Boy, there’s a number for you. You’ve really been numbed, really numbed.
The last place a person wants to look is at the power within themself. They’ve never really had to. In fact, they don’t have much confidence in themselves at all in this system where we’ve been brought up to believe that we’re so petty and so ignorant really when WE COMPARE OURSELVES TO THE EXPERTS that WE COULDN’T MAKE the RIGHT DECISION ANYWAY EVEN IF WE TRIED.
THAT’S A GREAT CON GAME, WHICH HAS BEEN VERY, VERY SUCCESSFUL.
However, to look towards people who claim to be modern shamans in a sense, who were simply using the old Kabbalistic techniques of divination, is a LOSERS GAME because if you believe a person has that power to divine, that means that you’re pretty stupid because you don’t; you become subservient to the other person. It never dawns on you you’re as EQUAL AS THEY ARE and perhaps intellectually even a little bit superior. That’s up for yourself to decide.
Others ask: is consciousness the end goal? Is that all there is? Because, once again, taking from the past their beliefs or reality, they still want a form of assurance.
REALITY IS DIRECTING YOUR PATH FOR YOURSELF IN THE KNOWLEDGE THAT IF YOU’RE TRUTHFUL WITH YOURSELF THAT THE PATH YOU’RE TREADING WILL BE FOLLOWED BY OTHERS OF SIMILAR MINDSET DURING YOUR LIFETIME AND MAYBE AFTER YOU’RE DEAD, TOO, WITH NO ULTERIOR MOTIVE.  What greater thing can there be if people truly had the ability to plan and direct their future – something that’s been unheard of for the people, the public as THEY call them, for thousands of years.
IF PEOPLE were CONSCIOUS they COULDN’T BE FOOLED.
It would take a lot more to fool them and not the Disneyland stuff that we’ve been fed, which has been very successful. It would take more than that to fool a conscious population who have memory and a type of education that makes them inquire not only into the past but the techniques used on the past so that they might understand the techniques and the warning signs that are being used today or about to be used.
CONSCIOUSNESS IS THE ENEMY OF THE ELITE. That’s why THEY keep us so busy hyped up and worried and watching sports or dramas or voyeurism where soap operas have people pretending to have affairs and sex every five minutes. All the little things, the little drives that people have are blown out of proportion like drugs and fed like drugs and the teat of television has everybody sucking on it daily and it is not for your health.
Those who are awake must also always accept the fact that a good majority of the public decide that the world is too heavy with problems. They don’t want to know. “Leave me in my own little space with my own little fantasies and go away.” Well, that’s fine, do it. Go away. Why waste your time with them? Those people have chosen. Only they themselves can decide to wake up. The dead can be made to walk only when they’re trying to stand up for themselves. That’s what that means.
When you pick up your bed and walk, it’s because you’ve been asleep all your life. That’s what the esoteric means, but they must want to get up for themselves before you can really help them, then you can teach them, otherwise you’re hitting your head against a brick wall.
For those who’ve fallen for the pied pipers with all of their data, which is vastly distorted from the facts of history but which is very fascinating, you have to accept they’re on their own magical mystery tour and they enjoy it. They’ve already put themselves in fear position by admitting to themselves that something vastly superior and supernatural controls this whole thing. It’s much easier to accept that on an egotistical level that you’ve been fooled by a supernatural being or beings than by people who put their pants on one leg at a time and go to the bathroom like you and I.
Look at all the words in the dictionaries – looking at an older one, all the better, there’s more words in them. We’re down to linguistic minimalism now as the dictionaries get thinner and thinner and people can’t express their thoughts and convey their ideas to their neighbors. Look at all the words that begin withCON. Very, very important words: Confederate, constitution, constabulary, and on and on it goes. Confidence, and confidence tricksters and the PRIESTS WHO ARE CONS, always ongoing.
When you get out of the tunnel and you see the light and you see the forest across the field, remember the “all-seeing eye” didn’t miss the field and he knows you want to get to the forest and there’s mines planted all across that field, each one with a flag saying, “come here, I’ve got it for you.  The creatures who did this live on Sirius or they live on some far off little star or they’re metamorphs,” or, “come here, I’ve got a crystal ball or the answer is in these cards or this divining rod or whatever it happens to be.”
It’s amazing that if the kingdom of heaven is within you, you don’t want to trust it. You wonder why not only yourself but previous generations have been suckered down all of these fake paths and allowed to happen down through time what has happened and what is happening because they don’t want to believe their own selves, if they just stopped and switched everything off and did some thinking for themselves, that they’d find most of the answers are within.
It’s a sad thing to think that everyone could be asked – in fact, they do ask this question towards the end of their life for themselves. What have they done with it? And once they get through “I did this for me or mine,” and that’s generally what it is, is me or mine, there’s an emptiness there. There’s nothing beyond that because they know that once they’re gone their memory dies with those who are still alive. Once they are gone their memory is gone too. The second generation and definitely the third forgets so quickly. There’s no reason to remember in fact.
That’s why the ancients, the pharaohs and so on, had their names and their statutes in stone and vast sums were paid out of the treasury into the priesthoods to pray for them generation after generation. They believed that once the prayer stopped there was simply non-existence for their primitive spirit you might say. It was important that humans remember them, very important to them.
Most people today are really the same. Once they’re dead it’s as though they had never been. That’s an old saying. What have you left behind? What have you changed? Who have you influenced in such a way for the better for others without enslaving them? You’ll find that most of the authorized historians down through the ages give us fantastic ideas but those ideas enslave the followers because they’re not teaching them to think individualistically, just the opposite. We tend to think in mass movements, yet the masses are the unthinking masses.
IT’S THE INDIVIDUAL WHO CAN MAKE A DIFFERENCE BY BEING CREATIVE, ESPECIALLY IF THERE’S NO MOTIVATION FOR PERSONAL GAIN OR POWER OR EVEN A NEED TO BE REMEMBERED. IT JUST HAPPENS THAT WAY.
TRUTH CAN NEVER BE ALTERED IN ANY AGE, THEREFORE ANYTHING THAT IS SAID IN ANY AGE TO DO WITH TRUTH IS ALWAYS THE SAME.
It’s the elite who have the problem with the wordTRUTH and try to redefine it always. That’s why they have the Pontius Pilate character supposedly saying “what is truth?” Meaning it depends where you’re standing as to your point of view. However, there are truths which are unchanging. Those things which make us truly human are the emotions which can be very, very giving and yet from the same emotions can come the greatest selfishness. It’s dualistic and only we can control them, and if we don’t control them, the others, the elite, decided long ago they will do it for us and their system is rigid. There’s no leeway whatsoever for decision-making down below.
We each have the capacity to change our immediate environment and those around us. The alternative, as opposed to the elders in ancient societies who had some wisdom to pass on and who were respected for that wisdom, today unfortunately we have many elderly who are just as dumbed-down as their offspring and their offspring’s offspring. They don’t have wisdom to pass on. Very few do. That’s not the way to end up. We have the one chance here to do it all in every generation and only a few people will accept the challenge and the risk, which is what independence is all about—risk taking.
To end up with a good pension in a retirement home and maybe even a building – they put buildings up now with retirement homes where there’s doctors on one floor, shops on the other, hairdressers on the other and the hospital in the basement and maybe the morgue in the basement too – what a thought. What a thought, to save up for your working life for that, rather than take the risks – the risk of still being independent as you grow older. What’s wrong with that? There’s nothing at all, except the modern stigma because the elderly are kept out of the decision-making process. The generations have been scientifically split.
That’s all for me tonight. I hope this is not too depressing. It shouldn’t be, really, because behind what I say there’s a message of hope for those who understand it. Good night and may your god go with you.

“COMMERCE, CHRISTMAS AND CARING”

DECEMBER 22, 2006

Hi, folks. I’m Alan Watt and this is Friday, the 22nd of December 2006 at .com.

Alan: And what a wet night it is. It’s freezing rain now. I can’t complain because the last two or three days have been pretty good. I don’t mind the cold so much and even heavy frost on the ground. I’d rather have that than freezing rain, it isn’t the best thing to walk on, never mind drive on. Today I was in town just getting a few basic essentials and watching all the craziness of the traffic as everyone rushes to do their conditioned Christmas shopping, a frenzy of activity and not even a happy face anywhere. Everyone’s so tensed up this time of year because of the hype that’s generated for commerce and that’s all it’s about really. Christmas time, holiday time is about commerce and buying and selling.
Before I get into that, I’ve been told by some listeners to do some shameless self-promotion, so here I am, being terribly shameless because I do forget to mention the books I have for sale and the CDs and DVDs for sale on the website. Many of these talks are just passed around and people don’t even realize what site it’s coming from, and it is .com. It would be helpful for those who do pass the information on to make sure the people realize where it’s coming from and that way they may come into the site as well and see something that they’d like.
Now I don’t do professional books because I’m not authorized by the big boys and therefore I can’t sell them at a price which is very cheap. I’ve noticed some of the big boys almost give them away and that tells you there’s tremendous money backing them up because they’re giving them away for cost price, pretty well, some of them anyway, some of the big ones. However, the material that’s in the books, the three of them, is completely different than you’re going to get anywhere else. I don’t give you the exoteric meanings or even supposedly lower esoteric meanings. I don’t give you that. I give you a bit more than just that. For some of the higher meanings I have to bring you higher through a form of education for it to make sense to you and that really is the secret about teaching anyone. You can’t just dump it all, all the truth on someone at once. You have to bring them up and up and up a step at a time so that when you give them something which is gold they recognize it for its worth. Otherwise they’ll walk right over it and ask you the next question and that’s a very telling thing on the radio – I mean on the telephone, I should say, when they phone me.
Some people will rattle question after question after question and I know by their response to some of the answers I give them if they’re just skipping like a record skipping over the scratches. They haven’t really got what I just said to them, which tells me they’re not ready for the next step and there’s no point giving them something that’s over their head. You can only give them what they can accept at the time. This is not new. It’s always been this way.
Someone’s desire and eagerness to know doesn’t mean that they’re able to understand at all. There are degrees of waking up and breaking out of the conditioned “Plato’s Cave” that we’ve all been brought up in and there’s more than one cave in fact to break through. Some people are on the floor. Those are the zombies, the ones who believe the 6 o’clock news is all real and they do believe they are being told everything that they should know; and that’s what the media is for. They think it’s there to keep them truly, truly up-to-date with everything that matters to them. They also believe the schooling they had or university training they had, that that was the most advanced training that anyone’s ever been given. They’re on the floor of level one reality. There’s no point in trying to get them off the floor. They have to be ready to try and step up themselves.
Most people will simply claim they’re waking up or they’ve woken up because of 2001 with the kickoff of the “twin peaks” I call them, the twin trade towers, the Jachin and Boaz of masonry; and really, that may have started something off, but they should have woken up long before that. What they’re really noticing at that level are the changes going on in their life, the lifestyle that they’re used to themselves, and that’s what’s making them nervous. They know and sense a little bit more but they can see the intensification of security measures which are out of proportion to the supposed threat and therefore obviously there’s another purpose involved in all of this and that’s what’s terrifying them. Plus they see their own culture, lifestyle, whatever, what they see as our nation, they see it going down. They see inflation. They see the industry going offshore, but they should have seen that back in the ’70’s, ’80’s and ’90’s because it was starting then.
China hasn’t stolen anything. No foreign country has stolen a thing, technology or otherwise. It was planned this way before I was born, before you were born, that China would take over as the industrial leader and eventually the policemen of the world for a period of time. Everyone gets their allotted time to be the apparent ruler, the kingpin.
During the GATT negotiations, which everyone floated through, all of that was set up then. That was the exoteric, the official signing agreements. In reality, as I say, this was planned before I was even born because they discussed China rising in the 1930’s at the Council of Foreign Relations and Royal Institute of International Affairs meetings. These topics were actually discussed and in many of their books published since, from the Royal Institute of International Affairs, they’ve repeated this, that China would eventually be taking over as the policemen of the world, which obviously means that the U.S. would sink down in the world. As long as the availability of credit is given to the public, they won’t see the full impact. It’s only once credit they start withdrawing slowly and gradually that you’ll see the panic starting. Now who knows when that will be; they can take their time. We live in a world of gradualism. That’s why we don’t notice generally the big changes. It’s a step-by-step gradualistic process, intergeneration even, because they don’t want to spook us too much with one major change. They like to do it incrementally because we adapt so easily that way without thinking. It appears more normal.

Back to Christmas time, the holiday season, where no one’s really terribly happy, except around midnight when they’ve had a few whiskeys or something, and it’s so interesting to watch – and you know the format in the media the day after Christmas will be talking to the people in the street and how much they spent for their presents this year and many of them will tell you as they did last year, “well, I just finished off paying my credit cards for last year’s presents and now they’re on it again”.
It’s a farce of commerce, isn’t it?  It’s nothing to do with family. That’s a side effect and they use family for guilt-tripping for presents. It’s a commercial enterprise and our whole system is based upon commerce, economics. Our purpose is supposedly to serve the economic system. We are good consumers, Priests of Sumer, con-sumer.
Before I forget I’d like to also thank three or four people who’ve given donations to the site in all this time because that’s appreciated, considering I don’t know many, many hundreds of calls I’ve had just in the last year alone and the time I’ve spent on it, but people will tend in this society to try and suck you dry and only a small minority would even think of helping someone else out in this present day civilization, because civilization is not a natural state to be. It’s based on the city-state and a citizen, someone who’s born with a pre-existing duty to an existing system. It’s not a humane system. It’s unnatural. It’s only natural for those who are born into it never questioning. It never occurs to them to question the system at all, really, and where it came from and who designs it, who plans it. They are allowed to believe it just evolves by itself.
This particular time of the year that was supposed to herald something wonderful and something completely different at one time in different ages, it’s the same story in different ages, where the sun [son] of the deity comes into the world to save the world. Christianity changed it a little bit because it was bringing a system really for a Western world, which had originated within the Mediterranean and North Africa, even earlier. The times were slightly changed, but the sun of the deity hangs in the sky for three days at mid-winter, the dead of mid-winter, generally rises in the east, goes round, sets in the west, but it doesn’t climb very high in the dead of winter. Therefore, they said that the sun “hung” there as he crossed the sky. He hung on a cross for three days and on the third day it starts to move, ever so little, more north, towards the west, and then the celebration, the rebirth, occurs.
We had the same thing in Ancient Egypt and even previous civilizations prior to that. It’s always the same story. The story itself is made to be a wonderful story because for controlled civilization they mix in the natural rules that would make a true society work if everyone followed the rules, but there’s an element which doesn’t make it uniform and that is the occasional deviant who must have power over others; because the deviants naturally will take such a system, which gives a form of natural law and order, and climb to the top and abuse it for their own sakes, take over the system and then you have the criminals running it; but the ones down below follow all the rules for a workable society.
This can only work again for so long because the corruption that always grows at the top as more and more sharks get to the top and corrupt it more so. It gradually spreads all down into society by the way of commerce, profit and the use of experts, because once profit and commerce takes over it’s a dominant feature in society. It is not there to serve society. The society is then there to serve it and human life becomes devalued to a terrible degree and we see this today.
It’s not just at Christmas; it’s the whole year round. It’s also, as I said last night, that war making is just an extension of business; and from even before World War I when they brought the aircraft and the Zed tanks as they called them onto the battlefields. They were still talking about hussars and different kinds of cavalry and grenadiers, named after the grenade, commercially produced. Commercial names for weaponry became a feature of this extension of business called war, and they would talk about grenadiers and the hussars until the first world war, then they started talking about the camels, the aircraft, and the Zed tanks and you had all these brand names mixed in with the news. That intensified in World War II with all the different brands of tanks, aircraft and bombers, and how many they were churning out every month and that became the news. Shameless extension of business and commerce showing itself as it truly is, involved completely in the art of war as an extension of business.
Up until recently they’ve used in the West religion, mainly Christianity in Europe and North America, to keep the people passive, to pretend to the people there’s a whole bunch of rules they should follow and that everyone does; while they themselves at the top never ever did follow the same rules, because, as I say, to keep an elite in power in a status of wealth and luxury, you need the labor of others to do it for you. It’s not anything new since commerce was created and money was created to go along with it and all of its different forms, we’ve lived in an inhumane system where life becomes first, second class, then third and then it takes a spiral until it’s very, very cheap indeed.  Yet the Christmas idea, albeit a repetition of the same story in previous ages and even more older times, of the son who comes into the world – and this no accident, in fact, that even in the English language those who created the English language used an Egyptian word for “sun” because “sun” in Egyptian is the same word. The “sun” in the sky is “sen.” You can put “son” if you wish. It’s up to yourself because often they omitted the vowels, and your male offspring is also called a “son” or “sen,” just as it is in the English language. That is no accident at all.

The all-seeing eye in ancient times was used before Egypt. The system of picking and choosing some of the brighter boys in a society and giving them an education was nothing new and then using those people to rule the rest, a form of bureaucracy, is nothing new. We had that at Sumer. The rest of the population were generally illiterate; and the priests, a multitude of priests, who dealt with real estate, with all commerce, import, exports, all the things that lawyers do today, they ran society and they chose the brighter boys to become priests and they tested them for different qualities.
The eye, although it’s so important, is seldom fully used by people. People see because of their training of what they expect to see. That is why you can live in a world of symbology all around them, a religion all around them, and yet they don’t see at all. They see what they expect to see; and when you point out what is the obvious to you, they’re first in denial then they’re in shock.
The ancient priests of Sumer tested the boys to see who knew. One who knows is one who sees; and that is why down through all the different languages we have a word, which hasn’t changed, because that or he who sees and that which he sees with becomes a student, more appropriately called “a pupil”. It’s the pupil of the eye, the all-seeing eye.
In my books I go through some of this mystery religion and on some of the earlier tapes I put on to CD and MP3s, 12-hours per disc, radio shows on worldwide shortwave radio, I talk a little about this. In one particular show I talked about the meaning of the stars which rise, the constellations which rise at Christmas time. Those who wish and who can perhaps see this Christmas Eve on a clear night, go out and watch for the constellation Orion and you’ll see him come up in the east and go round, and you follow the Three Wise Men of Orion’s Belt because that’s what it’s based on. Line them up, and at midnight, look at the star which aligned they all point to. You’ll also find the connection of why a son of God is born amongst the animals in a stable. I don’t want to destroy anyone’s Christmas but this is just fact.
The idea behind Christmas, if everyone followed it, would give us a form of utopia if you didn’t have a hierarchy that would hijack it; but it’s in the nature of humanity to try and do that anyway. All of the attributes of deviancy of power can be found all down through the strata of society from the top to the bottom and it’s not necessarily a tremendous intellect at the top. It’s certain traits which make them so powerful – the psychopathic traits, the ability to con so easily and so well. You’ll find that at the top and the bottom, regardless of education or class. In a system based on commerce and profit, where success is regarded as getting as far away from poverty as possible, to even deviant extremes, when you’re then worshipped because you’re simply super rich, can only be an inhumane society since most people can never get anywhere near there and no massive wealth is accumulated by honest work.

In ancient times, in pre-Christian times and throughout Christian times, the early era, they used to talk about the Christ or Christos within, not without. The whole idea, even in the early true Gnostics, which became another deviant movement very early on when the big boys grabbed it, the whole idea was that a form of perfection could be attained in this lifetime. A form, not all but a form where one could work on one’s self; and the idea of a messiah was simply that. It was like a mascot, something which you tried to, you always held in front of you in your mind as an ideal to reach out to and try and emulate.
In fact, the early Gnostics complained that Constantine and his crew had stolen their idea when they gave the world the Roman Catholic Church and formed all of the dogma and exterminated anyone from any other sect who wouldn’t go along with this new authorized version, because power simply transforms itself from one era to the next and it was found that the Roman Empire had to over-extend itself. They couldn’t tax all their conquered countries enough to keep them in the massive luxury and waste and extravagance of the upper elite of the Rome. They couldn’t tax them enough forever and they knew this, and as they started to lessen the money to their armies and their armies dwindled, they knew they’d have to fall. However, they were ready to transform and conquer the minds and the nations of people with a different type of warfare, which had been tried in even older times and had worked successfully, and that is what was done.
Yet using something which appeals to everyone in every culture and every language, the ideal of a form of self-improvement, which is reaching out for something bigger than itself, something out there, something which can also be connected to the self. That was used and abused and still has up to the present day until it’s taken so many deviant turns because the masses always want ritual or religion instead of the hard truth, where they might have to look at themselves tremendously carefully and minutely. It’s easier to simply join a group, like a club, a social club, where you all wear the same badges or uniforms or suits and ties.
I don’t know why God needs a suit and tie in church as a way of respecting God. I haven’t seen that written anywhere. You’ll find in all these churches everybody dresses up with their suits and ties, at least the men do and some of the women too, I guess, these days, and I guess that’s acceptable to God; even though the suit and the tie is a Masonic uniform. That’s why it’s the only authorized respectable outfit to wear in court. It’s a Masonic uniform and you wear your tow-line, your rope, around your neck, which also seals your fate and is supposed to guard what you say, your limitations. If you put a tack in the end of the tie, technically, and you made a circle going around it, wearing it, that would be the extent of your limitations. There’s an esoteric meaning within there for the higher Masons. The lower ones are never very sure of anything.

It’s so sad that the kindness that people can show, if they’re left stress free. It’s so sad to see how it’s been taken over in a system of corruption, which is anti-human and will make a person think twice about helping someone through fear, because our system runs on the fear of poverty, loneliness, sickness, hunger, lack of medical care, friends, isolation. All of these things, that’s what the system was based upon; yet as a creature of this planet, it never stops to dawn to us that it’s all the economic system which makes this happen, all these worries. Outside of the economic system of commerce and money, you don’t find that in so-called primitive civilizations. You don’t find that at all. You don’t have to second-guess “should I help someone or not?”  They simply do it because they have nothing to lose by doing so. In this world the first thing is “what will I lose if I help so-and-so?”   It’s tremendously anti-human. Life becomes cheap.
At this time of year, people should really reflect. In olden times they used to reflect on the past year, all the changes that had happened within themselves, the people they’d met that had come and gone in their lives in that year. Instead of like today they gasp and drink that they’ve managed to make it through another year without being driven into the poor house, or they’ve kept their job, or their friends will still accept them because they’re still working; because, believe you me, in this society a deliberate stigma is attached if you lost your job and I saw that in Britain to people. In the ’70’s as they were taking all the jobs away, each time I returned to Britain from Europe, the stigma of those who had lost their work as the factories closed down was terrible and it was encouraged from the top, as it still is today.
Rather than simply celebrate a commercial farce, you’d be surprised at the occasional individual out there you’ve met in your life, who might be terribly depressed at Christmas time because that’s what happens to many people who feel left out or they’ve had their run of bad luck so to speak that year. A phone call to them at the right time can make all the difference in the world, for there are many people out there who put on a good face to the world but they’re in terrible shape within. We get the statistics every year of suicides and so on from such people, about such people and what’s happened, and the usual story is “well they always seemed so happy. It didn’t occur. Ya-dee, ya-dee, yah,” but once again, in this inhumane system, you can live even close to people and if they put on the natural show, which we’re all taught to put on, you’ll think they’re just fine. There’s no harm in giving them a call whatsoever. You might be surprised.

“You’ve Got A Friend”
By James Taylor

When you’re down and troubled
And you need a helping hand
And nothing, whoa nothing is going right.
Close your eyes and think of me
And soon I will be there
To brighten up even your darkest nights.

You just call out my name,
And you know where ever I am
I’ll come running, oh yeah baby
To see you again.
Winter, spring, summer, or fall,
All you’ve got to do is call
And I’ll be there, yeah, yeah, yeah.
You’ve got a friend.
Alan: People generally spend this time with their family and often those within their family are not the closest to them. We can pick our friends but we can’t choose our relatives, as they say, so it’s a perfunctory thing for most people at this time of year to be with family, almost a parody or a remnant, like a repetitive play that’s played so many times on a stage. It’s lost it’s value because the family unit is almost destroyed and the conditioning within each generation within the family is upgraded scientifically for each member and so they can’t even relate to each other, and often they wish they could just have their Christmas dinner and go off home or go where they want to go.
Like following a ritual where the meaning has been lost and the only reason it’s kept going at all, at the moment, is for the sake of commerce. If tradition didn’t suit commerce it would be gone very quickly.
What’s so surprising to me very often is the frenzy people have as they try to gobble up all those things which are going to give them life extension or keep them fit forever or even live forever, some of them. They literally believe this. The terror at the thought of death, and I always thought it’s not so much the length of the life that matters. It’s the quality. It’s what the person themselves, the individual, gets out of it; because this life really is so brief and think of all the worrying that goes on in a system which doesn’t let you relax. How sad that is that people rush through their lives worrying and scurrying, always under some threat of losing jobs and losing families or wives, husbands, children, all of that stuff. So much so, that they never live as they rush through. That’s an unnatural state.
I’m sure that the so-called primitive peoples, who still are truly primitive peoples, and have been relatively unaffected by this system or the infection that we have, those people don’t need any of the things which we need of the system and they have no diabetes. They have no psychiatrists and psychologists or thousands of self-help books and how to do things and how to be this and be that and be happy. They don’t need it and they live to a fair good age, most of them, and they themselves have full meaning in their life; which makes no sense to the scientifically trained, who comes from the commercialized world, but it has complete meaning to those people, to the individuals.
Those who want a form of contentment in this world have to change their values completely and realize that they can’t be judged by society. Ultimately, you are your own judge. It doesn’t matter when you end up on your deathbed what society thinks of you. You will not be thinking of them at all or anyone in society. You’ll be reflecting on your life, which is like the wink of an eye. Even all of the worrying times are just flashes in your life. It’s only then you have time to reflect and wonder what it was all about and what did you do with it. What did you do? What did you know was wrong in the society in which you lived and what did you do to alter it?

The trick of altering and changing the direction of society is to understand the trick, and the trick to the esoteric religion has always been to have at least two parties opposing each other, conflict. Long before Hegel had his name slapped on it, this process is understood in the occultic sciences.
When a reaction is expected from you, don’t give it back; because if you do, you’ve just joined as the opposition on the chessboard and you don’t even see the chessboard nor the players that are going to get moved in front of you and around you. That’s been planned in advance by those who understand the game.
TO CHANGE SOCIETY YOU TAKE IT OFF IN A DIRECTION WHICH THEY DID NOT CHOOSE.
Oppositions end up fighting over the same thing. They come to a compromise, which is the synthesis of Hegel, and so the initiator gets to the point he wanted to go in the first place in a faster pace with the help of the opposition which he expected to come.
We know where society is being taken in a scientifically designed system. We know they’re taking us to brain chipping, non-think will be part of it, non-individual. No sentience, just robot, although it will be sold initially under a different guise.  Rather than simply hit it head on, you must realize that Lenin was quite right, since he was trained by the big bankers who understood the thousands and thousands and thousands of years of economic history and its impact on civilizations and its creation of what we call civilizations, commercial.
Lenin said, there are many, many paths society could take but the public don’t know. They must always think the one they’re born into is the only natural one that could be, simply because it exists when they’re born.
Those who oppose the changes are falling right into the hands of those who initiate the changes.  It’s like judo; you use the other person’s force and dynamics to beat them—oppositions—so you don’t play the game. The culture itself of any country is given to it by those who approve of it. That’s why you have it and it serves the elite of each country, the big club at the top of the universal world.
To go off on different tangents is the only way, for Mr. Rockefeller’s window of opportunity to close in a direction which he didn’t plan and those behind him and those of the same club couldn’t plan. Once it closes they have a hard time trying to steer society back into the direction they wished them to go.
What direction could we take? First you’d have to sit down and go through all the things that are wrong in this system and you’d find it’s almost everything, because it’s all based on money – a hard thing for people who are brought up in a system like that to let go of. Yet, when they hang on to it, you’re guaranteed disaster because money is only a means to an end for the few who design and control it in the first place. Eventually, the society they will bring in will be a system where you’re born, in fact you might be created, to serve the state. Serve the state, through all the books from the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the Rhodes Scholarships of Cecil Rhodes and Rothschild and others. It’s the same script because they’re all one, the big octopus is one, it’s one head. That’s why they all say the same things.
Money would eventually be done away with anyway. It’s only useful as long as we are willing to accept it and pay for it, to exchange things, which is really just labor again. It will be a hard thing to let go for people, this working for your money seed, as you pull the lever like the rats and have your rewards. Yet, we’re guaranteed disaster the way it’s designed. It’s designed that way. It’s not meant to last forever, where everyone tries to be top dog and exploit the person below and then you’re called successful if you succeed.

To get into a humane society would take tremendous changes and that never happens in a mass movement. The masses will always take what appears to them to be the easier root, the easier choice between two. That’s why the elite count on democracy, because the masses’ opinions are given to them on every topic. They are predictable.
The elite themselves have always said that their only problem comes from the occasional individual who understands. It’s like some of these movies they put out where someone sees. Someone can see and they’ll say, “oh, someone sees,” like the movie, “They Live.” That’s what frightens them, especially if the person has knowledge to back it and can teach others and get it across in such a way that it breaks through all the armor and conditioning. That’s the biggest threat they have.
If we look at the major revolutions which the same organization have been behind, they would start up clubs and organizations prior to revolutions to attract members in. They then observed carefully the different members as they talked and they noted down those who’d be problems after the revolution because they were too intelligent and they could convey by speech and knowledge a reality to the ordinary people and get it across. Those people who could do that, their names were on the lists and immediately after the revolutions they were rounded up and killed, because the stage was set as it always is. The chessboard was set in advance for this very thing.
That’s why long before 9/11 came along in 2001, there were many fakes out there in the so-called patriot land of the USA for instance and other countries. One was the most decorated General or Colonel in the U.S. Army from Vietnam, who had his own shortwave international radio station for years. He used all the Masonic terminology in his talks on radio and pretended he was a patriot, and was collecting the names of different people across the country in the U.S.  Right after 9/11, he was interviewed on the Congressional steps in Washington State by a major television station that was shown in Canada and it was obviously posed. He was there at the right time for the interview and it started off with the usual lead-up and the most decorated Colonel in the U.S. Army, the Green Berets.
[He was asked] “Who do you think was behind this 9/11?” And he said – this man had just stopped being on the radio one month prior to that, after four years solid, encouraging this patriot movement, supposedly. He says, probably those crazy patriot people that run about in camouflage in the woods practicing for something that will never happen, paranoids, who see black helicopters everywhere. This is the same man who said years before that he left the Pentagon where he worked with hip-pocket orders. You see, you never retire from these positions. He collected the names of thousands of people who’d been trained through movies of John Wayne, and Rambo and et cetera, et cetera, to worship the heroes that are presented. If he talks the same language as you – that’s all they have to do is come down to your level and start talking your language and you fall for it because you’re trained to worship people and you’re set up every time. You’ve got to stop doing it.

Some people have said to me, “could you discuss the real meaning to Christianity?” and I thought about it and yes I could ramble on forever and give you six or seven hours talk on the esoteric meanings of Christianity, but it would just end up in other people’s books as most of my other talks have done since the ’90’s.
Perhaps it’s more important to talk about the changes that can be made in a system which has a plan for the eradication of “useless eaters,” who at one time were valued citizens as consumers-producers but are now simply consumers in this particular service economy.  I’m trying to tell people, don’t fall for the traps. Don’t fall head-on to fighting something verbally or otherwise. You’re expected to do that at a certain stage.
You must do the unexpected. You must choose a different pathand persuade others that at least to try yours or to look at it and they themselves might find a similar path but not quite identical, but different nonetheless because ANY PATH WHICH IS NOT CHOSEN FOR YOU IS BETTER.
DON’T CHOOSE THE EXPECTED PATH when you’re terrified of the changes which you’re seeing more blatantly today come upon you. We’re all walking this planet for a short time. Very few people break through into the reality that exists and they never see. Very few people can break through that. Some can and that’s what it’s always been about because it’s the few who try to lift humanity up, all humanity up, who have stopped the ultimate horror in all ages from occurring.
It’s always the few and they don’t have to agree upon everything, except not to oppose that which they’re expected to oppose.  Tremendous changes can be made, with no guarantees of a definite ending, except it would be an alternative ending to the one which is planned; and if it’s not planned for you exactly, for the children and those who are growing up.
There’s nothing worse than leaving behind those with a mess knowing that they’re going to get the chop. That’s incredible to me that people actually – and I’ve heard so many say that, “Well thank God I won’t be alive to see the final outcome of this.”  No, you’ll be retired with your pension and you can go fishing and then you’ll die, and you’ve altered nothing. It’s as though you have never been.
Even the elite themselves can only have their names carved in stone or put on statues or libraries or public buildings for a short time before the next generation comes up and someone else’s name is splashed on there. However, there are those who have altered society and the directions of society and upset the plans of an elite in every age and it can be done again.
I hope you have a good time. Stay safe. Tell those that you care about that you do care about them and we’ll see what this year coming up brings us. Good-bye for now and may your god go with you.

“CULTURE-CREATION FAMILIARITY,AND COGS WHO LIKE THE WHEEL”
November 30, 2006

Hello. This is Alan Watt and this is November 30th, 2006.

For the last few days it’s been freezing rain every day and night, in fact, and everything has stopped. The major highways up this way are closed. Nothing’s moving. For about a week prior to that, I’ve seen some of the heaviest spraying we’ve had for a long time in the skies. I know that they were getting heavily sprayed down in Michigan area and in parts of Pennsylvania. We’re witnessing the total manipulation of weather. For those with memory, if they can remember maybe 10, 12, 15 years ago, you would see the regular weather channel with the map and the simulated streams like the jet stream. The Gulf Stream would come up, as well, and if you watch it now, you’ll see things that never ever happened in the past. You can see the jet stream come up to British Columbia and do a sharp right-angled turn, and go straight across Canada to the other coast. This is not a natural phenomena, and it’s not because of the “global warming” and all the rest of it. This is not natural phenomena. This is manipulated phenomena.

So much so, the regular weather stations are themselves are unable to predict any long-term forecast anymore. In fact, not so long ago, on a CBC documentary some of the head people at the Canada weather bureau admitted that they were stopping doing long-term forecasting, which they used to do when they’d be two, three, four months ahead. They could fairly well predict, on average, within certain limits, what the weather could or probably would be like if everything maintained its steady flow, and so on. They can’t do that anymore because of the spraying. They didn’t mention the spraying, of course. They won’t do that. No one is going to talk about the spraying in any serious fashion on any major media. It’s a “no-no”. A must-be “no-no.” No one is to talk about it, and this is one of the heaviest phenomena we’ve had done to the public, probably since the first inoculations, with its ulterior motives. Another must-be and the children mustn’t be told the truth.

Well, it’s the same with the spraying. It’s obvious that there are tremendous orders going out from the top to keep the media silent about it, because no one in the regular media will go near it. They will not mention it whatsoever. Apparently a couple of stations down California way did touch on it, but again it’s tongue-in-cheek, with the usual way to leave the audience, “Well is it, or isn’t it?  Is it natural? Is it not natural? Is it just crazy people?”  That’s how it’s presented.

It would be interesting to see how this constant downpour of freezing rain will affect things. Is it a big experiment again, or is it meant to bring down the power lines and create another crisis? Generally, freezing rain does not last all day for one day, never mind a few. A new phenomena. The trees are glazed like icing cakes. They’re glazed. Even the grass is coated like that. It’s like glass and it’s still pouring down right now.

The reason these webcasts are a bit late is because the webmaster wasn’t there. He’s been away for a few days and so I’ve been unable to get them up there. I hope people don’t panic, and with the winter coming in they should expect this sort of thing anyway, because sometimes we do have power outages, as well, in winter. The more rural you are, the more likely you are to have them, and that’s a natural winter, never mind today’s unnatural winters.

I’d like to talk a little bit about conspiracy theory. Now the term “conspiracy theory” was given to the public to use, and those who are trying to expose things have adopted this without thinking. It’s quite interesting how psychology works and how it’s known to work.  I’ve always stated that if you have the facts, especially the facts that are written about by some of the main players in this grand scheme of things, not about them but by them, then you have the facts and you use the facts. That’s not a conspiracy.

Now H.G. Wells said the same thing back in the 1920’s. He says, “This is an open conspiracy.”  Even then, they published many, many books about their goals, their future, the world planning, and the organization that would go into it. The kind of future they were going to bring in, and it’s never changed. That’s ongoing, and there are many books published by “in-crowd” type professors, books, which are not promoted by the media. They’re out there for the public, if they want to go through them. Most of them won’t because the public are trained, like everything else in their tastes. Their tastes are not their tastes. They’re given to them, whether it’s entertainment, book reading or whatever, and if the media doesn’t tell you that this is a “must-see book,” then they won’t read it. It’s only the odd-ball here and there, like me, who goes through the dry dusty books, which are definitely boring, until you come across gold in an occasional paragraph here and there.  However, legally, the information has been put out.

For those who accept the term “conspiracy theorists,” they’re adopting a term, which is discrediting them right off the bat.  I hope people stop using “conspiracy theory,” the term the other side would like you to use about yourselves. I get many, many phone calls, and I often have to, nowadays, unhook the phone. At one time I did literally take calls non-stop from 7:00 in the morning until midnight, one in the morning, and I wouldn’t even have time to eat.  I’ve stopped that, because, why kill myself? It is true that a lot of people will suck you dry, and that’s really what a lot of people are there for – is to suck you dry. Others are genuine enough, but I can’t keep going over the process of waking up to everybody’s who’s starting to wake up, because it’s too draining on a one-to-one basis. For me, it’s like coming back from outer space to see a molecule of dust somewhere, something I’d seen long ago. It’s low-level stuff.

The popular conspiracy media don’t help this process, because the process works by giving out certain information. If we take the regular media – their job is to give you your thoughts for each day. To stop you thinking for yourself, they give you the topics. They’ll give you the answers or a pretended debate about the outcome. You’re guided to a conclusion, which is not yours, but you’ll accept it, not realizing it’s not yours, because you’re only given limited information on any topic. When you try and avoid that kind of media, people tend to look for truth elsewhere, and elsewhere used to be alternative AM or shortwave radio. It’s now combined with Internet today and sure enough, there’s lot of them out there, and all they’re doing is — when you’re trying to skip your downloading from the regular media, you’re going over what’s in the regular media and the alternative media.

Now, the process of indoctrination, it doesn’t matter who gives you the information to be indoctrinated with, or your thoughts for the day, as long as you get them – that’s the important part, so I tend not to look into shows that go through what politician has been put forth to bring out whatever bill, because it’s irrelevant. These names are really irrelevant. These people are irrelevant. If it wasn’t them, it would be another look-alike that would be put in their place to do the same thing. They just happen to be the high Masons that are in at the moment, and they’re given their marching orders, and they do it.

I liken this kind of mentality of the day-by-day blows, what’s being done to you, as the laboratory. It’s like mice in a cage, and every day at the crack of dawn, they start chattering about, “Well, what do you think they’ll do to us today?  Will they inject us? Will they take one of us out and dissect him? Will they put the wires in our brains and make us dance?”  There are a thousand possibilities, you see, and sure enough, at eight o’clock in comes the white-coated priest and he starts on his business and they’re chattering, “What’s he doing now? Is going to do this, is he going to do that?”  That’s where alternate media has always been, at that stage.  They’re chattering about the next blow that’s going to be struck, or could be struck, and they take every possibility to the extreme. It’s almost like a panic situation, and people do get panicked by that kind of stuff.

The sky is always falling. Everyday it’s falling, and I tell people that here’s the important thing:

When you realize that all you’re doing by being terrified, and why you’re terrified, it’s because you’re reacting to an older way of life, the one you were born into, changing, and really everything that you thought about that older way of life is more like a Hollywood fiction than a reality. There were no “good old days” and this system has always been here. All they’re doing is changing their system, to make it more efficient for themselves, into the next phase, and this has been going on for millennia.

Follow history.  History is a horror show. A horror show of money from the Middle East, since ancient times, being introduced everywhere. Standing armies following it, recruited by money, kept together by money.  Taxation, and armies going off to conquer, slaughter and dominate, all down through history, so that a few men behind the scenes — a few families, really, could benefit from the vast wealth of slavery.

Charles Galton Darwin wrote in his book “The Next Million Years” quite matter-of-factly. He spoke the same way as Aldous Huxley spoke, and they knew each other very well.  Charles Galton Darwin said, “There has always existed slavery in one form or another. We are simply creating a more sophisticated version of it.”  That has been done, you see. We are trained now to be good “producers-consumers,” the terms used at the U.N. to describe the perfect world citizen. You have value to the system, as long as you’re producing within the system and consuming within the system. If you’re one or the other, you’re a bad citizen. You have to be both. That can tell you that as soon as you retire, you’re now a consumer, and you’re on the bad books. You can tell where it’s going to end up with the elderly eventually.

It will be very much like “Logan’s Run,” the book and movie, where people will grow to a certain age and then go off to be — into some sort of tank, and you go up in smoke and that’s you off to nirvana, the next step, supposedly. That could be done. That could be introduced. Anything you see in society, any culture, any belief system can be taught, especially when any of it has been done in previous times.  Plato said that himself. Now, there’s no species on this planet, no (other) species — you’ve all watched the wildlife species. You’re overrun with wildlife species programs, and Audubon Wildlife, and all this stuff from insects’ sexual nature, to whatever – Incessant stuff, not there by accident. And you see all these scientists observing and filming and big money going into this.

Well, you see, that’s nothing, because MAN has been the most studied creature on this planet, even thousands and thousands of years ago. Nothing has been studied more than the nature of man, of woman, of children, male and female, down through the milestones, as they go from childhood to adolescent to teenager, and so on. This is how perfectly we are understood.  The ancient Greeks said this in their own writings, that “anything which has been made to happen within the past, within culture, or was taught, a belief system can be re-introduced,” because all these things are – – are formulas. If you know the formula, the sequence of introduction of a topic, a thing, whatever, you can replay it again and it will work exactly the same way, if it’s introduced the same way, and followed up the same way.

We can see this from the whole New Age movement, planned long ago, written about extensively in the 1800s, and gradually introduced, backed by big money, getting towards the earth worship, until you’re just a species on the planet, along with the insects and the worms, and now we have no more rights than the worms. That’s the biodiversity treaty that was signed. Therefore, anything can be done to humanity. Culture itself – Culture is “to grow.” To grow, you culture something. When they do it in laboratories for bacterium, they put it in a little Petri dish, and it grows, and they call it a “culture”.  You culture it, so culture is grown. Now that means there’s a gardener somewhere who grows it. That’s the big boys. They give you your culture. We emulate what’s given to us, without thinking, and culture is plastic. It can be bent, shaped, directed into anything that they wish, anything at all. However, it’s much easier to re-introduce something that’s been done before, because then it’s guaranteed to work.

I’ve talked to many elderly people who’ve watched and followed the machinations of this agenda for most of their lives. They often were ardent listeners to, at that time, it was the shortwave radio, which had or gave out the alternative news, but it also gave it all the spins and the Christianity side of things. “It will overcome, don’t worry. God’s in control.” After they had just terrified you for an hour or so, and again selling its fear-based products. What they’ve all told me, is that they’ve wasted so much time watching senators, congressmen, politicians in different countries, introduce different bills. They’ve heard the moves to write — at first it was writing to your congressman. Then it was phone their offices. Bombard them with phone calls. Then it was faxed. Everybody faxed them, and now it’s emailing them. What they’ve all told me, is that nothing they have ever done, and all that they’ve watched and participated in, has made no dent whatsoever. The agenda is the agenda.

People who are freaking out everyday have not really woken up, or else they’ve fallen into the trap that their country is being taken over, by the day, when it really wasn’t theirs to begin with. They haven’t realized that. It’s hard to let go of the founding myths that people are given, because they want so much to believe that the heroes they have been given were genuine, and yet every country has its founding mythologies. They’ve always given founding mythos for building nations, which they’ve always controlled. To be kept in a constant state, a daily state of terror, is not good for anybody’s health and it’s not productive. It’s not productive.

You cannot USE this system or BEAT this system by USING the system. The complaints do not work. We’ve watched that in our lifetimes. We’ve watched the European Union come to pass. We’ve watched the people in different countries voting “no,” they didn’t want it. They got it regardless, even when they voted “no,” the majority of them. These, again, are “must-be’s”.  These are high Masonic “must-be’s.”  You’re going to get it whether you like it or not. That’s the thing.

As to what’s happening today, and what’s going to happen, everybody knows it’s coming down, with the massive build up of internal armies called “special police forces.”  They call them the “multi-jurisdictional task-force.”  There’s a whole different bunch of fancy names they have. They’re interlinked with the military, and many of them in the police force actually go over to these warring countries for practice, and then come back to their units at home. This has been going on for years, and the sad truth is, that whenever a topic comes into the public’s mind, it in a sense is old stuff. When you start catching on to something, even though the open formality of signing some agreement or whatever may yet still be to happen, the fact is the machinery for it all was set-up years ago. The bureaucracies and the training was set-up years ago.

Even the generations growing up, the young ones, were indoctrinated into the next phase of what is to be. That’s why there’s no communication between generations. Each one is scientifically updated for what they will experience, in change form, in their lifetime. Read the old communist speeches on this very technique. Beria in the Soviet Union gave quite a few talks on this scientific indoctrination of children, and the way that they could actually change them at that time, back in the ’20’s and ’30’s. They could change the indoctrination for change every five years and update it. He said “It used to take us a generation, 70-odd years, to get a change through in society.” Now they can do it in five years of intense indoctrination. That’s media bombardment. That’s teaching at school. That’s all of those things combined, and novels and all the other things that reinforce all of these ideas. Now it’s down to, pretty well, the year.

Every kindergarten child going into school is getting taught a little bit more along the agenda than the guy who was in kindergarten last year. These are all preparations for changes for the society that they’re going to grow up into, and they will accept them passively, because they’ve been indoctrinated to accept them. We’re not dealing with haphazard circumstance here. There’s no bumbling fools at the top, and when the public catch on, as I say, to what’s going on, its old stuff, old stuff.

A good example of the legalities they use to reinforce their system was announced by Bob Rae who was the Premiere (that’s like the Governor of Ontario some years ago). At that time he played the part, and I mean it. He played the part of being “left of Marx” with the NBP party in Canada, and sure enough when his term was over, he put us in four or five times debt of what we had before. He’s recently re-emerged as a liberal candidate for the leadership, because they don’t care about parties. These boys are playing the universal game here. It’s a game really. They know there’s only one agenda, it doesn’t matter what party they pretend to belong to.

However, Bob Rae had put so many laws into the books, and the whole team that worked with him put so many laws into the books, he said, “It doesn’t matter,” now that the NBP was leaving office to make way for the next party. He said, “It would take them years to unravel this — the legalities to change any of it.” You have to wonder why, you think if you had bad laws it’s a simple matter of just taking out the appropriate laws, the files, and tossing them in the fire where they belong, but we’re dealing with a system that you and I are not allowed into. It’s like a religion. It is a religion, in fact. They have their own version of things and law, and they have their own meaning of law. Law is of utmost importance to them.

That’s why in the U.S. Constitution they said that, “the people under law.”  They never explained what they meant.  THEY NEVER DEFINED LAW, you’ll notice, AND THEY WERE ALL MASONS OF COURSE.

We live in a topsy-turvy world of Disney — it’s a Disneyland. One reality for Joe Public and another reality for those who get “into the know,” and even those guys don’t know too much. They’re told all they need to know for their position. They know, in fact, not to ask the wrong questions.

One fellow in Canada asked me – How could he check into any Masonic doctrine or control of Canada, and I’ll answer him now.  Look at the Parliament building. Just look at the architecture. That’s all you have to start with. In fact, that would keep you going for a long, long time if you got into it.

The LANGUAGE, on one level, which is all around you, is SYMBOLIC. It’s all symbols.

You won’t be taught this at school. In fact, you’re taught not to think at school. You’re taught to repeat but not to think. Critical thinking is taboo. They’d probably put you on Prozac today. They don’t teach logic in school anymore. They teach “socialization processes” to go along with the group; group-think, which is just consensus led by a very well indoctrinated leader. However, start off with Parliament buildings in any country, by the way. You’ll see the same architectural structure. You’ll see the spires which are just obelisks. Look at the tops of the windows. You’ll see the arches – then count them. Everything is part of the Masonic language.

It’s all around you. Every place has got a Masonic Lodge under one name or another, and yet it’s quiet, isn’t it? So quiet. They have the outward sects all fighting each other. “It’s the Jesuits. No, it’s the Billy Graham’s and Protestants,” and on it goes. And yet, amongst every group, here’s these little quiet temples where every important member of every board, from the school board to the council board, to whatever, in your area, that’s where they all go. That’s where they meet, and unless you join them, you won’t get inside on their meeting nights when they pull out all their “jewels,” as they call them, and put all the stuff on the floor on the little chessboard. The yin and the yang. The male and the female. The spirit, the earth.

There’s a completely different world, all around you, shown in symbolism. That is why a Mason from any country, without knowing another’s verbal language, can go into any other country and get the exact same meanings from the architecture, the logos all around them, by counting the flutes on pillars and cathedrals, et cetera. 

You live in a world where you have been taught — not only taught to be blind, you have been blinded, because a child left to his own devices, without super-indoctrination from the parents or the school, would ask the right questions. Generally it starts with a simple word – “WHY?  WHY IS THAT?” etc. 

The shock of waking up is akin to the meaning that’s always existed of being reborn. Born again, because you have to re-evaluate everything you have ever thought was true. In fact, you have to re-evaluate all of the foundational beliefs that you had, which kept you standing, basically. The props are gone. You’re kind of floating above the floor a little bit but you’re still in “Level One” reality. The first thing people will do is to grab all the information that’s out there, and try and download this into people’s minds around them, and they sound crazy, because they are. They’re frantic. They’re frantic and it shows. They sound crazy about all the things are happening, and they’re telling this to people who are still watching the six o’clock news.

You can’t do that with people and expect to be believed. You have to go cautiously; so don’t start to evangelize until you know far, far more than the stage that you’re at, because then comes a form of calmness to deal with this. This has been ongoing, for thousands of years. You become calm, and you must remember that you can’t hit people with a hundred problems at once. The human mind is not meant to cope with that kind of problem. It can only deal with one thing at a time, and to ramble all over the map, with “the sky is falling” will just ridicule yourself and ostracize yourself as being crazy.  Accept the fact that change is happening.

There’s been so many changes within your own lifetime that you didn’t even notice. Most people alive today have floated through the whole period where the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT Treaty) was signed. It was in-between the sports, soaps, police dramas and hospital dramas that they watch. People floated through that, and it was to do with world trade, who would get the trade and the Star Chamber court that would decide penalties for nations that broke the rules, et cetera. Then, of course, we all paid through that GATT Treaty – taxpayers of the world paid to have their own factories moved to China.

Only a short time ago, Canada and the U.S. (and before that Britain as well) actually had factories. They made things themselves. People have floated through that transfer of the tooling, the machinery, everything to China, never mind the years of planning and negotiations of bureaucracies who have dealt with all of this stuff. It didn’t just happen. They didn’t shake hands and that was it. It took years and years of preparation to make that happen, but people have lived through this, and seen the ending of “Made in the USA” or “Made in Canada,” until it’s “Made in China.”  Everything they buy is made in China, and yet those same people didn’t think anything strange about it.

Why would the capitalist nations (supposedlycapitalist nations) be funding the transfer of their wealth, production, to a communist nation – its supposed arch-enemy?  And today, most people have never asked that simple question. Who’d of thought, eh? 

Who would have thought, that the old story about communism versus capitalism — who would have thought, that the communists would beat you by being better capitalists than you are?  And the reason is, the capitalists and the communists were created by the same group, the dialectical process. It is more efficient, certainly, using China with a totalitarian government to run a system and stand against all complaints. There’s no complaints department in China. You don’t complain in China. They’re ruthless, and yet here is China, supposedly still communist, China holding the debt of the United States. They hold the massive debt that the United States owes. They buy all the big bonds.

Before that, they used to play this game with Japan. Japan would hold the debt, and it’s gone back and forth like a yo-yo, and the U.S. had owned Japan’s debt and back and forth et cetera, even though modern-day Japan was set-up during and before World War II. It was planned and set-up to become what it became, by people within the United States. It was also propped up. They planned to make it the electronic leader of the world, during World War II. They went in and applied the plan. Hopkins was involved, and good buddy FDR and others had it all laid out. They had a perfect society, with its class distinctions that no one questioned, and everybody was obedient. A perfect obedient society, who’d work for peanuts, and give them status, because it was status that they craved.  A very obedient, very hard working people, and sure enough, they became leaders in electronics for a while.

Nothing happens by chance. FDR himself said, “that if it happens in politics it was planned that way.”  Even the scandals are planned.

“The Boxer”
By Paul Simon

I am just a poor boy.
Though my story’s seldom told,
I have squandered my resistance
For a pocketful of mumbles,
Such are promises.
All lies and jest,
Still, a man hears what he wants to hear,
And disregards the rest.
When I left my home
And my family,
I was no more than a boy
In the company of strangers
In the quiet of the railway station,
Running scared,
Laying low,
Seeking out the poorer quarters
Where the ragged people go,
Looking for the places
Only they would know.

CHORUS
Lie-la-lie…..

Asking only workman’s wages
I come looking for a job,
But I get no offers,
Just a come-on from the whores
On Seventh Avenue.
I do declare,
There were times when I was so lonesome
I took some comfort there.

People generally tell you where they are in their head-space and in their understanding by the questions they ask you. Those who are still just hovering above the floor in “Level One” will ask you the same questions, “Is there a God?”, because they’re trying to drag their old paradigm, that which they were used to, into the new paradigm. They want rules, laws and regulations, which their old paradigm is full of, you see. They want re-affirmation.  I always tell them or I ask them, “Why do you ask me that?”, because it doesn’t matter what I believe. Belief can only be a personal thing, if it’s based on experience, and it’s more important the questioner answers that question for themselves.  And the big scary thing is “Well what if there isn’t?”  Or, “What if it’s not the old guy in the sky, the big father figure who’s going to watch over me?”   And that’s why you just can’t wake up everybody.

A lot of people will fall apart completely, if you went into the truth with them. Not everyone can break-out of the conditioning. In a sense, it’s all they know. It’s the only reality they’ve ever known, even though it was fake. It’s all they know.  If they haven’t started waking up for themselves and at least asked a few pertinent questions, then is it your job to wake them up, or is it your fear of everything, that makes you need to have people around you, understanding and know what you know?  Is that the group mentality breaking-out in yourself? 

The world is going through massive changes, always has been. The culture has been turned upside down, not for the first time. Go back to Plato again, he talked about it 2,300-odd years ago. Most folks float through the changes, as though it were quite normal, even though there was chaos within their own lives and all around them, they still think it’s normal, because they can’t think for themselves. They only think what the media tells them to think, like Mr. Kissinger said, and he should certainly know.

You can only get peace when you break through all of the old paradigm,and don’t fall for all the traps which are laid out for you to fall into, and always have been laid out for you to fall into, when you’re breaking free. 

Some people become hyper-neurotic, because, see, religion apart from dominating your life, regulating it and making you obedient, religion was there to tell you don’t worry. “There, there, it will be all right in the end,” and after this “oh terrible life,” you’ll live forever and the bad guys will get punished, and that’s the only thing that you can believe in.  Everyone, in every nation, has seen the CORRUPT EVIL DOERS ALWAYS BENEFITING IN THE SYSTEM AND THEIR FAMILIES, and so they GAVE YOU the HOPE or the reasoning, they will get punished after death, you see, and you take their word for it.

THAT STOPS YOU FROM DOING ANYTHING ABOUT IT IN THIS LIFE.  YOU ALLOWED THE EVIL TO FLOURISH. 

It’s a very clever technique. Once you take that away from someone, they’re really floating then and grasping at everything, because religion also told them, “Well don’t worry, you see, you’ll live forever in a new body or whatever, a new spirit.” It depends on which group you belong to. A lot of people fall into a hyper-neurosis. They become hypochondriacal – terrified of dying in this life, and they go out there and they fall immediately into the health traps. The health foods, and all of the pills that you can stuff your face full of, and exotic things from far away countries that are supposed to cure everything under the sun. Then they fall into the New Age traps, and the New Age and the health food industry go together. It’s all part and parcel of the same new religion you’re seeing, designed by the same boys who ran every other system.

However, they fall into this “I can’t die” thing. “I just don’t want to die. I must keep living and so if this grass here is better for me then the porridge oats I’ve been buying, then if I stuff my face full of this expensive grass from overseas or at the top of the Andes Mountains or somewhere, I’ll live forever.” They become hypochondriacal and totally obsessed with health, and almost like religious fanatics, with those around them who want to do the same as they do.

Then they get into all the other New Age stuff that’s out there – the “feng-shui,” and, “Oh energies are coming up and oh my God they’re coming through the windows and it will deflect them all over the place!”  All this bombardment by energies is going to finish them off, unless they do all the right rituals, and they become bound, totally bound by ritualism. Ritualistic thinking and behavior. Again, this is intentional. It was created from the top. Nothing would exist in their system, nothing would definitely be promoted in the system unless it was authorized to be there, and yet people will say, “Well, is there no hope?” I tell them, “Well, it depends how you view the outcome.” Traditionally in the West, because we’ve been taught group-think all time, and we’ve been taught nationhood, it’s us against them. There’s ALWAYS a THEMsomewhere. We’ve been taught that we all go together in heavenly chariots, all together, to the same place, and that’s all nonsense. It’s nonsense.

Even in Christianity, I don’t think the one they were founding it after, ever said he came to save everybody.  Broad was the way that led to damnation. Narrow was the way for the few to go, and there’s a deeper truth there than people realize, and it’s an eternal truth, you see. That wasn’t the first time that had been written down. In fact, most of the things in the New Testament were all said, long before, over and over again, because there are eternal truths built in there, as well.

The journey that anyone’s on is their own life experience – beginning to end. It’s not supposed to be a producer-consumer experience, until you become what they now term — the dehumanizing term “geriatric”. It’s like calling a baby a “fetus,” it dehumanizes it and that’s intentional, by the way.

Life is supposed to be a process of attainment, not by the world standards, which is diplomas, degrees and applause, but personal achievement. I tell people about hope, and I say, “If you have truly broken through against the thousands of years of perfected indoctrinations, on every generation, and an even more intense indoctrination in the last hundred-odd years through universal education, (which the Masons proudly will tell you in their own writings, they were the ones to push to get the same standardized indoctrination) —

If you have broken through all of that, and your religious indoctrination to give you terror at the thought even of thinking for yourself — If you’ve broken through all the conditioning, you’re so apt to miss a vital thing. That, in itself, is a miracle, you see. That’s the first miracle.” That’s truly a miracle. People who have been a little bit awake for some years are so apt to forget that, but they never stop and analyze why they broke through. Why them and not someone else? It’s because somewhere within the individual is the ability to analyze themselves.

Every trait of evil and kindness that you see in the world is also held within yourself. There are people in this world who are incapable of looking at themselves critically. They can rationalize and justify anything they do, to save their ego. Those are the ones – the leg boys for the New World Order. Many of the names you already know. They can, and although it will sound absurd to the listeners, rationalize death, destruction, slaughter and depopulation.

Someone who’s broken through has the ability to see all of those critical things within themselves – possibilities, and that’s what was meant by the microcosm.  Everything that has happened in the world and can happen – the potentials are all within yourself, as an individual.  People who have broken through have also had the ability, not only to recognize that there is something intensely wrong with everything around them, but they also have the ability to reflect upon themselves, because how could you possibly scream about the New World Order and what’s coming down the pike, if you haven’t thought out a process of how to steer everything in a different direction?

They all want the change. Everyone wants the change, but it’s just that they want a leader to do it all for them. That, again, is the group-think mentality that the West has been totally indoctrinated with.  They’ve never thought out the process of, “We know where this is all heading. How should or could it be?”  If they get to that stage they’ll still think in group-think, like we (us) against them. You’ll find there’s just as many of them, the Kissinger types, at the bottom levels of society scattered through occupations, as there are at the top. Actually, there’s more down at the bottom levels.

The same traits are showing within them, and there’s people that you probably know around you who have those traits. They work as petty officials or they’re in police, military or something to do with authority, because they love authority. I’ve been through that in previous talks, the authoritarian figure. The sadomasochism. The sadomasochist shows masochist behavior towards a superior, because he craves that power. He worships power, and when it gets it, he is the sadist. He’s also the sadist to those beneath him, while he’s groveling to those above him.

The problem isn’t just a small elite, at the top, manipulating all of this. Yes, they have the power. Yes, they have the agenda. Yes, they have thousands of think-tanks to deal with every possible outcome within society, but they completely depend upon the same personality types as themselves existing all the way down all the strata, right down to the bottom levels as well. There’s no clear definition of US or THEM. We’re dealing with types of personalities here.

How many people, truly, in a week, reflect on the chaos in the world, or the starvation that’s happening in different parts of the world, or the people getting slaughtered in the Middle East now for the agenda, and families getting wrecked, bombed and shot?  It doesn’t matter whose side is doing it. The doers are the same personality types, pro or against.  How many people, truly, sit and think about these things and go off and ponder? [How many think about] the AIDS sweeping through Africa, when we know it’s a man-created disease to depopulate?  How many people go off for a walk or sit in solitude and think about this?  See, most people, truly, want diversion from all of that. Yes, they’ll scream and shout about their own rights getting lost. They’ll scream and shout when they feel the force around them getting closer to themselves, so all you’re really seeing is a reaction to individuals being touched by the evil that’s all around them.

It’s almost like screaming if someone burns you. In fact, it’s very much like that. How many of them would be screaming at all if they were not being burned? It was just everyone else around the planet that was being burned, but to give them a second thought? You see, we’re tremendously, tremendously selfish. People who are screaming out about the New World Order are just screaming because that which is familiar to them is being changed, without them being considered, or even participating in the decision making.

The world has been a hell, for a lot of people, for an awful, awful long time. We love to think that we’re all sane, but what would you call sanity?  What is sanity? What is civilization? What is progress?  Who defines these things for us? 

When you stand back and look at most eras down through history, and people look back with nostalgia. They make movies, nostalgic movies, about fictional times, and the closest they get to reality is to show you an upper middle class and the little things that absorb them. Little dramas they go through, under the guise of fantasy or drama, and yet they never tell you the other side of the story, when the masses of people were suffering horribly in squalor and poverty. They don’t want to look at that, it’s too depressing. That which you will not face will be repeated on every generation, until we do say, enough, enough.

The system we are living in if we take away all the flags, banners, propaganda and the tinsel, THIS SYSTEM IS ANTI-HUMAN.  THERE’S NOTHING HUMAN ABOUT IT.  IT’S ANTI-HUMAN. 

It “croaks” the life out of humanity. It’s the epitome of dog-eat-dog, at all levels, and this is the system we’re being taught is the only way to go. Then they wonder as everyone competes against everyone else as they leave school. They’re all trained to compete and run after the carrots, and elbow everybody else out of the way, as you try to grab that carrot.  That’s called “civilization.”

No, no.  This is ANTI-HUMAN BEHAVIOR.  Why would anyone want to save it? 

The SYSTEM is CORRUPT,  ALWAYS WAS.  In a MONETARY SYSTEM you CAN NEVER get anything else BUT CORRUPTION. 

Well that’s all for me for now.  May your god go with you.

“ANCIENT SCIENCE OF FOOD AND MENTAL LETHARGY”
December 7, 2006

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and this is December 7th, 2006.

It’s been a freezing day here in Ontario.  I was outside grinding valves, putting in an engine back together, in 20 below (degrees Celsius). It wasn’t a pleasant experience, but that’s what you sometimes have to put up with, if you happen to be me.

There were jets in the sky doing their spraying in the morning. There was polymer coming in. The polymer-type clouds are the undefined clouds, no real edges on them, which you see coming in on the horizon. That means they’ve been spraying, off beyond your area, and the wind brings it in. This is a popular method now, because too many people were noticing them spraying directly overhead. When they do this, it really alters the weather patterns; and depending on the types of sprays they’re using, it can get either very warm or very cold. This morning, some of the clouds as they passed underneath the sun, you could see them changing color, like little prisms of rainbow colors. That’s the polymer. That’s the clue. Little bursts around the sun, which stay there, for maybe 30 seconds to a minute each. Sometimes you’ll have four or five different ones around the sun – these bursts of polymer rainbow colors. Quite nice, if it was natural, but it’s not natural. The problem today, is everyone is so busy in the “hurry and scurry” world, that they don’t look up, for most of their lives. In fact, people who are alive today, especially in the cities – there’s not much point in looking up in the city because of all the tall buildings. They forget what an actual sky is supposed to look like.

We’re on the roll to changing our whole way of living. That’s going to be the mantra for next year, “sustainable development.” They must cause the problems to give us the solutions, and we must accept what they tell us (through the media, through the pounding of propaganda and repetition), that we are causing the problem.  Rather odd, because the scientists, not long ago, when they came out with the Kyoto conference (the last one), it was also announced  (about the same time), they believed there was weather or climatic changes taking place on Mars and other planets, and they were warming up and it was due to solar activity.

Well, they can’t blame that on our automobiles down here on earth, I’m sure. If they could they would, but that would be far fetched, even for us, to swallow and that says a lot. But, the weather here has been unnaturally cold for this time of year, way too cold.  Snow, about four or five good falls of snow so far.  A bit early for that to stay, but it is staying because of the cold temperatures. Everything is being altered gradually. So, if I sound a bit stuffy, it’s because I’ve been in and out of the warmth and the cold, many times over, to get this job done. It’s not quite finished, but hopefully tomorrow it will be.

Tonight, I’d like to talk a little bit about the subject we’ve been on, which is a form of mind control leading to ultimate mind control; where eventually everyone will have implants in the brain – the cyborg.  That’s why the big science fiction writers were bringing this stuff out in the early ’50’s about the “cyborg.” Specific science fiction writers were designated this assignment; to put the idea into the public’s mind, that this would be an inevitable progress, so that we would accept it eventually.

And yet, control of the mind is ancient. We find that food has always been used as a weapon and still is. It still continues to be used as a weapon. We found that after Gulf War I, where the UN embargo and the countries all combined into the United Nations (UN – “one” in French, we’re all ONE), embargoed medical supplies and food into Iraq. Thousands and thousands of people died, adults and children, it didn’t matter, and even Madeline Albright, when she was asked if this costs of life was worth the goal, said, “Yes.”  Quite simply, that was it, “Yes.”  No elaboration, and you don’t need elaboration, if you have the mind of a psychopath. To a psychopath, this makes common sense.

“Food Glorious Food” – Oliver Soundtrack

Is it worth the waiting for?
If we live ’til eighty-four
All we ever get is gruel!
Every day we say our prayer —
Will they change the bill of fare?
Still we get the same old gruel!
There is not a crust, not a crumb can we find,
Can we beg, can we borrow, or cadge,
But there’s nothing to stop us from getting a thrill
When we all close our eyes and imagine

Food, glorious food!
Hot sausage and mustard!
While we’re in the mood —
Cold jelly and custard!
Pease pudding and saveloys!
What next is the question?
Rich gentlemen have it, boys —
In-di-gestion!

Food, glorious food!
We’re anxious to try it.
Three banquets a day —
Our favourite diet!

Just picture a great big steak —
Fried, roasted or stewed.
Oh, food,
Wonderful food,
Marvelous food,
Glorious food.

In ancient times the Egyptians experimented, and I’m sure long before they were on the go, other more ancient peoples did the same thing. They experimented on the slaves by restricting specific types of food in the diet. They tried minimalizing the daily quantity of food, but they also withheld various types of vegetables, and so on, to see what effects it would have. The priests took note of the effects on the population, until it was down to a fine art. They could breed generations of slaves — generation after generation of slaves. Remember, Egypt was on the go, for thousands of years, as a dominant nation. They never lost control, for thousands of years, because THEY BRED THE SLAVES. 

Like Plato eventually said about people, you could breed them like animals, for specific traits, and by the experimentation of diet, they found they could create people who could still get through the day’s work – not too energetically, but enough to get by. They were too weak to walk off and they weren’t too bright, because you need the nourishment in your early years. That’s the key to health.  It’s not just a matter of having plenty of food. It’s a variety of the right kinds of food and the right quantity, while you’re growing up. That sets you for life. If certain things have been missing, you will suffer in later life. That’s inevitable. You can supplement them all, after you have grown up, and defray the damage. It can’t be done. It may be slowed a little bit, but it can’t be reversed. When your bones are set they’re set.

If you look at some of the older farmers, that are left from generations of farmers, which were rather typical of people not so long ago that lived on the land, you’ll see they’re big-boned, generally taller, well built and more muscular. They have bigger frames, because they had a good intake, during their early years growing up, of all the right nutrition and calcium.

There’s nothing new in what I’ve been saying. As I say, they’ve done this in ancient times too, in ancient Babylon, Sumeria, Egypt and all down through the ages.  In Europe, in the Industrial Revolution, when they dumped foreign corn and produce onto countries like Britain, and put the farmers under (and especially the small farmers), to move them all into the cities, to get their labor needed for manning the factories. The height in each generation of the people began to diminish. So did the IQ and the elite had lots of jokes about the “little people” as they called them. That’s what the “little people” really mean.  It’s not the elves or pixies. It’s the jokes about the ordinary “little people,” the malnourished ones, which were in the majority that did all the work, all the labor.  That’s what fairies, elves and pixies did you see. They did the work. That’s what that’s really all about. The little people do the work. The nobility and aristocracy in all ages were taller because they had good nourishment.

Malthus, who did his treatise on population management and control, during the 1700’s, wrote extensively on the use of food to be used in this manner – on slaves on plantations owned by Britain, France, Holland and other countries. They worked out diets for the slaves. They didn’t want them fit enough to walk away from the plantation. They wanted them to just carry out enough work in a day and be exhausted at night. They also had agreements between plantation owners, that a set distance would be between plantations, so that slaves couldn’t walk from one to the other. When they abolished slavery, they didn’t abolish the system. It was the same system, still in place, and then the slave had to purchase his own food, clothing and shoes. Again, with nothing left at the end and just as tired as ever, he couldn’t walk away, because the diet stayed the same, restricted diet. They also had the sluggishness of mind. Malthus wrote about this extensively, because it was very helpful for the elite not to have “rebels” and people who could figure out what was going on, and nothing has really changed. 

When you look at some of the books, which are out on the shelves – some of them are quite good. One was done by a dentist in the 1930’s. He went all across the planet, he and his wife, and they photographed the mouths of native peoples who were in contact with the white man (in all countries). Those who lived further away from the white man, and those who were completely remote from the white man; they did not have the crimped teeth – the teeth that are squashed together. The small mouths. The small nasal passages, and so on. He photographed the children, next to their parents, so he could see the difference in bone structure, between the offspring that had been fed with the white man’s diet and the parents who had not. Although, the parents were generally on the white man’s diet, by then. It was the formative years, the young years, growing up, where the natives had ate their natural everyday foods.

The processed food of the white man is not simply processed for mass consumption, or for ease of manufacture. It’s not that, at all. The goodness is taken out of everything for other reasons. No matter what they try and tell you, this is an old, old ancient science of control. They’ve tampered now with the vegetables – not only the vegetables, they’ve gone after the main things, which people take on a daily basis, popular things such as coffee. 

About eight or nine years ago, it was in the Canadian newspapers, a little paragraph, stating that the coffee purchasers who have the power (that’s where the power is – in the purchasers), had demanded that the producers in all the countries change to the modified plants for their coffee, or they wouldn’t buy it.  Now why was that so important, when the producers could produce enough?  They weren’t running short of coffee. They didn’t have to up their costs massively or anything, so what was the real point of thisORDER by the purchasers?

The reason being, back into Carroll Quigley’s book, “Tragedy & Hope” and “The Anglo-American Establishment”, in two books he tells you, that the corporations are comprising the new feudal system, which would eventually run the world. It is running the world already. They’re dictating to growers, across the planet, what they’ll buy and what they won’t buy. Money makes the world go around. Money is the greatest method of blackmail.

The WITHDRAWAL of MONEY is the fastest way to STARVATION in this system, because NO ONE IN THE SYSTEM IS ALLOWED TO BE COMPLETELY INDEPENDENT IN ANY SINGLE AREA and that’s what “interdependence” really means.

It’s not just nations being interdependent, locked in together, where no one country will manufacture anything from scratch to the finished item. They’re all interlinked, interwoven, and interdependent.  Well, it’s the same with the individual.

Not too far in the future, it will be aCRIME TO GROW VEGETABLES WITHOUT A LICENSE, in the first step. Then that will come down to: it’s a crime, simply to grow them yourself. The scientists will come on and tell us why we can’t do it. Lots of experts will come on in the regular media – across the world, the AM stations with their talking heads, will come on and get the audiences involved, and, “What do you think? Are you for or against?” And they fall into the routine, like trained animals, and get all emotional about it, and forget logic, purpose or reason. Very simple, and we’ve all been brought up in this system like this.

Now, people ask me, “What’s next?” 

They think they understand the process but there’s far, far more to it.  It’s not a matter of simply understanding. You have to understand yourself. That’s the hard part.

THEY SAY THAT THE ANSWERS OF ALL THINGS, ALL PROBLEMS, IS CONTAINED WITHIN EACH INDIVIDUAL.

And that is true. Until you realize, not only the amount of information stored all over your mind, much of it useless, little bits of very important stuff, which you might find difficult to remember, that pops out once in a blue moon, by itself, spontaneously – you also have to work on yourself. What are your motives for wanting to do, or wanting to change the direction we’re going in?  Is it simply because you’re afraid of the changes as they are?  You’ve become familiar with the world as you’ve grown up into it and you notice it changing, or is it for a higher motive?  Is it for those other people across the planet?  Is it for those still to be born, if they get a chance to be born?

You have to really go further, than just being afraid of the changes in the system, because the system was not yours, to begin with. You had no say in the creation of this system. Neither did you parents, in fact, or even the grandparents. WE’VE BEEN CONNED FOR A VERY LONG TIME BY PROFESSIONALS WHO ARE TRAINED IN THIS ART.THEY HAVE ACCESS TO THE ARCHIVES OF THE AGES.

You won’t get it from public libraries, all of these arts, these techniques of control, but it certainly is STORED IN ARCHIVES AND HAS NEVER BEEN LOST. For those who think it might have been, read “Machiavelli: The Prince”. Well worth the read. And Machiavelli sort of fell out of favor as a person of the court, an adviser. He and others (even Francis Bacon), to get into the court, would write these books on little wise sayings to impress the king, queen or whoever the hierarchy happened to be, on their wisdom in controlling and manipulating populations, by understanding the mind (not of the whole population), but the minds of each person – because each person generally goes through the same process and they’re pretty similar to other people.  Understand one man in a particular class and you understand them all. Same with the woman.

People like Machiavelli, Bacon and others were masters at this. They were trained in this art, of how to be so cunning, how to motivate populations, in certain directions, by the use of what today we call “propaganda,” GIVEN OUT AS FACTUAL STATEMENT. No different, only it’s done on a much larger scale today, and it’s almost like a sequence of mathematics. You know if you implement the beginning properly, and the subsequent ones properly, you will have the end result that you desire. It’s been so studied, for thousands of years; it’s perfected.  We always come to conclusions we’re expected, and actually led, to come to. We think we’re arriving at them ourselves but we’re not.

People like Bacon, Machiavelli, Moore and others; and their Utopias, New Atlantis and The Prince; these people had no problem, since they were writing for the elite. They had no problem in stating plain fact, as it was. They didn’t try to camouflage it, as they do today, and pretend that we’re all equal. They never even came anywhere near that. They just stated things as they were. They called the commoners, “commoners” and the managers, “managers” and the elite, “the elite.”  They had no problems, whatsoever, on advising and writing about it; on how to motive people into forming armies, and going off to wars, to exploit someone else somewhere, for the elites’ benefit. These advisers would come up with great plans of propaganda, to give an opposite reason, so that the people would join the armies and go off and fight, thinking they had to do it to defend their country. But, this has always been for exploitation. 

There’s a very good movie, which shows you the class system at the beginning of the movie, and it’s based on a true story. A lot of stories out there, which say, “based on a true story,” take tremendous liberties, generally with a political bent on them, eventually to guide you into a new way of thinking or the politically correct way of thinking. 

However, some, a few of them, stay close to the facts and one is called “Ghost in the Darkness.” It’s about the British Army being put into Africa, funded by the taxpayers, to benefit a few corporations that would get the minerals, the gold and the diamonds. But the taxpayers funded the military expeditions – The surveying, the laying down of railway tracks – The employment of native labor and importing labor.  It’s interesting that Britain — each country that they’ve gone into to exploit, would always take others out of there, the lower classes, move them to another country, like Africa, and use them as overseers over the native Africans, and that is in that movie.

What is also in the movie is, when the young engineer, who was brought in to the home office (that’s like your foreign affairs department) and meets the big-wig, who was very presentable, very nice and charming to this young army engineer (for about two or three minutes) as he puts the guy off-guard, and then he tells him what he’s really for. The young engineer says, “Well, yes sir, I will definitely do this. I’ll do my best because I want to get back and get married and have children. I’ve got a wife now.” And the bigwig says to him, “I don’t care a damn about your brood,” he said, “I just want you to get the job done and you’d better get it done.”

So, armies will be used just as a part of business, by the elite and by the parliaments, which serve the elite, and nothing has changed there, either. Karl Marx wasn’t the first to say it, but he is well known for saying it, “All wars are economic wars.”  Nothing has changed. They’re always fused with propaganda for other reasons. “For humane reasons”, or “to bring civilization to barbarians,” the Romans said, as they conquered and slaughtered their way through Europe. Or, over there to Iraq to bring “peace and stability” to the country, which they had just destabilized, by attacking it and wiping out its former system. Don’t kid yourself that they’re in trouble, and don’t listen to the propaganda that comes out that, “Oh they’re talking, themselves, about possibly being in trouble and being there for years.”

Britain was in Iraq for 40 years, shortly after they drew it up, because it was Britain who drew up the borders. Winston Churchill helped do it after World War I when he was head of the admiralty. They drew lines in the sand and said, “this is going to be Iran and this is going Iraq,” because they always do that to exploit countries. You’ve got to have two fighting each other, and you change sides every so often, but you always keep it bubbling at the surface. That’s how you keep control over them. You always do that. Britain did the same thing with Ireland. You always need someone – with Canada it was Quebec, so you’d always have the occasional threatening of rebellion from Quebec, which would upset the rest of the Canadians, and then the government would come forward with a solution, which always costs billions of dollars, and it would die down again. You always have a people ready to go and fight some other people. That’s standard. Divide and conquer.

Is it all bad news?

At the moment, it’s very, very dark because they are on a “MUST-BE” AGENDA. They have timetables. The world is run as one gigantic business, with its timetables and implementation plans: 5, 10, 15, 20, 100 year plans. That’s the key to it. The UN is the same. The communist system was the same with these 5, 10, 15, 100; et cetera year plans because it’s all the same system. It always was. It’s a long-term, long-range business plan, and they’re on a roll now for “the last leg of the race” and they will not let anything stop it.

If they don’t complete things on time they would lose control. So they have this ongoing “war of terror” on the world, as they rush to change the whole way of living for billions of people, and to standardize the entire planet, step by step, generation by generation, until they have their happy little utopia, with a much reduced population of happy peasants who can’t think of being unhappy – they’ll be brain chipped. Probably grown for the job, more perfected. They will no longer need media to control peoples’ minds. They will no longer need a massive entertainment industry, and thousands, if not millions, of AM radio stations, with their daily talk shows across the planet, to keep us all talking about the topics they give us to talk about. That’s what they’re on the roll towards.

And the war on terror will expand, as every law does, once you get it on the books. It’s never to do with what they tell you it’s supposed to be about. It will expand to include everything, until, if you criticize any government policy, which is almost here if not actually here, you’re classed as “anti-government” – a term they borrowed directly from the Soviet Union. So it’s not a pretty picture.

Many of those who are on edge because they’ve read various books, tend to fall into the New Age trap, which is not new at all. It’s the same old re-hash of ancient religions, the “perennial religion,” they call the New Age – it’s always new. It pops up every so often when it’s required. It brainwashes a generation, until they sit and navel gaze, and don’t notice what’s happening around the world. They’re told not to look at the negative. “Always look at the positive.” “If someone’s being negative, walk away,” and that way they stay in ignorance of what’s happening. Perfect for the controllers, to have a population like that, and they’ve been trained to be ego-syntonic. They seek pleasure and avoid all pain, even though pain must go hand-in-hand with pleasure. All emotions must go hand-in-hand with its opposite.  To be a fully formed person, a mature thinking individual, you must experience all emotions. Without it — those who shy away are living in a perpetual childhood, like a Peter Pan, and that is what they call in psychiatry “the Peter Pan Syndrome”.  The New Age creates those types of people. It’s part of its job. All of the little training schools around the world that promise you the secrets, and the secrets of happiness, and all the mantras to chat away on, and on and on it goes. They are all part of the same system.  “Don’t look at the negative. Apply the positive,” and therefore the agenda can steamroll ahead, unopposed completely.

It doesn’t mean that everything within the New Age is fake. You must have truths, in any religion, at any time, as the hook to get the people in, because we all go through the same experiences on a certain level as we’re growing up and going through life. But that’s where we all diverge, eventually, as we mature. That used to be the bliss of life – to meet people so vastly different, in the way they perceived the world, events and outcomes, because they were not indoctrinated by the same propaganda system as you, yourself were.

Years ago, there used to be people, again, rural people, sometimes thought to be a bit eccentric, but they lived on their own and it was a joy to visit them, because you’d get such a different point of view on topics, since they did not listen to regular media. They could immediately cut through the nonsense and give you it straight, logic without any effort, whatsoever.  When you’re tied up in propaganda on a daily basis, which is all media is, it’s difficult to break through on your own.

In this system, (based on money, profit and the worship of those, who claw and stab their way up the ladder, and become well known), we have an exploitation system from the top to the bottom. It’s so sad because no one can be completely uncorrupted by it, if you are in the system, which very few people today in this world, except maybe little remnants of tribes in the Amazon and elsewhere, can stay out of it and uncorrupted. Money itself is the control mechanism, which we’re all stuck to. We’ve been given no option, and because of that people will exploit each other. No one wants to drop their standard of living, and so when costs go up, which they go up all the time every year, someone down below you if they’re there will get exploited, and so on and so on.

IT’S NOT A HUMAN SYSTEM AT ALL.     IT’S A DEVIANT SYSTEM.

Deviancy is that which is practiced by a minority, generally where there are harmful side effects.

Well, how come there’s a small minority running the world, of incredibly wealthy people, who have no problems in doing anti-humane things to other people or nations? They’ve had a complete history of doing these things, down through time, with their ancestors in charge, bringing wars upon peoples. Getting the countries they ruled over to go and fight for them, while they fill their pockets with the proceeds to keep themselves in power. The slaughters, which are ongoing, never get to them. It never gets to their heart, because their heart is disconnected from their brain.

Yet, normal, ordinary people you meet everyday around you, would never think of doing such things to others, for profit. They couldn’t imagine it. In fact, they couldn’t image living with themselves if they even tried it. Yet, the elite do not have to take sleeping pills, tranquilizers or visit therapists; because of what they’ve done; because of all their ill-gotten gains and their misdeeds. Therefore, you have deviants in charge of the system, in this world, and I’ve talked to some of them. I’ve talked to them, in Britain especially, and across Europe, when I was in the music business, you’d meet some of the higher-uppers in politics or higher bureaucracies. Bureaucracies are more important, in fact, because they’re not answerable to the public and they’re not elected. They’re lifers. They’re in their for life. Each department of bureaucracies is told, what its particular role and agenda is, and they do it without question, without flinching and they keep their mouths sealed from the public. They’ve a world within a world where they only mix with each other.

They used to tell you what was coming in the future. You’d have little hints at things, the way that they phrased things, very much like lawyers. They’ll phrase things, in such a way, that you have to think about the meaning behind the meaning, but never something which they could actually be caught on, if they were called to recount it in court. That’s how clever they are in this linguistic deception.

But some of the elite that I have met, have told me about the wars and the wars for profit, and they will argue and get very heated about it, because to them it seems quite logical, that if he or his company or his friends needed, under the guise of the nation, they all simply go into a country and take it. It seems quite logical to them, regardless of the cost in life or the destruction of the domestic peoples there of the country you’re going into, or anything else. Plus, they also have shares in the companies that supply the arms, once they get the sides formed. They supply them with their armaments.  Britain did this all over India, in order to first get them all fighting, and then to unify India. That was always the purpose, was to unify India.

And under the agenda written even by John Dee, who came up with the British Empire, Free Trade and “Most Favored Nation” status, in the 1500s. We find that he said that, when they go into a country — and this was also reiterated by other authors, along the centuries, right up to the present time — and Carroll Quigley put it again in his book, “Tragedy & Hope,” “that the occupying superior nation will not withdraw from the occupied country, which is standardizing into the same system, until it is a duplicate of the same system.” Only then, when they’ve setup their agency Masonic institutions — but that’s how it’s all run. It’s in secrecy and the swearing of oaths, the little brotherhood. Only then, will they think about withdrawing and then withdrawing gradually.

If we look at the history of the United Nations, that’s what it’s also been doing for the last 50 odd years. Same technique. That’s why the troops have been in all these countries, still are, for all these years. It isn’t until they have at least one or two generations, growing up under the foreign system of the UN, which it brings in, and a middle class rising, which they then train to take over, coupled with the Masonic institution and the benefits that these people, especially in the governmental sections will get. Only then, did they start to withdraw. They do not go into countries just to sort a quarrel out, and then withdraw, and leave it as it was with its culture. They go into unify it into the same system that we are already in. It’s a system they call “democracy,” something which has never had a static, stable definition. It constantly changes because it’s meant to.

It must give the pretense of giving the public a belief, at least in efficacy of voting, and their rights. But in reality it doesn’t exist. That’s why we saw lawyers and judges, in the Rwandan trials, African lawyers and judges, dress with the same long black gowns. Little collars and the white wigs that you’ll see in the British law establishments. They standardize the countries into the same system, so slickly, that going back to Plato, “the people don’t even notice themselves, those who grow through it don’t notice it.” 

Most people will not think of what’s happening in their own life. Now they’ve been trained – they don’t have to think. It’s all being done for them. That’s what the media that they believe is there to do. Last week, it was some presentation to Dolly Parton, the silicone woman, on major media. On your news, your major news, and it wasn’t just on one station. I’m sure it was on them all. This is our major news. The rest is sports.

How many international meetings do you think of NGO’s (Non-Governmental Organization), highly financed NGO meetings were on the go, during that same day and that same week, which you heard nothing about? Never mind the ones, with the elite, which you hear nothing about. You hear about the Bilderbergers. They allow us to hear about that. At least, hear about it. We are told, that the Bilderberg Hotel in Holland is where the first meeting took place of this group in the 1950’s. But what came first, the group or the hotel, as far as its name goes?  Because “Bilder” = the builder. You see, these are the “master builders.”  The “berg” is a mountain. The builders of the mountain. What mountain is that?  Society. The world of the future. The signs are always in front of you. You don’t have to — well it’s sad to see that we have to be told what it means. If we were sentient beings who had not been programmed in this intense system, all of this would be self-evident, apart from all the symbols in every corporation, on their logos, that you see. It’s self-evident.

Albert Pike himself said that their symbols are everywhere. It’s a language of symbols, on one level. That is why from the very beginning, in the most ancient, ancient times, it was still a language, because the “brothers” in every country could recognize the symbols of the language. Secrecy is always the step necessary towards deception. That’s its purpose, deception. That’s the first step, which means that the culture they give, from all of that, by those same people, will be deceptive too. They have no honesty in them. Some of them will talk at the higher echelons, about how it’s so fortunate for them to be here, to give us work.  That’s sounds like a simple little statement, but it’s deeper than I am letting on, because in their religion they say, “MAN MUST WORK.”  And they have their own definition of what work is.  WORK IS A SYSTEM, WHICH THEY ENFORCE UPON US.

If you look at natural systems, they don’t call going off to hunt or doing what they have to do, as work. It’s called, “living,” but in the system we work. It’s even in the Old Testament. A little allegory is written within there, because that’s what the Old Testament is. It’s full of the system’s laws. After man and woman were created in the perfect sameness, in the allegorical story (it’s just a story of a system), you find that “the maker” looked down, and there’s nobody to till the soil, so he then goes and makes Adam then Eve. Adam and Eve were meant to work, which meant that man and woman were not.  IT’S A HIDDEN SYSTEM.

It didn’t originate, either, in the Old Testament. It was borrowed from the same elite that ran the older systems. Just written, same stories. Same rules, regulations, laws. Slavery is okay. Deception is fine as long as there is profit.  And the “Godfather,” you know, “Yahweh” – the godfather gets his cut, and that’s part of it too.  THE RELIGION ITSELF IS COMPLETELY BOUND TO MONEY AND WEALTH.  Completely bound to money and wealth.  IT IS THE SYSTEM.

The exoteric – everyone knows in the western world. They’ve all been taught it. Just obey, obey, and obey because a big daddy’s watching you, and no matter what you do or think even — The thinking part is good. That’s good mind control. God can know what you think, so you use self-censorship, and you grow up full of complexes and fear. That’s why it worked so well, for so long. And the promise that all those nasty people, who strut around with their arrogance and their wealth, their ill-gotten gains, will suffer at the end of time; is the only thing that you’re given as a form of justification. So you can suffer in this life and every generation, and your own class can suffer in this life, but the elite always get the “chop,” eventually. Which is rather odd, because it’s the same families, all down through history, who have been at the top. The nasty ones have always been the same families, and even their advisers come from the same families, interbred families; specialized breeding for cunningness. That’s the world we have grown up in, and every other generation has too.

The outlet they’ve given now, now that the old religion has been taken away, bit by bit, is through the New Age. They bring in the New Age. “Think positive. My goodness, when you all have a chip in your brain you’ll be all connected and all one. How happy we will be.” A sad deception, and you know there are many New Agers who are looking forward to that, because they cannot stand the fear of uncertainty. They cannot cope with uncertainty or even individualism that they should have. They’re unable to cope with it, so they have fallen for the “oneness” doctrine, and everything that goes with it. The final escape, of course, is “Nothing is real. It’s all illusion,” and what they mean by that, is nothing is real, period. Whereas, an illusion is a distortion of reality.  If you wakeup, as you, everyday, and you have pain and you feel it first thing in the morning, you know you’re still you. That seems very real.

The way to — this overblown, overused world, which is covering everything today, called “spirituality,” — the way to it is through yourself. Through a maturing and full recognition of who you are, with all the pluses and minuses, and all the good deeds and bad deeds. It’s self-reflection. It’s also the ability to empathize with others, so you do not need it explained to you, when you say, “what would I feel if I were in this person’s shoes? How would I be?”  It’s a getting out of yourself, after looking at yourself.  At those around the world who exist, and those to come, that’s the only connection there is. The real connection, and empathy is connection.

How can we possibly call ourselves sane and civilized, while what is happening in the world is going on, and the people are dying of man-made diseases for depopulation control, and people are starving in certain places.  Planned because of wars, which are planned, and civil wars, which are planned. And yet we’re all supposed to just go out and rush off, and pull out the credit cards, and buy all these gifts for Christmas, because we’re supposed to, and you can’t miss anyone or you’ll feel guilty. 

We call ourselves sane and civilized, and we think we have the right to impose this system on other people, called democracy. Bringing democracy to the world. Self-exploration is not a matter of taking drugs, so that the sea of unconsciousness, all the material in the world, can break out into a waking state, a surrealistic daydream.  Greater things can happen. Much, much greater things can happen, if you follow that which is within yourself, and you know yourself. “Know Thyself” is the whole of the law. Not, “do what thou wilt” is the whole of the law. That’s for the elite.

We’re on a constant growing process as we go through life. How many generations do you realize now, have been born, raised, fought, died, done whatever they’ve been told to do. Voted — then they scratched their heads after voting, what they thought was the right person, only to see them go off in different tangents, that have nothing to do with their election promises. But they died never knowing any truth – Countless and countless generations.

This song coming up is for all of the individuals out there.  Good night. Stay warm and may your god go with you.

“THE SCIENCE OF GENDER CONFLICT MANIPULATION FOR THE PLANNED NEW WORLD ORDER
ERADICATION OF THE FAMILY UNIT”

(First Hour)

November 1, 2006

Hello, this is Alan Watt and it is November 1, 2006 to do another blurb on the meaning of life; and for those who have this talk passed around through disc or tape, please check out my website at where you can actually buy DVDs, books and so on that I’ve produced which go further into these topics in the waking up process into the reality which is more fascinating than any science fiction movie you can see.

Tonight, I thought I would carry on a little bit more on the topic of cultural control, cultural creation, the indoctrination techniques which are used upon the public of every country and it’s done through ancient sciences going back many, many thousands of years. Albert Mackey (or “Mack-ee” as they like to pronounce him over here) wrote a two-volume book on Freemasonry Encyclopedia and as always you have to read between the lines and the more widely read you are on other books and topics the more you will see the hidden meanings behind what he is saying.

Joe Average typically takes the exoteric at face value, which is amazing enough really, and it’s written in such a way as they’ll take that information and run with it but never suspect there’s something else beneath it and that’s how Freemasonry works. That’s how all religions work. There are millions of people every year looking for answers and because of the culture they’re born into where you buy what you want, they paid lots and lots of money to buy all the books that flood out onto the bookstores onto the shelves for them to grab up and gorge themselves with, always promising to change them into something better because they’re not happy with themselves to begin with; and the charlatans at the top understand this and that’s why these books appear, many of which are fairly cheap, but costly to produce, which tells you there’s another reason for them being on the shelves and being supported elsewhere by unseen people, because this is all part of the culture creation as we leave the old and go into the new.

You must remember there are many layers of revealing and the word “reveal” means to “re-veil.”  It comes from the same root word as “veil,” to veil, so you’re re-veiling the secrets as you expose lower understandings and that’s all the people get who go to the cultish groups, which are now authorized to exist and they’re all over the place having all their students chant and do all their “oms” and do their chakra shaking and looking for kundalini, the serpent sexual power et cetera from the spine and all this stuff; and the spine is just 33 bones and hence the 33 degrees of Freemasonry.

However, they never understand what they’re actually doing or how they’ve been fooled and how their minds are being controlled, because that’s really why the New Age was authorized to take over from the old.  The same ones who ran the old system and the old religions have simply upgraded to the next version, just like the computers and the programs for computers. It’s not for the public’s benefit. It’s for those who want to access your computer and that’s why they’re upgraded and updated.

If you had four people in Plato’s Cave who inherited their reality and their founding mythos and that gave them the explanation of life, the meaning of life, the purpose and so on, that’s all very well. It would work very well if they never left the cave, if they thought that was their world. If you have a thousand people born into the cave and given the same founding mythos and reality myths, they would truly believe it even more so because that’s how we challenge ourselves. That’s how we test ourselves. We bounce our ideas (which aren’t ours at all) off our neighbors and friends and if they answer in the same way, you think you’re perfectly sane; and it just means that, yes, you passed the “quality approval” stamp of the manipulators, those who have given you your reality.

We’ve all been born into massive, pretty well all-pervasive propaganda on almost every topic. The little bits of truth we get are vastly distorted for other purposes and reasons and that’s why with the plethora of media coverage today, television stations, radio stations, you can turn them all on at six o’clock and flick through the channels and you’ll have the exact same stories in the same sequence and you think that’s all just coincidental.  No, it’s because all of the news is coming from one source, one authorized source, and the little people down below in all the little stations all the way down the pyramid know what’s politically correct.  In other words, they follow the authorized stories they are given in that sequence and the sequence itself is not happenstance. There’s purpose behind it and the purpose is to make sure that you’re indoctrinated at least subliminally, at least subconsciously.

Your conscious mind doesn’t really have to take much of a hold on it because you have no say in the matter. It’s the subconscious they want it to work on because whatever the subconscious works on will work on you. It just takes more time to settle itself, like a jelly poured into a mold, it has to fix itself and all those opinions on things which you hear become what you think are yours. Yes, we’re all in Plato’s Cave, a huge cave, planet earth.

To preface the next part, I would like to talk about people who have dogs and every dog owner has noticed I’m sure the joy they feel when they take the dog to a park or a field or wherever they go and off comes the leash and the dog runs ecstatically. Just pure inhibited joy and we get joy from watching that because in ourselves we understand the need for that and we share in the joy as the dog flies all over the place and jumps and smiles because we don’t have that kind of uninhibited release in our own lives. We’re not allowed to. We are predictable in fact. Our indoctrination, our cultural shield has been given to us and we fit in to the made society, the authorized society, and yet people are so anxious within themselves and they’re afraid to let go once in a while and just let that joy pour through them.  They’re afraid of other people, what would be said, what they would do. We censor ourselves. We censor our emotions because we’re taught that uncontrollable behavior is unacceptable, but then society tells us what is acceptable and what is uncontrolled behavior; and if you’re not harming anyone else, why is it that we have a special social face, external face, the shield, more noticeable in some cultures than others?

We find that Carl Jung wrote about different peoples in a psychological vein and he talked about the “stiff upper lip” of the British, where there’s always this face of putting up with everything in the face of adversity and bad luck and all the rest of it, you just keep staunchly going ahead; but then he jumped to China and Japan, where their social indoctrination has gone to even a further extreme where there’s a mask put on, a social mask where people try not to even look in each other’s eyes in the street because eye contact is a statement in a sense. Eye contact isn’t just looking.

It’s communication and if you truly want a controlled society you don’t want communication amongst people. We saw this in the scientifically created Soviet Union where people could not look at each other in the street in case, in case the person was working for the KGB or a snitch, because they had all these snitch programs throughout society where ordinary individuals would be tested at work or on the way to work or somewhere by undercover KGB people to see if they were staunchly supportive of the system and they made sure individuals knew this was happening. They’d report things in the paper: So-and-so caught for anti-government responses or statements or thoughts even; and now we’re using this term too here, “anti-government”.  That crept in about the mid-90’s. That was no mistake because we’ve adopted all of the techniques of the Soviet strata and system in the rest of the world.

The Soviets were terrified to make eye contact so everyone looked drab. They dressed drably and they kept their eyes on the sidewalk on the pavement as they walked along with their scarves there and their eyes just peering down. A great population for all the aerial spraying that we now have because they never look up to see it, I suppose.

We are taught these particular ways of being for control, not of ourselves but really control by the system and those who run the system. We are not guinea pigs because guinea pigs are experimented on. We not experimented on. Anything that is done to us, including the spraying, all the testing has been done. They know exactly what they’re implementing and they know exactly how we will respond.

Children when they’re tested early on, and this has been known for an awful long time, they’re tested with various tests to see what they think of the adult world and children have spontaneity. They can also show their joy and to parents’ chagrin it’s usually at the wrong time; it’s very noisy, almost hysterical to the parents’ indoctrinated culture because we’re taught always to be in control of ourselves and to always hide our emotions, at least subdue them unless you’re drunk at a party; it’s okay to be uninhibited then.

However, children don’t know these social rules, which again came from the top by those who’ve been taught the mysteries of the ages to use people and control people for their own ends. Children have a hard time knowing when they’re allowed to run riot, scream and jump up and down et cetera. It’s hard to know how these rules work and there’s different methods that parents use on children. Now we’ve all been there and the reason I’m talking about this is because it’s giving you an insight into the way you act now and behave now.

Parents will often frighten the child. That’s the standard technique and a parent who doesn’t want to go overboard and scold the child and risk some sort of alienation by the child will often resort to fairy tales and mythology. The boogeyman’s going to get you and that sort of induces a sort of fear into the child about certain things: Going to bed, what’s in the closet, all that’s under the bed, this kind of stuff.  It’s done often with good intent with the parent who is not really conscious of the reasons why they’re doing it but they’re trying to teach them the social rules.

Children can become hostile when they’re told not to be spontaneous and that’s where the trouble all starts because everything in this world, this system I should say, really, is about control – who controls whom. When a child is taught to give up the feelings which they feel, they’re first taught to give up the expression of the feeling they feel. The behavior, the expression and eventually it’s suppressed enough that the actual feeling itself goes as spontaneity goes. Children are taught from a very early age not to show their hostility or their dislike of certain people. This again is a social indoctrination. The parents want them to be social in the same culture albeit it artificial that they’ve been raised in and born into. They pass it onto the child.

A child when they don’t like someone, they will show it very easily. They’re going by instinct. They can’t verbalize why generally. They have a feeling about someone and the parent doesn’t want them to suddenly just turn their back to like a visitor or whomever.  Natural traits, survival mechanisms even, are taught to be repressed and eventually they fade away with the mechanism itself.

We can feel hostility or the insincerity in someone. It radiates from them. Animals feel it too. Dogs sense it. It’s a survival mechanism. This discouragement of the reaction the child has, the parents come down on it. They want the child to be mature, which is really the socially acceptable way of behaving, and the child then loses their ability to discern between someone who’s deceitful or downright nasty or evil. They grow up into adults and they are easily manipulated from then on. The school system takes over, of course, even more so today than before with its social group techniques of indoctrination. The children grow up and lose their ability to discern what is real, to deny their own instincts and eventually lose those instincts and they’re socially manageable and malleable by the controllers.

There’s another side to this because children are indoctrinated with feelings that they didn’t create, because they’re taught then to like people and not to be critical and always to smile and be polite towards people. Again, the cultural part – the culture coming from the top. This eventually comes in through schooling and then on past schooling and is reinforced by the social and peer pressures around them, the cultural pressures; and yet when you look at all of the advertisements on television and in radio with all the actors acting selling you everything that’s going to make you so astoundingly happy, from toothpaste, nail varnish, treadmill machines to whatever it happens to be, you’re being sold lies. Lies and we sit and watch hundreds of lies every week and no one in this cultural system thinks that’s odd. They all complain about all the ads; but the basic reasons behind the ads, the fact that you’re being lied to consistently, doesn’t seem to bother them because they don’t think that far. They’ve been taught that this is all acceptable because of the economic system we’re in. It’s acceptable to be lied to from childhood, right into adulthood, until you die.

“It’s Only Make Believe”
By Conway Twitty

People see us everywhere.
They think you really care.
But myself, I can’t deceive,
I know it’s only make believe.

My one and only prayer, is that some day, you’ll care.
My hopes, my dreams come true, my one and only you.
No one will ever know, how much I love you so.
My only prayer will be, some day you’ll care for me,
But it’s only make believe.

Now an alien from outer space would look at all of this and say “they’re all under incredible mind control” and that is true. You have to outside to look in and see it as it really is.

Back in the “Fortune Magazine” of September 1940, this is what they said about this. They understood. This is only a trickling of what was understood.

             “What education may not have accomplished is usually done by social pressure in later life. If you do not smile you are judged lacking in a pleasing personality and you need to have a pleasing personality if you want to sell your services, whether as a waitress, salesman, or a physician. Only those at the bottom of the social pyramid…”

Pyramid, eh?

             “…who sell nothing but their physical labor and those at the very top do not need to be particularly pleasing or pleasant. Friendliness, cheerfulness and everything that a smile is supposed to express become automatic responses which one turns on and off like an electric switch.”

Everyone has had the experience of going through the checkout at a store or a grocery store and generally it’s young girls who work there and they have this automatic saying of “have a nice day. Have a nice day. How are we today, sir?” And these are socially induced phrases from the top and the little bit of training they get, this pathetic training for the pathetic jobs, they’re told to say these things to the customers; so their natural human behavior is suppressed. I’m sure none of them would be there if they had any other option doing this monotonous work and I very much doubt they remember many of their customers until they been through that checkout a hundred times. And if you didn’t give them the appropriate, again, trained response that the public have, we’re trained to give appropriate responses no matter how miserable we feel. We’re supposed to keep a stiff upper lip and say, “oh fine. Everything’s fine,” and your heart can be breaking. Everything else in your life might be breaking, but this is the nonsense that we’re taught is acceptable in the society that we’ve been brought up in and forced to accept.

It’s a scientific form of Darwinian socialism we live under. Socialism is not to help the people at the bottom, the working class. Socialism is a bureaucratic form and a scientific form of controlling the people at the bottom. Everything in this world is deceptive because the system was designed. It didn’t just evolve happenstance with Band-Aids here and there and superglue. It was designed this way and it’s never allowed to run away from those who control the system.

Some of the worst indoctrinations we have is not from mainstream national news. That’s bad enough. It’s from your local television stations with their communitarianism. Everything’s communal and charity drives and little events as they try to get you used to being involved in a community, a habitat area. You see, this is what all that’s about and then they have the police on as a PR spokesman, a police spokesman. Now when you get a spokesman from a paramilitary organization, the spokesman is trained never to tell exact truth to the public. They want to get an idea over so that you will perceive something in the way they want you to perceive it. Not in the way you might naturally perceive it if you had access all the information. You’re being trained that that’s the authority and they’re part of your community; and there’s no doubt we need in the system because it’s guaranteed to have such tremendous fallouts, you need police forces. They used to be called services. Now everything is force. You’ll notice that. Everything is force. “May the force be with you,” eh?

Everything that’s put across to you is for a purpose. You can’t escape it if you go into the realm of which you think really is private enterprise, private business, but these television stations are all going by a formula. They’re all granted licenses. You’ll find at the top of them all you’re going to find Freemasonry under one of its many, many names at the top and everyone at the top in it, and that’s how things are managed. They know in Freemasonry because you obey orders without question. That’s what you’re told and someone in this system working for the system gets on by joining one of these societies, swearing their oaths of allegiance to them, promising never to reveal their secrets to the general public; and at the same time they pretend they’re charitable organizations. What a fantastic front.  It’s hard to attack mom’s apple pie.

However, they get on and they “get up the ladder” as they it themselves. Jacob’s ladder, the degrees, the rungs are the degrees. They get up there by knowing not what to say. What not to ask. When they’re told something they don’t ask why. That’s a good boy you see in the club. That’s what a good boy is. You don’t ask why. That’s why you can have plausible deniability even amongst politicians. They work it out so carefully. Remember, most of them are lawyers in politics. It’s their job to play with words and definitions and being very careful what you say or do, and you delegate things to other people, then you get someone else to tell them to look into a certain area; and then when it’s discovered, you don’t take the heat for it. You can plausibly deny it. Technically you didn’t know.

They get up there by NOT asking QUESTIONS. They just sense something’s up, they go along with it, and that’s a good boy or girl, and they’re born generally into these families. Some of the most telling statements of truth in the system and who are often quoted, these people, are members of what you might call “the illumined ones,” the Illuminati. The alumni from universities, their little clubs there, too, are just a lower form of it in most universities; in some of the higher ones they are the real thing. You’re illumined—alumni—and you keep your mouth shut and you shake hands and you wink at each other and you know how to keep secrets. That’s how the system works.  You don’t tell the profane what you’re up to. You lie for each other. Every Mason swears they have to. If someone else is in trouble you’ll lie to get them out of it. 

John Dewey, a man who was an ardent socialist and communist, who helped put together the American educational system, talked freely about the problems in the 1930’s when everyone knew at the latter end that there was going to this war with the fascist countries, the dictatorial countries. They knew it because it was planned that way, but this is what he said about the system in the West just before World War II.

             “The serious threat to our democracy is not the existence of foreign totalitarian states. It is the existence within our own personal attitudes and within our own institutions, of conditions of which have given a victory to external authority, discipline, uniformity and dependence upon a Leader in foreign countries. The battlefield is also accordingly here within ourselves and our institutions.”

That was from Dewey’s “Freedom and Culture” 1939.

Now people will not argue with that and I found although he’s telling the truth – you see, he’s also telling the truth from an illumined point of view. They’re very good at telling us the truth. Dewey here wanted to use more scientific indoctrination as they had in the Soviet system, where FDR’s wife came back from a visit and said, “well, the children aren’t as spontaneous on their way to school as American children, but, my, they’re so well disciplined and well behaved.” 

That’s what Dewey wanted. Even more uniformity and rather uniformity by external force, the Pavlovian technique of indoctrination so that you will do it willingly, you’ll be a self-censor you might say. That’s what he wanted, but because he said it, many people would agree with him and follow Dewey. That’s how clever these guys are.

It’s like Benjamin Franklin, another member of the Illumined ones, never mind his name—which is very revealing as far as coding goes. When he came out of the hall after they’d signed the American Constitution and this was a Masonic meeting. They had guards on the doors to stop the public getting in. The ones who gave you your freedoms and he talked about that of course and he alluded to it being Masonic himself in his own writings; and when he was asked by the public, “what kind of government do we have?”  And he said, “a Republic, if you can keep it.”

Now you can look at that two ways you see because Illumined ones always talk. You know, “white man talk with forked tongue.” Well it’s true. He knew it would never be kept. It was designed not to be kept. It was designed to be altered as time went on and as the founders knew, the destiny and the purpose of the United States of America would gradually unfold. He said himself, Franklin and Jefferson, that the Constitution could really only work with an agricultural society and once it went into industry it would be totally altered. It needs be and it would happen anyway, so they were well aware it was not for the general public.

If it was for the general public, the doors wouldn’t have been barred and the windows all blinded down; but then again, the Masonic Hall is “The Temple with No Windows.”  They ALWAYS pull the blinds and that symbol of pulling the blinds is for the profane outside and it’s also symbolic of the hoodwink for the individual in society as well. Benjamin Franklin was the Henry Kissinger of the late 1700’s.

Babylon did not simply disappear. The elite and a system which had worked for such a long time are not vanquished or simply give up all they have and get a job at cleaning the streets. The elite always move on and they take with them the social scientists, which in those days were multilayered priesthoods which understood human nature through millennia of observation and had perfected it. It was fairly easy in those days when you had a very small minority with knowledge and writing. They were illiterate and they were organized. It wasn’t difficult to rule over masses of people who thought the earth was flat – people who were tremendously superstitious because the priesthoods encouraged superstition.

In fact, many of the things the people feared, the public feared, in ancient Middle Eastern areas, were imaginings of the priests who taught it to the people and of course when you do that you always teach them that those people will need you, the priests, to keep you safe. This has to do with the system we live in today because Mystery Babylon never died. It simply jumped around from nation to nation, really, building up an empire in each one, furthering the goal through amalgamation and conquest of one singular system, their system, into what’s coming about as world empire and their signs and symbols are all around you.

Your born into it. It’s everywhere. You’ll see them in all the major logos of the big companies, the big corporations and your average Mason hasn’t a clue either. They’re as ignorant as the people they pretend they’re above, but the very high ones are taught these sciences. Life begins at 40, the 40th degree. Most Masons don’t know there’s anything above the 33 and they are in the dark as well.

How does this system work?

We should remember that Karl Marx, another member of this illuminous organization, was taught everything that he knew. In fact, most of his writings were given to him by a higher priesthood. He was really a hack journalist that was kicked out of Germany, put up by the Rothschild’s in London to put forth the “Communist Manifesto”.  Engels was further ahead of him in the understanding of the science, the dialectic. It’s very similar to the Zulu tactic of war and the Zulu are a fascinating people who were given their culture and a special breeding program to make them very tall. They killed off all the ones who were small and Chaka the Zulu of course was approached by white men. I’m sure he was taught the science of selective breeding.

However, the Zulus when they attacked an enemy, they used what they called “the horn technique” so people saw the head coming towards them of the bull and they neglected to see the thinner horns gradually move out around them and eventually you’d be totally encompassed. That’s really the system that we’re living in. We neglect so much in our lives because we’re not taught to be on the lookout by our parents.

When we’re born into the system we have basic needs which have always been understood. These were observed thousands and thousands of years ago, maybe even millions of years ago, well known sciences, always kept secretive from the public because the public are the makers of all wealth for the elite. Labor is the only thing which makes anything in this particular type of economic system. Now there are many economic systems, or at least there were many economic systems.

The New World Order, at least this phase of it, is trying to extinguish all other types. In some cultures it would seem ridiculous to try and create and accumulate wealth and excess. It would have no purpose. In this Babylonian type system the accumulation of wealth – one should teach the people what wealth is because wealth can be anything. No, it must be the elites’ idea which is accepted. It must accepted by the public so that they will also work for it, then it can be taxed back from them, because all it is is a representation of labor and Marx put this down of course in his theories on Communism and it was true.

However, they run both sides of everything, because just like the horns of the bull of the Zulu attack, it depends on two horns—the dialectic—while you’re transfixed on the center, what you think is the problem. “For every action there is an equal and opposite reaction.” That’s one of the prime teachings of the higher mysteries. Everything that’s thought, done and said has a reaction; an opposite reaction as well. It’s almost a law of nature.

We are born into a system with needs, which are survival needs basically. We need sleep, food, clothing, warmth, shelter. We have to be protected. However, we are born into a system of religion. In the West it was Christianity and Judaism, and in the holy books of all the world, including Christianity and Judaism, you have the rules of the esoteric written down for the elite to understand and follow because man must work. We take it from the teachings we’ve had in the culture that our parents had and our grandparents had, we take it for granted that that means that you go out and you do something in the system to earn money to buy the things you need. Money is controlled, money was introduced – there are economic systems and structures which never use money and many more so in the past, but everyone in an economic system, even those other ones which don’t use money, still require something from every individual for the maintenance of everyone in a tribe.

You find even in the feudal system—the old feudal system, as opposed to the new one which is being implemented today—in the old system you would become a serf. Your position in life would be reinforced by the religion you were given and you would sublimate it, it would make sense to you, you might rebel a little bit and then accept it. This is “dynamic adaptation” they call it, as opposed to static. Static is when you simply dress differently when you’re in Rome or somewhere else. That is static, it doesn’t affect your personality so much; but dynamic adaptation is where you will adapt to situations and it will profoundly affect your personality or the way you will deal with things in the future. You sublimate frustrations and you’re often unaware of the conflict within yourself because you believe yourself. You come to accept something which was maybe unnatural, but you come to accept this outcome or what it’s done to you.

Very similar to teachers in the old school in Europe who would scream and yell and shout at the students like a sergeant major because that teacher himself or herself was brought up the same way. They don’t see themselves from the outside. They can’t analyze themselves. They think because they’ve adapted that this is a natural way to teach.

In other words, when you’re born in this system, like all mammals, if your parents don’t know there’s something wrong because they’ve adapted to their life situations for survival, no matter how good or bad it may be, the conditions they live in, then you’re born into preexisting conditions—a system—and you’re made to adapt because you as a child cannot alter the system; you’ll be punished big time. Today, those who have abilities for expression and communication and become a problem at school because they ask too many questions, generally boys, are put on drugs which literally shrink their brain; so they’re out of the picture as far as leadership in the future goes.

However, when you suppress feelings or understandings, you will find that they still work on you throughout your life. Suppression itself will show itself in other forms. Your mode of life is determined by the particular peculiarity of the economic system you’re born into. People may as they get older join groups because they know there’s power in groups for change, whereas as an individual you cannot do it. You’ll be punished as I say or ostracized by a peer group and this science of controlling groups has been of a tremendous benefit in the past and the present of those who control. They give you the outlets. They’re authorized and you don’t realize you end up being part of the very system that you’re trying to alter.

It’s an interesting phenomena with this system of sadomasochism, where those who feel powerless worship power. That’s why even in the black communities where there’s been more work done on them to destroy their culture, from the ancient times, right down through the slave trading days, the men and women were segregated initially. The women were given favors by the boss man and the men that they could be mated with were demeaned and punished and made to seem powerless in the black woman’s eyes, and that’s why black women today still are the bosses in families. They are real bosses. The men have never been allowed to be men. This was for control purposes by a scientific elite, well understood because slavery is so, so old.

This technique of manipulating the male through the female by his needs—his needs, the sexual drive, companionship, the procreative imperative as they say of survival and survival of your own species—was understood thousands of years ago up to the present time.  Adolph Hitler understood this and he used parts of his speeches from ancient tyrants in Rome because when he quoted about the propaganda the Natzi party must use in a time of uncertainty and it really was a time of uncertainty. It was black and white. It was Communist or Natziism. Those were the choices, again, the dialectic at work that the public were given. Both sides were funded and no doubt controlled by the same group.

The followers never figure out that those they oppose are being run by the same capstone.  Hitler said, “our propaganda must be based on safety and security, a lessening of worry.”  In other words, the survival capabilities or necessities will be taken care of. This was preached he said, “It must be preached to the female because she will come to us.” Women worship power in a man. That’s why they can’t stay with the men today, but in their heart of hearts they long for someone with power. That’s why in all the movies and dramas you see the heroes are so completely unnatural. They’re not bossed around. The men know what they want. They’re commanding. They’re intelligent. They’re not stuck on sports and have square eyes watching TV. They don’t have pot bellies. It’s the joke version that you see in the comedies that men are taught really to emulate and that’s how women see them.

Therefore the women would come first to the one with power, the one who promised security and a plan, an agenda, whereas her own helpless little husband didn’t have any at all, so she would come to the Natzis giving allegiance, and Hitler said, “the children must follow her and then must follow the man. He has no option.”  And he was quoting Nero because these sciences have always been understood by those who were coached for leadership positions by the hidden priesthoods.

The technique of control over vast populations has always been that of “divide and conquer”.  We see it in the class structure, which was deliberately created and used to put everyone into a group. You were born into it and you adopt the cultural values of that class. It gave you a sense of belonging, a tribal need, you see, which is now used against the people.

The Communists that really were working for the New World Order, as both sides always are and you have to have two sides to guide the herd into the compromise – which is the solution in itself. The Communists knew they’d have to separate the children from the parents, at least mentally, and it’s interesting that most of the studying on this very problem was done by aristocracy in England. That should be a clue to who ran Communism. They also had to separate apart from the generations. That way there’s less communication. History is not passed on. They also had to separate the genders and George Orwell put this very well in “1984”, the book and the movie. The movie version done in England in 1984 to commemorate the book with Richard Burton and John Hurt, that’s a good movie to get a hold of.  There’s so much crammed in there.

People who were born into this system and who have been forced to adapt dynamic adaptation will look for the powerful; and in a system which encourages power, personal social climbing, which we call “success,” you’ll find that this is also used amongst the genders, an ancient technique once again. The descendants of those who gave us marriage and marriage for life to work for as we built up their economic system for them, the same people, the ancestors, are now dissolving marriage. That’s why it doesn’t work for most people anymore.

It served its purpose and now everyone must be put into their subdivision, their sub-strata of class and gender and so on, so now you have many categories. A pigeon hole for every type, you see, totally divided, totally conquered; and yet human nature itself, even when the people who are taught the slogans and brainwashed with the slogans of political correctness, which is also how you respond to things more in the manner of a conditioned reflex and that’s what a slogan really is.

When you say something which is supposed to be offensive, people will immediately shout back some slogan that’s become popular put from the top down through media and schooling and that stops them from thinking.  It stops any inquiry into any depth of understanding about the actual topic itself, because human nature doesn’t change. It does not change. It’s an interesting thing to see how men are portrayed and have been since the ’60’s, mainly on television. It was like a switch had been reversed and it came from the old hero stuff as the old system was nearing the end of its usefulness and suddenly men were just jerks and fools and drunks and stupid. Always portrayed in the comedies where the children were much more intelligent than the dad. The wife made all the decisions. She treated the dad like another one of the children and that’s to be the role model for the male.

It’s also symptomatic of the fact that the power and it’s all to do with power on all levels and power can be married to respect, but it’s all to do with the power structure being shifted to the female, not for the female’s use. We because of our egos tend to grab hold of things which claim to give us power, but in reality it’s for someone else’s purpose which works very, very well.

The women today, as I say, the black women, the young female, has grown up generally with a mother who runs her life, has had different men through the house and when she’s a teenager she looks for someone with power. She goes for the gang leader and it’s the gang leader, the one who seems to have the answers who’s not afraid of people or the system or anyone else that will respond to.

The black male himself has had his culture shaped for him, including the music and the fashions and all the rest of it. That was given to him by the top, pushed through much music and Hollywood, and he adapts it at the bottom. He becomes a target of criticism by society. This is intentional. This is absolutely intentional.

However, the same technique hasn’t been used on the black culture because every country that was under the Soviet rule has gone the same way where the women were promoted to the top. Divided and conquer. Pretty well the whole country, the Soviet system was run by authorized NGOs. The leaders were generally always women and the men had their lower jobs, and now that the Soviets have pulled out you have men who have no confidence whatsoever. Millions of them drink themselves into the grave. The women are all leaving those countries. They’re trained. They’re educated and they’re looking for work elsewhere or marriage to men in other countries, but they’re neglecting the men in their own country. This was all designed deliberately so.

That’s the reality of the life we have been born into, the system of mass manipulation, scientific socialism they call it, where people go through their lives and their thoughts generally are not really their own. Their opinions are not their own. They have conditioned responses to topics and situations which were induced into them, either from their parents then reinforced through school then backed by media, fiction and even novels. This is an all-pervasive, scientific, connected system to make you the way you are – which certainly is not to make you happy.

Those who get offended by the truth, remember, I’m talking in generalities. There’s always the odd exception here and there of all ages, different ages, different genders, and it’s generally the exception who understands this who gets a hard time in society because they know. They are aware and they’re living amongst those who are unaware.

I’ll pick up some more on this same topic tomorrow night. Tune in then to the site .com. And may your god, your gods, your tree, your favorite flower, your favorite pet, or your budgerigar, go with you.

“THE SCIENCE OF GENDER CONFLICT MANIPULATIONFOR THE PLANNED NEW WORLD ORDER ERADICATION OF THE FAMILY UNIT”
(Second Hour)
November 2, 2006

Hello, this is Alan Watt at .com.  This is November 2nd, 2006.

This is another part of the same series I’ve been doing on the intervention and superimposition of scientific socialistic psychological techniques which are used upon the peoples of the world, of male and female and the different age groups, all the way up from childhood into old age, and how we’re manipulated heavily and how our beliefs, our understandings are not really ours at all. They’re induced. They’re marketed to us, so here’s the next part of it.

The makers of this culture often show us how their system works through movies because you must mock the victim and there’s no better movie put out on the condition of the modern male than “American Beauty” the movie. Well worth seeing and you’ll see how the daughter grows up emulating the mother’s response to the father, which is total disgust and disdain, and the daughter watches the mother almost salivating over very successful men that she works with or the men around her.  The daughter then looks for someone who is powerful, in charge, in control, and very often it’s one of the criminal mindset.  This is well understood.

The political correctness of today does not change human nature. Nature can be sublimated but it cannot be destroyed simply through indoctrinations. It shifts around in the subconscious and will show itself in other ways. What is interesting, too, is the role model of the father has come down again primarily through media and through entertainment which we emulate. Monkey see, monkey do. That’s what has always been known since before the days of Plato.

Women still need the powerful male. That’s why they can get lost in fantasy and carried away through movies and drama and that’s why Harlequin romance books, which are really a form of written porn, today’s variety anyway, are the most widely read books and re-circulated books in second-hand stores, next to the Bible for consumption. There’s a tremendous need there because you cannot get rid of drives. You can sublimate them according to cultural custom, even when the cultural custom is being altered and updated. 

As the father comes down on the scale of things with power – girls at schools often fall headlong over the teacher figure who has authority and who is given authority over them and they have these crushes. This headlong dive into almost anonymity, quiet, silent anonymity of the male has been helped through inoculations, which has definitely affected the hormonal output of the male.

This is studied every year. The sperm count is disclosed every year by the United Nations. The reason for the United Nations being so interested in this phenomena is because they have a “Department of Population Control” and we’ve all been tampered with, male and female, with our hormones and through inoculations and xenoestrogens as well added to the water and so on, through plastic pipes, plastic bottles, which were made popular for that reason.

We’ve been heavily scientifically tampered with and this was done because the male natural response is to protect the tribe and protect the family. In the changes which are coming up, you must destroy that bond. You must destroy any power the male has in society and replace it with TV, fake ones, hyper-politicians who always seem to know what they want even if it’s mass slaughter.  It’s a symbol of a man with power.

Between ages and the mysteries always have categories of ages where they uses the zodiacal dominance of a particular member of the zodiac to predominate for the 2,500 years and Aquarius is their utopia. Not the utopia for the people, although all the New Agers have been taught that it is. Somehow they’ll all become one – and they will, it will be the brain chip.  They’ll all be one all right, but they won’t be individuals any more.  This is the other side of totalitarianism and tyranny.

People can submit like slaves rather than face the world with the added burden of being an individual in a changing world.  In the mysteries, which match up perfectly with fascism and communism, you’ll find that the sun and the moon are other emblems of the same two things.  You’ll also find that the scythe of Saturn, Kronos (Cronus) in the Greek, is called “the scythe-wielder” that cuts the link or the chain between two ages; and during this transitory period he is called “the master of misrule” or “the lord of misrule.” 

It’s when the old culture seems to be falling apart and it does because it’s made to fall apart as role reversal, cultural reversal, things which were taught as truth for thousands of years are suddenly reversed or exposed and there’s a period of chaos of misrule.  It’s a time when people who are “in the know” in the understanding can rise to the top if they’re in the right families and taught the mysteries. For most people it’s chaos. They have nothing to hold on to.  It’s like ships without anchors.  They’re just tossed around on the waves, hence the massive indoctrination through magazines and television with specialists supposedly in psychology to tell you what to think, what to do, how to behave. In reality, you’re being used.  It’s motivational behavior modification that you’re submitting yourself to, and it’s not for your own good. It’s for those who rule you.

Along with all the New Age bookshelves, you’ll see all the motivational techniques in the same books of what you can be. You’re being altered. Your thoughts are being altered. Your motivations are being guided by someone else and you’ll find that you’re all going a path already laid out for you, promising you one end, but you don’t see the end of it and you won’t even when you hit it.  This is masterful control.  It was many, many centuries in the making and you can see the beginnings of this sudden outburst of the sciences.

In the 1500’s in the court of Queen Elizabeth I of England, where it was the first openly Rosicrucian Court in history, everyone around Queen Elizabeth I, all the famous players you’ll find mentioned in her era were all members of the same Rosicrucian Lodge in London.  The outburst of the sciences is what is so interesting with John Dee and Francis Bacon and many others because they knew they had 500 years to use sciences, make the public work and create an industrial era and then all of the things that would come from that industrial era, such as bigger and greater wars to dominate the whole planet and create a world empire and always fooling the people who fought those wars.  Always fooling them with a different reason, a different outcome, such as the First World War – the war they said through, and it was H.G. Wells the propagandist for the British government who coined the term, “the war to end all wars.”  What a joke that was.

It’s the last vestige of a tribal system.  In a well-bonded family they can be very formidable and will stand up for each other against all odds.  In this system, the New World Order, where it’s not just family planning on a small scale, it’s global planning on a similar type of agenda scale that’s going to be implemented.  You can have no families as we have known them and that’s why every family around is basically today dysfunctional.  Dysfunctional because it’s been made that way as the “culture creators” and the “manipulators” have altered it.

The biggest and most frequently spoken about problem in therapy and counseling for couples today is when the man says that he’s not allowed by his wife to be a man. That means you see she’s learned from her mother who was the dominant one in the family and with an ineffectual father. She’s learned to emulate the mother and even if she were to meet someone who she could respect, if she would allow herself to, she can’t take it. She emulates the mother. She’s grown up and copied it.  This is a form of “imprinting” which the big boys understand perfectly well and this talk is not meant to upset people.  THE TRUTH CANNOT UPSET MATURE MINDS who have made the same observations themselves, who are honest with themselves.  In an indoctrinated culture, it’s difficult for the average person to be honest with themselves. They’re full of stereotyped responses, conditioned reflexes, which are marketed into their heads by popular media and popular culture from a thousand different areas and places.

The elite who gave us marriage in the first place, as I’ve said many times before, never followed any idea or notion of romantic love between themselves. In fact, the high priesthoods which really ran Babylon were more interested in men themselves being men, as it’s always been the same in fact in all high priesthoods in every culture.  Women are disliked and sometimes hated by them as almost irrelevant, but it’s more than just that. It’s to do with again the sadomasochistic streak which they have themselves going up through an order of deviancy, which they then promote on general culture at the right time.

The reason they hate women is because—and every study has shown this up-to-date and reproved it, and reproved it and reproved it, and all sociologists know this—women are the easier ones to manipulate into trying or going along with something new. The “culture creationists” love this because they can then introduce fads and modes of thinking which will alter the culture. Women who have their own needs, you’re born with needs, when the needs are understood they can be so easily manipulated.

When you look just at the women of the early 1900’s, the great grandmothers and grandmothers of the girls who suddenly were given the miniskirt in the ’60’s and compare the two, they’re both women and yet one would never have dared to put on something which just barely covered the body. It isn’t that the grandmother or great grandmother would never have done that.  It’s just that through her culture and her period she was indoctrinated not to do that.  Whereas the granddaughter was not only encouraged, it was made the social norm and not to stand out to be accepted by the peer group – another facet of understanding which the big boys have. A natural trait could be exploited because young people are run by hormones and attraction and they want to be looked at and admired and so on. This is reality.

The male and the female is set at war with each other on purpose. A war which was covered and subdued during the period where marriage was encouraged in the Middle Ages and onwards to work for the system. Now the reversal, like Plato said, “you can reverse the culture and those that go through the changes are the last ones to notice.”  That should be quite amazing to a thinking person, but it’s true.

In the 1960’s, the sciences of all entertainments were heightened and let loose upon the peoples of the world, the young people. Children and toddlers will hear the catchy part of songs, which they used to call “choruses” at one time, and you always get an intro into songs. Songs last about 2-1/2 minutes. You might wonder why, it’s because of economic reasons because they’re meant to sell and so they have the intro then they have the catchy part, which people hum like ads on television and children will do it automatically; and yet whatever you say automatically is already registered within your consciousness. It’s working on you in ways which you don’t understand and there is an unconscious. This is something alluded to by Carl Jung. It’s “the sea of all knowing.” It’s “the primeval chaos,” all knowledge within the mind, the brain.  Something that Plato again and others touched on and Pythagoras.

When you understand something it’s because the knowledge is really already within you. You have to formulate it in the proper sequence, but the understanding means that you know far more on the subject than you thought you did. In the sea of the unconscious, it’s the depth of all bits of information all arriving about. There’s no cultural control over the unconscious as such; but in the subconscious, the part-way where the censorship kicks in and out, you can actually pass things on into the unconscious and the unconscious can be motivated because it doesn’t have inhibitions of the culture. That’s why in your dreams you could do the weirdest, wildest things which you’d never do in real life and you wake up with the manifest content. Sure, you’ll remember this strange dream you had and within a minute or two you have latent content which is scrambled. Your subconscious has kicked in to censor it because it doesn’t want you to see what you’re possibly, possibly capable of.

These techniques are exact sciences and in the ’60’s, as I say, one song came out amongst many. A very, very catchy tune, deliberately so, to get teenagers right down to toddlers chanting and those who ever went to dances or the later discos will remember when the favorite songs would come on and they’d sort of murmur and hum along to the verses but they’d all jump into the choruses and yet they never thought about the words of the choruses. This particular song was supposedly written in a way of a father talking to his son. Listen to the words and listen to the voices to see how you are manipulated in ways you don’t understand

“Walk Like a Man”
By Frankie Vallie

Walk like a man
Oh how you tried to cut me down to size
Telling dirty lies to my friends
But my own father said give her up don’t bother
The world isn’t coming to an end

(he said just) Walk like a man
Talk like a man
Walk like a man my son
No woman’s worth
Crawling on the earth
Just walk like a man my son

Good-bye baby, I don’t mean maybe
I’m gonna get along somehow
Soon you’ll be cryin’ on account of all your lying
Oh yeah just look who’s laughing now

(I’m gonna) walk like a man
Fast as I can
Walk like a man from you
I’ll tell the world to forget about it girl
And walk like a man from you

It was later on in the ’60’s where the “culture creation industry” passed down to the employees below, the actors and actresses, directors, producers, songwriters et cetera, to try and write things about gender-neutral subjects, songs – unknown to the public because the public don’t know these things. They don’t analyze. You think culture is there and it’s part of you. You think it is your culture but it’s not. It’s a stranger, an exact scientific stranger, and the music industry were told, if they wanted hits, don’t say “he” or “she” in the song, and they all went into action. Thank goodness Charles Aznavour from France at least wrote a song called “She,” but the French are that way. They don’t go along with so much political correctness that the rest of the world goes along with.

Changes are always going on around you, which end up within you, and you are unaware of them. Very, very powerful influences, scientifically created with exactness, and we are the puppets and the hidden puppeteers pull the strings. We think when we are communicating and interacting with each other that we are real individuals doing so. Nothing is further from the truth. These are accepted norms, even when they’re changing, they’re updated like programs in a computer and the people are updated with precision. Their topics of conversation are given to them. Their way of responding to topics are given to them; and those who get upset when you tell people the truth, it’s generally because you’re touching on something which they are guilty of themselves and their ego won’t allow them to see it as the truth.

There’s NOTHING on television that’s real. There’s NOTHING that is spontaneous on television. Everything down—and I’ve talked to many producers in the past—everything down to even a third-rate play for your main television station, like CBC in Canada, every part of the set including the type of flower in a little glass vase and the color and the positioning is discussed by panels of people—everything—for its psychological impact. There isn’t a phrase which comes out spontaneously out of the person’s head.

The newscasters read dummy boards but they look at you with authority. In a world where we find we’re floating helplessly individually, we create that authority and that is again the sadomasochistic tendency. Those who are pushed down in society crave the power of those who do the pushing. The abused person can become the abuser so easily. The divisions of people are almost perfect now. It’s the rare individual that has maturity that can overcome their conditioning. It’s the rare couple who can go through a lifetime together with respect for each other unaffected and certainly not acting out all of the ways you’re supposed to behave according to television, which of course would bring on the chaos. It’s the rare individual who understands that in this day and age.

Most people are simply full of their conditioned responses and reflexes. They’re unanchored in a rough sea and that’s all intentional. That’s why the booming industry in psychology, psychiatry, therapy, groups of all kinds, cults, and yet they’re all being led on the same path because you’re going to find the same teachings today throughout therapy as you will in the New Age because everything comes from the same capstone in culture creation. Cause the problems, guide them into the solutions. These are ancient sciences at work.

The rule books, as I say, are in all holy books. They are the holy books, for those who understand them; and if we take passages in the Old Testament, you’ll see older echoes of the new. In Revelations, the revealing of the system, they say that “man would be turned against woman, woman against her husband, children against their parents” and we tend to think how could that be?  How could any power cause that to happen?  And the answer is: easily, because they understood the sciences thousands of years ago just as well as they do today. The mainstream characters they let loose on the public like Freud and others were giving you kindergarten reality, which still astounded many people at the time, but they only give you enough to alter the culture towards the agenda. They don’t give you all of the sciences which they have.

YOU NEVER SHARE POWER IF YOU WANT TO CONTROL OTHERS.

When we look at the tremendous amount, never mind the propaganda given to the homosexual movement and lesbian movement and as I say there’s nothing in society in social movements that isn’t approved and CREATED FROM THE TOP DOWN AT THE RIGHT TIME.  If it didn’t suit the purpose it wouldn’t happen. There’d be no funding. Even if there was a demonstration, you would never hear about it on the news; but women have been emulating dominant mothers and since survival instincts will look for a partner with dominance, many of the women look towards other females.

Many of the males see the mother as dominant and the father is absent today—gone, divorced, kicked out, whatever—and the mother is dominant so they emulate the mother. These were all known responses to the induced situations. As I say, those who created marriage for a purpose and marriage for life have reversed all the structures that kept it in place for the New Age, and I’m simply the messenger on this topic.

When the elite had their arranged marriages, it was for progeny only. They’d appear on the balcony, the king and queen, the fairy tale, and the people would emulate what they saw. “Aren’t they a loving couple?” but in reality, they didn’t have to even like each other. Their houses and castles were so big they could live in either end and never see other except for the balcony appearances, if need be, and the male was free to do what he wanted to do and so was the woman, and they did. 

In the 20th Century, really, that’s when they gave us “romantic love” and encouraged it big time to keep it going, to keep the marriage system going for World War I and II and then start to dismantle it after the United Nations was officially in power. The acceptance of another person for life takes tremendous maturity and self-understanding. Few people have the ability to critically look at themselves and decipher themselves. We’re very good at picking apart other people, but because of ego we tend to ignore ourselves.

The bonding process of a male and a female takes time and maturity, and trials and tribulations, but most importantly it takes understanding of each individual by the individual concerned. The media constantly gives us a barrage of fiction and drama with even the ideal partner, always fictionalized to the extreme with the chiseled features and the perfect body. They don’t show you them with their personal trainers, the actors and actresses, and all the stuff they have to go through to keep their weight down and all the rest of it, and their liposuction and their jaw implants and cheek implants for the men and all the other implants for the woman, to give you this perfect, perfect picture of the perfect male or female. This is to make Joe Average and Jill Average unhappy with the one they have in life. It’s intentional and as I say it’s a rare person of either gender who understands this and accepts the one they’re with as being basically human and natural.

We chase after and we’re taught to chase after by the media and entertainment media, all of the fantasies which always lead to ruin because they are fantasy. There is no self-satisfaction to follow fantasy. It’s the will-of-the-wisp, such stuff are dreams made of, yet everyone’s encouraged to chase after the dreams. Who gives us the dreams? Very few people understand that they simply are the dreamers, but who gives them the dreams? For what purpose? And the same media that gives you the dreams loves to point out how dysfunctional society has become. “Just look at it. It’s in chaos,” as they give you more and more porn for entertainment and porn now isn’t even porn. It’s deviant. It’s got to be more and more deviant you see. Like any addiction, you have get more and more of it and wilder stuff to get the high.

This is intentional and then out come the governments with all of its agencies. They breed faster than anyone I know. Governments are always having offspring of new departments to deal with the new parts of the chaos always and this again is what Carl Jung envisaged in his last book. It wasn’t just an Iron Curtain across the world of communism versus fascism. It was a slowly expanding Iron Curtain across the whole planet of dictatorial bureaucracies until there was no freedom left for the individual. He was well aware that you can dissect society into the individual and those that we would say are the mass.

The war that’s on today is not so much a war on the masses. The masses are downloaded with everything and they question it not. The war is on the individual, the occasional thinker, because it’s the occasional thinker who can communicate who can affect many other people, who then understand and they go running with information. That’s why I don’t pretend to be a patriot cheerleader for some old world order. I don’t give you the Hollywood slogans or the John Wayne clichés which you’ve been taught to stand to attention with. I don’t wave flags because flags symbolize the hyper-Masonic system under which we live.

They gave us the “Order of the Bee,” the BORDER, BEE-ORDER. It served their purpose up until now because borders are just imaginary lines drawn across maps, which enabled members of an elite who lived with their offsprings in all countries to wage war upon their neighbors, never participating themselves, but benefiting from the changes that war brings for more control and taxations and it keeps the people in fear of “those guys over there.”  So they need you, you see. Another technique of the bully, the sadist, and they teach the people to be masochists who also would like to really, really adapt to the system and possibly get up the ladder and become one of the sadists themselves with the power. Sadism and masochism go together in this particular scientifically created system.

Many years ago, I heard a top psychiatrist in England discuss the traits of the psychopath, a fascinating study, and as an example of the psychopath he mentioned the character of “James Bond,” someone who could obey his paymaster. That’s how he gave his allegiance was his paycheck and the status he derived from his position. A status, too, that he could do amazing things in society and get away with it, tremendous destruction, because he was authorized to do so, as long as he got the job done. He could have as many women as wanted in bed, one after another. He could see some of them being killed in the movies. He could kill, himself – he could kill other people and then that night sleep with another one or two females. It was someone with no conscience. That’s what a psychopath is and psychopaths can be found through special tests. We know that Special Forces in every country uses these tests to select them for the really bad boy groups that they have, the dirty squads, that go out and assassinate people and kill whoever they’re told to kill. They can go home at night and they don’t need sleeping pills or they don’t need to get drunk to sleep because they have no conscience. These people have always, always been used by the controllers; as they give one culture to the people to be ruled, they also select the deviant from that culture to enforce the rules when need be.

This talk is encompassing so much, I don’t write down anything in advance. I just talk as to what comes to the top of my head and if it seems a bit haphazard it’s because I don’t put it out in a particular format and I’ve been chopping wood all day as I prepare for the white stuff to fall from the skies, which it already did actually.

I’d like to take this opportunity to mention to those who will maybe get this passed on a tape or a disc to them, to look into the website at .com and see what there is for sale there, because I certainly could use the money to pay for the site and for the help I’ve got from one person to keep it going – while we can keep it going.

As I say, I’m not one of the authorized ones who are put there with the clichés you’ve been conditioned to respond to. I say what I know and if I can continue for a longer period of time, I could certainly teach you much, much more to do with the system. I could give you the higher meanings in the occultic movements, not the ones that are put out there just for the Christians to grab and be scared of, because these are all sciences you see.

It’s up to you the listener to support me and as I come out with this information. In the winter when I’m snowed in, I hope to give you an awful lot more. I should also say that you can also tell various talk show hosts that you’d like to have me on as a guest. I don’t call them myself. I never have called them and said put me on. It’s the listeners who have done this and if you like what you’re hearing, or even if you dislike what you’re hearing, phone up your radio talk show hosts and have them put me on. That way I can reach more people. I don’t create a movement as such of following what I say. I ask you to analyze everything I say and check it out for yourself.

I’m not pushing some covert religion, as you might be surprised others are doing and that’s another story.  I am just telling you of the various things that I know to do with the system, to do with why you feel so alienated – those who think and those who aren’t even certain of why they feel that way.  I’m explaining it to you and this series of talks has been to do with how everything is controlled – gender, the generations, the so-called races, the colors, and you should think about that in itself because it is no coincidence it’s called “the human race.” 

A RACE IS SOMETHING YOU START AND TRY TO WIN.  WHAT DO THEY MEAN BY THAT?

We know that those at the top put lists out through or by their main economists in the 1700’s onwards to do with those who would be useful in a future upcoming society based on economics and efficiency, and those who would be eliminated. NOTHINGHAPPENS IN THE SYSTEM BY CHANCE. 

There are no sudden transmutations, spontaneous, of diseases. Diseases and the transmutation of a virus or a bacterium is a fine and “old science” by now. We live as I say in a world of DIS-INFORMATION.  We have been trained to listen to no one except “THE EXPERTS” and this is something that I should really touch on now because we have a tribal craving for the leader.

Albert Pike and others in the high Masonic movement wrote about the creation of leaders.  They always give the public their leaders at the right time. When they go over the future chessboard, which they set up, they look at every possible opposition that will come from different factions and different personality types in society. Before they make their first move, they have thought out ways and trained people to become leaders when the time arises to lead the different factions apparently against them, but always leading them up the garden path, the Pied Piper. This is an ancient technique again, well understood in this system.

It’s interesting to look at how the communists used and helped create and push lower Masonic groups throughout the pre-Soviet system and then used them for the revolution; and at the end, once it was all won and over, they knew who to round up – people who knew too much, who thought they were fighting for some other kind of freedom. They had the lists of their names and all their lodges and they killed them all, while the Soviet leadership and the politburo kept their own private lodges. This again is standard, done over and over again through history. The French Revolution worked on the same basis. Same technique. They pushed the idea of revolution through what was the “coffee shops” at the time for France and these coffee shops doubled as Masonic temples at night, where they laid out all their “jewels on the floor” as they call it, and had their little parades and all the rest of it and then had their talks on the coming revolution.

Then once it was after, you’ll notice that the few moderates in the revolution like Danton and others were executed. The same thing happened with the Soviet system when Lenin got in. We’re taught that the Soviet system went sour when Stalin took over; but Lenin, the lion (which is what the name comes from), used the terror techniques to perfection. Trotsky wrote about it. He was all for it in fact and Lenin told groups to go out into the peasant areas where they had these communal farms and just to round up dozens here and dozens there, hang them from trees, leave them there to rot and it would terrify the peasantry into obeying and it would terrify those very small farmers into giving everything up. Because through these great leaders, whether it’s a Hitler or a Lenin or Napoleon, or any other countless names of famous players, the masses are the masses. The science of control is the same science and the “little people” don’t count.

Again, George Orwell put that very well in his book “1984”.  “The proles don’t count. They’re animals,” he said.  We suspend our incredulity when we hear famous people saying things which are horrible. We actually make excuses. “I hear what he says. He said it but I guess he didn’t really mean it.”  That’s how they get away with it. 

NEVER IN THE HISTORY we have been given, ancient to modern, have all of the people understood what was happening to them – the whys, the wherefores, the hows.

HISTORY HAS ALWAYS BEEN ALTERED, really directed by the elite themselves, but sometimes deflected and slightly delayed by the few who understand. However, they also understand, and let no one fool you, they’ve always understood that THE BULK OF THE POPULACEARE NEVER TRULY CONSCIOUS. They are hypnotic subjects. Their beliefs are truly induced beliefs. Their reality is induced and marketed to them and it’s reinforced through the schooling system, through drama and fiction and through the role models we’re given, fictionalized though they may be. The bulk of the populace have never ever been capable of consciously working out the fine details of their indoctrinations, manipulations and the psychodynamics of their own social structure. They don’t know.

This isn’t just a matter of waking up more people. You cannot wake someone up who isn’t ready to do so, or you can’t wake someone up who isn’t able to do so. In many and maybe most of the populations of today’s world, we have been so chemically attacked and biological warfare has been used through inoculations to attack specific parts of the brain, like Arthur Koestler said in his book, “The Ghost in the Machine,” and he worked with UN departments to find ways to do this efficiently and he thought it was just swell. 

Many people cannot wake up.  They don’t have the ability. The part that makes you a creative individual, of any age, any gender, is the part which has been under most of the attack for the last hundred years or more. It’s been stated in Koestler’s book and others, that if they can destroy that part of the brain, “The Ghost in the Machine” as they call it, that makes you truly uniquely you, then they will have conquered the world and they can bring in THEIR UTOPIA.  Their utopia—which many New Agers have all been taught to look forward to—is the elimination of conscious individualistic thought.

The manipulation of weather is going on at a daily basis now. A few years ago in major newspapers the American Air Force said “it would shortly own the weather.”  Well you see it does already. It does. We’re being sprayed every day and night like bugs. Most people cannot see it because they can only see or hear or know about that which is told to them by the media.  If the media doesn’t mention it, you are talking a different language when you point it out to them. It cannot be important or the media would tell them. Their reasoning is done for them by the media and they’ve come to accept that.  In the race to destroy individuality, the majority of the public have already succumbed.

Brzezinski said, “they would be unable to reason for themselves.” He said it with conviction; he wrote about it. He talked about the Technetronic Era of beaming out signals, which is passé now, it’s old stuff, which they’ve even allowed the public to know if you want to go and find out about it. They can change the moods and emotions of whole continents, make you passive, almost drugged, carefree, or make you angry and aggressive or irritable.  For those who are conscious and you feel a little of this coming on, and you’re at work or you’re out amongst other people, you’ll observe the same emotions in them too. It’s being used on a daily basis, the psychotronic/technetronic weaponry. Scalar technology in unison with the spraying of the air, which makes it far more effective, creating a heavy atmospheric electrical circuitry and we ourselves in the physical world are run through biochemical and bioelectrical impulses.

I’ll leave you tonight with the introductions to these topics and just general coverings of each part of them. I hope to go into them in far more detail in the future for those who don’t take offense at what I say.  I personally have no prejudice about any of the things I talk about or the people I talk about.  I just state what is. Those who are offended must look to themselves and ask why.  If they tell you, like again Orwell’s “1984,” that there is no gravity and you can float away and you’re all part of the same thing, if someone says “oh no you can’t” and just states what is, don’t kill the messenger. Don’t kill the one who says “the king has no clothes.”  However, the herd, unfortunately, “the mob” as the Masons say, because of their very intense conditioning which has taken very well, will turn on the messengers as they always have in history.

It’s Halloween time. There are many plays on the words within Halloween.  Hallow also comes from the sun, HAL, but it also is a play on hollow. “Een” is the old English for EYE. The eye of the sun, the S-U-N.  It’s also the hollow eye which you would see in the skull.  Everything has many meanings. The elite are taught them. You are not. I’m trying to teach you them and I hope to continue.

Good night for now. Peace to you and may your god or your gods, or your favorite tree or your best pet, go with you.

“THE SCIENCE OF GENDER CONFLICT MANIPULATION FOR THE PLANNED NEW WORLD ORDER ERADICATION OF THE FAMILY UNIT”

(Third Hour)

November 3, 2006

Hi, this is Alan Watt and it is November 3rd, 2006.

This talk is to do with psycholinguistics.  It’s the art of the use of words, repetition of scientifically aligned words and phrases which alter your behavior. It’s a well-understood science at the top.  It’s implemented in all media every day.  The public are completely unaware of it, really, but they certainly are downloaded with the ideas that are produced and they act it out. They bring it out into their behavior. They act it out into reality. “Psycholinguistics” is the term used. Very, very ancient science, well understood.

Before I continue, I’d like to mention that this talk will be recorded and passed around and for those who receive it on a disc or tape or whatever, please check into the website .com and check out all the other talks that are available there. Check out books, CDs and DVDs for sale and I’ll be glad to hear from you because it keeps me going. It will pay for the site and all the other costs involved. Thank you.

To continue with the psycholinguistics, we find that when the Communist party arose to power they had access to much of this information because their job was to act like the two horns of the bull. One side was them. One side was the supposed existing capitalist system, the laissez-faire. In reality, the bankers were the capstone and their job at the Communist party was to alter society. It was the fastest method of creating a centralized form of government and law, regulations, and with the takeovers of other countries mainly in Europe, so many countries living side-by-side with different languages, variations on cultures, different government systems, it was the fastest way to amalgamate them into the one system in preparation for joining with the West at the right time.

People don’t realize that the two pillars, and the fire and the water, and the two opposites are always used to create a third way. As they call it, “the third way,” the solution, the synthesis of the whole idea.

Now in the beginning was the word. The word didn’t create anything. They word esoterically created the “big idea.” The big idea was the abstract form, unformulated chaos, but wisdom was behind it so the serpent moved over the waters. This is the esoteric understanding, as it’s always been, pre-Christian, pre-Judaism, pre most of the religions you know in fact, and so you have the unformed idea but wisdom is behind it. It’s the BIG IDEA as it’s expressed in high freemasonry, in the high esoteric circles.

The word is to formulate it, to speak it into existence. You create a system, a world, a perception by speaking it into existence and through repetition thereafter.  Using the tribal system, if you get the ones at the tops of the tribes or the kings and the queens—that’s why kings and queens were invented and given to the public as a show piece—whatever they say or do, the people down below emulate; whether it’s what they say or the accent they use, as in England, which is actually a corrupt form of English because the Germans brought it in with them with George and the modern day Elizabethan Queen’s English is actually a corruption of English because he couldn’t speak English very well. Now it’s the norm at the top.

The people down below emulate what they see at the top and perception becomes reality for the public, but it’s not the true reality. It’s a show for the public. The word is spoken into existence. Now we see the Communists as I say who wrote more about this technique because they’d been heavily trained by the esoteric groups who’d already ruled the world for thousands and thousands of years and they were taught some of these sciences at the top.  Lenin said, “we shall win by slogans. The repetition of slogans,” and the idea was to divide and conquer all existing structures within society, within humanity.

Divide the generations from each other. Not only separate the generations, but actually make each one think and interact only with their own as they grow up and then matured throughout their life. They wouldn’t mix with either group below or above. Interesting how detailed it was and this works to the present day. We don’t look towards anyone younger for wisdom. We don’t look to anyone older for wisdom. We sort of just float through a particular little avenue we’re given and we’re disassociated with everyone else around us.

We also find the use of slogans as I say, “don’t trust anyone over 30.”  Then they kept dropping it and dropping it and that was first put out by Communist party within the United States. It worked very well.  We find the same slogans used to silence anyone who is investigating the system as they see it at the time, and they’re either called “a Natzi” or “an anti-Semite” or “a Zionist.  Slogans silence the person who’s inquiring you see and it can be very innocent, the inquiry itself, but to silence you is to get a guilt response in you, a conditioned reflex guilt response, so that you shut down and you don’t even question yourself why you’re shutting down. These are silencing techniques, which were well understood again thousands of years ago.

If you said “anti-priest” at one time in the Middle Ages you might have been burned at the stake, so it doesn’t matter what group you’ve identified with culturally or you’ve adopted, slogans can be used against you and your own affiliation with a group you think you’ve put yourself into will help to silence you. It’s best to be a loner and to think for yourself and don’t let any name-calling put you off the track that you’re on, even if you find out it’s only a false herring (it’s a false lead, a red herring), still persist because you have to go through all of the maze of disinformation and front groups to get to the truth in anything; and then you find they’re controlled at the top anyway by the same bunch.

It’s interesting that so much of the Natzi philosophy which was taken from Social Darwinism and the Superman complex that they came up with, you create this race of Supermen through science and all of the Blavatsky/Masonic-type symbology adopted by the Natzi group and the Knights Templars affiliations with it and the Germanic Knights et cetera.  All of this is held together at the top by the same esoteric group, one at the very top; and a lot of it was taken from Talmud and Kabbalah, the Jewish side of things.  There’s your irony you see, that so much of this esoteric magical searching you might say, this destiny thing, came from Kabbalah and ended up turning against the people who thought they owned it. 

This is a tremendous part of this science as well, is that “you become that which you hate.”  You become that which you hate. This is a truth that’s always been eternal. Always will be eternal. It is eternal. You become that which you hate.  The parent that you don’t identify with, the parent that you can describe so well as to why you hate them, you become – the hate will eat you up and you’ll find yourself responding to others as your mother or father would in that situation.

It’s the same thing with those who began to hate the whole German people for World War II.  You can see it in places like Israel in the way they look upon the Arabs and you say “well what’s the difference now?  What’s the difference in the Natzi philosophy, where one thinks they’re superior over the other?”  So you become that which you hate and that’s why hate, which is encouraged in the system by those at the top, they’re very good at getting everyone to hate everyone else.  They get the certain whites to hate the blacks and certain blacks to hate the whites and Chinese and India and so on, and it goes on and on and on; and through this division and conquering they can always “stir it up” when need be and then come in with their solutions and totalitarian rules, because the law system which runs everything must constantly be reinforced, propped up and given more power in this structural pyramid system.

To give an easy example of psycholinguistics and the best way to get it through to the public, is either through official repetition through media, news, politicians do it all the time as they come up with “neologisms” and repetitive phrases, “weapons of mass destruction,” and then all the other big guys at the top say the same thing until they speak a non-existence into a reality.  This is how it’s done.

However, back in the ’50’s and ’60’s the envelope was pushed through entertainment. If we look prior to that era, the male characters in movies were masculine. They were masculine men who didn’t play little games, didn’t act like children caught in some guilty act when they were confronted by their wife or their girlfriend, as they do in all the comedies and so on that have been put out since.  They had people like the male character in “Gone With the Wind,” who, when the head game starts, he says, “well frankly Scarlet, I don’t give a damn,” and he was quite cool, calm and collected. Hollywood put out that type because they needed that kind right up into the Second World War.  That’s why you were given that stereotype, that character to emulate as a hero-type figure – the quiet man who’s always reserved but made the right decisions and was under control and respected. 

Then it suddenly changed you see after World War II and stepping up into the ’50’s with the music scene coming on as they really gave a separate musical sphere for teenagers.  We see something interesting happening and this was discussed in books on the subject back at the beginning of the 20th Century in the Communist writings, this very technique to be used on the young with the use of music to implement the use of thoughts and agendas.

In the ’50’s and ’60’s we changed from the regular kind of male entertainer in music and in acting and then we got the skinny guy, you know with the “drain-pipe trousers” they called them, and we seen it with Buddy Holly and different ones that came out of nowhere and were heavily backed; and I always find there’s a story behind the one that’s given.  However, for this particular period, the object of marrying or mating up to marry was altered, carefully, quietly, to redefine the position of the men and it was done with the introduction of certain words, which alters the perception of the totality of the person.

We find that in the songs you don’t find the man singing about the girl or the girl singing about the man; suddenly everything became “baby”.  They called everybody “baby”.  Now in psycholinguistics, regardless of what you think it means superficially, because people don’t think beyond the superficial if it hits them, it wasn’t just meaning that you were cute. A baby is still a baby.  A baby is a young, immature human being and a baby is a helpless thing.  A baby has no maturity and no real decision-making as we would say in a social structure.  It can’t do it.  It’s too young, too immature.

Now think of the words in the upcoming song and analyze it, because if the woman was truly serious—which she’s not of course. This is all part of the agenda. If she was truly serious about what she’s saying, she’s not looking for the quiet, mature, well-informed male. She’s looking for a child in a sense, but not a child just to take care of.  It’s a child that she would end up being married with.  Well how long can you carry on calling the person you’re living with and growing with and getting older with a baby, a baby?  Not just a baby, but a little baby.  Psycholinguistics at work. We end up humming the songs, singing the songs; toddlers sing them.  It alters perception. It alters the reality and it becomes the new reality.

When this was going on, dozens and dozens of brand new magazines just appeared on the shelves, heavily backed, professional companies behind them. Now it’s been admitted that some of these were CIA backed, and probably owned in fact, but at the time in the ’50’s, ’60’s and ’70’s, increasing on upwards, 90-odd percent of all magazines were aimed at women; because, as I say, in psychology, which is well understood, women can be changed easier than the male in a “cultural sense”. They’re more apt to try something new and there was a plethora, a mass avalanche of experts on every topic imaginable, and at the time even unimaginable, telling people: how to behave; what their sexual life should be like; what their relationships should be; what a man should be; what a woman should be; and never ending, never ending babble by experts. 

Now tie that back to “The Impact of Science on Society” by Lord Bertrand Russell, the big key player along with Huxley in the Tavistock Institute for world agendas and world culture alternations. When he said much of this stuff he talked about the alternation of culture through the use of experts, training society that nothing is of value unless it’s said by an expert. It was all to stop us thinking for ourselves and he said that “one day a women wouldn’t be able to change the diaper on a child without expert advice,” and that’s happened.  That’s actually happened.

Now, of course, people don’t even know how to cook anymore, male or female. It’s terrible but that’s the reality we live in. Expert advice on everything – and this was to alter culture and to make everyone dissatisfied with their own particular situation in society.  The man stopped being the hero-type figure, the leader, the one who was quiet and calm and made decisions. That’s the stereotype perfection, which probably never existed (at least not on the whole), because most men were under the same system working for the system and therefore subservient to the system.

However, that was the stereotype they had to look up to, was the one who was quiet and calm and collected and didn’t blurt out his emotions. All these magazines in the ’50’s onwards, ’60’s, ’70’s, ’80’s to the present time started talking about the man who was sensitive and yet strong, who could cry and yet laugh, and all these opposites mixed into the one, heavily pushed, this kind of stuff.  If old Joe there was the quiet guy who came home and spoke when spoken to and was reserved, well, suddenly he was abnormal according to the magazines. This created a dissatisfaction in his mate, you see, because she was after a fictional perfection that was getting broadcast through television and talk shows and magazines. 

When you ask them, really, what many women, even today, why they married a certain person – often the answer is “well he made me laugh.”  He made me laugh. What a reason to be married, he made me laugh; so they want a sensitive but strong, a firm but yielding, who will cry occasionally and who can make them laugh, male. They’re looking for a sort of manic-depressive circus clown and this is why they can’t find all of that in one person, because they’d have to be terribly unstable or maybe on Prozac or something, but this is the nonsense that’s been fed.

People are being indoctrinated and have been indoctrinated to make them terribly unhappy because society must alter all of the old ways to bring in the New World Order, the New World Order for the new era, where there is no marriage. The government wants direct contact with the individual. They don’t want a family in the way or family members in the way. They don’t want the remnants of any clan system that might exchange ideas amongst themselves and say, well hey, this isn’t right.  No, they want you, like Orwell’s “1984,” to be quivering waiting for them, the government, who is always watching you the individual, to send their contacts directly to you and you’ll have no one to share your thoughts with. You’ll be socially isolated. That’s the technique that’s been used.

Now what did men get during this time?

Well, they came as I say from the old style, the hero type, the quiet one, of which is fictional. At least in the perfection that they showed, because everyone who is subservient in the system cannot be – he can’t guide his own life. He’s still got to go along with the rules laid out that he was born into, the system that he was born into.  However, it began to change into this silly immature type character and I must admit I didn’t watch comedies much. They replay a lot of the old ones today on television and it’s really phenomenal to watch the debasement of the male who is always a silly little man, a little boy really, no matter how old he is, who’s obsessed with sports, who’s always lying like a child and getting up to no good and he’s treated like a child by the family, the children and the wife.

This is the new role model. It’s quite amazing to see how this has actually worked in society until men are floundering. They have no guideposts and with the single parent families, which again were massively pushed, because no person who doesn’t understand this can be happy with a partner. This system is geared to make you unhappy with everything. Everything that you buy is not enough. It’ll make you happy for five minutes, then you have to buy something else. If capitalism as it’s pushed worked, we’d all have all we needed. The last thing that you’d bought would have made you happy forever but it doesn’t.  It’s a big lie; they sell you mythologies and fantasy.  However, the partner you’re with would also be the one that you would be bonding to, but here you have how many thousands of magazines and talk shows telling you that you can’t be happy because this and this and this makes it so.

It’s a war, an ongoing war, where neither male nor female benefits. It’s not meant to benefit the people at the bottom. There’s always an ongoing war, like the war room that they have in the Skull & Bones Temple. It’s actually called “The War Room” and it isn’t just war of the elite families to take over the natural resources of the world. That is one part of it. They’ve been doing that for centuries.  It’s also a constant war on the public: man, women of all ages, all ages groups.  It’s a constant ongoing war and that is why the people cannot possibly be content within this structure, bad as it is. They can find no peace within themselves and as you find no peace within yourselves and your anchors are all broken and you’re floundering in the seas, you get tossed all over the place with all the things that are told that they pretend will make you happy.

There’s nothing on television that is real. Nothing. Look at Dr. Phil, the magician. The magician who comes on like a superstar and everybody howls and screams as he comes on the stage and he sort of walks in that stiff way of his, and he solves everybody’s problems in an hour—on TV, that is. It’s not real. It’s not real and look at all the backup staff that do all the investigations, preliminary stuff and yadda-yadda-ya, to make you think that the man is going sort it out.  And what is sorting it all about?

Well, he’s trying to make a couple fit in to a preexisting system, where we expect through movies et cetera to have a happy ending; so when the couple are breaking up and no matter what’s happening, the idea is to keep them together and keep the misery going on forever and ever.  Believe you me, that is the worst thing you could possibly do, but that’s what psychiatry’s function is. Psychiatry and psychiatrists are trained that when the patient comes in, suffering from whatever he’s suffering from, you medicate them and all the rest of it.  They don’t do so much psychotherapy as they used to.  They rely mainly on various drugs and so on, because the stress of modern living, again the floundering on the high seas with no anchors, you’re cut off from your old culture, your purpose, your direction.

The psychiatrist’s job is to tranquilize you initially, to take the fears away through chemicals, and then once you’re out in society he’ll tick off all the things that you’re now doing.  “Are you having sex again? Are you interested? Are you back at work? Are you purchasing things?” and you listen to this kind of stuff.  What your goals are: “I want to buy a new car. I want to get another house”; so all the things that destroyed you in the system and made you ill, if you’re back doing the same things again, he’ll put you down, not as cured, but at least the closest thing to cured, you’re doing all the right things—which are the system’s way of ticking it off as normal.

We’re not living in a normal society. The purpose of life for the individual has to be sought out. It actually has to be mined. It’s almost like being a deep-sea diver. You have to go down into the depths to find yourself; and in the most ancient times to the present and it’s been above many temples in old times was “know thyself”.  That’s the first pre-requisition to higher learning. “Know thyself.”

People say, “well, I know myself.”  They don’t know themselves at all. They are composites of their indoctrinations. They are composites of the culture they’re born into and the system they’re born into. It’s like many fragments put together. They don’t know what motivates them themselves. They’re totally unaware of external motivations acting upon them. In psycholinguistics the terminology itself is a prime factor.

When we think of the thousands and thousands of sounds in nature and the thousands and thousands of words going into millions of words, if we take other languages into account, sound is just a form of communication to put abstract thoughts into forms which we can exchange and communicate with each other and understand what the person means; and yet when we find ourselves responding emotionally to a word or words or a string of words, we’ve already been conditioned. We’re having an emotional response to what really is just a sound.

All it took to have someone killed at the stake and burned in the Middle Ages was the cry, the accusation – the cry itself was the accusation of witch or devil worshiper or Satanist. That’s all it took. We found the same thing with the word “heretic”.  It closed down all of your defenses. You couldn’t respond to it because in the listener and in the person accused it created an emotional response. In the accused, they felt guilt for something they hadn’t done and terror and fear because they were accused with such a grave accusation—a sound—and in those who were the accusers and the mob itself, a pure hatred for something that they would respond to with rage. Something or somebody who was different or at least having been accused, the accusation was your condemnation.

This is used today in psycholinguistics to separate peoples and individuals from one another.

It takes a very, very self-aware mature person to withstand accusations and the isolation they will feel as they progress through this Matrix into the higher Matrix, because there’s more than one you see. There’s more levels here of deception than meets the eye. Even with those who help and understand some of this on the mid-level, they’re still just mid-level. They don’t understand the higher sciences at the top level.  Therefore, even within the bottom, middle and top level, I categorize them in stages like “the bottom floor.”

They’re on the floor level. Those in the air, Stage One, who understand so much; and there’s still those at the ceiling level, but still Stage One Matrix, who think along the ways of their authorized patriots that “the country’s just been taken over, now, it’s just happening now and your system is being destroyed.”  It wasn’t their system before. That’s the clue. That’s the big kicker, when you understand that completely and you don’t emotionally respond to the tribal emblems and phrases and catchphrases that you’ve been conditioned with, then you might get into the second floor and start there on the ground level of understanding.

Tremendous sciences behind this, but it takes a terribly mature person not to fold – a person who will constantly self-examine themselves to find out what they’re still holding onto. What beliefs they still have? What societal conditioning is still holding them together? What’s combating them? What’s at war within themselves that’s motivating them? You have to be able to withstand so much to go higher and very few people decide to make that journey up to the mountain.

When major changes are occurring or being introduced rather into a society from the top, they’re introduced along with reassurance, the terminology of reassurance of the existing culture or idealation of that culture. This is a form of positive reinforcement. They find that if you introduce something directly opposite to the existing system there’s always a counter-force, a counter-balance arises. That’s why they train people in advance to become the leaders of those forces which lead you in circles.

However, if the people have been allowed to sleep or the propaganda has worked very well through positive reinforcement—and by that, I mean everything is just going fantastically well. “The economy is booming. We’re the most powerful country in the world,” and Britain had that in its old empire days even when people were scraping for firewood through depressions and so on, this propaganda keeps going. It’s amazing how people will deny their own sensibilities and their personal reality and go along and think there’s something wrong with them because “I should be up there enjoying all this prosperity.” This is positive reinforcement, which overrides the personal evaluation.

When big changes are happening from the top down, positive reinforcement comes to its peak because there generally is no counter-force or very little or very weak counter-force to oppose it.  It’s a false sense of security, which is used by all governments and definitely the empire builders which move around from place to place and create new empires down through the ages.

A simple example of this positive reinforcement: If a government needs to raise taxes (which they always do) for their new schemes, ongoing schemes, and their own personal pay package too, which are ever increasing, which expand at the same pace as bureaucracies, they can get a reaction from the citizenry.  This is always said: “We’ll vote you out. We’ll get a new party in,” and all that nonsense, which they’re used to because they run both sides of it.  Therefore, rather than simply bring forth a tax, they’ll bring through a lotto; this is the common thing today. They’ve even tried fees.

Before, you already paid for things for your motor vehicle licensing, your road taxes, well, now you pay fees for things on top of what you’re already paying and that’s just another tax you see hidden.  It doesn’t create a reaction because again the use of terminology alters perception.  If they want to raise taxes without having any big counter-control coming at them, they can create a lotto and really hype it up.  Believe it or not, there’s just as much force and persuasion behind that as there would be against the threat of law used against the individual who didn’t pay a particular tax. It’s just as powerfully effective and the people are being controlled just as much as they would have been if force would have been threatened to get the money from them.

The control of behavior is often disguised and concealed under “education” or “psychotherapy”, “religion,” under “teaching”. Sometimes under the name of a therapist or a priest or a counselor, rather than use the term “manager,” because really they’re all managers of the system; so by the use of terminology alternation the perception of management is being hidden. Generally, social proposals within society will omit any reference to the means. They’ll use speeches which appeal to the emotion within a person and all the rationalization in a scientific age, where they’ll say, “we have to better utilize human resources,” rather than say manage, because we’re all being managed within the system.

Many people ask “how’s it possible for this agenda to never lose control?”  A simple and maybe overused example is that of Adam Weishaupt, only one member of a multifaceted society in one particular era, who talked about the creation of foundations, benevolent foundations.  Once again, the term “benevolent” makes anyone who thinks of attacking it think twice.  It’s kind of like attacking mom’s apple pie.

We find the same thing say in Albert Pike, the Pope of Freemasonry in the late 1800’s, who said that “we must climb and conquer throughout life.”  He’s talking about the boys at the top, or at least their workers, that is, because the ones at the top are the “lazy boy” (they don’t work), but those who do all the work, the bees, was referred to by Pike when he said, “we must do it through thrift and cunning and even using the stock market (manipulating it basically) to acquire the wealth to become the masters over the masters of the world.”  What he meant by that was the creation of vast foundations. We find that we have more cultural change, more direction, more planned direction for the next few centuries (have already been done in fact) by societies which are foundations, apart from the ones that train students even from university to take part in that like the Rhodes Foundation. That’s only one of many.

You also have the Carnegie and Ford, Rockefeller and there’s other ones under the Rothschild’s under the other big bankers, international bankers, under different disguised names, where they guide the world towards the path – along the path they already own, basically. We’re on their path. The Council on Foreign Relations is another one, a society which is only the American branch of the Royal Institute of International Affairs, founded by Rothschild and Beers and Cecil Rhodes and others big players and eventually joined by other big societies in Britain.

THEY PLAN OUR WORLD. They planned the amalgamation of the Americas. They planned the amalgamation of Europe. They planned the amalgamation into a region for the Pacific countries. They planned this as far back as the late 1800’s and they wrote about it. Karl Marx wrote about it, too, in the mid-1800’s, before they did in fact.

We’re living an agenda. We’re living an agenda written by very powerful people who belong to secret societies that have all gone through the degrees of Freemasonry. They’ve climbed above the degrees that the general public know of and they’ve been tested all along the way for their ability to maintain secrets to their grave.

I think I tremendously telling statement was given by Arnold Toynbee of Oxford, who when speaking at – this is a man who trained Rhodes Scholars for world social changes, directed changes. At one of his main speeches he gave in one of the Scandinavian countries, I think it was Sweden, in about 1932, he said:  “We always deny with our lips that which we do with our hands,” and we find that technique is used by them all right up to the present.

It’s only recently the Council on Foreign Relations committees have come out on mainstream television as a council – an elected council, by the way. They are not subject to being voted in or out by the public, but they are shaping the public’s lives for them and populations of whole countries are being shaped by them in a prearranged agenda and it’s done through mass persuasion on the public. The media is an essential arm of this guidance, this control.  It could not be done without it. That’s why with the Council on Foreign Relations the members that the public see are generally high journalists or newspaper owners or owners of television stations, the media business. That’s their job and the reason this can go on unimpeded generation after generation is that foundations last longer than individual people.

How many people complete even the projects they would like to complete in their lifetime? But the foundations are almost eternal and they have incredible wealth to back them up and in this system money is the key to control of the entire system, the economic system. With the money and with the logistics and the think tanks and the specialists, they can motivate society intergenerationally in particular directions, preplanned, and the scientifically induced opinions, emotions and so on, will be regurgitated by an indoctrinated public. It’s very simple if you have all the money in the world, the outlet to all the media in the world access and you have the techniques to put it across scientifically and through entertainment as well as propaganda documentaries.

To make matters worse, it isn’t simply the massive onslaught of downloading the public of new data designed to alter their behavior, to “modify it” as they call it. We are now into an age where they’re using technological weapons, psychotronic weaponry, much discussed at high-level warfare departments of every nation because they knew a long time ago the mind on a very easy simple level could be induced through the beaming out of particular frequency waves. It could easily affect the moods of the people. They knew it. It’s been well tested, well proved and now it’s being used in reality on nations to pacify them. They can make them either very aggressive or very pacified simply now, even just with the HAARP technology alone. There are other technologies beyond just the HAARP technology; they’re far more specific in what parts of the mind or the brain they want to target and they’re not testing it out. Whatever they’re doing works. They know what to expect when they do this. This is really old hat.

Prior to all this kind of technology, psychologists used to try and explain behaviorism almost like they did with the era of mass production in a mechanical way and now it’s gone beyond that into the electronic way. We know that the mind runs on chemicals. It depends upon them – electrochemical impulses and different frequencies within different parts of the brain, all varying. They’ve all been well gone over. Every part of your cerebrum has been gone over. Well understood and we can be targeted.

Going as far back as Bell, his father, Alexander Graham Bell’s father was working on remote means of inducing words into the human brain through sound vibrations and actually through electronic vibrations, an early form of technetronic manipulation. They’ve been at this for an awful long time. They have used this in Gulf War I on the various soldiers who came out of the trenches and weren’t shell-shocked. They were simply stunned because it had been used on them and it was admitted in the British newspapers that this technology had been used on them.

We find the Soviets had little boxes on the teacher’s desk which could induce an attentive response from the students. It would relax them to an extent where the teacher was talking more like the hypnotist and getting the point straight into the minds of the youngsters. This was standard procedure in the Soviet system

In the West, because we’re free, they have to hide all of this technology. We know that they were using it in many of the New Age foundation groups, putting the same technology in the walls even, so that you were guaranteed your personal experience with God and he might even talk to you. This is the same type of technology shown by Dr. Nick Begich where he showed on CBC Canada on the Wendy Mesley show technology which could induce thoughts or sounds right into the brain itself, bypassing the ears, from the 1950’s technology used by the CIA and is now obsolete.

Know thyself is the point, getting back to know thyself.  What are you? Who are you? What is motivating you? Where do your opinions, your prejudices come from? Who gives them to you? What camp do you allow yourself to be put into? Whether it’s the leader that says he or she speaks for me? Are you really a sovereign thinking individual? Are you honest with yourself?

The fear of cultural change is what reinforces a predominant group and those who have most to lose will support that as it goes under, in fact, often in denial. Definitely always in anger when they see what they have become used to in their lifetime being changed, so self-interest is a big part of it too.

The trick of the manipulators of this system is to give a perception that some other group is raising up above you therefore threatening your existence and so you’ll spend your energies trying to counter what you see as “that group” and you’ll never see the puppet masters above them who fund the whole thing.

And to hate, as I say, to hate brings on to the hater the characteristics of the one they hate. It’s an interesting observation that many women who were bombarded with the power trip of feminism – which again did not come from the grass roots. It doubled the tax base. It split the families. It’s been great business for therapists and cult groups and all types of New Age gurus who pretend to have the answers to their own happiness – but many of them who tried the lesbian movement–

–Why would you try and become the very thing that you hate?  Think about it. Think about it.

Because of the very sciences that the behaviorists are involved in and because as in all sciences they have their founding tenants of beliefs and they believe in evolution, big bangs, adaptations, re-adaptation, and on and on it goes, they try to see humanity and animals all lumped into the one system—where you exist simply for your own self-preservation and that everything to do with a system over that individual’s self-preservation is called “society” and that there is always a “dominant elite” running the society. That’s never ever countered. They accept that as a norm.  Of course, the intellectuals would like to be part of dominant elite but many of them lack the finances to do so, so they become good little lackey boys and girls to the real controllers above them.

Because they look upon the physical being as purely physical, they deny a spiritual value; and certainly religion has been one of the most powerful tools down through the centuries for control mechanisms by the dominant elite. However, there is obviously something beyond all of this, which frightens them, in fact, because it’s something which they cannot study or even come close to with their sciences. There’s something that intervenes occasionally in someone’s life and no matter how they try to use psycho-termic verbiage, they can’t really come to believe the fact that this is an odd thing outside of their science.

Therefore to admit to it is to admit that they do not control everything; and they themselves like to have everything tidy and categorized and pigeon-holed, which makes them feel secure, which then leads you to believe that they themselves are in a structured belief system.

If an individual can break through all of this, that’s a miracle in themselves. If they can accept the fact that they will be ostracized by those who are still in the old Matrix and if they are strong enough to handle that, then they will actually go higher. Things happen to them without joining cults and groups and without falling into the standard trap of taking your old baggage, your old format of a world view with all of its old religious values into another one. That’s the standard trap they fall into and so they take the certain institutional values of the old religion and bring it into the new, so they go shopping for something with those similar values. That’s why they can’t go any further and that’s why they become fantastically indoctrinated by the authorized New Age religion, which was begun actually in the 1700’s and pushed to its limit at the present time, until it’s normal to hear people talking about rattling their chakras and doing their little ritualistic meditations with certain sequences, which they try and pretend they’re all scientific.

It’s amazing how science comes into it, as though science was going to be their great redeemer. Science might help if it was ever allowed to or practiced on the public in a medical field value, it might help certain ailments if we were to be given the real stuff (which we won’t be), but it certainly doesn’t bring a person closer to a purposeful life or existence for themselves. Yet, here they are, trying to find scientific ways to rationalize their New Age religions and they’ve wrapped in of course the whole “wellness”.  Now this new terminology again, this new term, well, “how’s your wellness today?  My wellness is very—how is yours?”  Something that the United Nations said a few years ago they would promote, as they turn the general public back to old herbs and so on which might have worked. At least the old ones did that had been used for thousands of year. They worked on old natural diseases, whereas all the modern ones are man-induced, they’re created in laboratories, but they want the public to start taking lower forms of medicine because they want to depopulate rapidly.

They create a religion around herbalism and you’ll find people within this movement who believe everything they’re told that comes out of all the magazines and the experts in the fields who are selling them new types of grass to chew on or whatever, and promising them to extend your life, live forever, make you young again.  All this stuff that they’ve done throughout the ages with religion, the fountain of youth, because people are exploited in their fear of death.

These series of talks are not meant to give you gloom and doom, but to see the brightness you have to go through the darkness and there’s no way of skipping around it. You can’t skip around the edges. There are no edges. It’s a solid wall. You’ve got to get through it before you start climbing above and then there is purpose for you, there is meaning in life and the fears will leave.

Don’t react to the fear mongers all around you who are authorized to be there to keep you into a stampede of panic. Accept the fact that we’ve always been managed. It doesn’t mean we’ll always be managed, but we’ve always been managed and the same managers or their descendents are in control today.  Only by coming through the maze of indoctrination and conditioning can an individual break through into self-awareness.

Tonight, I’ll leave you with a song by Weird Al Yankovic, the Genius of Perception. So when you’ve eaten all your chocolates and you feel bad about doing it, or you’re sitting there like a billboard with your Gucci clothes and your brand-name hat and sweater and track pants and all the stuff you’re supposed to have as a good corporate-owned citizen – when you’ve done it all and you still feel that big emptiness within, there’s nothing left for it, is there? You’ve just got to click on that computer, get on the Internet and if you can’t afford the new and keep up with the Jones’ and pretend to your neighbors, maybe you can get it used. Maybe that will bring you happiness, eh?  After all, isn’t that what every ad tells you, if you have this you’ll be happy?

Good night and may your god or gods go with you.

“INQUISITION CENTURY 21”
October 4, 2006

Hi. This is Alan and I thought I’d give a little blurb. Some people do blogs, I do blurbs and I think they are a bit more effective than blogs, which blogs seem to be more repetition of what other people are blogging, as opposed to talking, whereas a blurb is more like a good talk.

I’m often asked, “What do you find to talk about?” In this world, there are so many things to talk about, especially the maze of things which flood on us routinely now, daily, by regular media. The format and the content of the downloading we get is becoming like the Soviet style of indoctrination through propaganda.

The Soviet style was differentiated from every other style, such as the British and American, because the Soviet style taught directly to the people as though they were children – very simplistic, simplistic paternal statements which were not to be questioned, even though, when you heard them, the content really made no sense. There was no interaction between words and so on, they were like blanket statements of some law being past because of something which seemed to be totally unrelated, and that’s what we have today.

Now supposedly in 2001, although albeit the high Masonic year for the New Age really coming in, long discussed in the occult meetings of the higher lodges and in Arthur C. Clark’s movie “2001” done in the 60’s. The whole agenda being already prepared to go ahead with an event which had to happen, a “must be.”

That will be debated forever, because you’ll never get the admission that it was done themselves – what happened in 9/11. It will never be given to the public, unless they give it 50 years later when we’re all brain chipped and don’t care. Generally, under the Official Secrets Act, they stamp it for another 50 years, and even Kennedy’s assassination results have been locked up for all that time. That’s pretty standard.

This whole New World Order had to go into effect with the cooperation of Britain. Margaret Thatcher gave world tours, and the title of her tour and her lectures was called, “The New World Order,” and that was done back in the early 90’s. She talked about the next war being on fundamental religion, and mentioning the Middle East quite a few times, because the world has to be standardized into “ONE SYSTEM OF TOTALITARIAN RULE.”  All the little children, of any age group, up to 90 or 100, have to be good parrots and just go along with it, because that’s how we’re seen – we’re little children and we wouldn’t understand why these new changes have to come on. A completely new way of living, a whole idea to serve the government, ultimately, for everyone will serve the world state, but that sounds great for the old-time communists. However, in reality, even the higher communists know they had just as much of a class system within communism, with the intelligentsia, and then you have the dominant minority above that. No different than the West, in fact, it’s the same bunch that run the West.

We’re on this roll towards totalitarianism. It’s all on the books. All the laws are there waiting to get used, and the public are still grazing, because they haven’t seen them put into effect yet, hundreds and hundreds of laws.  It’s quite interesting, even the Constitution and the Bill of Rights took direct quotes from the Magna Carta – that was the first tentative official laws put out on the books for the West and England in 1215, and published in 1216, and added to right up to the year 2025 or so, where everybody was put in their place.

The churches were put in a separate place, royalty and nobility were put in another category, and then they had subcategories down to tenants and subtenants and so on, but it was the first attempt to establish some sort of rights for people. Even though it’s harped on today that we’re losing all of that, even at the time it was more in writing than enacted, because it’s meant more since that era than it was actually meant in that era. It was taken kind of lightly then.

However, at least an attempt was put down to give rights to the individual, and it states right there, too, it would stop, although it didn’t, individuals from being snatched by governments and simply imprisoned indefinitely without trial. That was one of the big ones. That’s all gone out the window now, because in the U.S., which is the same as Britain and Canada – we’re all following the same agenda and format scripted by the same people, they can just grab you on their suspicion, which doesn’t have to be admitted as to what their suspicion is, and LOCK YOU UP INDEFINITELY AND TRY YOU SECRETLY with a military court, even though you’re a civilian.

Effectively they’ve tossed even the Magna Carta out the window and reverted back to a thousand years ago, at least officially; and it’s always been done unofficially, but now they’re making it official they can just do that, so NO ONE HAS ANY RIGHTS ANYMORE.

It’s interesting that in the late 90’s, Alan Rock, who was a life-long politician, one of these guys you know is working for the bigger boys, the grey men that go between the real elite and the public. He was made the attorney general for Canada and he came out with this massive bill, which was basically “War Powers Act,” where even the local newspapers (which is rare for them to do any inquiry at all) were scratching their heads and saying, “why is this man putting basically a war bill through – marshal law bill through (with the same stuff as came later in the U.S.) Why’s he doing that now when nothing’s happening?”

The Cold War was supposedly over. We didn’t have that during the Cold War. We didn’t have the Bill 6166 in the U.S. during the Cold War.  Why are they doing it now?  We never had it during World War II. Why is it all happening now because of one supposed cave man hiding out in the hills between Afghanistan and Pakistan? The real reason, of course, is nothing to do with him.

IT’S AN AGENDA THAT WAS PRE-PLANNED, HAS TO GO AHEAD and through the standard old techniques of totalitarians because THEY ALWAYS THINK THE SAME WAY.

They’ll just simply terrorize the public into obeying the new mandates. Shortly it will be time, just like the Soviet Union, where you’ll see your neighbors getting snatched in the middle of the night and locked up and you’ll say to yourself, “they must have done something wrong or that wouldn’t happen to them,” because that’s how it worked in the Soviet Union.   NOW you’re about to see it happen here. You won’t even dare inquire. You wouldn’t even go and inquire and say “what happen to them?” in case you get locked up next for inquiring, because that also happened in the Soviet Union.

It’s the era of control freaks, tyranny. You can go into the ancient tyrants of Rome and they have a category, it was a legal category where they could have a tyrant in power during times of civil unrest or massive corruption of government, which happened every so often. That’s traditional, again, with humankind. The nastiest of them and the Caesars and the Caligula and different ones, they did not have the power written in that they’ve given themselves in the West today.

They’ve surpassed the worst tyrants in history, where they’ve actually put down in writing the right to use torture on civilians, on any suspicion, without even the legal necessity of informing the relatives what happened to them or where they are, or even if they are alive or dead, or why they were picked up, or if they’ve been tortured or not or killed, or even buried or disposed of – thrown up the chimney like Winston in “1984” in a cloud of smoke.

This is supposed to be the pinnacle of civilization, and here we are in the worst horror show coming upon us than Hollywood’s ever given us, although they had a lot to do with the preparing of our mindset to accept this stuff.

What’s happened to the people – why are they so sure at the top that the public will accept it? Because they are confident the public will accept it; and the reason being is to do with communications and scientific downloading of information to prepare us for it all. We’ve been getting prepared most of our lives for what’s coming. Hollywood has done a great job of TV dramas and has done a fantastic job and today the public can’t really tell the difference between fact and fiction. It’s all one big mush.

It’s hard to differentiate what we’re given by the one-eyed monster, ‘Lucifer’s eye,’ the Eye of Ra or Horus, the television. It’s hard to differentiate what’s factual anymore or what’s real, especially when you watch so much blood and guts, and even in the dramas they’ve given you for cops and stuff.  The cops just have to break the law themselves to get the bad guy, and if that means using torture, well that’s okay because we’re going to save lives by using torture. This is how it’s being projected into us and we don’t even question that because it comes in a fictional form; and, in a sense, a lot of people will equate torture for a good reason. “It must be for a good reason.”

Here we are with a modern version of an ancient ritual of torture and imprisonment, snatching people out of their homes or off the streets. At one time they called them “dissidents.” Now they’re terrorists. If you have a thought that’s not politically correct, “my god, you’re a terrorist.” You have a thought-crime, Orwell’s thought-crime. How do you eliminate thought-crime? You just make sure that most people cannot think and you’ll have less thought-crime.

The terms that are used today came out of the big laboratory called the Soviet Union. We have direct translations of phrases used in Communist Russia, and political correctness is one of them, directly translated from Russian.

Anti-government is another one. That’s a term that first started to appear in the late 90’s, very subtly at first in the media, ‘anti-government,’ which is an odd phrase when you think about it. It meant now if you criticize government policy, you’re anti-government, rather than simply criticizing a particular policy, which makes you wonder if opposition parties are therefore anti-government and they’ll lock them up. I somehow doubt it, since they all belong to the same rich boy clubs as the other parties, but that’s where your logic would take you if you have it.

We’re watching the setting up where they give themselves laws to bring upon us a period of barbarism, instigated from the top, to push a public through into the next part of the system, which will take up to a generation or so. IT’S REALLY THE CHILDREN THEY’RE AFTER and the children, who are weaned on video games to do with killing and slaughtering and torturing and all that kind of stuff, will say to themselves, “There’s only two choices to make in life. Either join the “winners,” because I don’t want to join the “losers.””  They dream of wearing their black outfit and their little submachine gun, and jumping through windows and killing people. They’ll be the “good guys” then; and it’s all being done through scientific processes of fiction and drama, where the “good guys,” now, used to be called the “bad guys”.

People who wore masks in the past used to be called “bandits.” Now the guys who wear masks and wear black are the executioners, but they’re good guys. They’re good guy executioners. Really, this started, this whole format of getting us used to the SWAT team type cop was with that New York NYPD Blue series, where they give every character, even the SWAT team leader, a human characteristic. Eventually you sort of say, “you can understand him. He’s not so bad.” Then you forget what his real purpose is, because he wouldn’t be in that job, which is ultimately to go in and kill people, unless they wanted to be there. It’s not a job here you put down on your – you know, what do you like to do? “Well, I like to kill people.”

That’s okay for Special Forces. They can always recruit the psychopaths for Special Forces and then lock them up when they’re put into city-street because they kill people at home, unless the government uses them covertly and that’s still okay.

We’re really going ahead into this and the public are slumbering. They’re fast asleep. Those who understand this much of what’s happening are naturally afraid and they know they’ll be the targets. Those who are asleep have no worries, really, because they’ll probably go along with everything and anything, and no matter how ridiculous the reasons are given, they’ll do it. That’s the history of humankind.

The boys at the top employ think tanks by the thousands to work at all these little snares, problems and snags to make sure they have plain sailing, and they bring in professors of history. They bring in top sociologists and psychologists, not the little guys at the bottom. I’m talking about the BIG BOYS at SPECIFIC UNIVERSITIES.  They always have used these people because they know what’s happened in the past – what’s worked on the public, in the past, can be repeated if they know the formula how to bring it on; and Plato talked about that in “The Republic.” Whatever’s been done or people have been encouraged to do in the past and has been successful, can always be reintroduced in the future, as long as you know the format. You do this first. You do this second. You do this third, then the public will respond in kind and do exactly what you want. It’s almost a mathematical sequence of various formats.  That’s how it works.

Think tanks have this kind of data. They live on data, the information age. It’s really information on human behavior. They got this initially from the first big advertising companies that were thrown up, especially in New York, who had to find the weaknesses of people; because advertising wants to make you do something you haven’t thought of doing yourself, so that other ones who pay for the advertising are going to profit by it. Therefore, they have to learn the psychology, your weaknesses, basically – male, female, age groups, male and female, right down to teenie boppers.

They even have a different category of advertising now aimed directly at pre-pubertal children, specialized categories, so that those children will nag their parents to get what they want.  It’s not really what they want, it’s what they’ve been told they want by the big advertising agencies who understand them very well and put these ads across in a way a person of that age would understand, but they don’t understand they’re being manipulated, you see.

We live in a world of mass manipulation. It’s interesting that even Madame Blavatsky who was a theosophist and gave away some proofs that she was just a front person for the bigger powers. She said in one of her last speeches that she saw a time coming when a science would be used on the public, which could manipulate their very thoughts and the public would be unaware of it, the most powerful tool ever devised. She certainly made enough mistakes in her life even as a front person. It just proves that all she was, was a front person. She didn’t understand the whole agenda herself.

As we go through this phase of apparent chaos and crisis, a neurosis builds up amongst the people, and it’s encouraged as well, because FEAR MAKES PEOPLE OBEDIENT. Throughout that fear, they turn to all kinds of things to try and find some relief, some escapism. Traditionally the religions, the mainstream religions start to pick up on people coming back or coming into them looking for answers or comfort, or just someone there to say, “there, there, don’t worry, god’s in control.”

Other ones are being encouraged to go into what’s called the “New Age” movement, where they wiggle pendulums before they can make a move or even go to the bathroom, or they’ll play with tarot cards or various other things to try and give them a feeling that everything is preordained, and if you just do it the right way, you’ll get the right preordination and you’ll get the good one not the bad one.

Magic is what they resort to, hope through magic. Hope through the ability to manipulate unseen forces to save them, because, technically, they’re right in one sense. They know that there’s no complaints department set-up to stop, just through complaining, all that’s coming down from happening and they can’t handle the stress.

Technically, they’re cracking up and they’re looking for a relief, because we’re going through a period where those who do understand certain things are under more stress in a sense than the general public at the moment. Eventually, that gets reversed as the general public starts to get driven like a herd until they’re fully stampeding and the changes come on rapidly, one after another. That’s when the public become hyper-neurotic; and, at the moment, ignorance is bliss for those who are asleep, but it’s only short-lived.

So, as I say, those who are looking at what’s happening are going off into every possible imagination and being encouraged to do so, because the big think tanks make sure that they supply us with – let’s call them the “false prophets, who take us into la-la land and revitalize all the ancient dead works.  Pendulums, formulas, magic rituals which keep you out of the running. It keeps you from seeing anything. It makes you withdraw into a nether-nether world of unreality where you’re now safe. You’re playing with magic. You’re not playing against the government. You’re playing with magic and hoping to manipulate little things in your personal immediate environment. That kind of stuff is encouraged during these times.

We even see that going back to the ancient tyrants of Rome when they would turn the armies against the populous. All kinds of little cult groups sprung up all over the place because people couldn’t stand the terror that was going on.

In the Soviet Union, although exoterically, the public were supposed to be good atheists. Even when it fell, they found the top generals and it was right amongst the army and bureaucracies. They were right into the “Old Black Magic” stuff, you know, tarot cards again and fortune telling and stuff like that, because those who are in the know get a lot of stress as well, because they could be next too, and look for some sort of magical answers to show them there’s some kind of fate at work.

Fate can be a positive allure in a sense, because you’re looking for a promise that you’re going to be okay.  A good fakir, you see that’s where the word “fake” comes from, a good fakir from India, they would understand you first of all, and your psychology and where you were going with it and what you needed, and they would give you two paths. This is going to happen, but you could either go this way or that way; and so one is good, one is bad, and as long as it gives you a way out or what APPEARS to be a way out, you can go home and follow that route believing you’re going to be all right. At least for a little while more, until that date is past, then you have to go back and ask them, “what’s the next step? What’s going to happen now?” and try to keep ahead of the game by paying for an insight into a possibility of the future. That’s what fakirism is all about.

That doesn’t mean to say that all psychic ability is fake. Most of it is when it charges money. That’s the sad truth here. There’s a lot of psychology involved and if you study it yourself, you’ll find that for yourself. There’s a lot of psychology to do in this whole movement of supposedly the paranormal. Once you start to understand the formulas and techniques that are used, it will dispel some of the myths you might have believed yourself and now it will make sense why they could know this or appear to know it. Most the time they didn’t know it, you were jumping on a straw which is painted many colors and sure enough, one of those colors is the one that you thought it was going to be. You just don’t happen to see all the rest of the colors because it was painted that way for all the other decisions you could have made. This is a field in itself.

Normal psychic ability should be present in children. That’s why the youth are guaranteed ALWAYS to be a ready market for the occult because everyone goes through it. Every teenager is fascinated by that which fascinates them, the “invisible world,” the possibilities out there, the possibilities of forces, and so you can always manipulate – it’s a good income for those, the same as in religion.  It’s a good income, a guaranteed income because all teenagers will go through that phase. We have the same writers or re-writers using the same old stuff from old books, just rehashing it and rehashing it and they’ll get a guaranteed audience of those who want to be fascinated, but it NEVER gives them A LASTING TRUTH.  It just fascinates them. It’s like an addiction to chocolate or sugar or whatever, for a while, until you grow up; and then, when you grow up, you’re into the world system.

Any natural abilities you had generally got lost and any psychic abilities as you start to get worried and you’re living a daily strife trying to make marriages work that can’t work because the system has made it so.

People get married for hormonal reasons, are still trying to emulate that which was before, but neither male nor female can be at peace with each other anymore. All the rules have gone out the window that made it work before; it was forced before. They no longer apply. When the hormonal haze wears off, then you’ll find there’s a stranger living with you; and he or she has been conditioned through the media to tell he or she what they want, and this is what you find. It’s non-functional. It’s dysfunctional now.

We’re trying to emulate that which went before and it’s now obsolete, and the media and all the magazines and all the dramas et cetera, et cetera are hammering away to ensure it doesn’t work. Governments pay organizations to give out propaganda aimed at male or female to make sure it doesn’t work, and the couples end up blaming themselves eventually. They don’t realize they didn’t have a leg to stand on in the first place. This was prepared long ago, this whole phase we’ve lived through, just like we’re going through this phase that’s coming, that’s starting now – prepared long ago. You can’t change an entire system without controlling all of that system and preparing the way.

WE LIVE IN A SYSTEM THAT LIVES ON PUNISHMENT AND REWARD. Punishment is not having that what you’re supposed to have, according to the media and all the advertisers. Reward is when you do the right things to get paper or money or whatever you want to call it, to get the reward for self-gratification. So you work for your week or your month then you pay yourself at the end so much out of all that that you owe to get some plastic junk from China which makes you feel good. All that slavery and boring work you put in is paid off if you bought this little plastic junk, which will breakdown shortly, and it doesn’t matter because then you have to buy a new one and that’s what it’s all based on. You’ve got to buy a new one, you good for a little while.

If things that the ADS sold you made YOU HAPPY, you’d HAVE bought EVERYTHING that MADE YOU HAPPY BY NOW.

HAVE YOU NOTICED NO ONE’S HAPPY?

From toothpaste to toothpicks to whatever, there’s a smiling face there telling you how wonderful this has made their life. It fulfilled it. There’s nothing more ridiculous than exercise machines. Anybody who stands and runs on an exercise machine with a big silly grin on their face is crazy. I’ve never seen it except on television when they’re selling them. They’re trying to sell you a dream of happiness. They don’t sell you a thing. They sell you happiness, an illusion; and that’s what our whole system so far has been based on. The way we’re going through the next phase, it will come out where everyone is supposed to serve the system. There’d be less personal rewarding. You know the rat won’t go to the little thing and pull the lever and get its seed as its reward; you won’t do that anymore. You’ll simply obey and be fed, very much like ancient Egypt was run.

Egypt was like a socialist system, run by a dominant minority at the top with the priesthood, intelligentsia directing all the affairs of people like bureaucrats, and then all the notches below, tradesmen, right down to ordinary people; and they all got fed by the State for their quota of work. The higher ones, the priesthoods got I think it was two gallons of beer per day personally, per person. So at least they were kind of happy performing their work, and I’m sure it increased the height of the Nile as a side effect.

Anyway, we’re going through systems, that’s what I’m trying to get across here, prepared in advance on a huge scale by thousands of think tanks who’ve looked at every possibility of every type of person and personality and how their reactions to each part of this program will be countered or seen by different groups. They’ve already worked out in advance before they even begin how those different segments of society will oppose them or try to or whatever. They’ve got their guys up ready to take over what appears to be oppositions who say all the right things and you’ll back him to the hilt, then you’ll end up exactly where you didn’t want to go and you’d wonder why you got there.

This is an old science, which is perpetuated down through the ages, right down, as I say, to the use of religions including what we now call “New Age,” which is just the old age stuff rehashed, and people are looking for escapist philosophies.

Psychiatry I’m sure will do a great business and psychology as we go through the next phase where people start to get picked up and simply disappear right out of their homes, all thanks to governments and government policies. Initially, as I say, the neighbors will say, “well they must have done something wrong because the government wouldn’t have done it otherwise,” until they see too many getting picked up and it might even be themselves you see. We’ll all be in the same little cell as Winston was with his next-door neighbor and his next-door neighbor will say, “Stay away, Winston. They caught me. I’m a thought criminal. I didn’t know it myself. It was my daughter that found out. Thank goodness you caught me before I got worse.”

Then you see that Bush even wants to test for psychological problems amongst the general population, right out of “1984.” Right out of “1984.” Then they can prevent you – see everybody potentially under the law, and law enforcement can only take you to the same stage eventually, to keep everybody safe you can have no rights whatsoever, obviously, because we’re just all too stupid to have rights. There’s to be a law about everything and it pretty well is today.

We’re getting hemmed in by laws and compliance with laws and the ritual of showing that we’re complying with laws, which takes away all rights. All decision-making, in fact, goes out the window under the pretense of keeping you safe; and that’s what is taught in law enforcement. It can’t go in any other direction in fact. It’s only natural in time of control freaks – the main control freaks get to the top. They see other departments using it, from military right through, and then they all go on a row to cash in because they think it’s a free-for-all where they can pass any kind of law they want and get their way, which they do for a while. That’s traditional too in history. They do until there’s so much chaos with all their cross laws and different departments standing on each others’ toes that eventually it starts crumbling and falling apart; and to try and deal with that with even more horror and terror rather than take a good look at themselves causing the problem in the first place.

During the Inquisition, we saw the church, which was a big powerful force at the time, the Roman Catholic Church; we saw that go on the rampage. Whole villages were called out when the Inquisition arrived in Europe and you were given a chance to confess as a whole village. They’d say, “we know there’s people here who have been thinking about or doing Black Magic or practicing Satanism, so if you tell us right now we’ll go easy with you. If you don’t, we’ll have to torture it out of you.” Well you’d be damned forever and you might die too.

People would start making up stories, right there and then on the village square and coming out with the most outlandish things, taking their little punishment, a few strokes of the whip and repenting and asking forgiveness and so on. If enough of them did it, it might say to you it’s sadism within these inquisitors and they’d hear all the confessions and give them their benedictions and go home or go to the next town or village.

It’s a sad, sad state when that happens. You see the American Psychological Association for years has gone on the same path as that, as have the police. The American Psychological Association has been trying to determine who will be a criminal; and that started really with them when they were part of the eugenics movement under the Rockefeller Foundation in the 1920’s. It’s now called, “Bio-Ethics Committees.” It sounds much more gentler and society oriented, but it’s the same thing. If they can just look at someone or look at their blood or their DNA or whatever, they might just be able to tell you how you’re going to end up, catch you before it happens and program you and indoctrinate you into who they want you to be, rather than letting you allow yourself to come to what you’d like yourself to be by yourself.

The American Psychological Association has said many times in their publications that “everyone is a potential criminal,” which is true if you go straight by legalism and the terms of legalism. If it’s a crime to defend yourself if someone is going to try to kill you, and you defended yourself, then technically yes, you’re a criminal. Since everything that lives, even mice will scratch the noses of cats if they’re cornered – they’ll try to fight to the last – a rat will bite you if you put your hands down its burrow to protect its young, well they’re all criminals you see.  YOU CAN MAKE ANY NATURAL ACTION a CRIMINAL ACTION and they have been doing this piece-meal, little by little, for the last 20-odd years.

So until they make you the new world Soviet man, which is just a robot basically who’s predictable, then the world can’t be safe; and ALL WE HAVE TO GIVE UP IS THE RIGHT TO THINK FOR OURSELVES, REACT AS ANY LIVING CREATURE SHOULD REACT TO SAVE ITS OWN LIFE.

THAT’S ALL WE HAVE TO DO IS GIVE THAT UP and kiss the ring of the king and they’ll go easy with us.

Isn’t it odd how tyranny and tyrants and megalomaniacs never change, until literally human nature changes by some other means that will always repeat itself in phases, because tyrants always ride to the top.

NORMAL PEOPLE DON’T LOOK FOR POWER. Only the real “criminal class” go into politics. They crave power. They’re good liars. They’re psychopathic. That’s why they lie so readily and easily to people and they don’t blush when they’re caught in a lie as a normal person would. The superego takes over a psychopath. They run on ego. You can call them the worst possible things and it runs off their backs like water off a duck. That’s why they go into politics.

However, as low as they know what the public what to hear they’ll tell you what you want to hear. They’ll do something differently, but THEY’LL ALWAYS tell you what you want to hear. Those same people fight like cats and dogs amongst themselves in the most sociable way if they have drinky-poos and clink glasses at the cocktail parties and smile and put on all the fakery towards each other, because each one wants to get above the next by crawling over them. They’d love to see their opposition crushed so they can get up there, king tyrant. That’s the real world that they live in. There’s no compassion of any kind. It’s a psychopathic world.

Now how can a psychopath feel safe in a world where he knows he’s abused everyone else? The only way you can feel safe is by causing terror on all those beneath him – standard, routine, routine. Perfectly understandable and we’re seeing it being enacted now by a small group basically, backed though by the bigger powers, and they’re on a roll, 6166. Bill 6166 in the U.S. 6 ones are 6 and then you have the 6 and 6. They love to play these little silly games out of the Cabbala on us all the time because we’re such idiots you see. We just don’t know what they mean and they love to throw that little religion in our faces.

The time to speak out anywhere is now, while at least you can’t technically be locked up for asking a question. That’s coming. I mean that’s coming. It’s on the books. Asking a question eventually will be too dangerous, but now is the time to speak out about this. Some are doing it everywhere they go. There’s choices and chances everyday to mention what’s coming along here, because the time is shortly here where we’ll see all of these laws enacted.

It will be just like the movie, which I have recommend, called, “Brazil,” made by the guy who did a lot of Monty Python movies. It’s a satirical comedy on the bureaucratic future, where people are assassinated by mistake because of names – names are slightly different or get mixed up in a machine. You’ll see these swat teams just cutting holes in the roofs as you’re sitting watching TV and come flying down and taking you off and you just disappear from society; and that is coming. That’s coming.

They have plenty of “the dead,” you know, recruits from “the dead” to wear the black outfits to come and do it. They’ve seen it in the movies. Their heroes are dressed like that now. They want to be on the winning team. They want to be able to wield the machine gun and just blow people away, like all their heroes did in the days of Rambo. That’s what they’ve been weaned on, and their parents allowed them to watch this stuff as they’re being weaned on it because they’re parents were too busy enjoying themselves elsewhere.

What are you going to do about it?  Are you going to speak out now while you’ve got a chance? and just tell them they can’t do what they’re doing. As I say, they’re putting us back to the Middle Ages. They’re putting us back a million years, but at least removing from the exoteric documentation of the possibility of rights of the individual. They’re just throwing it out the window and we’re going back into the Dark Ages.

A small coterie of fanatics – religious fanatics too, because they have their own inner religion and they’re ruthless, who envisage the type of world they want to hammer it into, regardless of the fallout amongst people, the cost of “making it so.”  We’ve watched all these laws being put on the books – they don’t put laws on the books by the thousands so they can sit back and admire them. They do it in preparation of using them.

People often ask, “Is this just a physical thing?” Of course it’s not [just] a physical thing. What do you think you’re seeing when you’re seeing born perpetual liars on television telling you what they’re doing and why they’re going to do it, from the first appearances of the big boys in 2001 giving us, again, these paternal soviet style speeches and lying their faces off and even being caught in the lies and coming back on the TV the next day and repeating the same lies over and over again, utterly shameless. What do you think you’re seeing there?

You see, if you had a person among society at your own level, you’d have to say they’re sick, at the very least. They’d be diagnosed as psychopathic; and here we are, watching this bunch even use the terminology that’s meant to throw us off balance. It’s almost a pre-Talmudic logic, where they say, “The reason these people want to kill us all (these people, you know the guys that are in the caves over there) is because they hate us.” That’s the answer we get. That’s the answer. This is the first time in history this type of strange logic has been used as an excuse and repeated; repetition is a big thing with these boys.

They know that it takes eight times at least before the average individual will start to repeat themselves robotically; and so they say it’s because they hate us. Now in olden times when the Normans came into England and the Saxons fought them, it wasn’t necessarily the Saxons had any personal hate against them. They just naturally fought invaders, as did anybody else who got invaded. That use to be called “normalcy,” a normal response to being attacked; and so here we are across the Middle East and the reason those insurgents – they call them insurgents, they first used the term “insurgency” in Vietnam. They don’t call them another name because they don’t want us to identify with a real physical human being, so they call them this odd, almost cold, clinical term called “insurgents.”

These insurgents are fighting them over there because “they hate them.” Well do they want these people to bring out food to them and welcome them as heroes or something, as they takeover the oil and the culture and tell them, “No, you can’t live like this. You’ve got to copy the west. You’ve got to get strip joints and abortion clinics and drug addicts on the streets and be run by crooked politicians.” Would we love that? Is that what we should love?

It’s no coincidence they’re using this term “hate” because that been pushed for the last 10 to 15 years through school, because it was that generation who are now in their 20’s and then the armies and so on who never question that word, “hate” – the anti-hate laws, anti-hate. We thought it meant something else; and now it’s being broadened to encompass anybody else who doesn’t agree with you – “hate.”

As I’ve studied history, I’ve never found where someone who was the hero of his nation for defending it was called “a hater.” It’s a brand new phenomenon. Or would really all the Arabs in the Arab countries, is there something wrong with them for being angry at people who come in taking away their culture? Try to take away their way of life. They’ve got UNESCO in there to indoctrinate the children and to be the first to westernize Arabs so they can be the ones to grow up and they’ll probably run their businesses of the abortion clinics and strip joints and drugs. Yes, shouldn’t the people love that?

Therefore, with the use of words – again something else which George Orwell warned us about. When the dictionary gets thinner and thinner every year until ultimately it will be so thin you won’t have the words to express yourself and you can’t convey a “terrorist thought,” you see – a thought crime, because you won’t have the vocabulary to get it across to anybody. That’s called, “linguistic minimalism,” so they said ‘plus good’ and ‘plus bad,’ good and ‘ungood’ and all that kind of stuff.

We’re seeing it being used today.  Orwell wasn’t a science fiction writer. ORWELL WORKED FOR THE BIG BOYS.  He worked for the BBC during World War II. He said in his own biography, “I had to lie to the public to make them believe that the cheaper cuts of meat that was available during the war, all the ration stuff – all the stuff they’d normally throw away was actually better for them than the stuff that they had before.” That was the Department of Propaganda, and that’s where he realized that by the terminology they were trained to use they could convince the public of anything; and we’re seeing that technique used today. At least Orwell got out of it. He didn’t agree with it.

Luckily, maybe for us, he could tell us what was going to happen because he was in on it. He was chosen at university – at Cambridge University and trained for his role in life, but he stepped out of it.

Most go along with it. The world they want to create is just another deviation on the deviant society of today. What we think is “normal life” is a deviancy of life, because the cities were the first things that they built that were unnatural. Anything that’s unnatural to begin with can only spawn off another generation of more unnaturalness or deviancy; and that’s why Plato called them the “beehive”, these would be the beehives of the agenda of the plan. You couldn’t do it normally.

We’re moving from a deviant society, dysfunctional society of today where we’re trained like Pavlov’s dogs that the only thing in life is to be happy, which equates to buying something at the end do the month and rewarding yourself like a rat trained by Pavlov. That’s supposed to be the meaning of life. That’s all we need to know. C’est la vie. The rest of the time they’ll entertain you to death with other people’s ideas. You don’t even have to participate or think for yourself anymore, it’s all done for you, so ultimately there’s not a lot to give up really when you think about it.

Most of us have never used our brains to any capacity to figure things out. Most people – I’m talking about most people, seem to be content having everything laid on for them, including their thoughts and their entertainments and past-times. It’s all laid out by others – professionals who simply download it into you. Even the jokes are so ridiculously absurd on television you don’t have to figure them out. You just laugh when the canned laughter comes on. That’s your cue to respond again like Pavlov’s creatures. That’s the world we’re living in at the moment. This is an unnatural system.

We’re just moving from one unnatural phase to the next unnatural phase, from one form of deviancy to the next deviancy.

We’re so far removed from normalcy we don’t know what it is anymore.

Anthropologists and zoologists the big sciences that came in to help manipulate us towards this agenda and they bank their hopes on these people by studying human behavior, how we could manipulate en masse. Look at the so-called arrested cultures that are still quite happy making their own stone axes and living with the materials around them and they don’t have a profit system. They make everything they need. They seem to be living quite in harmony with nature. They’re not destroying nature in the process, only profit does that and greed.  We called them “arrested civilizations” because they haven’t wanted or had that deviant need to go onto any next phase.

They have a full meaning of life which we don’t have anymore. They discuss their dreams in the Amazon when they get up in the morning around the fire, and no matter how long it takes – because there’s not clock there you see and they don’t rush off to the office, they can sit and discuss all the things that come and it always has meaning. They have no psychiatrists, psychologists, therapists, Buddhist monasteries where they go ‘om’ or chant to the sun or whatever. They have none of that. They have no need of that. They are living.  They are living with nature and yet we call them “primitive,” even though they are probably the only people left in the world who have a full life with full meaning in it.

They don’t need to know who discovered the atom, or why, or what to do with it. It’s irrelevant; or who are the main composers of the 18th or 19th centuries. It’s all irrelevant. They have more going on in their heads than you could ever, ever imagine, and it makes sense to them, and we call them “arrested civilizations.”

They don’t have to buy steel axes because they can make their own. If they forget to make their own, they’re dependent on a system. They know that; and they pass on traditions, oral traditions to each other that give them meaning and makes sense to them. They have no high blood pressure. They live to a good age, full life; and we call them primitive. They don’t need computers or electricity.

Yes, this is where we are. They want to destroy the last of all that, those in between and of course the Arab cultures. We’ve got to standardize everything into the same system. It started with ‘no child left behind.’ It’s still that but it’s also no nation left behind, no people left behind. We’ve all to get stamped into the same mold and go through this system to wherever it’s taking us; and we know really where it is taking us, it’s to be a scientifically controlled society where you won’t have to think at all and you won’t have the ability to think ultimately, when eventually they chip peoples brains and make us all more efficient.

Hollywood goes out the window. You won’t need that anymore, eventually, at the final stage of it; and you’ll be programmed. You could be a plumber one day and an electrician the next, and not even remember one or the other.  You’ll go into your little cubicle like Seven-of-Nine of Star Trek and be recharged for the next day.

That’s their Brave New World. It’s difficult to go further with all of this with people, because most people truly only want the world to stop right now and don’t get any worse, with all of its corruption. “Just don’t let it get any worse. I don’t mind the corruption here. I don’t mind the corruption there. I don’t mind all the people who are into politics and they’ve got their hands on the public cookie-jar and they’re ripping us off.” They don’t mind all this stuff as long as they can continue in their predetermined lives of punishment and reward in that system.

That’s really what people want. The world will not be changed by those people who want to keep the system. It wasn’t theirs. The part they’ve lived through is now obsolete in the eyes of the controllers who gave you the previous system. It’s obsolete. They’re upgrading us all for the next stage, which is also theirs. We tend to stop and fight to retain that which is familiar; so even though it’s familiar to you because you’re born into it, it doesn’t mean it was right.

The only thing that’s right in this world is how you feel to each other, how you react to each other, the natural responses and emotions that they’re still trying to hammer out of us. In fact, you’ll see that in the big cities like New York, which is maybe the closest thing to how it was in the Soviet system, where you simply don’t look in the eyes of anybody on the street as you pass each other by – no real human contact, depersonalization. That’s the ARTIFICIAL SYSTEM.

It doesn’t mean that people have to be great eloquent speakers. What it does mean is they must control their tempers as they put this across to people, this information. As they put it across to them what is happening, don’t overload them, just tell them where they’re going, quietly, calmly and leave it with them. That’s all you can do; and through that process eventually you’ll hit a person here and there who understands what you’re saying, and now you’re not so lonely anymore and you’ll have people to talk to or phone up at night to converse with. You don’t make it a bitching session of exchanging the news that is given out for you to bitch about, just quietly accept that you all understand you’re in the know.

Because knowing what’s happening, as I say, takes away the old story of ignorance being bliss. You can’t have this ignorant bliss anymore and you can’t go back to it either when you’ve opened Pandora’s Box.

I’ll be doing more talks and a whole series of talks on the site on topics which will interest you. I know they will. I also know there are a lot of other authors out there who will be picking up a lot of this stuff, as they already have been for years, and running with the info, but this is the time to do it. This winter hopefully I’ll be able to put out more videos and maybe another one or two books when I’m snowed in and I can’t do much else outside, as long as I don’t get blizzards everyday and have to shovel the snow everyday, but that’s Que sera, sera.

I’m also coming up on a show in Sweden in the near future, so stay tuned to the site for details when it comes, and I think that’s got a lot of listenership, this particular one over in Europe, and you’ll be able to get it here too. And I thank those who have given me verbal support in what I’m doing. I know I’ve helped a lot of people along the way because they’re in touch with me and that’s what makes it worthwhile. There are those that get beyond the basics. They’re beyond the little end fighting of whose doing what today. They’re beyond the panicking stage. They’ve passed that. They’ve overcome that. They’ve done their homework and they know what’s happening and they’re calm enough about it to be able to go out there and put it across to others and help others of our kind, because we are kind you know. WE ARE THE LAST KIND, AND WE MIGHT BE THE LAST OF OUR KIND. This might just be it, the last of this particular type who are able to be cognizant of what’s really happening around them.

I think the next generation coming up won’t have that. They’ve had more inoculations than anyone else has ever had and more programming through TV and scientific school programming. They probably won’t have so much of a chance to breakout into full understanding, so it’s up to us to keep sentience alive and to put the hands out to people who put it up to you to pull them up. It’s up to us to do it. The only duty we have to do it is to ourselves and to others. That’s it basically.

We have no choice in the matter once you really know what’s happening. We have no choice. The reason we have no choice is because WE’RE NOT BRAIN DEAD. If we were brain dead we wouldn’t be talking like this right now.

We have no choice but to do what we’re doing. We also have to choice but to expose the cons that are being used while they go through all of this. The big distractions are purposely put out there. This winter, as I say, I’ll give you far more information on certain aspects of this which we haven’t really touched on before.

Thanks for listening in. Please give support to this website and we’ll talk to you again.

All the best. Bye.

“KINGS, ADVISORS AND CUNNING CONS”
December 8, 2006

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and it is December 8th, 2006.

Last night, it began to warm up to about 15 below centigrade, and then when I woke up this morning, it was 30 below. It plummeted again with a cold front coming in, and these are definitely unusual temperatures for this time of year. It rose up to about 10 below during the day, but at the same time a wind came in and made it feel much colder.

“

However, I have most of the snow blower reassembled; and for those who have done this kind of tinkering, you probably noticed that nothing is made in any practical manner. It isn’t that after all this time of engineering and degrees and expertise, they can’t design things to be practical and long lasting, or even practical to work on. Everything is deliberately made in this system to be difficult to work on. They’re still using bent wire to move governors for your carburetors on these machines. They haven’t changed them in 80 odd years, and nothing of course is made to last. That’s the key to it, because the marketing companies and the engineers work hand-in-glove. They build the flaws into them, and they also know how long a particular machine is going to be used, or how many years it will last, and how many parts they can sell for certain parts, over the years. That’s how they make a lot more extra money, is by selling parts, which they know will break, you see, after a year or two.

THE WORLD IS MEANT TO FRUSTRATE YOU.  THIS SYSTEM IS NOT MEANT TO GIVE YOU PEACE and IT ISN’T THAT THEY COULDN’T MAKE THINGS IN A MORE PRACTICAL FASHION OR MAKE THEM TO LAST.

I’d also like to talk now about some of the people who contact me, who are in the process of waking up, in a shock, because they’ve tuned in to shortwave or some program that goes on about the patriot business, basically. It freaks them out when things start to make sense, because of the information they’re hearing, but they get caught up in the hype, as well, of the patriot business – which is a business, first and foremost. Secondly, I think it’s designed not to give you the answers or the whole truth.  It’s meant to catch those who are trying to wakeup, and get them into a tizzy, a panic tizzy, of consuming and buying all this stuff for survival you could ever imagine.

I know people, who phone me up, and they’ll tell me all the different stuff they’ve got and bought over the years, from AM, shortwave radio, and patriot stations, including underground shelters. They have all the gizmos, all the gold and silver and everything you can imagine, for every possible scenario. At least the scenarios they’ve been told about.  I would always tell them, “The ones you’re not prepared for are the ones which will be used.”  But they have all this stuff, and I’ve said to them, “How big a truck would it take to move that stuff if you had to move it in a hurry?” and they go into another shock, because they have never thought about it.  Some of them would need a five-ton truck to move all this stuff, and somehow they think they’ll be left where they are, as there’s some kind of chaos reigning, and they’ll be all set-up to get through anything. It’s never dawned on them, that they might have to, or will, get moved off their property, or they’ll have to go anyway.

And I tell them, “Whatever you can stick in a big rucksack is all you’ll manage to get away with.” That’s if you can get gas to go anywhere, or a road that doesn’t have checkpoints all along the way. But the panic business, which unfortunately goes hand-in-glove with the patriot business, caters to all this sort of thing. You’ll always find all the stuff they sell, like tents and all the “camo” (camouflage) gear, and the boots and the gold and silver, et cetera, and the rations that they sell. They’re probably old rations that they jacked the price up, and they’re obsolete, these ones. You can make you’re own rations up, by simply looking at old books. Get some beans and put them in jars.

The people truly have been stampeded, for years and years and years, into the only information sources they’ve been given. Remember the ALL-SEEING EYE DOESN’T MISS ANYTHING.  I tell them, “Why do you think, out of all the controlled media, they would miss the shortwave or the AM stations?”  It hasn’t.  What’s out there is authorized to be there. As I’ve said before, and I said the other night, I’ve talked to very elderly people, who followed this all their lives, and gone on the roller coasters of ups and downs, and learned all the names on a daily basis, of who’s passing what bill. Who’s doing what to whom, and what country’s doing what to what, and on and on it goes. It’s just data, data, data. It’s irrelevant who they bring forth to pass a bill. If that person wasn’t there, someone else would have then been picked to come forth, in his place.

Another thing I would like to warn people about, are famous people, who come on some shows, claiming to belong to specific intelligence agencies. Now for those who want to look into the history of Peter Wright, who belonged to MI5 and worked with MI6, as well, for a while, he did come out with a book. The first one was called, “Spy Catchers.” He got that published, under a lot of flack from the British government, because, you see, anyone who works for the governments, of all the countries, swears an official secrets act, not only not to divulge the secrets while they’re working, but also not to divulge them after they’ve left their employment – for up to 30 years. There are penalties if they do, and we know from Kelly, who was scheduled to go to court on what he knew after 9/11 in England, the man who knew that he’d be killed. He was killed and left in the woods (as he said in a letter he would be, he’d be found in the woods, dead).  He was. That’s known to all these agents, who are working or have worked, for the government. THEY CANNOT DISCLOSE WHAT THEY HAVE FOR 30 YEARS.

Now, Peter Wright tried to get his second book out, called, “The A to Z of Spy Catching,” after “Spy Catchers,” and Margaret Thatcher got him into prison. She had him in the high court of England, and they seized all the books, “The A to Z of Spy Catching,” because he disclosed names of big players, who were there all through the Cold War. All very famous British people, lords et cetera. Margaret Thatcher also had all his books seized, in that particular publication, the second one, and they were pulped — they were mushed back into pulp.  You can’t just come out and start talking. It doesn’t work that way. 

So, Peter Wright went off to Australia and he was writing there. I know this, he got a lot of material written up and he died. So be careful of those who are presented to you as being big ones up there.  Why are the big ones, up there, coming up on certain shows, which supposedly are exposing the system, when these people are not only dedicated to the system, they are sworn, legally sworn to the system? Just a bit of caution.

As far as actors, et cetera, go, I understand them coming on some shows, because it is understood, that even though they’re saying the same thing as the next door plumber or electrician, because people are taught to follow the stars. They listen to the famous star speaking and saying the same things. We’ve been trained that we are nobodies.  That’s why we look up to people who are rich and famous.  Rich comes first. That’s more important, because you can’t be famous, as well, without being rich.  You can be infamous, but you can’t be famous, because this system tells us that those who get up the top accumulate the money, they’re rich, they’re therefore famous. As I say, it’s an anti-human system.

So please don’t get caught up in the panic which ensues, when you, for the first time, turn on some station you’ve never listened to before, and hear some truths coming out.  There’s no left-wing party. There’s no right-wing party. There’s no up or down party. There’s no Green Party. It’s all one big system, and the trick; as Marx and Lenin wrote about, and many others wrote about; the trick to controlling people is to get them to join groups. Put them in a camp, is the first trick of any war, too, before they had standing armies. Get you to join a camp, put the leader in, put your own leader in, and now one person can control thousands or millions. That’s the trick of getting you to join parties.

That also goes for the politicians who, lower down on the scale, join the party and get into parliaments or government.  Their job is to applaud, like trained seals in a circus, the head of the party. That’s their job. They all know it.  If they want to get on in life, you don’t go against the party leader or your career is doomed. So, no matter what they’ve told the constituents – that goes out the window. And, they will tell the constituents, “I’m sorry, I can’t vote the way you like me to. I must vote with the party.”  So, one man at the head of the party can control thousands and thousands of people. That goes with everything. That’s why you don’t join groups and parties, with their particular agendas, formats and policies, because you’re being controlled.

They could not have gone so far, in the system, without the creation of parties. People think that the party that’s in the US right now are just the warmongers, and they’ve let us know they’re warmongers. It’s no secret, but pirates are warmongers and profiteers. The last party that was in, Bill Clinton and his group, were no different.  People forget that the first thing that Clinton did, when he got in, was to actually tell the FBI to give them all their opponents names – All those who did not want to go along with Clinton and his agenda. They wanted those and they got them. They had access to FBI computers on private information and on private individuals.

And then they put Janet Reno in charge. Strange character, very, very strange character, and we know all about her.  And then they had the war on Waco, the Branch Davidians, where they had a ritual sacrifice, at the end when they burned the whole huge farmhouse down. The SWAT team members in the black-clad outfits were seen, and it’s on tape, to be bowing to the flames at the end, as they went down. The worship of fire – that’s part of the ritual. That was your sacrifice for the upcoming agreement signed; the historic agreement, because that’s the place they chose eventually, for the first open agreement signing on the United Americas. They always have a sacrifice, on the land or the land around it, before they actually make the signature and have the parades.

We’re living amongst a religion – a religion that goes all the way back and before the creation of Babylon. Prior to governments, as we know them today, kings and queens were installed and they had to be obedient to the Universal Church, the Catholic Church, at the time. They had priests attached to them who reported right to the Vatican, so the Vatican could then make or break kings and queens.  But you also had other policy makers, advisers, like the Francis Bacon’s and Machiavelli’s and so on, that I mentioned the other night. Every country in Europe had these advisers.

Yet, a topic that is often left out is that some of the advisers, even to some of the popes, came out with the old trademarks, the M.O.’s (Modus Operandi) of the mystery religion. The mystery religion, all down through the ages, had been into building. They go into countries and they build, either by using the army to conquer first, but they always bring in a system of money then taxation, which then pays the labor, rather than using slaves all the time, and they’re the BIG BUILDERS.  They do building projects.  We see them today really going to town, because the only honey pot in any country, is the taxpayers honey pot. They want to get their hands into that. That’s where the money is and the MONEY IS NEVER ACCOUNTED FOR.  There’s always money that goes missing. We know that. The sharks who get up, know all of this stuff, because they are sharks. Sharks know this type of stuff. They smell it. They smell the opportunities. So that M.O.’s down through the ages are the big building projects.

They create cities where you’ll have a small elite, with the masses of wealth, incredible wealth, who will run nations, economically, and trade. But you also have the biggest crime at the bottom, run by the same bunch, because you must control everything. Cause and effect. For every action, there’s an equal and opposite reaction. Pass laws, which they do. That’s another M.O. – Making the laws, Systemizing things. Standardizing laws, knowing there will be an opposite reaction, where people go into the “underworld” to survive. The underworld, being crime and petty crime – they run that, too. Again, they put their men in and create an organization of crooks, like the Mafia – they weren’t the first. Then put in your own men as the bosses, and you can run both sides. They also have prostitution, legal drugs and illegal drugs, so they run pharmacology and the illegal drug system. They also run the “alternative” drugs, the herbals. Kings and queens used to also have as advisers, and some popes, as I say, astrologers. That came from Babylon, too, and it’s pre-Babylonian.

THE GREATEST WAY TO INFLUENCE PEOPLE IS THROUGH THEIR IMAGINATION OF WHAT IS TO COME.  Kings and queens, and those in power, are hooked on this kind of thing, because they would love to know the future; to ward off any usurpation of their powers or any overthrow. They’d like to know it happens, so astrologers came in. If you read the history of astrologers in Europe, in the Middle Ages onwards, you’ll find out who they were. You’ll find out that they all traveled abroad, a lot, to other parts of Europe. These astrologers also met together in Europe. In other words, you had a club of astrologers – a society (is the key), who went back and dictated what was going to happen to the kings and queens and their countries. The kings and queens would follow the suggestions. What you realize that you’re up against here is an organization – organized astrologers who are advisers to the highest people in the land, who are then following policy, which the astrologers suggest. Very clever, and it hasn’t stopped. If you look at all of the various presidents and prime ministers, down through history, you’ll find they’ve all been gullible to this kind of stuff, and they’ve called on the advise of this “high astrologers,” and they follow the stars – the “astros,” follow it to the letter.

An interesting little blurb put out by Francis Bacon is on this very topic, and he should know. He was talking about prophecies in his time. He said:

             “When I was in France, I heard from one Dr. Penal, that the Queen Mother, who was given to curious arts, caused the King (her husband’s nativity) to be calculated under a false name; and the astrologer gave a judgment, that he should be killed in a duel; at which the Queen laughed, thinking her husband to be above challenges and duels: but he was slain upon a course at tilt…”

That’s jousting.

             “The splinters of the staff of Montgomery going in at his beaver…”

That’s part of the headpiece, the helmet. Hit him in the eye.

             “The trivial prophecy, which I heard when I was a child and Queen Elizabeth was in the flower of her years, was…”

Now listen to this.

             “When hempe is sponne (spun, that is) England’s done.”

Very interesting, because, you see, spelling had been finalized, at that time, for a few hundred years.  In the late 1800s they began to re-do spelling of the words.  In those days, the spelling was done to the codes of the period. They’ve been updated, just like you update the programs on a computer. So he spells “hemp” H-E-M-P-E and “spun” is S-P-O-N-N-E.

Now, all of the people at the court of Queen Elizabeth I, interestingly enough, were into cannabis and hemp. Even the members of the Rosicrucian Lodge were in to this. They’ve always been into drugs, and they gone into one of the houses, I think it was Raleigh, and they’d scraped the beams of historical houses, they scraped the beams and found the residue of this particular drug.

             “When hempe is sponne, England’s done.”

And he goes on to say:

             “Whereby it was generally conceived, that after the princes had reigned, which had the principal letters of that word hempe (which were Henry, Edward, Mary, Philip, and Elizabeth), England should come to utter confusion; which, thanks be to God, is verified only in the change of the name; for that the King’s style, is now no more of England, but of Britain.”

Because at the same time, we know in the reign of Queen Elizabeth I, John Dee suggested that they should call it Britain and the British Empire. He actually called it “Brytish” B-R-Y.

But going back to this.

“Prophecy just look at it over again…”

And he’s tongue and cheek with his little statement here, because knew darn well that the King of France was going to be killed, at joust, and they brought forth Nostradamusto give the prediction. That’s what launched him into fame. The King of France’s wife was Catherine de Medici, who was steeped up to her eyeballs in potions, astrology and magic. Very interesting family, the Medici, because they had been into lending to countries and empires, as far back as before the Roman Empire. Very, very important. But also the statement to say that this astrologer had given a prediction, or at least Nostradamus did, a prediction that the king would be killed at joust, where a splintered lance would enter, he calls it the “beaver” (you know it went through the eye of the king). 

Now, the guy who did it was Montgomery of Scotland. The Montgomery’s and the Sinclair’s were the heads of the lodges that took over from the Knights Templars. The Montgomery’s and the Sinclair’s of Scotland were this sort of Praetorian Guard of the kings and queens of France, for a long, long time. Montgomery did know what he was doing, because when you go into the Tower of London and different places, they have books there under glass, of training manuals of how knights used to train. These guys could literally put the point of a lance, at full gallop, through an apple – they were so accurate. So they knew what they were doing, and that’s why Nostradamus could predict what was going to happen, because it was planned that way. That’s how clever things are. For Joe Average, who wouldn’t ever come to that conclusion, he must think, “My goodness, it’s magic! It’s a gift!” Nostradamus, we’re told, once again used to take drugs, narcotics, stare at his bowl of water and tell us all about the future. There have been so many books published ever since on the quatrains, as they call them, as a type of poetry – you rhyme them, of the future, the centuries it’s called. And yet, all of that is the exoteric because the esoteric — to get the esoteric you have to have the code, the key, to unlock them, and Nostradamus said that himself.

So the gullible fall for the exoteric, every time, whether it be religion or this other more ancient religion, which has its M.O.’s as I’ve discussed already, including: astrology, magic, talismans and all ways of predicting the future. You can predict it when you’ve planned it that way, you see. It’s not too difficult. You might say, really — I would rather say, that England was done when hemp, certainly, was smoked in England back in the ’60’s and ’70’s, because it really did a big change then. That’s when everything changed.

In the so-called New Age movement, many, many books will appear on the shelves to make a quick “buck” on prophecies, and they’re full of old stuff that was used over the centuries. But you see, deception is done, not by giving out facts, it’s by withholding other parts or other facts from the pubic, and then it can be very misleading.

Here is one that was used for instance in the 1500s.

“There shall be seen upon a day,
Between the Baugh and the May,
The black fleet of Norway.
When that has come and gone,
England build houses of lime and stone,
For after wars you shall have none.”

Now that’s been used, even up to present times, talking about the Cold War. The Christian fundamentalists on the shortwave radio stations used to “go to town” on all these little prophecies, and they’d say, “Oh that’s the Russian fleet coming over,” you see. Now the only Russian fleets I ever saw were fishermen because they use to go all along the coastline of Scotland and do their fishing and some of them would even came in land to the bars and pubs. It was quite a common thing for them to do, and chat with the locals, and up in Stornoway and the [North Seas], they were almost part of the family to the people there, because they would come and go and get well known to the locals. But this particular prophecy, as I say, was used over and over again, and it isn’t until you see the rest of the story that it makes sense.

Now Bacon goes on to say:

             “It was generally conceived to be meant, of the Spanish fleet that came in ’88: for that the king of Spain’s surname, as they say, is Norway.”

Then it makes sense you see. And as always, it was written about a year after the Spanish fleet came over. There’s nothing new in this, and you’ll find the same thing in religion. For instance, it’s accepted in Judaic teaching, Rabbinical teaching, that a Rabbi who is well trained, could write in the manner of a famous personage in the Bible. In other words, by knowing that person’s mentality, their mind set, their emotional set, their legality set, they could emulate that person and write more, and it was accepted as being written by the original, because it was written in the exact same manner. Today they wouldn’t do that. They do channeling instead. The only problem is you’d have to go off at Zeta Reticuli or somewhere to find out what was going on – and there’s lots of those too.

Fantasy, as Weishaupt said, is a tremendous tool to draw people in to organizations, and then guide them along a certain way of thinking, behaving and accepting – especially the changes that have been made around them. It’s easier to accept the change when you think, “Well, God prophesied it and he going to make it happen, so what can you do?” or else some magic guys are predicting it. They won’t tell you what’s behind it all, because you can’t talk about a god or anything. It’s just a prophecy, and the people still fall for it, and they think, “Well I guess there’s nothing you can do. It’s going to happen.” BUT THIS IS THE OLDEST CON GAME IN THE BOOK.

As I say, it’s so easy, a day or so after a newsbreak, on something for people to come out with their prophecies, which two or three years later get written into books, as being prophesied beforehand, before the events. So, sure you can check on the events, they happened, and you say, “my goodness, this guy said that.” Well sure he said it. He said it after the event. This is the CON GAME. There’s nothing new. It was actually more common in the past, where they would simply put a false date on the prediction, so it would appear to be written before the event. So simple to do, and yet the gullible want to believe this kind of stuff, so readily.

Now talking about superstition and New Age, theology and so on – take it from an expert, who was Francis Bacon. Francis Bacon was at the court of England. He knew about these characters. He mixed with them and they all belonged to the same lodge. Even here in the Nova Organum (New Organum) – Here’s what he says about it; and remember, nothing has been more studied than man and woman on this planet, for thousands and maybe even millions of years, for all we really know.

             “But the corruption of philosophy by superstition and an admixture of theology is far more widely spread, and does the greatest harm, whether to entire systems or to their parts. For the human understanding is obnoxious to the influence of the imagination, no less than to the influence of common notions. For the contentious and sophistical kind of philosophy ensnares the understanding; but this kind, being fanciful and timid and half poetical, misleads it more by flattery. For there is in man an ambition of the understanding, no less than of the will, especially in high and lofty spirits.”

The same technique has been taught or used by gurus, down through thousands of years. Those in the mystery religion of today classify themselves as “gods.”  Those who have achieved the high status, the higher degrees, completed the circle 360 — 6 and 3 — 9 is completion in the Kabbalah. They believe themselves to be gods, and here’s Bacon, basically talking about it, if you understand what he’s really saying. And it appeals to the ego. That’s what he’s saying here. It appeals to the ego. That’s how their enticed into the New Age. You could be new and improved, pretty well, better than the Six Million Dollar Man.

“Of this kind we have among the Greeks a striking example in Pythagoras; though he united with it a coarser and more cumbersome superstition…”

Now to Pythagoras, giving us the tone and the ton; weight and the sound and the shade of color; the tone of color. This all comes from Pythagoras, who got it from the Egyptians, because he studied with the Egyptians most of his life. Then he went off to found a school in Crotona, and he recruited the younger people of nobility, and if you really do your homework you will find it was a secret society. You had a vow of silence, just like later monks, and the monks who came into monasteries in the Christian era adopted all the same stuff, you see. Pythagoras had a vow of secrecy for a year. They couldn’t speak for a year or communicate to each other. In fact, I think that Pythagoras, it was up to four years. The Essenes 2,000 years ago in the Middle East, who probably came from Egypt, had the same system.

And back to Pythagoras. Pythagoras was training these young nobility and giving them a fantastic education, mind you, to go off and take over the government, revolutionary, that is. That’s why his school was burned down and it’s unknown yet, at least to the public, if he was every caught and killed. They speculate about it, but he wasn’t the first or the last one to come out of Egypt and do the same kind of thing. Egypt always sent out the high initiates back to their own countries, or at least their own empires (like the Grecian empire), to cause revolutions and to bring in the same system worldwide.

So Bacon says:

“Of this kind, we have among the Greeks a striking example in Pythagoras; though he united with it a coarser and more cumbrous superstition; another in Plato and his school, more dangerous and subtle.”

And it’s true, because Plato was a student of Socrates. Now, Socrates did the same thing. All of these men had studied in Egypt – all these famous ancient Greek philosophers. Socrates is always played down as a martyr by the mystery schools, which give you your books, but Socrates himself was doing the same thing. He was training the young; the youth of nobility, primarily, including the women, after they went through their vow of secrecy, celibacy and then silence; to go off and marry other upper members of government. Then you could sway the course of government; the direction of government. Socrates was made to drink the hemlock, for doing so, and I must admit there’s an awful lot of truth in what Socrates said about the world in general, but what they generally neglect to give you is the rest of the story, as always.

Continue with Bacon, he says:

“It shows itself likewise in parts of other philosophies, in the introduction of abstract forms and final causes and first causes, with the omission in most cases of causes intermediate, and the like. Upon this point the greatest caution should be used. For nothing is so mischievous as the apotheosis of error, and it is a very plague of the understanding for vanity to become the object of veneration. Yet in this vanity some of the moderns have, with extreme levity, indulged so far as to attempt to found a system of natural philosophy on the first chapter of Genesis, in the book of Job, and other parts of the sacred writings; seeking for the dead among the living: which also makes the inhibition and repression of it the more important, because from this unwholesome mixture of things human and divine there arises not only a fantastic philosophy, but also an heretical religion. Very meet it is therefore that we be sober-minded, and give to faith that only which is faith’s.

Now here he is speaking very cautiously himself, because a man like Bacon had no real belief, as all nobility have no belief in the religions that are given to the people. They’re given a more esoteric understanding, and they’re well aware and they’re taught that since childhood; that religion is for control to keep the public under control of the dominant minority; and it’s the same in every single culture.

People, who point fingers, all over the world, often have lots of material, true material to go by. It’s the Jews. It’s the Jesuits. It’s the fundamental Christians. It’s the Muslims. And they’ve got it all partly right, because at the top of all these groups you have the mystery religion running them, and the mystery religion are a brotherhood worldwide and always have been.  That’s the trick of it.  That’s why Mystery Babylon was called Mystery Babylon.  To try and define it was difficult.  They had many priesthoods, all specialized in particular areas.  They were not only based in Babylon; they were all over the ancient world, even the capital cities.  So some people would say, “oh it’s this priesthood or it’s that priesthood” that’s behind the turmoil that Babylon also experienced, and they are partly right.  But the rest of it is, as I say, Mystery Babylon was a complete system, where everyone was fighting everyone else and never guessing the real reasons behind their fighting, and who was manipulating both sides or all sides.

Mystery Babylon has a thousand faces.  Isis had a thousand faces. The Mother Lodge is always called “The Mother” Lodge.  The religion itself is “The Mother.” That’s what it means.  Osiris is the body – the members of the lodge. That’s the part of the esoteric, and it’s never ever changed.  Look at the Ishmaelis who ran parts of Afghanistan — all of Afghanistan at one part, and old Persia, Iraq and Iran as they are now, and other countries. Those guys – and it’s written officially they were in cahoots with the Knights Templars who joined them. Personally, I think they were already part of them before they did the official joining. That’s how most things work today. The real work goes on quietly, and the public never is told. When something is made official, it’s just an exoteric rubber stamp for the public to acquiesce to.

This world is run to an agenda, an actual real agenda, like a long, long range business plan; and it’s interesting in the Masonic writings themselves, they love to boast about being full of cunning over the profane. The profane can’t figure anything out, but the wise man does, and so, “In the Land of the Blind, the One-eyed Man is King.”

“Confusion” is a term often given to Satan or Lucifer, even though these were both (originally) different entities in olden times. The confusion. “An author of confusion” was the term used, because that’s what it all leads to, is massive confusion. So, everyone fights everyone else and blames everyone else, always being partly right, because these people do fight each other. You get instigators coming in, from all different peoples, and instigating trouble, et cetera. So, the public see the obvious, but they never see who’s behind it, or the leaders of all these different groups, because the leaders are all part of the same capstone.

That’s how you run a world. That’s how you maintain power over all of those in the world. And right now, the big brotherhood – not the little lowly guys at the bottom, with their funny hats and their little electric cars (that they go in parades with to impress the children) – and collect a few pennies for charity, most of which, even in their official documentation, never gets to charity. That’s the outer portico, the cover for something sinister. Any organization, which must takes oaths of secrecy, in a temple with no windows, cannot be called “a charitable community organization.” There is secrecy there, for very good reasons.  And the brotherhood’s at the very bottom will take the heat for those further up the pyramid, that they’ll never even meet, most of whom they’ll never even hear the names of.

Their job at the bottom is to keep the system going. They’re all sworn to this particular system. Interestingly, in the 1500’s, 1600’s, and 1700’s, when they came out of the Rosicrucian Lodge, the “underground stream” as they called it – where knowledge flowed down through the ages. It’s interesting that at that time the steady drumbeat, which grew louder and louder, was for revolution, and they were sworn to revolution. Once the last major one was over in the United States, they were all told to swear allegiance to the system that was now established. Interesting.

Yet, in the conferences, which were international, before the American War of IN-DEPENDENCE, the elite discussed who would be the country chosen to lead the world empire. They could not use France or Germany or Britain, because they had such a history of pillaging and sucking dry, nations, which they went into. They couldn’t suddenly become a good benefactor. That took centuries to give it that image. But at that time they didn’t have that kind of image, so they created a knight in shining armor, a new country, with no history of exploitation. The propaganda would go into work, into motion, and convince the world, down through the years to come; that, because it had no previous history of exploitation, it was a knight on a white horse. That’s how it was done.

And yet, Washington and all the boys were Freemasons. Benjamin Franklin wrote about it himself. He published Masonic pamphlets in his own printing press. Personally, I think he had someone else doing it for him. I can’t see old Ben dirtying his hands, and for all the hogwash they give us about “the poor country boy,” it’s complete propaganda. It’s foundation mythology on Ben Franklin. He was a member of the Rosicrucian Lodge. All through his childhood he was sent the “wise sayings,” that he later quoted under his name, or printed under his name, from a source in England, a Masonic source. His uncles came over to visit him. Not the family, but him, when he was a very young boy, because he was the one who was going to be groomed for his position in life.

Going back to the Ishmaelis, who ran the assassins, they had different titles they would give certain members such as “the lamp makers.” Even Aladdin, by the way, is connected with that. His name is, part of that – to do with the light – the light bringer. You also have a laden jar; electric, you get light from – a battery.  Benjamin “Franklin” (the “red way”) was also a part of this. His family were candle makers, supposedly, and for a man who did so much in history, as an ambassador, especially, in France for America. You can look at the bill that he was presented with, and the U.S. taxpayer eventually paid or the government paid, for the massive palace that he was given — he lived in. The wine consumption weekly — the crates and crates of wine for all the big balls he had (extravaganzas), and all the servants and chefs and food stuffs – this man did not live like any country bumpkin that I’ve ever met. So, he’s a good example of what you might call an “Illuminatus.” The Illuminati never began with Weishaupt. It’s always been there down through the ages.

In ancient times, they had the titles, too. Ignatius Loyola (loyal fire starter – igniter – fire) was also known for this. He came from Alumnbratos, which was the Spanish Knights Templars. That’s the term they used, after the supposed disbanding of the Knight Templars movement – the Alumnbratos – illumined – light.  That’s why you all belong to alumni from university. You’re now very bright, you see; hence the statement by Albert Pike, when he talked about everyone in the Western world being a Freemason, without going through the official degrees at the bottom. What he meant, was the whole system that you’ve been given is Masonic. The rituals you have in any standard church are Freemasonic rituals; including the baptism, the candle placements. Even some religions give a new name, which is kept secret, except from the brothers.

This is all ancient Babylonian mystery religion, going down through the ages, up through the present day. They use a language of symbolism. They use a language of speech, which they give to the public. We were given ours, long ago. It’s been updated since, by the same people. It’s full of coding, and it’s interesting your newspaper headlines, when you understand the codes. In fact, it’s very funny at times. Sometimes it’s in their names; if they’ve been groomed and reared for a special purpose in life, to do with changing the world or the system; but it’s all around you. Everyone is brought up in the school system, which we have, which the nations boast about – they wanted universal education.

Go back to the writings of Webster, in the 1800’s, and he tells you that. That they must create a coast-to-coast, universal educational system to produce good, well behaved citizens – compliant citizens. Interesting. When you have a universal system there’s no room for individuality. You’re being stamped with the same stamp, and you are being classified as one of the herd. If you have originality in school – and I encourage parents this when they notice originality in their children – Teach them. If you have to send them to public school – Teach them, as much as you can, the first few years, because the school system is so scientifically designed, as Bertrand Russell said himself, he helped to design it: That they could completely take over the mind of the child, even with a few hours in school, with three or four hours in school everyday. He said that the parent’s input at night on “morals and obsolete morality” will be of no effect.

So, if you have children that have to go to the schools; and they’re very clever and individualistic; tell them to play it down while amongst their classmates in school, and especially in front of the teacher. Otherwise, they’ll be picked and put on something like Ritalin. They’re trying to find those with leadership abilities, and literally chemically lobotomize them, and Ritalin does shrink the brain. That’s fact.

Now this week I’ve been very, very busy, doing all the emergency stuff that comes with the first fall of snow and the plummeting temperatures. I hope as the winter progresses, to be able, to perhaps go into the mystery religions, in more detail and explain them in a deeper level, than has been done before – way beyond what you’ve been told by all the authorized ones out there. So, let’s all hope I have the time and the ability to do this, because it’s been so hectic and busy.  I’m on my own here. I cook for myself. Everything takes time, and living in the country consumes a lot of time, with clearing snow, maintaining your vehicle, and so on.  And that’s all for now.

May your god go with you. All the best.

“MIND, MATTER AND THE MASSES”

December 29, 2006

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt at .com and it is the 29th of December 2006.

We’re in the last “leg of the race” for the end of the old year and into the new. Traditionally, that’s what it’s all about, as the world becomes new again, for another year. We always try to reflect on ourselves and what’s happened in that year, and how to improve ourselves for the next year. It’s a time of reflection. There are people you meet during the year. Some stay friends for life. Others disappear. People are born. People die. Our whole journey through life is the same, pretty well, in that respect for everyone. We go through the same conditions, with meeting people for friends, acquaintances, losing touch with them as we move on.
We move on because we ourselves are growing; one is growing right through life. Our interests change. People are really looking for something, in life, to rationalize it themselves and to grow. We’re always yearning for something. Most never figure it out and so they yearn for substitutes, which are temporarily gratifying, but they’re still very poor substitutes for real meaning.

Tonight, I’m going to read a little bit from Carl Gustav Jung’s book called “The Undiscovered Self” – an interesting read. Carl Gustav Jung himself was up there with Freud. Personally, I think he was a little bit better than Freud. Jung’s father was the highest Mason in Switzerland, and Jung himself was brought up in Masonic traditions and Rosicrucian. However, he was brought up in a mystic family. The mystic types, where his mother, he claimed, would be almost possessed in the evenings with something that came over her. He himself experienced phenomena, what people would sometimes call “poltergeist type phenomena.” He had teamed up with Freud, and the split came when Freud demanded of him to make sex the driving motivation, in people’s lives, the sexual drive, libido. .
Jung could not agree with this, because he knew there was something beyond the purely physical bodily sexual drive. He knew, by his own experiences, which he could not deny that there was something paranormal above all of this. When I talk about these subjects, the paranormal, super normal types of thing, I’m not giving any applause to the New Age group who pay their money and hope to have experiences. Phenomena which is paranormal occurs to many individuals, mainly when they’re growing up. Pre-puberty or around the time of puberty, that’s when poltergeist phenomena, which is really the person themselves doing it, occurs: The occasional shifting of something. A door slamming by itself. Something moving on the mantle piece.

During one of the arguments with Freud and Carl Jung, when the debate got really heated, in fact, a sharp crash resounded in the room, and they searched high and low through all the cupboards. A big heavy type of bone cutting knife, one of these little butcher’s knives (the big wide ones) had split right down its blade, by itself. This freaked out Freud, and since Jung had been trying to make a point, in the first place, that there was more to life than that which we simply see in the purely material. Jung said, “yes and there’ll be another resounding crash in a minute,” and sure enough there was. That was pretty well the last time that he and Freud were together.

Freud’s part in the whole thing was to come forward with these really antiquated theories. They were, in fact, Boy Scout theories, compared to what the ancients had written about, regarding human nature. Freud’s part in it was to try and demystify everything completely into a science, which would then be regulated, because down the road they knew they would have to use medicine and this new science of psychiatry to help dominate the people. Luckily, we’ve had other people like Carl Jung, who opposed him and put out alternate writings, far more interesting. Although I wouldn’t advise people to go along the same route as Carl Gustav Jung had taken, because he used himself as an experimental subject and he would deprive himself of food and light and so on, for weeks on end to try and get in touch with what initially was called “the alter ego.”

One of the experiments eventually brought forth a female shape, which he called “the Anima,” as opposed to the “Animus,” the male type projection or psychic spirit. Then he found out that the main one behind the apparition, which appeared to him and which he believed was guiding him throughout his life, was called “Philemon” and for those who know their ancient history, “Philemon” was a personification of the Fisher King. It was a sort of male figure with the wings and colors of the King Fisher, the ancient symbol of the Fisher King in the mystery religions, going all the way back to Egypt and before. I wouldn’t advise people to go through that. Plus, he pretty well drove himself insane for many years, in fact, with his experiments, and didn’t regain his completeness until he was much older.
However, not to discount all of his work, far from it. He, by studying himself, came to some very rational conclusions about everyone. In this particular book, “The Undiscovered Self” in Chapter 4, the title is called “The Individual’s Understanding of Himself”. This chapter begins:

“It is outstanding that man, the instigator, inventor and vehicle of all these developments, the originator of all judgments and decisions and the planner of the future, must make himself such a quantité négligeable. This contradiction, the paradoxical evaluation of humanity by man himself, is in truth a matter for wonder, and one can only explain it as springing from an extraordinary uncertainty of judgment—in other words, man is an enigma to himself. This is understandable, seeing that he lacks the means of comparison necessary for self-knowledge. He knows how to distinguish himself from the other animals in point of anatomy and physiology, but as a conscious, reflecting being, gifted with speech, he lacks all criteria for self-judgment. He is, on this planet, a unique phenomenon, which he cannot compare with anything else. The possibility of comparison, and hence of self-knowledge, would arise only if he could establish relations with quasi-human mammals inhabiting other stars.

Until then, man must continue to resemble a hermit who knows that in respect of comparative anatomy he has affinities with the anthropoids, but, to judge by appearances, is extraordinarily different from his cousins in respect of his psyche. It is just in this most important characteristic of his species that he cannot know himself, and therefore remains a mystery to himself. The differences of degree within his own species are of little significance compared with the possibilities of self-knowledge, which would be occasioned by an encounter with a creature of similar structure, but different origin.

Our psyche, which is primarily responsible for all the historical changes wrought by the hand of man on the face of this planet, remains an insoluble puzzle and an incomprehensible wonder, an object of abiding perplexity–a feature it shares with all Nature’s secrets. In regard to the latter, we still have hope of making more discoveries and finding answers to the most difficult questions. But in regard to the psyche and psychology, there seems to be a curious hesitancy. Not only is it the youngest of the empirical sciences, but it has great difficulty in getting anywhere near its proper object.

In the same way that our misconception of the solar system had to be freed from prejudice by Copernicus, the most strenuous efforts of a well-nigh revolutionary nature were needed to free psychology, first from the spell of mythological ideas, and then from the prejudice that the psyche is, on the one hand, a mere epiphenomenon of a biochemical process in the brain, or, on the other hand, a wholly unapproachable and recondite matter. The connection with the brain does not in itself prove that the psyche is an epiphenomenon, a secondary function casually dependent on biochemical processes.

Nevertheless, we know only too well how much the psychic function can be disturbed by verifiable processes in the brain, and this in fact is so impressive that the subsidiary nature of the psyche seems an almost unavoidable inference. The phenomena of parapsychology, however, warns us to be careful, for they point to a relativization of space and time through psychic factors, which cast doubt on our naïve and overhasty explanation of the parallels between the psychic and the physical. For the sake of this explanation, people deny the findings of parapsychology outright, either for philosophical reasons or from intellectual laziness.
This can hardly be considered a scientifically responsible attitude, even though it is a popular way out of a quite extraordinary intellectual difficulty. To assess the psychic phenomenon, we have to take account of all the other phenomena that come with it, and accordingly we can no longer practice any psychology that ignores the existence of the unconscious or of parapsychology.

The structure and physiology of the brain furnish no explanation of the psychic process. The psyche has a peculiar nature, which cannot be reduced to anything else. Like physiology, it represents a relatively self-contained field of experience, to which we must attribute a quite special importance, because it holds within itself one of the two indispensable conditions for existence as such, namely, the phenomenon of consciousness. Without consciousness there would, practically speaking, be no world, for the world exists as such only in so far as it is consciously reflected and consciously expressed by the psyche. Consciousness is a precondition of being.”
Alan: That’s the important part, really, is the precondition of being.

“Thus the psyche is endowed with the dignity of a cosmic principle, which philosophically and in fact gives it a position coequal with the principle of physical being. The carrier of this consciousness is the individual, who does not produce the psyche on his own volition but is, on the contrary, preformed by it and nourished by the gradual awakening of consciousness during childhood. If the psyche must be granted an overriding empirical importance, so also must the individual, who is the only immediate manifestation of the psyche.

This fact must be expressly emphasized for two reasons. Firstly, the individual psyche, just because of its individuality, is an exception to the statistical rule and is therefore robbed of one of its main characteristics when subjected to the leveling influence of statistical evaluation. Secondly, the Churches grant it validity only in so far as it acknowledges their dogmas—in other words, when it surrenders to a collective category. In both cases the will to individuality is regarded as egotistic obstinacy. Science devalues it as subjectivism, and the Churches condemn it morally as heresy and spiritual pride.

As to the latter charge, it should not be forgotten that, unlike other religions, Christianity holds at its core a symbol which has for its content the individual way of life of a man, the Son of Man, and that it even regards this individuation process as the incarnation of the revelation of God himself. Hence the development of the self acquires a significance whose full implications have hardly begun to be appreciated, because too much attention to externals blocks the way to immediate inner experience. Were not the autonomy of the individual the secret longing of many people, this hard-pressed phenomenon would scarcely be able to survive the collective suppression, either morally or spiritually.

All these obstacles make it more difficult to arrive at a correct appreciation of the human psyche, but they count for very little beside one other remarkable fact that deserves mentioning. This is the common psychiatric experience that the devaluation of the psyche and other resistances to psychological enlightenment are based in large measure on fear–on panic fear of the discoveries that might be made in the realm of the unconscious. These fears are found not only among persons who are frightened by the picture Freud painted of the unconscious; they also troubled the originator of psychoanalysis himself, who confessed to me that it was necessary to make a dogma of his sexual theory, because this was the sole bulwark of reason against a possible “outburst of the black flood of occultism.”

Alan: He’s talking about Freud’s fear.

“In these words Freud was expressing his conviction that the unconscious still harbored many things that might lend themselves to “occult” interpretations, as is in fact the case. These “archaic vestiges,” or archetypal forms grounded on the instincts and giving expression to them, have a numinous quality that sometimes arouses fear. They are ineradicable, for they represent the ultimate foundations of the psyche itself. They cannot be grasped intellectually, and when one has destroyed one manifestation of them, they reappear in altered form. It is this fear of the unconscious psyche, which not only impedes self-knowledge, but is the gravest obstacle to a wider understanding and knowledge of psychology. Often the fear is so great that one dares not admit it, even to oneself. Here is a question that every religious person should consider very seriously; he might get an illuminating answer.

A scientifically oriented psychology is bound to proceed abstractly; that is, it removes itself just sufficiently far from its object not to lose sight of it altogether. That is why the findings of laboratory psychology are, for all practical purposes, often so remarkably unenlightening and devoid of interest. The more the individual object dominates the field of vision, the more practical, detailed and alive will be the knowledge derived from it. This means that the objects of investigation, too, become more and more complicated, and the uncertainty of individual factors increases proportionally to their number, thus increasing the possibility of error. Understandably enough, academic psychology is scared of this risk and prefers to avoid complex impunity. It has full freedom in the choice of questions it will put to Nature.

Medical psychology is very far from being in this more or less enviable position. Here the object puts the question and not the experimenter. The doctor is confronted with facts, which are not of his choosing and which he probably never would choose if he were a free agent. It is the sickness or the patient that puts the crucial questions—in other words, Nature experiments with the doctor in expecting an answer from him. The uniqueness of the individual and of his situation stares the doctor in the face and demands an answer. His duty as a physician forces him to cope with a situation swarming with uncertainty factors.
At first he will apply principles based on general experience, but he will soon realize that principles of this kind do not adequately express the facts and fail to meet the nature of the case. The deeper his understanding penetrates, the more the general principles lose their meaning. But these principles are the foundation of objective knowledge and the yardstick by which it is measured. With the growth of what both patient and doctor feel to be “understanding,” the situation becomes increasingly subjectivized. What was an advantage to begin with threatens to turn into a dangerous disadvantage. Subjectivation (in technical terms, transference and counter-transference) creates isolation from the environment, a social limitation which neither party wishes for, but which invariably sets in when understanding predominates and is no longer balanced by knowledge.

As understanding deepens, the further removed it becomes from knowledge. An ideal understanding would ultimately result in each party’s unthinkingly going along with the other’s experience—a state of uncritical passivity coupled with the most complete subjectivity and lack of social responsibility. Understanding carried to such lengths is in any case impossible, for it would require the virtual identification of two different individuals. Sooner or later, the relationship reaches a point where one partner feels he is being forced to sacrifice his own individuality, so that it may be assimilated by that of the other. This inevitable consequence breaks the understanding, for understanding presupposes the integral preservation of the individuality of both partners. It is therefore advisable to carry understanding only to the point where the balance between understanding and knowledge is reached, for understanding at all costs is injurious to both partners.
This problem arises whenever complex, individual situations have to be known and understood. It is the specific task of psychology to provide just this knowledge and understanding. It would also be the task of the confessor zealous in the cure of souls, were it not that his office inevitably obliges him to apply the yardstick of his denominational bias at the critical moment. As a result, the individual’s right to exist as such is cut short by a collective prejudice and often curtailed in the most sensitive area.

The only time this does not happen is when the religious symbol, for instance the model life of Christ, is understood concretely and felt by the individual to be adequate. How far this is the case today, I would prefer to leave to the judgment of others. At all events, the doctor very often has to treat patients to whom denominational limitations mean little or nothing. His profession therefore compels him to have as few preconceptions as possible. Similarly, while respecting metaphysical (i.e., non-verifiable) convictions and assertions, he will take are not to credit them with universal validity. This caution is called for because individual traits of personality ought not to be twisted out of shape by arbitrary interventions from outside. The doctor must leave this to environmental influences, to the person’s own inner development, and—in the widest sense—to fate with its wise or unwise decrees.

Many people will perhaps find this heightened caution exaggerated. In view of the fact, however, that there is in any case such a multitude of reciprocal influences at work in the dialectical process between two individuals, even if this process is conducted with the most tactful reserve, the responsible doctor will refrain from adding unnecessarily to the collective factors to which his patient has already succumbed. Moreover, he knows very well that the preaching of even the worthiest precepts only provokes the patient into open hostility or a secret resistance and thus needlessly endangers the aim of the treatment.

The psychic situation of the individual is so menaced nowadays by advertisement, propaganda and other more or less well-meant advice and suggestions that, for once in his life, the patient might be offered a relationship that does not repeat the nauseating “you should,” “you must” and similar confessions of impotence. Against the onslaught from outside, no less than against its repercussions in the psyche of the individual, the doctor sees himself obliged to play the role of counsel for the defense. Fear that anarchic instincts will thereby be let loose is a possibility that is greatly exaggerated, seeing that obvious safeguards exist within and without.
Above all, there is the natural cowardice of most men to be reckoned with, not to mention morality, good taste and–last but not least–the penal code. This fear is nothing compared with the enormous effort it usually costs people to help the first stirrings of individuality into consciousness, let alone put them into effect. And where these individual impulses have broken through too impetuously and unthinkingly, the doctor must protect them from the patient’s own clumsy recourse to shortsightedness, ruthlessness and cynicism.

As the dialectical discussion proceeds, a point is reached where an evaluation of these individual impulses becomes necessary. By that time, the patient should have acquired enough certainty of judgment to enable him to act on his own insight and decision, and not from the mere wish to copy convention–even if he happens to agree with collective opinion. Unless he stands firmly on his own feet, the so-called objective values profit him nothing, since they then only serve as a substitute for character and so help to suppress his individuality. Naturally, society has an indisputable right to protect itself against arrant subjectivisms, but, in so far as society itself is composed of de-individualized persons”

Alan: Being the collective.
…”it is completely at the mercy of ruthless individualists.”

Alan: That’s your dictators and your power freaks.

“Let it band together into groups and organizations as much as it likes–it is just this banding together and the resultant extinction of the individual personality that makes it succumb so readily to a dictator.”

Alan: What he’s telling you here, you think you can change nature by changing direction in your life. This is well understood by people at the top. That’s why they give you leaders, always, down through history. All sides have a leader supplied, because you cannot suppress nature. Those who are collectivist people to begin with, simply change – metamorphsize into another direction into another group, maybe from a larger group to a smaller group, but always with the group. Nature reasserts itself one way or another. This is understood by the higher sciences; that’s why you’re supplied with leaders.
“A million zeroes joined together do not, unfortunately, add up to one. Ultimately everything depends on the quality of the individual, but the fatally shortsighted habit of our age is to think only in terms of large numbers and mass organizations, though one would think that the world had seen more than enough of what a well-disciplined mob can do in the hands of a single madman. Unfortunately, this realization does not seem to have penetrated very far–and our blindness in this respect is extremely dangerous. People go on blithely organizing and believing in the sovereign remedy of mass action, without the least consciousness of the fact that the most powerful organizations can be maintained only by the greatest ruthlessness of their leaders and the cheapest of slogans.”

Alan: We see that all around us today, all over the planet. It’s all to keep us safe, though.
“Curiously enough, the Churches too want to avail themselves of mass action in order cast out the devil with Beelzebub–the very Churches whose care is the salvation of the individual soul. They too do not appear to have heard anything of the elementary axiom of mass psychology, that the individual becomes morally and spiritually inferior in the mass, and for this reason they do not burden themselves overmuch with their real task of helping the individual to achieve a metanoia, or rebirth of the spirit–deo concedente.

It is, unfortunately, only too clear that if the individual is not truly regenerated in spirit, society cannot be either, for society is the sum total of individuals in need of redemption. I can therefore see it only as a delusion when the Churches try–as they apparently do–to rope the individual into a social organization and reduce him to a condition of diminished responsibility, instead of raising him out of the torpid, mindless mass and making clear to him that he is one important factor and that the salvation of the world consists in the salvation of the individual soul.
It is true that mass meetings parade such ideas before him and seek to impress them on him by dint of mass suggestion, with the unedifying result that when the intoxication has worn off, the mass man promptly succumbs to another even more obvious and still louder slogan. His individual relation to God would be an effective shield against these pernicious influences. Did Christ ever call his disciples to him at a mass meeting? Did the feeding of the five thousand bring him any followers who did not afterwards cry “Crucify him!” with the rest, when even the rock named Peter showed signs of wavering? And are not Jesus and Paul prototypes of those who, trusting their inner experiences, have gone their own individual ways, disregarding public opinion?

This argument should certainly not cause us to overlook the reality of the situation confronting the Church. When the Church tries to give shape to the amorphous mass by uniting individuals into a community of believers, with the help of suggestion, and tries to hold such an organization together, it is not only performing a great social service, but it also secures for the individual the inestimable boon of a meaningful life form. These, however, are gifts, which as a rule confirm certain tendencies and do not change them. As experience unfortunately shows, the inner man remains unchanged however much community he has.
His environment cannot give him as a gift that which he can win for himself, only with effort and suffering. On the contrary, a favorable environment merely strengthens the dangerous tendency to expect everything to originate from outside–even that metamorphosis which external reality cannot provide, namely, a deep-seated change of the inner man, which is all the more urgent in view of the mass phenomena of today and the still greater problems of the increase of population looming up in the future. It is time we asked ourselves exactly what we are lumping together in mass organizations, and what constitutes the nature of the individual human being, i.e., of the real man and not the statistical man. This is hardly possible except through a new process of self-nourishment. All mass movements, as one might expect, slip with the greatest ease down an inclined plane represented by large numbers. Where the many are, there is security; what the many believe must of course be true;”
Alan: My saying is (personally), “Never underestimate the stupidity of very large groups of people.”
To continue:
“…what the many believe must of course be true; what the many want must be worth striving for, and necessary, and therefore good. In the clamor of the many, there lies the power to snatch wish-fulfillments by force; sweetest of all, however, is that gentle and painless slipping back into the kingdom of childhood, into the paradise of parental care, into happy-go-luckiness and irresponsibility.”
Alan: He’s talking about socialism here, where all your decisions are made up for you.

“All the thinking and looking after are done from the top; to all questions there is an answer; and for all needs the necessary provision is made. The infantile dream state of the mass man is so unrealistic that he never thinks to ask who is paying for this paradise or social authority, which welcomes the task, for its power is thereby increased; and the more power it has, the weaker and more helpless the individual becomes. Wherever social conditions of this type develop on a large scale, the road to tyranny lies open and the freedom of the individual turns into spiritual and physical slavery.

Since every tyranny is ipso facto immoral and ruthless, it has much more freedom in the choice of its methods than an institution, which still takes account of the individual. Should such an institution come into conflict with the organized State, it is soon made aware of the very real disadvantage of its morality and therefore feels compelled to avail itself of the same methods as its opponent. In this way the evil spreads almost of necessity, even when direct infection might be avoided. The danger of infection is greater where decisive importance is attached to large numbers and statistical values, as is everywhere the case in our Western world.
The suffocating power of the masses is paraded before our eyes, in one form or another, every day in the newspapers, and the insignificance of the individual is rubbed into him so thoroughly that he loses all hope of making himself heard. The outworn ideals of liberté, égalité, fraternité help him not at all, as he can direct this appeal only to his executioners, the spokesmen of the masses.

Resistance to the organized mass can be effected only by the man who is well organized in his individuality as the mass itself. I fully realize that this proposition must sound well-nigh unintelligible to the man of today. The helpful medieval view that man is a microcosm, a reflection of the great cosmos in miniature, has long since dropped away from him, although the very existence of his world-embracing and world-conditioning psyche might have taught him better. Not only is the image of the macrocosm imprinted upon him as a psychic being, but he also creates this image for himself on an every-widening scale. He bears this cosmic “correspondence” within him by virtue of his reflecting consciousness, on the one hand, and, on the other, thanks to the hereditary, archetypal nature of his instincts, which bind him to his environment.

But his instincts not only attach him to the macrocosm; they also, in a sense, tear him apart, because his desires pull him in different directions. In this way he falls into continual conflict with himself and only very rarely succeeds in giving his life an undivided goal–for which, as a rule, he must pay very dearly by repressing other sides of his nature. One often has to ask oneself in such cases whether this kind of one-sidedness is worth forcing at all, seeing that the natural state of the human psyche consists in a certain jostling together of its components and in the contradictoriness of their behavior–that is, in a certain degree of dissociation. Buddhism calls it attachment to the “ten thousand things.” Such a condition cries out for order and synthesis.

Just as the chaotic movements of the crowd, all ending in mutual frustration, are impelled in a definite direction by a dictatorial will, so the individual in his dissociated state needs a directing and ordering principle. Ego-consciousness would like to let its own will play this role, but overlooks the existence of powerful unconscious factors, which thwart its intentions. If it wants to reach the goal of synthesis, it must first get to know the nature of these factors. It must experience them, or else it must possess a numinous symbol that expresses them and conduces to synthesis. A religious symbol that comprehends and visibly represents what is seeking expression in modern man could probably do this; but our conception of the Christian symbol to date has certainly not been able to do so. On the contrary, that frightful world split runs right through the domains of the “Christian” white man, and our Christian outlook on life has proved powerless to prevent the recrudescence of an archaic social order like communism.

This is not to say that Christianity is finished. I am, on the contrary, convinced that it is not Christianity, but our conception and interpretation of it that has become antiquated in face of the present world situation. The Christian symbol is a living thing that carries in itself the seeds of further development. It can go on developing; it depends only on us, whether we can make up our minds to meditate again, and more thoroughly, on the Christian premises.”
Alan: Now, Jung remember, as I say, was born of a very high freemasonic family, the mystic side of it, in Switzerland. He’s well aware that the Christian story has esoteric meanings and it’s reborn down through every age, under a different story, but containing the same ideas and principles of rebirth, rejuvenation. The whole purpose was for a few to follow, and he knew the light, you see. The sun is the light. It was never meant to be static, and it became dominated by those in power, and power does corrupt. It corrupts everything. Doesn’t matter what creed you belong to, or religion you belong to, it’s all corrupted. They’ve been there too long every single one of them. Ideas written down by priests or rabbis become fixed as laws, instead of staying as ideas, which are developed further and further, until you’re bogged down. It becomes solid. It doesn’t move anymore, and then it becomes antiquated. That’s why they all die at the end of an age and need something to be reborn, something that is new, for that age. Jung was well aware of this. He didn’t want to ruffle feathers by going into it in this kind of depth.
“This requires a very different attitude towards the individual, towards the microcosm of the self, from the one we have had hitherto. That is why nobody knows what ways of approach are open to man, what inner experiences he can still pass through and what psychic facts underlie the religious myth. Over this hangs so universal a darkness that no one can see why he should be interested or to what end he could commit himself. Before this problem we stand helpless. This is not surprising, since practically all the trump cards are in the hands of our opponents. They can appeal to the big battalions and their crushing power.”
Alan: At that time he was writing when the Cold War was supposedly on and the antithesis of Christianity was set-up – communism – but on a deeper level, communism sprang from the same source, in a sense. Since the sun of God is always represented as the sun crossing the sky, giving his light and life for the world, and turning red at sundown. That’s the blood being poured out, the life of the world. Their communist idea was the same, because the hammer and sickle were also old, old occultic symbols. The sickle is also the symbol of Saturn. Saturn is also called “Kronos” in the Greek. Between the horns you’ll see a little star, not quite dead center, a little bit north in the communist flag. Kronos or Saturn was the one who was the scythe-wielder; he used the scythe to cut the ties between ages. That’s why he always rose at the end of the age, to cut the ties of the old age into the new. It’s highly occultic. It was not, as they pretended at the top, an atheistic organization – far, far from it. They’re symbols were all highly Caballistic. Very occultic and there was a religion at the top, and they were the Reds. They have the Red Square, which was really in opposition to the Blue Lodge, because every lodge must, in a sense, compete with each other to bring the Great Work about. They must create conflict, in other words.
So getting back to this book here:

This is not surprising, since practically all the trump cards are in the hands of our opponents. They can appeal to the big battalions and their crushing power. Politics, science and technology stand ranged on their side. The imposing arguments of science represent the highest degree of intellectual certainty yet achieved by the mind of man. So at least it seems to the man of today, who has received hundred-fold enlightenment concerning the backwardness and darkness of past ages and their superstitions. That his teachers have themselves gone seriously astray by making false comparisons between incommensurable factors never enters his head. All the more so as the intellectual elite to whom he puts his questions are almost unanimously”

Alan: I’ve got trouble with my mouth because it doesn’t keep up with my reading.
“…agreed that what science regards as impossible today was impossible at all other times as well. Above all, the facts of faith, which might give him the chance of an extra-mundane standpoint, are treated in the same context as the facts of science. Thus, when the individual questions the Churches and their spokesmen, to whom is entrusted the cure of souls, he is informed that membership in a creed–decidedly worldly institution is more or less de rigueur for religious belief; that the facts of faith which have become questionable for him were concrete historical events; that certain ritual actions produce miraculous effects; and that the sufferings of Christ have vicariously saved him from sin and its consequences (i.e., eternal damnation). If, with the limited means at his disposal, he begins to reflect on these things, he will have to confess that he does not understand them at all and that only two possibilities are open to him; either to believe implicitly, or to reject such statements because they are flatly incomprehensible.
Whereas the man of today can easily think about and understand all the “truths” dished out to him by the State, his understanding of religion is made considerably more difficult owing to the lack of explanations. (“Do you understand what you are reading?” And he said, “How can I, unless some one guides me?” (Acts Chapter 8 Verse 30.) If despite this, he has still not discarded all his religious convictions, this is because the religious impulse rests on an instinctive basis and is therefore a specifically human function. You can take away a man’s gods, but only to give him others in return.”
Alan: That’s true. This is what they understand at the top and they give you them.
“The leaders of the mass State cannot avoid being deified, and wherever crudities of this kind have not yet been put over by force, obsessive factors arise in their stead, charged with demonic energy–for instance, money, work, political influence, and so forth. When any natural human function gets lost, i.e., is denied conscious and intentional expression, a general disturbance results. Hence, it is quite natural that with the triumph of the Goddess of Reason…”
Alan: The Goddess of Reason was held up and pulled into the Notre-Dame Cathedral, during the French Revolution.
“… a general neuroticizing of modern man should set in, a dissociation of personality analogous to the splitting of the world today by the Iron Curtain. This boundary line bristling with barbed wire runs through the psyche of modern man, no matter on which side he lives. And just as the typical neurotic is unconscious of his shadow side, so the normal individual, like the neurotic, sees his shadow in his neighbor or in the man beyond the great divide.”
Alan: We project it on to other people.

“It has even become a political and social duty to apostrophize the capitalism of the one and the communism of the other as the very devil, so as to fascinate the outward eye and prevent it from looking at the individual life within. But just as the neurotic, despite unconsciousness of his other side, has a dim premonition that all is not well with his psychic economy, so Western man has developed an instinctive interest in his psyche and in “psychology.”
Thus it is that the doctor is summoned willy-nilly to appear on the world stage, and questions are addressed to him which primarily concern the most intimate and hidden life of the individual, but which in the last analysis are the direct effects of the Zeitgeist. Because of its personal symptomatology this material is usually considered to be “neurotic”–and rightly so, since it is made up of infantile fantasies which ill accord with the contents of an adult psyche and are therefore repressed by our moral judgment, in so far as they reach consciousness at all. Most fantasies of this kind do not, in the nature of things, come to consciousness in infantile form, and it is very improbable to say the least of it, that they were ever conscious and were consciously repressed.

Rather, they seem to have been present always, or, at any rate, to have arisen unconsciously and to have persisted in this state until the psychologist’s intervention enabled them to cross the threshold of consciousness. The activation of unconscious fantasies is a process that occurs when consciousness finds itself in a critical situation.”

Alan: This part here, if you understand and listen carefully, you’ll see it’s used by governments on the people, not just by certain parents on their children.
“Were that not so, the fantasies would be produced normally and would then be followed by the usual neurotic disturbances. In reality, fantasies of this kind belong to the world of childhood and give rise to disturbances only when prematurely strengthened by abnormal conditions in the conscious life. This is particularly likely to happen when unfavorable influences emanate from the parents, poisoning the atmosphere and producing the conflicts which upset the psychic balance of the child.

When a neurosis breaks out in an adult, the fantasy world of childhood reappears, and one is tempted to explain the onset of the neurosis casually, as due to the presence of infantile fantasies. But that does not explain why the fantasies did not develop any pathological effects during the interim period. These effects develop only when the individual comes up against a situation which he cannot overcome by conscious means. The resultant standstill in the development of personality opens a sluice for infantile fantasies, which, of course, are latent in everybody but do not display any activity so long as the conscious personality can continue on its way unimpeded.
When the fantasies reach a certain level of intensity, they begin to break through into consciousness and create a conflict situation that becomes perceptible to the patient himself, splitting him into two personalities with different characters. The dissociation, however, has been prepared long before in the unconscious, when the energy flowing off from consciousness (because unused) strengthened the negative qualities of the unconscious personality, and particularly its infantile traits.”

Alan: This was always understood in psychological warfare, this particular science, you see. Jung doesn’t go into that part of it, at any great depth, in this book. However, he’s showing you the same techniques are used on the masses, where neurosis, infantile types of neurosis, are encouraged all throughout life. It’s no coincidence that in the 1800’s and going into the 1900’s, when the elite gave permission for the leaders to start pushing the coming New Age, they gave us all kinds of magic. They pulled out stuff from the past – stuff that would appeal to the infantile, stuff that would seem fantastic to truly logical minds. Not, as I say, that there’s no such thing as paranormal – far from it, but it doesn’t happen every day on queue or as a phenomena projected by the masses.
The science of the control of the mind of the masses is well understood, and they have given a New Age religion, a Neo-Paganism, which is well controlled by the elite, because they’ve ensured they’ve created it in such a way that you could never come into conflict with the ruling modern State. In fact, it is a great outlet for the people to fantasize their lives away forever, and that’s the whole point of it. Fantasy comes up to the fore and is promoted as the “new normal,” because these fantasies are harmless to dictatorial type societies. That’s why they gave us this one.
That’s why they gave us the champions of the farcical, who can only sell their wares – the bizarre, the fantastic mixed up with the sciences of our times, such as “the aliens are controlling us,” and so on. They’ve given us those people to be the front people to encourage the fantastic, and many fall for it because they’re already neurotic. Very few in this society are actually healthy today. Very few are even truly individuals. Those who cannot express their individuality and allow it to grow, become bitter or angry or withdrawn, or else, they jump full body into the fantastic, because they want to believe in it so much. They swallow it all, until they become babbling idiots parroting the propaganda put out by authorized leaders.

It’s been a long-winded little talk here. I’ve only touched on this little bit by one author. As I say, Carl Jung had much to say on different subjects. He experimented with himself in an unhealthy way, and even towards the end of his life, he did publicly admit he was wondering if this little guide of his, this Philemon, wasn’t perhaps a demon. That was an interesting little thing. He also was very honest and perceptive about himself, and that gave him the ability to look at the world, more critically of what was happening.

We are just about finished with this year, as I said before, a time of reflection, a time where we must make decisions. Many people listening to this already have made decisions, which will affect those around them. It will affect their own lives, because I think today those who are conscious are realizing they can’t sit on their hands any longer, and they can’t stop growing. A lot of them can’t even stay with those they’re around, because those around want you to conform to the general rule, which is a state authorized zombie, and zombies tend to keep us back. These are the hard decisions people go through. Not just at this time of year, but definitely so much does come in the winter, the time between ages and seasons. It’s a time of choosing and deciding. The worst thing, of course, is to allow the decisions to ultimately be made for us, because we always find then its not the one we would have chosen if we had done so ourselves, or made the choices ourselves. We can’t allow people to make them for us.
I thank the people who have given me a few presents. I’ve either eaten them or worn them, or have one on my wall with a photograph of the dog in it. Thank you very much. I hope you had a good time. I hope that you’re finding more meaning in your lives, and that meaning isn’t a learning process where it’s all over and done with. It’s an ongoing process.
People say to me or ask me, “is consciousness the only end?” and of course it’s not. However, for me to tell you what happens thereon would be to suggest something to you; and suggestions are a powerful tool that’s used on everyone by the advertising and the government propaganda agencies. It’s a process of consciousness that comes naturally and those who arrive at it will actually tell me what they’re going through, and I know if they’re on the right path, because there is only one. We all go through the same stages, the same things happen, and some of the things that happen are not in the science books. There are things that happen to people, which are tremendous things, but there are also things you can’t really share with other people. Experiences are personal things. It can only truly have meaning for yourself, not for others. Religions are put out there for the others.
That’s all for me tonight. Have a good New Year. Don’t drink too much, but if you want too why not as long as you’re healthy and fit, and you’ve got lots of aspirin the next day and you’re not driving anywhere. Let’s hope we can all continue on this journey, this upcoming year all going well.
Take care. From me and Hamish the dog, it’s good night and may your god go with you.

PART 1 of “MOVIE PREDICTIVE PROGRAMMING/ OCCULTIC CONNECTION”
November 23, 2006

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt. It is November 23rd, 2006.
Tonight I’m bowing to a little bit of pressure. I don’t normally bow to any kind of pressure but this will tie in with some of the talks I’ve given in the past and it’s about the culture creation industry, how ideas are downloaded into people’s minds via fiction primarily and using high drama. High drama with emotion plus crisis situation in a movie and drama is a tremendous method of getting points across. It’s almost like coupling an idea with the drama and it’s downloaded like a virus into your subconscious and you’re being programmed and it’s called “predictive programming.”
The technique is ancient and it’s an old science. Plato in his Republic talks about the culture industry of his own day and how it was essential not only for maintaining control over the people by the elite but they had to control everything that was given to the public. In other words, anything the public saw in drama on stage was authorized. Not only was it authorized, in ancient Greece traveling troops of players would come into the cities and do their rounds and it was compulsory to attend. Everyone, even the slaves, had to attend at least one performance because just like today they had their agenda and their schedule and the upgrading of the system and it was done primarily through fiction, because the old saying is “monkey see, monkey do” and we emulate what we see, especially when it’s done in the typical hero and heroin form.
The male will project himself into the hero’s part and identify with the hero character; and the female—well, at least in the old days before all the vast estrogen stuff in our food and so on and inoculations—the females used to look towards the heroin. This is an ancient, ancient science. It’s never ever given up and actors are hereditary. The families in acting can go back probably hundreds, some of them maybe thousands of years. Specialized sections of society, once more, and they marry each other and intermarry within even smaller ranks.
What’s more interesting is the producers, the magicians you might say, who understand and have a full grasp of what is to be conveyed to the audience, what messages must be imprinted in their minds and he knows the techniques and how to do this perfectly, a perfect science.
Now what’s interesting is that back in the 1960’s, The Royal Institute of International Affairs and its American branch, the Council on Foreign Relations, had one of their international meetings. They held it in England to decide which country using its film industry would create the international culture of the future and this was in the newspapers back then.  I think it was two or three week long meeting and it was ultimately agreed upon that Hollywood would be given the job to create the worldwide culture for the public for a global society and it would also be coupled with the music industry because obviously they go hand-in-glove, as Plato said, plus the fashion industry. Plato mentioned that too, and he called it “the fashion industry” in ancient Greece.
“The more things change, the more they stay the same” and if something works you don’t want to change it. Why change it? The formula of human behavior is just a science. Each part of the direction that you want it to go into is just the ability to understand the formulas involved and then what buttons to push in what sequence; and if it’s done in the right way, the right presentation, with the right propaganda, the public will react and do exactly as they’ve been programmed to do. It’s worked in the past. It will work in the future.
That’s why they’re utterly confident that they can change society even back to infanticide if they wish to because they’ve done that in ancient Greece where it was taught and practiced there. Therefore anything can be reintroduced if it’s been done in human society before. You just have to know the formula to introduce it.

“

Hollywood, this amazing industry, probably one of the biggest exports now; maybe the only one left in the U.S. apart from the military.  Hollywood is called the Holly Wood, ‘holy wood’. The ‘Holy Wood’ of course is the staff of the magi, of the Grand Magus in the occult. He waves the wand and everything is altered, changed. He casts a spell and it’s portrayed even in the cartoons with Mickey Mouse with his little wand as he’s dressed like the wizard and little five-pointed stars come from the wand – earth, air, fire, water, spirit –the five points. That’s what it means. High drama and in the ancient Middle Eastern legends all the holy men there had their staff. We even find it in the Old Testament as Moses has the little contests with the pharaoh’s magi and they play at changing sticks back into snakes and back again, which is a good trick.
However, the trick of conducting a spell over the audience is by using a staff, the ‘Holy Wood’. The Holy Wood also on another level is the grove because in ancient times and in the present times the bigger boys like to meet in specialized places across the planet in their holy groves. Very, very important. There’s much more to this, even in Jewish folklore about the groves and Moses’ brass serpent that was coiled around the staff they had made. It’s all allegory of course for something else, which I understand, but supposedly it was a place it was placed in a grove surrounded by trees and that was a special place for the higher magi to meet.
I’ll be going into some movies that will show you the understanding within Hollywood, at least in the director’s part. May of the actors don’t even understand it themselves but the directors and producers certainly do and some of the bigger ones are given the information and they’re advised on how to get it across to the public. It’s not that they have geniuses within Hollywood per se or that they have special insight through a crystal ball into the future. It’s because their job is to program us as we go into the future, always. Hollywood has been an essential part of government especially in the United States.
There are books out on Hollywood’s involvement with making war movies. They churned out I don’t know how many war movies in World War II and they had the full cooperation of the American military and the use of squadrons of tanks and ships and everything to make it very, very realistic to get the recruitment going to fight the Natzis and then the Japanese. Tremendous part of propaganda and it’s never stopped and even today the Pentagon admits they’ve funded some of the bigger movies to do with war, “Jarhead” and all this kind of nonsense, to get the young guys in for recruits.
Now just jumping back a little bit into the 1500’s, a period of tremendous change in Europe, when the Rosicrucians were coming out into the open and recruiting heavily amongst what was then the up-and-coming middle class youth, especially those involved in sciences. Science is very important to them and a whole bunch of characters were around the court of Queen Elizabeth I, very important people in an important age. You can find John Dee there; Fludd was there as well and Fludd is the man primarily responsible for the creation of the Globe Theater, which was for Shakespearean plays.

Nothing is by accident and Robert Fludd was also an alchemist. He was involved in architecture in the hermetic tradition, which means that they wanted to united heaven and earth, always the same hermetic tradition, the unification of both spirit and matter and the perfection of the world—in their eyes, of course. They knew and always did know that the understanding was for those “in the know”. For the profane and the masses they would simply be slaves. They had no qualms about differentiating themselves as a higher class of people, a specialize type, an intellectual type.

And Stratford-upon-Avon, if you break it down, it means ‘a straight ford upon Avon (the river)’, and ‘a ford’ is to cross a river and if you draw it you have the shape of a cross and they always say “you meet the devil at the crossroads.” Avon is NOVA, new; so it’s the “New Straight Cross”. That’s what it meant.
Shakespeare or Jacques Pierre (the priest of the father) was the magician who brought basically the English language into being as we know it. It’s been upgraded since but that was a major upgrade in that particular period. Before that, Chaucer had upgraded the last one with “Canterbury Tales” and other writings.  Before that, it was Old Norse and Saxon German that the people spoke. A new language was created scientifically. It’s fully encoded of course and it’s a pity as well because we’ve lost so much of it. We’re losing so many words that eventually we won’t be able to convey anything to anyone else with any precision and that’s called “linguistic minimalism,” a technique which is also been used on the public because the children for a long time (have been for generations) have been getting their vocabulary from the media and from the music and the heroes that they follow. God help us if we all end up following the sports teams’ members; because if you want linguistic minimalism, when they interview these players after a match, you’ve got it right there.

The 1500’s was a tremendously important time. It was also as I say the introduction of the hermetic thought, the perfection of man, which means more than just a superficial perfection. They’re talking about going all the way into the real religion, which is to recreate that which was separated from God and that goes back to the allegory of Adam and Eve; because in the separation Adam retained the spirit that was given; whereas Eve was given the ability to recreate humanity, to give humanity offspring. That’s the big secret in Masonry and that’s why they don’t really appreciate women so much, “they have no spirit,” and Albert Pike said that, that the woman can only reflect the light of her husband. He is the sun, she is the moon. The moon has no light of its own. It reflects light from the sun. This is all their put-down of the female and the perfection would be when they united the two together. It’s an ancient, ancient religion. It’s pre-Judaic and they’ve never lost sight of this goal where everything will be in harmony, supposedly, again according to them, but then they do give you their ending at the beginning. That’s the trick of religion, to give you a beginning which really is their end.
Getting back to the 1500’s, Queen Elizabeth I sponsored these Rosicrucians to write plays and she attended most of them herself.  Christopher Marlow was probably the odd man out because he wrote about this hermetic group who were bringing the occult into their stage plays and because of that he exposed too much. It’s debatable if he was one of them himself and said too much or if he was actually truly opposing them, but he was like Dagobert long before him. He was stabbed through the eye, which is the Masonic technique for “one who sees too much.”

There is so much I could go into and it’s a shame in a sense to do this as a spontaneous blurb off the top of my head, but at the moment time is of the essence and so everything is pretty well spontaneous. What I’ll concentrate on tonight are a few movies which have been very telling in information and their understanding of the system and also as always you have your predictive programming, because in the revelation of the method in high esoteric circles you can also put in there an idea of inevitability as well. It familiarizes us with an idea so that when it actually comes into place we accept it without question as somehow being normal.
I’d like to talk about the movie called, “Network” which came out in 1976. A story about a guy working as a TV anchorman who gets kind of messianic brainstorm one day and starts telling the truth to the public and one of his statements is, “you’re the real people” (to the audience), “we’re fake,” when he realizes that the audience are trying to emulate a fiction because everything you see on television is a fiction. It’s directed. It’s produced. It’s not spontaneous. Guests when they’re on a question-answer show of any kind have the preplanned questions there.

I watched a little blurb about Kissinger and found out when he came to Canada the guy who manages Kissinger (and they’re all managed too) had a suggested set of questions they could ask Kissinger and anything not on that list would simply not be answered or they can walk off the set. There’s nothing spontaneous on television. Everything that’s produced is fake. It’s fake. It’s an essential arm of controlling your mind, always has been.
In the movie “Network” as he had these convulsive fits and he comes out with the messianic announcements, in a comical fashion, he says a lot of truth and eventually he’s called up to see one of the big boys, one of the big guys who run the system, who runs it and the guy tells him. He says, “there is no America.” He says, “everything is just one vast corporation, an association of corporations. There’s no Britain. There’s no America. There’s no Holland. There’s no China. There’s no Russia. It’s just one conglomerate group of corporations. Money runs the thing.”

That is true because that is how it is. The economy. Everything beginning with “E” in our language is of prime importance. Prime importance is at the top and it’s well worth a look at in “Network” and what they disclose to a public that just chew bubble gum and pop their popcorn and get downloaded and yet can’t even remember what they say or do.
The second movie is pretty famous in some circles. It’s called “They Live,” done in 1988, where it does show you the system again in allegorical type form. They do it blatantly and show you the sort of mind control techniques of advertising, the types of people who live amongst you who look like you but they’re not like you at all. In the real world you’ll find that in freemasonry because there is a definite feedback along through the masonry of information to do with the public and the places they live in. They collect data on everyone and the Eastern Star is famous for that. They collect data and I do know someone who’s confronted a high-ranking member of the Eastern Star and she did admit that.  I do know that in the place I used to live the Grand Master of the local lodge there went around all these elderly women who were Eastern Star members and who collected the data. The what’s what on everybody, the gossip. So it’s well worth a look at, “They Live,” done in allegorical form. They have the alien twist in it, of course, which is highly popularized by the authorized guys in some countries.
I was asked to do a documentary by one of these well-known guys, but when he found out I wouldn’t push the alien agenda, that’s the last I heard from him. He phoned me, by the way.
Third movie is the original “Wicker Man,” made in 1974, very revealing movie on the religion that runs the world. There’s an outward form of nature worship but also with an elite group at the top who play with people and that’s a very key part of it. They play with people as though they were bored. They know how we think and in “The Wicker Man” a policeman is sent from his little area in Scotland to an island off the West Coast of Scotland, supposedly, to investigate a missing girl. He’s been actually lured there and the whole movie is about how he’s played with and how he comes across clues that are left out there for him to pick up, knowing with each clue how his mind will work to the next part, and the next part and the next part, to the very end where he has become the willing fool for the sacrifice. He was a king’s representative so he was important. He came willingly, very important too. He was a virgin – very unique these days.
What was kind of funny to me was to see how they put a policeman there. Now most policemen are pretty well freemasons because it’s almost mandatory to become a freemason when you join the police force. The fraternity, the brotherhood of the police and anyone who’s visited policemen’s homes will see their photograph of the person with their police cadet uniform on at graduation and next to it is the Masonic one with their gloves and all the rest of it, because they must swear allegiance first to each other before they swear allegiance to serve you. They don’t serve you. They serve the elite who employ them. “Protect and serve.”
However, in “The Wicker Man” the policeman has the proper British type and some of the British Commonwealth country type hat on and round the hat is a band of black and white squares. It’s a chessboard. It’s a tesserated floor of freemasonry as well. It’s the two opposites. It’s also the heaven and hell. They have the right to use the black force when necessary, and that’s why you stand up for each other as well and they’ll often change their little books and their stories to justify what they’re doing.  That was the only part that didn’t make sense, of course, but it takes someone to understand that to see that. It’s well worth a look at, “The Wicker Man”, the original one made in 1974. I believe there was a later one out which has gone right off the wall where there’s some sort of monster involved.
Another movie to see, which I didn’t know was even out there. It came out in 2003, not publicized (just like “The Wicker Man”), was a movie called “Control Factor.” Excellent movie which has a lot of fact in there to do with mind control using microwave frequencies and the little microwave towers all around cities to control the minds of the public, but also a specialized secretive group of scientists with full authority using advanced types of weaponry who go in and chip the brains of certain individuals within the cities.
They actually use in the “Control Factor” real data that’s been disclosed to the public from books such as Zbigniew Brzezinski, “Between Two Ages and the Technetronic Era,” and they use the terms “technetronic” et cetera and everything in that movie can be done today. Actually, it’s old stuff. Whatever is disclosed to the public is actually obsolete in a sense. They’re so far beyond because there are three levels of science and from professorship down that’s all the public domain. That’s the lowest level. The CIA on the higher levels, the compartmentalized levels, they have equipment which is beyond science fiction; and then a higher level above that for the real controllers because you never share ultimate power with the rest who help you.

“Control Factor” (2003) has even been shown across European countries, and as I say, I’ve never heard of it here until someone in Belgium brought it to my attention. Well worth seeing.

Another one to look at is from Germany but it’s available in the stores over here for rent, made in 2002 and it’s called “The Experiment” with English subtitles. Excellent movie on a topic I’ve mentioned before, how people become what they work at: like Mr. Postman and Mr. Policeman and Mr. Soldier and this kind of thing. These experiments have been done many times over, I’m sure.
It takes place in a mock prison and a whole group of people come in. I think it was 20 of them. Ten are dressed up as the prison wardens, ten as the prisoners and in a short space of time the control freaks within the warden society begin to become the wardens and use the same techniques and measures against the prisoners and in no time at all you’ve got a real situation going. It’s a very good exposé on how easily people are persuaded and controlled and indoctrinated to become that which their masters want them to be.

One of the most commonly talked about movies to do with, “oh, the scary stuff, oh, children. I want to drink your blood,” is “Eyes Wide Shut” done in 1999. Very well done, done by Stanley Kubrick who was high up there in the high freemasonry. He did “2001” and “2010” for Arthur C. Clarke so he understood the agenda. He died just after the movie. Some say that he went too far with the movie, but again, that could be speculation. You have to watch it and follow it to understand what’s going on and even then take note of the street names and all of the names you hear in that movie, and pronounce them backwards and forwards and so on. There’s a lot more in it than most people ever imagine.

You’ll see the type of ceremony they have at the top where “do what thou wilt is the whole of the law,” where there is mass promiscuity within these secret meetings, orgies you might say, and masks. They love the masks at the top and the masks served the ones of ancient Egypt. The hermetical sciences again, with the jackal head and various other heads on different people. You’ll see Thoth in there (sometimes it’s called Thoth or Toth) of Egypt, and the simple secret behind Thoth who brought writing and mathematics and all this to society, it’s not a person or a thing; it’s “thought.” That’s where the word comes from, thought. Most people never use their own thought.

“Eyes Wide Shut” shows you again, similar to “The Wicker Man”, how an elite play with one character right through the whole movie and this character has no idea he’s being led along. He’s coming to the conclusions they want him to come to. He goes places to find out what the mystery is and they always know he’s going to go there. They in a sense lead him on the whole way right through the whole movie and they kill people in the movie just because to them it’s a game. It’s nothing. They’re untouchable by society. There’s no policemen to come after them. No inquiry. Well worth seeing and these groups do exist.
Another good one to see is called “THX 1138” and this is a speculation on a society which is totally controlled and bred for their purposes and they live underground. They never get to the surface but they work at the jobs that are dictated for them. They’re drugged all day. They’re tested. Their urine is tested to make sure they have enough of this or that drug. They have speakers that talk to them and tell them what drugs to take or take more of this et cetera. Totally regulated system where they’re never fully, fully conscious. They have no sense really of individuality in this movie. A comical part is where they even have a computer screen where you can go and make confession and the picture of a priest comes on and you tell him all your little thoughts and of course it’s going right to the controllers at the top (well, what’s new?), but well worth seeing.

Another good one is “Logan’s Run” and that was made as far back as 1975 with Michael York and again an artificially created society where no one grows past the age of – I don’t know if it was 29 or 30, and when they get to that age a little implanted chip starts to glow in the palm of their hand and they go into a sort of circus where everyone comes around in an arena. An arena just comes from the word “Aaron,” high priest; and they sit there and they watch what they think is a religious experience where these people are going to the next life and in reality they’ve been killed off, and the whole system is run by computers and that was their way of taking care of their population problem. There are no old people in the movie, interestingly enough.

Christopher Walken has been in some interesting movies. I think one of them was as far back as 1972 was first called “The Happiness Cage” and then it came out under “The Mind Snatchers,” where he’s a soldier who causes trouble, young and cocky in the military, and he’s taken off for medical experiments. The whole movie is about him figuring out what’s happening and it’s very Tavistock in its setup—and they do have these institutions, by the way—and the whole idea is to implant you with a form of chip and control you remotely. Now they’ve done that in Tavistock as Aldous Huxley talked about in his talk at Berkeley, which is on this website, and Huxley this great winner thought this was fantastic, a great improvement to society, sticking wires in their heads and punching buttons and getting them to move like robots.  That was in that particular movie “The Mind Snatchers”.

Walken was also in another one put out in 1983 and it was called “Brainstorm,” where he’s a scientist involved in making a form of head gear that would interface with computers and be able to transmit people’s minds across distances and be picked up again by other computers. This isn’t fantasy either. These things actually do exist. It’s always used eventually even in the movie for military purposes, but it’s well worth looking at this movie to see how far back they were showing the public this kind of thing.

As I say, it’s a form of telling you in a legalistic sense what’s coming, but it’s also a form of programming you to simply accept it when it comes into reality, predictive programming. We don’t question things when we’re sort of kind of vaguely familiar with the idea, the concept of it, and the scientists will come out on television and tell you “well that’s progress you see”. Well, who defines what progress is? It’s not us, but then we don’t have a say in anything at all and that’s a fact. There is no democracy. There never was. There’s only the agenda.
At Loyola University in Louisiana they’ve had a couple of meetings there, the world science meetings, paid for by the U.S. Department of Commerce, to do with chipping the entire population of the planet, except for the elite of course, and they’ve put out hundreds of pages on this. Putting chips in the brains of people will give peace to the world and regionalized computers would eventually control people and program them for their jobs, so you can be a plumber one day and an electrician the other. It won’t matter to you because you won’t even know or remember it and you will not have any individuality.  “The Ghost in the Machine” won’t be able to connect anymore. 

At the first meeting they had, they said that this agenda would be promoted to the public to familiarize them with the idea through novels, through cartoons, movies, et cetera. Well that’s already been done. There are movies out now under different guises bringing it to us in different fashions, different ways but always the same conclusion. It wasn’t long after the first meeting that “The Final Cut”, the movie with Robin Williams, in 2004, came out and other ones have followed suit. It’s to get you used to an idea of having something in you which could monitor your activities like a camera, your thoughts like a camera, what you see like a camera, what you hear, and play it back after you’re deceased to anyone who wants to hear it. It’ll be a great boon for the police, eh?  They won’t have to ask you questions about anything. They’ll just have to tap into your chip. The cartoons have heroes with chips now with super powers. That’s how they’ll sell it to the young.
Now at these meetings they never ever discussed politics. They didn’t even mention governments because these characters, these high scientists know that these are just show for the public. They work for the real boys so they speak with authority when they speak and they said, “this will be promoted through these methods, cartoons, movies et cetera and novels” and it’s quite easy to do when you look at especially cultural organizations. Interestingly enough, in the Soviet system they had a Department of Culture. The government had a Department of Culture and when I was growing up I realized we have one in Britain too and Canada’s got a Department of Culture.
Well, why would you need that?

Well, you need it because their job is to dish out money to certain authors, often with instructions, to build stories around particular ideas. That’s how it’s done. That’s how you guide culture. You can’t have any old guy come along with a story not on the script, not on the format and doing his thing and everybody loving it, so that everything is done by grants within the arts industry and high masonry of course. A good Mason never asks why to anything. He immediately must obey the order from a superior and that’s how they get ahead in life. All politicians do it. Don’t think for a second they don’t guess what’s going on or it doesn’t twig eventually what’s going on. They clue in not to ask questions. You’re a good boy if you don’t ask questions. You just obey. That’s how the whole structure works.
Check out “The Final Cut” and other ones. Some of them are pretty awful and third rate, but I’m sure they’ll put more money into it as they really try to familiarize us with the idea. They haven’t yet I don’t think put out movies where a child is found who’s been kidnapped because they have a chip. I’m surprised that these TV dramas they have – there’s nothing on television anymore except sports, TV dramas, lawyer dramas and hospital dramas. The main areas of controlling you, you see, medicine, law, et cetera.
I’m surprised they haven’t put a movie out where some little cutie is kidnapped and everybody’s biting their nails wondering what’s happening, and here’s the guys with all their test tubes and DNA samples and their little tracker for the chip and they find them at the end, and Bruce Willis or someone will get the big part and he’ll go in and storm there like Rambo and rescue them at the end and they’ll fight the scientists that designed it and all that. That will come, if it’s not out already.
One really, really good movie which makes you think. You see some movies make you think. Most don’t. You get downloaded through emotion. They call it emotive responses, emotive indoctrinations.  In “Devil’s Advocate” the movie shows you the nature of man and there’s a lot of good quips in there, where the devil who has the biggest law firm in New York that talks to a guy who doesn’t know that he’s actually the son of the devil who’s being trained to take over and he tells him how they’re taking the world over. He said it’s by turning out armies of lawyers, millions of them. Millions and millions of lawyers, it’s through law that you’re manacled and you can’t move and you can’t speak. It’s all through law. LAW is a WALL around your mind.

These are a few movies to look at more carefully. Those who have seen them, perhaps you can look at them more carefully than you did before. Tremendously revealing because there’s always the revelation of the method, for those who are wise enough to see and hear it. There’s always, always an exposé of how it’s done and why it’s done, for those who can hear and see. It’s built like the Globe Theater as I say for the Shakespearian plays. It wasn’t called the Globe for nothing. The globe, the world, where the stage went down into the audience and in those days they brought in audience participation. They made you get involved in the story and many people got carried away with the drama and thought it was all real and when that happens the actors know they’re convincing, that it’s working. When the audience forgets they’re watching a fake, they’re watching an act, then the actors are doing their job and it’s getting across to the people that are convinced; because now you’ve inserted into their minds the possibility that whatever you’re showing them can be real or is real and you’ve actually changed them. The alchemical change. You’ve changed them. You’ve cast a spell upon them. That’s how it’s done.
In the esoteric traditions the stage became a microcosm of the microcosm where all knowledge (which is true) is stored within the person, but it’s also the person is a miniature of the entire universe. Everything that’s out there is contained within. That’s part of the religion of the esoteric occultic groups at the top. A play itself could be called a “talisman” in a sense, a “talismanic microcosm”. They would actually use theatrical effects, even in Shakespeare’s time, for thunder, many, many kinds of stage effects were very convincing. They even had “The Burning of Troy”, a large play, huge play performed there and the conflagration of Rome and they had dozens and dozens of altars all around the stages for the burning of apparently the sacrifices. Nothing was spared in the effects of the period to cast a spell upon the public.
Now the public always think they’re simply going to be entertained for fun, to enjoy themselves, and often they are, but they never realize that their way is being shaped for them. Their thinking is actually being shaped for them. They’re looking into an area, where they’d never have gone themselves in their own lives, but it’s been presented to them and they participate in the play in a sense.
Now at one time the “Magus” as they call him, the magician, in the Rosicrucian Masonic tradition, was on a personal quest. A personal quest for understanding themselves in relation to the microcosm and it was in the same period that a split took place in the 1500’s where certain of their members became politicized and wanted to control the entire population of the world. That was their intention, eventually that they could control and recreate, remake everything that was left imperfect. That’s what they say. Everything that was left imperfect because no true thought went into the design of the world, it was a spontaneous act of bringing into existence, and they believed that as they attained godhood themselves individually they had the right therefore to remake the world as it should be. This has never ceased, this particular ideology, and the elite are following it still.
That means everything. That’s why you’re seeing all the modified food part to dumb the public down of course and to kill you off quicker, which it will. It definitely will. Population control but they want to modify everything, everything on the planet, perfect it. Now this was shown in their architecture of the layouts of their buildings. The 15, 16, 1700’s into the 1800’s you can see some of the big estates even today that are left over and look at the shapes of their gardens, how they’re laid out in geometrical patterns. The reflection of the microcosm into the microcosm and vice versa. It was to create the harmony (and that’s their terminology) between heaven and earth. “Harmony.” They put great faith in doing this. You will see it’s a much older tradition than simply from the 1500’s.
You’ll see it in the big cathedrals that were built in the early 11th century onwards. You’ll see the tremendously domed ceilings and the acoustics are incredible; the mathematical work that went into making all of these interlacing domes. What they were doing by using the huge beams and shaping them into points at the top as they all met (the arches) inside the churches, was trying to recreate nature. It all represented the trees and the bows all coming together. This is what you’re seeing, although you’re not generally aware of it, a more perfected form of nature. That’s what it’s all about and the inheritors of these sciences are still working at it today, unbeknownst to the public, and they have total control of the one thing which makes the world go around. It’s called money.
Now what was here before, the idea or money? Or did they come together with the same idea? Well, you can bet your bottom dollar because you can go back to ancient times and find out that this mystery religion was on the go thousands of years ago and using money to get its way and conquering people and forcing them to use money to get them in the system. Once you have it all done worldwide it is your system. Everyone’s trained to earn money and above everything in the system is this system called “economics”. Is it there to serve us, or are we there to serve it?
Well, the latter is true according to the economists. The suffering that goes along with it is irrelevant, “well, it’s just a side effect of it. You can’t help that,” you see. That’s what they say. We’re run by an occultic system, by sciences which are so passed on through certain families and through archives, the real histories and the methodologies. The science of how our minds work and how our minds can be manipulated throughout our whole lives. A science kept to a few that put Freud in the kindergarten category and one can only read the ancient Greek philosophers to get a whiff of that because they were way, way beyond Freud with their techniques.
As I say, this is a big, big topic to go into and I’d rather have done a worked out series rather than just a spontaneous blurb, but there are so many things to do at the moment. So many things to be done and time is getting short for everyone as we race along to totalitarianism, which is all around us now, at least in law, and the mechanisms to enforce it are all up and ready. It’s not a pretty thing to contemplate but we must look at what is there in order to come through and in all ages there have been a few who come through, a few with memory and memory is very important. Very important.
Good night from me and my dog Hamish and may your god or your dog go with you.

PART 2 of “MOVIE PREDICTIVE PROGRAMMING/ OCCULTIC CONNECTION”
November 24, 2006

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt. It is November 24th, 2006.

At the beginning someone emailed me and reminded me to tell the people that I have books for sale and CDs. CDs of ancient histories and religions, how they started up and how they manipulated the public and how well organized they were for the job at hand. I also have DVDs for sale as well, “Reality Check 1 and 2,” which are certainly getting around and there’s lots of information in it.
I’m trying to show the people the real world they’re living in. Not the one that’s been indoctrinated into them by media osmosis and education, but the real world that exists outside the sheep fold because we are in a sheep pen. We’ve been kept there and fed you might say by the good shepherds who always seem to be up there somehow. These special people who come down from different birth canals than the rest of us and are given almost a holy status, but it’s really a media image to build them up into these fatherly figures. Old techniques but using modern technology is very effective.
I cut through this in the DVDs that I have for sale, so check out the site .com. Other people now have mentioned in emails they notice that a few days after I talk about something the authorized biggies up there have guests on talking about the same subject. Well that’s not surprising because, see, I’m unauthorized. I don’t have handlers handling me. I don’t have the backing that they have, too, and the reason we’re in such a mess is because all down through time but definitely more of the indoctrination technique has been used since the 1800’s onwards and the public are given their leaders, simple as that. All sides of everything are given leaders and often the leaders are groomed in advance before movements are even started. They don’t want to take the chance that a true grass roots movement might pop up with its own leader, so they gave us the leaders and that’s why we’re always left in the lurch at the last minute before we go onto the next stage of this worldwide agenda where we’re treated as “the profane,” those in the darkness, by those “in the light” supposedly. I don’t know if they’re in the light, but there sure is an awful smell of sulfur.
Tonight, I was going to continue with the movie industry because the movie industry as I said last night is there to indoctrinate you into possibilities, which you swallow as possibilities and then they actually come out in reality. This technique has been used very effectively since the BBC in fact first started up as a radio station for World War I and they used plays, dramas and serials (serial form) so that you have to tune in every day to get the next part of the exciting story. They’d always make sure it was “a cliffhanger” at the end of the hour and then, sure enough, everyone tuned in the next day at the right time to get the next part of the story; but in and amongst the drama they were giving propaganda to do with World War I and why the young guys should join up and how much they’d be respected by the women and they’d be heroes. This is how the technique is used upon the young people’s minds.
That’s why they don’t use older guys in the military except for generals and so on. Young guys think they’re immortal. Because of the tribal instinct within them, they want to be a hero. They want to stand out and save the tribe, that’s what sports are portraying too, and the young people don’t think they’ll die. They think they’re indestructible. Death is a far off thing for other people but not for them. The BBC used this technique to the full in World War I and even had dramas out for the women and coaxed them to wear a white feather in their hat if their boyfriend or fiancé wouldn’t join the Army, and they’d wear that in the streets to let all the public and their neighbors know that their boyfriend was a coward you see.
Joe Public thinks he’s being entertained by just people in business who are there just for business reasons and who give you what you want, which is entertainment, but no. As I said last night, they’ve had international meetings on the culture industry. They still do every year, by the way, in early September. The international censorship committees of all the countries which you think is there to decide how much you should be protected from, garbage or filth or whatever is your thing. Do you think why would they have an international meeting?
Well, it’s to see if the public can come to consensus, to see if the public worldwide are ready for the next step of the agenda, and that’s why you’re seeing specific types of comedies. You’re seeing all sexual variations, sexual typing, subtypes, inter-types and all kinds of types you might say. This is no accident. This is all planned this way and every year they “push the envelope” as they say to the next step, to the next step. And I said years ago, years ago, that eventually you would see live sex eventually take place even in comedy shows and it would get to be routine. Every year the censorship committees debate if the polls that were taken and all the studies they’ve done on the general public show that they’re ready for the next step. That’s how it’s done.
To bring in a totally New World Order, and I mean totally New World Order, you must create chaos. ‘All that was’ must be leveled, destroyed, to bring in the new. This is the high Masonic tradition, so ‘all that was’ is destroyed to bring in the new or “that which might be” as they say.
Getting back to the usual people who do the rounds of what they call “the patriot network”. Now the patriot network remember is also a business. It’s always been a business, big business, long before 9/11. A “Toronto Star” article quite a few years ago explained that the CIA set up the shortwave for public broadcasting back in the ’60, or ’50’s even, with the intent of using selected Christians as a front against communism so their propaganda would counter communism. That was supposedly the idea.
Personally, I’m a bit doubtful if the CIA ever let go of their hold on their particular programs. Now in with this programming they’re always selling what I call “panic items” and heavily funded by the gold and silver industry. Now there’s very few outlets for these people to sell their products in today’s happy-go-lucky society where everybody’s – well, you know where they are. The last thing on their mind is gold and silver, so the only medium they can have is to present themselves on radio and push it there with an audience who are always on the verge of panic, and often some of these shows under the guise of patriotism are actually one or two hour advertisements.
The technique is where they hype them up about the coming collapse of the economy. This has been going on for 40 years now, this sort of stuff with the same people. Near the end of the hour, once they’ve got their audience petrified, they come forth with the answer—which is to buy their gold and silver and there’s a whole bunch of other products. Unfortunately the counter-health industry, which is owned by the same ones that own the other side of the health industry, are selling all kinds of junk and gizmos to people who are sick and who are so desperate they’ll try anything. You’ll find all of these products wrapped up in the patriot business and the other part of the patriot business is really an American thing. It was designed specifically for America.
This is psycho-politics, a science known a long, long time ago, that you give a type of culture and superimpose it with a dominant religion generally and then you manipulate their religion and the people towards a definite goal, an outcome. That’s why the U.S. was given more of a dose of, and heavily financed to get the messages across to the people, a massive dose of religion and it was really a form of – well, Schofield really. Schofield brought out the Schofield Bible and he was paid by Rothschild to do it and he made a few alternations there to try to boost up Revelations to make the public think that that which was to happen in the next hundred years was planned, it was all planned by God. It’s amazing how it’s worked on the minds of the public. Tremendous indoctrinations repeated over and over and over by countless front Christian people on the Patriot Network, generally calling themselves right wing. Other ones are British Israel under many different guises, British Israel, but always pushing the same products, the same hype and then terrifying the listeners and then telling them, “don’t worry, it’s God will. God’s in control,” after they’ve just scared the bejesus out of you. The U.S. under psycho-politics was decided long ago that they’d use religion to make them go along with this New World Order agenda and it certainly has done the trick with a lot of people.
Now having said all that, where was I going with it? Oh, yeah. It was because on the Patriot Network often after I’ve said something, the well known people who do the rounds of the networks are suddenly all over the airwaves repeating what I’ve said and then spinning it back off into Revelations or it’s God’s will and so on. That again is how you counter intelligence. You counter it by using the same information, attaching aliens, reptiles or God to it, and you spin it off. That’s counter-intelligence.
Now that I’ve said all that, I’ll get back to Part 2 of movies, specific movies to watch that have predictive programming in them. That which you see in a movie form becomes acceptable subconsciously so that when it comes in reality you don’t react to it. You’re familiarized with the idea and the movie of course is always presented as a necessity. In other words, all the bugs have been ironed out subconsciously in your mind for you. It’s been downloaded into you the whole idea and why it’s done. This is Hollywood.

“It’s All in the Movies”
By Merle Haggard

They were so much in love with life, happy in every way.
But love the movie began with, some how got lost in the play.
Like a fire burning out of control
You got caught up in the actor’s role,
And you cried on my shoulder when it came to an end.

But that’s all in the movies,
It won’t happen to you and I.
That’s all in the movies; so baby don’t cry.
The CBC (Canadian Broadcasting Corporation), which is a sort of royal shell company – a shell company is a strange company that’s attached to the government in British Commonwealth countries and in Britain. It’s a duplicate really of the BBC. It’s paid for by tax money. To get into it you probably have to climb the ladder through the degrees and jump through hoops and be well connected in the families because they don’t want again “grass roots” getting into media and getting a voice out to the people. They keep it self-contained with all its programming. That’s why it’s called “programming.” You’re programmed by it.
However, they put out some good stuff as well, almost a legality, and they did a series earlier this year which is worthwhile trying to get a hold of because it shows you the entertainment industry and the debauchery that they created in certain countries just prior to World War II, starting in the depression and going on from there. In the depression they could hire so many people in poverty and put them on the stage, mainly women, and it was amazing what they were doing and performing in the cities across Europe especially.
The series is called “Sin Cities” and they go through I think it was Shanghai was one. It’s all European people involved in the setting up of industry there. Berlin. Berlin was a basket case because they were paying so much or Germany was paying so much in retribution money to the countries, the victors of World War I, that they couldn’t get up on their feet and it was so easy to hire people to go on stage like the “Hoofers,” is what they call them in Hollywood, the dancing girls that they had in the U.S. Well, the whole idea of the dancing girls on stage, hundreds of them, with very little on, actually came from the same guys who skipped out of Germany just before World War II because they were doing it there with hundreds of girls, only they had them stark naked and they really degraded them. The same producers left Germany and scampered off to Hollywood and it’s in the series called “Sin Cities”. Well worth seeing if you can get a hold of them.
Another one is called “Hollywoodism”. CBC again, taxpayer funded, where main producers in Hollywood discuss openly the fact that they gave modern America their culture. They gave it to them. In fact what they say is “before they came, America had no culture.” That’s in the documentary. You hear it from two or three different main top producers, well known producers. “Hollywoodism.”
It’s interesting even in occult when you look at “cinema,” and you understand the high occultic techniques of the use of letters, words, numbers and so on, and if you just use the spoken word and reverse “cinema” you have “amen-is”, the god Amen, and that is no coincidence. George Orwell did a fantastic job with his book “1984,” the title being chosen by the publisher. He wanted to call it “The Last Man,” and in the actual book when Winston the character is being tortured by O’Brien, O’Brien asks him why he keeps saying that the people will win and Winston says, “because we have to,” and “O’Brien says, “well why do you personally think that?” He says “why do you think you have rights?” He says, “because I’m a man,” and O’Brien says “well if you’re a man Winston you’re the last man,” meaning the last one of his type. A thinker. One who saw through the indoctrination. He was well aware that the intent was to eradicate the thinkers. That isn’t new.
The Communists did the same thing. Once they get in power they round up all those that they used to get into power, the intellectuals, and kill them; and it wasn’t just the Communists that did that. Britain was very good at that, too, for all the countries they’d gone into and stole from over the centuries; and not just Britain either. It’s been an ongoing thing with the main characters down through history that were called “The Great” or whatever behind their name. These are part of the secret societies.
You look at Alexander the Great’s lifestyle and who taught him. Who was his personal tutor and Aristotle was sent to be his personal tutor. Alexander himself declared himself a god. This is an ancient religion. It’s still here. It’s still on the go.
“1984” is well worth trying to get a hold of, the British version with John Hurt, well worth looking at, and Richard Burton. Richard Burton plays O’Brien. They managed to cram quite a lot of the book in the movie and you get the feeling from the movie of what Orwell was trying to get across. Orwell knew because he’d been trained to work for this establishment and he was an ardent supporter of it until he found out that all of the sides, even the ones that he’d been fighting against, were all controlled by the same capstone. The British version was put out in 1984 to commemorate the book.
Another one to look at is “Fahrenheit 451”. It’s an older movie as well, and old is not bad. We’ve all been trained that new is good. “New is good. Change is good. New is good,” but so much of reality is shown in older movies. In “Fahrenheit 451” it’s a type of future where the firemen don’t stop fires. They don’t have to because all houses are by law fire-proofed, they don’t burn. The firemen go out and they burn people who’ve stored up and hidden books because it’s forbidden to read books. Books cause distention between people, so it’s really a terrorist act to read books. Well worth seeing too. Lots of little statements, little quips in there which penetrate.
A fairly recent movie is called “The Others”. “The Others” I recommend to show how Plato’s Cave works. Now Plato talked about how a reality is given to people and he used the analogy of a cave, where those born into this cave and brought up in the cave, never outside the cave and always looking towards the back of the cave, how they would view the world; that was their world. That was all of their world, and sure enough, they’d have a whole philosophy type of religion, a reality based around what they observed; and as the sun passed the mouth of the cave and people even outside would walk past it, shadows would form on the back of the cave and they’d have reasons for this. They would discuss the reasons and it would all seem perfectly rational to them, but they never turned around and looked to the mouth of the cave. They were looking always towards the back, so anything out of the ordinary that happened they’d have to fit it into the paradigm, their existing understanding of their reality, and they’d squash it in if need be and stamp on it to get it in. A good example of how to create realities for people. He used the cave.
In the movie “The Others,” similar to the movie “Sixth Sense,” they both have a bit of this in it. In “The Others” you find the main character, the woman, has to relate all the things that are happening around her into her existing paradigm and how she goes to extraordinary lengths no matter what she’s experiencing to make it “fit in” to what she sees is her logical pattern, her understanding, until she has to face a truth. This is how the system actually does work with people who are born into a system and like all mammals look towards the parents for warnings of what they should be aware of. Now if the parents have already been indoctrinated, and remember all you have to do is indoctrinate the first generation, you have a new normalcy, a new normal. If they don’t know to tell the children, the children will never question the things around them. They’ll think everything is quite natural, it just evolved to where we are today and everything that they use and are told to use, including money and so on, is all quite natural. They’re told what to talk about, what not to talk about, what’s correct, what’s not correct.
Now how can you be free if you can not discuss anything or even ask a question out of curiosity? That’s not freedom. That’s legal tyranny.  Check out “The Others” and “Sixth Sense” because they do show this type of Plato’s Cave. A very telling movie, predictive programming again, with a bit of a warning, was “GATTACA” – which revolves around a character in the near future where there are two classes of people. You have those who have born or created the ordinary way and those who have been genetically modified, supposedly to eliminate—and this is what we’re hearing already and have been for a few years—they want to eliminate all possibilities of defects in a child.  Therefore, if you were prone, or if they claim you are prone, to even an allergy or asthma or whatever, they could stop you from being born. We already have murmurings of this at the moment from the pseudo-scientific political elite.
In “GATTACA” you have a class system where those who have been modified get all the superior jobs, a new type of class distinction, and it’s very telling. Again the movie it’s predictive programming because they know it’s coming and it is coming. It’s only part-way step though to total cloning, purpose made clones. ID is a good play on “idea”. The “Big Idea” of freemasonry is used in many different ways and you have ID, your identification. An ID also means “intelligent design” and that’s what they’re working towards, an intelligent design which will be more efficient to serve the elite than you or I.
One of the older movies that showed us a sort of world police state or definitely an American police state with high-tech weaponry to use against the public and it came out at a time when Joe Public was scratching his head saying “why is this being shown now?” Well, the big boys knew what was coming down the road in 20, 30 years. It was called “Blue Thunder” with the high-tech helicopters able to see through your walls and watch you and listen to you as well, and armed to the teeth of course with the high-tech weaponry.
We’ve all been conditioned to where we are today through all of these movies that most people have forgotten about, but they’ve seen bits and pieces here and there, but even though they’ve forgotten consciously most of the story, subconsciously the main parts are being downloaded into them and that’s why they’ve accepted the step-by-step process to totalitarianism so easily. They’ve been programmed to do so.
The ancients knew that people had an infinite appetite for entertainment and they supplied it to the people with drama. There’s never been a time in history when so much has been churned out from the same sources to the entire planet as today and people can’t get enough. They can’t get enough. I’ve seen people come out of video stores with a stack of their weekend specials. They must watch TV 24 hours a day for Friday, Saturday and Sunday and I’ll guarantee you they will remember very little of that consciously, but these are the most placid system-orientated people you’ll ever meet because they’ve been totally programmed subconsciously. They don’t question anything that happens or comes along or is made law or anything else. They’ve been programmed. What can you say?
A very interesting movie to do, and again in allegorical form, they show it one way in the movie but it’s allegory in a sense and a reality in another, is “Dark City,” which even brings in a very old theme to do with genetic history where genes themselves have a certain history to them and a memory you might say, and how they can be manipulated and put into other people to give you someone else’s memory, someone else’s reality.
Whenever we see these movies, whatever they talk about in the actual science magazines, is old stuff. Whatever they say they’re working on is old stuff because that’s Level One Reality. Anything that the public is allowed to know is technically obsolete, even when they say on Level One that they’re just working on this thing right now. That’s really obsolete. We’re kept in the past always.
The 2001 movie “From Hell” is an excellent movie to watch, based around the declassified information that was kept secret for a hundred years by Scotland Yard on Jack the Ripper with the conclusions and all the evidence pointing to the fact that the Queen’s royal surgeon was the very high freemason of the Templar Lodge who did the killings and it tells you why it had to be done.
I know to that the person who first came out with this information was killed with a hit-and-run accident, I believe it was in Britain, some years back. However, the information in it is true and the names are the real names that they use of the people involved and for the first time it will make sense to you. It also shows you the high Masonic connection in all of this – see, if you want secrecy in a system and Peter Wright who worked for MI5 brought this out in his book “Spy Catcher”. He said they’re all told in those organizations to join freemasonry because they swear to defend a brother Mason against all odds, be he right or wrong. It’s the only way you can have this kind of secrecy kept from the public where men will literally lie on the stand to save each other and they do this all the time. That’s why they all join Masonry and police join Masonry and the judge is a Mason.  Check out that movie “From Hell,” well worth seeing. Probably the first movie to even show you parts of the rituals involved in freemasonry in a movie version.
“Three Days of the Condor” was made in it had to be back in the 1970’s, early ’70’s, with Michael (Robert) Redford and in the movie they show you how the CIA go through potential future strategies. They play out these games to see if they’d ever, which they might have to use one day, to see if they could take over oil wells across the Middle East. They even had the strategies laid down as to what they’d tell the public, why they’d have to go in there. They’d have to make events happen to authorize themselves to go in to take over the oil fields.
It’s not that people in Hollywood have a terrific imagination or the writers who write for Hollywood. It’s because they know, they’re connected. They have relatives in amongst the CIA. These kind of war games and strategies and possibility games go on all the time. They have a game for every scenario, basically, worked out in advance, at least on computer all the bugs are ironed out, and they have backup plans and plan A, B, C, D, E and so on. Nothing really changes in the system. One thing that’s always the same is the secrecy. Incredible secrecy, incredible propaganda to cover the secrecy given out by media to give us a fake reality. We’re told what to think about, either sports or…
For those people who’ve noticed when they came out with the weather channel, we used to get rain and snow and so on. Now everything’s a crisis. If you get an inch of rain it’s going to be a crisis and a storm; and a couple of inches of show, oh it’s going to be a crisis and people are terrified and yah de yah de yah. This is all intentional that they had to start making an issue of the weather because they decided long ago they were going to use scientific manipulation of the weather to cause crisis, and people who are still working for the United Nations put books out in the 1960’s. At that time, they thought that it was easier to cause global cooling and they had the coming Ice Age in different books put out there and it was promoted by all the media, “massive crisis on its way. We’re all going to freeze to death.”
Then the more they experimented with spraying the skies, as we see everyday, it’s really bad up here right now. It’s also bad in Chicago. They’re getting sprayed crazily and even to the west of Pennsylvania they’ve been getting it heavily for the last couple of days and they have sinusitis and the usual problems, and the media, as always, dead quiet on it. However, they realized eventually it was easier to cause warming and you’ll see that mushy stuff that the spray turns into, these mushy types of clouds. That’s polymer and that polymer gives the effect of a polythene type film; it also helps the sun act and behave as it would under a magnifying glass. It intensifies heat. It causes heat build-up and that’s why you get the warming, and those who’ve been studying this and taking notes over the last 10, 15 years or so have all come to the same conclusions. When they spray heavily the temperature goes up, so does the amount of infections of the bronchial tubes and sinuses and so on.
And the media, they won’t talk about it. The media is not free. They’re totally controlled. They’re part of government. They give you the reality. They tell you what to think about, what to worry about, what to smile at, what not to smile at, what to frown at.  Then there’s always sports that come out your ears eventually, so much sports, sports, sports. That’s all you see: Detective stories, law stories, hospital stories and sports. What a choice.
Has anyone noticed that these incredible trashy TV series like the CSI to do with all the special scientific gizmos that police are using, these special units that go round there and my God they can detect things by special lights, but the bottom line is always “get his DNA.” Almost every second line is “get his DNA.” That’s to indoctrinate the public into this new procedure because they want everyone’s DNA. Now the governments are admitting they’ve been taking peoples DNA for 30 years and identifying it along with your name and storing it, you see, and they’re doing it in major hospitals in California. I think every baby is done now. They want to own you and it’s the old story of Adam naming the animals you see. You’ve got power over the animals if you’ve got its DNA, its name, its signature. That’s what it’s all about.
It’s so monotonous the trash they throw out one after the other. Get his DNA. Get his DNA and this whole thing is to make you think that science is holy. Science is holy. You can’t question science. We’ve already had scandals where people have been put in prison with the confirmation in the courts of the DNA matched; and then we found out later, no, they wanted the guy in prison and so somebody that’s along the way, often the scientist or the laboratory person, lied.  Of course, television gives you a different version, the drama. It’s somehow a holy status, that again the special birth canals that these people come out of is different from everybody else’s. They wouldn’t lie to the public and this is the image they want us to have of these controlling authorities. Hogwash you see, but it does well. It indoctrinates the people.
We’ve had thousands of years of bowing and scraping and kissing the ground to idol statues and deities we can’t see, and now we have this white-coated priesthood at the top that waggles test tubes and rattles them together and has its own vocabulary, because every priesthood in every religion in every age has its own vocabulary to mystify the public.
Up until not long ago the Catholic Church still used Latin in the major mass and the people couldn’t understand a word of it, but it sounded holy you see. It’s a holy language. This is the same language, mind you, that slaughtered thousands of Christians and fed them to lions. It was very holy then, too, because then that same language was dedicating them to the other gods, you see. However, with some nice music and guys wearing dresses, you can really CON the public and they think it’s holy. Holy, yeah. Latin is holy.
Latin was used with the Romans when they slaughtered thousands of people going through Europe. Very holy language then as well, and they used to burn your intestines as an enemy in the Lares, the fire of the families. They’d dedicate your intestines. They’d rip it out of your body and burn them in front of your face before you croaked, and that was dedicating it to the holy fire that was the spirits of their ancestors; because just like the modern ones who are descended from them all, they believed that they reincarnated into the same family lineages and that’s why they’re so smart you see and powerful, and well they certainly are cruel. They have an edge on that. They understand cruelty to keep the public in check.
Again, now we have a white-coated priesthood that thinks nothing of taking animals, bashing them on the head with all kinds of gizmos and then reading their brainwaves to see how it affects them. Well, why don’t they try it with the scientists? It might knock some sense into them. They use people as well as guinea pigs all the time, all the time.
For donkey’s years, again through the start of television, back in the ’50’s they were giving you the medical dramas right away to holify, make it holy, the doctors and the nurses and hospital and the science you see of medicine. In no time at all they started in Britain and in other countries, where they had national healthcare systems, whipping out your tonsils and your adenoids and it became routine to children who are not old enough to understand anything, generally four or five. The excuse they gave, again first through drama and then through reality, to the public, the excuse they gave was “these appendages, well you don’t need them anymore you see. We used to be apes and we used to walk around with our heads pointing towards the ground and when we stand up that’s why your sinuses get infected then your tonsils get it as well. So we’ll just whip these off and same with your appendix, these vestiges of when you were an ape,” and this is taught as fact, even though the Darwinian theory has never been proven. A theory is a guess. That’s what it means. It’s a guess and it only becomes a scientific theory when a bunch of scientists have consensus that that guess might be right. That’s all, so your guess is as good as anybody else’s. Make a few on all these topics. You’d be surprised what you might find out.
All of this is promoted through drama, generally with the big hero, the male hero, who goes through all hell and back to save humanity or do something special for the public and you’re left with all this data on your head, downloaded, that that’s a good thing. You haven’t even really made an opinion on it. It’s been done for you because when you’re being entertained through fiction the senses part of your brain that says, “yes, I agree with this. No, I disagree with that,” it doesn’t work. It switches itself off and it’s the same with hypnosis.
When you’re staring at something, an object, it doesn’t matter what it is, although something to do with light or flickering lights is very helpful, then that senses part of your brain switches off. You’re now under a form of hypnosis. Your guard is down. You don’t think anything nasty is going to be done to you and it’s done in such a way that appeals to you, because as I say you identify with the main characters in the movie and by this identification they can take you on any path they wish. Any path at all and you’ll go right along with it, never stopping for a second and saying, “wait a minute. Is this right or is it wrong?” Because the movie can make anything seem correct and you’re being downloaded and indoctrinated as you enjoy yourself and you will not remember too much about the movie in a couple of years or even one year, and a lot of people in a few months or weeks or days, but you will allow certain things to happen to you in society without question. You have been programmed.
It was about the mid ’60’s when the format of news media changed around the world. Prior to that you never had sports or entertainment mixed in with news, at least in most of the European countries. The only time you saw anything to do with sports was on a Saturday, during the day as well, and regular programming in the evening; but it was mandated and talked about by H.G. Wells and others they’d eventually make a craze of sports, a diversion for the public where they could let off steam and do it in a socially acceptable form, rather than run up to their parliament building and do the dirty. This is being done all over the world and you’ve seen, too, the build-up of Hollywood in the news media; as though we should really care who’s marrying who, who’s divorced who, or who’s having an affair with who or what.  Again, it’s been lifted up to almost a holy status.
Yet these people, these actors, are very unhappy people. They don’t even know who they are most of the time. An actor, if they’re any good at all, gets into the part – they adopt the identity of the character; and after you’ve adopted a whole bunch of different characters, you sort of lose track of who you are yourself. They’re not happy at all and they’re secluded from the public. They’re kept apart from the public. All they can do is mix with each other and they act to each other all the time. They’re never real towards each other, but they want us to follow the stars because once in a while they’ll pull one out and speak on behalf of a political party or some NGO group that wants change or laws—generally it’s laws to put in about something that’s going to affect you—and because they’re up there you see on a stage and this is the trick to the occult from the most ancient times.
The word “alter” and “altar” are spoken in the same way. The spoken word on the bottom level is the key. (On the bottom level.) When you put someone on an altar you alter them. They’re no longer an everyday person. They’re someone special. They’ve been risen on a platform above all other men and women. They’re raised up. All Masonic terminology, once more. They are above all the rest. They’re holy. A holy stature and suddenly they’re important and we’ve been trained to worship these people that are put up there and people do worship them in fact with hysteria, because the same dynamics that were at play thousands of years ago as to today. It hasn’t changed at all, the psychodynamics that work into play.
This happened in the fields of Elysium in ancient Greece. It happened with the worship of Tammuz in the Middle East. The worship of Adonis as the Greeks called it when they ran Egypt eventually, and the women always went hysterical when the priesthood or the deity or the figure of the deity was raised up on the platform above the rest. It hasn’t changed. We’ve seen it with pop stars, rock stars and they’re all called “stars” as I say for a very good reason because you’re meant to follow them.
Interestingly enough in the book called “Hollywood Babylon,” there are two volumes, well worth the read because it gives you a lot of occultic stuff, not out in the open, it’s tongue-in-cheek, but the person who wrote them understood it very well by the selection of words he uses and he even uses a dedication that came from Aleister Crowley of the OTO sent out by MI6 to create mystery and confusion in the world with his special order of freemasonry. He didn’t create the OTO actually but he took it over and became the head, because all freemasonry goes back to London regardless of what country you think it’s from, it goes back to London.  Aleister Crowley certainly did his stuff to create the mystery and attract the youth in and that was a burgeoning culture at that time to do with drugs back in 1920’s, again pushed through Hollywood and the music scene as always.
In this book “Hollywood Babylon” he dedicates a page to Aleister Crowley where Crowley states that every man and woman is a star. Occultic significance if you understand it, but it’s overlaid with a picture at the back of people on a stage because those people pretend they are you and me. They are the men and women. We are the profane. That’s what it really means.
Another book to read is “Movie Lot to Beachhead”. It tells you how Hollywood worked hand-in-glove with the military to make propaganda movies to get the young men to join up. Lots of photographs. There are so many photographs in there and it even shows you the psychological techniques as they portrayed the hero figure to the youth to make them join up and of course lots of female stars to make this little schmuck think that once he signed up he might get this particular star, which is dreamland indeed.  That’s how simple it works for little guys who are young, come from generally poor backgrounds, have no status in the world, and they put on that uniform and suddenly they’re approved by everybody. You’re a somebody suddenly. Mind you, once you’re buried and so on you’re quickly forgotten, or if you’re crippled you’re definitely quickly forgotten, especially in the United States.
All those things that you think are normal out there and are there just for the money and just to give you what you ask for, you couldn’t be further from the truth. This is culture creation containment. It gives you direction. It limits your thinking. It programs you for a fixed planned society, the next step and the next step into the future and you go along never dreaming – never ever dreaming that the choices you’re making are not your choices at all. You’re just regurgitating your program and carrying it out. Your opinions on the political level, sociological level, on every level are given to you through drama and from those that you’ve been taught to follow, the stars, to worship, even though most of the propaganda you get from the TV on the Hollywood scandals and so on, it’s all nonsense. It’s as much fakery as the movies themselves. It’s to intrigue you and draw you in to fantasy.
Check out some of these movies. I’m sure some of you will learn something from them to see how blatant and legalistic by showing you these things Hollywood can be.
Have a good weekend. Tune in to Red Ice from Sweden on Sunday for the live streaming of the show I’ll be on. Good night for now and may your god go with you.

“PSYCHODYNAMICS OF SADO-MASOCHISM SCIENTIFIC SOCIETAL MANIPULATION BY THE DOMINANT MINORITY”
OCTOBER 25, 2006

Alan: And it’s October the 25th, 2006. Busy time for people in the country trying to catch up on all the things which have to be done before the snow hits in this part of the country and it’s been raining for weeks now, every day, every single day. Pouring rain, so we’re living under this weather warfare, which I’m sure will make itself manifest as to its intentions and already the rural roads are getting washed out and full of potholes and all the rest of it. Rather late in the year to fix, of course, as they steam roll ahead with the big NAFTA highways on highway 11 and 69 up through Ontario.
I’d like to remind people who have this talk passed around that you should check up .com for items they can buy, purchase: DVDs, CDs, books on not just this eternal New World Order because it’s always new. Every period in history is part of the New World Order and they can find the history of this on my website.
I’d also like to say that I read all the mail I get written and posted to me or else by the email and I can’t honestly answer everyone because I’m not running a business like we’re used to from the authorized leaders of this movement against the New World Order. I don’t have the financial backing. I don’t have any teams working for me to do all the work. It’s not a money maker. I have no advertising and so I do other things to survive, never mind the things I must do like splitting the wood, covering it from the rain and all this kind of stuff. This is why I can’t get back to every single person who writes to me.
Some people ask me so many questions in a letter, I’d have to write a book just for them and of course I can’t take time to do that. There’s only one of me, but I do read all the mail and I’ve gotten to know lots of people just through their mail in fact. I know where they are in their own little life in this great world of ours. I know where they are in their relationships, all of that kind of thing, their worries, and I certainly commiserate with them because we’re going through incredible changes, incredible changes.
I think some of the big boys have said themselves the biggest changes since the people were moved off the land into the cities for the industrial revolution. We’re going through all of the cultural shocks simply in a different direction with the same types of things, culture shocks as we go into this next phase which is all around us. Every day we can see it. Some of us can smell it almost, but it’s all around us and it’s on the march.
Yes, it’s a nice pouring miserable day here in Ontario and I’m shrinking by the day and eventually I’ll be the size of a midget, unless they call that “vertically challenged” today. Maybe that’s the politically correct term. Anyway, that’s where I am with my little life.
For tonight’s talk, I’d like to continue with a sort of follow-up of the last talk I gave, which was to do with power in a sense and the different types of personalities which are attracted or repulsed by power. We have to remember that we are born into a system which we take for granted as being natural simply because it’s there when we were born and we grow up in it.
The rights or freedoms we think we have today haven’t always been there and we have them and WE NEVER EXERCISE THEM and it isn’t until someone comes along and takes them away piece by piece and gets to a point where we can’t ignore it that people tend to suddenly notice it and complain; and that’s all they do really is complain or they give power to a leader who leads them to destruction. This is the standard technique all down through history.
Prior to the reformation really and prior to the Middle Ages, right up into the Middle Ages in fact, LIFE FOR MOST PEOPLE WAS ORDAINED BY THE CHURCH.  They gave you the reality of the period that you’d live in. The nobility down to sirs and overlords to tenant farmers to tenants to serfs, it was a much simpler life. It was not a nice life for most people, certainly the ones at the bottom of the heap, but they didn’t have the questions that we have today, the complexities of questions about what was the meaning of life, purpose of life.
Their whole reality came from the teachings that they were given by the Catholic Church at that time. You didn’t have to think about things because all the answers were given to you. You didn’t have scientific explanations for anything. Everything was God’s will. God had a hierarchy in heaven and a hierarchy here on earth which mirrored it. That’s the stellar and the earthly one. That’s why they’ve always used the zodiac and the stars and esoteric groups to explain this. This was always understood by the Catholic Church at the top, by those IN THE KNOW at the top.
You would be born into a family, a group, a village and you would know what your task would be for the rest of your life when you were a child. You didn’t complain. If you did, there was no one to complain to – you’d have the devil in you, and you didn’t have to wonder about what caused the wind to blow or the rain to fall and the only entertainment you would have really were the occasional—apart from home entertainment and folk songs, which is probably the only true part of culture that anyone really had—were traveling shows, morality plays they called them. The only ones authorized throughout Europe for the church was by the church and these were called “morality plays,” little bits out of the Bible that would be enacted over and over monotonously to get the moral point across for control purposes to MAKE PEOPLE OBEY and see the point of obeying in fact through a story form.
The same technique is used today in political correctness and we get the same ideas marketed to us through dramas and even comedies, ancient techniques going all the way back to ancient Greece in fact. In the Middle Ages you didn’t have the complexities of worry that we have today. People felt they belonged regardless. You belonged to the class or the social order you were born into. You had a collective mind in a sense. Everything was explained for you and your group, the one that you belonged to and were born into.
It wasn’t until the rise of capitalism and enlightenment and all the rest of it came in that gradually a middle class began to emerge and with that came the end of the collective, at least the beginning of the end of the collective, as individuality for the first time was stressed as being important. In fact, all down through history you’ll find this gradual push to break out from under the authorized structure of control by various individuals trying to format things to suit their own sensibilities, their own rationale, when the answers you were given no longer fit. They make no sense. They don’t explain the whys and wherefores of an injustice, for instance, especially when it’s happening to you.
With capitalism came the push for individuality and that was further stressed through Protestantism. The old Catholic Church, although they did say that everyone was born a sinner, still believed that redemption could come to people and to individuals as long as they conformed to the group and did the group thing, and you had your group penitence and that kind of thing. That’s how it kind of worked, but you still did not ever dream about leaving your station and moving up. In fact, prior to the introduction of the capital system, really the beginning of the banking structure and merchandising big time, prior to that, to the people in the Middle Ages, making profit for profit sake and acquiring wealth for wealth sake was an alien idea. It would sound silly to them. It would serve no purpose because at that time life only was the only thing that was stressed. Life itself was important, at least on paper and in the speeches and talks and morality plays.
People sometimes become nostalgic for what they see as a simpler time, but really it was a fixed rigid society of “know your place,” an expression that survived in the English language and in the English schools right up into the 20th Century. Because we don’t think in terms of a dialectic, we see things going one way in one direction. We tend to see effects of things and we adapt to those effects, but we don’t analyze the side effects of things; because with the rise of individuality comes a price and the price is that of being separated from a group, the village, the people, the tribe, and this aloneness has been accelerating as the centuries have moved on up to the present time.
People are tremendously isolated and the challenge today, apart from all of the other challenges or the fact that it’s already pre-programmed through think tanks and big moneyed powers, the problem is how do we handle and can we handle – can everyone handle the aloneness? The breaking down to the individual where everyone really is living in their little world spaced out from other little worlds, from other people, without real, real contact except for the culturally okay things such as discussing the neighbor’s garden or your own or your car or your latest purchase; but really, people are craving a contact.
Now not everyone is at the same stage of development to handle this change. Henceforth they brought forth the New Age movement back in the 1800’s really with Madam Blavatsky to handle this, and here’s a good point perhaps to make. What’s the good of having the ability and the right to think for yourself if you don’t? And by that, I mean if people really look at what they fight for or what they complain about, how much of that is really from their own original thinking and how much has been programmed right to them through think tanks, through pressure groups, through slogans?  As Lenin said, “they would conquer by slogans”. Slogans go right into the subconscious without question. We just start to repeat them. How much really of your own thinking belongs to you as an individual?
We find again prior to the big push for the New Age movement and into the 20th Century you could find religious bookshelves in every booksellers shop primarily around Christianity and about Christianity or about certain Christians and what they’d done and so on, and everything again was to reinforce the prevalent idea – prevalent up until then, since the days of Luther, on this Christianity, this new type that had been introduced by Luther in the 1500’s; which was really made as far as I can see for the industrial revolution for it coming up. They had to create a new work ethic, a Protestant work ethic of just work, work, work and grin and bear it collectively and maybe just maybe you could be redeemed by your works in a sense if you followed the social order that was ordained and preached by the ministers.
Things don’t just evolve by themselves. It’s more as though when people are ready for a major shift, or at least some are; there’s always a vanguard very often unconnected. The think tanks and those in control sense this and prepare for it so that they can give the new types of leadership or religions to take over to keep control of the new, and today you’ll find all of the New Age religion in all of its forms. Many guises, different names, it’s all the same thing. It’s all the same religion, same pyramid, in every major bookstore. Masses and masses of books just churned out like sausages from the machine, for everything you can think of, to keep you basically from thinking for yourself; and yes, they add certain truths in there but most of it’s spin to spin your head until you come out of this dizzy downward spiral and you’re thinking exactly the way they want you to think, because these are authorized books and for the price that some of them are sold you can tell they’re being backed by bigger powers. Of course we know that foundations like the Rockefeller’s do back many, many authors, other foundations do too, to make sure that whatever opinions they’re expressing will be the prevalent opinions within society.
Everything that happens today was gone over and predicted by early think tanks over 100 years ago, 150 years ago and they knew at the time that because they understood human nature – they have archives, not public libraries. They have the real thing. They have the real low-down, the histories of peoples and formulas on how to control peoples and they knew that we would get to a stage where the struggle for individuality would reach a certain peak. They also knew that not everybody would want this side effect as I say the loneliness that comes with it and many they knew couldn’t handle that. These are the mass people, the mass men and women who want an order of things, an order which gives them answers which don’t have to make rational sense even; as long as everyone else is parroting those answers around them they feel secure.
That’s how religion in fact tends to work and they came out with the New Age Movement to keep the people in a confused but controllable fashion, where the things which they would be chasing because of this drive, this subconscious drive of individuality, and because of the side effect, the fallout of being unable to handle the aloneness that comes with it, they would be guided into a form of passing their time, a religion which couldn’t threaten the authorities. Therefore when everyone’s chasing their karma, trying to improve their karma and paying their money and taking their courses and things, they’re not being a nuisance, especially when they’re being taught that nothing is real anyway. That’s the beauty of that one. That’s a fantastic move by the chess players and it’s working very, very well with many people.
Most people, as I say, have a hard time with reality. They don’t go into books to find histories, to find the causes and effects down through time. They would prefer that Hollywood give them movies about or docu-dramas – remember, drama means fiction. It’s a fictionalized account of something, but this is where they get the realities of the past from. It’s always slanted one way or another and what they’ve always understood in sociology is that when a people become nostalgic for the past, then their culture is on the decline. That’s why they give you the Anne of Green Gables and these fantasies of some kind of past life that really was only for a very few. Most folk lived in squalor and misery.
Now there’s a drive within people that comes forward when they can’t handle individuality. A drive kicks in to conform and the danger there is you end up with mass movements, mass armies. That’s the type of people who give their all, their life. They submit. They have a longing to submit to power, to be part of the power structure in a small capacity, but to submit to it, so a sado-masochistic tendency comes forward; and the reason you can have sadism and masochism together is that the sadist and the power hungry want to dominate others. The only thing they respect is power, raw power itself, and so their superior is one they will respect and almost drool over in fact and they love to sacrifice themselves for the cause. The cause always appearing to be plain because it’s spoken to them directly by their leader, their messiah, their führer, their Lenin, whatever it is. It makes sense to them. It tends to verbalize inner thoughts. It promises to take away fears. It gives a cause to things; so this same person who worships the power structure and wants to serve it, because they want to submit and serve to it, they’re also masochistic. We find in these great movements like the Soviet Era and the Natzi Era, which again, remember, were forms of both socialism. You had the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and the word Natzi comes from a social movement as well – National Socialism.
Interestingly, George Orwell in his “1984” called the particular country of residence for Winston, “Ingsoc,” which was a play on England socialism or English socialism. Major revolutions, physical revolutions need masses of following and there always has to be a good reason for them to unify so obligingly to overthrow whatever it is they’re overthrowing and that’s always been the case. Very clever leaders and oligarchies understand this process and so if there’s going to be a revolution it’s better that they put their own boys into lead it. That way they can guide the outcome of it.
They say all the right things always. The people believe that the leader that they’re given is one of them implicitly because he will use the terminology of the tribe or super-tribe: the flag, the symbols, the phrases from national anthems. Today, it’s Hollywood actually. The masses help very clever people attain their goals. Even in a so-called democracy we even elect people who say all the right things. That’s why they get in. They say all the right things but you can get the tyrant coming in that way, just the same as overthrowing a previous system. It doesn’t really matter how they get in. They just get in by any means possible. The Communist system was to get into politics and get to the top by any means possible and lying through your teeth wasn’t too difficult for politicians since that’s traditional anyway.
However, when you get a true authoritarian type character in power, you must understand the psychology of that person or the group, the coterie around them. They love conditions that limit human freedom and they love to give speeches about fate and destiny. They’re fatalists to an extent. To that person who is giving you the speeches on fate you must understand his definition will be different from yours. Soldiers traditionally are like football teams. After games, listen to them, “We’ll do better next time. I’m just glad to have served by boys, my team, my fans and we, we, we will be on track next time,” and yah-dee yah-dee yah.
It’s the same with soldiers when they’re interviewed, “Well we did a good job and we hope to do it better and we have some things to clear up but we’re on track. We’re doing it now.” That’s the fate of the one who submits to a higher power. A power to him is a physical power embodied by somebody who walks around called his superior. He worships superiority. He submits to it, sadism/masochism together. A small businessman even is the same and his fortunes go up and down with what he will call “economic laws”. He’ll call it fate, you see, “Well what can you do? It’s the economy,” and so you get crisis and prosperity to him, which are not really social phenomena at all, which will be changed by human activity, but it’s the expression of a higher power to which you have to submit. It’s just the way it goes.
The authoritarian in charge of a country will say that wars are just fate. It’s the fate of man to have wars and they’ll tell you too it’s only natural, you see, natural that part of humanity has to be ruled by another part. They’ll tell you that the suffering and the starvations across the planet can’t be changed. It’s just the way it is. It’s fate you see. Cripples being born into the world – a lot of the New Agers love to say, “well, they chose to become like that. That’s their fate.” It’s a great way of rationalization.
You also find that those in control in a sense worship the past, at least the past that they have in their imagination. They will tell you and give speeches about what’s been and say it will eternally be and to work for something that hasn’t existed before is crazy. He can’t imagine anything outside of creation as it’s been. In a sense that’s religion with them as well, Fatalism; and if they cannot accomplish their goals they will say, like Adolph Hitler did, that if Germany was defeated it’s better that they all perish together because it would prove—and I guess he was talking about Darwin’s theory of evolution—that they were simply not fit to survive and conquer and rule.
The Soviet system was no different. They got the masses to back them. A small elite group promised them equality, you know the equalization of misery, became incredibly authoritarian once they took power and wouldn’t tolerate any opinion outside the party line. They got themselves a professional army and became the very thing that they were supposedly fighting against, which was history repeating itself through military power, might; and even under the guise of Sovietism in Moscow they saw it as just another military empire, really, as it always had been in history.
We can always look at the history to learn lessons if we’re willing to learn lessons. Leaders are presented to us and we’ve watched the ones who are elected do this as well, flying into what seem to be bouts of rage. The leaders that are supplied to fight the New World Order, if they were genuine they wouldn’t fly into rages because there’s a difference in effect between an impassioned speech and bouts of rage. Rage manifests the very fear in the listener that they perceive and sense coming from their oppressors and it’s like being an officer. When an officer loses control, then those who follow are psychologically defeated right there and then.
Adolph Hitler used to fly into tremendous bouts of rage. Those who served Lenin and Stalin also were known for their bouts of fury to their underlings, especially when they come up with defeat in certain areas of a particular sphere. It wasn’t tolerated. Opinions were not tolerated outside the party line. There was no such thing as: sorry, I couldn’t quite make this quota or wherever it happened to be. Therefore within the authoritarian character is a type of sadism which manifests itself, which will be obvious only to the sadist themselves with the games that they play on the underlings beneath them and they’re well aware that people generally submit when they come under attack, an attack especially that’s furious and they can’t quite understand. They tend to submit to the person doing the attacking. This is an old, old ploy. You’ll see it in a lot marriages in fact and it works very well for the bully.
The one being bullied will generally apologize and grovel because they can’t imagine such an outburst of fury having no cause; and if you buckle down once, the sadist, an aggressor, an authoritarian figure, will push further and further next time until it’s an endless cycle, going round in cycles.
Recently, I got a mail from someone who watches the website who said I generally agree with everything you talk about, but recently they weren’t so happy with my comments on the war against the Arabs; and this person who obviously does not think for themselves, because they use slogans which are marketed to them, brought up the fact that the women have to wear veils and so on and that offended this person who mailed me. They were offended by the fact that women had to wear veils and so on, and this of course is the politically correct speech that we hear all over – “well I’m offended by this. This offends me,” you see – brought out by Singer and other psychologists. This was the way for motivational changes in people. Behavior modification and people are modified all the time and they don’t know it. They just parrot what was given to them.
Well, if your eye offends you because they wear veils, pluck it out. That way there will be far less blood coming from somewhere, which will be you, than there will be from all over the Middle East. That’s my simple answer to that. This isn’t being callous. You don’t go and slaughter people because they won’t conform to your wanting – your way that they should behave, dress, act or whatever. We’re in the mess we’re in up to the present stage because of killing people because they’re different and differences in the long haul will sort themselves out as individuality arises, as time goes on, as it has been for centuries. It’s only the control freak that could possibly even use that excuse to justify a war against another people and this person who mailed me also mentioned the burning of the flag and how the Arabs were so happy.
Well, CNN and all the big media did eventually admit that those scenes that they showed after 9/11—immediately after 9/11—were taken from years before about some other incident. For someone who just watches the TV, seeing is believing, I can’t spend time on educating you because you don’t want to think for yourself. You like the ideas being marketed right into your head. You want everybody to be the same as you and yet you haven’t come to the realization that what you are is a composite of what’s been marketed to you by others. You are not an individual. This is your favorite song.

“I Wanna Be Like You”
By Louis Prima
Now I’m the king of the swingers
Oh, the jungle VIP
I’ve reached the top and had to stop
And that’s what botherin’ me
I wanna be a man, mancub
And stroll right into town
And be just like the other men
I’m tired of monkeyin’ around!
Oh, oobee doo
I wanna be like you
I wanna walk like you
Talk like you, too
You’ll see it’s true
An ape like me
Can learn to be human too
Now don’t try to kid me, mancub
I made a deal with you
What I desire is man’s red fire
To make my dream come true
Now give me the secret, mancub
Clue me what to do
Give me the power of man’s red flower
So I can be like you
Oh, oobee doo
I wanna be like you
I wanna talk like you
Walk like you, too
You’ll see it’s true
An ape like me
Can learn to be human too
Can learn to be human too
Can learn to be human too

Alan: This person also mentioned, as I say, the burning – why not go after everybody who’s ever burned a flag in history? That’s anti-authoritarian. It’s unpatriotic. It’s such a joke you know to a person like me to hear these comments because it’s like a caveman talking about his skull stuck outside his cave when it comes to flags and tribal symbols. Symbols that those in control have put right into your mind, your brain. You didn’t invent those symbols. The esoteric groups know darn well what they really mean and it’s nothing to do with what the public thinks. How sad. How sad that we’re living in an age that people have the ability to think for themselves but it’s too much of a burden. They’d rather the media does it all for them and leads them up the garden path, wherever it’s pointed, wherever it ends up; and they’ll rationalize like all control freaks do, everything that they do. Every horror that they commit can be rationalized away, only to them, mind you; because for an outsider listening and observing this, the irrationality of it all is obvious. Only the control freak tries to rationalize the impossible.
Psychopaths do it very well. Psychopaths and mass murderers love to boast about how they did it once they’re caught. Once they realize they really are caught they like to boast about how clever they were and they can rationalize every piece of their atrocity to the public, who generally are fascinated by this kind of stuff; and once again, if you’re an independent thinker, you can see that they have a gift almost of rationalizing everything that they do. Everything that they do.
The reason that horror shows keep reproducing themselves and becoming more and more horrible as time goes on is due to this problem with the individual versus the masses – the masses who, many of them, don’t want individuality. They want sameness. Sameness, uniformity throughout their existence and anyone different will terrify them. It shakes their security, their feeling of security. They will despise that person and try to kill them if possible and if not they’ll get the authorities to do it for them, “there should be a law about that,” you see, and this is why we’re heading towards more and more horror as time progresses and the people are becoming almost immune to it now. They can’t tell fact from fiction. There are so many front people out there guiding them, misguiding them, leading them up the garden path as I say. They have their heroes of the physical realm. The have their heroes of the New Age realm who are heavily financed. You can tell just by their websites that it’s not a little person sitting there, any more than H.G. Wells was in his day sitting with a typewriter. H.G. Wells had a whole office block to himself and masses of staff working to churn his propaganda out and under the guise of course of fiction, although most of his books were non-fiction.
However, people don’t discern. They don’t ask the obvious questions and they like to have superstars. They don’t ask how they became superstars. You cannot become a superstar in this day and age unless you’re made one by others, the professionals, and they get the nod from those above to make this person or that person the spokesman or the superstar. That’s how it’s been for a long, long time. You’re promoted to the top and people follow the stars. They like the superstars because we’re taught in this system that success by any means is all that matters. It doesn’t matter how you get there. Just get there. Therefore someone who appears to have their face all over the planet and doors opening for them must surely have the talent and skill to do it on their own; and that’s so far removed from the truth in this day and age. It just doesn’t happen in any sphere whatsoever.
Many people say to me: why don’t you talk everyday? Why don’t you give a talk everyday and put it out there? Well I’ll tell you, I don’t have a staff to help me do anything, whether it’s split the wood or fix anything or just basically survive. I would need staff to do that, as all the rest of them have staff. I don’t bring in the kind of money or have it come in through the backdoor either to do this every single day of the week and because I don’t give them the popular messages – I could give popular messages and say we can get the countries back, but that would be a big lie because we never had them in the first place. We were never in control of our countries.
I’ve heard people say we can get America back. Well, what period in history are we talking about? Who controlled it then? How did the people live then? And how can you get something back when your whole system is based on an economy and all the manufacturing is out of the country today? It’s been set up that way for this to happen. You can’t save something that was never yours. What you can do is direct the changes off track into another direction outside of the control of the established elite.
Aldous Huxley himself said there is a dominant minority and I presume there always will be. He never questioned that fact. He should know since he belonged to the lesser orders of those elite families. He was still a member of them. He knew the real histories. He never mentioned politics because he was well aware that politics was irrelevant to the course of the world. It’s just a show for the public.
Every political prime minister or president is appointed to that position and given the nod long, long before the public even hear their names. They’re vetted throughout their life for their position.
THE ADVISORS are MORE IMPORTANT THAN PRESIDENTS. They work for the real bosses. They know the world agenda. The advisors are in cahoots the advisors across the planet. If you notice, they’re all advising their prime ministers or presidents to do the same things and sign the same things at the same time. They are the grey men – they work between the physical realm, the ones that we see and the dark side you might say, the ones that don’t become visible to the public, the real powers that be.
THE DOMINANT MINORITY and THEIR DESCENDENTS down through the ages RUN THE SYSTEM, BASED ON WHAT? BASED ON MONEY.  Something that everyone on the planet uses, and because it’s there, we think it’s normal; even though none of us can tell who or why the banking families, the big international bankers, have the right to even decide what money is. Should we even use money in the first place?  What is money, apart from an idea?  And if there was no money, is there any other way of living?
The elite have already figured that out because the next phase that we have to go through is electronic banking and purchasing, so there will be no other forms of money at all except electronic blips on your card and on a screen. Everything will be tracked and traced, but that’s only part-way because they’ve even worked it out that after that’s over and done with, in the new society, the Huxlian world, which will eventually down the road come into existence, everyone will be reared and probably “special purpose made”.
ID is not just your identification. ID is “intelligent design” you see. They want to intelligently-design you for your purpose and you will serve the state. You won’t need money. You probably won’t have the capacity to imagine or even discuss what money is because you’ll be more like an efficient robot than a person. This is where ultimately it will go.
The cashless system is only a part-way measure, a stepping-stone towards it. Everything that happens is a stepping-stone to the next step and we adapt being the most adaptable creature on the planet and every child who is born into the next phase thinks it’s normal because it all exists the way it is.
There are grandparents alive now who aren’t even listened to when they talk about country living, where they had to smash through ice to get water in the winter and that was normal. That kind of thing is absurd to a child of today. Just a blink in the eye of time, really, the different between them, but it’s absurd in an age where you just turn a switch and on comes your heating, your lighting and everything else.
YOU PAY FOR IT, MIND YOU, AND IT KEEPS YOU IN THE SYSTEM BECAUSE YOU MUST EARN THE MONEY TO PAY FOR IT.
And you become more dependent than ever—interdependent on the system—until you will have no independence in any sphere whatsoever, nor any ownership of anything. Something that’s taboo in all of the authoritarian dictates of socialism and capitalism, by the way, because CAPITALISM RUNS SOCIALISM. Always did from the beginning.
Now I’ve taught many, many people over years on different levels of the understanding of all of this, but I only teach the ones who are able to accept the understandings of the higher truths. Those who can’t get the higher truths tend to get terribly offended and they turn on the teacher and it isn’t my fault that you can’t understand. It’s a choice they’ve actually made within themselves. They don’t hear what you say. Their greed for the idol blinds them to all the gold dust you’ve scattered before them in the past. They’re oblivious of the gems and that isn’t my fault and people like that you can’t take any higher, you can’t bring into the deeper truths, and apart from that, not everyone can handle them because much of the news is not good news but you have to understand the bad to get beyond it. You have to go through the darkness to see the light. That’s always been the way. Always been the way.
Those who can only go so far are not ready for it and possibly they never ever will be ready for it. They’re more composites than of personality: of their training, their culture, their indoctrinations and their own particular bent of personality type. They’re not a truly individual free person and you can’t teach everyone ultimate truths. They can’t handle it.
If I was going on blessing Christianity and pushing that, I’d be on many radio stations as I’m sure the listeners know. It isn’t until they find out that I speak out about certain aspects of the religions that I don’t get the calls coming in. That’s to be expected. It takes a brave person and an honest person to step outside their box and say well he’s right on this and he’s right on that so I’ll have him back, and there aren’t too many of those around.
Other ones would have me on the New Age shows because they’re really blossoming right now. They’re getting pushed big time—the mind control of the present to go into the near future—and they already have their gurus prepared, promoted, out there for the people to follow with the usual fatalist stuff involved once again. The control freaks with the fatalism: “It’s in the cards. It’s in the stars. It’s written here. It’s written there. Can’t do anything about it. It’s fate,” you see, and they’re already out there and being highly promoted. If I was to go easy on those guys, I’d be on some of the biggest shows as I’m sure some of the listeners have figured out already.
However, I tend to try and tell the truth as I perceive it and I tell the bad news, the dark side of humanity, the stuff that doesn’t make you feel too comfortable, but everyone in this world is what I call a “schmeeple”. It’s a combination of schmuck, sheep and people. Everyone’s been fooled. Everyone born has been fooled into this existence from the beginning by very clever techniques and mass marketed from the top to the parents as well. It takes tremendous will power on the individual, tremendous almost heart-breaking searching, a hunger to know truth, to bring them through. Most people don’t have that. Some are born that way. Others it will hit later on in life, but a hunger comes upon them and someone who’s hungry you can tell right away because they will listen more than talk. Someone who’s talking is really telling you what they already believe. They’re trying to guide your answers into a certain direction which will make them comfortable. That isn’t someone who’s truly looking for a truth. They’re looking for something which makes them comfortable in the condition that they’re already in.
When society has been steered towards a period of great change, there’s always tremendous confusion. There’s anger. There is also much misdirection of anger as we’re told what to be angry about.
H.G. Wells himself said, “many people will die fighting the New World Order, but they’d never know that they’re trying to save something which was never theirs.” The big boys are updating their system. The changes are underway. They have been all your life. The media simply doesn’t harp on about it. They divert you into trivia. They tell you what’s important for you. The changes as I say are on the way. We’re going through them. It’s more of a matter of deciding can it be thwarted in the direction that it’s heading and for maybe the first time can we actually steer it into another direction? That’s what’s really important right now.
THERE HAVE ALWAYS BEEN CHANGES. The changes have ALWAYS been directed, planned and steered by the “navigators” as they call them in the high societies. We have to take that direction from them and steer it somewhere else, and truly the battle is between those who want uniformity, standardization, and the occasional individual here and there. We know that those who seek uniformity ultimately always conform to the next part of the system which they first opposed. Changes are here. They’ve been singing about them since the 1960’s and you whistle the tunes, you sang the words, but you didn’t hear.

“Changes”
By David Bowie
I still don’t know what I was waiting for
And my time was running wild
A million dead-end streets
Every time I thought I’d got it made
It seemed the taste was not so sweet
So I turned myself to face me
But I’ve never caught a glimpse
Of how the others must see the faker
I’m much too fast to take that test

Ch-ch-ch-ch-Changes
(Turn and face the strain)
Ch-ch-Changes
Don’t want to be a richer man
Ch-ch-ch-ch-Changes
(Turn and face the strain)
Ch-ch-Changes
Just gonna have to be a different man
Time may change me
But I can’t trace time
I watch the ripples change their size
But never leave the stream
Of warm impermanence and
So the days float through my eyes
But still the days seem the same
And these children that you spit on
As they try to change their worlds
Are immune to your consultations
They’re quite aware of what they’re going through

Ch-ch-ch-ch-Changes
(Turn and face the strain)
Ch-ch-Changes
Don’t tell them to grow up and out of it
Ch-ch-ch-ch-Changes
(Turn and face the strain)
Ch-ch-Changes
Where’s your shame
You’ve left us up to our necks in it
Time may change me
But you can’t trace time

Strange fascination, fascinating me
Changes are taking the pace I’m going through

Ch-ch-ch-ch-Changes
(Turn and face the strain)
Ch-ch-Changes
Oh, look out you rock ‘n rollers
Ch-ch-ch-ch-Changes
(Turn and face the strain)
Ch-ch-Changes
Pretty soon now you’re gonna get older
Time may change me
But I can’t trace time
I said that time may change me
But I can’t trace time

____________________________________________________________

SECOND HOUR:

“I’ll Be Watching You”
By Sting
Every breath you take
And every move you make
Every bond you break
Every step you take
Ill be watching you

Every single day
And every word you say
Every game you play
Every night you stay
Ill be watching you

Oh, can’t you see
You belong to me
Now my poor heart aches
With every step you take

Every move you make
Every vow you break
Every smile you fake
Every claim you stake
Ill be watching you

Alan: To continue with this talk on the present day situation, which is the same as all time with regards to human nature. That which has worked in the past can be made to work again. The archives where knowledge is stored—real knowledge and observations of peoples, populations, sex, groups, all down through the ages—are available to a small elite, and when you want the public to adopt an attitude, to change their dress modes, to change their behavior, to change whatever, there’s a formula already in there. You must find out how to introduce it, how to get the idea across and you will even know by continuous study, repetitive study, empirical proof, that it will work and how long it will take to be implemented and adopted by the general public.
Very few people today in this day and age – very, very few are actually true individuals as such. We see teenagers who go through a stage where they think they want to be an individual and they are in a sense one by one trying to assert their own different personality, but you’ll notice to be different they actually join a group; never realizing that the group itself or the fashion that they wear or the symbols that they use and their behavior and their conduct is marketed to them from the top. There’s your paradox in trying to be different as a teenager. In reality, they want to be accepted by a peer group and so they conform to that group.
Adults are not too much different. Plato himself said that morality and culture which is given by the top, what’s right one day can be made wrong the next and vice versa. He said we can turn it upside down and the last ones to notice is the generation that’s going through the changes, they adopt it so easily and casually and they think the idea somehow originated within them.
It’s no different when you read books. Again, very few books are put out there with an honest portrayal of an idea or an experience or a lifetime. Very few books are put out without a spin, without trying to get others to believe what the individual believes or the individuals behind them believe. The easiest thing to do is to give part of a reality – the listener thinks that’s all of the reality that they’ve been told and they form a conclusion which they must come to, preordained by the ones who created the story and this goes for everything. It goes for even all the groups who think they’re rebelling against society.
We see that with the feminist groups. The bankers doubled their tax base by the introduction of feminism and feminism was not won by women. It was won by scientists in white coats, the white-clad priests, who gave them the pill. That’s how it was won. It doubled the tax base for the bankers. The elite that Bertrand Russell was a member of and wrote about wanted to get kindergarten or the state in other words to give the children their early education or their early indoctrination.
Remember the old saying of the Jesuits. “Give me a child before seven and he’s mine for life.” It’s no different. Now they’ve got them at two years of age in kindergarten.
These things were needed. They had to separate the children from the mother and it’s been very successful. In Canada now when there’s a national strike of daycare workers and the children’s kindergarten workers, the women actually come out with placards and demand that government do something to take care of their children. You can see how quickly this whole idea that the government is really there to take care of their children, how naturally that seems already to these people. They expect it. They adapt so quickly from one lifestyle where the mother wanted no one to interfere or take her child away. She wanted the early years with the child. Now they’re demanding the government take over that role so that they can go out and earn money.
As I say, the bankers love this because now they can project bigger debts in the future because there’s a bigger population to pay taxes. This is all part of an economic system that we live in. Sociology is used. Psychology is used. The ancient sciences of people are used against the people to further enslave them and by doing so it means it’s more efficient when it comes to enslaving the child.
The children are becoming BRAINWASHED much quicker and easier because they’re using scientific techniques of indoctrination.
People who are truly in the matrix—and by that, I mean they do believe the reality that’s been presented to them since childbirth—when they notice a threat to what they think is their culture, they have to find someone to blame right away and generally what they do is to look around to see who gives them the information about the change. The news media and then it goes on to certain politicians and then they must get an identifiable group, you see, because they truly believe that they’ve evolved naturally up until that point and that these nasty people are taking away their lifestyle, and the group mentality is so strong within most people who are in the matrix. They are not truly individuals.
Now I’m not talking about do they like chocolate or strawberries, or personal taste. I’m talking about they need to belong to what they see as their identifiable group because they want order within their lives and it seems that the culture of the group has given them order. It never dawns on them that this order was drawn up a long, long time ago for them, ancient in fact, and they simply adopted it. There’re familiar with it so they really think it is theirs, but it truly isn’t. It truly isn’t theirs.
People join churches because they want to belong to something which is the first explanation that they’ve been given for the meaning of life and it’s like politics. If you dad votes this way or that way, then the offspring if they’re going to vote generally do the same sort of thing. Well, it’s the same with religion, if mom and dad were Catholic or Jewish or Protestant or Hindu or whatever else, then the children are too and they accept that as being normal because each one thinks they’re in the right group. Their group has the truth you see.
Even if you went into India and the Westerners have a hard, hard time understanding this religion which is formatted in a different way for a different mentality. Hindus themselves can somehow reconcile all their inconsistencies in their religion, all the opposing stories. They can reconcile all that and to them it makes sense. It gives them a world view but it was made by other people. It wasn’t purpose-made just for the individual. It was made for them all by other people long ago.
Now when people start breaking out of the matrix, at least coming to the stage where they want to jump off the bottom floor in the bottom room, because they’ve been trained to look for order, an order around them, they bring into the next phase the need for that with them; so they look for something that has a similar set of rules and regulations similar to their old religion, the one that gave them all of their answers until they grew up, but they still want order so they join something else.
Some people who need the group mentality so badly will join even more fundamental orders that are far stricter with more rules and more dogmatic and preachers scream at them; and generally when someone screams at you, that means you’re receiving abuse and that’s what it is. It’s abuse. Why do preachers have to scream when there’s a microphone in front of their face? Well, you can figure that out. It’s because those who attend have grown up generally and they’ve been abused. Their minds if nothing else have been abused by screaming to overpower, to terrify them with the wrath of god.
In India someone can die at the side of the road and no one goes to help them. The reason being if you interfere with their karma, their fate, again the fate part, then it might rub off on you. So they chose to be poor. They chose to die. They chose to starve to death and you don’t lift a finger to help.
Each religion has been formatted for a different culture, a different people, a different mentality. In China the ancient religions dwelt an awful lot on fate again but also on luck and some of the biggest gamblers in the world today are Chinese and that whole idea of luck being a type of force that comes and goes – a ‘will-o’-the-wisp,’ which sometimes you could predict if you do certain things, you see, this is all the nonsense they go into, they can actually hit the jackpot once in a while. Tremendous gamblers.
In the West because Rome itself was a continuation of the Roman Empire – the pre-Christian Roman Empire. It ruled the ancient world and into the religious empire, this transitory period, they didn’t start afresh and say well we’ve got to understand how people work, how the mind works. They didn’t do any of that. They didn’t have to because they had the archive that they’d been given from their predecessors of an old empire and those were the Greeks, and many of higher elite classes of ancient Rome were descended from the Greeks who ran ancient Greece. Yet all of the advisors around them when they went through the transitory phase from the old Rome with its armies empire to the religious empire and so they knew how to control populations. They knew the need for psychology, mass psychology, and most of all they knew the need for control purposes of a religion and that is why a particular religion was chosen, one of the better religions that had been done so far, where the people were more obedient than ever to the heads of those religions who also were emperors of the empire.
Prior to that, they had the occasional revolutions pre-Christian Rome because there are so many gods to choose from and there’s always the element that one god or another could favor the individual on his quest for dominance over the rest. Whereas Christianity came along and a pope was ordained by god and what he said was really like god speaking and you couldn’t argue with it. There was no other way to come at and usurp that power except going through the same means and sometimes in history there were two popes on the go – conflicting popes.
When they lived in France and the Vatican was really there, we find that there was one pope and what they called the anti-pope. They used to excommunicate each other regularly and throw these curses on each other and that’s how farcical it got, because at that time the general public were so trained in the whole idea of this pyramid structure of Catholicism that the only way to usurp the power was to appear to be ordained by god, so you either crossed your fingers and hoped the present pope would die (because they didn’t advocate generally) or by some miracle you would take his place, because the public had to accept the tradition that had come across of how you became pope.
We know it was corrupt as could be and YOU’LL ALWAYS FIND CORRUPTION AT THE TOP OF ALL THE RELIGIONS because THEYNEVER FOLLOW THE RELIGION THEY IMPOSE ON PEOPLE and today it’s a world club of religious leaders that run the show. They understand the necessity of religion.
Michael Gorbachev has written about it – a man who’s an atheist and ex-head of the Soviet Union. He’s the one who talks about the creation of an earth religion, an earth worship type religion, would be necessary to bring in this new order. They’ve never ever pooh-poohed the idea of religion, far from it. They use religion.
If we even look at the previous Soviet regime and Communism in itself, it had all the earmarks of a religion and just as intolerant against anyone who complained about it or questioned it. It had its dogma and had all its ritualistic parades and its hierarchies and you might call them their priests—the ones who would bring people in to question them to see they had right-think or wrong-think.
Most people crave a religion which is accepted by others, a peer group, in order to get through life; and down through the ages the big boys when necessary have agreed amongst themselves to stir up trouble. Trouble MAKES PROGRESS happen you see. Progress. It also helps the BANKERS because they will ALWAYS FINANCE BOTH SIDES IN WARS and the tremendous religious wars that went on through the centuries were just incredible. Sometimes where people who were of the same stock and who had opposing religions imposed upon them, which they’d adopted, would slaughter each other for years.
Now this game of divide and conquer is as old as the hills and we see it being used today when tremendous changes are taking place. Different groups are encouraged to look at other groups and they’re all fighting each other as the ship goes down. The big changes are coming in that will affect them all. They become oblivious to that. They focus on one thing. “It’s those guys. Those guys are the problem.” It’s like a whirlpool going round and round and round and sucking down in the middle and everyone is choking each other and throttling each other as they go around in this whirlpool, never knowing how they got there, what they’re there for in the first place, or who’s orchestrated this.
The targets that occupy a lot of people’s minds are the Mexicans and Latin Americans coming up into the United States. The cause is ignored because it’s the cause you’d have to question. It’s the funding. It’s the institutions funded in the United States that fund these groups who start coming across on mass because this is the time it was supposed to happen. The boys who run the world run by a schedule, a time schedule, and they have five-year plans for one particular part, ten for another, fifty for another, a hundred years for another. Same as Communism, same as the United Nations because it’s all the same group at the top.
Now as I’ve said already the mass man, humanity, can go two ways and this whole movement towards the mass population, the mass man, also was recognized at the beginning of the industrial era where they started for the first time talking about the masses. Before that when it was the feudal system they just talked about the herd, but then it became the masses and you’ve got mass movements. There are two ways they can go today since most of them aren’t original people themselves. By that I mean they’re not individuals at all. The knowledge they have has been marketed into them, projected into them. That is the reality but they crave belonging so badly and because of this belonging and the sado-masochistic tendency they tend to have, where they worship power stronger than themselves and they love rules, they will obey rules and they can become automatons – robot-like well behaved, placid, Sovietized type citizens.
This ties in, in fact, it gives me the picture of when Eleanor Roosevelt was over in the Soviet Union where she said in her own writings her first stop was to see Pavlov, her hero. Now Pavlov who used all kinds of motivational behavior modifications through rather nasty techniques was also in charge of implementing all of his research and using it on school children throughout the Soviet Union, and Eleanor was just so enthralled to see all the children walking quietly well behaved towards the school. She said, “there’s no spontaneity and laughing and giggling like they have in American schools, but my they’re so well behaved”.
Being an authoritarian herself and possibly a sadist, she approved of this. This turned her on. The fact that there was no spontaneity of any individual appealed to her nature of creating the mass man predictable people and that really is the point. For total control of society you want predictability in each person. That’s why personality profiles have been gathered for many, many years on every single person by police and organizations because they want to know if you are predictable.
If fact, the control freaks cannot stand the possibility of unpredictability and if you are unpredictable—meaning you have a mind of your own and you might not choose the path and a particular walk that they expect you to choose—you could cause problems. In fact, they might have nervous breakdowns that you’re not doing what you’re supposed to do. That’s what we’re seeing here now. We’re seeing those who need the group, wanting to conform, accepting all their ridiculous totalitarian style laws that are coming down and they have. You see them at the airports where they “bend over please” and now they’ve accepted it. It’s a way of life. They’ve adapted.
As Plato said, “man is the most adaptable species on the planet”, meaning they can do with us as they wish. We will accept it eventually until it’s normal.
Anything can be made normal, anything by the “culture creators”. Culture itself is plastic. It’s pliable. It always has been. The ancients wrote about it how they created culture, how they altered it, guided it, reshaped it over and over again and it’s never stopped.
Evan Russell talks about bringing in big Madison Avenue and all the big advertisers because they had the sciences of how to make people do things or buy things they didn’t really need. They knew the psychology of greed, of envy, of wanting to be noticed. They used all the sciences of human nature and they adopted them right in. Now they market the ideas right into our heads: the slogans, the buzzwords, the “I’m offended” attitude.
People who parrot these slogans are giving themselves away as people who are not thinking for themselves at all. People quite naturally today talk about global warming. We’ve had years and years of propaganda from all the nature shows and public TV stations (which are often the worst ones for it) on this global warming, even though children’s books at school 50 years ago had detailed data on the cycles that we’d go through every 500 years or so of warming periods that last maybe a century, two centuries and then goes back again to a colder phase. That was always known.
Today, they just stopped talking about it. You think it’s always been like this and you can be conned so easily through ignorance basically and the BIG BOYS are using this to FURTHER THEIR AGENDA TO TAKE OVER ALL OF THE PLANET – all property, all rights of water, food, and even the air itself.  Everything which you need is going to be under the guardianship of Plato’s guardians who will not live as you will live. THEY WILL LIVE AS KINGS AND QUEENS HAVE ALWAYS LIVED and YOU WILL ACCEPT THAT.
You can accept those things which cannot be reconciled because it’s your nature to accept it, as long as it’s marketed to you by faces you know – and would they lie to you? The masses as always will be led by their chosen leaders to vote for another party or another person, as they always are told, you see, and this is always the solution. “If we just get someone else in they could change it all.”
THEY’VE LEARNED NOTHING FROM EXPERIENCE, even though they’ve been told over and over the histories of political parties and the con game they all pull over the public. They pull the wool over your eyes. In fact, they have one hell of a party and it’s quite a party together. The parties won’t change anything, but that’s what’s been held out to the general public who think they’re awake but in reality are trying to save a system which is familiar to them because they grew up in it. Now it’s shifting to another phase, so they look for a hero or heroes to come in like John Wayne and do it all for them, make everything right again, and this will not happen.
In the United States John Kerry and others have said if they get in they will actually further the war on terror and increase the forces in the Middle East. We know the agenda is one way only, regardless of who appears to be in charge of it. IT’S A MUST-BE. It was planned long before September 11, 2001. Long before. All the machinery to bring totalitarianism was hammered out in think tanks and select places like the Pentagon. All the reactions of the public were figured out in advance. All the strategies to deal with complaints from the public, or fears et cetera, were dealt with in advance. All the little buzzwords, the terms that you hear, were all figured out long in advance.
They can’t stop now. They must go all the way with this and whatever it takes to pull this off they will do it. Whatever it takes. In ancient times it was no different. They’d terrorize the public of city-states and tyrants would say, “oh my goodness, there’s just these evil terrorists everywhere,” and the military were let loose on the public. You had the same thing: your check points, your questions on the street, searching for daggers, all that kind of thing. Same old stuff. Why change the formula if it works? Over and over again.
They can panic the people over and over by crying wolf, by telling us ridiculous things to get us all in a panic, as though anybody in this day and age could sneak something that would cause, for instance, atomic explosions, because the intelligence agencies are all completely interwoven worldwide and have been for a long time. The groups who opposed regimes have been lead by the same people from the West: the CIA and so on. They’ve been leading them all along as well. They supply the leaders to these groups.
We have guys like the one in Korea who can say his oddball things when he’s told to say them and the West shakes in their boots. It’s a nice little bit of drama to show you how insecure our world is and we’ve got to change it all and give up all kinds of freedoms because the world is just too unstable.
Last March according to the United Nations we were to get plagues of the bird flu and when it didn’t happen they said well it will happen in the fall. That was to be added on top of it all and I’ve watched the geese going south and I didn’t see one of them sneezing or coughing. Hype, hype, hype, terror, terror, terror, uncertainty and fear, and when most people in the matrix are terrified they cling to the coattails of their leaders to save them at any price and this technique is being used to its fullest advantage today.
A long, long time ago THE ELITE THAT RAN THE SECRET SOCIETIES TALKED ABOUT A WORLD SYSTEM. A world global system where THEY WOULD HAVE TO MAKE EVERYONE CONFORM TO A SET BELIEF STRUCTURE through a one single type of economic system and that’s what’s underway today. This is to be a utopia for an elite, step-by-step, through tyranny, through wars and implementation of their economic system wherever they go. UNESCO following closely behind the World Bank that’s shoved up in these countries to make sure that they get the first of the youngest children to indoctrinate them into a way of thinking, a way of viewing life and the world, so that they’ll grow up thinking that adaptation to the new style is quite natural and to them it will seem so.
This was planned actually before the United Nations was even set up, because the League of Nations was already there and they had discussed back in the early 1900’s where Mr. Rockefeller talked about the globalization and he also mentioned the cannon fodder and the cannon fodder are the general population. He said, “yes, it’s a pity that this present generation will be the cannon fodder as we go through this”, because everyone’s having their ideals shattered. They’ve been terrified. They’re terrified of the changes and they suspect of course that they’re not being told all the truth; and the strangest thing is, when they do that, they listen all the more intently to their favorite newscasters hoping to get told the truth, which they never have been before.
The stress level amongst people, the personal stress level, is going sky high. What do people do when they feel terrified? Well, we know the reports right after 9/11 where they said that thousands of people had suddenly returned to churches in the United States, but we’re seeing it in all different varieties today, even amongst the New Age movement who really think they’re trendy and they’re setting the pace for the future; they think it’s theirs actually, which is the big joke, they think that they are setting the direction. The neurosis that’s going through them, again looking for magical answers, answers of all kinds, to save them personally, from a distance it can be as tragic but it’s also laughable: where they’re buying all kinds of gimmicks and swallowing all kind of absolute nonsense that’s been used down through the ages to clean their house of energies and use colors and yah-dee yah-dee yah because literally these are terrified people who are trying to bring order into their lives again. The order thing by bizarre means and they’re swallowing it all.
Again, we have the big books heavily financed, by MI6 of course, shoved out there to guide them into fantastic avenues of thought. A multi-mirrored hall of reflections of bizarro and they can’t gobble them up quick enough. There’s channelers of all kinds who are channeling the aliens who are talking about the energy coming in that’s going to transform us all. There’s other ones that are talking about blue beams coming in and blue is a good color, of course it’s the United Nations color. It’s the Blue Lodge as well.
Everyone’s being used and every group has been catered to and no-one’s been overlooked; and the individual who seeks truth must go through all of this chaos and weave between it all, knowing what is true and what is false, remembering their own experiences (if they’ve had them and generally they have) which are not of the norm. They’re not dogmatic enough generally to try and figure out or put a definition on them. All they know is that there are things which can happen in life which are outside the norm, the normal experience, which tells you there is a threat out there. The threat comes from those who’ve had the odd experience that’s broken through this fake world of ours.
There are powers indeed at work. Not all of them under the control of this fanatical primitive elite. Once again, those who have broken through the matrix into different levels and hopefully they can get right through all the con games of “buy gold and silver” and “that’s going to save you” and they’ve broken through all the herbal cons. It’s a huge industry today run by the big boys, where “chew this type or chew that type of leaf or grass and my god you’ll live forever. You can walk through radiation with it.”  There’s so many cons out there bought by terrified people. Terrified people. They’re being exploited to the maximum at the moment by shameless psychopaths. Shameless as never before.
It reminds me of when Rothschild was asked when he made his most money. He said, “when blood is running in the streets”.  For those who know how to profit through terror and fear, this is their time.

“I’m Looking Through You”
By The Beatles
I’m looking through you, where did you go
I thought I knew you, what did I know
You don’t look different, but you have changed
I’m looking through you, you’re not the same

Your lips are moving, I cannot hear
Your voice is soothing, but the words aren’t clear
You don’t sound different, I’ve learned the game.
I’m looking through you, you’re not the same

Why, tell me why, did you not treat me right?
Love has a nasty habit of disappearing overnight

You’re thinking of me, the same old way
You were above me, but not today
The only difference is you’re down there
I’m looking through you, any other way

Alan: Fundamentalism is on a roll right now, in the U.S. especially, because of all this terror; and sure enough, the preachers are doing their job. They’re telling them “it’s god’s will. It’s all written in the Bible this was going to happen,” and they’re using Revelations and that was the reason Revelations was actually created all that time ago. It was a plan. A business plan, a step-by-step business plan and it’s written in a esoteric form where exoterically-minded people never see the esoteric, which can be explained and it’s my third book. Those who have listened over the years to me should try and buy something to keep me going and to inform themselves. [See .com for ordering information.]
It’s vital that people understand now what’s going on. A wise man once said that peoples in all ages in all places have been told by their leaders to accept a religion, a proper religion, and a proper religion was introduced by the elite and the people believed properly. It’s never changed. The whole talk from the top, even the scientific community, if you listen carefully to their mantras, their chattering, their slogans they chant, the statements they make as though it were absolute proof – true – absolutely true. There’s more belief necessary, a faith-based belief necessary to actually believe what they’re saying than most existing religions. The evidence they have is so shaky on pretty well everything and we know that at the top THEY’VE AGREED TO TELL THE BIG LIES TO GET US ALL INTO THE COMPACT CITIES – the new habitat areas for the United Nations – where there will be no property eventually at all. No private property. THE UNITED NATIONS HAS STATED THAT. Check out their website.
All resources will be owned by a new feudal overlord system and you’ll be interdependent. In fact, you’ll be totally dependent on the system for every need that you have. Total conformity: The dream of control freaks all down through the ages. However, to believe the sciences that they pretend to use or pretend are sciences you have to be very, very naïve indeed; because, as I say, they know the earth goes through the changes which it’s going right now every few hundred years. Every few hundred years.
We don’t go in a circle around the sun like clockwork exactly where we were one year ago in the same position. You’ll get to that same exact position – it doesn’t work like that. It never did work like that. We go through periods of warming and we go through periods of cooling. Check the old, old, old schoolbooks that children were given and all of that was in it at junior school.
I can remember reading one when I was seven years of age talking about the Middle Ages, for 200 years they didn’t build a single house with a chimney because it was so warm, summer and winter. This knowledge is retained. They know this but the way it’s hyped out under “ah the planet’s all going to hell in a hand basket and we have no control. Be terribly, terribly afraid,” this is all meant for a different reason. It’s meant for you to give up every right you ever thought you had and put yourself into the hands of your betters, the ones who know better than you do, the guardians you might say, and it’s working with a lot of people who parrot the slogans. They parrot it away. “Cars, SUVs are bad, yah-dee yah. Carbon dioxide is bad.” Well hey schmuck. The biggest producer of carbon dioxide are people because we breathe it out. We breathe it out, so figure out where that will take you to reduce carbon dioxide.
They don’t know. In their ignorance they don’t think you see. They are told what to think and they parrot it dogmatically like a religion, and they will turn on people with violence if they think those people are breaking these new rules, these unwritten rules, and not conforming into the big one shapeless mass. The mob are very good at turning on the individual. The mass man. The mob. The high Masons say that. You can always count on the mob to what? To be a mob. One mind. One voice. One action. Ein Volk, Ein Führer, Ein Reich.
Same old thing over and over again, and speaking as an individual it gets terribly monotonous to hear people who should be sentient creatures parroting all this stuff they’ve been downloaded with on nature shows, TV blurbs and so on, and they’ve never gone and checked anything out, any of these supposed sciences, for themselves. They have accepted their slavery. They don’t need to check it out. They accept that there’s a better class out there that know better than they do. They love the powerful and people who love the powerful hate the weak.
When you realize that there is an elite who are descended from an elite, all down through the ages, who understand everything I’m saying, who have access to archives with formulas for human behavior, then everything becomes clear and it doesn’t take much thinking for a person—a person who can think for themselves—to reach certain conclusions.
For instance, a simple one is since the elite of every country in all ages make sure that whatever government exists, exists number one primarily to save itself: To perpetuate itself and the status quo and to protect the elite of that country, and that goes for industry, for manufacturing, for everything. Because if there were separate countries, you need manufacturing to make the armaments in time of war: To churn the tanks out, to churn all the things out, everything you need. Today, and it was the same in the Soviet Union, they said that this will be won by high technology. High technology. Advanced technology. Yet they knew many, many years ago they were going to transfer all industry to China the Communist country.
Now Communism in theory is supposed to be there to utterly annihilate capitalism. That’s what they had on the baby books. You know the little books, the baby books that people parroted. Yet the highest capitalist countries planned and had meetings and it took donkey’s years to prepare all the bureaucratic and legal documentation for the gradual integration with China the Communist country. Now if there were any countries at all and the elite had any, any suspicion whatsoever, even a bad dream that China was a separate nation and would eventually attack them, the elite would never have given what you think is your industry—but it’s actually theirs—they would never have placed it within China, never ever. When you hear the saber rattling by China, it’s all theater. It’s just theatrics for the public consumption. Don’t be afraid of it.
China has been throwing up vast cities and roadways, the latest, most advanced road system on the planet. Everything in the cities – everything is new and high-tech and ultra-modern and who’s moving into them? Well, you get the rising higher middle class of the Chinese who are busy exploiting their own people beneath them, but also you have very wealthy Westerners moving in. In fact, some of these cities are designed for Western taste and they have all their theaters with operas and everything just like back home where the elite can go and they’ve all the highest types of restaurants for Western taste. A home from home, that’s where the elite are moving today and if they thought there was the slightest possibility of a war with China they’d be splattering their chop-suey and running back home, believe you me.
There is none. There are no nations. Every signatory to the United Nations agreed at the time that this would lead to world government and Alger Hiss helped draft up the charter. Some Canadians with Lester Pearson and a few other ones from Canada did the rest of it and it was to be a totalitarian type system where the lessers, the more feeble-minded, would be ruled by their betters. The “equality part” was the ones who were in the lesser group would be equally poor. They wouldn’t need much. They talk about sharing the world resources. It’s a race to a bottom equality for the people in all respects of life and at the moment so cleverly they’re giving us the greatest gluttonous feast we’ve ever had before at the bottom of the heap with all the cheap goods from China bought by credit cards. Credit has never been so widely available to make sure that we can go through this and as we gorge ourselves we don’t see it coming, but the times will change. Times will change.
The world that’s envisaged is to be utilitarian based on economic needs, including the number of people who will serve the world state. Study it up. Look at it. There’s lots of books out there put out at the time when they signed the charters. Books written by the people involved and those are the ones you should read. Not the spin books about them but the ones they wrote themselves, the so-called “founding members”. It’s all laid out there on the line. Read it all. Read between the lines too, because they made it very obvious where they were taking the world and they knew they’d have to do most of it by deception because people who are used to a set way of life naturally object to being moved from one pasture to the next. The one they’re familiar with is where they want to stay, but through crisis and continued crisis you get to a breaking point where you can move them anywhere you tell them. They will do anything you tell them because they’re essentially broken through psychological warfare, thanks to Pavlov and Skinner and others once again.
This is the real world. This is the real agenda. I hope to talk to you next week about more of this. Good night and may your god or gods, or whatever, go with you.

PART 1 “PSYCHOPATHIC SCIENTISTS AND THE CONTROL FACTOR”
December 1, 2006

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and it is December 1st, 2006.

Outside, there’s a winter storm. The snow is coming down, and the wind is howling. It’s one of our new storms, because it’s stretching all the way from British Columbia on the West Coast, and the jet stream is doing a right-angle turn, and going straight across Canada. That’s something that never used to happen, for those who can remember the old weather reports on television from years ago.  It used to be quite interesting to listen to the different weather in different provinces across the country, and now they can standardize it, pretty well, with alternation of the jet stream.

For those who think this cannot be done, check into the treaty on the EMP, and the HAARP treaty, which was signed in the late ’70s at the United Nations. It’s quite fascinating to see so many people who have swallowed their conditioning completely, will argue that things cannot be as you say, because the mainstream media hasn’t told them. They’ll stick to that, in their disbelief that things could be so incredibly controlled, and yet what I’ve said so far is just scratching the surface.

Tonight, listen very carefully, because the evidence has been given out, over the years, by those concerned in the implementation of specific sciences. Sciences, which were understood in ancient times, were simply given different terminology and implemented.  And as I have said many times, that which has been used before, successfully, in society and culture, can be reintroduced at any time in the proper sequence, and it will work the same way as the first, because human nature hasn’t really changed.

Back in the 1960’s, going into the ’70’s, a new phenomena was diagnosed, you might say, by psychiatrists across the western world, to do with a form of schizophrenia and its manifestation.  Prior to that period, schizophrenia used to take tremendous and always predictable courses to do with paranoia, voices speaking to them, and because the old system of control was religion, very often it took a religious form. The dialogue of the person was often religious in nature, or they’d see angels or demons. They’d go around crossing things, and in hospital wards, crossing televisions, which isn’t a bad idea, maybe, or maybe a sledgehammer is even better.

This new phenomena came as science was making its headway through the media, changing us from a black robed priesthood to the white coated priesthood of science, but computers were relatively unknown by the public. They didn’t have them, you couldn’t go and buy one and take it home with you. But, the odd thing was this new phenomena, this new way of manifesting a particular illness, took everybody by surprise because different people were being diagnosed as having schizophrenia. Those patients were complaining they had chips implanted in them – chips, which were somehow connected to some computer, which was controlling them. Being adaptive, psychiatry across the western world simply accepted this new phenomena.

Psychiatry didn’t go too much into the whys or wherefores, and I’m sure there’s a reason for that. Psychiatry and psychology, not the lower forms, but the higher forms, have been used intensively for thousands of years, again under different names for control purposes. Many of the big consultants in psychiatric hospitals are members of the controlling organizations. They have memberships in them, and many of them also are connected with countries’ intelligences services.

Experimentation was really taking off in the ’40’s and ’50’s and ’60’s into techniques of mind control by various techniques.  A form of microcosm where you have a closed society, a society within a society, which is left alone – that’s the psychiatric hospitals. So much could be done there quietly, on an experimental basis, and we’ve seen the big one, which blew into the public domain – the MKULTRA experiments carried out in Canada by Ewen Cameron. This was happening across the world in other places too.

This odd phenomena of having “chip implants,” before anybody heard of a silicone chip, and the remote control of some computer guiding them, was a strange phenomena. If you dig into the old books, you’ll find this being queried by different professionals involved at the time, but not as much query as there should have been. Some of these people had been in the military. Some of them had — in fact, I think they all had minor operations. Other ones had been in hospitals for minor operations, too young for the military, but there’s always a common denominator.  I’m sure if the public had access to more information it would be very evident that chips were being implanted and tested out on the individuals, who eventually were locked up, often for life. They were studied intensively, because this was “a shape of things to come.”

This is something which has been openly discussed, at least semi-openly, at world meetings of scientists paid for by government (taxpayers’ money), concerning chipping the entire population of the planet, like the Loyola University meetings they have. You can still find, at least the abbreviated version, of that particular meeting, held there just three or four years ago. They talked about chipping the entire population, and already said that there were regional computers set-up to manage each individual. In other words, these super computers would program each individual to do certain tasks per day, et cetera, monitor your chemical balance, and no doubt you’d have to take certain drugs, and so on. You’d have no say in the matter because you would not be you anymore. You would simply be an automaton, programmed.

Chipping in the brain. Chipping in the spine, generally was the complaint of these patients back in the ’60’s and ’70’s. That’s exactly where they’d interact with your nervous system if there was a chip implant. Messages could be programmed into your hard-wire system, your spinal system, and your nervous system, right into the brain itself – a two-way street.

We also saw the outbreak of certain teenagers who began the first school shootings at the same time. Back in 1979, Brenda Ann Spencer, who was 16 years old, who went to Grover Cleveland Elementary School (this is in California), and she walked into the school and began to shoot people. I think she killed a few, and this stunned the American population at the time as to this senseless act.  What was even more senseless, was the response she had when questioned, as to why she did it. Like all people who are under forms of mind control, which is also similar to schizophrenia, in that the emotions are blunted. The normal responses and the emotional responses, the motive they call it, are blunted. She just said, flatly, that she didn’t like Monday’s. That’s why she did it.

“I Don’t Like Mondays”
By Boomtown Rats

The silicon chip inside her head
gets switched to overload
and nobody’s gonna go to school today
she’s gonna make them stay at home
And Daddy doesn’t understand it
He always said she was good as gold
And he can see no reason
’Cause there are no reasons
What reasons do you need to be shown?

[Chorus:]
Tell me why
I don’t like Mondays
I want to shoot
The whole day down

Our thoughts and our opinions, and the direction that we go in, in our lifetime, is always guided by the makers of media, books, movies, and so on. The big foundations are heavily involved, always have been heavily involved, in the direction we take of culture creation and manipulation. These are the same foundations that Mr. Weishaupt talked about, when he said, through creation of very wealthy foundations; they would direct the future of mankind.

These foundations are hand-in-glove with governments, because they all used the SECRET SOCIETIES or “Societies With Secrets” as they like to call themselves, to ensure allegiance to the agenda. Those who have sworn allegiance to these societies — these are grown men supposedly. Grown men don’t take oaths lightly, especially DEATH OATHS, should they break their word.  In the beginning was their word. You can’t break it. Only Moses is allowed to break the law, because he threw the first two stones down when he got angry with the people and smashed them. He was the first law-breaker, which is another story again, about the “above and below” system that runs the world.

The foundations guide everything. The Rockefeller Foundation, being one of them, funds hundreds of Non-Governmental Organizations, as they like to call them.  Non-Governmental Organizations, they’d like to make you think they’re just grass roots, and just someone in their home, that does something out of a care for mankind or animals or whatever it happens to be, or even the ones into UFO research, et cetera.  The Rockefeller Foundation runs them all, and by running them all, they guide them all. They give out fake news or something to make us fantasize our whole lives away, without realizing what’s really going on. They do run our lives, and they have for hundreds and hundreds of years.

They always fund specific authors, both non-fiction and fiction, to give us our thoughts and opinions. So many of the scientific exposés put out into society have a specific slant, you will notice. This began really in earnest in the 1950’s, speeding up to the ’60’s and ’70’s, about the future of mankind, with bioethics, and how the scientists were going to create this wonderful utopia, where everyone will just be happy.  Happiness apparently is the sole reason for being, they keep telling us, but they would make us all happy with drugs and little things in our brain, and wires coming out, or different techniques, even though the wiring stuff was nonsense.

They’d already done the remote stuff before at the higher levels. On the bottom level, they do research. In our system, we’re conditioned to believe everything you buy on the shelves, and even the science magazines and the science programs they give you, that we’re on the cutting edge of reality. When you swallow that you’ll never think beyond it and say, “My God they’ve done this long ago.”  This is obsolete stuff. Everything new that’s given to you is obsolete. That’s why you can’t figure it out.

And they do fund scientists at the bottom level to do RE-SEARCH.  The searching has already been done. They start from scratch again, and when they discover something they let it out into the newspapers, as though it’s the first time, and they believe it themselves at that level. But, these science books are always so optimistic, you see. They come out and point out some of the dangers, but they blithely go over them, and go into what the possibilities of what could be done.

Now, we know the history of human kind, and that power is never shared with the vast populous of any nation or people. It’s never happened before. In fact, the sciences in ancient times were how to control the minds of the public back then, so as the dominant minority could live off of them in luxury, without too much trouble. That hasn’t changed.

It won’t change, and through books as I’ve mentioned, like Charles Galton Darwin’s book “The Next Million Years,” he makes it quite clear that the “dominant minority” will stay in control, and so does Aldous Huxley. There are many more of these guys, who are put out there, to almost make us want what they promise us, you see. They always tell us that it’s going to be so wonderful.

Now the newspapers in the 1960’s were coming out with all this stuff, that by the year 2000, work will be scarce and it will be a privilege to get a job. The rest of the public would be walking around in Roman togas, and just discussing poetry and astronomy or whatever, just to pass the time. There would be no hunger in the world, and everyone would be just living and walking on clouds. This is the nonsense that they fed the public, to put them to sleep, as the real wolves moved ahead with their agenda.

One of the books, which is very telling, is called “The Second Genesis”.  There are different editions of it. It was first published in 1969, with subsequent editions, right through the ’70’s, maybe beyond. The author is Albert Rosenfeld and the ISBN number is 0-394-71214-5.  It’s well worth looking into. This is the kind of book that was put out for the public, but certainly had lots of input from many, many different major universities and professors who were living on grants, because professors live on various grants for research given to them by governments and the foundations. THAT’S HOW YOU DIRECT SOCIETY INTO SPECIFIC AREAS. 

When you want something to come to pass, you simply fund the research into it. If you don’t want to go into another direction, you withhold funds and it won’t happen. It’s very easy, really, when you have all the money in the world.  Now, this particular technique that they talk about in bioethics, of controlling each individual, is called “BSP”.  In “Life Magazine” in 1965, they published a four-part series called “The Control of Life.”  This guy’s version here, of course, he’s telling you it was to call the public’s attention to the vast implications of biomedical advance and to get them ready — give them a sense of urgency because the scientific circles wanted it — it was almost like confirmation. This is how they do things. They want us to confirm what they want us to do (a legality).

The people who were leading this charge in the ’60’s, one of them was [Leterburg]. One was our famous hero, our savior Dr. Salk, very shady guy – the guy that gave us the polio inoculation, who belonged to the eugenics societies. He believed in “population reduction”. He put books out, prior to the polio vaccine, on that very subject. He belonged to the biggest research organizations into the ‘alternation and control of all life, but especially human life,’ and then he became our savior. He could not, in any interview, rationalize why he wanted to save society, and yet reduce the population at the same time.

So, BSP and “the case for tomorrow.” What is BSP? 

One guy who supposedly gave the title of this thing, BSP, was Dr. Richard Farson, Director of Western Behavioral Sciences Institute. The behavioral sciences are one of the most important areas, working hand-in-glove with pharmacological companies, and even electromagnetic-type impulse organizations working for governments on the same thing, controlling the mind. Some people who have become the heroes of the New Age movement, by the way, have degrees in behavioral sciences. That should be a warning sign right there. One lives in the U.S., and is being well funded to put out various books on various kinds of “good vibrations.”

BSP according to Webster’s Unabridged Dictionary means “anticipation”.  The whole word is “Bio-socio-prolepsis: Anticipation. A figure by which objections are anticipated in order to weaken their force.”  So, you anticipate, and this is a technique in the chess game they play on the public. They anticipate all objections BEFORE they release the information, and then they have all the answers ready for the objections. It’s quite simple really.

“So, the art or science of prognosis. By projecting imaginations ahead into possible choice of social futures, we try to anticipate the dangers inherent in biomedical advance and to forestall them by our foresight.  Prolepsis will here be stretched to mean as well, anticipating the hopes and benefits, in order to foresee ways to take advantage of them. Bio is for biology. Socio for sociology – biosocioprolepsis then, is the anticipation of biology’s impact on society. Let’s call it BSP for short.”

Now, this book is a classic example of how they tell you some of the bad news, but tell you to look on the bright side, because they want your co-operation to go along with this agenda. It’s almost a very happy-talk type book as they discuss very horrible things in the nicest possible way, very much like the way Aldous Huxley talks or talked to various audiences.  If you sat back you would think the guy’s a very pleasant character, until you really listen to what he is really saying.

We’ve been taught that guys like Adolph Hitler scream and rant about these things, and so we have that in our mind. When someone is so pleasant and nice, and talks about them and even puts some humor into it, we laugh and think, “what a swell guy.”

Back to the book.  One of the chapters is called “Behavior by Pushbutton”. 

This is after he goes through the recreation of life. He goes through the fact that they will create specific humans for specific tasks. That eventually, marriage would be outdated, which they knew they would have to destroy, they knew that before Karl Marx came along and said the same thing, the destruction of the family unit, because the real sciences are much older than what this guy is letting on.

             “The prospect arises then, that we might learn to control human behavior, by learning to change at will the patterns in our brain cells, by learning as it were to untwist the twisted molecules. Untwisting could mean restructuring the cellular molecules in any way, rearranging their constituent atoms, taking away or adding a few ingredients, modifying the chemical or electrical activity. Ultimately chemistry and electricity come down to the same thing – the movements and rearrangements of electrons. Thus, it is proper to think of the electrical chemistry of the brain as an entity, or as a closely related series of processes and events that take place in the real four dimensional physical world, and which are therefore subject to both observation and manipulation. Manipulating electrons of the brain then, would equal manipulating human behavior.

He goes on then to talk about a very interesting character who worked for the CIA. He doesn’t mention that in his book, of course, but most of these guys who give us these books, and probably this guy himself, the author, worked for the CIA, but this particular one did leak out eventually and it was declassified.

“Dr. Jose M.R. Delgado of the Yale University Medical School, a pioneer researcher in this area of brain research…”

Well, Delgado worked for the CIA .

“…and found that by remote radio stimulation of certain areas of the brain (whereby the implantation of tiny electrodes surgically implanted), you could set in motion various sequences of activities. Delgado in a lecture at New York’s Museum of Natural History described one facet of his work with an experimental monkey named Ludi.”

Now, I hope people are not so far gone that they haven’t asked themselves the questions. On all these shows that they’ve watched on television and the Public Broadcasting Services, are some of the worst, with the nature stuff and the animals. Then they go into this scientific part, where they dissect different animals, stimulate them and shock them.  I hope the public doesn’t think that all this research done on frogs, rats, mice and monkeys is because they want to make monkeys, rats and mice a new utopia for themselves. ALL THIS RESEARCH WAS DONE TO BE USED ON HUMAN BEINGS.

“We’re the Monkees”
By the Monkees

Here we come, walkin’
Down the street.
We get the funniest looks from
Everyone we meet.

Hey, hey, we’re the Monkees
And people say we monkey around.
But we’re too busy singing
To put anybody down.

We go wherever we want to,
Do what we like to do
We don’t have time to get restless,
There’s always something new.

Hey, hey, we’re the Monkees
And people say we monkey around.
But we’re too busy singing
To put anybody down.

We’re just tryin’ to be friendly,
Come and watch us sing and play,
We’re the young generation,
And we’ve got something to say.

So when they’re sticking implants in these animals and stimulating the areas of the brain, it was all to do with, ultimately, using it on humans, silly.

This is Delgado:

             “After different areas of the brain had been studied under restraint, the radio stimulator was strapped to Ludi, and excitations of the rostral part of the red nucleus were started, with the monkey free in the colony. Stimulation produced the following complex sequence of responses: immediate interruption of spontaneous activities; changes in facial expression; head turning to the right; standing on two feet; circling to the right; walking on two feet with perfect preservation of equilibrium by balancing the arms, touching the walls of the cage, or grasping the swings; climbing a pole on the back wall of the cage; descending to the floor; low tone vocalization; threatening attitude toward subordinate monkeys; changing of attitude and peacefully approaching some other members of the colony, and resumption of the activity interrupted by the stimulation.”

Delgado was made famous by another experiment, to do with a bull, where they went into a bull-fighting ring and the bull had been implanted with remote sensors in its brain. As it charged towards him, he flicked a switch and it stopped dead and turned to the right, and then he flicked another switch and it turned to the left. Very, very impressive, you see, how they can manipulate creatures, and a control freaks paradise, really, because he certainly was one of them. These people have no conscience. Personally, I don’t think they are human, if we describe what a human is. They’re not humane in any way, whatsoever. They’re psychopathic.

This book goes into so many areas of society and sexuality. It asks the questions which are being asked now, “What is the purpose of life?”  That’s generally how they get you, is to gradually slice away at everything that is the culture, even though that was given to us too, they slice it apart, and we’re left like a peeled banana and wondering, “what it’s all about?” Their answer to all of this is to almost ascend to godhood by re-arranging matter, by the total control of matter, which they get very excited about. There’s so much in this particular book. 

It’s one of many books, not pushed on the mainstream media, because they don’t want Joe Average reading this kind of stuff.  It’s true enough, the public will only think about what the media tells them to be concerned about. They can tell us horrific things casually, in between sports announcements, and it doesn’t stay in memory, but they tell us what to worry about and think about.

These fellows who give us this propaganda, always push first and foremost, how it will benefit specific individuals who have chronic diseases or whatever it happens to be. That’s the standard way of getting the public’s approval to go ahead into some monstrosity that will affect everyone. It’s hard for the average individual to look at some child who’s dying of something, but “this will save them.”  This will open up a whole new area of dialogue, because it’s against what is accepted as the norm, what it was socially acceptable before, and so on. So they always give us the poor souls first, even though the real agenda is to control all of society.

And here’s how he does it here:

             “ESB can reverse the “normal”…”

And puts normal in quotation marks, because he’s well aware that “normal” is whatever the culture at the time says is normal. He should know because he works for the culture creators.

             “Control of the brain would also provide control of those primitive areas, which in turn control the basic functions of the body.”

Now, the primitive areas, as he calls it, those areas are what give you your survival instincts. That’s what he means by “primitive areas” – your fight or flight responses. The same thing that Koestler, who also worked for the big think tanks, said, “we won’t need anymore because the state will be making all the decisions for the public.”  But he also added “those in control must remain unaltered, because they must have their survival instincts intact, since they will be steering the ship of planet earth.”

To continue with the book:

             “Buried at the base of the brain,” Dr. Joel Elkes of Johns Hopkins points out, “in the midline, the center of the head, there are old, old regions, concerned clearly with survival. These areas control respiration, pulse rate, and blood pressure; govern salt balance and temperature control; guide certain built-in instinctual responses such as hunger, thirst, fight, flight, play, sleep, wakefulness, and sex. These are the steering centers of the cerebral machinery.”

ESB experiments have indeed already shown that an animal can be induced to starve itself (though it has gone hungry for some time) or gorge itself (though it has just eaten), or to perform sexually far beyond its normal capacity. The kinds of controls that can be exerted on animals and men by ESB range all the way from simple muscular movements to fairly complex social behavior. It has been known at least since the nineteenth century that electrical stimulation of the cerebral cortex could produce motor responses in animals. But until recently it was assumed that this could be achieved only with anesthetized animals, and that the movements would be clumsy and imprecise.”

And that’s a lie, right there, because they were using animals that had not been anesthetized long, long before. He just won’t mention the much, much older books.

             “But the newer techniques and miniaturized apparatus that made ESB possible have made it evident, as Delgado says, “that motor performance under electronic command could be as complex and precise as spontaneous behavior.” Delgado describes an induced leg movement—the flexing of a hind leg—in a laboratory cat as an example.

Now if they were saying: “in a captive prisoner or a patient”, we’d be horrified, but see they’re trying to put it into the animal side and even then, you see, they didn’t have the animal movements with open arms like they do today. They were more open by using this technique back then. These guys, really, whether it’s animal or human, they just salivate more when they’re doing the experiments if they have a real human to experiment on. These characters are totally psychopathic with the things they do to animals, as well.  He goes on to justify how they could move this cat’s particular limb, spontaneously, with the push of a button. 

And then he says:

             “Did all of these ESB commands disturb the cat emotionally?”

Here’s a cat with all these little wires and electrodes in its brain, right?

             “On the contrary.  The cat was alert and friendly as usual, rubbing its head against the experimenter…”

Probably sparks coming off it.

             “Seeking to be petted, and even purring. However, if we tried to prevent the evoked effect by holding the left hind legs with our hands, the cat stopped purring, and struggled to get free, and shook its leg. Apparently the evoked motility was not unpleasant.” 

Oh, it wasn’t unpleasant – it was happy, you see.

             “…but attempts to prevent it were disturbing for the animal.”

So it had to follow through with its commands or it would be disturbed. It goes on to talk about Delgado’s further comment on the cat experiment.

             “The artificial driving of motor activities was accepted in such a natural way by the animal, that often there was spontaneous initiative to cooperate with the electrical command. For example, during a moment of precarious balance when all paws were close together, stimulation produced first a postural adjustment and the cat spread its forelegs to achieve equilibrium by shifting its body weight to the right, and only after this delay did the left hind leg begin to flex.   A variety of motor effects have been evoked in different species, including cat, dog, bull, and monkey. The animals could be induced to move the legs, raise or lower the body, open or close the mouth, walk or lie still, turn around, and perform a variety of responses with predictable reliability, as if they were electronic toys under human control.  Moreover, animals seem to enjoy being stimulated electrically—another disquieting phenomenon if translatable to people.

Oh, really. They enjoy it.

             “Going beyond these simple motor activities and the more complex sequences of activities described earlier, Delgado and others found they could also affect moods, attitudes, and even the basic character of individual animals (which in turn affected the behavior of other animals) by stimulating the appropriate points or regions of the brain. A cat can be induced to start a fight with another cat—or a dog—much larger than itself; or to cringe from a mouse, depending on the brain area getting the signals.”

I guess they’ll make the military the ones that are aggressive, and the people the ones that are cringing.

             “A peaceful animal can be made to snarl and turn belligerent, while a normally aggressive animal can be rendered docile. Rhesus monkeys, says Delgado, “are destructive and dangerous creatures, which do not hesitate to bite anything within reach…”

I don’t blame them.

             “…including leads, instrumentation, and occasionally the experimenter’s hands.”

Well, I think I would be biting them too.

             “Would it be possible to tame these ferocious animals by means of electrical stimulation? To investigate the question, a monkey was strapped to a chair where it made faces and threatened…”

Oh, it threatened the scientist! I guess he could club it to death maybe, eh?

             “… the investigator until the rostral part of the caudate nucleus was electrically stimulated. At this moment, the monkey lost its aggressive expression and did not try to grab or bite the experimenter, who could safely put a finger in its mouth! As soon as stimulation was discontinued, the monkey was as aggressive as before.

“Later,” Delgado goes on, “similar experiments were repeated with the monkeys free inside the colony, and it was evident that their autocratic social structure could be manipulated by radio stimulation.” The boss monkey, under ESB, lost his aggressiveness, and the other monkeys crowded him without fear. This went on for about an hour. “About 12 minutes after the stimulation hour ended, the boss had reasserted his authority.” In similar experiments at the Yerkes Regional Primate Center, Dr. Bryan W. Robinson noted that, as first one and then another male became dominant, “the female switched her allegiance to the dominant male, and then turned about and attacked the other guy.” In an even more interesting version of the experiment, Delgado observed that the other monkeys in the colony “learned to press a lever in the cage which triggered stimulation of the boss monkey in the caudate nucleus, inhibiting his aggressive behavior.” Thus one monkey was deliberately controlling the behavior of another by means of ESB—a truly impressive demonstration of how little needs to be understood to exercise quite a lot of control.”

Oh boy, these are all sweethearts these guys, eh? Then he goes into the management of aggression.  Remember aggression in its proper setting is a defense — a survival mechanism, very important to the controllers, as we can see, as they turn countries into armed camps – the kind with the barbed wire facing inwards. Management of aggression.

             “This is not an idle question. The uses of ESB in the control of human aggression has already been convincingly demonstrated at a clinic in Boston, which makes a specialty of studying violent behavior. It was organized in 1967 by a team of medical scientists attached to Harvard Medical School, Massachusetts General Hospital and Boston City Hospital. The group includes two outstanding brain surgeons, Dr. Mark and Dr. Sweet…”

Dr. Sweet, ha, ha, ha!  No sour grapes there, eh?

             “… and its full-time head is a psychiatrist, Dr. Frank R. Ervin. The typical clinic patient has “poor impulse control” with a quick-flaring temper and a history of repeated violent episodes. Many of these patients are incredibly destructive of property, and they may beat their wives, husbands or children with astonishing ferocity. One young wife who came in recently for help said that she had assaulted her husband—fortunately a very large, very tolerant man—537 times in the last six years, with everything from fists to dishes to furniture. Violent people also frequently vent their impulses through sexual assault or multiple automobile accidents.”

Aggressive drivers.

             “…Though the violent patient usually has a “reason” for his uncontrollable rages, the reason can be incredibly flimsy:”

Now, what they’re doing is putting down, you see, any counter to what they’re about to tell you what they do. They go on with – “they help an epileptic.” They don’t name the epileptic. I very much doubt if they’ll show you one. But they claim they can actually cure an epileptic by implanting a chip in the brain and giving them the switch. So, when they felt it coming on they could flip the switch, and no doubt they had a quiet seizure or something, or maybe they’d have an orgasm, because he goes on about that as well – how they can make you have an orgasm. This guy probably went on to work with the company that makes Viagra.

             “Now sometimes even relatively simple surgery—if any brain surgery can be called simple—can help for a time.”

This is to help poor souls with different problems.

             “… At the Indiana University Medical Center, Dr. Robert Heimberger has found that by touching the afflicted area of the brain with a delicate…”

Now here’s how they put it here. See, they give you a scientific term for something that’s like putting a club with a frozen end of it on your brain itself.

             “…cryosurgical” probe…”

A cryosurgical probe, you see.

             “…(an instrument with a frozen tip)…”

It sounds more impressive, you see. Cryosurgical probe.

             “…he can destroy the diseased tissue.”

“Diseased tissue.” There’s no visible sign of a disease, but because it’s behavior they’re talking about, which they don’t want in people, they called it “diseased.”  See, it’s very tricky how they word things, and if you read things casually, you’re impressions are being given to you. The impressions they want you to have.

             “…In many of the cases handled by Dr. Sweet and Dr. Mark…”

I guess he “Marked” a lot of brains.

             “…the brain damage is not obvious.”

In many of the cases, the brain damage is not “obvious” — that’s to allay your anxiety. Any “many” – that means, not all.

             “…But examinations in depth usually turn up some abnormality in the tissue—damage that is perhaps congenital…”

Perhaps, you have a “congenital” problem – another thing that the behaviorists go on about.

             “…perhaps the result of blows on the head…”

It’s probably the scientists that did it as they were drilling into your skull.

             “…or of some viral infection that reached the brain.”

In other words, it could be any of these. See, it’s probable, possible theories – theories, theories, guesses, you see.

             “…There has lately been much interest in genetic causes of these abnormalities, too, especially since a recent case in France, where a violent criminal was found to possess an abnormal “XYY” chromosome.”

We’re always hearing about this one.

             “…The Boston group has already incorporated a cell geneticist into the team to study these latest possibilities.  All this, obviously, has important implications for criminology and penology.”

Oh, the cops will love that when they’ve got everybody chipped. If they see anything, which is out of the norm, they can just switch little gizmos and you’ll be a little robot again.

             “…When I earlier cited the imaginary example of a rapist being cured of his tendencies”

An imaginary example – they give you lots of imaginary examples.

             “…transformed by brain surgery from a sadistic brute into a gentleman of sweet disposition, it probably seemed far-fetched. But we can now see that the possibility may be more immediate than anyone imagined. Early in 1968, a British court handed over a young incorrigible—a “compulsive gambler”—to doctors for treatment by a leucotomy operation.”

It’s interesting that most of the gambling establishments across the country here, and in most countries, are run and sponsored by the government.

             “…After the story appeared in the London Times, the British Medical Journal expressed its qualms about what this sort of procedure might lead to in terms of sentencing criminals to treatment instead of to jail. Yet the precedent is already established: In cases of “insanity,” the criminal is often turned over for psychiatric treatment rather than sentenced to prison (though he may spend an equally long time in confinement) on the grounds that it was his mental illness rather than the man himself that was at fault. Will the presence of brain damage or a bad chromosome soon be sufficient to absolve a criminal of guilt on the same grounds?”

He doesn’t mention that also gives them the right, to perhaps lobotomize you before you ever did anything at all, if you ever did, that is.

Turning on the pleasure centers for all the happy people, for the optimists out there.

             “Of all ESB experiments…”

This is the happy part you’re supposed to think about and remember.

             “…carried out with animals, perhaps none was more astonishing than the series back in 1953 and 1954, in which Dr. Tames Olds (then at McGill University in Montreal) accidentally discovered the brain’s pleasure centers. He had just learned how to implant electrodes in rat brains preparatory to studying rat behavior. But he was curious to know if the ESB technique itself might so disturb and distract the rats as to spoil his experiment. “I went up to the lab one Sunday afternoon,” he recalls, “and took the first rat I had ever prepared with my own hands. Every time the rat walked into one corner of the testing table, I turned on the electricity to see…”

He turned on the electricity!

             “…to see if he would avoid approaching that spot thereafter. Instead, my rat liked it!” he says. 

This is for the optimists, you see.

             “…Pursuing this windfall instead of his original idea, Olds refined his techniques, found that he could, by ESB…”

             “…ESB, produce, at will, a state of bliss in the rat. Other researchers eagerly followed Olds’s lead…”

See the eager part here. They’re all eager for their grants, as they go in and implant stuff, and cut, slash, cauterize and shock things.

Coughlan writes:

             “Many sites seem to be identified with specific pleasures, such as those of food, drink, and sex.”

(Your basic drives.)

             “…But sometimes ESB sets up a complex, generalized response. This may indicate a higher satisfaction independent of specific pleasures—or possibly, Dr. Olds suspects, that particular pleasure sites are packed close together and several are stimulated by one large dose of ESB. The nature of this feeling of pleasure is scarcely definable: some have guessed that it combines the mystical raptures of the saints with the fleshly raptures of the sinners, in a diffused, ineffable delight.”

Well it’s a good guess for the optimists.

             “…In any case, animals find the sensation completely irresistible.”

Well, so would I if I was getting shocked. “Jump!” “Okay, okay!”

             “…A white rat, if allowed to regulate its own ESB dosage by pressing a lever in its cage, will continue to press it—at the fantastic rate of up to 8,000 times an hour—until hunger, thirst, or exhaustion force an interruption. But the interruption is brief: a sip, a bite or two, a few minutes’ nap, and the rat returns to its orgy of pleasures. In an experiment by Dr. Joseph V. Brady at Walter Reed Army Medical Center”

Oh, the army’s in it too, eh?

             “…rats went on this way 24 hours a day for three weeks straight. One would expect that such sybaritic rats would eventually wear themselves to a frazzle, burn themselves out before they were 30 days old, but to the contrary the ones at Walter Reed showed no physical or mental damage then or later.”

What liars they are, these guys, eh?

             “…And Dr. Olds’ rats, after a series of ESB marathons cumulatively totaling hundreds of days, have seemed in better health and fettle than their littermates who were raised in identical conditions but without ESB.”

So, “ESB is good for you,” that’s what you’re supposed to remember.

“Everybody’s Got Something to Hide Except for Me and My Monkey”
By the Beatles

Take it easy,
Everybody’s got something to hide except for me and
my monkey.

So there you are. A perpetual orgasmic episode, without eating or drinking, and getting burned to a frazzle, is good for you. We have the old priesthood that gave us our reality for centuries – they told us we’d go blind if we did that, and we’d grow hair on the palms of our hands. You come to think of it, these new white-coated priesthoods could actually give us hair in the palms of our hands and everywhere else on our body, if they want to. They’ve actually published that.  Mind you, if they did that we wouldn’t need clothing in colder climates and all those factories in China would go out of business, and then the unemployment rate would rise.

What I’m showing you here, is that nothing is new. The little snippets that you’re getting in the news today are simply meant to program you into the next phase of acceptance, of what we’re supposed to think of as inevitable. Now, no one, in the public sphere, has said that science has the right to do as it wants with people, but this ties in, you see, with this strange saying we have, that you can’t stop “progress,” and by that they mean “science.” Well, believe you me, if the dominant minority, in any age, wished science to stop any particular area of experimentation, it would be done immediately. The reason they’re going into all of this is for controlling all of society.

On this website, my website, you can find Huxley’s speech at Berkeley, and listen to him talk about that too. He said, “Most people you see are unhappy.”  This is how he tries to rationalize where we’re supposed to go. Therefore, what’s the problem about putting things in their brain to change their behavior or their moods?  That’s how he rationalizes it to the public.  Mind you, he didn’t talk at any old university.  He talked to the Ivy League ones, in more detail, because those guys were going off into government positions, bureaucracies and scientific establishments, or right to the foundations that pay for all of this.

The foundations themselves don’t do anything without permission of the dominant minority. Everything in the pyramid comes from the capstone in this system. We have monsters running the world for us. They had solid-state circuitry — micro-circuitry, microchips back in the 1950’s, before the public had even heard of a transistor, which changed everything from the old tube system in radios and televisions.  Then came out the transistor radio and different components, which were soldered into circuit boards. Then the next phase was to go in, eventually in the ’80s, into solid state gradually, but they had solid state back in the ’50’s. The CIA were using it in equipment that Nick Begich showed on television in Canada. Guess what the technology was doing?  These little handheld remotes, they could put thoughts in a person’s brain. What a coincidence, eh?

And yet, here’s this other character with this book here, not mentioning that aspect of it or the fact that they were even doing that. Maybe, he was unaware of it as his level. Maybe he was in on it, because they must always make the public think, as I say, that you’re on the “cutting edge.” That’s what the news is there to do – to show programs and special documentaries on the “breakthroughs” they’re trying to find, and get to, and when we believe that we never figure out, “my God, they’re way ahead of all these phases.” That’s why you have total control over everything, and power does not share itself. That’s why they’re so secretive.

Governments across the planet have already admitted they’ve tested various agents, viral and bacterium, out on their own populations, for warfare purposes and other reasons. Don’t think for a minute they did not implant certain people throughout the western world, at least the western world, and tested these chips out long ago, because they did.

THE ENEMY IS NEVER OVER THERE. 
THE ENEMY HAPPENS TO BE THE ONES YOU’RE TRAINED TO LOOK UP TO, AND TO RESPECT AND ADMIRE.

That’s all for me tonight. I’ll continue some more reading with my next talk. May your god go with you.

PART 2 “PSYCHOPATHIC SCIENTISTS AND THE CONTROL FACTOR”
December 6, 2006

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and this December 6th, 2006.

Sure enough, after the freezing rain last week, down came the snow in buckets and it just kept a coming. Masses of spraying in the skies, in between the snow, of course, just to help it along, and they’re going at it big time. Very visible to anybody who cares to look up, unfortunately very few people do, or if the media doesn’t talk about it, then it cannot be important.  However, this is obviously detrimental to the public because of the complete blackout of major media on this topic. It’s very, very important.

As always, with the first snow, “Murphy’s Law” kicks in. Murphy’s always all over the place, but you find that in December when the snow comes along. You try and start your snow blower to blow the snow, to get out, and it doesn’t work, of course. It worked fine in the summer when you tried it and stored it, and fine in the fall when you’re all ready for winter. But, as sure as blazes, the first snow that comes, it won’t start. So, I’ve been dismantling the whole engine, re-lapping the valves and the whole thing for the last couple of days, which isn’t nice outside. It’s rather freezing and its hit about 20 below at night, getting pretty cold. So that’s what I’ve been up to.

Now, I’m going to continue tonight on mind control and the different techniques of controlling the public’s opinions, and so on.

Before that, I’d like to mention that the whole Unification of the Americas agenda is right on target. They haven’t been delayed by anything. Shelley Anne-Clark, who worked in Ottawa, and who worked for her adult life and became the top bureaucrat for her department in Ottawa – the most senior civil servant. She dealt with the drawing up of the Free Trade negotiations. This was more important than NAFTA that came afterwards, because all the preambles and terms are really hidden in the Free Trade negotiations. She came out in the early ’90s and told the public — she tried to tell the public that she went across Canada talking to little groups and saying that we were uniting the whole of the Americas, beginning with Canada, the U.S. and Mexico, to be followed by other countries. It was to be officially signed, to the public, that is, in 2005, and sure enough it was in March 2005, snuck in between sports and the Terri Schiavo case, just a brief mention.

The CFR did come out openly at the time, and they admitted it on the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation – the national television station owned by the government. The CFR admitted that they had drafted up the plans for the negotiations and this was given to the presidents and prime ministers, and they just went ahead and signed it in March 2005, so a formality was carried out by the prime ministers and the president. This is an ongoing thing, and by 2010, we’re to be united. All this rubbish about the borders at the moment, is more to get the whole public I.D.’d (i.e. given I.D. Cards) in all of these nations, just like it’s becoming in Europe. That way you can cross, what used to be borders, and they can track you wherever you go. That’s the real agenda. So, they give us a bit of nonsense about the border – but the borders will come down by 2010.

For those who write to me or email me, don’t worry if I don’t get back. It isn’t that I don’t read the mail, I do, but you wouldn’t believe how busy I really am. I read all the mail that comes in. For the few who’ve actually donated some money, I thank you very much and I will be getting back to you for that. Someone also sent me a pair of gloves — it’s so strange because I really needed this kind of glove, at this time of year, and I was thinking of getting a pair and I got a pair in the mail, so thank you very much.

Now, to get back to last week’s topic on who controls us: Who controls the minds of us?

I’ll read the following from the same book called, “The Second Genesis, The Coming Control of Life”, well worth the read, even though it holds more back from the public than it gives you, but it gives you a little more than most books. In the usual optimistic fashion it tells you how “wonderful” science is and how it’s going to be our real “savior.” There’s a truth in there for the elite, for them it will be their savior for controlling the people. The only problem they’ve really ever had, down through history, is how to control the masses of people and keep them working for you, producing for you, keeping you in an elevated lifestyle and worshipping you. So, check out the book “The Second Genesis, The Coming Control of Life” by Albert Rosenfeld.

And, on to the chapter “Who Controls the Controllers?”  This is meant to put us at ease, you see.

            “The notion of a man controlling his own brain is one thing. But the prospect that a man’s brain might be controlled by another man is something else again—not to mention the control of masses of people by a few powerful individuals. Delgado”

Again, the CIA guy.

            “for one, does not take this latter possibility too seriously.”

Because he works for the CIA, right.

            “He admits that—through such practices as requiring blood tests before marriage, compulsory smallpox vaccination, and fluoridation and chlorination of our drinking water—governments “have established a precedent of official manipulation of our personal biology.”

Now that’s a very important admission, because once again children are born into a system. Their parents don’t know to tell them there’s anything wrong with it and they think it’s all quite natural that you get umpteen injections just stuck into you. YOU TAKE IT ALL ON FAITH, because you have no idea of checking what they’re actually given you, for yourself. You can’t do it.  IT’S PURELY A FAITH-BASED THING.

And here he is admitting — you see, we’ve all done it gradually. They’ve been tampering with our drinking water, giving us injections, putting fluoridation and chlorination into the water and umpteen other things. Now, of course, all the vegetables are modified and we’ve taken it all as though it was all quite natural.  WE ASK NO QUESTIONS and yet the most important things for life – food, shelter, clothing, and water – they’ve all been tampered with and we think this is natural. The power goes into the hands of a few people, who own corporations, that we’ll never meet in our lifetime and never get near them to even ask them the questions as to why and what are they up to. We take it for granted.

So getting back to Delgado:

            “He sees, too, that “governments could try to control general behavior or to increase the happiness of citizens by electronically influencing their brains.”

That’s one of the things they can do with HAARP. That’s admitted, the easiest thing they can do with HAARP is to influence your mood – either make you very happy, laid back or aggressive, one or the other. The military have been practicing for years on making the troops more aggressive. They’ve also used test populations, even in the U.S., to make them sort of happy and laid back. That can be done.

Delgado continues:

            “But, “fortunately, this prospect is remote, if not impossible, not only for obvious ethical reasons, but also because of its impracticability. Theoretically, it would be possible to regulate aggressiveness, productivity, or sleep by means of electrodes in the brain, but this technique requires specialized knowledge, refined skills, and a detailed and complex exploration of each individual, because of the existence of anatomical and physiological variability. The feasibility of mass control of behavior by brain stimulation is very unlikely, and the application of intracerebral electrodes in man will probably remain highly individualized and restricted to medical practice.”

Well, that’s all nonsense now, because they can do all the stuff that he said would be impractical back in the ’60s.

“But not all scientists share Delgado’s optimism about the remoteness of these prospects, especially since ESB is only in its infancy.”

That’s what they were telling us then. You can guarantee if this was published and given to the public in the ’60s, the higher levels of science had already bypassed all of this.

            “The fact that it might be difficult or troublesome (and it could soon become less difficult and less troublesome) to apply ESB on a large scale would not necessarily deter someone who was sufficiently motivated to do it, and had the power to carry out his will. As for the “obvious ethical reasons,” that would depend upon the individual ethics of the persons in power—and would of course carry no weight at all with ruthless types who invent their ethics as they go.”

Do we know anyone like that, folks?

“It has been suggested that a dictator might even implant electrodes in the brains of infants a few months after birth—and they would never know that their thoughts, moods, feelings, and all-around behavior were not the results of their own volition. Where then is free will, and individual responsibility? An electrical engineer named Curtis R. Schafer, who made a similar suggestion, added that, “the once-human being thus controlled would be the cheapest of machines to create and operate. The cost of building even a simple robot like the Westinghouse mechanical man is probably 10 times that of bearing and raising a child to the age of 16.

            “What does this imply?” asks Robert Coughlan. “One hypothetical possibility: the 100-socket, 600-electrode human being controlled by a transistor-timed stimulator worn perhaps, in the form of a lapel pin by men and of a jeweled broach by women.”

Well really, all they’d have to do today is to put it in a chain that you’d hang from your cheek, your nose or your tongue.

“Each individual’s program would be pre-set and tailored to assigned functions and duties, but it could be changed instantly by overriding radio signals sent out by local (75-socket) controllers, who would be controlled by district (50-socket) controllers, who would be controlled by regional (25-socket) controllers, who would be controlled by a Master Controller (no sockets) who, in his wisdom, would control the behavior of everybody.”

That’s their check and balance mechanism. You’re back to the old hyper, high Masonic idea, even pre-Masonic. Masonic is a recent term for the same mystery religion, with the no-nothings at the bottom and the wiser ones at the top. It goes back to the old utopian idea, that they were going to bring in, and have this peace on earth project, where you couldn’t be aggressive and nasty towards people trying to abuse you, because you wouldn’t know you were being abused. You just grin foolishly and salivate, and dribble, probably, from your mouth. That’s what they call “utopia.” Peace will come when you’re unable to have any other emotion, regardless of how you’re being treated. This is their utopia.

            The Potency of Mind Drugs. 

“So much for the electrical half of the brain’s electrochemistry. But the chemical half may turn out to be considerably more than half in terms of its fundamental functional importance. Not that electrochemistry is neatly divisible into halves. But it is feasible to think of the electricity and the chemistry as separate, though interrelated modes of cerebral operation; and certainly to think of electricity (e.g., the application of ESB) and chemistry (e.g., the administration of drugs) as two distinct approaches to the control of the brain. Potent as the electrical approach appears to be, chemistry looks even more promising, hence even more threatening.

“Though neural impulses can be electrically stimulated, their actual transmission along the nerve fibers and across the synapses is achieved—as was demonstrated by Sir John C. Eccles and his colleagues at the Australian National University—by the transport of key chemical substances,” the principal transmitter in the central nervous system (CNS) being acetylcholine. And while thoughts and memories may go round and round in their electrical circuits, they appear to be stored chemically in the molecules of the brain—with implications for memory and learning to be discussed shortly.

It has already been amply demonstrated that electricity introduced from the outside can turn on the chemistry in a given area of the brain and stimulate a variety of behavior patterns. In such cases it is the impingement of the electrical current that sets in motion the chemical reactions. Under normal circumstances, though, it works the other way around. The brain’s cells are like miniature storage batteries, with an electrical potential that lies latent, stored chemically as positive or negative ions (atoms or molecules with extra electrons or missing electrons), until an appropriate stimulus sparks the electricity into action. This firing of the cells sets in motion the electrical currents that keep the brain and CNS functioning—much as the storage battery in your car.  These weak electrical currents are what the electroencephalograph picks up; it is when they are no longer detectable that most physicians are now willing to consider a patient truly dead.

That used to be the case. They don’t do that so much now, because they want to whip out your organs, which they actually sell. They charge the people who are the donors, or at least the taxpayer, for putting them in someone else, but they want live bodies, you see. They don’t want the truly dead ones.

            “If the use of a broadside technique like ESB can give its possessor such powers over the brain, think what might be done if we knew how to manipulate the brain’s chemistry in all its exquisitely refined detail. “Just as the DNA code determines the color of the eye, the shape of the nose, and the precise operations of such complex organs as the liver,” writes Lawrence Leasing in Fortune,”

Magazine I guess.

            “so it also determines the cast of the mind. The new hypothesis is that DNA not only specifies the physical structure of the brain, but it also controls, directly or indirectly, all brain processes and mental activity through a molecular code that may be searched out and finally mastered.”

Whenever they tell you that they’re working on something and hope to one-day “yadda-yah,” it’s been done at a higher level, yet they’re not researching at the bottom level again. They’ve done it long ago. This book also touches on topics, which are current today, as though they’ve just been found out, again, again and again. That’s how they do things. We know that the hormonal balance of the public has been tampered with tremendously for years now. We can find in Charles Galton Darwin’s book “The Next Million Years,” the suggestion that they actually do this for world peace and make the males more effeminate. They also noticed that way back then, that estrogen for instance, excessive doses given early to pre-pubertal females, will actually make them more manly as they get older, and males become effeminate.

Now on page 235 of “The Second Genesis,” listen to this.  They’re talking about injecting parts of the brain with specific hormones, where they can turn on nest building qualities in rats. I guess they really just want to improve the lives of rats, okay, right. Okay, that’s what it’s about. No. THIS IS ABOUT PEOPLE, ALWAYS.

            “The effects of hormones used this way can be impressive indeed.”

Now listen to this:

“Dr. Elkes, E-L-K-E-S, made clear in a Deerfield Foundation…”

Where do you dream this stuff up?

“Dr. Elkes, Deerfield Foundation lecture in 1965.”

He says:

“A small dose of hormone, a steroid entering the central nervous system during an acute developmental phase…”

Now they’re talking about in the womb or else pre-puberty.

            “…he said, “will so re-set its responsiveness that the whole program of behavior is one of male rather than female activity.”

Now conversely, they can turn it the other way around and make it one of female activity.

“Let me cite another experiment, coming from our own laboratory [at Johns Hopkins]. This was done by Dr. Richard Michael, and concerns adult cats.”

Now they want to make cats happy.

            “Dr. Michael implanted a minute quantity of hormone directly into a small area of the posterior hypothalamus. . . . He also implanted, in other animals, dummy material of the same dimension…”

That’s to trick the cat, you see.

            “…The cats implanted with small quantities of the hormone (silbesterol dibutyrate), although originally devoid of sexual activity, became sexually very receptive; dummy implanted cats did not show any such effects.”

Oh, my God. There’s a blind test for you.

            “With removal of the implants, the susceptibility disappeared.” The Johns Hopkins researchers also found that the hormone does not travel very far, that it stays in the immediate vicinity of the implant, and that a few selected cells take up the hormone. “This,” says Elkes, “is a remarkable instance of specificity of interaction in the CNS (central nervous system). Let us think this to the end,” he then implores…”

Implores, eh?

            “…A small amount of hormone incorporated properly into the membrane of relatively few cells so re-sets the total machinery that it now responds to a male presence with a very specific sexual response—a program that runs down in about eight minutes or so in a cat. Put in another hormone, and this will not happen. Move the hormone a few millimeters away from the susceptible site and again this will not happen. Cells are thus apparently sensitized in a highly specific way. So a surprising lot is getting to be known…”

As I say, this is old stuff even when this was written, because it’s bottom level for the public consumption. He goes on to say:

            “We now have methods available,” says Elkes, “which enable us to map this chemistry of the brain in great detail, not only in terms of gross, macroscopic structure—shall we say, the geography of the brain itself—but also in terms of the layer by layer geology of the brain; and to determine the concentration of those materials in very thin areas of the brain and show how one area differs from another, only a few millionths of an inch apart. It can be done by elegant microtechniques which enable one to gauge the local concentration of materials; it can also be done by special staining methods which show up these materials in beautiful fluorescent arrays.”

Well, it’s all so beautiful when they’re dealing with picking away at your brain, but then Dr. Elkes is a very dear man, eh?

            “It is quite clear, then, that the brain can be controlled chemically in at least a limited fashion.”

Yeah, limited.

            “…And, since all the behavior patterns capable of being set in motion by ESB are based on chemical patterns that are stored and ready-to-go, and are chemically carried out, it follows that anything ESB can do, chemistry can do better—once we learn how.”

Well they knew. This stuff is a horror show, and if your realize that billions and billions of dollars are spent, worldwide, in laboratories across the whole planet on this kind of research, to find out ways of control, because that’s what it’s all about. It’s not to cure anything, even though once in a while they’ll say, “we could help the occasional epileptic.” Perhaps.  IT’S ACTUALLY FOR CONTROLLING EVERYONE.  That’s always been the goal of it.

These scientists — these researchers come out of university and go and work in little clinics, research facilities and laboratories. They depend upon grants for their entire life’s income – one grant after another. When you realize that money, which makes this world go round, this system, is behind it all, it’s so easy for a few people to direct ALL investigations. They simply fund the ones that they want to be funded and researched into, and anything that is really for curing or helping the people get no money at all and they go under, or they don’t get off the ground in the first place. That’s how simple this whole system is, and they always knew where they were heading, always knew.

From More’s “Utopia,” all the way up to the present day, and before that to Plato’s “Republic,” they always knew where they wanted to go. They had talks about this, century after century, on how to gain control and keep control of the minds of the public.

You see this nonsense about the “War on Terror.” It’s the first time they’ve used this actual terminology -“A War on Terror”.  Terror is anything that strikes fear in you and the only one that’s striking fear into the public are the ones who are shouting terror, terror from the top. IT’S TO TERRORIZE US.  This is a war of terror.

Interestingly, after the French Revolution they had the “Reign of Terror.”  Anyone who looked wrongly at one of the citizen guards was immediately beheaded for looking the wrong way, the wrong look or maybe asking a question. That was to terrorize the public into obeyance to the new system.  We saw the same thing after the Soviet (Bolshevik) Revolution. Lenin, in his own writings, talked about the installation and necessity of terror to destroy the old system, and to get the old peasant farmers off the land and comply into the new system. He sent teams out and he told them, in his own writings, remember, “just pickup a dozen locals here and there at any tiny village. Doesn’t matter who they were. Male, female, children whatever, hang them from trees and leave them there to rot to strike terror into the public.”

This is the guy who cared about the workers; remember. They’re all such hypocrites and liars, because they’re all part of the same mystery religion, down through the ages. Here we have the same thing going on again, where everyone’s rights (even though you never really had them) — they had to at least humor us in the past when it came to rights and go through processes to keep us humored. Now they’re taking all of that away even, under this guise of a “War on Terror.”

We saw the “War on Drugs” and the “War on Crime” and wars and wars and wars, from the U.S. and different countries, through all these different agreements they made. The war on drugs simply made drugs more appealing to people and put the prices up. But, the main reason for the war on drugs was to increase police forces to an incredible size and to give the helicopters, high-tech equipment, SWAT teams and all this stuff. That’s what the REAL REASON was for the “War on Drugs,” because the big boys if you go into their history have always run the over-world and the underworld.  The over-world is their legal system through the BAR Association and the illegal system is all the different kinds of mafia.

Remember, that the MAFIA is only a PART OF FREEMASONRY. It was authorized by Mazzini.  He gave them the charter to establish themselves as the MAFIA.  It’s a MASONIC ORGANIZATION.

The over-world, the underworld, the legal drug system and the illegal drug system, they run both sides. That’s how it’s always been. You can go into the Yale University roster there with all their previous people and famous people, famous names and famous families. You’ll find the Bush’s and different ones and even their opposition. Their families are all tied together and were heavily involved — made millions of dollars in pushing OPIUM into China in the 1800s, and that’s RECORDED HISTORY.

Before that, they were into the free-booters, the piracy going back to Queen Elizabeth I. All the guys are in her court that came around her: Francis Drake, Walter Raleigh, all these boys use to go out and plunder the Spanish galleons that were coming from Latin America — South America. They’d rob and steal, but that was okay – it was authorized by the Queen, as long as everyone got their cut, right to the top. That’s what the pirate flag was – the skull and bones of Masonry – freemasonry – the crossed bones and the skull.

So, we’re surprised at the top nothing much has changed. The same pirates are at the top, only now they’ve shaved off their beards and put on suits and ties. A Masonic outfit, by the way, that’s why it’s the only AUTHORIZED UNIFORM TO WEAR IN A COURT.  It’s a respectable suit, you see – from a suit of armor to the suit of clothing, with a little collar and tie. The tie is your “tow line” that all Masons have to wear. That’s their circle of limitation. If you swing them around with the tie, that’s their limitation. That’s what it represents, but it also means the “Y” if you look straight on at it. You have the knot over the Adam’s apple – the knot – you’re bound. You’re bound by the system. If you were to see through the collar (put down), you would see it going around the neck, on either side it would be the letter “Y” – “Y”, Pythagorean. Very important letter.

Control. Control, total control, has always been the prime goal of the elite. For their perfect peace, everyone on the planet must be perfectly predictable. That could only be done by reengineering every individual, and tracking, tracing and monitoring them, knowing what conclusions they must come to when given any problem. Complete predictability – that’s the peace they’ll have. It’s so interesting, the world meetings, like the Loyola University’s meetings on brain implants for everyone, (and notice I’ve already talked from this book in the 1960’s, where they talk about regional computers, regional controller checks) and at Loyola University they said that regional computers are already installed to do the programming on those who eventually will be chipped.

You’ll always find when announcements are made, the machinery for their plan has already been set-up. It’s ready. Just as when they say they’re working on something and hope one day to “yada-yada-ya.”  It’s been done long ago at a much higher level. When Dolly the sheep was coming down or coming along from the bottom “re-ceptors” – that tells you it had already been done at the higher levels. The problems with Dolly with the hyper-allergies, asthmatic problems and so on, had been overcome at the higher levels.

We’re kept in the past, always. That’s how control never loses power. It’s way ahead of us in science. It’s way ahead of what we’re taught, and the public will always tell you, “They can’t do that. They’re just working on this thing right now. They could never do this to us. They don’t have the ability.”  That’s how they get away with it.  Yes, they do have the ability. They tell us stuff and make announcements of findings, which are actually obsolete. Whatever the public is given is obsolete. It’s been done along ago. Only the bottom researchers, who don’t know and they’re not in communication with the top ones – they don’t know it’s already been done themselves. They innocently talk to the public and boast about their discoveries, not knowing it’s already done long, long ago by the higher levels.

It’s all to keep us living in the past tense. If you think you’re on the “cutting edge” of reality, you’re done for. You’re a walking fool. No one can tell you. No one can show you because you believe you would know what they’re up to. You buy the latest science magazines and so on. That’s how simply this trick works. We’re living in the past.

Now for the rest of the particular talk, I’d like to go back to what Shelley Anne-Clark was talking about, on the amalgamation of the Americas, during the Free Trade negotiations.

2005, sure enough, she was right, it was signed. She said this, years before. I’ve been saying this for years too, now. Nobody wanted to hear it. In 2010 it will be complete and along with that Canada’s healthcare system was to be privatized, to match the U.S., and it’s happening. The pension plans would eventually go under, as well.It’s happening because everything must be equalized between the U.S. and Canada. Now the laws — I’ve noticed for years now the same laws being introduced in one country on any topic are the same in the U.S. being introduced at the same time, which told me they were working “in cahoots”(together) all along. I saw the same process as they were getting Europe ready for amalgamation, while each government, to their own people, were lying their teeth off for 40, 50 years.

Right to the very end they lied, lied, lied.  “No, it’s not unification. No, you won’t lose sovereignty.  It’s just an economic trade deal.” Lie, lie, lie to the very end, because you must always lie to the children. You can’t tell the children the truth, ever, if you’re part of the controlling mechanism. They wouldn’t understand, “poor dears.” So everything has been finalized, standardized and equalized.

Right after 2001, the most fortunate thing that ever happened to get this agenda underway. It was announced here in Canada that the Secret Security Services, like CSIS, which is kind of a play on “Sees Us” (or “Sieze Us”), in a way, but it’s also an ancient Greek king. None of these names are there by accident. Here the nickname is “big sis,” and this was started up by Pierre Trudeau, who was the Communist leader for Comintern, the young Communists of Canada, back in the 1950s, who later became prime minister of Canada under the liberal government. Not one newspaper in Canada bothered to publish this fact, that he had been a leader of the Comintern, and lead the 1952 delegation from Canada to Moscow. That’s a free press. They tell us all we need to know, don’t they?

Trudeau brought in CSIS, where they took over from the RCMP (Royal Canadian Mounted Police) investigations and hired people, generally from upper-crust Ivy League schools, universities. Some of them were professors, in fact. Professors are a favorite for working for these kinds of things, like the CIA. They also do recruitment at universities. They do the personality profiling of candidates; and then approach them to work for these agencies; and then they put them out into society into different positions. Some of them end up in newspapers, and work as editors, even. The CIA has been famous for putting their own people into all news groups and reporters, and Canada is no different, and neither is Britain.

They have them scattered through universities and through all walks of life. Some of them work on a contract basis, in fact. They take small contract jobs on. We are already living, and we have been living, for at least 60 years now, under complete observation. 9/11 gave them official permission, to themselves, to make it open to the public that they can spy on you, but they’ve been doing this all along.

Alexander Graham Bell, the high freemason, was chosen to get the patent – there was a guy, who really did all the work, and it should have gone to another fellow – but the big Masonic board gave Alexander Graham Bell the patent on the telephone. They’ve been listening to your telephone calls all along. All along and never telling the public. That was always routine. Now, occasionally on the news they’ll show you – even on local news they’ll show you – offices of police workers, working on computers, scouring the Internet. This is all for your local area, for you too, to see what you’re looking into – and nobody minds. I don’t see people saying, “I’m sick of this. I’ve had enough of this. Who gave them permission to go into my site and open my mail, et cetera?”  Nobody cares anymore; because most of the people have had their instincts for self-preservation destroyed, chemically by inoculations, and by use of viruses and bacterium specifically designed to target areas of the brain.

Get the book, “The Ghost in the Machine,” by Arthur Koestler. K-O-E-S-T-L-E-R.  “The Ghost in the Machine”.  He worked for the United Nations to find ways to lobotomize the public. He was only one of many, many people working for the United Nations on this problem. In the last chapter, for those who are impatient and can’t read, he sums it all up in the last chapter, and he tells you why he is totally for it and believes in it, again, for “world peace”. 

It’s interesting that even communism, the other hand of capitalism and financed by it – Communism definedpeace as “the complete absence of all opposition.”  Interesting, eh?

You can see by the reactions of the public today when they have no response. There was no massive outcry when the basic need of food had been tampered with, and they admitted it eventually. There was no outrage. Instead, the media did silly little quips on corn. Do you like this corn or that corn? And, they’d find somebody with an IQ of 5, who’d say, “Well, I don’t mind. It tastes the same to me,” and that was our opinion given to us, and that’s about it. There was no huge outcry at all.

The population of Canada had been the guinea pigs to test this stuff for ten years, which they admitted to, eventually, when it broke out from Britain, that we had been guinea pigs.  Some NGO’s (Non-Governmental Organizations) in Britain complained, when Tony Blair was trying to make it mandatory there to bring in the GMO (Genetically Modified Organism) foods. That’s how it leaked across to Canada that we were the guinea pigs for it. We were being studied, by these scientists and doctors filling reports on different sicknesses and aliments, all getting fed to a central computer in Ottawa, across the whole country.

It was admitted in the papers – there was a central computer that collected all data on every Canadian. They just didn’t tell us why they were doing it. Well, it made sense when it broke out about the GMO foods. They were monitoring the health of all age groups from then on. So then the government had to come out and say, “Oh, yeah, yeah, we did make a deal,” and they admitted in the newspapers: THEY MADE A SECRET DEAL WITH MONSANTO AND OTHER COMPANIES TO TEST THIS ON THE PUBLIC.

Now again, by the old myth, of course, we fall into the old myth trap – “the government’s there to serve you”, right? NO, no it’s not. NEVER WAS. NEVER WAS. Those in the government are authorized to be there, not by you, either. So there they are, calmly testing this, following the health of the public, down through the years, to see what effects it would have on the public, and they know. I’m sure they would know, even before it was given to the public, what findings they would find eventually. But there’s no big outcry about it. You’re getting fluoridated water. We know what that does to the old “brain-box” and all the other things injected into you, along the Koestler-method of “The Ghost in the Machine.” Then you have the spraying in the skies, and the GMO food, and well, people can’t figure it out, because most of them are too far-gone now. They have been successfully lobotomized.

Anyone who believes that the media is real, and the six o’clock news is real, has officially been lobotomized. Their critical thinking ability has been compromised or demolished, eliminated – kaput.  All of the testing, from all the years, down the years, on the animals, has been there to be used on man eventually, and it is being used.

The elite in ancient times — even the United States — isn’t it odd that the U.S. founding fathers said they looted all the histories; of all previous governments, systems and regimes; and they say that of ancient Rome was the best one to choose. Rome had a small elite at the top. Eventually, about three quarters of the population were, officially, slaves, and there was no stigma in those days about having slaves. It was a normal thing to do. It still is normal. It’s just that they give you a pittance, and we buy ourselves the clothes, food, the vehicle to get to work and so on. WE’RE SELF-MAINTAINED SLAVES.  WE JUST DON’T KNOW IT, even though, if you stop and think that if you are forced to pay part of your labor back in money to anybody, which is extortion, you see – a different name for extortion. Extortion is a demand for money, estate or something real from you (or your time, even) and if you don’t comply, then they will punish you severely.  That’s called extortion.

By the use of terminology, they can change the perception of the event. Threat is threat. Force is force. Extortion is extortion. When they first brought in income taxes, it was supposed to be a temporary war tax, and in fact, you would be unpatriotic if you didn’t pay it. That was a CON then.

Ancient Rome was the principle upon, which the U.S. (supposedly) was founded, with its the Senate. A word pinched by the Romans, from the Egyptians, because the Senate in Egyptian meant “the chessboard.”  The chessboard is the tesserated floor of freemasonry. Play two sides of the game. And, the lovely ancient Romans had the same problem about, “How do you keep track of all your slaves?” All these peasants, you see, the “little people.”  What they decided was you could brand them. If they ran away, you could brand them, often on the forehead. But, the owners used to also have a little bait – circles of clay or ceramic with a stamp on it, and they’d break it in half and had holes drilled through them, and the slave wore one part as a necklace and the owner had the other, and that way when a slave was found they could always claim the slave, if the two halves met together.

What they used to do, too, like the ancient Greeks, same thing, because it was the same aristocracy that moved from Greece and became Rome, and the same monied system. The same old system, down through the ages, came in and created Rome. Even to the end, some of the elite Romans still talked Greek. They used to cut the thumbs of the male slaves, so they could not hold a sword and retaliate or hold a spear. Control, control, control.  If they could have lobotomized them (back then) and still kept efficiency up, they would have done so.

We are living in a laboratory here. There are no experiments done on the public.  The experimentation was done long ago. We don’t react to anything, because like Koestler says, “we shall destroy that part of the brain which is the survival mechanism for individuals” and he said, “The public won’t need it because the State would be making all their decisions for them.”  That’s happening now.

Britain was one of the worst countries for this, even growing up. The news was more like official decrees from Moscow, than anything else. All we had was that the ministry of this has stated that, “yada-yada-ya,” and then the ministry of that has stated, “yada-yada-ya”. These are official decrees from governments.  Even the way it was presented was to make you feel small, insignificant and powerless. That’s why it was presented that way. Nothing was done by accident.

We are under a totalitarian-type system. When they were taking all of the industry out of Britain, after World War II, right through the ’50s, ’60s, ’70s, ’80s, generations were growing up without work. Maggie Thatcher came on television and actually stated that when she was in office. “There are generations growing up now that will not see work in their lifetime. Get used to it.”  She had the pub hours extended. She says “it was better to have them inside spending welfare money in the pubs all day, than demonstrating on the streets.”

On a “Man Alive” program, she was heard to say to the Minister of Education, caught by a boom microphone, in parliament, walking out one of the corridors. She said, “The worst thing we ever gave the poor was education.”  And the “Man Alive” team quizzed her on her policies and said to her, “Do you realize you’re turning this back into the small aristocratic elites, who live in the big house, and the peasants stand outside the gates doffing their hats and bowing, as the lady passes by in her carriage?”  Maggie Thatcher said, “Yes and so what. What’s wrong with that??

These people are not elected by us. They have never represented us. They’ve always known what they wanted, and for those countries who think, “no, our people aren’t like that at the top”, well, good luck. Live in your fantasy – because they’re all interrelated. They all know each other. They all go to the same lodges. They all get their orders from the same source. They all know the global agenda, from the smallest countries to the largest.

And, like David Rockefeller said, “You can’t create an omelet without breaking eggs,” when he talked about the massive unemployment, that would come to North America, during the amalgamation. That was the same technique that they used on Britain, and other countries, when they de-industrialized over many years. Bad news, every day, year after year. Factories closing. They never told the public why. They never told them that they set-up a department in 1948, in London, a Department of Government, to work out all the problems and do all the legal paperwork leading up to all the negotiations for the amalgamation of Europe.  They didn’t admit that to the public until it was done and the parliament was up and running in Brussels, Belgium. Then they declassified all of this and said, “Yes, we lied to you all along,” and it said right in it, that, “THE PUBLIC MUST NOT BE TOLD THE TRUTH UNTIL IT IS COMPLETELY COMPLETED.”

We think and we’re told we’re free. We’re always told the same rubbish, generation after generation. Now the whole world is in the grip of this “reign of terror” (by governments on the public), as they broaden terror to include opinions on things – on many other things, on anything. That’s where it’s expanding into, until you can’t express an opinion on anything. That’s where it’s leading to. 

IT’S A REIGN OF TERROR ON THE PUBLIC.

And, long before 9/11, we saw the massive buildup of SWAT teams from every place, every country – with the same black uniforms. Black signifies death, killer, and the executioner. This is standard. They recruit the psychopaths to do it (with the itchy fingers to pull that trigger) – little, immature people, who still should be watching cartoons.

We watch it all, and only a few people understand what it’s all really about. The rest think it’s a natural evolution. These internal armies of police will be used on the public at the right time, and it’s all coming. It will come. The war on terror will expand to include everything, everything. We’re seeing a duplication of the Soviet system, in all of its entirety, with even more sophistication. More laws, rules, regulations, and more money to buy the services, create the services, to enforce it all. We’re living through this right now, and because Joe or Jane Average can go from their home to their shopping mall, at the moment, unopposed, they think everything is just rosy and peachy, and buy what they want, as long as the credit cards keep getting thrown out there.

When a country rises to the top, it’s not because the workers are any better than the workers in any other country. It’s because the bankers have made the availability of credit open and available to everyone. That’s standard. Old technique. Plato talked about how easy it was — so easy to take down an advanced nation. What he meant by that was an “artificial society”.  He talked about the beehives.  The cities were to be the beehives, where the agenda of the “Guardian class” would be pushed through.  Nothing is normal in a city.  Nothing can be normal in a city, because of the hype, and so on, but it produces nothing, you see.

The basic needs of life – that’s what normal is. When you must have food and everything brought into you, when eventually you must tax the rural areas (as ancient Rome did, as the modern city-states do) to survive, to make the city-states survive themselves – that’s not normal. All hell and perversions come out into cities. The city people can be taught anything, to believe anything, too. So, the cities (the beehives) would always be in the lead to change the rest of the world, but he said, they’re also the easiest to destroy. The more advanced a society is, the more far removed it is from nature, from agriculture and basic survival – then the faster it will fall. The easier it is to bring down.

When they pull the plug — when they eventually do, I don’t think we’ll have one big severe pull. I think they’ll give us many crises, along the way, to get to train us to the next step and the next step. You will see your lifestyle being taken away.

Right now, on every politician’s lips — Now this is another thing I meant to say, before I forget, jumping back to Shelley Anne-Clark and the Free Trade negotiations. It was also discussed during those negotiations, before NAFTA, that they were thinking of making Montreal the new capital, the new “Brussels for the Americas.” She talked about this in the early ’90’s. Just last week, the Canadian government, without telling the public, really – (Interesting, when they want the public to get up and hype and respond and get involved, they make sure we all do with hype, hype, hype.) This time, when Quebec was given special status as a nation within a nation, they did it all quietly. They didn’t want public involvement because it was a “MUST-BE.” A Masonic “MUST-BE,” you see. They all passed this decision. They voted on it and Quebec now has a nation status. Now, the capital of Quebec is Montreal. What a coincidence. Just in time for the upcoming amalgamations of the Americas, and it will satisfy everyone, you see, logically. They don’t want the U.S. to be in charge, and then everybody else will bitch, because the U.S. has the reputation of robbing every other country through its corporations. They don’t want Canada to be the boss because we’re supposed to be too “left-wing,” which is nonsense actually. That’s the persona they give us.

But here’s a new place, that hasn’t had the same history, and, “bingo!” that’s where it will be. Of course, you’ll find that Montreal will be the head of the banking for the Americas, with its own special rules under the Napoleonic code. That’s what they go by.  The corporations based there won’t pay the taxes, and so on. It just happens to be set-up that way. What a coincidence. “Montreal” is also the biggest castle the Knights Templars’ had over in the Middle East, but that too must be a coincidence.  The “Real Mountain,” eh? The pyramid.

Well, they always say everything’s in front of our faces if we care to look, and sure enough it is. So, we’ve covered the mind control thing, body tampering, brain tampering, unification of the Americas and the spraying in the skies (they never give up) – the manipulation of the weather. They must make us completely convinced that we are causing the warming, so we give up all our rights, to go into the next phase, which is habitat areas for humans. In other words, ghettos, that we’ll all be flooded into, and live like fleas, up on top of each other. What a lovely future, eh?  But then, how many care?

People must be exposed who are doing this. The associations they belong to must be exposed. Until the public does that, they’ll be guided, in secrecy and by secrecy.

Well, I’m going to get back out and get frozen, working on the snow blower, and get the cylinder head and the valves back in.  I hope you’ll keep safe and well.  For me and Hamish the dog, it’s good night and may your god go with you.

“SEPTICS, SKEPTICS AND THE DRUGGING OF INNER SPACE
November 22, 2006

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and it is November 22nd, 2006, and winter certainly is coming in pretty fast. I’ve just been doing the last little chore before the real snow starts. There’s been some flurries which haven’t lasted long and this is the big one because there’s some work you put off and put off because of its nature, and it’s work on the septic system you see. Very important part and it’s a dirty job but somebody’s got to do it, and I looked for somebody all over the forest and I just kept going round in circles and bumping into myself, and just to cap it off as well I got the spade out and was out there with my Chinese Wellington rubber boots from Canadian Tire (should call it “Chinadian Tire”) and the darn sole fell off, just when I put it on the spade.  I’ll tell you, I used some expletives for these capitalistic communists, a phenomenon that no one’s explained to the world, and then I found that really sheer panic in a crisis is the mother of invention and I got some Goop and ‘Gooped’ the sole back on and some duck tape and so far it’s held.

Now I understand the Prime Minister of Canada is over in the Communist Vietnam dealing with trade and the leader of China is there, so if Mr. Harper would just mention not to cut back so much to maximize their profits and put some glue in their products, maybe they’ll last a wee bit longer, or maybe they’ve cornered the market and they don’t have to care anymore.

Now first off, I would like to thank the Australian listeners who emailed the information on their mandatory voting and true enough they have to vote. There’s a fine if you don’t and possible imprisonment if you don’t cough up the fine and this has been going on since before I was born, so I guess Australia was way ahead or at least on par with the Soviet system because they introduced the same thing about the same time and now other countries are talking about making it mandatory because they can’t get enough people to vote. The reason that you must vote, you see, according to the system, is so that when everything goes wrong and they make all these strange decisions they turn round and tell you “well you voted us in.” That’s how the CON GAME works.

Politics truly is a Punch and Judy show for the public. It’s wrestling match and even the way it’s played up during the election times. They use sports terminology. Military terminology as though it was a battle and it’s all fake. It’s all fake for the public. It’s just as fake as this agreement in Kyoto, where they just happened to have the major storms along the west coast of Canada and the U.S. as the Kyoto Conference was finishing up on global warming. What a coincidence, eh?
Of course we were getting massively sprayed before that just to make the storm occur so that Joe Public will think, gee, we’ve got to give up all our rights to be safe and go into little habitat areas and start voluntarily committing suicide to bring down the population. That’s how it’s done. That’s really how it is done.
Those in the bottom of level one reality will think that’s farfetched because they’ve swallowed the complete indoctrination. The Kyoto Conference is a formality where things are simply signed. Where the real work has gone on for the last few years by bureaucracies of governments going over there and drafting things up and having negotiations. The same with this trade agreement held in Vietnam, the prime ministers and presidents go over just to put their little X on the official charters that are drafted up by the bureaucrats and the bureaucrats do all the leg work over the years before the meeting and everything’s decided, so the figureheads go over to put their X on the spot and that’s how the world is really run, like a huge business plan. Huge business plan.
Everything’s worked out generations ahead at least.

Now apart from that, I was thinking of talking about how people are CONNED in public meetings when leaflets come round asking you to come to a public meeting or some meeting that’s going to concern you or your household or whatever, or the water supply or you name it, and these are consensus meetings using a technique. They send out “consensus builders” and “facilitators” they call them. Facilitators are taught in a technique of psychology to manipulate people into a prearranged agreement, a pre-directed agreement, and they call the technique the “Delphi Technique.” You should check that up, it’s interesting.
What they do is they load the audience with their own people to begin with. They’re scattered through the audience. You’ll sit in almost a school-type fashion because you’re pre-trained to see the person up front as a teacher, a person in authority, and the first thing they do is come in and give you the premise. The premise is: “Oh there’s going to be no water shortly.” Crisis, crisis, crisis and once they have you to agree on the premise (which is a theory), once you’ve agreed on that, they can take you the rest of the road to the end – the prearranged end. These facilitators are trained to also look for those in the audience who generally sit up front, by the way, the teacher pleasers, the kind who bring an apple for the teacher. They love authority. They’re sort of sadomasochistic. They worship authority. They’d love to have it and so they’re the “goody two shoes” who will agree with everything the facilitator is saying; and if you try and speak up and give an opposing point of view to anything, you’ll find these people pleasers will butt in and call you down. Then the ones who are scattered in the audience and pre-placed there will back them up.
This is a technique. They’re trained in government circles. They have the facilitators trained to do this and so you swallow the premise, which is a theory, which always means you’re going to lose something; and once you swallow the premise, they can take you all those stages along the logical thinking way. You see you’re linear thinkers because you’ve been trained in school to be linear and they know that you must come to the conclusion that’s predetermined and so you’re giving your consent to their business plan basically.

Everyone should be careful about this and look into the “Delphi Technique.” It’s a very interesting technique that’s used on the public. Now that’s a straightforward Delphi Technique, the same technique can be used even on radio to bring you to a predetermined conclusion, especially if you belong to a group of any kind. They know the psychology of all groups but they also know the psychology and the content of the one that you want to belong to or do belong to, either New Age, Christian, Hindu or whatever it happens to be, and they’ll use certain buzz words; such as New Age will always use words like “traveling,” “journey,” that kind of thing. In fact, the Masons that used to push Communism were called “fellow travelers” you see.  They use buzzwords which you will relate to if you belong to a certain group and you’re falling into their trap. They know your psychology. They know what you believe and they can bring you to a predetermined conclusion; and of course, specialty radio caters for different kinds of groups.

There’s the Catholic radio (universal one) on the radio, who have all the catch phrases and the names that you hear all the time in Catholicism of rituals and so on, so they’re talking your language, your conditioned language. The New Agers are totally – oh boy, oh boy. They have a massive vocabulary now, rehashes of rehashes going back to the Renaissance to the present time and they literally are conditioned to respond as soon as they hear these phrases. It’s a wonderful technique the “Delphi Technique” and it’s basically the understanding, as the ancients always said and as every pharaoh was taught by the priests from childhood, the psychology of the masses and how to manage them, how to guide and steer them along the path that YOU want to lead them. The only way you can avoid this is be an individual and thinking for yourself and not allow yourself to get into a classification of a group.

A group is just a pigeon hole for you on a wall and there’s lots of pigeon holes and there’s even variations within certain groups of pigeon holes, like the Protestant Christianity. There’s so many different sects. Some of them vehemently hate each other because they wave with their right hands and the other ones wave with their left and all these really deep things they have, rituals and stuff.  Some of them will say “Yahweh” and some of them will say “Yahaaveh” and it goes on and on and on, and “Yashua” and “Yeshu” and on it goes and Jesus, and they’re almost already to kill each other over sounds, sounds in the air. That’s how silly it all is.
However, it also shows you the baseness of humanity because they can’t transcend and they never will, those people, the inner meanings behind all of it. They take the exoteric and because the exoteric is meant to confuse, but it’s almost meant to be swallowed by those who are linear thinkers, they have these arguments about the meanings of things and it’s madness; whereas the esoteric is really clear.

The next thing I’d like to mention is that I get hundreds of emails generally saying “I know you’re a busy man but could you just answer one question?” and on a daily basis if I was to answer ever question, I’d be sitting here all day long getting nothing done and there’s a second reason. If you’re still in Level One Reality, I couldn’t give you the answer you’d expect.

To give you an honest answer would take building you up and taking you up through your conditioning preparing you for the answer with knowledge and then giving you the answer. That’s the only way to do justice to a lot of these questions. They seem simple in a Level One Reality fashion, but I can’t give you a simplistic pat answer because that would be misleading you; and some radio hosts and shows that I’ve been on, they’re definitely in Level One Reality. They ask you the most profound questions (from my point of view) and when I won’t give them the answer they’re peeved and it’s because you can’t do justice. You can mislead people by a flippant straightforward Level One answer because it won’t be the complete truthful answer you see.

For all you people who have emailed with one question here or there, I don’t have the time to go through all of this and you’ll probably find that some of the answers you’re looking for are on the Internet if you dare venture into that realm, because from one of the shows that I did last week with sort of a Christian New Age combination you can see how confused they are and most of their information I’m sure comes from the Internet. The biggest authorized players in the New Age are put out there to be heroes to lead you to massive confusion and they’ve been doing that for over 600 years now, that we can actually trace.
They give you the heroes to oppose convention, but in reality it’s to sway you into the next phase of conditioning for the next society, generally bringing in the fantastic with it. I’ve had so many people phone me up and email me about the reptilian people that they haven’t seen. They haven’t seen any of them, but because it’s been written in a book – and there’s the power of “the written word”. It’s like the Bible. It must be true because it’s in the book, see, and it’s the same with all books. If it’s in the book it must be true and if about half a dozen books come out saying nonsense then it must be truer than true. That’s the psychology that people fall for. It doesn’t matter if it’s a billion books coming out and saying it. It still doesn’t make it true.  I’m fighting the bizarre and the Tavistock Instituted nonsense put out by the superstars generally from the UK, who, by the way, one of them phoned different stations and asked them not to have me on after sending me a bunch of nasty emails.

Be careful. Be very, very careful. Guard the corridors of your mind carefully.  It’s your most precious possession.

Don’t let anyone come in with fantastic stories which entice you into a labyrinth of confusion and don’t let anyone either tell you that it’s fate, whether it’s a church because it was written in a book long ago so, “see, it has to happen. All this stuff has to happen.” I don’t say Revelations isn’t true. I just say that REVELATIONS IS A PLAN. It’s not an ordained thing by must mystery deity. It’s a plan, written in typical mystery religion speak, mystery speak for the esoteric who can understand. Not for the exoteric “profane” as they say. They’re following that. It’s a business plan.
It’s the same with anything else to do with fortune telling. It’s a great psychological technique to disarm people to make them think there’s nothing they can do because see it’s fate. It’s the same trick whether it’s card games, horoscopes, or anything else. That’s the trick to make you give up your own reasoning power and your ability to create a future for yourself.
YOU CREATE YOUR FATE, YOUR DESTINY. THAT’S WHAT YOU’RE HERE FOR.

These shysters know how to rob you of that ability and they always give you the fantastic stuff to swallow the bait and because people can not handle individuality very, very well with all of its decision making, uncertainty, they want especially in a time of more major crisis, as we’re going through now, they want a promise of security. That’s why they’re taking all your freedoms away, to make you safe you see. This is the nonsense we’re fed and it’s same thing with the psychological warfare departments with all their people who talk about fate and destiny and it’s written yah de yah de yah.

That steals the power of creating your own destiny. It also makes you small. Once you swallow that stuff it makes you feel small and helpless and you’ll feel you’re up against forces which are unseen and invisible and there’s nothing you can do. It’s the oldest trick in the book.

When Germany was going to invade Poland, they had rewritten the prophecies of Nostradamus and they dropped thousands of leaflets all over the major cities and in those prophecies they had it “well this is going to happen to Poland” you see and it worked wonders, psychological warfare. You give up before you even begin. That’s what psychological warfare is all about.

Now I’ve had some of the younger ones call me and ask me about taking drugs to get their mystic experiences because the chosen Pied Pipers again, the Big Boys who are put out there, are advocating drugs to get your shamanistic experience and to meet “the all,” you know.  It’s so interesting, they’ve done this every so often down through history and the present generation never saw the mayhem of the 1960’s and ’70’s or the suicides or those who died vomiting up stuff as they were going through withdrawals from heroin and people who drove cars into brick walls when they were chewing magic mushrooms and seeing Walt Disney climb along the walls, cartoon figures.
These drugs do not give you a true experience and I know people today who went through it all who are convinced that they had mystical experiences and yet the same people have had so many dreams all conjured up from the unconscious, the sea of the unconscious, where anything is possible and they’ve had parts of their brain stimulated by specifically designed drugs, again by the Big Boys, and they’re convinced they had a real experience. Well that’s fine for them, but they haven’t because I’ve spoken to many of them and they’re no wiser today as they were when they were 18, never mind the side effects of the drugs.
I knew people who walked out of third-floor apartment windows who walked into the air and went down, on drugs promoted from the top downwards. “Lucy in the Sky With Diamonds,” LSD, lucid, lucid, Lucy, Lucy, Lucy, Lucy the “light bringer” again you see, was promoted by the British government. Limos used to throw bags of LSD over university walls at the beginning to get the rage started, to make it a fad and a rage you see, and they brought the pop guys on who were stoned out of their heads onto television and this is the BBC, the most conservative Eatonian type of programming on the planet. Everybody at that time was recruited to work from the BBC from Eaton, that was mandatory, so as that the upper middle classes kept a hold of everything, the culture creation.
They interviewed these guys who were stoned and could hardly put a sentence together and then the interviewer would say “oh how naughty are we. We’re terribly naughty.” This is to encourage the young. Then they brought out Dr. Timothy Leary with his white coat, the scientist again (we’re trained to listen to experts), who went round stages in universities wearing his white coat talking as an expert telling us about the wonders of drugs. Now it’s declassified from the CIA he worked for the CIA, so here’s the CIA promoting hallucinogenic drugs.

Quite the world we live in. Well, the New Agers are recycling the same stuff that you’ve got to get your experience through drugs; and drugs have been used by the big Brahmins in India for thousand of years to control the people there. For every action there’s an equal and opposite reaction, and when you’re having your fantastic experience in seeing Jolly Green Giants walking around, you’re also having something done to specific parts of your brain because these drugs are all heavily, heavily modified drugs, even the plant ones.

Victor Rothschild of the banking family in the 1940’s worked at Porton Down’s bacterial and warfare facility and he also was in charge of an experimentation group using LSD on selected people. They even used it on members of MI5 and Peter Wright wrote about that. He was in MI5 and attached to MI6 and he writes about Lord Rothschild advocating these experiments. They were testing it out long before they gave it to the teeny-boppers to blow their minds and control them.
When you go through the LSD experiences, especially in a habitual way, you’ll find it hard to tell what’s real and what is not real. You also have flashbacks. These flashbacks can last the rest of your life, where you’re walking along a road and suddenly you’re hallucinating again because part of the brain was damaged. The drugs are meant to go to specific receptors within the brain and they damage them.  Yet, here are the gurus of the New Age and it’s amazing how the New Agers gobble – they’re the best consumers of religion out there. They’re better than any other religion today because it’s been made to be so through heavy promotion and financing, and they don’t even question how these books all get out there so cheaply and stack the shelves with guru-this and guru-that advocating this and that kind of drug; but that’s the present craze right now, is drugs for your mystical experience.

It never occurs to them because they’re not individuals; it never occurs to them that there could be any other way. It never does. They want the easy, fast way, a chemical way. The chemical way, hey. “Here’s the money. Give me the experience.” They have no knowledge of the topics – they only have an exoteric and very superficial exoteric understanding of that which they think they’re involved in or believe in and yet they are the modern ones with the drive-thru mentality. Drive-thru coffee. Drive-thru donuts. Drive-thru give me the experience. “Here’s the money. Give me the experience.” No patience.

It’s fascinating to see how this has all been created for them and how they have fallen so easily for it, with their own vocabulary which they didn’t invent. The Big Boys that gave them the whole culture invented that for them. It’s fascinating to watch it all being played out again and promoted and because the gurus who led them are put out as fronts and who they themselves are only partly trained in the exoteric. They must lead them on the same path always because they can’t go any further. They don’t have the knowledge or the abilities so they advocate drugs.

We jump back to a coincidence, many coincidences. Here’s one book, was Charles Galton Darwin talking about ways to control the public in the 1950’s advocating possibility the use of hormones and so on in the food to make the men weaker and more effeminate, less able to stand up for their rights et cetera. Also, he advocated different kinds of drugs to calm them all down or confuse them; it didn’t matter which, as long as you put them out of action; and others wrote about that too. Big players wrote about it and here it’s being pushed again and with another generation growing up in ignorance, as always, because they always hide knowledge of the previous so they can play the same games over and over with every generation. That’s why generally they have wars at least 20 years apart. That’s another crop growing up you see of young people who are totally ignorant of the last war. This is all science we’re run by. Everything is a routine of science.

Therefore, no, I don’t personally advocate the use of drugs to gain some mystical experience, and again, too, you’ll never ever be able to be certain because you knew you took the drug if it was real or not. You can tell by studies that have been done over hundreds of years, there’s a good chance it definitely was not. Your unconscious can conjure up any kind of dream, fantasy or nightmare, and these drugs are specifically designed to stimulate the limbic system. They’re perfected you might say, so whatever you do in that realm you do so at your own peril.

It’s a sad thing to see that when the greatest gift anyone is given is the ability to be completely conscious and it’s understandable with the crisis creation to create uncertainty, confusion and fear that people are unable to handle their unconscious mind so they turn to something to escape. Again, it’s all a technique, but when you see such a war being played on your conscious mind, that should be your queue. Rather than throw away your ability to be conscious, fight to keep it, fight to retain your conscious mind, your ability to go further. Don’t be afraid of all the hype they throw your way and impending gloom, doom and horror and crisis after crisis. That’s the technique to wear you down. It’s the technique to control you.

Another thing I’ve said over and over is that the big well-funded people who come out either pretending to lead you through the New Age did not get there by chance and the other ones who go into the political side of things and that’s their chant, is to wrap you back into politics again and terrify you with all the impending things that are going to happen to you. Well see, psychological warfare doesn’t care who gives that information to you, whether it’s a guy in government or a person who pretends to speak for you. The whole idea is to paralyze you with fear so that you’re not thinking critically and rationally, so be careful. You are the guardian of your own mind. No one else is.

Within those walls that protect your mind you have sacred ground. Sacred ground. Be careful who you allow to walk upon it. Now I’m not saying that this is all there is, this place here. The place that the northern peoples called “Hella,” which is where we get the word “hell” from. There’s more to it of course than just this the mundane. However, you certainly won’t get a truth which you can confirm and you certainly won’t get ultimate truths by taking drugs to do it, chemicals.

This world truly is only one part of something. Just getting through the mundane stuff, the mind control which is everywhere, is bad enough and almost impossible for most people. It’s like religion. They say “you can take a person out of religion but it’s hard to get the religion out of the person.” It’s the same with the reality on Level One. They keep trying to refer back to that which they have been previously trained to believe. That’s why they always fall for politics, even though older people have maybe voted five, six, seven or more times in their life, eight times, more, and yet the agenda’s rammed forth regardless of who gets in. They never learn. They still fall back into the conditioned response of voting and hoping, even though their previous experience tells them otherwise. They ignore it. That’s them falling right back.

It’s the same with teaching someone who isn’t ready to be taught in higher truths. They’ll still try and fight you because they’re thinking in their base level one reality. They don’t want to let it go; and to learn truths you must be prepared to jump out of an airplane without a parachute. You can’t take anything with you that’s familiar. That’s not searching for truth. That’s an insurance policy that you’re after – an insurance policy that connects you with the familiar. Truth doesn’t work that way. It doesn’t come with guarantees that you’ll have happy endings in the way that you presume.

Most people can not even look at themselves honestly. Part of the reason is they are a composite of what society has conditioned them to be and the culture that they were born into has conditioned them to be. The other part is ego in this system is promoted. You can’t obtain honesty unless you overcome ego. The whole New Age concept is to please your ego, to tell you you’re special and wonderful and that nasty things could happen but here’s how to avoid them, just follow these rules and come back for the next course and pay your bucks; but it’s meant to be flattering. The New Age is flattering to the individual. It’s part of the spider’s web to entice you in.

We are not bumbling along and stumbling our way in time. Everything that happens in your lifetime in a major way that affects everyone is planned that way. We live in a totally controlled system, a system with bars which you never saw before. It’s only the occasional person who’s tried to get out of the system who suddenly finds the bars are there. They go up in front of them and people from agencies appear and talk to them. For the general population, they never experience that so they don’t see the bars.

There’s nothing in culture and in your system that wasn’t designed and made to be so, and counter-intelligence listens to all avenues of information and emulates it and gives you superstars who will say the same stuff and then will spin it off and you’ll follow them because you’re trained to follow what you perceive to be the superstar, the successful one, the one who’s making the big bucks. He must be good if he’s making the big bucks.

That’s how you’re trained to see it and therefore if a vagabond tells you ultimate truths you would ignore them. In fact, you wouldn’t even hear what was being said. Your ears would be closed. Yet if the big boys put out some charlatan you’ll listen to every syllable they utter and swallow it all without question.
I’ve been at this for years and I’ve watched the big boys say exactly what I’ve said on the previous night’s show the following day. Now obviously the big boys aren’t scouring all the air waves. There are agencies within every country which record all radio shows and television shows and to keep their boys on top they must appear to say something first. That’s the game they play.  I’ve had this before, people have written in and said, “do you know so-and-so is saying exactly what you said?” Well I do know these things because it’s been happening for years and some people have made books really on information I’ve given out for free and then spun the truth, of course. Always spinning it and that’s counter-intelligence. That’s how it works.

You can’t allow truth to be told and the bubble to be burst and maintain control at the same time. You must present to the public superstars. The ancient Egyptians knew this technique, this science, very well and they called them “the wandering stars.” They give you “the wandering stars” and the people follow them. That’s why Hollywood has stars. You follow the stars. They’re more interested in the gossip about the stars, even though it’s all bogus and fake, than you are about what’s happening within your own family or to those around you. You get caught up in it because you worship the material success. Those who seem to be up there with the material success in these professions are placed there, whether they are producers, writers, whatever, they’re specially selected, specially groomed and their careers are made for them because there’s no chance allowed in culture creation and control. Everything must be managed.

Anything from the grass roots could upset the whole balance of things; it wouldn’t be under the control of the elite. This technique and this science was laid out by many of the ancients, including Plato and other contemporaries of the same period, of culture creation – how it worked, who was in charge of it, how they always kept in charge of it and all of the components that go into creating it.

When you see that for thousands of years Christianity alone ruled a good part of the world and people didn’t question it. That’s all they were told was what was in that book and even then for hundreds of years they weren’t even told what was in the book. It was forbidden to read it. Only the priests could read it and even then they’d only read it occasionally.

THE BIBLE USED TO BE CHAINED TO THE ALTAR UP UNTIL THE MIDDLE AGES. Most of what was being taught was dogma. It was the church dogma. That’s why the Protestants put out the Geneva Bible. They weren’t Protestants really. They were Rosicrucians and Masons, they simply transformed into the term Masonry, it was the same movement behind it.  For the first time peoples could read things for themselves and say, “my goodness. What’s all this dogma got to do with what’s in this book?” And really it was nothing. The dogma was there for controlling the people. Well, if that was controlling the people for one and a half thousand years at that time, do you really think with all the sophistication of today’s media, where you have instant access to data right to your home 24-hours a day, do you really think it’s not being used now including with the New Age movement? Of course it is.

Blavatsky herself said and Pike said that the spearhead of bringing in the New Age would be the universities because they’d place the professors there to teach slants on things and the students would follow and rebel, to demand certain things. They would demand exactly what the big boys wanted, and the other part would be spearheaded through the churches and the churches were infiltrated long ago to bring in the New Age.

It’s interesting that Adam Weishaupt, who was one member of one group of the same groups worldwide, said the greatest way to bring in members, including the low members who knew nothing of the real motives and agenda behind the movement, the greatest way to bring them in is to give them mystery. Mystery. It fascinates them. It fascinates them and they come in droves. They pay their money. They get on their knees. They do all these rituals and they think they’re going to be told the truth.  We’re living in a totally controlled system.

I’ve had overtures from some of the big ones with basically the offer of a very sweet and golden age for myself if I go along and go easy on certain people. I know the reasons why it’s important that these certain people seem to be up there in front. They’ve been well groomed and well financed and the ground work was laid a long time ago for them coming, and I’m upsetting some apple carts but I must be true to myself first and I can’t go along with that.  I found in past experience that those who offer you the big payoffs if you go along are stunned when you refuse them—and I mean stunned—and I’ve seen this face-to-face at times. They can’t figure you out because they have no integrity themselves. They might be in the most supposedly prestigious positions but they have no integrity. That’s why they’re in those prestigious positions.

However, they truly, truly are dumbfounded that you can’t just “play the game” and go along and take the payoffs. They’re confused and I’ve had quite a few offers over the last year or so, longer in fact. This is the real world we live in. Most people will give in and play the game and become pied pipers and promote each other you see. People who’ve been trained by the big boys, MI5, MI6, who put Aleister Crowley out there to create another part of the New Age movement. Did a very good job of it. Created the OTO, a Freemasonic branch. A specialty branch you might say. Not for the lower members but for the higher members.

Just like all the monasteries in past times, they spun off other specialized sects to specialized jobs. This is how it works. It’s always worked this way.  However, first and foremost you have to be true to yourself. You can’t be true to others unless you are and your prime purpose is to be true to yourself.
I’ve lost count of the number of people who’ve called me over the years who followed and been involved in what we now loosely term the “New Age”, the ones who are the emotional and psychic wrecks that have become imprisoned in a world they’re terrified of. A world akin to Haiti where spells are cast by people on people and you visit the witch doctor to have the spells removed – probably the same guy that put the spell on you for someone else. This is the ridiculousness it comes down to, where all these energies and forces are acting on people until people are breaking down. They’re mentally breaking down with all of this. They can’t make a move without a card reading or a pendulum swinging over yes or no, “Should I go out today?” or someone with a horoscope. The traditional methods of what we now call the New Age, which is ancient, but they’re imprisoned in their lives. They have no happiness, no peace.

Everything is a sign or an evil entity and this was all created for them by something which was intended initially to fascinate them and they took the bait and they went into it and now they’re terrified of living and dying. They’re not living at all. That’s where all of this leads – to be controlled by other people, people who claim they have the power to keep you safe.

Here we have the warlords on the one hand in the physical world taking every right away that you thought you had, to keep you safe, mind you, and using all the front groups to do it – the NGOs that are financed and sponsored by the big boys, the big foundations. On the other hand, they’re robbing you of your psychic life, your spiritual life, by the fakes that they put out there to confuse and astound you, and you give every right away up to them. You give them over. You’re looking for gurus to wash away all the bad karma you’ve accumulated, just to wash it away and of course there’s plenty that will promise to do so as long as you can pay them.
It’s an awful roundabout that they go onto. They’re minds are imprisoned. They went in willingly, now they’re imprisoned. They can’t get out. Tremendous mind control, carefully laid out slowly, incrementally over many, many, many years to get the effect that we’re now at today; and they’re creating the World Religion, where they’ve all been prepared to go into it willingly again for Mother Earth and nature. Sounds so wonderful and fuzzy and yet they’ll be a priesthood over that as well, of course, but there’s always a priesthood over it who will tell you the rules and now you’ve got to stop breeding and maybe you should be sterilized as well for Mother Earth and this will come. It’s all on the books and they want your cooperation. They’re very legalistic that way. They want your cooperation. We always do it willingly.
We go off and fight their wars willingly. We’ve been trained to follow the good shepherds. Shepherds own sheep. That’s why every religion had a good shepherd and all the sheep go into their specially made buildings and bleeped on special days. Domesticated animals. That’s what a sheep is. A sheep is a domesticated animal. It doesn’t have the natural instincts of a wild animal. It’s been bred out of it. Its instincts for survival have been bred out of it. It actually trusts the shepherd. The shepherd keeps it to make a living off it and he’ll eat it and sell its wool. They get fleeced. Sound familiar?

We live in a virtual reality. The Masons love the word “virtue”. Well, you’re in a virtual reality, not a real one. You only think it’s real because of the people around you, who are just as brainwashed as you are, who also think it’s normal. The sciences that you have today – everything that’s given to you on the shelves as the latest whatever is obsolete. You’re living in the past in a sense.

I have to laugh at the computer industry where they’re ironing bugs out of this program and that program. That was done at the beginning of the Cold War. The computers are out there to control you, not to help you. The language when you have the chip in your head will be the computer language of the binary code – the Masonic 0-1-1-0. The perfect language of mathematics as Lord Bertrand Russell said and he actually worked on that for a good part of his life creating that language.
It’s only bleak for those who are afraid to look at the truth. Once you’ve looked at the truth you can get past it all and above it and beyond it and move on and you’ll have power by understanding. There are those in the New Age who want everyone to be saved – like we’re a mass man, we’re all connected and glued together. It’s never been that way in history and if you wanted to bring everyone through this then you would become the control freak.

People are making their choices every day, every day and you must allow them to do so. It doesn’t mean you don’t have to tell them. You tell them, at least warn them, where they’re going. Give them as much information as possible or they can handle, but ultimately they will make their decisions and most people will take what appears to be the easiest path. They always have and generally they always will.

This is your journey—the individual’s journey—and the more you truly search and are honest with yourself (as they say, “know thyself” is important), you will find that it’s far more to all of this than just the mundane and it’s beyond and greater than the New Age with their hocus pocus and their mind imprisoning techniques. There is far more to this of course than just facts and figures and who did what, when, where and why – but not everyone can go on that journey. It’s up to those who can handle the bad news in all of its levels because the bottom level is bad enough. Few can go beyond that, but there are some, and you have to go through hell before you can see heaven.
The New Age movement has trained them, their followers, to avoid the unpleasant, “Oh, don’t look at the negative. Look at the happy things,” and as you look at the happy things people are being slaughtered across the planet by the power mongers as they grab territory, oil, resources and destroy cultures because they’re in the way. They’re inconvenient for the world that’s coming up to be and those who will not look at the truth are putting themselves in the path of destruction and they won’t see that coming either because they won’t want to look at it. That’s the ostrich syndrome. They’re neutralized. Again, psychological warfare works wonders. It works very well with most people.
Some people have said “well you’ve got to give the people hope”. I wouldn’t give them false hope. To give them hope they have to look at the truth. There’s no other way to do it. You must look at things honestly including yourself. That’s where the hope comes in, once you’ve done that. Until you do, for you, there is no hope; you’ll bend to every wind that blows from the top.  I don’t say they’ll be hope for everyone. As I say, most people will and always have in all ages have chosen what they thought was the easy way. They’ve chosen the promise of peace and safety.

They’ve chosen to follow a big powerful leader, or at least what appears to be so, because they will not look to themselves to be champion.  People who will not stand up for themselves individually are truly giving away their rights to decide to anything to that which appears to be strong.  You are your own champion and you can be the champion for those to come. That’s responsibility, a big one – and you won’t be popular, but then truth never is.

Tune in on Sunday to Red Ice from Sweden. You’ll see it on the website where it will be streaming live. All the best for now and may your god go with you.

“SIMIANS, SERVITUDE TO SLAVERY”
DECEMBER 21, 2006

Hi, folks. This is Alan Watt and it is the 21st of December 2006, and how this year has flown in and so much has happened, but things are speeding up now as we go into a new era. The 21st Century was kicked off with a bang and we know that many books have been published by those ‘up in the know’ concerning the 21st Century and where they would take us, and by god have they taken us there so far, even starting with 2001, the real beginning of the 21st Century.
In a sense that’s why Arthur C. Clarke’s movie was put out called “2001” back in the 1960’s to be a celebration of that which was to come and in the movie they go through a space journey. They show their religion, of course, based on evolution through species, it’s all at the beginning of the movie and in the book, until you have humans who are traveling in space who are now up against their next big challenge, which is artificial intelligence, where the computer Hal takes over and starts killing off the crew and the one male who overcomes Hal becomes a god because that’s the mystery religion all tied up in a story form. They could have put the same story out at sea or on the earth somewhere but they put it in space, but it’s the same esoteric meaning behind it, where he who overcomes all, including the Grand Architect himself, becomes God.
The 21st Century also is to be a time of complete reorganization of a whole way of living. All that was (in high freemasonry) must perish, be destroyed, torn down, demolished to make way for that which is new – the New Age.  Just like in the olden times when they would build cathedrals next to existing churches, they would be dismantling the old church as they built the new right next to it. A traditional method of the mystery religion and they’re really referring to not only the physical world but also in the spiritual world and in their religion based on a form of evolution and interbreeding, special breeding, specialized selective breeding.
Charles Darwin did not originate a theory of “Origin of the Species”. He simply reiterated what his father had already done and his grandfather before him in their publications because it’s a religion of the esoteric higher freemasonry, not the little stuff at the bottom that people join in the Blue Lodge.
The blue stands for the open sky. All that is seen for the profane of intelligence is blue – the blue sky. However, the real work is done in the dark, and the light that shines within the darkness are the luminaries who guide our cultures, the planet and the future. There’s also the higher lodges, too, coming out of there with their different colors of purple. That’s royalty. The dawn is purple, the purple dawn. Then you have the red lodge, of course, which is revolutionary lodges, always have been; and he who changes the world and gives his life for the world, streaks across the sky, gives brilliant white light then turning gradually to red, shedding the blood, the light of the world or for the world. This is the standard mystery religion which most religions, the exoteric, are based upon.
We’ve been guided for thousands of years and definitely with the inception of some definition of wealth. Most natural tribes don’t even have terms for wealth or personal possessions even, because they live naturally. They didn’t live in an acquiring economic system where the goods themselves have importance.
MONEY IS THE KEY OF ALL DOMINATION. It doesn’t matter what it’s called or what’s used for money, as long as a few people at the top have the right to say what it is, how much it’s worth and how much you’ll be taxed back because that’s your labor going back in taxes. The upper crust then use those taxes to have standing armies and police forces and bureaucracies to dominate you, so money makes this world go around indeed.

Alan: It’s interesting to see some of the emails which come in concerning the people’s views and one person wrote recently that he didn’t quite agree with my take on money and I think he was pushing the usual things. A novice learns about the gold and silver from the patriot movement and how it’s lawful currency, and that’s the stage this particular last person who emailed was stuck at. He doesn’t realize that the same people who run the system today with paper money and IOUs and all the rest of it, regardless of the Bretton Woods Agreement and all the other agreements that went through, still, they ran the gold standard too. They still do. They own the gold mines in fact.
Therefore, to go back to the lawful money, you’ve got the same bunch in charge and it just wears out your pockets faster, there’s quite a weight in that lawful money, and they again will tell you what it’s worth, you see.
People who still think that the government can take control of the corrupt money supply in a system by following the laws that were laid down really haven’t got it at all. They haven’t understood what’s going on because the exoteric – even the constitution of any country is the exoteric – it’s for the public consumption of how things are supposed to be, and never is and never was.
For those who want to know how the system works, go beyond Bretton Woods. Go into the 1800’s and see the big boys crash the gold standard three times in the late 1800’s, raking millions and millions of dollars in the U.S. alone by doing so. Three depressions in the latter part of the 1800’s and they were brought on by three bankers who planned it that way. It doesn’t matter what you’re using, as long as they are in charge of it, as long as they put up a debt system. Floating a big casino called “the debt system,” this casino of stocks and bonds where people buy your debt and THEY WANT A PROFIT FROM THE DEBT, guaranteed to them by governments that buy this debt. It’s a big casino which is totally rigged.
Who owned all the gold mines in the 17, 1800’s, 1900’s, 20th Century, 21st Century? It’s the same people. Look who put Cecil Rhodes in Africa to take over the diamond and gold mines, to find them all and claim them and stake them. It’s the same people and these are the same people who now issue checks to governments to print money and then demand real wealth back in return.
MONEY HAS ALWAYS BEEN A CON FROM THE INCEPTION OF IT BECAUSE IT’S NOT A REAL WORTH GOOD.
It’s a substitute for everything else.
You must believe in the substitute. In fact, you must believe that it’s more important than food or anything else that you could barter, and once you believe that you’ve had it. Whether it’s porcupine quills, seashells, quartz stones, gold, silver or tin, it doesn’t matter because you don’t have a say in how much the value is.
REMEMBER, VALUE IS ONLY AN IDEA. The PRICE of SOMETHINGIS AN IDEA. We’re brought up in this system NEVER QUESTIONING ALL OF THESE IDEAS.
We think they’re real and concrete somehow, as though it’s natural. If a completely different society had been designed for the people, the people would grow up into it thinking it was quite natural, you see, it has ALWAYS been this way.
The children growing up today and getting put into kindergarten today are being conditioned already for brain chips in their own lifetime, which they will look forward to because the PR to sell the idea to them is going to promise them all the beautiful things in the world, all the fantastic powers and joys and experiences.
If we haven’t learned that WE’VE ALWAYS BEEN LIED TO BY THE ELITE then we’ll NEVER learn anything at all.
In the 1960’s, the futurist think tanks were putting up massive propaganda because at that time the income taxes started to really escalate as government began to duplicate and triplicate bureaucracies, tier upon tier upon tier of bureaucracies. Therefore, to tell the public why it was happening and to promise them a rosy future you see at the end of it all, they said that all this money was going to create a system where very few people would have to work, it would be a privilege to have a job to serve the people. They even had sketchings all done in newspapers about this, massive publicity stunt by the big futurists think tanks employed by the elite.
They said we’d be walking around with Roman togas and just floating all over the place discussing philosophy and passing time, and how we’d have to find new ways to pass the time, we’d be so bored, you see. Well, that hasn’t happened. If anything – yes, the taxes all went up to work towards this system, but we didn’t see the end result. We didn’t see any income from it for the public.
We see the system of totalitarianism being set up. We’ve seen massive police organizations being set up. We have seen children’s aids become basically an army, another arm of government, a huge army with all its rules, regulations, which they don’t have to pass into law. They just write it themselves and it becomes law. It’s quite amazing to watch this totalitarianism system using our money – our labor, really, because we don’t work for anything except the money that we’ve been taught to accept to work for. It’s amazing to watch it all come to pass.
WE BUY OUR CHAINS. WE MAKE AND BUY OUR CHAINS OURSELVES and all the time we’re being told it’s for our own good, or it’s for a happy future, or it’s for the children, and on and on it goes.
With last night’s talk, I mentioned the brain chip and where that really is meant to go, which is TOTAL CONTROL. There’ll be NO FREE THOUGHT,NO INDIVIDUALITY AT ALL. In fact, you won’t even be an individual sentient creature. You’ll just be something which is programmed on a daily basis. A far cry from this Roman toga stuff floating around discussing philosophy, as they told us, as they raked in all the cash and jacked up all the taxes back from the 60’s onwards.
MONEY IS THE KEY TO EVERYTHING. He who has the gold makes the rules. Now it’s just a checkbook and the right to issue those checks. We have never been told and never will be told by a couple of handfuls of these families have the right to decide for the rest of us what money is or what it’s worth.
We watch land being taken over across the planet that governments first put into national parks. If you notice, at the end of every year, the governments will announce how many hundreds of national parks they created that year. Then all this is given off to the big bankers or the United Nations for debt relief as they swap land for – remember the old oil for food scandal, this con game that we saw, who raked in the money there at the top of the United Nations, who’s still there, by the way, because they’re pirates at the top. It’s the same thing with the land for debt swap. That’s what’s been happening for years now, U.N. biospheres.
The UNITED NATIONSwas BROUGHT INTO BEING WITHOUT A SINGLE VOTE OF ANY CITIZEN OF ANY COUNTRYoutside of the LITTLE HIGH MASONIC CLIQUES that FORMED the GOVERNMENTS of each country.
The PUBLIC were NEVER ASKED FOR ANY INPUT. The politicians never asked for the right to do so. It was just done.
THAT’S DEMOCRACY FOR YOU because DEMOCRACY HAS NEVER EXISTED on the exoteric level and never will exist on the exoteric level.
However, for donkey’s years on shortwave and other U.S. stations, there were authorized patriot stations going on about all this stuff, decade after decade after decade, and who were always being funded by gold and silver and selling gold and silver without telling the people the rest of the story as to who owns the mines and who sets the price of gold.
See the Rothschild’s ALWAYS SET THE PRICE OF GOLD EVERY MORNING, and because something is declared lawful money means nothing at all; because what is law? Law is an instant rule given out by a superior. There is no vote taken again by any citizen whether a law should be passed or not, and there’s no input from any citizen as to how a system should be set up and run. It doesn’t work that way.
In ancient times in the Middle East they counted their slaves. They had a head count and we have words which come from that count – “Many” is one, “Mony” is from the same root. Mon is “Man” – Money, because it’s the output of labor that creates anything real in this world. Labor is the only thing which does it.
Karl Marx did it right because he was taught by the bankers themselves who were the only ones who understood economics. With those who control money and who have gotten people to accept that money is a natural thing—which is most people on the planet today, it wasn’t always that way—comes another parallel idea of theirs. It’s called “progress.” Now progress can never be allowed to happen willy-nilly or by mayhem or chance. Power always looks towards the maintenance of itself down through time; so all big changes which come along are planned that way. The direction you grow up in and live through your life, and your parents before you and your children after you, all of that’s directed very carefully by those in combination with those who have money, the powerful, the elite, the old families; they direct the direction of the world and the major wars in the world are all planned that way. They’re necessary to get a change in direction and to amalgamate countries and nations into blocks, which then become united into bigger blocks and empires, which then are united into a global society run by a few; and the few are the elite in every country, every nation. They’re all part of the club. Anyone who refuses to join is simply bombed out of existence under some pretext or another.

WAR IS AN EXTENSION OF BUSINESS.  Every war is an economic war and it also is a takeover, a business takeover by force, but it’s just business.  Under all the guise of glory and patriotism and justice, all this superficial camouflage that’s meant to get the public “on board” as pirates would have you say (very common term today), all that’s just meant to con you and most people are conned very easily because THE ELITE HAVE ARCHIVES OF KNOWLEDGE going BACK MANY thousands OF YEARS.  When you want the public to go along with anything at all, any direction or change, whatever, any moral change, whatever, it’s just a matter of looking up the right mathematical sequence, the formula.  If you introduce the formula as it’s been introduced before, and if it worked before in society, as the ancients including Plato said, it can be done again, whenever they want to, down through time. Just formulas and so they use tribal instincts in time of war to goad us into fighting their wars for them, their business takeovers, their projects, their well laid out plans.
There were writers in the 1800’s writing about the future wars to come which were necessary to get a world empire underway and they knew who they’d have to take on. They also knew the countries which could be bought off and brought under the wing by simply paying off the established elite in those countries, but they also knew there were other countries which couldn’t be so easily bought off and they have no hesitation about creating the circumstances for war.
Sometimes they had to agree between the elite of two countries to have the war, because although they would be onboard on either country, the populations wouldn’t be, so the wars were really to convince the populations that change was necessary to get them out of their old way of living into a new way, an amalgamated new way.
We are run scientifically. Nothing is left to chance. Anything that was left to chance could run amok and have a roller coaster effect which couldn’t be controlled, so every major event on the planet has to be run that way, organized and planned and carried out that way.
Some authors have tried to warn us, a very few, and they were persecuted, the ones who tried to warn us. I’ve said many times that those who come out of the FBI or CIA or MI6 or whatever and just blithely go on TV and radio shows discussing everything are talking all wet because you cannot do that. They’ve all signed an official secrets act, which generally continues for 30 years after they retire and they know the consequences if they break the rules. Apart from Kelly who was killed in England, the best example we have is Peter Wright who wrote “Spy Catcher” because Maggie Thatcher had him up in court, the high court of London. The highest court in the land and she seized the second book he put out, “The A to Z of Spy Catching,” but in the first book, which did get out there and he was charged for that too, he gave you all the clues you needed. He couldn’t say it any more clearly without really being put up against a wall and shot with a blindfold on.
He tells you he worked inside MI5 and worked with MI6, and during the 60’s when some major British agents defected to Russia, which no one has come out and told us why, so far, and I know why, but he clued into who was doing it. At the end of the night in MI5, two boxes were prepared. One went, these steel boxes with information on top intelligence, one went to royalty, to the queen, and one went to the head of all British security. The one main suspect who was the head of the British security at the end of Peter Wright’s term at MI5 was the main suspect and that was Victor Rothschild of the banking family. There’s a book called “The Fifth Man,” very interesting read.
Wright in his book “Spy Catcher” tells you so much about the Rothschild’s and what Wright was cluing in on was there was another group above the Soviets and above MI5 running both sides; and that’s when it dawned that the whole thing was a con game and even those involved in the lower levels, and he classed MI5 as one of the lower levels, they had to believe it was real, the agents themselves. Those in the Cold War had to believe it was all real, just as the KGB agents in Russia had to believe it was real.
It’s amazing to see how we’re all manipulated from a capstone and when you’re on one side of the pyramid you don’t see the other sides. You don’t see them. Wars have to be real to those who fight them, so they have real blood, real disasters, real slaughter, which convinces those who survive that all the changes that come out of the wars, “well, it’s necessary, we can’t have that again.”
Conflict. Progress as it’s defined is the outcome of conflict. In the mystery religion they used the seasons to describe the whole, the one. The one year consisted of seasons, which were opposites, so you hade summer for heat and winter for cold, and you had spring for birth and fall or autumn for the death or dying. Yet out of all of the conflicts comes the next year and the next and the next and the next – an ongoing process of continued ongoing creation.
“For every action, there’s an equal and opposite reaction”. If you understand the sciences of it and the Hegelian dialectic of it and you’ve studied Nietzsche and others, you’ll understand the religion a lot better and how it works, and then it makes sense to you how the dialectic process works and how the world is steered and guided down through time to a predetermined goal.
It’s fascinating to me to watch those who break through the religion and glimpse the otherness of all of this, and some of them have a hard time, too, breaking away from religion, saying, “wow, my goodness, Revelations predicted the “Mark of the Beast” and how no one could buy or sell without the mark. How could that have been done? It’s supernatural. That’s how these revelations came.” Really?
When a system had been on the go already for thousands of years, an intense mystery religion, it was no big deal to have someone write down when Revelations was eventually put out there; and that’s debatable when it was put out there actually. I think the Vatican didn’t add it in until about AD 500 or even later, and it was taken out after that and put back in again and updated. However, that’s how you con whole peoples into “well, there’s nothing you can do because you see big Yahweh planned that way. It’s God’s plan.”
It’s very easy to plan a future when you understand you’ve already got a good part of the world under your thumb and you control the money, because money creates this type of society you will live in, the totality of that society, that then runs all the power structures underneath you to control that society. It controls everybody within that society and you can hire standing armies, which you couldn’t have before if there was no money. The boys would all go home when they were bored. With standing armies you can conquer other countries and rob them, too, and FORCE THEM TO USE THE SAME MONEY SYSTEM.  As I say, it doesn’t matter what the money happens to be. POWER DICTATESwhat it is going to be.
We fail to realize how artificial our system is. It’s COMPLETELY ARTIFICIAL. We don’t even know what normal was anymore. It’s so far removed from it. We have no records of normalcy. We can watch so-called ‘primitive tribes,’ those that still survive in little isolated places in Borneo or the Amazon, WHO ARETOTALLY SELF-SUFFICIENT and who don’t need anybody’s system to help them out.
The world could fall apart tomorrow, as far as the financial system goes, and they would carry on like every other day. They wouldn’t lack for anything since they weren’t dependent on anything outside of what they could make themselves or gather themselves. Yet we have been told they are primitive, prime, prime, and we are advanced, supposedly; we are civilized. We are totally dependent on a system. The word now is “interdependent” and they want us right down into more interdependency, right down to the personal level. Not just national levels or regional levels but personal levels SO WE CANNOT SURVIVE IN ANY AREA OUTSIDE OF THEIR SYSTEM.
That will come down to your garden and what you grow to eat. That will be anti-social in the very near future. We’ve watched them take over and create the artificial system to warm your houses and oil and electricity and the con games they’ve pulled there.  I watched this growing up in the UK where we started off with coal, that was traditional, since most of the population were down in the mines before I was born, to keep the big industries going. Everything was fueled by coal and even the ships were fueled by coal for the war machines, the battleships, when Britain ruled the world.
Coal was plentiful, although it was still expensive for the guy who dug it from under the ground, the miner. Then the governments came in and said, “We’re going to make it more improved. We’re going to put in coke,” which is like sucked-out coal. They suck all the stuff out of it and give you this dried-out cinder back, and all the fireplaces throughout Britain had to be remade by the taxpayer, and sometimes you had to put in cash as well on the personal level, to have these special fireplaces inserted to burn the coke, which burned differently from coal, and how much cheaper it was going to be.
Well, in it came and it was about 1-1/2 times more expensive per ton and you went through more of it – it gave off a nice glow, mind you, but didn’t give any flames off and you needed a special huge thing like a massive hair-dryer made out of steel which sat on a stand to get the thing going. This was the new improved one and then after about five years of this farce and big companies that are all Masonic companies – that’s how governments give out their contracts. You see, it’s big Masonic contractors that get these big jobs right down to your local level for putting the tarmac on the road. IT’S ALL MASONS.
Big companies came along and said “we can make it even better. We can give you gas.”  Before that was electricity. Electricity was going to be so cheap with all the nuclear plants and then, sure enough, everybody said, “gee, they’re giving us these prices. It’s going to be cheaper,” so everybody converted to electric heating and were told to get off-peak electric heating; so you had these big things in your living rooms about six feet long, these big boxes, tin boxes filled with water or oil and they had bricks in them to maintain, hold heat; so it would heat up during the night and hopefully it would give off a little bit of warmth all through the day. That was your off-peak, until that doubled in price after about three, four, five years after it was installed; then went to the next move, which was going to be natural gas. Once again, everything is stripped out once again nationwide. This is in almost every house on government decisions and in came the natural gas, and boom, up went the prices again once it was in.
WE ALWAYS SEEM TO FALL FOR THE SAME LINE. WE BELIEVE THESE GUYS,and we get you-know-what every time.  Now the same farce has been going on through North America. We watched the same farce here, what’s going to be the next fuel and what’s better and better; but the fact is they’ve got us all off wood, almost, and coal, which is plentiful in the coal bearing areas, until we’re on their system of oil, gas and they’re trying to pass laws so you can’t burn wood fires anymore because you’re little wood fire is polluting the earth.
However, what’s amazing is there’s a lack of consistency in their arguments, because when the governments change the laws for the Forestry Departments, who used to put out fires in forests, two or three years ago the new law is for them to set fires, which are good apparently. When they set fires and the whole forest blazing, which is supposed to be undergrowth, it always gets out of hand and we see that through British Columbia and different places, but that’s the new policy. OVERNIGHT THEY CHANGE THE LAW. You don’t stop fires. You start fires if you work for the Ministry or Forestry.
You see these thousands of acres going up in smoke, black smoke, but the government when it does it, it’s good smoke. When your little chimney does it to heat yourself, that’s bad smoke. This is what they try to give us as logic. You see, when there’s no logic there, there’s another reason, always, always, always. THEY DON’T WANT YOU DEPENDENT IN ANY AREA OF LIVING WHATSOEVER.
Being independent makes you a little bit – well, you don’t want to go along with everything all the time. You get used to having a little bit of independence in particular areas and that makes you a problem. They want everyone to be passive and go along and do what you’re told and never complain and just plead all the time for whatever you need. Just plead to your local politician or whoever. Plead like good little slaves should do. As the ancients said in Greece, “the higher the civilization which becomes dependent on the system it has created the easier it is to destroy it, to make it fall.”
We have seen glimpses of this when we saw the ice storm in Quebec a few years ago where places in Montreal came to a total standstill. Power lines all came down. Many people were heating by electricity only, and thousands of generators were donated by the public and everybody kicked in and food and everything was sent; and yet only 50 years before that if that had happened they’d have been quite able to survive themselves, because at that time most of them still burned wood and could keep themselves afloat and alive through an ice storm. Not anymore. Being interdependent makes you more prone to – when a crisis occurs you’ll be down on your knees pleading for help, a hopeless case.
Most folk when their good times are rolling don’t mind this at all. The conditioned consumer out there. They can just rush back and forth in different shops and buy, buy, buy. Credit cards galore as though there’s no tomorrow because they have no memory of not so long ago when you couldn’t get a credit card without collateral to back it up. Today, they’re thrown at you to get everybody enslaved into a system, which they have no control over, and also used to just getting whatever they want when they want it. Not so much need it but when they want it. If it came to the crunch they’d be helpless in any natural survival situation.

“Downtown”
By Petula Clark

When you’re alone
And life is making you lonely,
You can always go downtown

When you’ve got worries,
All the noise and the hurry
Seems to help, I know, downtown

Just listen to the music of the traffic in the city
Linger on the sidewalk where the neon signs are pretty
How can you lose?

The lights are much brighter there
You can forget all your troubles, forget all your cares and go
Downtown, things’ll be great when you’re
Downtown, no finer place for sure,
Downtown, everything’s waiting for you
(Downtown)
Alan: That’s where the elite want you. Cities are at the mercy of the system and that is why the biggest proponents of the system are those who live in cities. They will stand up for that system as long as that system is taking extra care of them. The history of cities, which are called “the beehives” according to Plato, where they would create an unnatural system and then use those people within that unnatural system to control the rest of the world. It’s been going on for a long, long time.
Ancient Rome didn’t just fall with the various Vandals and the Goths and the Visigoths and et cetera, et cetera plundering them. There was also a massive uprising by the rural PEOPLE WHO WERE BEING TAXED OUT OF EXISTENCE to pay for the luxuries of those within Rome and all the publicly funded events, the daily events like bread and circuses to keep them all happy, as they went down the tubes in their perversions and deviances. The rural folk had had enough and that’s not the first time that’s happened in empires in histories.
Today, the cities – in the city-states, really, it’s a new form of city-state we have. A few years ago the United Nations declared the creation of “super cities,” these massive amalgamated cities which will be the new city-states. Sure enough, in the provinces, which are just states in Canada, we’re taxed mainly to pay for all those who live in the cities and all the things they need in the cities and all their infrastructure and all their massive sewer systems and water supplies and filtrations they have to keep updating all the time. They can’t pay for it themselves because they’re paying so much money in taxes in cities already for all the other things they really don’t need, like new government buildings et cetera and statues and events, so they have to tax all the rural people to pay for it all.
In the last week or two there have been articles in the newspapers in Canada, which is staged again. The articles are staged at the right time and spoken by the right people, but they’re about the new poverty in the rural areas because the high cost of living and taxations, and also over the many years they’ve been closing down little hospitals from the 1980’s onwards. All the small hospitals that used to service rural areas have been closed quietly down. In Canada, Bob Rae was in, in Ontario, when he started doing it. He led it; he kicked off the ball to start that for Ontario. This great hero of the working poor who’s now running for the liberal candidate, for the head of that, but he would wear any stripe he was told to.
They want everyone into the cities because the cities are the new habitat areas, the new up-and-coming slums for everyone to be crammed into for this beautiful New World Order, where you’re observed, controlled and so on. It’s very much like parts of Hong Kong. They had high-rises and they had all these shacks built on top – the poor were living on the top and always were being burned out because of the shanty towns that they had on top of these big high-rises squeezed together like sardines.
China has put up massive cities for industries to be populated by the rising middle classes in the management system and the rural areas there are being squeezed there like crazy, too, and put under. Same old story, always.

They say that one thing that we do which makes us different from other creatures is that we use tools. Some other creatures do use tools as well. However, we certainly need them to survive on the planet, yet progress is being defined now not so much that we use tools but WE MUST ADAPT TO THE TOOLS THEMSELVES – the TOOLS THAT WE MAKE, the creation that we make, the creature or creation we make must now dominate us. We MUST ADAPT to it. That’s an interesting twist on it.
Who says we must?  Why must we?  Well, we must because the elite have planned it that way because we will become more efficient tools – the tools for them. That’s why you must adapt to the other tools. WE ARE TOOLS. WE WILL BECOME PERFECT TOOLS to be used as we ALWAYS have been. That’s our function according to the elite.
Those who have no minds of their own and no awareness of reality of their own are simply there to be used by those who understand. That’s part of their system, always has been. It’s very much like General Albert Pike when he mentioned that it was not necessary that the lower orders of Masons understand the signs and symbols they would see during their rituals, their low down degrees. It was only necessary that they think they understood the means of them.
We are being asked now – not asked, we’re being told we’re going to and gradually coerced until we think it’s all natural, that implants in our bodies are simply a natural part of the evolution. This great religion of evolution, which is an exoteric for the public and an esoteric for the elite, really based on Hinduism, where we come out of the slime and just evolve bit-by-bit by some unified intelligence. What’s funny is that other ones who have evolved along with them but haven’t the intelligence, isn’t it?
The reason that awareness is not present so much today is through massive, massive scientific indoctrination and massive propaganda. The television has been the greatest tool. We have the ra-dio, the god of Ra, and te-levi-sion, great tools. The trick of the elect, Electric, which has worked wonders on the minds of Joe Blow.
There are some excellent books out there on studies that have been done mainly in the 60’s and 70’s on the effects of television on youngsters. Psychologists were observing this very closely to see the zombied look on the children as their mouth drops open and they stare at this thing for ages and emulate what they see without thinking about it. All these studies were done and many books were published at the time. Now they don’t put so much out, because that part was really a learning experience and observing experience for the elite themselves. That’s why these studies were done, to see if they were working well and how they could even further the techniques of indoctrinations. Tremendous tool, tremendous power when television became the babysitter and you become the passive observer being downloaded. Tremendous sciences that were well understood before they were presented to the public.
In Britain in the 50’s when many people couldn’t afford televisions, in the late 50’s, they started dumping on the market, bringing shiploads in from the United States, which were reconditioned and going cheap, because they wanted a TV in every home, just like a computer in every home today – NEVER FOR OUR BENEFIT, BUT FOR THEIR BENEFIT.  The company that was putting them out across the country was called “DER” – DER, which is RED backwards, of course, for the revolutionary part.  Sure enough, we started getting the first reruns of older American TV shows, law and order type things, courtroom dramas, Perry Mason – Perry Mason, the lawyer series. Then hospitals which would then indoctrinate us that injections were good and put yourself in their hands because they know what they’re doing and you can’t question medicine, it’s an ongoing perfect science and could direct our lives for us. It’s all part of the propaganda: law, courtroom dramas and hospital dramas; that’s how we’re indoctrinated. Add in a little human-interest thing that sucks us into the story and we forget we’re being downloaded with propaganda.

As this particular time progresses that we’re living in, the speeding up process towards their goal, which is “a window of opportunity,” as Mr. Rockefeller says himself. A window, remember, can close and so they must always stay on their target time, their dates, or they start to lose control. Everything is coordinated: the public opinion, the indoctrination of the public, are the polls showing we’re all onboard for this? Are we on track for that?  That’s the technique that’s being used on us, always, but everything meshes so perfectly together that if one thing is out at any particular time, that window can slam shut, and so you see the need for them – you can see that it’s not a panic but it’s definitely the big iron – the velvet glove is off the fist. That’s what we’re seeing today with the police forces, militaries, all getting ready to control public crowds, mobs, in case there’s some kind of riot because of whatever; who knows what they’ve got planned?   That’s all part of this process. Everything must come off on the dates that they have ready for them coming off or they might start losing control. All the speeches that will be given to the public for every possible scenario, which will be given over radio and television, have already been written for every possible scenario. Most won’t ever be used but they’ve covered every base because every move on the chessboard is planned before we even see the chessboard. That’s how power keeps control of itself and keeps a hold over you.
We must always be aware of this system and how perfected it is. Thousands of think tanks are employed on a daily, ongoing, full-time, yearly basis going over everything that could go wrong with this agenda, this plan, and ways to counteract it. All possible scenarios, like a battle that’s never taken place yet, are gone over. All reactions are gone over to make sure they never lose control, and that’s not a big deal when you control all the money. Money is nothing. They make it out of thin air. It’s not hard to do when you control the whole system and you’ve got everyone’s energy taken from them and put into a thing called “money”.
Now on a brighter note to end this particular little spontaneous talk, which didn’t quite go into spontaneous combustion, the weather has been amazing for the last week or so. The snow vanished after about a week of rain. There was fog every day and I hear it’s the same in Sweden right now, so I guess the Northern Hemisphere is getting the same weather pretty well and I’m sure if they give us a real whack of cold to follow, the media will go into action with its what’s happening to the weather conversation type thing that they get into. They started that big time last year to get us all thinking about the effects of global warming, but they’ll never mention the constant aerial spraying that’s going on every single day and night and which anyone who wants to can look up see. It never ceases but at least the weather has given some of us a chance to get more wood in and the ground has frozen sufficiently after all the rain to at least keep it kind of firm.
Tomorrow night, I think I’ll talk a little bit about Christmas, a little bit about the mystery religion behind it and also some of the truths contained within the mystery religion because there are always truths in everything, as well as many lies.
For me, it’s good night and may your god and sunny days maybe go with you.

“TALES FROM THE TEST TUBE
November 15, 2006

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt and it is the 15th of November 2006.

I’m trying to catch up with a lot of stuff I haven’t finished before the snow hit, and sure enough, there was an early dump of snow. Right now, it’s thawing again and I’m up to my eyes in fixing things et cetera. Everything happens always when the winter starts. That’s when everything breaks down and some have been very, very busy.

This time of year is the time when they start hyping up the flu shots. Now they have the pneumonia shot as well and maybe I should talk about this for a little while because in the last five years probably the flu shot has been hyped and promoted by different governments and they have massive advertising campaigns on getting the flu shot.  In Canada, it’s free basically. You’re paying for it through your taxes, so it’s not free at all, but it’s amazing that at the beginning of winter the barrage of advertising you hear to get your flu shot and come spring they give you the statistics of the people who’ve had the flu and they also tell you that the shots didn’t have any effect basically.

This is staggering. It’s a repeat performance every single year and they occasionally have programs in the spring, documentaries on all the pseudo-science and they tell you well they can’t really prevent the flu because under their own theories you see the virus is constantly mutating and a virus is composed of strands of stolen DNA. This is the theories, you see, from every person that it’s gone through and it robs you of a piece of you DNA as it spreads and it will also leave in you part of someone else’s DNA from the last victim, but because it constantly mutates and since it takes them a year or two years to make a vaccine, then they’re always giving you a vaccine that’s one or two years old for the previous flus. Therefore, they can’t cover you for the mutated type that you’re going to get this year.

This is the mish-mash of information that’s given to the public and general practitioners too. It’s been fascinating to watch generations of doctors being churned out, each with different theories on different things than the previous lot and science never ever admits it’s been wrong on anything. It simply comes out with a new theory or even an opposing theory and that’s taught as a “new norm” for a generation, but they’ll never ever admit that must mean that the previous theory was wrong.

Now to encourage the public to get their shots, even though the vaccine will be taken from a virus one or two years old at least, they’re telling you “well maybe they’ll be some cross-over protection.”  This is a new term they’re using, meaning it’s kind of similar to the virus, it will give you a type of cross-over protection, maybe. This is good science here.

Last night on the CBC News, the Canadian News, a victim of a flu shot was on television. He came out with a new syndrome. There’s so many new syndromes we’re coming down with, you see, which just come out of the blue and they’re so stunned by it, but they did warn us that “oh, it may be one in a million will contact Guillain-Barre syndrome.” They’re not sure.

In this day when they can clone us from scratch (according to the sciences) and make a “purpose-made human” if they wanted to, and even give you a mole on your cheek if it suited them, they just can’t tell if this Guillain-Barre syndrome is due to a virus or a bacterium. Two different forms of life you see. Really, the bacterium is a life form. One in a million might – it might be one in million. It could be one in 500; maybe it’s one in 10.  When you pick numbers out of the sky, why not?

It’s kind of like FDR said. He said, “there are lies” – actually it was Theodore Roosevelt, his predecessor, his old relative. Theodore Roosevelt said, “there are lies, there are damn lies and then there are statistics,” meaning statistics are a better way of lying because we’re brainwashed to believe the sciences. It’s like a priestly utterance of truth, ultimate truth. We accept it. They pick out these statistics out of thin air and bamboozle us with it and some people come down with this disease.

Now this is only one type of disease you can get from the injection and they had this poor guy on who got this disease from a flu shot. How it contaminated the shots, they have no idea. Mind you, they won’t tell you how they grow the viruses or the bacterium and maybe it’s better that you don’t know them. We know how they did it with the polio vaccine. They used monkey kidneys to grow the potent stuff that they poisoned us all with.

This old guy with this crippling disease became paralyzed and it started with a cold numb feeling in his toes and gradually spread up his legs and his arms, and with it comes chronic fatigue. A tremendous upsurge in chronic fatigue syndromes of all different fancy names and going up proportionately with all the different injections we get in this day and age. That’s the common denominator in all of this.

Science has taken the place, and this happened after World War II, has taken the place of religion you see. It is a religion. Medicine and science are religions. If they were not based as much on faith as fact, they would be right all the time. We wouldn’t have these mistakes. We wouldn’t have theories which constantly change all the time and we wouldn’t be tossing old theories out the window.

After World War II, people had so much sickness to do with religion and systems, that those who came back wanted to believe in something else, something rational, because the wars had been completely irrational. The reasons for the wars, the movements that led up to the wars were irrational movements. There were mass movements and maybe on the next program I’ll go in to more of this because it’s a fascinating field of study, how an idea can grip whole populations and motive them often towards their own or others’ destruction and how that same principle of motivating mass behavior is still in use today because it is a science in itself, one of the real sciences that’s very, very old.

“Anything Goes”
By Paul Whiteman with Ramona Davies

Times have changed,
And we’ve often rewound the clock,
Since the Puritans got a shock,
When they landed on Plymouth Rock.
Here today,
Any shock they should try to stem,
‘Stead of landing on Plymouth Rock,
Plymouth Rock would land on them.

In olden days a glimpse of stocking
Was looked on as something shocking,
But now, Lord knows,
Anything Goes.

Good authors too, who once knew better words,
Now only use four-letter words
Writing prose,
Anything Goes.

If driving fast cars you like,
If low bars you like,
If old hymns you like,
If bare limbs you like,
If Mae West you like,
Or me undressed you like,
Nobody will oppose.
When every night the set that’s smart is
Indulging in nudist parties in studios,
Then anything goes!

Interestingly, this poor guy who got this disease from his flu shot says, “well I don’t care, you might say it’s one in a million, but when you’re the one in the million, life sure as hell ain’t no fun.”  Crippling.

Now many people I know have come down with different kinds of problems after injections, often booster injections. It’s as though the first one was a trigger and the booster sets it off. We live in a Malthusian world. For those who want to go into population control from the bigwigs themselves, you can start at least, it’s not the first one, but you can start with Thomas Malthus with his “Essay on Population,” because Malthus was an economist who worked not just for the British government and for the first big corporations like the East India Company, he talked to governments of all European countries on how to keep the populations in check. He came out with fantastic graphs of how Europe was so overpopulated back in the 1700’s, and again by the use of pseudo-science and graphs and things, he convinced them all that they’d have to reduce the populations because by a hundred years time we’d be crawling over each other like ants. He proposed different methods of getting rid of mainly the poor and this is a big part of the old and the new eugenics program.  It’s the same ongoing thing.

It’s had many names. Now it’s called “bioethics”.  Sounds much gentler, fuzzy and nice; but Malthus went through the usual spiel about the fittest have the right to survive.  Again, all tied around the Darwinian period and remember that Charles Darwin was not the first one to write on this “survival of the fittest.”  His grandfather actually put a book out long before him because they were all high Freemasons and he talked about putting the poor in England and other countries into special housing units, which they would locate in unhealthy areas like swamplands where disease would breed.

He also advocated “the poor houses.”  Now the poor houses in the typical dialectical fashion to one group of people it would seem, “well that’s not so bad. They’re putting up big buildings for the poor unfortunates, the widows and their children who’ve been left without a husband. He’s died in the mills or whatever or he was worked to death in the mines.”  They put them in the work houses where, to the charitable mind and those far removed from the situation would think, “well that’s good. That’s nice and that’s charitable.” 

Malthus had advocated the setup of these poor houses where they would be fed the worst kind and a minimal type of food, and he even had it spaced down to the bed spacing, which would be just rugs on the floor, so many feet apart; enough for fleas carrying typhus and other diseases to cross between one person and the next.  It was a place to kill off the poor and the average length of existence for a mother and children going in there, for life expectancy, was maybe five months. 

There’s your two sides of what sounds like a charitable organization, done for other reasons completely. That’s the kind of world that existed before and it’s far more sophisticated today.

When you read Charles Galton Darwin’s books, the grandson of Charles, the physicist who worked for Britain in the 1950’s and who published his own book, “The Next Million Years,” he also – because you find in these family lines they have their own specialty, that’s their job, and theirs was population and population management and control. Charles Galton Darwin takes over and he goes through who is the fittest to survive and he breaks it down. Who’s fittest to survive?  Is it the rich or is it the poor?  And he said well it’s the rich especially when they can prove through generations that mainly their offspring have managed to hold on to their wealth. Some bad apples turn up, he says, but mainly they hold on to their property, to their power, to their status and their influence in society.

Those are the fittest to survive and then he goes and categorizes all the rest, and he comes up with quite innovative ideas on how to manage the rest of the people so they don’t breed. One of the things he came up with was to allow them to have credit; then they could buy things and by wanting material goods they wouldn’t want children because children consume money.  It takes away from the material goods, the toys, and one of the examples he used was a car; he called it “a motor car” as they do in Britain. He says, if they could all have a car and work towards a car, well naturally it will be expensive but they’d have to pay it up and they’d have to be at work, maybe male and female, because they wanted both out in the workplace. It also doubles the tax base and they might not have time for children, which would consume money and they wouldn’t have their car and all the other little luxuries they could dangle in front us.

We live in a consumer society, not by chance. There are powerful factors behind the whole consumer-pushing industry and creation industry to divert us from other things; and sure enough, Charles Galton Darwin’s biggest fear at the time was that even that the wealthier people were not breeding as much as they should be and he was afraid that “the lessers,” you know what Plato would call the “ITS”, you know the “commoners,” would overtake their betters basically by breeding too much, while the elite were breeding too few and he thought they should give incentives to the elite to breed.

It’s kind of hard to imagine what incentives to give them because they’re so wealthy to begin with, but I’m sure there are some perks like maybe extended health, maybe advanced medical, the “REAL STUFF,” the real treatments for stuff, the “REAL CURES” and things perhaps.  I’m not joking about that because even the Rosicrucians came out in the 1500’s and let it be known they could give life extension to their higher members who “toed the line.”  It’s not far-fetched at all.

From professorship down is the lowest level of science in any of the scientific fields. We can do so much today, never mind the nanotechnology. If they’ve admitted they have nanotechnology, they’ve had it for far, far longer than you’d ever suspect because we’re the last to know at the bottom. Cloning is the same. We’ve had cloning long, long before they were even teaching them in medical schools that they’d actually found genes. They always suspected they were there until Watson came along.

Where’s all this ramble leading to?

It’s leading to the fact that the reality that we are given and is pushed and promoted to us, often taught by “useful idiots,” people who believe themselves they’ve been taught all there is to know. That’s the best kind of “useful idiot.”  That’s the lowest level of reality. There are much higher levels above that. Quite a few years ago, about the mid to late ’80’s, an interesting little blurb came across the media in Canada and other countries at the same time, I noticed that politicians and their families would get treatment, special treatment, at top military hospitals and I wondered why would that be. Why couldn’t they have the same kind of treatment that was shared amongst the people up until now?  Why would that be?

Well, the reason would be that they’re getting treatments which are cures for certain things, because I’m sure many of them themselves are contaminated with the various diseases that were given to us to “degenerate” us, as we can see with the statistics to do with all kinds of illnesses, debilitating diseases, arthritis and so on.  Now we have juvenile arthritis escalating and people under 30 coming down with crippling arthritis as well. We’ve all been affected in some way or another.

When people are disabled from being fully healthy and functional, they don’t make good marriage prospects and therefore they don’t breed. That’s the purpose for it.

For those who live in a TV world glued to their 10 o’clock news or 11 o’clock news, it would be impossible for them to believe that that could be done intentionally to them and those same people will avoid like the plague, shall we say, going into the books written by some of those who advocated methods of lowering the populations and disabling them as well.

They don’t really want to know. They want to be reassured everything is just the way it’s presented to us and that science is bamboozled why these little bugs – now they admit, the same sciences will admit – these same sciences are so confused with all the different theories to do with viruses and bacterium and how they mutate and all that kind of stuff and all these different theories that they pass their thesis on and et cetera, et cetera and then change the theory again next year.

The same higher authorities will tell you, like the interviews they did at Porton Down Bacterial Warfare Institute in England, that THEY CAN CREATE VIRUSES AND BACTERIUM, create them and program them basically to reproduce so many times in a week so it would sweep across a country and then stop reproducing itself, like a miniature computer, and that’s a write-up done in the early ’90’s in one of the British newspapers and it was done by a reporter allowed into the facility to sit and talk to the scientists.

They had “ethnic-specificdiseases,” too, so if they wanted to kill off anybody with, say, a Celtic gene or whatever, it would be done; and yet the same sciences taught at universities, again professorship down, you see, the low-level stuff, are just so bamboozled at how to prevent or cure the common cold. It’s a mystery. It’s a mystery.

We’re living in fantasy land at the bottom of the ladder because in an age where they can literally boast and can clone and create any type of creature they want if they want to.  I mean Dolly the sheep is a joke. That’s for the fare for the people. “Dolly”is a Masonic term.  That’s why they call it “Dolly the Sheep.” 

Benjamin Franklin first used “Dolly” openly when he came back from France. A Dolly is a conveyance, a carrier of genes. That’s why you have a dolly and you wheel things along. It’s a carrier. It’s an in-house joke. They’re way beyond that. Way beyond that. They can create any kind of life they want. They can create and build particular bacterium and viruses, but we just don’t know how to stop these things and we don’t know why people are getting sick from all the serums and so on.  This is nonsense. It only makes sense when you realize that there are other agendas at work and at play and it’s not all to do with money.

Yes, the pharmaceutical industries are probably the greediest, most ruthless companies on the planet. Definitely not what I would call humane, but there’s lots of money to be gained from suffering, but it’s not the only reason.  Over 400 years ago when they talked about setting up big international corporations, when they already had the British East India Company on the go and the Dutch East India Company, who were really two sides of the same thing, same company, THEY KNEW THEY WOULD RULE THE WORLD.

You’d be surprised now many companies today are actually run by Secret Services or CIA. They’re front companies. You could never in this day and age allow true competition on any cutting-edge technology to be in private hands if you want to retain power. If you think that Bill Gates was a self-made man, well, keep buying the lotto and maybe one day you’ll get there too. Under all the hoopla you hear about monopoly and Microsoft, that’s all it is, is hoopla. It’s rather obvious to a thinking person that Gates was given a “clear field” to make sure the one system was prevalent across the planet.

For a totally controlled society and a world society, you couldn’t have competition if you want to monitor everyone’s moves – what they’re doing and talking about and thinking about. You need one system. It’s the same with the Digital Angel and the chips and so on. These corporations are real corporations but they’re fronted for the Big Boys, the CIA and so on.

Canada’s history and the British Commonwealth countries have always had, especially since World War II when many of them were set up, Crown corporations. Crown corporations are in a sort of “no man’s land” between public and government owned. There’s a limited amount of shareholders, apparently, but even some of the big investigative television journalists who’ve tried to find out more about them and how they’re set up are turned away. They can’t find out. Well that’s because they really are working for the real governments of the world or government, singular.

You can’t share real power in a real competitive world and keep a hold of it at the same time. It’s one or the other and that’s why these things are set up. They’re not dummies as such, dummy corporations. They’re real corporations but they work for a REAL GOVERNMENT at the top. They don’t work as free competition in a free market and they’re heavily financed from the start to make sure that they predominate.

That’s the real world we live in and they always give us the occasional supposed genius who just is a self-made man. That’s utter nonsense because doors have to open to allow you in at the top. It’s not a matter of having abilities or anything else or even having the money. It’s “will they allow you in or not?” and if the doors are opened, then that means you’ve been picked and brought up to be their man. That’s the real world we live in, not the illusionary one that you get in the movies.

It’s not the one you’re taught at school. You’re trained at school, just like racing dogs are. Racing dogs are all hyped up in their little cages. Up goes the front of the boxes and an electric bunny rabbit goes flying around in a circle and the dogs chase him. Well we’re trained to run after money and success at school. It’s the only function we have: to earn, until you’re about 30, until you realize that you’re not going to get at the top and it doesn’t work that way anyway as far as ability goes. There are other factors to consider and you’re not taught these things at school. You’re not supposed to know. You’re supposed to be really optimistic and go out and chase that bunny rabbit. What a shock you’d get if you bit into it, because it’s electric.

The real world is a closed shop at the top. Power does not share itself with its “lessers” and there’s been a power system in place for an awful, awful long time that does not tolerate any upstart coming in and trying to muscle in. It doesn’t work that way in life. THEY ARE RUTHLESS, UTTERLY RUTHLESS TO KEEP THIS SYSTEM IN PLACE.

Now how could they be so sure of the effects that they want to inflict upon populations?

They don’t just test on animals. They’ve been using prisoners in prisons for many, many decades for experimental purposes. They always pick the poorest of the poor who have no voice in society and who need the money. Money makes this little world go round. Those that have it can dictate which direction its spins.

One excellent book to read and there are quite a few out there, but one very good one is called “Acres of Skin”.  That was written by Allen M. Hornblum (H-O-R-N-B-L-U-M) and it was published by Routledge (R-O-U-T-L-E-D-G-E). 

He goes into the experiments on prisoners in Holmesburg prison and it’s astonishing what they’ve gotten away with just in that one prison over many years. They’re all at it really and the testing of psychedelic drugs. The testing of drugs to make people impotent. Inoculations of all kinds and many of these people of course have died since or come down with tumors and all kinds of weird diseases from these supposedly “innocent experiments” under different very innocent sounding experimental names, such as testing sun creams or facial creams. They just took their word for it at face value and had themselves basically made up like grids on their skin and different patches and creams used et cetera or pills were given or injections, for all kinds of very innocent sounding things, but they all had to sign release forms that they could never come back on those who were giving them or in charge of their experiments. They couldn’t have any legal comeback on them.

It’s fascinating to see what’s been done on the public, mainly again on prisoners before it’s used on the general populations.

What are the worries of the elite?

Before the industrial revolution, at the time they knew they’d have to work up to industries and create cities like Manchester and Birmingham that would be nothing but industrial cities, slums really, for the people. How would they get them into the cities?  We find that the Rothschild’s had a big hand in England and in other parts of Europe.  Remember, there were five sons and part of their crest is an eagle holding five arrows in its right claw and the olive branch in the other. They just added extra arrows for the U.S. flag.

The Rothschild’s repealed the “Corn Laws” to allow the dumping in Britain of foreign crops and this put all of the small farmers out of business and all the rural workers, and they moved into where the work was starting to be born in the industrial sites. They became hell-holes.

Benjamin Franklin who was over there before the American Revolution talks about them. The squalor, the poverty, the stunted growth of the people who were kept at just survival wages and no more. Sixteen hours a day you worked. That was called “humane” and the elite had meetings to see if that was enough time for them to work because they were afraid if they had any free time at all they’d get up to mischief. They might complain and goodness knows what they’d do. That was the biggest fear of the elite at that time, was could they give them free time to the public; and that’s why on Sundays, when eventually they gave them the Sunday off, it was almost mandatory to attend church and then contemplate God all the time and say how sinful you were. That way you would be kept out of mischief. That was their answer to it.  All denominations of churches worked hand-in-glove with the governments and the elite and aristocracy.

During the 1800’s, they knew at speed of automation of machines even then, they’d arrive at a period where less and less workers would be necessary and we see again once the Rothschild’s took over the Bank of England and got the “standing Army” on the go you see. That was part of the whole deal, the Red Coats. They had war after war after continuous wars. That’s why Napoleon called England “perfidious England” because they’d make an ally with someone and once the war was over they’d turn on that ally and unite with someone else against them. Back and forth, back and forth, back and forth and that’s why George Orwell talked about wars with East Asia, West Asia. Who are we fighting today? Is it East Asia or West Asia? because they kept changing sides with their allies.

This is a constant technique which they use and they knew they’d reach a period in the 1800’s afterwards where they’d have what they thought was an increase in population, too many idle people. Machines were becoming more efficient in factories. Less hands would be necessary and even child labor might eventually be unnecessary one day and they were trying to think of all these ways.

They had national meetings of the WEALTHY ELITE and they PUBLISHED MANY BOOKS about it at the time (you won’t find them in your libraries today) of HOW TO DISPOSE OF THE EXCESS POPULATION AND STILL HOLD ON TO THEIR SYSTEM AND POWER WITHOUT REVOLUTIONS.

Fascinating study and that’s where guys like Thomas Malthus came to the fore, then Charles Darwin to back it up and give authority to their theory of “survival of the fittest,” which also meant the defeat of “the unfittest, the least fit,” and the extinguishing of them.

It isn’t changing. It hasn’t changed yet. It’s still on the go as we work and buy and entertain ourselves and stop having offspring, the ones who still can, that is, because people are becoming sterile faster. The sperm count has dropped like a rocket since the early ’50’s and the average male in the West at 30 has only 25 percent or 30 percent live sperm count as opposed to what they had in 1950’s levels.  Again, no reason given for this, but it doesn’t take a rocket scientist to figure out that it all began with the increase and step-up of the inoculation programs from the 1950’s onwards.  Women are affected in a different way because they come down primarily with the chronic fatigue. Although, they are also given things which attack the ovaries; that’s very, very common today. 

Again, science at the bottom level is just totally baffled as to why this is all happening; and for years women were told the same old thing and because the doctors were trained in universities that they’d start meeting lots of women coming in with these strange weird problems that weren’t on the books, and if they weren’t on the books, then it had to be in their heads. Women were coming in with all kinds of maladies, primarily fatigue syndromes, and the doctors would say, “there, there. It’s stress, dear. It’s stress. It’s in your head. Things aren’t going well at home, are they?”

Well, if you’re in pain, if you don’t have the energy but you have to get through the day, you will be stressed out. That’s what pain does to you. That’s what lethargy does to you. You still have the same amount of things to do and you don’t have the energy to do them, you do become stressed out; and that’s where they came up with the magic, the Valiums and the Libriums, back in the ’50’s and gave them out like candy. I think it was the 1970’s, the mid-’70’s, the British medical journals said that at that time close to 70 percent of all women under the age of 50 were on one or the other of these particular group of drugs.

It was all in their heads, you see, and at that time, too, the big companies that put out Valium and they kept this up for 30 years this big lie, they said that it was non-addictive. It was the safest thing on earth, like sugar. Actually safer then sugar and yet doctors in emergency rooms, who again had double-think because they’d all been trained it was non-addictive too, were seeing people come in with convulsions as they were getting withdrawal from long-term use. Now it didn’t even have to be high doses. They couldn’t even stick to the doses. Different people are affected differently and medicine tries to treat everybody as though they are one person. It’s impossible. We have different metabolisms and everything.

They were having these convulsions. People were becoming addicted to them and that’s the POWER of PROPAGANDA and REPETITION and INDOCTRINATION of general practitioners. They refused to believe it, even though they could even see it. It had to be something else causing it. For 30 years they kept dishing all these things out like candy and people were going downhill. The “Sorcerers Apprentice,” eh? and who’s he practicing on and who’s his boss?

Today, as I say, sciences are constantly bombarding us with new theories on everything and we’ve been trained again since the 1950’s onwards not to listen to anyone unless they are “an EXPERT”.  Lord Bertrand Russell who helped set up the system of psychological manipulation of mass populations in “The Impact of Science on Society” said they would do that. He says, “we shall train the public until they can’t think for themselves. They’ll have to get an expert’s opinion,” and that has happened.

Back in the ’60’s, suddenly we had the Thalidomide scare.  Thalidomide was a drug put out initially – supposedly it had been “stumbled across” as they do.  This is what they always do. They “stumble across” a use for something. They’ve combined different compounds together. They said it was good for elderly people who had urinary retention problems and so on. It would help tone up the bladder and then they started giving it to pregnant women and we end up with masses of children born missing arms and legs.  Incredible outcome and even then the battles for compensation and for guilt took years and years and years, and Thalidomide was stopped.  About four years ago it came back again under a different name, but now they’re only going to prescribe it in specific cases where there’s a chance of breast cancer developing.

They NEVER give up, do they?  They NEVER give up and they know the public have a short memory. Most people in their entire life have a hard time remembering things they heard 20-30 years ago, even 10. Now it’s down to about two. They’re losing their ability to retain information and compare with things that are happening today. That’s a common thing I hear all the time from people who phone me. Short-term memory is going, as well as long-term. WHY? 

Is it just that the overabundance of “useless data” that’s spilled over to us every day through electronic media, or are there other factors at work?  People are losing memory and when you don’t have memory the same tricks can be pulled faster and faster and repeated oftener and oftener.

“Thanks for the Memories”
By Bob Hope and Shirley Ross

Thanks for the memory
Of sentimental verse, nothing in my purse
And chuckles when the preacher said “For better or for worse”
How lovely it was

Thanks for the memory
Of Shubert Serenade
Little things of jade
And traffic jams and anagrams
And bills we never paid
How lovely it was

We who could laugh over big things
Were parted by only a slight thing
I wonder if we did the right thing

This process is just a religion you see that’s taken over from another previous religion. In previous religions monks used to line up and be bled every week to get rid of their bad humors, so there wasn’t much fun being there, and today we go through all of these ridiculous theories with much speaking of many mouths to tell us how good it is for us, whatever it happens to be.  

It’s like the fluoride.  The fluoride itself is a byproduct of the aluminum industry, or “aluminium” as they say in Britain, and they knew that at the beginning of the 1900’s during the testing of the process of creating aluminum that they had so much waste (the aluminum oxide waste) and they wondered what they could do with this stuff.  However, they did find through spillage in certain places in Europe into streams and rivers, that when people drank the stuff they become very docile and pliable and easily managed. That was the first effect they noticed with it.

Well, how do you get the people generally to take it and make a profit on it?

Well, you put the waste in their toothpaste and tell them it’s good for them. That’s what they did. Even the man who led the charge for this to be done throughout Canada’s drinking water supply is now fighting back like crazy because he knows himself he was mislead. He didn’t have all the details; he swallowed the pseudo-science at the time. This stuff causes brittle bones as well and you can even see the small specks of ultra-white particles in the teeth itself, in the enamel.

The Bronfman’s were one of the biggest families with Alcan who made the schmucks buy the stuff because they told you this waste stuff was good for you. That’s not too bad, is it?  Dumb the people down, make a massive profit at the same time and you’ll be hailed as a hero of the medical profession.  All nonsense, utter rubbish and massive advertising campaigns with psychologically-created ditties that you would hum and sing and whistle. They were better than average songs of the time, all these little things you know to do with toothpaste and so on and what it does for you. Even on the toothpaste it will tell you, “don’t take any more than the recommended dose.”  Well, it’s in your water supply as well if you live in the cities. It’s in the toothpaste too.  It’s actually put down as a poison.  Poison is good for you. Poison is good for you. There’s doublethink right away, to hold two opposing opinions in your head about the same thing – doublethink, George Orwell.

This poison is good for you. Even in Natzi Germany they put it in the water supplies of the conquered peoples because it made them more placid and docile. Who would benefit from that, placid and docile populations?  And it’s interesting to watch the panic that goes on—at least it appears to be panic—amongst this great medical profession that’s propagandized through fiction and all these TV shows and hospital shows and dramas.  Remember that all you see on television is propaganda, especially the fiction, to create the image of something that’s entirely different.

A few years ago when SARS hit Toronto (interesting name), none of the procedures that had been talked about and held up, even at the United Nations, the World Health Organization, none of them were really followed because they knew where it was all coming from. They knew it was coming from China. They didn’t stop any aircraft from coming into Canada. WHY?

If you were truly, truly afraid this was a new brand new type of killer flu and that’s what the hype was all about. “This is a killer flu and it’s here, it’s come,” and we saw all the doctors every day on television. It was like an update report during World War II of the blitz. The same faces telling you the latest info or DIS-INFO of how they were handling things and all the staff are to wear masks and do barrier nursing and stuff like that – but they kept the aircraft coming. Now you wouldn’t do that, would you, if you believed your own propaganda. Why would you allow the aircraft to continue as usual?  Then they came up with a beauty where you had these, oh, spending masses amounts of money for thermal detectors that would see the images of people and detect who had a fever.

Now that might be fine for people who don’t understand anything at all about infections and medicine, but even those in the know were pushing all of this stuff as thought it was another scientific savior. They could actually see the heat around the person’s head if they had a fever. Well, when you catch an infection you have a prodromal period and it can be up to two weeks or longer in some people before any symptoms show at all, including temperature elevation; so they were selling the public schmuck nonsense, rubbish, lies, expensive lies because the public had to pay for all this stuff, all this equipment that was technically useless. 

Sure enough, only about six months ago in one of the many little blurbs you’ll get on TV, they admitted that. A quick admission and then it was over, back on to sports. Most people will never remember it and this is the kind of stuff we get fed on a daily basis by experts – voodoo. They’re selling us voodoo. Actually there’s probably more legitimacy in voodoo and I might to a program on that too.  However, they have the public so trained to react to the EXPERT’S VOICE that we jump to it and panic when they tell us to panic.  I think the SARS was really – and more folk died of the ordinary flu during the SARS outbreak, you know, but I think the SARS was a BIG TEST and also to see how the public would react. Would they obey authorities?  Would they do what they were told?  Was it creating the type of panic that they hoped to generate?  And every year again with this flu season – I’m just waiting for it happening this year. It will happen. You always hear in Ontario where the flu first breaks out and it will be an old folks’ home for the elderly, as it is every year, and it’s transmitted in to the population around by visitors to the home and in those homes they have to take the flu shot. They’re the first to get it.

Now 2 and 2 equals, what is it again? Let me think. This happens every year and two years ago it broke out in an old folks’ home outside of Barrie, Ontario, and they talked to the supervisor of the home who had their basic medical training and this is just to show you they’re just as brainwashed you see as the general population. Her answer, even though they’d all had their flu shots, was “more flu shots” because she hadn’t figured it out herself. She hadn’t figured it out.

To wind up tonight, I’m going to give a little story for the men, mainly, to make you squirm and this is from the same book “Acres of Skin” on page 150.

             “The best known and fully research examples of prisoner irradiation are the twin cases of Oregon and Washington. They ran from ’63 to ’73 under the sponsorship of the Atomic Energy Commission.”

You know, the good guys that go hunting for bombs all over the planet.

             “These experiments which were designed to measure the effects of radiation on the male reproductive system and sperm cell development out of concern about radiation hazards to astronauts in the nation’s space program…”

Ha, ha, sure.

             “…the experiments were directed by Dr. Carl G. Heller a preeminent researcher and a leading endocrinologist of his day and Dr. Heller’s protégé Dr. C. Alvin Paulsen. In the Oregon case, Dr. Heller designed a study to test the effects of radiation on the somatic and germinal cells of the testes, the doses of radiation that would produce changes or induce damage in spermatogenic cells, the amount of time it would take for cell production to recover, and the effects of radiation on hormone excretion.

             In the experiment, the test subject sat with its scrotum in a small plastic box filled with warm water. The box was bracketed by sets of x-ray tubes for uniform irradiation. Every subject was required to get a vasectomy usually at the conclusion of the study in order to ensure that the chromosomal damage would not lead to fathering genetically damaged children.

             During the decade that Dr. Heller conducted his study he received government grants totaling $1.12 million.  A test subject was paid $5.00 a month, $10.00 for each testicular biopsy plus $100 when he was vasectomized at the end of the program.”

Sterilized.

“Subjects endured skin burns, pain from biopsies (testicular inflammation) and bleeding into the scrotum from the biopsies. Interestingly the Roman Catholic Church prohibited Catholics from participating in the experiment not because the tests were dangerous but because the church objected to its members masturbating to provide semen samples.”

You see in the Catholic Church, having sexual intercourse is not a sin. It’s only a sin if you enjoy it.

             “By 1973 after 67 inmates had been irradiated the rapidly changing research ethics environment caused a termination of the Oregon experiment. Three years later a number of tests subjects filed lawsuits alleging poorly supervised research and lack of informed consent.”

Very important part you see, “lack of informed consent.”

             “In 1979 the suits were settled out of court. Nine prisoners shared $2,215 in damages.”

Wow. That’s not including all those who died from radiation and chromosomal changes and cancers.

             “The Atomic Energy Commission selected Dr. Paulsen to initiative a half million dollar research program in ’63 after several workers at the Hanford Nuclear Plant in Washington State were accidentally exposed to radiation. Paulsen said is goal was to establish a “reasonably safe dose” of ionizing radiation to the testes…”

Now they knew already you see there was no safe dose, so what was the real reason for this?  It must be much, much bigger than what they’re telling us here because they knew there’s no safe dose.

             “This was terminated in 1970 after questions arose over the issues of informed consent and the non-therapeutic nature of the study and legal liability. Years after their participation in these dangerous experiments many former prisoners remain angry about how their ignorance and lack of sophistication were used against them. “We can’t be blamed for being duped” said Robert Garrison in a 1994 newspaper interview. “Nobody ever sat us down and explained what the tests were all about and what the complications were. I can’t even get a doctor to diagnose my problems let alone give me treatment for them. I’m a human being too.”

These were prisoners. Prisoners. No voice. Many of them were black men. Most of them had very little education and yet still they were duped because they had the same amount of indoctrination to obey experts and experts know what they’re doing and experts can be counted on and trusted.

What were they really doing these experiments for?

Because radiation is a fantastic way to sterilize populations and you only need a small amount of long-term exposure. If you’re taking in metallic substances or, say, if they were spraying it from the air, you could also make them radioactive, minutely so, just a little bit above what nature gives us. That’s all it would take to fulfill its purpose.

That’s all for now. May your god go with you.

“THE SUN IS RISEN”

DECEMBER 27, 2006

Hi, folks. This is Alan Watt at .com and today it is December 27, 2006.

“California Dreamin’ “
By Mamas and Papas

All the leaves are brown
And the sky is grey
I went for a walk
On a winter’s day
I’d be safe and warm
If I was in L.A.
California dreamin’
On such a winter’s day

I stopped into a church
I passed along the way
Well, I got down on my knees (got down on my knees)
And I pretend to pray (I pretend to pray)
Oh, the preacher likes the cold
He knows I’m gonna stay (knows I’m gonna stay)
Oh, California dreamin’ (California dreamin’)
On such a winter’s day
We’re watching the last of the year, the last few days of the year, with the final commercial stampede with all the Boxing Day specials in the big cities where the herd trample over each other to get all the goodies that they’ve been after the last few months, just waiting and camping outside to get in for a cheap VCR or a DVD player or something that’s going to fall apart in the next few months.
It’s always interesting to live in the country because you still, in this nice antiquated way, take your garbage to the dump and some of the better dumps, some of the higher class dumps you see, like the one outside Sudbury, they have a sort of booth there where they collect the better stuff that’s been dumped. They have tables laid out where you can pick bed bunks or whatever you happen to need and get them for 2 or $3. Sometimes you also get the VCR players too. I’ve never bought one in fact for years. I think I’ve got five downstairs that cost about a $1 each. Most of them just need the heads cleaned and then you have a decent player, as decent as you can get new, anyway, and that’s where you find all the hard-earned stuff that they’ve put their money and their hopes into, these rewards that end up in the garbage dump because they’re either antiquated or they’re just bored with them.
It’s a funny thing to hear when people say they’re bored with something. It used to be just a womanly thing with their clothes. She’d get bored with them or she’d worn them too often and she was afraid of criticism by her peers, at least in the upper classes. Now people actually get bored seeing the same – how can you get bored seeing the same TV set everyday? You think you’d get bored with the programs that were on the TV, or maybe that’s the function of it. Maybe it destroys part of your brain so you need so more stimulus or something, a higher resolution to make you very resolute in the ideas that are programmed into you.
However, I think, too, that for Christmas time, for many, many people, it’s a relief to have it over and done with and the perfunctory meetings with family and in-laws and the same old stories are repeated over and over, and people gorge themselves. It wouldn’t be so bad in the times when food, especially good food, was scarce for most people, it perhaps had a function then, but today in the time of plenty it doesn’t make much sense. We’re glad that it’s over and Orion’s belt, the three wise men of, have followed their little star into the horns of the moon on the longest night of the winter.
The nights should start getting longer – or the sun, that is, bit-by-bit, day-by-day. Hallelujah, of course, comes from Hal the sun, the same name as a computer on “2001,” and it means literally – hallelujah means the sun has risen; and thank goodness for that or we’d all be freezing a bit longer and we’d all be profane, meaning we’d all be in the dark.

Tonight I’d like to talk a little bit about what I talked about last week. I mentioned we’d find more and more little reports coming out in different countries on the same theme of brain chipping the public as a form of conditioning us into the inevitability and perhaps the desirability of having this done to us. In Britain, because they’re a little bit more arrogant there, the old school, the ones who go to the old granite stone universities as they like to call them, as opposed to the red brick universities for the working people. It’s the granite stone ones where you’ll find they meet their contacts for the rest of their life because they’ll all be involved in high finance and politics and bureaucracies.  I’ve no doubt this particular reporter from “The Guardian” probably has been there because he’s got the arrogance to match. He’s very short-sighted, too, because it doesn’t dawn on him that once everyone’s chipped they won’t need reporters. In fact, we won’t need news of any kind, or propaganda, really, is what it is, and he’d be out of a job; but like most higher Masons, they’re very short-sighted. They don’t see past their own lives into the effects on their own children, a very selfish attitude, the “I’m all right Jack” originated in Britain.
This particular article appeared on December 24, 2006 and I got this from an email from one of our listeners. The reporter is Will Hutton and that would be “The Observer” in London no doubt and this is what he says, and listen to the way that he says it. It has the arrogance of Huxley and the short-sightedness, too, as I say of people who don’t really see the end of the story.
He begins here:
“When words fade, it is the great ideas and arguments that move the world on. John Maynard Keynes couldn’t bear the ‘practical’ men and women who forged economies and societies by getting their hands dirty and mocking the thinkers. All, he said, were, in truth, slaves to some intellectual, theorist or philosopher (usually dead) who had given them their lines. He was right. We need an intellectual compass to make sense of reality around us.”
Alan: Now you can listen to the Masonic terms all through this blurb here and John Maynard Keynes was no genius. He was put there by the big boys because they wanted him there. That’s what his job was, and nothing is authorized in the system and alters it without permission from the top, and Maynard Keynes, if you read his writings, was one of the most arrogant people you could possibly meet. He said he hated all the tradition. He hated all forms that were written down by culture and his job was to break them and destroy and trample on them. A man could not get away with that unless he was told his lines and he followed them.
To continue:
“And yet the ideas that illuminate and change our lives are hard to spot among the turkeys. Arguments need not only to be insightful, but they have to be useful. After a year of reading, watching and listening, here are five ideas that meet those criteria, all produced by people very much alive and kicking. They are five ideas that I think have moved humanity forward in 2006.
Youtube and the new web community
Predictions that the net was going to change everything have proved wrong – until now. So argues influential web guru Tim O’Reilly. Web 1.0 was the first phase when we used it as little more than a vast library and efficient messaging system. We surfed from website to website and sent emails to each other.
But now we are in the era of web 2.0. A new architecture is emerging, which allows people to connect with each other in revolutionary ways. Hence blogging or YouTube, where users post and exchange videos they have taken themselves The mushrooming of participative and enabling sites such as MySpace, Wikipedia, Skype, Flickr, Facebook, Second Life and so on are all part of the same trend.
This is but the precursor of web 3.0, when the architecture will become yet more sophisticated. Search engines will no longer list data; they will answer your questions. Web 3.0 will mean that the web becomes a permanent part of our consciousness, conversation and cognition. Ultimately, a chip in our brain will connect us in real time to the entire web, adding immeasurably to the power of memory.
Alan: Here’s your sales pitch for the schmucks.
“Immortality is on its way
If web 3.0 stretches the limits of the possible, inventor, entrepreneur and author Ray Kurzweil goes into realms of apparent fantasy. Moore’s law (named after George Moore, co-founder of Intel) predicts that computing power will double every year. Kurzweil pushes the logic to its conclusion; chip power is growing so exponentially that by the late 2020’s there will be sufficient cheap computing power to reproduce every single minute function of the human brain. Kurzweil sounds crazy, but his track record of predictions over 20 years has been eerily accurate.”
Alan: Maybe that’s because he belongs to the think tank where all these authors get their marching orders from, because that’s exactly how it’s done.
“Machines and human beings, he argues, are on a convergent course. Machines will increasingly assume human characteristics and humans the facilities of machines. Kurzweil even dares to believe that via three ‘ibridges’ – bio-engineering, artificial intelligence and new foods – human beings will keep death at bay. Chips in our brains and bodies will freeze the ageing process and via the successors to web 3.0 ensure that everyone will be at the frontier of knowledge.”
Alan: Now this is aimed really at the young “Lawnmower Man” movie type generation who have been brought up with cartoons with their favorite characters having chips in them and having super powers. You always give the sales pitch to make the schmucks want. That’s the big thing about a con. The victim, the conned, must participate fully and want in sense to be conned. We have the same people at the top. The same people at the top who have been talking about culling us off down to a manageable level of efficiency and here they are giving the sales pitch that immortality is just going to be handed out to everyone, and I hope no one falls for that one.
Now he continues with his Huxlian sales pitch.
“Happiness is what counts
For two or three decades, economists and philosophers have questioned whether technology and rising wealth automatically mean greater well-being.”
Alan: They do it for us you see. We don’t participate. We need philosophers and economists to do this for us. What’s the economist doing in here? There’s your key right away. What’s that got to do with it?
“In 2006, we finally realised that we are too inattentive to what makes us happy, a crucial step forward.”
Alan: My goodness. I wonder how much they paid them to come to this repetitive conclusion that they’ve been spilling to us since about the 1950’s.
“Happiness is about earning the esteem of others, behaving ethically, contributing selflessly to human betterment and assuaging the need to belong. We have finally understood it is not economic growth that delivers these results – it is the way we behave.
Alan: It’s interesting. Even the Queen – you see in the British Commonwealth countries we still get the Queen’s blurb on Christmas, and scattered in there by her script writers, you have the key words and “ethics” was in there too, I think, and “behavior” and a few other scattered words. You can see how they coordinate all these little blurbs in the newspapers, on the media, all coalesced together. They’re all coming from the same source because that’s what guides our thinking for us. It’s already been done for us, our topics. Our conclusions are even given to us and as he says here he says, “happiness is about earning the esteem of others.” Is it really? Really?
Maybe amongst a certain class it is; and behaving ethically. “Ethically” is very vague because ethics keep changing. We have bioethic committees now that sprung up when the body part industry suddenly came on the go and they were just suddenly there. They had to have specialists in bioethics and genetics who would decide for us how far to take all this and how to get the public to go along with it without saying too much. That wasn’t too difficult, mind you.
And the need to belong – well, belong to what?  See, partly they’re right there, because in a tribal instinct people want to belong to the tribe and be the same as the rest of the tribe, as far as dress goes and clothes go and so on.  However, today we have a small group, which has grown too, though, of people who are far more aware of the management techniques that we’ve all been accustomed to throughout our whole lives and we know where it’s going.
We know that we’re being manipulated and we don’t want to belong to the ones we’ve left anymore and we can’t belong to them in fact. We are strangers to them, but we don’t want to go along with the elite, either.
You see the elite have taught for years about giving themselves eternal life. That’s all part of their “Great Work,” as they call it, for themselves. In their ancient religions, in books which were published in the 1700’s for each other, because they were the only ones that could read then (outside the priesthoods), they talked about this religion quite a lot and how their spirits were different from the common spirits, you know, the common souls. We’re just souls. You’re poor old souls actually.
I’ve got books like that and they talk about how they have spirit and how they were a superior type that were sort of imprisoned here, cast here, and how they created their first human bodies to inhabit through forcing by pure will power the earthly materials to create the bodies, which still retain the special powers, but by inbreeding with the commoners they began to lose them; hence the need for genealogies and back to inbreeding again. That’s what they used to give us as their story, no doubt to impress us and make us go “wow,” because if they say they’re special even in a negative sort of way and we believe it, then we’re putting ourselves in an inferior position. They’ve used these techniques from ancient times.
You’ll find that Ptolemies for instance – Ptolemy who was a general under Alexander ended up sort of inheriting this part of the boot, the booty, or the looty they might call it, the loot, in Egypt. Traditionally in Egypt you had to be descended from the Pharaohs to get the job, and so he had a dream with the permission of the priests that he’d bought off and when he told this to the priests of course and he kept his lines, read his lines well, and so the previous Pharaoh’s spirit came to him in a dream and said “it’s okay, old boy. You’re really one of us,” and that was good enough to get the job as top Pharaoh. 
They sell these ideas to the public that they’re special and different and after a few generations people do believe they’re gods, you see, and they tell us all kinds of fantastic things to make us believe it. Strangely enough, the more fantastic the story, as I’ve always found, the more people want to believe it, like reptilians and stuff.
I’ll continue with this Guardian talk:
“David Cameron caught the mood by saying that the object of the next Tory government. . . “
Alan: Tory is conservative over there.
“. . . would be greater well-being. The Observer published Professor Richard Layard’s Depression Report, arguing that because one in six of us suffers from anxiety or depression. . . “
Alan: No kidding, eh?
“. . .the greatest contribution the government could make to promoting well-being is to prioritise the improvement of mental-health care.”
Alan: Now here’s your abuser going to promote your well-being – the government. Most people in Britain were brought in – you couldn’t believe the socialistic bureaucratic system of Britain. It was Big Brother to the extreme from school onwards and here they are worried about your well-being. If most of the government disappeared, people would suddenly become very healthy because they wouldn’t be so darn anxious about not having enough money to pay all the things they have to pay to government to keep an incredible bureaucracy living in a standard of living way above everybody else.
You know, Hamilton (Hamilton of the era of Washington and just after) gets whacked for making a statement. He was a banking boy and he said it’s sometimes better to have one king than a whole government of petty kings. Meaning you only had one to feed with his extravagances and his family, and sometimes you get a bad one in a generation but the next one may be better and it goes back and forth like that; whereas with the governments you have all the sharks at the top looting the honey jar, because only a honey jar there is, the big pot, is from the taxpayer. It’s the biggest pot there is in the planet.
It’s the biggest lotto and they all want to get their hands into it, so it attracts that type who give themselves incredible pay raises every year. This is government for you, completely corrupt and out of touch with – well, they’re not out of touch. They’re perfectly aware of what they’re doing. And they’re talking about anxiety and depression.
Huxley did the same thing. This is almost verbatim from Huxley. You can tell it’s the same people that consistently run this part of the agenda who’s told this guy what to say in his Guardian report because it hasn’t changed; but what Huxley failed to say, too, was this system itself is what causes anxiety and the depression because there’s no security whatsoever in the system. It’s not meant to keep you secure. The system is not there to serve you. It’s there to control you and to fleece you.

Therefore, when government’s going to prioritize improvement of mental healthcare, in doublespeak language it means everyone is going to be tested continuously. That’s exactly what the president in the U.S. said a couple of years ago, they wanted everyone to have psychological testing. Then they’ll really know you inside out, you see.
“We’re independent, stupid” is this next part of the same blurb.
“We’re independent, stupid
For more than a decade, neoconservatives and Eurosceptics have denounced every shackle on national sovereignty;”
Alan: “Neoconservative” is an interesting term because it’s written almost for the U.S., that term. When Margaret Thatcher came in they were the “progressive conservatives.” That’s when you first heard it and then neoconservative crept into the U.S. because it’s all coalesced together. It’s all the same bunch actually.
“. . . and Eurosceptics have denounced every shackle on national sovereignty; 2006 was the year they lost their self-confidence. Part of the story was the unfolding disaster in Iraq; even the US began to accept that allies have uses. The news that the Iraq war would cost the US taxpayer as much as 2 trillion dollars with no one to share the burden was immensely sobering.”
Alan: Here we go, economics again, but all wars boil down to the same thing.
“One of the central tenets of the Iraq Study Group, set up by President Bush to review the US’s options in Iraq, was that the US would have to talk to Iran and Syria if it wanted to withdraw in good order from Iraq. In Britain, even Eurosceptics, like the Tory leadership and acolytes of Gordon Brown, began to make more soothing noises about the EU. Globalisation makes countries more interdependent.”
Alan: Here’s the same buzzwords over. Wasn’t it Lenin that said “we shall win by slogans”? Just repetition. You see, that’s all it is.
“Perhaps, after a decade of interference, there is about to be a great leap forward.”
Alan: Oh, there’s your Masonic term again, “the great leap forward,” building bridges and stuff.
“None of this matters if we fry”
Alan: Oh very, very clever. How witty. I can imagine them tittering in the Ivy League College he went to.
“Campaigners have been doughtily insisting for decades that the explosion of carbon particles in the atmosphere is associated with a rise in temperatures. But the combination of 2006 being the warmest year on record and a series of epic reports, notably Al Gore’s book”. . .
Alan: His ghostwritten book, Al Gore who’s now in charge at the UN of this whole pollution thing.
“. . . and film An Inconvenient Truth, meant that only conspiracy theorists”. . .
Alan: Oh, conspiracy theorists. See anyone who disagrees is now a “conspiracy theorist.” I like the part where cons-piracy – “cons,” the priest, “piracy.” They love this terminology – “theo”.
“. . . theorists could carry on believing that the Earth is not warming.”
Alan: There’s not a mention of the fact that they stepped up the spraying on a global level last year. There’s never been so much smog coming down from the skies, this polymer stuff, and I get reports from all over the planet and the pictures and they’re just the same as the ones I take here.
“It was the beautifully presented argument that began to change the minds of Americans. There were dark arguments in 2006, among them a generalised fear of the foreign other, but the force of ideas expressed above will, I feel, carry us forward. And that is cause enough for celebration.”
Alan: Well, I hope he lines up to be the first for his chip; because as they say in Britain, once you’ve done it, you’ve had your chips. When I grew up it was just fish ‘n’ chips and of course the chip is called the chip because it’s a Masonic term because it’s a “chip off the old block”, and the old block is that thing in temple which they all go round in circles about – and you’ll hear them telling each other, “I’ve been round the block a few times,” and a whole bunch of expressions, if you listen carefully.
There you have it, the same old mantra. Repetition, repetition. Same mantra for all the years I’ve been alive and before I was born because they’ve always known where they were going with this. That’s all it takes is repetition, so that your father gets his opinions from the same source repeating to him and he gives them to you, and then you hear it in the world around you and it becomes your opinion, and you think, “well how great. We’re all so darned anxious and so worried about things. Let’s just put brain chips in our heads. Why didn’t we think of that before?”
Amazing, isn’t it, rather than say what is it that causes people to be so anxious? What’s wrong with the system? instead of looking at the economics and the governmental system. They bring in the economists to decide for us. How clever, hey. It’s kind of like bringing in the mass murderer to find out why people kill others. No different at all but this is the world in which we live.
It’s a COMPLETELY MANAGED ECONOMIC SYSTEM. Always been this way, actually, well at least for theBEGINNINGS OF CIVILIZATION – which isTHEIR CODE TERM FOR THEIR SYSTEM – when they, one way or another, encouraged the masses to serve the few and to keep them in a standard and style of life way beyond anyone within the masses. Britain, as I say, is a classic example of this feudal system. It still came out of the feudal system, this whole class system of what was right and wrong and mind your place; and when I was growing up, you heard terms like that, “Mind your place”. So much for equality and all through the industrial era people were dying like flies when they got herded off the land into the cities by laws being passed and the dumping of foreign grain, by another law put out by Lord Rothschild at the time, which put all the small farmers under.
Then they moved off into the cities and the big manufacturing cities which were thrown up with all this almost caged type dwellings for the people to live in, if you call it living. This mass exodus from the country to the city where they were managed and LABOR WAS DIRT CHEAP. That’s part of the reason why they had to get them in, not just to man the factories, when you have an over-abundance of labor then the wages plummet and the profits go up dramatically.
The carts which used to bring out the dead for plagues were used everyday in those big cities around the working areas, in the days of Benjamin Franklin and after him when he visited England. They would just dump all the bodies because they were worked 16 hours a day minimum, men, women, and children.
To manufacture things, as Franklin said himself, like shoes which they couldn’t afford to buy themselves and he watched shoe factories empty out, and sure enough, they all had bare feet. This was the great industrial age of Britain and they knew precisely how long it would last. We’re dealing here with people who work in centuries and centuries ahead, and immediately at the World War II a bureaucracy was set up to manage the integration of Europe. That’s now admitted to, and for 50 years they lied to the public about it. Deny, deny, deny and they also set up bureaucracies to de-industrialize and bureaucracies that would handle the massive welfare system that would just keep the people barely ticking over as factory after factory closed and moved.
We saw the same thing on a lesser scale in the United States and Canada in the ’80’s and through the ’90’s, mainly as an offshoot of GATT, under the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, which is managed by a Star Chamber, by the way. THE PUBLIC HAVE NO INPUT WHATSOEVER.
The taxpayers of North America funded every big name brand corporation to move to China and under that agreement the taxpayers paid for all presumed losses up until the time they would be up and in full production. Isn’t that a sweet deal? and yet Joe Average who lived through that period suddenly saw things like “Made in China” appeared on the shelves and because the media made no deal about it whatsoever, didn’t mention it, just like the trails in the sky, they never asked the questions as to why is this happening. Why are things getting made in China now?
Years ago, I noticed that the universities in Canada were full of foreign students, mainly Chinese, and I thought – and I did inquire out of curiosity. You see, I have curiosity about things. I said why are we training communist students who are going back to China, our supposed arch-enemy that’s supposedly going to destroy us, according to all the propaganda that was fed during the Cold War. After reading all the books by the communist leaders, at least ghostwritten for them, just like Al Gore’s book here about the global warming, and I noticed that most of the students, these Chinese students, were going into engineering courses.  I thought why, because they don’t have the big factories in China – and they’ve been doing this for 20-odd, 30 years. Well, this was all in preparation for them taking over, because someone somewhere knew and quite a few people obviously did that one day all the factories were going to move to China. It was just the schmuck public who didn’t know and no one was going to tell them.
If you do a little bit of inquiring it’s amazing how you can come to the right conclusions, long before anyone else does, especially when you’re thinking for yourself and not waiting for a media to give your thoughts to you. I

I’ve said many times that domesticated animals are so inbreed and domesticated – it means that they don’t react with their survival mechanisms to changes within their environment. That’s the difference between wild animals (natural animals) and domesticated ones. They sense things. They watch – anything that’s different from their track that they go around every night on their journey, on their rounds, anything that’s in the way or different they’ll stop and stare at it and look at it from a hundred angles before they continue, if they continue.  However, humanity has lost the ability to discern for its own survival what’s going on and it’s not until you tie it in with Arthur Koestler and others who talked about lobotomizing chemically, by bio-warfare techniques, everyone except the elite. Those who must guide the ship must retain those abilities for survival, whereas the public won’t need them anymore because the state is managing everything for them. That’s happened with a lot of people, with most people.
When you’re continuously warned about major changes which will do with your primary needs, then you should really be concerned, very concerned, and active, not jumping into the well prepared opposition, which there always will be on this chessboard, by going off on your tangent and not following leaders that are supplied to you.
You see, if you look at the big Greek buildings, Parthenon and others, and look at all the pillars that hold up the roof structure. They’re designed in such a way that if one pillar is removed, each one is weakened proportionally. You take away two pillars and it’s even more so, exponentially weakened with each one, and that is the game of the chessboard, same thing.
Long before the first move is made in a particular area of the agenda, think tanks go through all possible reactions from the public and what types of groups would naturally form to oppose it; and they train people in advance and get them ready to be your leaders, then they make the move, then the reaction comes, and suddenly the well funded and well trained leaders are there speaking for you. The leaders always take you on a dance, a frenzied dance of terror, fear, and yet they say all the right things on your behalf at the same time, yet gradually and bit by bit will bring you to compromise. In compromise there’s no such thing as a draw. When you’ve compromised on a major principle you’ve actually given way and that’s your first pillar being weakened. It makes it easier for the next one to be brought down and the next and the next.
Ancient sciences, well understood, with the knowledge kept in archives where the occasional worker for this Great Work is allowed access for a specific function, a task, that this person will have to perform. Every night has its task, you see.

When Brzezinski first mentioned the Internet, long before the public heard of it or had wind of it coming, he talked about this communication system linking everyone to everyone and also did mention the fact that it would be much easier for those in power to keep track of everyone, and then through the takeover or the creation of the major sites, as the media had done before, they could shape your opinions and bring you into the same new culture by giving you the new culture. THEY CREATE CULTURE you see. It’s not a difficult thing to do if you’re the only people or little group who are planning it, because Joe Average doesn’t plan the future.
Tribal societies don’t plan the future, generally, but you have here people who do plan the future and how to not only alter culture but how to destroy the old in good building terminology and create the new. They called it the “web” for a very good reason, because you get stuck on a web. Isn’t it interesting that the big ugly-looking statute that’s in the main hall at The Hague for the United Nations is a massive, you walk underneath it, it’s a black widow spider – odd symbol for these characters. They’re very strange with their symbols. It shows you something within, if you can call it a “mind,” that differs from the ordinary human; and maybe that’s what it is.  When you take the humanity out of the human, what do you have?
Underneath it, this metallic, black, cold-looking structure, there’s actually eggs – like it’s going to lay, you see. It’s a web and it’s also a net. Now a net you cast on the waters and then you pull the drawstring when you’re over enough fish and they’re caught in this pouch of netting. What do you do when you catch fish? Well, you eat them. What does a spider do when you’re stuck on its web? These terms are not chosen blithely. They’re chosen precisely. Just like language has been created to make it easier for them to shape your thoughts, so you have the web; and for the Americans their main language alterationist you might say was “Webster,” Webster’s Dictionary.

The precision of the system staggers the mind, until you realize with unlimited financing and think tanks, countless think tanks always working on the future with its own little chessboard in its little area, it’s not so difficult after all – especially when they’ve created generations to believe in experts. You can’t think for yourself. The expert knows best.
The expert convinced women in the 1950’s that the powdered milk that you buy for baby’s bottles was far superior than mother nature. Not only that, and here’s the vain part, you see, which they knew would work, “it will help stop sagging breasts,” and people believed it because it was repeated by doctors and experts, even though the baby needs mother’s milk to help its immune system develop, a very important part. Of course, they would say at the top, “they just made a mistake.” It’s strange they made the mistake after they talked about having to kill off people and had meetings about it, and they talked about making people prone to disease and how could they possibly alter the human structure to make them more susceptible to disease. This has all been discussed.
The real world. The one this reporter I just mentioned who read his lines to us, really, scripted by the same old school, the specialists in that particular area, didn’t deviate from Huxley’s talk at all; and, as I say, didn’t mention the causes of anxiety in this society. Because in this society, especially since they’ve broken down the family unit and even a village unit, which was strong at one time, they’ve got to where they wanted to be – and that is where government can talk directly down to you, the individual, without anyone standing in its way. It also means that there’s no one around to help you when you fall on hard times. They don’t want interference. They want you to be at their mercy.
At one time, towns and villages would stand together and help each other. That was the human thing to do, always, down through time, and yet we saw when the hurricane hit New Orleans—or some say it was steered in, which I’m more prone to think is probably true—we saw people falling off their roofs into the water and FEMA stopped neighbors from going to their aid. This is incredible that they got away with that and people are missing the point. When you’re forbidden to help someone or save their life, only the experts are allowed, you’re in big trouble. Big trouble. The monsters at the top create the anxiety. They create a system where you feel unsafe, helpless and most importantly you feel alone. That’s intentional.
This is psychological warfare par excellence, all designed, all talked about, all discussed and now implemented. If you fall on hard times today, your neighbors probably won’t come to your aid; what they will do is advise you to go to the welfare office, pick a number and become completely dehumanized and humiliated in the process.
In Britain it crept out eventually. This is the time of the ’70’s when they really de-industrialized and then later Margaret Thatcher came in and talked about the welfare system and how a generation would never see work in their lifetime so just get used to it. It came out that these concrete grey buildings, with the battleship grey paint inside, where you took a number and sat down, and waited and waited and waited, while these steely-eyed lobster creatures behind the desks, you know the government civil servants, who were not very civil, they’d eventually call your name. The paint inside – even the paint – see, nothing is there by chance. Even the battleship grey they had found to be the most depressing color. It causes a mental depression. That was chosen deliberately and I think it was a “Man Alive” exposé talked about that.
It’s not bad enough you’ve been kicked and you’re down. They still try to put you off from claiming that to keep you alive, these pittances at the time they gave the people to keep them alive. They’d still try and put you off from coming in; that’s how much these people who want to bring mental healthcare in to everyone to manage your life for you, that’s how much they care about you, these same people in charge you see. Have they had a change of heart? Maybe it’s going to be a New Year’s resolution and they’re going to suddenly change and be human, but I rather doubt that. I rather doubt that.

The “Agenda for the 21st Century,” put out by the United Nations, has to be read by everyone who’s sentient and who still has a survival instinct left in them, because the whole agenda is pretty well stuck in there – the habitat areas, the controlled society, no private property, no cars, no vehicles – a more advanced type of Soviet system.
You’ll need passes to go anywhere. Mind you, with your brain chip, you wouldn’t need a pass. They’ll just program you. Once that’s done, you will no longer be you. It will be sold as the most incredible thing since sliced bread and all the youngsters will want it, unless you warn them; because once everyone has it, or enough have it, the big switch is pulled and the real function will kick in.
All society down through this civilization system is run by ritual. Rituals for everything because when you study any tribe at any time in history, they’ll have their natural developed rituals, and those who control us understand that and they give us rituals and they kept talking about “virtual reality”. The five points going on to the six points – VI – 6. You’re left with a form of ritual, VI-ritual. The six will be the completion and no more problems.
Isn’t it amazing that even the police ultimately won’t be necessary because no one can do anything wrong, even if they wanted to or could even think about doing it, which they won’t be, so even they will be out of a job. They’ll be chipped like everyone else in a step-by-step phase, but they’ll have to show us little miracles at first you see to make it more appealing and how Joe Blocks here was suicidal and how he’s got a chip and now he’s just happy as a lark and he sings all day and works on a farm, working out a buyer, just happy as a you know what in what, because in his head he’s ‘Moonraker’. He’s out in space somewhere doing amazing things and this is the sort of way it will be played to the public and the control freaks will all be onboard the pirate ship for controlling society and controlling their children, until enough have the chip and the real purpose kicks in.
Can you imagine that long, long term planning that all of this has taken inter-generationally?
Just like building the ancient cathedrals or the Middle Age cathedrals of the ‘big builders’ because wherever civilization went they had massive building projects and then the introduction of money and taxation to pay for it all, which was just to get your labor back from you, and those cathedrals in Europe took generations. Sometimes five to seven generations of stonemasons to complete and through wars and plagues and famines and everything else, the construction went on. Somehow the money always was found because they never change their plans. They have their priorities in all eras and in all times. Just like regardless if it costs $3 trillion for the takeover of the Middle East or at least Iraq. It doesn’t matter because they just print it up anyway and pass the tab on to the taxpayer and get it back off you in labor. That’s all it is. It wouldn’t matter if it was 20 trillion and I’m sure 3 trillion is only a fraction of Halliburton’s share in it all. That Hal again – boy, that sunny boy.

We live in a world far deeper than the one I’m talking about here – multi-layered, scientifically designed; and the only science you really need to control people really, up until now anyway, is simply the science of the mind. The sciences that even the ancient Greeks talked about when it came to controlling people, manipulating people, using people, that would put this little boy scout called Freud back into school because they were way beyond that in the understanding of human nature, way beyond it. Some of it leaked out. Some of it they couldn’t quite grab all of it and stuff it into the archives for their own little secret agendas, but people should study it and find just how much they knew.
They know they can count on every boy or every girl going through the same phases. Look at the marketing industries and see – they get taught this too, of course. They exploit children of any age group. It’s a multi, multi-billion dollar industry every year worldwide. The exploitation of even toddlers and how to manipulate them to demand what they want and it’s the same all down through life through every age group, because they know what you’ll be feeling at 20, what you’ll want at 25, 30, 40, 50 and 60, et cetera. Male and female and have tailored for either and all those in between – scientifically designed totalitarian system.
Up until today there has always been teachers of wisdom who could teach on a one-to-one basis and that’s why knowledge perhaps is here today, though we’re approaching a time of the grand finale of this phase of it where simply one-to-one isn’t enough because time is running out for the generations.
We’ll talk about this and more on upcoming shows. I hope I won’t keep you so long tonight because I’m sure you’re all getting over your excessive eating and some partying I’m sure, too, for some, and now we’re into the reflective time because we do go with the seasons and the old year passes away with all that happened within it—the good times and the bad.
I wish you all the best, and from me and my dog Hamish, it’s good night and may your god who’s risen again go with you.

“TINKERING IN THE MATRIX OF THE WOMB”
December 14, 2006

Hi folks. This is Alan Watt at .com. It is December 14, 2006.

I’d like to follow-up on last night’s talk, with something connected, in a sense, with the topic. This is about how the scientists are now going to the womb, to alter fetuses, and this is the story that they’re giving us as to the reasons. You can bet your bottom dollars, these are only part of the reasons, if any of the reasons, at all. The real reasons are, to find out if they can tamper and alter, basically, DNA – DNA structure of a developing fetus. That’s what’s really behind all of this: to reengineer humanity.

This one’s done under “DNA Vaccine Immunizes Fetal Lambs.” It’s the headline from “Science News 2000,” August 19th, Volume 158, No. 8, page 116. I’m going to read some of this for you.

“Although a woman’s placenta shields her fetus from most infections she carries during pregnancy, microbes sometimes pounce on a baby during or shortly after birth. In this way, many mothers inadvertently transmit diseases such as herpes simplex to their child. In the August “NATURE MEDICINE,” scientists report successfully vaccinating fetal lambs against bovine herpes, to which sheep are susceptible. The study bolsters a nascent technology that aims to protect human infants still in the womb from diseases of their mothers. The researchers squirted a DNA vaccine into the mouths of fetal lambs using a needle inserted through an incision in the mother sheep. The scientists delivered the vaccine on day 124 of the sheep’s 148-day gestation period. A few weeks later, after the ewes gave birth vaginally, tests showed the technique had immunized all 12 fetal lambs given the vaccine but had no effect on the mothers, says study coauthor Lorne A. Babiuk, a virologist at the University of Saskatchewan in Saskatoon. The lambs received an oral booster dose after birth. The initial vaccination had induced moderate antibody buildup against bovine herpes, says Babiuk. The booster hiked this immunity dramatically—apparently to a protective level. The researchers currently are exposing the lambs to bovine herpes virus to determine whether they are indeed immune.

The DNA vaccine contains a herpes-virus gene. Specialized immune cells accept this gene and display on their surfaces the glycoprotein it encodes. The body then recognizes the glycoprotein as foreign and launches an immune response. The vaccinations “worked a lot better than we had expected,” Babiuk says. For example, antibodies against the herpes virus appeared in the newborn lambs’ neck lymph glands as well as in their blood, he says. This suggests significant mucosal immunity—so named because it fends off microbes that latch onto the mucus-lined surfaces of the mouth and throat. Mucosal protection is important for newborns because during birth they come into contact with—and often ingest—viruses or bacteria in their mother’s blood or other fluids. In addition, concentrations of the hormone cortisol in the lambs at birth matched those seen in newborn lambs getting an inert vaccine. Babiuk and his colleagues consider this a sign of normal development.”
They consider it a sign. That’s telling; they consider that a sign. It’s not a science. They “consider” it. It’s a possibility.
“The study hints that fetal mammals can rally an immune response if properly stimulated, Babiuk says. Herpes simplex, hepatitis B, and group B streptococcus can all be passed on at birth, making them candidates for fetal vaccination,” he says. The research represents “a very interesting development,” says Stephen A. Johnston of the University of Texas, Southwestern Medical Center in Dallas. “The vaccine-delivery technique used in the study may not be practical for widespread use, but it likely will spawn more research into in utero vaccination,” he says.”

That’s the end of that little part. There’s a whole bunch of links, leading from this, into other scientific groups; who are in to this same field; who are all trying to verify each other. IF they DON’T VERIFY EACH OTHER, the GRANTS will STOP coming, because it’s a dead horse, you see. That’s how science really works.
This IS NOT the REAL REASON for all of this TAMPERING with FETUSES. Partly, it’s to get PARENTS TO GRADUALLY ACCEPT the possibility and probability that THIS WILL BE DONE ON A ROUTINE BASIS WITH HUMANS. That’s what it’s all about. They admit that.

If you look into articles and books written back in the ’50’s and ’60’s, in medicine, you will find that many, many discussions and comments on how they would eventually eliminate disease, and possibly even psychological problems. It would all be done by specifying which particular recombinant, or dominant, genes were responsible for making you prone to specific diseases, or mental illnesses, and so on. They had come to the conclusion back then, and probably long, long before, on the way to CREATE A HUMAN. Remember also, THIS IS A HUMAN THAT’S GOING TO BE APPROVED BY THE GOVERNMENT. They sit down and discuss what type of human they want. They don’t want to make someone who could grow up and change the world. They want someone to fit into a system already established. It will be a government-approved type of human. They discussed then that they’d have to get literally into the womb itself, into the DNA structure of the fetus.
It’s always under the guise of helping to prevent something that will harm us. This is the most ancient technique that’s ever been used in history. They’re into it. They’re in there already. You can bet your bottom dollar, as these various groups are working on animals, farm animals, there are higher groups already doing the same thing, with human beings and human fetuses.
This is theINTELLIGENT DESIGN,theID. The real meaning of IDisINTELLIGENT DESIGN THEY WANT TO GET TO.
This is the HUMAN who will GROW UP being the EXACT THING that IT’S PROGRAMMED TO BE, programmed by those who are authorized, or have been authorized, to program it, THE PERFECT HUMAN FOR THE PERFECT SYSTEM. That’s where scientists are. These announcements that go out through different publications, are not meant just for those in that field of research. It’s really meant for the general public. Gradually you’re being conditioned, step-by-step, to the inevitability of this standard technique.
For more on this particular topic, look into “Nature Medicine.” That’s the title of the magazine. That is year 1999. I don’t if it’s Volume 5, or what it was, but the year was 1999. You’ll get the reports from the different departments at University of Texas, University of Saskatchewan and others. You’ll start to get the picture of what’s really going on.

What these people never discuss, is where their research money comes from? That’s how you direct society. ALWAYS, YOU STEER SOCIETY. Anyone who thinks that scientists just leave university to get a job, and are allowed to work in any field, and in any direction they wish, are up a gum tree. The big foundations in collaboration with the secret services of countries, like the MI5 or MI6 or CIA or Mossad, are the ones that direct all research. In the ’50’s and ’60’s, there were many publications that came out from science fields, talking about the creation of new types of humans, and how they’d have to get into it. That’s why they know they can always pull off what they want. THEY DIRECT THE FUNDING INTO ANY PARTICULAR AREA AND IT BECOMES SO.
Those who go off on their own, and try to do something really wonderful for society, will find they can’t get grants from the government or the foundations. They’re told where to go into and what direction to go into.
I did half an hour of a blurb, on in-depth science in this particular field, and then I scrubbed it, because it was too technical for most people. It’s really meant for those “in the know,” with their own little language, which all sciences must create, to keep the profane out or keep them from understanding.
We hurry and scurry in our lives, and are kept busy trying to keep afloat, or we play with our dysfunctional families, or you’re busy doing overtime to keep up with all the things that you either want or the basic things that you need. You don’t really have time to digest all that’s really happening in the REAL WORLD, the stuff that the news barely touches on. Once in a blue moon, they’ll touch on something, as though it were a curiosity, and go on to trivia or sports or something, and then it’s out of your head. It’s conditioning you to accept the inevitability of certain lines of RE-SEARCH. At the bottom level of science they’re allowed to do RE-SEARCH, because they are funded to go into certain directions. That’s why they’re really RE-DISCOVERING stuff.
It’s like the Old Testament where the big deity says, “go off and RE-PLENISH the earth.” That means it was “plenished” before, obviously. It’s the same, with RE-SEARCH. It means the searching was done, at a higher level, otherwise it would simply be called “scientific search.”
The bottom research is to keep us living in the past, where we think we’re on the “cutting edge.” When we believe that, and we truly swallow that we’re on the cutting edge, they can play wonders with technologies that we don’t know even exist. It never dawns on us, because you think you read the latest science magazines or medical journals. You say, “Oh my goodness! No, they couldn’t do that to us, because they haven’t arrived there yet. They’re still working on it.” THAT’S THE TRICK OF THE BOTTOM LEVEL OF RESEARCH.

At the bottom level, they’re paid pretty well, too. They’re smug. They’re confident, and they have no idea that there are higher levels above them. However, there’s nothing that the military-industrial complex (worldwide, by the way – an integrated military-industrial complex), there’s not a single area they haven’t been funding and gone into, over probably 100, 200 years.
To maintain power, you must always be on top. You must always have power, which is completely unknown by the people at the bottom. You can play marvelous tricks with the weather, as we see today, as they spray out the skies. No one will talk about this one in their magazines; the spraying that’s going on, all the time, and it has been for years now. And like Brzezinski says, “The average person will be unable to think for themselves and they surely can’t know it. When they see it for themselves, they will not believe what they’re seeing, because it’s not being mentioned on the media,” and Brzezinski, basically, said that.
That’s happened to most people. They’ve grown up in a world where they think the media is there, like some extension to their brain, to do their reasoning for them, and it certainly is not. It’s there to indoctrinate you, and keep you in the dark, as well. Yes, they can play marvelous things with the weather. It’s under control now, and they can bring on catastrophes, droughts.

I used to wonder, isn’t it so strange how everything in the agenda [happens]? You understand the agenda and the timetables, and you’ve read their books, and you keep up with their reports, and the big meetings they have. When they wanted to, basically, do away with the farming communities in the United States and Canada, suddenly you had all these droughts out west. Just drought, year after year after year, even plagues of grasshoppers out west in Canada. When they weren’t being dried out, they were being flooded out, alternating floods. This is all easily done by the HAARP technologies, signed into a treaty at the United Nations. They don’t sign anything into a treaty that they can’t do. That’s why they sign the treaty. They can do it. It’s not something they’re working towards.
They put a lot of farmers under. The Free Trade negotiations were the precursor of NAFTA, and actually a bit more important than NAFTA, because the preambles are always more important than the rest of the content that follows. Under the Free Trade negotiations – the Free Trade in the Americas (the FTA), they talked about setting up Latin America, to be the farmers for the planet, basically, especially vegetables, et cetera. Sure enough, the big boys, Monsanto, Cargill, ADM, they’re all down there in Chile, which is to join NAFTA. It’s all been set-up to do so. They’ve been set-up by the tax money of all countries, because a big fund of tax money came from the countries, to go into the developing countries, to build them up under the NAFTA deal.
Your food is tampered with, big time. That was a big one, too, when they came out with the modified food, as though it was just a new lollipop. That’s the way it was presented on television in Canada; I think there was just one little blurb on it. They interviewed one person, in between the news, a woman vendor with two tables, one modified corn and one unmodified. They asked, “What do you think of this corn, is it good or not?” She said, “Well, it tastes the same to me,” and that was it. That was your decision done for you, by a red haired yo-yo.
Then they had David Suzuki come out, to cover the tracks, because the Canadians hadn’t even been told they were guinea pigs, for 10 years, for this stuff, until it broke out in Britain. Then we found out. Our food is heavily tampered with. We’re being inoculated like pin-cushions, since early years. Now they’re going into the fetal inoculations, and that’s also to reengineer, because believe you me, at the top they have no problems about having enough people to serve them.
THEIR PROBLEM IS HAVING TOO MANYPEOPLE, NOWADAYS, TO SERVE THEM. THEY DON’T NEED US ALL.

They’ve told us that over and over. I’ve studied the depopulation program, from their own writings, at the beginning of the 1700’s, right through to the books they put out at the beginning of the 20th century. A lot of the books came out, right after World War I, where big boys in Britain and elsewhere were complaining that not enough people had been killed off. They want to bring it down to their specific little perfect numbers. That’s the sad truth about the world, in which we live.
Recently, I’ve talked to people who really care about others in this world, and they become terribly distraught when they find that most people don’t really care about other people. It’s a hard thing for those who do care to find out, and really get it through their heads, that that’s the world they live in. Most people are ego-syntonic. They do that which pleases them. They avoid pain. That can also be helped along through psychological techniques, and sure enough, Bertrand Russell and other ones mentioned that they would create an ego-syntonic society. That was all part of what the New Age was created to be – to avoid things that make you feel unpleasant. “I don’t want to hear that. Don’t tell me that. It’s upsetting. Look on the bright side. Don’t be a downer.”
You know, when there’s a forest fire, the animals run for it. When sheep get spooked, they bolt in all directions, and they’re supposedly the most domesticated animal, alongside the dairy cow. Dairy cows, if they’ve been chosen to go off to slaughter, seem to know it’s coming. They have awareness, almost a psychic awareness, of something happening. I’ve seen a neighbor who had cattle. His cattle would be lowing all night long, before the truck would come in the morning. All night long, the most sorrowful sounds you’d ever hear. They just seemed to know.
Mankind, humankind, overtakes them in its domesticity. We’ve had more work done on us, through psychological methods and inoculations to lobotomize specific parts of the brain, like Koestler said in “The Ghost in the Machine.” You can see it all around you. You see those who don’t want to know any bad news. “It’s a downer. I want to be happy. I. Me. Me. Me.” However, the survival of humankind, in all ages, is dependent on the caring of each individual for the others. Otherwise, you have chaos and such a people will vanish. It’s a very telling point actually because civilizations have gone in the past, gone down, because of that very problem.
The ELITE THINK they have it all in hand. They care about each other. They know the necessity of caring for each other, at least making sure that they’re all in their same positions, and standing by each other. They close ranks and stand by each other. However, those people “down below” are running around chasing gurus, New Age reptilian people, everything you could imagine, anything which excites and titillates the imagination. They don’t want to hear the bad news. They don’t want to know that there are people amongst them, who work in projects, which would be given the Iron Cross for Josef Mengele research. They could be living next door to you.

There’s a lot of very nasty evil people, and I’ve talked to some of them. I’ve heard people tell me – I’ve met some of them who work for the big boys. One was a woman, who was a teacher. She was a strange kind of teacher, from a very old family, very wealthy old upper family, who could take six months off in the year and go off to China, and obviously paid to do so, and to other countries. I was talking to her when she came back, and because I understand so many topics, I got chatting to her, and she knew me. We were standing somewhere outside the general store, in the middle of no-where, and she got rather carried away about the Chinese system.
The CHINESE SYSTEM is to be the MODEL SYSTEM for the WORLD. There is MANDATORY ABORTION for SECOND CHILD FAMILIES. And she got carried away about their techniques for manipulating society into all being one, like one giant ant hill, all going in the same direction, with the same one mindset. How they have managed, sort of successfully, to sort of downplay individualism and make them all feel a part of this “GREAT ONENESS.” That’s why it’s the model state for the world, according to the United Nations.
She got carried away and she said, “They do so well with their population problem,” and I played along and said, “oh, really?” She says, “oh yes, yes. They have down so well.” It’s true, because in the early days of communism in China, when the word filtered back through the spies in society to the top, they’d send out troops to pick up people in their homes and drag the women off to the clinics for the abortion. Now, with the psychological technique of approval, social approval and social DIS-APPROVAL, they don’t have to do that anymore, because the neighbors themselves will force the women and escort her to the abortion clinic.
Most people are really not individuals at all. They’re composites of their brainwashings. It’s like someone, who you know very well, who notices your car, and you say, “my emergency brake isn’t attached,” and they’ll look at you like, “oh, that’s illegal!” They’re really concerned, because to them “illegal” means something nasty, nasty, nasty. Law is just law. It’s a bunch of commands put out by people at the top and laws can be anything. Some people who are composites, and don’t think for themselves, can be and are your worst enemies, in any society. They could even be people you might have known for years. You’ve watched their Pavlovian responses. That’s what it is: Pavlovian responses you’re seeing of their indoctrinations.
This woman who was telling me about this, with China, prattled on and glorified their techniques, for getting the whole society in on the thing, to go against second pregnancies. It’s not a legal thing anymore; it’s just social disapproval. They used that here with cigarette smoking, big tests. They started to indoctrinate children at school, so that if you blew smoke 20 feet away, they went into a coughing fit, a paroxysm of coughing, and pointed at you like you were like one of these creatures from a horror movie. It’s a Pavlovian response. That’s what they decided to do in society, is use the same psychological techniques of repetition, until we all have these various types of Pavlovian responses.
I said to this woman, “what gives you the right to decide who will live and die?” Then she suddenly remembered who she was talking to; I wasn’t one of her cohorts. She said, “Somebody has to do it.” That was the simple response. Now, I’ve heard that same response, on similar topics, from other people who are in the “working army,” the “Earth Army” as they sometimes call it, at the U.N. That’s their answer. “Somebody has to do it.” It all makes perfect sense to them.
This is similar to a guy I bumped into, in my travels, who was a big arms dealer, very pleasant man. Very pleasant and you’ll find that with most of them. They seem gracious, in fact, in company, concerned, like “do you have enough coffee? Would you like something to drink?” (And so on…) They’ll pull out the chairs for the ladies to sit on, and are very courteous. They will have genuine cares and concerns about people, like their own families, and so on.
One night I was sitting chatting and I said, “you know all of these things you’re making, these armaments and all the bullets, and so on, are going to end up killing people. They might even be used back on Canadians one day.” He said, “I don’t care. I sell to whoever needs them, whoever wants them. I just want to be rich.” He said it, not in a facetious way. He was being very honest about it. I could tell by the way he said it.
We have these odd people who are able to profit from wars. They rationalize it quite easily to themselves, even though it sounds absurd, to people like me. They have no problem. There’s no stammering. There’s no hesitancy in their answers. They’re telling you, genuinely, how they feel. You find it’s incomprehensible how a person can care so much about family, friends and so on, but have that kind of attitude towards what he has chosen to do.
These people really do exist. This is a telling period for humanity, because there’s a separation taking place. This separation has been talked about in “previous ages,” as it’s called, where society gets to such a stage of corruption, from the top to the bottom, that something happens, either manmade or whatever, and most people are wiped out. Others have taken some sort of moral stance concerning the story – that there’s a change in certain humans themselves. There are certain humans alive, who are different from the rest, and these ones come through; whereas those who are still “base” do not.
THE ELITE BELIEVE THAT THEY ARE THE SUPERIOR ONES, AND THAT THEY WILL COME THROUGH, AND YET THEY ARE THE MOST EVIL CREATURES ON THE PLANET.
People worship very old noble families, who got their wealth and their power by slaughtering everyone else around them, generally because they had a big family. These families would go on from there and get in cahoots with bankers, who always work together with these people, for armaments and so on. They were going off and slaughtering other peoples, and dominating them. Today, we accept their descendents, simply, simply because it’s tradition. If it’s true that society likes a winner, and loves a winner, then society is doomed if that’s the kind of winner they truly like – anyone who wins, by any means possible.
WE’RE WITNESSING THE END OF HUMANITY, AS WE KNOW IT.
In all the old holy books, in other countries, have this fable story in it, whatever it is. Even Judaism has in it that we go through these cycles (Talmudic Judaism), and reach a point of total debasement, and then catastrophe comes, and people are wiped away. I have to admit; I’ve seen the good and the bad in my life, and extremes. I’ve seen the many in-betweens, but I’ve certainly seen the extremes. Today, there are very few people who truly care about what’s going on. Don’t be mislead by groups and NGOs (Non-Governmental Organizations), who are authorized by the big boys, who are always spouting for more things for the workers, or this or that or the other. This is all part of the agenda. I’m talking about people who really care; not because they’re paid to; not because they say all the right things and have an ulterior agenda.
Today, we’re seeing the dividing line between those who care, and the majority who do not. That point is passed, in fact. IT’S ALREADY DECIDED AND MOST DO NOT CARE.
By caring, I don’t mean that you hear about something, and it’s on your mind that night, and gone the next day. Caring is something that stays with you. Caring is something, that once you realize what’s happening somewhere, to someone else, you can’t just let it go, regardless of the company you’re in or the situation that happens. If you go to a party, and everyone’s laughing, it still stays with you. Those few people are very rare. They’re rare people, and yet those are the ones who are bringing survival instincts into the next stage. The rest of them are gone, because if you don’t care about others you are allowing humanity to be extinguished. Part of survival mechanisms, even in the smallest tribe or the largest tribe, is based on caring for others. WHEN YOU DON’T HAVE IT – YOU’RE DOOMED because anything can and will be done to you.

Growing up in Britain, during a time of mass upheaval, when the de-industrialization after World War II was continuing right down through the ’60’s, ’70’s and ’80’s. All we had on television at news time was decrees, by ministries of this and ministries of that, from the government pushing all of these decrees and all the bad news of layoffs and plant closures; and the reasons were never given. It wasn’t until the EUROPEAN UNION – THE BIG SECRET UNIFICATION WAS OVER AND DONE WITH and they declassified their documents. They admitted they agreed in 1945 to de-industrialize Britain.
Like old Rockefeller said, ” you can’t make an omelet without breaking eggs.” All those generations, who grew up in misery and uncertainty, in the era when Margaret Thatcher came on television and said “there’s a generation growing up now who will never see work in their lifetime. Get used to it.” That was all part of it. That was the omelet, you see. That was the eggs getting broken. Just unfortunate, but it has to be, because that’s the plan. Generations are included in the plan, generations of misery and no hope and no future.
That’s the reality of those who rule and run and guide this world. These are same people who make sure that the funding for RE-SEARCH into SCIENCE goes into specific areas, which THEY WILL CONTROL, leading to TOTAL CONTROL OF THE INDIVIDUAL. That’s the SAD TRUTH of THIS WORLD, in which we live.
The upheavals are coming even faster, because they knew they could not integrate the world into a global system and have “perfect peace,” unless they gave it another couple of hundred years of increased immigration, from all sides, to wherever they wanted it to go. They don’t have that time, because they go by a very, very strict timetable. It’s not astrological. They use astrological symbols for the exoteric to fall into. It’s actually a time clock. They count their ages in time written in the sky. It’s a perfect clock, a stellar clock, and they must stay on time.
THIS WORLD IS RUN AS A LONG RANGE BUSINESS PLAN, INTERGENERATIONALLY.

When I was young, I went into the adult libraries because I wanted to know about all these old buildings that I could see around the next town, old, old town. I wanted to know how generations of stone-masons could work on one church or a cathedral. More so, I wanted to know, because I understood that there was so much chaos and wars going on, and poverty and so on.
How come the control, or the controlling factor behind all of that, for maybe five, six, seven generations, NEVER LOST CONTROL through all the mayhem and chaos and wars? You’d think they would put that on hold, but nothing was ever done like that. The money kept coming to the certain building projects.
Then you go back into the times of the Norman invasion, the ONES who have NEVER REALLY BEEN EXPLAINED IN HISTORY. What they have given us is partly a sideshow, quite a bit of untruth. They’ve never gone into the nitty-gritty of a people, who were financed on a larger scale than World War II, with machinations, supplies, postmaster generals and all this kind of stuff, over a multi-year war to take over the whole of Europe and Scandinavia. We’re told they came from the northern countries; therefore they called their place Normandy. However, I don’t think that’s true at all. They spoke French; they said that’s because they moved into France. No, they spoke French. They didn’t stay to any mother tongue. Even when they took over the court of England, people forget that for about 200 years, the court of England all spoke French.
Who were these Normans, who came in with their big, big building projects? It was something that had been lost, because the big building projects throughout Europe came first with the Romans, until they left when their empire appeared to crumble. They did the same thing. They came in with the moneymen, the bankers to force money on the people. Then they taxed it back. They paid you to work for them, and then taxed it back from you. MONEY and TAXATION IS IMPORTANT TO THEIR SYSTEM.
From the taxes, they have their big, big ongoing building projects. They are the master builders. Huge roads, huge buildings and a money system, to go with this new way of living, didn’t exist before. The Normans re-introduced that. They did exactly the same thing, with all their building projects and their creation of capital cities. They are ongoing master builders; DEMOCRACY IS BASED ON THIS. It’s the same ongoing thing, from local townships right up to the top to the federal level, to international levels now. We have this massive taxation and panels meeting to decide what to build next. As they build and build and build, you’re taxed more and more and more.
MONEY IS A TOOL USED BY THE ELITE. It’s the MEANS. It’s not the END itself. They could use anything they wished. They would wish we’d all just work for nothing. This way, we can earn all our numbers and pay all our numbers back out; we pay so many numbers back to them. When you figure out, you almost are working for nothing. IT’S A CON GAME, you see. It’s a TRICK. Because we use this money, then we are paid, and we will work for them, and we build these big, big projects.
We build the war machines. We pay universities to put up subsidies, to match the subsidies from the foundations to RE-SEARCH into specific areas, which will end up giving us more manacles to wear. We build our own chains. WE ALWAYSBUILD OUR OWN CHAINS, IN THIS SYSTEM. Then you wonder, “my goodness how did that happen? How did that happen?” Who do you think paid for all these monitors they put up all over Britain, and all over Europe, and they’re putting up all over here? THE TAXPAYERS PAID FOR THEM. The arms of government wanted them, but the taxpayers paid for them. They have microphones in many of them (boom microphones), which can pickup conversations 200 yards away in a shop doorway.
Once again, the public are told, “This is normal now. You’re being watched. You have “SPECIAL PEOPLE” watching you. They won’t rat and blackmail you, or whatever. No, they’re special people. They come out of different wombs than you and I, just like police, military people and politicians.” WE LIVE IN THE MOST CORRUPT AGE EVER, so the ones at the top are more corrupt than anyone else, and you want to trust that. Well, good luck to you.

When social Darwinism began to be taught, which was really “the survival of the fittest,” the elite were so happy to hear it voiced, for the first time, something that they’d always believed in anyway, in their own inner religion. This is something, which they had to teach the people to believe in, because once you accept that life is just gobs of protoplasm with sparking synapses and electrical chemical impulses racing through nervous systems, then you DE-HUMANIZE, you take away any sacredness within life itself. They have been at that, so steadily, for such a long time now, they’ve convinced most of the population that that is so. When you convince the population that, “Life is just an accident, almost, but there’s nothing great or mysterious about it. See, the scientists can dissect it and explain it all to you, and there’s so much of it around anyway. It’s not as if it’s in scarce supply. Therefore, why bother grieving over those who are dying or sick, or are going to be killed in this war, the next war or the many wars to come?” Ongoing world war, which is on now, is called the War on Terror.

At one time, people fought to preserve the sacredness within humanity. They fought for that right. Today, it’s out the window. It’s in the trash bin. Most people don’t care for anything outside of themselves. They are walking (or racing) composites, dashing to and fro to buy the next reward, to please themselves at the end of the month. ANYTHING THEY DO FOR OTHERS IS DONE FOR A REWARD. NOTHING IS GIVEN WITHOUT EXPECTING A REWARD, and it’s a sad, sad comment that WE’VE BEEN REDUCED TO THIS, but is was written about that this would happen. They did have to bring us to this point so we could get to the next step, the next stage, underway. They’ve been teaching this stuff in schools so long now that generations have grown up thinking, “Well that’s it. It’s Darwinian socialism. It makes perfect sense to me. It’s survival of the fittest. The most aggressive and intelligent have the right to dominate the rest, and do as they will with the peasantry.” That’s what we’re watching.
And yet, they have these legalities they most go through, of publishing things, like the blurb I read yesterday. They publish it; that’s a legality, you see, because we acquiesce to it, under common law. WE ACQUIESCE BY OUR SILENCE to THEIR OUTLANDISH DICTATES. Their own historians can then go ahead and write, “Society went through this phase. There was no objection from the public.” That’s how things are written.

The public feel that they’re powerless, unless they belong to a Non-Governmental Organization, but that’s not true. The amount of people an individual can influence in their lives can be astonishing. Even if you influence five people in your lifetime, like the ancient Greek philosophers said, you’d accomplished wonders. What I mean by “influence,” is to change something, which made such an impact to change people for the better, without robbing them of their self.

You’ll find, out there is the chaos that’s been created and well funded into existence, to trap those who are looking for truth. You’ll find the “mine-field” to get out of the tunnel. You see the field. The forest is on the other side of the field. You want to run towards it, but then you find out there’s mines (explosive mines) buried everywhere across that field. The field is so enticing, because in that field you’ll hear and see things that you’ve never seen before. Information you’ve never heard before, but it’s always spun off in a direction to disable you from becoming much more than you already are, to bring you back into the loop.
Before the elite make a single move in any direction, they plan all possible repercussions like a chess game. They set up and train people to become the leaders of groups that will arise to combat, or seem to combat, the initial stimuli before anything is done. Before the first move is made, they go over this meticulously.
WHAT THEY CANNOT COUNT on is THE OCCASIONAL INDIVIDUAL here or there, who doesn’t fall into a category – THOSE WHO ARE UNPREDICTABLE.

WHEN WE FORGET THE SACREDNESS WITHIN HUMANITY, WE’VE JUST GIVEN AWAY THE ONLY THING THAT COULD STOP THEM FROM TOUCHING YOU. They’ve convinced whole populations that we’re just walking little “pieces of protoplasm,” who can be dissected, who can be harvested. Harvested before you are even clinically dead. They’re pushing further, all the time, because the fresh organs straight out the body are the best, they say. The ghouls go to work, and we accept it, because it’s for a very good cause, like all charity work. It’s the same thing, the same old Masonic thing, down through the ages. “It’s for a good cause,” but look at the horror that’s caused in this “good cause” and where it’s going. People should really ponder, deeply and carefully.
Next week, I’ll go into other topics, of course, with maybe some good news here and there, hopefully. If I wanted, I could target the big audiences by telling them nice things, which make them go to bed feeling fuzzy and warm and happy. I’ve never ever pretended that I was here to grab the bulk of the populace. I’ve always looked for the uncommon man or woman, because those are the only ones who truly count. The rest are composites of their conditioning, of their training, and yes, somewhere deep within them, there’s also the fact that they prefer to make certain choices.
Forgive this talk tonight. It was a bit slow. I’m tired tonight. Ponder these things carefully, and may your god go with you. All the best. Good night.

“TRUTH vs. EGO”

OCTOBER 11, 2006

Hi. This is Alan and it is the 11th of October already 2006 and I’ll probably doing more of these “blurbs,” as I call them, since it seems my bridge has been burned behind me.

I find a lot of the Christian radio stations, now that they know where I stand, haven’t been calling me back and that’s okay, because you have to be true to yourself and you can’t allow yourself to be used by other people who have their “own agendas,” and really that’s what a lot of them do. They bring someone on who brings the guests to listen in and they try to have you agree with their particular format or belief system where God’s in control and after they terrify the public for half an hour or an hour.

They tell you God’s in control and so sit back and let it happen. On the other hand, you have the very New Age type shows which are deliberately set out there probably by the CIA whose job it is to make people live in a fantasy world where nothing is real anymore and don’t worry about what’s happening in your life or around you or to you even. It doesn’t matter. Just try and get out-of-body experiences and let’s look for a face on Mars perhaps, et cetera, et cetera.

It gets monotonous in a sense when you have to cater to particular “deliberate agendas.”  Some of course just want to make money and fascination will always attract people. We all use imagination. That’s part of living. Imagination is part of creativity and it’s also part of a relaxation, a natural tranquilizer. Whether you’re reading a book or in fact just letting your mind ramble into places unknown, that’s good for you at times but you can’t live in it forever and you can’t take it serious a lot of the stuff they’re talking about because they’re trying to literally disable your conscious mind from being critical in its analysis of what’s happening around.

On previous shows I’ve mentioned a newspaper report that was in most of the American newspapers and it was also in the Boston Globe I think it was. It was by an adviser to President Bush talking to reporters and he says: “We give you your reality” – meaning the think tanks and the advisers that work for them and work for presidents. We give you the reality and that becomes your reality because you write about it. You discuss it and when you’ve accepted that reality we’ll give you another reality and that will become your reality too. I’m paraphrasing it here, but that’s basically what he was saying and he was telling a truth because most of the media’s announcements today amount to drama for the public. It’s drama. It’s an ongoing soap opera.

Sure enough, like Brzezinski said, “shortly the public will be unable to reason and think for themselves. All they’ll be able to do is to parrot their download from the previous night’s news,” and he said that years ago and it’s happened. It’s come to pass.

They give us the scandals. They give us the topics to be concerned about, while the big topics—what the “REAL AGENDA” is—is never ever even come close to on the mainstream media. That’s not their job. Their job is to distract you. Shakespeare said it, and he belonged to a certain class, he said, “all the world’s a stage and we are but the players,” and, of course, he was telling the truth.

Mainstream has ALWAYS BEEN for control purposes, a control factor and it’s never changed because mind control works that way. Societal control works by creating cultures, reinforcing the culture, even when you’re changing it the public never suspect it’s even happening. So they give you all this drama and of course when they’re making big changes to their own system, mind you, the big boys give you lots of fear, lots of terror to worry about: coming plagues, global warming, wars abroad.

Everything that could be done by science today they can actually do, but they’re terrifying the life out of the public and that keeps them on edge. We sort of neurotically drift through from one phase to the next. It’s a standard technique.

This upcoming song pretty well sums it up and that was done many years ago.

Alan:  Don’t look to the future. “The future is here” are some of the lines from another old song and that is so true. The changes from a previous generation into the next are all around us. The massive construction for highways, for NAFTA, they didn’t just start recently. They’ve been going on for years in makeshift projects right down through and past Mexico in fact. All they have to do now is join them up and that’s what we’re seeing transpire.

It’s not us actually who start the movements to try and stop it, because you can’t stop something that was planned before you were born, bureaucratically engineered and everything else and all the plans laid out. You can’t just stop it once the horse has bolted. It’s out of the stable. That’s the problem always with these things.

WE’RE THE LAST TO ACTUALLY KNOW WHAT’S GOING ON.

And yet, for those who have been seeking the truth and there’s a big difference from seeking the truth and wanting to be right. Those who have been seeking the truth have done their own research. They’ve found the statements by the players in the past discussing these events, the things that are coming upon us now; the global governments is an old idea, very old.

There’s no difference between a fascist or a communist global government. It’s one and the same thing. The fascist system was just a form of socialism – a socialistic control of society by an elite; and communism is EXACTLY THE SAME. A planned society is really a better way to describe it. A planned society where just enough people will exist to basically feed the economy to keep it going.

Under the economic rules today, the reason for the economy (although it’s always been the same) they’ve changed “THE LIE.”

THE LIE used to be that the economy was there to serve the public, just as the government was supposed to be there to serve the public. It never ever was true and now they’re admitting it in courses in university, it’s the other way around. THE PUBLIC ARE HERE TO SERVE THE ECONOMY and they don’t want inefficiency. They want an organized system, an organized planet where only enough will live to service the economy itself to keep it going, to keep a small elite in power surrounded by technocrats, which basically will be technicians and scientists and so on. So you have a dominant minority serving a dominant elite and a few workers beneath them in this long-range plan.

THIS IS WHAT’S CALLED PROGRESS.

We really have no say in the matter because there’s no complaints department for ANY of this—for ANY of it. We were not included in the big meetings back in the 30’s, 40’s, 50’s, and 60’s when they discussed global governments, when they discussed with the Royal Institute of International Affairs a European Union under a European Parliament and a Pacific Rim Parliament and an American Parliament.

We were not allowed in you see. The public were distracted with other events in those days. They were doing the hula-hoop and the twist and all this kind of stuff and watching drama on television. That’s what their heads were occupied with and of course the almighty sports.

We truly are managed scientifically. RELIGION has ALWAYS been a big part in this and in the book, “Towards a New Civilization, Gorbachev himself talked about the creation of a new religion which would be essential for part of the plan as they go through this. It’s a religion which we tend to call the New Age today and it’s infiltrated ALL standard religions and into the Christian churches as well. It began years ago where the first step was positive thinking. Just think positive and you’ll get what you want, and now they call it “motivational courses,” for business et cetera, but it’s mixed into all the New Age philosophy.

It doesn’t matter which particular New Age philosophy it seems to be because they’re all one. They’re all paid and sponsored from the top and they all tell you don’t dwell on the negative. Don’t dwell on the negative because everything is an illusion anyway and it doesn’t do any good to dwell on the negative. So when anyone in company tries to speak up and say, “hey, the king has no clothes. We’re heading towards hell,” they’ll turn away on mass because they’ve been trained to look at the positive side of things and not to listen to negative, to their own detriment of course, because there’s never been a better way to get people to shut their brains down and have no defense mechanisms whatsoever.

They’ve done a fantastic job on the public. Nothing is real and interesting enough all the New Agers have gone through their programs and paid to go through them; and a program of course is like a theater program. It tells you what’s coming up step by step. Education is similar to it. Education can be positive or negative depending on the purpose and depending on the outcome. Indoctrination doesn’t necessarily mean it’s bad. It means to teach a doctrine. See these are the definitions of words and it’s the purpose and the outcome which can make it good or bad depending on its purpose.

However, you’ll find that people go through different courses to buy their belief systems and it generally caters to the ego. It also gives you for those who have fallen away from their religion they were brought up in which has been cast aside. It’s defunct. It’s redundant. It doesn’t work anymore for them in this particular step or age. They still walk in with the same paradigm into the next religion looking for familiar type answers which are very similar to the ones that they just left. That’s what they’re looking for. They’re looking for a purpose for life. They’re looking for the rules and regulations that must go with an order because they’re terrified of a life without order. And the one that we’ve come out of, which was Christianity primarily, is full of rules and regulations and dogma and we think that’s natural, but only because we’re being brought up in it.

IT’S ACTUALLY FOR SOCIAL CONTROL ALL THOSE RULES AND REGULATIONS WERE GIVEN IN THE FIRST PLACE.

As I say, these spontaneously appearing organizations which taught meditation and techniques of unreality, and how to get into unreality by denying the presence of even the people around you as being real and having to chant mantras about that, also taught the same people that nothing was real, nothing really mattered and don’t look at the negative things.

They want to hear something positive all the time and there’s nothing new in this, as this old song will tell you.

Song:  “Accentuate the Positive” by Bing Crosby and the Andrew Sisters

You’ve got to accentuate the positive
Eliminate the negative
Latch on to the affirmative
Don’t mess with Mister In-Between

You’ve got to spread joy up to the maximum
Bring gloom down to the minimum
Have faith or pandemonium
Liable to walk upon the scene

(To illustrate his last remark
Jonah in the whale, Noah in the ark
What did they do
Just when everything looked so dark?)

Man, they said we better
Accentuate the positive
Eliminate the negative
Latch on to the affirmative
Don’t mess with Mister In-Between
No, do not mess with Mister In-Between
Do you hear me, hmm?

Alan:  This is not to say, however, that personal experience is irrelevant. In fact, it’s the opposite. Personal experience as opposed to group experience perhaps is the ultimate because it’s all you really have to go by and it doesn’t have to fit into the realm or the understanding of anyone else.

It’s interesting that the Catholic Church, for instance, for all of its dogma gave out many, many, many truths for individual life and one of them was to do with even a ghost. They didn’t attempt to explain a ghost except – and they didn’t call it demonic necessarily. They would say that it was the recipient that it was sent to and only the recipient would understand the purpose. It was up to the recipient of the encounter. It wasn’t just a happenstance thing, so the paranormal certainly was never ruled out.

The problem with the Catholic Church is it used the paranormal, at least the fear of things primarily through imagination and repetition, to control people as all religions do—including what is the New Age movement. The New Age movement was set up by those at the very, very top of the pyramid of Freemasonry and the magazine was called, “The New Age,” and they talked about bringing in a new earth religion which would encompass all the old religions, the ones that had worked under times of totalitarianism in centuries gone by and millennia gone by even. Because that which fascinated humankind thousands of years ago still fascinates them today and because they understand and they have the sciences and the histories of the human populations for thousands of years in archives (the hive of the ark, you might say) as opposed to what they give you, which is a public library.

They understand that those things which fascinate you can always fascinate you and teenagers especially are fascinated by that which they sense mainly as beyond them. It’s near them. It’s beyond them. It’s around them and it’s no coincidence that poltergeist activity, for instance, happens primarily with children who are just nearing or going through puberty and then tends to just die off and fade away. Much speculation has gone on to the cause of this.

Is it something to do with the parts of the brain, the silent area, the large part of the brain? –Which supposedly they tell us they cannot find the purpose. That’s why it’s called the “silent area” but something is triggered during that period. It doesn’t matter how many scientists tell you “that’s impossible, that kind of thing can’t really exist,” and sure enough for every one that’s true there’s probably a few hundred of frauds out there. It doesn’t make it any less true to the individual who experiences it.

I personally would love to believe everything is scientific and you must accept that things can be done scientifically in this day and age, and so that cannot be discounted. However, your personal experience of life must also be accepted, for people need meaning.

People are always saying that they want truth, but they don’t really want truth. They want something which is familiar. They want a guarantee that if they come into the next step to waking up they’d be guaranteed to be able to handle it and that isn’t the case. Not everyone can truly wake up. Many people can wake up to the first step, which is simply understanding what’s happening in the world around them and to them and where it’s going and they can follow the speeches given by various people down through the last hundred years or so and it all begins to make sense to them, but that’s only one level of this whole process.

There are other levels much deeper, which go beyond the media, the news, the meetings and the statements that have been made because there is a real occult side to this. A real hidden side and that’s what “occult” means. A hidden side and a hidden religion, which is the only way they’ve been able to keep a hold of their goals and guide it down through many, many, many centuries from ancient times.

The saying in Freemasonry which is to “perfect that which was left imperfect” is not a new saying. It was said thousands of years ago and what they mean by that is to perfect, number one, “mankind”, primarily. Remake man in a better image, not in a haphazard hurried one, scientifically. Purpose made you might say. A designer man for a designed function and everything else in nature would be redesigned and perfected because nature on the one hand is a big obstacle to the elite.

What is true that nature cannot be your friend either. It can and can’t. It depends on the time of year and the seasons and where you happen to be and the circumstances you’re in at the time. Let’s be honest about this.

When we’re sitting in a cozy warm house it’s very easy to fall into the traps of the propaganda that’s put out constantly on all media to do with we’ve got to love nature. We’ve got to respect and love it and take care of it. It sounds all wonderful and natural et cetera, but from the earliest of days we’ve had to fight nature as well.

When you are cold and you’re hungry and it’s snowing or it’s pouring rain and there’s trees falling down with lightening around you, you know nature also has a mind of its own and you are irrelevant in nature’s scheme of things when it comes down to it. Just as irrelevant as a deer being brought down by a wolf. Because we’re human doesn’t make any difference to nature. Nature has been studied tremendously and through the secrets of nature, the sciences—that’s what they mean by the secrets of nature—they decided a long time ago to first understand it and then change it; and like everything else in this particular religion that runs everything, they will control it.

THEY WANT TO CONTROL NATURE. Everything that’s happening today in every sphere is about “planned control.”

The control freaks are here indeed and they have no tolerance for differing points of view on anything which is given out as being politically correct at the time.

In fact, they would try and squash a square peg into a round hole rather than just admit they’re wrong. That won’t happen. We saw that in the Soviet Union when they found people who just didn’t fit into the Soviet System whose thoughts were not molded along the Soviet agenda. Who didn’t parrot the proper phrases automatically and force themselves to believe it and those people were punished severely because ideology is a tremendous, tremendous enemy of humankind. Ideology is a terrifying thing in all ages. Ideology is the destroyer.

In this world you must have differences. I’ve met people who will have what I think are friendly arguments with and then when you want to say well we’ll leave it at that. We can agree to differ and go home thinking no more about it, only to find out they can’t. They can’t stop. Their job to them is to make you agree with them, and I have met people down through my life like that and that means potentially they’re a control freak.

The ones at the top have the same traits of many of those at the bottom. It’s a human trait of many people. Not all, but many people. You have to accept the differences in society to have peace. It must be that way. Otherwise, it’s uniform, there is no free thought, there’s no free opinion on anything, there isn’t even a free discussion on anything because people will simply gang up on you and kill you for being different, and this is a sad statement on society.

You know religion is full of very, very true allegories. That’s why we’re given them and the bringer of bad news, for instance, is often killed by the mob who demanded to hear it in the first place. That’s partly true of what’s happening to me at the moment as well. I don’t teach people who aren’t certain or at least I’m not certain of who want to be woken up.

What they really want is the truth they’ve already decided upon. In other words, they want to tell you what they already believe. That isn’t seeking truth whatsoever and if you veer off from where they want you to go—in other words, you’re not giving them the answers they want to hear—they will turn on you and that’s why traditionally down through all religions all the bringers of truth or messiahs or whoever, call them what you want, the mob that followed them at one point are the same mob that jeer them when they’re drying.

Those people are called “the profane,” those in the darkness. Why are they in the darkness? Because they want to be there. They would only move to the darkness to somewhere else if they had a guarantee that it would already fit their existing paradigm, their idea of what it should be like.

When people ask me how do I wake up, how do I go further, I don’t given them a one-size fits all answer. You have to first be sure the person is serious. You have to get inside their head space to find out where they are at in their head space. How much do they truly understand? What are they capable of understanding? What are they willing to give up in order to understand? And most truly are not willing to give up many, many of their pet beliefs, so you’re back to square one. They’re not looking for truth at all. They’re looking for a guarantee. They’re looking for someone to say, “there, there, don’t worry. It’s going to be all right for you.”

Others think they can buy truth and so they go into organizations where the program—and I use the word program because they’re given the program. This is what you’re going to be taught: this stage, that stage and so on and so on, and they pay to be programmed; and I say program as a neutral term. It depends on the intent and the end product of it. It’s just like education; it can be either one too.

People pay to be programmed and really what they’ve done is picked the religion they’ve already believed, it’s the one they’ve already decided upon, so they could go “religion shopping,” and the New Age movement has more books put out in the last 30 years than maybe all the books on Christianity and that takes some beating. Every week there’s a new fad. A new super talker who says super things, which is all the rehash of the old stuff, really, and they’re pulling either the usual stuff. It’s either astronomy, astrology, tarot cards, tea cup reading, that’s not really trendy today because it’s too vague for people, and right down to even using pendulums.

There are people who went through the pendulum period of the New Age who cannot make a decision without swinging a pendulum to find out if it’s the way they’re supposed to go. This is madness. It’s madness, but people today are so terrified of everything. They want something else to reassure them that it’s going to be all right, without being willing to work on themselves.

THE NEW AGE MOVEMENT DOESN’T ENCOURAGE YOU TO LOOK AT YOURSELF ON A DAILYBASIS.

What it does is train you toignore all those aroundyou because you and yourself – you’re really a good person. In fact, you’re all that matters. For any truth, any high truth that’s ever come to people has come on self-reflection because you can’t change those around you by making it so, but you can sure work on yourself. You are the material and you can work on yourself and that is a place a lot of people do not want to go.

SELF-REFLECTION IS WHAT BRINGS YOU TO DIFFERENT LEVELS OF UNDERSTANDING.

Those who can’t understand the teaching or take it or are willing to follow through in it will turn against the teacher. That’s standard. That is standard all down through time.

In the movie “The Matrix”, Morpheus only promised Neo the truth. That’s all. He didn’t offer him a comfortable answer, a comfortable explanation, a comfortable ending to anything, but domesticated people in this what is called “civilization” where we’ve been trained from birth to be managed to accept we’re being managed – and that a more recent phenomena really. At least, more openly in its manifestation.

We’re taught that we’re being well managed but people want guarantees to be well managed no matter what head space they get into, what understandings they get into. They want to be reassured that there’s no suffering involved. No pain. People are ego-syntonic. They want to avoid pain and seek pleasure. That has been taught steadily since the 1950’s onwards. This is a great way to control people, because only through waking up and looking around and taking the pain are you able to perceive what’s going on.

Culture creation is so well understood and always has been where any reality can be given to the public. The hard part is starting it off really (from scratch, that is). Once it’s on the go you simply change it as you go along; and as Plato said, the generation that experiences the changes where opposite values are given, they’re the last ones to notice. It’s empirical truths you see. These have been tested over and over again.

Right can become wrong. Wrong can become right and the public who walk hypnotically down through their lives never notice and ask the questions as to the whys. It just doesn’t happen. People know what they want because they know what other people want. That is the mind of the mass. They don’t want to be different and if there’s a new fad tomorrow and all the in-people, the in-crowd rushed off to it, everyone else would follow suit because they don’t want to be different. They want to be the same.

It’s a sad statement to make, but it’s a true statement you see. Culture is full of fetishes that are given to the people and they fetish over them you might say. All of this has been done over and over and over again, tried and tested like a laboratory, like a clinical laboratory where everything is observed and repeated over and over again. Culture is the easiest thing to create and the public are downloaded and accept it so readily.

Most of the reality we live in, in the true sense of the word an “illusion,” as opposed to the New Age meaning “of illusion,” most of the culture is an illusion. Most of what’s happening is illusion. An illusion is a distortion of something which is real, like a reflection off a mirror with the sunlight striking it. It can create an illusion in a room. It’s real, but it’s not the primary cause; as opposed to a hallucination where nothing is there and you actually see something. That’s the difference.

In the New Age movement, an “illusion” really is more akin to the term “hallucination.” They try to tell the people that nothing is real at all and they train them to believe this and they pay money to be taught this.

Song: “Strawberry Fields” by the Beatles

Let me take you down, ’cause I’m going to Strawberry Fields.
Nothing is real and nothing to get hung about.
Strawberry Fields forever.

Living is easy with eyes closed, misunderstanding all you see.
It’s getting hard to be someone but it all works out, it doesn’t matter much to me.
Let me take you down, ’cause I’m going to Strawberry Fields.
Nothing is real and nothing to get hung about.
Strawberry Fields forever.

No one I think is in my tree, I mean it must be high or low.
That is you can’t you know tune in but it’s all right, that is I think it’s not too bad.
Let me take you down, ’cause I’m going to Strawberry Fields.
Nothing is real and nothing to get hung about.
Strawberry Fields forever.

Alan:  And it works well for the ultra-terrified because they can’t handle reality anyway. They’d prefer if someone tells them, “there, there, don’t worry, nothing is real anyway.” It’s very soothing if you want to live in an oblivious psychosis and life has become terrifying for many people. Again, that’s part of the System.

Aldous Huxley in his speech at Berkeley (which you can see on this website and listen to) describes that process. He said: “Most people are not happy anyway.” Well he should know because he was part of a ruling elite in his day and age and he was descended from families who specialized in creating the kind of societies they lived in. They created the fear, the terror, the poverty, the worry, the unnaturalness of it all.

Sure, you could say quite confidently that most people were “unhappy” because they were living in an “unnatural lifestyle”. They actually lived in a fixed type of economy in Britain and in other parts of Europe where it was so well perfected with the monied system and the governing system and through census taking.

They knew what everybody earned pretty well on average. They knew how much you needed to live and pay rent and most people paid rent in those days back in the 60’s and 70’s in Britain and in most parts of Europe. They knew how much it would cost to feed and keep a family of perhaps two at the most and the people just couldn’t get ahead at all. And credit was not thrown at them like the credit cards are thrown at people today.

People scurried and worried about basic things, the necessities of life, not so long ago. That was their main worry, the “necessities.” Now they fret over things they want but don’t really need because they’ve been taught to reward themselves at the end of every month. That’s your reward for going through your boring life. Trained like animals you see.

Getting back to the question of “what is reality?” “What should reality be?” “What defines a reality?”

Before you can even start that journey, you truly have to reflect upon all of those things that’s happened in your own life, your own experiences and I mean critically. You can’t whitewash events in your own life where you haven’t been too proud of what you’ve done, said, whatever, because we affect everyone around us as we go through life. Everyone does.

The odd little statement just stopping at a store in a hurry and not saying “hello” one particular day to someone can have consequences upon them because maybe they needed that little hello that particular day; and yet we can’t go neurotically through life worrying about it all the time, but it’s amazing how many people we do affect on a daily basis. This doesn’t mean we have to go through life and pamper people as well to keep the peace.

THE TRUTH MUST ALWAYS BE SAID. Otherwise, someone is controlling someone else. And people shouldn’t be offended with differences of opinion and people should neither be dogmatic about it, either, because that’s down to a battle of wills then, of ego.

PEOPLE WHOHAVE TO BE RIGHT rather than SEEK TRUTH ARE NOT AFTER THE TRUTH AT ALL, obviously.

The journey for personal meaning can be a long one and it’s ongoing and every time you come through one understanding you realize that there’s more to go. It’s like getting to the top of a mountain, only to see a higher one beyond it and sometimes you go into those valleys and you say, “my God, nothing’s happening. I’m static. My mind isn’t working properly. Nothing is coming to me.”

Where in reality you’re dissecting all the knowledge you’ve acquired up until that point and you have to truly savor it minutely and when that’s done, suddenly you’re going up the tracks to the next mountain. That’s how it happens. It does not mean that every experience that you have is going to be the same for everyone else, and neither could you ever promise that to them because many people cannot go where you have gone.

Andrew Lloyd Webber perhaps unknowingly wrote a song for “Evita” the musical and in the song he’s really describing where people are. The people that you think are confident around you who seem to have it all because people pretend in life. They don’t want to admit they’re hurting at all. We put on a façade to people and because we can’t be real to people then we don’t get anywhere in the CHANGES that MUST be made. We allow those who seem confident to rule over those who are not quite sure and then you end up always in tyranny because psychopaths take over.

I leave you tonight with this ad-lib talk as always, there’s nothing prepared, with the song written by Andrew Lloyd Webber. Good night.
February 2nd, 2006
Alan Watt as Guest on
Eye on the Future with Hehpsehboah
(2 Hours)

February 2nd, 2006, in your home, at work, and around the world, broadcasting without borders, this is Eye on the Future radio, with Hehpsehboah. Visit Eye on the Future’s website at wwww.eyeonthefutureradio.com for upcoming guests. The topic for today’s show: Cutting Through the Matrix, management of society, predictive programming, exploitation by agenda, including how Canada fits in, Masonic orders to the 360th degree, plus much, much more with Hehpsehboah’s very special guest today, Alan Watt, researcher and author.

Hehpsehboah: Never mind you say these Masons. How about their brothers of crime, the Jesuits?

Alan: They’re all Masons, actually. That’s the trick of all of this. It’s like ancient Babylon, and if you understand why they called it the Mystery Babylon, because some people would say, well, it’s those guys over there, and other ones would say, no, it’s the priest chief over there. And the reality was, it was a religion with a thousand faces. And that’s the meaning of the goddess. The goddess is the church. The body of the church are the members. That’s the body. That’s the body of Osiris. Isis is the church. And so, they had a thousand faces under many guises. And when you realize that the Jesuit signs and so on are pretty well the same as all the other Masons, including the Mormons, the elect.

Hehpsehboah: Well, the Mormons, are basically, what people do not understand, it is openly, blatantly a Masonic Church.

Alan: Yes. It is. And all the male members are allowed into the Electi, and once they’re into the Elect, they go through the exact same rituals with the Apron, the signs, the symbols, the plea to God for help, which is really a plea to your fellow men for aid. It’s pure Freemasonry, yeah. And then, Masonry itself was only given to the non-nobility, outside of priesthoods, that is, when they had to create a middle class to manage the Industrial Revolution, and so, they created the Blue Lodges, the lower forms of Masonry. And that really was kicked off by the Rosicrucians in the 1500s, in fact. So, it’s all one and the same thing, and you can go to India, to China, to the higher orders of all the Triad groups in China, and you’ll find that it’s the same bunch, worldwide. This is an ancient mystery religion, that at one time they called Babylon, you know. Babylon is not just a place, it’s a system.

Hehpsehboah: Isn’t it most interesting when you say that, that here at this moment, Chinese people are actually believing that most of China is free of religion. And a while ago, I was speaking to a friend who’s an oncologist to China, and he said to me, “No. No.” He says, “Religion is very minor.” I said, “No, no, no, no, no.” I said, “You know, you have a major overrun of the Masons there, even though they proclaim they’re underground. They’re not underground. And so is the Dalai Lama, a 33rd degree Mason, or 360 Mason, maybe.

Alan: He’s high. In fact, the oddest thing is, one of the largest groups of evangelical religious people are Islamic. And they have world meetings, and they write lots of literature for the West. And the head of it is the Dalai Lama, the Buddhist. Figure that one out.

Hehpsehboah: You know, when you say this, most people haven’t got a clue how dangerous this individual is, because he’s totally supported by CIA money.

Alan: That’s right. But of course, you must always realize that the heads of all religions, which are authorized religions, you see, they’re not there to help the people. They are shepherds. And that’s a good place to start, really, because the shepherd’s symbol, the good shepherd goes back to the most ancient times, even Sumer. And probably the Harappan culture, pre-Sumer, because Sumer did not learn their culture just overnight. It appeared on the spot as a full developed system in society, and monks and priesthoods and so on. So, the symbol of the king, or a pharaoh being the good shepherd, and we see it in all Egyptian statues of pharaohs, where they have their arms crossed, and they have a little, like a walking cane in one hand. Well, that’s the small crook of the shepherd, and the other one is the rod. And the whole idea is the crook is to guide the people, you pull them. You get it round the sheep’s neck and you pull them to persuade them, and if he refuses, you use the rod on him. And that’s what they call the system of law, which is initially a form of persuasion through threat, and then you use force if need be. It’s the same system down through the ages. And when you take the symbol again of the sheep, it’s the most domesticated, stupidest animal there is. All of its survival instincts have been totally bred out of it. And the shepherd, any good shepherd walks into the sheep field, and he talks to the sheep, and they don’t run away. They think he’s a nice guy. He feeds them and talks to them. But when he wants to kill one, because that’s their function, is to provide him with meat and wool, when he wants to kill one, he’ll persuade it to leave the rest, and coax it outside, out of their sight, and then he’ll kill them, you see. So, we’ve got to realize what we’re saying when we say we’re the sheep, following the shepherd. And you even hear a lot of Christians singing these songs about poor little sheep that have gone astray, you know. What we’re actually saying, we’re demeaning ourselves, you know, it’s intentional too, by the system that gave us these religions and have used them up to the present time.

Hehpsehboah: But when you take a serious look at what is taking place right now, they’re building all these pens for the sheep, like all these humungous prisons, so, they’re up to something to get rid of maybe the overload of sheep, maybe the rebellious sheep, like you and me.

Alan: Yes. This is not new, either. This is the amazing thing about this. The ancient Greeks wrote copiously about managing the herd, the people, and because they had so many islands that could only stand so much of a population, the leaders of the different islands quite often got together every ten years, or every fifteen years, and decided to have a war, and they’d go through how long it would last, and who would win, and how many they wanted to kill off, basically. That was a form of population control. And this has gone down through the ages, the same thing. One of the later versions we have of it comes from Thomas Malthus. He was an economist. His theories are still taught in economics, and Thomas Malthus lived in the 18th Century, and he published his thesis on population. And he goes into the techniques of managing slave populations in the colonies, how much to feed them to keep them workable but not too bright or strong that they might just walk off or fight or even have the ability to think too much. And so they had it down to a fine art by diet, specialized diet, minimalistic type, of how they could manage people. And he was the guy, they gave a meeting, actually it was a European meeting for all the big corporations of that day, including the British East India Company, which was owned primarily by British Royalty and the nobility, and they came up with a technique of encouraging plagues by putting populations, poor populations’ housing in swamplands where they’d be infected with mosquitoes, etc.

So, we’ve got to realize, this is the reality. This is what goes on at the top. It’s always been this way. And the United Nations, which took over from the League of Nations, has a department of population control. And we better realize that these guys don’t sit and get paid big money to sit on their hands and make wish lists if they had power. They have been implementing methods of population control, for at least the last hundred years, I’d say, from the League of Nations onwards, because with the inoculations, when we study inoculations, and follow the path of them, and even the statistics of disease, we find more people getting the diseases they’re inoculated for than the ones who didn’t. And we now have the UN giving us annual statistic reports on the male population’s sperm count, and they give it so blandly, as though they’re reading off some sort of mathematical book. And last year it was down to 75% of what man in 1950 had. So, the present-day male, around 20, 25, has only 25% virility left, basically. He’s 75% sterile in 50 years.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but not only that, when you say this, it seems that when they give their inoculations that they are planning something so massive and devastating on such a large scale, and you question the rest of the populations, are they, are they just like sheep? Do you think, Alan, that they have been so numbed, that they no longer reason, or that they are so television brained, that they are followers and they can no longer think for themselves?

Alan: It’s all of that, and more. A good book to read is Between Two Ages, by Zbigniew Brzezinski, who’s been an advisor on this very speciality of mind control to quite a few presidents, including the present one in the US. And Brzezinski in that book has a chapter titled, The Technotronic Era. And he said, shortly the public will be unable to think for themselves. He said, all they’ll be able to do is to repeat what they were downloaded with by the previous night’s news. And he said, this will be accomplished by various means – and I’m sure inoculation is one of them – but he also mentioned HAARP technology, which we know is the ELF pulsations which are cast out by, they have 57 bases worldwide doing this. And HAARP carries signals to the brains, basically, of everyone on the planet, and can cause either a tranquilizing effect on one frequency, and with a slight adjustment, it can cause aggression or depression, rage, and so on. And people who are on shortwave can pick up the HAARP stations, which have been pulsing for the last five years continuously, day and night. And I’ve seen people being affected and becoming more tranquilized, basically.

And take this a step further, Arthur Koestler wrote a book called The Ghost in the Machine. And Arthur Koestler worked for the United Nations. Prior to that, he was an officer for Stalin, and came over to New York, and taught there, as a professor. And he went on to the United Nations to work on ways of lobotomizing that part of the brain which has your survival mechanisms there. He said, this will be lobotomized, because the average person will no longer need their own self-survival abilities, because the state will be making all the decisions for them. And he said that they had found chemical and biological means to actually target precisely that part of the brain. He said the only problem is to either spray it on the people; and we know the aerial spraying has been going on. He said, we can put it in their water supply, or we can inject it into them, under the guise of inoculation. And I think they’ve done it all, basically.

Hehpsehboah: I think, yes. Yes. I was going to say to you, there was a person who was visiting here a week ago, and this person was either in Los Angeles or San Francisco. I think it was in Los Angeles. And she said she was walking on the street, and they saw the chemtrails in the sky. And she said she was so shocked, because she broke out in blisters all over, her hands, her face, her neck, her feet, anything that was exposed.  And we have heard some other interesting things. But you know, if we as a people, while we still have the control and the ability to control our brain, from these monsters, why is it so difficult to wake them up, and to say to the people, wherever they are on this planet, say No to this kind of monstrosity. Because they are going to use basically religion versus religion to slaughter humanity to the point where they have more control.

Alan: Yes.  They have most of the Evangelicals convinced that it’s God’s will, and it’s in Revelations. So, they sit back in this shocked state of limbo, thinking, ‘well, I don’t like what’s happening, but it’s God’s will. It’s planned that way. You can’t fight God.’ Other ones go into escapism, thinking they’re going to get Raptured, which I call the Great Rupture, that one way or another they’re being neutralized, you see. That’s the technique of religion, is to neutralize participation in your own destiny. And that’s what’s being done. I really think a lot of people are so conditioned, I call it level one reality, and that’s the reality that has been presented to us, from birth, and reinforced all through schooling, and taken over by media, music, entertainment, etc.; that gives us our version of reality. And I’ve talked to some very high Masons, way above the 33rd degree level, who have admitted to me that there are three levels of everything, reality included. Three levels of truth. Three levels of physics, biology, and chemistry. And from professorship down, that’s the lowest level of all of it, basically. That’s why we have the most minimalistic type of health treatment, and then we see the Kissingers and the Maurice Strongs of this world, running around the globe in their 70s, putting in fourteen hours a day. They have no old-age diseases that even people in their twenties and thirties are coming down with now. They have none of that. They have vitality, and so they have a much higher treatment, of course, than we ever will be let in on. So, that’s how it’s run.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but when you say, when we look at the Kissingers and the Maurice Strongs, and the rest of the puppets that are there, because I do believe that many of the people are puppets of these people, and for a matter of fact, I am very suspicious of Kofi Anan himself, but when we look at what is taking place, and the scarcity of intelligence of people. You know, they’re all hanging out in the, what is it called, the pornography rooms, they’re hanging out in the UFO rooms, they’re hanging out in any of these things. But they’re not hanging out there in the places where they are going to have their brains fed and their intelligence is expanded and where people are going to know, well, you know, here is where I’m going to learn how to protect myself. And you know, this, Alan, it is a shame.

Alan: Well, we’re watching a form of suicide in a sense, because we do notice that generally the elite, one way or another will legally tell us what they’re up to, even if it’s in short little quips on the CBC television in Canada, or whatever. It’s up to you if you want to dwell on it, or remember it, even, but legally, they do come out with these little strange announcements about things, and we don’t take them seriously, when they go ahead and actually do it. We know that Canada and the United States and Mexico were basically, officially, united last March, when they met at Waco and signed the agreement. The CBC did one and a half minutes only on the news about it. And Global News did about two and a half minutes, and at least one guy did ask them, is this the same as the European Union, and Mr. Martin jumped in to do damage control, and said, well, it’s not quite the big bang. And then, Mr. Bush jumped in, he couldn’t help himself, and said, Well, what’s wrong with that?, he said, you know. So, they do tell us what they’re up to.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but Paul Martin was groomed by Maurice Strong.

Alan: Oh, yes. And these guys all worked for Power Corporation in Canada. We know that. They were all selected there. Power Corporation isn’t a Hydro owner, it’s a company that selects future leaders for CEOs and politicians. Most of the Prime Ministers were groomed through there, in fact, right through to Chretien. So, yeah, nothing is as it seems. We’re given front men with one agenda. There’s only been one agenda, as far back as I can trace it in history. And we’re watching it played out under many guises of democracy or whatever. It’s one agenda, and it doesn’t matter which party fronts for them. The same agenda goes forward. More UN treaties are signed to do with the way we live, how we live, and even if we will live, in fact, regardless of who’s in power. So, politics is just a sideshow. The real plan is that. The Royal Institute of International Affairs, basically has all of these members, all the politicians are members of it, the Canadian ones included. All Commonwealth countries have a department of International Affairs. There’s one in Canada. It’s called the Canadian Institute for International Affairs. The non-Commonwealth countries are called Council on Foreign Relations. Every politician in the US is a member of it. And they’re all subject back to this little group in London, chartered, they were all charted by the Queen to exist and function. And they have their whole plan written out in their members’ books.

Hehpsehboah: Well, Bonny Prince Philip has to keep in control, because you know how he at the moment is so much in charge of the Masonic movement.

Alan: And the Duke of Kent, traditionally, has been the head of the English Lodge. And he of course is another relative of the Queen, so, yeah, they’re all involved. And when we watch these coronations on television, we’re watching the same darn ceremony that goes all the way back to Babylon with the ermine coats that you’ll see Nimrod wearing on his sculptures and so on. It’s the same setup with the raised dais pyramid the Queen sits on and the scepters and so on, and all these guys round about it with the their red cloaks and their ermine fur. This is amazing stuff that we see and think is normal, without asking why. Why? Why is this the same ceremony? Why is it so precise and ritualistic? Where do these rituals come from? What do they mean? And we’re actually watching a very high Masonic initiation take place, when we see these inaugurations on television.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but the thing here is too, is a problem, is that we see these people now in Afghanistan. I feel very sorry for them. And we see these people in these other, all these other countries that someone would say, well, you know, they’re primitives. They’re not that primitive. But, at the same time, I think that they are going to war to break them so that they are becoming like sheep.

Alan: Yes. What they’ve said in their own books, and there’s a book here in Canada, if you can find it. It was by Escott Reid, who was up there with Lester Pearson, and he helped to write up the UN Charter with Alger Hiss. And Alger Hiss, as we know, was eventually imprisoned as being a Communist Party member for the Soviets. So, this Escott Reid from Toronto had a book out called, A Canadian Diplomat at the United Nations. It’s worth the read, because he goes into the fact, he says, we’re setting up a global system where everything will be one system, worldwide; and that’s exactly what we’re looking at here. Everything must become one, as they say. And we even see that in their movies. One system. One, it’s an economic system by the way, and everything from economics is subject to the economic system, laws, etc. When they went into the Muslim countries there, and then into Iraq, they set up a Central Bank. That was the first part of it. The Central Bank then is subject to the World Bank, and then UNESCO comes in to train the next generation of children into the same universal, global culture. So, what they’re doing is finishing off the last few countries that haven’t come into the system, this worldwide system. And they wrote about this a long time ago. In 1500 AD, John Dee came out with one of his books, and he was the guy who first coined the term, the British Empire, and suggested it to Queen Elizabeth the first. And he said, we can carry on a system where we will standardize the world. And then of course, we know in the early 1900s, Kipling came over with his poem to the US Senate, and the poem was The White Man’s Burden. He said, We pass the torch on to you. Because the US was to take over from Britain.

Hehpsehboah: Well, that is logical. But, Alan, that is logical when you look down on the United States of America, and you look from aircraft, you can see all the symbols on the ground there, everywhere.

Alan: I know. It’s disgusting, how open it is. All of the symbols, again, going back to ancient times, and Britain and Europe, the Royalty of Britain and Europe had it more subtle in a sense, it was still the lions, unicorns, and so on. They had other more hidden, subtle Masonic symbolism in their architecture. But the United States was created to bring in the New World Order. There’s no doubt about it. And they also caused wars in Britain, and rebellions, to ship the losers out to populate the Americas. That’s the standard technique they use too, when they want to get people to move. And they had rebellions in Scotland, for instance, which were definite setups, I’m sure of it, and they cleared the highlands of millions of people, who ended up in Canada and the US.

Hehpsehboah: Australia and New Zealand and someone said, oh, yes, there was already an agreement with New Zealand and Australia and Canada. Now, I said, you know when you look at it. But I don’t, I don’t believe that Australia is going to stay in it.

Alan: One of the books put out, I have a collection of member’s books of the Royal Institute of International Affairs, going back to the 1930s. And these were financed and published by the Rockefeller Foundation, of course, but the one in 1937, they had in Melbourne, Australia, they said, and these are the speeches given by all the members in the member’s books, it was said that eventually Canada would unite with America. And this was before World War II. They would build up China to be the manufacturer for the world, and then they went on to deal with the Soviet Union, how they must preserve the Soviet Union through the coming war, and how fortunate it would be if the United States were to be attacked by Japan. This is 1937. Everything that happens is on schedule. They plan it in advance. And so these member’s copies books, these are incredible exposés of what they say to themselves at their own meetings. And every politician attends them.

Hehpsehboah: When you say this, what would it be for them to be so important to preserve the Soviet Union, when in my book, The Etherean Travelers and the Magical Child, which is an old book, and now people are starting to wake up, and they say, oh, your prophecy is pretty accurate. I say, well, wait. When we see China and the Soviet Union ruling the world. But it will not succeed into eternity.

Alan: What we’re dealing with, and we all know the dialectic process. In ancient mysteries, of course, they always called it or couched it under the law of nature. And what they mean by that, if you understand the cycles of nature, such as summer versus winter, spring versus fall, that you can manipulate people by creating sides to choose from. And of course, we know that the Soviet system was financed heavily from New York and London. It was set up basically by them. In fact, after they set up the Bolshevik Revolution, the West has fed Russia right up to recent times. Canada was one of the biggest exporters of grain. They couldn’t even feed themselves. So, the Soviet system was a fast way, a very fast way, remember it took over many, many small countries. And once again, they standardized the cultures into the one culture, really, the same system of politics, money, finance, etc, and schooling. And once it was all done, then they can remove it. So, they got so much accomplished really, in a span of 70 years to unify everyone under one system, and then disband the apparent big hand over it, and leave it as it is, because now it’s all one system. You can travel from country to country and it’s the exact same system, which parallels the British system, really. From the local town, right up, through the different bureaucracies. It’s all the same. One system. So, that’s why they set it up.

And they also needed a threat, because power, when it wishes to tax the people, and of course, their tax, is simply, apart from money being a con to begin with, it’s a form of your labor, and we work for them. We create things and make things for them, if we accept their money. And during wartime, they can tax to the hilt and the people don’t complain the same, or the threat of war. And the Soviet Union, of course, was the threat of war, and we saw the incredible technology that was developed, throughout the Cold War, which wasn’t to fight any war at all. It was eventually to do with tagging us like cattle. That’s coming, with the chip, and satellites to watch everybody, supercomputers to manage us all. That’s really what it was all about. So, they used the Soviet Union as an excuse. I don’t really think there was ever, at the very top of the Soviet Union, a possibility of a real, unplanned conflict. I really don’t. I look at Red Square, and I look at the British Royal system, which uses the same color coding, going back to Pythagoras, and Red is their color for advancement. The red carpet. We see a red square. You know, we see Red bands on the officers in Russia, around their hats, as you do with the British army. The same thing in the British officers. There are too many similarities there. And then when you look into the Kremlin, and you look at the vaulted ceiling, and you’ll see the same symbols of the various gods of mythological times, that you’ll see inside the Congressional Hall in Washington DC.

Hehpsehboah: But when you look at the whole situation as it is evolving, and somebody would say, “Yeah, what is this good for? What can we do to stop it? What can we do to change it? And how much longer will it go on?” But at the same time, if we look at First Nations, and we look at them, at the mores, and we are looking at the ones from Hawaii, and the ones here in Canada, and other places, then you say, hey that was a systematic also murdering out of the natural people.

Alan: Yes. It’s not only systematic; it was documented well, the plan to do it was documented. John Stuart Mill was one of the biggest economists, he wrote many books, and again, his books are still used by economists today. And his father was also called John Stuart Mill, and he was also an economist for the big corporations in London, and in one of his books, he had a list of the peoples, in the 1700s this is, this was published initially, he had a list of the peoples who would have to be extinguished, eliminated, because they knew in the 1700s that they called them, the Red Man, could not fit into an economic, the coming economic system that was being set up, and therefore, they have no use for them. And they mean that. They have no use for anyone who will not serve their system. The next on the list was the black man of Africa. They said, certain ones will be allowed to live, if they could mimic the white man. That’s what they said, mimic, and the others would have to be killed off by various Malthusian techniques. Well, we see it happening today, and it’s no coincidence. They also even had the Irish down on that list at that time, because the Irish kept rebelling against authority. So, anyone who would not buckle under their system and adapt to their system was to be eliminated, and that was written by the top economist of his day that worked for the largest British corporations. So this is not news at all, you know.

When we look at what happened to the American Indians, apart from the awful way they starved them to death, and moved them off land and so on, they put them into reservations in the most unhealthy areas, and that’s right along the Malthusian policy of swamplands and so on, where they’ll get infected, etc., a shortage of food, good food, and bad climates and so on. This was all part of an extermination process, there is no doubt at all about this.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah. Vatican is doing that at the moment to the gypsies. And Vatican did that, and this is a very interesting thing, because Vatican did this also to the Zarathustrians, because they were not willing to buckle under and crawl either. And so, they went there, as they did in India. They did mass, mass murders, and when you speak to some historians, by the what’s it called, it’s a little group in India, they also were Hindus. And he said to me, he said you have to realize that the priests came in India and went door to door, and the first people that were murdered were the people that were the medicine people and the soothsayers. And I said, well, it’s interesting that you say that, because in Tibet, 400 years ago, they went into Tibet and they started to slaughter there all the medicine people, all the shamans, shawomans, and then the Buddhists came in, and the Buddhists are proclaiming that they are the originators of Feng Shui, but they are not, because it came from the original people. And they murdered and slaughtered, and actually in Tibet, you can say, every house, every street, every mountain is covered with some child’s skin that they murdered. So, when we look at what happened in Ireland, and we look at what is at this moment taking place to other people here upon the planet, and we see, you know, people in Afghanistan. You know, how many troops are they going to send there? You know, and how many people are they allowed to go and slaughter on this planet to submit everyone? And how long do they think it will take? Because, it may be so that they are going into certain areas, and use their nuclear force.

Alan: Yes. It’s not only that, it’s the more subtle message of the follow-up, we have to bring in the supposed healthcare workers to inoculate them, and I mean, that’s got most of the people in the West already sick. There’s so many ways they have of killing people off, and I’m sure you’re well aware we’re dealing with something which is intergenerational. It doesn’t think in one lifespan. It has a lot of time, you know. And it sets up its play, and if it takes a few generations to achieve its goal it will do it. It doesn’t lose track of where it’s going. So, yeah, there’s insidious ways to kill, and there’s also the overt quick ways to kill, and they’re using both at the moment. And anyone, as I say, that can’t adapt to this new slavery system that they’ve got underway, where we’ve all to be tagged like property, and that’s what it is. It’s an inventory of everything they own that walks, flies or crawls. Anything which won’t succumb to that will simply be eradicated. And that goes for all peoples, all peoples. No one is exempted from this.

Hehpsehboah: So when you say no one is exempted from it, but it seems at this very moment when we look at Israel and Palestine, that they are being used as tools to manipulate horrific conditions, so that they can also go after Iran, you know. And every day, you carefully listen, you hear another country that is added to the list.

Alan: Yes. Well, you can go back to ’92, and the New American Century group, the club, that Wolfowitz, Cheney, Rumsfeld, and Bush belonged to, published their report that they would have to come up and eventually invade a series of countries, and take them over, beginning with Afghanistan, and that’s why Bin Laden was supposedly in Afghanistan. Everyone’s forgotten that. And then they went on to Iraq, that was the second on the list, to be followed by Iran, then Syria, then Lebanon. And that was re-updated by Wolfowitz and republished in 1998, and then Zbigniew Brzezinski put his book out, called The Grand Chessboard. He’s a member of the Trilateral Commission and the CFR and the New American Century group. And in his book, he went through the same list, and why they’d have to take those countries over, and he said an interesting thing. He said we will need something on the scale of a Pearl Harbor event to motivate the American people behind us. And bang, 9/11 comes along, and away they go. It’s amazing the luck these guys have, isn’t it?

Hehpsehboah: Well, it is amazing, what they learned from World War II. Because Canada, Canada wasn’t going into World War II, until they simulated an attack on Vancouver Island on Victoria. And we are going to also have these people who do the phantom flight 93, the Youngsville flight hoax, and that is of course this horrible thing, as you were saying, the 9/11. You know, but that is also amazing, because every time they do something, it always, when you total it up, it comes to 911.

Alan: And that is the emergency number, of course, 911. Dial 911, yeah. It’s the same thing. It’s the trinity in the nine, and the one-one is the Jachin and Boaz of Masonry. That’s what it means. The twin pillars themselves, the two towers are Jachin and Boaz, as well. So, they use their symbols to the maximum, always, but the public don’t understand them.

Hehpsehboah: So, what do you suggest is possible to get the people to be in the know, quickly?

Alan: Quickly, we know, we know I think by simply studying history, it’s difficult to motivate people who are totally conditioned, very quickly, even when they’re undergoing crisis, they’re more likely to follow the good shepherd again, the authoritarian one that they’re used to, than anyone else, saying, hey, come this way instead. I think it’s more important that we look at what they control, which is pretty well everything, and how they can be basically repulsed. And it can’t be done by weaponry for instance; they have all the biggest toys on the planet, and a lot more we’ve never seen before. And yet, we look at where they’re going, and that gives us a clue as to the one thing they’re afraid of. There’s only one thing they’re afraid of. It’s not the bulk of the people, you know.

Hehpsehboah: No, but there’s only one thing that we need to realize. They have also all the underground cities and underground railways, so what would they then be really afraid of?

Alan: The only thing they’re afraid of in the meantime, I mean, sure they have these cities built up, and Maggie Thatcher was accused of putting lots of money in, making new ones for the elite in Britain, where the public would be barred from by SAS troops at the doors of the entrances. But sure, they have this. But, the thing is, in the meantime, when you look where they’re going, and with all the ID-ing of everyone, total information network, meaning everything that you do is to be monitored, the one thing they’re afraid of is individual thought. When we look at the media, the education, the barrage of distractions, disinformation and so on, it’s all to occupy our minds, so that we do not think for ourselves. And what they want to do ultimately is to put chips in people’s heads. And that was disclosed at the Loyola Meeting, their National Science Meeting, sponsored by the Department of Commerce in the US, four and a half years ago. I have the 600 pages that came out of there. And, they said, we have the chip ready. It’s been tested. Once this is in, it will be the end of individuality as we know it. And this top scientist from Japan said, he says, in fact, it will be impossible for an individual to even perceive of themselves as an individual. He says, it will be more like a beehive. Well, again, that’s the ancient symbol of Masonry of their perfect society, the beehive. And when we see the Star Trek movies with the Borg, all connected by chips in their heads to a central computer, that’s basically what they want to do, you know.

Hehpsehboah: That is how they are already programming the people that this is an acceptable thing, and this is something that can be done. But yet, there has to be somewhere something that we can do, that we can stop their train from rolling into their station, that we can say, wait a minute, we need to get the masses, we need to get the people, even the ones who are so conditioned that can reason. And on the, I would like to let you know, on the 19th, we’re going to have Dr. Osama Osidiwe, an Egyptian hieroglyphic expert, and he is telling that this is all Masonic lies, because he said, what is written there is not what they say is written there, and Egypt is very angry, because he’s going to disclose the truth. He says he doesn’t care what happens to him. He’s going to disclose the truth and take away the Masonic power.

Alan: Well, that would certainly be a help, especially if you have information, which you can put in the Masons’ faces, on an individual basis even, you know, and it’s not hard to find them, since you can walk into any police station, and the police chief will be one, so will the rest of the officers. So will the bureaucrats in your local governments. They’ll be either Eastern Star or Freemasons. I mean, they’re everywhere. This is their system. So, if you have information…

Hehpsehboah: Alan, the problem that we have here too, so long as people are not aware of the danger of the religions, because these religions are becoming more and more fanatic, and as we are seeing, the control and the power that Rome has over people, and that we look at the power of the whole Masonic movement as a whole, and how it is being set up against an Islam, against versus back and forth, but basically, they are as he said. Dr. Osama, he says, this was already predestined when they started off to program the people. That’s pretty scary.

Alan: Oh, yes. I mean, it’s a fantastic method of mind control, there’s no doubt about it. Especially when you grab them as children. You give them that as their reality. And as they go through life, every experience they have they must refer it back to their religion for verification. It’s a fantastic form of mind control, and even Gorbachev, who we know was knighted when he went to London. He’s a knight of Lazarus, that’s why he has the Green Templar Cross. That’s his flag that he has outside the Presidio. He, in one of his books called, Towards a New Civilization, he admits that he himself is an atheist. And in the same book, he says, we are creating a new world religion, to be based on earth worship. So, yeah, they understand that they must create a new religion to take over from the old, which has served its purpose, for the next rape coming up you might say, you know. That’s where they’re going. Religion has always been a major tool of mind control.

Hehpsehboah: So, what was the purpose of them, and still today, their fear of the Zarathustrians? What is it that they are so concerned with the Zarathustrians, their movement that is increasing, and they are doing everything they can to get rid of them. But it seems that it is like a big underground movement that is ticking and that is gaining power. What is their fear?

Alan: Well, I know one side of that particular religion is to do with… all the religions that were created since were basically taken from Zarathustrian concepts of good and evil, a battle between the two and Ahriman and so on. So, they copied that into what eventually became Christianity. So a person goes through their life with a credit card for his debt and another one for his good points. So, they use the techniques of good and evil to force the people not to use their individual will for choice, but to go by their written laws. In other words, you have no choices if you follow the religion. If this happens in life, then here is the rule for it. We also see this in the Talmud. It’s nothing but rules and regulations for everything you could think of in life, for even tying your shoelaces and which one to tie first. I mean, there’s no personal choice left at all. You’re like a robot.

Hehpsehboah: That’s ridiculous, isn’t it?

Alan: But they took that concept of Zarathustrianism and then used it against the people to exploit the people, and then called it other religions, especially Christianity. Christianity was the perfected method of mind control, especially if you look at the European Cathedrals with their gargoyles of monsters, nightmares and so on. I mean, that was for a primitive people, who were uneducated, the masses, and they had fantastic imaginations, and here’s all these symbols of evil, evil, scary entities, and then you walked into the Church, you pay your tithes, the candles are lit, and there’s the priest saying you’re saved, now I’m in charge, God is here, you know. This is a fantastic method of mind control.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, not only that. I found it very shocking, because there are people who have handed down some of the information, and why would the United States of America go out to Iran and still bomb the sacred place of 10,000 years ago? Why would they go and still bomb it? And make it virtually impossible for them to grasp that. And at the same time, what is it that they are afraid of? This is what we cannot understand, because the people are taught to reason and to be empowered and to empower your children, and to be educated to live in the know, and yet the others, they seem to have a sense of fear and hatred. At the same time we are seeing how people, and this is also very interesting, the very heavy programming that is going on, in Iran, and in Afghanistan, and in Iraq and in all the Muslim countries. Oh, yeah, and by the way, one of the princes from the Middle East, a friend from George W., bought up all the beautiful, old Canadian hotels. Here in Vancouver, here in Banff, and in Lake Louise and in Calgary and in Edmonton. All these beautiful old hotels were all bought up by this prince.

Alan: I’m not surprised. Yes, we’re watching plunder go on by the high knights of plunder. And they all know each other. And they will, they will share the loot, you know.

Hehpsehboah: We just are watching this, and said, well, you know this doesn’t make sense, but then the Save-on food stores here in Canada are owned by Jimmy Patterson, which is George W., his best friend, you know, and his father, because they cruise around in their what is it called, this villa on water, you know. And so, I said, you know, you can see it, it is like something heavily orchestrated, because Jimmy Patterson also, he owns the church on Frazer Street, and he blows his trumpet there on Sunday morning. Well, I said, it is like it is ominous.

Alan: It is ominous. We’re watching the looting of the planet of the new feudal overlords, basically, as they come to the front. They’ve always been there behind the scenes, but now they’re openly looting under the color of laws, the countries they’re taking over. They’re just looting them. And Halliburton gets the contracts worldwide, including the rebuilding of Louisiana, and the $360 million that’s just been allocated for building prison camps in the US, it’s been allocated to Halliburton again. No bids went up for anyone, so Halliburton. Hal is the sun of course in Masonry, so that’s why they get it.

Hehpsehboah: What do you know about the prison camps in Canada? Are you aware of them?

Alan: I’ve been told from different sources; I know they’re around.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah. There’s a whole pile of them. And some of the Canadian people that we have told that they should go and take a look at these horrific prison camps, and then they come up, yeah, well there is this one in Alaska. I said, never mind Alaska. Alaska might be closer to Canada than to the US but you have to take a look at what is happening. You know, Cold Lake, near Edmonton, and where we come in from Vancouver, it’s about a fifteen-minute flight to the next largest, two hundred and fifty thousand prison with gas chambers and crematoriums. And most of these people are not aware that this thing from Hitler was a test run.

Alan: I know. I know also the little blurb came out, that they have, and this was tested in Britain. During the last flu outbreak, that happened a few years ago, heavily published over there and nothing here, and yet, they had these special tractor trailers lined up, maybe six or ten in a row, outside the hospitals, and they were putting the corpses in there. And then I found out that in Louisiana, FEMA brought the same sort of things in there, and they had crematoriums in some of them, and they’re full-time crematoriums, portable ones. I’ve seen a whole train go past me of these brand new spanking gray ones with refrigerated units on them. Nothing on the train except about 150 carriages like that, and that came from the North, so I don’t know where they had them stashed up North. But yeah, everything has been done, and the preparations are underway for… We’re at that stage today.

Hehpsehboah: Would you think that there is still something that we can do? You and I, and many of the people that we know to wake up the masses, to stop this kind of thing? Because there has to be still some power in numbers.

Alan: Yeah, there is power in numbers, and at the same time, when any group has really started up from the grass roots, apart from the usual thing, you can’t get the funding, because you’re not authorized, it’s often quickly, or if not immediately, infiltrated and taken over. That’s traditional as well. Anyone who wants to use a group must always be aware that this will happen or they’ll attempt to do it to them. And all you can do is use the resources that you have to publish what you know, to go around at meetings and so on. It doesn’t matter if five people, ten or fifteen turn up, that’s another few you’ve informed. And out of that ten, maybe two of them will stay in touch with you and learn more and then they go on to teach more. And this has actually been going on for quite some time on a real grassroots level. And generally, it’s the individuals themselves who finance their own publications. You’ll never get mainstream media attention, because they’re part of government. That’s what media is. Media is the middle. They’re the middlemen.

HOUR 2

Hehpsehboah: Well, they’re all totally controlled now. You know, as a reporter, I understand that when I see what is taking place, and how they are adjusting to hold people’s attention, then you can say, well, you know, you people other than for those that have an idea of what is happening, the rest of you, you should unplug these boxes, because they are brainwashing you, and preparing you for the loss of your freedom.

Alan: Yes. And once that’s occurred that’s game over. This is their agenda. You probably know about the Georgia Guide Stones, in Georgia, the States.

Hehpsehboah: No. I do not know about that. Maybe you can tell us about it.

Alan: Well, it was put up, it’s this sort of huge monumental structure, put up by High Freemasonry, High Freemasonry, way above probably the 40th degree, because life begins at forty. That’s where the truth begins, you see, for those who are selected. And it was put up by Masons around the 1970s, and then in about five or six different languages, it spells out the necessity to cull off most of the world’s population and bring it down to about 500 million people. And that’s all it’s about, this long dialog and discourse about how this must be done, and how those who are useless must be culled off. And I believe there are websites on the Georgia Guide Stones. It’s worthwhile for those to look into. We’ve already had the spiels by great animal lovers like Jacques Cousteau, who said the same thing, that to save the planet, we’ll have to kill 500,000 per day.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, he was a piece of work.

Alan: Not only him. When you go into his lineage, it’s very interesting, because he was working for the British OSS during World War II, against the Germans. His brother was working for the Nazis and actually put the editor of their main publication for the French, the free French side of the Nazism movement. So, they work both sides of the game these guys, you see, always. Always. That’s again the technique of dualism. They control both sides. The followers never know, and so they’re the pied pipers. There generally are never really two sides to anything, at the top they’re all one. And in fact, some of the old Masonic books that I have, had two high Masons being brought into the floor, on the square, as they call it, and promising to publicly be at odds with each other, because they both had people to rule, two groups, and they would give the appearance of conflict to the public, but on the floor they were still brothers. So, this is traditional, the left wing, the right wing, etc. They’re all run by the same people at the top. There are no sides in reality. It’s one agenda, one controlled structure.

Hehpsehboah: You know, Alan, you would really like to meet Brian Despero, you know. He published his book, And They Cast No Shadows, on Masonry. And the poor guy, he has been boycotted in every move he makes.

Alan: I’m not surprised.

Hehpsehboah: And they have, well, he also went, we used to have discussions about the Jesuits, because he and myself, we know a lot about the Jesuits, and so we would discuss the Jesuits, and then later he says, yeah, he says, the Jesuits and the Masons together. But then, when we start to look around us in every city where you have the Mormon Church, you have a steak house. And these steak houses, of course, not steak houses where people eat meat, steak houses where they have machine guns and they are connected to the Mormon Church in Utah. But lately, we know we got reports from people in Utah, that the powerful ones in Utah are moving out of Utah. Did you know that?

Alan: I didn’t know that. No.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah. They have huge, like these great big trucks, like Saveway trucks, and they’re all loaded with their stuff and they’re moving out. So, where are they going?

Alan: I think they’re going to the high ground, probably. Ha, ha.

Hehpsehboah: They’re going to Colorado, most likely.

Alan: Well, Colorado is the color red. That’s what it really means, again, you know. Every place in the US has an esoteric meaning, and of course, Colorado is famous for that, you know. That’s where a lot of CIA staffers and so on and bases are located.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, because the CIA and the FBI in the last week and a half, they all moved their headquarters there. Did you know that?

Alan: I did, because the fellow who’s got the website up for me has been hit constantly with red alerts on his computer from places all connected with Departments of Defense and so on. One and a half thousand in an hour or so, in fact. It’s just like a one-armed bandit spinning, you know. One after another, the British Intelligence Services in England. The Pacific Rim Security guys, based in Queensland, Australia. CSIS Canada. RCMP. Just one after another, trying to get into the computer. And so, yeah, I’m well aware of what’s going on. We’re under such immense surveillance right now, it’s amazing, really.

Hehpsehboah: It is like you sort of question, you know. But like we have had the remote viewers in here, and they, one remote viewer that came in, I said, if you don’t watch, I’ll come after you. And I said, you know, you have no right to be here. And we had a sign sitting here, that said, you are trespassing, and what you can do, I can do too. And it stopped. And I said, well, that’s a good idea, you know, like let them know that you’re not going to sit back and roll over. You know, we’re not sheep. So, what do we suggest? What do we suggest? Because there has to be something that we could do that kicks it out, like really, like Kaboom here, it is everywhere simultaneously, so that we warn the people, wherever they may be. Because, people do not know they are victims.

Alan: I know. I know, and I think, in a sense, see, there are natural things which we often look upon as supernatural, because we’ve been trained that way. Now, I know that the higher Freemasons that I’ve spoken to, they know this. They’re taught this, you know. And yet, I believe all these abilities are naturally inherent in every child that’s born. And children, I mean, I can remember, and you might have done the same thing, where the friends you have, or members of the family start humming or whistling a song, and you’re at the same point of the song in your head, silently. And then you turn and look at each other, and you laugh, because it’s quite natural when you’re a child. These are natural abilities. So, thought itself doesn’t stop within your head, within your skull.

A good example that the other side understand this technique perfectly, is by one of their own, Arnold Toynbee, the professor who chose the Rhodes Scholars to be part of the secret society of the Royal Institute of International Affairs. And in a speech he gave in the 1930s, 1932. So here, by the way, is a member of the British aristocracy giving a lecture to the World Revolutionary Party, because they run both sides of things. And in the speech he said, a thought which is unique and formulated with good form, meaning it’s not vague, it’s sharp; you understand that thought. He said, when it is thought and projected, it is picked up over the planet by people receptive to it, individuals everywhere. And they will say, where did that thought come from? And part of the thought is implanted. And taking it from there, if you go back even further to the mystery religions of Ancient Greece, who again were taught, the aristocracy was taught in Egypt, like Plato, he wrote about the same thing. He said, a thought is a form, and a form is a form of energy. And they were well aware that energy is not lost. It doesn’t dissipate. And he said, a thought form can be sent out there, and it will attract itself to like-minded people.

So, they understand these things. And of course, we think of it often as coincidence, when we think of some form. But if it happens to you every other day, you know it’s not a coincidence, and it’s not just synchronicity. It’s the fact that there is a form of communication between people, which we’ve had it trained out of us, not to use, basically, to lie dormant, because that itself is a form of power. And power from the elite’s point of view must be suppressed in the lower orders, as they call it, and used exclusively by themselves. When you look at their own particular higher Masonry, where they take in people who have served them well and trained them, you actually get taught these techniques, you see.

Hehpsehboah: Yes, and because their way is to train them, and to say, at twelve noon, you send out these thoughts, you know.

Alan: Absolutely, yeah.

Hehpsehboah: And at this time you send out those thoughts. But at the same time, we want to. And I think they, the first Chinese Emperor, he said, you have to realize if you want to create you must create it in your mind. And as you want to create, you create in your mind, you use your thought. And the shamans, the Tibetan and Chinese shamans of old times, they were the students of his teaching. Now, when we are so many thousands of years later, we also remember that out of the ancient material from Zarathustra, was also taught, the thought, the divine thought, as a form of a kind and peaceful living, the divine thought that would help people to be empowered to never be enslaved. And that’s why they maybe wanted to wipe them off the planet, because they use it to enslave, and the other taught not to enslave. The other taught to be free, to be empowered, to be using your mind to the fullest. And when we now go and look at, we see the Masons and of course, the Catholic Church doesn’t teach that to the people, that they should use their thought to be creative to be empowered, because all their thought is, if you look at their writings, and I tell you, Alan, my custodial father was a runaway Jesuit. So, when I was very small, I used to say to him, when they brought out their Christmas thing, I used to say, oh, that is to celebrate humanity. And he used to say, no, that is the Jesus child. And I said, not such a thing. And he would get very upset. By the time I was nine years old, I was ill, and he said to me, okay, okay, you can win, you can tell me what you want. I said, I only want one thing, that you stay away from these people. And he looked, and he had tears in his eyes. He says, don’t you believe? I said, no, you’re confused. And time went by, and he was going to do his Christmas thing again. And he said, you know, he says, you are as rebellious as your birth mother, who was first American Native Indian, and she was raised by the Jews. And so he said, you don’t want to accept what you were taught. Neither did she. I said, well, it didn’t matter whether she accepted or not, or you accepted. I said, but you know, you’re very foolish. I said, because you’re like a sheep, one of the sheep. You left them, but you’re still serving them. So, he went then to this, to his church, and I sat beside him, and something, something very peculiar happened. His glasses suddenly dropped on the ground and they broke. And he looked at me. And I said, I’ll pick them up. So, I went to pick them up, and I handed his glasses. I said, can you see now? And he looked, and he said, yes, I can see, we go home. And he never went back. He said, that was such a powerful omen to him, that his glasses fell off. Later in ’71, when I saw him for the last time, and he had a very prolonged life after death experience, he said, yes, open my eyes that I can see, and my ears are open too. I can listen. And, you know, I want people, their children, I want people, their families to come to this state where we can tell them to shake like a wet dog, that they can shake off their fleas and be free.

Alan: Because, really, we’re not living. We’re not really living.

Hehpsehboah: No. You’re existing.

Alan: We exist. We exist according to formulated rules and programs, but we’re not living individually. And it’s such a tragedy to think of the generations, the countless generations who go through their entire lives, and wars, and tragedies, and so on, never realizing there’s an oligarchy controlling all of this, including all the crisis they went through in their lives, the national crisis, etc. It’s a tragic thing to go through an entire lifetime, and die still thinking that everything you were told by the top people and the media is real and true. Robbing people of consciousness, you know.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah. I think, I think that they have taken their free will and they are bottling their free will, and they are saying, well, you know, here is the bottle. You’re in the bottle. And you stay there, until you pass away, and the lid comes off.

Alan: Exactly, yeah.

Hehpsehboah: And we need to, we need to have that lid come off today. Not in the ancient way of thinking, because they have done that now, for the last 5,000, what is it, 5,000 years, they have done this now. And I think that they were part of creating the last flood, because they wanted to get rid of all the ancient free people. And we have seen this now travel over the planet. We are seeing it, taking place at the Mohawks, where I spoke to the Mohawks two weeks ago, and I said to the Mohawks, why would you follow a religion that was part of your genocide? Why would you believe what the government says to you, who were part of your annihilation, and you know, it was amazing, because we had given them a lot of help. And it was silent, not one spoke up. But this week, we had one come and say, I am now asking this question that you have asked, because I believe that we need to be educated because you are urging us to think. Now, you know, when I listen to you, and the knowledge you have, and ladies and gentlemen, I advise you to really, really go to his website, to Alan Watt, researcher and author, .com, and that you are going to have the power, that you get his books. Because the books are going to be your touchable information that you can go back to, over and over and over, to have you empowered, and to have you live in the know, and you can get his book.

Alan, we also want to invite you to come on Sunday night, and the researcher here is looking for the time that we can give you. We hope that we have you soon, and maybe we should have you on a Sunday, and a Monday, so that we can cover the planet. Because we need to get to people out there.

Alan: Yes, I know.

Hehpsehboah: Tell us about the binary code, either or, what is it that people should know, because the logos word, we know what that is, right? Or do they?

Alan: I don’t think so. I’ll tell you, it’s even deeper than that, and I don’t want to scare people. We have enough facts to show them today. But when you realize that even the languages were created around the 1500s in Europe, and they were all updated at the same time, regardless of the country. Prior to the 1500s, people were speaking Old Saxon German really. And in the days of John Dee, Francis Bacon, and Bacon wrote about it. He said, we’re creating the new international language of the future, international, which will be called English. And bang, out comes Shakespeare, who introduces over 1,800 words into the language, basically creates it. And it was taught in universities. And then, of course, the King James Bible came out, so it was being taught by that method. They had the Lutheran Bible out in Germany, around the same time. That created what they called High German. And so, all the languages were altered around the same period. And language is very important… It’s not who you are. It’s a method or a means of communication. And it’s only one method and means of communication. We’re not told this, in fact. But language, I always say we languish in our language, because it’s so inadequate, especially the English language. It doesn’t have the nuances of even languages within India, for instance, who have many, many more words for subtle changes and nuances. We don’t have that. But the thing is, here’s the key to language.

This was understood long before the 1500s, in fact. If you are a computer programmer, and we are in a sense computers, our minds function similar to a computer. And what came first, the computer or the person’s brain? I often wonder about that. But, when you think about it, a programmer can predict, if he’s given a question for the computer, since he knows the logic process of that computer, and the language that’s to be used, he will know the answer that it must come to. It has no other option, by using that logic and that language, to come to a particular answer. And people work on the same methodology. The elite tell us what they want us to think. They gave us a language to use, a minimalistic language at that, and by the process that we go through, we come to their conclusion. We have no other option. And that’s how simple it is to condition people and recondition them throughout their lives, along what they think is reality, and normalcy, and things are just evolving this way. It’s not that at all. It’s intense reprogramming, by media, movies, and fiction and novels, all towards a common direction, because they understand our logic and how it works. They also have the language they’ve given us. And we go through that process like mathematics and come to their conclusions. Within the English language, it contains all of the Masonic codings of even ancient times, simply updated and brought right into the English language. I have even the Cabbalistic numbers, along with the alphabet, etc. That’s used in all high Masonry. And if you want to find out who the beast is, you just need to look at Holy, Holy, Holy, and you’ll figure it out from there. So, yeah, everything is contained within the language, the Masonic Coding, numerology, etc. And they do go by this, and they do use it. And we speak these words every day never realizing we’re actually speaking their doctrine into existence for them. We’re speaking, being willed into existence, when we parrot the little phrases we’re given, catchwords and so on.

So, it’s an intense method I give, in a gestalt type of learning, to wake people up. I’ve found that dry, boring books will not do it. The people have been trained for excitement. That’s why most of their reality is given to them through fiction and movies today. It’s exciting and they don’t realize they’re being programmed for the changes that are coming up. So, the gestalt method, where, rather than methodically plow through things, and come to conclusions, I hit you with them. It’s a form of you participating as you read. And if you go over them maybe five, ten times, you’ll find something else within there. In the third writings, I set out an awful lot, and there are some puzzles I put in there, very open puzzles, to see, to give me an idea of who was awake out there. And within there, I’ve given them the origin of every religion in symbolic form, and they can come to that by themselves, and it gives me a clue who’s awake and who isn’t.

Most people are told learn A, B, C, & D, and repeat after me. They expect the authors to give them their conclusions. I’m trying to get them to participate and think for themselves, and then they’ll slap themselves and say, My God, that’s been in front of me all my life, you know. And that’s when they begin to wake up, you see. It takes that type of formula to make it work. The traditional methods haven’t worked up until now.

Hehpsehboah: This is amazing, you know, because a fellow from Egypt is saying, that of course, even Egypt, not only the Masonic bunch, but also Egypt itself is very angry that he is disclosing what is really written on the hieroglyphs on the pyramids there, and what really the motions are, and they are very angry at him, because he has had some attempts on his life, and so forth. But he says, “No. Truth needs to come out. It’s about time.” And I said, “I wish him Good Luck.” You know. And he was also saying that, and that is a big surprise, because he said, in the writings on the, on some of the writings from the pyramids and from the other ancient Egyptian things, he said, he talks there of a form of Muslim behavior. And then I went back, because I have a friend who does reverse speech. And he did reverse speech on the speech the Queen of England gave, and when you listen to the speech from the Queen of England, actually she was chanting, Allah Alach. And we said, oh, wow. Now, when we look at what is taking place, because Jerusalem is already owned by the Jesuits by Rome, they have the key. And when we spoke with Eric Phelpps I said to Eric, I said, “Are you aware that on the rock of Mecca, there is a humungous temple ready to go, all hydraulic, all computerized, and it is not too long from now that they have in mind, because the rock of Mecca before was the place where Krishna and Shiva and Vishnu worshipped. And of course, the world isn’t allowed to know that either. So, when we get humanity to a place to understand history as what you are doing, you are bringing such a gift to humanity, by saying, okay, this is what is really written there, and that is what you really can understand. Maybe, maybe, we would say, it could still bring a wave over the planet, where people are going to start to debate what is in your books, and what they are going to say, okay this is what is there. It is time to wake up.

Alan: Yes. And it has to be that way. And things do work that way. It’s a sudden crossover from existing to starting to live. When you live, your mind comes awake, and your mind contains so much incredible knowledge. And everyone has it tucked away, really, otherwise you wouldn’t understand something which is new and presented to you. It’s really all there all the time, but it needs to be activated. And we’ve been deactivated from birth in this system, by parents who were deactivated themselves, and then teachers and so on, all through our lives. We don’t really live; we follow programmed agendas, because we’re being programmed. So, when you start to live for yourself, you suddenly can look around you and watch other people who are still under the program, and you will see them walking like robots, and so on, and it becomes a challenge then to then reactivate them themselves. And it can be done. Getting back to the binary code, all computerized logic is based on zeroes and ones. And we know, of course, even the ancients in Greece talked about, in fact, they supposedly debated whether to give us the zero in mathematics. But zero in Masonry of course is the female, and one is the male. And since, in their own religion, which is a religion, by the way, they believe that you always cancel out the zero, you’re left with the one. Which tells you that, ultimately, women will go. And here’s the key to even the astro-theology. You see, they use the constellations as a time clock, and there are covers, exoteric covers that people fall into, and they’re fascinated, but they don’t understand what it really means. George Bush Sr. said back in the early 90s, September the 11th with his New World Order speech, just coincidence again, he said everything is going to the heavenly plan. Now, as a high Mason of the Skull and Bones, he was talking about the timetable and the constellations have very important meanings for them. And Pisces was the sign for the Christian Era, just over 2000 years basically. So Pisces was the early sign of all Christian missionaries. The fish, not the cross, was the symbol they chiseled in stone, wherever they went.

Now we’re into the Age of Aquarius. Now, you’ve got to understand the mythology from Aquarius, because that’s the real meanings of where they’re going to. You’re talking about the plan being at least 5000 years old. The Romans gave it the name Aquarius, the Water Bearer or the Cup Bearer, but it really comes from the Greek, much older Greek, Ganymede. Now, Ganymede was the most beautiful boy ever born, and handsome and so on. And Zeus, the all-powerful god who had to conquer everything and own it that he made. First he makes it and then he conquers it. That’s symbolic of the system. Zeus sees him falling into the water, and as Ganymede is going down, Zeus comes down, turns into a fish and rapes him. So, we’re looking at a homosexual affair happening.

Hehpsehboah: I was going to say, we have the Jesuits. And what we did get from Lamas from Tibet who said that the Lamas out of the monasteries do the same thing. They rape little boys, and then these little boys, they are used to serve them, and then these little boys get positions.

Alan: That’s correct. That’s traditional in all these priesthoods. And with Ganymede, Zeus rapes him and then places him in the heavens as a Cup Bearer to himself, to the gods. Now, the deeper meaning to this, the esoteric meaning, was always to create a new type of human, a better servant. And what they’re looking for, is again, the binary code, where they can basically bring in, take a male, have similar functions to a female, by creating the hermaphrodite. And so, in the lower exoteric meaning that people can buy in books, you always have, well, it’s the left side of the brain, the right side of the brain combined. That’s only a little bit of the truth. It’s more that the male himself will have the ability to reproduce himself, and I have no doubt it will be done scientifically, with the injections at a certain age. And he can produce the same type of perfect sameness as himself, an offspring the same way.

Hehpsehboah: So, now, what you just said, brings it back to why the Catholic Church and Muslims behave like women have no souls.

Alan: Oh, yes. Absolutely. I’ll tell you the reason why, and a lot of people won’t like it, but this is what they believe. If we realize that Eden, the Garden of Eden, everything is allegory. We’re trained as children to think of real people with the names. Once we picture them as real people, we’re now conditioned not to see the truth. So, they’re allegories. So, Eden was the Earth. It was nature, it was natural, it was everything that was around you. And if you’re not happy with nature, then there’s only one path out of Eden and that’s the road of science, which creates the elite classes and dominance. And science can only take you to one ending. There’s no other way science can go with human nature guiding it at the top, and that’s to control everything in the planet, and all those underneath the controllers. But, Eve, the Fall of Man, according to the esoteric meaning, is that Eve, the Fall of Man was when Eve was separated from the male. That was the fall. And when she was separated, and they’re taught this in the high priesthoods, never to the public, that when Eve was separated, she became mother, matter, mare. She is matter. Mother is matter. You see? Mater, Mother. So, she has no soul. Adam retained the soul. That’s taught within all degrees, high degrees of Freemasonry. And that’s why Albert Pike, who was the Pope of Freemasonry, back in the 1800s said in his own book, Morals and Dogma, that the female, like the moon, could only reflect the light of her husband, meaning the spiritual light, because she has no soul in other words. That’s what it means. That’s why they treat women the way they do. And those in the Eastern Star, who think they’re joining a women’s branch of Freemasonry are being totally fooled and used.

Hehpsehboah: Isn’t that amazing.

Alan: Yes. So, that’s really what it means. And that’s been taught for thousands of years. And if you want to look at, for instance, the symbology of the mystery religion, you just need to look at the architecture of the Catholic Churches. It’s all around you. The stations of the cross. You walk through a vagina to get in. The keystone there, we know what the keystone represents. You always have a church with a tower, that’s the obelisk, that’s the phallus, and you have the box, which is the female. And there’s a man wearing a dress up there. So I mean, this is the mystery religions all around you there. And everyone has been conditioned not to see the symbols that are everywhere. The rose is above the keystone, which is the clitoris. That’s very important to all Masons, is that stone that holds that arch together. And above there is the rose where the light comes through, and shines, of course, generally on the man holding the service. He represents the deity. They use the sun as a symbol of light, of course. So, this is ancient stuff, and it’s been here for thousands of years in front of our faces, but very few people can see what they’re actually involved in. You know. It’s tragic.

Hehpsehboah: But the strange thing, but Alan, the strange thing is, if you go to some of the islands, the small islands around Japan, they were governed by high priestesses, and priestesses that were in charge. If we go back to ancient India, and we go back far before some of this other hocus pocus stories came out of there, we then discover that somehow or other, someone came and said, hey, we have to change that, so we take the power away from the females, from the mother energy, upon the planet. Because in the 1600s, late 1500s, 1600s, along the Lorelei, we know that the Roman Catholic Church went out on a rampage and killed all the lady bishops and cardinals there.

Alan: There’s no doubt about it. And even in the early days of the Catholic Church, they allowed the priests to marry, at the bottom of the line, that is, and then they reversed that decision, once they were fully underway as all-powerful, you know. So, yeah, the female has always been an object of not just derision, but almost something, in a sense, as they see it, which was necessary for a period, but one day would be unnecessary. And when the time comes, when they have all this technology ready to go with cloning, etc, they will create a type of male. We’re already being conditioned through the homosexual movements, and all the various feminist movements, which have all been used, by the way, towards this agenda, unbeknownst to the followers, because they’ll be obsolete as well, once the new type of man is brought in, the new type of man being the perfect slave, who will be very efficient at what he does, and who can actually bear for himself an exact replica of himself, when he’s injected with a certain hormone at a certain age. And that will be the reward they’ll get one day for serving the system, to have your own offspring reproduced from yourself. Women will be eliminated, and the elite will remain unaltered. They’ve said this in their own books by the way.

Charles Galton Darwin, the grandson of Charles Darwin, he was a physicist and a member of the British aristocracy. In the 1950s, he wrote a book called The Next Million Years. That’s quite the boast. And he talked about the necessity of culling off the common people, and also, towards the end, before they cull them off, they’ll have them all effeminized by giving them estrogen in their food and so on, in their water, etc. And then of course, on to better things, where they’ll create a new type of man to serve them. And they wouldn’t have the problem of male and female interaction and grief, etc. In other words, a more efficient worker. So you can tell that the female is to be eliminated from the process.

And that was decided thousands of years ago, when they sat and decided what will we call these constellations. Well, we’ll call that Ganymede. And only we will know what it really means in the timetable. That’s why we’re here today. And that’s why we’re seeing the massive movement of legitimizing the homosexual marriage and so on in the time of Ganymede, or Aquarius. That’s why they left it till now. It’s not because the people themselves wanted it so much, as it was time to change society’s way of looking at things. Once we accept all that, then there’s no normality to hang on to, and they can bring in the next change much quicker, you see.

Hehpsehboah: Is this why we see at the moment, they are programming the various religions so much, and like, of course, we are seeing, oh, women have no soul. And so we have seen for a while in India, how many female babies that basically were killed. How easy it is to take females and to murder them. And you know, the thing to me is disgusting because of the male/female energy is within each and every thing that lives upon the planet, that we are going to see something that will backfire on them, like never anything backfired before.

Alan; The people involved in these movements, the followers, not the people at the top, because at the top of these movements, that are generally, they’re all working for the same bunch at the top. If the followers realize that they’ve all been used for a completely different agenda than they’d ever suspect, that would bring on some mayhem by itself. And of course, all these people who are probably thinking, we’ve won our rights, etc, if they could only realize what the next step will be, that might just shock them into some kind of action. Because they’ve all been used. Everyone has been used along the way. You know. Bertrand Russell, who was Lord Bertrand Russell, who helped to initiate Communism in China, that was one of his jobs. He went over, he was sent over there on behalf of the Royalty of Britain, to begin the Communist process, he wrote a book called the Impact of Science on Society, and in there he goes on about, again, the same thing, the need to cull off the majority of the public, keep the more intelligent ones and then clone from them, perfect workers, etc. Same agenda as Charles Galton Darwin his buddy. And he also went into the fact that we’re given illusions to follow and fake history to follow. He said, people will look back on the feminists, that they actually won their rights for abortion, etc, and the right for women to choose. He said, while we know, meaning his own elite class, we know that science gave them that right through the birth control pill. And that’s true as well, you know.

But the people themselves are always used through emotive, by emotive purposes or emotional responses to help further an agenda, which they themselves don’t understand. They think they understand, but they’re all being used, because ultimately in the perfect slave, there will be no male as we know it nor female as we know it. It will be a one-item thing, programmed to do exactly what it’s supposed to do, just like an ant.

Hehpsehboah: But they had that at one time, already, and it didn’t work upon the planet.

Alan: Yes. But they come back with the same thing. The same thing again, and they think, of course, that they’ve covered all their bases, and that’s why they take such a long time in the making of it. These guys, again, Albert Pike said the same thing, he said, we’ve been behind all world revolutions, meaning the Freemasons, and he said, the reason we always accomplish our goals is because we lay all the groundwork long before we even begin the physical movement. And what they do is take every possible occurrence that could backlash on them, try to find ways to counter those things, long before it happens, all in strategy, in battle planning. Just like a general would plan a battle or a war beforehand. And that’s how they do it with society. They prepare our minds intergenerationally for the changes to come. And so when something as odd as getting a brain chip comes in, you’re going to find everybody under twenty will think it’s just a great idea.  They see it in the movies.

Hehpsehboah: They are through the movies, of course, going to introduce it, and through the internet, and through whatever else, especially the movies.

Alan: Even cartoons.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, cartoons, very dangerous, very dangerous stuff that is out there, because people do not know that somehow or other they are playing with their perception, and they are playing with their brain and understanding of what really is. And what they want them to believe that it is. This is why we are living in a time more dangerous than in the last 7,000 years. And many, many, when you speak to people that they need to wake up. And they say, what for? I said, because you’re in danger. You’re about to lose even your identity, and that’s what you are saying.  It’s scary.

Alan: This is a horror show. You know, you wake up from the dream, into the nightmare, and you have to be able to handle the nightmare, because it’s very real. Once you do wake up, in a sense, it’s lucky in a sense, like Pandora’s Box. Once you open it, you can’t shut it. That’s one thing in our favor. Once your eyes have been opened, you just can’t close that box again and go back into fantasyland. But along with waking up comes a process, a natural process, which is able to deal with this horror, and to help us function through it, towards what we must do to counter it, basically. That’s within us. We’ve been so demeaned and brainwashed, we truly don’t realize the power that’s within us as individuals. We truly don’t. And there’s tremendous powers within us that lie latent and dormant, which can be awoken. And I’ve seen it myself happen to different people that I’ve taught over the years, coming up to a tremendous standard, where their minds truly are working, truly are working for the first time.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but when you say, you know, of the people that are out there, and we are looking for people to be out there to understand, to have the intelligence, so that they can start to reason and say, no, I must protect my children, my grandchildren, I must protect future generations, because we cannot go to a place where we totally go backwards. It just is impossible.

Alan: And that’s the key.  That’s the key you just hit there too, with future generations. People have been trained to be ego-syntonic, and live for themselves today. They’re disconnected from the past and the future, and that was intentional, you know. It’s the “me” generation type idea. That was indoctrinated from the top down, so that we will not care about those who come along. But not everyone succumbs to it. And sure, we’ve gone along for so many thousands, maybe millions of years, who knows, and I’m damned if it will end like this, where we go out with a whimper and not with a bang. We have a right to be conscious. And we have a right to decide our own path, not what’s mandated by a bunch of elite who control us all through their money. They have incredible psychological control techniques and all the various other institutions of religion that have brought us to this state we’re in today. We must care about future generations and stop just thinking about ourselves and how to gratify ourselves instantly, day by day. There’s more to this than just we who are alive today. Absolutely. That connectivity must be brought back.

Hehpsehboah: What’s so amazing, to hear George Bush say that he did not want any cloning, any experimentation, any with DNA, or anything like it. And I thought, well, wait a minute. Wait a minute. What are you saying, versus what are you doing?

Alan: Yes, that’s what they say. Well, Arnold Toynbee, again from the Rhodes Scholarship, he said, we always deny with our lips what we do with our hands. And that’s what they’re doing, yeah. They’re liars. I mean, that’s their job, is to lie to the public. The good shepherd never tells the sheep the truth, or they will scatter. Ha, ha, ha.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, that’s right. Because, if you’re going to tell the sheep what you’re up to, they’re going to stampede out of there.

Alan: Of course.

Hehpsehboah: And when we look around, and we also see what has happened there in the whole area, around the Mississippi, and what will happen in the very near future, you want to question these people, why are you attempting to stay there. I would get out of the way before they do another experiment. And I was going to ask you, if it would be good for you on Sunday, February the 12th, from 11pm to 1am Eastern time, if it is.

Alan: That’s fine.

Hehpsehboah: Okay. Then ladies and gentlemen, if you enjoy to hear the truth, and there’s much, much more that you should know, being in the know, remember, not in the now. If you’re programmed in the now, you blink your eyes and it is gone. But if you are in the know, you want to know more, you want to be empowered, you do not want to be victim, and then, on Sunday, February the 12th, 11pm to 1am Eastern standard time, Alan, then we give them of course, more of this, what is not a story, but is reality unwrapped.

Alan: We will. Yeah.

Hehpsehboah: What would we suggest to these people that are here today, listening, that the people go and tell their friends, their family, wherever they may be on Sunday, February the 12th, 11pm to 1am Eastern time, to be here. Open your eyes. Wipe the sand out of your eyes, totally. Pull the plugs out of your ears. Look, see, hear, and analyze, because there is much more to this story. Isn’t that right?

Alan: Oh, absolutely. Absolutely there is.

Hehpsehboah: What can they do, ladies and gentlemen, is website .com. That’s the website. You want to go there. You want to look, .com. And Cutting Through 1: The Androgynous Hermaphroditic Agenda. Cutting Through 2: A Glimpse into the Great Work. Cutting Through 3: Esoteric Unveiled and the Meaning of Revelations in the High Masonic Tradition. I believe that Revelation was purposely written to program the people through out of the ages into war, constantly. How about you, Alan?

Alan: It’s a plan. It’s not a prediction. It’s a plan. No doubt whatsoever. It doesn’t call itself a Prophecy. It calls itself a Revealing.

Hehpsehboah: You know, I’ve had some Christians that got very angry when I said to them, I said, you know, you’re so dumb, because constantly you are being took, over the last, at least 600 years, in the same kind of mishmash story, and every time they create the war somewhere, you believe that’s the Armageddon. I said, and this time, you must not let it happen, because you have the power. You’re in the power to say no. You are in the power to protect yourself.

Alan: Absolutely. Harmegiddon means the mountain of Megiddo, which overlooks the Plain of Megiddo. And that battle took place with the Roman army, in the past.

Hehpsehboah: I hope that people did hear that and that they understand that. And Alan, thank you so very much. We see you on Sunday, February the 12th, 11pm to 1am Eastern Standard Time. Thank you.

Alan: And thank you for having me.

Hehpsehboah: Oh, we were so happy. Thank you very much. And ladies and gentlemen, being in the know, and of course, Alan Watt is a researcher and author, and he is putting you back into the basics of knowing, and with this, thank you very much and good afternoon. Goodbye, Alan.

____________________________________________________________

February 12th, 2006
Alan Watt as Guest on
Eye on the Future with Hehpsehboah
(2 Hours)
____________________________________________________________

Hehpsehboah: Ah. The man in the know.

Alan: Yes.

Hehpsehboah: Ha, ha, ha. You know, when I hear these New Agers say, you have to live in the now, and I say how stupid. Because, if you’re not in the know, how can you live in the now?

Alan: I know. And you know, that’s pushed by, it was first the Rosicrucians who put that out there as a management technique, because, when they get everybody just looking at now, being oblivious of tomorrow, of what’s happening in the plan for tomorrow, it’s easier for the managers to have their way, that way. You see. And it’s a very good technique of putting people into their bubble, where they think they’re safe and nothing is going to harm them, and they don’t participate in life and changing anything.

Hehpsehboah: You are so precious. (Laughter) You know, I had an interesting conversation with some, shall we say somebody very backward, and said, “Oh, you don’t understand. You know, we are very Christian. And you just still don’t have it because my husband is a Mason, and we know everything.” And I said, “Oh, I must run now. Time’s up.”  And then when you come on, and we look at it, and we think about this, what is taking place, and when somebody or else said, “Are you not afraid of what you’re doing?” I say, well, I survived World War II. And I survived another very severe attack from these so intelligent, wonderful individuals, so I surely hope that I can survive this too, because, after all, I am not as attached to life as some of you.

Alan: That’s the key to it.

Hehpsehboah: Alan, tell me something. Before we do, for those who are listening, the website, .com.  And of course, Alan has books, three books available. Cutting Through 1, Cutting Through 2, and Cutting Through 3. The 1: The Androgynous (Hermaphroditic) Agenda, Cutting Through 2: A Glimpse into the Great Work, Cutting Through 3: Esoteric Unveiled and the Meaning of Revelations in the High Masonic Tradition. And that’s of course, very important. It seems to become more and more important every day that we get people to understand what really is taking place, and what the agenda is. So, Alan, I wanted to ask you, and you know, I have always sort of had this major question, what was their agenda to murder Hipathia? What was the agenda, because it goes so far back that sometimes it makes you shudder, because it goes even back to the time of the Sun Tzu Horse. But what was the agenda to slaughter so many of the Zarathustrians and to literally to try to swipe them all off the planet? What for?

Alan: I think because the philosophy contained within was to be used under other guises. In fact, really, most religions have taken their cue from the teachings of Zarathustra, and warped them, of course. You’ll find that from the Egyptian religions, where you have Osiris the Sun, and his opposite is Set, nighttime, sunset, you see. And of course, we have the same thing in the God versus Satan thing. So, they use the teachings, and they couldn’t have anybody with the original teachings around.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but this is what I cannot understand at this moment, because they created the Muslim religion, and when we go back like to the Piso family, and we go back to what is taking place around us today, I had a phone call, actually from that part of the world, where you are, actually Niagara Falls and St. Catherine’s area, and I did hear something very disturbing this week. And I was told, by some of my students, they said that they have noticed that the Christians, so-called, these very peaceful, loving people, went out and went into a house and beat up a bunch of spiritualists, and they beat up a bunch of people that were meditating. And she said, they knocked on the door, and when the person opened the door, they forced the door open, and they went in, and they beat up these people. And some of the things that were said were not very nice. And I said, well, if you are now using the Christian community, you’re using the Muslim community, you use basically everything to set it up against each other, what is the end result for them, Alan? What is the ultimate result for them when they have done such an insult to freedom?

Alan: Well, actually, they’re using all religions at the moment to antagonize each other, because Albert Pike himself, the grand, well, he was the Pope of Masonry in the late 1800s, he has a statue of course in Washington DC, 33rd degree of at least one order. I’m sure he was much higher in others, but he said himself, the final war, the Third World War would be fought basically using religions against each other, until the people were so sick of religion, the bunch at the top would bring in what they call their true religion, you see, which is their religion over the people. But in the meantime, they must get everybody in conflict with everyone else. And he did go through this strategy of antagonization between them, until everybody would fall out of the religions they had accepted, and become disillusioned and sick of the chaos, until they were ready to accept this brand new religion coming in.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah. The brand new religion, Alan, is very scary, because it is the Dalai Lama, who you know is a 360 Mason, there is the Pope. And oh, oh, oh, that Pope with his Prada shoes. I tell you, some reporter in Italy told me that they don’t know where he goes at 3 o’clock in the morning. They said he comes out, and it is very hush-hush, in his great big black limousine, and he goes out at 3 o’clock in the morning, every morning.  Now, I said to him. “What do you think, where he’s going?” And I said, “Was he wearing his red Prada shoes?” He said, “Well, he had his toy boy with him.” That’s what he did. He had his toy boy with him. So, there you are, this is very interesting. And then to think that we could be all the victims, we have been the victims, but we could be the victims in the future. So, let us, let us take a look at this. When did it begin?

Alan: Well, I think to be honest with you, and I know when they claim it began themselves. They claim it was around 4,500 BC or so, that the Great Plan came down from Heaven. Of course they symbolized that as the shooting star of Lucifer coming down with the plan. That’s how it’s often depicted in pictures which are Masonic, you know. So, they claim it was birthed then, at least at that agenda, which was to take centuries to fulfill, because these guys work in centuries. They plan them ahead. They are the builders of societies, and the destroyers of societies, because Masonry not only builds structures, it destroys the old when they’ve fulfilled their purpose. And so, you’ll find on Masonic Lodges, for instance, the date of its erection, or when they had their Masonic foundation-laying. And next to it, you’ll see one, it’s got four and half thousand years added to that date. And it says AL after it, which is Annal Lucifer, after Lucifer. That’s what it means. So, that part of the plan from 4,500 BC, to the present, culminating around 2010, 2012, was at least birthed or put into motion 4,500 years ago.

I think, to be honest, they’re much, much older, and they’ve had previous plans before this one. And they hinted that in many of their old writings. And I’m sure that even at Sumer, say around 5000 BC or 6000 BC, they inherited their (what they call) civilization from a previous civilization we now know, or they’re called the Harappans, at least that’s the term they’re giving them, who also ran a civilization. And that word civilization to this system means their system, when they call it civilization. It’s a monetary system with many priests who are specialized in different bureaucratic areas who manage the country or the people underneath them, and it’s a system based on money, debt. And without money for instance, you could not get a standing army to go off and conquer anybody. And that’s exactly what they did. They give a lot of tributes, in the occult, to Nimrod, who’s given the title of the builder, the city builder, because the city was the first artificial creation for humans to live in. It’s unnatural. And Plato even called it the beehive. Because once you get them inside the city, they can’t feed themselves, they must use something else for exchange, rather than barter, and once you introduce money, you can then recruit what we call a standing army, and that standing army then goes out and plunders and forces the peasantry in the rural areas into the same system. And through wars and takeovers, and really, that’s what wars are. They’re business takeovers and empire building. And they go from one empire to the next. And what they’re doing all along the way is accumulating the wealth, standardizing one system wherever they go, and that’s where we are today. We’re coming into the Novus Ordo Seclorum, which is the function of the United States, is to bring in, or to put the final standard, you might say, on the New World Order, by finishing off those countries which still haven’t got their Central Bank attached to the World Bank and the United Nations, and their children brainwashed with UNESCO. That basically is what it’s all about right now.

Hehpsehboah: So, when you say this, and we take a look at it, and we look in the past, because some person said, oh, you know, this, that and the other. Vatican. I said, well, I said, you proclaim that they pray to the Son. I said, a human being. I said, but when you walk into that Saint Peter Cathedral, the first thing that strikes your face is this humungous, and I tell you, there must be a lot of 22 karat gold on that Sun that is sitting there, and shines in the midship of that cathedral, I tell you. And when somebody else made another comment, I said, no, no, no, no, no. I said, you go into that cathedral where they have said that at one time they burned women and men as witches and magicians, because they believed in astrology, and they got rid of them. I said, well, in the Pope’s bathtub, there are thirteen signs, in the Pope’s bathtub, astrological signs. I said, plus the forbidden Tarot deck is all over the St. Peter’s Cathedral. So, how can you say that it doesn’t come from there, or that they proclaim it is evil, because most of the people, when they got rid of reading and writing, that’s where the three hundred years are that you and I might be missing, and they got rid of all intelligence, and the ones that still had books and whatever, they were declared witches and they burned them at the stake. Isn’t that right, Alan?

Alan: Yeah, it’s fascinating, because different Popes, right into the 1700s had their own personal court astrologer, and in fact, one of the Popes was an astrologer himself, and he wrote main books on it, you know. So, they can go back and forth at will when they wish, because basically they’re representing God on Earth and they can do what they want. They can also go from a round earth to a flat one and teach that as the law for a few hundred years, and then go back to a round one again. So, sure. You know, it’s incredible. See, universal, the universal church. That’s what Catholicism means. When they had their great meetings, in about 365 AD, to formalize the dogma of this religion, they brought the wise men from all over the world, and of course, they dialogued all of the consensus through bribery, etc, until all these bishops went along with the main dogma, and they set down the rules. Now, Catholicism, being universal, meant it took all of the so-called mystery religions of its age, and Rome was an empire, which had extended itself, basically, through men and arms to conquer countries. But here they were finding a way to conquer the minds of the people they overruled. And it was much easier if they could enslave their minds, so they had to have a common structural religion to do so. So, they incorporated all the mystery religions into their religion, and of course, the vestal virgins that had their temples in Rome simply became the first nunnery, you know. And they swapped their hats overnight from worshipping Jupiter and the high priest of Jupiter, who was basically a homosexual priest, he was a dog priest they called him, became an instant bishop, preaching this other gospel, you see. So, they incorporated all the mysteries into themselves, and by doing so, it shows in their architecture, in their ritualism, their catechisms, all of that stuff, plus all of the extra dogma that comes along with Catholicism, to do with Mary, of course, which is not in the Bible itself. So, it is the container of the mystery religions. It’s been very, very important, playing a main part, all down through history. And people have no idea, really, today, how much power it wielded in the past, when it had its own army, which went out slaughtering people.  And, of course, they used Charlemagne, in about the 7th century AD, they made him their first authorized king, who would represent the Pope, be his man, basically, for a military wing, and they converted Christians, throughout France and Germany at the point of the sword, and slaughtered all those who either didn’t convert or didn’t understand what it was all about. They were slaughtered. So, that was standard. And they ruled by tyranny for centuries after.

Hehpsehboah: So, how did they come then to the place where they were divvying it up. Because, at one time, I know Rome had more than one Pope. They had one in Schwartzwald. They had one in France, somewhere, I think in Lorraine, where they had disagreements. And then we all of a sudden see in the 10th, 11th century, there we see the Templars. But the Templars were there much sooner, because they were there under the name of the Black Friars. But they had to get rid of the name of the Black Friars, because they murdered and slaughtered so many people, that suddenly, I think they became the Templars. Because they didn’t become the Jesuits, did they?

Alan: That’s right, yeah. I mean, the Jesuits really, it’s quite an interesting story, because we know that Ignatius Loyola, which means Loyal Firestarter, he was a member of the Templar branch, Knights Templar branch of Spain. And there they were called Alumbrados, which means the Illumined Ones. They were Illuminati of that period. The Illuminati did not begin with Weishaupt. And he was captured, fighting Catholicism, the armies. And because of knowledge that he had, he was given audience with the Pope, and after the audience with the Pope, he walked out as the first Black Pope, because you had one Illumined one, talking over the secrets with another one. That’s why. And he was authorized to be the first Jesuit leader. There’s a play on Jesuit itself in all Masonry as well. And there’s a big play on the words, I am. All Masons must go through degrees where they say, I am. You see. Meaning, I am God. Jesuit is a play on a French word, or Je Sui, I am, you see. And it’s quite an interesting thing, that even Jesus, if you were to put it into the French, it’s very similar to Je Sui again, so everything is “I Am, I Am, I Am.” And like the Neal Diamond song, “I am, I said” you know. That’s a Masonic song as they sing their songs to us. So, this religion, inner religion, esoteric religion, always has an exoteric face to it for the masses as they call it. That’s why they have sermons for the masses. The masses are the profane. And I think it was Pope Clement himself who said that once the masses have left the cathedrals, the initiates have their own private ceremonies.

Hehpsehboah: When you say this, how many people on this planet are aware how this fits together, and how many people, and I feel very, very sorry, because so many, many, every day of the week, they would literally stand up and jump up and down and kill for this so-called belief, and yet, when they come to the realization what is really out there, they grasp for breath, and they say, oh, how come that we didn’t know about this?

Alan: Yes. The indoctrination is so, well, it starts at birth, really. You know. And it’s based on mammal psychology really, mammal nature. All mammals look towards a parent for guidance against danger. And wild animals do it. And once the mother or father shows a sign of anxiety at the approach of something else, that young one immediately knows, from then on, it’s imprinted that this particular animal over there presents danger. Now, humans are the same way. If your parents have been brainwashed into a level one reality, and have accepted the world that’s been presented to them, as it’s been presented, the child will never start to think for themselves or question anything. If the parents think it’s fine everything must be natural. And so, from then on, the church takes over, and they go through the ritualism; it’s a form of tribal, a natural thing within tribes, their formal rituals for the tribe, so there’s a feeling of belonging, you see, and sameness, and that’s used against the people. So, basic nature is used against the people to control them and indoctrinate them. But the Catholic Church also has such incredible physical ritual, with up and down on the knees and so on, which intensifies the psychological imprinting.

Hehpsehboah: Well, that’s hypnosis.

Alan: Yeah, it is.

Hehpsehboah: That’s hypnosis, and when you look around, and I was, maybe a year and a half or so ago, and there is some great big huge, very fancy Buddhist temple that they built there. And this lady said, would you like to have a look inside. I said, well, I could care less. Oh, she says, you want to see that. The statues are all 24 karat gold. I said, what a waste, when we have so many poor people. So, I came, and I looked around, and I said, oh, yes, I have seen this in my travels, in Taiwan. I said, you know this is a form of brainwashing. I said, because you are told to do a thousand times this one hocus pocus chant, which is nothing, I said, and it brainwashes you into standing, sitting, kneeling, whatever else they want you to do. I said, into, well, basically enslavement. I said, the Catholic Church does a similar thing. But, when we look at the Catholic Church, and we look at the Masons, and we look at the Catholic Church, how they got rid of the lady bishops and cardinals on the Lorelei in, was it, 1400, 1500, and 1600 in Germany. Then we look at the murders that took place in Rome itself. And then we look at how these people believe that are in the Masonry, these women, believe that they are learning something, and that they have some power, these so-called Eastern Stars. And I think we have to feel sorry for these people, because they are used as suckers.

Alan: They are suckers. They haven’t even a clue of the esoteric connotations to their order, and what they really mean. Because, it’s called the side degrees in Masonry. And both Pike and another Masonic historian Mackey talked about the side degrees and the Corus Coronati Lodge in England, which is the main historical research for Masons, that’s their headquarters, put out booklets on these side orders, saying that although the women think they are being brought into full-fledged Masonry, it’s really a way to keep them happy, because they’re never allowed to know the real secrets. And that’s from their headquarters, you know.

Hehpsehboah: It is a very sad thing when we take a look. For thousands of years, we have people that are victimized. People that are born, they are held over this bowl of water, and they say, now you are a member. You have a membership, you know, you got wet. Well, definitely, they got wet behind the ears, because their mommies and daddies, they keep trailing them through these places.  And you know, some other way, people need to come to be in the know, Alan. And thank you for doing this. So, when you think, and when these people, yeah, actually they go around, and they say to these people, I invite you into the Masonry, don’t they?

Alan: Yes. And now, especially, they even have ads in some local newspapers around the country, for Eastern Star Lodges, where they bring in women and men together, because their numbers are dropping. Primarily they’re dropping because Masonry is an ongoing thing, and Masons have given Wiccanism to the people as part of their upcoming religion of Earth Worship, which will bring a whole bunch of laws with it, including sterilization to save Mother Earth. And they’ve given the basic, similar form of three main degrees, low degrees for Wiccanism. It didn’t come out of thin air, it came out of High Masonry, for the next step, for the New Age. And as far back as the 1950s, the main newspaper or journal of the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry was called The New Age. And they wrote about this upcoming shift to bring in the youth, which would be given a form of Earth type worship. And that since has been adopted by the Royal Institute of International Affairs, the United Nations, etc. But they have other plans for it, because it’s to make the people, it’s actually bringing the people down to the level of insects, animals and trees, without the rights of the animals and the trees. And, eventually, probably voluntary sterilization to save Mother Earth type thing. This is a planned religion, as all religions have been in the past. They’re planned that way. We’re dealing with the masters of time here who plan in centuries, you know, centuries and centuries ahead. And they write about it in their own books, which no one cares to read. And they’re quite open about it, actually. And as I say, Gorbachev, who uses the Green Flag of the Knights of Lazarus, flying outside the Presidio in California, where he directs his global meetings for the environment, the world environment, said in his own book, Towards a New Civilization. He said, although I am technically an atheist; and that’s technically, because he believes in something else. He said, I and others are creating a new Earth-based religion for the youth of tomorrow. And that is the religion that they have brought up for the people, you know. It’s an ongoing Masonry, really.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but when you say this, and we have thousands of people out there who are unaware, or they are so misinformed that it is going to come to a place, like sterilization, we know already there are piles and piles of young men, twenty-two, twenty-three. They have prostrate cancer, many of them. They cannot reproduce. And I said to someone, I said, it must be already happening in the food strain, and you are talking about this. And you know, when, not too long ago, this was in Colorado, where the Dalai Lama and a whole bunch of Jesuits and some witches got together there. And some lady came from there, and she said, you know, it was so exciting, because everything they spoke about was for the planet. And I looked at her, and I said, so tell me, what is for the planet, and what is not for the planet. Oh, I don’t know, there was nothing there that was not for the planet. It was all for the planet. Because they were going to make it so that there would not be too many people born upon the planet, now, here. What you were telling is just confirmed.

Alan: Yes. They’ve written so much about this. It boggles the mind. You can go back to Margaret Sanger, who was the one who gave birth, you might say, in a strange, perverted way, to Planned Parenthood for America. And she belonged to the Rockefeller Eugenics Society, pre-World War II. And she championed the rights for abortion. Actually, she wanted mandatory abortion. And in her own writings, in her statements, which are found in the Congressional Records in the US, in the Library, she said, that through Eugenics, we shall rid the race of the weeds. She called them weeds. People who are useless eaters that have no use to our system. And she also talked about killing people with lesser IQs and so on. And from Family Planning, which is a nice term for abortion, you know, the fuzzy, nice fuzzy term, you’ll find the United Nations has its own department of population control, and they are funding and pushing this Family Planning globally now. In fact, our tax money is funding abortions all over the place, all over the world. This is a sterilization program which is under way. And in the West, we sit back thinking, well, we’re okay here, but we’re not at all. Because, as you say, they give out the statistics of the sperm count, the active sperm of the Western male, they give it every year, generally around April. And they never comment on it; they go on to the next statistics. And last year it was down 75% of what it had been in 1950s level. So, the men of today, the young men of today are only 25% fertile at the age of twenty.

Hehpsehboah: When you say that, what will that do to bringing forth an intelligent race, when you are going to do what you are doing? Is it, and I have suspected that it is in the meat, the stuff that they feed the animals, that when people eat a lot of meat, they’re, well, who knows what they give them.  I’m a little concerned about, because one farmer who did this holistic breeding of cows, they said to me that they give animals so much hormonal stuff, he said, that if you took a pencil and you dropped the pencil on a piece of paper and you got the little black dot from the pencil, that would be enough to throw a thousand pound cow out of balance. He says, if you take that same piece of black dot and you give this to a woman, he says seventeen, eighteen years old, then it will throw that body out of balance, and he says to come at a risk of cancer very, very quickly, because he believes that the amount of hormones will affect the human body to such a degree, and then he also was talking about some stuff that was fed to the cows. And he says, well, not on my farm, but on other farms they are doing this. They feed this to the cows. He says, and we are seeing all kinds of problems. Well, if we look around us, what they are doing, because we did hear from some scientists who said that too many eagles and swans and the other birds, the big birds, and cranes, and everything that fly through the sky, it upsets HAARP. Did you know that?

Alan: I wouldn’t be surprised.

Hehpsehboah: And so he says, what do you think? I said, well, if it upsets their HAARP, they will get rid of all these beautiful birds. I said, and they will invent something. Well, they invented something, because now we are seeing with what they have invented, we are seeing birds all over the planet, losing their lives. And now, the last one, is of course the swans. They are after killing the swans, now.  So, that is because they interfere with their technology.

Alan: All the stuff that they talk about, how they’re so concerned about wildlife, is utter nonsense. They have all their front groups. Most of the followers are very genuine, but it’s the guys at the top who know the real agenda; it’s to take everyone’s rights away, because in this world they’re bringing on, there’s to be no private property. And the United Nations has maps laid out, you can access them, of human habitat areas, where there will be no private ownership of property. No private vehicles either, only public transportation, and this is the new format for the survivors of this coming culling as they’re talking about. They’re going to push them into these habitat areas. Now, when it comes to the animals, these people have polluted and polluted at will, knowing what they were doing, because scientifically they’re so, so far ahead it staggers the mind. And an example of this, one boring Sunday afternoon, they showed on the public broadcasting station in Ontario, a documentary special on a huge complex of laboratories in Louisiana, owned by the World Wildlife association, which is headed by Prince Philip.  And this woman who is in charge is a professor at one of the universities close by, but she also runs this establishment, which is one of three worldwide, which is a very interesting thing, because the ancients said that they always kept their escape places for refuge for the elite in three places across the world. One was, of course the Druids had one. Mount Parnassus was one for the Greek nobility. And Mount Ararat is full of tunnels and that’s where they lived in the last time to come through it. So, they called these places, like the one in Louisiana, an Ark. That’s what she called them, an Ark. And in that Ark, this huge complex, they had massive cryogenic facilities. And the woman said, we have the genes of every living thing on this planet, be it animal, vegetable or insect and so on. And she said, not only that, they have it so advanced that they can take the male and female egg, unite them in-vitro, and then insert them in any other kind of animal, and they’d give birth to the product they’d envisaged in the first place. And they’d done this over and over. So, these people literally now have the ability to, you might call it, reseed this planet. That little programming we got from the Star Trek series where they could reseed a planet, they have that ability today to do that if they have to.

Hehpsehboah: So when you say this, Alan, and we have a population here upon the planet, how many of the people that are here on the planet could we possibly reach to wake them up before it’s too late?

Alan: I don’t know about how many. Waking up, as you know, is quite the process, and generally they need someone to help them along the way. This has been done through the generations by a few. Knowledge is passed on, often very quietly, because it was dangerous, in times past. But we’re getting to a stage now, we know from the predictive programming, which is their Hollywood movies and so on, what their time limit is here and what they plan to do and when. So, it’s maybe not a matter of numbers so much as people who are fully conscious and awake and understand the powers within, etc. Because it’s the old story, how much light do you need to cast away the darkness, you know. How much do you really need? Because it doesn’t take much to scatter it, really. When you have people who can stand up and say like the little boy, that the king has no clothes, you know, that can be said so easily today, with a few people, scattered across the globe, and make sense to everyone who is listening, when simple words are used in the right sequence. The spell can be broken.

Hehpsehboah: But what we feel is, that there are hundreds and hundreds of thousands of people in your immediate area, and in my immediate area, and I feel that actually we should be doing this day and night to educate the people in order to say, let us be able to save a fraction. Because these jails are there. They’re finished. They have built them. And they’re all scattered all over the planet, and they can come at any time, whatever they will do, and then they say, well, we’re going to arrest all the troublemakers first, of course, you and I, and then, we’re going to arrest all the others. But, you know, I said it, and it is on my site, where I said to people, do not be DNA’d for the simple reason this is more sophisticated than what Hitler did.

Alan: Yes, oh yeah. Oh, this is amazing stuff. I don’t know if people realize that, that this new ID, now I have newspaper clippings from Britain, where they tried to push this nationalized ID through back in the 90s, before the 9/11 deal in 2001. So, this has been on the cards for a long time. And the one they want to introduce here, it’s supposed to start, actually it started around the Niagara area, you can buy it for 2 dollars. Come buy now while it’s cheap, you know, that’s how they’re pushing it, for frequent crossers of the border. It has your iris scan, it has your fingerprint, it has a swab of your DNA encoded into it. It has a voiceprint in it as well. And it has all your data there. I mean, the whole of you is in there, you know. It’s an interesting term, ID, because Carl Jung used that, really pushed that at the front, id, id meaning the total person, spiritual and body, is the id, you see, the ID. Of course the big boys mean it’s intelligent design, because the Masons’ object is to perfect that which was left imperfect, which is man himself. And so, there’s many meanings to the words we use commonly without thinking. But this is what they plan to do. The whole of you. And another thing too is, they call it digital imaging. And the root word or meaning for imaging is from the Greek imagio, which is exact sameness. And they own your image when they take it. They own your sameness. So, in a legal sense, they own you. They own you.

Hehpsehboah: Not yet.

Alan: And that’s what we used to do with animals. You’d brand an animal. And they’re doing the same with us. They own us. This is a new Domesday Book, like the Normans used when they came into England, that they’re literally numbering and assessing all the property or whatever. They’re tagging everything.

Hehpsehboah: When you look around, and you see all these silly people, they’re running to the veterinarians and they have their dogs and cats chipped. And now we have parents running out and have their babies chipped. And some others have their parents chipped, for the simple reason, because if they had Alzheimer’s they wouldn’t get lost. So, get the populace used to it. But I said to the people, if you are chipped, you can be controlled by HAARP.

Alan: Yes, you can. It is an active chip. And it’s only a step to the next step. Because they’ve already admitted in Britain, this ID card is also your bankcard. There will be no other, see everything will go through that one card. Medical, bank, everything. And of course, the next step is to get a chip in the brain. And they have it ready, because they’ve had the meeting, the world meeting held at Loyola University in the US about that very thing. They have them ready to go. They said, all we’ll have to do is, in a step-by-step procedure, make the public go along with it. Get them to accept it. And I’ll guarantee you, once the card is out, we’ll hear nothing except people being mugged and their cards being stolen, until we’re sick of hearing it. There will be spates all over the country. And then they’ll come out with the solution, which is the chip, of course.

Hehpsehboah: Well, this is what they’re doing now in the States. You know, ID theft, ID theft, ID theft. Then in Canada, they start to sing that song too. And I said, well, I don’t understand what your problem is. How can they steal your ID if you make sure that you have what you have and that’s it. But then, we have people that have so many of these bloody credit cards, and pardon my language, but that’s what they are. And so, their personality, their personal self is floating all over the world.

Alan: Yes. I know. I do know people under thirty who have never used cash. Never.  It’s cards for everything.

Hehpsehboah: Amazing, amazing.  And then I had some people here a while ago, and I said to these people, be very careful, I said, about your finger clippings and about your hair clippings, because that’s your DNA.  It is. I said, of course.

Alan: What’s come out too in Britain, and I think here in Canada, and anyone who has blood taken at laboratories for any reason, they take so many vials of it now, and one is being sent to federal laboratories, basically for safekeeping.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, safekeeping.

Alan: So, they’ve been doing this for years. Now, about six years ago, it’s amazing what they show us here, knowing we’ll never remember. They showed you a little blurb on the news, where a federal DNA center had been set up, I think it was in Montreal, by the police. And they showed you this amazing complex with automized robotic arms, just whisking these vials back and forth. And I looked at that and thought, this could handle millions per week. And they said, this is for the occasional hardened criminal only. I said, who’s kidding who? This could handle, this is what it’s for. They’ve built it already. It’s up and ready to go for everyone.

Hehpsehboah: Well, that is like in Norway, they are building the largest bunker on this planet, totally controlled to keep all the seeds and whatever else they have here on the planet, to make sure that it is deep enough, that it is sophisticated enough so that if there is an atomic war. Well, wait a minute. In Norway? An atomic war? When they talked about this, this is a half a year ago, and they brought it up again in the last, well, was it, four or five weeks, and I said, excuse me, what are you planning for this planet? What are you doing, you monsters? Because they basically are as monstrous as they come.

Alan: Yeah, they are.

Hehpsehboah: And so, it is because of people like you, and, Ladies and Gentlemen, if you are listening, take the cotton out of your ears because I’m going to give it to you. You are listening to our friend Alan Watt, researcher and author. He has a website, .com. Books, three books available. Cutting Through 1: The Androgynous Hermaphroditic Agenda. Cutting Through 2: A Glimpse into the Great Work. Cutting Through 3: Esoteric Unveiled and the Meaning of Revelations in the High Masonic Tradition. And what would it be else, when we know that in Israel we have 64 finished Masonic Lodges. They’re building a 65th one, a little country like this. And we, of course, know from insiders who have worked on it, and they say that under the Rock of Mecca is already totally finished and complete, the Temple of Solomon. Whatever ritual they did with the bulls has been done there, and well, I will not be rude, because I was going to say something else, but Creator forgive me. And, I’m also looking at the Ancient Rock of Mecca there, where we know in history many, many thousands of years ago, there was the rock that was prayed at by Zarathustra, that was prayed at by the Hindus. It was also a serious place of worship. And then all of a sudden, all the ancient people were no longer allowed, and suddenly we have here these new religions, 600 years or less, religions, that was created by the same ones, Alan. Isn’t that right?

Alan: Oh, yeah.

Hehpsehboah: And more, more severe, and more vicious than anything else.

Alan: Oh, yes. You’ve got to create opposition to get conflict, which brings change. That’s the law of high Masonry. And that’s what wars are for. Professor Carroll Quigley, who picked people to be Rhodes Scholars for the world agenda, picked Bill Clinton in fact, but he wrote in his own book, the Anglo-American Establishment, and he was the historian for the Council on Foreign Relations, which is a big player in bringing this global government together, he gives you a little bit of the hidden history of the CFR and the Royal Institute of International Affairs. But he goes through this particular part of the agenda in fair detail. And it’s worthwhile getting a copy of that book. It’s called the Anglo-American Establishment, which explains this tie between London, really, and you might say New York. It’s the money elite, and those who have arranged marriages down through the ages, who are fittest to rule, as they claim. That is their agenda. And those who haven’t come up to their standard, have to basically be eliminated, because they’re not to come into the New Age. This is what they mean by that. If they bring the ordinary people through, who are not fit, as they say, to come through, it will bring the elite down. That’s one of their ultimate high laws. So, they say this over and over in their writings. So, the information is out there by people who play at the higher levels. I say it isn’t a conspiracy. They do publish this stuff, it’s just that no one thinks to read it, and the media won’t push it in front of your face as a best seller or anything. They’ll divert you on sex or whatever is popular, but they never push these. But they read them themselves, of course, the big boys.

Hehpsehboah: Of course, they would read it themselves, because they want to be in the know. They don’t want people that are out there to have any knowledge or any power whatsoever. And when you start to look at what they are orchestrating, for the people, and how quickly it is coming close, and you want to wake up these people, and you say, well, watch out, because they are creating a bigger war than World War II, and they look surprised at you. I say, yes. They are creating it, in order to gain control, because they are afraid that they are losing control. And look at these royal houses, as you call them, royal houses. Most of them are heavy-duty German individuals that sit onto these thrones, and we are seeing how their young offsprings are all marrying into commoner families as they call them. So, they must be boosting their DNA before the time comes.

Alan: Actually, there’s been a lot more covert stuff going on for a long time in that field of collecting certain people’s DNA for storage purposes for future use. Just getting back to Carroll Quigley, the professor, he said in his book that they can accomplish more in five years of warfare than fifty years of peace on a social level, because war’s main function is to change society through government expanding its bureaucracies. And that’s exactly the purpose of World War II. HG Wells, who was a propagandist for the British elite, back in the early 1900s, wrote the book The Shape of Things to Come, where he goes through three world wars. The last one would begin, he said, in Basra, which is of course where the British troops went into Iraq. And he said, it would be a final battle of Zion against Islam. And the people of the world would be so shocked and brought to their knees and exhausted, they’d then go along with the brand new program for a new society and a new way of living, which is a totalitarian way of living. No free choice. No free thought. You’ll be programmed for your work, basically. You’ll only be allowed to be born if they have something for you to do. This is their scientific dictatorship they talked about.

Hehpsehboah: But what can they do, Alan? What can people do? And where are the places that people could be suggested, that they should look at where, if they can still get out of the way, because many can’t. We know already that there are piles of people who are afraid to board an aircraft, especially reporters. Lots of them.

Alan: I know that the United States, and this came out around 9/11, at the time, 2001, and I should try and remember to mention the occultic plan for 2001 to 2010, and how they’ve actually shown us it in their movies, Arthur C Clarke’s 2001 and 2010. But the US government did plan and build a secondary place for them to go in Australia, for the whole US government to be flown into for continuation of government it was called. And that has been built. And in fact, one of the videos I got from Australia was made in about ’94 or ’95 and they were starting construction on it then. And in that same video a top reporter said quite casually that everyone would be getting an ID card very shortly. This was in the 90s. So, this has been in the know amongst certain people for a long time. The public are the last to know about anything.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, and the British royal so-called house, they also built a huge estate, with very tall walls, somewhere in Australia as well.

Alan: Yeah, that’s a fact.

Hehpsehboah: And that came ready by the end of the 80s.

Alan: And they have lots of underground dwelling places, all paid by the tax money. That’s why they love war too, and the Cold War was a great time for taxation of peoples, who just went along with the taxations, thinking they were under a threat. And all these billions and billions of dollars were going to these black budget operations, where they were building all these facilities for continuation of government. Canada has them as well, further north. And I know some, one of the bases at Meaford there, the army base, I met a plumber and an electrician who had been working there for five years in the underground facilities which are huge.

Hehpsehboah: How many people do you think, Alan, already are no longer capable to leave Canada, and that means you and me, and I know a whole bunch of others, and I know some lovely people who were quite outspoken there, and upfront, and one of them could not leave the country.

Alan: I’m sure that everyone who’s spoken out in any sense which matters is definitely on the list. I know that. The numbers of course in Canada, see, because they run most of the front organizations which people join and follow, have no idea that the guys at the top are part of the same system. They’re allowed to continue. But those who come out on their own with real information, outside of the agenda and propaganda, are definitely all earmarked. And Canada has always had much fewer people than say for the United States of America, who are willing to stand up and speak. That’s something sadly lacking in this country.

Hehpsehboah: Oh, yes. But if you stand up and speak, then here, and the sad thing is here, they do have prisons for political prisoners out in Alberta. And they’re not nice places.

Hour 2

Alan: Yeah, I mean, when I first started to speak out, and I was on the radio since ’98, and I gave the histories, I gave the esoteric meanings behind them, and so on, an intensive course, right up to 2005. I was on four nights a week, often. And then we went on the internet radio on Sweet Liberty, and we’re still on on Wednesday nights. But, at the beginning, I mean, I had amazing harassment. I had a helicopter drop something down the chimney, just before I was going on the air, and the whole damn thing went up in flames. It was a white phosphorus stuff, because once I got it out, it just burst into flames once it dried out from the water I got down it. I had guys driving at night when I’d walk the dog. They came up my little country lane, with no lights on, they’d switch them off, and then they’d park 20 feet from me and just sit there very ominously. So, you have your threats, and that kind of thing, you know. So, believe you me, they don’t mess around when you’re getting stuff out there that matters. People who believe they’re living in some sort of law and order society that’s a democracy, really are at the bottom of level one reality. These guys do not mess around.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, the thing is, the thing is too, when you say this, and I have a friend in the United States, and he said to me, he says, people are so green, because, he says, they have so many ways of doing things, he said. And if people could be woken up quickly, he said, boy, I wish, he said that we had the money, and we would raise the money to have our own TV station, and on satellite. He says, we could get it out, you know. And I said, yes. I said but you know, you might not make it over the border.

Alan: That’s right.

Hehpsehboah: And he said, but we need to find a way to get it out, and to wake people up before it’s too late.

Alan: The time really is rushing. They’re on a rush now, for their agenda. As I say the ID card is only a step towards the chip. It’s interesting, even the chip comes from the term, a chip off the old block. Now, that’s a Masonic term, because the block, of course is the old altar they used to walk around, and that’s a common Masonic greeting. You know, I’ve been around the block a few times. And the son of a Mason is called a chip off the old block, which is also the Mason himself, the ashlar, perfectly-squared Mason.

Hehpsehboah: Oh, I must share something with you. At one time, and that was my last show with David I., and I got him very upset when I brought up Masonry, Masonry and England, and Masonry and possibly, I said, and possibly your dad, I said, because some people have spoken about you and the Masonry. He just lost it.

Alan: Yes. Well, you see, I do know, and here’s a little thing here, some old fellows who have been high up in Freemasonry, and they went down and tested some of these speakers, one when he was in Toronto. And they gave him the handshakes, the signals, the pass, and he replied in kind.

Hehpsehboah: Oh. Well. Yeah, well, anyway, he pleases to have his heyday, but I hope that he doesn’t have it at the cost of gentle people.

Alan: Well, another thing Albert Pike did mention is that he said, we always give to the public their leaders to follow. He said, we give leaders for every side. And sometimes, they refer to them as pied pipers. The pied piper comes out playing a fantastic tune and the children follow. And of course, they lead you in circles and circles, and really get you nowhere.

Hehpsehboah: It gets you confused, if you are confused you won’t leave, you won’t smarten up, and you won’t speak to other people, and you won’t empower other people. And basically you do what, and this is what happened during World War II, because my father used to, shall we say, wear me out 100%, by marching people through the house, and say, answer their questions, give them an answer. And so forth, and then, one day, I said to him, I said, you know, by what you are doing, you are creating a condition. He said, but you are asking, he said, for us to be informed. I said, yes, you should be informed and save the people’s lives. I said, but at the same time, I said, I don’t know what is your whole agenda. I said, because you are bringing the Jesuits here, over to the house too. And he looked very surprised, because he was an escapee Jesuit. And not until many years later, when suddenly he started to do all his disclosures, to me, you know, when he said, you win. And so, he started to talk about that. And in 1973, ’74, ’75, I had a very wonderful friend who was a psychiatrist, and he was very high up in the Masons. And one day, we were sitting in Stanley Park, eating our breakfast and feeding the birds, and suddenly he said to me, he says, you promised now, that you’d be very careful that you, because you know too much. And I was very surprised for him to say that. And he says, even when you die, he says, I want you to make sure that you protect your brain. And I was like, wait a minute. And a year later, he said to me, he said, we’re going to put today, when I’m leaving this planet, he says, because I don’t want to be around and be part of all of this, what is coming in the future. And he started to speak about some of this, what you are speaking about. And I am just simply wanting to know, what is it that you and I can do to get it out, so that people pluck the cotton out of their ears, and that they are going to say, well, you know, we haven’t been chipped yet, although there are many idiots that are lining up to be chipped, you know. But there are many out there that can still stop it, because they don’t know what the agenda is. They don’t know that they are basically signing their death sentence.  So, what do we tell them?

Alan: Well, the battle’s on. The battle is what we’ve been doing along the way. And the people we’ve been waking up and are awake, who then in turn wake up others. I think part of the problem is, it’s difficult, almost impossible to wake someone up, if they haven’t taken the first step themselves by questioning the system. If they have taken the first step, it’s easier to come in with the information and bring them up to a level two reality, at least. But most people have swallowed the level one indoctrination. They’re like domesticated animals. I mean, that’s what sheep are. They’re domesticated as opposed to wild. A wild animal has its ability for survival intact. It’s suspicious. A domestic one has that bred out of it. And the people truly could never imagine that these nice men in their Masonic business suits, and that’s what a suit and tie is. It’s a Masonic uniform. If you wonder why in court you must wear a suit and tie, it’s because it’s Masonic, and that tie is your tow cord. That’s the limitation, you might say. So, anyway, the people who have swallowed their whole reality as it’s been presented to them would have nervous breakdowns if you suddenly bring them into reality and say, look, we’re all being managed like animals. We’re under a system of micromanagement here. And there’s nasty plans ahead. You know the good shepherds plan on slaughtering you soon. That would be too much for them to handle. They’d rather turn on TV and escape into fantasyland or go off and play with their chakras or something. That’s really what they’ll do. The ones who have taken the first steps are much easier to help, if they’ve asked the question themselves, what on Earth really is behind all of this. And maybe it’s not a matter of saving everyone. I don’t know how this will really work out for everyone. It’s more of a matter of getting through to the people who have taken that first step of questioning, and filling in the reality for them. That’s probably most important. And it is coming. I mean, the people phone all the time. I’ve spent thousands of hours teaching people personally, for free. And it’s amazing to watch them really come up and grow, you know. And almost glow, you might say, because they’re living for the first time in their life. They’re actually living, as opposed to the analogy given in the New Testament of the dead, where even Jesus says, let the dead bury their dead. They’ve never been awake.

Hehpsehboah: Well, I dislike to say it, but I do definitely not believe in the Jesus guy. Sorry, because…

Alan: It’s a nice story, but on the other hand, it’s a dual-edged story as well, as they all are. And most people don’t understand there’s another side to that whole book there. There’s an agenda written in there, esoterically. And in fact, the agenda is also in the New Testament, because it’s the same old plan of the same bunch.

Hehpsehboah: Well, if you look at Revelations, it is basically a road map and a blueprint on how it should be going.

Alan: It is. And as I say, it’s based on the stellar time clock, you know, the zodiac, and that’s the great plan in the sky, the divine plan that George Bush Sr. referred to a few times. He said, everything was going according to the divine plan. The heavenly plan. And that’s what they mean by that, into the Age of Aquarius, because they have their own version of Aquarius, of course. And it’s interesting, even in Revelations, you’ll find this hint. Here’s the key, which no one talks about, about the Old Testament. In the esoteric language, they use a form of logic that most people don’t use, probably naturally-based people could use it, but we’re trained to be linear thinkers and we hear it formed in almost a mathematical sequence. Once that’s imprinted, we can’t see beyond that. They give you their ending by giving you a beginning. The beginning of the stories, the allegories within Eden etc, and the deity creating an Adam, in his perfect image, created he them, basically, the hermaphrodite, Adam was the first hermaphrodite. That’s what they’re saying, after the deity himself. And from Adam, was separated Eve. The Fall was the separation, really. And since God made Adam in the perfect sameness, it meant, and it’s in the Talmud, of course, it tells you more explicitly, the deity is both male and female, and Adam is made in the same perfect image, both male and female. So, they’re telling you really what their agenda and goal was, by giving you the story, because that’s the end product. And through Masonry, which is a self-perfection course – for low Masons, they think it’s a self-help thing, a self-improvement thing – it also means a physical change as well, to perfection. And that’s what they call Becoming. They use many terms for it. And they plan through this process by using science and intellect, cunning and knowledge, to rise higher than all the gods. That’s the old Luciferian doctrine, you see. And so, by using science and their own ingenuity, they will self-become gods. They will self-create themselves as gods. That’s the agenda that they talk about, at the very high Freemasonry. The lower guys haven’t a clue about very much at all. But that’s the agenda, self-becoming gods, with no help of any god, you see.

Hehpsehboah: Well, isn’t that very sad for all those boys that are out there, that want to have mommas, even until they are eighty.

Alan: Yes, indeed.  And yet, this new hermaphrodite will be primarily, neither male, really, nor female in a sense. And they want to eradicate the female altogether, the emotional part, you see. Emotion to them is instability. That’s why Mary, which is Matter, Mother, does not have spirit, according to them. That’s the key to it. So, Isis on the stele in Luxor, says, I am Isis, all that was ever made was made from me. She’s talking about the physical world. So, that’s what Eve took with her in the separation, the story of the separation, is the ability to reproduce humans, matter, through matter, where Adam would retain the spirit. So, therefore Eve, like Pike said, as a wife, could only reflect the light of her husband, because he represents the sunlight, spirit and so on. That’s the real sexist message behind real Freemasonry, and that’s why no females can be risen up, as they say, into the higher orders. They’re used in the lower orders, but they have no idea of the final ending. It’s not a spiritual perfection they’re talking about, it’s also this perfection of that which was left imperfect. That’s what they claim.

Hehpsehboah: Isn’t it wild, Alan. It is really wild, because, gee willikers, as I said to you. You know, what are these boys going to do without their momma, you know, and their toast in the morning, and in some cases, sometimes, these mommas they are pretty powerful. And we know, of course, the Roman Catholic Church got rid of the ladies there, and in Masonry, of course, the ladies are not allowed either, and the make-believe for the ladies out there is just scandalous.

Ladies and Gentlemen, for you who are listening, please go and get a pencil. Get a piece of paper. You are listening to, of course, your friend, great friend, our guest, Alan Watt, researcher and author. His website, .com. I hope you got that one. For you who are in the audience, you can see it, but for our listeners, here it comes. He has written three wonderful books: Cutting Through #1: The Androgynous Hermaphroditic Agenda, Cutting Through #2: A Glimpse into the Great Work, Cutting Through #3: Esoteric Unveiled and the Meaning of Revelations in the High Masonic Tradition. Could I ask you about that, this the meaning of Revelations? What would they, what, you know, I know it is a road map. I know that it has been used, and maybe it is overused, but at the same time, it is maybe a death sentence for millions.

Alan: Oh, well, it is. It tells you right there. In the third book, I go through the meanings, the esoteric meanings, of why they gave these star constellations the names, what’s behind the meanings of the names, the functions of them. See, they have functions in Freemasonry, and of course, I think last week I explained what Aquarius meant, really, which is taken from the Greek story, where a new type of male comes into creation, who is raped by Zeus, and placed in the heavens, the symbology being that through sexual intercourse, he was regenerated, and very possibly gives birth as a male to a new system. That’s really what they’re coming down about. So, Aquarius is very, very important to them. That’s why they wrote it, in I think the book of John, where Jesus goes out and tells them to find the guy with the colt, carrying a pitcher of water, that’s referring to the end of his reign, which would be the beginnings of Aquarius, the Water Bringer, you see. The water also is the pool of life. You might call it the gene pool. Where it’s poured out, you see, it’s finished; the old gene pool is gone. It’s highly symbolic for them. When you go into Revelations, you find the magic number of 144,000 really are to be saved, and some of their helpers perhaps. So, you’re talking about a miniscule amount of people. And in that tradition, of course, we also find the houses they’re supposed to belong to. They’re the houses of the Zodiac, the twelve tribes are, and always was, prior to Judaism too. And the four main constellations, that we know, are also on the Vatican ceiling, next to the apostles, because they represent four of them, and they also represent the four seasons. So many Masonic meanings are embedded there. So, I go through all of this, but I also go into, you see, if you look at the New Jerusalem, and even the meaning of Zion, in the Kaballah, and in ancient Kaballah, which pre-existed the modern stuff, it was very common to take the first two letters of words and put them together, and that became another name, which was used by those in the esoteric know. So, you had the Aramaic and Judaic word for the moon was Sin. That’s what the meaning of Sin is by the way. And we know that Isis and Mary and so on are always symbolized by the moon.

And so they took S-I and they took the O-N from the City of On. On is the erect phallus, and that’s the obelisk, you see, and even today they use it in sexual terminology, which is rather hard to get a hold of, if you understand what I’m saying. It’s in our language. It was all encoded into the English language. So, you have Sion. That’s the real meaning. It’s the twin duality of the Hermaphrodite, Sion. And the Knights Templars used that term for themselves. There’s still the Priory to Sion existing today. Charlemagne for the Catholic Church, created the first big bank. He called it the Bank of Sion, S-I-O-N. And the river Sion still flows through Switzerland today. So, it’s not what people think it is. It’s not a strictly Judaic thing at all. It’s a noble, aristocratic movement, and the race they refer to are all the nobles of all the countries, who have proven through selective breeding that they have the right to be where they are at the top to rule the masses. That’s the new race they talk about. It’s not a particular color at all. It’s that the top people who rule the world in all countries, they are the new race that the Masons always refer to.

If you look at the shape of the New Israel, it’s an allegory, and it’s as tall as it’s long as it’s broad. It’s a cube. It’s a perfect ashlar. It’s a system. The ashlar is the brick. The round brick is the natural one. This is the perfectly-shaped square one, which is perfected as they call it. So, the New Jerusalem is a perfect system.

Hehpsehboah: And the Pope has the key to Jerusalem.

Alan: That’s right. And also, supposedly, to heaven. So, that’s another little clue there, is that in no other religion that they allow it to be said that the leader has the keys of heaven. That’s why they’re at the top there, the Catholic Church, in this whole Masonic game.

Hehpsehboah: Well, if I can help it, I will change it.  I think it is disgusting that somewhere or other, a bunch of people, Alan, could sit there, for, it doesn’t matter how many centuries, sit there and scheme over the lives, the beautiful lives of all the little children who live upon this planet today, of all the gorgeous animals and birds and everything that’s there, to make such a thing that they feel so egotistically toward it as they are superior to all the lovely innocent people. And when I was looking today at what has happened in Africa, first these people, they got AIDS. Then these people there, they got a lack of food, drought. Now, these people have no drinking water. And basically they are wiping the planet clean of those they have decided they don’t want, and you and I are next.

Alan: I know. See, these people truly believe that they are a different species through evolution, evolutionary perfection, and interbreeding, selective marriages, as opposed to people who marry in common. And they claim they have the right to move on and create a new society, where the next type of human will basically be programmed like a robot and have no individuality of its own. This analogy with the cube, of the New Jerusalem, the system, was shown in the Star Trek movies, with the Borg, these part Cyborg, part human robots, really, that were all connected by a Central Computer through a brain chip. And their ship was a square, a square, a perfect cube. They show it right to us, you know, in allegorical form in all of their movies, while we munch on the popcorn and blow bubblegum. They show us their agenda and mock us, because they must mock the victims, actually. That’s part of their ceremonies. So, this is their agenda, to bring a new creature, a new servant, a new servant into being, cull off the old.  See, most people are always looking towards some great, final catastrophe, and I tell them, look, we’re being sterilized. One in two are going to get cancers. They talked about putting diseases into inoculations in the 1700s and 1800s. They’ve been doing it. They have been doing it. It’s all under way. The war has been underway, before we were born. And they do it. And the good shepherd can’t tell the sheep what he’s really doing. He’s got to soothe them, and divert them and so on. They’ve been doing it. One in six children now are autistic after inoculations. This is deliberate. And it’s happening now. We’re in the horror show; if we open our eyes, we’ll see it.

Hehpsehboah: This is the danger that most people are still as blind as that.  You know, I wish, you know, we could shake them, and say, hey, come on, wake up, it is your last hour to wake up to do something.

Alan: Yeah. I know. And that’s the sad part. You can spend so much energy trying to wake. Most people try to wake up those nearest to them, nearest and dearest, and they can’t often; generally, they can’t get through. So, I tell them, don’t spend so long on someone who can’t understand it. Try and find those who are looking for the answers and help them. And do it as quickly as possible, so that they can then look for other people who are waking up and explain it to them as well, because it’s coming down to an individual thing here. The old thing again, in Revelations, everyone will have to swear allegiance to the Beast. It’s an individual thing. Are you going along with this, or not. And I’m pretty sure that the bulk of the public, as always, the good sheep, the trained sheep, they will go along with it. But those who don’t go along with it, and refuse to be numbered and stamped like an animal, that’s what changes the world. The world is never changed by mass movements. It’s changed by individuals. And that’s the part in the equation that they hate. They cannot stand the individual. That’s why the new system is to have no individuality. It’s to be the collective as against the individual. That’s really what the war is really all about on this level.

Hehpsehboah: Do you believe that they are changing Freemasonry to something that is different as what it was in the past, in order to fool the people that come into Masonry?

Alan: Oh, yeah. Well, Freemasonry has always lied to the people at the bottom. And Albert Pike freely admits it in his own writings that the Blue Lodge, those up to the 3rd degree, and most never go past the third degree, he said they are the outer portico. In other words, they’re like a shell that hides the real function of Masonry, and only those who go up to the sublime orders, as they call it, and into the Luciferian Orders, up to the 33rd degree, and those, of course in the fortieth degree, where life begins at forty, those guys know what their agenda is, their part in it. It’s still a need-to-know basis, mind you. That’s what the degrees are. And of course, this goes right up. The OTO sect of Freemasonry, which most musicians and actors, and so on, and the Hollywood crowd belong to, that goes up to 96 degrees. And then you go up to the noble orders, beyond that. And that’s why you try to get in, you see. That’s why Paul McCartney become knighted into the noble orders, because then he can go much higher again. And then, from then on, it’s from the long lineages of interbreeding, special mating with wives and husbands, for special abilities, and that’s where they get right up into the higher degrees, into the 300 to 360. So, it’s a bloodline thing too. And they show you this in their book of the law. See, the Old Testament is the law book. Through stories they’re actually telling you the laws that they must follow, where you have slavery, etc. And where Jacob can lie to his old dad, pretend he’s the brother, cheat his brother of his birthright, and the god blesses him for being so crafty. See, they’re telling you the rules there. And you can have slavery. Slavery is fine.

So, the Old Testament, really, and Testament, again, comes from testes. I don’t know if people understand the word testament, and testify, because in the ancient Middle East and not so long ago, actually, you were led into court by the short and curlies. The guard literally held you, he had you by the short and curlies, and that was your testimony you gave.  Mony means man, from man, mon. In fact, it comes from the same word as money, because they had slaves and they counted the heads and that became eventually money. So, they would have them in court, and you would swear on your future posterity, you see, and not to tell a lie, etc, and if you did, you were crushed, literally crushed. The family jewels, as they say in Masonry, were crushed. And from that, came all of the oaths…

Hehpsehboah: Absolutely shocking.

Alan: Genitalia, yeah. And that’s where testimony, you find all the words with testify, testament, it’s all from the same root word. This is a phallic, male-orientated system, of regenerative powers through the phallus.

Hehpsehboah: We have a gentleman coming on to this show, and I think it is the 19th, from Egypt. And this Egyptian scholar is in terrible trouble, because he is saying that what is in the Egyptian tombs and what is written there, and what they are saying that is written there is a lie, because this man came out of an ancient Egyptian family, and they kept all the ancient Egyptian writings, and the meanings of the writings. And he studied all the writings. And he came forward, and he said it is a lie. He said you’re telling people lies. This is not written there what you are saying that’s written there. So now, Egypt itself, and of course the Masonic movement, are very angry at him, because he is translating what has been written there. And they are very, very angry.

Alan: I’m sure, because they base so much of the Masonic mythology on Egypt. They base so much of their present teachings on what they’ve been told. And I know Bersden was the first major translator, and he was a high Freemason, back in the 1800s, to translate most of the stuff. And he was followed up by Wallace Budge, of the British museum, who also gave his translations, also a high Freemason. So, it would be interesting to see any comparisons at all. Plus, I’ve studied it myself, you know, the language, and the Sumerian. So, I’d be interested in hearing what he has to say.

Hehpsehboah: But it is very, very interesting that we are seeing this kind of information at such a late time coming to the fore. And…

Alan: They have a purpose though, you know. Sometimes things happen outside of the control here to the right people at the right time, and I’m sure you’ve experienced this yourself, where things which often shouldn’t happen will happen for you. I don’t believe in synchronicities as such just being happenstance; there’s generally something else at work there. So, it’s probably all for the good that it’s coming out now. And the people are finding each other. They’re getting in touch with each other. And who knows where this will go in the time that is left.

I was going to mention an esoteric story to you, about their plan, which they gave us with the very, very high Freemason, Arthur C. Clarke, who also was involved with NASA and the satellite programs. Like Gene Roddenberry was also a member too for the Star Trek episodes, who’s a member of NASA, that’s where he got his predictive programming stuff. Well, Arthur C. Clarke shows you the religion they believe in, at the beginning of the movie, made in the 1960s, called 2001. That’s when the big race was to be on, beginning in 2001, to bring in this new system, this wonderful system, as they called it. And in the beginning of the movie, they show you all the different animals and so on, and these sort of chimp-like males, and they’re showing you evolution, in a sense. And then, an obelisk appears, which looks strangely like the big black office towers at the United Nations building, but this thing imparts knowledge to one member of the tribe, who then, rather than just shake his fist at his neighboring tribe at the watering hole, picks up a bone, which is a thigh bone, by the way, they love the crossbones under the skull, and he uses that as a weapon for the first time, to kill. So, they’re telling you those that took the ability to kill and used it, were the natural champions towards progress and civilization. Then he goes into space, so, you have initiation ceremonies in an allegorical form, taking part in space, where the computer goes crazy on the spacecraft on the way to Jupiter, and it kills two members off, who are therefore the unworthy ones. They were not worthy to overcome the computer, but one does manage to overcome all of the laws that the computer was laying down.

That’s a Masonic symbol of he who overcomes the one who creates the laws of nature. The computer was called Hal, which is from the Helios, Hal, of the Greeks. And if you take, in the English language, H and you get the next letter to it is I, and you have A, you see, you have B, and then you have L, the next letter is M, you have IBM. You see, that’s how they put it right in front of your face in Masonic coding. And IBM, when it’s spoken, remember the spoken word is one level of the spell, and so you speak it, and you’ve got Eye-Beam, and that was always used as the light from the eye of Lucifer. So, they go through all this stuff in allegorical form. The movie ends with this man who ends up on Jupiter, on a multidimensional state. He lives forever.

And then, in 2010, supposedly, that’s when a new sun is born in the sky, meaning for Masons, as above, so below. There will be a new type of man presented or born, or shown to the public in 2010. So they’re completely, these are all Masonic movies, high Masonic movies in allegorical form. So, it’s a pity that people can’t understand them, as I say, as they pop their gum and chew their popcorn.

Hehpsehboah: Why would they have found it so important to brainwash the New Age people with their reincarnation story? Why would they have found that so important? Because that’s what they throw at everybody, and including this little boy from India. He said, well, you know, if they kill me here, I will come alive over there. I said, you watch out what you say.

Alan: What they did, was again, and they believe in reincarnation into their own family lineages, by the way. And it’s very important to them, because they believe they’re a different physical and spiritual type from the domestic race that already existed here. But the reincarnation that’s been pushed on the public, is to make you say, well, I don’t really have to do much in this life, because I can pay for it somewhere else and go on forever and ever and ever. It’s a sort of sin now and pay later deal. That’s like a credit card, in a sense. So, yeah, that’s the idea, that nothing really matters because everything is immortal, we go on forever, nothing is really real, so I won’t do anything about anything here, since everything is an illusion. That’s the New Age teaching. It keeps you in a little bubble where you think, I’m fine, my spirit is immortal, I’ll live forever, and it doesn’t matter what happens here, to me or anyone else, because I’ll be okay in the next life. It stops them from participating in this life. It’s a disabling technique. It’s a psychological disabling technique, and that’s why they pushed it so heavily onto the people.

Hehpsehboah: Well, I must say, they have pushed it so heavily on the people. When you listen to some of the New Age people in the New Age community that are so brainwashed by this Helena Blavatsky that it is scary to hear them communicate. And you say, my, oh my, have you never ever thought and reasoned this out and come to the logic of this? Have you never thought about it? And they say, well, no, but this is how it is. Who said so? Because, as most of them don’t know, is that Blavatsky was paid, so was her sister, by top Masons to spread this story.

Alan: Yes. And she admitted herself, her grandfather was one of the top, highest Masons in Russia, and she was brought in by the British Crown, who gave her her charter to open up these pseudo-Masonic lodges. There’s an actual charter she was given by the top boys. And that tells you all you need to know. And of course, they even knew then, see, here’s another part of it. This is a very important part, actually. They knew in the 1800s that they would eventually bring in the middle class they were building up from India into Britain. And Blavatsky said herself, part of the purpose of her agenda was to blend Hinduism with Christianity. Now, when you look at Hinduism, it’s a caste system. It’s a fixed caste system, where you’re born into a certain strata, you can’t move into the one above. If you’re at the bottom, you’re called an Untouchable, and if you lie in the street no one will touch you, because, my god, we might harm our karma by interfering with you.  And so, it’s the greatest cop-out not to help people. And they’re bringing that system in, because Aldous Huxley, H.G. Wells, and all the big boys in high Masonry agreed that the caste system of India was very similar, if not identical, to the one running England. You see. And they wrote in their books that the coming system that they’re creating for the New Order, the New Civilization, the new scientific society, would be based on a sort of caste system, of perfection, to do with breeding. So, this is their agenda. When you believe in reincarnation and karma, and look at India. Look at the mess of India. Why would you follow a country where they don’t help their own people, because of their religion? And if you help someone, they’d say, my god, some of his karma is going to rub off…

Hehpsehboah: Off on you.

Alan: You see. So, what a great cop-out not to help your fellow human being.

Hehpsehboah: You know, somebody asked you, Alan, somebody asked you here, so reincarnation doesn’t exist? Aren’t we a spirit having a human experience? You see, there we go.

Alan: That’s it. That’s the circle they go into. They tried to bring this on, through Blavatsky, but the British people didn’t catch on at that time, and they went heavily to work and brought it back in the 60s, with the Beatles, going over to India. And the Beatles were heavily, they were front men really, for Adorno, who wrote their songs for them. It wasn’t the Beatles. And their image was to attract the youngsters into the Hindu philosophies and meditation, etc, and the drugs, of course, which really disabled you from participating in society. So, yeah, this was very important for them to bring this particular type of reasoning in, because we’re going through an age, you see, where we’re going to see our fellow man suffer. And they don’t want people helping each other. In fact, that’s what we have, government agencies now almost forbidding you to help people. We saw that down in New Orleans where the people were on the roofs of their houses, and the floodwaters were all around, and FEMA was stopping people getting in to take them off. Neighbors watched neighbors drowning, and they were not allowed to go and help them. It was forbidden.  So, this is part of that typical, as I say, Hinduistic type way of looking at things. Well, that’s their karma, and that’s what happened to them, and nothing to do with me. And your conscience is somehow clear because of that.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah. That is why I think also, they are so angry, because the Zarathustrian communities are springing up and are increasing, because it teaches good deeds, good thoughts, good compassion, and of course, no killing. And hey, wait a minute, that is going to go against their grand agenda.

Alan: Yes, absolutely.

Hehpsehboah: Because you’re supposed to…

Alan: Here’s the sad part too. They always use the ordinary people’s sons and daughters to go off into war and kill everybody else. And those people get so conditioned in the military, and the police and so on, when they’re told to start bashing the heads of their own people, they do it, like robots. So, our own sons and daughters end up turning on their parents, you know. That’s a scary thought. But it’s been done down through history, many, many times over. So, yeah, we’re in a scientific type of system, that, as I say, when you have no compassion for your fellow man, and you cannot cry for people being blown up with your tax money, thousands of miles away, and sit and watch it as you eat your dinner, as though it’s just another movie, who’s going to cry for you when it’s your turn?

Hehpsehboah: But would you think, would you really think, Alan, that if the time comes, and it is coming very swiftly, because we can see it on a monthly basis, how things change. And I’ve heard some very sad stories, again, in coming from Ontario, where somebody’s elderly mother had broken a leg, because she fell and slipped on the ice. Okay. She was taken to the hospital, and the husband, and the daughters, and the sons, they all believed that they were going to set the leg, and mom was going to be released home with a cast. Right? Well, not really. Mom was taken into the hospital. And this is now three weeks. And mom is still in that hospital. And mom, now, who when she went into the hospital was intelligent, could read and write, and actually was a pest sometimes, to the kids. And now, this same mom barely recognizes anyone and is laying in a fetal position.

Alan: I know. See, we’re supposed to use our own reason about things. And when things don’t make sense, we can’t take the standard answers. I’ve watched over the last few years, and just listened to the regular news, and sure enough, the flu outbreaks always begin in old age homes. And these places, it’s mandatory to take the flu shot, and it always breaks out right after they’ve had the flu shot, which would suggest to me, it’s in the flu shot, you see. So, every year, it’s the same story. And they’re always so bewildered, supposedly, as to how this is happening, but it’s obvious why it’s happening and how it’s happening. These so-called retirement homes, etc, I call them exit homes. That’s you getting, that’s your exit time, because that’s what’s going to happen to you there. And of course, they give them haloperidol and so on to drug them, so they sit in those chairs all day long, without causing any problems for the staff. And then they end up with inhalation pneumonia, and die very quickly, which suits the system well. It suits the system well.

Hehpsehboah: You know, when people do not understand. There will come of course a day when they start to feel threatened, when they come to the realization that they couldn’t trust the system as they believed they helped to build up a system that was good for all people. And then they are going to discover that they are losing their possessions. And we did get some writings here, from some interesting people, where it said that the United States of America has a bill laying, ready to be signed for the president, that will take away from all people their property rights, including, for them to own their house, their car, everything.  They will be literally wiped clean of everything they worked for and they struggled for, and that bill is there. Someone said, no, that couldn’t be true. I said, yes, it is there, and we shall one day, we shall post it here. But, at the same time, when people have not realized that they are on the edge of losing all their rights, and that if they went to speak against them, they could end up in the so-called psychiatric prisons. I think that is what could happen in the near future, because they have built so many, or of course, they, as we know that the police in the United States, shot at people who basically were trying to talk to them to say, oh, well something happened over there, and then they got shot. They were killed.  Freedom.

Alan: I know, and everything that’s going to happen in the US will happen here, simultaneously. Because last March during the Terri Schiavo thing which really was a cover, as well as a spell cast over the world for euthanasia. And state-ordered euthanasia. Under that cover, on the 27th of March, Mr. Martin, Fox and Bush signed a deal to unite the Americas. And that was shown, just with a minute and a half clip on the CBC, and on Global Television. Everyone has forgotten about it, thinking, that can’t really be true, even though it was on the news. And that was the start of the official unification of the Americas. We’re under the same rules now, it’s the same law.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah. But, you know, also, my concern is, and I’ve said that, actually it is in my prophecies that I foresaw in the very near future, Australia, New Zealand, and Canada under one pact. And when whatever is coming, what I have seen coming in the not too far future, is that the United States, whole chunks, whether this is orchestrated, because we, and I should be careful what I am saying, but yet, I feel that it is orchestrated devastation in the United States of America, that will split the United States first in half, and then in three pieces, but that part of the United States falls to Canada.  As well as I have seen the Chinese army and the Russians come over Alaska into the United States and Canada.

Alan: It’s an interesting thing that Mr. Kissinger in the ’70s, in a lecture, at California, when he was criticized, when he mentioned that the Americans would let the United Nations in one day, he said, if under the right conditions, meaning catastrophe, the Americans would welcome foreign troops coming in. And of course, the CFR said in their books as far back as the ’30s, that China would take over one day, in the 21st Century as the policeman of the world from America. So, all these things are absolutely possible.

Hehpsehboah: Would you not think, and we do this quick, because we have to have you back. There is so much here. But would you not think that at one time, during the time of Stalin that Russia was promised world government, and then they didn’t get it, and then, of course, China is promised world government, and it looks that they may get it. And that we will be then of course made toast.

Alan: But they’ll also kill off all the excess in China too, because they don’t need them all in the manufacturing for a much smaller world. So, it’s the global elite, remember, who set up those countries. The same bankers set up China that set up Russia, and they run those countries. Everyone, there’s going to be a mass thinning out of the populations, worldwide. But in the meantime, yeah, they will go through the usual strategies of using one after another as world police, to manage the deaths and the cullings as it goes on. I have no doubt on that. So, China definitely will be used, and no doubt, the Soviets or the Russian system as well.

Hehpsehboah: It is very amazing, as I just recently did hear from someone that all of a sudden China was inviting the Dalai Lama to come to China and speak with them, to have a visit, but he didn’t go there. So, Alan, we need to have you back.

Alan: Oh, I’ll come back, all right.

Hehpsehboah: You’re so lovely. Ladies and Gentlemen, you who are listening, one more time, get a pencil, if you want to be in the know, I mean, if not, stick your head in the sand, and pretend it didn’t happen. Pretend it is the Joneses who are sold down the river. Definitely, but, if you want a pencil, you can get, of course, a hold of our wonderful guest and friend, Alan Watt, researcher and author, website .com, and his books: Cutting Through 1: The Androgynous Hermaphroditic Agenda. Cutting Through 2: A Glimpse into the Great Work. Cutting Through 3: Esoteric Unveiled and the Meaning of Revelations in the High Masonic Tradition. [Ordering information at .com]  Alan, this was wonderful. I am sure the people who are here have learned a lot, and I’m going to ask them, do you want Alan to come back? And I get a one from you. Let’s see how many of you want Alan to come back soon.

Alan: That would be interesting to see.

Hehpsehboah: Oh, yes. Oh, look at this here. Oh, oh. See this here. Yes, there they go. Okay, be fast, because we’re going to tell Alan. Yes, everybody wants you to come back, Alan.

Alan: That’s nice to know.

Hehpsehboah: And everybody is saying thank you, thank you, this is wonderful. And we say to the people, how dare cutting cutting critter. We knew you would love it, you in Florida. And, of course, our friends in Australia did love it too. And our friends in Toronto did. And Eagle’s Nest, please do, my friend, see, because people are wanting to be in the know. That’s important. Divine lady, thanks for interesting info tonight. And it will be getting hotter and hotter, as you pull the cotton out of your ear. Pull your heads out of the sand. Bring your friends, your family, and listen. Get his books, and listen, and be informed. Be in the know. USA, California. We love you, all of you. Thank you, you people for being here. Just wait, Alan, just a second please.

And Alan, could they all survive what is coming? Or could most survive that are in the know?

Alan: Well, it’s up to… They have their choice. They have their choice. And there are things which can be done, and maybe we can talk in another show about it.

Hehpsehboah: Well, let us do that, and ladies and gentlemen, Good Night. Good Bye. Be well, until we meet again.

__________

March 5th, 2006
Alan Watt as Guest on
Eye on the Future with Hehpsehboah
(2 Hours)

Hehpsehboah: Hey, Alan. 

Alan: Hello, how are you?

Hehpsehboah: It is so good to have you.  You know, I wanted to, I wanted to throw this out at you, and at the people who are listening, out there.  You know, many people believe that it was a black hole that happened on June the 30th 1908, and of course, it was very frightful for the town of Tungus, the Tungus area in central Siberia.  So, okay, fine, people say, well, that’s old hash, and who cares about it.  You know, that was nothing.  They saw this fireball traveling through the sky.  And you know it was really nothing.  But then, in 1993, in Australia, and did you know that they had brought the Owl Kult members, the monks, from the KGB, who had moved into Australia, that these things took place.  And then, of course, we know, that you know something not too long ago also in North America.  Let’s look at that first before we go and wrap, you know, this we can throw the baby out with the bath water, Alan, and you’re the one.

Alan: Okay.  Well, I know there’s one that happened in Russia or Siberia.  There were eyewitnesses there at the time, who claimed that they saw something, a fireball or a rocket, I guess even, it could be, going over this area, but it explained in such a way that you normally see an A-Bomb going off, where it flattens everything in a complete circle, rather than a spread, from a point, such as something traveling from one point to another, you would get a cone-shaped explosion, if that was the case.  This thing had to have stopped or else came directly down and exploded, because the trees were literally flattened in an outer circle, going out for miles.

Hehpsehboah: Well, there were people there, Alan, who accounted that’s what took place.  And the man said it was so huge that it literally scorched the clothes off of his body. 

Alan: That’s right.

Hehpsehboah: And they were saying that the gentlemen, it was his grandfather, and he said, you know that the whole area there was radioactive.  Well, Alan, it couldn’t be a meteor.  It wouldn’t be a meteor that was radioactive.  And this thing that took place in Australia, in 1993, wasn’t a meteor either, because it wasn’t once, but it was more than once that this was seen.  So, actually where you are, where I am, where all our listeners are, at any time they could fire something off like this, because they want to diminish the world population, don’t they.

Alan: They do.  I know that about three years ago another odd phenomena happened, when, and it was all over the news at the time.  Something caused explosions in the air, but very loud explosions with vibrations, which set off car alarms, all the way from parts of BC down into the United States.  And immediately the next day they had all the experts on telling us, well, it must have been a meteor and all this kind of stuff.  But we haven’t had meteors like this.  People say these explosions in the sky, they didn’t see anything leading to them, like a trail of anything.  And then, funny enough, a week later, the same thing happened in a part of Australia, where the exact same phenomena happened.  Car alarms were set off and burglar alarms, with the vibrations of this thing.  And what they’ve been doing is using the Tesla type technology to superheat the atmosphere, and cause massive explosions in the atmosphere itself.  And that was one of the reasons that Nikola Tesla stopped using this technology, which he’d made back in the early 1900s.  I don’t think to be honest that he created it.  I’m pretty sure he got this information from elsewhere, from an older civilization.

Hehpsehboah: Yes, not only that, but also when we look at it, we have of course the Owl code which is part of the Black Hand.  And as we are going to also start in their thing, we also have the Owl monks.  And the Owl monks, they own all that land there where this thing apparently came from, you know, in Western Australia, and the many residents in Western Australia, they saw this very large fireball, traveling in a northeastern direction passed overhead and culminated over the horizon in a very great big huge brilliant flash of a bluish white light.  So, a meteor wouldn’t create bluish white light.  And then, of course, instantly there was the earthquake that measured 3.9 on the Richter scale.  So, when we look at these, anomalous, would you call them anomalous?  When you already know, which this, of course, with your lovely brain that this is Tesla technology.  Or maybe, somebody else said, maybe we should ask Alan about scalar technology.  But not only that, we need to come to a place where the people of the planet need to come to this state and say, hey, wait a minute.  We don’t need this population control and all this other garbage.  And you know something, also I told to somebody today, I said, if you ever see a white Mercedes Benz with gold plated grill and handles at a certain time of the month during the year, this is one of these Masonic vehicles that go along, and it picks up the victims, and it takes them to these glamorous dinners and parties, where everything is drugged, and then of course there’s the ritual, right?

Alan: They do have these high rituals in the Masonic groups.  In fact, there was a US Senator I think it was, who was asked to investigate some young guys’ allegations of being taken from an orphanage and brought in as a male prostitute to the Bohemian Grove, where all the big boys go in their fancy dresses.  And while he was there, two of the members of the same orphanage were killed in a ritual.  And this particular Senator admitted that he was sent in, as basically to calm it all down and pooh-pooh it, until he found out it was all true.  And he did put a book out on that in fact.  So, this stuff does goes on with the very high Masonic groups.  The guys at the bottom don’t know.

Hehpsehboah: Well, of course, not.  But let us take a look at this.  And I was going to say to you, let us look at the very royal, not so royal bloodlines, and when there was another person who asked a question, and I said to them, I said, well, you have to realize that in the last eight to ten thousand years this planet was set into a partial polar shift and that all these were sons were saved in Northern India, in the Caucasian Mountains.  And then they came back down from Northern India from the Caucasian Mountains, and off they went again to control and strip the planet, and enslave the people.  But this time they may be not as lucky, because you are willing, and we have the people who are willing to hear, to listen, and maybe they have the wisdom to listen to us, and to wrap it up.  But we know that most of these existing royal bloodlines that we have out there, are all descendents of Semiramis.  Isn’t that right?

Alan: They all claim that.

Hehpsehboah: They claim that.  But it might not be necessarily all true, but this very, very, very time in history, we see all these Royals running out, and they’re all marrying so-called commoners.

Alan: Yes.  Well, they’re showing their right to rule the whole planet.  Not only rule it but own it, basically, through the corporations that they’ve established that work for them, the international corporations.  This is what Professor Carroll Quigley said.  And he was from Georgetown University.  He was an advisor to the Pentagon and the diplomatic corps, and all this.  And he also chose people for Rhodes Scholarships for World Government.  He sent Bill Clinton over to Oxford.  Well, he said that the system that they were creating…  And he was the historian, the official historian for the Council on Foreign Relations.  And he said in his own book, Tragedy and Hope, that the system they were setting up was to be a new type of feudal system, where you’ll have the lords, the elite, with corporations fronting for them, running the natural resources, and the life on the planet.  And that’s what we’re seeing happening right today. 

Hehpsehboah: Yeah.  You know when you took a look at what’s happening in the last week, week and a half, when you went to India, and you went to take a look in Pakistan, and it was really quite frightening to see, because it seems, as we saw this massive, massive earthquake, and the tsunami, that happened in India and India surrounding.  When India didn’t want to sign the document with the United States, and now, basically they’re crawling in the mud, aren’t they?

Alan: That’s what they did.  There’s no doubt about it.  Before that, in fact, we had on a Christmas, the one before the tsunami, we had an earthquake in Iran, but they weren’t toeing the line.  And it hit them in a place appropriately called Bam, B-A-M.  It was chosen for that name, no doubt.  And so, the same thing happened there.  And Kashmir, which is really between India and Pakistan, Kashmir have tried to hold on to their independence between those two countries, and they were very independent.  They didn’t want the religions there dominating them.  And they did not join the World Bank or the United Nations, and that’s what hit them, was the earthquake, on the eve of a military exercise, involving the US and India, in a joint pretence of an attack from Pakistan, on the borders of Kashmir.  The next day, of course, the earthquake hit them.  Now, the World Bank went in, because they’re destitute.  The United Nations got in, right away, and that’s how they’re making people come under.  They’re forcing them, using high technology, to force them, using this weaponry, to force them into the same world system. 

Hehpsehboah: So, they all come of course, to be the slaves of Semiramis and of course, when we look at this, and we look at the well spread Jesuits, high hierarchies of Jesuits in countries, and where it is so easy when there are so many of them there, and people are so unhappy that have been elected by the people.  Then we suddenly see something that is so ugly and orchestrated, the so-called unhappiness, coming from the people, you know, spreading stuff, and setting people up against people, because this time we are seeing that they are using religions versus religions.  And we’re seeing that they are using race, creed and color, and the scary thing is, is what they are doing to all the people that live in Africa.

Alan: I know.  Well, Africa, even in the 1700s, was slated for extinction by the economists who worked for the British East India Company.  They had other companies too.  And those companies were established in the 1500s, in the days of Francis Bacon and Queen Elizabeth the 1st.  In fact Yale, or Yallee, was set up as Yale University in America, their ancestors were one of the founding families of the British East India Company.  And in the 1700s, they hired John Stuart Mill, the economist to map out those peoples who would be useful in the next system they were creating, and those that would have to be exterminated, because they could not adapt to this new economic system, where everyone could only exist to serve the economic system.  And John Stuart Mill said the black man and the red man would have to be extinguished, because, they knew at that time, that they could not adapt to the 8-to-5 workweek type of thing.  So, they had their lists drawn up, long before Adolf Hitler came along, you know.  Because it’s really all one and the same group behind all of this.  And they’ve even had the Irish slated down too at one time, because they wouldn’t buckle under and become part of the British Empire.  All the blank bits on the map, as they called them.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, well, of course, there’s nothing more, more racist than that what came from the Caucasian Mountains to rule the planet.  But we also need to take a look, because somebody said, well, how did it all begin.  I said, well, you have to go Semiramis who became Mithra.  And then from Mithra, we are going to have the Peso family, and then from there we have of course, the Rome, the Roman Catholic Church, and then we have Masonry.  And people do not understand that the Mormon Church is as Masonic as it comes. 

Alan: There’s no hiding that fact really in recent years.  They can’t hide it, because in Mormonism you have another sect above the usual congregation called the Elect.  And when a man is chosen, it’s only men that get chosen to go into the elect.  They go through the exact same Masonic ritual with the apron and the signs and symbols, the statements, the oaths, etc.  It’s purely Masonic.  And of course, old Smith was a Mason himself.  So, they were all part of it.  And what they really were part of, it’s an interesting thing in Masonry, and it’s part of the philosophy of the elite actually, and part of their religion.  They put out in different formats for the public to study, you’ll find it in the Rosicrucian Manifestos, for instance, where they try and get their members to marry someone that’s chosen for them by the Grand Master.  And it’s a woman, generally, who’s maybe third, fourth generation Eastern Star.  And she’s, in other words, she’s bred for the purpose, because they do believe in breeding, good breeding and bad breeding.  And if you’re a commoner, and you’ve chosen your wife out of the masses, then you’re a commoner.  But if you have your wife selected for you, for her intellect, for her family’s wealth and income, etc, then, then, you can go higher.  That was, the offspring of the two, a Mason and an Eastern Star, can go higher up the degrees than a first generation Mason.  So, they’re all taught this in the higher levels, you see.  They truly believe that they must breed out the refuse as they call the people at the bottom, and get the better genes in there.  And this is shown as well, in a movie, in a book called The Handmaid’s Tale, where there’s an elite who are becoming impotent or sterile, and they basically used various women to have their offspring by, to keep the genetic strains going.  They actually do this kind of thing.  They believe in evolution.  In the movie, Arthur C Clarke’s 2001, Arthur C Clarke was a very high Mason.  And he wrote that in the 60s.  At the beginning of the movie, they show you, their belief system of evolution, with ape-men, and they show you symbols of, actually it’s a bow that looks like a serpent.  And they show you a pig walking through.  And then they show you a mountain with the sun rising over the top.  And of course that’s, you’ll notice the mountain is actually a pyramid, an uncapped pyramid.  So, they believe in evolution, but a special type of evolution.  They’re talking about selective breeding for special types, a higher breed than the commoner.  And they’re terribly snobbish about this.  And there have been priesthoods down through the ages who’ve kept the genealogies for all these peoples.  Today, the Mormon Church, they have the largest genealogy in the planet right now.  And they keep those names and so on, in their offices, inside a mountain, I think it’s one-foot-thick steel doors. 

Hehpsehboah: Yeah.  And at this very moment, these very high Masons, did you know, these Mormons are moving out of Utah.  People are seeing these very large Safeway, huge Safeway trucks pulling up.  Of course, we all know that Safeway is Mormon.  It used to belong to the Jesuits, to the nuns, but since 1984, it passed hands, into the hands of the Mormons.  Oh yeah.  Deseret Farms.

Alan: And I know lots of the wealthy now are buying places in the mountains, across the country, across the world.  And old ski resorts and so on.  And they’re stocking up provisions for something that’s to come.

Hehpsehboah: I’m sure.  I hope that that, the public is aware that Oprah Winfrey also built here a $5.5 million house in the British properties, high up in the properties.

Alan: Well, Oprah, of course, is Harpo backwards.  And Harpo is an abbreviated term for Harpocrates.  Harpocrates is the Greek name for basically the god of secrecy, the Egyptian God of secrecy.  So, she’s well up there for her lineage.  For all her nonsense about her poor upbringing, she’s not just an ordinary commoner as they say, you know. 

Hehpsehboah: No, of course not.  And that is well visible in the behavior and with who she hangs out with, and the money that went into her organization, her talk show or whatever you want to call it, ha, ha, ha.  Political tool was all from the Shrivers and of Schwarzenegger.  Big connection there, but most people don’t understand.  So, let’s take a look at it.  The royal bloodlines, how Masonic are these royal bloodlines?  We know, of course, that in the Netherlands, the Queen of the Netherlands, well I knew her father maybe all too well.  Prince Farinot, I knew him very well, and also his shenanigans with all the girls.  And they are Protestant.  Now, we had the royal bloodline of England and of course, they are Anglican.  Then we had the royal bloodline of the Romanovs, and were you aware that not all these Romanovs died there?  That some of these Romanovs died in England, in London, England of old age.  Of course, good Masonic underground shall we say. 

Alan: In fact the British had a ship that went in to take them out, unknown to the general public.  So, yeah, they did get some of them out. 

Hehpsehboah: So, those are the bloodlines.  Now, we know, of course, in the British royal house is a great chunk of the control of the Masonic control, and then also a great chunk is in Japan, the Emperor of Japan.

Alan: I’ve got an old photograph in fact, from an old book, where the British, some members of the British royalty were dressed up in their naval outfits, and they’re initiating Hirohito into the Order of the Garter before World War II.  I have the photographs of that.

Hehpsehboah: Lucky you.  Boy, you must have a box of treasures, you.  If not your brain, your box of treasures.  Let’s hope that we have people out there in the world that are going to say, hey, hey, we need to get whatever Alan has brought out there.  And ladies and gentlemen, let us do this, because we can go there like tootsie roll.  And our guest, Alan Watt is a researcher and author.  He has a website.  Have your pen and pencil ready if you are listening, and you are not in the auditorium, then write it down.  And I shall not be too fast, of course.  And it is spelt: A-L-A-N W-A-T-T, Alan Watt, researcher and author.  And we have then, the website .com.  I will give you that again, in case I said it too fast for you, and you were looking for your piece of paper and your little pencil, and sometimes burnt up matches does too some guy told me.  So, .com.  Here are the books, so have your little pencil ready and your brain in gear.  He has three books.  Cutting Through: The Androgynous Hermaphroditic Agenda, Cutting Through, it’s 1, The Androgynous Hermaphroditic Agenda.  2, Cutting Through 2: A Glimpse into the Great Work.  Cutting Through 3: Esoteric Unveiled and the Meaning of Revelations in the High Masonic Tradition.  There you are.  So, I want you to make sure you had your little pen, your little piece of paper.  Don’t write it on your mother’s tablecloth, because she might get mad.  And maybe if you did, maybe she gets the hint too.  So, Alan, here we are.  The royal bloodlines, the connections with the Jesuits, and of course Semiramis is the cradle.  Well, maybe not the cradle, maybe the visible beginning.

Alan: I’m sure of that.  I’m sure that humankind is much older than they’d like to have us believe, because Sumer, and now they’ve found the Harappan culture pre-existing Sumer, 6000BC and beyond, and we know that they lived in a very high level of a standard of living and had trade routes there.  They had underwater, underground piping of water for their showers and this kind of thing.  So, man is far, far older than they’d like us to believe.  They use Nimrod and Semiramis, because Nimrod is allegorically at least a symbol of the builder of a city.  The city being the first artificial creation to contain people, really, or train them.  It’s the only, it’s an artificial system, because those who live in a city had to use money, that was the next thing to be introduced, or maybe simultaneously introduced, is the city and money.  And with the money, they could buy the goods they need to come in to survive.  But they could also hire and train an army, a standing army, to go out into the rural countryside and conquer the rural peoples and force them to use the same money.  And then you use the religion to brainwash them, basically, to be good meek obedient servants.  And so, this is their standard technique, all down through the ages.  Now, Nimrod, you’ll find this in various steles and carvings that they’ve unearthed in the Middle East, is always depicted with the ermine collar round, a cloak that he wears.  Ermine is a type of mink, but it’s white with black specks on it.  And if you look at the royal families today, and when the lords get together, the house of lords, all the nobility, and the queen, they still wear these red capes with the ermine collars around them, all the way back to Nimrod.  And we never question these oddities.  Why on earth would they be wearing stuff that’s thousands of years old?  A tradition that’s thousands of years old.  And when you see the old re-runs of the coronation of the Queen, what you’re looking at there, it’s in Westminster Abbey, and the floor is a checkerboard floor, and they have the Queen sitting on a raised ziggurat type pyramid.  And she sits on her throne.  And the people are all spaced around her, these people with their various religious emblems, in specific spots according to tradition that goes back many, many thousands of years.  And you’ll see the same emblems carved in depictions of the Middle East of the crowning of kings there.  And we never question why this unbroken tradition, all the way into England, and really it was brought into England with the Normans.  The Normans were actually the same bunch coming back in again.  And the Norman invasion, not just of England but of the whole of Europe, was on a scale bigger than World War II.  It was financed over many, many years.  It cost in today’s terms billions of pounds and dollars for logistics, just for supplying the navies and all of the armies in the fields for many, many years.  They even built prefabricated forts on the beaches in Normandy.  And they assembled them, and they towed them over, these wooden forts, and assembled them on the British side.  Massive undertaking, heavily financed, and these Normans brought in with them all of the same family crests and emblems that you’ll find going all the way back to ancient Nimrod.  They still have them today.  And all these symbols of their crests, they’re generally of predators; lions, eagles, hawks, and that type of thing.  Because, they say themselves, and this is verified in the writings of the Pope of Freemasonry of the 1800s, Albert Pike, the nature of beasts and wild beasts and so on.  So, he’s telling you that they’re proud to be top predators, and that’s the natural order of things. They prey on the weak, and they say that’s the natural way of things.  So, behind the cloak of charity at the bottom of Freemasonry, you have this very ugly monster, this incredible predatory bird that’s running the show, and it’s breeding us for its victims, basically. 

Hehpsehboah: But, it’s very, very peculiar when you say this, because the First Nations also have as a symbol, the eagle, as a matter of fact.

Alan: I’m not surprised.

Hehpsehboah: No, but matter of fact by the First Nations, as their peace speaker, I’m Thunderbird Woman.

Alan: Well, here’s the thing too, with even, you see, every culture has been infiltrated long ago.  And when Britain was taking over Canada from the French, and taking the Americas, a good part of the Americas were also occupied by French forces, they recruited some of the Indian chiefs at that time, and Joseph Brant was the top of I think it was the Five Nations at the time.  And they took him to England and gave him high noble initiation into the orders.  They even gave him a wife too, sent him back to Canada, and in typical Masonic tradition, he split them up.  He split the tribes up and told half of them to fight on the side of Americans that were going to fight for independence, and half would fight on the British side.  And his son, Norton, took over from him as the head of the Nations.  And that’s why so many of these emblems actually came into being.  They were actually Masons at the top running the show.  Some of the Indian tribes in Canada are beginning at last to catch on to the fact that a lot of their chiefs are actually Masons, and that’s why all this money that’s allocated to them never reaches the people.

Hehpsehboah: It never reaches the people.  We know that because the money goes to the reserves, and the chief and the chief’s family, they live, well, in great abundance.

Alan: Yes.

Hehpsehboah: While we look at the people at the reserve itself, and I used to have a wonderful relationship with General Foote when they were still there.  And they would give me a boxcar or two boxcars a week with food that I then would take to the reserves and distribute among the very, very poor, and heartbreak people.  And then, one day, one of the sons of the chief, he said, you should go into town, and we’ll talk to you in town, not here.  So, we went to town.  And then he said, you know, he says, I am campaigning with the Indian Affairs to make out checks to the people.  I said, oh?  And he said, yeah.  He said, because they don’t like me very much.  He said, but most of the people never see the money.  So, it was then that the checks came.  And the checks were then distributed to the people, and of course, some of the elderly people who couldn’t and didn’t know about banking, and they didn’t know what they were doing, they would sign these checks over to the chief.  And they still lived in poverty.  You know.  So, when we look back at those times, and the medicine man shaman in 1981 who named me with others, Thunderbird Woman, and then four years ago, I was named the official peace speaker for First Nations.  And I found it very peculiar, because we have done a lot of speaking up for them, and whatever.  But when it comes down to the nitty-gritty, although my custodial mother’s ancestry they were of the very ancient Micmac tribe.  And of course, it wasn’t appreciated, because I came back here from Europe.  And the first interaction I had with First Nations was with Chief Dan George.  And it was amazing, because the man picked me out of a crowd of people and walked up and put his hands on my shoulder. He says, I shall buy you breakfast.  And he says, come on.  So I went and I had breakfast with him, and then later, many times he came and we had lunch.  And he started to tell me, all kinds of things that were out there.  When I look at the whole structure today, and I look around me, and there’s no doubt about it, because British Columbia is as Masonic as it comes, because they don’t like it cold.

Alan: That’s right. 

Hehpsehboah: That’s a biggest amazement.  When you say to people, if you want to know where most of the Masons are residing, go to places where it’s warm.  They like it warm.

Alan: Columbia, Columbia is an interesting name, because it comes from the Latin, and it actually means dove.  Of course you’ll see it in Egypt too, where some pharaoh is being inaugurated, and you’ll see the Dove coming down above him, and they used that symbol eventually in Christianity, for the spirit coming down to Jesus, a picture with the same dove, you see.  But that’s a Masonic thing.  So, Columbia, is the place of the dove.  It’s where spirit comes down, and also it’s a play also on column.  A column is a pillar or an obelisk you see.  So, it’s got this dual meaning there. 

And it’s no coincidence that the shootings that happened in Columbine School, in the United States happened to be in Columbine School, because a Columbine is a flower with the five, the five leaves.  Each one sort of is like a little dove.  And it’s got five points, the five-pointed star of Masonry, you see.  Everything that happens in the world is all Masonic, everything.  And even the place names that you see, like British Columbia, and Vancouver is Van can be sun, you see, from the Dutch.  And Couver, under cover, is under cover of the sun is what they’re telling you with the clouds and etc.  And of course, they have a rising sun emblem for their logo, which is very, very telling in itself.  Nova Scotia with think of as the east coast, as being a New Scotland, but really Scotia, is again from a Latin term, from an old Latin term, where a Scotia was a secret compartment at the base of a pillar where you put sacred objects.  Often it was a concealed compartment, a secret compartment.  So, everything, all place names throughout America have highly occultic meanings for specific functions in fact. 

It’s quite funny, when they changed the postal codes to abbreviated forms, like Ontario, you have Ont, and so that means Order of New Templars, and this exactly where the Order of New Templars were initiated within Ontario here.  So, everything has got an occultic meaning.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, and we know, of course, in Nova Scotia, when they first landed, they had the place where they did hide their treasures. 

Alan: Oak Islands.  Yes.  And that’s still, and one of the friends of the Rockefellers took over that dig.  And they dug so deep and found these amazing constructions and booby traps where they take certain parts of it away that the sea will rush in underneath.  So, it was well constructed to be concealed.  And it has various points around it, on the island of stones specially erected.  And of course, they even grew oak trees there as a symbol of their might and power.  So, it’s called Oak Island.  And the Templars thought they’d brought their treasure over there.  And I have no doubt, the Templars were here long before Columbus and the Dove came along.

Hehpsehboah: You know, but I’m still questioning, many times, what was so important to them, to get rid of the Micmacs and the Algonquians?  What was so important to get rid of them?  Because those are…

Alan: These guys knew, just like the ones in South America, Latin America with their legends, they knew that the Templars and different peoples had been here long before.  And they had to eradicate history to tell you that well, no, nobody knew about America until Columbus came along. They had to wipe out the past, because as Orwell said, he who controls the past controls the future, you see.  So, they had to eradicate the past.  And of course, that’s also why the Spaniards, when they went into South America, had to eradicate most of the people with knowledge, and they did. 

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but you know, when you say this, we know of course in Europe from 1100, when the Templars became very visible, that we had then all the intellectuals and women who had power.  We had the great herbalists, and all these people, and of course, how many hundreds of thousands of books were burned, and writings were burned, and how many of these very educated and wise people were all dragged to the pyre and set on fire.

Alan: And the thing is too, and I don’t think Masons really understand this very well, that because of the structural society with degrees and so on, and every degree is lied to until they get nearer the top, they start to find out the real functions and the real meanings of their symbols and so on.  Those that are below a certain level are disposable.  And they do dispose of their own when need be.  They have a sacrifice.  The few must perish for the sake of the many, is one of the sayings from the Talmud and the Kaballah, you know.  They even put that in the Star Trek series with Mr. Spock saying it. 

Hehpsehboah: Mr. Spock.

Alan: He’s their own.

Hehpsehboah: I used to know him, you know.

Alan: Oh, yeah?

Hehpsehboah: Yeah.  Actually, his sister was a very lovely lady, and they were as Jewish as Jewish came.  Yeah.

Alan: And what’s interesting too is when you mentioned Chief Dan George.  Because, I can remember at the time of the moon landing, I wondered why the flag they stuck in the moon was fluttering in a breeze.  And the next day they brought on different people, and they asked them, what do you think of the man landing on the moon.  And they asked Chief Dan George that question.  And he said, well, I saw a set in Hollywood enclosed, a huge set.  It looked just like the surface of the moon he says.  I don’t think they went to the moon.

Hehpsehboah: Ha, ha, ha.  That was him.

Alan: And I think he was right on.

Hehpsehboah: A darling man.

Alan: We were all conned again.  The greatest things in history are massive frauds, you know.  And NASA exists for a very different purpose, because so did the Cold War, of course.  They could fleece the people in the pretence of protecting them, and tax them to the hilt during the Cold War, and NASA really was putting up a very advanced satellite system, which would eventually be used to track us all, and also high tech weaponry systems in space.  So, NASA was a big player in all of this, this whole agenda.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah.  You know the thing that amazes me, and I can’t get over it, that we have actually people that are so sick and corrupt that they become participants, and they aggrandize themselves, and they become very, very wealthy.  But don’t these people understand that there is going to be a moment that they’re going to leave this body? 

Alan: I think that’s why they get so desperate when they become older.  They do know, and this has been preached openly since the 1500s, when Rosicrucianism emerged into the surface of the world, they let it be known that if you served them well you would be given life extension.  And of course, there’s even the promise of more than that for the very elite, one day.  But yeah, you look at the main characters, Rosicrucians who lived in the past, and they lived well into their 90s and 100s.  They didn’t have old-age diseases.  The Queen Mother died in her bed at 100, never had an illness in her life.

Hehpsehboah: They said she was 102. 

Alan: 102 then.  And she never walked more than 20ft in her life, I think.  And she ate whatever she wanted.  And she drank her brandy and her wine, and she didn’t have an illness.

Hehpsehboah: And she ate her candies.

Alan: So, you know, she got some kind of life extension, and that’s what they’re promised at that level. 

Hehpsehboah: It’s very amazing, because when you say this, I met Spencer Lewis, his son, here in North America.  And I met the what do you call it, the Grand Secretary as they call him.  But he died very young.  What was he, 65, 66 and he died, you know.  Well, not Spencer Lewis’s son, that old grouch.  You know.  I don’t know what they saw in me that they wanted to wheel me in, because I was not interested.  But they bought me very nice dinners. 

Alan: You’ll find I think, what I’ve found is that they’re curious as to why your mind is still active in a way that most people’s are not in this day and age.  They’re curious as to how come their techniques of mind control have missed you.

Hehpsehboah: Oh.  (Laughter)

Alan: That’s what it is.

Hehpsehboah: Maybe it was as my custodial father used to say, because I don’t think there’s a thing on this earth that can ever deal with you.  He was totally frustrated.  But you, but you of course, yourself, you’re not buckling under, are you? 

Alan: That’s right.

Hehpsehboah: And we can’t afford to buckle under, because there are so many, many beautiful and wonderful people out there who we need to say we love you, and come on now, you know.  Let’s do what we can do while we can do it, to keep you under the empowerment.  And of course, ladies and gentlemen, if you were out here today and yesterday, they did a big, big thing on their chemtrails.  Alan, it was just this beautiful blue sky, with just full of it, and then of course it rolled full of clouds.  So the clouds may have taken some of that garbage away, but they surely laid the chemtrails against that sky.  It was like, you know, you would want to cry when you see that.  You do.  So, tell me your connection about, because there is of course no doubt, the KGB, the FBI, the CIA, and of course the Jesuits, of course. Really there has to be.

Alan: Well, at the top, at the tops they’re all one at the top.  They’re all different parts of the same bunch.  And that’s their trick.  Each department is compartmentalized and so, the guys in the lower levels don’t know that their bosses are in cahoots with the guys that they appear to oppose.  And this is the mystery function of very high occult Masonry is to get change occurring in the world, you must have conflict.  And to get conflict, you must have different sides.  And it must be real conflict for those who are engaged in the physical stuff at the bottom, to convince the public.  But the guys at the top are all part of the same high brotherhood.  Some of them are actually commanded, they’re brought in front of the Grand Master and they are commanded to swear an oath to oppose each other publicly, but to remain brothers on the floor, in the lodge.  So, that’s why it exists this way.  When you look at all the different warring factions, the important thing is to see where it would all go if they won.  And you’ll find that they’re all going in the same direction if they won, you see.  They have the same goals, really. 

Hehpsehboah: But you know, there is the, somebody writes you here, so can we convince the Muslims they are being led by the nose by the Jesuits, but they haven’t got a clue.  The Muslims, as we were going to tell, the Muslims at this moment, that they are the very creation of these very interesting Semiramis followers.  And so we are setting it all, already up historically that we are going to set up the Jesuits the Catholics, the Protestants.  You know, when you talk about it, they look at you and their jaws sink.  And I said, you know, well, you are so hateful to the Catholics, but you say you are Baptists, you say you are Mennonite, you are saying you’re Seventh Day Adventists, you are saying.  And I said, my, my.  Well, goodness gracious.  Open your head up!  Start thinking, you all come out of the same ruddy pot! 

Alan: I know.  I know, and that’s the symbol of this particular final, supposedly war, is the triangle.  It’s the triangle.  From Judaism they gave you Christianity, and then later on they gave you Mohammed.

Hehpsehboah: No, no.  Shall I tell you?  I take you a little further.  In the year, of course, it was within the first hundred and fifty years after the Great Flood, hey?  Because they lie about that too, because it’s more convenient, because then they look better, but we have, and you know, I spoke to some of these absolutely wonderful people and this was about twelve years ago, who had come from Persia.  And they sat down, and they had these little rolls of parchment that was written in the very, very Parsee way.  They said it was older yet than their Parsee language, but they could read it and understand it.  So, they would sit there, on my kitchen table, and they would read me what was written there, and then they would show little symbols and stuff, and they had a little book from the university.  And they’d say you see this symbol and that symbol and that symbol.  Well, what they are using here is all a lie, because it is just what is written here.  And so we came to the realization that when we had Mithra, of course, that absolute monster, we had a Mithra religion, at that same time, at that time when Mithra religion was being spread, because it came out of the Caucasian Mountains.  And many of them were still hanging out there and were come down, sort of they went to Russia and Norway and Denmark, and then they came down also and they went into the Middle East.  Well, at that time it was written in, in these things, and they had the ages, they had the times, and they were petrified that anybody would find out what they had.  They had these little copper cylinders where they kept it in.  And then they said, well, when the Mithra religion was on the Earth, this bloodsucking, monstrous religion that made human sacrifices and animal sacrifices, and they built some type of temples, this that and the other.  Also, at that time they had Zarathustra.  And they said to me, it is a lie, because the Jesuits and the Masons are doing everything to eradicate the old historical facts of the Zarathustrians.  And I say, well, I know that they burned down the Library of Alexandria.  We also know that they murdered Hipathia, who was, and this I got from writings out of the 1600s, of a very, very lovely elderly rabbi that he had.  And he said, you know, it is actually, oh, this is lie, he says.  This is where it came from.  And he hated the Masons like you wouldn’t believe.  He was a survivor of the concentration camps, and then he said to me, this is where it comes from.  He said, of course, he says, Mithra is the Roman Catholic Church.  And he says, the Zarathustrians became the Hebrews.  And I said, well, how can we prove this to the people?  Well, we spent a lot of time speaking at the universities here, and then one day, he said, well, so long as nobody else finds out, and so he had a basement, like, better than most museums.  And so, there was stuff that we went through, and lo and behold, like about two and a half, three months later, and we still don’t know whether the university did it, whether the Masons gave orders to do it, or the Jesuits.  We don’t know who did it.  But this man nearly died in his house, because his house went up ablaze.  And we lost, of course, he was luckily, he was not in the house.  That was the lucky thing, but it burnt.  It was so well done, that it burnt right into the ground.  And it was just, it was just, you know, and he just sat in the car and he cried.  He was a broken person after.  But he said, at least you know.  I said, yes.  I know.  But at the same time we want to put it somehow as a historical fact, because Rome tells that the Zarathustrians are not older than four or five thousand years.  These people that were sitting there with their very old parchment and copper pasted together scrolls, they showed that where it went, how they’d hide out in India, how they did hide out in Kashmir, today Kashmir, and what happened.  How they were pursued through Egypt, and how thousands of them already, 7000 years were slaughtered.  But they said the Hebrews came out of the ancient Zarathustrian way, and that they were hassled around and that they lost their original writings.  And that is what Rabbi Comari said.

Hour 2

Hehpsehboah: Now, when we look at this kind of corruption and hatred to humanity upon this planet, then we need to come somewhere where we can help people to stand up for the truth, because we can’t let this continue so that they use their fireballs, so that they’re going to do their nuclear crap and their earthquakes, and of course, HAARP, right?  Because then people will never be able to come out of it and have a life in the future.  All their children and grandchildren become slaves.  Isn’t that right, Alan?

Alan: There’s no doubt.  As I say, at the Loyola meetings, I think they’ve had two now, the world science committees have met, discussing the very near future, where after the identity card with its active chip will come literally an inserted chip into the brain.  And they said at the meeting, and this is sponsored by the American Department of Commerce.  So, the taxpayers funded this meeting.  And they had geneticists there.  They had the microchip specialists from all over the world.  This stuff is ready to go.  They had regional computers, they said, regional supercomputers set up, across the planet, to handle everyone’s chips.  And they said there would be no longer you, you, individuality will disappear, and it will be more like the hive.  It will be impossible for an individual to even perceive of themselves as a distinct separate individual from others.  That’s already set up to go.  All they have to do now they said is convince the public to take it through a series of terror, etc.  We’re going through a reign of terror right now, coming from governments.  And they said, they’ll promote it through cartoons, kindergarten, school, through novels, movies, and so on, as a positive thing to have.  And sure enough, that’s all coming out now, even through the cartoons.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but when you say this, and we look at it, then we also have to step back, because their intent is to preserve New Zealand and Australia.  Did you ever check out the cost of immigrating to Australia?  You have to be a millionaire to go there. 

Alan: Well, I know too that the US set up one of their continuity of government installations underground in Australia.  They began that in the 90s.  And before all this happened, of course, because they knew what was coming.  And there’s these huge military bases in Australia set up.  Pine Gap is one of them.  They also have a HAARP facility there, a US HAARP facility and a biological warfare department facility there too.  So, yeah, Australia has been chosen as one of the possible refuges they’ll go to, depending on the sequences of events they’re going to bring into play.

Hehpsehboah: Well, I tell you in my, in my prophesy and we have said there, that yes, Australia is going to be the major place that they have calculated and set up as a safety place.  That’s Australia.  I also told them, these wonderful beings that want to control and destroy humanity, that all these underground cities, and all these under ocean places, that they have built, these cities of glass under the ocean, on the ocean floor, they are about to make the biggest mistake of all time.  We also are well aware and this was when we spoke to First Nations people, who brought us the information from the Elders that live in the Artic, that there are now tropical fish where there should be winter fish.  And that also the dolphins from Florida, instead of going where they always go to warm waters and they move onward, they are in great distress, they’re upset and they are swimming north.  Okay.  So, then we are looking, because I have some friends who are from India, and I have also some friends from the Philippines, in deep in the mountains there.  And these friends from the Philippines, deep in the mountains, they send me in 1988, ’89, they send me a very large yellow envelope with all kinds of symbols, and all kinds of stuff, and there wasn’t a living soul who could read it.  So, I sat down, and I said, okay, well, I’ll keep looking at the symbols, and then hear what I get.  And they warned for the manufacturing of UFO-like vehicles that the United States of America had built for transportation also off of this planet.  And that they were going to make calculations that they would take the top whatever honchos off the planet while they throw the planet into its polar shift.  Does that make sense to you?

Alan: It makes sense.  Again, nothing that happens today wasn’t written about a long time ago by the high secret societies.  And even though they write everything in various codes and quatrains like you’ll have Nostradamus for instance with his secret codes and quatrains.

Hehpsehboah: He was Mason too.

Alan: A very high Mason.  And even his name is a play on the black lady really, meaning their church.  That’s what they mean by that.  And it’s a play on that term.  But he did mention that the end would come with a silver angel from the East.  And those in the mansion in the sky would look down as the Earth was destroyed.  So, this is an old, old plan.  And the reason it’s old is because technology as we know it in level 1 reality, everything that we’re told is new and the latest and the cutting edge is actually antique.  There are three levels of reality coexisting, and the 99% of the public live in level one reality, which is all reinforced by their education and their newspapers and magazines to keep them thinking that we’re on the cutting edge of technology.  Whereas the upper CIA get hold of high-level technology, but not the top stuff, because the bosses at the top won’t even give that to those that help them, who they employ.  So, there are three levels coexisting all the time of technologies.  And we get the bottom end of it.  And it’s actually obsolete when we get a hold of it.  So, this doesn’t surprise me at all.  The flying saucers have been made for donkey’s years.  And I used to watch them when I was small, and I was studying astronomy when I was five, and I used to watch them at night and plot their courses, and watch the speeds they could take off at, and stop on a dime and do little geometrical patterns in the sky.  So, they’ve been around for a long, long time.  And meanwhile, it’s so funny too, when they pull out the latest stealth bomber and tell us this is the latest thing they have, and that’s really obsolete compared with the stuff above that, you see. 

Hehpsehboah:  Yeah, not only that, we know there are paintings that were painted in the 11th, 12th, 13th, 1400s, and you can see these great painters, they painted these UFOs into the paintings.

Alan: And Aristotle too, and Democritus, and a few from ancient Greece, talked about these stars that moved and danced around.  And, so these things have been around for a long time; ancient technology, which is kept hidden from the public.  It’s been around for an awful long time.

Hehpsehboah: But at the same time, these ones in the Philippine mountains, then, when I was in Brazil, and I gave information in Brazil, and some of the people from the little villages would come and they would talk to me, and there was an elderly, an elderly gentleman that was there, and he said to me, he said don’t think at this time they will make the same devastation that they did make before.  And he says, because the powers that be in the universe, beyond this here, that they are watching, and he said, it is not going to be the way that they have always have had it.  And that’s what he says.  But, when we look at it, and we look at what is being orchestrated and what you are talking about, we have to take a look, of course, when people go and join the Masons, how long would it take these people before they could discover, what is taking place in their existence, that they can say, okay, well, you know, I am, they all say I’m the third degree, you know.  Which third degree?  You know?  Three-sixty or thirty-third?  You know?

Alan: I know.  I’ve talked to different levels, and some of them in the lower orders, thirty-second downwards, I’ve helped to take them out of it, basically.  But there’s those, the ones much higher, and there are certain rites that they go through where they are, they are in a sense altered.  And I think there’s almost no going back for them.  Because now you’re touching an area which people find uncomfortable, because you’re dealing really with that which is outside the natural, supernatural, and this comes into the much higher orders. 

Hehpsehboah: Well, well, let’s tell the people.  Maybe if we really, really went and educated them.  Last Friday I went here, and I said, okay, you know what, because you don’t know any better, let us tell you when your first Bible came out, and when this and this and this came out, on the planet, that was for you.  They never talk about what was for them, because her Majesty, the Queen of the Netherlands, if you see the shelves full of hoopla, then you sort of say, oh, whoops. 

Alan: Well, even with, everyone has heard about Adam Weishaupt, and he didn’t begin the Illuminati.  He just popped his head up during history and was the fall guy for the whole thing.  The Illuminati has always been here.  But what people don’t realize is that Weishaupt went to Germany after he was run out of his own country, and he was given a lifelong pension by Royalty, and Saxe Coburg and part of Germany.  And the Saxe Coburgs, the present Queen of England, her full name is Saxe Coburg Gotha.

Hehpsehboah: Saxon Coburg.

Alan: So, it’s the same bunch that put up Weishaupt to do his job, and then they took him in as a refugee and gave him a pension for life.  So, why would the Royalty be apparently pushing something that would be against them?  Well, it wasn’t against them.  It was, this is how devious this whole plan is.  They know that, as I say, through conflict, they can change the direction of society, and if society thinks they’re running away from something, they end up running towards it.  This is how clever this chessboard is.  The checkerboard floor of Freemasonry is a chessboard, the tessellated floor.  And you’ll notice even in the corner where the castle is, it’s called the rook, and the rook is the home of ravens.  And you’ve heard that blurb in last week’s news where they’ve taken the ravens from the Tower of London, the Royal ravens, because they might catch this bird flu, so they’ve taken them indoors until it passes; the story being that if the ravens ever desert the Tower of London, then it would be the end of the Royal Family.  So, it’s quite interesting the symbology that’s all in front of us, right now to do with the chessboard, the rookery, that’s the home of ravens, and royalty.  It’s all connected of course.  The black and the white.  The seen and the unseen, you might say. 

But, getting back to Mithra.  I don’t know if most people know it, but Constantine just one week before he officially put Christianity up there as an official religion, he was initiated into the higher degrees of Mithraism. 

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but he wasn’t Christian until three days after he croaked. 

Alan: Oh, I know.  I know.  I mean, he really belonged to every society that existed in his day.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, because his wife was heavy duty into witchcraft.

Alan: And Constantine, he believed in an insurance policy, so he joined everything.  He had multiple insurance policies you see.  So, yes.  And after he introduced Christianity for the people, he had a temple built, as all the old Caesars had before him, where the people could go and worship a statue of him as a god.  So, this is the reality of the beginnings of it.  This man was no Christian at all.  Never was. 

Hehpsehboah: No.  Because he was made Christian there days after he croaked.  And that was because his wife was afraid if she didn’t do that, then she would go in the tomb with him.

Alan: Well, there you go.  So, that was a posthumous insurance policy, again, on top of the rest. 

Hehpsehboah: (Laughter) Oh, you are good.  You are good.  And ladies and gentlemen, you that are listening, get your little pencil, get your little piece of paper, and if you don’t, you will be sorry, because, you are listening to our guest, Alan Watt, researcher, and author, and the website, .com.  Books, and yeah, of course, he has three books here.  And the three books are available, Cutting Through 1: The Androgynous Hermaphroditic Agenda, Cutting Through 2: A Glimpse into the Great Work.  I wonder whose Great Work?  Cutting Through 3: Esoteric Unveiled and Meaning of Revelations in High Occult, well, can we call it High Masonic Tradition?  I mean, it’s not that high.  Get with it.  Get it.  And show it to your friends.  Not bad for somebody who was called seriously dyslexic at the age of 12.

Alan: (Chuckle) Yeah.  I think these are our saving graces, actually.  I think that’s what gets us through.  I think if you can look at things in a different perspective than other people. 

Hehpsehboah: Well, you know, they used to not understand it, because I used to look for writing from the right to the left.  And I still do.  When I read something, I have to say, no, no, no, no, no, you know, we have to go that way.  That’s how they are.  So, we’ve got that way.

Alan: That’s right.  You mentioned before about the underground, underwater bases, which they’ve had for, especially in the Bermuda Triangle, that’s really what was bringing down aircraft.  It was the EMP pulsation from these underground, underwater bases.  And that was what was throwing the dolphins off and beaching themselves.  They knew this all along, you know.  And but, it’s funny that Captain Nemo that they gave you in the 6,000 Leagues Under the Sea, or 10,000, or whatever, and Nemo was just Omen backwards, you know.  So, they give you these little things all down through the names of people.  You have to go backwards and forwards with them, because it’s highly significant in the occult to read things both ways. 

Hehpsehboah: Isn’t that interesting.  What is it that we need to look at more than ever with the Jesuits?  And they seem to be resurrecting themselves, and I am trying, you know, I know some people here, that I’m trying to stir up to bring them to me, all these escapees from the Roman Catholic Church, you know.  Bishops, priests, nuns, you know, I like to say, come here, kitty, kitty, let me talk with you.  You know.  Because I’m sure that there is still power in the masses to turn it around and to bring peace for the people, so long as people are there, they’re breathing, they have their power, and that they can reason, we can turn it around.  But, the moment they quit, Alan, well, then we did our best, but that’s not good enough.

Alan: I think there’s probably a truth in you’ll never get through to all people, because, even though they’ve been brainwashed and conditioned, and they’ve had multiple reinforcements of conditioning, in their life, they’re also making choices all down through their life.  And I think it was Khrushchev who said that the Americans would be Socialized without realizing it.  And Socialism is perpetual.

Hehpsehboah: I think Communism.

Alan: That’s what it is.  I mean, Communism is just Socialism in a hurry, you know, it’s the same thing.  So, when you’re Socialized or Communized or Sovietized, you accept as a normal thing that you’ve got betters above you.  It’s the same as British nobility.  You call them your betters.  So, these better people, these intellectual elites have the right to look after you for your own sake, because we’re too stupid to do it ourselves.  And that’s really what Socialism is.  Until you’re wrapped in cotton wool, and you accept that there are people running your lives, and they’re more competent than you are.  They’re big daddy, big brother, and so, Socialism or Communism is really perpetual childhood.  You accept that you’ve got someone above you who’s a real father figure, who’s going to take care of you.  It’s perpetual childhood.  And when that came to the West, as Khrushchev said, he said, the West would go down.  And it certainly is going down.

Hehpsehboah: Oh, and fast. 

Alan: Very fast.  Very, very quickly.  That’s why the conditioning is so intense right now, through all the media, psychological blurbs we get.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, not only that, most people, when you say that in the newspaper, and even when you now look at CBC with its black and red front, which I think is just as absolutely Communist as it comes, they also no longer allow the ones who have any intelligence, when they say, oh, yeah, post when you agree or disagree.  You know, and so we fire this stuff out at them, you know, all the time.  But at the same time, we know, we sit back and smile and say, it is never going to go there, because they just are as controlled and the ones that seem to be working there now, are just, well, shall we say, people that are out for fun.  There is nothing that is serious for the people at large, and they’re all being rocked to sleep from all is well is China, while China is burning.

Alan: Yes, it truly is.  In fact, a lot of the Chinese are meant to perish too, because with a world where they don’t need all of this mass production, all they’ll need is a small force to produce for the elite that’s left.  They claim that in previous ages, they’ve always had three bases worldwide, where they keep all their high technology and places of refuge, for the elite.  And, of course, they’ve done the same again, and they have these cryogenic labs too, where they have all of the genetic material of all life on this planet, so they could, in their own words, they can reseed this planet if need be.  And these cryogenic institutions, three of them are called Arks.  One of them is in Louisiana, and they even had a blurb on television about it.  Very advanced genetics going on in there.

Hehpsehboah: Norway?

Alan: The space station that they hope to have completed by 2010, and the international space station is ISS, which is a play on Isis, you see.  So, it’s all highly symbolic.  And I’m sure they’ll put more genetic material in the space station for survival purposes. 

Hehpsehboah: Yeah.  And they have also a great underground kind of a kafuffle that they are completing where they are going to keep all the seeds from this planet in safety.  When I, you know, I talk to people Alan, that they should prepare themselves to go out of the way, you know.  And they say, oh, but in North America, all the houses, most all of the houses are made out of wood.  Oh, I have it in my basement.  And I said, you know, I survived World War II, and I tell you, your basement is for the birds.  And they don’t believe it.

Alan: I know.  You know, all the fairy tales they’ve given us are Masonic fairy tales for children.  And you have the one about the little pigs and the wolf.  And they build their first one out of straw, their first house, and he blows it down.  And then there’s wood, and of course, that goes as well.  And then it’s brick.  And that’s why, in North America, and when I came to North America, the first thing that struck me in the towns and the rural areas, was the very appearance of how temporary everything was.  The electric lines were just strung overhead everywhere.  Everything was sort of matchbox and thrown up.  And I thought, you know, it would take nothing to dispose of all of this and return it back to its original state.  So, I knew then that the set up in North America was a sort of temporary thing for the majority of the people.  So, they have their great plans to bring this world into what they call its natural state.  Only, there won’t be so many people around.  And those that are left to do the work will be chipped in the brain.  They’ll be cyborgs, robots really.  This is their great 1,000 years of peace they keep talking about.

Hehpsehboah: (Laughter)

Alan: The big peace is when we’re all sleeping you see.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah.  Peace is when everybody.  Yeah, but you know, in one of my prophecies, I told people, and then there will come these airplanes, and they will drop from these airplanes canisters.  And when the canisters hit the ground, it will put people in a long sleep.  They’ll not die, but they will all be in a long sleep.  So, people will be unconscious.  When we look at it also from another thing, because we have to deal still with the creation of the Owl Monks, you know, what they chant, the Masons, and the Rosicrucians, and the Buddhists, you know.  They chant this Om, you know.  Watch out because that chant is very hypnotic, and it is setting them up in a vibration that they can easily be rocked to sleep when they send it out through their computers and televisions and radios, because they have been so used, because they have been programmed for so many years since Blavatsky, that that is the sound they should be listening to.  You know, because all these poor suckers, you know, with their channeling, these New Agers, you know.  Oh, I channeled, Kurtumi.  I said, you?  You don’t have a clue.  I said, that word Kurtumi, that was her father, he was very high up in the Masonry, and he paid the spreading of channeling and all that other hullabaloo.  Oh, no, oh no.  Helena Blavatsky.  I said, you know something, you need to wake up, I said, because you have been had.  You have been programmed for your demise, and here you are.  But we also need to understand that many of these people belong to the Unification Church and the Mormon Church, that they’re all fabrications the same as the Roman Catholic Church, and everything that broke off of it, including the Muslim.  They need to wake up that they are being set up against each other to kill each other, to destroy each other, because they controlled it before.  Protestant versus Catholic, and then, Protestant and Catholics versus the Jews and now it is Protestants, Catholics, Jews and Muslims, they are killing.  And, oh, yeah, let’s throw in for good measure the Hindus in, and they don’t know where all these Zarathustrians are.  They’re not too many left, but we may see if we can throw them in too, when bomb Iran and the rest of the Middle East, and all the stuff will travel over to India.  Because, when they tell humanity, that they are only three to five thousand years old, they have to have their heads shaken, because outside of India, we have a whole beautiful continent of beautiful city under the water.  When we go to Japan and we go and do some deep sea diving, we see these chunks of the beautiful continent of Atlantis.  And I think the people of Atlantis became too advanced, and they had the power to stand up to them, but they were too late.  That’s why they were bombed into smithereens. 

Alan: Well, I know that technologies are really so ancient, advanced technologies.  Nikola Tesla did not get this from simple inspiration as he went along grimacing.  He jumped whole sequences of discoveries to make the final product.  So, he knew, he was sent out to do what he was doing.  Even his name, Tesla, is again, a play on the cube.  So, a square cube is an Ashlar in Masonry, so even his name is Masonic.  But we’re living in such an age of confusion, as you know, because this is the Age of Confusion, where there’s so many things out there to distract us and to lie to us and direct us, all in their own directions, so that they can rush through their agenda while we’re all in this state of confusion and fighting with everyone else.  But I think a key to this is within the Catholic Church, because it means universal, because they took all of the old religions that existed to hold an empire together.

Hehpsehboah: Mithra. 

Alan: And what they did was, they call themselves the Universal Church, by copying into them, all of the main parts of religions that existed around them at the time, to become the Supreme one.  And they wrote into their own books, the keys, the keys of heaven would be given to Peter, really.  In other words, they are the only ones authorized to bring in this system at the end.  And the Catholic Church is well suited to bring in the New Age, with all of its present philosophies that they’re rehashing again.  They’ve put Mary up to the top again, the Queen of Heaven, you know.

Hehpsehboah: Semiramis.

Alan: Yeah, that’s right.  So, the Catholic Church are so well suited to bring in all the other religions after intense warfare, back into a New Age, you see.  And I’m sure they will do.  No one else has the power or the finances to do it.  But they certainly do.

Hehpsehboah: But we still at the same time, you know, Alan, have to come to this great place where we get more than enough people out on this planet to wake up, that they are going to help to spread the information, and not shrug it off, and then say, now the people are back to have power, and then to go and say, okay, we’re going to find a way before you bomb us all to death, to stop you.

Alan: And inject us with poisons, and all the other nice things that the United Nations Department of Population Control…  You never hear about that Department.  It’s there, but you always hear about the propaganda of the troops, you know, helping the children in all these countries, but really, the United Nations, it is at the moment, the front for this elite, who want to bring down the populations of the planet, and they’ve discussed many times using inoculations to do it.  I think they’ve been doing it since at least the fifties.  And they’ve stepped it up now, until the average child has about 20 inoculations before they’re two.  So, they’ve been stepping it up.  They’re doing it.  It’s not just a matter of talking about it, they’re actually doing it.  And they can’t tell the children, because it will terrify us all, you see, if they tell us the truth.

Hehpsehboah: You know, we tell many people on air here to take their children and themselves, and go to a homeopath and have them reverse the inoculations.  And some people say, oh, no, but they say it is good for me. I say, no, you are set up to either be a zombie for experimentation, or you are being set up to be a continually tool to make money for the drug companies, and the medical profession who sponges off of you.

Alan: Absolutely.  We’re dealing, as I say, with monsters here, because they don’t just talk about things, they actually do it.  And of course the media won’t tell us, because their job is, they’re an essential arm of government.  They keep us in the Matrix, the low-level Matrix, reality.  And their philosophy in high Masonry is what they call the noble lie.  They have the right to give to the public, they know, the little children down beneath them, the noble lie.  And this is how they rationalize it to themselves that we can’t tell the poor little children what we’re really doing to them, because the poor dears wouldn’t understand.  And so, but it’s all in their interests you see, if we cull them off quietly, and we don’t tell them.  And this is the noble lie, they tell us over and over in so many different ways.  They believe that they have the right to do this, being the good shepherds, you see, and we are the timid little sheep.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but you know, when we look at it, Shalom, Good Day, How are You?  And we need to take a look at how we, because, you know, my great concern is, how they are going to expand this warlike action in the Middle East.  And you know, people should understand, when, what is it for to have this high Mason, the Pope of Rome, having the key to Jerusalem.  That bothers me, you know.  And to see how they are manipulating and setting up these people in the Middle East, and to keep inducing so much hatred, so much information, so that they can eventually no longer reason, like when we take it away, because, that’s what they want.  They want to have eventually Jerusalem to themselves.  Because that’s a very, you know, that stone of Mecca that sits there, we have there of course, first the ancient, 1200 years ago, we had the Hindu God, and then after that, we had the worship for Semiramis.  You know where that thing has gone, who knows?  But it was sitting there, somewhere.  And then now, of course, we have it, it is the stone of Mecca, you know, but when we look at it, underneath that stone there is stuff that is much, much, much more interesting that hole they dug and what they built underneath there, is much more interesting.  Now, what my concern is, and you know, I tried, I have friends there, and I have said, I wish, I really wish you should by now know that my prophecies are very precise, and that I want you out of that area.  I want you to leave there.  Please leave there.  Because they’re all going to make it so, with all their nuclear garbage, they’re going to kill all of you.  And somebody said, oh, they would never do.  Well, this one guy says, you know, but we have very, very good gas masks.  Huh?  And I said, you know sweetie it doesn’t matter if every person in Israel in Palestine, in Egypt, that whole area had gas masks, I said, what they are doing, the agenda is horrendous.  Please listen to me.  And you know, it was like before World War II.  I pleaded with people.  As small as I was, my father was a mouthpiece.  And you know, my mother’s family said, she doesn’t know.  She’s too small.  She doesn’t know what she’s talking about, and it will never happen to us, because we are all good people.  And off they went, never to be seen again.  And today, we want the people to wake up and to be empowered, and to say, “No.  It must stop here.”  Because what is the future of Vancouver Island, Vancouver, Colona, what’s it called here, Tuwassan, and so forth, this whole area.  And it, without a doubt, it is as Masonic as it comes. 

Alan: I know.  Well, people are so disconnected today from their own ancestry, the people from the past, and those still to come, because it’s the “Me Generation”.  It’s been drummed into them.  Live for today, think of yourself, enjoy yourself.  Just be happy.  You know.  Don’t worry, be happy, goes the song.  And they don’t care about, they’re disconnected from the past and the future.  They become terribly selfish in this way, and they’ve been trained this way.  Every ad on television reinforces this with smiling faces.  Just buy things and be happy.  This advice is not to be a full person.  To be a complete person you have to go through all stages of emotion to understand the fullness of yourself, and also, that there’s a happy equilibrium, and it’s in between the two states, the opposing states of elation and even despair at times, that you start to think, and you get a spiritual insight into things and a connectedness to things, which you don’t get if you’re in a constantly elated frame of mind. 

Hehpsehboah: What do you know, Alan, what do you know, chauffer, a question for the guest, please.  What do you know about the RU486 Abortion Pill?

Alan: Oh, are you for sex, yeah.  That’s what it’s played on, are you for sex.  And sure, that’s basically the morning after pill they call it now, for the youngsters.  And I understand they’re giving it, the parents don’t even need to know what’s happening, regardless of the age of their child.  It’s the child’s responsibility and the doctor’s to abort right after conception.  It’s the, you might call it the Kleenex tissue of the results of intercourse.  It’s pretty disgusting.  We’ve reduced life to this, you know, brief thrills, and the consequences be damned.  There are consequences for actions in life, and once again, remaining in a state of perpetual childhood, it doesn’t help things.  It exasperates this.  We’re becoming dehumanized so quickly.  In fact, many people are giving up their ability to be human you might say.  Many will take the brain chip when it comes along, because they don’t want the burden of having to think for themselves.  It’s a burden to many people.  They just want to have fun and be happy.  But they’re turning us, they’re making us what the elite are themselves.  They’re anti-human, you see.  They’re anti-human. 

Hehpsehboah: Well, they have done that with the television, with all the bloody war shows, and all the other hatred that they are beaming out into people’s living rooms, you know, wherever they are.  And also, what I found very heartbreaking to see, that, and this was today, here in Canada, when somebody said, well, you know, you’re all wrong when you say that we should not be in Afghanistan.  I said, no.  I said, Afghanistan didn’t make war with anybody.  You know, Afghanistan didn’t do anything to anybody.

Alan: Well, it’s interesting that Mr. Kissinger, the man who also signed the bill when he was up there with Nixon, he put forth a bill which stated that the number one threat to the nation, the state, America, the number one threat was overpopulation.  And he put forth the funding to find ways to depopulate people, and that’s where the AIDS project came, the HIV project came from is the sweet Mr. Kissinger, and Mr. Kissinger, not so long ago in an interview, admitted that yes, he and his friends were behind, the initial creation of a fundamental Islam in Afghanistan, to start to push against the Russians, knowing that the Russians would then invade Afghanistan.  So, they would set up these extreme Muslims and in would come the Russians, and that’s exactly what happened.  This was a chess game, played in advance, and planned in advance by the Kissingers of this world.  And of course, we’re seeing the offspring of them today.  Many of the so-called radical ones, they were getting books dropped by aircraft from American planes to teach them how to be fundamental extremists in their own religion.  America created that, not themselves. 

Hehpsehboah: No, because at one time they just lived their life, and there was not such a thing, but now we have amongst these people so much hatred towards one group to the other, and then we are creating this hatred, and you know, when you look at it, it’s really comical, even though very sour, because the Americans pulled out of Afghanistan and said, well, here Canada, you can have it now.

Alan: Yeah, that’s right.

Hehpsehboah: You can do the dirty work, you know.  We stirred up the people in such a sense of hatred and confusion, and they can’t read that it says, this is Canada, and we are peacekeeping, because we’re the peacekeeping.  And so, we are seeing that these people are coming more and more in a state of well, as you know, we might be just having an artificial 911 very soon. 

Alan: That’s right.  That’s absolutely right.

Hehpsehboah: And so we can then have the people here blame all these people, you know, from.  Well, you know, after all, you did it didn’t you?  No, we didn’t.  Yes, you did.  You got involved.  And if you get, if you get somebody to create you a 911 for the sake to get the whole populace in such a state of stupid fear, when there was nothing to fear, because it was from within, then you have it made.  Because then, we’re going to have all this hatred within your own borders, race hatred.  As we have never seen in this country before, because we didn’t have such a large population.  And out of the nowhere, we now have a serious problem as they say, with crack cocaine, because the crack cocaine is so dangerous that we are going to go and kill people in their houses.  Break into cars.  No, no.  That is what you created to create fear amongst the people.  And so far, Canada also allows same sex marriage. The weapon of Afghanistan is drugs.

Alan: Oh, yeah.  Well, Canada too has also led the world, since World War II, in the field of bacteriological warfare, little quiet Canada. And Canada spearheaded this whole thing, prior to World War II.  And the great Mr. Banting, as we know, was set up as the great discoverer of insulin, was heavily involved in creating diseases to wipe out the whole of the German people.  He created a disease which could rot the brains of cattle, and eventually those that ate the cattle, which sounds suspiciously like the so-called Creutzfeldt-Jakob’s syndrome.  And Canada led the world in the whole field of viral mutations for warfare purposes.  Lyme’s disease was created here and dropped out in Alberta.  And that’s where it spread into the States. 

Hehpsehboah: That Monchessa area is full of it. 

Alan: There’s a book out called Deadly Allies, written by a Toronto Star Reporter, with declassified information from the Canadian government, that shows you all of this.  And underneath the nice, pristine snows of Canada lies some very dirty work, believe you me. 

Hehpsehboah: You know, when we look at this, and we know, these poor people wherever they are, and they need to come to a realization, we met somebody today that we talk to.  And he said, no, he did not have his children vaccinated.  No, he didn’t. And I said, well, if you were vaccinated yourself, you need to go to a homeopath and reverse it.  Because they are going to use viruses that they will let loose in the atmosphere that will trigger off that garbage that is in the body of these vaccinations. 

Alan: These vaccinations are so perfected that a reporter who went to the Porton Downs English bacterial warfare facilities and sat amongst the scientists, he said that they talked so calmly at breakfast, as though you were talking about pruning the gardens.  And they were talking about race-specific viruses, trigger viruses, viruses they could inject into people that would lie dormant and have a trigger come along many years down the road.  Even through catching a cold or a flu, could trigger it, with the right type of cold or flu virus.  And they had viruses which could spread across a whole continent and only reproduce so many times, so they could predict the time it reached the end of the continent, it would stop reproducing.  They’re so perfected, like nano-technology.  And this was written back in the early 90s.  Half a page in the British, two pages in the British newspaper.  So, they’re so far ahead with all of this, it’s not happenstance potluck type thing.  They know exactly what they’re doing, and they have these specialized weapons to do it. 

Hehpsehboah: Well, the previous Pope, Alan, said that vegetarians were evil.  (Laughter)

Alan: Yeah.  Well.  The Popes would since their long lineage is quite interesting when it comes to blood and meat. 

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, so are the Masons, you know.

Alan: That’s right.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, after all.  Ladies and Gentlemen.  Sunday, March the 12th, for goodness sake, tell your friends, your family, hang in there, and he’s coming back.  Take your little pieces of paper and your pencils, and of course, we want you to go, and in the meantime, get his book, because if we get you educated to the point, then we can open the line, and then you can intelligently discuss what you have read.  And you can intelligently spread it to other people.  So, one more time, wherever you are listening.  Our guest, Alan Watt, researcher and author, website .com.  Books.  Three books are available, Cutting Through 1: The Androgynous Hermaphroditic Agenda, Cutting Through 2: A Glimpse into the Great Work. Cutting Through 3: Esoteric Unveiled and Meaning of Revelations in the High Masonic Tradition.  Very quick, Alan, so they get the taste of it, the meaning of the Esoteric Unveiled in the Revelations of the Masonic, and of course, Catholic Church.  And people don’t know that that bathtub, that gilded bathtub in the Pope’s apartment, has, of course, all the astrological signs.

Alan: Yeah, I know.  George Bush Sr. mentioned it in his speech on New World Order.  And he said that everything is going to the heavenly plan, meaning the Constellations etc, were the greatest time clock there is.  And every one of the constellations has a specific meaning and purpose to high Freemasonry.  Way above the normal astrology and so on.  These are purpose times.  These are parts of their agenda, where each specific purpose of each Constellation comes into play.  And they will make it come into play, themselves.  And so, we’re going into Aquarius, their peace and understanding, when they kill most of us.  And it’s also the Hermaphroditic period, where they’ll bring forth a new type of creature to be the next type of slave, the perfect hermaphrodite, the unification of male and female you might say.

Hehpsehboah: When we look at this, Alan.  One more time, to all of you that are out there, and I just saw it, you know…(lists names of chat room users)….come and get for darn sakes educated.  If you want to know, want to grow up, want to protect yourself, then you’re going to be here, Sunday, March the 12th, at 11pm to 1am Eastern Time.  And you are going to go and be smart and get his books.  Start to talk about it.  Start to educate your friends, your family, your neighbors, and stop the train of death and destruction, because they are stepping it up, so don’t step down, step up, for the love of humanity, for the love of this planet.  Do not let them do it again, because they can let off some of these fireballs, and what do the fireballs do, Alan?

Alan: Well, they can destroy one hell of a large area.  And they can certainly change the atmosphere very quickly.  They could actually burn the whole atmosphere, according to Tesla.  That’s why he stopped his experimentations, the atmosphere superheated could catch fire literally. 

Hehpsehboah: So, how difficult is it for us to get these people to listen?  And how many places will we educate them that they can use, and can create to be safe?  Because, many people ask, and they say, well, it’s fine that you are talking about this, but places of safety and ideas of safety for when they go crazy to kill as many as they possibly can.  And that’s why people want to be in the know, right?

Alan: That’s right.  It’s important to understand now, and make preparations for what’s coming down.  Those that are caught at the end, when the supermarkets close, etc, will be in a terrible frenzy, and actually, people will go mad.  There’s no doubt about it.  You don’t want to be around people in big cities and towns when all of this starts going down. 

Hehpsehboah: Tuppance says, this does not seem to be a problem.  Staying alive is going to be a difficulty, but not if you’re in the know. 

Alan: If you’re in the know, and you have the right people around you, you can get through anything. 

Hehpsehboah: So, get in touch with us.  Get and pull up your boots, and get ready to get in touch, because, it is not hopeless as some of you seem to be thinking.  There is power in being in the know.  Right, Alan?

Alan: Oh, absolutely.  Absolutely.  It’s much, much, much, much more than simply knowing.  Much more comes with it.  And actually, there’s a lot of freedom being in the know.  It’s the only freedom there is in this world, is being in the know, for sure.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, and you know, those that are in the know are empowered.  It is the poor people like the ones during World War II, World War I, and did you know, Alan, before we go, sweetie, that the Bush family, World War I, World War II, and World War III.  They must be great masters, great powers in Masonry. 

Alan: Oh, yes.  The Burning Bush. 

Hehpsehboah: (Laughter)

Alan: That’s what it is.

Hehpsehboah: Yes, of course.  The Burning Bush.  And that’s right.  And just for a moment, Alan, we’ll speak.  Ladies and Gentlemen.  We thank you.  And we one more time, before we go off the air, tell you, Sunday, March the 12th, at 11pm, 1am Eastern time, and of course Alan Watt, researcher and author, website .com.  Books.  Three books are available, Cutting Through 1: The Androgynous Hermaphroditic Agenda, Cutting Through 2: A Glimpse into the Great Work. Cutting Through 3: Esoteric Unveiled and Meaning of Revelations in the High Masonic Traditions.  And of course, you want to know the royal bloodlines, and of course, more about Mithra and Semiramis.  You know, never mind, all roads lead from Mithra to Rome.  And everybody else has to watch out, because, yes, you might be on the list to pack it in.  So, don’t go and get angry at one another.  Work together, create peace, and stop your hatred of race, creed, and color, because integrity will bring peace.  And with this, we wish you goodnight, and thank you for being you and for being there.  Until we meet again. 

____________________________________________________________

March 6th, 2006
Alan Watt as Guest on
Eye on the Future with Hehpsehboah
(2 Hours)

March 6th, 2006, in your home, at work, and around the world, broadcasting without borders, this is Eye on the Future Radio with Hehpsehboah.  …The topic for tonight’s show: disclosures that will rock your boat, a special guest for ostriches and those wanting to be in the know.  Returning tonight, Hehpsehboah’s very special guest, Alan Watt, researcher and author.  Visit Alan’s website, at .com.

Hehpsehboah: And, of course, well, Alan, I have to share something with you.  And it’s so nice that you are here, and that you are giving these wonderful people, the ostriches of course, maybe, shall we say a slap in the feathers, maybe they’ll pull their heads out of the sand.  Well, I went out and went to the very large supermarkets, where I know one of the assistant managers, floor manager, whatever.  And I said, “Hey, Brian.  I want to talk to you for a minute.”  “Okay,” he says.  “Let’s get out of the wind.”  I said, “Okay.”  So, he said, “How are you doing?”  I said, “Well, still doing the same.”  And I said, “I want to ask you.  I said, “Oh, you move from this side to that side of the store, because that is the only entrance for the public to get into the store.”  I said, very soon, I think you will install some equipment here, most likely sort of, shall we say to track the little ducks that come buy groceries here.”  I said, “Little cards with all their ID from fingerprints to voice and whatever.”  And I said, “Oh, would Alan ever love that.”  He had a terrific jolt, but not a jolt as if he hadn’t known it.  He looked a little bewildered.  And he says, “Well, there’s nothing I can do about it.  I only control what’s on the shelves between these four walls.”  There you are.

Alan: Yeah, they’ve all got their answer when it comes to their paycheck.  And that’s the problem with this system, is it’s all based on money.  Everyone is dependent on the system, because they’ve given no one an alternative.  And that’s why they can rationalize it to themselves.  I’m just doing my job.  How many times has that been said down through history?  I’m just doing my job.

Hehpsehboah: Yes, but when we know out and out the agenda that’s there, but not many people are as informed as you are of the time that they actually are going to say, now, enough, enough already.  And a friend, who’s out there, and who had children in school, which they took out of the school system. And other people who still have their children in the school system, how dangerous is it for these people to maintain their children in school?

Alan: Well, I think one of their main experts, of course, that experimented with the experimental schools, back in the early 1900s was Lord Bertrand Russell.  And he spoke on behalf of the elite, and here’s where Communism and Fascism come together as one, because it is one.  Lord Bertrand Russell, who was related to the British Royalty and so on, he said we had always thought we’d have to remove the children completely from their mother at birth, and have the state bring them up in order to change the system and bring them into the new society, as they termed it then.  They said, but with experimentation, if we can have the child from kindergarten, from the age of two through scientifically induced indoctrination, he said, the parents’ input on morality or old-fashioned ideas will be null and void on the child.  In other words, it would be more economically feasible to keep the parents paying for the child, bringing them up, but with the scientific indoctrination they would get at a very young age, then the child’s mind would belong to the state. 

Hehpsehboah: When you say this…

Alan: He wrote that in 1920.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but when you say this, and we know also some interesting being who tried this out in the Soviet Union, right? 

Alan: That’s right. 

Hehpsehboah: And the end result was that in the Soviet Union, the people rebelled and the people went and said these state-run stores, they went in and shoplifted like there was no tomorrow.  They didn’t want to work the fields.  They didn’t want to do anything that had no adventure for people left in it.

Alan: That’s right.  And that’s what was the downfall, really of the Soviet system.  They knew they were slaves in a sense, and the State was a farce.  Whereas in the West, they kept telling us, well, we’re free, and we believed it.  And that you can make it one day if you just chase that carrot, you know, called making it.  And so we didn’t know we were slaves, a better type of slave.  And therefore, their indoctrination worked much better.  If you know you’re a slave you don’t put your heart into anything you do.  And that was the difference. 

Hehpsehboah: Now, when we look at what is going to happen, because you could see this fellow knew that it is on the way, and these conglomerates are, what do you call that?  Renovating their stores, and we say these people, it looks like a Soviet, Communist, conspiracy, this store.  And they sort of look at you.  But what is it that we can give these people, like we also, as you know, when you know, like the First Nations people, who were way, way up north, who have gone missing.  And there was not a trace.  Not one trace of these good people that fished that water, you know, from generation to generation, and they raised their children there, and there’s not a trace of boat or anything.  So, they must have seen something pretty important for them to have taken them and to disappear.  But at the same time, isn’t this so, Alan, that our First Nations people that know that there are entrances into the earth, like here in Nelson, British Columbia, outside of Nelson in the forest there is the amazement, there is a great big two-lane highway that come out of the ground, coming out of nowhere.  But the people that are off that highway, no one understands them. 

Alan: Yes, I know.  And the same is up in North Ontario, the same thing happened with some Indian hunters that chased something into a clump of bush, and they found an air vent coming up, something like a ship’s air vent, with a sort of walking stick shape.  And they found a manhole cover and opened it, and looked in, and there were two sets of railroad tracks underneath there.  And then they noticed the cameras, so they got out pretty quickly.  So, these underground railroads basically, who knows how many of them there are.  I think they have probably all the major cities interlinked, really.  I know that the Rand Corporation, it was even in Popular Science a few years ago, they showed you one of these machines that looked just like the one from Journey to the Center of the Earth, back in the 1920s.  A huge machine, which can go five miles per hour through any kind of rock, 24 hours a day, and it creates such heat and friction, it literally melts the rock around it, and then the rock petrifies behind it, leaving a smooth, hardened tunnel surface.  And they’ve had these machines for many years.  And they are working full-time.  But the Rand Corporation, apparently, it’s such a Top Secret project.

Hehpsehboah: But, also we know that this is not the first time that the so-called powers that be have gone underground, because there are these types of tunnels and underground, they say literally Talus type residences, under the ground in Brazil.  We know that they are in Turkey, that you can, underground cities, and things like that.  So, the people have memories of the previous nuclear type of setup and attacks where people did hide out, or where people did go.  And, at the same time, the powers that be, you know, like under London England, right, and under Paris.

Alan: Under New York, too. 

Hehpsehboah: Under New York too? 

Alan: Yes.  I got some old newspaper clippings when they were putting in some of the subways, the early subways, and they came across this incredible labyrinth of tunnels under New York City.  And I’ve got some of the original newspaper clippings from then.  So, this is, it’s quite a surprising old planet, you know, once you get into it.  And these are official newspapers at the time. 

Hehpsehboah: And of course, we know this whole setup in Colorado, and actually from Colorado to the White House, it was across from the White House apparently, not too far from there, there is a very large hotel with dining room, and some reporter told me a long time ago, by accident ended up in the wrong elevator.  And the elevator took him underground.

Alan: Yes, this is an old, old trick.  In fact it was the Greek historian Herodotus, right around 350BC who was in Egypt, and he talked about, he wrote about it, how the Egyptians gave him a partial tour of the underground tunnels underneath Egypt.  And he said they went on for miles, you know.  So, this is an ancient dodge.  And that’s why of course they could also bring armies up behind invaders, and they appeared out of nowhere, and of course, they’re popping up from the ground.  And so these dodges have been going on for such a long, long time, it’s just incredible.  You know, even all the mining diseases that we know of today, like asbestosis, those terms were used by the Egyptians and the Romans.  So, they knew all the diseases.  So, mining is an incredibly old, old industry.  Very old industry. 

Hehpsehboah: Alan, what is it that we need to sort of, because I think if we keep on ringing the bell, and sometimes, and I know you do a lot of ringing of the bells everywhere else, and we do a lot of ringing of the bell, and yet, at the same time, don’t you have the feeling that these people don’t know, don’t want to know, or that they have their heads in the sand.

Alan: Yes, oh, yes.  Many of them choose not to know.  And that’s the Socialist mentality.  A trained Socialist mindset of perpetual childhood, which they said they’d do.  They said they’d bring in the world that people would be trained to believe they were run by experts.  And that’s happened.  Most people can’t think without an expert’s opinion.  And in fact, even bringing on the weather stations, you know the news channels and weather stations, experts on whatever, changing a baby’s diaper, you name it.  So, that’s the end product of Socialism.  Socialism is perpetual childhood, where you do accept, as a matter of course, that you have these expert betters as they call them in England.  Mind your place, and know your betters.  These betters are running your affairs for you, because you’re just too dumb and stupid and inefficient to do it yourself.  And so, basically, that’s what we have today.  People truly believe that they’re being run efficiently, and it’s mainly illusion, of course.  But that has happened.  So, some choose not to know.  The New Age has been a big factor in this, because the New Age Movement, they depended upon the New Age Movement since they created it. 

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, and Helena Blavatsky.

Alan: And that’s what they did.  They had all these gurus going around, giving courses and seminars and writing books.  You know, limitless funding for these books.  And they’re telling people, don’t hang around negative people.  Hang around positive people, who only say nice things and happy things.  Don’t worry, be happy, and of course, that’s what you have.  They’re trained to be egosyntonic and shy away from anything negative which is making you feel bad.  And anything to do with their safety and it’s against their safety makes them feel bad.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, and don’t tell them the truth. 

Alan: Yeah, just live in a little bubble and you’ll be fine.  Nothing will touch you.  Well, you see, that’s what they said they’d do.  They would remove that part of the brain which gave you your self-defense mechanisms, your self-preservation mechanisms, because to have them working properly, you must have, you must be a sentient, aware being in order to survive.  These people are literally taught not to look at anything nasty. 

Hehpsehboah: When you say that, and we are really, really in saddest state, I think of the last 2000 years.  I think this is a horrendous condition that the world has been artificially pushed towards and pushed into.  And some of these people, and you know, when they talk to them, and they say, oh, but Socialism is no good.  And I say, Communism is what you nearly have. No, we don’t!  Yes.

Alan: The amazing thing is, when you look at the official policies, of the Royal Institute of International Affairs, which is a charter corporation.  They’re a front for the British Crown in other words.  And the Council on Foreign Relations, which is the American branch, when you look at their policies, when you compare their policies with those of Communism, with those of Albert Pike of Freemasonry, Freemasonic doctrine, and the Illuminati ones of Weishaupt, they’re identical. 

Hehpsehboah: Now, when you say this, Alan, when you say that, we need to go to a place where we have to look, because many of the people out there, they think you go to one of those Masonic Lodges, and, you know, that goes to the 12th degree, and some of these people, and you know, which I found very peculiar, because they were there much longer than 3 or 4 degrees, and they said, but I am not the 3rd degree.  And I said, well, wait a minute, is it the 33rd degree or the 360? 

Alan: Yeah, I know.  No, they don’t know. They don’t know.  Masonry and the reason for the degree system, there’s a need-to-know basis.  And the guy above them cannot tell the one below even what his further rites were in the higher degree.  So, every degree is secret from the one below.  And what it does, it weeds out that they need really, leaves the weeds behind at the bottom, and primarily, if you were a small newspaper man, for instance, in a little town, they would pick you out into the side degrees, you’d go to the Black Lodge, and your fellows in the Blue Lodge, wouldn’t even know you’re going there, and you would shoot up much higher, because you have influence over public opinion.  You could be useful.  But if you’re just a Joe Blow, you can stay in the Blue Lodge forever, as most of them do, in the third degree.  So, it’s a need-to-know basis.  And when they go up into the Mid-Degrees, up into the 40th degree, life begins at forty.  That’s when they start to get told the truth.  That’s a fact.  And that’s also the reason why Hassidic Jews cannot read the Kabala until they’re forty years of age.  It’s all connected.  There’s a Mystery Religion behind all the religions, and so life always begins at the 40th degree, you see.  And that’s when they begin to say, we know we told you all this stuff, but that’s rubbish, now here’s the real dope, you know.  And they start to tell them what the real function is.  So, the process as they go up is to find out who’s still stuck in their societal, cultural religion.  And those who can come up and leave their religion behind them, are then coaxed into a form of atheism.  And then, as they go up through the degrees, and they’re still atheistic, and they prove they’re atheistic, then they actually get brainwashed into the real religion.  That’s how it works.  So, they deprogram them from the old religion, turn them into atheists, who are good little hard-working characters, and then they bring them up into the real religion.  And that’s how Freemasonry really works.

Hehpsehboah: How many people would be aware of that?

Alan: Only those who are really up in the higher degrees, or those who have done intensive study into Freemasonry.

Hehpsehboah: Do you believe in shapeshifters?

Alan: Shapeshifters, I’ve seen people change in a sense.  I’ve seen some high Masons change in front of me.  It’s more like a superimposed life over them, really, like a sort of light shape that comes over them.  It’s not a physical type of shape change itself.  And the one who actually changed in front of me had told me that in the higher degrees, which he’d been in, he brought an entity into him.  That was standard at a very high degree.  And there’s a trade-off, of course.  The entity gives them a bit of longevity, definitely gives them incredible physical strength for their age.  But the tradeoff is that it must spend more time in him as the entity itself, so it comes through more often.  That’s what they believe.  And I’ve seen these people, I’ve seen these things come through individuals personally, I’ve seen, I’ve witnessed it.  So, I can’t deny it.

Hehpsehboah: Well, there are amongst First Nations, especially the older First Nations, they all know about shape shifting.  And those who are going out to learn to become medicine men, medicine women, you know, and of course, shamans, they all understand shape shifting as well.  But when you compare what goes on amongst the first nations, and that what goes on in the Freemasonic world.  You know, when they say Free, they’re really not free when they enter these Lodges, you know.  Are they? 

Alan: No, they’re not.  In fact, Albert Pike, in his Morals and Dogma book, and that was a Bible for Freemasonry, he states right in there.  He said that every Mason now has a duty.  When you have a duty to something, you’re not free.  It means you are basically like a soldier.  And he also said, he said, make no mistake, he says, Freemasonic doctrine, the Freemasonic doctrine is a religion.  It is a religion.  For those Masons who say no, it’s not, it is a religion, you know.  And their Pope of Masonry said so in his own book.  So it is a definite religion.  And the higher degrees, what happens is, the candidate is brought on to a sort of platform, in the presence of the higher ones, the higher adepts, and a light will literally encompass this square floor, this raised floor, and they’ll be totally enclosed in this brilliant, blinding light.  It makes a pyramid shape.  And all they can see, apparently, are the two sets of eyes, of the two guys who escort the candidate, the higher candidate, and you see two pairs of red eyes.  And then, as they all chant their little chants and so on, because they do have their own hymns, then the candidate’s eyes start to glow red as well.  And that’s all they see is the three pairs of eyes.  And that’s part of what they claim is bringing in a higher entity that brings them closer to godhood.  And I’ve had that same thing described to me from different High Masons who are unconnected from each other, in different parts of the country. 

Hehpsehboah: When you go here there is a very large lodge in Vancouver, and on their second or third floor, I think it’s the third floor, they have rooms there, like French-looking rooms, some of them.  And in the one room, they have this gigantic coffin, and you’re going to laugh, because I’m very nosy.  And there was a time that that place rented out the downstairs hall.  And people would go and hold things, like where people would come and read poetry, or people would come and all kinds of stuff, like innocent stuff.  Well, I was there too, but I wanted to see what the rest of the building looked like.  So, I made the journey in the elevator.  

Alan: You were elevated.

Hehpsehboah: I definitely was elevated, because I got out of the elevator and I opened doors, and I looked inside, and I said, oh, wow.  Look at this.  And there was one coffin, and it looked like a wax body in there.  And then there was another coffin, a really big one, and that was empty.  And I said, no, I said, you know, you can hear in ancient times the people did ceremonies, you know, here you’re born, and there you’re dead, or whatever or you’re reborn.  Whatever.  But at the same time.  And I said, oh, wow.  And I looked in the room, nosy me, shouldn’t maybe have gotten in there, but I did.  And there was in the right-hand corner, there was a statue, part man, part animal, and the statue, of course, it had red eyes.  And I said, oh, I wonder whether they plug that thing in at night.  And I said, oh, you see, you know, better get going, because I did hear footsteps on the other floor.  I said, I better get out of here, when the getting is good.

Alan: That’s right.  When I was small, a friend, a friend’s sister was getting married.  And the father was a member of the Lodge.  And of course, the Lodge loves to have weddings in their other main banqueting halls.  And while the father was drunk, he first put his son up to the big keyhole, at eye level, at adults’ level, that is.  He lifted him up and let him look through the hole, and I got a turn.  And I saw it, of course, I saw this stepped pyramid, and then this pipe coming down from the ceiling with the big eye on it, and that’s where the Grand Master sits, in the East, of course, representing the sun.  And I said, well, what’s under those sort of rugs which were over this little stepped pyramid, and he said it was bones, you see.  But, yeah, they have all these strange rituals.  But at the same time, the rituals are written in every religion.  Every major religion has the same esoteric meanings contained within.  That’s why Masonry is worldwide.  And of course, when they are raised from the dead, this is the key to it.

Hehpsehboah: That is the coffin, of course.

Alan: That’s right.  In other words, they’re raised from the dead, representing the general population.  That’s what it means.  You’ve never lived until you now come into the family, the global family, you see, of brotherhood, then you have been classed as the dead.  So, you go through this raising of the dead.  You’ll see that the actual initiation carried out in the opera, I think even in Canada you can get a copy through any library of Stratford, the Stratford Company, the opera Gilbert and Sullivan.  And I saw that when I was small, and I knew what it meant then.  And Gilbert and Sullivan in the 1800s did the Pirates of Penzance, and in the opening scenes, you see that, the young apprentice with his pant leg rolled up, his chest exposed, and all the rest of it.  And they go through all the motions.  And through all the comedy, he’s actually giving the passwords, etc, back to the captain, and then they put him on a black pirate’s flag with the skull and bones, representing the coffin, and then they toss him up into the air three times.  That was him becoming third degree.  So they do this right in front of our faces, even in comedies, you know. 

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but if they do like, when they do it like this, the masses that are out there, they don’t know, and they don’t click in, right?  They, they, and this is what, but the others, so when you look at that, then you know that the thing was really written for them.

Alan: Yes.  And you even have the language.  I mean, Masons call themselves Widow’s Sons.  And that’s why you have in the Old Testament, you see, the rules are all in the Old Testament for part of the world.  And as I say, every other religion has it written the same.  But they look after the widow and the widow’s child.  So, the Masons call themselves the Widow’s Children.  And in Pirates of Penzance, they call themselves orphans, and that’s the big chuckle, joke all through the thing, is they call themselves orphans.  So, it’s the same.  Everything is tongue in cheek.  But it’s right out in your face, really.  Behind every religion or within every religion there’s the same esoteric tradition through them all.

Hehpsehboah: It’s amazing when you are saying this, and you look at what is out there, and how many people do really investigate that they look before they leap and they don’t, because if you start to investigate the Mormon Church, you get chills. 

Alan: Yes.  As I say, the Electi, are the Elect of the Mormons.  The male members, if they’re chosen into the Elect, then they go through the same rituals during that, ceremony as all Masons do, with the same passwords, and they put on their little Apron.  Funny enough, in the Pirates of Penzance, they called the ship the HMS Pinafore.  Pinafore is the Apron, you see.  So, everything is, I knew this stuff growing up.  I watched it and could see what it meant, you know.  And I’ve always been surprised when other people had to have it pointed out to them, because most people don’t really, I don’t really, they take everything at face value, and they don’t question, you know.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but that is how most people have been programmed.  Have they not.  Don’t ask questions.  Don’t, you know, just be a follower, right.  That’s how they are trained from small, oh, you have to follow because the priest or the preacher or whatever, just follow me.  And they never give these people any power.  And it is the same with the New Age Community.  You have all these people out there, they have the power, and these little people, you know, and they are little because they don’t question, they sit there, and well, you know, they are good sheep, because they sit there, somebody says, now we meditate, and they shut their eyes, and they sit there, and they Om away, but never, never asking, what are you doing to me?  And I told the people, I said, you know, when they do that they are brainwashing you.  They are putting you in a hypnotic state so that you become the perfect follower.

Alan: Yes.  Not only that, they’re actually using physical sciences along with it, because I think you probably know of Dr. Nick Begich, who brought out the book, Angels Don’t Play this HAARP, on the HAARP technology.  Well, he was on the CBC television in Canada, on the Wendy Mesley show, and I taped it, because I knew it would never be on again.  And he had all these gizmos on the table, and he told Wendy Mesley to stand in a corner, he pointed it at her, and she heard music in the center of her head.  And he said, I could have just as easily have put words in the center of your head.  And he said, this stuff is obsolete.  The CIA were using this back in the 1950s, little handheld remote sized things.  Further, these transcendental meditation classes really the CIA were behind it for America, and MI6 were behind it for Britain and Canada and in Australia.  They were putting these gizmos in the walls of these meditation rooms.  And when they were told they’d have their little religious experience, sure enough they were guaranteed to have it, because they were using this technology on them.  And they would hear a voice in the middle of their head, God or whoever, you know. 

Hehpsehboah: God, or whoever.

Alan: That’s right.  It’s probably the IBM Company.  That’s what was getting used on them.  And all these forms of mind control, the history of it, we find the same special agencies, CIA are behind it.  Jonestown, we know that Ronald Reagan, he was the first man when he was governor of California to authorize that Jones and his group went through the mental hospitals to do mental healing on the patients.  So, the CIA have been into this mind control for many, many decades.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah.  I always thought that it was mind control that created the disaster there. 

Alan: Oh, there’s no doubt on that.  There’s so much evidence to that.  Absolutely.  So, yeah, this is incredible stuff.  It’s like Plato said, and Plato did lay it on the line, since he was a member of the so-called Mystery Religions of his day.  And he said, he said, all culture is given and authorized from the top down.  He said, if anything started from the bottom, and it wasn’t planned, it could have unforeseen consequences and rippling effects.  So all, all these things are authorized from the top down.  And we see that with Blavatsky, with the doors opening to her, with the Templars in England, authorizing her to exist, and do what she was doing, and then the Grand Lodge of England, of course doing the same for her, and then the Grand Lodge of England giving her a Masonic Charter.  These were the big boys.  These were the Secret Service guys behind this.  And it was all mind control, sure. 

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, and of course, she planted the seed, because her father was very high in the Masonry, Kurtumi, or was it Kurtumi and it was Saint Germane, and of course, the J guy, and a whole bunch that she channels.  And when you go out of the door, you don’t have to go very far from the door, and there you have a whole bunch of these confused New Age people, followers.  And they all channel.  And I asked someone, I said, didn’t you feel like you were a fraud.  You were doing that.  And this person looked at me and blushed and became uncomfortable.  Yeah, until I came here, you know, I was made to believe that is how it is.  But now I know better.  I will never do that again.  I said, but at the same time, how many of these people have been programmed into this type of horrendous lie and make believe.

Alan: Yes.  And getting back to what we even mentioned last night, was to do with the real meaning of Moses.  Moses represents the illumined man.  It’s not a person as such, an actual historical person.  And the illumined man is the only one allowed to go up the mountain.  You see, the masses, who were slaves, meaning slave mentality, these people had to stay at the bottom, because there was lightning that stopped them from coming up.  And while he’s up there getting the law.  And remember there’s a gradient.  There’s a degreed gradient as he’s going up.  That’s the symbology.  And at the bottom, they make themselves a calf.  The symbology of that is, that those who are base want something physical to worship.  That’s what it means in the esoteric. 

Hehpsehboah: Alan, isn’t this, when we look at this, this come all out of this horrific situation out of Mithra.  And how many of these people, wherever they are listening tonight, have ever come to the realization and when late last night, I don’t know whether you saw it, but late last night, they showed Pakistan, and the things that happened to women there.  And I said, well, I said, these are the followers of Mithra.  Women, women had no value.  Women were raped, were tortured.  Women were done, whatever, and were murdered in some parts of India, women are tortured, abused, and burned.  They’re doused in the gasoline and get rid of them.  And we know that this is happening.  And I have some beautiful people from a Muslim community, and they came, and they said, well this is how it really is.  I said, well, isn’t it time that you come out of your diapers into your maturity, and that you are going to help these women and these young girls who are out there, who have no hope, to change this all around, and to bring humanity and equality.  I said, and after all, I said, the Catholic Church, I said, with its big Mary statue that it has there, Semiramis, and that they have said, well, she is the goddess of the earth, the Catholic Church, of course.  And at the same time, they were the biggest abusers of women.  And when you look at the dress of the Muslim women, and most likely you can remember when you were small, the women of the Catholic Church were dressed like Muslim women.  The nuns.

Alan: Yeah, I know.  We better understand that there’s an awful lot of perversion behind all of this.  I always say that the first city was a perversion of nature.  It’s an artificial system within a city.  It’s not natural, so it can only create more unnaturalness.  It can never spawn any kind of normalcy.  And it’s the same with the religions that come out of these ancient cities.  We had definitely a priesthood that were more into men, or little boys, from the very beginning, than into women.  And women certainly had just one job, and that was to breed the male offsprings of those particular people.  But really, these guys preferred their little boys, always, you know.  And that still goes right up to the present day, where we see so many scandals, always breaking out all over the place with orphanages or people now in their twenties, who were abused in these orphanages, by priests.  This is traditional with them.  And we find that there is tradition in the high esoteric male groups, of this particular rite, where they do abuse boys, you know. 

Hehpsehboah: When you say that, we know also that that goes on in Tibet.

Alan: I know.  And up where the Dalai Lama has all his followers, they recruit the little boys from the villagers up in the mountain areas, and they’re only maybe six, seven, well, six years old when they’re recruited.  The parents are so illiterate and so trained, when they’re asked for their child, they just give them to them.  And those little boys go through the same kind of thing.  But we find that too, with some of the so-called gurus that are popularized by the New Age in India, with that Saihaibaba, they call him?  Part of his initiation.

Hehpsehboah: Saihababa.

Alan: Yeah. I mean, being a god, part of the initiation, I don’t know if people realize this, is that when you have intercourse with the god, that’s your last rite there.  You know.  That happens.  So, that happened too, when they were pushing up the Maharishi with the Beatles.  That was their job to bring in again, like Blavatsky said, to merge Christianity with that of India, the religions of India, and so in the 60s they hyped up the Beatles to be stars.  They made them stars.  They put them to India, and the Maharishi became so popular.  But they actually caught him doing the dirty with a little boy, and that’s why they fell out with him.  And that’s why the song was written, Sexy Sadie.  It’s a play on Sadi, you know the master.  That’s why it was written.  “What have you done?  You’ve made a fool of everyone.”  It’s because they caught him doing the dirty with a little boy.

Hehpsehboah: You know, but when you look at today’s world, and we look at, and you know, people do not understand it when you try to explain to them, you need to shake off Mithra on this planet.  If you shake it off, the murders, the war, everything else will disappear.  So long as you can defile innocent children.  So long as you have these hypnotized masses, and isn’t that what they’re doing, Alan, they are hypnotizing the masses, 24 hours a day with garbage on the store shelves that they must have to have, with music that they must have to have.  You know, with their thwarted forms of religion, and their continual lies like somebody said, oh, they made the famous movie now that just came out, and it comes from Japan, and it says that the world is only three billion years old.  I said, it is a lie.  Don’t believe it.  Because start to look at your true historical facts.  Start to analyze.  Start to understand.  And then when you go back, and you know, sometimes you say to people, okay, Buddhism is only 400 years old.  No, it is not.  I said, yes it is.  The Roman Catholic Church, you know, these first Bible, they didn’t appear when the time that it was written and how many times had they to rewrite that Bible, so that it became usable and to suppress the people, but the intelligent people that read it, they say, hey, wait a minute, because the Psalms of the Bible is all Masonic.

Alan: Oh, I know.  Every one of them.  Yeah, I know.  And of course, we know that Shakespeare had a part in writing it, with the teams for King James, and he put his name into the 46th Psalm, you know.  His name is in there.

Hehpsehboah: Is it?

Alan: If you read the 46th, it was on his 46th birthday, you see, and he wrote the Psalm.  And 46 words down, you’ll find the word shake, and if you go from the bottom, at the end of the psalm, and go up the way, you’ll find spear.  And that’s their typical Masonic joke on the public.

Hehpsehboah: It’s amazing, because we have some people in the audience in the United States, who used to be very heavy duty into the Baptist movement.  When somebody said, you know the Baptists are real followers of John the Baptist.  I said no they’re not.  Oh, sure they are, because they came into being with John the Baptist.  I said, no they didn’t.  I said, this is all make-believe.  I said, how can you say that?  I said, but it is.  You’re being tricked.  And people get annoyed with me when I tell them you are being tricked. 

Alan: It’s all zodiacal mythology, because you’ll find that prior to that version of it, you see, it’s the same version just with different names.  And you’ll find that in there, you’ll find, just look, and I actually put one of the woodcuts from the 1500s of the Zodiac, that Durer did, and every myth in the world, every religion in the world, every story in the world is in that woodcut.  And you’ll see the head, that at one time was John the Baptist, but it had been the heads of many before that.  And you’ll also find the word Caiaphas in there, the king, the one that condemns Jesus.  He’s in there too.  That existed long before the story, the biblical story. 

Hehpsehboah: Well, when you go and then you tell people, and this was the thing when we were sitting with a group of people, the same people that came from Persia.  And one of the Persian women professors says to me, she said, but how are we going to tell people that this ancient, ancient belief that’s more than 10,000 years old, has been stolen, has been adulterated, had been changed and shifted, because, when you really start to look, the Zarathustrians, or Zoroaster’s story is all the Jesus story.  I said, well, that’s why they had to murder the people and burn down the library of Alexandria.  That’s why they had to murder Hypanthia, because she spoke against it.

Alan: The first thing they did was send armies out to exterminate everyone who had a different version or an earlier version, because they had to start from scratch and make everyone believe that this was the original starting right now.  And so, they’ve done this down through history, of course, to eradicate thinkers, especially.  Those who think and who know, and it’s no different from today.  They will eventually exterminate, they want to exterminate those who are still able to think for themselves.  There’s no doubt about that, you know.  So, we’re getting to a very critical phase.  They’ve never changed their routine.  These characters cannot change, in fact, because they are predators.  They can’t change their techniques.  You can always count on them to repeat the same techniques over and over.

Hehpsehboah: How can we make the people see that?  Alan, how can we make the people understand so that it becomes visible to them that they say, oh, this is what they are really doing.  I think that’s where we need to go so that the people, their eggshells fall off their eyes.

Alan: Yes.  And again, it’s this incredible training they’ve had, where they believe they’re being looked after like children, and the New Age, where they’re trained, don’t talk to anybody that’s negative and says nasty things, or uncomfortable things.  Those people unfortunately, here’s a comparison, here’s a good comparison to what will happen, and I’m not saying this to terrify them, but I’m just giving you a good comparison.  There was a video put out by an Anthony Hilder, on the sort of New Age type thing that’s happening today.  But, in the video, they showed you a clip from Germany in World War II, and there was maybe about twenty-odd people, thirty people, in a group in the right hand of the screen.  And there was maybe four guys with rifles standing around, German soldiers.  And you saw one little petty officer who was yelling at them, you know, Schnell, Schnell, run, I pick you, you and you.  Run.  And they would run.  They’d run across this wasteland into a ditch, they jumped into a ditch.  They did exactly what they were told.  And then the guys behind them simply raised their rifles and shot them.  Then the officer says, you, you, you and you, you know, Schnell, Schnell, run.  And they’d run again.  Now, here you are, going to get shot, and they still ran when they were told to run.  And they jumped into that ditch, one row after another, and got shot.  And the reason that happened to them…

Hehpsehboah: But that is hypnosis.

Alan: It’s because they could not believe it was actually happening.  Germany was the most advanced, supposedly, society in Europe at the time, in the sciences.  They were so enlightened.  They wrote and were free and so on.  They were enlightened through science, and sophisticated, etc.  And those people could not believe, right to the end, even though they saw the group in front going and getting shot, they couldn’t believe that it was actually happening to them.  Each one said, this is not happening to me.  It can’t happen, therefore it’s not happening.  And that’s how they died.  And that’s what happens to people, who cannot face reality.  Before the events happen, they go into a shock, and they cannot possibly believe this could really, really be happening to them.  That can happen again.

Hehpsehboah: Would you think that is part of the education system that programs people, like, of course, it’s a horrific thing to think of, because, I have a friend who’s a journalist in Iraq in the 80s, you know, 90s, the first row of this war.  And he was there, and he actually saw, and he asked me, he said, how can men and women lose their integrity to a point that they would become participants, and participate on something so horrific.  As he was there as a reporter, he couldn’t go anywhere, because he knew he was going to get shot.  And he said, he had nightmares after for years of what he saw.  And he saw this very specialized army, in this United States, these humungous holes in the desert and these big trucks pulled up, and all these people were ordered off this truck, and the soldiers, and he said there were at least twelve, fourteen soldiers there, so it wasn’t one or two.  It was a whole bunch of them there.  And all these people were lined up, and they came with a bulldozer and they pushed these people, all alive in those huge holes, and they, I think what I said, he thought, but he couldn’t totally remember, that they shot two or three rounds into that large pit.  But he said, there were a huge amount of people, he said, like, you could fill a ballroom with it, so that must have been a lot of people.  That must have been over 200 people.  And he said, the soldiers, he said, they went all into the half circle of this pit, and then a command was given, and these bulldozers went into gear and these people were all bulldozed.  Men, women, little children, all bulldozed in that pit alive.  And they all participated.  Wouldn’t you think that these men had mothers, sisters, children, at home, of little brothers, of fathers, or? 

Alan: I think what’s happened is exactly what the big boys said would happen with the specialized indoctrination in school, and the separation of the families.  Families are not really families any more.  And parental influence, really, is never even, it’s hard to even get it across. They never see each other, the children and the parents.  But, they’ve been given their values system, if you want to call it a value system, by the state and the media, especially the media, much music, video games for kill, kill, kill, and all this kind of stuff.  That’s what’s given them their image.  I knew when the first Stallone movie came out, the Rambo movie, that that was the beginning of, we’re going to train a generation to be like that, who would just be a killing machine.  And sure enough, that’s when they brought the video games out on its heels.  These video games were used by military, to try to desensitize the troops into killing whenever they saw an enemy.  So, they’d kill instinctively, without thinking.  And then they gave them to the children.  And a whole generation now, who are now wearing uniforms, were raised playing video games where the only object was to kill as many as possible by military type games.  And, so I knew then that this present war would happen, back then, when Rambo came out, and this move towards this started. And of course, we’re seeing it today, because the CBC showed a documentary that was made by a Scotsman, who went over to Afghanistan, and to follow the trail to what happened to a lot of these tribal peasants, the young men, who were rounded up by the American Special Forces, and they found 1,500 of them, had been put into, first of all a sort of a prison camp, where they were gunned down, a lot of them.  And then the Special Forces and some other friendly, to the Americans, that is, friendly to the Americans, general of the tribesmen, drove them in tractor trailers out into the desert, three days and three nights in the hot sun.  No ventilation.  No water.  And for a joke, on the way, they said, when they had them screaming inside, the American Special Forces opened fire and ventilated the trucks, the carriages with bullets.  And then, when they got to the desert area, these men who were all still tied with their hands behind their back, were forced out, the ones that were still alive, and they were all shot on the spot and left there to rot.  And that was all photographed by the Scottish reporter.  So, you see, this killing machine is not a specific ethnic group, it’s every young man in uniform, unfortunately in every damn country.  And the old story, young men are very stupid.  They are very, very stupid.  They have no idea who they really are.  They’re taken from the bottom levels of society where they have no respect.  The big men at the top tell them, you wear this uniform and go out and kill for us, and the whole of society will suddenly respect you.  And that’s what, that’s what happens to them.  They’re very stupid.  And because of that, they’re lethal.  Because they will do what they’re told.  And they’ll kill whoever they’re told to kill. 

Hehpsehboah: Today, someone from the CBC said, oh, yeah, in Afghanistan, in order to bring Afghanistan into democracy, you know, the Canadian armed forces have to stay there to help.  And I said, no, this is not what this is about.  You’re lying, because for the simple reason, these people lived for hundreds of years there, thousands of years.  So, get lost.  But, at the same time, they’re not doing anything about the torture and the rape and whatever else that happens to women there.  They don’t do anything.  But, when you look at it, there is a much greater agenda to this, because when you see this, and they are now taking the troops out of Canada, they can replace our troops, very soon, with foreign trained troops, Russians or heaven help us, I should not say it, but I can’t help, I have memories of World War II, you know, and that we are going to see the slaughter that can happen here, what happened in Europe, so that we can have foreign troops, whether they are South Koreans, or whether they are Japanese, or whatever.  People who do not speak the language, and do not understand.  People here, who do not speak their language and do not understand.  Four or five years ago, I told many people in Canada, you must learn to speak Russian.  You must learn to speak Chinese.  And they looked at me, and they said, what for?  I said, because it will most likely save your life, if you’re not listening to me that you’re going to get out of the way.  And today, when you look at it, and this was also from someone, and this was some years ago, who then still in the US military, and he was in a helicopter, and this was the Senior bee that was in the helicopter.  And the Senior Bee said to this young man, this young soldier, “Open the door.”  And so, he slides open the door.  “Yes, sir.”  And he says, “And now, jump out.  I give you the order.”  And the kid jumped out.  And I said, when it is that our children have been programmed in such a manner that they are only capable in such a state of plans, follow monstrous, stupid orders, then we are, as we are sitting here, Alan, today in Canada, and the United States, in the greatest danger we ever were in. 

Alan: I know.

Hehpsehboah: Because all you need to do is compare this with World War II and the Netherlands, where they were so programmed.  And I remember, saying to them, you must leave, you must go, because there’s danger.  And they said to my father, she doesn’t know what she’s speaking about.  We’re good people.  Nothing will happen to us.  And of course, they were all rounded up, never to be seen again, because they were programmed to believe that nobody was going to do anything to anyone.

Hour 2

Alan: We’re too civilized.  That’s what they always think, you know.  They always think this happens in ancient history, but it can’t happen today.  But that’s why this works over and over, because they think, well, no it could never happen in this day and age.  Not here.  But it happens everywhere else in the world, so why not?  It’s the same guys worldwide that are in charge of the whole show.  And unfortunately the children who are brainwashed through their video games, their rap music, kill, kill, kill, will do what they’re told.  And that’s why, because they always put in a book, like their plan, Revelations, the Great Plan, you know, that children would turn on their parents, and think they were doing the world a favor.

Hehpsehboah: Oh, yes.  I can see the programming that is taking place and that has taken place in the last, let’s say, 25 years, has made it, that if you are not happy with your mom or your dad, what they say, you don’t have to take it.  And we will help you to leave your home.   I have a friend in Alberta, an eye specialist and his wife, and they have two children.  And the one son was about nineteen, and the daughter at that time was sixteen.  And the daughter one day came home to the father, and said, I need money, because I’m moving out.  And he says, you’re moving out?  Yes.  She says, I talked about it with my counselor in school, and you better go out and rent an apartment with me, because I can’t stand you.  And before something happens here, you better do as I tell you to do, because my counselor said you should listen and obey, for the best for the school and for me.  And he stood up and he got very upset.  And he walked over to her, and he lifted his hand up, and before that hand could go anywhere, she grabbed a baseball bat and she hit him over the head.  And so, he ended up in the hospital, came out of the hospital.  But while he was in the hospital, she told the social worker that he was the one that was trying to assault her.  There you are.

Alan: Yes.  I know, it’s so easy now.  Actually, I think it would be a scary time to have children, because you would be just as scared of them, you know, probably more scared of them, than they’re scared of you.  And I think, I’d advise people, if they can get a hold of the movie, the video, the British version of 1984.  It’s George Orwell’s 1984, with the British actors and John Hurt.  Because they go through this whole process of what happens in the movie.  And we have everything turned upside down, because, today, of course, we call them peacekeepers and Orwell said that.  That was written initially in 1948, or published then, the first book.  And he said, War is Peace.  You know.  Torture is Love.  He said the children would turn in their parents, and you see a scene in there where that happens, where the parents are terrified.  The children are taught to spy and listen in on their parents all the time, and turn them in.  And when you’re tortured, you’re taken off to the Ministry of Love for torture.  Well, we’re seeing that with all the propaganda about the United Nations.  They’re peacekeepers.  They’re not warriors.  No, they’re peacekeepers.

Hehpsehboah: No, they’re not peacekeepers.

Alan: I know.  They’re dressed like soldiers to me.  And they carry weapons.  I don’t see them walking about with petitions.  They’re walking about with heavy armaments. 

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, tanks and everything else.

Alan: So, by the use of terminology changes, this is what they call, it’s a sort of psychological warfare by the use of terminology, and that was perfected in the Soviet Union in fact, like so much of this was perfected in that big laboratory.  And it’s called psycholinguistics.  So, it’s simply by the changing of the actual fact, the term, is used, it gives you a different impression, suddenly.  A nice fuzzy feeling.  These guys are out to give peace to the world.  They’re not there to kill people.  They’re going to bring peace.  So, we’re actually seeing that happen, where war is peace, and freedom is slavery.  This is all Orwellian doublespeak.  George Orwell was picked from Cambridge by the elite.  He was a third, fourth generation bureaucratic child.  And his father, his father was actually in charge of the Burma, British or Royal Crown Burma opium farms in Burma.  And the British public didn’t even know.   That’s whose father it was, it was George Orwell’s father.  His name was Blair, his real name.  And he was chosen in university to carry on the tradition in the Secret Service.  And he was told to go out and be the darling of Socialism by the Royal Establishment.  So, he wrote books all for Socialism, until he went to the Spanish War, found out there was no difference between them, and they were all run by the same group at the top: Communism, Fascism, and Socialism.  And then he came back home to Britain, tried to publish his books, and he had publishing contracts with the biggest publishers, but now that he was speaking out and telling people, hey, we’re all being fooled here, there’s only one head to this monster, this hydra.  Those companies wouldn’t publish his books.  But he did eventually get Animal Farm out and then 1984, and he uses all the stuff that he was taught in psycholinguistics, to show you how the simple change of a term can completely alter the actually reality of the physical facts.  And this is being used through the media.  Every day now, when you hear about the so-called war, the peacekeepers and democracy.  And people who at one time would be called freedom fighters or nationalist fighters are called insurgents, you see.  They’re insurgents.  They’re not Iraqis or Afghanistanis.  No, they’re insurgents.  So, it’s all terminology changes, which is psycholinguistics, to alter our perception of reality.

Hehpsehboah: I wonder, Alan, when we take a look at it, how many of these people in Israel, in Palestine, and all the way up into Egypt, how many of these people are aware that they are in enormous danger there?

Alan: I think they probably push it to the back of their mind, really.  It’s a human condition, it is true, that if you can get up in the morning and go to the stores, and the traffic is on the road, then everything is okay.  We find this even in ancient Rome, when they were being invaded, the wealthy elite were still having parties in the middle of the city, when they were being invaded.  So, there’s a strange thing of denial that kicks in with people when massive changes are about to come upon them.  And of course, everyone has been brainwashed into this strange thing called nationalism.  And here’s the thing people should really think about.  You see, at one time there were no nations, there were no nations.  And you’ll find even the Catholic Church, the Universal Church, would assign different kings or authorize them to be kings, and then they created nations.  This began really with the Norman invasion, backed by the Catholic Church. And they brought the moneyed system in, the serfdom in, the taxation system in, the feudal system in.  And from feudal, we get, fee.  It means, we all pay fees.  So, they brought a caste system in with them, backed by the Catholic Church.  And in those days, even though, they’d say, okay, this is now a nation.  Now, they create, they call themselves the worker bees at the top.  The perfect world for them is the beehive.  You’ll find that in ancient Egypt.  That was Cleopatra’s symbol.  She was actually a Ptolemy, a Macedonian, a Greek really, in charge of Egypt.  Which is sort of something like today, when we have foreigners in charge of your own country.  But this symbol of the Beehive, you can go even further back into the Minoans, where they used that, and the battle-axe, which became the fasces.  The Catholic Church used the fasces.  And now the fasces is on either side of the Congressional Hall when Mr. Bush speaks.  You’ll see it on the walls, the fasces on either side.  These ancient symbols.  So, the worker bees, as they came into Europe, with their religions, and that’s also the Mormon symbol too, for the state, is the beehive.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, because they have Deseret Farms, right?  And the Deseret Farms are set up like it is an enslavement thing, because these people have to work six weeks on that farm and they have to give ten percent of their wages, so the beehive right.  Bring the money to the mother bee, right or father bee. 

Alan: And then the beekeeper comes along and takes the honey.  That’s how it works.  So, it’s an order.  You see, they call themselves orders, specialized orders, the priesthoods and Masons.  And it’s an order of the Bee.  They created the word borders. That’s where the word border comes from.  The whole language is coded.  All the High Masons understand this.  So, they created Borders, and told all the people within it, well, you’re now called this.  And you don’t talk to those people across that line there, because they’ve got a different name now.  And then, of course, government can only exist when there’s a threat from somewhere else.  Otherwise, the people don’t need them.  So, these guys will say, we’ll protect you from those guys over there, you know, your cousins.  And then they’d have internal wars, but the elite never got killed.  They profited from it.  They killed off the excess population, and they maintained themselves in power by having the wars over and over and over.  Now it’s time to take those borders away again. 

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but as you say this, and we look at it, isn’t it now already happening in the police forces, that they are training the police forces and the soldiers that we are the ones that are dangerous? 

Alan: Oh, yeah.  They do have these specialists again, and going around different colleges and the police associations giving them lectures on how dangerous it is out there now-a-days, and it’s a sort of ‘us against them’.  You know, they see themselves as, the military, they do see themselves as a military organization.  Of course, they are of course.  They wear a uniform, one form, and they’re authorized, and the people are called civilians, that’s what the police are now calling the people, civilians.  So, you see it all being set up for what’s to come.  And the police, they basically, they feel superior to the public. 

Hehpsehboah: You know, when you say the word civilian, that you can’t escape of thinking of Seville in Spain.  And when you look back at Seville in Spain, it was there where they had the humungous uprise amongst the people.  Yeah, somewhere where, it was 1200 and something, where all the people rose up against whoever was in power, and said, hey, no more.  So, maybe that’s why we are called civilians, because they want to say, that’s what civilians do.  They rise up when they don’t agree.  But at the same time, now, at this moment, people are having to think three, four, five times, before they go and protest, because they come out with these great big tank-like humungous things, and they have all this battle gear and these guns, and I say to the people here on earth, don’t go protesting out as you did before, because, as you do this, you are in great danger.  When I spoke to some people, and it happened to be one from Palestine and one from Israel that are friends, and I said, you have to be careful, you need to get yourself out of the place.  You are in great danger there, because the ones that are super uppity uppity uppity will be not there when they do it. 

Alan: Exactly. 

Hehpsehboah: And people don’t realize that they are being told that it is time to pull their heads out of the sand and come into a state of reality.  But when we are seeing it, and you know you are so right when you say, these forces are being programmed against the very people that they are supposed to serve. 

Alan: Yes.  And for quite a few years now, in Canada and the US, it was first denied in the late 80s, the early 90s, that the multi-jurisdictional task force as they call them, which is a combination of the military special forces, and specially trained police, they all dress in the same battle gear.  They’re sent out in groups abroad.  We have groups now in Afghanistan actually, it was on the CBC, and for years, anybody who mentioned the multi-jurisdictional task force was pooh-poohed and debased by the media.  Now they’re telling you it actually exists.  And those guys are trained to go around the houses and kick down the doors and drag the people out.  Then they come back in…

Hehpsehboah: But that was the same as the SS during World War II. 

Alan: Yes, but these guys come back into your country after their tour, and back goes on the police uniform again.  They’re out on the streets, these guys.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but I think it’s so absolutely disgusting.  Look at World War II in Europe, and it just makes me just boil.  Why these people that were numbered during World War II or their relatives, or their friends, and people that have seen it, have known it, are now so willing to give them $50 to be chipped.

Alan: I know.  Well, they’re no different from anyone else.  They follow their leaders.  And everyone is given a leader to follow.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but they’re sold apples for oranges.  Maybe not even apples.  They must be rotten. 

Alan: Yes.  And that’s where you get your saying, they’ve had their chips.  You know.  Because they will have had their chips.  They follow their leaders blindly, as always.  They don’t think for themselves.  Again, they believe they’re being taken care of by their leaders.  And they have no idea of the real agenda behind all of this, you know.  None at all.  You know, over in Israel, the Rothschilds are looked upon as Messiahs.  And a Messiah, of course, is anyone who really furthers the particular agenda for the people.  And the Rothschilds, and the Rockefellers in America, and quite a few other wealthy ones, who claim to be Jewish, funded, set up IG Farben that created the German War Machine.  And none of these guys after the war were prosecuted. 

Hehpsehboah: No.  That’s right.

Alan: So, here’s a big thing, you see.  There’s an esoteric and an exoteric, and once you belong to this high, international brotherhood, the people that you used to belong to are now the profane.  So, yeah, you can lead them all right.  You can lead them right up the garden path, because they’re no longer your people. 

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but you know, when you look at it, and we look at that war, back there, and the shells fall off the eyes, and you say, hey, wait a minute.  We need to compare what was there and what is here.  Here we have Palestine and there we had Germany.  Here we have Israel and there we had Holland, right?  Here we had Belgium, and there we had the Germans, and we had everything else that was there, ready to pound, murder, slaughter, kill, gas, torture, and so forth.  But today, when you would think that these people, Alan, learn from what took place in Europe that they would come to a place of such wisdom, that they say, oh, well, oh, wait a minute, chipping?  You make that look very nice, but no thank you, go to hell.  I’m not going to be chipped by you.  And as I went to that store, remember when I came on with you, onto the show, and I told you, I went to the manager of this very, very large grocery conglomerate here in Canada, Save-on Foods.  Jimmy Patterson, personal friend of George W. Bush, his father, and they cruise around on this great big humungous luxury yacht.  And I asked this man, and I told him, I said, do you know, I said, this is the only in and the only out into this store.  And he said yeah.  Okay, they have a small side door, but it’s a small side door, and it doesn’t stand for very much.  And, I said, well, imagine they put equipment here, and I pointed it out to him.  And they had two big guys, there, I said, and you come in, and now we put into place, because that’s what they’re doing, Alan.  Isn’t that right?  They are putting it in place, like they have in England.  We should tell these people out there, we should wake them up.  They should come to the place that they get, Alan, thank you.  Hehpsehboah, thank you.  Because they still think it is not going to happen, and yet the man, when I walked up and I pointed him out, and I said to him, this, this, this, this.  We could see the jolt he had and we knew that he had known it before.  And we knew also that he cringed inside, and he quickly, and this man was always very friendly, and he stepped back, and he said, there’s nothing I can do about it.  All I must do here, is this grocery shelves.  And he looked, and you could see his energy was bouncing all over the place, and he didn’t know how to hold this energy, or what to do with it.  But at the same time, the people here, in North America, with their crummy idea about the chip, they don’t understand that it comes in other cards, right?

Alan: Yeah, yeah.

Hehpsehboah: Can you explain that to them, what has happened, what is going to go on, that part, so maybe they wake up?

Alan: Yes.  I mean, it’s public.  In fact, it was in the newspapers a few days ago, when Scott Moldea came out to give his first spiel to the public, and of course, he was authorized to do it, because I’m sure he had a script writer to write everything.  These guys don’t make up their own words, these guys.  And, he said, well, it’s inevitable.  We must give this ID card. And he said, it’s the same one as Britain’s and the United States.  It will have your, a DNA sample, in that card, the code, your DNA code will be in the card.  Your complete medical history, inoculations and so on will also be, recent inoculations will all be on that card.  A voiceprint, you’ll have to speak into the machine, so they can record a voiceprint in there.  It has an active chip, which means it can be picked up from quite a distance.  I have no doubt that these things can be picked up by these cell phone towers, all over the cities, and of course, eventually it will be the brain chip after that.  But, this chip also has quite a lot of space left, because it will become your bank card, for the cashless society, so they can track all purchases and who’s buying what, and how much your income is, etc.  And then a little bit too that they added was, he’s the first one to admit, although I knew it years ago, when I first knew it was coming, he said, it was actually an international ID card.  It’s not just national.  It’s an international ID card, which tells you, that since one company is making it for all the countries, they already have the supercomputer set up somewhere ready to go into action.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, in Brussels, in Grand Cayman Islands, there’s another one somewhere, I think in Russia now.  You know, so they are setting it up to cover the planet.  But when they wanted to set up this thing in Brazil, the people said no.  And I said, amazing.  Here we have more people there who have less access to media, but who are more involved with raising their own children, and as they call them primitive, thank you very much, they said, no.  And when you landed in Brazil, a great big humungous sign, sitting there, sitting right across the airport, and you couldn’t miss it, “America, we don’t want you.  Go home.” 

Alan: Well, you see, in the ancient times, and right up to the present today in some places, they still brand cattle.  You brand them.  And that’s the sign of ownership by somebody.  And this is what this is all leading towards.  This is the entire you, supposedly, in this card, and then it will be a chip, after that, a stepping stone, which will be embedded, eventually into us.  And they’re branding their property, just like the Normans did, when they came in and created the Doomsday Book.  They took an inventory of everything that lived and all the houses and animals and people and children.  It’s the same darn thing over, by the descendents of these same people, who are putting this into effect, under the guise of making you safe.  Ha.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah.  And the DNA thing Hitler tried and did already, the experimentation, but at this very moment, the DNA-ing is used so they can get rid of the First Nations people, maybe Asian people, maybe African people, maybe anybody that is not blue-eyed, and whatever, Germanic.

Alan: Yes.  Prussian. 

Hehpsehboah: Prussian, yeah.  That’s right.

Alan: So, what you’re seeing, yeah, it’s going to create a definite caste system, that’s going to be read everywhere you go, by everyone you come in contact with, that you have to purchase something or even get on a bus.  And Bertrand Russell said, you know this is so, quite fascinating, because you see, Bertrand Russell said the same thing as Lenin said, at the beginning of the 1900s.  The exact same thing.  He said, eventually a system will come in, based on a form of, he didn’t say a credit card, he called it a sort of rationing card.  And he said, this will be, everyone, every citizen will be given so many credits at the beginning of a week, and they’ll be able to spend them, if not save them up, so, if they haven’t used them all by the end of the week, it’s rubbed out and you start off again on the Monday with the same amount of credits as everyone else.  And this is to create the classless, bottom society you see, the bottom of the heap.  And he said, anyone who didn’t go along with this would be punished by the state who authorized the credits, by withholding the credits, so when you went to have it updated on Monday, there’s nothing there for you.  You can’t pay your rent.  You can’t buy your food.  And so, that will be your punishment until you begin to come, to fall into line.  And Lenin said the same thing.  These guys knew this was coming a hundred years ago. Lenin said, eventually, he says, the dictatorship will disappear.  He said, ultimately in this Great Plan, meaning the Great Work, of course, he says, ultimately he said, military will disappear.  There will be no need for military or police in this system to come.  And I said, well, how are they going to manage that.  Well, we know how they’re going to manage it.  The card is one step to it, with the social approval and disapproval, and removal of credits to make you obey.  But then, when they chip the brain, that’s the only way they could do away with military and police, you see.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, because they then can control you totally and put you into that state of hypnosis. 

Alan: A zombie.  Yeah, a cyborg zombie.  And they knew this a hundred years ago.  It’s fascinating to read through this.  I used to say, well, how come, how come they could talk about the withering away of the state and nationalism, and police and so on, and having this perfectly obedient society?  They knew this a hundred years ago, because we with all our magazine nonsense of science at the bottom level of reality are kept in a complete illusion.  Everything that we’re given is antique.  They’ve had this technology for hundreds and hundreds of years.  We know that.  They had a cartoon in Britain, when Rothschild took over the Bank of England, supposedly because he just made a good bet.  But he told the rest of the stockholders that the British had lost, and they dumped all their stock.  So, he waited until the end and his agents all bought it up for peanuts.  But in the papers of the day, they had him talking into a little black box, and it said, here he is doing his ventriloquist act again.  The guy had some kind of cell phone.  Lady Queensborough talked about her uncle, who was a top Freemason, witnessing the same stuff in a high Freemason’s home, in France, where he had this kind of gizmo, and he was talking to somebody across the sea in America.  This was in the early 1800s.  So, we’re kept at the bottom.  It’s through science, through the control of science which is power, that they keep us at the bottom level, and they feed us this reality constantly, by, oh, we’re on the cutting edge, and one day we’ll discover this, and one day, we can work towards that.  It’s all been done.  And that’s why at the bottom level we have research.  It’s re-search, meaning the search was already done long ago.  Rutherford, the great mathematician, in the late 1800s, and early 1900s, said that he was working for the Royal Society, another high Masonic science society, chartered by the Crown, and he was working as a mathematician on genetics.  Why would you need a mathematician on genetic work if you haven’t actually discovered the gene? 

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, not only that, and why would you want to DNA all the children in school, under a false pretense, and say, oh, yes, if something happens.  But it has nothing to do with something happens; you are going to make something happen.

Alan: It’s also interesting that the companies like Monsanto, you’re probably aware that apart from all the modified food, and their patents on modified food, they’re now heavily going into all the seeds of the world, which no one had even bothered to think about patenting, because it always existed.  Well, if there was no patent previously on all the natural seeds that have been used by farmers for hundreds and hundreds of years, the world over, they’re slapping their patents on it.  Meaning, they own it.  They own its DNA, everything.  Well, when you put down everything on a card, which is a government card, then technically, they own you.  They own you.

Hehpsehboah: How can people become free of that, Alan?  There has to be a solution to this.

Alan: Yes, well the solution, would, you know it’s going to mean sacrifice in one way or another, because people, there will be people who will refuse to go along with it, and they will suffer.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, they will suffer tremendously. 

Alan: That’s always been the way in history.  But without that, you know, it’s game over.  Because we’re heading towards the final move of what they call their Great Work, that’s been in thousands of years in the making, and these characters mean business.  And asking them, please, don’t do this, is not going to work.  They’re going to come down with the heavies, the heavy fist, on anyone who doesn’t go along here.  And people will suffer tremendously.  And that’s what generally it takes before others start to see the inhumaneness of all this, and start to question, you know. 

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but the risk is also, we can no longer now go to a place where we bring the people out on the street, because they’re going to tazer them to death.

Alan: Although, all down through time, it’s been the individuals here and there that simply say no.  You know, that’s what it takes.  As an individual, this is an ultimate choice here.  This is an individual choice, and all the New Agers can Om themselves away as much as they want, and you know, wave their incense in their faces, but this is coming their way too.  And if they don’t like negativity, turn on to another station.

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but they go into a different dimension.

Alan: Well, they could do that. 

Hehpsehboah: I, I said to one, well let me see, if you know, you know, here’s a wall, show me you go through the wall into another dimension.  He looked very annoyed at me, but I said, you know, let’s be logical.  Let’s have some wisdom here because what you are talking about and what you are doing, you are utterly, utterly confused, because, Mithra, the Roman Catholic Church, Rome, Masons, same bunch have had you.  So, now you come to a place, where you are just about totally have been had, because they want to get rid of all the…You know what shocked me the most when I came into this country, and I landed on the airport in Edmonton.  They knew more about my ancestors than I did, from my mother’s side, and said, oh, you are Indian, and you are coming to claim your heritage land?  I came off of a twelve-hour flight, and the plane had lost part of its tail, and I was all shook up, and here this woman comes up with my whole history from my mother, and proclaims me Indian, when I had my heavy-duty Dutch accent, looked as Dutch as they come, of course, coming from Holland, right in the plane.  And they told me.  And she yanked a piece of paper out, and I couldn’t read it, not for the will of Heaven.  And she stuck it under my nose, and told me to sign it.  Later, because of my wonderful First Nations friend, and the relations, they said, you should have never signed it, but it doesn’t matter, we can always go and prove that you didn’t speak sufficient English to understand what they stuck under your nose.  But, you know, when I look at it, it is very scary, because most likely, you came here to this part of the world.  They know all your ancestry; so they can somehow, psychologically, emotionally control you.  And that’s what they think.  And, of course, they are wanting to psychologically and emotionally and physically destroy all the First Nations people, because they have done a fine job, because they send all these Black Friars, Rome onto the reserves, you know, to do their hocus pocus, you know, like they did in India and other countries.  And then we have the Masonic Church, the Mormon Church, and then we have, of course, finally, in our last stages, isn’t it true, we’re in the last stages, and people now need to wake up and say, no. 

Alan: Yeah, because it’s time.  It’s time.  It’s getting time to fleece the sheep here, and the shepherds are beginning to show their teeth for the first time.  They all have got their orders, across the planet.  And they’re going to have their way. That’s why they’ve built up internal armies called massive police forces, in every country, and they’ve been doing it for years in advance.  Because they knew, they knew where they were taking us all to.  And even H.G. Wells, the propagandist for MI5 during World War II, he said, many will die, fighting the New World Order, he said, never knowing, and this was a fact too, never knowing that the system they’re trying to save was given to them too, by the same people, because they give us our culture.  And a different one for different eras.  So, so, they know.  They’ve always known what was coming. 

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, but they’re stripping First Nations people of the land that they lived on since the polar shift here.

Alan: Yeah, but as far as they’re concerned, they are the useless eaters, because no one is to come through into the new system, unless they are economically productive, for this particular economic system.  That’s what’s been said, over and over. And that’s the definition under the UN Charter of a good citizen of the world, is someone who’s a good producer/consumer.  Which also means, if you’re retired, you’re now consuming.  You’re now in the useless eater category.  So, everyone should really be aware of what really is going on here. 

Hehpsehboah: Everyone should be also very careful to not live in communities, where there are a lot of senior citizens.  Not live near communities, you know, and this is what bothers me.  What about all the First Nations people in North America and what about them?  And as we also are seeing, and as you know, it’s very worrisome, because we have now people from all over the world who have come here, and their elders have come here, and believing this was a country with very, very, small population, and we are now realizing that it isn’t because this country has a small population.  This is because of the agenda, that they will want to get rid of the people that they complain about no good, so they got to Afghanistan and they slaughter thousands of people there, and they go to Iraq, they’re going to go to Iran, they’re going to Syria, they’re going to go of course, North Korea, then they’re going to go and what is left in Russia, and what is left to anybody that they feel is not as they should be contributing to their game plan.  Isn’t that right?

Alan: That’s right.  Everybody must be productive in their system to serve their masters.  That’s what it’s about.  That’s what it’s about.  And the system to come after the card, is the chip where they’ll be purely profit motivated, because we won’t need to be entertained, and we won’t need to buy ourselves little toys every month, to justify our slaving away.  This is to be the new system.  The perfected system of slavery. And these characters at the top talk about this quite openly, and they use the term slavery without feeling embarrassed. 

Hehpsehboah: So, but do they do what, what do people do that are listening?  What is it that we’re going to say, okay, let’s come together.  Let’s of course, we hope that they get with it and that comes on some day, because this is such a special program that we started today, that we are wanting to literally shake them awake, and say, we love you, but you know it is late day, and we need to be in the know very fast.  Can they still do something?  Yes.

Alan: Yes, they can.  Of course they can.  And programs like this mean that they can communicate through the internet or any other way that they want or can, while we can still do it.  Because, people who are isolated, especially, have to start communicating with each other, and passing ideas back and forth, and to get strength within themselves.  People must help to recharge themselves.  As they hear all the bad news, they have to recharge the energy in themselves, because the negativity that is put out by the top, to scare everybody, is meant to immobilize us all, and that must not happen.  And that’s neutralized, when people start to communicate openly, and stop being so afraid to speak to each other about these things.  It must be done, openly. 

Hehpsehboah: Yeah, because they conquer and divide us, didn’t they?  They have made it that mom and dad and the kids no longer talk.  They have made it that the neighbors no longer really trust each other and talk.  And they have hypnotized the main front of the stupid box.  TV. 

Alan: So they can’t pass history down to the young.  They have divided everyone up.  That was their plan.  And they wrote about it openly, back in the early 1900s, this would happen.  But it’s time that people start to communicate what they know to each other, just for strength, and then they’ll find strength within themselves to start telling others, because it must, it must be neutralized, this agenda.  There’s no other option.  The option is total oblivion for people.  It’s the end of the line of every ancestor you’ve ever had, and for those to come.  No more sentient, aware beings.  There’s nothing else to give up, when you give up the ability to be cognizant and sentient and to appreciate the world that you’re born into.  But that’s the biggest crime of all is to steal the mind.  And it must not be allowed to happen. 

Hehpsehboah: You know, Alan, when you say this, and we foretold a long time ago to the people that they should be very, very careful, because this summer, late spring, summer, are the times that we will see the forest will absolutely burn into a crisp, and it will wipe many houses out, and it will burn away, because of something, I believe they’re doing in the sky to get this great heat and these great fires going, because I believe from here, all the way on, into the United States and California, they will burn most of the forests away.  Do you believe that they’re going to put those forest fires out?

Alan: Oh, no.  The Ministry of Forestry commissions have already said, and they’ve signed an international agreement, that the new policy is not to stop fires, but to set fires, because it’s good for the underbrush, because they want to burn all the peoples out, and away into the new habitat areas, where they’ll be well taken care of by the authorities.  And of course, we know, they’re also using superheated air over those forests, because the forestry workers can stand on the hilltops and watch the lightning come out of nowhere on clear days, all over the place, simultaneously, and strike these trees and set them on fire.

Hehpsehboah: But that is Tesla technology, again.

Alan: That’s right.

Hehpsehboah: Can you explain that to them, because I’m sure that many people that are out there don’t know.  But just a second, Alan.  And ladies and gentlemen, have your paper and your pencil, because you want to have the books, you want to share them with your family members and your friends, because it is going to come some day that they say to us, hey, wait a minute, we’re going to stop you, because you are spreading the truth about us.  And they will want to do that.  So, you are now listening, wherever you are, and get a piece of paper, and a pencil, or a pen.  Alan Watt, A-L-A-N W-A-T-T, Alan Watt, researcher and author, his website, .com.  And if you’re in Australia, you’re not totally free of it.  So, get with it.  Get a pen and pencil.  And there is of course, three books available: Cutting Through One: The Androgynous Hermaphroditic Agenda, Cutting Through Two: A Glimpse into the Great Work.  Cutting Through Three: Esoteric Unveiled and the Meaning of Revelations in the High Masonic Tradition.  That’s for you who have been listening.  Of course, you who are in the audience can read it all the time as it comes by.  But we urge you, whoever you are, wherever you are, no one is safe, if you think so.  You need to be prepared.  You need to come into wisdom.  And you need to come to that stage, where you say, thank you but no thank you, now you’re going too far.  Especially if you’re First Nations.  Also the Canadian government has in mind to make it so that you no longer own your house, no longer own your piece of land, or whether you are native or not, it doesn’t matter.  And that is also happening very soon in the United States of America, as it was told to some insiders, because they want you to have no roots.  Isn’t that right, Alan?

Alan: That’s right.  They call it the new nomadic society.

Hehpsehboah: Do people understand really what is in store for them, when you say that?

Alan: Some will.  Some will investigate. Others will retreat into something, some diversion.  So, it depends on the individual.  It’s interesting, the Royal Institute of International Affairs, the CFR, were the ones who brought forth the property tax bills to get property taxes in, while the Communists through Zimmerman from Britain, who was a member of the Royal Society as well, pushed for the same agenda to be put into Communism.  No private property is to exist in the world to come.  That’s the agenda.  Plato wrote about it, 350 BC.  There would be no private property for the people.  And this is coming to pass now.  They have habitat areas.  The UN website tells you there’d be no private property, rental only, and no private vehicles allowed in the habitat areas.  That’s the official policy. 

Hehpsehboah: Do people really realize that when we say this?  You know, when I brought it up to someone, and I said, you will be like living in a goldfish bowl. 

Alan: And of course the ones who are dead already, I call them the dead, they are the dead, and they’re called the dead.  They say, well, I’ve got nothing to hide.  In other words, they have no natural disgust at having no privacy.  Those people are already given, they are natural slaves now.  Those people have decided to be slaves.  And that’s their choice.  That’s why democracy is the term they said they’d use to bring in the New World Order.  The bulk of the population will accept slavery under any conditions.  It’s the one who enjoys freedom and privacy, and the right to own the thoughts in their head, that this is all about.  The war is on them, actually, not on the general populations.  So, those are the ones I try to get through to.  You know.  And the younger ones who are waking up to it, that don’t have the information.  That’s who I try to get through to.  Those who like life, to be alive.  That’s the ones I try to get through to. 

Hehpsehboah: You know, when we look at this, it is going to be so that no one can travel anywhere, where they like to go.  And like the highway, from here, from past Hope, through all of Canada, still have, and I never understood. They never took down these tollbooths.  They have been sitting there.  And when I travel back and forth through there, I wonder, there’s never ever in all those years anybody into these tollbooths.  Why are these tollbooths still here?  But then when you get into Alberta, and you are coming, let’s say from Calgary side, and you want to go and travel back here, there is again, these tollbooths, but you have to say whether you’re going to go and drive to the park, already you’re going to go off in town.  So you better not go in the town, because you haven’t paid a tollbooth.  And I said, you know, where, where is it, that people are like sheep, that it is so very, very easy to shave the people today.  You know, you know, you’re not going there.  You have no right to go there.  We have decided to not go there.  And when they are going to burn down, and ladies and gentlemen, we are warning you, if you have many native family members, if you have family members that live in forests, everywhere, wherever, please be aware.  It’s in my prophecy.  It’s been there for a long time.  We warn for that stuff that happened on the Mississippi, we warned for Florida.  We have warned for earthquake, and especially this year here along the West Coast.  We have said to people, just be careful, because also today was a very strange day.  It was very nice and quiet during the night, and in the afternoon.  Suddenly, this very peculiar storm that comes out of nowhere is ripping around the house right now, and we say, well, wait a minute, just wait a minute.  What are you cooking up?  But we have now also learned that when that storm comes, that we are knowing that somewhere we’re going to have another earthquake in a major earth frequency.  And we also figure out that it is very peculiar before, if the tides were sort of balanced, you could pretty well put a sign to it and say this is all safe.  But what we realized in the last two days is that when you look at the tide, it is no longer working, because this external, from somewhere else that is playing with your planet.  This is not Mother Nature.  This is not the ancient, lovely Mother Earth.  This is not something that was created by the great spirit of our Creator.  Now, we need to come to educate the people around us, because if you’re not aware, and you live in a very forested area, you could lose your life, or everything that you have when springtime becomes warm.  And we also understand as we have warned you, that the tides are fluctuating in a very strange manner, and the tides will start to rise, much, much higher as we have noticed with keeping track of it for eleven years, that the tides rise higher, but we also know when it is high, and suddenly for no reason drops very low, that they are playing with earthquake frequencies wherever you may be.  And this month, on the fourteenth for North America, there is an eclipse, and if they play during the eclipse, and they are, they will give you that on Friday night.  Again, we will go through that so you’ll be more in the know.  But listen to what Alan said, and what he is giving you for advice, and we are in the last two minutes of the show.

We want you to be there on Sunday, because we’re here to help you, and not only that, in order to support his work, Alan’s work, to keep him alive and surviving, please buy his books, or make people aware to buy his books, because we have asked you many times, if you please will help us, and help has been more meager than anything, and what have you really thought we live off of?  That who feeds us?  We were just wanting to ask you.  Who do you think feeds us when we work around the clock to bring you the information, and the energy, and the time that goes in it, so that you may be in the know, and may be prepared, and step aside and not lay on the track and see if you’re going to be hit by the train.  So, if you can help Alan, by buying his books.  And you know, I’m named Thunderbird Woman by First Nations, and was named that in 1981 by the people Victor North on Bruckus Reserve on Athens Creek South.  Anyway, that is a little bit about knowing where I came from, and also knowing that yes, I’m First Nations in heart and soul.   And we are asking you to support, to bring your friends.  The more people that hear this, the more people who awake, the more people who say, yes, we will pull our socks off and assist, the better it will be for this planet.  And of course, you know this, you can contact Alan, or write to him.  And with this, precious people, and may the Great Spirit, may the Creator hold you until we meet again on Sunday and Thursday and Friday.  But Alan is going to be here on Sunday.  We’re here to help you, to love you, to empower you.  And if you are New Agers, and you say it is ruddy negative, well, I think it is negative when you lay on the track and the train drives over you.  So, we’re telling you to get off the track.  And with this, we love you.  And Alan, right, you’re back on Sunday.

Alan: Yes. 

Hehpsehboah: And we’ll give them some more information on Sunday, to empower them.  So, with this, we’re going to say Good Night to them.  Right, Alan?

Alan: Yes. 

Hehpsehboah: Good Night, Good Morning, Good Afternoon, wherever you are, whether in Australia, New Zealand, Africa, Holland, Scotland, England, or of course, lovely Canada in God’s Country, Good Night.

Alan: Good Night. 

____________________________________________________________

June 18th, 2006
Alan Watt as Guest on
Feet to the Fire with James Arthur Jancik
(2 Hours)

And now, live from Chicago, here’s the Black Knight of Talk Radio, James Arthur Jancik.

James: Well, we’re back and we’re live, and as usual you know, this is amazing to me. I live in Chicago, well, I’m in actually Burling, but I’m in the Chicago-Land Area and I have a devil of a time calling Canada. I don’t understand it. We’re right next-door, you know. And so I’m calling Alan Watt here, and it’s not working out. I have another system I’m going to call. We’re going to end up unfortunately taking him completely live, right on the air. We’ll see if this works.

Alan: Hello.

James: Hello, Alan Watt?

Alan: Yes.

James: Yeah, I’m sorry, I just called you a moment ago, and I had trouble. This is James from Feet to the Fire. We’re live right now at the moment. Our system here has a devil of a time calling Canada. I don’t understand why. But I have a backup system that works internally throughout my computer systems, and I want to welcome you to the show.

Alan: It’s a pleasure to be on. You’re lucky too, because my other phone just packed in this instant.

James: Oh, boy. Well, I didn’t get a chance to give you a proper introduction that I had planned. Being a live radio show, sometimes we end up, but Alan Watt is a long-term researcher into the forces behind world systems of government. Researcher into the ancient histories, religions and secret societies and their influence on culture creation and guidance. Involved in the music business, where it became evident that music was a prime indoctrinational force in young people, and that the science was perfectly understood by those in control. He appeared on many radio shows, beginning in 1998, discussing the global agenda, and the new society, which will emerge. The website is .com and we’ll now officially welcome Alan Watt.

Alan: Yeah, it’s a pleasure to be on.

James: So, what we just had on before is David Bay did a video series, Secret Mysteries of America’s beginning, and he talked about the very subject we’re going to be talking about, kind of a segue into it. And actually, a caller, I mean, a listener, actually wanted you in particular to talk about the Masons and so forth. And I have a question about these Secret Societies. Is it possible, and then we could just flow into where we go, is it possible that for example, we mentioned the Masons, that there may be a group of people running it behind the scenes or may have an agenda, but when we find anybody, the average Mason who is involved in it, it’s just like a Catholic for example is unaware of the things going on behind the scenes. Is it possible that the regular people are unaware of what their leaders are doing?

Alan: Yes, it’s based on a faith, right from the beginning. You have faith that you’re joining something, because you don’t really know what you’re joining. Very little is told about what their belief systems are, and it is a religion, although many of them will deny it, but Albert Pike, who wrote Morals and Dogma in the late 1800s, who was the Pope of Freemasonry, really, said, it is a religion. And so it’s a faith based type of religion, where you join having faith in those above you, even if you don’t know them or ever get to meet them. And it’s a tiered structure, like a pyramid, going all the way down to the bottom. The bottom ranks put on a type of a show, an outer portico, as Pike called it, of charity work and self-improvement. That kind of thing. But in reality, it’s a particular order. And Masonry is based on the same types of rites as Knights Templars which was an order, a priesthood actually, of warrior priests. And so, they are part of this system in which we live, and they do uphold the system; in times past, when they were changing the system, they spearheaded Revolutions in different countries.

James: And do you think that there’s a way that we as the people here could stop this from happening, or is this kind of like a foregone conclusion and we’re going down this slope?

Alan: It’s a foregone conclusion. We live in a sense, we live in the past. We’re kept in a particular reality from our birth right through. We’re kept in it by the media in a way, which gives us a form of reality. And we don’t participate in our destiny creation, we think everything is just happening on a daily basis and we deal with crisis as they come up. But nothing is further from the truth. And it’s not hard to find that the world is planned centuries ahead, when you read the histories by many of the movers and shakers, telling you, what they’re going to do for the next hundred years, and sure enough, if you live long enough, you’ll see it all happening, we saw that with Lenin’s writings. Lenin was put there, in the Hegelian technique of being in opposition, because they must have opposites fighting each other verbally or physically to get change to occur and to get the people to move in a certain direction. So, Lenin and the staff around him, churned out lots of books with the whole agenda for a hundred-odd years, and prior to that, Karl Marx, wrote about the unification of Europe, to be followed by a United Americas and then a Pacific Rim conglomerate. And then we find old books from the CFR, the Council on Foreign Relations books with the minutes of their meetings, going back to the 1930s, discussing this same thing. So, we’re living in a script. Our whole life and the major events are nothing more than a script in fact. And that’s how the real world operates, like a huge business plan. Big corporations will plan investments, 50, sometimes 70 or 80 years down the road. And governments are no different. But that’s what the real diplomatic corps of London was all about, was shaping the future, and guiding other countries along a certain path.

James: So, is there a chance that perhaps we the people, worldwide will kind of either wake up or something or other, and throw a monkey wrench into this? Or is it unlikely it will happen? Or is it impossible?

Alan: It’s not impossible, because ultimately, looking at the science, the world science meetings that have taken place over the last four or five years, like the one at Loyola University in Louisiana, where they talked about inserting chips into the brains of all the public to control them. This was discussed at their two weeklong meeting. And they had cybernetics engineers there. The microchip fellows were there. Top surgeons were there from all over the world. And Newt Gingrich headed it off. He kicked off the discussion. And they said they have a chip ready that can be implanted in the brain, and the professor from Japan that was there, who helped to spearhead this particular chip said, once it’s inserted, there will be no such thing as individuality for the general person. It will be the end of individuality. Think of it more as a beehive, where you’ll hear the whispers of messages between the central computers programming those around you and yourself, like whispers. And that’s what I immediately thought of, the Borg in Star Trek, when they said that. So, they have all these tremendous plans. Government has always been concerned about maintaining power for a dominant elite as Aldous Huxley called them, the dominant minority. And Huxley himself said in Berkley in ’63 or ’64, it’s on my website, he talked about the dominant elite that run the world. He said, they’ve always been here, and I suppose they always will. So, that’s the real world. We have very little say in what happens really. Everything is planned from a dominant minority and then it’s marketed to the public through think tanks and through movies and media basically. To give us a false idea of what’s really happening in the world.

James: Well, it looks like you and your website are called, anyway to try and get this information out, and which is good. I hope that there is a spiritual component working on the other side of all of us, kind of waking us up, and that maybe something will happen outside that will catalyze a change inside. I know, I’ve said the word hope a few times, but that’s where my point of this show is, is to try and find truth whatever it may be, no matter how pleasant or unpleasant it is, and get this information out so people can make their own decisions.

Alan: But that’s the key to a lot of it. Everything we’re saying right now has been discussed in think-tanks in the past, because, again, those who plan the future had all this hammered out, how the public would react to different changes. And that’s why they can always set up in advance all the different societies and systems to join which lead us in circles as the process is going on. They want in a sense to capture the soul, you might say, the spirit, the individual parts, the ghost in the machine as they call it. They want to capture it totally, because that’s the big bug in their system is the individual who can say the king has no clothes, and their whole scheme falls apart. They want total control. And in a totalitarian type system, it’s imperative that every individual be utterly, 100% predictable. That’s the kind of society they’re driving towards right now with all the total information network. They want to know how you tick, what you think, how you’ll behave and react to all the changes that will come your way. So yeah, it’s up to the individual spirit. However, they did also, if you read Arthur Koestler’s book, The Ghost in the Machine, now, he worked for the United Nations. Prior to that, he worked for Stalin and came right over to the US and worked for the UN. In his book, in the last chapter and the whole book is about how to control the individual and the think tanks that were employing him and others at the United Nations to find out the best way to either lobotomize the general public, and they came to the conclusion that there’s a part inside the brain that gives you your individuality and it’s also part of your survival mechanism. So, if they could knock out that survival mechanism, the part that gives you intuition, if they could do it chemically or otherwise, they would do so, and then they would have perfect peace, because most people would not react then to anything that came their way. They’d just simply go along. So, this was also thought out in advance. And I think we’re seeing today the lethargy within people. It’s almost as though they don’t see the dangers that are occurring all around them as all these various laws are being introduced. I think they’ve been very successful.

Now, Koestler himself said, you could either inoculate the people and it would target a specific part of the brain. They could do it by spraying you from the skies. They could put it in the food or the water, and I think they’ve been doing all of this.

James: Well, I was going to say, it sounds like it with the inoculations being ridiculously put upon us. And then you have the, I’ve heard of chemtrails, of course, for years. But it only dawned on me personally when I happened to be driving in Chicago, and I saw so many chemtrails so thick and so crisscrossed across the sky, that I just felt like I had been asleep for a year. I’m sure it didn’t start that day, but I finally saw all these items. But when I started out doing the radio, it was your basic kind of nighttime talk radio, where I’d talk about anything, but usually odd things. And I learned all these items over the years. And I talk to friends who have known me for years, and they’re educated, and they won’t even listen to the beginning basics of it.

Alan: That’s what I mean. If you have educated people, education is like a tunnel. Universal or university means you become one birth, one voice. You’re put into a tunnel and you’re all trained to think the same way. And what they understood even 2300 years ago in the days of Plato, they understood that language is the key to everything. If you control the language and the way you use words, you control the thoughts of the people. We are like computers in a sense. A good computer programmer, who understands the language and understands the logic of that computer, can tell you what it must arrive at when you give it a question. He knows the answer, because of its logic and its language that it must use. We are the same. And education tends to put us in a tunnel. We’re taught we know it all when we graduate, and because of that simple trick that everyone comes out there saying the same things, having the same opinions on all the different topics, they don’t realize that they could all be wrong. That’s a simple technique of training the public through education. And I always think it’s so amusing that the Freemasonic books are so happy to tell you that they spearheaded the universal education across the world. And I’m sure they did. We’re all dumbed down and silly and we don’t really know what’s going on. We’re told to just don’t worry, be happy, and enjoy yourself. Meanwhile, we see the wolves gathering around the sheep pen, and we’re all grazing quite contentedly. We’ve lost our ability for self-preservation.

James: You know, it’s funny. The thinking, the first time in my life, I realized I dropped out of college not because of lack of intellect, it was in fact opportunity of money at that point, it was, I did not like it.  I felt as if my brain was being squeezed through like a strainer or something. I couldn’t put it into actual words, but I look back on it now, and it was a blessing.

Alan: Yes. University and all education really is, now look what they do today. The ones with leadership, especially boys with leadership abilities, a bit extraverted are put on Ritalin. That’s not by an accident. And so, they got rid of the leadership qualities through the use of drugs. Everyone who goes into school, and I caught on to this very early in school, all they wanted you to do was to parrot what you were told and you got the little gold star. And if you asked questions which the teacher couldn’t answer, you were put down as a problem.

James: That’s where I come in.

Alan: Yeah, that is the system. That is truly the system. It’s not there truly to help us, it’s put there to indoctrinate us into a certain blind way of looking at things, and it makes us more easy to manage.

James: Well, Alan, on the idea of this dumbing down, and there are people, such as yourself and others who are seeing this. Why are you being allowed to say this? Is it because they are arrogant in thinking there is nothing you can do? Is it like toying with you? I mean, why are there people, dissenting people, going on the internet and radio and writing books and all that, and not being killed or put away or tried to be converted like Nineteen Eighty-Four?

Alan: I think that’s all coming. They prepared for this in advance too, because intelligence is a fascinating subject when you study how intelligence is gathered and always has been, by the elite of every country. They gather intelligence, which are the topics of conversation the people are having and public are in bars or bazaars or coffee shops, and at one time, London had about 5000 spies, full-time employees, just going around coffee shops and teashops in London to gather information and the topics of conversation. That’s intelligence. So, when they hear something getting said that’s true, and could eventually be a problem, they set up people to be superstars, who take the same information that’s being commonly discussed, they wrap it up in mystery or alien theories and spin it off into outer space and ridicule it. And so, they do actually come against you when you’re just saying the facts that are known. They will come against you and give you trouble. And if you do get too much of a problem, they have no problem with eliminating the people. At the moment, I think they’ve got so many superstars out there misleading the public and ridiculing the truth that they’re not too concerned, to be honest with you.

James: No, that’s why.

Alan: And I think they’ve got very cocky. They’re very arrogant right now, and they’re so sure that they’ve got it all pretty well sewn up.

James: And they’ve got it so that if you say things like Illuminati or Masons or Skull and Bones, you say all that stuff, it gets laughed off without ever having even examined it, this stuff.

Alan: Yeah, you always ridicule truth, and especially if you wrap it up, as I say, you know, the space aliens or whatever. You can ridicule it very easily, and that’s what they do. They make sure there are superstars out there to spin it off into fantasyland until it does become a circus. And now, of course they call it conspiracy theories. That’s popular, it’s a new fad. So, if you’re telling the truth, oh, you’re a conspiracy theorist like that’s your hobby. And you’re saying, no, I’m trying to tell you, to save your skins, because you’re going to lose everything shortly if you don’t. So, you are under an informational war here. And the Big Boys, of course, make sure that they control the big superstars of the airwaves.

James: All right. We have to take a break here. And what I’ll do, since I’m kind of using this kind of backup system to call is, I will have to hang up and call you back after the break. I apologize for the intrusion, but I learned the hard way on this, and I can’t figure it out, from Chicago to Canada, it’s like I’m calling the moon. But I will call you back in a couple of moments.

Alan: Okee-doke.

James: All right, Alan Watt is here talking about these secret societies and what have you. And we will open the phone lines up in a bit, if you have questions. I know I have a bunch, because I want to deal with things like the Skull and Bones and how do you know they’re members. And do they have little calling cards and so forth? And we’ll be back, feet to fire, IPS New York presentation, and you, right after this.

(Commercial Break)

James: And we are here with Alan Watt. I’m calling him back with my little system here to get through the blockage into Canada. We had brownouts here in Chicago and phone issues.

Alan: Hello.

James: Yeah, welcome back, we’re live with Alan Watt. I was just saying, we had some brownouts for the first in my recollection in Chicago this week where the actual voltage dropped to the point where I have these battery back-ups and all these systems that almost, it would have crashed without that. Amazing, what we’re going through now. And, do you think that all of these shortages and what have you, these are all part of a plan to extrapolate as much money from us as possible to keep us as prisoners as possible, a prisoner of credit, and so forth?  Won’t they get to a point where they might break us rather than become totally efficient in how they get stuff from us?

Alan: Well, what we have to do with everything is always look to Europe first, because everything that comes here is done in Europe prior, and you find that in Europe they have what they call rolling brownouts and these are organized between the countries of Europe, where they’ll cut off your power for two or three hours during the day, different times of the day for different countries, so they’re sharing the brownouts you might say. And this is all to get them used to cutting back and having less electricity, so yeah, we are paying through the nose as we get less and less of everything under the guise that we just can’t keep up, which is nonsense, really. They’re looking towards a much-reduced population in the future. That’s really where they’re looking down. That’s why there’s really no big infrastructure going up for power, etc.

James: I worked at a corporation that was a very successful, homegrown, 75 years. It made fine chocolates here in Chicago, and it was sold to a corporation, and within ten years they bankrupted it. And what I saw from inside was the theory was to raise the price as high as possible, so that you would actually lose customers and thus lose workforce, and thus save money making the profit more, to find that balance, where you could actually have the least amount of people working and make the most amount of profit. And the back-up was, well, if it didn’t work out, well, you can always just sell off the name and the materials and bankrupt it anyway, which is what they did. And it looks like that’s the goal. If I could sell one box of candy for $200 million I could only need one person working for me, and that would be ultimate, even though it’s kind of impossible. But if you put that on a world scale, you scale back the population, you control how much electricity they use and so forth, you can actually have a pretty efficient machine geared towards feeding these elite rulers.

Alan: And as I say, many of the authors at the top, near the top, the front men at least have written about this, about our reduced population. I think Jacques Cousteau gave an interview in a magazine where he talked about ¾ of the world’s population must go. David Suzuki, who speaks out on Nature programs for the World Wildlife Federation and who is a geneticist himself, said publicly on Canadian television, that I think 500,000 a day would have to die to save the world. And then we have the Georgia Guidestones erected by the Rosicrucians, talking about the need to cut back 60-70% of the world’s population. So, they’ve been very open about this agenda, and the United Nations has a Department of Population Control, and people think that the United Nations is some kind of social worker that goes abroad and hands out food. The United Nations has a department for every department you have within your federal government and your state government. It has a duplicate right down to your plumbing section. The United Nations was set up to be the world government to take over. And one of the previous leaders of NATO, a French general put a book out on that subject and said that. That is the goal of the United Nations. It was set up to be world government, including population control. And it’s to be a world where you will not be born unless they have a function for you to fill. Total efficiency is what they’re after in the system that they’re making, total efficiency. Lord Bertrand Russell who was one of the main spokesmen for the Royal Institute of International Affairs, which is the British part, the Commonwealth, the British Commonwealth part of the CFR, he wrote The Impact of Science on Society, and in there, he tells you about the forms of mind control they’d have to use on the public as we go through the big changes to convince the public of the necessity of cutting them back, cutting back their populations and perhaps sterilizing them. So, they have published many of the books out there by people involved in the planning stages.

James: It seems like if this gets to a certain point it would be virtually irreversible.

Alan: It would be and here’s the problem, we always find out after the event. I’ve always found that when they’re talking about science, when they want to do something, we find out they’ve actually been doing it. And when Koestler, Arthur Koestler talked about the need to kill off that part of the brain that gives you your survival mechanisms. And Bertrand Russell also backed it up. He said, in fact, that the public won’t need it any more, because the state will be making all their decisions for them. You find out that after, when you follow the histories of inoculations, I think they’ve actually been doing it, since at least the 1950s. And that’s when all this attention deficit disorder began, which is only a degree of autism. There are many degrees of autism. And autism itself, which used to be incredibly rare, now is common. And it’s been common since they stepped up the inoculations. Well, you tie that in with Koestler’s statement of how do we, how do we lobotomize that part of the brain that gives them their self awareness, and it clicks they’ve actually been doing it. They’ve actually been doing it.

James: We’re trying to work in there, we have a phone call coming in. As we talk, we’ll work in some phone calls. Hello. You’re live on the air talking with Alan Watt.

Caller: Yeah, hey James and Alan. I’m a brand new listener. I’ve just got to say thank you for one of the greatest shows I’ve heard online for such a long time. I’m afraid I’ve missed out on it, because I don’t know how long he’s been going already. My question is really revolving around the best way to spread information, because, personally, I work with a few other artists, and I’m not going to mention any names, but we have worked on major networks, MTV, etc. And I’d also kind of like to combat what we were talking about where music dumbs people down, news dumbs people down, school dumbs us down. I’d kind of like to inject fact back into the things that we put out for people to listen to and see. But I also found myself struggling to make it interesting without getting sensational and drawing in any of the, I would say, unscientific or pseudo-scientific facts. Like doing, perhaps like doing an animated series working on, regarding Project Paperclip and going further into Project Artichoke, mind control, things like this. But I have problems finding the line on where I’ll start discrediting myself and everything else and start losing people.

James: Well, it sounds like if you go for the truth, you’re inevitably going to be discredited by these people.

Caller: Well, I’m not really worried about being discredited by those that I’m commenting on, but rather by the people that I’m going after, mostly the same people that are listening to the music that’s dumbing them down and everything else.

James: Okay, Alan, do you have any advice for him?

Alan: Yeah, if you can put into it the need to come together in a sense what’s happening in the world, we’re all sharing the same fate here. And yet, each one of us individually can set off chain reactions and there’s hope there. You must give the people hope and give them back their self-respect as individuals. This is a war against the individual. They’re really trying to make the collective personality, where we’ll all say and do and sing the same things. And individuality must be put back on its platform because the individual in a sense is the spiritual holy being on the planet. The collective is not. The collective is always ruled by a head, someone else’s head. So, you can reach them, and we have to use all means possible. And music, Plato knew this. Now, Plato, 2300 years ago, in The Republic talked about this world agenda. He admitted that he belonged to the Secret Societies, having studied in Egypt, and he was 20-odd years in Egypt, studying with the priests, and he talked about music. He said, music is one of the most powerful forces to affect the young. And he wanted to license musicians because of the effect it could have for change, because he didn’t want the changes to get out of hand by the dominant elite, to which he belonged. So, we must always think outside the box and show the beauty of the individual, and raise it back up to its proper place, because the collective is too easily managed by the majority. We must always have individuality.

Caller: I appreciate, I appreciate that a lot thank you.

James: Thank you for your call, and thanks for your comments, and welcome as a listener. There we go. Now, what happened in the 60s then? We had a big musical revolution, the establishment, and that just seemed to kind of peter out.

Alan: It didn’t really. In fact, they started much earlier and here’s what happened. At the beginning of the 1900s, in the late 1800s, the societies which Cecil Rhodes belonged to, H.G. Wells belonged to. H.G. Wells wrote just as many nonfictional books as he did fictional books, and he was a front spokesman for the Establishment as they called them in England, London. He was trained by Thomas Huxley, professor Thomas Huxley who was the best friend of Charles Darwin and pushed the Darwinian theory after Darwin died. So, he was chosen and picked out for this agenda. And he put books out in the late 1800s talking about free love. Free love, do what you want and all this kind of stuff. Now, it didn’t go down too well. So, in the 1920s, you see the move for prohibition. That was the beginning of the Hegelian dialectic and that made the booze cans very exciting places for young people to go. That’s what you do. You make something forbidden and they’ll always go for the forbidden fruit. And at the same time, they brought out jazz, the Dixieland Jazz and then the Charleston and then the miniskirt by the way, because the miniskirt came out in the 1920s. And they also brought in cocaine in big quantities. So you had music, cocaine, the booze, the forbidden fruit of the booze cans, very exciting, and they hoped to destroy the old system which had served its purpose, which they had done before, but now it had become obsolete. So, they wanted to destroy the family unit. And they knew that the best method was to get youngsters engaging in sexual practices, even before puberty if possible. And once again, Lord Bertrand Russell had experimental schools, trying all this stuff out with the authority of the British Crown, back in the 1920s. Well, it didn’t work too well then, because they didn’t have the pill. They didn’t have the abortion facilities to take care of all the unwanted pregnancies. The orphanages became so full there was an outcry and so it faded away. They went back to work. They heavily invested in science, and they brought the same thing back out again in the ’60s, and they called it pop. Pop is father, of course, then you had the rock. The rock is the symbol of Masonry, again. And they introduced the free love, same thing, the mini-skirt, the drugs and etc, and a whole culture promoted from the top down, not from the bottom up. The BBC in England was the only station at the time that you could watch. It was the only television station. And it was amazing to see all these Etonians, because only people from Eton were allowed to work in the BBC. They wanted to make sure it was kept within that class. And here’s these people with the Queen’s English accents promoting drugs, and rock and roll, and all this kind of stuff. And I knew then when I was really small that this was coming from the top, it was being promoted from the top down. They had to destroy the family unit. And sure enough, they had the pill by then, and the abortion clinics came out. And we see where we are today, where it’s very difficult for a couple to stay together for any length of time. So this was all planned.

James: It looked like exactly, I was going to suggest that this movement for freedom and knowledge would be usurped or guided if you will down to a crash where a lot of the people who were idealistic in the 60s and 70s ended up either becoming part of the Establishment and giving up, or either a suicide, unhappiness, isolation and so forth, it just kind of went down.

Alan: Well, it did all of that. It was, and it’s so amazing really, when you understand this type of science that under the guise of freeing the person and saying to youngsters, do what you want, they’re actually putting you into an nihilistic state, because, when you go through all of that, and you’re jaded before you’re eighteen or twenty, yeah, you start to lose all faith in life and reason for living, etc. And they did create a lot of nihilism during that era. And so, yeah, this was all planned to bring down the old system in order to bring forth the new system which was a system that H.G. Wells wrote about, as I say, in the late 1800s, where everybody would be born with a service and a duty to serve the state. And when you look into the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the CFR’s policy, that’s exactly how they word it. They say that people in the future will be born with a pre-existing duty to serve the state.

James: Hold on there. We’re going to take a break, and we’ll come back and continue talking with Alan Watt, as we hopefully Cut Through the Matrix. We’ll be right back after this break.

(Commercial Break)

James: And we’re back, and we’re calling Alan Watt. And we’ll continue talking about, .com is the name of his website.

Alan: Hello?

James: Hello, Alan, welcome back to Feet to the Fire. It makes me kind of wonder. I was just listening to a public service announcement I kind of had about giving blood, and it makes me wonder now, how many organizations are out there, that are really, whether they know it or not, aiding and abetting this deterioration of society?

Alan: I think that’s well explained in Professor Carroll Quigley’s book, The Anglo-American Establishment. He laid out the agenda on behalf of the Council on Foreign Relations. He was the historian of the Council on Foreign Relations of the US. And he laid out the agenda. He’s the man who picked Bill Clinton to go to Oxford to be a Rhodes Scholar. And he said this new system that they’re putting in place is a new type of feudalism where corporations, international corporations will be the new feudal overlords, and he put into words what I’d thought about for many years, when I noticed the top CEOs of big companies could move around into politics, into banking, into car manufacturing, all the big industries, and I thought, you know, you could not let your man go from the top to a competitor to be the CEO, because they would take all your secrets with them and all your investment plans, etc. And that’s when I realized, this is all one. And that’s what you have. All these corporations, the big ones, are controlled by a small group of people who are the biggest investors in them. And that’s the big stick today. They have more sway. They have tremendous lobbying power. They have permanent offices opposite all parliaments and congresses. These guys are really dictating to their friends, their political friends, who they’ve often worked with in the same corporations, they’re dictating the policy, and there’s obviously a central head at the top of them, controlling them all, because, Carroll Quigley knew about this, back in the 1960s.

James: Well, that’s the kind of things that I wonder about. The way I kind of looked at the world was that there was a, I used it as a mini example of like the Mafia in the movie the Godfather, that there are these “families” that people can either belong to, bloodline, or simply join or be used by, that are using everyone else, but doesn’t, in evil, doesn’t there have to be one person running it all. I mean, isn’t that like the whole kind of theme, that somebody has to ascend to the top and then that there would be fighting for that top position amongst those?

Alan: I don’t think they fight for it. At least they haven’t so far. The time might come when they will fight for it, but it’s an organized structure. You don’t get up the ladder unless you’re, I mean, you could belong to a particular wealthy family, an old family, and if they don’t think you’re up to keeping the secrets of all of this, you won’t get tapped out at university to join the Skull & Bones, or the Apostles at Cambridge or the Circle at Oxford. The Professors are the ones that tap you out, and you’ve been tested prior to that that you can keep secrets. So, not everybody within the same families even gets in on the know. That’s how secretive it is. You have to be tried and tested and for the ability to keep your mouth shut.

James: In fact, there was a friend of mine that I know, he’s actually a guest on a show here, who is a 32nd degree Mason. We had a discussion one time about this, and he seems to be a rather truthful guy, and he says, that he’s not aware of all these things there, and he’s a 32nd degree. And granted, it’s in more of a rural area of the country, I don’t know if that matters, but he also said, well, since I’m not a 33rd, you know, that last degree, could contain information, but he didn’t really see any existence in the group of Illuminati and so forth.

Alan: Yeah, even Albert Pike, who put out the major book, in the 1800s, for those up to the 32nd degree, said that the lower Masons, now, he was way above 33 himself, and there’s 360 degrees in the circle, and so, the bottom degrees, and Pike said it himself, are mainly misleading. He said, it’s not necessary the candidate understand the symbology or the reasons and purposes behind the initiations and degrees, it’s only necessary that they think they understand them. He classed the lower Masons, along with the rest of the profane, he said they were very useful. So, he had no real regard for the bottom levels himself. Life begins at 40. That’s the 40th degree. That’s when you start to get told the secrets.

James: Now, I am not very up on Masonry. I thought the 33rd was the highest. Is anything past that kind of a secret, secret, or is it known that there are more degrees than 33?

Alan: Oh, it’s known. I mean, you can go up into the, there’s different branches, like Aleister Crowley, was a 33rd degree Scottish Rite Freemason, and he was eventually set up by the British Crown, or the Establishment, to have the OTO, Order Templi Orientis. And his set went up to 96 degrees.

James: So, do you know of people who are these upper degrees? I mean, is there like a list?

Alan: I’ve met some of them in the past who have been up in the 40s and 50s and maybe some above that too.

James: I mean, you mentioned 360. I mean, so are there anybody in the 200s, or is that some kind of mythical level of enlightenment?

Alan: No, you see, you don’t have to go through every single degree one at a time, even in the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry, some people can get up to the 32nd in a week if they want to bring you up there. And you’ll just run through the rituals, like a machine gun, and they won’t remember much of it, but if they learn the proper responses, it’s just ritual, basically, they’re brought up there. And that happens to people in the newspaper industry, or even a local newspaper. If they can use you to influence the public’s mind, they’ll bring you up much faster.

James: So, I should beware of a Mason bearing gifts.

Alan: That’s true. That is true. I mean, Freemasonry, as we know it today, was really given by, in England, first of all, to a middle class, a new middle class, that they had created to handle or manage the industrial era, in the 1700s. But prior to that, in the 1500s, in Queen Elizabeth I’s time, you had the creation of the Rosicrucians coming in from Europe and the Middle East, and John Dee, who was a main advisor to Queen Elizabeth I, he coined the term for the first time the British Empire. And he approached Queen Elizabeth I and told her, he says, this could be an agenda for the future, where we can create a whole world system of government, based on a form of free trade, and those countries that would not join would be excluded from the trade and would basically be embargoed, until they joined. And it was not necessary that the founding country, Britain, or England, would always appear to be in control. They could use other countries to do it for them. And that’s really what was behind the creation of the US.

James: Well, hold on for a minute. We’re going to take a break, and we’ll come back at the top of the hour. We have a full hour left with Alan Watt, and we’ll be taking phone calls along the way. 888-863-2722. There’s also email and chatrooms involved, but this is a talk show, so phone calls are preferred. And I’ll give you a call back then, Alan, after the top commercials.

Alan: Right-O.

James: We’ll be right back.

Hour 2

And now, live from Chicago, here’s the Black Knight of Talk Radio, James Arthur Jancik…

James: Well, apparently that’s it. People are sleeping, and sort of wish to remain sleeping, and hopefully we can wake up enough, a critical mass, that could change things. Well, we’ll have to ask Alan.

Alan: Hello?

James: Yeah, Alan. Alan Watt is here live, .com, and welcome back.

Alan: Yeah, it’s a pleasure.

James: We have a question that just came in, and at times, I think that perhaps things can work out, and then I look sometimes and I get like a reality check at like how stacked the cards are. I still think it can, but do you think that we can empower ourselves? Like, how can we do it? You kind of halfway answered already before, but do you think we can?

Alan: It can be done, and yet, I mean, all great movements begin with individuals. And I think we truly would have to reevaluate our purpose here on Earth, basically. The elite have done it for us. They’ve taught us under economics, and you get taught this in economics courses in university, that our purpose is to serve the economy not the other way around. And we have to say, well, what is life about. Is that the function of the economy? Are we to serve it, or is it there to serve us? And we must reevaluate what is valuable in life, including life itself. We’ve devalued life so much over the last 50 years. And now they’re down to Euthanasia by the state. We can see where it’s all heading, and we’re accepting it so calmly and quietly. When you devalue the sacredness of the individual life, then eventually the monsters that created that system will come around to your door.

James: Yeah, and of course, we’re being trained for that, like, well, if I was that old and broken down, well, I would want to die.

Alan: Here’s the thing. All down through the ages, that kind of thing has been done. I mean there has been in all families, down through the ages, if you might say, helped people along if it’s so bad and painful. However, when the state gets involved in something like this and starts to mandate who will live and die, now you’re in trouble. Now you’re in trouble.

James: Yes, I don’t like to look to the state for my moral girding if you will, because the state could just as easily decide which enemy should be killed and does so.

Alan: That’s exactly where it’s going. And whatever law they put on the books is always expanded to include things you had never thought about at the time. But the boys who put the laws on the books knew where they were heading with it. Laws always expand. And today, even Lenin, you know, who worked for the, he was trained by the best bankers on the planet, to be the Hegelian dialectic side of it, Lenin himself said, towards the end of the millennium, this system of worldwide Socialism will be underway across the world, and into the next millennium. And he said, in that period of transition, there will be so much bureaucracy and governmental departments, they will literally be falling over each other and invading each other’s territory, and this would create a time of chaos, until the new system comes into place. And that’s what we’re seeing now. We’re seeing so many governmental and bureaucratic organizations thrown up, that they themselves are becoming confused regarding their own powers and districts. And there’s just too much government in bureaucracy. The control freaks, are from the top to the bottom now, it’s right down to your local level, and it’s control freak time.

James: Well, I can speak with that, because the way the local parking enforcement and all this stuff is set up here, it is just amazing and how they decide who parks where, and not necessarily for a reason of, you know, the whole, the collective. It’s like, well, this is a good trap to give tickets here, and give things here. So, I mean, I could see that down to the local level. It’s not service, it’s control.

Alan: It’s control, and you know, we’re controlled through alterations in perception, and by the use of words. As I say, we have a form of computer logic, our minds work in a certain logical fashion, and they give us the language, and we arrive at the conclusions they want. And an example of this is if a Mafia guy comes up and demands money from you to give to his boss, you’ll hand it over, and he’ll say, well, we’ll leave you alone, or we’ll let you continue. Now, you put a uniform on a man, and you put him on the road, and he stops your car and demands money for a ticket to pay his boss, he’s got a gun on the hip like the Mafia guy, that change in uniform, just putting a different set of clothes on them changes your perception of the same act. It’s extortion. Extortion is extortion you see, and robbery is robbery.

James: And they allow us to speed past the speed limit, so that they have a legal grounds to stop whoever they choose.  If everyone breaks the law, then they can choose who they want to decide to punish, extort, or what have you. And of course, we allow that. I mean, that’s, the deal is that we as a group are allowing this to happen.

Alan: We’ve been trained to view or perceive these same events in a different light via training. We’re trained from, that’s why Jacques Ellul, Jacques Ellul was a philosopher and sociologist and mass psychology expert basically, who did a lot of work for the UN, and he wrote books on this, on the legal system, and he said that the public never know and never suspect that all of their entertainment that pushes courtroom dramas, hospital dramas, and police dramas are forms of indoctrination to make them obey a particular type of system. So, they wrap up their indoctrination in a bit of a mystery to hook us to watch it, and we come away thinking that they’re almost gods, because the medical system and the legal system and the enforcement system, they’re the main arms of this new world order, basically.

James: Well, now, I have, I want to ask you about movies. I wonder, movies are used to indoctrinate, but I almost wonder that there’s a group, one of these families, so to speak, that are vying for control of the world, or what have you, that almost, I don’t know if they want to help or are leaking out information, giving clues to the rats to see how they get through the trap, because if we take the movie Network, for example. Have you seen that movie, Network?

Alan: Yes, oh, yeah.

James: I mean, I watched that movie years ago. I saw it when it came out. It was interesting, but years later is when it dawned on me how predictive that movie was for the television. It was amazing. It was like it was written currently, as opposed to written, you know, thirty years ago. And it amazed me how they predicted exactly what would happen to the so-called news type programs, and how they used the individual in there. And the crazy person, Peter Finch, won an academy award. That crazy person was speaking so much truth, and yet he was the crazy one. It was just, it was just amazing to me. Now, was that, was that thumbing their nose at our future, or was somebody trying to warn us?

Alan: In the higher mysteries, as they call it, the higher mysteries, there’s a form of mocking the victim. It’s a ritual. And they mock the victim, because the victim can be shown everything, but never really understand what they’re seeing, because they cannot come to a conclusion by themselves. And we see this often in major movies. Apart from predictive programming as they call it, they’re also mocking the population of the world, as they bring us to a destination. And we watch these things, and we chew bubblegum or we eat popcorn, and we say, gee, that’s a good movie, and most people never realize they’ve just been downloaded with a form of indoctrination called predictive programming. So, it goes right into the subconscious through the entertainment factor. You’re not censoring it, or thinking about it, or disagreeing with it. You’re being entertained. And that acts on your subconscious. So, when they bring the system actually into reality in your life, it’s kind of familiar to you, so you simply accept it. So, we’re actually indoctrinated in advance for every stage. I think that old movie, Rollerball, was one of the first ones to bring out the World Corporation that ran the world. And they put circuses on for the masses, just like Aldous Huxley talked about. He said that the reason that Rome fell was that the elite couldn’t provide enough bread and circuses for the people. But he thought, under a scientifically controlled dictatorship, he saw no reason why it could not go on indefinitely. Now, when you couple that with Zbigniew Brzezinski’s book, and Zbigniew Brzezinski not only was but is a big player in advisorship capacity to different presidents. And his specialty was mind control and psychotronic warfare. And you can read about it in Brzezinski’s own book called Between Two Ages. He’s talking about leaving the old age, into this new system they’ve constructed and bring into being. And one of the chapters is called the Technotronic Era, where he says that the public will be indoctrinated by certain methods, which they will not be aware of, but they will act out their indoctrination in their everyday life.

James: Now, when we, when you look at the movie Network. I can see where there was this plan or so forth, and I don’t know if they prepared us, or if it was mocking us. I mean, when you were mentioning that about mocking the victim. I was like, oh, boy, does that sound like it. Now, what about the movie The Matrix? When I saw that, I literally, my jaw dropped, because it contained, I thought, the truth, the way to get out of this whole Matrix. And in that movie, in the fictional setting, it made the “Matrix” so amazingly deceitful. I mean, we’re all plugged into machines, and it may not be that graphic in reality, but it’s the same principle. Do you think that’s mocking us as well? Or, I don’t know.

Alan: Well, what’s interesting with the Matrix is in a sense they’re showing you in allegorical form the system as it is. Because, under economics, we are batteries. We’re energy units. We produce. And that’s what they were. They were energy units. When you look at the name of Neo, it’s Neo Anderson, which means, Neo means New and Ander comes from the Greek Andro, from man. So, he’s a new son of man. Anderson. He’s a new messiah. That’s what it meant. And also, their underground base was called Sion. And Sion, in the mysteries, even in the Knights Templar, going even further back to ancient Egypt and the Middle East, Sion always meant, it didn’t mean what people think it does today, the real meaning of Sion is a combination of two words, which is typical of even the ancient and modern mysteries. Si is the first two letters for the moon. In Aramaic, it’s sin. Sin is the moon. And so, when they wander in the wilderness of sin, they’re wandering in the dark. That’s what it means. On is the place in Egypt. On is also the phallic symbol of the obelisk, and that’s when most of them were constructed in what the Greeks called Heliopolis, but the Egyptians called On. So, Sion is the male and female combined. That’s what it means. So, that movie portrayed a lot of stuff that’s missed by the general public. They don’t really understand it, you know.

James: I didn’t see the second one. My daughter did, and it got a lot into what you were alluding to at that moment, and I don’t know if, I’m going to have to watch the first one again to look for these little nuances. But, I don’t know, am I a dreamer, that I’m looking for a situation to have either of these leaders fail, or the people rise to their attentive occasion, the creative, our own self-creation, the ability to create our future and not be manipulated. I don’t know. Am I just like dreaming? Am I the one that’s sleeping?

Alan: Not really. What you’re looking for, I’m sure, is the spark within us, to reclaim, as I say, that, it’s almost sacredness that humans should have that within them, that life in them. It also, as you know, means a reevaluation of our purpose here. We’re not serving our purpose here under this particular system. We certainly won’t be under the next one. It’s truly up to us to reclaim our rights, you know, and we cannot. Here’s the thing too. All the groups that have been put up in the past were put up by the other side. They expect opposition, so they give you the leaders for oppositions, and that’s how they’ve always managed to steer us into their, back into their agenda, even further along the road than they were before. I tell people, don’t join huge organizations, because you’re being misled. You’ve got to start small, and demand your rights. You’ve got to stand up for your rights, because, it’s up to you to reclaim them. Nobody else will do it for you. No one else will. And that’s if you think they’re important. A lot of people, like Rockefeller said, you know, will blindly obey and deliver themselves docilely into our hands. He said that in one of his speeches, you know. And the big, philanthropic organizations, sprung up in the days of Adam Weishaupt. And John Robison, who was an English Mason, wrote about them. He joined the Illuminati at that time, and he came against it, and said, under the guise of philanthropy, which is like, you know, the Rockefeller foundation, they fund the organizations which will change society along the path they want. And so, that’s why they fund all the wildlife organizations. If you’ll notice, the Earth Charter that was put forth by Maurice Strong, the plants and the animals have more rights than humans now. And this is done under a philanthropic organization, funded by the Rockefeller foundation. The foundations, the great foundations, are the means by which they get us to go in the direction they want.

James: We have a phone call. I’m going to see if we can get this in here. Hello, you’re live on the air, Feet to the Fire, with Alan Watt.

Caller: Yeah, how are you doing?

James: Good.

Caller: All this information is rather, I think it’s paralyzing to the average individual. And I was thinking, maybe there’s something he could say that gives someone a little hope or a little inspiration that all is not, oh, it’s impossible, it’s, you know, can’t fight city hall type message, or there’s nothing we can do, it’s too overwhelming. Where, I think that if people do, do the right thing, they do stand for what’s right, and do the right thing, there are external forces that will come to their aid, if they do the right things for the right reasons. These creatures that wish to control everything, are not all-powerful, and they’re not. They might seem to be in control, but there is a heavenly host that watches over us. When we do the right things for the right reasons, we’ll get the help we need, I believe that.

James: That’s a good point. Hold on, just stay there and listen a minute. So, what about God and helping us, or angels or aliens or some benign force outside that has power over?

Alan: Well, they’re always looking for the cavalry to come and do it for us. That’s the problem. That’s how we got where we are. And again, that’s part of the difficulty, I was mentioning earlier about groups and organizations. They will see things from a particular trained point of view, and that’s why they can’t come together. That’s why society is divided. Now, it’s true, the elite cannot do anything in their agenda without our cooperation. All the wars they’ve created to bring about their final goal, we breed the offspring which ends up putting on the uniforms and goes out and does their killing for them. You see, we don’t even communicate with our children and give them the proper values. The state has taken over and given them their cultural and their value system, and the media has done the rest and Much Music and so on. That again was explained by Bertrand Russell, one of the main workers in this field. So, we are breeding the killers. And I knew this twenty years ago, when I noticed all the movies began to change. There’s always a guy on the front of every video with a big gun and a blonde hanging over him, and then out came all the video games. And I said, and the only reason for these video games coming out, which at one time were used to train the military to get over their fear of killing. It was to make them kill without any reaction whatsoever. That’s, these were used by the military for years, these same video games.

James: What about the spirituality, Alan? The caller.

Alan: The spirituality, here’s the thing with spirituality. What makes the average person think they’re supposed to sit back and something happens for them? There’s a price to pay in this world. This is the place where spirit and matter combine.

James: Oh, yes, I think caller, you are talking about taking action and having somebody from the other side help out, right?

Caller: We have to make the first move. We have to stand for what’s right and what we believe in, let the chips fall where they may. They can kill the bodies we dwell in, but they can’t touch our souls unless we allow it, unless we give in to it. But, if we stand for what we believe in and what’s right, then we’ll be far better off than cowering down and going along to get along. 

James: Well, we have to cut for a break here, and I want to thank the caller for calling in. And, you know, we’ll keep the phone lines open as we come back and talk with Alan Watt. And maybe we can come back, Alan, and we can just start off where we left off here, about this spiritual inner power.

Alan: Yeah. He has a good point there.

James: All right. Everybody hold on, we’ll be back, take a break, and continue with Alan Watt, .com is the website. And we will return with Feet to the Fire. This is an independent organization looking for truth. What a novel concept. We’ll see how far this can go throughout this matrix. We’ll be right back.

(Commercial Break)

James: Hi, we are back, and we have Alan Watt. We’re going to give him a ring. The phone lines are open, 888-863-2722 if you have questions. .com.  And welcome back, Alan Watt, live to the show. You’re not advocating, I just want to, as I hear what you’re saying, you’re advocating, you know, trying or taking some action, that it looks bad, it looks over, but it’s not for sure done, as opposed to kind of just packing it in, right?

Alan: Oh, sure. It’s not over yet and this is the critical phase though. It’s the critical phase, because people have to speak out about what’s happening. We know that once the Middle East agenda is over and done with, they’re going to declare World Government. That’s the next phase. And then you’re really under a massive bureaucracy of the UN, leading as I say, to a system, where we’re more like robots than actual people. We’re numbers and figures, and we’ll serve the world state. This is an old agenda, but it’s not over, it’s not over yet. It does need our cooperation. And at the moment most people are cooperating by going along with it, and keeping their heads down and they’re afraid to speak out. We can’t be silent anymore. Because, this isn’t just us, you see, that we’re talking about, this is the future. Everyone who can be born in the future has the same right to sentient thought and experience of life as we have.

James: Now, how does the spirituality fit into this? I mean, is there some higher power, force that would help our individual growth and enlightenment, or is all forms, whether it be New Age or Old Age, are all forms of spirituality merely a training control, from your perspective?

Alan: We definitely know that religion has always been used for control. It doesn’t mean that it’s all totally fake, because they need to take some truths and then take it over. We can’t swallow the bait without the truth. And this has been done forever, since the days of Sumer and probably before. They’ve always given us a theocracy type of system where it’s really for us to serve the state and to have a form of order within this state where we serve it well and quietly, under the fear of something. Now, everyone who’s born has a craving to get in touch with something beyond themselves that they just know instinctively it exists. And it comes on strongly sometimes, and sometimes you go through valleys where nothing happens. And that supposedly was always your connection with this Creator. However, since we do wake up every day as ourselves, in the same place, then the place of importance right now is right here. As long as the spirit is embodied in matter, it has a function. And that of course is what it is. It’s for the spirit to start to alter the physical world we live in. And that’s where our values, that’s where our compassion comes from. We have to have empathy for all peoples. And look how, since Vietnam in fact, when they started the days of TV dinners and you sat down and watched Vietnam, and people getting blown up and all that kind of thing. Look how desensitized we’ve become, where we sit and watch the Middle East going through the same thing, and it’s almost like standard fare, and we’re being totally desensitized on purpose until we have no connection with those people who have been blown up all over the place. When we lose our empathy for other people, we’re actually losing it for ourselves at the same time, and our neighbors.

James: That’s a good point, because people mentioned about, like in Fallujah. I did a show on Fallujah, about a video that came out. I received like, I mean, no help from the general listenership, and most people thought I was a traitor of some type. And I just wanted to find out if the video was true. You see, I don’t give our government or any government the benefit of the doubt when it comes to these things. But, when I sought to look into these things, you seem to hit this area inside where, well, it’s, you know, those people over there can do that. But we know when someone is getting blown apart, that’s not a good thing. I don’t care who they are. I mean, enemies or not. I mean, and I wonder if, well, kind of a rhetorical question, if these enemies are being bred for us, this whole idea is being planned for us so that we can somehow justify what they want to do.

Alan: Well, they always demonize the enemy. In World War I, it was the Huns, and H.G. Wells coined that term, put that term out there, the Huns, dehumanized them, and, of course, we saw the same thing with Saddam Hussein going in to reclaim some of the old Persian territory that was taken off them actually when Britain drew up the maps after World War I. And they said that they were going in and bayoneting babies in the hospitals. So, you demonize the enemy. It was all bogus. During World War II it was the “Japs”, you know, they were short-sighted and buck-toothed. And you dehumanize them so it’s easier to kill them. And now the military call them ragheads, the people who live in the Middle East. And sure enough, there’s been enough exposure, showing that the military is going in there now and just gunning down whole families in their homes. And those same soldiers are going to come back and eventually wear policeman’s uniforms, because, over 90% of them end up in the police forces. So you better realize that they’re being desensitized too to what they’re doing and where this is all leading. We must always have empathy for people of all nations, whether they’re starving or being brutalized by anybody, because, eventually, if we don’t, it’s our turn one day. And no one will cry for us if we can’t cry for others.

James: Well, we’ve seen it over and over again, when Germany walked across Europe. You know, until it got to, I mean, it was, oh, the Jews. That’s all right. Well, the Polish. Well, wait, France? Whoa. Britain? Wait a minute. You know. That’s when people started to say, you know, wait a minute. And I think it’s true. I think you’ve got a good point there. We do have, well, you want to comment on that?

Alan: Pardon?

James: I don’t know if you wanted to respond to that. We do have a question that came in. It’s kind of a mouthfull, so I’ll just read it as is. Please ask Alan if he could expand on the following: Godhood and the esoteric religion, and the connection between culture creation, egosyntonic beings, and the abuse of mindset.

Alan: Culture creation, well, it’s always been used for culture creation, and whatever they say the gods do is what the public eventually emulate, including the festival days, and it’s emulating the gods, supposedly. So, it’s always been used for culture creation. When they want an agricultural system, a feudal type system, they give you a universal type church, which is very, very, very strict, in a sense. When they want an industrial era, they create sects like the Protestant sects and the work ethics for that particular era. So, it’s always been used for culture creation and updating as they update the culture. And even, it’s amazing, for the last hundred years, they really started to push this revelations thing in religion. And the revelations wasn’t in the original writings on the Bible. It was taken out a couple of times, after it was put in as well, down through the many, many centuries. And it’s to condition the public to accept it, that it’s inevitable. And nothing is inevitable. We’re here for a purpose. It’s not fate. It’s not preplanned. It’s up to us to create our own destiny, and so we must fight against our own indoctrination. Many Christians really think that if you speak out against an evil that’s going on, you’re fighting God, because it’s God’s plan. That’s beautiful mind control for the elite.

James: Well, no, yeah. That, I think that the way this country was founded, a lot of the principles would actually prevent things from taking over, but was this, this country being America, was this country literally founded with this whole plan laid down from the beginning?

Alan: Yes, it was. It was. I mean, they had meetings in Europe, in the early 1700s, with the elite, and they wondered how they were going to control the future, and they knew they couldn’t take over a world without tremendous opposition, if they used England, because England had gone all over the planet plundering it, basically for a small group in London. They couldn’t use France or the other countries, because they’d all been empire builders, so they had to create a new knight in shining armor, and the United States was the first openly Masonic created country to be born since the days of Sumer, basically. All of its emblems, its symbology, is high occultic. It’s not Christian. And there’s Washington’s monument. What do you think that is? Where do you find that in the Bible? You know. It’s an Egyptian, a brand new one, for raising a man to godhood. That’s what that stands for. You raise a person to godhood and they’re given an obelisk. He’s the first one to be given a huge obelisk from the days of Alexander the Great.

James: Now, I come back from my beginning. I had arguments with people about this “Christian” country, and there was a great book, which I wasn’t prepared for, and I’d have it out, that went through, painstakingly, documents that were written by these founding fathers, that would in no way make it a “Christian” country, and yet, I think the goal is, that my way is the right way, and my view of America is what it should be, and this is what it was, and they go and find out things and support where they’re at. And all it does is, of course have discord and strife, which is all good for the monster that’s controlling things.

Alan: Yeah, that’s right. That’s right. They, again, what the other person, a caller mentioned, egocentricity, and from Pavlov onwards, they experimented with the egocentric part of the brain. They knew that people will avoid pain if possible and always seek pleasure. So, if they stimulate one thing all the time, pleasure, the pleasure principle, we will avoid all pain, and it’s interesting that’s used in the New Age Movement, where they’re actually taught not to look at the negatives, in fact to totally ignore the negatives that are happening around them, which is a beautiful way to blind them, and to allow all this to happen. So, egocentric behavior has been encouraged to our detriment actually, and we’re now left almost unguarded. That’s what that really meant, egocentricity.

James: Now, where do people come from who actually seek the benefit of individuals, even at their own loss? Like, you help out a friend. You may end up losing a little bit, but that you really care about them advancing and all that. Where do those people come from, if they’ve grown up in this world of indoctrination? How did they get over it? I mean, is it luck? Is it inner spirit? How does that work out where some people don’t end up going down that path?

Alan: I think what it is, is our whole life is a matter of going through different choices every day. We always go through so many choices, and we don’t realize we’re creating a destiny you might say for ourselves and maybe even locking ourselves into a particular path by doing so. And I think, as we grow, life is supposed to be a growing experience, an ever-learning experience right through, and a preparation as you might say for something to come. I think under the system we live in, which is based on materialism, that that, like egocentricity, has been pushed to the top, and so we amuse ourselves consistently with material things, always paying through the nose for them or at least paying on credit, and avoiding the spiritual side of humanity. We’re losing touch with that all together. And the spiritual side of humanity is what connects you with other people, where you do feel the empathy. You can see the tribulations people go through, and this is what binds people together and brought out the beauty that was within us, not the monster of materialism that always rears its head. It’s the beauty of the connectiveness that we all share on a daily basis. We must get that back, or we’ll lose everything. And it’s not just for those who live now, as I say. It’s for all those who have gone before. It’s for all those who have the right to life to come and live a life, and be a sentient, thinking being, full of the joys that can come your way, through understanding or listening to a nice song, or reading poetry or whatever. But they have the right to those experiences. No one has the right to turn us into robots.

James: Well, I agree, and what I did is for example, I had head guests on about this 9/11 tragedy that it was actually not only a cover-up, but there was inside information, insiders, acting, and that the actual collapse of the towers could not possibly have happened from the planes. Now, once I saw the information, I had to accept the truth. I mean, there’s physics involved here. So, I talked to some co-workers who literally laughed at first, but when I kept speaking to the facts, the physics, the temperature, the fact that there’s no way that the fuel could have gotten to the point to melt that steel, which was certified so high, and I kept bringing it up. They ended up wanting to see the videos that I suggested and it seemed to me that if we just keep pounding with the truth, there’s going to be some people who are going to wake up, because that truth does something inside of us.

Alan: Yes, it does. Eventually it builds up to such a pitch you can’t ignore it altogether. It’s got to eventually hit you that you can’t deny it anymore. And that’s the breaking point, because when you can’t deny it, and you open Pandora’s box, you can’t close it again. You’ve got to go on learning from there in a hurry too, and that’s what people are afraid of. They don’t really want to upset the media version they’ve been given, this media reality they’re given. They are afraid, although they suspect there’s something else going on, they’re afraid to open Pandora’s Box, because they’ll have to change their opinions about so much in their own lives. That scares them.

James: And that’s where that vision from the Matrix with taking the pill, what color pill, you go back to Alice in Wonderland or the other ones, you know, you wake up and you can’t turn back. We have a question coming in about, we mentioned alien a little bit earlier. Is it possible that these secret societies actually have a connection to some alien entities, i.e., these reptilians or Annunaki or what have you that have, are really the people behind some of this stuff?

Alan: No. The Annunaki thing was thrown out there years ago. And that’s how you create myths. You put out a foundation, and the high Masons are very good at this. They lay a foundation, and then they bring out other authors to build on the foundation. The Annunaki, really in the old legends, were supposed to be spirits of the Earth. It was nothing to do with aliens, whatsoever. You can only bring out alien theology in a space age, when you have aircraft and rockets and so on. It would have made no sense a hundred years ago. So, they always update their theories, to suit your scientific period, and mislead you again. However, in all the high degrees of Masonry, at least the ones I’ve spoken to, separately, they’ve all told me about the same initiation rites. And there is a particular degree that they go through, where they claim that they purposefully and knowingly bring into themselves a spiritual entity, which gives them a trade-off of longevity, but it also allows the entity to take them over more and more. Hell, to an entity, supposedly, is absence of the physical world and all sensation. So, heaven to an entity, is right here. That’s an interesting concept.

James: Well, it would make sense. And I could see where with the space age, they bring in the aliens. And in the past, they talked about angels or spirits. But, it’s also possible that in the past, not having the space age, that how you would describe an alien would be an angel or a spirit or what have you. And allegedly, or supposedly, carvings, I’ve seen them. I don’t know how the dating process is, that has spaceships, if you will, going back into the carvings in Egypt and so forth.

Alan: No, they’re not. It’s all in fact, the one that’s typically used is the circle with the wings on it, and that’s not a flying saucer at all. That was always the Egyptian symbol for the soul transcending back to heaven. And of course, the big boys again gave us all this nonsense stuff, and made sure the big authors were well funded. That’s another thing too. The Rothschilds were one of the first ones to set up a philanthropic organization to promote certain science fiction type books, for predictive programming purposes, to do with space travel, etc. And that’s never stopped today. We know that Erich von Daniken that was pushed out in the 60s, late 60s, early 70s, well-funded again, and who sold Chariots of the Gods and a whole bunch of books, and started all this alien inscriptions on aliens on motorbikes, space motorbikes and stuff. One British, enterprising investigator went over to Mexico and found the guy who was making these carvings for him. So, they’re very good at giving us myths to mislead us, However, I wouldn’t dismiss the fact that all down through the ages, whether they’re little men in black outfits or demons or whatever, have been seen by people on certain occasions. It’s very possible to project any image into the mind. And today, here’s the kicker too, we’re living in an age where science is so far advanced in reality, we’re on the bottom Matrix of reality. Nick Begich, who has a book out called Earth Rising, was on national television, in Canada, showing us, little handheld, remote type size, machines, that the CIA were using in the 1950s, which could put thoughts right into your head by line of sight. And he demonstrated it on the Wendy Mesley show.

James: I would absolutely love to see that video.

Alan: Yes. And I’ve got it. And what’s really amazing is he said, all this stuff was obsolete. The CIA had this in the 50s. Now this is before the transistor was even known to the public, or micro-circuitry. And so today, seeing is not always believing. We have that to contend with too. What is scientific? What is real? Now, it’s interesting that Madame Blavatsky was put out there to promote theosophy, which was to blend Christianity with Hinduism, for a United World, where they would bring in many from India into England, this century and the 20th century. They brought her out in the 19th century to push theosophy to make Hinduism popular. And she said, the function of theosophy was eventually to bind the human spirit with science. And that’s exactly where the chip and all this is heading. It’s combining you as a total person, with science, but it’s going to bind you into a form of slavery.

James: Where does the 2012 and the Mayan calendar all fit in this?

Alan: I’m not really following that thing. See, the Maya, again, whatever is promoted heavily is predictive programming again. Now, if we go back to the Free Trade Agreement, the pre-NAFTA deal, that set up the unification of the Americas, and that was talked about by the Senior Civil Servant, who left Ottawa, Canada, she did all the books up, she drafted all the books up for the NAFTA negotiations, her name was Shelly Ann Clarke, and she came out and tried to get it public. She said, we’ll have to merge by the year 2005. Now, in 2005, sure enough, Bush, Paul Martin, and Fox signed the United Americas Agreement in Waco, Texas, 27th of March, 2005. And Shelley also said, that by 2010, it would be up and running for unification. I think 2012 was for the World Government to openly declare itself as World Government. And that’s the real reason behind this 2012 stuff.

James: And, so really the Mayan calendar is simply a calendar, and it was utilized as more of a tool as to try and give some explanation for a change that’s coming.

Alan: Now, here’s the thing. Now, Arthur C. Clarke, Arthur C. Clarke was a high, a very high Freemason, who worked on behalf of the Big Boys, the establishment. And he was given the honor of writing the book, 2001. And he wrote that in the 1960s, and the movies came out too. Now, in 2001, the story takes them into space travel on the way to Jupiter. And through the travel, the space journey, there’s an occultic, Masonic ritual that goes on. The whole story is about ritualism, even though it’s set in outer space, where he must overcome Hal, which is the sun, which is the computer on board the spaceship which has taken over. It kills off two of the other members. It tries to kill off the third one. He beats it, and actually disables it. Hal, H-A-L in typical coding in Masonry, if you take the letter after it, you have I and then you have B and then you have M. IBM, the computer, you see. This stuff is shown right in front of your face. The next movie they did was 2010. And that was also made into a movie.

James: Right.

Alan: Back in the 70s. And that shows you that something wonderful is supposed to happen, when they bring forth a new sun in the sky. In high occultic meaning that means as above so below, a new type of creature will be introduced on Earth, and it could be a clone, for all we know. A new type.

James: What do you think about, actually we’ve only got a couple of minutes. I should say, I’ll get lost. I want you to be able to give information where people can get a hold of you or your products or books. I know your website is .com. Is there any other way that you might direct people to you?

Alan: Yes. They can write to me and I’ll be pleased to answer them if I can get around to it.

James: Now, in closing, maybe we can take an example. I’ve had Michael Sarion on here, who’s an astrologer, but also talks about fighting the evil of the people that are… How would something like that fit into your view?

Alan: Fighting evil?

James: Yeah, I mean. There is, while being an astrologer, which would fall into kind of a category into this occultic stuff, there is still a personal freedom that he is sought for, for people to find out. And I was just wondering. I’ve only got about a minute. If you see that. Go ahead.

Alan: Astrology has always been used, as again, a form of predictive programming, it’s written in the stars, this is how it’s fixed. It’s a form of control, as far as I see. I think that the individual can certainly ask for the power and the courage to get through this life and to alter it for the best, as much as possible, and we don’t have to consult the stars or spiritualism to do it. We have the spirit within us, if we just want to look.

James: All right. Well, we’re right at the end, and I want to thank you for taking the time, Alan, to share your insights and wisdom, and thank you very much.

Alan: It’s been a pleasure.

James: Okay, Alan Watt, .com. We’re right up against a wall in the end. I want to thank you for listening. We’ll be back next week, feet to the fire.

____________________________________________________________

August 10th, 2006
Alan Watt as Guest on
Frankly Speaking Radio with Frank Whalen

____________________________________________________________

Good morning, folks, welcome back to the big show, you are listening to Frankly Speaking Radio, heard planetwide here on the Republic Broadcasting Network. Our website franklyspeakingradio.com. And of course, the phone number, as always, is 1-800-313-9443. We have our guest on the line. Before we do that though, a quick phone call here we’ll squeeze in from Chuck in Arkansas. Chuck, welcome to the show.

Chuck: Hello? Hey, good morning Frank.

Frank: Good morning.

Chuck: I just wanted to say that’s another sign of high technology slipping through our hands.  I can’t even get my social security card to last through anything.

Frank: Yes. It’s pretty amazing, is it not?

Chuck: Yeah. I mean, but I am glad to hear that, you know, people are starting to wake up. I don’t think people realize that with, no matter how bad people are, there will always be good people just equaling them out.  You know, that form of balance.  But I just wanted to say God bless you Frank, great job, and keep spreading the word, baby.

Frank: Chuck, you’re wonderful. Thank you for the call. You know folks, that’s what it’s all about, is we have to keep each other lifted up in this time. We have to keep each other supported. And shore it up, because, God knows, it’s a difficult, difficult process. And my guest knows that probably better than anybody else. He’s been certainly out there in the truth movement for a very long time. His information is extensive on things, a wide variety of different subject matter, and we’ve already heard several callers today, talking about the vast array of knowledge that our guest has today. It’s a difficult process to know this information. It’s a difficult process to hear it for the first time. A lot of people don’t, they don’t come back from something like that. You know, they learn something about this, and then they can’t process it, and they try to go back to sleep, but they know it and they can’t unknow it, so they kind of lose their mind and just turn into weirdoes. That happens with a lot of people. But those of us who have survived, you know, it’s hard to even know this stuff and continue to exist in this world, as it is, as they would have us believe that it is. Take it a step further. How hard is it to try to take some action, to make this world a better place, to try to spread the truth, to try to make a difference. It’s extraordinarily difficult. As a talk show host, I know this. And my guest knows it as well. It’s also extraordinarily difficult to stay a talk show host, which, you know, we’ll have to wait and see, but, you know, for the most part folks, this show is not going to last forever, okay. We in the talk show hosting world are not going to be around forever. Make your connections. Get your information out there. Network with people while you can. Cannot stress that enough. Our phone number 800-313-9443. And the website, franklyspeakingradio.com. Our guest’s website is .com. He has really just been a source of inspiration to so many people out there. I got a call last week, and somebody said, you got to have this guy on, he’s incredible. That was followed up by several emails from all over the world, confirming this, which was great. It’s great to know that people are paying attention all over the world. It’s great to know people are listening all over the world. And I contacted Alan, and we spoke on the phone. He’s in the middle of some big projects, projects you can read about at his website. We’re excited to have him here to get his assessment on this incredibly perfectly timed day, in the midst of the first-ever red alert status here in the United States and certainly in the UK as well. Of course, their program has only been implemented nine days ago. Alan Watt, my guest today, welcome to the program, sir.

Alan: It’s a pleasure to be on.

Frank: It’s a pleasure to have you here, an honor, in fact. What are your thoughts about the news this morning? I presume you’ve been watching it.

Alan: I heard it this morning, and I was expecting something, because whenever we tend to go back to sleep, or public interest in this ongoing war tends to fade, something has to happen to get us back into the mode of thinking about it and listening to them. So, yeah, it didn’t surprise me at all. And we haven’t really got the details yet as to who these twenty-one guys are. Are they teenagers like the last bunch, or the bunch they got in Toronto? that were chatting on the internet, and then the RCMP gave them explosives, then arrested them. We don’t know the details on this yet, but it’s a huge PR stunt for sure. And it’s to get Britain into this ongoing terrorism mode, just like George Orwell gave us in Nineteen Eighty-Four. And that book used to be studied in every school of a future time where the public would be kept in complete terror all the time by explosions going on all around them, and the government in total charge of everything. That’s what we’re seeing now. This war is to change the whole world. It’s to bring in a standard system, worldwide, and in the Communist theology, which really was funded by the elite of Britain, they said that in a global society, in order to maintain order over the public, they would have to find terrorism within, since they’d have no real enemies without. And that would be the only way they could maintain their control over the general public. So, we’re seeing this start all now. That’s what this is all about.

Frank: Oh, absolutely. And that mindset echoes so often in other areas. First of all, the Patriot Act implemented, the Patriot Act applied only to American citizens. The predominant terrorist threat in this country was deemed the Animal Liberation Front and the Earth Liberation Front, not Al Qaeda in America, as they of course have their sequels in Iraq and in other places. We’ve also seen the Patriot Act being used when John Ashcroft did his little speaking engagement tour, and went around and spoke to lawyers and to police officers, law enforcement officials. He told them that they could apply the Patriot Act in terms of regular, non-terrorism related crimes, in order to get stricter sentences. There was an individual who was building a pipe bomb in the front seat of his car. The bomb exploded. He survived, so, you’d think it probably wasn’t that big of a deal, but yet, he was charged with making a weapon of mass destruction. There was the guy who was prosecuted under terrorism legislation for making chemical weapons, when he was just doing a meth lab, and was able to be charged with ten, twenty times the jail time that he normally would have been able to have gotten, just on a drug-related charge. So, you’re right. It’s about fostering this sense of unease and distrust at home, among our own citizens.

Alan: Sure, this is the new Soviet system, but it’s worldwide. And it’s interesting too that Gorbachev, and you can find this speech that he gave to the Politburo, before he came over to be the champion of the Green guys in the US, he told the Politburo that shortly you will hear that Communism is over and dead. He says, don’t believe it. He said, we’re simply expanding into the next phase. And then you couple that with the Reece Report that found that the Ford Foundation, Carnegie Foundations and the big foundations in the US were working to blend the Soviet system with the American system, and it all starts to make sense to you, when a guy like Gorbachev, who was the top of the KGB then the President of the Soviet Union, ends up working in the United States, for the globalists. This all makes perfect sense. We’re simply emerging into the next stage of a well-laid plan, laid long ago. Even when they set up the League of Nations they said that this would eventually lead to a world government. And they discussed at that time the same problems. How do we keep the public in an ultra-socialized system with a massive bureaucracy taking care of things, how do we get the public to obey? And they said they would need something like internal terror everywhere, since they would have no natural enemies in any countries. And that’s what we’re getting set up for right now.

Frank: Sure, sure. And I think that, you know, initially there was some sort of opposition to these things. And perhaps it’s a certain degree of maybe racial sensitivity, I don’t know, but I remember after September 11th, there was the idea that, that program, I think it was called the Tips Program, in which landlords, postal workers, utility workers, would sort of, you know, put the feelers out there and kind of spy on people a little bit and then report back, and the only reason it didn’t happen was because the post office didn’t endorse it. Now, it does make you wonder, because then of course, you’ve got the Anthrax mailings, and you know, sort of like, you better toe the line. You better follow orders here or else. But that mindset of breeding that distrust to change into this Pavlovian rewards system for ratting people out.

Alan: And that’s again the Soviet system. See, the Soviet system was the laboratory for the world. And they tried this there. They tested their employees all the time, general employees, by setting them up, so that they’d see something happening that looked suspicious, then sitting back to see if they would report it. And this is the sort of tests that were done on them. And this is the same sort of thing they’ll eventually implement here on various workers, like postal workers or UPS workers, or guys who simply come to repair your telephone or whatever. They’ll set them up with a scenario to see if they’re loyal and if they will report it. And that furthers the distrust within everyone. Everyone is terrified they’re being tested all the time.

Frank: Wow. I never really even thought about that.

Alan: And that’s what George Orwell said. He said, in an age of universal deception, telling the truth is a revolutionary event. So, you’d be classed as a revolutionist if you’re actually, or a terrorist, if you were a person who does tell the truth.

Frank: Absolutely. Absolutely. What are your thoughts on this new legislation, just discussed yesterday, of course, hardly making a blip in the news, but perhaps not going to now, given this state of the news cycle today, about this legislation that would label pretty much anyone at the president’s discretion to be a terrorist and any group a terrorist group?

Alan: That, I was waiting for it. I was waiting for it, because, on the one hand it will disperse general groups that simply are truth speakers or are investigators. It will also tell reporters as well to really toe the line. I mean, most of them already do, but for the occasional one here or there, it will make them think twice before they tell the truth about something.

Frank: Yes. Excellent point. Alan, if I can ask you to hang on. Folks, stay with us, we’ll be back in about three minutes with more Frankly Speaking Radio, with our special guest, Alan Watt. Please, stay right here.

(Commercial Break)

Frank: Good morning. Welcome back folks. I’m glad to have you with us here today. It is the 10th of August, about 8:23AM here in the Central Time Zone. You’re listening to Frankly Speaking Radio. The website is franklyspeakingradio.com. Phone number is 800-313-9443. Our guest today, his website, .com. Please welcome to the program, Alan Watt. Alan, thank you again. You know, I just came across this story, this morning, a very interesting one, in fact, and I think it ties into something you just mentioned. It’s from the AFP, and it says, some 30% of Americans cannot say in what year the September 11th terrorist attacks against New York’s World Trade Center and the Pentagon in Washington took place, according to a poll published in the Washington Post Newspaper. Now, you mentioned that you felt that there was something in the works. You were waiting to see this expansion of anti-terrorism legislation. And you also mentioned about people, you’ve got to wait till people kind of forget. Is that maybe what’s been going on, is, you had to give it some time? You had to let people remember what it felt like to have the terror alert raised up. What it felt like to have breaking news on CNN that affected Americans, you know, as opposed to somewhere in the Middle East.

Alan: That’s the technique they used. They did polls in the US and they were published in Canada, and this was about 2003. And what they found was even though the President, during the inquiry into the invasion of Iraq, and it was on national television here. They showed us President Bush and the panel and the board and the inquiry. And he said, I never said that Iraq had anything to do with the bombing of 9/11. He said, I just wanted to get Saddam Hussein out of the way because he was a bad man, and the world is better off without him. And yet, just after that, they did the survey of polls in the US, published them in Canada, and they said that the media had done such a fantastic job on the US citizenry that the average citizen thought that Saddam Hussein was behind the 9/11 bombing. They totally reversed it by simply repetition, innuendo and propaganda. So, we’re under an amazing psychological war going on right now.

Frank: Well, that’s also a fascinating angle to explore, because we still see people believing that there were weapons of mass destruction in Iraq.

Alan: Yes. And you see, these guys can lie and lie, because they don’t mind about the initial lie being found out eventually, because they’ve achieved most of their goals. They’re in those countries, and it’s always standard in wartime that once you have troops there, no matter if you get another party in in government, they’ll say, well, we’ve got to keep them there, because there’ll be chaos if we pull out now. So, the initial lie has achieved its goal, you see. And that’s how it works. This is standard procedure, down through the ages with government policies in wartime.

Frank: At the top of the hour here we were discussing sort of how we see all the same tricks. And I’ve got to admit, Alan, I’m shocked that they would even try this. But we’re seeing all the same tricks being trotted out in order to implicate Iran. And of course, in regards to this threat, this airline threat this morning, they’re saying it has an international signature, it has all the hallmarks of an Al Qaeda plot. It looks to me like in the next couple days they’re going to be revealing an international connection, a foreign country that somehow financed or helped plot this whole thing. Do you think it will be Iran? Do you think that they’re going to continue to build this case, using, again, the same pages from the old playbook?

Alan: There’s no doubt. The policy or the Project for the New American Century that was put together initially in ’92 by Wolfowitz and Perle and a whole bunch of them, and then was rewritten about 1997, and republished again, did have those targets down, starting with Afghanistan and then Iraq. Then Iran, then Syria. That was their order of attack that they wanted to take over the Middle East. And, now this is a private organization, although they’re all in politics now. We should remember that was their agenda at that time. So, this is a plan which they cannot turn back on. And it’s not just their plan. It’s a global plan. Britain is heavily involved in it. The Council on Foreign Relations has been pushing for this world agenda, a global society, for years, for about a hundred years. And they’ve come out openly and talked about the unification of Americas that was their agenda. They drafted it up. They put it forward for the politicians to sign. They’ve been on the news here as the Council on Foreign Relations talking about this openly. So, this is a world movement that’s going on. It’s a war to change the entire world, and out of the ashes will come their Utopia, their New World Order, which is going to be a hell on earth for all the rest of us, because it’s a totally socialized system that’s coming into play, where the Age of Reason is supposed to take over with an intelligentsia at the top working for a fascist type elite, a rich wealthy class, and the masses below them that will be bred like animals for different functions and tasks. And you will have no choice in anything, your schooling, marriage partners or anything. This is the system they’ve written about for a long, long, long time. It’s all to emerge out of the ashes of this ongoing war, which could last up to fifty years or more, you know. By that time, we’ll be so worn down with it, so worn down, we’ll submit to anything.

Frank: Yeah, well, at any level, I mean, people become accustomed to something and all of a sudden it’s the standard, much like income taxes and what not, something that was temporary and has now become a fact of life. There’s no certainty in life but death and taxes. Alan, stay with us. We’ll be right back folks in about three minutes with more Frankly Speaking Radio.

(Commercial Break)

Frank: Good morning folks, and welcome to the Big Show, Thursday morning’s edition of Frankly Speaking Radio. Our guest today from .com, Alan Watt. Welcome back, sir.

Alan: It’s a pleasure to be here.

Frank: It’s an honor to have you, my friend. You know, looking at all this stuff, and you mentioned about, you know, the continuing, the wearing down of people’s resistance to, just a very unnatural state of slavery that we are slowly being integrated into. It’s obviously a process of gradualism. How is it that these things, and why is it, I guess you could say, that these things happen on such a level that the people who strive to implement them realize that most likely they will never see such things in their lifetime? They will never see the fruition of their hard work.

Alan: To the average person it seems astounding, because we generally don’t start something in our lifetime that we cannot finish. That’s the nature of man. However, there are sciences to do with government. And if you go into the histories of the diplomatic corps for instance of England, especially, you’ll find that that’s exactly how these people operate. They start things off. They’ll take a country like India, and they’ll say, well, how can we totally take this over. It might take 150 years to achieve a specific standardization process. It might take 200 years before they’re ready to be a little copy of the British system. And they train the recruits to work their whole lives, working towards this particular goal. Different sub-departments all are specialized. And that’s exactly how the world really is run. The United States is no different, with the state department. And it’s the bureaucracies behind them which are more important than the politicians that are appointed to them, because the lifelong bureaucrats know what their part in their agenda happens to be. And they work steadily towards it. And they retire and pass it on to the ones that take over. It’s long, long-term planning. And, if you read the works of guys like Machiavelli, the book The Prince, you’ll find these techniques or you go into Francis Bacon. Now, both Machiavelli and Bacon wrote books for the kings so that they could be advisors. And in those books, it was like a résumé of cunningness, how to fool the people. How the people react to different events. How to use those reactions against the public and always how to benefit. These are sciences that have been understood within governments for thousands of years. You find it even in the writings about the Egyptian pharaohs, where the young princes were taught the ways of mankind, the nature of man, or the general public we would say today, and how they reason. And if you understand how they reason, you can manipulate those thoughts, alter perceptions and guide them along paths which they never suspect that are actually taking them to some other way of living. These are real sciences that are taught in certain areas.

Frank: Wow. So, that means that in essence, the application of science, for thousands of years has been solely devoted to the controlling and the oppression of humankind.

Alan: Always, always. Yeah, that’s always been the way. I was astounded going through the different Machiavellian typewriters, there’s so many of them in different countries. Every country had them. And they used to have competitions between these advisors to write books, to see who was the top dog in cunningness. And sure enough, he would become the chief advisor to a king or a queen.

Frank: Wow. It’s so interesting then, because subsequently, and you mentioned about keeping your eye open for this new anti-terrorism legislation and waiting for it to happen, knowing that it was going to. I look at things that I was talking about several years ago, Alan, that are finally, finally, finally starting to creep into semi-mainstream news. But again, years too little and too late. But as a result of that, I think that what I try to do with this show is what I call, like news forecasting, going through the news, taking what’s in there, what they’re saying in their own sources, and sort of saying, this to me means that the idea, the agenda, we know what the agenda is, and we know where we are now. So, how many roads can you take to get from point A to point B. So, it’s not too far off, I think, in the prediction sense of things. But, from what you’re saying here, it should be relatively easily, I guess, to predict it, if you can understand the basis by which it’s always been founded.

Alan: Always, and if you know where to look, we’re so distracted today with entertainment, which is really to indoctrinate us, but just going back into history and looking up the different world movements, the revolutionary movements, which led up to where we are today, behind all of them was the plan to unite the world under a particular system. And the elite of Europe chose socialism to dominate the masses, not to help the masses. Lenin himself said that communism was preached in three different versions, one for the masses, one for the middle helping class, the managerial class, and the truth would be given to the elite. So, there were three different versions always preached at the same time. That’s no different than today. It’s the same techniques that are being used. The media’s job is to convey to the masses the simplest explanation, which they’re supposed to swallow and be politically correct and repeat it to others. And the media means the middle. They’re the middleman. That’s what the media is. And the media has always been an essential part of government control. The trick was to make you believe it was a free, independent thing, but it’s always been an essential arm of government. You cannot put out something into the general public’s hands, even the internet, anything to do with communication, unless you are in charge at the top, because you want to make sure that the main propaganda is given out by you, otherwise you lose control.

Frank: Well, I think that’s an excellent point. And you mentioned about this sort of different class system. One of the things that really astounded me was when I was reading about Plato, and his writings about Atlantis, and that there was this class society there, this gold, silver, and bronze classes. And the bronze would be the majority of the people, the useless eaters. The silver class would be, you know, law enforcement, military, those who seek to exert dominance over the bronze class for the benefit of the gold class, the elites, the few, the wealthy, the ones who obviously benefit from the hard work of everyone else.

Alan: That’s right.

Frank: How much of this is being implemented today in this regard? As you mentioned, certainly we all have our own different information strains. The elites are privy to different knowledge than we are. The media, as you said, is a great filter to what kind of truth they want us to know about. How else is that manifest in our society today?

Alan: It’s here. It’s always been here. In fact, Plato got it from the Egyptians, because he was educated in Egypt, as were all the elite of Greece. And he wasn’t really talking just about a future world, a perfect utopia, the Republic as he called it. It was already on the go in his day. And he was talking about his own class, the aristocracy of his own day, and how they’d always be in charge down through time. And he called this particular class the Guardians. And they would be the only ones privy to true knowledge, you see, all of the knowledge. You alter perceptions by giving part of a story, but withholding the rest of the information. That’s how you alter perceptions, and that’s mainly the technique that’s used on the public. You get a completely different picture if part of the information is simply omitted. The Guardian Class have all of the information. They are always in charge, and they know that if they don’t change society constantly, or always have a war on the go, or terror or something, they themselves lose their purpose. The general public would just walk away, they wouldn’t need a government system if there was no threat from something, so the intention was always to create terror. And if you notice that Egypt itself, everybody who went to Egypt, all these old philosophers that became famous, and they were initiated into the mysteries, and the mysteries primarily were to do with how to control human behavior. That’s what it really was about.

Frank: So the agenda, I guess, would be something along the lines of the secret societies.

Alan: Exactly.

Frank: Yeah, their agenda is the control mechanisms, and you know, making sure they’re running the show and directing the way that humans will move and think and act.

Alan: Yeah. You can literally, and Plato said it. He said, we give the people their culture. He said, there is no culture that comes from the bottom. If it did, it would be out of their control. So, they give the culture from the top down. And he says, we do it primarily through drama, through plays, which you had to attend. Everybody in Greece had to attend these traveling shows when they came in. And he says, we do it through drama, through the industry, and he called it industry, the fashion industry, and the music industry. He says, because the public emulate what they see. And that’s how they change culture.

Frank: Sure. That makes a lot of sense. And it echoes some things that I was talking about in conjunction with, well the bird flu for example, and this is something that I’m sure you’ve noticed as well. In the interests of hyping this thing up of course, they have to say, and they did this not last year, I guess, but maybe the year before. Oh, no, we don’t have enough vaccines for the regular flu this time around, folks, so we’re going to have to say, first things first, only those who are most at risk should get this, and we saw people lining up for hours and hours and hours, standing in line at the supermarket to get their flu shot, because there’s only a limited amount. It’s preposterous, but that’s what that supply and demand mindset breeds, that sort of mob mentality, and that thing is absolutely artificial. It’s absolutely created. We see it every Christmas time. Oh, no. This is the big toy of the year and everybody has to get some, so there’s lotteries and people standing in line, the parents beating the crap out of each other for the new dolly. It’s ridiculous, but people continue to buy into it. And it’s all manufactured.

Alan: It’s fear, fear and hype.

Frank: Yeah. Look at a child maybe who watches the Disney channel, you know. They want to go see Disney movies. They want to buy Disney albums. They want to listen to Disney radio. I mean, this is all a giant programming. I mean, that’s why they call television and radio programming for the most part, is because the idea is to convince you of something, to buy something, to think a certain way, be a certain way, and so on and so forth. That’s why you have, you know, most radio stations have an official position. This station itself, we are a conservative based talk radio station. We are a liberal based talk radio station. It’s constant reinforcement.

Alan: Yes. And as soon as you put yourself in a category, you’ve just put blinkers on because you can’t see the whole picture.

Frank: Right on.

Alan: And they try to encourage everyone to pop into a pigeon hole. And once you’re in a pigeon hole, there’s only one view, and that’s the way you came in. You don’t see up or down or to the sides. And Plato also wrote about that, it was Plato’s cave in Timaeus, and he talks about that. How if you brought people up in a cave, who never saw the outside world, they had their backs to the entrance and couldn’t ever look back, then their whole philosophy of life, their reality of life, they’d make up about the shadows that passed as the sun went past the mouth of the cave, and what these shadows meant. And he said that would be their total reality, all fake, but to them it was real. It’s the only one they knew. And then, one guy eventually gets out of the cave and goes round the world and comes back and says, hey, there’s a whole world out there and those shadows are caused by a thing in the sky called the sun. And they end up trying to kill him. They don’t want to hear the truth. It’s too foreign to them.

Frank: Right. It changes the way they think and the way that their society has enforced itself and its paradigms on them.

Alan: Absolutely. So, these are all sciences that were known in ancient times and have never been forgotten.

Frank: That’s so fascinating to me. It’s just amazing to me that someone would devote that much energy and that much effort towards something. You know, it just seems kind of pointless to me. I just, I don’t know, Alan. I don’t have the energy myself.

Alan: Yeah, but if you were brought up in a class you see, that depended on maintaining control and living off the labor of others, because that’s how they do it, then you would teach these as basic sciences to your children. And it would be quite normal for you in fact.

Frank: Yeah, that makes sense. That makes a lot of sense. Now, my take on it has always been the one constant throughout all of this with the Secret Societies and the sciences and the control and the idea of shaping the world into this one world government, one world currency, one world religion, has been Luciferian in nature. What’s your take on that?

Alan: They definitely have always used Lucifer as the light bringer or knowledge bringer, because they are elitists. They believe they have the wisdom and knowledge. And most of them simply use Lucifer as a symbol of intellect. Other ones, of course, there are branches. They don’t mind if their own want to actually believe in Lucifer as an actual deity or figure. They don’t mind. But most of them simply believe it’s intellect, pure reason. In fact, they believe that they are gods themselves in a sense, because if God has the power of life and death over others, especially today with the HAARP technologies and the ability to cause earthquakes and famines and the ability to manipulate insects and cause pestilences and plagues, technically they are gods, if that’s what a god is.

Frank: That’s true. That’s a good point. If you can enact that sort of control, that sort of, you know, thorn in somebody’s side, and you can consistently do that, then yeah, that’s manipulating the world around you and that would be a godlike characteristic, to be sure.

Alan: Plus you have the ability now to mandate abortions, which is death. Who lives, who dies. You can genetically modify things, and they’re confident that they can create life from stem cells. And they plan eventually to make a whole new race of workers that ultimately will be programmed like robots, and that will be their utopia.

Frank: You know, that’s pretty frightening now. When you mention about creating, are you talking about like cloning technology, sort of breeding a slave race of humans who basically, they’re not created by God, so therefore they’re not alive, and not the same rights. And again, taking us all the way back to the 1800s, the times of slavery.

Alan: Yeah, this is fascinating really, because they understood in the 1800s they were going to get to this stage. And I think the only reason they knew this is because they were way ahead in sciences. And that’s another thing with governments. Whatever sciences they give to the public are always obsolete. They’re way, way ahead. And you had Mary Shelley’s Frankenstein, to do with this age where they would use body parts to create life extension and all this kind of stuff. And they had other authors out doing the same kind of thing in similar veins. You had some of the Jewish sects talking about the Golem, which is a Talmudic, or a Hasidic rabbinical creature, a slave created artificially that never complains and it’s a perfect worker. So this striving towards making the perfect worker has always been in the minds of all the elitists.

Frank: Wow. And yeah, enslaving somebody. And if you can’t create a slave out of the existing population, you’ll just make one from the ground up. Stay with us folks. We’ll be right back with our guest, Alan Watt.

(Commercial Break)

Frank: Good morning, folks. Welcome back. Tail end here of our third hour, this fine Thursday morning. You’re listening, of course, to Frankly Speaking Radio. And our website franklyspeakingradio.com. Our guest, his website has just a wealth of information and products available to you. I would strongly encourage that you go there, that you support this man, who’s doing such great things. The website .com. Ladies and gentlemen, please welcome back to the program, Alan Watt. Alan, thank you again.

Alan: It’s good to be here.

Frank: Well, I’m enjoying our discussion very much. It’s always a pleasure when you find that kindred spirit out there who, you know is certainly able to fill in so many gaps on so many areas for you, as you are doing for me. And I love that, because obviously, you and I have, you know, a lot of the same takes on some of these things. With your research though, it’s making it make a lot more sense to me. So, I thank you for that. When we left off, we were just talking about this enslavement agenda, and we talked about the Luciferian nature of this, and how all this ties in. And certainly, it’s being able to gage the value of life, and therefore the value of death. Do you think some of this life extension technologies, and some of the things we’ve talked about on this show before, I’m sure you’ve addressed it as well, things like genetic manipulation, sort of being able to put some sort of cybernetic implants perhaps in the human body to make it last longer. It’s always been my take on this Alan, that the powers that be, that the people, the politicians, the world leaders, they probably know scripture, and they probably know about the existence of God, and believe it more so than most Christians and very devout religious followers do. But they understand it. They believe it, because it’s my take on it that they’re terrified of having the possibility that there is this afterlife, that there’s this judgment, and I think they would do anything they could to preserve their own safety, their own lives, or extend their own lives as the case may be.

Alan: In the 1700s they wrote about this a lot, because they knew where they were going. They really did know where they were going with life extension. And in fact, the Rosicrucians, the first real Masonic movement that came out in the 1500s in Britain, and it didn’t originate there – it’s been on the go for probably thousands of years, but that was its new name for Britain – they talked about this goal. And they made sure that those who joined it, and worked hard towards the Great Work as they called it, would be given life extension, and that was in the 16th Century. So, that was a little carrot there for the workers. And we certainly see it with these lifelong dedicated players, like Maurice Strong and Kissinger and these types. They never retire. Benjamin Franklin was the same. He was a member of it, and he was traveling across the world in these old ships, sailing ships, well into his 70s. Just as dedicated through his latter years as he was when he was young. And these guys are all the same. They never get tired of their agenda. It’s like a religious fanaticism that they have. And they do live very healthy lives, right up until the end, and they live for a good age. They never put their feet up and retire and go fishing when they’re sixty. They’re multi-millionaires, so they certainly could do it. But no, they’re driven. They’re actually driven for a cause and for a group to which they belong, and to something which they’ve sworn total allegiance to. So, that’s what’s unusual. You’ll only find that kind of dedication in religious fanaticism, so it is a particular esoteric religion here.

Frank: Wow. My friend, it’s been a very exciting hour. I look forward to next hour. Folks, please bear with us while we pause for station identification for our affiliates, then we shall return with the fourth and final hour, Frankly Speaking Radio, right after this.

(Commercial Break)

Frank: Good morning. Welcome back my friends to the fourth and final hour of the fastest four hours in talk radio. We call it Frankly Speaking Radio. I’m glad you’re here. I am your host, Frank Whalen, and of course, this is a global broadcast going out over the Republic Broadcasting Network. You can listen to the archives here. And I would strongly urge you to go to our website, franklyspeakingradio.com, to get all the latest news and information, including information on our guests, like our guest today, who is just an unbelievable wealth of information, and I’m so pleased that he’s here with us today. His website .com. Ladies and gentlemen, please welcome back to the show, Alan Watt. Alan, thank you.

Alan: It’s a pleasure.

Frank: I’m really enjoying it, my friend. You know, we just left off, we were discussing sort of this life extension, and you know, I think that’s pretty much been one of those main things that they’ve always been striving for, and I think you’re right. We do see the people who are on the inside, they never slow down, they never stop working. And as a result of that, I think that there’s almost an obsessive need to maybe sort of speed things up when the opportunity arises. You know, I’ve always felt that the powers that be have many irons in the fire. But whenever, you know, something comes up that they can manipulate or play up, they will continue to do that until it can’t be pushed any further. Case in point, you know, I was watching this, this story about the airplanes and the terrorism. It started about seven hours ago, and it hasn’t really even paused for a commercial break that I’ve seen. So, what does that mean? Well they’re talking now about several flights, at least several flights, possibly many, many more, if the websites for the airlines in particular are accurate, that say that these airplanes did leave the UK today, and they’ll be arriving, gosh, within the next hour or couple hours or so, here in the US. So, it will be interesting to see if they play this up and take it, you know, to the next stage.

Alan: It will be repeated so often, the searches when they arrive. It will be monotonous. That’s what they do, is repetition, repetition, repetition, until it’s just monotonous. And this technique was first used on the public. We find that Lord Bertrand Russell, who worked with Tavistock, and helped implement these psychological programs for the public, he talked about repetition, and the necessity to use it in music for the young, and to use it in visual sequences to get a point across to the public. And remember the racing cars. That’s when they first showed us racing car crashes. And they’d show you the same scene over and over and over, then they’d do their surveys, their polls to find out if it had an impact, and now we’re seeing the same thing. They used the same thing in 9/11 with the planes, over and over, all day long for days and days. This is just standard psychic driving, as they called it with the MK ULTRA experiments. Repetition, yeah.

Frank: That’s interesting. And you’re right too. You’re talking about how all of these events are shaped, and you know, certainly the media and what not, and entertainment industry, everything basically for the most part is designed to condition us in a certain direction. What’s your take on Hollywood’s involvement with all this stuff as of late? I mean, certainly, the World Trade Center, Oliver Stone’s film coming out. You know, it’s supposedly not up to par with some of his other work, but it’s interesting that it’s coming out so close to the five-year anniversary of September 11th, to the point where we need to be reminded, and we need to be basically have the scab ripped open one more time, just to keep us all in line.

Alan: That too, plus I think, you see, as the United States helps to finish off the job that it began, the World Order, it will be submerged into the new system. So they have to show how corrupt it is at the moment, as we go through it.

Frank: I see. We’ll pick this up after the break here my friends. Please stay with us. More from our guest, Alan Watt. More Frankly Speaking Radio in three minutes. Stay with us.

(Commercial Break)

Frank: Welcome back, folks. Glad you’re here. You’re listening to Frankly Speaking Radio. And a little blurb there from Governor Mitt Romney from Massachusetts saying that there will be a National Guard presence at Logan Airport there in Boston. And they will have automatic weapons. So, that should make you feel nice and safe and secure. Welcome back to our guest, Alan Watt. Thank you again for your time.

Alan: Yeah, it’s good to be here.

Frank: What are you thoughts on all these things? I mean, it’s just changing every few minutes and they just keep showing more and more little tidbits of truth.

Alan: Yes. I know, but they also have to show us how insecure we all are, and without them, and what a great job they’re doing. That’s prime, you see, we’ve got to understand. Technically on our own, we’re helpless. We’re just totally helpless. We need experts to guide us and advise us, and tell us when to sit down, stand up, and put your hands in the air. That’s what it’s all about, is training the public into this new system of direct, immediate obedience, really.

Frank: Wow. Well, in regards to all the things that have been happening and developing, I mean, it would seem that the idea is to, as you just said there, foster and facilitate this idea of helplessness, to the point where, you know, when people have to make that fight or flight sort of decision subconsciously, they might choose to fight. And then you can galvanize, you know, the people with the spirit to fight into some sort of revolution, some sort of riot or civil war or something that of course can be used to clamp down on all the, you know, those with the potential I guess to cause problems, you know, when they don’t want a civil war.

Alan: What’s interesting is that the revolutionary movement, which started really with England, the English Revolution, with the Rosicrucians behind it, and then other subsequent ones were guided by Freemasonry, you’ll find that the rabble, the mob on their own are called a rabble, because they have no organization and no clear plan as to where they’re going with it. That’s why they always lose. Whereas the Freemasonic Revolutions that guided things, Albert Pike wrote about that, and he says, we never fail in a revolution, because we never begin a premature revolution. That’s the key to it. They can take generations to organize the public, the mindset, the training, train the leaders, and they’ve got to have leaders for these things. So, they know that there could never be a successful revolution by just the mob, the mass, as they call it, the rabble, because they have no guidance. And sure enough, the Freemasonic movements have brought us to where we are, because, behind Freemasonry is this elitist idea, the idea of an elite intelligentsia with the right to rule the unenlightened masses. It’s very elitist.

Frank: Now, whenever you start talking about foreign intrigue, and of course, in this time, as you had mentioned earlier, the Project for the New American Century nations, and the ones that we hear about on the news all the time, Iran, Syria, of course, Israel, Lebanon, Venezuela, Cuba, all of these things have of course the interconnected hub there, which is the United Nations. What role has the United Nations played thus far, and what will be the role here in the future?

Alan: They’ll have to show how incompetent the countries are. Ultimately, once they’ve almost achieved their goal of taking over the rest of the Middle East, because the world is simply being standardized into the one system. We saw that in Iraq, because the United Nations were the first in, once Iraq was over and done with. And the first organization that came in after the inoculations, which are really good for dumbing us down, was UNESCO, because UNESCO was set up to create a standardized culture amongst the children, who would grow up to be the adults. And it was interesting that Aldous Huxley’s brother was the first CEO of UNESCO.

Frank: Wow, I didn’t know that.

Alan: So, they knew. That was the whole idea. So, they were the first in after Iraq, after the inoculations, to train the first generation, because you can bypass the adults. You go for the children and train them in the Western values, central banking, debt system, strip clubs, pornography, drugs, and television. And then you’ve got them, a nice, passive, dumbed-down population, who are always in debt, you know. That’s the system they’re standardizing across the planet. So, the only holdouts, what we have at the moment, are those particular target countries they’re after.

Frank: You know, it’s interesting, because I was listening to, oh, I don’t remember, it may have been Paul Harvey the other morning. He said that in a poll taken of, you know, mostly young people there in Iraq, when asked if they could have one thing, what would it be, most of them said a cell phone. You know, integrating that corporate culture there. The other thing too, with the United Nations, we’ve seen a lot of celebrities adopted as a sort of ambassador, essentially a representative to the UN. Angelina Jolie, Jay-Z, a whole slew of actors and musicians, whose sole purpose has been to spread the gospel of the United Nations and show how wonderful they are.

Alan: You see, the United Nations came up really from an idea, at least it was first written about by one of the prime socialists in the 1700s, and even the communist idea is borrowed from Saint Simon. And he wrote, and he said this new structuralized system of the masses being taken care of and ordered by an elite group of intelligentsia, he said, will be run at the top with the guys who understand economics. And so the banking industry, the international bankers would be at the top of it. And Communism adopted that entire structuralized system that he brought forward. So, this is an old idea, and they did bring it to fruition, and all the left-wingers think that socialism is for the workers. It’s nothing to do with that at all. It’s a scientific system where the elite will use an intelligentsia and a bureaucracy to dominate them and order the world properly. That’s what it’s all about. Now, the United Nations, they tried a few different world meetings before that. They had the Concert of Europe and different associations in the 1700s, leading up to the League of Nations. And the League of Nations at that time, it was not a failure at all. The same bureaucracy that was set up as a League of Nations, and they boasted openly at the time in all their books that this was to become world government. It was not hidden. They simply transformed into the United Nations. The important thing was to get World War I off the go, to validate the need for a League of Nations, and sure enough, they achieved their goal. Now, for every bureaucracy you have in a state government or a federal government, you have the equivalent bureaucracy at the United Nations. There’s not a facet of your life that they do not have a bureaucracy for. All your building codes across the planet for years now have been coming from the United Nations and rubber-stamped right down at your local level. So, they’re already in charge of an awful lot. The World Health Organization are the ones behind the push for total inoculations, and the League of Nations were the first group in 1917 that said they’d inoculate every single person on the planet for every disease that there was. And yet, the same League of Nations had a Department of Population Control that discussed using inoculations to sterilize the public, which is very interesting.

Frank: Yeah. Absolutely.

Alan: So, yeah, this has been on the go for a long time.

Frank: Yeah, it’s like the eugenics movement.

Alan: Yes. Now they don’t call it eugenics anymore. They call it bioethics committees. It’s the same thing.

Frank: Wow. You know, in regards to the UN, it’s been strange to kind of see how they, you know, to anticipate how they’re going to progress. I’ve seen a lot of detriment, you know, towards the UN, and I’m all for that. Any time the UN is for something, I tend to be against it. So, even when somebody that I don’t necessarily trust or endorse, like George Bush says that the United Nations does not accomplish anything or the conservative right wing talk show hosts say that the UN is impotent, I love that. I think that’s great. However, I think what they’re angling for is to basically violate the UN mandates on a variety of different things, including like we saw with Iraq and subsequent wars as well, to the point where the UN says, look, we have to find some way to stop the Americans from their empire building, and maybe even stopping an American with another American. Do you anticipate something like maybe a Bill Clinton Secretary-Generalship?

Alan: It’s very possible, however, I think it’s going according to plan at the moment. The US is to fulfill this mission, standardize the world, and then all the corruption and intrigue that led up to it in the first place will be totally exposed, and then they’ll say, look, we need a brand new system. Which falls right in with the UN Agenda. We’ve got to submit to world government because we just can’t handle it on a national basis. We’re just too corrupt nationally, yeah. That fits right in with the plan.

Frank: Yeah. Well, that makes a lot of sense. What are your thoughts on other ways to maybe, at least some of the ideas perhaps that have been floated out about ways to facilitate this one world government? I’ve heard a great many things. The report from Iron Mountain suggests hoaxing, a threat upon the people, much like an extra-terrestrial threat. Dr. Steven Greer from the disclosure project mentions that after the wars without boundaries, sort of war against terrorism, have been fought, then it will expand to a threat from outside the planet where we would have to unite to fight some hoaxed off-world threat.  What are your thoughts on that?

Alan: The first person to introduce that idea was John Dewey. He was the first one who said that if we could only find an extraterrestrial threat, something from outer space, we’d all pull together and submit to world government. And then that was put into effect through science fiction writers. I don’t know if people realize that the Rothschild foundation in England, in the 1800s were the first ones to finance authors if they’d write science fiction stories along…

Frank: I hate to interrupt here, Alan. I’m sorry. I want to hear more. Stay with us, folks. I’ll be back in three minutes.

(Commercial Break)

Frank: Good morning. Glad you’re here with us today, my friends, on this fine Thursday morning. We’ve got about thirty-five minutes left in the program, and I’m just absolutely captivated by my guest, as I was told I would be. Ladies and gentlemen, Alan Watt. Welcome back, sir.

Alan: It’s a pleasure to be here.

Frank: I’m enjoying it very much. We left off, you were just talking about science fiction writing.

Alan: The Rothschilds set up a foundation to fund authors, if they would write stories along a particular line to captivate the young to make them excited about space and possibilities. And this is called possibility implantation. So, sure enough, you had all these authors suddenly emerge that talked about traveling in space, that gathered speed into the 1900s. And that’s why today, of course, even through the Star Trek movies, and things like this, we think it’s quite natural that NASA is up there spending billions of dollars doing strange things, which we don’t really understand. Most of it really has to do with putting up weaponry and satellite surveillance for a time to come. And we’re almost there. That’s really what they’ve been at all these years. That’s been their real purpose. But they’ve got the whole public to go along with it, as though it’s a natural thing, and that’s predictive programming. What you read in fiction and that which excites you, when it actually comes into being, you think it’s quite a natural direction to go. For the wrong reasons, that is. You think it’s going to help mankind somehow. But it’s not. It’s for a total world surveillance system in the time that’s shortly approaching. That’s really their function of it. Meanwhile, we’ve been filled with great stories with Captain Kirk and meeting aliens, and so we’re a cheerleader.

Frank: And having sex with aliens.

Alan: That too, and they’ve even had in the Babylon 5 series, on the space station, they had lesbian sex.

Frank: Oh, yeah. Right on.

Alan: So, you get all these implantations in your head of possibilities, and that’s how we accept things. Ideas are downloaded into us, and we go along a natural progression of thinking, well, I guess that’s quite a normal way to go. We don’t even stop and say, well, gee do we have any say in how this money is used at all when there’s so much to do here? It never dawns on us, you know.

Frank: Yeah, absolutely. And I’m sorry to interrupt. I was just going to say that, you know, I’ve always thought it very interesting, when you look at Star Trek for example, its creator Gene Roddenberry came out with this series, that, from what I understand, the original Star Trek only ran for like three seasons. Like 60 to 63 or 61 to 64. Something like that. And you know, here you’ve got so many different innovations and what not that are coming out in real science, and I assumed they were just adopting the terminology he used, but if you take it to a different level and you say, look at the people behind the people, these things might have been in the works from the beginning.

Alan: They did. We saw them using what became the cell phone and all this kind of stuff, so sure.

Frank: And nanotechnology.

Alan: And computers and even talking computers, which was still to be given yet, although they showed them, the Japanese had them back in the sixties, but they certainly didn’t sell them. So, yeah, this is stuff that they already had and would be eventually used with the public down the road. They never give us any innovation until it’s time for us to have it, and it’s always obsolete by the time we’re given it. But this whole idea of downloading us into predictive programming, especially through fiction, has been tremendously successful. In the 1960s, the Royal Institute for International Affairs, which is the British and British Commonwealth branch of the CFR, it’s all the same group, they had major meetings in England, over a period of about a month, and the whole topic that was written about in the papers at the time, was who is to guide the world along the new culture. Should it be given to the English to do with their film studios, their type of format, or should Hollywood be given the right to create culture for the world society. And it was decided at the end that Hollywood was to be given that task. And that’s why Hollywood has, they are the culture creators. And that’s why Susan Sarandon used that term when she spoke out on stage at one of the award ceremonies on 9/11, she used the Soviet term. The Soviets used this term because the actors knew they were to create culture. That was their job, and alter culture by their performances. And she says, we the culture creators of Hollywood cannot stand by and allow this to happen. So, that’s the job of Hollywood. We think we’re being entertained.  We’re being downloaded with ideas that guide us along a certain path of thinking.

Frank: Wow. So, if Hollywood and subsequently America was responsible for television movies for the most part, would you say that the British were responsible for the music side of it?

Alan: Initially they were. Absolutely. Martin was way ahead in that field.

Frank: If I can, I’m sorry, Alan. I have to interrupt again. Folks, we’re up to another break. Time is flying by. We’ll be back in three minutes and we’ll try to fit in some of your phone calls as well. Our phone number, of course, 800-313-9443. Stay with us. More Frankly Speaking Radio, with our guest, Alan Watt, when we return.

(Commercial Break)

Frank: Good morning and welcome back folks. Glad that you’re here with us today. It’s Thursday and you’re listening to Frankly Speaking Radio. Our website, franklyspeakingradio.com. Our guest’s website, .com. It’s Alan Watt. Welcome back to the show, sir.

Alan: Yeah. It’s good to be here.

Frank: I’m enjoying it very much. And I really appreciate all of the time that you’ve set aside for us this morning. I know you’ve got a lot of stuff going on, and working on a new film, which I want to talk about here in a minute. But when we left off, we were just discussing the British role, I guess, as far as the control mechanisms of music.

Alan: Well, they had set up Tavistock at the beginning of the 1900s. They used it extensively in World War I to put out radio programs, dramas, which left you every day with a cliffhanger, so you’d tune in the next day. And the whole thing was geared to make the young guys think that war was glorious, and more of them would sign up and go off and fight. So, it was used from the very beginning to get people to do things they wouldn’t normally do. So, that technique flourished, and they experimented heavily with ways of mind control by using wires in patients’ brains, and implants, as far back as the 1960s, and we find that Aldous Huxley himself worked for Tavistock, and he of course, was also a big sci-fi type writer. So, they used these guys to work in the real establishments and get the ideas of where they’re going and incorporate it into stories and then sell the idea to the public as a positive thing. And he in the 1930s came out. In the 1930s he came out with Brave New World. That was a long time ago, of a society where people would be basically grown in test tubes, and grown in laboratories with as many arms or hands for their tasks. They would be sexually stimulated through chemicals. They wouldn’t need sex as we know it. A completely different culture, and a caste system of different creatures, right up to the elites at the top. He was all for this agenda. And he was a complete elitist. His grandfather was the best friend of Charles Darwin, another high, high Freemason, because all Charles Darwin did was come out with the Freemasonic religion, which is a really ancient form of Hinduism, basically to do with evolution and reincarnation. So, here’s the Huxleys right into the 1960s, giving speeches at Berkeley, which you can find on my site, and Huxley said he saw no reason why a scientifically-led dictatorship could not survive indefinitely, because, he said, the reason that the old empires failed was that they couldn’t supply enough bread and circuses to the public, meaning entertainment. But with a scientifically-controlled system, leading eventually, he meant, to total mind-control through inserts and etc, chips, they could literally run the world forever with perfect peace. They wouldn’t need the media. They wouldn’t need entertainment and sports or any of this stuff. They wouldn’t have to worry about rebellion. People would be very good robots, just programmed for this utopia.

Frank: Yes. Absolutely, especially with this sort of instant gratification culture we have now. I mean, everything is quick. There’s no, you know, and I’m 31, Alan, so I’m only speaking from what I can gather certain things were like, but you know, back when television was first out and radio as well, you know, you had your particular stations and your particular programs. Now, gosh, they’ve got hundreds and hundreds of stations, and hundreds and hundreds of those stations are 24-hour programming. Same thing with radio, as far as local radio and internet radio and satellite radio and all sorts of things. So, there’s never going to be a glut of entertainment. As you said, the circus is always, is always on somewhere.

Alan; Absolutely. And it truly is indoctrination, because you take a topic that conflicts with the culture. You wrap it up in a comedy show. You show the person as being very human with similar problems as you have in certain areas. You identify with the person. And then, eventually, you start to see that whatever they’re actually into, sexually or otherwise is just another way of living. And that’s how you start to accept these things, these cultural changes.

Frank: Wow. That’s fascinating. Alan, what are your, you know, we talked about the media, and we’ve talked about entertainment. We talked about the news, we’ve talked about you know, politicians and what not. What are your thoughts on the churches? I mean, surely they have a strong, strong influence on society. To what level would you anticipate that the churches have been co-opted to facilitate this agenda?

Alan: We know that’s a fact, because all the churches that have the tax-free exemptions already have lists of subjects they can discuss to their congregation and topics to avoid. That comes with the tax-free exemption. And we know also that there’s a new bill coming through, where all ministers are encouraged to actually convince their congregations that globalism is a good thing and giving up your rights is a good thing. And this is to be taught in the churches and of course, they’re going to get extra grants if they do this. So they will. Most of them will go along with it. So, they’re already co-opted really.

Frank: Yeah. Well, I’ve heard from various people that have some information on how this thing is going to be implemented, but even in this bird flu pandemic, or some sort of health-related crisis, the churches are going to take one of the lead roles. And we certainly have seen the dry run last year with Hurricane Katrina. These faith-based groups who have gotten substantial amounts of money to really fill this role will be planning on, that will be their role in the event of a bird-flu pandemic or some other sort of crisis.

Alan: That’s right. Because what they plan to do is lock down areas and villages, towns, and all the usual community type groups will be part of keeping the people calm and obedient as FEMA and all the major organizations take over and start to run your life. That’s the function of it.

Frank: That’s pretty amazing stuff. Alan, you’ve been doing this for a long time, and you know, you have a lot of people who are just huge fans of yours out there. And I got some calls, I guess it was last week, from people who were concerned. You had some photographs on your site of black helicopters. Now, this is not the first time they’ve bothered you. I know that. Would you fill us in on some of this? Whatever you’re comfortable with.

Alan: This last one, was just low. There was two of them. One was I think RCMP, because it was colored, and they have a traditional color scheme on their helicopters. And the dark one was with it, and they came right down, almost landed in the driveway, and then just went round the house. I don’t know if they were taking photographs or what they were doing. So, that’s all that happened there. It could have been a little warning, intimidation. But at my old house, they tried to burn the place down with the same technique, one night. And I was on the radio at the time, and I had to go off, because of the noise of the helicopters, and my woodfire stove exploded. The doors bust open. This flame shot out, and I got a hose, ran up the chimney, and I could have touched the skid of this helicopter as it slowly moved away, it was so close. And the flames were just shooting out like a fireworks out of the top of the chimney. I had cleaned the chimney the previous morning, so it was really spotless. It wasn’t a chimney fire as such. And it took half an hour or more to put out this fire. I cleaned out the pan at the bottom, this white powder, put it outside and once it dried off, it burst into flames again. So, it was a phosphorus device they’d put down. And I thought to myself, you know, this is amazing. I’m out in the country, who could I complain to? Who would even believe you? Even your local cops wouldn’t believe you. So, yeah, that kind of intimidation certainly does go on. I also had a black SUV that would come along the road at night, when I’m walking the dog. It would turn off the road, I was in a valley. It would turn onto this dirt road that I was on, and it would switch its lights off and just drive right up to me and sit twenty feet away. It stopped. No one got out. This happened maybe five, six times over two weeks. And then they’d reverse all the way back, three-quarters of a mile, onto the roads, switch on their lights and go away again. So, that’s just standard intimidation.

Frank: Yeah. Well, I guess, you know, ideally, they probably would like for you to, you know, come running out of your house with a shotgun.

Alan: That too. Yeah, sure. And luckily that door did bust. If it didn’t bust open, I think the chimney, going into it, the metal one, down to the stove would probably just have blown up. And that stuff could have spread across the house.

Frank: Oh, sure. And I presume, very much like what we’ve used in Fallujah, Iraq, meaning the US troops, and what it appears that the Israelis are using in Lebanon, these phosphorus weaponry.

Alan: Terrible weaponry. Terrible, terrible weaponry, yeah. This is the age of humaneness, eh?

Frank: Yes. That’s right. And don’t you say otherwise, or we’re going to attack.

Alan: That’s it.

Frank: What’s your advice to people, as far as these things that we’ve all talked about here today? How can people take this information? How can they process it? What should they do with it? What about in our role as talk show hosts and researchers, you know? How do we stay safe? You know, what are our options? How should we proceed?

Alan: I think when anything does happen to any talk show hosts, they must have a system where they can get the word out right away as it’s happening, if possible. Because exposure is what calls them back off. They don’t like to be exposed when they’re doing something. They can’t stand it. So, make sure there’s a system, a network to get the word out right away, so that it’s going to get shouted all over the internet as it happens. It calls off the dogs. And I think too that for the individual with the information, don’t be put off by the fact that people cannot understand you. And I tell them that they cannot understand you, because their indoctrination has taken so well with them. You’re talking a different language. These people really, really believe, like Zbigniew Brzezinski said in his book, Between Two Ages. He said, the public shortly will be unable to reason for themselves; the scientific techniques we’ve used on them have made them believe that the media is there to do their reasoning for them. So, when you’re telling them stuff that’s not on the media, they cannot believe it. They cannot believe it. If it was important, it would be on the media. They really, truly believe that. So, I say, it’s not that they don’t want to understand you, it’s that they cannot. So, don’t waste your time with them. Go on to people, who, they are people out there who want the information. They’re scattered all over the place. And you can put pamphlets in laundromats and different places, and you’ll be surprised at the people who will get in touch with you. And then, when you meet kindred spirits, you don’t feel so alone. That’s very important, because this is a heavy weight to have on your mind. We are the last sentient beings left. There will be no further generation after this if we let them get their way. We value independence. Now, in the Socialist system, they’ve written in all their documentation, individualism is the ultimate enemy. They must eradicate individualism. And so, once that’s gone, you have the mass man. They’re already training the children in the school, in the system of the group and Communitarianism. Everyone is subservient to the group, another idea put out by Saint-Simon and adopted by the Communists which were funded by the bankers and the elite of the West. So, we must hang on to this individual freedom. Individuality, the right to reason and think for yourself and to be able to express it to others. We have no choice.

Frank: Yeah. It’s so, I guess, such an encouragement for me, because those are almost verbatim what I discussed yesterday on the show too. You know, because that’s my opinion as well. I don’t as a talk show host, I don’t want listeners who are automatons. I don’t want followers. I want people who, and when I read the news, much like all of your, all of the things you put out here today, you’ve sourced it. You’ve said, this is where it comes from. This guy wrote this, this person said that, it’s all on your website. So, I want people to go and do the research for themselves. Don’t believe it because I say it. Don’t believe it because you say it. Believe it because it’s a conclusion that you came to honestly on your own. And if we believe that we’re going to be judged by God, individually, then why should we not live individually? Why should we not, you know, make every effort to grow or to be stunted on our own? So, I think these are very important points. And I think they’re empowering as well. You know, we don’t need the programming mindset from entertainment, from the churches, from government officials, from law enforcement. We don’t need to simply be people who run and cower and hide under the bed and beg for protection and beg for, you know, some degree of safety. It’s a sacrifice. The price is too high for me. It’s obviously too high for you.

Alan: Living as a drone does not appeal to me. That’s not living at all.

Frank: Yes. I whole-heartedly agree with that. I guess, just looking ahead here, what do you think is the next major step or event to transpire that we should keep our eye out for?

Alan: The intensification of this global terrorism. I knew when they brought in and mandated massive quota systems, back in the 70s, in the US, Canada, and all over Europe, of countries that were primarily Muslim, they were setting up the chessboard in advance for today, because they didn’t want just a war against the Muslims. They wanted this war to be worldwide. And so, they imported the people that they knew eventually would have to stand up, when their homelands were attacked and their culture. It’s a war against Islam. It’s a crusade. It’s a continuation of the crusades. And so, realize that nothing happens spontaneously. These guys plan years ahead. They set it all up in advance. And then they turn around and say, see, we have so much danger, you’ve got to give up all your rights and freedoms and let all the experts decide everything to do with your life. That’s how it’s set up. We’ve got to realize this is ongoing, and we’ve got to stand up and say, No, you can’t take these freedoms away from us.

Frank: Wow. Well, I agree whole-heartedly. And you know, ever since, you know, we’ve looked at the Rex 84 Plan, and this idea that they’ve wanted to foster the civil unrest, and the prophet Mohamed cartoons, the Koran pages being flushed and so on and so forth. It’s just a series of things designed to say, you know, here’s the carrot on the stick. Anybody want to bite for it? And luckily most people choose not to. Alan, stay with us if you would. Folks, we’ll be back in three minutes. We’ll talk about Alan Watt, his website, his products, what’s available, and we’ll wrap up the big show here, Frankly Speaking Radio, when we return.

(Commercial Break)

Frank: Welcome back, my friends. Tail end of the fastest four hours in talk radio. I have enjoyed every minute of it, and I would like to give a big huge thank you to our guest today. His website: .com. Please welcome back to the program, Alan Watt. Alan, thank you so much for your experience, for your time, for your genius, and for your insight today. It’s been very well received.

Alan: Oh, I’ve enjoyed it, yeah..

Frank: I have too, very much.

Alan: It’s been a good show.

Frank: One of the things I’ve tried to do myself is simply, is not beat people over the head with this information, but just take it and integrate it into my knowledge space and have it available when needed. And it’s pretty interesting, because when things start going crazy like they have as of late, I get a lot of people who come up to me and just, you know, discretely sort of say, hey, what do you think about what’s going on? Which is interesting, because for the most part I could probably be viewed, you know, as a crazy person. But I don’t, I don’t like I said, attack people with it. I just have it available for when they inquire about it. I think that’s the right way to do it, just to expand on what you were saying before. You have a wealth of material and information available at your website. Would you like to talk about that? Things you’ve got in the works, how people can pick this stuff up.

Alan: I’ve got three books out. I’ve also got a CD with the first 12 hours I did in 1998, on the foundations of religions and cultures and the esoteric groups and priesthoods. I’ve also got a DVD just finished that’s out now. There’s music there. There’s a lot of talking in there. There’s pictures and esoteric meanings that have been put out for the first time. And it’s going to be a really, really good seller.

Frank: Wow. Well, it’s fantastic my friend. I love what you’re doing. As we said, the website there, .com, and your program. Would you like to promote that for people?

Alan: Yeah, I’m on, generally, on Wednesdays on Sweet Liberty. Not every Wednesday, but most Wednesdays, and that’s on First Amendment Radio, and Jackie Patru is the host.

Frank: Okay. Wonderful. And things in the future? Any big plans for any particular areas of research or what not?

Alan: Probably I’ll be putting out more DVDs and more books, to show the history of this, the esoteric side of history, which is documented, if you can find it. And that’s what I try to do, is stick to the documents by the original people, not about them, but by them, written by them themselves. Then there’s no debate you see. So, that will be coming up shortly too, more of that.

Frank: I think that’s the best way to do it, and you know, I’ve said it many times on this program, Alan, that I’ve geared this program specifically to be a show for the skeptic. So, you know, simply put, we try to just deal in opinion, based on the facts that are out there, pulled from the same mainstream sources that someone might use to say that I’m crazy or you’re crazy, or whatever the case may be. They simply have to contend with the contradiction there that the Washington Times on Tuesday can say something that supports me, and the Washington Times from last week maybe supports them. They don’t understand the difference. So, hopefully we can make people think. Hopefully we can open up eyes and ears and hearts and minds. And you’re doing great things to facilitate that, my friend.

Alan: And now is the time to do it.

Frank: Yes. Absolutely, because who knows how much time we’ve got?  And we my friend are out of time. Alan, thank you. God bless you and all your hard work. Alan Watt, ladies and gentlemen. .com. That’s going to do it here for our Thursday edition. Tomorrow we’ll return in actually twenty hours, and we’ll do it all over again. We’ll see you then.

____________________________________________________________

June 19th, 2006
Alan Watt on the Investigative Journal with Greg Szymanski

Greg: Okay, it is very, very important to provide a message of hope and solutions, instead of providing a constant message of fear and desperation. You’re listening to the Investigative Journal. It’s Monday morning. I’m your host Greg Szymanski, and I’ll be here for the next two hours. And we’re going to talk with Alan Watt. But let me get back to what I was saying. It is important to spread a message of hope and a solution, instead of constantly providing a message of fear and desperation. And what I mean by that is there are hopes and solutions and things we can do to overcome what’s happening to America. One solution, I think is to become a sovereign citizen. And I’ve researched, looked at every possible, possible Patriot Movement that’s happened over the last ten years in a legal nature, used a little bit of my law background, being a former lawyer, and came up with a very solid one, and that is the one that I’ve had on this show, the program I’ve had by Terry Lee. And Terry has researched this thing ten times more than I have, and I’ve found him to be one of the most, his programs to be the best I’ve seen. And so, I recommend, if you want to become a sovereign citizen, get out of this system. First, you can do it, and by your doing it, you’re going to gain strength, you’re going to gain hope, and you’re going to understand that if you start doing things from a personal level, and that means, change your name. Get rid of this corporate name. Work it day by day. You’re going to feel much better and feel empowered.

Once you do that, once you erase yourself from this system, then you can get back into it in politics, in any way possible, because what happens now is if you enter into politics as a corporate citizen, you’re going to take a corporate oath of office, and the chance of you possibly staying clean, the chance of you fighting what’s happening in our government right now, let’s just say this, 99.9% of the people that enter politics with good intentions either are killed or succumb to what’s happening in Washington. So, once you want to become a sovereign citizen, and the time it takes you to do that, once you find out and gain the inner strength and find out what it means, then you can enter into public office and take the real oath, and that is the oath to protect the people and the United States Constitution. At that point, you know, we may have a chance to take back the country. So, those are two, that’s a hope that some people look into what Terry Lee is doing. And also, instead of fear and desperation, go forward with the strength of a sovereign citizen and take back your country, because, I’ll tell you, it’s a country worth taking back. I mean, every day, you wake up, and I no longer feel that. I mean, I feel inside my heart and soul that we are going to win. And I’m very happy about being a citizen of this country, in whatever form you may want to call it. I think that if we take positive actions, if we talk in positive terms, we’re going to get a lot more done. And there are just so many, so many issues we can discuss. And I see it all the time with fear and desperation emails. They come to me. And I just try to sort them out, one by one, and to provide some type of positive solution to the problem at hand. We’ll be back, with my guest, and also, I want to play a five-minute clip by former President John F. Kennedy about secret societies. You’d be shocked what he said back in the 1960s.

Okay, we are back on the Investigative Journal, and if America is really being taken over by Secret, listen to that word, Secret Societies. Why do a lot of people that try to figure it out, tell us they know who these Secret Societies are and this is the way it’s being done? To me, the word secret means we don’t know where it’s coming from and we need to uncover it by any means possible. So, when you get these examples, for example, twenty years ago, someone once told me the Priory de Sion, was a secret society taking over the Vatican Church, and the government of Italy. So, I went and researched that, went to France, and found out the Priory de Sion was actually a front for something more than just, it had one little office, and really wasn’t a viable group. And so, that was just a front organization used by disinformation people to tell us that they were taking over the world. So, that was disproved. That was not proven. Okay. So, then you go on and you think it’s the Zionists. Well, if they’re secret, how does everybody know who they are and taking? And if they are taking over, why can’t we stop them? And then you go to the Jesuits, and if it’s truly them too, that’s fine. But, you know, who knows, there may be another layer below them, I mean, above them. So, we need to look into all of it. That’s all I ever said. And so, the term secret is the key here. There’s all these secret societies, everything is being taken over by America secretly. Well, you know something, we need to discuss it. So, that’s why the free open debate of everything, from the secret societies, the Bilderbergers, we go on to the Bohemian Grove people, then we go into the Priory de Sion and all the other secret organizations, Luciferian organizations, working our way into the Zionists, into the Jesuits. We need to uncover all of them to find out really what is the secret that is taking over our country. Is that asking too much? I don’t think so. Especially for truth seekers, and especially for researchers, journalists, and anybody else trying to find a story. Usually it is not the way it is handed to you on a silver platter. Look beneath the surface. Dig deep.

Forty years ago, President John F. Kennedy, startling interview, I’ve never heard this before. And it’s about a five-minute tape. I’m going to play it now. Then we’re going to get to my guest, Alan Watt. And we’re going to discuss some interesting things. Alan has been fighting to wake up America for more than a decade, saying people need to understand history, before ever having a grasp on what is happening in America today. And that is so true. So, those of you who feel the need to read about things that have been kept from you, it’s vital, because it will tell you what’s happening. It will put the pieces together. But let me play this five-minute tape by Kennedy. And he goes into secret societies, in a speech I think that probably led to his death, because behind that was just what he was talking about, and probably was his demise. But this is an interesting speech that you want to listen to. It’s five minutes long. Chris can you put that up for us?

Ladies and gentlemen, the very word “secrecy” is repugnant in a free and open society; and we are as a people inherently and historically opposed to secret societies, to secret oaths and to secret proceedings. We decided long ago that the dangers of excessive and unwarranted concealment of pertinent facts far outweighed the dangers which are cited to justify it. Even today, there is little value in opposing the threat of a closed society by imitating its arbitrary restrictions. Even today, there is little value in insuring the survival of our nation if our traditions do not survive with it. And there is very grave danger that an announced need for increased security will be seized upon by those anxious to expand its meaning to the very limits of official censorship and concealment. That I do not intend to permit to the extent that it’s in my control. And no official of my Administration, whether his rank is high or low, civilian or military, should interpret my words here tonight as an excuse to censor the news, to stifle dissent, to cover up our mistakes or to withhold from the press and the public the facts they deserve to know.

For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence–on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice, on guerrillas by night instead of armies by day. It is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations. Its preparations are concealed, not published. Its mistakes are buried, not headlined. Its dissenters are silenced, not praised. No expenditure is questioned, no rumor is printed, no secret is revealed. No President should fear public scrutiny of his program. For from that scrutiny comes understanding; and from that understanding comes support or opposition. And both are necessary. I am not asking your newspapers to support an Administration, but I am asking your help in the tremendous task of informing and alerting the American people. For I have complete confidence in the response and dedication of our citizens whenever they are fully informed. I not only could not stifle controversy among your readers–I welcome it. This Administration intends to be candid about its errors; for as a wise man once said: “An error doesn’t become a mistake until you refuse to correct it.” We intend to accept full responsibility for our errors; and we expect you to point them out when we miss them.

Without debate, without criticism, no Administration and no country can succeed–and no republic can survive. That is why the Athenian lawmaker Solon decreed it a crime for any citizen to shrink from controversy. And that is why our press was protected by the First Amendment– the only business in America specifically protected by the Constitution- -not primarily to amuse and entertain, not to emphasize the trivial and the sentimental, not to simply “give the public what it wants”–but to inform, to arouse, to reflect, to state our dangers and our opportunities, to indicate our crises and our choices, to lead, mold, educate and sometimes even anger public opinion. This means greater coverage and analysis of international news–for it is no longer far away and foreign but close at hand and local. It means greater attention to improved understanding of the news as well as improved transmission. And it means, finally, that government at all levels, must meet its obligation to provide you with the fullest possible information outside the narrowest limits of national security. And so it is to the printing press–to the recorder of man’s deeds, the keeper of his conscience, the courier of his news–that we look for strength and assistance, confident that with your help man will be what he was born to be: free and independent.

Greg: And those were the words of, of course, former President John F. Kennedy, forty years ago. Amazing. Amazing how they ring true today. And I think that will give you an indication of those secret societies, of the people behind the scenes, that actually killed President Kennedy. Forty years later, we’re now seeing what he understood back then. And now, we’re kind of retracing our steps. Many Americans have been kept in the dark. And now, we must, we must do something before our country is destroyed by the same people that president Kennedy talked about. And let me give you an example. I’m going to get to my guest in two minutes. We’re going to take a break and then get to my guest, Alan Watt, who’s going to enlighten us on a number of different things in history, about who these secret people are that are doing this.

You know, I get emails from all over the world. And one or two people have been emailing me consistently, regarding, trying to figure out who these people are behind the scenes that are helping network this movement across the world to basically destroy all freedoms. And we get to the point with the Jesuits. And I talk to a man by the name of Bobby LeMeda, who is in the Philippines, who enlightens me about the situation there. He is frightened for his life. He knows that the Jesuits, and he emails all the information regarding the Jesuit control there, and it’s just unbelievable. And he basically says this, if they’re doing it in the Philippines, don’t you think America will wake up and they’re doing it with the help of your politicians and all the people that are involved in these secret groups. Think about it.

I then received, there’s emails from Sister Catalina, and she’s a former Catholic nun, who knows the same story. And I’ll tell you what. I’d like to just read a short email after this break of a couple of paragraphs, from Sister Catalina, regarding the Jesuits, and regarding the possibility of them being involved in these secret societies, and also being involved in the killing of President Kennedy, which I might add, when you listen to his words, remember the word secret. You know. We still haven’t figured out who’s doing it. We must do that, and it’s only going to take the help of millions of Americans with their opinions to help bring our country back.

(Commercial Break)

Greg: Okay. We’re back on the Investigative Journal, and let me get right to my guest. My guest, my first hour guest is Alan Watt, and Alan has been fighting to wake up America for more than a decade, saying people need to understand history, before having a grasp, a good grasp, on what is happening in America today. According to Alan, who has meticulously studied history to find the answers, the Illuminati’s main goal is to wipe away Free Will and Individualism. Alan, how are you today?

Alan: Oh, fine.

Greg: Those were, and I assume you listened to those words by Kennedy, which were lost and somehow recovered forty years. Weren’t those powerful words? Did you get a chance to listen to that tape?

Alan: I put the video up at the weekend.

Greg: Now, that’s it. That’s where I got it. Thank you so much. I knew it all came together. And anyway, tell us what your thoughts were after you heard that.

Alan: Well, I always knew that, I remember that in Britain they played that speech in fact on the BBC, when they were actually discussing Freemasonry at one point. This was years ago, when I was small, and so I hunted it down. And I knew there were big movements at play between world powers, the dialectic was going on. The Russian movement, the Soviet movement was being hyped up, mainly in the US, not so much in Britain. And as I was growing up, I realized that Britain already was a Socialist country, and then when I went into the history, this is before high school, I went into the adult libraries and checked it all out, and I found, sure enough, there was data, recorded data, from books written during the Bolshevik Revolution, concerning the banks of the US and Britain funding the Revolution, and actually helping to get the Soviet system up and working. And I thought, well, in other words, the elite of the world, the moneyed people, the Establishment, as they call it in Britain, were backing the Soviet Union, which was supposed to be your enemy sworn to destroy you. And that’s your classical dialectic there, to get the world that they wanted to come out of this, it was the outcome, when you fuse the two together, which is a sort of fascist elite at the top, running a world with bureaucrats running the people beneath it in a Communistic fashion. That’s what they’re now calling the Third Way, and that was how they did it.

Greg: So, tell us, you know, you make it a point to emphasize the fact of looking back into history and covering the things that have been kept from people. And I’ve had a number of guests on this show, I’ve tried to do that on this show, and that is to bring in people who have done the research, have done the legwork, like yourself, to try to piece together this hidden history that’s left out of our books, left out of libraries, with a concerted effort to shape and pattern a certain type of individual, or take away that individualism. So, why don’t you give us kind of your take on the whole situation, and start from where you think it’s important, and build us up to today, and then, of course, I want you to try and give us some hope and some solutions. Go ahead.

Alan: Well, in the third book I put out in the Cutting Through series, I go through what we call civilization, the meaning of civilization, which was the introduction of a monetary system, which spread from the Middle East all over the world in ancient times, and then brought the merchandizing, the loaning of money to countries. And what they were able to do then is create a middle class, you might say, or an aristocratic class of thinkers. That’s how you end up with all the Greek philosophers. They were wealthy people who would sit and discuss things like think-tanks you might say. And this has been their system ever since, with a definite agenda towards world conquest. And Plato himself wrote about this in the Republic. And he was a member of the aristocracy of Greece, he himself, along with the rest of them, were trained in Egypt by Egyptian priests for twenty years for their mission.

Greg: So, he was one of the original New World Order members, huh?

Alan: Yes. They wanted an ideal society. The biggest problem was always maintaining control over the population, the people, the ordinary people, and getting them to work either for free or for very little.

Greg: No wonder they don’t like Americans now. You know, because they can see the independence that used to be the trait of an American society that they’re slowly wiping away. Go ahead.

Alan: Yeah. Independence. The original thinker is hard to predict. You never know what he’s going to say or do next. And one person who can say the king has no clothes can just break the spell so quickly. And that’s why we’re going under totalitarianism and total information network. It’s to get all information from everyone, so that we’re all very predictable. And I thought the term interdependence, you’ll hear this from the United Nations, we must create a world of interdependence, that’s why your harbors are being sold off to foreign nations or peoples, and your manufacturing too is being sold off to other peoples, it’s for the world to be interdependent, which is the opposite of independent, you see.  And that doesn’t stop with countries, it’s to come down to the individual where eventually you won’t be able to have a garden and grow your own food, because that’s independent, and being independent under the Soviet or the new Chinese Communist rules means you’re anti-social.

Greg: All right, listen. Let’s take a break, a three-minute break here. We’ll be back with Alan Watt, and then we can go back into history, and piece together how they are bringing the destruction of America, right before our very eyes.

(Commercial Break)

Greg: Okay, we are back, the second half hour of the Investigative Journal, and before I get back to my guest, Alan Watt, I wanted to just remind you, I promised to read that short paragraph email from Sister Catalina, who’s trying to determine who the real spiritual controllers of the New World Order really is. And I will do that at the top of the hour, along with updating you on that Vatican lawsuit and some startling information that we uncovered, that Jonathan Levy the attorney did in a recent deposition regarding the rat lines and the involvement of certain high-level officials in the church and the American government. And we’ve got part of the testimony from William Gowen, who was a CIA agent, that testified recently regarding that connection, which fits into what we’re doing today. But anyway, we’re back in history with Alan Watt. He’s giving us, you know, just a great rendition of how this has happened to our country going back years and years and years. And I broke in and interrupted you, Alan, so pick up where you left off.

Alan: The thing is, in the 1700s, the elite of Europe had meetings in Europe, and they wanted a world society. It was first discussed by John Dee in the 1500s, when he approached Queen Elizabeth I with his proposal to create a British Empire. And he said it would be based on a form of Free Trade, and that countries that would not join it would simply be embargoed and left out to dry until they conformed. He also said that the founding nation didn’t have to be the one that would eventually lead the world into it. They needed a knight in shining armor you might say. Britain was so well known for pillaging other countries, or England was, and so was France and some of the other biggies, so they needed a brand new country. And that is why the US was founded. The US was founded by Freemasons. That’s common knowledge. And there’s many paintings of Washington with his Masonic regalia on. And he got a brand new obelisk built in his memory. And an obelisk in Egyptian terms was only given, a brand new one, dedicated to a person, when he was raised up to godhood. That’s what it meant, apotheosis. And so, the US was created to bring in the New World Order and take over from Britain, and that’s exactly what it’s done.

Greg: Now, when you say we were created for that, give us a little bit more background, and then tell us why it’s taken so long. I guess people would ask that question. If we were created for that, what was the, what happened, who stood in the way of this?

Alan: No one really stood in the way to be honest. They have their timetables and they work in centuries. And these big, the real societies work like long-range business plans. And they work centuries ahead. They did the same thing in the Middle Ages when they built the Cathedrals, and it would take five or seven generations of stonemasons to do it. We’re so used to seeing something completed in our own lifetime, we can’t imagine things going on that we will never see finished, but these guys do. And it’s a power control structure with archives of information, as opposed to public libraries. And they have their agenda. If you read, I try to read the books written by the people concerned, not about them, and so, read Benjamin Franklin’s diaries, and he tells you right in there that he envisaged the United States Federation being the beginning of a Federation of the World, which would be run by Twelve Wise Men, a government of Twelve Wise Men. And Thomas Jefferson in his memoirs said the same thing.

Greg: All right, well, take us back and bring us up to date, basically on your reading through history. How long, you talk about centuries, okay, take us back to, you know, that period of time. Bring us up to date now, and tell us what you think is going to happen in the near future.

Alan: Well, in the near future, it’s actually out in the open, because people have forgotten about the Free Trade Negotiations, the FTA, that came out before NAFTA, and that was going on in the late 80s, when Brian Mulroney was in power in Canada and Bush Sr. was in power. And they signed the FTA, and Shelley Ann Clarke, who was the most senior civil servant in Ottawa, in the Parliament in Ottawa, did all the books for the negotiations, and she came out publicly and said they’re merging the countries by 2005. And lo and behold, last year, 27th of March, 2005, at Waco Texas, Bush and Martin and Fox signed the United Americas pact. They said on television here in Canada, they had five more to go. Tom Clark from Global Network News, stood up and said, this sounds just like the European Union, is it? And Martin stepped in right away and said, well, it’s not quite the big bang, we have five more meetings to go. But he didn’t deny it. And that was the beginning. By 2010, we have to be totally merged with the borders down, which means they’ll have to have the whole continent ID-ed by then, to allow us to travel back and forth.

Greg: So, you’re talking by 2010, they want this whole thing to be in place then. Correct?

Alan: Yeah, and functioning too.

Greg: I guess we could spend a couple of minutes. Tell us what’s your take, since you’ve been reading all of this, what’s your take between now and 2010. What’s going to happen if we don’t step in the way and stop these people?

Alan: Well, we know where they’re going. It’s to be a world that’s totally controlled. The individual won’t be able to move without permission. Ultimately, if we go back into the books of the Council on Foreign Relations and the Royal Institute of International Affairs, which is the British version, and all British Commonwealth countries, including Canada has that department. And they’ve been on television here in fact, before they signed the Waco deal, publicly saying on behalf of the CFR, from their main headquarters, that they had drafted up the plans for the unification of the Americas. The CFR came out and said that on national television here.

Greg: All right, so how does the whole picture fit in with the Middle East, with us, and with Europe? How do you view this?

Alan: Well, they started the big takeover for the world’s resources in the days of Cecil Rhodes, who created Rhodesia. And he created the scholarship for the Rhodes foundation, dedicated to world government. So all Rhodes scholars are sent out into the world into other governments, and you have quite a lot of them in your bureaucratic departments in the federal government, and they’re dedicated to world government. That’s their goal. Cecil Rhodes was sent out by the Rothschilds and Lord Milner, Lord Alfred Milner, to the Round Circle Society, which merged with the Rhodes Society, and they were sent out to take over the world’s resources, in preparation for a global structure to be run by international corporations. And that’s happening today. And then we had Professor Carroll Quigley, who picked Bill Clinton to be a Rhodes scholar, and Carroll Quigley wrote in his book, The Anglo-American Establishment, the whole agenda for world unification, and the fact, he said, a new feudal system will be born where international corporations will decide the fates of the nations. They will be the new overlords. And that’s already happened, because most politicians, as you know in the Federal Government, it doesn’t matter what party they belong to, they’ve been CEOs of big corporations, and they move in and out of politics and back to the corporations, quite easily. And it’s the same in all countries in the world now. So, this system is already in place. We’re being run by international corporations.

Greg: Okay, how does genocide fit into this, and the fact that their statements have been made in writings regarding the depopulating of the world? How does that fit into this whole plan, from your perspective?

Alan: Again, they’ve written about this extensively. H.G. Wells, who was a front man, he was a Fabian Society founder, he published a lot of work on this, non-fictional work, as well as his fictional work. He said that the world was just run too inefficiently, and people were born, put through a system, and then expected to find their own place in the world, and compete. He said, the system we shall create will have a much-reduced population. He said, no one will be born without a function to serve the World State, and he said, the careers of everyone will be chosen for them by the state. And that’s what school-to-work is all about. It’s based on the Soviet system, which truly was the laboratory for all of this.

Greg: Yeah, and I think that’s kind of what I want to get at here. Once we get past, where we went back to the formation of America, then we moved ahead, did you want to spend any time in the Civil War period?

Alan: Well, the Civil War period was again a takeover from a corporate North to mainly an agricultural South. It was a land takeover, a resource takeover again of natural resources and a unification of a culture. Now, it was interesting that Karl Marx, and you’ll find this in your own Congressional Records, wrote a letter to Lincoln, congratulating him on unifying the country. He said we need a strong central government. And that was the fundamental core for Communism, was a strong, overbearing central government. So, this was part of the agenda for world domination.

Greg: So then we move forward, of course, and I wanted to take us into the World War II period, and how you think that relates to what’s happening now, as far as the strengthening of the Soviet Bloc and then also the Nazi movement, in relationship of our country with that, with other powers that may be, like the Vatican and other places. Go ahead.

Alan: Well, I think all these big structures, if you go into history, you’ll find all the big structures of control and religions, they’re all part of one and the same thing. To rule society, you must always have threats from somewhere. And so they create divisions within society and use religions, especially in the past, to have them fight each other, and then they step in with all the rules and regulations to keep the peace, which takes away your rights. So there’s always divide and conquer going on. And there’s no way the Vatican could ever have been going independent in any way at all. You’ll find at the top levels of the CIA, MI5, Mossad, MI6, they’re all one. They have departments which have all combined, long ago.  And you cannot have a secret, independent nation today, without being infiltrated, and you couldn’t have a secret Vatican association without being infiltrated too.

Greg: Right. And that’s the real, that’s the interesting part about this, is how they have organized this worldwide network, and how, people probably wonder, well, how do they get involved in our government, in the American government? How did they work their way and take over the Congress? How did they work their way and take over the judiciary? And how did they take over the CIA? Who is doing this? And if so, who is over on the other side, in Russia, in China, working together with these people?

Alan: Well, we know who they are, because, if you go back to one group, only one group is always mentioned as though they were the only group, but that was the Weishaupt Illuminati. Now, the whole foundation of Weishaupt’s idea, which wasn’t his, it was a worldwide movement already, had been for hundreds of years, but they wanted to created a world run by an intellectual elite. They called it the natural aristocracy. And that’s the same term used by Jefferson in his own book. He said the natural aristocracy should rule the world. By that he meant the intellectual, scientific elite. And so, that’s what we have today. Now, Weishaupt said, he coined the term, global citizen. And if you go into the Rockefeller Foundation, and Weishaupt said it, we shall create philanthropic organizations, which will fund NGO groups, basically, which will speak on behalf of the public and demand changes. Well, that’s how all laws come into force now. The big NGO groups are funded by the big foundations. And they pretend to speak on behalf of the public, and then the government is only too happy to put the laws on the books for the changes they want. Now, Rockefeller himself, I’ve got a tape, a videotape where he’s giving out awards for global citizenship. Just like Weishaupt’s Illuminati.

Greg: Exactly. And, you know, just a couple of minutes before this break, I just wanted to ask this question, and then we can talk about it afterwards. But you know, when you look at what’s happening in the Middle East, the war on Iraq, it appears to orchestrated by more than just coincidence, orchestrated by a number of different high-level people from different countries, all working together, and the upcoming war in Iran, if that occurs, which most people say it’s not if but when. How, in a sense, do you view these people moving forwards with these agendas? I mean, they have to be on the same page. They have to have a network of communication. So, how does China, Russia, America, and other countries, Mexico, and we can probably add all of them, members, work together? What is the network that helps them communicate or get on the same page? For example, we’re going to have a war on terrorism and use the Muslims. How does this work in your mind?

Alan: It’s done through international law from the United Nations. And it’s interesting that every country, after 9/11, were asked to sign the agreement on anti-terrorism, and put all the laws into effect, at the same time. And pretty well every country has done it. The exact same laws. Finland has got it, Norway has got it, Sweden has got it. Nothing happens in those countries. And here they are wondering why their governments are running around and shouting terror, terror. This is being used as the excuse to bring in the new agenda, the totalitarian system. It also tells you that the communication of the department heads, and the bureaucracies in all these countries, are interconnected from a central source. The central source is the UN, because, H.G. Wells when the League of Nations was set up at the time of the First World War, he said this is the end of national governments. He says, bureaucrats, top-level bureaucrats can leave their department and go straight to a counterpart within the United Nations, bypassing the politicians. And that’s what they’ve been doing for the last hundred years.

Greg: You know, I wanted to ask you this question. I’m going to ask you the question now, and you think about it during the break. But pretend that I am a regular American living in 2015, here, okay? Pretend that ten years or eleven years has passed, and I’m living in just a regular state in America, and if things go on the way they’re supposed to, I guess we’re at a critical period now, exactly what would my life be like in all aspects, from education to travel to, you know, the whole, to government. How is the government going to look? Is it going to be just structured the same, but then again, all choice taken away? In your mind, what do you think, you know, it’s an interesting question, place ourselves fifteen years. We’re going to pretend when we come back that it’s fifteen years from now, and tell us, if we don’t step in the way, if we don’t positively do something to get rid of these people, what our life will be like. We’ll be back with Alan Watt.

(Commercial Break)

Greg: Okay, it’s the year 2016, and I’ve decided to move way up into the Colorado Rockies, away from these people, and to enjoy the remaining years of my life. And I start to wonder, and ask a friend of mine next to me, what’s going on in the Middle East and in Israel? Alan, what do you think in 2016, if we don’t stop these people, that place will look like?

Alan: It will be one big bloc, basically, the Middle East, mainly for the natural resources. But as far as America goes, and the rest of the world, we’ll be in our Habitat Areas, if you’ve read Agenda 21, from the United Nations, the Habitat Areas, they want everyone off the rural areas that they don’t need anymore. Corporate farms only will be doing the farming. There’ll be no private property in these Habitat Areas, it will be rental only. Lord Bertrand Russell put out a book, The Impact of Science on Society, and Education and the Good Life, and he said that the public will be given so many credits by the state, at the beginning of every week, and you can’t save them up, you must use them all up, and you start at the same figure the next week. And if you go against the system, they will use that as a form of punishment, by withholding your credits so you can’t buy food, and you can’t pay your rent. There will be no private vehicles either. That’s the other part of the UN Biodiversity Treaty, Agenda 21. So, this is all interrelated. It’s a planned society. We’ve seen family planning. Now, it’s global planning. And we will have no decisions to make on our own at all, basically.

Greg: What about our government? I want to go out and vote in 2016, what will that be like?

Alan: I don’t even know if there will be votes by then. We probably won’t need them. Or else your vote will be, it’s like Britain, Britain now has a regional vote, because they’re part of the Union. So the federate, your actual national government will actually be a local government. That’s the status it will have.

Greg: And who will be in control? For example, when we say the President of the United States, what will that entail in 2016?

Alan: Not much more than he is already. He’s a front man for the corporations above him, for the big money boys who run the world, basically. Every president and prime minister goes cap in hand when they get into office, to see how the debt situation is. They have to go into the big bankers, and they know the big bankers can sink their country tomorrow if they want to.

Greg: So, basically it’s going to be the same as it is now, except we’ll know what they’re, they’re actually just going to tell us it’s that way, instead of lying to us and telling us we’re free. Correct?

Alan: Yes. And really, when you have an international government running you, you’re so remote from them, you’re now an outpost really and you can’t take your complaints anywhere, because it’s so far away. That’s already happening in Britain and other countries. Brussels doesn’t listen to them.

Greg: You know what, if you could stick with us after the hour, I’ve got to pass a few messages along after this short break, then we’re going to come back and do another segment with Alan Watt, and I want to hear some solutions and some hope.

(Commercial Break)

Greg: Okay, we’re still in the year 2016, and we’re talking to Alan Watt, we’re going to take a few minutes here, I’ve got a few messages to bring across and after this short segment, three or four minutes we’ll get back and finish up with Alan Watt and talk about some other things that we have to look forward to in the year 2016, if we don’t radically change this New World Order Agenda, which is moving along full-steam, and has been going on, according to Alan and many other researchers for hundreds and hundreds of years. And we just happen to be luckily at the tail end of it. Right? Yeah. But, we’ve got to deal with it, and hopefully we can stop it.

Let’s get back to what I was saying. I promised to read this message from Sister Catalina. And she is a Catholic Nun, who wants to alert people also of the feared Jesuit order, and in our quest to figure out that word, secret, in the secret societies, and the secret people taking over America, in order to stop these people, you can’t forget about the Catholic Church, the Vatican, and the Jesuit Order, and their role worldwide in this global domination plan. So, she is writing, Sister Catalina, who has inside information regarding this order and the Catholic Church to Bobby Lemeta, who is a Philippino, he’s from the Philippines, and he’s a freedom fighter, also talking about what’s happening to his country, and connecting the dots to the Jesuits. And Bobby is fearing for his life right now. He emails me constantly, just to keep track, and I want to keep his name out in the public, to help him, because he’s a long way away, and he’s asking Americans to look at what’s going on there, in order to protect his country and ours. And this is Sister Catalina, when Bobby proposed that the Jesuits were bringing down his country along with crooked politicians. And she says,

Dear Brother Bobby. You are 100% correct. As a former member of a Zionist organization of America, I can promise in the name of Jesus that these Jews that I was involved with are totally praying for peace and good will from their enemies. They wish no harm done. However, please read the book, the keys of this blood, and in it, the Pope states that the minimists, the Jews, Muslims, and Christian fundamentalists, such as Baptists and the SDA, must become part of the final, final solution. Therefore, since Jews would not kill, they are strict of the holy laws of God. Then the Jesuits are indeed the treacherous, vile creatures, that are plotting everyone’s demise, as you said, like a cancer. Many blessings in Jesus’ holy name, Sister Catalina.

Well, anyway, you can learn a lot about what’s going on in this country by finding out what’s happening in other countries. There is a total blackout of the news here. We are in a corporate dominated, as Alan Watt has told us. I mean, every possible way we look to get at the truth is blocked. And we are either lied to, if not lied to, we are taken in different directions. We are then, all the criticism then is to be deflected, and you can see one by one, as dissidents speak up in America, and I’ve brought on three or four or five on my show who are now in jail, for trying to talk out and speak out in many different ways in this country to uncover this corruptness, at every level of government, in the religious organizations, and so on and so forth. This shows you, we need, need to find out really who is behind it and we will continue to do that on this show, and we will be back.

(Commercial Break)

Greg: Okay, rolling right along here on the Investigative Journal, my guest is Alan Watt, and we’re trying to figure out what life is going to be like in this country in 2016, if we don’t do something. Right now, Alan, we’re about 300 million strong in this country. What’s the population in 2016, if the powers that be have their way with us?

Alan: Oh, vastly reduced. I think Jacques Cousteau gave a talk to a magazine, and he talked about bringing it down by at least three-quarters. They don’t need the population now in a highly technical society. They don’t need all the work, al the hands, all the labor, and so their perfect world will be vastly reduced to about at least a quarter of what it is today.

Greg: So, how are they going to do that to us in the next ten years?

Alan: Well, they’ve had think-tanks at the UN working on this kind of thing. And they talked about using all means possible. Arthur Koestler wrote the book, The Ghost in the Machine, while he worked at the United Nations, and he talked about ways of lobotomizing the public by chemical means, injections, spraying it on them, putting it in the food, putting it in the water, and I think they’ve been doing all of this, because people are sort of dreaming through their lives here, and they’re oblivious of the dangers around them.

Greg: So, we’re 300 million strong. We’re still 300 million strong. Maybe a lot of the 300 million are just like you said, oblivious to what’s going on. What can we do? I mean, they’re going to get us in one way or the other, whether its through constant war, which is depleting the populations of Iran, Iraq, and that region, and Israel, and then perhaps even here. Do you think there is an invasion looming in the next ten years of this country?

Alan: Only if they bring on some kind of disaster. Kissinger made the speech in California that the people would welcome in the United Nations foreign troops under the right circumstances, and they certainly have the power to bring anything on like that. And they can also bring it on under a plague, if they wanted to release a plague. And people should realize that every major country has departments of bacterial warfare and viral warfare, where they have tremendous weaponry. They’ve had it since before World War II, and they can create any kind of disease they want. They have diseases which are programmed to go through a population from coast to coast, and then kill themselves off after a few weeks. And that was in the British newspaper, the Daily Mail, a whole half-page on that. They can program viruses or bacteria just like nano-robots.

Greg: You know, before I take this one caller that’s been holding a long time, I did want to ask you, what kind of hope do you see, let’s say, just from your point of view that we can stop this. This is something that’s been going on for hundreds and hundreds of years. What makes us think that we can even stop it?

Alan: Well, I always say, it’s the strangest thing, we’re all taught that our only duty is to vote. We’re taught that, and sure enough, people vote, and the same agenda steamrolls ahead, regardless of who is in power. And I tell them all, you know, if you’re going to give power to someone, who’s going to make laws which will affect your life, you better find out who they are, even at your local level, and you must have it on the books, openly, what organizations, secret organizations, or organizations with secrets, as they phrase it, they belong to, and what ones they’ve given oaths to and what those oaths were. That’s got to be out in the open, because you’ll find most of the politicians, even the petty ones, down to your local level, belong to one of the many, many branches of Freemasonry, even the ones who count the votes.

Greg: So, you’re starting out by saying that one hope we can do is by start demanding we know who these people are, by outing them, so to speak, and then what can we do?

Alan: Well, it’s like Kennedy said. That’s why I put that up on the website, at Cutting Through the Matrix, he said, it’s got to be an open society. Government must be open to the people. It’s not supposed to be a secret society unto itself, with its own agenda.

Greg: Yeah, and let me just mention. That was a great clip. I want to thank you for getting that and putting that out and then coming on the show. That was just a great clip, because I think that will drive home to many people that are on the borderline. I want to get to people that are not yet aware of what’s happening in our country. And I think that will show you, that will show many people what really he knew back then, and how they killed him for wanting to.

Alan: Yes. And everything he said is happening now. You have a totalitarian system under the guise of security, exactly what he was warning about. And you’re losing all your rights.

Greg: Right. Let me get to Charles in Texas. He’s been holding on a long time. Charles you’re on the Investigative Journal.

Charles: Yeah. I had a couple of questions for your guest and I had comments for the guest, and I had a question for you, Greg.

Greg: All right.

Charles: Okay. My comments are, George Washington, he for the last twenty years of his life, he did not attend the Masonic Lodge, and he also spoke out against the Jacobins and the Illuminati. I think America at one point was completely independent of the New World Order and the Vatican and all the European powers. Also, Cecil John Rhodes, he talked about reclaiming the American colonies, meaning that they were independent of England.

Alan: Well, you’ll find Washington’s statement, if you read it carefully, what he said was, he was well aware that the Illuminati had infiltrated the American Lodges. He didn’t say much more about it. And again, when you retire, you’re always a Mason. When you’re raised to apotheosis, which is the highest level, you cannot go any further. Once a Mason, always a Mason.

____________________________________________________________

September 18th, 2006
Alan Watt as Guest on
Journeys with Rebecca with Rebecca Jernigan

Rebecca: Welcome back, and you’re listening to Journeys with Rebecca.  I have a really spectacular guest today, as I told you earlier.  His name is Alan Watt, and he is an author, an educator, a musician, an esoteric historian, he also writes poetry.  A man of many, many, many different talents.  I’d like to welcome you to the show.  Hi, Alan.

Alan: Hello.

Rebecca: Oh, it’s so nice to have you here today.

Alan: It’s a pleasure, yeah.

Rebecca: And you know, I guess I need to let everyone know that today we’re going to be talking about something called Cutting Through the Matrix.  And what I’d like to do is kind of turn that over to you and let you explain to the audience what does that exactly mean to them, Cutting Through the Matrix.

Alan: The Matrix is the source and the world you live in at the same time.  It’s an ongoing programming that gives us what we think is normalcy, which we accept as normalcy, never figuring out that it’s just a continuation of a plan, a scientifically-created plan that’s not new.  It’s been on the go for a long time, and has been written about by many elitists, who belong to very wealthy families and are at the head of top organizations with the means and the power to actually implement their plans on the public.  We don’t realize that we’re trained from childhood to take specific roles in society, thinking that simply because everything exists the way it is, that we’re born into, then it must be natural, and yet, nothing is further from the truth.  And when you go into the big movers and shakers, from mainly the 1700s onwards, you’ll find they wrote about the types of society and the changes in society that they would create down through the next few hundred years, towards what they called a Utopia, for themselves, but really a form of slavery for the masses.  And they would use entertainment, education, and all of the other sciences to actually indoctrinate the students into thinking that it was all quite normal.  And this has been ongoing.  It’s a shock to some people to hear it for the first time.  But when you realize that your media is not there to—to use the Masonic term—“inform” you, form you within, it truly is there to shape your mind and to tell you what’s important, what isn’t important.  In other words, don’t worry about anything, we’re in charge.  And the public have succumbed and given over their own reasoning powers to the media.  They truly believe it is there to do their reasoning for them. 

So, we’re being scientifically led along a path towards a definite goal, which has been published and put into movies too.  The main authors of the past century, the H.G. Wells, Aldous Huxley types worked for big government institutions, which were working on ways of creating the perfect mass society to be run by a small group of elitists.

Rebecca: Oh my goodness.  All right, let’s go back to, and this is something that I actually, Alan, had a conversation with a group of people that I used to run around with years ago.  We talked about this society that was created and how it was created, and you have just given me the term of the 1700s when this Utopia, that you called it, that they were creating for themselves was actually kind of brought forward, and it kind of manifested itself and then the actions were taken.  And you called them the group of the elitists.  Besides being the elitists, do they have another name that society might recognize?

Alan: Well, we can actually go all the way back to Plato, because they’re using a term that Plato used in his book, the Republic, written about 2300 years ago, where he went through this future society, and he called the top class the Guardian class.  They would be the Guardians of all information, culture creation, and the system, in other words.  They would control all of this system.  And they would do it, eventually they said they would create a society where people would be purpose-bred for their tasks that they performed for the elite, and they even talked about eugenics, 2300 years ago.  When we jump forward in time, we find the same things being talked about in the 1700s, when we had the mystic Kabala mixed in, the precursor to Communism, really, or Socialism, and, or metaphysics really is what they termed it at the time, where they just instinctively felt they could create a new type of superman through science, and that evolved into Darwinism, basically Social Darwinism, survival of the fittest, the new superman to come.  Out of that came Nazism and Communism, and we’re seeing the end products today, where science is going full-steam ahead at methods of producing purpose-made type clones, which will be specifically raised for the tasks they will do, right from 2300 years ago, from Plato’s Republic.  It’s incredible when you realize that the world has been run by an esoteric group for thousands of years, and yet, it’s less incredible when you realize that these are sciences which were taught in ancient times and have been taught down through the centuries to elitists in every generation, but it’s been kept quiet from the public.

Rebecca: Okay, so, does anyone actually know who these people actually are?

Alan: We know mainly from the writers that at least front for them, who are generally members of the minor nobility at least, sometimes the higher nobility.  Aldous Huxley, the Huxleys were for generations involved with Darwinism.  Thomas Huxley was the professor who befriended Charles Darwin, and promoted the cause after Darwin died.  And then we find his grandson coming out with Brave New World, in the 1930s, with a whole agenda, where people will be raised living on drugs, genetically created in laboratories, no individuality amongst them.  In fact, not even the ability to realize they were a separate independent thinking being.  That was written about in the 1930s.  And sure enough, in Brave New World Revisited, which was a non-fiction book, Huxley, who worked with the Tavistock Institute of England in mind control of populations, he admitted in his second book that this was the world they were creating, in his non-fiction work.  So, we see it all today.  It’s all coming true.  Science could go in many different directions, but it isn’t.  It’s been steadily going towards genetics, to create new types of life, what they call more perfected worker bees, you might say, and that’s where it’s all heading today.

Rebecca: Well, you know, as I’m sitting here listening to you talk, I can sit back, and you know, just kind of let things flow over my mind, and you know, I absolutely see what you’re saying.  It’s just like the school system.  Everyone is being taught that they have to do and learn and know these things in order to be able to accelerate to the next grade level, etc, and so forth.  And you know, it’s very much a control thing.  If you don’t send your child to school, if you don’t do these things, then obviously you’re in trouble with the law, and you’re in trouble with the government for not doing these things, not following these things, this set of criteria.  And that’s pretty frightening, you know, when you stop to think about it.  I mean, that makes absolute sense, when you take a look at the world in which we live in.  And you know, there’s been numerous people that in the recent years that have really lambasted the media for their sensationalism and how things are actually reported and what is really reported and that kind of thing.  That’s come under a lot of scrutiny.  This is actually, you know, pretty dynamic stuff here, what you’re talking about.  You know, Cutting Through the Matrix, you actually have got three parts to that right now.  You have Cutting Through Part 1 is The Androgynous Agenda.  #2 is A Glimpse into the Great Work, and #3 is Esoteric Unveiled and the Meaning of Revelations in the High Masonic Tradition.  Is there any more to this, or is the third set and all of that part of Cutting Through the Matrix?

Alan: There’s also CDs of the early talks I gave in 1998 on radio to do with the beginnings of religion and how religion itself was important in the establishment in cultures and also how esoteric religions were practiced by the high priests themselves, which the general population were not given access to.  So there’s always a dualistic religion on the go, behind religion with an esoteric side of it, too, that the public are basically barred for.  And it’s definitely working towards a great type of work, as they say in Masonry.  That’s what it’s founded upon, creating new types of humans.  It’s always been the goal of esoteric groups, perfecting humanity, as they call it. 

Rebecca: Well, and you know, talking about people living on genetically manufactured drugs.  You know I’ve had the privilege of actually interviewing many traditional doctors here on this show, and many of them will talk about the fact that… a lot of the drugs and therapies is not what the body was intended for.  So, we even have, there’s people out there that still know what the truth is, obviously, because they’re standing against what we’re talking about here today, which is, you know, that’s pretty viable and pretty valuable, that we’re not all, you know, caught up in this scenario that we all have probably felt that there was many things wrong.  And it looks like you probably put this all together so that we can really figure out where does this stem from, what is the purpose behind it.  And then, I think that’s going to help people clear their paths a little bit, to figure out what they now need to do to not be part of all of that.  And I think this is a great thing that you’re doing here by bringing this into the forefront.  Obviously it’s controversial for many people.  So, listen to this, but I think this stuff is what’s important, because we do need to know what the truth is.  We cannot evolve as spirit beings, as individuals, if we get caught up in being part of the Matrix.  I think that’s just absolutely phenomenal.

Alan: Yeah, it’s a fact.  We’re so well conditioned, scientifically.  And you’ll find a lot of this proof is written about by one of the main leaders in culture creation put out by the elite, and he was Lord Bertrand Russell, who was born in the 1800s, and lived through a good part of the 1900s.  He studied philosophy mainly, but he also studied how cultures were created, manipulated, altered, so that the public never realized that they were being shaped along a certain course, which the elite themselves had preplanned.  And this should be continued, he said in his writings.  There’s a book he wrote called Roads to Freedom, early in the 1900s, and another one called Education and the Good Life.  Now, he was given permission by the British Royalty to establish private schools, experimental schools, which did things which would be banned maybe even today.  I don’t know.  But certainly at that time it was very risqué, because he got mixed schools, and he encouraged pre-puberty sex contact between the male and the females, to see what effect it would have in their later years.  And they found that if they encouraged this type of sexual contact with no holds barred, no stigma attached to it, then those children would raise up and never really need a permanent marriage partner, because marriage, according to Russell and all the groups behind him, marriage had to be destroyed to control the individual.  Because marriage, even two people in a sense, are the smallest remnant of a tribal system.  So, the government wanted direct control to the individual, and they had to destroy the male and female connection.

So, he wrote about his experiments from his own schools, in Education and the Good Life.  And he said in that book, now, this is a British Lord, a long lineage type British Lord, writing about it.  And he said, we, the elite used to believe we would eventually have to take every child from the mother as soon as it was born, and raise it by the state to give it the perfect values.  He said, but now we’ve found through scientific indoctrination, if we can get the children as young as two years old at kindergarten, we can scientifically induce the system into them, so that their parents will be unable to pass on their own moral values to that child.  And that’s when they decided to go ahead with kindergarten, rather than the Communist style of removing the child from the mother at birth.

Rebecca: Oh, my.  Oh, my, oh, my.  With the state our marriages are in today.

Alan: Yes.  They knew they’d have to destroy marriage.

Rebecca: Well, I unfortunately think that they’ve done a…

Alan: Complete job.  Yeah.

Rebecca: Yeah.  That’s bad.  Oh, my goodness.  I don’t even know what, that’s just giving me the bad news willies there, Alan.  That’s just so unfortunate.  And this was a British Lord that did this?

Alan: A British Lord with the authority and backing of the British Crown.

Rebecca: So, anything recent on them, though, Alan?

Alan: We can go on from there, and then we find another famous player in history was again Charles Galton Darwin, the grandson of Charles Darwin, who in the 1950s, and being a physicist, he wrote a book called The Next Million Years and how they would control it, this same elite, which is quite the boast. But in that book he said, there are too many commoners being born, eventually there will be a point where they’ll overcome and overwhelm we the elite, the carriers of the superior genes.  He said, so we have to reduce the population drastically and then he went on to methods of removing the natural instincts of the population to control them.  And he said, we could do it chemically through inoculation.  He said, we could also alter the physiognomy of the people, or physiology of the people by giving them serums which would affect their hormonal drives and make the men more effeminate and the women more masculine.  And sure enough, we see the effects of all this today.  It has been done.  Incredible things are happening.  And nothing happens out of the blue on such a scale that isn’t caused by man.  And yet, the media flip over it as though it’s quite a natural change that somehow just had to happen.  They don’t give you the reasons why anything did happen, but this was intentional.  Galton Darwin talked about the use of estrogen, super-doses of it, either put into the drinking water, the inoculations, spraying it from the air, putting it in the food, all different methods of doing so.  And then we go back to some of the big baby food companies, which tie right into that.  Now, they made it a fad in the 1950s, to suddenly start getting special baby food.  This is the age of science, you see, and science was to become the new dictator.  And Bertrand Russell said, we shall train the public to listen to the opinions of experts only, so that they won’t trust their own opinions.  They’ll have to listen to the experts.  And they’ve done that.  Well, in the 1950s, companies like Proctor and Gamble, and other ones, produced the baby foods, and only about five or six years ago have they admitted that the fluid that they sterilized those little baby jars with just happened to be a synthetic form of estrogen.  What a coincidence.

Rebecca: Oh, my goodness.  We didn’t know about that.

Alan: And that’s how it’s presented always, as just being some big coincidence, but isn’t it strange that every coincidence falls in line with an agenda that was written so long ago.

Rebecca: Oh, Alan.  Oh, my goodness.  That just absolutely freaks me out.  Oh, my goodness.  Are they still doing this practice, or have we prevented that?

Alan: Well, the xenoestrogens, as they’re called, these artificial or synthetic estrogens are in all plastics, and of course, they made it the fad for plastic bottled water.  And they made it a yuppie thing.  And now you see them walking about with plastic bottled water.  It’s in all plastics.  So, you get away from plastics all together, because that’s what contains it.

Rebecca: Oh, my goodness.  Alan, hang on.  We’re out of time on this segment.  But we are going to be back, you guys.  Do not, do not go away.  We’ll be back with Alan Watt and Cutting Through the Matrix, right after the break.

(Commercial Break)

Rebecca: Welcome back, you’re listening to Journeys with Rebecca.  We’re here with Alan Watt.  We are talking about Cutting Through the Matrix.  And my goodness, I hope that everyone out there that is listening, will please instruct anyone that they know to go back and listen to this show again.  It’s always going to be in archives.  Because this is information that is a must-not-miss, information with Alan Watt here today.  You know, Alan, I appreciate all the information that you have shared with us.  But you know, it kind of sounds like here that there’s something here that besides being aware, what can we do?  What is this actually all about?  What, you know, I’ve got another question.

Alan: I think all down through the ages, and this has been written about copiously by governments of all kinds, from kings and queens and courtiers, to the present democratic types, is how much freedom do you give the public, balanced with law.  How much restrictions can you put on them and still have them cope?  And of course, they came up with the idea, if the public literally couldn’t think for themselves, then they would have no more trouble with the public.  So, where do they go from there?  Well, they talk about creating a new type of human through genetics, through scientific engineering, and they’ve done experiments on the brain.  Aldous Huxley wrote Brave New World.  He worked for Tavistock Institute.  He has a lecture (on my website) that he gave at Berkeley in about 1962, and he talks about sticking wires in brains of humans, and how you can control them.  Now it’s down to the chip, of course, where they’re going.  They want to eliminate the individual sentient being from existing amongst the workers, the worker bees that is.  And like Charles Galton Darwin’s book, The Next Million Years, he said, we the elite, of course, shall not alter ourselves, because this will destroy the individual’s ability for self-preservation, and since we are guiding the ship of Earth, we must remain intact.  So, it’s only for the rest of the populace that they want to alter the physical brain of the person.

Now, Huxley talked about the wires in the brain leading up to a chip in the brain.  That’s actually where they’re going because, at the World Science Meeting at Loyola University in Louisiana, in 2001, I think it was, they said that this chip for the brain is ready.  And all they have to do now is convince the public to take it.  And the scientists from Tokyo…  This meeting by the way was sponsored and paid for by the US Department of Commerce.  And Newt Gingrich headed it off.  And they said, this chip is ready to go.  They will encourage the public to take it, either through fear, that’s terror, which is happening now, for safety.  They’ll promote it through movies, films, and even cartoons, write it into novels as a plus thing, you see, a favorable thing.  And sure enough, the films are already out there, since that meeting, and youngsters see it in their cartoons, with their heroes with the chips that can do amazing things.  And that’s how they’re promoting this, as a natural evolution you might say.  But then, the scientist from Tokyo said the real purpose will eventually kick in, he said, because there will be no more individuality.  The people will be hooked up to regional computers that will control what they do, what they work at, and they said it will be virtually impossible to even perceive of yourself as a distinct, separate individual.  He said, think of it more like the beehive.

Rebecca: Well, you know one of the things that came out a few years ago is they came out with this chip that was supposed to be designed for, talking about being fear based, this chip was supposed to be implanted into people that had “medical conditions”.  And then also to put into your children, so if they ever got lost they could be put on the Amber Alert list to be tracked.  So, yeah, that much I did know about that brain chip.  I didn’t realize that that was the actual ultimate end purpose.  I thought it was more for just kind of keeping track of people.  But yeah, absolutely, you can lose your individuality through it.  It would be something that when I hear about that I tell people, oh, absolutely don’t do that, not unless you want your life taken away.  But I didn’t know to what extent.  It’s so barbaric.  So, I guess then their ultimate goal then would be that the elitists would be in control, in charge, and the rest of us are just going to be mindless.

Alan: That is right. 

Rebecca: And that’s their end goal.  What a lonely place to be.

Alan: Yes.  You know, it reminded me of the Star Trek series where they met the Borg.  And the Borg were exactly that.  They were connected to a central computer.  They had no individual characteristics of their own.  They were called the hive.  And that’s what they said at the science meeting.  They actually used that very same term.  Think of it more like the hive, where everybody is in their place and working in their place, and central, or regional computers will be sending thoughts to their heads and back.  And he says, you’ll hear other people’s thoughts and instructions whispering through your head.  Now, that’s just like the Borg on Star Trek. 

Rebecca: Oh, what an awful place to be. 

Alan: And no individuality.

Rebecca: No.  That just doesn’t seem right.  So, let’s carry this one step further, because, you’ve given, I know you’ve just touched the tip of the iceberg with all this information.  What can we do?  You know, I told you, you know, when we were on a commercial break, I said, well, one of the things that I have quit doing is when I go to the grocery store, I do not get plastic bags.  I buy my milk in glass jugs.  You know, it just felt like the right thing to do.  And now, you’re telling me that all of our plastics have this stuff, and it’s like, oh heavens.  What can we do?  What is there that we can do?

Alan: You always watch how prevalent culture is pushed and promoted and do the opposite.  And so, when they push the bottled water in plastic bottles, don’t use them, because that xenoestrogen that’s in that plastic, that soft plastic gives off this gas all the time.  And it goes into the water and you drink it, and it does affect your hormones, big time, which affects your mental state, as well.  This was understood before they gave us the plastic bottles, because they wrote so much about it back in the 50s.  So, everything that they’re doing is on schedule.  It’s according to an agenda, which you can read about.  I’ve got lots of interviews on my website, with lots more information going into detail on this.  And try also not to get inoculations for any purpose, because, when you go back to the old meetings of even the League of Nations, which transformed into the United Nations, at the very beginning in 1917, they had a department of population control, and even there they had world meetings where they discussed inoculating and sterilizing the public via inoculations.  And I think they’ve been doing it, actually.

Rebecca: Oh, I have no doubt about that.  None whatsoever.  Here’s a question in regards to inoculations.  Most children cannot get into school if they are not inoculated.  What can you do to bypass that if you want to choose to put your child in a public school?

Alan: You can fight it, because so far it isn’t actual law.  It might be policy, but it’s not law, although they try to tell you it is.  Many parents have got forms and filled them out, and you’re exempt from those inoculations.  You don’t have to take them at all.  It’s not actually law yet.

Rebecca: Well, you know, it’s interesting when you’re talking about the inoculations.  Also they’re saying that these inoculations have been attributed to a higher increase with people with autism as well.

Alan: Oh, it’s a fantastic increase.

Rebecca: Yes.  And it has caused a lot of issues.  And I also feel like that, you know, these inoculations are part of a grander scheme.  And you’ve obviously told me that, but I always thought, no, I think it’s worse than that, because we see such an increase in, first of all, you were talking about people wanting to have children.  There’s a huge amount of infertility.

Alan: Massive, yeah.

Rebecca: There’s also a huge increase in different, all kinds of strange and bizarre cancers.  And that would be from all the chemicals.  And everything that they put in as you said, in all our plastic jugs and food.  Everything.  I mean, this is all, as you’re sitting here telling me this, I’m like, well, this is all part of a bigger scheme of things that would control the population.  It also helps to generate obviously a lot of money from people who are cancer patients, because there’s big huge dollars in that for people to get cured from the cancer that they’ve been given to begin with.  Interesting.

Alan: You find even with Dr. Salk, who gave us the polio vaccine, and I’m actually dubious of anything to do with polio in the first place, but I do have an old video of him admitting that he knew amongst all the hundreds of live viruses, monkey viruses, because they grew this virus on monkey tissue, mainly kidney, he said the Simian 40 virus was a virus that only seemed to have one function, and that was to cause cancer.  And he knew that that was in every shot that was given.  And then he said, but we thought the benefits outweighed the risks, and so, they went forward with it.  And sure enough, it’s like a time-delayed cancer.  And people now are coming down with cancers much earlier and earlier.  So, this was done on purpose.  They knew what they were doing.  And it came after world meetings, even at the League of Nations, long before that, where they talked about that very thing.  How do we reduce the population?  And they came up with two approaches to it.  In the West, where there was media coverage and some education, they realized they couldn’t do a sudden kill on the public, or a quick sterilization on the public, so they would introduce slow-acting, debilitating diseases, which would make a person say with chronic fatigue syndrome ineligible as a prospective marriage partner.  So, that was one for the West, slow crippling forms of disease.   Whereas, with Africa, because they didn’t have any power, no influence in the world, they could do a quick kill.  And we saw the AIDS introduced to Africa, which is decimating it.  So, they’ve followed what they said a long time before that.  They’re doing it. 

Rebecca: How abominable.  How abominable.  This really needs to stop.  And I’m absolutely so grateful for you to be on this show and sharing this information.  I know that your website that you’ve talked about has a ton of information, and it’s good that it’s getting here.  I’ve been kind of scrolling through it.  There is, there’s massive quantities of information on your website.  So, if you would be so kind as to let people know how they can get a hold of you, what your website is, and any other information that you would like to share with them, because I think this is just too important to pass up.

Alan: I think if they realize that this is a battle for the last of many generations, countless generations of the public, it’s a battle to retain your consciousness, and not only retain it, to regain it to what it should be in the first place, a real, true reality, and to ensure that those who come after us have the same rights to be born healthy, and to have the ability to develop as independent, living, sentient creatures.  That’s of prime importance.  We’re at the last phase of this, right now.  And we must speak out now about what’s happening, and just say, no more.  Enough is enough.  And to tell the elitists, and those in governments, that we know what’s going on.  We have the evidence.  We see it with our own eyes too, apart from the documentation, and we’re not going to have it anymore.  We’ve got to do it now, because we are in the final battle for this.

Rebecca: Well, I couldn’t agree with you more.  So, I urge each and every one of you to go to his website.  What is that address again?

Alan: It’s .com. 

Rebecca: Very simple.  It’s like what we’ve been talking about.  .com.  Now, also, for those of you who may not have gotten that information, you will be able to click over directly from my website, to Alan Watt’s website, .com by just clicking on the link.  You know, Alan, I think this as a subject matter is so very vital and important that I would like to invite you back here, while we’re sitting here talking, I’d like to invite you back.  We’re going to get a little bit more specified in our next conversation, if you’d be interested in coming back, as I do a little bit more research on this.  And please, for those of you out there listening, if you have a question or comment on today’s show, please do not hesitate to write.  Mailbag at journeyswithrebecca.com, because I’d like to hear more about it.  I think this is just way too important, so if there’s anybody else who’d like to share some information, we’d love to hear from you.  Alan, this has just been absolutely eye-opening.  I cannot thank you enough for being here on the show today.  And again, his website is .com.  Alan, thank you so much for being here today.

Alan: It’s been a pleasure.

Rebecca: Thank you.

RED ICE CREATIONS RADIO
WITH HENRIK PALMGREN OF SWEDEN
December 31, 2006

Henrik: Welcome friends. This Henrik and you are listening to Red Ice Creations Radio. You will find us online at redicecreations.com. Drop by and check out our news and our archival of radio interviews. We also got new flash MP3 players with our three latest radio shows for everyone who wants to screen these programs. We’ve also got a few tunes there that you can listen to while you surf the site so look for the big old radio on the left hand side of the site to access our new player.

Today, we have Alan Watt back with us for his monthly visit and we are going to kick off this show speaking about the microchip, so stay tuned. Important stuff coming up.

All right. Now let’s get this show going. Well folks, we are just in between the Saturnalia festivities and the upcoming New Year celebration and we’re very glad to have Alan Watt with us on the line and we are doing our third show I guess together with Alan and we’re very honored to have him here again with us. When we spoke last time we just got into mentioning the introduction of the implantable microchip and I’d love to kind of follow-up on that today. Basically, pick up where we last left off but of course before we get to do that let me just welcome you back, Alan, to the program and thank you for spending some time with us during these holy day seasons here.

Alan: Yes. It’s a pleasure to be here.

Henrik: Awesome, awesome. So to continue our talk from last month, what would you say, Alan, is the clear sign that the shipping of the global populous so to speak is upcoming?

Alan: What we’re actually seeing in the newspapers I think authorized columns or writings on this very topic. In fact, last week, about a week ago, there was an article written in the “Toronto Star” and I read it in one of my blurbs. It’s up on my site and they went through the step-by-step process of this inevitability of brain chipping the public and how it will be implemented, starting of course with prisoners and then of course the welfare people, that’s traditional, and then working their way up and up and up. That coincided with another blurb which I read off a website in England which is in the forefront of this whole idea with Professor Warwick from England. He’s the front man that’s been chosen to push this stuff because it’s quite comical. He’s pretending that he’s on the cutting edge of technology with implants in his arm that interfaces with his neurons, his nervous system, and yet they were doing those experiments in England in the 1950s, so this is old stuff. His propaganda spiel is put out there to familiarize us with the idea and to make us think it’s still rather harmless and primitive. That’s what he’s doing because they’re so far ahead of that.

In fact, the article in the “Toronto Star” talks about the fact that they could put a chip right into your brain which will enable computers to interface with you. What’s interesting too is Sweden has been on the cutting edge of that for the last 25 years.

Henrik: Yes, yes so I’ve heard.

Alan: They were using prisoners. I don’t know what they give them in return for this but they were interfacing them with computers and this was in the international newspapers as long ago as 15 years ago. Old stuff really and they have to get the whole population under total surveillance and ultimately under total control for what they describe at the top as world peace.

Henrik: Do you think we have – if we are to interpret you know the globalists – I don’t know what we should call them here, but their plans. Do they have a deadline you think?

Alan: I’m certain they’ll have a deadline because everything that they do – if you look back into the British Foreign Policy from the 1700s onwards, they worked plans to do with continents in India and Africa and even expanding the Commonwealth. They had certain aspects of it down for 50 year plans for one country, 100 year plans for another and you find that same technique transferred into the United Nations where they have plans to takeover the entire water supply within 60 years, 100 for the food of the world as they go through the United Nations. They’ll be no private farming as we know it and the UN has said on their own site that they will dispense the food to each country and we better keep the populations down because they will not give us extra should a population increase. This is where it’s all going but it’s all worked out in 5, 10, 15, 100 year plans and we saw the same thing in the Soviet regime and the same thing in Communist China is still ongoing. The plans that are happening today, the things we see manifest today were planned at huge board meetings before you and I were even born.

Henrik: Amazing. You know it feels like concerning the – again I’ve mentioned this many times on this program now, but the thing regarding the increased environmental threat and this seems to be a the moment at least a perfect justification to kind of implement all of the surveillance including the chipping of course of the population and also I guess a global taxation and stuff like this and can you see this emerge also in regards to [inaudible]?

Alan: That’s right. You see for major changes you either have a full-scale war. War traditionally has been primarily for change. That’s one of the secondary purposes of war, apart from profit, and you’ll find Professor Carroll Quigley and others who are right up there as advisers to presidents at times, Professor Carroll Quigley said that the main purpose of war is to change the social structure of society. He said you can do more in five years of war than 50 years of peace on a social scale. When you understand this is an ongoing war regardless, most wars are never openly declared upon the public. They’re simply carried out but under a threat – a threat from another nation, a threat from outer space, from the solar system, from the sun itself, whatever it happens to be they can then push us into this long-term plan to get us into habitat areas, no private property and ultimately a society which will serve the state willingly. They’ve written lots of books about this at university level and higher and it’s no secret that’s always been the long-term agenda.

Henrik: Do you think that they see this coming age as the – I’ve heard this philosophically I guess speaking about the Age of Order and the Age of Reason and even I guess in quotes here enlightenment and is this the kinds of methods they used to implement their version of what order in the universe?

Alan: Exactly. For the New Agers that were being groomed from the 1800s onwards and people don’t realize it took a long time to even create the hippy era of the 1960s because it started in the 1880s and front men like H.G. Wells were promoting free love through their books in the 1880s and they were paid by the big boys. It’s like getting a locomotive engine started up and moving. It takes maybe a half a century or longer to get it up to speed and then once it’s up to speed they start gradually changing the direction that they want you to go in and so nothing happens spontaneously in this world. If it happens then it was planned that way. Under the guise of global climate change, which they’re causing with their weather manipulation and the U.S. actually had an article in major newspapers this year saying that shortly they would control the weather. They’d own the weather they said. We’ll shortly own the weather and we are seeing it manifest now with the constant spraying worldwide and the use of HAARP on top of that because now they’re making a huge circuit of the earth’s atmosphere and they can direct hurricanes and storms wherever they wish and they can create droughts as well – just as easily. This is old stuff which they’ve signed into treaty – the United Nations in the 1970s – weather manipulation for warfare purposes.

Henrik: Yes, so what we’re seeing here now I guess them playing out is an essential part of their plan to implement this global [terra] eco system.

Alan: Yes. They must convince the public worldwide that the public themselves are the cause of it and then they come forth with their radical plans to save us all. Of course that means stripping you of any kind of independence whatsoever in the area of food, clothing, heating, whatever that keeps you independent. They want to be totally in charge of you.

Henrik: Sure. Just today looking at a Swedish newspaper on the Internet that claimed you have to turn down your heat basically in your house if you and your kids are to survive because everything will be total ruin by 2000 – I don’t know what they say. 200 or something like that but it also feels like they’re not saying like it’s going to be implemented by let’s say five years down the road because if they did that people would you know kind of I guess give up on it and say well it’s too late. Now they give this date like it’s something that will affect your grandchildren or grandchildren’s children, children or something like that so people are still in fear mode but still feel powerless to kind of react in a coherent way to this threat.

Alan: Primarily because we never are presented with all the facts. In fact we get very little in the way of facts but when you’ve watched and you’ve watched for years a lot of the main players – you see, the real men with power and Professor Carroll Quigley mentions this. Those with power are never elected by the public so they’re not responsible to the public like the Henry Kissinger’s and the advisers. Maurice Strong is a very big one. He’s been working for the Rockefeller Foundation and the United Nations all his life and when you watch where they move this man and what is job is you will get a glimpse of the plan 20 years before you see them implemented.

In the 1980s he was pulled off of the United Nations World Bank for a period of two years and strangely enough they put him in charge of Ontario Hydro which is electrical power for the whole of Ontario, Canada and while he was there he set up the process of privatization and this is stand to. They get the public to build up the public works and then they sell it to peanuts to each other. This is standard. I’ve watched this my whole life in different European countries.

However, Maurice Strong also in the late ’80s was advocating special relief funds and taxation to big corporations to put in massive diesel generators with no explanation given except that in the future they would not be the public power supply as they have come to know it. He knew that back in the 1980s he was working on that.

Henrik: By the way, what’s your take on nuclear energy? Is that something do you think we need or do you think that this is one of the most – is there something else behind nuclear energy? Do you think there is something to it at all because it seems to be a very destructive force to kind of get energy basically?

Alan: It’s destructive. However, I think that they also have plans to use that for space travel if they’re not doing it already, which they probably are, and that may have been the real reason for it in fact but because they have so many higher sciences that we get glimpses of but we’re never given access to create much cheaper energy. Again, when we stop thinking the governments are there to serve us and we look from the other side, the other point of view from the governments – the real world government, it’s already here, from it’s point of view they’re after total control. They’re not going to give you anything that’s free that enables you to be even freer so they’ll never give you any alternative form of energy. Whatever they give us will be under their direct control because they just always be in charge.

Henrik: You know have we been kind of handed I guess civilization or parts of that I guess is industrialization because is it fair to say then that there is kind of this more occult agenda behind why we at all kind of developed or we were handed industrialization?

Alan: I have no doubt on that. One of the telling periods of history was in the 1500s. Up until the 1500s in Europe things had always been done by manpower, the horses and horse and carts and all this kind of thing and suddenly for the first time in the Queen Elizabeth I court in England – she was the first openly Rosicrucian Masonic Court in the world. They were openly occultic. They used Kabbalah mixed with Christianity and much more older esoteric material and the main thrust at the time was towards the sciences. For the first time, science took precedence. It’s as though they had woken up and realized they only had 500 years to complete their mission and all this money that was going into research and inventions and again to even greater war machines and technologies.

You could go even further back to a predecessor – a relative of Francis Bacon in the 1500s who also was into all this scientific stuff and you’ll find another Bacon who was – he was a monk in England and he’s the guy who basically developed the cannon. Here’s a holy man who developed more advanced warfare techniques to help Britain build up its empire through the Navy and so there’s a thread of what they call “the underground stream” in the old occultic language, which is a knowledge that is passed down through research, which is always kept quiet to the public because the public are not allowed to share this power. All knowledge is power so you keep power secret, but from the 1500s onwards all of the thrust was towards scientific inventions and money was of no problem at that time right into the 1700s with steam engines. Big money was behind all of this research to get it on the go and they seemed to know exactly where they wanted to go with all of this.

Electricity was not new. They understood electricity even in the 1500s. In fact, you can go back to the days of the Etruscans who built the labyrinths under Rome before Rome existed and the Etruscans used to be called down on special days by the Caesars to put on a display on public holidays and they would call down fire from heaven. That’s what they said so they understood that. They also used to on certain days when there were storms going they’d go into the Temple of Jupiter and the priests would line up together and then lightning rods, long before Benjamin Franklin was given the honor of inventing lightening rods, they would have lightning hits at the top of these towers and transfer the current down in the Statue of Jupiter would light up and those around them their hair would actually stand up with the electrical force.

There’s even records of some of the priests dying when they were holding each other and they touched the idol. Electricity was not new and certainly was understood by the Etruscans who knew how to manipulate it with almost a Tesla technique of flying kites with braided wire coming down from them. That was understood then.

Henrik: Yes because that’s one of those – as they used to say when Benjamin Franklin – I mean the classical thing I think wasn’t he allegedly he had a kite which is called – we call it or dragon here in Sweden and then you have the key. Didn’t you have a key hanging under the kite?

Alan: Yes. It’s a Masonic play actually, opening the door of heaven or the lodge. What you’ll find with the higher Masons who work towards this agenda they’re always given the honor of inventing something even when they didn’t. It was an honorary thing they all wanted. Even Thomas Jefferson he was way more into inventions than Franklin especially to do with cryptology and cryptology machines. Very intricate machines which are on display in some museums in the U.S. Very intricate machines almost made like clocks and many, many codes so they understood codes. Thousands of special codes that the public were never given access to.

Henrik: Fascinating yes. Tied back a little bit to – we’re talking about in the beginning – you know there are also reports coming out that they are currently developing brain computer interface technology and also of course this is about connecting the brain I guess directly to the Internet and can we kind of also interpret as kind of a – I mean this if nothing else this is certainly a very matrix type quality to these kinds of reports right?

Alan: Absolutely and those talks that they’re giving now in little bits in newspapers are more to familiarize us with the inevitability of it because what they’re telling is old stuff. This stuff was done years ago and even Sony about 12 years ago admitted in Japan that they had taken human brain tissue and grown it in specialized fluid in almost like huge Petri dishes, interfaced them with silicon chips and they could transmit signals right through the chips to the brain and vice versa, but this is all old stuff that they’re telling us that they want to familiarize us with the idea.

Henrik: I mean could we play with the words regarding what — Internet of course is referred to as the worldwide web and there seems to be a kind of suggestion there that there is either a spider in there somewhere or that we easily can be trapped in this web. Do you think that this is intentional?

Alan: There’s no doubt. See, we live in an occultic world. We’re given an exoteric reality and even www on the Internet is 666 in Hebrew.

Henrik: Yeah, exactly.

Alan: You have the net — they call it the net and it’s the internet. You bury the net. Interface once you’re all connected you won’t be an individual. You bury the faces. We’re all one. This is all occultic terminology that’s being spoken out because in their reality when we speak it out we make it so for them. Net is also 10 backwards which is your binary code for this new language which we’ll all learn. We won’t even have to learn it. It will be downloaded into us.

Henrik: Oh, that’s interesting because of course yes 10 is also 1 and zero which as you say–

Alan: Is the binary.

Henrik: Yes, exactly the binary system. Amazing and I can’t remember if it was Michael Tsarion who first brought this to my attention regarding the — I think we could say that the magicians hatch and the — he got this little wand of his and if you kind of interpret it in a symbolic way you guess that the hat could be the zero and the wand is the number one so we’ve got this play again of creating something out of nothing with ones and zeros. Correct?

Alan: Yes. We’ll you find even people like Lord Bertrand Russell, a big player in all of this agenda, back in the 1920s and ’30s was working on a language of numbers. Now he was working for what’s coming to past today. These guys work way ahead of time on these projects so he knew exactly where they were going and we always have two worlds working simultaneously. We have the one in the 1960s with big huge computers with tapes going for the public to believe in and even those working with them thought those were the latest things, but in reality they were so far ahead. They had micro circuitry back in the 1950s.

Henrik: Amazing and we’ve got the Internet now and of course on one level it is helping to kind of inform us about all of these things which of course is a good thing, but there is talk now and have been for a while and I guess the plans as you say have been in the works for a long, long time but the implementation of something called the Internet2. Have you heard about this?

Alan: Yes.

Henrik: Do you want to talk a little bit about that? What do you think about it?

Alan: It’s the same thing. It’s on a higher level because it’s a step-by-step you train the animals step-by-step so you don’t frighten them and you make it appealing in how you almost live in a virtual reality. This is aimed at the young. It works on the same psychology principle as hallucinogenic drugs. That’s how they pushed the drug scene in the ’60s, was mind-altering experiences, altered states of consciousness. They’re going to push the whole virtual reality the same way. It’s exciting for young people and almost bypasses the older. This is what they always do. People who are over 40 in the general population and over 50 they’ll bypass you and go straight to the youth.

Henrik: And as you say it’s a youth culture there is obsessed by influencing the young people but then we have people who are just as you say who are over 40 who are trying to kind of adapt to the youth system. So we have adults around behaving like teenagers basically.

Alan: Yes, that’s right. In fact, that was all part of it because you see communism was developed in England. It wasn’t developed anywhere else and it was developed and financed by those who already ruled England those who had the British Empire. They created their opposite, the dialectical process, because working in conjunction two opposing forces can through their conflict bring on their actual synthesis. That’s what they’re after, but you can’t do it just one side. You must have two and so that’s what we’re seeing down through here.

The control of nature. This goes back to Egypt when they realized you have summer and you had winter, you had spring and autumn. These were your opposing forces so you don’t fight anything. You actually use nature’s principles by creating the exact opposite, bring it across the next stage and this is how they do it exactly the same way.

Henrik: Yeah, of course. This goes back to–

Alan: And the communists said, “don’t trust anybody over 30.” That was the slogan they brought out there like a mantra back in the ’60s and ’70s.

Henrik: Yeah, amazing. And you know these of course as we again go back toward what we were talking about earlier regarding connecting the brain to the Internet and stuff like this. It feels like in regards to microchipping the population of course there are a number of reasons for this I guess but one reason of course is to kind of — the implementation of the I guess in quotes a “robotification” basically of humanity. But on some level it almost feels — what’s the word I’m looking for here? It feels like it’s too much. It’s over the top because basically today we have people on some level almost behaving like biological robots already in some sense. I mean we are driven by our emotions or the input of the signaling basically and we react to that and why do you think that we have to — that they have to rather implement the microchip and really put it in us? Is this also more an occult thing?

Alan: It’s occult. Part of it is total efficiency. See right now, we’ve got bread and circuses and massive indoctrination and that’s what you’re talking about. Really, we’re seeing the effects of incredible scientifically designed ongoing indoctrination from a thousand sources every day working in unison through repetition, repetition and we have entertainment to keep us busy or diverted. It’s bread and circuses like they said. The reason that Rome fell was not so much the barbarians coming in. It was that the Romans could not afford to keep the bread and circuses going every day. They want efficiency you see.

Huxley said it himself. Huxley said he saw no reason whatsoever why a scientifically created society and in fact a scientifically dominated society could not run the world and everyone in it forever. That’s what we’re seeing. That’s one part of it. It’s total efficiency. They won’t need newspaper reporters and media and entertainment et cetera in the future and the second part of it is to do with the religion of ownership that goes back into ancient times because a brand on an animal was the sign of ownership and that was total domination of the animal by the owner. They did the same thing with slaves. They used to brand them.

What you’re seeing now is the same old religion, ancient religion of commerce and mercantile law, which runs the whole world and the religion behind it which must dominate everything on the planet and own everything. See once you’re chipped it’s a legality. They now own you and people don’t realize this. This is more than just signing your name. Even the word “sign” to sign something is an occultic term. People sign their names all the time yet they give you a rule book which has an esoteric meaning all through it, but it tells you even exoterically to “give no oath.” Now when you sign something, that’s the same as an oath. They’re telling you not to do it. Stupid you if you do. That’s the way this Masonic system works.

Henrik: Yeah, yeah of course. Exactly. I think it was Jordan Maxwell who brought out a Roman I think he called it a maxim that he who can be fooled let him or something like that implying that if you’re stupid enough to by into this stuff okay that’s your problem not ours.

Alan: That’s right. This whole system is an incredible con game. It’s almost anti-human because those who understand it perfectly understand us with our emotions perfectly being because we are human so they themselves do not feel guilt about any of the emotions that we feel but they understand how it works with us. Emotion to them is very, very inefficient.

Henrik: Could we claim this as a religion for these people because I mean who are these people who basically can disconnect their own emotions like this? Are these people also incredibly manipulative? Is there mind control involved here?

Alan: I think it’s to do — if we jumped all the way back to ancient Greece and when you realize it was no different the way that news was presented then apart from the technology than it is today. When you read some of the old philosophers of Greece expounding on something or a technique and saying he would like to implement this technique to see how it would affect the people, it’s just like today when they announce that it had already been done. When Plato talked in “The Republic” about the perfect world state with everyone being obedient to it, he went into selective breeding for specifically specially bred types of humans.

Now we always think he’s talking just about the workers but the upper management themselves are specially inbred. If you want someone to be psychopathic to an extent and have a lack of emotion for a high-level bureaucratic job, which is more important than a politician’s because the bureaucrats work there their whole lives. They’re two different parties in another parliaments. It doesn’t matter. The bureaucrat is there for life. He knows the agenda of his department and he works quietly away at it regardless of who would be affected by the policies and you can breed emotions out of people the same way as you can physically alter them you can actually breed emotions out by selecting the right male and female and interbreeding them down through centuries.

Henrik: Interesting. So we could have similar to as we do with — I guess that — humanity have been doing with dogs for hundreds of years now breeding them each other and develop a line of a dog that is according to your needs so to speak.

Alan: Yeah. If you want a well-managed happy dog that gets on with the family you get a Labrador. If you want something that’s a bit more vicious or has the capacity to be vicious you’ll get a guard type dog and you can be pretty well sure when you buy a pedigree dog as a puppy of the personality is going develop because it’s so inbred and it’s the same with people. If you want psychopathic types who would have intellects you can certainly breed them up for intellectual abilities. Not general intellect either. They’re specialized. If you want a good mathematician you will breed him up with a woman who’s a good mathematician then you inbreed or outbreed certain qualities to get the perfect personality you want to go with that and it’s the same with any kind of science.

Henrik: And I guess that would be China would have I guess parts of Japan also because they’re kind of — what I can pick up from over there, they’re developing this kind of corporate civilization basically where you live for the corporation and I don’t know if they pick your partners for you at this point.

Alan: Yeah, well this is how it works. In fact, this works in Masonry too. A first generation Mason cannot get beyond the 33 degree.

Henrik: Right.

Alan: Now what they do is the Grand Master will approach you and casually say something like come to dinner. I’ll introduce you to this nice young lady et cetera, et cetera if they want you and if you take the hint when he has suggested that this person would make a good marriage partner that’s an order if you’re wise. That’s what they say, “a word to the wise.” When that is said, you’re hearing an order and if he marries that woman that means that she’s been selected through interbreeding through Masonic families as well. Now your offspring with that woman can go higher. They can go up to 45 degree, second generation. The third generation can go the whole way. That’s what it means the third generation.

Henrik: Okay, interesting. Quickly a side note here. Can we connect this also with — they’re a lot of I guess in the Hindu religion and also I guess within Islam where they pick your partners for you. Can we pick up a trace from that there also?

Alan: Absolutely. In fact, you’ll find that pretty well all the religions that we have can be traced back to India. All of them. Many of the stories and even in the Old Testament were borrowed right out of the Hindu religion.

Henrik: Yeah, interesting. You know Alan, I’ve heard you mention that there are — and I’ve heard also others of course but I think I’ve heard it from you first that there are actually are 360 degrees in Freemasonry. Have you stumbled upon any documents for this because I haven’t seen it from I guess from internal sources, Masonic documents or anything like this.

Alan: Yes. You’ll find them in certain branches of Freemasonry where they’ll talk a little bit more openly about it especially if they want younger ones to go in. The OTO, the Ordo Templi Orientis, which is chartered, it has a Masonic charter from the English Grand Lodge, the OTO goes up to 96.

Henrik: Yeah, I’ve heard that.

Alan: Then you have other ones and that’s in their own writings. You can send off for them in fact. They’ll give it to you. And there’s higher ones above that. See once you get into — you’ve done the York Rite and you’ve done the Scottish Rite and you become the Odd Fellow when you join these orders — now the sky’s the limit. You go on and on. The ones who are still in the lower orders are not suppose to even know there’s anything beyond what they’re told because they themselves are a good front — a good unwitting front. In fact, they’ll defend Freemasonry to the last at the bottom even though what they’ve been fed is a lot of lies.

Henrik: Yeah and it feels like it’s basic psychology because if you are on the inside or part of this I guess you could say that you have a sense of feeling that you actually know what’s going on because you’re on the inside and then a person comes from the outside to try and tell you something about the lodge or something, I mean I guess that’s a huge stamp on the ego for that person.

Alan: Then above the usual orders, you come into the noble orders and once you’re into the noble orders you want to get knighted by the Queen of England. Kissinger went and got knighted from there. The ex-mayor of New York after 9/11, he got knighted over there and these are American citizens.

Henrik: Yeah and Bono just got knighted, right?

Alan: Yeah, because he’s helping the world bankers to keep their debt scam going. Even the top of the mafia bunches they want to be knighted which seems weird at the time when Bronfman — old Bronfman of the Bronfman dynasty through the prohibition era, the gangster era, gave millions — billions of dollars really and the drugs to that he pushed. He used to give massive amounts of money to charities that the Queen subscribed to and to his dying day he really thought that he had a chance of being knighted by the Queen. That’s all they wanted. So there’s a bigger ritual involved here of getting into a much higher form of Masonry. That’s obvious when even the mafia side wants to be knighted by the Queen.

Henrik: Exactly, exactly. And I just briefly would like to touch upon because I read an article the other day that stated that if you are — there are new lodges and stuff like this popping up now and then and they were speaking about the rights to start an order because we have a name — you know they called it “the accepted rite of Freemasonry” implying that it is accepted I guess in the Grand Lodge or something like that but do you know how this works? Can they buy the rites to this or is this relayed through the Queen or what’s going on or do you know anything about that?

Alan: Well the Duke of Kent that lineage of royalty — the Duke of Kent is a cousin of the Queen traditionally is the head of the Grand Lodge of England and it’s the Grand Lodge of England that gives the charters out to every other worldwide lodge. At one time they thought the Grand Orient of France was a different lodge, but it’s not. They were also given their first charter by England. Even the ones that seem to fight each other in history all come from the same capstone.

Henrik: Yeah, exactly. And you know I saw a speech with the Queen. I don’t know if it’s an annual thing. By the way, she is the Queen of Canada also right?

Alan: Yeah. The whole commonwealth, Australia, New Zealand, parts of Africa, even some parts of India still claim to be part of the commonwealth.

Henrik: Really. Interesting. Anyways in her speech she just regurgitated basically what was written on a paper but it was mostly about different kinds of legislation and things like this and one thing that came up again and again is the concept of anti-social behavior. Have you heard about this?

Alan: That’s right. Because where they’re going with the terrorism laws and I knew this was the real purpose of them. The terrorist laws are going to encompass everything in your life including your opinions. See the reason they call it “political correctness” and if you’re not politically correct in a certain area then you are a potential terrorist against this group or that group or whatever. So everything is going to be boiled down to terrorism and therefore we must all be social — very socialized and of course at the top defines their version of what a good well adjusted socialized citizen is. It’s someone with no thoughts or opinions of their own.

Henrik: Oh my god! I mean what do you think they will — at the beginning of course they will just have this implemented through consensus I guess just hammering this up in the media and people will start to behave but we have these kinds of things now where cameras are able to shout at you and stuff like this.

Alan: That’s right. You’ll be singled out in a crowd because they also have boom microphones, very advanced, which can pick up your conversations on those cameras up to 200 yards they can pick you up as clear as could be. If you make an off-hand comment or maybe a joke about something, one day a screen is going to pop up and your face is going to be on it and they’ll try to shame you publicly into repentance.

Henrik: Oh my god! Another thing of course that I think kind of ties into all of his is of course the dumbing down in general of the population but on top of this we have stuff going on of course the general medication of course. Beyond that we have the food issue and of course we have stuff like fluoride and aspartame which allegedly affects both your judgments and also of course your ability to kind of connect in a coherent way things that actually are going on around you. Have you heard about this?

Alan: No doubt on that. In fact, even with the heavy spraying — when they’re spraying heavily and it’s unmistakable when they’re doing it you talk to people and you’ll find they have sticky thinking. They have trouble recollecting and they’ll admit it to you. Even the younger ones they have a hard time thinking through. It’s as though there’s a fog in the brain and so we are being affected by that along with the genetically modified food and along with all the inoculations we’ve been getting. This is all being done by design. And if you were on their side at the top and you looked at this master battle plan for the world you would use all of these techniques to get yourself a docile not too bright population as you go through the major changes.

Henrik: In some sense — I don’t know who it was who referred to us as “useless eaters.” Was it Kissinger or?

Alan: Bertrand Russell was one of the first ones to publish it, “useless eaters.” That was discussed at the big think tanks a hundred odd years ago.

Henrik: Yeah, yeah and it feels like they’re intensely on one level dumbing everyone down to kind of justify it in their own sick mind I guess that they are doing the right thing because we are incoherent and we can’t adjust to all the things that have to gone on in their New World Order basically?

Alan: Yes. And when you realize how long in the planning this — you see, here’s the thing. Even atheists have a problem here because they look at the New Testament and in the New Testament you have this very mystical occultic language used in Revelations, the only book where you’re seeing the mystery religion — the language of it — at work openly. It’s written in such an obscure way for the exoteric to understand, but it’s the standard mystery religion based on time because it’s all to do with astronomy and you see the constellations are the best time clock that you have for long-term planning.

You have the ages and of course we saw this when George Bush, Sr. at the start of the first Gulf War said, “I see a New World Order coming into view.” And he said, “it’s all going to the heavenly plan.” Well that’s what he was referring to was the constellations of the Age of Aquarius when they were to push forward with 100 percent of their might towards the completion.

In Revelations, which is revealing and it’s also revelations to reveal, if you look at the definition also it means to re-veil. Why would you give out a meaning you’re veiling the truth from the profane, those who are not too bright to understand. But you can figure it out and in Revelations you have the sequence of the timetable and they could safely say when they wrote that, that at the end no one could buy or sell without the mark of the beast. You see?

Henrik: Yeah. Do you think that that is the microchip?

Alan: I have no doubt on it. They knew all that time ago that the power of money  — see, money pays for all research. You direct the course of the world by the grants you give out to scientists. They only go in the direction they’re told to go in. Even when you go off on any tangent, you would starve unless you went the way they told you to do. But they understood thousands of years ago that they could buy all the grain in the world with money and they knew that through experimentation and so on and directing the course of the world they could pull this off by the Age of Aquarius.

Henrik: You know that’s interesting because it feels like just as you say that they’re also at the same time are able to use the best computers in the world basically at this point which is the human brain and that they have compartmentalized the sciences in such a way that they are able to extract exactly what information they want you from the work and the research that is being done by all these millions of scientists and then they can put together what parts they want you to build a machine or whatever. So it’s very brilliant.

Alan: Absolutely. And if you’re always using warfare then you’re always in charge of secret warfare testing laboratories too, which are always way ahead of the rest because they have unlimited funding. Therefore it’s not such a big deal when you realize you can plan the future if you already own and you’ve pulled the first con, which is money in itself. To get people to accept money and stop working to exchange things with each other and accept money, you now already dominate the world.

Henrik: Amazing and I mean there must be some kind of talk I guess going on at the top that they on some level consider themselves as gods when they have the power to control and manipulate these vast amounts of people who basically worship these people on one level.

Alan: Yes. They control the whole world, absolutely. That’s heavy enough if you are one of them just to know that fact that you are part of — see what is a god. Let’s breakdown the definition of a deity. A deity is not common so the people are called commoners. They marry in common. They do not have their wives or husbands selected for them, whereas the elite have always had a priesthood and still do who obviously take incredible patience and time to go through genealogies to match them up for specific reasons, so they’re not commoners. Gods are not commoners. Gods have the power of life and death over the populations so they have that through everything that they own including the food supply. They already have that. Gods can create life or forbid it to be born. They can to that scientifically today and create life. They can also mandatorily if they wish to abort they can force it, so under the definition — and again, gods generally in their perfect state would become immortal.

Now in their inner religion, they’ve always believed in reincarnation at the top but not generalized reincarnation. They believe and you’ll find this in the Roman histories too. They wrote probably more about that along with the Greeks. They believe that their spirits are connected with the soul. That’s completion. Body, soul, spirit your first trinity and when the soul was complete with the spirit then you technically a god and when you died that completed spirit could reincarnate into the same family lineage or see into your grandson or your great grandson. They really believe that. The Romans kept the Lares going — the spirits of the household fires and they would pray to them. They believed they were praying to their own ancestors and they believe they were the reincarnations of their ancestors too.

Henrik: That’s a very interesting point because I elaborated on this myself quite a bit in regards to why the interbreeding is going on and if a soul is connected to a certain kind of DNA which makes I guess that it attracts a spirit I guess a certain type of DNA then just exactly as you say if they are able to keep the DNA line within a family they basically can have the older spirits I guess or who have passed away like the grandmother or grandfather actually reincarnate again into the line. It’s fascinating.

Alan: Some of the more higher occultic books they go into this in more detail with their history of it and what they claimed that they were the ones, the rebels that were cast here and when they came they were pure spirit. Pure spirit, perfected spirit. They claim that the commoners were already here and when they came here they formed the first perfect bodies for themselves to inhabit by pure willpower, but when they started to inbreed with the people who lived here already, they have lost certain powers so they had to go back to keeping lineages and back to inbreeding with each other to try and regain those powers.

Henrik: Do you think that there is any truth to that or is it self-promoting?

Alan: I know that many of those at the top believe it themselves. You’ll also find for instance in the ceremonies to do with the pharaohs there were Hamites who run Egypt and they themselves, when a pharaoh was dying, they would bring him in to the main sarcophagus, they would lay the son next to him and they performed a ceremony called “the opening of the mouth” ceremony. Very detailed, very long and if the son was absent visiting other areas or “satrapies” they called them that they dominated, they would put the spirit into a statute through the same formula like a holding tank and when the son came back they would then complete it and then the son would be able to carry not only his own spirit, but the complete spirit of his father as well. That’s what they claim gave them such vast knowledge and intelligence.

Henrik: Very interesting and I’d love to continue on that theme and of course more about Egypt and the pharaohs because I think that’s a very interesting era right there but for now Alan we are basically totally out of time here. But before we finish off, tell folks about your website and about some of your products that you have available there.

Alan: Yes. Well they can look in to .com and they’ll see some of the books I’ve got for sale, some CDs with 12-hour shows on them with histories, ancient histories of religions and also some DVDs there. I’m making more right now this winter up there for sale.

Henrik: Excellent. So it’s and Alan again, thank you so much for coming on and I’m looking forward very much to your next month.

Alan: It’s a pleasure.

Henrik: Thank you for listening. We will be back on Thursday with our regular Christopher Morse and hopefully Chris will have a second guest scheduled to join us during that show. So stay tuned. Fun things ahead and before we finish up here today, if you are not a subscriber consider signing up with us. Support this show and get access to our subscriber interviews. Thanks to Fredrik behind the controls. We will talk more on Thursday. This Henrik Palmgren signing off.

Alan Watt on “Road to Freedom” with Eleanor White
July 21, 2005

____________________________________________________________

Eleanor: The God who gave us life, gave us liberty. The problem is there are people in power these days who really don’t like that. Come, travel the road to freedom with your host, Eleanor White. Welcome to show number 8, recorded on July 21st, 2005. Road to Freedom is a listener sponsored show, by and about all the targets of electronically-assisted vigilante gang-stalking throughout the world. Road to Freedom brings you the latest information on this crime-wave, which has so far been denied by every government and private agency whose mission is to help those who are targets of crime. The opinions expressed are those of the host and guests, and may not be those of others who are targets of vigilante-stalking and electronic harassment, or of any person or group who may replay these recorded programs. Information for anyone who is thinking about donating to keep Road to Freedom on the air is found on the cover-page of this show’s website at the bottom. This show’s website is: shoestringradio.net. Vigilante-stalking and the covert use of advanced electronic weapons on vigilante-stalking targets is basically the use of lies, again lies, to motivate networked groups of citizens to destroy the lives of their innocent targets. These programs are about the ongoing efforts to expose this activity, and hopefully to stop it.

Today we’ll be talking with Mr. Alan Watt, a long-time researcher of history, religion, politics, and crime. And in particular, the involvement of secret societies in these arenas. Of particular interest to the anti vigilante-stalking and electronic-harassment movement, are crimes either initiated by or sanctioned by government. Government has been keeping a tight lid on vigilante-stalking and electronic harassment, and has a history, as explained in earlier shows, of actually committing similar crimes in the name of national security. Alan Watt, and other researchers, have repeatedly found that membership in secret societies is a prerequisite for positions of authority in all levels of government. The problem is that secret societies have huge portions of their membership who have no idea that, say, 10% of their members are actively but covertly committing grievous crimes. In fact, several targets of vigilante-stalking and electronic harassment have reported that known secret society members, usually of the order of Free and Accepted Masons, have participated in their harassment, so it’s not all senior members, some selected junior members are apparently participants as well. Alan Watt has more to tell along these lines. Alan has written three books on his research, and I will let Alan tell the listeners himself how the books can be ordered. The reason I asked Alan to come on is that he has also experienced the type of attacks characteristic of vigilante-stalking and electronic harassment. Welcome to Road to Freedom, Alan.

Alan: Yeah, it’s a pleasure to be on.

Eleanor: And could you tell us how the listeners could order your books, they are not available in bookstores.

Alan: They can write to me [see ordering information on transcript]. And the contents, I say, even the contents aren’t the regular off-the-shelf information. I go deep into the research from the ancient times right through to the present times, and document it with the very little or scanty information which is available when you research it. As I say, the information contained within goes as far back as Sumer, and the philosophers of Greece, because they did more talking about this secret society that was already in existence in their day, than probably anyone since. So it’s very real, it’s all about control of the world, and I delve into their information and then I bring up current authors who also have been working in government, or the CIA, or MI6 in Britain, who have also written books about this very technique of electronic harassment, which is very real. It’s documented and it’s being used on the public on a much wider scale today. In the 1960s they were testing it out on individuals more so than today, and targeting them, and they even had a chip-implant put into many guys who were in the military in Britain, who suddenly believed that they were being controlled by some computer. And this was a new phenomenon they saw coming in to the psychiatric hospitals in the 1960s, before the computer was a household word. And it turns out many, many years later, the government admitted that they did use selected soldiers who went in for minor operations while in the military and they put in various implants to see what effect they’d have.

Eleanor: Okay, now, what Alan has said to this point is that he’s written about the people behind the power structure throughout history. And what he has discovered is that distant as it may sound, he’s discovered that the secret society people who are lusting for power, are not only aware of electronic harassment, but are almost certainly behind it as well. And in private they’re very brutal, they don’t pull any punches, they will do anything they have to, to achieve their dream, which is world domination with their particular members at the top. So, would you continue, Alan, you were talking about electronic harassment and these people who lust for power.

Alan: We can go as far back even as to Plato, the Greek philosopher, he wrote about a future society, which would be the perfect, he called it, Republic, or world state, and he even said there would be a guardian class that would run it from the top. They would have a helping class of bureaucrats and military and so on, and he said the time will come where women will also serve in the front lines with the men, and that will be the time for their final takeover, which is happening today.

Eleanor: It certainly is.

Alan: And he also said the perfect world that we shall construct, will be based on the special breeding of selected people for special purposes; so we’re into eugenics here. He said outside of the guardian class, those who are in the military and who have military mindsets, will be interbred with the women in the military. So their offspring will constantly be hereditary military, you see. And then he said, we shall breed short squat men for going into mines, tall men if we need people to pick apples for instance, and he said, in other words, just like the animals that are the domesticated animals, which are inbred for specific qualities, we shall do the same with the, he called them the its, he didn’t say the lower classes, he called them the its, they were not human as far as he was concerned.

Eleanor: Indeed. And let me say that establishing total control is the only way these things can be done. And that’s what leads us to this overwhelming harassment night and day, both by human beings and by electronic equipment that is so advanced the university professors don’t know about it.

Alan: Yes, and that’s the key to it in this system in which we live. I’ve talked to many high masons, way above the 33rd degree level, and independently they’ve all told me the same things. And one of those things was that, they love the number three. The number three is the trinity, they always have a trinity regardless of the religion they create or push. And they have three levels of every science. And from professorship down, I was told, that is the lowest level of any science.

Eleanor: Well we who are targets of this stuff can assure the listeners, those listeners who have not experienced it that what Alan just said is the absolute truth. What we have experienced is basically the most bizarre happenings which you read about as paranormal, for example, happen to us. We do not have a clue how it’s done, and obviously someone does because it’s being done. And it is not poltergeist, because the timing is different, we’re being observed all the time, and the timing is such as if you’re doing something messy, or something precise, you will have your body and limbs shoved around so you can’t do it. That is not characteristic of a poltergeist-attack. You will find that this happens when you go to work as well, or when you’re in your car. So what we’re saying is our experience backs up Alan’s assertion one-hundred percent that there are at least two levels of science beyond what the best university physics professor knows about.

Alan: That’s right. It’s all compartmentalized.  Now, some of the equipment that they do use and have used since the 1950s, was shown on a CBC television programme, the Wendy Mesley Show when she had Nick Begich on, from Alaska. And Nick Begich of course, was a son of a congressman who was killed in a plane crash. And he went on his own investigation and then came into this world of HAARP-technologies and various mind-control devices, and on the Wendy Mesley Show, he had a huge table full of these little handheld TV-converter type remotes, some no larger than a pack of cigarettes, some smaller. And he told Wendy to stand over at maybe 20 feet away from him, and he pointed one at her, and he said, What do you hear? And she said, I hear music right in the center of my head. And this was a live television programme.

Eleanor: Alan, this is brand new to me and I’m stunned by it. I didn’t know that Nick had equipment that could do that, so we’re definitely going to have to get in touch with him and find out what that was.

Alan: Well I recorded the show, and he said, if I wanted to, I could just as easily have put words in your head. And he said this equipment is obsolete. He said the CIA were using this in the 1950s, so you can imagine what they have today.

Eleanor: Yes, we don’t have to imagine, do we, you and I and the rest of us? Can you tell us some of your experiences that jolted you into the reality of this stuff, that it’s not just written in some book somewhere, that it’s for real and you’ve experienced it?

Alan: Yes, well, I’ve also known people who were implanted with chips in Britain, who had them removed, and they had been involved in the military, and all had minor operations within the military. And then had terrible upsets afterwards, after they were discharged. One was actually committed to a mental institution, and he said that he felt there was something in his spine that was controlling him. And they did x-rays and they did find this tiny little, they didn’t know what it was at the time, but they removed it and it all stopped. So they were testing them out mainly on military people back in the 1970s, and 60s actually.

Eleanor: That’s quite a while ago. Our own membership who are, most of us are not military, I am military but I’ve never found any evidence of an implant, but a few of us, less than a handful, have had implants, the common experience with us is that those of us who have had them taken out, the doctor loses them or won’t give them to us, saying something like, “well this doesn’t belong to you so I’m not going to give it to you.”

Alan: And I guess it’s probably the Department of Defence that owns it.

Eleanor: Well ultimately, as most people, most savvy people anyway, know these days, government tends to do things through front entities like universities and businesses.

Alan: Yes they do.  I’ve also noticed, I’ve been on the radio since about ’98, and I noticed the harassment techniques, what happens if they can’t directly control you or get into your body, they’ll try and get somebody near you or next to you, to cause upsets all the time, always at a time, a critical time, when you’re writing something or about to go on a show, there’ll be some tremendous flare-up, and that’s what they do; they can control a person. If you’re strong or whatever, or they have a hard time controlling you, they’ll get to a person near you to do it – it could even be a neighbour.

Eleanor: Amen, amen.  And let me comment – Alan has been broadcasting on radio station WWCR, out of Tennessee, a 100,000 watt short-wave station which reaches all over the world, for some years now. He appears quite often on the Sweet Liberty program, hosted by Jackie Patru, and so if anyone goes to the site and looks up the patriot broadcasters, they can find Jackie’s show and can tune in and hear Alan fairly often.

Alan: We’re into a lot of this kind of information, and I also noticed about three years ago when I was getting a lot of response from the writings I was sending out, but whenever I was driving on country roads, I noticed that all the oncoming vehicles would swerve over to my side one after another and then swerve right back again. And I thought, what’s happening here to these people. And this happened for a matter of weeks. And I have nothing else to conclude, but something was making them swerve over.

Eleanor: Well I don’t know if you’ve read Terrorist Stalking in America, by David Lawsome. He’s a private investigator in Florida and his book describes, he actually infiltrated in rogue with some of these gangs, and they do travel around in convoys, so you were probably facing a convoy of these stalking-gang members.

Alan: Well, one night I was walking my dog, and I lived in the country down near Mansfield, which is north of Toronto, and I had a dirt road, very little traffic on it ever, and I was walking the dog one night up the hill, and a black SUV drove up very slow with its lights off, and I stood there of course, wondering why this thing, this thing was conscious of me, I was standing in the middle of the road, it was very dark, and I shone my flashlight at it, and of course they had the black-tinted windows, and it just stood there stationary halfway up the hill, I’m looking at it, for about ten minutes, then it reversed all the way back, about half a mile, back up to the road it came off, and next morning when I got up, there was a black SUV sitting just outside my house, and when I opened the door to go up to see who was there, they drove off again. So these are harassment techniques which are used to frighten you off from what you’re doing basically.

Eleanor: Yes indeed. I can only remember the time that I had a guy in a black Cadillac, dressed like a mafia don, pull up in front of me and stare at me for a full hour as I did my first picketing excursion in Hamilton, Ontario here, and it didn’t stop me, but he caught up with me at a stoplight, and pulled up very close, almost hit me, rolled down his passenger window and looked at me with a big toothy grin and applauded. And I swear this fellow was recruited because he looked exactly like the mafia don Carlo Gambino.  He had a grey fedora with a black band, it was a classic. And it didn’t stop me and nothing happened after that, but they do these things, this is par for the course.

Alan: The worst it got was, again, probably four years ago, it was wintertime, I had been doing a lot of the shows, getting a tremendous response, and I was beginning to bring in the Canadian listeners, and just before I went on a show, a helicopter came overhead, very low, so low that the house shook. And I had the woodfire going, and the next thing I knew was that I heard this ‘boomf’, and the doors blew open on the fire and then my chimney was on fire. So I ran outside and I looked up and there right above the chimney was this black military-type helicopter, then it simply took off. I was prepared for this kind of thing to happen, and I ran up with the hose and I started to put out the fire. Now, there was a white residue around the top of the chimney, very white, and I put out the fire, it took a while to do it, and then when I cleaned it out, it was still damp of course, this residue at the bottom, and when it dried out it burst into flames again so I believe there was magnesium there, very bright brilliant light…

Eleanor: Or phosphorous.

Alan: And phosphorous, yeah. So they’ll do this kind of thing if you’re getting out to people and telling them which are obvious truths that they don’t want to be known by the public.

Eleanor: Absolutely, and with me I have three recording adapters which are defunct, they were bought brand new within the last month, every one of them I tested when I got it home, and I immediately put it in my shoulder bag, and carried it there.  They have never left my side and yet they have been remotely disabled. And so they do not like publicity.

Alan: Oh no, no.  They don’t mind if you’re simply into the political game and blaming this politician or that politician, but when you’re getting closer to the truth that there is a hidden hand behind all of this, then you start to come under fire for sure.

Eleanor: Amen. In fact, why don’t you tell the listeners about what happened when you tried to get the first copies of your third book published, Alan, not long ago.

Alan: Yeah, what had happened was that I had many, many copies of the first two made up in different photocopy shops down Barry way and I never had any problem at all. And I had a couple of sets made up in one of the Staples, there’s two staples up in Sudbury.

Eleanor: Now for listeners outside of Canada I don’t know if Staples exist but Staples is a large office equipment, office supply and office services supplier here in Canada.

Alan: And so I had trouble getting one copy especially reproduced, they always fouled it up. So this time I thought I need all three done with this new one as well, so I took the first, second, and third master copies to Staples, I waited till most of the rush was over for the day, so I went in about five o’clock, at five in the afternoon, and the girl looked at them and said ‘oh that’ll be no problem, probably in half an hour, I’ll have ten sets of each made up.’ So I went for a walk for half an hour and came back, and I saw pandemonium reigning all over this big part of the store. And there were three girls and they were working, one of them was the assistant manageress, who was going through my master copies, pulling out pages that she thought the typing was too close to an edge or something, and redoing them, but not putting them back in the file. And so I saw this mess all over the place, and I looked at the back bench, they have a workbench, which is almost 25, maybe 30 feet long, and it’s wide, and they had all different pages of my stuff, copies they’d made across the entire bench, and there was parts of my master copies on the front bench where the customers came in. And some of the customers were reading them, and it was a sort of, it goes round the front desk, so where I was standing there was some parts of the copies there too. And I said, ‘well what’s going on here?’ and after the manageress explained what she was doing, she says well there’s some trouble with the machine. Now they had two big photocopy machines, multiple copiers, going there, and she said “I don’t understand it, they’ve worked perfectly all month, and all week and all day, but each time with your copies on they keep jamming.” And so they put it onto the other machine and it started to do the same. So I was there for four hours as they went through this, and they churned out so many pages and then put them on the backbench scattered around and then go back again and pull out the ones that were jammed and ripped and try to do them. And it was such a weird thing to watch happening, because three different women were working there independently on my stuff, not communicating with each other, and at one point when it was quiet, I said ‘well, what’s happening?  I’ve been here for four hours, what’s happening?’ And the girl who was reading my stuff turned to me like a robot, and with a very pleasant face said ‘well, nothing at the moment.’ And I said, ‘well shouldn’t there be something happening?’ I said, ‘you’re all standing reading my material, the machines are stopped.’ She said, ‘oh we’re not allowed to read the customers’ material.’ I watched them doing this for the last hour or so.

So they seemed to be oblivious to what they were doing, their answers were out of context with the mess that was all around, and even the manager came across, he was a man, and he said ‘oh it must be the humidity that’s jamming it’. And I said, ‘well how come five customers in between mine have used the same machines and they’ve worked perfectly fine?’ And he looked stunned, and he had a strange look on his face, and he said, he just repeated what he’d said, ‘well it must be the humidity.’ But no, I’d watched these other customers get their stuff put through in between them trying to do mine, and there was no hitch at all with them.

Eleanor: Absolutely. Let me back you up Alan. Alan is not unique in this, I just spent three days in a copyshop here in Hamilton, trying to get an 8.5×11 version of the vigilante-stalking shoulder patch, which is on the cover page of shoestringradio.net. And it was a simple single transfer, iron-on transfer to a t-shirt, and it’s taken three days. Every time I’ve gone in there the gal who runs the shop is on the telephone with technical support for her colourcopier. Because she says every time she puts my job on it the copier screws up. And she finally got me one, I brought it home, I followed the instructions exactly, and it shredded to pieces. So she made another copy on another brand of transfer, and the same thing happened again. So after three days and about half a dozen visits and several hours on her part to do one single copy, I don’t have a transfer.  And this happens all the time. And just last night, Jackie couldn’t print out a report that she wanted for her show. These perpetrators are somehow able to disable anything electronic at a distance, and do it surgically, and they can slip the failure off and on like a light switch, so if another customer comes in it’ll work fine. And this is not fiction, this is not sensational, although Alan is an author selling books, that’s not why we’re here. We’re passing on to you listeners the state of technology as it actually is, as opposed to what you’ve been told when you were in school and through the popular media.

Alan: Yeah, and I’ve found too, well, at the very end, after four hours, four hours and fifteen minutes, I said, ‘well try and find what you’ve got left of my master copies, if any,’ I said, ‘throw them in a box and I’ll just take them home.’ And so they did that, I still had to look around the front desk and there were pages lying everywhere, and an occasional page here and an occasional page there, and do most of it myself, and then I said, ‘I don’t want everybody reading my material’, I said, ‘you’ve got hundreds and hundreds of pages all over the shop here.’ And the girl said, ‘oh, we won’t read them,’ she says, ‘they have to be shredded.’ So what was interesting when they were reading them, they weren’t reading them all together, they were standing in different parts of the store with different pages reading them, silently. And I wondered what was reading them through their eyes, but that’s the impression I got at the time.

Eleanor: That’s more than an impression, Alan. Our group does have occasional instances where some sort of harassment is planned based on what could only have been seen through our eyes. Briefly, I ordered sixteen topographic maps of New England where I lived originally, and I got every single map ID number correct on the order. The order came in with three mistakes, three maps were picked incorrectly. However there was something special about the ones that were substituted. Every single one of those was a map that I had focused my eyes on and then said, no, I’m not going to order that one. And this is a type of stunt they pull, they actually want us to know that they have these capabilities, but they choose to do things in such a way that you can’t prove it to anyone. So that if you tell anyone about it, you’re considered mentally ill.

Alan: And of course, you’ve got information to impart, so any information you have is discredited as well if you tell them what’s happening to you.  That’s the technique.

Eleanor: Absolutely. However, Alan, you know, we’re in the 21st century, and more and more people are reporting being targeted, lots of them, one in a hundred for example is a fairly good estimate based on some surveys we did, and we think it’s just time to get the information in front of the public anyway, regardless of whether they like it or not, whether they believe it or not, because it’s true.

Alan: It’s the truth but the thing is, you see, it is documentable. A lot of the people involved in this, because I find that the ones who control the system, and it’s a system, that’s the whole thing – I call it the system because it’s their system in which we live. We’re trained to go into the workforce in their system and basically work for them, through our taxes and so on. And they upgrade their system every so often, and of course right now we’re in the middle of a very big upgrade into the next stage, which is going to be a vastly different world than the one we’ve known. But Bertrand Russell, he was a British Lord, he wrote one book, many books actually, but one book in particular on this very topic. And he had experimented back in the beginning of 1900s with chartered schools from the British royalty, they’d given him charters to experiment within these schools on children, on behaviour modifications. And in that time he was finding ways of giving pre-pubertal children, getting them interested in sex to see what effect it would have on them after puberty, to see if they could actually create a generation of sex-addicted teenagers. That was his mission.

Eleanor: Well he’s succeeded, hasn’t he? kids are so young these days…

Alan: His book was called “Education and the Good Life”, it’s worth getting a hold of for anyone wanting to know that, yeah, they have been involved in experiments on the mind. But later on he wrote a book called “The Impact of Science on Society”, and it might be available in your library. An excellent read because in it he goes on, he says in his book that a technique will shortly be used on the general public of the world based on electronics, he said, where mind-control can actually be induced upon every individual. He said the easiest thing to induce is emotion, emotional changes, he said, but we can go much, much further, and he says, and the people concerned, the subjects, will have no idea that they have mind or thought-intrusion being electronically used on them. Now that’s in his book, and he was a high spokesman for the group that run this world.

Eleanor: Oh I can back him up, because while it doesn’t happen really often, we do go through instances, we meaning our group of vigilante-stalking and electronic harassment targets, we do go through instances where we do something out of character, and we can not tell that this thought and control pattern is being imposed on us, there is no sensation, but you certainly do know it once it’s finished. And you do strange things, like I went to the office in the middle of the night once, and I was sure I had to get there right then to do something, and when I got there I realized that the stunt was over and I had no reason to be there.  So I mean this, what Alan is talking about is going on, we can testify to that.

Alan: And there’s even a better documented later book, put out by Zbigniew Brzezinski, and he I think was the secretary of state but he was also at the head of the department for war under Reagan, and different presidents, and at the present time he’s an advisor to George Bush. He’s been on television recently in fact in Canada, talking about the new world that is coming, along with Henry Kissinger. Now both of them, Brzezinski and Kissinger, are members of the Bilderberger group, that’s a very high world decision-making group that has annual meetings and very well guarded wherever they go, the Queen goes, the bankers of the world go, the banking families go, and certain selected politicians go – they always know who’s going to be president, because the person will be asked to go before he runs for presidency, that’s where they choose them.

Eleanor: And guess who went to a recent meeting, Arnold Schwarzenegger.

Alan: That’s right. Not only did he do that, but Lord Rothschild in Britain had a helicopter fly him to Rothschild’s castle when he was there.

Eleanor: And of course, listeners, we know from research done, that Arnold Schwarzenegger’s past is such that he’s kind of in favour of the same type of things as Adolf Hitler was.

Alan: Oh he’s into eugenics, that’s what bodybuilding is. It’s changing you from what you are into something which they claim is more perfect, and that’s basically where it’s all going.  Brzezinski wrote a book called “Between Two Ages”, it’s about this very time – he wrote it back in the 1970s. And there’s a section in there called ‘the Technotronic Era’, now remember that he is still an advisor to the president, the present president, and in this book, “Between Two Ages”, the technotronic era, he goes through this same scenario that Bertrand Russell had written many years before him. And the technotronic era, he said, through the various technological advances we have, which are unknown by the general public, he said we are now in a position to control the minds of every single individual on the planet, and he said without their knowledge or them even being aware of it. And he brought in some of the HAARP-technologies, such as the station in Alaska, the electro-magnetic pulsation that they use, plus the much smaller mobile versions which they do have. And he said that there were various means to improve the capability of HAARP-technology, to control the mind, and he said if the air were to be full of metallic type particles, that would basically make the atmosphere far more conductive, and we could spread the pulsations out in a far, far greater area. Now this spraying that’s going on and has been for the last few years, all over the world except for China and Switzerland, which were the only two countries not to sign the Open Skies treaty, you’ll find that they’re spraying aluminum oxide, barium, and there’s also traces of copper found now – so these are all metallic substances and it is definitely making the atmosphere more conducive to this pulsating HAARP-type technology. And which is being used consistently, you can pick up those stations on the shortwave-radio, they’re going 24 hours a day now in different areas, and the sound is unmistakable, it’s like nothing else that you’ll hear on shortwave.

Eleanor: Is that the motorboat sound that we’re hearing right now, Alan?

Alan: What you’re hearing now, an even different frequency from the original one used at Riga, when the Russians, the Soviets were using it, this one now sounds more like a wow-wow-wow-wow sound, constant, and it’s loud, very evenly spaced, and you’ll find that just before 12160 in the morning, just before there on that band, and then in the afternoon and during the night you’ll find it before 5000, you’ll come across it. So it’s going 24 hours a day now, and that’s just the one in Alaska. And of course they have coupled this technology with Tesla technology, Nikola Tesla apparently was the guy who first came out with it. They’ve coupled it with the satellites, so they can boost this capability of theirs and target any area, or finely pinpoint any individual they want to on the planet.

Eleanor: Do you have any books that are authoritative and referenced that say that?

Alan: They had articles written about the HAARP-project in some of the Canadian newspapers quite a few years ago.

Eleanor: Of course, the problem with the literature is that it’s so diluted, I mean, to find one reference to the effect on somebody’s mind out of all the HAARP-literature is…

Alan: Well you’ll find in Brzezinski’s book, though.

Eleanor: Oh is that right?

Alan: Yeah, in “Between Two Ages.”

Eleanor: “Between Two Ages”, I see.

Alan: Yeah, because he goes into that in the chapter called ‘the Technotronic Era.’ He goes into this, he touches on it but he doesn’t go into it in very fine detail, but he does touch on the basic techniques, the electronic techniques that they have already used.

Eleanor: And his highest rank in the US Federal cabinet was what?

Alan: I think he was secretary of state for a while, then he was in charge of the war department, I don’t know what they call it there, and now he’s still an advisor to George Bush. He’s a member of the Council on Foreign Relations, which is the American version of the Royal Institute of International Affairs. That’s the American branch, in fact.  And of course that was set up back in the late 1800s by Cecil Rhodes, who created Rhodesia, and again Lord Rothschild, and they ended up acquiring all of the gold and diamond mines across South Africa to build up their wealth, to do what they claimed, was to eventually control the world through finances; and to bring in a certain type of culture worldwide, based on the British system. So now they have, Canada has a group here, Lloyd Axworthy in fact is one of the highest-ranking members for the Canadian side, and they call it the Canadian Institute for International Affairs. All Commonwealth countries have it, they call it International Affairs, and they simply use Australian, Canadian and so on for the first word, you know.

Eleanor: Yes, Canada is kind of disappointing aren’t they, Alan, they seem to be keeping very quiet on all of these important issues.

Alan: Oh tremendously, we’re supposed to be happy and just drink our six-packs here and have a good time.

Eleanor: And watch hockey.

Alan: Yeah, watch hockey, listen to the ongoing crisis, financial and otherwise, and leave it to the experts, that’s the whole, that’s the bottom-line. Bertrand Russell, in “The Impact of Science on Society”, and he wrote that back in the 1940s, he said the world will be trained to only take documentation or news from experts, until they’re unable to think for themselves; and that’s the stage that we’ve got to. And then again Brzezinski reiterates that in his book, “Between Two Ages”, and he said shortly the time is coming when the general public will be unable to think for themselves, they will be downloaded by information on the previous night’s news, and that will be their topic at work the following day.

Eleanor: Well, that’s happening right now, for sure. Just try and tell them about this subject, their eyes glass over and they look out the window.

Alan: Yeah, they need a Peter Mansbridge type figure, or a Dan Rather, to tell them something, then they will believe it. But if anyone else tells them, they won’t because they’ve been trained to listen and only believe these authoritative figures.

Eleanor: Well Canada did one tiny little thing that was really good, but they aborted it. And you put me onto this originally, for a couple of years, not recently but a couple of years ago, the Canadian government apparently was sending out letters to Canadian citizens who asked about the chemtrails.  And they said in the letter that it wasn’t being done by Canadian aircraft…

Alan: That’s right.

Eleanor: Which is an admission that it’s going on.

Alan: Yes.

Eleanor: Nowadays they won’t talk about it, they just say we don’t know what you’re talking about.

Alan: Well a few years ago the aircraft were coming over, before the trails started over the whole of Canada, there were aircraft coming across from the States, and they were spraying low over the town of Espanola, which is near Manitoulin…

Eleanor: In Ontario, yes.

Alan: In Ontario, and they sprayed it heavily for months. The people there noticed, they were having a lot of miscarriages, even the animals and the deer and so on were having miscarriages, and it got so bad that the people, the residents, drew up a committee, and they did take it all the way to the Supreme Court, and they did get an admission that US aircraft had been testing something out on them. And so that’s where it ended, with an admission that this happened, from the Supreme Court of Canada.

Eleanor: Yes and believe it or not I heard on one late night show a tape that a caller made from an air-traffic controller, in I think it was Victoria, British Columbia, where the controller actually stated on the telephone that these were combined military exercises.  So it has leaked out but now it’s considered so secret that they won’t even admit that they ever talked about it.

Alan: Well, they can’t, you see. Generally what they’ll do is tell people, declassify it about 50 years after the event because most of the people concerned by then have died.

Eleanor: Right.

Alan: Generally from the spraying. But Calgary in 1948 was sprayed heavily for a full week by flying fortresses, by the permission of the Canadian government in collusion with the US government.

Eleanor: Aren’t they generous.

Alan: …and that is documented and Don Scott from Sudbury has that information, and he has put that in a book form, and he documents who gave permission and it was all signed by the prime minister and so on, and so the whole city was used for it – and then, of course, the health authorities followed each individual, unknowingly to the individual, throughout their life, to see what effects it had on them and if they came down with cancers and so on.

Eleanor: Indeed. So you can see, listeners, you can begin to get the picture that our group, we’re not just a few cranks talking about the feuds of neighbours. This is a worldwide centuries-old political agenda, that technology is now enabling to come to fruition. And people like Alan are doing heroic work, unscrambling all the subterfuge and cover-ups that have gone on. Ok, well Alan, I’m going to thank you for coming on and sharing just a small preview of your work, which extends back for years, and I hope that we can have you on as developments begin to become better known, and to give us some colour-commentary on them.

Alan: Sure, that’d be a pleasure.

Eleanor: Well thank you very much Alan, and we certainly wish you all the best in your endeavours, and we hope that for years to come you’ll be keeping us posted on the inside story.

Alan: I certainly will.

Eleanor: Now for more information, listeners, on vigilante gang-stalking and electronic harassment please see the links on this show’s website, which is: shoestringradio.net.

Well folks, that’s it for today. I invite you to join us again next time, as we travel the road to freedom. And remember, freedom isn’t free.

____________________________________________________________

November 17th, 2006
Alan Watt on “The D’Anne Burley Show” hosted by John

____________________________________________________________

Hi, this is Alan Watt. It’s November 17th, 2006, and this upcoming show was just broadcast. And it was kind of different, a little bizarre, but it’s very good as well to show many of the listeners what I’ve been talking about all this time. You cannot have the blind leading the blind. And, for a hundred-odd years or more, the big establishment that runs the system, decided to give us the New Age Movement. And they said they would mix it. Blavatsky said this, and so did Albert Pike, that the Church would be used in the West and the schools, universities, to bring in the New World Order. And here’s a good example coming up, of the intermingling of the New Age, with its spiritualism, its sort of dreamland type phenomena, Bigfoot, everything, Planet X, all wrapped into the same mish-mash, and to create a form of confusion, where the host himself, the only way out is something outside of human involvement. They’re looking for a savior, a savior complex, even if it’s a Planet X. And this has all been manufactured by the big scientific establishments that deal with the mind. So, upcoming, you’ll hear just about everything that’s been put out there in the New Age, all wrapped up into this strange, semi-Christian, fatalist almost religion, mixed with DNA, space aliens, and on and on we go. A beautiful example. And that’s what we’re up against today. It isn’t that they’re bad people, it’s just that they’ve fallen for the whole spiel, the whole propaganda spiel of the fantastic. They’ve fallen for it all, and because of that they can’t see clearly, and they certainly cannot think clearly. But again, all of this was forecast back in the 1800s by people like Albert Pike, and they have done it. They’ve been successful. People have been indoctrinated into all of this, thinking that they’d picked the books themselves, and the books all appeared on the shelves with all this amazing information and fantastic stuff, but in reality, and they never question why they all appear on the shelf at the same time, who authorized them, who promoted them, who funded them. The culture is given to the people, and so the people perish. All the best. Listen.

John: Welcome: This is the D’Anne Burley Show, and I’m John, your host on truthradio.com. D’Anne also has the international Ridell international radio system, and then she’s also on RBN live, Saturdays from 10pm to midnight, Central Time. She’s on Truth Radio here, from 6 to 7pm Central Time, Monday through Friday. Today, hopefully, we’re going to be talking about British law and US law and its association. The speaker is Mark Adams I believe, and hopefully Mark is with us.  Are you here, Mark?

Alan Watt: This is Alan Watt. I don’t know who Mark Adams is.

John: Oh, I’m sorry. I’ve got the wrong name here. Okay, Alan Watt. I’m sorry, yes it is, Alan Watt. It’s my fault. This is my notes as I’m scribbling and not reading my own writing.

Alan: Okay.

John: Very good. I’m sorry about that Alan. So, anyhow, I’m going to let Alan speak here, and if I can interject something, I’ll probably be learning as much as you will be. So, enjoy.

Alan: Well, basically, there’s no real mystery about it, apart from the fact that even Franklin mentioned that the US system would be based on the British style of law. In fact, he praised the legal system, coming from Britain. But you’ll find that the British Empire kept going after the American Revolution. And of course, they kept trying to get the US back in, and it wasn’t really until the late 1800s that Cecil Rhodes and Lord Rothschild, under the auspices of the British Crown, in other words, they were given a warrant to do this, a charter, set up the Rhodes Trust, to train people for a globalistic system based on the British system, and headquartered from Britain, with a branch, another secondary branch in the United States called the Council on Foreign Relations. That’s what it turned into. And so they, the Rhodes Commission joined with the Milner, Lord Milner’s Commission in the Round Table Society, to form a system, through banking, the legal system, and culture creation to basically get the US and Britain to give a culture to the world for a globalist system. And out of that came the League of Nations, to bring in a World Government. And then, of course, it transformed into the United Nations. We’re on a fast track now to finish off the last outposts that haven’t come under the Central Banking System and the same kind of legal system, which must go hand and hand in a global society. And that’s the war in the Middle East, of course. Once that’s over, they’ll have their perfect little New World Order, and that’s what it’s all about.

It’s well documented in so many books in history, and it used to be taught in the schools in Britain, all of the stuff that I’m talking about. So, I’m surprised that people don’t realize while they’ve been entertained for the last fifty, sixty years, their system has been transformed so much that their great grandparents would never, ever recognize it today.

John: I’ve been aware of like the CED reports, or the Committee for Economic Development, which is the CFR’s published documentation. In my avenue of farming, they’ve actually coerced the changing of people being on the farm to bringing them to the villages and shutting down the farms. And there’s been no laws behind it. It’s just that it’s their whim of what they want to do and they create it.

Alan: It’s not just a whim; it’s an actual system. See, this is the thing, this is a system which is run alongside your legal system, sometimes intertwining with it. But it’s like a supergovernment scattered all throughout society, through organizations, NGOs, and that is exactly what the Cecil Rhodes foundation said they would do. And even all the other foundations that sprung up, all coming from the same center, basically, that they would fund NGOs, and heavily fund them too.

John: Would you explain NGOs for the public?

Alan: It’s a nongovernmental organization. The Soviet system was based on nongovernmental organizations. The only difference being that the Soviet government appointed the head of the groups, who pretended then to speak on behalf of the public, and demand from the government certain laws, certain changes, etc. Well, that’s what we’re run on today. We have powerful NGO groups in the US, Canada, and all the Commonwealth countries of Britain, funded by about a dozen major foundations, with massive offices too, pretending they’re grass-roots organizations speaking for the public. But they’re really being directed by the big foundation heads.

John: We just went into a meeting where they’re trying to put in a power system in our area of high power lines, which is detrimental to our ecology and also our own health. And when it gets said and done, we handed them information of free energy, and how this was all going to impact us and everything, and basically, they’re throwing up a couple walls of this generalization of the seven rule, and this definition of it, and that kind of thing. And they’re saying that they’re all against it. And when it got said and done, we handed five senators the information showing how it was all coerced and a big lie, and then they had a secondary meeting come up behind it, and then at the secondary meeting, we restated our issue and basically showed how it was fraudulent and everything else, what they were doing, and after we got it all said and done and talking, one of the people in the background, from Cornell University yells right out from the speaker’s board, “Well, we’re on your side.” And it was a complete lie. But they threw that interjection of mind control in there, to say that they were on our side, and trying to twist this around when it was a complete hoax.

Alan: That’s their policy. One of the major figures, going back even to the thirties and forties in Britain, that trained Rhodes Scholarships, was Arnold Toynbee. He trained the Rhodes Scholars from the US to go back to the US and go into government, and the federal bureaucracies. And Toynbee stated at the 1930 meeting, at the Globalist Meeting, it was an international, basically Communist meeting, held in Denmark at the time. He stated, we always deny with our lips that which we do with our hands. That’s standard policy. So, you’re right. That’s the technique that they use. They simply deny it, you know, or pretend that they’re on your side.

John: Well, we had another gentleman that came from, he was part of the energy commission from Berkeley College in California, and he’d been a comptroller on the board for controlling energy out there. And he gave this huge speech at one of the colleges of how, you know, why they had the blackouts out there. And when it got said and done, he eliminated the saying anything about ENRON. And when I questioned it, and said, you had tapes that actually stated they were coercing the pricing and it had nothing to do with the physical attributes that he was stating, he comes right out and he says, oh, I’m glad you asked that question, I’ve got a whole series to tell on that. And bottom line, he wasn’t glad I asked that question, but that was his out. And people have a wall in their mind. It’s like he threw that out that he was glad I asked the question, and it like distracted the sheeple of our country today to accept his excuse.

Alan: That’s right. But the fact is, you see, what’s happening now in the US and Canada has already happened. It’s happened in Europe. They have standardized, authorized, scheduled brownouts now. And under the United Nations policy for energy usage for the 21st century, we’ve all to eventually cut down all of our consumption, of all types of energy, and eventually live in the habitat areas for Agenda 21. The UN Agenda 21. So, what’s happening here, they must lie to you as they do it. And they will do it. They’ll lie to the very end, until it’s implemented, and then it’s the new normal. We’ll all accept it.

John: In Europe, they’re saying that they’re building lots of digesters for energy systems, and it’s one of the poorest designed systems for any recoup of energy. It does have an environmental positive aspect to it, so it’s like, oh, it’s environmentally sound. But it’s such a huge expense. It’s hard to run. If it dumps itself it stinks, and creates a huge hazard. But they’ve built a lot of these in Europe, and it’s like because there is free energies, it’s like they’re hiding the avenue of a different way of doing things.

Alan: Well, here’s the problem here, and it’s like most radio across the US. People are reacting to the effects of what they see. They don’t know the causes, what’s really behind all of this. And you have to go much deeper to make sense of it. And we know that for instance they’re putting up the big windmills in islands off of Scotland right now, in fact, to power parts of Britain. But when you see what they’re able to power, what they’re projecting in the future, it’s for a much-reduced population. And then you go into the UN’s policy of population control, and they want a vast reduction in the population of this world over the span of the next forty years or so.

John: It’s not even that, I don’t believe.

Alan: I think it’s even shorter. Well, actually they’re killing them off now; people are dying.

John: In fact I would say it was like the next, not even four years, it’s less than that.

Alan: The fact is, they are preparing for a future which they have planned and discussed and had many meetings about and the public, like children, of course, must never be told the bad news. That’s as simple as it is. They’re actually preparing for a much-smaller population.

John: In the Georgia Guide Stones, if you pull up their website, basically guide as you would be guided through a desert or something. The Georgia Guide Stones, they have ten laws listed in seven different languages, and they replicated the Stonehenge by having these ten massive big granite rocks with these laws dictated on there. And one is, you know, fair and just laws and a new language. And that’s something I ask everybody. I say, do you know the new language? And if they don’t know it I say one of the laws also is a 500 million population for smart growth, or sustainability, which is not true either. And you know, as you put up the population of the world today, and figure out like a square yard. You could put almost the entire population right into Texas. And so, it’s not as overpopulated as they try to perpetrate it. There’s easier solutions of free energy. There’s easier solutions of creating clean water and those kinds of things. But they’re not letting them happen. And, at the same time, on a 500 million population, from what the population is today, that means 11 out of 12 of us have got to die.

Alan: That’s right. And it doesn’t just stop there. That’s a transitory phase, because now that they’re into the genetic sciences, they’ve already published many, many books in the higher scientific circles, and admitted they can create new types of humans, purpose-made humans for special jobs. That’s where ultimately they want to go, even then. And the problem that we really have is, all this time, we’ve been brainwashed into thinking we’re free. That’s our problem. The fact is, we never were. And it isn’t until you go into the older history books of European countries, especially Britain, and see how they wrote about the ordinary public around the 1700s, and it really strikes you, these people never ever gave up control over the populace. They never did. They gave us a sham democracy, and it’s better having that, because they knew that the people would revolt every five years or so. So, if they gave you a vote every few years, it would postpone any revolution. But Britain for instance has what they call the Establishment. The Establishment, everyone in Britain talks about it. And it’s the Establishment that’s always been in control. You don’t vote them in, they are there. They are there all the time. And they control the entire structural system. And it’s all done by Freemasonry from the top down.

John: Gees, I talked about people, you know, things going on in our country, as such, and I referred to them as globalist. As people look at me, like, who the hell are you talking about? Excuse my language. Who are you talking about. And you know, it just hits a key, you know, they’ve labeled it at least of an establishment group. And as they have the huge computer system, they call it the Beast. It’s located in every major controlling country in the world, and they’re all labeled together. So, there is no war against the Chinese, against the Russians, against the US. It’s all orchestrated and calibrated and designed for destruction of man and populations and control.

Alan: We are living a business plan. That’s what it is. It’s a long-range business plan, and even our lifetimes have been spent going through part of it, because it was decided long before we were born. Every single part of it. Including the implementation stages of it. And when you go into, for instance, the Communist system….

John: We have a break coming up right here. It will be about a minute and a half or so. This is Truth Radio, with Alan Watt. We’re talking about the British law and the US law and the British involvement and control. We’ll be back in just a minute. Truthradio.com. The D’Anne Burley Show.

(Commercial Break)

John: Again, we have Alan Watt with us, and he’s very informative. I’m very impressed. I’ll let you have the mike there, Alan.

Alan: Yeah, people should look into .com. That’s my website. Where I go into so much of the history that brings us to where we are now and where we’re going with the major players and even some of the books they’ve written themselves. Not about them, but by them. These are the only books you can really trust. And the books by Kissinger and different people. That’s where you get the information as to where we’re all going and why we’re going there. And you find out that, really, democracy doesn’t exist. Never did. It was a sham for the public. And the same system, the establishment that ran Britain, and runs Britain today, and most of the world, actually, also runs the United States. And it’s done through the Council on Foreign Relations, which is just the American branch of the Royal Institute of International Affairs, run by Britain.

John: I agree with you in a lot of ways, but the only way I really don’t agree with you is on a quick example, is the idea of spiritualism, controls, in a lot of ways, that they can’t control us. And there’s writings to where George Washington was in a battle, and the opposition wrote a report of the British and the Indians, not to shoot at the white leader on the big white horse, because they wouldn’t be able to hit him, because the spirit was with him. And at the end of that battle, he had sixty bullet holes through his vest and clothing, and yet, he was untouched.

Alan: Yeah. I know. You know what, we have the same stories in Britain about generals there that went off to Africa. These are foundation myths, they call them, which they give to the people for a cultural belief for a foundation. It’s a standard technique that’s been used for thousands of years. And I know it’s hard for people, because the myths are so, we want to hang on to them. Especially when you’re losing everything else. In reality, too, Washington was trained by the British military, remember. He was a colonial officer before the Revolution, and a Freemason of the English Lodge.

John: Yes, but I still feel there was some justice in some of their logic of how they set things up. I mean, it replicated the Bible’s Ten Commandments. You have, in myself, I have personal achievement in spiritualism. I was hit with a ten-ton bulldozer that fell ten feet and hit me from my neck to my ankles with the roll cage. It literally fit between my head and my toes, and it’s only about eight inches wider than my torso. And I took the shot, and I survived, and it popped like a grape. And I was able to speak from out of my body. And there’s over 300,000 children were able to bend and levitate metal with one hour of instruction. It proves spiritualism. There’s definition in prayer and healing. And so, in the interim of that, I’m not trying to, your point is well taken. And you’ve got to look at that. And I’ll be honest with you, at heart, I will still believe that George Washington was fighting for the right in crossing the Delaware, at 20 below zero or ten below zero or whatever and taking on the troops, there had to be a lot of good spirit in that, is my feeling, to turn things around to some extent. And so many, the history of the Revolution, the gentlemen that gave of themselves, lost everything. A lot of them. They lost family, they lost their riches, they lost their health. And, to me, that’s an avenue of the Lord giving you an avenue of how much will you give to produce truth and righteousness. And will you give of yourself? And I do feel there was a righteous cause there. It’s funny how….

Alan: Well, the thing is though, regardless of the beginnings of it, where has it gone since then?

John: Oh, I agree, there’s terrific manipulation. And it’s like a huge chess game going on of control, and discontrol and also within itself, it’s like you commented about the American CFR is the American branch of the control factor. And I’m sure the American branch has a few disgruntled problems with the British branch which has some problems.

Alan: No. They have no problems whatsoever. In the 1920s, they sent over Rudyard Kipling to read his poem, you know, that was the White Man’s Burden. He read it on the Senate floor to the US Senate. And that was an official Masonic ceremony. And he said, we pass the torch on to you; because it was decided that the US, with the wealth that it could generate, and the manpower, would have to be the military for the next century. They knew that then. This was all written about at the time.

John: Again, I agree with that. And I hope that we have avenues of, and I kind of feel that you must think that, or you wouldn’t be speaking with us tonight.

Alan: I think it’s up to the people, but the people don’t know what they want. You see, what they want is what they already have. And it doesn’t occur to them that the culture and everything in it that they already have was designed for them, not by them, but by others above them. And that’s the problem today.

John: Well, it’s a problem to one extent, but also, it was a growth factor to another extent, so now you’ve got to put a point of measure in affix. And I want to refer to Jesus when he was here, and his accomplishments of creating the teachings of God, and the teachings of good health, and merit of morality. Those are things we should strive for and try to teach and try to build to. And as you refer to, such as the aborigines, there’s a group, there’s a book called, The Mutant Down Under. And the woman took a walk with this group of aborigines. Not all of them, but this group. They stopped having children twenty-five years ago, because they know it’s the end times. And there’s lots of history referring to this Planet X that’s coming by. It’s a 3600-year cycle. There’s Biblical information. There’s a cave in Africa….

Alan: I don’t go in for that stuff, to be honest. Because these guys have been at this for thousands of years with their comets and their sightings and bad news, and it’s always been to control the minds of the public, who go along with it all. Each time they want a war in the Middle East, you notice they kept pulling out the Planet X stuff and diverting the public from reality, you know.

John: You have the Pyramid Giza was built with the stars in mind, and also there was like 800 pyramids that actually replicated the stars in a pattern on the earth. And most people don’t know about that. And also, like the Pyramid Giza has the king’s chambers, which there’s a portal, which the star Sirius, which is a twin star, is in that portal at this time. And it also indicates that the end times is the staircase of the Pyramid Giza, is one foot is a year in replication from the time to the end times.

Alan: No. I’m sorry, I have to disagree with that. I’ve looked into all that stuff, the foundations of the British Israel movement. That’s when they came up with all this measurement stuff to do with the pyramids and when you go into the guys who actually were there, even the archeologists were complaining about some of the fanatics that were going around scratching some of the walls and so on to make marks, to make it fit their theories.

John: So you think that Jesus’s face on the timeline of the pyramid staircase is a hoax then?

Alan: I do, yeah. People fall for the fantastic, because they want to.

John: I agree with that to some extent, but there’s also things that happen is, if you have a relation, a family member dying or so, there’s almost every person going will sense the spirit of that person….

Alan: But that’s nothing to do with the Pyramids or Planet X. You see, you’re tying it all together, and it’s unrelated.

John: To some extent, it is unrelated, but to some extent, it is all tied together. As you compare….

Alan: You see fatalism is the key for religion to make people go along with every move that’s made. If you tell people it’s written that way, they’ll think, well there’s nothing we can do about it.

John: Well, there’s discontent within the Bible itself. There’s an eye for an eye, or forgive and look the other way. And you’ve got to build your own discernment and your own, it’s your own growth factor, to measure a point of what you’re spiritually….

Alan: But there’s nothing to measure. I mean, if you go to the New Testament, you’re following someone who stood up against the bankers, who stood up against the system of the priests that ran their country and kept them under a massive legal system and who was killed for doing it. The Christians are the most easygoing people today. They go along with everything.

John: You’re taking an interesting point, and I have to agree with a lot of it. And I, being that I’ve experienced being out of my body, and speaking from out of my body, I know there’s a difference. And that it is a definition of growth factor. As the aborigines were able to speak with the upper spirits, and able to speak with the animals, and to self heal, there’s definition of power and morality. You’re able to look at the sun in the morning and evening without it having it hurt your eyes, where a person who has not morality can’t. It’s a point of measure. And there are some definitions that are out there. We have some writings. We have people that have come to greatness, because of self-giving, and you know, just in the writings and stuff. If their control factor, as you say, is very strong, and is very clever, and is a huge chess game….

Alan: They understand us. They understand how we think. They understand how the mind wants to believe that everything is going to work out fine in the end. And so they’re always giving us new endings, continuously. And we fall for it every time. And because of that, we sit back and do nothing, and allow the most evil things to be done to everyone else, as long as I’m okay.

John: Well, they have, this is a characteristic of talking to where they’re controlling us, and I’m seeing lots of things like today, in the paper, our local chairman of the board and head of the economic development zone, he’s wanting more, more basically police state and control, by permitting of buildings and that kind of thing. And people aren’t adhering to it. But it’s a situation to where they’re orchestrating the monies to be gone, where you don’t have money anymore. They’re overtaxing and those kind of things. It’s also when people are doing what they have. They may not have the proper materials, but at least they have something to put on their roof to stop the problem, and it may be a temporary fix, it may be a poor fix, but at least it’s a fix. But because they’re saying you didn’t meet the criteria, now it’s become a point of well, you’re going to lose your house because you don’t look so good anymore. And if you don’t force this, and pay the bill of the permitting, and follow the specs that we demand, and again, this guy is uneducated. He thinks he’s educated. He’s again, as the lawyers, you want to say the Masons or the Illuminati, there’s lots of people in control, and a lot of them stand back, so you don’t know who they are, but they do have figureheads that are standing there, the judges or whoever else, and, it’s like you say, they try not to have the Revolutions and as push comes to shove, like right now, we have in history, once you reach the 50% taxation rate, usually there was a revolution or a change in government or whatever. Right now, we’re at like 87 or 89%. And they’re continuing to be able to do what they’re doing through orchestration of our food, for mind control, they’re controlling and giving to a certain extent. They’re lying like crazy to say, oh, you’ve got this one really, you don’t have this, and you think you’re the only one that’s really losing, when there’s millions of people really losing, and you know, yeah, it’s a terrific chess game. But, as we’re out on these airwaves, hopefully, we’re waking people up, and getting people under motion, and getting on our thoughts, and not accepting that judge’s verdict, or, if he gives a bad verdict to challenge it and maybe question it and stand behind that person that’s being orchestrated against, and to not always believe the stories, and say, oh, he wasn’t, he didn’t pay his taxes, so we’re shutting down on him. They want to hear the rest of the story, and they don’t just believe the government’s version. And, so you have those kind of challenges, I want to say, and as you have those challenges of playing the chess game, we are becoming stronger in ourselves, as far as mental abilities to think and to act, and to hopefully check that system.

Alan: I’d have to say, it’s bigger than that. Because the enforcers that they use against the people are bred by the people. It’s your own sons and daughters that will come out and bash you over the head with the big truncheon or the stun gun. And they themselves are so scientifically brainwashed now from kindergarten onwards, right up to the present age, that they’ll do whatever they’re told against their older people. This is a science we’re talking about. And the public don’t understand the science.

John: Again, I’d have to agree with you on that, there’s a lot of truth in that statement.

Alan: Well, the elite don’t send their own sons and daughters to come down and make you do things. It’s your local police. It’s the local different organizations, the paramilitary army that they have now under many names, even the Ministry of Natural Resources have firearms and machine guns. It’s pathetic. We’re living in an armed camp. But it’s their own sons and daughters from the bottom classes that are holding the guns at us.

John: Right. It’s the people that touch us every day that are holding us at bay, and are going to be killing us. That’s true.

Alan: That’s right. And they’ve been taught that anyone who’s older is useless; they have no value. That’s a cultural fact that’s now accepted by most people.

John: Well, I disagree with that totally. Just in the idea of the one quick example I can think of is they killed the elephant population off to reduce its volume for control. They took the older elephants, and the young elephants immediately became rogue. And to correct the problem, they had to capture older elephants from other areas and bring them into the area, and the older elephants again were able to take control of the culture of the elephants, and settle down the rogue young elephants and bring….

Alan: You see, we’re not elephants though. This is the problem.

John: No, I understand that.

Alan: We’re not elephants. And the fact is, in the 1960s, the saying came out through the Communist factions, “Don’t trust anybody over 30.” And that’s been pushed in the schools continuously ever since. You won’t see older actors in movies. It’s all young people.

John: We have a break coming again here. We’ll be another couple minutes. This is Truthradio.com. I’m John, your host. And Alan Watt is our speaker. Very interesting topic here. The D’Anne Burley Show on Truthradio.com. We’ll be right back.

(Commercial Break)

John: And welcome back. And this is the D’Anne Burley show on Truthradio.com. This is John your host. Our speaker today is Alan Watt. And I’ve been very appreciative of this conversation. Again, we’re talking about the control of the globalists, and where it’s at, in that it’s much more as a system that’s been for a long time and going to continue, and personally, myself, I think there’s a terrific spiritual fight, and it’s a point of spiritual growth, and I guess the only point that we might disagree on, is the fact that I still believe my elephant story, and as you relate to the idea of them not using old people in movies and old people in government, the old people have a controlling factor and an anchor for our society. And as a spiritual people in the sharmas of the old times, and the aborigines talked to the spirit of the older people that are calmer, at twenty eight years old you have a physical addition to your brain, which allows you to become spiritual. But you have to practice it. And hopefully, those things are what are going to make the difference of our future, and but, it’s a terrific chess game. It’s a chess game of life. It’s a chess game of building love and peace and prosperity of the earth. I don’t have much else to say to you, Alan. You’re very much on the mark.

Alan: Well, you see, the thing is, you’re up against such an amazing, studied, intense science, where even the whole New Age philosophy was given out to the public by the same crowd, a hundred-odd years ago, in preparation for today, to create this movement. And even now, I mean, there was Gorbachev. He was given the Presidio for his particular Green type Party thing. He actually has the Knights of Lazarus flag outside there, high Mason. He was knighted over in London. And that’s the Green Flag that you see, the Green Cross. Well, he was given that when he was still the Soviet leader of the Soviet system, in Russia. That shows you there was no Cold War either, it was all a farce. And his job, he wrote a book called, Towards a New Civilization. Towards a New Beginning was the subtitle. And he said, I am an atheist, he said. And later on in the book, he says, We are creating the religion of the future for the people, which will be based on a form of Earth Worship. Now, that’s your greening of the planet. That’s your habitat areas. That’s your reduced population to save Mother Earth. It’s all been done by the same crew.

John: Yeah, it’s just like if you point out that there’s like six free energies, such as there’s magnetic engines that will just run on a car battery. You have the hydrogen fuel cells, 1600 miles per gallon on a car battery, you have….

Alan: They’ve had all of this for the last hundred years, but they’ll never ever allow it to be given to the public, because, you don’t get it, you see, we’re not free; we’re not supposed to be free under their system as far as they’re concerned. They would never allow it. Never allow it. In fact, they’re taking your right to even grow food from you as an individual. That’s coming too.

John: Well, they outlawed water. If you’re taking your own rainwater off your roof in Bolivia, and the people came up to arms, and came, you know, to stop it. And it’s not that they’re not still trying to control the cost of water and every drop of water you get, they’re going to make you pay for it. And I went to a meeting here, last Monday in fact, on that same topic, and the woman was a terrific globalist, and she sounded great. And I blew her right out of the water. And everybody who was in that meeting, it was probably 350 people, really shunned me, because it was like I was creating a, and I quoted laws of chemtrails. I quoted where Indonesia hired Russia to create a monsoon to stop the drought. And pointed out where China created water from dehumidifiers, in Indonesia where the tsunami was, and so there’s easier ways of making clean water and supplying water, and it’s not really a terrifically big problem.

Alan: You’re trying to fight it with logic. You see, this is not a logical battle. This is a battle for them to have total domination over all resources that you need to live. That’s what it is.

John: Right, but if we can do it ourselves, and don’t need their abilities and start. And again, I fully believe in this Planet X coming by. There’s some things I could tell you and show you.

Alan: I don’t need it. It’s all nonsense. It’s a Masonic joke, actually, Planet X. X is a symbol of the illumined man, it’s also the Dix, it’s the Number Ten in Roman Numerology. It’s the male/female combined. It’s a big Masonic Joke. And it’s worked wonders, because when they were going into Iraq, I had people phoning me, and all they were talking about was Planet X, nothing about Iraq. It was a beautiful diversion.

John: As you say, they’re making DNA conversions and what not and people for control. The reason we’re in Iraq is like for the, I’m trying to think of the God they’ve got.

Alan: The Fish.

John: I can’t think of his name at the moment.

Alan: The Doannes. It’s the same one. It came actually from India, initially, and then they had it in Egypt as well. The same one, the Fish God.

John: In his tomb, he was one-third human and two-thirds angel, so they’re heading for his DNA is what they’re headed for, for building these articulate, you know, DNA projects. And it’s like today in the United States, we just voted on supposedly using the stem cell, and they’ve been using it for years, and creating all sorts of things. And we just had a report come in that they’re creating a Bigfoot that is going to be quite vile. So, if you go out in the woods or whatever, he’ll be out there and he’ll probably take you. And Bigfoot really does exist. It’s like giants, you know. They’ve got two giants on display down in Chile that are like 16, 18 foot tall, and have robes of gold down to their feet. And you know, they’re mummified. They’re real. There’s not maybe.

Alan: But why, why are you looking at this right now? I mean, they’ve been putting wild cougar back into the wilds for the last few years, and wolves, and things that we used to fight in the past. We don’t have to look towards further terrors coming out of CIA propaganda sources to terrify us even further. We’ve watched the rewilding of the Americas for years now. We’ve got people in British Columbia getting carried off by Mountain Lions.

John: Yeah, but we’re having some people that are on these shortwave systems that are starting to rebel and they’re starting to take action, you know, and maybe it’s not up front or whatever, but there are people taking action, and supposedly it’s real devastating. They put this wall in our mind that, oh, if you shoot a wolf it’s really bad and it’s worse than killing somebody. Well, where do you draw the lines on that? You’ve got to start taking your own actions.

Alan: Well, as I say, they now have the wild cougar going into the towns in some parts of BC. They’ve already killed, mainly women in the last few years. And a bicyclist was dragged off his bike and was getting carried off before someone stopped and managed to get him loose.

John: In Washington, DC?

Alan: No, this is British Columbia.

John: Oh, British Columbia, yes. Well in California, also.

Alan: So, this is happening. And, of course, more and more bear attacks, because that’s the other part of it. But the thing is, it’s to get us all into these little compact areas, where we’re all nice and safe, you see, and well controlled, and we can’t move without permission. And this is all coming from the United Nations. All of it. All your building codes, all your building codes worldwide today, and have been for the last fifteen years from Carpentry to Electricity to Plumbing to Septic Tanks to everything, including the runoff off your roof, comes from the United Nations. We’re already global.

John: What’s your explanation of the road system they’re putting from Mexico to Canada, and they’re putting it up.

Alan: That’s old stuff. I was talking about that years ago.

John: Well, I know they were, and they’ve been, I know it’s a thirty-year plan that they’re into right now.

Alan: Well, highway 69 that comes up through Ontario just happens will be joined with one in the States. It’s just over the border there, the last few miles that will complete it. And that’s also called 69. What a coincidence, and that’s been there for a hundred years.

John: But the new project now is being built away from the public population zones and along the coast. And again, as the temperatures, we’re seeing the melting of the caps of the earth and what not, and it’s exceeded miles and miles. I mean it’s not just a little change, it’s a huge change. So, there is definition to a global changing, not really so much from the pollution but from natural aspects.

Alan: It’s from the spraying. I mean, Teller who did the hydrogen bomb talked about doing this back in the 1950s. He said, if we spray the skies enough with aluminum oxide, barium and other metallic particles, we can trap the heat, and alter the weather. And this was widely published at the time, in all scientific papers and books. They’ve been doing it for the last few years. They’re causing the warming. They’re using the HAARP technology, which they’ve got 54 across the planet. And they’re causing the storms. The US Air Force said in the newspaper, about, what, three years ago, we shall shortly own the weather. They do own it. And now the whole thing is to terrify the public, make the public think their polluting is causing the problem so that we’ll all change our ways and do what we’re told and move into the habitat. This is standard procedure. This is herd management, actually.

John: If we point out the chemtrails, and you can actually see the clouds and see them actually applying the chemtrail situations, people are becoming aware of it, so they’re becoming a little more open-minded that they’re becoming controlled, and not to be controlled as well. And I guess that’s what my task has been.

Alan: The same media, I mean, two nights ago on the CBC Canada here, they had this fake debate. And they actually gave it a title which was meant to swing you immediately, just from the title of the show. Now, this is your national television station for Canada, government-run. And it was called, the Global Warming Deniers, you see. Now, that already swung. So you had a debate between two sides, the pros and the guys against the global warming theory, but none of them, including the media, mentioned the fact of the spraying.

John: Well, they load the television broadcasts without people like yourself or myself that would actually bring out, you know. We had like US Title 50, section 1520, legalizes chemtrails. Well, then how come we don’t know about it, or we’re not informed about it. And that was something I brought out in that meeting the other day. And as I was able to throw those numbers out, some people can pull them up and will verify that, yeah, there’s a law on it, and why aren’t we informed about that.

Alan: Well, it’s also signed into treaty. The US signed a treaty. So did Canada. So did every country, except China and Switzerland. And that was a treaty signed about five or six years ago to do with this airspace thing, to do with airspace over your countries. They didn’t explain exactly what it meant, but that’s what it was. Foreign pilots can now fly your military aircraft across your skies. And that’s what it was. The Open Sky Treaty it was called. Only two countries, China and Switzerland did not sign it.

John: They actually shot down a ballistic missile over St. Louis here about two years ago, I believe. And it was shot off, I believe by the North Koreans. But I’m not positive of that. It may have been someone else. But anyhow. It’s, if you go to peaceforspace or spaceforpeace dot org, I believe, they have the information on it. But we actually had a multi-ballistic head, above St. Louis, that could have really impacted us. And they did take it out, but it’s like, why did they let it get so close.

Alan: I don’t even know if it happened, though. It would depend who benefits from the propaganda, because I know they’ve put so many front people in there pretending that they’re speaking for you, to get this global space treaty signed, and then it gets put into the hands of the United Nations, strangely enough.

John: I guess my question, I’m a firm believer that there is UFOs already, that they’re actually here on this planet.

Alan: Oh, they’re here, because they make them down in Area 51. The BBC did a documentary back in 1970 on them, and they showed you them coming out of the underground hangers there. See, technology is so far ahead of what the public is ever, ever told, from professorship down to the lowest level.

John: But don’t you think that if they were to pull the DNA to recreate them or whatever, don’t you believe that in space they actually exist, and they wouldn’t allow us up there if we were too ballistic anyhow. But anyhow, this is the D’Anne Burley Show. We’re all done for the night. I appreciate you being here, Alan. .com. Very interesting. I appreciate it. Thank you, Alan.

Alan: It’s a pleasure.

____________________________________________________________

August 15th, 2006
Alan Watt on the Alex Jones Show.

____________________________________________________________

Alex Jones: For several years, I’ve heard him do radio interviews. I’ve seen some of his work, read some of his articles, and I thought he’d be a great individual to have on for really about an hour and a half with us today. We’ll have open phones coming up next hour. Maybe even some this hour for those that are patiently holding.

Alan Watt is a long-term researcher into the causative forces behind major changes in historical development. Born in Scotland, he watched the subtleties of politics and media as they guided the population of the U.K. covertly into a European Amalgamation. (Alex: That’s right. Europeans didn’t know it was an EU, until it was too late.) He has been warning the North American people for some years now that the same process of amalgamation is being carried out.

With historical documentation, he shows how cultures are created and altered by those in control, always to lead the people like sheep into the next pasture.

And again, he’s an amazing individual. He’s got CDs and DVDs on the topic, and we have links over to his website on infowars.com right now. And first, I want to get Alan to tell us about himself. Then, I want to get his take, which I know will mirror mine, because he’s right on line. Or I guess, my view would mirror his, I’ve heard him already speak on it in the last week, on these fake terror alerts, on the attempt to push us into World War III, who the globalists are, how this operation is being conducted, and ways to try to fight back against it. Mr. Watt, it’s good to have you on with us.

Alan Watt: Yeah, it’s a pleasure. It’s interesting, because the techniques of creating terror are nothing new, in order to get populations to submit, and it’s been done since the days of ancient Rome. They were experts at it, always terrorizing the public, and then setting their own troops on the public to terrify them even more, under the guise of safety. And they took all the rights from them, over and over again. So, it’s a science. This is a science. Generally or loosely called fascism. And it’s been done all down through the centuries. And it’s taught at some of the elite schools. These are sciences taught to diplomats and so on.

Alex: Well, it certainly is. Give us your analysis on the latest string of arrests, the headlines like baby bombers, and then you read deeper and they admit that there was no plan to blow up a baby, but the general public still parrots it. How they basically get us to identify with our sitcom heroes. I want to go through, just some of the basics of the mind control we’re under, who’s behind it, and what their master plan is.

Alan: Well, the BBC did a documentary about three years ago on London, and primarily on the Islamic population of immigrants there. And it was to do with the monitoring of the internet. And they knew there were young guys, naturally, young guys are easily led. They get angry when they think their culture is under attack, which it certainly is, and they were all chatting on the internet about doing something, or what could they do, and they hadn’t even mentioned violence. And so, the ones who were monitoring them, the security agencies, supplied them with leaders that joined them in these chat rooms and eventually led them right into the very situation they had never thought of getting into.

Alex: Now, let’s be clear, whether it’s Miami or Toronto or London, it’s a repeat, over and over again. In some cases mentally retarded street children being led by FBI, MI6, MI5, Mossad. And this always comes out in the papers, but it’s in the back of the paper.

Alan: It’s in the back of the papers. And then it doesn’t matter, because the effect has already taken on the public. They’ve heard the propaganda and the effect stays. The terror, the initial fear stays with them – this is psychology – even though it’s later exposed as being a hoax. It’s all a science, as I say. We had the same thing in Canada, where teenagers were chatting on the internet. The RCMP basically, as far as I can see, supplied them with a leader. Then they gave this little group of guys, teenagers, fertilizer to make a bomb. And then, as soon as they delivered three tons of it to them, the RCMP arrested them. And then shouted, terrorism, terrorism. And this is how it’s done. It’s provocateurs. And it’s a standard technique they’ve used down through history.

Alex: Well, it is. And then in some cases they actually arrest their own agents. There’s no group, and then a month later, it’s buried in some newswire that oh, that bus in Pakistan, that was really a CIA officer, but they arrested him and had the news story as a cover to bring him back in, and there wasn’t any alert to begin with. So there’s also those cases. Then there’s cases where they are actually able to provocateur people into carrying out attacks, then there’s separate cases where the government itself carries out the attacks and literally goes and then arrests one or two true patsies.

Alan: Yes. And even here in Canada on the CBC, which is the government station, like the BBC, they did an exposé on the first World Trade Center bombing, in fact, the first bombing that went on there. People have forgotten about it. But it turned out that, sure enough, the FBI had been training some Arabs to make this bomb, a bunch of bombs, and one of the Arabs suspected he was being handled by the CIA and set up, so he taped his meetings with his handler. And when he went into court charged with making the bomb, he played the tape, and that’s what got him off. Because he said right on the tape. He said, you don’t want us to make a real bomb, surely. And the guy, the FBI guy said, oh yeah, we do.

Alex: Well, it’s now come out, it’s a big headline on prisonplanet.com, buried in the mainstream news. They admit that MI5 and 6 wanted to give them real bombs and let them go ahead and carry it out. But the group could never get to that point, because it was totally provocateured and wasn’t real. I mean, I was listening to local talk radio yesterday, and people were calling in and talking about hanging and killing lobbyists. And of course they didn’t mean it, but if the government wanted to, they could trace that and arrest them and claim they’d foiled another major terror attack.

Alan: Definitely. And this is an age where you’ve got to be careful how you phrase things, and even in jest you’ve got to be very careful, because it can be used against you.

Alex: You’re absolutely right. What do you see happening in terms of attacks on Iran and Syria? It’s now come out in the New Yorker magazine, Sy Hersh, an impeccable source, that White House sources have reported that Dick Cheney basically gave Israel the go-ahead and the order to attack Lebanon, and said, do it soon, and that it indeed is for the elections in an attempt to be “a curtain raiser of the beginning of a full-scale war with Iran and Syria.”

Alan: There’s no doubt. That was all done and published by the Project for the New American Century, by this coterie of instigators. They published it before the 9/11, 2001 Attack. So they gave us the format of Afghanistan and then Iraq, and then Iran, and then Syria, etc. They’re standardizing the whole world into the one system. And anyone who holds out, be it a Bosnia or any country in the Middle East, they must be brought under the same central banking, so-called democratic system that we’re all under. And that’s what it’s about. They’re standardizing the world.

Alex: They are. The programs have the exact same names in Canada, New Zealand, England, as we have in the US. They’re handing over the Infrastructure to foreign companies, including the roads. And that means when these nongovernmental bodies are created, they then give governmental power to them, folks, and there’s no checks and balances, due process is being erased, the police are being militarized against the people. I want to get more into terror. More into what we’re facing right now, but let me ask you, Alan Watt. I don’t know if you’ve heard of my prediction, but back before 9/11, I said they’re probably going to attack the World Trade Center. They’ll try to blame it on their asset, Bin Laden. Call the White House, tell them don’t do it. I’ve now made my second prediction, that we’ll see a major terror attack in the next two months, unless we all really get the word out and expose this. And even Fox News has now covered my prediction. I wanted to get your take on this. Do you think we’re in a prime danger window for a major event?

Alan: There’s no doubt. These guys will go to any means, any lengths to get this through, and if it means terrorizing the public into it, with their very lives, fear of their lives, they will do so. There is nothing they will not do to get their way. They cannot go back now on their agenda. It’s been so far in the planning, so long in the planning. I always say when the ax man’s ax is halfway down, they can’t pull it back. They can’t backtrack now. It’s all or nothing for them. And whatever it takes is what they’ll do.

Alex: Now, for listeners that just joined us. We’re going to get into some of the more esoteric roots of this, the history of it briefly, who the new world order is, are, what their plans are, and then I’m going to look at the way they implement this, the published admissions of mass mind control through the culture, through the television, through role modeling, because we are mammals, and they use the techniques that you know, mammals are based on, the kind of pack, tribe mentality to control us. That is mind control folks, not the classic, you know, electrodes to your head and LSD. Really the more sophisticated mind control is peer pressure, it is cultural. I want to get into that with Alan Watt, who’s really an expert on that, and tell you about his website and some other issues. And then I want to get into solutions with him as well. But before we go any further, Alan, why don’t you tell folks about your website.

Alan: Yes, they can look at .com, where I have lots of interviews there for free you can download. And I also have some things for sale, some information, DVDs, CDs, some books, which help to explain, and deprogramming, deprogram the reader or the listener as they’re going through it. That’s what I attempt to do, is to deprogram them from their conditioning, and bring them into the true reality they’re living in.

Alex: Well, I call it imperial conditioning. And you notice countries that have been under a corrupt system, an aristocracy for a while, have the same submissive traits, look at the Brits and the Japanese, you know, the head bowing, the submissive, you know accent, the going along to get along. This really is imperial conditioning, isn’t it?

Alan: It is. Again, based upon tribal instincts, which are exaggerated and understood and used against the populace. Their very instincts for tribalism are used against them.

Alex: Exactly. And then men have facsimiles of warfare, facsimiles of being men. You go watch a football game and are a spectator, when even the event itself isn’t true warfare. It itself is an android, a facsimile.

(Commercial Break)

Alex: Later in this hour, I’ll get into this report, the Dominican Today, President Chavez, US governed by genocidal mafia that violates human rights. Alan Watt is really an expert on the New World Order, and I want to give him some time to run here and get into it. But, Alan, I want to get into the history, as I mentioned, and what their master plan is, but first off, we have thousands of admissions of nerve gassing troops, radiating babies, giving pregnant G.I.s’ wives uranium pills, all declassified. Radiating 110,000 Jewish children, not in Nazi Germany but in Israel, with US funding. The elite believe in survival of the fittest, Social Darwinism. They really believe, as you know well, I’d like you to elaborate on this, that the end justifies the means. It’s really a sick psychological salve. We can kill whoever we want because we’re the grand architects and we know best, and got to break a few eggs to make an omelet. Then you’ve got the naive population, whereas fifty years ago, Americans knew government was corrupt, couldn’t be trusted, sixty, seventy years ago. Now, a lot of people just say, no, government doesn’t do bad, and I mean, it’s like they’ve driven the survival instinct out of us. And the people, I see them like a bunch of blind guinea pigs, not even aware of the fact that they’re curled up next to a huge boa constrictor. Alan Watt.

Alan: Well, you see, they’ve been domesticated, scientifically. And you can find the proof of this in the writings of men like Bertrand Russell, who was a British Lord, and who was put up in the forefront to guide the elite themselves, and to recruit many students at universities, across the planet, into helping create this world order they’re bringing into view. It’s the world where the intellectual elite have the right to rule the lessers, as they say. And he talked about methods of conditioning the general public. He was given his own schools to practice in, in England. And he practiced mixed schooling, he practiced schooling with promoting pre-puberty sexual activity amongst the students, to see what the outcome would be, because the ultimate goal was to destroy the last vestige of the tribe, which was marriage itself. And once they had done that, and they had found that their findings could be implemented through fiction, through movies, through drama, and the public always emulates their drama, then they could actually destroy the old to bring in the new.

Alex: Now that’s key, that’s key, that’s key. On these TV shows they’ll have a hero who’s cool and great and everybody admires. And then over the next few years, he will change, and so you can get a big, strapping, say, man, to then see his hero become a homosexual, and suddenly he likes that.

Alan: That’s right, yeah.

Alex: I mean, they’re doing this scientifically. Let’s start at the beginning. Who is the New World Order? What are we facing? Let’s go through how they’ve orchestrated this. I know you get into Huxley, one of the few people I know who actually talks about that speech, I’ve played it here, from ’62, where he talked about how he’d been in the laboratories, with the wires hooked into people’s brains. How they were going to do all this to us. Folks, this is really the plan. Go over it for us.

Alan: Well, you can go way back into the English Revolution, and the aftermath of the English Revolution, and what came out of there, where they brought in what they called democracy. But it was only for a nobility class, not for the general public. And you’ll find the writings of John Dee, who was a big worker in the scientific program, and what they did at that time, in the court of Queen Elizabeth, which was the first openly kabbalistic court, they adopted the Cabala into Christianity and called it a new mystical Christianity. And they coined the term the British Empire. The British Empire was to be an Empire that would spread across the whole globe, under the guise of Free Trade. And this was in the 1500s. And they said that they would set up a duplicate of themselves to govern the public within every country. Any country which would not join, they would simply eradicate by warfare, or they would put embargoes on them, so they couldn’t trade at all. And they’ve been very successful, working down through the centuries, towards this goal.

Alex: Well, you’re right. And we’re talking about economic warfare. They come in. They openly pay off your politician. They give him a billion bucks of say, 18 billion, if it’s Nigeria. They openly don’t pay it back. The politician signs over the population, the forest, the factories, the roads, and then they literally get the whole country for credit they created on a computer balance sheet out of zeroes and ones, and now they’re doing it to the US.

Alan: Yes, and every time, I’ve noticed too, even in the music industry, they bring forth certain heroes, once in a while, well known to the teenagers, and they’ll go to prime ministers and presidents, and ask for Third World loans to be negated. And everybody cheers thinking this is wonderful, it will help the poor Third World countries. But what you fail to realize is, that every five years your governments loan this money out. They borrow it first from the World Bank. They loan it out to those countries, and when it’s written off, you, the citizen of the country, like Canada or the US, you’re on the hook for it. You’re the guarantor.

Alex: But it’s worse, you’re right. This is all official. This is all admitted. It’s much worse, and I’ll tell people how it’s worse when we get back. The final little part of the equation that Alan Watt was just bringing up. You pay for it and something else happens.

(Commercial Break)

Alex: Welcome back, ladies in gentlemen. We’re about to go back to Alan Watt, our guest, and later we’re going to open the phones up. I’ve listened to Mr. Watt. I’ve researched his work for several years. And he’s basically found the same things that I’ve discovered. He’s more articulate in some respects. That’s why we have him on with us today. Because I get upset about this. I mean, to openly read elites publishing textbooks, writing autobiographies, I mean, presidents, prime ministers, chancellors, calling us slaves. Talking about how they use animal psychology, comrade Lorenz type stuff on us, to see them. And then to see the public giggling and laughing at people like Alan Watt and myself, who try to warn them. I’m like, hey, here they are calling you slaves. Hey, they’re going to break up your families. They’re going to do all these horrible things to us. Because they’re threatened by the family. They’re threatened by you owing allegiance to your family. They’re threatened by your culture. I don’t care if it’s a Mexican culture, or an American culture, or a British culture, or Scottish culture, or Chinese culture, globalism is about destroying that and replacing it with this new elite, aristocratic, technocrat culture, with one child policies if you’re lucky, forced sterilization, bio-ethics, you know it as eugenics. I mean, these are cold-blooded people. They’re on serious power trips. And they talk about survival of the fittest, but normally, they’re inbred, they’re mentally ill. A lot of these elitists end up in mental institutions. These really are spoiled, rotten, scum. And, but they have been focused, and they are intelligent, and they are ravaging, ravaging our society.

Going back to Alan Watt. Alan, I’m going to try to control myself here. You bring up so many points, and then I want to comment on it. But let’s get into the history, who these players are, go through the science, go through how they published it, how they admit they’re doing it, knowing that the dumbed down public isn’t reading industry publications and scientific psychology reports commissioned by the defence department and the ministry of defence in England. Let’s run through it and then get into their master plan. But first, my question to you. You know, when I talk about the frustration, the anger of seeing zombie-like fellow humans, who’ve been turned into really facsimiles of free men, who’ve been turned basically, and I mean this figuratively, into these androids, who are totally programmed to the point of just being bestial creatures that just feed their lowest animal centers, not knowing that there’s a whole other world out there for them. I see the elite robbing the entire society of its intellect, and thus robbing the group mind of its intellect. This is a crime that is just unspeakable. These guys are soul suckers. Will you give me your take on that?

Alan: Yeah, they are, because they’ve always looked upon the masses as a separate entity, building material which they can manipulate and use and rebuild and destroy when need be. They’ve never looked upon the general population. In fact, that’s why they call them commoners. Commoners pick their own mate. They don’t have them selected through genealogies and matched up for certain qualities. So they’re called commoners, you see. And this has always been behind this elitist movement. Even the ones who pretended they were the leftists in history and who were put out there to really steer the masses into particular directions, which would bring them further into this New World Order, they were all working for the same elitists, in fact. We find at the beginnings of this social fascist movement, back in the 18th century, being written about by guys like Saint Simon. And he laid the foundations which later became Marxism. And the only difference is though, he combined fascism with it, and he said, at the very top we must have those in control who are used to dealing with economy, and so bankers will be the executive branch of this New World system. So this is what Marxism, and all the other isms were based on that came later. It’s a form of a science which they created back in the 18th century.

Alex: Let’s go into the 19th century, the 20th century, the Edward Bernays, people like that. Let’s go through the Tavistock Institute, how they interlock in to the real governments of England, the Royal Institute of International Affairs, the Council on Foreign Relations. I mean, let’s run through how they’re using television, how they’re using media, who we’re really dealing with, and then maybe go for some of the tricks they use so people can recognize this when they’re watching television.

Alan: Television really was the great breakthrough, but radio before it was immediately recognized to be a fantastic propaganda tool. And the BBC International was the first to come out for that purpose in fact, in World War I. And they realized they could hook in listeners every day, with drama, especially a serial type drama, which would leave you at the end of the hour with a cliffhanger, so they would tune in the next day at the same time to hear what happened to their hero. And those stories in those days were geared at soldiers, young men. Now every young boy wants to be a hero. That’s another tribal instinct which they use. And so the heroes were always young men, who would end up going to war with Germany. Britain was losing so many of its population in that war, they had to get recruits in fast, and so, through the dramas on the BBC, they found they could stimulate young men to join up and try to become these heroes. And they also created a movement where the females, if there boyfriends would not join up, would wear openly in public a white feather in their hat, and that brought disgrace upon their boyfriend. So they used coercion to get the men into war.

Alex: Exactly. Once we’re living under the New World Order fully, literally the heroes will all be big thugs with black ski masks and helmets. They’ll show succulent, luscious women all over television worshiping them, and then your girlfriends will leave you. They will report on you. They will fall to the knees and literally lick boots. That’s the power of this. And folks, it’s all a facsimile. It’s all a fraud. Who cares about Friends on television? Who cares about stupid sitcom stars? Who cares about all that garbage? You’re buying into a literal illusion. Go ahead.

Alan: Well, again, we can trace all of this back to ancient Greece, where the philosophers wrote about the structure and creation of cultures. And Plato put it in his book, The Republic, which was to be a utopia, for an elite group in the future, where a guardian class would basically rule the world. This guardian class exists today. They are the elites of the world of every culture and nationality. One big club. And they would employ the lesser class beneath them, certain ones to form a giant bureaucratic class and a military class. And Plato even said, this is 2300 years ago, Plato said, towards the end, they would bring in the females into the military as well. The females in the military would breed with the military men, and they would produce military offspring that would be trained. So, it was selective breeding for specific purposes, which was perfectly understood, 2300 years ago.

Alex: You understand, folks, the Greeks would literally just sit around 24 hours a day, trying to come up with different plans and systems for society, and the Greeks at that point, of course had hit their crest. And they were a military camp, a military style society. And all of this just got picked up, and it’s being used today. So, understand, we’ll get into science fiction later, and how it’s been used as a control mechanism. But, in that description in War of the Worlds, where the author is talking about the Martians looking at us like amoebas in a petri dish, coldly calculating their designs. He wrote a non-fiction book, H.G. Wells, titled The New World Order, where he talked about us like that in political terms. So, that’s really a kind of an inside joke. It’s like when he wrote The Time Machine, you’ve got the Morlocks who feed on the mindless, what are they, Eloihim, and again, this is the same analogy of what the elite is doing. And I would point out, that this is not a guardian class. This is a cancerous, oppressive, inbred, psychopathic class. Would you like to comment on that?

Alan: Well, that’s true, and again, going back to Plato, which ties in with that very thing. Plato described the traveling theaters that came into Greece, and traveled round the major cities, and it was law at that time that everybody had to attend at least once, including the slaves. And that is where Plato himself used these terms, he said, because that is where the people will emulate the drama they see portrayed on stage. They’d copy the action. They will act like the actress, the heroine, or the hero. And he said that’s also intensified through the use of music, and the fashion industry. Those were his words. So these are all part of culture creation. He said, nothing is allowed to come up from the grass roots, because if it did, the elite would lose control. So, anything that happens in culture is actually authorized from the top. That goes too for the flooding of Britain and the US with drugs, back in the ’60s. That was authorized from the top.

Alex: Oh, and then every time you look at it, it’s the government introducing LSD, I mean, the TV shows and the dramas make it look stylish to use drugs. You know, the cops come after you, but the really good-looking girls and the good-looking guys are on it, and it’s really cutting edge to do it.

Alan: And of course, Britain, who was right into India, long before that, studied the Brahmans intensely, because the Brahmans had held India under their sway for thousands of years, with a perfect caste system, incorporated into a religious system, where even the guys at the bottom really believed they deserved to be there because that was their bad karma. It was a beautiful system, so this also, these techniques were brought into this new system. And we find in the writings of Carroll Quigley, he said that the system coming in for the New World Order will be a new type of feudalism and a caste system, a perfect caste system.

Alex: Well, that’s what they’re doing right now. And, so does it frustrate you to just be like at the shopping mall, or walking down the street, I know you live out in the country, but to be around that and just to see the people? I mean, I look at photographs of, say, my forbearers, a hundred years ago, seventy years ago. Their eyes all looked intensely intelligent and were sparkling. And I look at other photos, of, you know, folks a hundred years ago, and they look so intelligent. And I read newspapers from a hundred years ago. There are words in there, half of them I can’t read, and I’m pretty smart. And then I look at the eyes of people today, so many of them are dead, Alan.

Alan: The problem is, and I have no doubt about this, and it’s horrific to really understand, and the more you read about it, the more horrific it becomes. You’ve got to steel yourself to even go into these books, but you read books like Charles Galton Darwin’s The Next Million Years, now that’s quite a boast to begin with. He talked about methods of sterilizing the populations, dumbing them down through drugs and even hormone alterations in their body, and I think they have been doing this. I think they’ve actually been pretty successful. They’ve dropped the standard IQ, which is innate when you’re born, across the world, since inoculations, and especially since 1950. They’ve been dropping the points in the IQ score, and now we have a new normal, which is about 5 points lower, the same test, than it was 30 years ago.  That doesn’t happen by itself.

Alex: You’re right. I mean, it’s an innate programming in the brain, and they’re damaging the operating system. Well, cancer is up, everything is up, and then we can get their own documents, where they’re caught putting sterilization hormones in the tetanus shots, and then still the public goes out and rolls their sleeves up.

Alan: What’s even more frightening is you can go back to the League of Nations, which like the phoenix transformed into the United Nations, and they have a department of population control. And Arthur Koestler, who wrote The Ghost in the Machine, worked for them in think tanks on ways to literally, physically target specific parts of the brain, which would lobotomize those parts of the brain, which give you your self-preservation instincts and individuality, your survival mechanisms. He said, the public will not need them anymore because the state will be making all their decisions for them. And I think that’s what the inoculations have really been doing.

Alex: And for those that don’t know, you are innately designed to be warlike and aggressive, because there’s normally a tribe over the hill that’s trying to dominate you or the elements or the wildlife, and so men have this hard, driving charge. And the elite are threatened by that in business, because business is war, and they know that if you’re not dumbed down and controlled and toxified, you’re going to go out and wage economic war on them, and you’re going to develop new elites that threaten them. So really, I describe the globalists like a lion going into the pride and trying to eat the baby male cubs, because he’s threatened by them. Male grizzlies do that too. A lot of bird species do it. So what we have is the elite literally mass culling just like in Brave New World, which Huxley admitted was real plans they had – of course, his brother ran UNESCO’s system at the UN – and in ’33 he wrote a book about genetic engineering and X-raying the eggs to dumb down the subclass. This is all really being done. The question is, when people are hearing this right now, will they be able to face the horror, sir, and go research this and find out we’re telling them the truth?

Alan: Yes. The ones who can. I always tell people if you’re after the truth, make sure you really are, because it’s hard to handle. And you have to be able to cope with it, because it’s a horror show. You wake out of the dream into a nightmare. And that’s what this is all about. Reality at the moment is a nightmare. It’s a manipulated, scientifically controlled nightmare. And they have been doing this with the public. They weren’t talking about culling the population, giving them crippling diseases, targeting specific areas of the brain, they’ve actually been doing it for quite some time.

Alex: You’re right.  Earlier I said I’d give the answer to the IMF and the World Bank, how they loan the money out and then forgive the debts that we backed up, and I said that’s part of the equation. I didn’t finish up with the final equation, and I’ll make myself remember, when we get back I will tell you how that works. With our amazing guest, who will be with us in the third hour as well. I’m Alex Jones, your host. Alan Watt’s our guest. Stay with us.

(Commercial Break)

Alex: 3,000 years ago in Egypt and Babylon, they had very specific caste systems, elite bureaucracies that control the populations. Can you imagine what the elite has in place today? Well, they have written about it, they brag about it, they’ve talked about it. And they’re conditioning us so good that whereas a slave in a mud pit in ancient Israel or in ancient Egypt would know that there was an oppressive government dominating them, today the general public still has been taught to giggle at a discussion of an elite even existing, while the elites publish books that are available at major book stores, calling us slaves, because they know only other want-to-be elitists, this is how it works, you know, they have masters in England and Europe, they have duplicates here in the US, and smaller duplicates down to the county level. You will hear the same, we need to get rid of the population and we know best and we’ve always ordered society. You will hear that down today, save our springs, environmentalist meeting. You will hear that, you know, at a UT University of Texas board meeting. You will hear it, as above so below in their whole Masonic nomenclature. And Alan Watt is our guest. We have links to his website on infowars.com. Let’s get into Aldous Huxley. You know, he was one of their futurists. But before we get into that, explain how by controlling the futurists, by crafting through science fiction and television and movies what the future will be, they are really able to guide and control the future by creating these foregone conclusions, or these self-fulfilling fantasies basically.

Alan: It’s predictive programming. And what it is is a repetition of certain themes, which would change culture. Certain ideas, as Bush Sr. said, the big idea, that’s the masonic term. First you bring an idea out, a possibility into the public’s mind, through fiction, because the censor part of your brain is down when you think you’re being entertained.

Alex: That’s why Bush Sr says, the New World Order, it’s a big idea.

Alan: That’s right, a be-be. To be or not to be, the masonic way. So, you’ll find that they’ll show you certain possibilities, science fiction for instance, and the possibilities of where we could go with science and science fiction, wrap it up in intense stories, which captivate us, and we’re really being downloaded with the possible idea of something to come. And then when it actually is presented eventually, down the road, we think it’s quite normal. We’ve already been programmed to accept this particular way of going. Now Lenin himself said there are a thousand ways that society could go, but the public must never be allowed to know that. In other words, they were being steered along a certain direction, and it’s done through predictive programming and primarily drama.

Alex: Well, here’s an example. Let’s take Star Trek, 1968, from the first episode, the symbol of the World Federation is the United Nations flag, with a star field behind it. See, right there. We’re going to have a global government.

Alan: And also, the federation in the later movies had basically the same oak leaves around in the shape of the United Nations, and the grid on the wall of the United Nations. And there’s 33 parts to that grid, by the way, for the 33 degrees of lower masonry. And Gene Roddenberry’s name even is occultic, because it’s the gene of the red berry. They always go back to Eve, breaking the rules and getting knowledge. Knowledge is the thing that they put on the altar, above all else.

Alex: The symbol, the symbol of apple computers is an apple with a bite out of it.

Alan: That’s right. And a Macintosh is the best red apple you can get. So, everything is tied in, and it’s put right in front of your face, but you never really sit and think about it. Or if you do, you say, my, what a coincidence. And there are no coincidences in this system; it’s all tied in.

Alex: Well, Alan Watt, stay there. The second hour starts in 70 seconds. I want to get into H.G. Wells, Aldous Huxley and many others, and then talk about where these globalists are going, what life will be like under them.

(Commercial Break)

Alex: Alan Watt is our guest for the next hour. Got a little five-minute report I want to play later of Keith Obermann on NBC, MSNBC, just admitting how they stage these fake terror alerts at key times. More on that has now come out. It’s on prisonplanet.com and infowars.com. But we’ll cover some of that with Alan before he leaves us, as well. There’s so much more we need to discuss here. And we’ll have to him back up again. The toll free number to join us on air, we’ll be opening the phones up, is 1-800-259-9231. We literally are in a matrix-like system. Why do you think the establishment, the Wachowski brothers have released films like the Matrix Trilogy and now V for Vendetta? A. Have you seen those films? and B. Why do you think they’ve released those? Are they part of the system, have they been allowed to do this, or are they rebels in the system? Because, I do know some people in Hollywood, not the Wachowski brothers, who really are rebels, and who are trying to get away with what they can. I don’t know about the Wachowski brothers though. I know some big Hollywood people, and when they do make a film that is truly rebellious, against this system, I know that the studios do the best they can to suppress it. What’s your analysis on this, Alan?

Alan: The Matrix movies were well done, showing you a duality, sure, where the human individual was fast asleep in a sense, and he was really just a battery that was used by this upper elite. However, within the story, the hero himself is Neo, which means new, and Anderson, it means the New Son of Man, Andra from the Greek. And so, the new son of man in a sense, is also, as they expose this system, they’re showing you the next part of the inner system, which is a new type of god, you see, that breaks through all the rules.

Alex: And then he even has an argument with the great architect, which is what the masons call Lucifer.

Alan: Yes. And yet, that is behind high Freemasonry, that is the goal of high Freemasonry, is when you overcome the architect, you have become a god. So the architect really symbolizes the Talmud, the laws of the world, you might say, of the physical world. The same thing was shown symbolically in 2001 and 2010, Arthur C. Clarke’s movies. They showed you one of the spacemen overcoming the rogue computer, which was the lawgiver, the logic. Its name was HAL, and HAL was just IBM if you take the letter after each letter. HAL is the sun, it’s IBM. IBM is the Eye Beam, and of course, he overcame it, and he became a god. That’s what it meant. So we’re always getting this reference to the New Man, the great leap forward, as they keep talking about, the new type of Super-Man.

Alex: That really is it. But instead, they create death and destruction everywhere they go. Then they claim, oh that’s the balance. We have to bring balance.

Alan: Yeah. I watched a program of an interview at a party with some of the top Hollywood producers, and Steven Spielberg and George Lucas were there, and each one was asked if they really believed in evil, because they put so many movies out to do with horror and evil forces, and each one gave a Kabbalistic answer, because that is their religion. They said there’s no such thing as good and evil, it’s just a human perception on events, because what you term as good can come out of evil acts.

Alex: Well, that’s why Darth Vader, you know, there’s the legend that he’s going to bring balance to the Force and defeat the Dark Side, but really, he comes and defeats the good guys, and then in the end destroys the bad guys too. He brings balance.

Alan: That’s right. And that is an ancient religion, going all the way back to at least ancient Egypt.

Alex: Well, I want everybody to know that part of their religion is killing humans in mass.

Alan: And that’s part of it though, this intense sacrifice, “the few must perish for the sake of the many” is one of their sayings. And you heard that even in the Star Trek series, with Mr. Spock, who represented perfect rationality and reason, kept using that phrase. The few must perish.

Alex: Stay there. We’ve got to break again. I want to come back and get more into the mechanics of this via television. Stay with us.

(Commercial Break)

Alex: For those that just joined us, I guess I can re-tell this story. I kept forgetting to finish it. About thirty minutes ago I ran into a break when Alan Watt and myself, our guest, were talking about how the IMF and World Bank run their scam. They’ll go into a Third World country, they’ll openly loan to the dictator or the leaders, billions of dollars, and then they will openly retire to Switzerland or Spain or New York with most of the money, after signing over all the assets of the country in perpetuity to the IMF or World Bank, who took that money from the American tax payer, which itself was created out of thin air inside the Central Bank’s computers. So, here’s the New World Order, out of a big idea, out of a hoax, just getting everyone to accept “their money” which is really private, backed up by nothing, created by hocus pocus. Then they go to the Third World country and you may have in one case, of an African nation I was reading about, a $4 billion loan, and by now, over the last twenty years, they’ve paid $36 billion, but they owe another $20 billion. They could never, because the interest compounds, it gets bigger and bigger, so they’ve already paid back many times the billions they’ve borrowed. Their dictator ran off with the money twenty years ago. And then now we hear, oh, debt forgiveness, they’ve already paid back, you know, five, ten, in some cases fifteen times what they’ve borrowed, be reasonable. And Bono goes and you know and meets with, or Bono, whatever his stupid name is, but we’ve written big article about it. I like U2 folks, I’m being sarcastic. The point is, he’s definitely being used as a puppet, and may even be involved. And he goes, oh, debt forgiveness. But what they’re doing, the thing I didn’t finish up telling you is, they’re not giving debt forgiveness to those countries. They’re saying, go along with these conditionalities, hundreds of them. There’s what, a 112-point plan. Sign over all your water, your schooling, your regulations, everything you’ll ever do, you’ve got to agree to this form of government and this system and these textbooks of how to operate. You’ve got to seize all the property and give it to us. I mean, it’s feudalism. So, you know, we loan you $4 or $5 billion, you pay us $30 something billion back, and then we do you a favor and take full control of your country. That’s the liberal forgiveness of debt, instead of, hey, how about you pay billions back, this whole thing was set up to be a scam to begin with, and this money is just a currency you’ve created to get control of societies. The truth is, the elite are holding back human development. The truth is, the elite, the Luciferians claim, that’s what they are, that’s who they say they are, that oh, they’re pushing us towards this big grand design. Well, I’ve looked at it and it’s the complete opposite. They are threatened by dynamic free human spirits. They are threatened by God’s plan. They’re setting up Hell on Earth. Going back to Alan Watt. Alan, do you agree with what I’ve just said, or do you want to add anything?

Alan: Yeah, it’s true, this is their plan. They hate the idea, they always have, since the feudal system seemed to change, they’ve always hated the fact that lower classes began to get private property. And that’s why all of their movements, which were financed by the elite, including Communism, including the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry, etc, etc, all said that they would abolish private property and that everyone would be born eventually with a duty to serve the state. That is their ideal system. It’s a new feudalism. Absolutely.

Alex: The amazing thing is, they say it in their own writings.  Why are they so arrogant to just brag about it out in the open?

Alan: I think it’s because they know that they have the general population so conditioned that they can actually hear these little bits, but it goes right through their mind. Brzezinski said it perfectly. He said, we’ve trained the public so well that they’ve given over their rights of reasoning for themselves and they’ve given it to the media. They believe the media is now there to do their thinking for them. So it’s the media.

Alex: Back in the ’70s, David Rockefeller wrote a book and he said that the public schools are helpless people, yielding themselves to our molding hands.

Alan: And they’ll come with perfect docility. He said they would deliver themselves to us with perfect docility. And that’s exactly what we’re seeing. The public have truly been trained to believe that we should worry about what the media tells us to worry about, and disregard our own observations.

Alex: Well, that’s right. Here’s an example. Bayer knowingly kills 200,000+ hemophiliacs and others in the US for a decade, knowingly, on purpose, putting HIV and hepatitis in the blood. I tell people ten years ago, when we first learned of it, now it’s finally on MSNBC and admitted, but no one is going to get in trouble. But the public isn’t worried about just one drug company killing hundreds of thousands. They’re worried about imaginary Muslim extremists.

Alan: That’s how it works. That’s right. We worry about what the media tells us is important. And it’s also done by the way that they pick these anchor people to read the dummy boards and train them. They use expressions when we’re supposed to be anxious or carefree or happy or sad. You watch the expressions change, and we’ve been conditioned, oh, I should worry about this part. Oh, I should forget that part, this is unimportant, that is important. That’s how easily we’re conditioned.

Alex: Watch Fox news anchors. Whenever they talk about George Bush they smile confidently, and it’s like you’re discussing a fine steak they just had. But whenever they talk about Alex Jones, they get real angry looking, and cough, and look like they’re basically giving birth to a fifty-pound baby.

Alan: Yeah, or they’ll smile with that little smirk, as though it’s a joke or something like that. You see, language isn’t just the spoken word. Most of the language is also visual as well.

Alex: 90% is body language. So folks, when you just sit there and give yourself over to suspended disbelief when you’re vegetating, watching television, shouldn’t you be insulted? Wouldn’t you be insulted if your neighbor was trying to con you? If your coworker was trying to scam you like some used car salesman? Oh, but when the television does it, cold-heartedly trained, you just sit there and accept.

Alan: And again going back to Bertrand Russell, he said they’d have to bring in the expertise of Madison Avenue, and he meant the big advertising and marketing companies, to market ideas, via media, to the public and use all of the tricks of marketing, and that’s what they have done. They’ve adopted all of those techniques of psychology.

Alex: Get into Aldous Huxley for us.

Alan: Huxley was an amazing guy. I mean, he was the grandson of Thomas Huxley, Professor Thomas Huxley, who was the champion and best friend of Charles Darwin. They both came from lower aristocratic families, and it’s part of the whole thing. If you do well, for the Great Work as it’s called, since at least the 1500s, and join the proper societies, you are supplied with a wife, which they call a Dolly, a carrier of specific genes of quality, as they say. And you’ll find that Huxley pushed with that Darwinistic theory, and so did his offspring as well, right up to Aldous Huxley. It’s inter-family agendas. Each family has their part in this agenda. You’ll find the same with the Darwins, the Darwins only married into the Wedgwood family for generations. Charles Darwin’s grandfather, Erasmus, who really wrote The Origin of Species long before Charles did, he married a Wedgwood. His sons married Wedgwoods. When Charles Darwin’s wife died, who was a Wedgwood, he married his mother’s sister, his own aunt. So they married into specific families for the gene quality. So we’re looking at a selective breeding here.  It’s eugenics.

Alex: Now, the total proof of this is, we know the Egyptians, 4000 years ago were doing this, so they believed in breeding them. We know the Queen of England today, that’s all she does is breed dogs and horses and everything else. They’re into this, and so that shows the theory of, you know Darwinism, really was nothing new to their world view. And folks, I’m not debating the theory, I’m just talking about its origins here. It’s the same thing. We have the big State of Texas doctor, psychiatrist, testifying last year, it was in the Associated Press, about why are over two-thirds of foster kids on all these dangerous psychotropics. And he said, because they come from bad gene pools. He actually, in testimony just said that all these kids have bad gene pools. So see, that’s also their excuse to do whatever they want.

Alan: And also, H.G. Wells and Huxley, and others, and Bertrand Russell talked about if only we could have our way, and mandate that our, meaning the elites’, sperm were implanted in the female populations and bypass the regular guys down below, they could breed a better type of society. They really believe in this stuff. And so they’ve been going at it big time for genetic alterations into creating a new world, the world of Huxley, the Brave New World, as they call it.

Alex: Yeah, they’re in incredible power trips.  I mean, they think their seed is the best, and of course, then we get into population reduction, Dr. Peter Singer, Dr. Pianca, he gets up and says we need to kill 90% of people, and 95% stand up with a standing ovation. Can you speak to that?

Alan: And it’s also in Agenda 21 from the United Nations that by the year 2050, they want three-quarters of the world’s population reduced. So they bring it out in the open if we care to read it. And I think we suspend our disbelief, once again we can’t believe they really mean it. But they do, they do mean it. If you look at the United Nations statistics they give us every year, they tell us around April or so what the male sperm count is in the West. And they never comment on the result. They just give you the statistic and two years ago, the Western male was down 75% of the sperm count of the male from 1950.

Alex: And in cities itself it’s up to 87% and that’s a celebration for them.

Alan: And then you tie it in again with books by Huxley and others, talking about this very thing, and Charles Galton Darwin, The Next Million Years, of doing this very thing, destroying their ability to reproduce, by attacking their hormonal production centers in the body through inoculations, and it all makes perfect sense. They’ve been doing it.

Alex: And then they’ve been caught. This has been in major papers and it’s just kind of swept under the rug, oh, we add a hormone to a tetanus shot to sterilize all the women. Take your daughters in, there’s a new special shot for them.  We’re going to come back and go straight to your calls and then get into what this New World Order will look like, if they’re able to get it into place. Have your questions and comments ready. Jim, John, Chris, John, Jason, and many others. Toll free number to join us, 1-800-259-9231. I’m Alex Jones, and our guest is Mr. Watt.

(Commercial Break)

Alex: Well, it’s really common sense. Elites throughout history have always been on power trips, and think they’re gods and have always thought of the commoners as scum to be used like so many cords of firewood. And the elite is waging war on free humanity. Our guest is Alan Watt. Great to have him on with us. We’re going to take some calls right now. And then later, we will get into what their master plan is, what life on earth will be like if they’re able to succeed. Jim in Texas, you’re on the air, go ahead. Okay, let Jim go. Let’s go ahead and talk to John in California. John, you’re on the air.

John: Hey, Alex.

Alex: Hello.

John: You know, I talked to you at the Sheraton, and you said you’d give me twenty minutes to discuss something. I know you don’t have that time now. But I was wondering if we could discuss a possible solution to all this mess. And I know that on the C-SPAN segment.

Alex: Oh, I remember. Yeah, sir, you followed me around the hotel, constantly bringing up Constitutional Conventions or ways to have the states vote on throwing stuff out. And you were on C-SPAN and brought up your point there. So go ahead and bring it up again.

John: Well, I didn’t really get to bring up my point. I did not get it clarified, some of the facts that you seem to be.

Alex: Hey, look, thanks for the call man. Listen, I couldn’t eat a meal at that hotel. I couldn’t do anything without having that brought up to me, and it’s just not what I’m talking about right now. Okay. Let’s talk to Craig in Kansas City. Craig, you’re on the air, go ahead.

Craig: Hey. You were talking about that movie V for Vendetta. There were some things in that, that only I would get. Like the way he walked and the knives, and the woman he was in love with.

Alex: These are weird calls today, I’ll tell you right now. Exactly what are you getting at sir?

Craig: Well, I got possessed by a Draconian.

Alex: Alright, thank you for the call. I just want to tell you something, Alan. I don’t normally have calls like this, on the show. It’s pretty weird.  John in Georgia. John, you’re on the air.

John: Alex, excellent guest. I’ve called you before talking about the State Guard and the State Guard Organization here in Georgia and Tennessee, and I’d like to just remind everyone to look into that. But your guest, excellent, excellent guy. And I’d just like to ask him about what’s his opinion on the mechanics of how exactly they do this. I’m looking at this from the angle of, everything kind of goes back to the Garden of Eden in a sense. It looks like they’re trying to take away from us our sense of nobility and shame. And you know, it’s kind of like the serpent offering us the dialectic, the knowledge of good and evil. And if we participate in that system, we can become deified through that. If you look in converse to that, the Eastern Orthodox Church offers god through mystery, not god through rationalization.

Alex: Let me get him to comment on that. Go ahead, sir.

Alan: It’s all allegory. These are very deep allegories though, but they’re allegories none the less. And sure enough we’ve always had that problem of how do we cope with knowledge. Who should have knowledge? Should we all have the same knowledge? And the elites long ago decided, no, we should not all have the same knowledge, because then you couldn’t have an elite over the rest. Eden represents the world in general, nature in general. And nature to these boys who rule the world is their enemy. They want to reconstruct all of nature, everything that exists, including the plants, animals, and insects.

Alex: They want control. They want to be god.

Alan: They say it themselves, they want to perfect all that was left imperfect, in high Masonry.

Alex: Which is totally, totally delusional. And again, most Masons aren’t even bad people. They don’t even know what goes on in the degrees of 33rd and above. They don’t even know there are degrees above 33rd.

Alan: Yeah, they’re happy with their little payoffs. They do get a lot of things the general public are out of. They get promotions. They get better jobs. They get to bypass petty bureaucracy at taxation time. They get instant loans. So they get a lot of payoffs to help keep this system going and that’s the key to it. They help to keep this system going with the police, the military, and all the rest of it. That’s all part of the structure.

Alex: Anything else, John?

John: There’s a lot of people on your side, just a cool news report I read the other day was an elder in the Eastern Orthodox Church, there’s a monastery of his your way in Houston, called Holy Arch Angels, came out against the FEMA Camps and made a big announcement that, I think he cited a lot of reference sources, he’s a famous guy, and he’s catching a lot of crap from that from a lot of people.

Alex: Well, it’s in the Houston Chronicle they’re building camps for us, so, you know, you’ve got to love it. It’s bad to talk bad about the camps. The camps are good. Thanks for the call, caller. In fact, when we get back, I’m going to hold off on calls a few minutes so our guest, Alan Watt, can answer that question and can get into basically where he thinks all of this is going and ways to stop it. And I think I know what his answer will be. But we’ll find out on the other side of this quick break. And we’ll continue with your calls. I want to thank John for actually having a question for the guest. That was a real rarity.

(Commercial Break)

Alex: Let’s go back to our guest, who I’m really honored to have with us. We have links to his fine website and materials on the work he’s done up on infowars.com, right now. Alan Watt, who resides 400 miles across the border, up in Canada, in the hinterland. I’m kind of envious of that, beautiful country up there. Alan, the globalists, other key points you haven’t had time to hit on, and where they’re going in the future, what the world would look like if these nut cases really had their way.

Alan: They will bring in a world, ultimately similar to the one that Huxley wrote about in Brave New World, where you’ll have certain castes of people, purpose-made for their function, their work function, who will not have an independent, sentient mind of their own. Who will also be titillated by drugs for different things. That will be their happiness, and they’ll be happy to serve the world state, their masters. They will not even have the ability to understand that they could possibly be unhappy. That will be gone. But that’s the final step. The intermediate steps is to use, what they’ve been doing is using the homosexual and lesbian movements to destroy anything called normalcy, because we only complain about change when we compare it with what is. So when there’s no more normalcy, they can bring forth the next part, which is a new type of human. Now the American Psychiatric Association spent a couple of years in a symposium discussing what they would do to bring a truly functional human into the world. And they decided after two years, this big national establishment, that they’d have to create a form of hermaphroditic person. A servant you might say, who was neither quite male nor quite female. And they went on about cloning that type. I can see the future where your reward for serving the world state will be having yourself cloned. That will be the ultimate prize. I can see that coming into view.

Alex: And obviously they’ve got to reduce world population, because you can only have the elite having access to these advanced super medical advancements, these technologies. And again, they’ve openly written about all this. Bill Joy went to elitist meetings in 1999. In 2000 he broke ranks. He’s the owner of Sun Microsystems, boys and girls. Panicked, wrote an article saying why the future doesn’t need us, and said, I’ve been at meetings where the elite plan to kill everyone or 90-plus percent of us. And he was against that. So, there’s a lot of them starting to panic who go to these meetings, and again, a major magazine can have the owner of a $20 billion company, worth about $5 billion himself, openly say, I’ve been to meetings where the elites say they’re going to kill everybody, most people. We’ve got Mexican attorney generals making employees take chips. I’ve had police chiefs on saying they’ll make everybody take chips. We’ve got the new freedom initiative, where all children are being psychologically tested, and their own documents say they want to put half the kids on drugs. Foster care puts an average of over two-thirds on drugs. They’re poisoning the water, putting drugs in the food. They’re talking about putting vaccines engineered into potatoes and carrots now, so you can’t escape it. We know they’re spraying stuff in the skies. I mean, Alan, these people really are creating a Hell, and you’ve got the average person driving around with UT football gear on just giggling and smirking and drinking beer like a bunch of idiots.

Alan: Yeah, I know. I know. They’re totally conditioned. They’re domesticated. They’ve swallowed the reality as it’s been presented to them since childbirth. They’ve never broken through into reality, and most of them won’t. I’ve never ever thought that the masses of people would be cohesive in standing up against this. That never will happen. It’s never happened in history. And that’s why we’ve been led to the path we’re on. History has always been changed by the few individuals who can expose what’s happening and give solutions to it. And the solutions themselves are often difficult, because when you realize…

Alex: Well, we’re going to talk about that, Alan, in a moment, but right now you just hit on something. That’s really it. I’ve never been a jealous or envious person. And I know that in this system the main thing they drive off of is jealousy and envy and then modeling. People idolize something because they’re jealous of that image and they try to mimic that, in an attempt to overtake it and become it. Which is really what the New World Order does. They hate god, so they’re trying to become god. But you just hit on it. I actually have the reverse of that. I have extreme empathy. Not that I’m even that good of a person, folks. Really aggressive male mammals, especially you know in canines or in homo sapiens sapien, you normally have a lot of empathy in the tribe. That’s because you would violently tear up those in your tribe nucleus if you didn’t have a strong, ingrained empathy and protection mechanism, which you correctly talk about, Alan, is manipulated through a tribal instinct, scientifically. But I get angry, and I am in pain, and I am upset to see these people being robbed of consciousness, being robbed of being free, being robbed of seeing reality, being robbed of being able to control their own destiny and set their own course. You know, god wants us to have free will, but really the New World Order claims that they want to give us free will, but they’re the ones trying to take it away, Alan.

Alan: Yeah. And that’s so beautiful, the way they do it. Liberalism has always pushed this equality business to the extreme, but in reality they give you political correctness. And they’re the most intolerant of all if you don’t go along with it. They don’t allow individual opinion on a particular topic when it’s already been put in a category of political correctness. So they’re the most intolerant of all, you’ll notice. And I always think about all the generations who have gone before me, and lived and died never knowing that their whole lives were manipulated towards a purpose, a goal they were never told about, for an agenda they were totally unaware of. So, it’s not just for the living we’re fighting, it’s for all those that have gone before, and never known.

Alex: Well, now we see a New World Order coming into view, what else will life be like under this control grid and what are the steps they’re going to use to lead us into that?

Alan: It’s quite simple really, they always go for the children, the up-and-coming ones. Now, we can go back to Beria, who was the chief of police of the NKVD at the time, the precursor of the KGB in the Soviet system. And in 1930, he gave a world meeting of the Comintern. And he said, we can alter culture now in every five years. It used to take 70 years to get a generation to accept a change in culture. He said, now, with getting the children, we can alter them so that every five years they’ll accept a major new change. Well, that’s been implemented into kindergarten, scientifically. So a child going into kindergarten today has been indoctrinated for the changes they will experience thirty, forty years from now. And then the one going in next year is indoctrinated slightly further ahead than that and so on and so on and so on. This is a planned, scientific system. Now, the children with their iPods and everything else are going the road that they said they would take at the Loyola meeting of world science. They will promote the brain chip through movies, as being a very positive thing to have.

Alex: Well as rebellious, your parents don’t want you to have the chip, body modification, even the Washington Post admits, Wash Tech admits, their technical publication, that corporations do want implantation, and that they are using body modification as a “radical, stylish thing to do” and we’re all used to the iPods hooked in. We are one step away from being the wire heads.

Alan: Yes. For convenience’s sake we will sell out our souls. And they will tell you, that this will do away with the cell phone, the internet, everything. You’ll have a chip in your brain connected to your brain tissue.

Alex: Oh they’re openly now all over television. Ten years ago I’d read it in government documents. Now they’re on TV going, if you don’t take this, you won’t be able to have a job or live. You’ll be a bunch of idiots. And they’re already saying, there will be a bunch of religious crazies that won’t do this, but we’ll need it to stop terrorists too. In fact, I have Andy Rooney on 60 Minutes saying we all need chips to prove we’re good people.

Alan: Yeah, a chip off the old block, as the Masons say. That’s what he’s pushing at really too. This has always been their agenda. Again, back to Huxley with his wires in the brain.

Alex: By the way, it’s Masons nationwide with a program called Chip program, getting kids to biometrically scan into the system.

Alan: This is all part of it. So they’ll tell the children that my goodness, you can get stereo or quadraphonic effects in your head. You’ll be in the movie. You’ll imagine you’re in the movie. And this is how they’re going to sell this to the children. But once they all have it, the main switch is pulled, and the real function kicks in, because there will be no more you as an individual thinking, sentient being. And that was discussed at the Loyola Science Meeting, funded by the U.S. Department of Commerce.

Alex: Arthur C Clarke in his final 2001 book, wrote that. Everybody has brain chips. Everybody is totally controlled. And this is his Utopia.

Alan: Yeah, their Utopia is a Hell on earth for the public. That’s right.

Alex: No, you’re just not stylish. You’re just not stylish. The latest pop star, Big Bopple Bibblesnap or whatever his name will be, he’s got the 9M7Q Chip, and the government doesn’t want him to have it. He’s acing them, man. He’s got the chip. He’s rad. We’ve got to get one. Don’t you tell me, you old square. I’m getting the new IM70 Chip. You can’t stop me.

Alan: Yeah, that’s right. And in fact, at that meeting they talked about giving it snob appeal. And now there are marketing companies.

Alex: It’s like seeing people getting their thumb scanned to get in their brand new hundred thousand dollar Mercedes, when I’m out in the parking lot of IHOP. Exactly. It’s as though this was stylish. They’ll probably make us start wearing chains around our necks and it will be stylish. I mean, hell, they can show, you know, the new style could be chains, and half the public would start wearing chains.

Alan: Yes. And then we can hook them on to the rails in airports as we go along the lines, like cattle, to be searched.

Alex: Yeah, I mean, that’s an extreme example folks. But literally, literally, if Madison Avenue had the nerve to do it, they could say eating feces is cool. And 20% of the public would start gobbling their toilets. And by the way, Alan, I’m not joking when I say that. The public is so weak minded right now, they could tell them sticking babies in garbage disposals is good. They’d start doing it.

Alan: Well, they can. And that’s again the diabolical cleverness of this system. They know how to make the public do anything within their culture. Anything at all. And now of course, the biggest fad out is the eating of fetal tissue to try and rejuvenate themselves. And rich women are going off to China.

Alex: Oh, they have BBC articles where they act like the women are good, knowing it’s coming from dead babies.

Alan: Yeah, I know. I know.

Alex: And, oh, it’s so. She says, I don’t care. I’m going to stay beautiful for many more years and acts like she’s good.  She’s good.

Alan: And that again was put into the futuristic movie, Brazil, by Terry Gilliam. A fantastic movie of a world run by bureaucracies.

Alex: Well see, that’s it, that’s it. People don’t realize, once you get to a corruption jump point or flash point, then it all suddenly goes downhill very rapidly.

Alan: Yes. When you have no normalcy to compare anything with, and that’s why they like to keep us moving with crisis after crisis. You have no more normalcy left to compare anything with, then you can always bring forth the new, the new, the new, even though it’s very bizarre, really, you’ll think it’s quite normal. You’ll have nothing to compare it to. You’ll think it’s a natural progression.

Alex: Well, we’ve got to have you back up for longer in the near future, because I know you’ve got a lot more knowledge and you’re right on target. Let’s come back and take a few final calls with folks holding with our guest, Alan Watt.

(Commercial Break)

Alex: The elite are waging war on the people. They’ve convinced many of you to not realize this war is ongoing. Break your conditioning. Our guest is really an expert on these issues. You can visit his website, linking through at infowars.com. We’ve got it up on the main page, and we’ll have it up there for the next day. Let’s try to jam a few calls in. Whenever we have a guest this good that’s on, I want to take your calls, but there’s just so little time. Sean in Arizona, you’re on the air, go ahead.

Sean: Hi, Alex. I want to make a couple of points. First, before the new liquid alert came out I received in the mail my new gallop poll which focused on, oh, is Bush going far enough in taking our liberties away for safety and stuff. And I found that rather odd.

Alex: Yeah, notice how it was stacked up so you’d get it right when it came out so they’d be ready with just the right question. You can, I mean, we have the documents they’re coordinating it, but you don’t even need the documents. You can see the coordination all around you. Let me get a comment from our guest on that.

Alan: There’s no doubt. All the media is. Media is the middle man. Media means the middle. They’re the middle between the elite and the general population. They give us our thoughts, our realities, our conditioning, our upgrades to our conditioning constantly. And it’s been ongoing forever. It’s so simple.

Alex: And you look at all these status hungry people that will do anything for just some petty power. They’re the most unhappy people you could know. Go ahead. Anything else, Sean?

Sean: Yes. Another issue is, I think there are several points working in our favor. The elite have been trying to accelerate their schedule, first of all because I think their global currencies are going to start falling, going through the floor. And that kind of like limits the time which they have to implement all this.

Alex: Yeah, isn’t that really the good news, Alan Watt, is that their program is having a lot of problems, and people, there is a wide group of people that are waking up?

Alan: It’s true, however, eventually they are going to do away with the cash system anyway, and bring in the global cashless society. In fact, the ID card has a part on it, it’s been admitted in Britain, for this coming cashless, global society. It’s on the ID card. The same one as they’re introducing in the United States and Canada.

Alex: Oh, yeah. It’s admitted the global ID, it’s really a global ID card, it’s all standardized globally. But I mean, the good news is, there is a growing resistance, Alan.

Alan: There is, yeah. And the public, it’s organization they lack. They have no organization. The elite know this, so they call them the rabble. An unorganized rabble never could get anywhere.

Alex: Thank you for the call, Sean. We’re going to jump now to another caller, Ron in New Jersey, you’re on the air. Go ahead.

Ron: Yes. Hello, Alex, and hello, Alan. Alex, the reason I’m calling, you guys mentioned the Matrix, and I’m currently involved with the person who really wrote the Matrix. Her name is Sophia Stewart. And Wachowski brothers.

Alex: Yeah, I’ve heard that story about out of California.

Ron: Yeah, well, I’m involved in that, and that’s a true story. She’s been in a seven-year battle against Fox Studios and Warner Brothers, just so you guys know how the system works. The system is definitely stacked against us.

Alex: Sure, sure, sir. I mean, I’m aware of this. It’s been in the press. What’s on your mind?

Ron: Well, that was just one thing that I wanted to bring out. You know, I didn’t know if you were aware of it or not. But I was just bringing out an example of how the system is stacked against us. As far as things go when you talk about the media, when you talk about the courts.

Alex: We’re almost out of time, bro. What else is on your mind? Did you have a question or anything for the guest?

Ron: Well, I’d just like to thank Alan. He has an awesome knowledge on things going down, and I’d just like to thank him for coming on your show.

Alex: Thank you. And again, I’m frustrated folks, because I wanted to get all the callers on, and I can’t now. Sorry everybody. Maybe Friday or something I won’t have guests and we’ll just do three hours of calls, because your calls are all so great. Okay, well, Alan Watt, thank you so much for coming on with us today, and folks can visit your website through infowars.com, and I hope to have you back up in the near future, my friend.

Alan: It’s been a pleasure.

Alex: Take care. Listen, you couldn’t make this stuff up. It’s too weird. And it’s really going on and it’s not pretty. And these people are totally cold blooded and do not have your best interests at heart. I suggest you wake up, you wake your friends and neighbors up, and we fight these people. God bless you all.

____________________________________________________________

ALAN WATT
ON
“FROM THE GRASSY KNOLL” RADIO
WITH
VYZYGOTH

July 12, 2006

VYZYGOTH – Welcome to another segment of the “Grassy Knoll” on this July 12 – I can read well, 2006 – and we have with us today Alan Watt and we have the bunch of questions that I have seen already lining up for him and that’s fine; and he’s just hoping that it’s something different from what people asked him yesterday or the last time when he was on. And Alan, thanks very much for coming on; and let me ask you something. Have you got any kind of obvious reaction from posting that audio of Kennedy’s speech?

ALAN – I’ve had different people who had been affected by it [interruption] even some people connected with governments, because what he said then is so relevant today.

VYZYGOTH – Now that’s still up there, is it not?

ALAN – Yes.

VYZYGOTH – Alright, so, folks can go hit that if they want to; I will tell you, I excerpted 9 minutes, I credited your web site; I built a show around that portion where he says, and I’ve got it right here – I’m not going to read the whole thing, but is there one section. And the thing is that this …what is nice, the Times transcribed Presidential speeches. And so when I heard it on your web site, I went out into the New York archives and sure enough, there it was. And of course, he talks about…where is it?

“For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy.”

Now, that says a mouthful, doesn’t it?

ALAN –That isn’t Joe Blow talking; that was supposed to be the guy who was in the know at the top; so he certainly understood what was happening.

VYZYGOTH – And if folks haven’t heard this – please check it out right after the show whenever you can; and listen to what’s going on there; and I said this to you yesterday, you know. There was an urban legend, I don’t know, on the net, and pretty good job of faking it, that Kennedy had said something to this effect in November of 1963 in New York, I guess, maybe a week or two before he was assassinated. That did not happen. However, I am wondering if other well-intentioned people were ever referring to this speech back in – what was it? – April 1961.

ALAN – It could have been. And I know the “gold boys,” the ones who sell the gold and the silver, always put something out that he’s supposed to have said or done or something that…

VYZYGOTH – Well, yeah; he was involved with the Federal Reserve, which some people say is a bit of a canard, that he wanted to print, I guess, silver-backed notes; get off the Federal Reserve Notes. And of course, back in… usually when you mess with the bankers, you don’t stick around too long but I don’t know how much that was true, but I tell you, like Abraham Lincoln, all of those coincidences. Kennedy like Lincoln, I guess, you know, PO’d just about everybody there was of every faction that was around, and I don’t think he ever had a chance, but after this, I mean, when you read this, what do you think he is describing? I mean, it can’t be Communism, because he could have come right out and said it.

ALAN – No, because Communism was only part of the ONE…there’s only one head at the top; there’s only one Society at the top, which uses oppositions. It’s got to have oppositions to get a synthesis, and then the synthesis becomes the new thesis, and it goes on from there. This is what Communism was based upon. And Communism was just a new name for a very old idea. And the Big Boys have always used this technique of extending society through stages of conflict towards the Great Work. You can’t get a “stagnant population,” as they call it, to move, if there’s only one side pushing them; they’d eventually…the other side will be looking like… [interruption]… you give them sides to choose from…you don’t let the sides evolve naturally, they’d never get the funding, you know.

VYZYGOTH – Well, we think… we, well, and Anthony C. Sutton, of course, writes about “Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution;” other authors have written about Rockefellers and some of the other Western financiers’ complicity in creating the Bolsheviks and also creating Communism, as I guess, part of this whole Hegelian Dialectic that you have to have a boogie-man, with Capitalism being, I guess, the “good guy.” But actually, Communism was just the most recent work, of a system that has been going on for a long time, isn’t it?

ALAN – It is, it is. In fact, really, Communism had a lot in common with the ancient systems of collectivism, where you have really a huge priestcraft at the top, dishing out laws and ruling the lives of everybody beneath them. You see that even 2,000 years ago in the Middle-East; that’s what was happening there with the Pharisees, who were just dishing out laws and did not follow them themselves. And they lived much higher up than the people that served them, the public. They were bound by laws; that was what all the factions were fighting about at that time, and the Pharisees were only one small sect at that time. So this is an ongoing thing of “who makes the rules,” who decides how you live and how society will be. That’s what Communism is, and of course, the Elite called it the “Great Experiment.” The U.S. was one of the Great Experiments; the Communist system was another; and the historians wrote about it that way. And what they were doing, was looking at the different techniques of controlling societies and eventually would blend the Capitalism and Communism together and therefore we get Alvin Toffler’s book, “The Third Way,” which is the coming together of that: a fascist Elite at the top, a massive bureaucracy to run the people in a Communist type system for the people. That’s what we’re seeing today; that’s what it’s all about.

VYZYGOTH – It seems that Communism has always been around, because, if you look at the feudal monarchies and such and obviously they weren’t into sharing the wealth, but how do you explain it in Capitalism? I mean, was that a rogue situation, something that wasn’t planned, or was that allowed to happen, so to speak?

ALAN – Oh, it was allowed to happen. If you look at basically the old system of Catholicism, which was just the old Roman Empire, using religion and fear, fear of the unknown to rule peoples, as opposed to using just straight armies on them, and terror; they used terror of the mind. So they used old, old sciences, which had been well used in the ancient Middle East and elsewhere, of religion to control the public and terrify them. Of course, the priestcraft always had the ability to “keep you safe” or dispel the evil ones, etcetera. So they used that. And that was fine for an agricultural type situation in a feudal system and really that’s when Catholicism swept into places like England big time, under the Norman invasion. They brought with them the Roman Catholic Church, and every King and Queen that was appointed to rule over the countries, always had their advisors, who were priests connected directly to the Vatican and they all lived on the general public. So the public were the only ones who made the wealth and they brought in Jewry to manage the money and collect the taxes, because the person ends up hating the person who is collecting the taxes, rather than think: “wait a minute, he’s collecting for the King.” So the King was still loved, while the person that collected the taxes was hated. That was a very good strategy, but they all passed the money upwards and took their cut on the way, right up to the Vatican. They knew they had to eventually go into an industrial era, and use science, so they had to bring a new type of religion in with a different work ethic and that’s why they created the Protestant Revolution.

VYZYGOTH – Would it be correct to say that, and I guess that’s in the last two centuries, maybe three, that there have been kind of three laboratories across the world and that would be Capitalism in the West, Socialism in Europe and then Communism in Russia and later, China.

ALAN – Yes. Communism was the fastest way – or the Soviet system – was the fastest way to take over dozens of countries in Europe and elsewhere and centralize the government – that was so important: centralization of government; and then they put the same system of bureaucracy, schooling or education, right down to the local level. And eventually – and Lenin said it too – he says: “this system of the dictatorship will not last forever.” He said, eventually it will form into a new type of system, not quite communist and not quite capitalist. And so, he knew the agenda a hundred years before it all came down.

VYZYGOTH – So, what we’re seeing, perhaps is a perceivable melding of all the systems.

ALAN – Yes; if you look at the system of Britain and the British Empire and free trade, which was born with John Dee in the 1500’s; that was part of it. They wanted to go into countries and use the same system in that same country, after they had taken it over by force if need be; and set up the same type of British government and bureaucracy; and only when they were sure, after one or two generations that it was running the same way, would they then withdraw, knowing that it would stay that way. And that was also the official policy after WWII when Britain was to start to give up part of its Commonwealth. It was still written into law under the Atlantic Charter, which became the United Nations Charter. That was signed in 1941 and 1942 – they said they wouldn’t withdraw until they set up an exact duplicate of the British structure.

VYZYGOTH – Joan Veon would argue and I think she makes a good case with the fact that when Britain supposedly ‘de-colonized,’ they still kept their Empire, because, she contends that they de-colonized countries in exchange for their votes. So they would…

ALAN – That’s right, but also, what they did – see, once you’re into the bureaucratic class and you have one or two generations or hereditary generations in the bureaucracies, then you know it’s going to pretty well stay that way, because they are benefiting so well at the top; and then you also introduce the same orders, which are Masonic type orders going back to Britain. So you can always get the feedback on what’s really happening and you control that way.

VYZYGOTH – Now that we’re seeing what we’re seeing, and it certainly seems to be happening quickly. Have you kept up with this whole bit about the NAFTA Corridor and everything?

ALAN – Oh, yeah, but I knew about that twenty years ago.

VYZYGOTH – Well, I mean, what’s ridiculous, and we were talking about this yesterday, and that is: on one hand, we are listening to our President tell us about how he’s going to secure the borders and build walls and put national guard on the borders, and in the meantime they’re talking about this gigantic highway, with no questions asked, into the United States; so, I mean, it’s ridiculous; it’s the old bit about “watch this hand,” while the other hand something [else].

ALAN – It’s for the public, you see, they’re apprehensive and you appease them by giving them stories, but the fact is: when they signed the Free Trade Agreement back in the eighties, before the NAFTA Agreement, that was all discussed then, that eventually… It’s written right in there, “the free flow of goods and labor must not be impeded.” That was the same technique that was used for the European Union.

VYZYGOTH – Well, even the term “free trade” is kind of an oxymoron in this, or at least it’s a contradiction in terms for us, because for the workers it’s not going to be free at all, is it?

ALAN – No, not even for any of the small businesses – it’s selective trade, it’s the Big Internationalists, as Carroll Quigley said – the new feudal system; the new overlords of the feudal system will be the international CEOs and that’s what it’s about. It’s a protective trade for the Big Boys, because they see just anybody trading as being chaos, you see.

VYZYGOTH – Well then, what we are looking at now, there is a quickening of events. Are we headed to some kind of “apocalyptic” occurrence?

ALAN – There’s no doubt about it. I mean, Jacques Attali wrote about it in his book: “Millennium” in 1990 and its subtitle: “Winners and Losers in the Coming New World Order.” And he put the format down for America; and he helped spearhead the European Union before he went to the UN. And he said: America will go through the same phases. He said it will be a bit worse, there will be more chaos, as the hordes come in – he said “hordes” come in from South America; and he says: “for maybe a generation or two there will be some chaos,” and “some chaos” to the Big Boys means there will be murders, riots and fighting going on, but eventually it settles down, and “you can’t make an omelet without cracking eggs,” so the misery doesn’t matter to these boys. It’s a “must be,” they call it “historical necessity.” He said, eventually most of the Southern US will be Spanish-speaking. In fact, a good half of America would end up being Spanish-speaking.

VYZYGOTH – Well, do you see a Third World War happening?

ALAN – The Third World War is on right now; it’s everywhere; this war in the Middle East affects the entire planet. And it is, because every little country on the planet has signed into the Anti-Terrorism Bill. And they are pushing the same laws, the same ID Card push andeventually, the chipping of the people. Out of this is going to come out the cashless society and a totally monitored world; that what it’s about.

VYZYGOTH – Well, since war is good business and I am assuming too that this might be the last time that it would be used, and that Brzezinski is telling us the secret in that “Grand Chessboard.” Could we see the US Military decimated abroad?

ALAN – It’s possible, but I don’t think so, because the CFR and the Royal Institute of International Affairs discussed this back in the 1930s at some of their meetings – I have their old books – and they said the US would be the policeman of the world and take over from Britain – they already had, really at that time – but they knew that it would take more of a role on; and they said that America would go through a couple of minor wars as they extended this work; and that was for globalization. And in their books they did say “this was for World Government.” They never ever minced words at their meetings. And they said: eventually America would start to falter, come back again then falter again financially as they expended themselves financially – and then they would simply meld into the worldand then China would take over.

VYZYGOTH – Well, you know, it seems that they used that same formula also if we look back and we said this before about how Napoleon was used and then kicked to the curb – and we take a look, when their scourgers are around and do a job and then they are disposed of after the job is done. They get kind of betrayed too, betrayed also.

ALAN – I think that’s even what happened to Hitler, you know.

VYZYGOTH – Alright. Oh, yes; I agree.

ALAN – Because Hitler… Hitler was the Time-Life [Magazine’s] “Man of the Year” twice in the 1930s. And that was also called The Great Experiment and British nobility were going over there to see how this great socialist system was. Once again, you see, how to control the public. How to get a system where the public were enthusiastic to serve the one system; and they were very excited about it – and I think they had agreements, because Hitler wanted a united Europe; we now know from Winston Churchill’s personal secretary, who put out his memoirs, called The Fringes of Power, with declassified stuff 50 years after the event. He put it out and said that Churchill also talked to his own peer group enthusiastically about this; he said: “This is the greatest thing that ever happened: this war will create a united Europe.” So both Hitler and Churchill wanted the same thing.

VYZYGOTH – So, what do you think Hitler accomplished?

ALAN – Well, what he had accomplished was – the war itself…they almost brought the UN out of it, as the World Government. And at the time lots of books were written by the Big Boys, who really were sure that they were going to have total World Government then! And then, when people still did not want it – the general public – they started to quieten it down a bit and do it more covertly.

VYZYGOTH – Do you believe or have evidence to the fact that Hitler very well knew what was going to happen and that he actually didn’t die in the bunker – I mean, he had served his purpose and he spirited away?

ALAN – Well, what I do know is that Hess went over; he took a plane, remember, to Britain during the war, I don’t know if people know that he landed…he knew where he was going. He landed on Lord Lothian’s land – and Lord Lothian was the head of the Royal Institute for International Affairs and the CFR.

VYZYGOTH – Well, could it have been that Hess actually – well, I guess what I am saying is that Hess didn’t understand the fix was in; do you think that he was trying to go over there to talk sense?

ALAN – I think that he went over and say: “Hey, what’s the game here? We’re supposed to have a stalemate at France.” After Dunkirk there was supposed to be a stalemate there – that’s what I think. And then they would have come to negotiations and all this kind of thing. I think that was the deal.  It’s interesting too: Hess, through the family history, was raised to the House of Hess, which was also the part of the British Monarchy.

VYZYGOTH – Well, they are cousins anyway, aren’t they? But do you think that Hess didn’t get it and actually…

ALAN – I think so; I think he went over – or was sent over – to find out why Britain was continuing this offensive, when they had a secret agreement.

VYZYGOTH – And so, do you think they sat on him for all those years in Spandau?

ALAN – We’ll never know, except what they have told us. That’s what I think happened. As far as the bunker goes, I’ve never known in any time in history where the Elite made a castle, a bunker or anything without many-many escape tunnels. It’s never been done before.

VYZYGOTH – Well, if in fact, he knew the Handshake and he understood the script, then he – if he was a useful and willing tool, I am often thinking that for some strange reason, unless they get whacked and betrayed, they get paid off for their service and they disappear.

ALAN – That’s often what happens. I even think the same happened with Napoleon.

VYZYGOTH – Let me stop right now, I want to tell everybody: you are listening to the Grassy Knoll, we do have with us Alan Watt. What I’ll do is, if you folks want to ask him a question or make a comment, you can do so by sending an e-mail. And going back to, I guess the theme of the show, Alan, and that was, because of what you posted there, that audio by Kennedy, also trying to figure out whom he was speaking about. You say, the secret societies. Now, you go where you want to go with this – I mean, are we talking something beyond Freemasonry?

ALAN – Freemasonry at the lower degrees is definitely part of the structure, because they are sworn really to obey their own masters rather than any public office. And you’ll find that, just like MI5 and MI6, everyone in it is a Freemason. It’s pretty well mandatory, and Peter Wright talked about that. He belonged to MI5 – he wrote about that in Spy Catcher. You’ll find the CIA was just the same and on a higher level, in fact, than standard Freemasonry. And he knew that the CIA had its own agenda; at least they were serving another master, and I think that was part of it as well.

VYZYGOTH – Also, I’ve been remissent in bringing up your web site. It’s .com and, Alan, it’s getting bigger and better all the time – can you tell people what they’ll find there – and any materials that you do have for sale?

ALAN – They can go through and get lots of free programs – different shows I have done; and they can also see the books I sell; and I have a DVD coming out, hopefully next week. That will be for sale as well and the price will be up there, about secret societies down through the ages; and how it works, basically – how the system works. And then, here’s an example for this: you see, at the very top they look upon society as one whole thing. They don’t see separate middle classes or lower classes and it’s one big conglomerate of them, or as Plato called them: “the its,” you see. And they have societies and different levels to manage the “its;” and it’s fascinating to see that in all ages there’s the exoteric religions to keep the people in check and make them obedient – and then there’s the esoteric managers that can actually push the Agenda from the bottom, if need be – up, and it appears to have evolved from the public, when in fact it was managed from the top. That’s how this whole system works. In some of even the old Catholic “Big Ones,” the big writers in the Middle Ages talked about this. They said that “once the mass has been served for the masses” – that’s why it’s called ‘the mass’ – he said: “we have our own particular rites, after the doors are bolted” – and the public have left.

VYZYGOTH – Someone was on before, and I think they spoke to the fact that there are a number of circles around, that protect, I guess, the ‘Hierarchy.’ Do you agree with that?

ALAN – Oh, absolutely. They run the ‘overworld,’ which is their legal system; they run the ‘underworld,’ which is what we would call the ‘illegal’ system. They need the two of them. So you have the Mafia at the bottom and different other groups in different countries – and you have the legal system on top – and that was shown very well in the movie: Gangs of New York – how the gang leader got together with the local politician, and once in a while the politicians say: “look, the public is getting anxious; there’s too much crime; and who can you give, who can you offer up for public execution to quell the public’s fears?” And he would offer them two or three of the lesser gang members. This is how the system has always been run. It’s quite fascinating to see that.

VYZYGOTH – Well, you just – I don’t know if you can speak directly to this, but you just made me think of: was that perhaps the rationale behind John Gotti getting thrown in jail?

ALAN – It’s very possible.

VYZYGOTH – And it’s interesting, too, he didn’t have much time left, either.

ALAN – Often, when they’ve served their function or they’re getting older or a bit more careless, they’ll just offer them up and the public see this happening and think: “oh, the legal system is really working.” And that’s the intent of it.

VYZYGOTH – Do you think, I mean, we think of the Mafia now as being passé and such; that we evolved, I guess, from that; but, you know, is the Mafia in the true sense globally involved still?

ALAN – It’s globally involved, and it’s interesting – for instance, in Canada we started Casinos out back in about the late 80s. The Government started them up. And here is your Government pushing gambling, which used to be low-life stuff. And casinos sprung up everywhere; and Bob Rae, that was the Premier, which is like the Governor, of Ontario. Bob Rae was in at the time. And he brought up – and this was in the newspapers – he brought up Mafia bosses from Chicago to advise them on how to set up the casinos, to make sure that they wouldn’t get ripped off. That was in the newspapers! And the public didn’t even pick up, you know.

VYZYGOTH – I know, and a lot of stuff that’s getting done today; in fact, a guest was on yesterday and said the same thing. He said you could almost expect that they could come out and say, “guess what? We did 9-11” and people go like: “okay.”

I got a question for you along these lines, and it asks: “how did the Ancient Mysteries and the ruling elites spread from the Near East and Egypt to Europe and Asia over the millennia? And is there a direct lineage from ancient controllers to today’s controllers?”

ALAN – There is no doubt. Whenever you look, and I don’t know if you can find it on the Internet, but if you see the inaugurations of Queen Elizabeth the Second – she is actually the First of Scotland, Second for England – you watch Westminster Abbey, where she was inaugurated; and you look at the floor there, you’ll see the chessboard floor of the Masonic Lodge – that’s what the floor of the Cathedral is. And she is sitting on a raised dais – it’s maybe five high or seven high – and she’s got the ermine cloak around her with the black spots on the white and the red, of course, or purple. And round about her she’s got all these guys with the different symbols, etcetera…
Now, you’ll see the same thing on the old stelas in the Middle East, of Nimrod. With the ermine too, around his neck, and the same people standing, and he is sitting on a raised dais. Why is this ceremony from thousands and thousands of years ago still being performed today in Britain?

VYZYGOTH – We know, well, I guess we’re more familiar with the spreading of Mystery Babylon religion of Egypt, Sun-God worship, or whatever, into Europe and elsewhere. One place that always seems a little inscrutable, and excuse the pun, but, I mean, did it have its impact in Asia? Somehow it always seems that Asia was different. Was it, in fact?

ALAN – What they did, they set up Triads. And so, for the West they gave us the foundation of Judaism, and from there you get Christianity, and then you have Islam or Mohammedism. So you have the Trinity there, and for the rest of the Far East – and they have different mentalities there – they structured different systems and they gave them basically Hinduism, and then from that they gave them Buddhism, and then up for the Far East they gave them Shintoism. So they give Triads.

VYZYGOTH – In that second half of the question, just to remind you, it says: “is there a direct lineage from ancient controllers to today’s controllers?” And you would say: “certainly there is.”

ALAN – I have no doubt. You see the same ceremonies that go on for thousands of years down through the ages with the same – people being in the exact same positions, holding the same emblems at these big inaugurations. Why did they have to be so exact; why did they have to follow something that was done, ceremonies that were done thousands of years ago; and where on Earth do they have this stuff written down?

VYZYGOTH – Just out of curiosity: did you see the last installation of the Pope Joey Ratzinger?

ALAN – I didn’t, no.

VYZYGOTH – There was a priceless moment, apparently my partner Harry had been listening on CBS Radio; I was getting ready in the morning, and he came in and told me that “you are not gonna believe what I heard,” what the CBS broadcaster said, doing a kind of play-by-play of what was going on. And he described one of the coffins that were out on the…oh, it’s a funeral, I’m sorry. It was the funeral of John-Paul, you know, Karol Wojtyla or whatever; there were three coffins and one of them had the Skull and Bones on and the guy was talking about it. And they were also saying that there was an obelisk in proximity to the coffin.

ALAN – I’m not surprised. I’m not surprised at all, because, if you look at the architecture even in the Vatican – see, it’s called “The Universal Religion;” Catholicism is universal, because at the time that they created it, they brought into its architecture and its system all of the known existing religions.

VYZYGOTH – I’ll send this along to you, so be looking for it, if you don’t mind. Then a listener up there in Canada, Ola, sent me a power-point, which was meant to be like a PR piece for the Vatican and she wrote she has no comment. I knew what she was saying; and when I looked at it, I know what it was supposed to be, but when you look at all the symbolism, it’s like: “holy mackerel, how in-your-face is that?” Going along with this bit about ancient mysteries and such, this is something I’ve been interested in. Somebody asked: “was the fall of Rome and the sacking by the Goths planned? Were the Dark Ages planned?”

ALAN – I would say so, because you find that Rome did have parties of the Elite inside the middle of Rome as they were being attacked. Now, these guys were no dummies; they had run other countries for a long-long time. This Empire, it was an Empire like the British Empire and they were no fools and they certainly did pay off; most – see, most of them weren’t really ransacked as such. They paid off these big swarms that came up to their gates; they paid them off, until there was no more to pay off – and there was also some kind of deal worked out with some of the heads of these big clans, you might say. There is so much to all of this – even the Mystery religion involved in the leaders of these clans associated with Rome. Because some of the leaders, after they died, were buried – they dug…what they did was, they diverted rivers and put them underneath where the river was, with their gold, all the loot, and then put the river back on top of them again to protect them. And the only other place you’ll see that happening is in the histories of the Kazars. That’s strange, that.

VYZYGOTH – You know, obviously it’s hard for a lot of us to process the fact that the game has always been rigged and when I think back to those early tribes in Europe and the early part of the AD, you kind of think that they perhaps preceded something, but actually the power structure has always been here, hasn’t it?

ALAN – Power has never… we forget how… these monarchs weren’t blundering their way through time. They were always surrounded by a côterie of the most cunning men you could find in the land, who were schooled like Machiavelli, in human nature – the nature of man. And they were terribly cunning; and you find the same thing with Francis Bacon with his essays he wrote for the King, to try to get into the King’s good graces as an advisor and he was trying to show how cunning he was in his knowledge of human understanding.

VYZYGOTH – Well, since we talk about the same formula and with this individual asking the question about the Goths and such and the sacking of Rome, I mean, can we look at that paradigm and apply it to the powers-that-be back then telling Genghis, you know, going to Europe and waxing people and there be some kind of benefit or outcome? I mean, would you think that that was something that was orchestrated for a particular reason?

ALAN – Oh, I’m sure, too. And Kahn is just the same as cane, king – it’s all from the same root word as well. He was red-haired and blue-eyed too.

VYZYGOTH – You know, that’s another whole show – but there is that talk about that particular complexioned and featured type race out there, wasn’t it?

ALAN – It was the same at Sumer. At Sumer they dug up some of the early Kings and Queens, and they even found their black wigs just like the Egyptians, too, that the elite of the Egyptians – they wore black wigs made from the hair of the local people, but they were generally red-haired and blue-eyed, the Elite.

VYZYGOTH – Alright, so we can even look at wigs as being a trapping of the elite almost always. Whether powdered white wigs – so now I’m thinking then, when I think of the Founding Fathers – I mean, is that a sign of “the joke was on us” too?

ALAN – I have no doubt about that. They had meetings in the early 1700s in Europe, the Elite, and they knew that they couldn’t keep on this game of: a cousin in England will attack a cousin in France or cousin in Germany forever, and tax the public, etcetera, for these wars; they couldn’t keep up this game forever. And they knew they had to go into a new era – a different time, a different structure – and they needed a knight in shining armor that hadn’t been used before; so they created one. And that’s what the whole US was all about.

VYZYGOTH – Here’s a question. This is a good topic, I guess. If there’s ever, shall we say, trouble in Paradise. The question is: “if these ‘puppetmasters’ are all in league together, why was the Vatican against the Templars, like in 1307?”

ALAN – I think it was probably, like most things, the best PR they ever got – in a sense. Because they didn’t get all the Templars. And they don’t mind – the Talmudic saying is true as well, that “the few must die for the sake of the many” as a sacrifice. We know that the Templars’ treasures were never found, they got that out. They had a fleet of ships that set off beforehand and we’re told we don’t know where they went to. And out of them came all of (what later was called) “Freemasonry.”

VYZYGOTH – Well, again, looking back now. The Vatican kind of gave their imprimatur, if you will, to the Templars. But it could have been that the Templars got so successful and prosperous that the Vatican was a little unhappy with that.

ALAN – I don’t really think so. Power at that level tends to share rather than have strife between themselves – they share the loot and they cooperate together. That’s how they get their best benefit: it’s through cooperation.

VYZYGOTH – Then who cut loose those who wanted to persecute the Templars?

ALAN – It was Philippe of France, of course, who was given the job of being the bad guy and starting it all off; and once again too, once they had brought out a few facts about the Templars, the Vatican that’s supposed to be the legal “above” system, all shiny and nice and that kind of thing, they had to act; they couldn’t stand by and pretend they didn’t believe it. And so they had to give again, a sacrifice to the public.

VYZYGOTH – So you say when they get to a certain level that powerful, that high up, it’s more or less self-preservation that they make sure they play nice with one another.

ALAN – Absolutely. That’s why they have no worries about China. We made China what it is. The West made China what it is: Communist China. We made it; we gave them all the industries through the GATT treaties and different treaties.

VYZYGOTH – Sure, and we knee-capped Chiang Kai-shek, after he helped us with the Japanese, and also, from another source, like – are you familiar with Smedley Butler?

ALAN – Yes.

VYZYGOTH – What he says, more or less in a cathartic piece, not “War is a Racket,” but just in another essay, and he says: “yeah, I went into China to make it safe for Standard Oil.”

ALAN – That’s right. And, you know, this was decided years ago that China – in the 1930s, the Royal Institute and the CFR knew that they were going to set up China to take over from the US about this time period. They knew it – they talked about it.

VYZYGOTH – You know, the robber barons in the United States are the ones that I kind of look at as far as running the show and being an extension of what grew out of Europe and such. There is a connection, isn’t there, to – shall we say – the propping up of the robber barons, like Rockefeller and Morgan and Vanderbilt? And they did have a relationship, did they not, with the Rothschilds?

ALAN – They’re all connected. It’s all one high system. And the trick is too – it’s misleading when people think that, for instance, if you’re Catholic and you think that Kennedy was a good Catholic, you’d be mistaken.  Kennedy, like the people at the top of all peoples, might go through the motions of something, but they have their own inner religion of the Elite. And it’s the same in Judaism. So the Rothschilds, they are held up as heroes by many Jews, who do what they are told if it comes down from the Rothschilds – they follow – but he follows his own inner religion. It’s all one religion at the top for the Elite.

VYZYGOTH – I’ll get back to these questions, but now, again, you just reminded me of something and since we opened up this show around that Kennedy speech in 1961 – can you shed any light on this; give us your opinion of what you may know to be fact? We think back about: “okay, Jack being assassinated – you don’t get assassinated unless you run afoul, or maybe go back on a promise or change your mind or something like that and have a change of heart.” With relation to his father, I had just gotten the movie: The Winner Kills. I know that it’s a fiction movie but as we all know about fiction in Hollywood there is depicted a very much Joe-like Kennedy, giving up his son. On the other hand, some say: “Joe had a stroke; he may not have been all that controlling, and having that happen, Robert and John might have thought they could pull something off like for real.” I’ve got to go back and find out how incapacitated Joe was after that stroke, because he did die in ’69, well after both sons died. What do you think?

ALAN – What I know is that Joe himself had just spent quite a time during WW II with his wife in Buckingham Palace with the Queen. And that was the Big Society they belonged to – very high Freemasonic society, like all the Elite do – and it doesn’t matter if you’re Protestant or Catholic or Jewish, you get into it. It’s interesting that Bronfman, Old Sam Bronfman whose family was set up 50-60 years before Prohibition. They were sent over to do what they were going to do in the future. Even though he had made billions, billions literally, of bucks, during that whole era and had everything a man could possibly want for riches, his wish, right to his dying day, was to be knighted by the Queen. And you’ve got to ask yourself: “why was it so important to be knighted by the Queen?” And it’s because at the top of the Mystery Religions and World Empire, that’s where it was ruled from. That was a symbol of your total acceptance.

VYZYGOTH – And wasn’t Joe also Ambassador to the court of King James?

ALAN – That’s right.

VYZYGOTH – Do you think Joe gave his son up, or do you think the boys went up running on their own, after the…

ALAN – I think they went on their own.

VYZYGOTH – Have you read those Gemstone Files?

ALAN – No.

VYZYGOTH – Well, they suggest that in there. Supposedly they have a great deal of validity. But that’s their take on the situation that with Joe’s stroke they went off and freelanced and we all saw the results.

ALAN – Yes. And here’s another interesting thing. A good example is George Orwell’s 1984 where he shows you a system of total control of the world, really; with fake wars being planned and the sides keeping changing all the time – eternal war, perpetual war – and the ones who are being spied on are not the general population, the masses; they don’t matter; they are entertained and kept happy. It was the bureaucracies, that keep the sham going that are spied upon – in other words, the workers to keep the system going. And they’re monitored, they’re bugged, there’s hidden cameras watching them. But when you open up the books of the Soviet system you’ll find the same thing there. There were massive dossiers on every bureaucrat and civil service right down to the bottom. They had to have all the information on these people to make sure that they were still following their conditioned path and weren’t letting things out of the bag – and you’ll find that’s the same system in America and in Britain – that is worldwide. It’s how it’s always been. It’s their helpers that they spy upon. Well, there was a program on Television quite a few years ago about Kennedy and his affair with Marilyn Monroe. In this little documentary they mentioned some lodge they used to go to – it’s like a hunting lodge or something, or a log cabin somewhere. And it’s through Frank Sinatra, I think, they got it. What was mentioned in that documentary was that the CIA used to bug the pillows in that room that Kennedy was in. So here you have the CIA doing the same stuff they did in the Soviet Union, of bugging the ones that are actually the workers, you might say, for the system.

VYZYGOTH – Ah, let’s see. Getting back to the questions. Here is: “what is your take on the Da Vinci Code? How do you view that?”

ALAN – That’s rubbish. It’s a good seller.

VYZYGOTH – Well, do you think – is this one of those things where you kind of get a job done in a sense, that he brings out stuff that we know to be true, a lot of us who “get it.” But if it gets too close to the masses, wondering if something is going on, here you take it out and wrap it around a story and then you kind of take it down a side street, and everybody goes “ah, it’s all hooey!” Is there any distance gotten out of him writing that book, taking the heat out, more or less?

ALAN – I mean, it’s a lot of spin, not historically-correct either; but they do a lot of spinning. And that’s how the public buy it; it’s fascination. They get fascinated by it. The word “fascination” is the “fasci-nation,” by the way.

VYZYGOTH – That’s not a coincidence, is it?

ALAN – That’s how you get it through to the public; and they don’t care about the details or the truth. And of course, it was Baigent and Lincoln and Leigh that set up the foundations for this. And they were sent out to do the same thing with “Holy Blood, Holy Grail.” First you lay the foundation of possibility, the people swallow it up, forget about it, but it’s there in the subconscious; then you bring someone out later to build on the fantasy and they’ll swallow it even more.

VYZYGOTH – You know, before I ever got it, I used to watch the X-Files. And then, after I got it; I looked back and I said to myself: “you know, they actually were telling a lot of truth in there, but then they were putting a spin on it,” – you know, making it a little ridiculous or more – and then people, if they ever get the thinking or questioning those who are watching, will say: “well, that’s just like X-Files.” And I guess, it’s the same thing with, what I was saying, that Dan Brown might have done to Secret Societies, X-Files might have done for covert Government operations, in a sense.

ALAN – Oh, definitely.

VYZYGOTH – And of course, it’s getting interesting, isn’t it, that it’s on Murdoch’s station and that’s part of what he calls what? – the New World Communication Group or something.

ALAN – That’s it. And also that’s what Tavistock calls “predictive programming.” Because you put the possibility into people’s minds through fiction primarily, again, through the fasci-nation; and people swallow it without question. And then you can bring in those actual things into their lives – real spying on them; real things that happen – and they accept it, because subconsciously they’ve already swallowed it.

VYZYGOTH – Then it would be true then, that when people get hit with science fiction, they are being prepared for something that they are going to find in, maybe, fifty years?

ALAN – The first sponsored authors that we can find was done through a setup by the Rothschild Foundation in Britain in the 1800s. He sponsored writers to write along the lines of science fiction to create this predictive programming to fascinate youngsters, so that when they started to go into the areas of science or eventually space exploration, they wouldn’t think it an abnormal way to go – it seems normal to us, because we have been dosed with science fiction. We don’t even ask why we are spending billions of dollars on NASA. That was done deliberately.  We’re still paying for all this stuff.

VYZYGOTH – Yeah, there’s no doubt, now we just feel that there’s no such thing as science fiction.

ALAN – That’s correct; and all you’re doing is getting predictive programming of possibilities – and through fiction you don’t censor things; you don’t say: “I believe that; I don’t believe that.” You sit back and allow it all to come into your brain; you are downloaded in a sense, you are enjoying it, and then, when these things happen in your life and they actually bring certain projects forward, it’s not so foreign; and it’s almost as though you’ve already debated it, but you haven’t! You just accept it.

VYZYGOTH – I look at “Twenty-Four” right now as getting people prepared for the acceptance of torture in particular. It’s a very dangerous show, I think; and then also what does it do? It pops up on Fox Network, which is Murdoch’s.

ALAN – Yes, and “Fox” is “666” in the Kabaalah.

VYZYGOTH – Hahaha. It never ends, does it, Alan?

ALAN – No, what we are saying here is scratching the surface, because, if you go into the whole language structure, you realize that even your language is like a computer language and you are the computer.

VYZYGOTH – Have you ever done an etymological study? Is that a work that you might want to take on, if you haven’t?

ALAN – I have, and I teach it sometimes to small, very small groups.

VYZYGOTH – Is that embraced in any one of the Cutting Through books?

ALAN – A little bit, not deeply, although it’s deeper than most. And they knew this hundreds of years ago. When Francis Bacon wrote himself of this, he says: “We are creating the new international language of the future, to be called ‘English.’ ”  And when you realize that prior to him the language that was spoken in England – prior to the 1500s – was really Old Saxon-German. So they did; they were creating a language; and they had teams working on it and Shakespeare helped bring out most of the words into the English language; that was his function. And if you are a computer, the programmer will understand by using the logic that you use – your human logic and your program, your language – he should know the answer to any question, before he programs you. Because you must follow with the logic and your language to that conclusion. And that’s how simple it is and how simply it works.

VYZYGOTH – That does make sense. I don’t know if you can comment on this, but a listener has asked: “Could Alan comment on cosmology, specifically regarding channeling and the existence of extra-dimensional entities?”

ALAN – Why bother?

VYZYGOTH – Do you want to explain that for him?

ALAN – Oh, why bother? I mean, why the rushing off into the alien stuff, when you got so much here you don’t even understand yourself? You don’t have to rush off into the alien stuff. This was pushed as a diversion by the Big Boys; it’s been very-very successful.

VYZYGOTH – This whole UFO thing, do you think that’s cooked?

ALAN – No, because we have been making the ‘flying saucers’ here! – For many years; and the BBC did a documentary on the Area 51 in the early 1970s. And you see them coming out of the ground in an Air Force Base! So, come on!

VYZYGOTH – Even Canada, I think, prior to even Area 51, had created a hovercraft.

ALAN – It wasn’t just a hovercraft – and there are even photos, they even showed a section of it on Television not so long ago. It crashed down near a place called Allison, just North of there, and the furrow is still in the field where it landed – but every country has them.  Britain has them; I’ve seen them off the RAF base in Lossiemouth in Scotland – I’ve seen the ‘flying saucers’ there too.

VYZYGOTH – It was interesting that the way I got a look at it was in a documentary drama about – do you remember when the aeronautic engineers in Canada had created – was it the “Arrow?”

ALAN – Yes.

VYZYGOTH – And how great that was and then they were told to kibosh it by the United States.  Anyway, what seems to be a harmless film clip of the period, in this parade there comes this hovercraft.

ALAN – That’s right, a little bubble there and all. And even that was a diversion, because there’s three levels of science and it takes a lot of working towards the Great Work to be accepted into the second level.  Nick Begich showed us those little devices the CIA were using in the 1950s – the size of a TV remote you could put in your pocket – that could influence your thoughts and could actually put thoughts into your head in line of sight. Now, that had to be solid state – and that was in the early 1950s, before the transistor and all of that. So, come on! There is a second level there, for the CIA and the other boys; and there is another level above that.

VYZYGOTH – Now, let me get in this, what looks kind of like a two-part question – it says, it’s a little broad here, but it says: “When these military/police, whatever, state-local help their rulers to do their bidding to get people chipped” – and I assume what he is saying is after those who have gone quietly, for whatever purposes – you know, whether it’s health or such – will they finally turn on those of us and say: “listen, you’re getting this or you’re not playing?”

ALAN – Everybody is to get chipped. The military and police will do what they are told, because I don’t think that there is any incidents in history, where the police and military have never done what they were told.

VYZYGOTH – Well, that was the second part. But let me just clarify then: “they are trying, and they will continue to try, to get people voluntarily to get chipped, for all sorts of reasons?”

ALAN – Yes.

VYZYGOTH – Right. Now, there will be a bunch of us who will hold out. But that can’t be allowed to stand, can it?

ALAN – It can’t be, but what they will also do is make it impossible to even live in their system without it, because it is to go into the cashless system. This came out in Britain in the 1990s – they tried to bring out the ID card then, you know, in Britain. It’s the same one they are bringing out here; the same make, same company, same everything. But they also said: “this would be your bank card as well, eventually.” So you’ll be unable to buy and sell, all that stuff – they are following Revelations, because that’s the blueprint.

VYZYGOTH – Alright, as he says, I don’t understand how these people can do their bidding, when something inside should be telling them how wrong it is!

ALAN – The police and military have always done this – and they’ve done experiments; you know the famous experiments in laboratories, where people, or students were brought in and they were told that they were actually shocking their fellows when they pressed this button – different pain levels. And it’s actors that come in and nothing really happens to them – and they go up to the stage where they’re jumping in their seat and they’re screaming for help, and they still – as long as there is someone there to give the official command and take responsibility, the Average Joe will do what he is told. This is understood and that’s how police operate and the military.

VYZYGOTH – Well, this is the last question I’ll get in and this is pretty heavyweight, Alan, I’ll just let you address it. How does Alan view the power of the mind? I ask, since Alan, while well-intentioned, has a very dour view of the world we live in. I believe that the mind can and does help to shape our own personal realities. Does Alan agree, and if so, how does he see his talks affecting the listeners? Does he fear that by the sheer weight of his information that he may be furthering this elite Agenda by informing people who aren’t prepared for what he has to say?”

ALAN – Not really. The ones who are not prepared anyway will go the way that people always go in these times. This has been going on for thousands of years, so I always say: don’t panic that you wake up now and find out what’s really going on. It takes a long time to stop this as well. It starts off like a little snowflake and goes into a snowball and it’ll take a long time to build up to a very-very huge mountain moving along. These are thousand-year wars, you know, and so it takes a long time for the information to gradually get out there bit-by-bit-by-bit, especially with the indoctrination we’ve had over the last few thousand years. It takes time; the whole thing is not to panic, be able to stand up and face the harsh reality – and once that happens, there’s a peace that comes with it, now you know! Now you know – you don’t have to sit and live in terror or listen to the shortwave and “my god, they’re gonna pull the economy tomorrow, I better buy this and buy that and all the stuff that they’re selling you.” Don’t fall into that trap. There’s a peace that comes with understanding, and if nothing else you can leave this world and you’ve broken through! You have overcome the world; that what it always meant.

VYZYGOTH – Well, do you maintain a hope, maybe a belief or a confidence, that this thing is defeatable?

ALAN – It’s defeatable, if people wanted it to be defeated. And here’s the problem with this: Most people will never stand up for injustice outside of themselves – for others.There are tremendous flaws in Man.  And a good example is how easily he is to be trained to go off and kill anybody he is told to kill – and we don’t even need good reasons for it. The average soldier in the Middle East knows nothing about politics or far-reaching agendas. And he doesn’t care, you know. He is out for the excitement; so, there are tremendous flaws when we are so willing to go and kill each other. Until there is a drastic change within Humanity itself, this will continue to its conclusion.

VYZYGOTH – Alright. We are out of time; we want to thank Alan Watt for joining us. The web site is: .com.  Great news is that the DVD is soon to be coming out – is that correct?

ALAN – That’s right.

VYZYGOTH – We will look forward to that, and Alan, as always we appreciate the time that you spend with us. We don’t take you for granted but we sure do appreciate your being here.

ALAN – I enjoy it too.

VYZYGOTH – Alright, and we’ll see you again, I hope.

ALAN – Okey-doke.

VYZYGOTH – Alright. Bye-bye.

ALAN – Bye now.

Transcript: Tim

—

“FROM THE GRASSY KNOLL” RADIO
WITH VYZYGOTH
May 16, 2006

______

VYZYGOTH – Now, what are you experiencing on your end?
ALAN – For the last two or three hours I have been getting hit, five at a time from different military bases in the States and Department of Defense and I have the readouts on who is doing it.
VYZYGOTH – Yeah, and I am not in the business of getting melodramatic. But, you know, we thought something occurred once upon a time when you were on, the last time around.
ALAN – Yes.
VYZYGOTH – Ah, this is strange, so I’m a little bit, shall we say, off balance. But this is the Grassy Knoll, this is May 16th 2006 and we have with us Alan Watt; we have a lot of people out there listening, so bear with us if you can, as far as what’s going on here, audio-wise, but it’s almost like it’s out of my control – ah, alright, I think we are okay now. Alright, my wife is kind of telling me what’s shaken, but I’ll tell you, isn’t it weird, Alan? I got a couple of e-mails; people saying they got a problem; I can understand why, because I tried myself and it was a little slow, to say the least. But we are red-hot, and I have all the volume, there shouldn’t be anything coming out across. So, it’ll make things interesting. And in the meantime we welcome you back; we got a lot of listeners out there and we have some questions for you, which we want to pose to you – things that people had wanted to know about some of the last time you were on. But I have to ask you something – this is the best. This just released new video of supposed flight 77 hitting the Pentagon. Now, you fully believe that 757 hit the Pentagon, don’t you?
ALAN – Oh, sure.
VYZYGOTH – But, you know, you talk a lot, and you speak of psychological ops on people around the world for over a century. We know that it goes on. But, Alan, this one I got to tell you. I mean, I’m sitting here and I’m saying has it got this big: I’m looking at this new video. It’s the same damn thing, but this time they run it three times. And I’m like: “what?” And it says: “will this put an end to conspiracy theory?” – and the only thing it tells me is: they are running scared of the fact that people know that nothing happened there – oh something happened there, but it didn’t involve flight 77 – am I right or wrong?
ALAN – Well, that would be it; that’s right – there is too much evidence…as far as wreckage goes, etcetera.
VYZYGOTH – So we are seeing the same thing again and I’m saying to myself: “are you serious?” I mean, show me something different; it’s the same thing, I mean, this is just a fact! Alright, be that as it may, listen, we’re really glad that you’re with us and despite all that takes place, would you mind coming back on, say, Thursday the 25th?
ALAN – Sure.
VYZYGOTH – Give me something to look forward to: “hello everybody.”
ALAN – Yes, indeed.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, listen. We have a couple of questions. Do you mind if I read them?
ALAN – Sure; on you go.
VYZYGOTH – And I would like you to talk to you about Tavistock and the Beatles, because I took a look into “The Conspirators’ Hierarchy,” I know that Coleman has spoken to it and you know what he said?
ALAN – I know a little bit of what he said; I know that he also found out that the rights, the copyrights to the songs had been owned by Adorno.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, yeah; and I told you I knew he had said something and then I took a look and it corroborated. So it will be interesting at the end, but let’s get to business first because people have been good enough to ask these questions and I would like you to respond to them. First of all, we have someone that writes: “the next time you interview Mr. Watt could you ask him to elaborate on what we perceive as ‘our culture’? Without going into detail, I think that this is where Mr. Watt diverts us from the usual conspiratorial view. He believes that we have never really had a culture of our own.” So, how do you speak to that, Alan?
ALAN – I think, when you study the Greek Classics, the Philosophers, and especially the writings of Plato, where he talked about how culture is created by the Elite at the top, downwards. It doesn’t come from the grass roots, because anything from the grass roots developing could upset the whole balance of power structure. So culture is always promoted from the top down; and it was so bad in Ancient Greece in fact, that when traveling players came in with theater shows and plays and dramas, it was law that everybody had to attend, because through the drama they would indoctrinate the viewers on the politically correct way to behave in society.
VYZYGOTH – So here is another case and you’re saying of the entertainment being used to mind-Op the populace.
ALAN – Yes, and back in the 1960s there was a Council on Foreign Relations and Royal Institute of International Affairs meeting held in England, where in the big debate at the time – and it went on for a month and it was in the newspapers – was: who should be given the right to create the culture for the coming New World Order? Britain, with its British MG Studios – at London I think it was – or Hollywood? And at the end of it they decided that America was best suited with its setup in Hollywood to create a world culture; and then, plus the addition they would put the music out too, which would influence the young. So, culture is a plastic thing; it’s fluid in a sense; it can be shaped in the direction that the Elite, who always make a plan way ahead of time; they make it plastic, so that they can shape us towards the next part of their Agenda. In fact, Plato said that “we can change all of the moral values within a culture within one generation and the last people to notice are those involved.” When you think back to the 1960s, when in one year they were all wearing skirts down to their knees or below even, and then suddenly the mini-skirt came in through, again, Television and Go-Go Dancing and music; and you compare that generation to their mothers, then their mother to their grandmother; and then there’s a skirt at the ankles, then there’s a skirt below the knee and then there’s the one up around you-know-where; so that was all within one generation, really, that happened.
VYZYGOTH – Oh, of course, we would chalk that up to being “fashion” – but it doesn’t make a difference what we call it or which way it…
ALAN – Plato said that to create culture, and alter culture, you must have an entertainment (and he called it) “industry” and you must have a fashion “industry” – this is 2300 years ago! And you must have a music “industry.” So it’s never changed.
VYZYGOTH – By the way, could you cite from which work that came; was it “The Republic?”
ALAN – That was in “The Republic”.
VYZYGOTH – That’s an interesting, interesting thing. Well, then you are saying that culture is malleable, it’s plastic; then it is necessarily, though – isn’t it – all-encompassing as well?
ALAN – Absolutely; we are what we think, and they give us what to think, and we behave “appropriately.” It’s not too difficult to manage people, once you give them a particular type of culture – and of course, America was given extra heavy doses of religion, really, for a particular reason. The reason being, that they would truly believe in their country, because they were chosen to bring in the New World Order.
VYZYGOTH – Well, they wouldn’t call it that, but…so, how did they perceive the New World Order at the time? They certainly wouldn’t have coined it as such; what did they think? I mean, they called it the New World, etcetera.
ALAN – If you read the memoirs of Franklin and Jefferson, both of them said that this was the beginning of a World Federation, not just a federation of the United States of America; that it would lead to a World Federation, which would eventually be led by 12 Wise Men.
VYZYGOTH – You know, we may have spoken about this a while ago, and if we have, I’m sorry; I don’t know if you remember, I know that I don’t. But in a way the joke was on us, in the United States, in a sense of as much as many of us now get it and are resisting what we consider the NWO. In essence, the enemy is us; in other words, this was an experiment in federation and the New World Order.
ALAN – Definitely. They needed a knight in shining armor that hadn’t plundered the planet as England had done, or France or Spain or whatever; and so they created a new knight in shining armor that pretended to be indifferent to the old ways; it would “champion righteousness” type of thing. And of course, in the early 1900s they had many meetings in England to do with handing the torch over to the Americas as the army or police of the world. And that’s why Kipling wrote the poem containing the lines: “The white man’s burden – we pass the torch on to you.” And Kipling came over – he was a very high Mason – and he came over and read that to the Senate.
VYZYGOTH – You know, as a kid I read some of that stuff about him and I said: “man, this sounds racist, look, [?] and all that stuff,” but nobody seemed to raise a big thing about it, so it’s like well it must be my imagination. But I mean, that “white burden” statement also comes up with Rhodes and that whole lot of Milner’s Kindergarten Group, you know?
ALAN – That’s right; it was all connected together.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, a couple of things real quick and we’ll go on to another question, but as derivatives of what this individual asked you about culture: was it a coincidence that we have 13 states and a district was made not a state, so they can plant down a new obelisk?
ALAN – It’s no coincidence at all.
VYZYGOTH – Is that then some kind of symbolistic reflection of the story of Isis and Osiris?
ALAN – It’s a symbol of regeneration and, of course, what the story of Osiris being scattered into – there’s actually 14 parts but they never found the 14th, and so Isis conjured up an artificial one; so 13 still stands as the number of regeneration, rebirth.
VYZYGOTH – The 14th territory, which was called a “district,” not a state, winds up with the obelisk.
ALAN – Exactly. That’s the magic creation, you see. And of course, the District of Colombia – Colombia in Latin means actually the dove – and the dove was always the symbol of coming down with Spirit from the Heavens, even from the days of Ancient Egypt. So it’s all highly symbolic.
VYZYGOTH – How do we look though at the fact that, alright, if the Old World was willing to let the New World spawn off to become the beginning of a New World Order? How do we look at Britain and the American Revolution? In other words, were they fighting? I’ve heard it said that England wasn’t all that pitched about it. One of the reasons were that perhaps there were so many Freemasons on both sides, that who wanted to kill who. But I’m asking you now then: what do you make of the fact that Britain came over and – well, they didn’t come over, but gave some kind of military resistance? How did that fit into the schemes about…
ALAN – It’s like all things in history; see, it must be real to the people. They have real wars to convince the people that this is all real; and people must really die; but when you figure it out, it’s worked out ahead of time. Cornwallis – if you read even Cornwallis’ memoirs, he was all for the independence of the Colonies and he spoke up in the British Parliament. He was a member of Parliament from a long line of aristocracy.
VYZYGOTH – Do you remember his rationale?
ALAN – Yes, he believed that Britain would spawn off (what today we’d say) “clones” of itself, ones in the sameness of Britain with the same types of laws and democracy, etcetera; and so he spoke out really against any interference; and even though he’d done that, he was chosen to lead the war against the Americas. And I think it was because they pulled him in at the top and says: “don’t worry, this has to happen to convince the world that this is an independent country.” It was part of the plan.
VYZYGOTH – Okay, so, in other words, once again we have a war that’s more about persuasion than it is really conviction.
ALAN – Absolutely. They had to convince the people. It’s like mind control, that Aldous Huxley said; he said: “those under mind control have no idea that they’re under it.” And it’s the same thing, when you condition people that they have actually won a war and that they’re free and working for themselves and they’re the most free country in the world, they’d put a hundred percent of their labor into their work – as opposed to the Soviet system, where everyone knew that a bunch of the Elite were living high on the hog, while they lived in poverty at the bottom, so they put nothing into their work and did shoddy workmanship, etcetera. But in America they truly believed that they were doing it for themselves.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, last question about this then, because I never really thought about it before and, of course, I’m asking you now. Have you any information to this effect – we know that there were mercenaries used by Great Britain in that war; now I’m wondering if it’s one they didn’t really want to get too messy about. Do you know how much percentage of the troops over here were non-British?
ALAN – It’s so hard to tell, because King George himself really came from Germany and the Saxe-Coburg-Gotha family – there were three different Princedoms they had and they called themselves Saxe-Coburg-Gotha. They brought in most of the troops actually from Germany; they did bring in some recent recruits from the Highlands of Scotland, because they forbid them to wear the kilt after the Culloden battle of 1746 and they forbid them to speak their own Gaelic language, unless they joined the British Army. And so they used a lot of Scots there as well as cannon fodder. They had a mass of Hessian troops, for sure, but they also employed mercenaries from all over Europe.
VYZYGOTH – Wouldn’t that make sense, now, I mean, to me, now, I said to myself: “okay, if in fact you wanted to make it look good, but you didn’t necessarily want to waste your own best blood – why not enlist those from other nations?
ALAN – Yes, and also it’s well recorded in Masonic books that oftentimes, when the two sides were coming towards each other through the forests they’d give the Masonic signals to each other and literally look the other way and pass each other by. That happened quite often and they’d visit each other’s camps often too at night and have lodge meetings.
VYZYGOTH – You know, but what you say is really true; I mean, we hear so much about wars being a John Wayne thing, time and time again. No doubt, it is; now there is killing no doubt. But there were times, when – you know, I heard it, Alan, from parents of my friends who were, once in a while maybe loosened up a little bit by drink – talked about, you know, being in the trenches over in Europe and running into a German and something like that, looking at each other and going, we really don’t have to do this. And it makes sense, though, doesn’t it?
ALAN – It does. I know that in World War One, when they would run out of so many of the young, because they were throwing in whole battalions every day across the field, who were getting mowed down in 15 minutes with machine-gun fire, and they weren’t allowed to lie down or crawl or anything, they had to walk into this hail of machine-gun fire. They’d lost so many of the young and eventually it was a sort of stalemate, where nothing much was happening in the trenches, because it was the older guys that were generally left, and the older guys didn’t want to fight on either side. So once in a day they’d fire into the air and they’d all do their thing and they were all quite happy; so it was mandated in Canada and Australia to recruit the young very quickly and to get them really fired up to kill, and then they sent them over to the trenches to get the killing going again.
VYZYGOTH – That song “When Will They Ever Learn”. I just want to everybody know: we have Alan Watt with us; this is Vyzygoth and this is the Grassy Knoll as well. Alan, you have a web site. Where can people find that, what is it and how can they get there?
ALAN – It’s and there’s a lot of free downloadable shows on the site there; and some of the books I am selling too are up there; the prices are there; how they order them is there; and also some talks on CD as well.
VYZYGOTH – The web site is .com and that is the title of the three-volume series you did. Is that correct?
ALAN – That’s right.
VYZYGOTH – Now, can you give people an idea what they might find across the three volumes – a little highlight?
ALAN – They were initially written for a series that I did on the short-wave radio beginning in 1998 and I don’t know how many shows were done; it’s well over a hundred and forty, maybe; and I went through the histories of the beginnings of what we call our “civilization” was given to us in the ancient world, and how the creation of the religion came about; how it was used on the people, and how the priestcraft basically controlled the systems – and I bring us up to speed really up to the present day. And these three volumes were really a companion set to that, to help explain more; but more so, I go into, in these three books, a form of de-programming as people read them. I show you things in symbol form and in writing form and I try to get you to think as you’re reading. Most books today are written in such a way that it puts you to sleep. This is the way we were trained, you see; it’s data, people, times and historical dates and that doesn’t work – people don’t retain it; so I try to make them wake up and see these symbols, which are all around them all the time; they have grown up with them. I explain what they are: it’s a language and this language is actually programming you, because your subconscious understands it and you act on your subconscious motivation.
VYZYGOTH – Before we came on, I had a bit of an extensive exchange through Yahoo with a listener, who ironically comes from my own home town in New Jersey. And I have to tell you it’s rare for anybody in the New York Metropolitan area to get it. Because when you are around the major cities, and I think you would agree, you are so absolutely enveloped by mainstream everything that you will never get to hear like that shortwave broadcast that I did, that made me say, is this guy nuts or should I check this out, not you necessarily, you know, but at the time whoever I might have heard. That never would have happened in the metropolitan areas; even out here in the Florida outback enough away from Tampa. I heard that; so when I hear somebody from inside the New York Metropolitan Area, who gets it, I am really amazed, but anyway, we exchanged about and we kind of boil it down to the least common denominator or the lowest common denominator and that is, Alan: all the world is all about symbology and symbols, isn’t it?
ALAN – Yes, it is. It’s a whole language and your subconscious really does work on language, just as your conscious mind does; and when symbols are strung together in a certain way and you are in a dreamy state – most people sort of dream their way through the day – you are being programmed with these symbols, which will affect the way you behave in life.
VYZYGOTH – And it would be true also that, would you agree that intelligent people – those who read and opinionate and take in information – are probably more susceptible to being manipulated?
ALAN – Definitely; especially if they have no idea that information doesn’t necessarily mean it’s true! Because many people truly believe that the Media is there is there to do their thinking for them. And Zbigniew Brzezinski said they were bringing the public to that stage deliberately, where they will give over their ability to reason for themselves and expect the Media to tell them everything that’s important to them.
VYZYGOTH – Do you remember an author – probably most of his works date back to the sixties – to the name of Jacques Ellul?
ALAN – Yes.
VYZYGOTH – Well, he wrote Propaganda, well, I guess in sixty-four or five. I encountered it ten years later, never thinking about what I do today; and one of the things that shocked me is when he said: “oh, it’s good for people to read, because you’ve got to have them take in information to propagandize them.” Now, that seems dull now, but back then I was like: “holy mackerel!” that’s right. Ignorant people are probably harder to get to.
ALAN – Absolutely. He was very straightforward with the techniques and how it worked.
VYZYGOTH – And one last take on Ellul. How about you – I never really knew what exactly he was all about. He seemed like a nominal Christian, I don’t know; but if you look back, can you give me your opinion on, was he a good guy, was he on our side? What do you think?
ALAN – I know that he was consulted by governments, and I think even the United Nations consulted him on social psychology for mass social control.
VYZYGOTH – That’s not good. Well, I think that answered my question.
ALAN – But he certainly said – in one of his books on law and the legal system – that the public are unaware in the Western Hemisphere, including America, that since 1953 very citizen has a personality profile kept on them by the Police. And he said – at that time of course it was the Cardex system with punched holes, but they were updating that in the sixties to computerized systems. What he said was: “these are very complete personality profiles” and he said: “the public must never be allowed to know how this information is gathered on them.”
VYZYGOTH – Alright. So I mean, this whole bit about encompassing surveillance and the lack of privacy; one would not be upset about it now – it has been well in the works, hasn’t it?
ALAN – It’s not new; it has been here forever, in fact. In fact, when they gave us the Bell telephone, that was part of the structure right away.
VYZYGOTH – Ah, okay, now I am moving on to another person, who enjoys listening to you. He’s written some little bit more – I think – complex, he said: “can Mr. Watt talk about ‘esoterically commanded structure of society leading to a scientifically designed social system?’ “ Can you break that down for us, first of all?
ALAN – It’s esoteric in a sense that there is a hidden group of controllers behind it, there is no doubt about that. And there’s also different strata of scientists, specialized scientists working on social control at all levels, and consulted all the time by different departments of governments. They brought in the big Public Relations firms early in the sixties to start to market ideas to the public directly from Government.
VYZYGOTH – Can you name some names?
ALAN – I know that the one that was set up in Madison; it was one of the first ones back in the early 1920s that started this whole idea of how to manipulate the behavior of the public for advertising purposes, through the advertisings themselves; and then the Governments eventually used them to market ideas.
VYZYGOTH – Madison Avenue in Manhattan?
ALAN – Yes, and the company was also called Madison. That was the first company way back.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, now, this also is somewhat, I think, akin to what you’re talking to about culture being plastic and manufactured. This is somewhat the same thing, isn’t it?
ALAN – It is, absolutely. When you have a long-term agenda and you’ve already got a culture created for one particular purpose, which is now over, you must change that culture to get to the next stage to accomplish that; so you always go towards the youth and go to them and bypass the parents. You teach it in school, the culture; you market it to them through the music, through the writings and magazines for the youth; and you give them heroes to follow that are superstars; and it’s very easy for the youth then to go in a new direction. They think it’s their own, always, but it’s actually manipulated and planned by very much older people than themselves.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, so we are looking at, back then at 24/7 TV and Radio and videos and all forms of electronic entertainment that can be completely a 360 in anyone’s life. This is a good thing as far as the manipulators wish, because they can soak you all day long, day after day, week after week, month after month, year after year. So this whole thing about going twenty…you know, I guess I am really happy in a sense that I grew up in a way when the test pattern came on at midnight, and it didn’t go off until like eight o’clock and you to watch some stupid show about like birds or something. And now it doesn’t matter, these kids are all absolutely inundated with this about from the time they came out of the womb.
ALAN – Yes; in fact they had write-ups when they first brought satellite television out. They had write-ups from the big corporations stating that through this they could get to anyone on the planet now and create a common youth culture, again, through music especially, and plays for the young or movies for the young; so that even the Eskimo would have the same world culture broadcast to them as an aboriginal in Australia. And that has been done. You can go from country to country to country and you’ll see the baggy pants, you’ll see the hat on backwards, even in Japan.
VYZYGOTH – Yeah…I’m not going to ask this right now, if we have some time at the end I will, but going back to the statement that the listener wrote: “if I look at esoterically commanded structure of society, is that equivalent to the Elite?”
ALAN – I’ll give you an example. I don’t know if you heard of Don Scott who has written a lot of material. He’s had world meetings with top class scientists and virologists and bacteriologists about the newly released plagues, etcetera, they’ve had in the last few years – he is from Sudbury in Ontario – and I talked to him the other day and he said that he had been bashing and bashing at the Government for a few years over the spraying we’re getting from the skies and he got his MP, his federal Member of Parliament to go to Ottawa, the Parliament, and demand answers from the Ministry of Defence as to why the spraying is going on – and the Ministry of Defence said they did not have to answer her.
VYZYGOTH – Necessarily a disavowal, was it?
ALAN – That’s correct; but it also shows you that – because she was oblivious to this new set of rules – MPs are supposed to be representing the public – and here she is finding that there is another structure she isn’t even allowed to get into, above that.
VYZYGOTH – You know, that name is only familiar and I am not going to blow smoke and that is: I believe there was some e-mail information that was kind of a luminous back a couple of years ago, that I think might have been attributed to Scott, and then it stopped happening. I am just racking my brain here trying to remember; that name is familiar; but somewhere along the line it stopped. Does that make any sense at all?
ALAN – I don’t know, but I know that he was on a few shows and he wrote a couple of books.
VYZYGOTH – Has he been silenced?
ALAN – He is pretty elderly, I mean, he is not in the best of health.
VYZYGOTH – Okay, now, going on, is this a scientifically designed socialism. I have heard about this from a number of directions. But it does seem to me to be somewhat reminiscent of what probably Wells and Huxley wrote about – a stratified society, where those who did wetwork can find their way through with soma and loving their servitude. What’s your take on that?
ALAN – Well, on my site I have his speech that he gave –
VYZYGOTH – At Berkeley?
ALAN – At Berkeley, it’s on my site, so you can download that; he does put all that in there and he said: “I don’t see why…” He said: “The reason the Roman Empire fell was that they couldn’t give the public enough bread and circuses.” He said: “but under a scientific dictatorship, properly structured and financed” – he said – “I see no reason why it could not succeed indefinitely.” And we have that today.
VYZYGOTH – But this is also a continuum from, I guess, Galton and grandfather Huxley, you know, I mean, this line of thinking, I think, extremely, extremely fatalistic towards people like you and me – I mean, this is really what they want; and so, when we talked before, I guess, yesterday or so, they want Morlocks around to do the wetwork, but they don’t really want a whole lot, do they?
ALAN – Not a lot; no, they don’t need a lot of people now and they have written about it and talked about it too. I always find they publish so much material; it’s just that the media doesn’t make it a bestseller for the public to hear about, but it’s all available: they want to vastly reduce the numbers of population; and to be honest, I think they’ve been doing it. We’re always waiting them to do a big thing at once, but they don’t work that way. They do a little bit at a time, the Fabian way, and there’s no doubt from the 1950s onwards the inoculations have almost destroyed so many people’s ability to fight off any infection. These inoculations destroyed our immune systems and made us susceptible to coming down and dying with things which shouldn’t kill us. This is deliberate; so when they talked about this back in the 1920s in the League of Nations they meant it and even talked then that they can do this through inoculations, mass inoculation programs. The chronic fatigue syndromes, the early arthritis now that’s coming out, rheumatoid arthritis in people in their early twenties and even below twenties, these are auto-immune problems, the Epstein-Barr virus, same thing; these make people ineligible as good marriage partners, because they’re too sick and weak, no-one wants them. That’s how they decided to bring down the West: to do it gradually – but for Africa, they’ve decided that…”who is going to stand up for Africa? We can bring them down quickly” – and that’s being done, as we can see.
VYZYGOTH – Why, didn’t they introduce the AIDS there by way of supposedly injecting them with vaccines against the Hepatitis B?
ALAN – Yes, and smallpox. The trail of the infection follows the exact route from Haiti – they actually went to Haiti first with that inoculation program, then to Africa and you can follow the trail that’s left behind them. There’s no doubt this was deliberate.
VYZYGOTH – Most of our listeners are anti-vaccinationists as well. Have you read Eleanor Maclean’s “The Poison Needle?”
ALAN – No.
VYZYGOTH – It’s online; it’s very interesting also. And she recounts as well that she looks at the 1918 flu, which is really interesting – and she said the only people that got sick were the ones that got vaccinated.
ALAN – Exactly.
VYZYGOTH – She and her family did not get vaccinated and they were actually ministering to people in their home town who had fallen and none of them got it.
ALAN – Yes, and when we go back into the…Britain has records of mandatory vaccinations beginning in the 1800s against diphtheria and then smallpox, and the records of their deaths to those who were vaccinated are identical to the number who got vaccinated. So this was obviously put in place deliberately, and we know that Britain definitely was into this in the 1700s, because Thomas Malthus came out with his Essay on Population and how to cull off the weak people or the “useless eaters” or the “excess population,” which they didn’t need after – they knew eventually that they would be post-industrial and they wanted to have a method to cull them off once their job was over.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, now, having said that, would you think that what we are headed for, and what to look for, is a collective society, where the individual means nothing but the group means all?
ALAN – That’s what they have told for the public, but as in Charles Galton Darwin’s book The Next Million Years – and he was a physicist, this guy, and a descendent of Charles Darwin – and I think in 1956 he published that book, he went through the need to cull off the excess population and find ways of sterilizing the remainder; and also ways of manipulating the brain itself chemically, so that they couldn’t think independently of each other – the collective, you might say. We can jump from there to Arthur Koestler’s book – he is the same guy that did The Thirteenth Tribe – he wrote The Ghost In The Machine while he worked for the United Nations and in The Ghost In The Machine he worked in think tanks whose job it was to find ways to lobotomize that part of the brain, which has your personal survival capabilities built into it and which gives you the sense of who you are as an individual – and they were tying ways of chemically attacking the brain, though chemicals, vaccines that would carry bacterium there, viruses and so on; and he said they were successful in doing it in the trials. So they were using people for trials, and he said: “the public won’t need their personal defense capabilities, because the government will be making all their decisions for them anyway.”
VYZYGOTH – Alright; so when you talk about chemical lobotomization, could this also take the form of getting the same effect through radiation, through…
ALAN – Yes, there is so many ways to do it, and when you realize that the brain uptakes different chemicals, sometimes even certain metals will gravitate to certain part of the brain, where they are utilized or they carry something with them, you can actually target those primary areas you are after very-very easily and destroy the cells around them. And that’s what they said: they wanted to do…he wrote about it and he said: “all we have to do now is decide whether to inoculate the people with it, put it in their drinking water, or spray it on them.” And I thought: “well, they’re doing it all.” And what he also said, Charles Galton Darwin, was funny in this sense; he said: “We the Elite must not alter ourselves, because we must retain our abilities for self-preservation, because we shall be leading the earth and steering the future.”
VYZYGOTH – Well, I mean, I have to tell you I heard you when you were on Coast-to-Coast with Noory, talking about the longevity of some of these Elites, to include the Rockefellers and Kissinger and stuff; and I’m sure he might be using contacts, although it doesn’t seem anybody else his age is doing it, but when I look at the Rockefeller when he was giving speeches in the late 90s it was like: “this guy is not even, you know, he is not even wincing, no glasses, this guy is just reeling it right off;” and you made – actually it was a very comical anecdote about Kissinger hopping out of the car; was it?
ALAN – That’s right; and he ran up the steps.
VYZYGOTH – And of course, these people aren’t getting, if they should ever have cancer or anything like that, they’re certainly not getting chemo or radiation or anything like that…
ALAN – No, they are not, no.
VYZYGOTH – Well, moving along – do you want to build on another question?
ALAN – Yes.
VYZYGOTH – Okay, this individual wants to know: “you can check with him to see why the spin, ‘mind control,’ ‘hypno-TV,’ etcetera, is not working on us; and “us” I would say, is those who get it.” So, how come people like this listener and myself and all those who do shows and all those who listen – how do we stay free, so far, from this manipulation?
ALAN – Well, I’ve wondered a lot about that and what I found, just talking to so many people… people who tended to be more aware of what was going on often had allergies and they would often, again, have problems with either bronchial problems or they’d have stomach problems, intestinal problems… And what you’ll find with some people, because of their physiology – if you were to inoculate them with a particular substance that was to target the brain, because of their physiological differences they will actually pull those particular viruses or bacteria to another organ. That’s one possibility that has happened in a lot of cases; so the brain didn’t get affected the same way. Every baby who gets inoculated about the age of one and a half or two, goes home, with the doctor saying: “don’t worry, they’ll have a fever for two or three days, then they’ll be fine” – and the fever is concentrated generally in the head. Now when you have fever and heat in the head, inflammation, you have inflammation in the brain and cells are dying off; and this is happening every day and the moms are told this is normal; and I think that’s part of the whole process. I really have gone that far that I really think that’s part of the whole process. They didn’t just write about it from Malthus onward, they have been actually doing it.
VYZYGOTH – I’ve got some more questions about this whole thing here; but I want to continue with the individual who did pose a number of questions. But let me ask you this though, Alan: were you vaccinated as a kid?
ALAN – I had some; but – in fact I did actually come down after the age of two, after inoculations, with asthma that lasted a few years and then allergies for sure, on and off; but intellectual-wise I sort of soared through school without any problems.
VYZYGOTH – I don’t know how nefarious they were when we were growing up – I’m sure they weren’t good, I just don’t know. I’m sure they got worse as time went on and became a real mainline source of planting things that necessarily come to fruition later on, if you know what I mean.
ALAN – A good example of that, I think, is the sterilization of the male. Every year – and about now, in fact, the UN will be giving us their annual update on the sperm count of the Western male, and last year they said that the Western male since 1950 or 52 had dropped by 75% of the live active sperm of the male of 1950. So we are only about 25% fertile now. And they never give a reason for this and yet, every year they give us the data on it – the quotes, the statistics – and really it should be a crisis situation, but the reason it’s not a crisis situation is because it’s planned that way.
VYZYGOTH – Well, we all know it’s from wearing too tight jockeys…
ALAN – Yeah right…
VYZYGOTH – …warming up the old testicles. Unfortunately there are some of the cultures who aren’t getting the message and are proliferating quite well, by the way. This is interesting also, which I got through e-mail, and I will pose this question to Alan. Then we’ll go on with the person from whom we have gotten these questions and couple of these there. “Do you want to comment on the science and the physics of reality holography? This is the Blue Beam Project – do you know anything about that, Alan?”
ALAN – I do know about it. I know that they can actually create anything at all in the sky. I know back about in 1999 I was out walking with someone late at night; and I looked up and I saw what I thought was the Northern Light start up; and for 25 minutes we watched a form, a figure form – which doesn’t happen with the Northern Lights – and it all came to one point and you could swear they had wings – and I thought: “this is incredible; that’s some kind of holography or science going on here, using the ionosphere” and two or three nights later a man from Ontario phoned in the Art Bell Show – now, Art Bell’s had nights when he’s had different people claiming to be Satan on; he’s had a hole in the ground where the voices of Hell shot up from; but this guy phoned in and he said: “I saw a figure appear in the sky that I thought it was the Northern Lights;” and Art Bell immediately cut him off! – and said: “this is crazy!” I thought: “why don’t they allow him to say what [he saw]? That was no crazier than anything else that was said on that show!” And of course, they don’t want us to know that they can experiment and do this with the ionosphere; and with the HAARP technology coupled to satellites they can make anything appear in the sky.
VYZYGOTH – Well, you know, Art Bell to me is a Government plant – I’m sorry, so is Noory – that shows there that go with the bottom line. I’m not going to ask you about how comfortable you were there, but I’m going to take it that, yes, you get it too.
ALAN – See, intelligence gatherers gather the intelligence that the public are finding out about and discussing. Counter-intelligence takes that, gives us superheroes to follow, who are shot to the top; everybody gets to know their names, they say all the right things that are being said at the bottom – they say the intelligence, but then they add to it aliens or reptilian people and spin it off to ineffectiveness – and that’s how you counter intelligence.
VYZYGOTH – You know, I wanted to listen to – I don’t want to spend a lot of time on it – but I listened to that show one night after they had a Nine-Eleven researcher on and I just got it wrong, I got on the next night – I didn’t hear the researcher, but I heard these poor simps that came on and they really did believe there was something to it as well they should, but they go to the altar of Noory or Bell and they kind of ask questions where they want to be told, you know, it really doesn’t exist, and so they’ll talk about: “well, isn’t it crazy, George, that a plane didn’t go into the Pentagon?” And he goes: “Yeah, well, you know…” and they go off to a shadow road and a flying rod, and I’m like: “dude…” Oh, what are we talking about here? You look at what is REAL and you’ll supplant it with the UNREAL!
ALAN – Yes, when you mix fact with fantasy, everything becomes unreal and it’s diffused then; it’s safe, it’s harmless then, because it’s just too confusing.
VYZYGOTH – Of course, but, you know, we all know the children’s fairytale, about the Emperor’s new clothes. You know, there weren’t any, but they were told there were; and then I look at nine-eleven with the Pentagon, there is nothing! And so, why do you replace what’s real and tangible, with what you’re being told? And somebody messaged me, and I said I understand. You know, good people don’t think that the Government would do this, or the time has come where we’ve been turned on, and I understand that – but in the face of asking questions and having people think, don’t get upset if you’ve been, like Plato said, pulled out of the cave to look at that which really is. Which, by the way, is kind of interesting he wrote that, because he doesn’t seem like anybody who would want to pull anybody out of the cave.
ALAN – He was actually explaining how the public are; the are kept – they are given a version of reality, it’s indoctrinated into them and even if someone were to find out the truth and go back into the cave and say: “you know, there’s a real world out there,” they wouldn’t believe him. And so he was showing the techniques of mind control on society.
VYZYGOTH – Yeah, exactly. I mean, it’s painful to show people the way things really are; and actually it can cost you your life.
ALAN – Absolutely. There’s no doubt about that whatsoever.
VYZYGOTH – I’m going to get to a question here and then I will go back to the original e-mail. It says: “Does Mr. Watt have any comments about René Guenon and other traditionalists, that would be Schwann, Evola, [?] etcetera.” Any take on that?
ALAN – On Ebola?
VYZYGOTH – Ebola? No, these are individuals: Evola, Schwann [?] and René Guenon. Does that ring a bell?
ALAN – It does. Most of these characters in history, in that period of time were all, once again, Freemasons, well versed in the psychology of humanity and all put out there to give certain views, so the public would follow them along a certain path. Again, part of culture creation, really. Because that’s what they give us. Most of the public will always follow someone they perceive as being more intelligent and a leader, who says the things they want to hear. Unfortunately we never question any other motive behind it and generally get led up the garden path. So I can’t really go any further with their particular agendas.
VYZYGOTH – I am fully ignorant of this; I don’t think that it’s unusual. Is there a time frame for all of these individuals, more or less?
ALAN – I think they are talking more in the 1800s, aren’t they?
VYZYGOTH – You know, it’s not on my purview, without a doubt. Alright, well, it’s something I’ll look into. I apologize but that’s okay. Moving along, going back to that original e-mail and it’s going to get good here, and that is: “What is going on with Denver International Airport which is really truly named ‘New World Airport’ – with the murals that are around everybody so that they’ll see them?” Your take on that, Alan?
ALAN – Yes, they put so much into that. The building alone, never mind all of the architecture and paintings and frescoes – and of course, they have all their occultic, Masonic symbology in the paintings, right down to the children all following the Leader, you know? It’s possible that it’s there because there’s going to be the new capital of the Americas somewhere, one day.
VYZYGOTH – Well, we did talk about that and obviously they badly want to create an American Union as expansive, perhaps, as the 34 countries in the Western Hemisphere, obviously. I don’t know – have you read that White Paper: “Building a North-American Community?”
ALAN – Yes, but I know that in the Free Trade negotiations in the late 80s they had discussed actually setting up a new Parliament and a new capital for the Americas, like “The Brussels of the Americas” and it would be in Montreal they’re going to build it. That’s what they’d chosen.
VYZYGOTH – Well, that would be interesting. The reason I thought it’s Denver – well, something is going on with Denver, there is no two ways about it. And you subscribe also to the fact that, as Orwell tipped us off about, you know, 60 years ago, that boring machines were available and they had probably been at work for quite some time. Now, do you want to posit your thought about why, what they are doing and why they are doing it?
ALAN – There are connections between some major cities under ground, there’s no doubt about that. These boring machines, even they have been in the Popular Science magazine at times, and the Rand Corporation are the ones who own these machines. They have never really been fully explained to the public as to how they can operate – and the obvious questions that are never asked by the reporters on them; because it’d really – see, there are 3 levels of reality at work at all times: one for the public, and that’s from professorship down. It doesn’t matter what you’re a professor of, you’re getting low-level reality; and there’s another one above that, separate again; and another one above that! It’s like Nick Begich showing us [on TV] the mind control machines that the CIA had, which were about the size of a TV hand-held converter. As these are now obsolete – and they were used back in the 1950s and they were solid state, before the transistor came out. So, yes, with these boring machines, they claim they can go through any kind of rock and go 24 hours at a time and keep going, at least 5 miles per hour, regardless of the density of the rock. They melt the rock around it, and then it petrifies behind, forming almost like a concrete casing in the tunnel. Now, what kind of metal alloy do we have knowledge of that can withstand that kind of heat? Because it’s beyond what we’re given, you see. And of course, it’s the same kind of metals that they used with their experimental flying saucers from Area 51. The same incredible alloys that the public will never ever hear about. It’s all made here on earth.
VYZYGOTH – Now, I’m going to tease myself and leave this for an entrée on Thursday, the 25th that would be – with I would say “next,” but I don’t want to do it in the last couple of minutes. I would like to continue, though, and somebody asked me once – in fact earlier today – how I ever understood that something went bump in the night; and was it Nine-Eleven; and I said: “no, it was long before that, around 2000.” But talking about what is out there and available; and you and I talked also about Orwell’s – a section in Orwell’s book, where he just jam-packs it with pretty much the way things are or The Shape of Things to Come. And what I did, I had done a graduate project and this is what opened my eyes to the fact that so many science fiction writers didn’t seem to be writing science fiction. Because whatever they said came true; were they that prescient? I don’t think so.
ALAN – It wasn’t – actually it’s well documented, if you go into this. Foundations are so important in all of this, because it was through the so-called “philanthropic” foundations that they said they would steer the world. And the Rothschilds of England set up a huge fund for novelists and writers of plays for the stage to actually incorporate certain lines along the stories to do with space travel, early science fiction, that kind of thing. They paid them to do that. These funds still stand, by the way – and what it is, it’s called, it’s part of “predictive programming.” So what they do is, they give you an idea through fiction, when your guard is down; you are not censoring or really critically thinking about anything and you are being “entertained,” and what’s really happening is: you are being downloaded with an idea or a possibility and so, when the thing comes along, rather than say: “wait a minute – why are they spending billions of dollars to go out into space?” We think it’s part of a natural progression, because we have already been familiarized with it in a fictional way. And the big early science fiction writers, who came out, were all funded by these groups. They called them Futurist Societies and the novelists who were willing to take the money attend these Futurist Societies and then spokesmen will come out from the Big Boys who fund them and offer the grants, as long as they go along and incorporate certain things in their stories.
VYZYGOTH – That’s another thing we’ll do the next time around, about the Foundations. You are absolutely right. Now, let us end with this: did you ever watch the X-Files?
ALAN – I think I only saw one.
VYZYGOTH – Well, I realize now if I am looking back across the times when my wife and I watched it, and I watched it before I knew the things that were really happening – but one thing I though they did was – and remember, this is a Murdoch station and Chris Carter already admits he had dealings with the CIA and such; but one of the things that I thought was stupid about the X-Files is that their characters would exude black oil from their orifices and eyeholes. Have you heard about this “Morgellon Disease?”
ALAN – Yes.
VYZYGOTH – And here is a quote: “sometimes little black specks come out of a lesion” – and now I’m starting to wonder.
ALAN – It also happens with the Ebola and the Spanish Flu – those who were symptoms of the Spanish Flu – they would actually have very dark, congealed blood starting to come out of the eyelids and the nostrils and so on.
VYZYGOTH – Then you can understand why I am thinking that we have been programmed or at least prepared for the black oil that will come popping out of our body, so to speak.
ALAN – Yes.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, so anyway, we’ll get into this more. Alan, listen, thank you so much for coming on and we hope that we can pick this thing up in another week or so.
ALAN – It’s a pleasure.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, God bless you.
ALAN – You too.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, good night.
ALAN – Bye now.
* * *
Transcript: Tim
———————————————————————————————————————

———————————————————————————————————————
ALAN  WATT
ON
“FROM THE GRASSY KNOLL”  RADIO
WITH VYZYGOTH

__________________________________________

VYZYGOTH – Welcome again to another segment of the Grassy Knoll on this September 28, 2006 – and we have with us today Alan Watt.  He has been on a number of times before; his web site is  .com  – we’ll talk about all that later; but we thank you for coming back again, Alan, and I hope everything is OK above the 48th parallel.

ALAN –  Yes it is; it’s very busy right now – I’m getting the last of the wood in for the winter. 

VYZYGOTH – Well, that’s right; I was going to ask you how many inches [of snow] you have on the ground, but that might be a little premature, isn’t it?

ALAN –  Well, there’s been lots of rain at the moment.

VYZYGOTH – Did you have a look at the skies today?

ALAN – I saw them spraying – they are spraying heavily into the clouds and bringing the rain on; that’s why everybody’s got sinusitis.

VYZYGOTH – Well, we came out this morning, and if you didn’t know what they do – when they do it pre-dawn it looks…it really does look like a cirrus cloud.

ALAN – It sure does.

VYZYGOTH – You know, so nobody ever knows – but, you know, unfortunately, you can see those little, little vague stripes left in there, so you have…
And now talking about the way things are – I just want to throw something by you.  I’m just starting to see a little bit things coming together; not that anybody else isn’t out there, but this whole idea about the American people countenancing the talk about torture, right?  Alright, fine – because it’s going to happen to the other guys.  

ALAN – Yes.

VYZYGOTH – This bit about Tribunals now, which means trial without jury; and then something that came down the pipe today that someone sent me from Toronto of all places, and that is what’s going on here; and that is they’re going to find justification to even label American citizens as “unlawful enemy combatants.” 

ALAN – Yes; it was Bill 6166.

VYZYGOTH – Hahaha.  It doesn’t get any better than that.

ALAN – So, 6 ones are 6; then you’re left with 66; — 666.  They love these little games.

VYZYGOTH – But now, do American people understand?  And the answer is: NO.

ALAN – No.

VYZYGOTH – That now you allow torture, folks, because you never spoke out about it; you haven’t resisted the idea of Tribunal, and so now people would say: “well, you got nothing to fear if you got nothing to hide.”  But the point is:  now they are turning the cannons at us.  Now we get labelled “terrorists,” those of us inside the United States, and guess what they can do to us. 

ALAN – That’s right.  This is the Soviet system.  It is.

VYZYGOTH – I was expecting you to say: “this is like a centuries old system.” 

ALAN – Yes, but it really was perfected in the Soviet era; and that’s why they brought Chertoff and other ones over from the Soviet Union to be Head of Homeland Security, because they implemented it.  It’s a psychological warfare as much as a physical one.  And as you say, it worked in the Soviet Union and it will therefore work here.  More easily, in fact, because the public are…they think they’re free.

VYZYGOTH – Interesting thing is that about Chertoff – a Jersey boy, what I know – I know he had a citizenship still connected to Israel.  Did you find that he was in the Soviet Union for any period of time, or…?

ALAN – He has been in the Soviet Union for quite a while – in fact a lot of the top boys in Israel were going back and forth to the Soviet Union from the beginning of the setup of Israel. 

VYZYGOTH – And I would say: maybe it doesn’t matter, but I mean, he is a creepy-looking human being.

ALAN – You know, they’re all creepy, because they’re such utter liars and they can lie convincingly to themselves even – I think George Orwell explained that process, which is either natural for them or they’re trained in it – in his book “1984” he goes through the process of being able to lie convincingly to the public; draw up a fresh lie and immediately forget it as soon as you’ve said it – and they do this all the time.

VYZYGOTH – Watching your DVD – and I was going to let this wait until the very end – but since you mentioned Orwell I’d like to move it up front, only to get your take on it.  I had not yet seen, really, or heard you deal with a particular entity and that is: one of the things that happened, I guess, a week ago, as a guest, and we asked for documentation and I am looking for it – that Orwell was a Tavistock.  Now, what about these think tanks?  And that’s what I was going to ask you.  I don’t think you go on too much about them, but, I mean, what do you think of them and what do you think their role is in the whole global scheme of things?

ALAN – Well, we are run by think tanks, and we have been for an awful-awful long time.  George Orwell came from a long lineage of bureaucrats that worked for the British National Government; and he sort of broke away.  His father was appointed as the overseer-commissioner for the British Opium Company for Britain and Burma.  That was a Crown-owned corporation, all the shareholders being Royalty. 

VYZYGOTH – Was that still called the British East India Company?

ALAN – No, at that time it was called the British Opium Corporation.

VYZYGOTH – I mean, that was straight out, that’s what they called it?

ALAN – Yes.

VYZYGOTH – Oh!

ALAN – …Into the 1930s.  And Orwell was picked at University, an Ivy League University that his father had gone to – Cambridge – and that was throughout; that was standard.  That’s where Lawrence of Arabia was picked and trained, as the CIA still pick them today – they pick them at the Ivy League while they’re students; and they train them for their role in life.

VYZYGOTH – Now, would you say that Orwell was kind of repulsed in the end by what went on and hence he’d write Animal Farm and 1984?

ALAN – Yes, he was.  He realized that he had been used to write socialist propaganda through novels, and Arthur Koestler and H.G. Wells were other ones – they wrote, through fictional works, ideas that were socialist in value to get the public to follow them; and when Blair, who is George Orwell, was over in the Spanish Civil War, that’s when he met the Communists, the real hard-line Communists and realized that there was a bigger puppetmaster manipulating all sides.

VYZYGOTH – I read an article and I can’t remember where it was, but I know where it came from; it was an e-mail group, pretty reputable too.  But I read some kind of excerpt that when Orwell was in Spain, I guess he really was quite frightened for himself apparently.  Did you read or hear anything about that?

ALAN – He was more afraid that when they caught on to the fact he had woken out of his conditioning, his own training, and realized what was going on, that then he would be assassinated.

VYZYGOTH – And you know, that’s exactly what it said: he either was neurotic though not outright paranoid, which doesn’t make you wrong – we know that’s right – that someone was going to hit him, or in fact, somebody was going to hit him. 

ALAN – That’s why, when he went back to Britain, he was shunned by the socialist groups and the big meetings that he used to speak at; because he says: “hey, we are all being used, there is a bigger player operating and they’re pulling the strings of all parties here.”  After that he went up to the North of Scotland to a little island, way out of the way and he demanded to know when the boat came in every month, who was on it, in advance – because he thought he was going to be assassinated.

VYZYGOTH – You know, and we all kind of suspect, but, do you know with any kind of degree of certainty – that his death within a year of the publication of that book was in fact organic to the TB?

ALAN – Pardon?

VYZYGOTH – Orwell’s death, was that because of the condition that he supposedly had, the TB?

ALAN – Well, initially he had been taken in, when he came back from Spain, or it was actually after the Second World War – during the Second World War.  He was in hospital for a while, being treated with streptomycin, which had just come out at that time; and they didn’t give him another drug, which goes with along with it – in the hospital – and he began to hemorrhage to death.  So his friends pulled him out of the hospital to save his life.  And that’s when he realized there was an attempt to kill him there, by the authorities – the Government.

VYZYGOTH – The other person you mention, being the product of, I guess, a think-tank and Intelligence was Lawrence of Arabia.  He also apparently voiced his discontent – and can we assume that his motorcycle accident might have been a little murky?

ALAN – He was on a Rudge motorcycle and he had travelled the road many-many times and a hay-cart pulled out supposedly from a field – which is certainly plausible – and he hit it.  But it is known that he knew too much; he had been recruited at Cambridge along with twenty other famous students who became very famous in history and trained in Aramaic languages and set off to the Middle East to set up newspapers to start getting out new propaganda to the Arabs to get them ready for a new system.  And he simply knew too much.

VYZYGOTH – Well, in that case then – you have seen the movie, have you not?

ALAN – I saw the movie, but I prefer his book that he wrote himself; it was called ‘Seven Pillars of Wisdom’ and it’s worth the read.

VYZYGOTH – Okay, and that chronicles his whole experience, and of course his attitude and assessment of what was going on.  Thank you for that; I am also moving into what would be the first thing that came to my mind watching your video and this is Reality Check – Part 2.  You mention oftentimes about the priesthoods and I am thinking it’s “Priesthood,” kind of in quotation marks.  Were the priests from the beginning of whenever – were they mostly not-so-much spiritual individuals who may be faking it, as they were what would be akin to mob bosses?

ALAN – Yes, I think really they came out after studying – now, there’s different theories on it; there’s some hints and clues in their own inner religion as to who they are, because they have deviances of all kinds – and there is a hint that they were the ones who rebelled against nature, you might say; the natural way of people and tribal systems.  At one time they were killed off within tribes; and then, I guess, as people began to feel more civilized – as we call it – they would save their lives and they’d literally guard them, put them inside caves; and from then they [the priests] grew and grew and they observed the people below – their habits, their behavior – because the first thing you have to understand to conquer a people, you have to study their nature and then you can manipulate it.  They studied the stars, their movements; and when they came down [from “above”] they could tell the people when to plant, when to grow; because they knew the solar, lunar and stellar times.  All sciences, you might say, they studied – and then they brought in a thing called “commerce” and money.

VYZYGOTH – So then, you’re saying that the priests attained their status, that they did kind of get it and they had some kind of—I wouldn’t say “secret knowledge,” but something certainly that wasn’t being passed down to the peasants. 

ALAN – Yes.  The first thing they had to find out was human nature; simply observation.  Observation, detailing and watching to see if every generation would repeat the same behavior – then they could manipulate it.

VYZYGOTH – Now, is there any kind of racial lineage between priests – or was it something that most civilizations judged by nature kind of “popped up” by themselves?

ALAN – No; there is definitely a connection.  People who are brought up in a system as we are today, take everything for granted in that system.  That’s the beauty of the system itself.  It’s a macabre beauty, because, if your parents can’t tell you that something is wrong with it at all or what exactly is wrong with it, we accept it as being normal – and that’s what Lenin said.  He said: the public don’t realize the thousand ways that society could go; they must think the one they are born into is the natural one, which evolved.  And people do that – they actually do.  So you have to change from a natural system into a new system.  It’s the first generation that causes the problem.  Once that is done, they will indoctrinate their children and their children will think it’s natural.  Money is the key to it; and money is an unnatural product altogether.  It started the whole…it took over from barter, which is basically exchanging that for which you need, to commerce and profit, which is different.  Profit is different from barter.

VYZYGOTH – What’s funny is you used the word “natural,” because actually it is unnatural, but natural offshoots, isn’t it?

ALAN – It’s a substitute for natural barter; plus it’s a deviant substitute, in that it entails a system called “economics” and “profit.”  It’s the profit that kills us; it’s the profit thing, which controls us.  That’s the unnatural part.  And taxation, which is a spinoff of money.  You can’t tax people very easily by simply taking goods from them, or a sack of potatoes.

VYZYGOTH – I’m thinking it still lets them grow their potatoes, but they’ll pay another price for it, more or less.

ALAN – Yes, and then the money is taken, you see, the substitute, which is labor, it’s true – and they can then hire men to be an army or police or whatever and buy war machines, which we will build if we get paid money – all of that.  None of it, in fact, could exist without money.

VYZYGOTH – The priests – were they actually though, the power; were they rulers?

ALAN – No, they were behind; they always got the puppets for rulers – you always put a front man in as a ruler.

VYZYGOTH – Okay, where I was going to go with this, and I just wrote these notes down and I had: “Priests” and I have an arrow: “Kings and Queens;” in other words, they create the Kings and Queens and kind of hang back behind the screen.

ALAN – They hang back.  All down through history kings and queens had advisors for them; main advisors – and we see that very well with the Catholic Church, which had no opposition for almost one and a half thousand years, where every King and Queen and Prince and nobility had his own personal counselor that was a Catholic Priest from the Vatican, who was responsible directly to the Vatican.  And they arranged the marriages, they looked through the genealogies; it was a form of breeding program to get the proper type of King and Queen that would dotheir bidding; because it’s true, you know, you can breed psychological types through inbreeding – the same way as Plato talked about 2300 years ago.  You can create someone who is either very gentle or very aggressive, or aggressive and easily managed by those with wisdom.  You can actually breed types of people for the purpose you’ve chosen. 

VYZYGOTH – By the way, we always think of philosophers as being benign subjects; but really, Plato was an elitist.

ALAN – He said so himself.  Plato went through in his book, The Republic, which was really not just a future utopia for the Elite.  He talks about why they should have it.  He said that – he said: “the reason that you and I” – he was talking to his fellows in a story form – “you and I have such understanding of nature” – meaning, people and behavior – “is because we have lived before”; so they believe in reincarnation.

VYZYGOTH – Well, I would guess they are right in a sense, and I think that the spirit [inaudible] on a level and continues on.  But, you know, one of the things I thought was probably the most disconcerting that Plato wrote about was the fact that he believed that the children should be taken from their families, brought out to the countryside and instructed by the Philosopher King.

ALAN –  That’s right.

VYZYGOTH – So then we fast forward and it sounds like a really groovy, warm, fuzzy title.  Hillary’s “it takes a village to raise the child,” like Heckett [?] does Hillary.  And I think this is not the extension, it’s exactly what he was talking about.

ALAN – Absolutely.  He had it right down; he had the Agenda right down – he said: “we can breed all kinds of people ultimately; we can breed all kinds of people for different tasks, in other words the same way as you breed animals for size, aggression, passivity, whatever.  We can breed people for the same way, specially bred for the tasks they will have to do.”  And that’s exactly where Genetics are going today, to make specialized types of humans.  And Plato also mentioned that – he said: “we the Elite are members of the Guardian Class and the Guardian Class could generally keep themselves apart from the rest of the “its”; the lower classes were called “the its.”  They weren’t regarded as being human.  However, they would occasionally recruit some of the higher middle-class ones that showed promise; today we call it “scholarships.”

VYZYGOTH – Well, you know, you just struck something in me when you said the word: they called them “its”.  And you know, what I’m thinking and we understand that it’s not ill-intended by us, okay?  But when we call children “kids,” isn’t that kind of a pejorative?

ALAN – Lenin said it.  He said: “we shall use terminology to dehumanize the people to separate them into types.”  And as soon as you take away the word “child” and substitute it with “kid,” a baby goat – which is deeper than it sounds, actually.  You see, sheep, domesticated sheep, initially came from goats and they were inbred and inbred to get certain traits.  So the adults become sheep, you see.  When you’re young and a bit more wild, you’re a kid – that’s what they call it.  So there are different meanings behind it, but it dehumanizes the people.

VYZYGOTH –  I have to tell you; ever since – and that’s not my idea; somebody has brought that up to me and I had to say: “you know, I think you’re right” and I have just come to the point now I can’t use that any longer.  I just think it’s disrespectful and once you know it and you know the real meaning, you can’t use that anymore.

ALAN – You can’t, no.

VYZYGOTH – Also, going back if I can to the analogy that we departed from when I said “priests and kings,” if we were to fill that out today, I mean, I kind of scribbled down: “Bankers” to “Prime Ministers” and “Presidents.”  Do you want to refine that as far as who hides behind what these days?

ALAN – It’s so multi-layered; ultimately the whole entire system of the world revolves around money, which very few people truly understand, even the con-men that sell all the survival stuff, you might say, and ways out of or around it.  Money is an unnatural thing.  We are all trained from school onwards – and it’s the whole purpose of schooling – it’s so that you can serve the system by earning money, which they can tax back from you, which is labor really; and then they can employ, as I say, agencies, think-tanks and build armaments and get armies together with money. You can’t get an army together without pay; they’d all go home eventually.  Money is the key to it; this is a system, an entire system revolving around money; and yet only about a dozen families in the world, supposedly – the world bankers – have the right to declare that any country, this country or that country, can print up so many dollars.  It’s a complete con game; and the guys at the top, when you ask them privately, they will admit that this is a pure con game; it’s a carrot system.  We’re all trained to chase after carrots.

VYZYGOTH – Down here and everybody who is in the States can do this.  I’ve done it twice:  go to my bankers, you know.  Alright, I don’t want to sound elitist but you don’t go to the tellers, perhaps, you go to one of the officers and you ask them; I said: “do you realize that the Federal Reserve is not federal?” I did it twice and twice – he had no clue.  So, can you imagine that those in the profession who have something hanging up behind the counter that says, you know: “Federal Reserve Bank…”  – he had no idea.

ALAN – I know; I talked to a banker a couple of weeks ago – it was for an inquiry I was making about something to do with ordering, if I set it up – and I sat for over two hours lecturing her on the history of economics and money going back for thousands of years and she was fascinated by it.  She didn’t know any of it.

VYZYGOTH – I know.  Also, just to take a look back on education.  Did you happen to hear that George Carlin five-minute rant that was going around about the way things are, more or less?

ALAN – I don’t think so.

VYZYGOTH – It was great.  It was laced with obscenities.  Maybe you can call it gratuitous.  I mean, I wasn’t offended by it, because he was mad, I was mad, and it just seemed to fit.  But one of the things that he said about education was that “they don’t want anybody to critically analyze anything; they want ‘obedient workers:’  ‘obedient workers.’  

ALAN – That’s what the mortar-board hat that students wear in graduation – it literally does signify that their natural head, the round head has been ‘squared’ – “perfected” as they call it; “shaped,” the Ashlar of the Masons and the students have now been dumbed down enough to be approved, quality-approved to enter their system.  That’s what it means.  And the Big Boys laugh about this.  The high Masons laugh about that.

VYZYGOTH – Sure.  But, you know, the thing is – I know there are a lot of good teachers out there who are doing instinctively what they know is best and they’re also having to deal with Curricula and other mandates being sent down.  And of course, now we are getting to the point where it’s going to leave the local school district to become a national thing and then right after that it will be an international thing.

ALAN – Yes, it already is.

VYZYGOTH – It is, again, like you said, they are just incrementally exposing it to us but the plans have been laid down and they are ready to go.  But, you know, what I find so tragic, and another one of these elephants that got by us, you know, kind of like what we talked about the Federal Reserve.  It is: how that maggot John Dewey had been given the educational system of the United States to mould, you know, and Hahn, and Boyle and Skinner and their trade.  I mean, here are characters out of the Platonian or Platoistic mindset, where they don’t think; they look at children as kids, widgets, who are meant to be trained!

ALAN – Skinner put his own daughter in a cage and studied her – and got away with it!  What does that tell you about who is behind them? He got away with it!  You find that Lord Bertrand Russell was given Royal Charters by the Crown to open up experimental schools in 1900 onwards, where he was allowed to do things…promote pre-pubertal sexual contact with the students in a time when a molester would have been hung!  He was given Royal assent to try these experiments, because the experiments were to be used ultimately worldwide on the public, on their children. 

VYZYGOTH – Well, I mean, I was in the educational system.  And I had to make unit plans and lesson plans.  And, you know, I didn’t think the way I do now – this is 1995 – but still in adulthood I had been around and still didn’t get it.  When you do the lesson plans the Number One thing, and the Goal, is the “behavioral objective.”  And never once did I ever say: why do I care about behavior here? Aren’t we trying to teach people things?  And so there it was, right in front of you, and of course, Bloom’s Taxonomy is loaded with that as they invert and they ridicule, which sometimes is base knowledge, which we all need, otherwise how do we add, you know what I mean? You know where England is by the way.  And what they hold up as highest is synthesis, when they come up with their own ideas in education.

ALAN – Yes, it’s social indoctrination into political correctness and it’s done scientifically – and I always go back to Beria who was the head of the NKVD in the 1920s and 1930s in Russia, that would become the KGB – and he gave a talk to the Komintern around 1932 – International Communists’ Association.  And in that speech, tremendous speech he said, he said: “it used to take us a generation, around 70 years, to make, to get a change in society through behavior modification of the public; through repetition, repetition, until we start parroting it.”  He said: “ now we have it down to every five years; we can put major changes in;” and he meant, through kindergarten.  And he said: “eventually we’ll be able to modify it per annum.”  So what you’ve got today is a child going to kindergarten at two years of age being programmed in a scientific fashion; and that’s what Bertrand Russell said – these are the very words of Bertrand Russell: “programmed in a scientific fashion” for the things which they won’t experience until they had 20 or 30.  These will be changes in society, which they will accept readily, thinking it’s “normal.”  And then, next year the ones who come into that kindergarten get programmed a year ahead again for the next part of the change.  It’s incremental.

VYZYGOTH – And this is exactly what Plato was talking about, where the Philosopher Kings may be the education system, but the education system is taking over, and it’s slowly usurping more and more parental rights.  Now they’ll give you the excuse: “well, there are so many single parent homes out there;” that’s the excuse – that’s okay, that’s the reason, that’s not the real reason though.  People who are implementing it on the local level believe that it is.  But we have – what’s happening, and you said it, we’re having longer school years, we are having longer school days, and we’ll have earlier entrance into the system.  And of course, some believe – and I think Charlotte Iserbyt does a good job of this, who lives up in Maine, and has written a book: “The Deliberate Dumbing Down of America” and she is saying: “so what’s with all of these K [kindergarten] to 20 curricula?”  What is grade twenty; what’s up with that?

ALAN – And, go into another book out by Gatto; it’s “The Underground History of American Education” – well documented; and he goes through the fact that all of this system came out of Germany and Prussia back in the 1700s and 1800s and he gives the statements by all the top players and they were quite open about the function of education – it was not to give them just the survival ability within a monetary system and be good taxpayers, but it was also to make “well-behaved, obedient citizens.” 

VYZYGOTH – It’s funny you should mention Germany, because that rears its head again in the 20th century when Dewey and the boys went over to that school of experimental psychology.  You know, the other thing, Alan, and we’ll get off this and I want to do some business with you.  But, you know, in America, and we were talking about think-tanks and such – time and time again, some of the most nefarious characters seem to be connected to the University of Chicago. 

ALAN – I know.  I get hits from them all the time, because, even on the internet, they have massive funding from the Homeland Security and high-tech equipment there to try and hack certain peoples’ programs.  So they are part of Homeland Security.

VYZYGOTH – Alright.  We’re talking with Alan Watt, the web site is: .com;  I also want to tell you, folks, by all means if you want to ask a question or make a comment to Alan, you can do so:  vyzygoth@hotmail.com.  Okay, that being settled, by all means in the second half hour – please chirp up if you wish.  Now, the web site, you’ve got, Alan, is growing by leaps and bounds; so why don’t you tell us about the new developments that are around there and what’s all available?

ALAN – I have shows going back from radio on shortwave international from 1998 – I’ve got more from now on disk; there’s two out now, it’s 12 hours per disk.  I have the two DVDs up for sale; I am making another one this winter.  I wrap in music with it as well to show you how music manipulates the mind and I also expose a lot of the esoteric stuff – well, at least middle-range esoteric, on the video.  I’ve got 3 books for sale, which are really good for de-programming.  I hit you in between the eyes, which should be obvious, in a symbolic fashion.  So I tend to use the techniques that have been used on the public, to try and de-program them.

VYZYGOTH – Alright, and I heave to tell you, yesterday we had somebody on, called Freeman.  And he does a lot with symbology as well; and here is one of the things that I got to go back and take a look at in a sense of it’s always all around you and when I have these discussions with my friends who don’t want to be taken out of the cave.  If I go back to my old high-school – this is where I’m going with this.  We had a high-school built in like the late twenties.  And it was a beautiful stone edifice; and with the kind of terraced castle-type tops.  I mean, it looks like something medieval, right?  Well, the joke is to me every so often they would take the picture of one of these gargoyles that were supporting like this little ledge below, you know, the terrace – and now I’m thinking to myself: “what was with that?”  I mean, was it a Freemasons’ thing?  I mean, I want to go back to my old school and I want to take video of all that’s up there and find out whether or not this was another – I mean, this isn’t really going to impact us in a sense, but it’s an example of at least: “the joke is on you.” You know, we never asked like: “why did they do that, this demonic weird-looking creature?” 

ALAN – Sure, and you have to find the pillars wherever they have pillars; and you count the fluting around the pillars and so on – because it’s all Masonic and it’s all coding.

VYZYGOTH – That’ll be a good reason to go back up to Dodge; but anyway…   In the DVD also, you talked aboutthe stages of Humanity.  Now, are you envisioning, because of all of the research you’ve done, that there is one coming that may not be as humane as the others before? 

ALAN – Well, there is no doubt about it.  Scientific magazines, scientific meetings, world meetings – they have been meeting for every year, but in the last 10 years or so they have been coming out more openly as to the new designed perfection of Humanity, to be done through genetic engineering.  And they mean it; they are quite serious – this has always really been the Agenda where they are going to make purpose-made humanoid types for specific tasks, right along the way of Plato, but by using genetics rather than just selective breeding – and that’s for all of the worker societies.  The Elite themselves, like Charles Galton Darwin said and Arthur Koestler says: “the Elite themselves must not change themselves; they will do it in the old-fashioned way” – because the new type of worker will be unable to think or reason for themselves, meaning: they will have no personal survival capabilities; they will be programmed.  Whereas those, the Elite, who are “steering the ship,” must retain those faculties of self-preservation in order to steer the ship: Planet Earth, basically.
 
VYZYGOTH – Look, this bit about “beyond selective breeding” – now, we are not even supposed to know that that’s going to be on the horizon!   I mean, that’s a given as you well know and rightfully so, with the long-range plan.  But we haven’t really seen – we have just seen, I think, the beginning of the softening-up of the populace; it’s like what we talked about with the Tribunals and torture.  And I think we had an episode down here that’s emblematic of what’s to take place, with the Terry Schiavo situation.  But we are looking at two things, are we not?  Depopulation beyond – and I’m talking about “beyond selective breeding,” but alsothe killing of – or the “eliminating,” shall we say, because they don’t want to use the K-word – the eliminating of, shall we say, “challenged life?”

ALAN – Oh, absolutely.

VYZYGOTH – …And also those who are older and infirm, like it’s the end of the road, anyway?  That’s why – this bit about hospices, okay, but there is a lot of hemlock in hospices.

ALAN – Yes.

VYZYGOTH – What about what’s taking place now?  Are we being prepared to accept this kind of depopulation?

ALAN – Yes, we are programmed primarily through fiction; and there has never been a time in history – even though mankind has an infinite capacity for fiction – there has never been a time up until now, when from morning till night we’re just bombarded with electronic radio or television shows or movies: other people’s conditioning right into our brains along the same agenda.  And we don’t even take part in the debate; our opinions are given to us, we simply adopt them.  And we hear all the time about “efficiency, efficiency” and crisis after crisis, even though we don’t really have the crisis – it’s just possibilities of crisis; and therefore the need to reduce… and it’s all to do with economics itself – this artificial system of economics, where nothing will exist in the near future without a specific function to serve society.  And so the “useless eaters” will be eliminated either quickly or gradually – that’s how human life is valued today.  It’s not valued through any kind of religious system that the public are aware of – I say ‘that the public are aware of’ – there is a religious system at the top: it’s to do with efficiency, where nothing will exist without a particular purpose.  The elimination of the “useless eaters,” as Bertrand Russell talked about.  That’s what’s coming.  With technology and science they don’t need so many people anymore.

VYZYGOTH – Russell wasn’t all that neat a guy.  Was he part of that whole Coefficient Club?

ALAN – Oh, he was born into…he was a member of very old British aristocracy and nobility, related to Royalty, with picked parents and so on; and he worked with Tavistock Institute and other think tanks.  There’s other ones above Tavistock.  Tavistock is the main one for the predictive programming that we get fed through movies and talk shows and prearranged debates on Television.  That’s where our opinions are given to us or downloaded into us –  but there’s higher institutes in England for nobility and Royalty than Tavistock.

VYZYGOTH – Well, so now we have amongst the masses the notion of depopulation.  And also that’s being prepared in children’s heads because we’ve gone to all this group work and collectivism, where your value is only that which it is to the group; you have no intrinsic value being a human life.

ALAN – That’s right.

VYZYGOTH – Now, on the other hand, you have the Elite, probably as we spoke about before, kind of kiddingly, about how long these guys like Rockefeller, Kissinger and Queen Elizabeth the 2nd last and all of this.  But they have access to probably what?  The best medical care there is, probably light years ahead of what they allow us.

ALAN – Royalty and Kissinger have mid-level – a middle level. 

VYZYGOTH – Middle level?  Who is on the top?

ALAN – Oh, there’s ones above them.  See, they’re worker class, and even Kissinger is still classified as a “worker bee”.  In the coding they use, “the lazy boy” is the one who does no work.  Those are the ones who have much – the highest form.  There are three – in all of this occultic system there is always three main levels with categories within.  And so we have from professorship down – it’s the bottom level of biology, physics and so on.  Middle level is the Kissinger level and Brzezinski level, Royalty level.  But the ones who generally keep out of the limelight have a much higher level even still.  And the ancient Egyptians talked about this too.

VYZYGOTH – Well, I wonder, like you say, with politicians and characters like Brzezinski and Kissinger, Aurelio Pecci and whatever – that in a way they are a bit vulgar, because they have actually taken the bribe. 

ALAN – They’re very vulgar about it.  I watched a documentary a couple of years ago here, when Kissinger and Brzezinski were up – and they didn’t appear together on the same show, but they were interviewed by the same man for CBC – and the arrogance just…And how they think they’re conning the silly little people, it really flows out of them – they mock the public.

VYZYGOTH – Well, and I also think that the politicians and such in a way prostituted themselves and they are going to be stuck with that, because they did take the cheat; they didn’t get into where they were because of any kind of elitism or blue-blooded’ism. They got there because…like I said.  I mean, I look at what’s going on in the United States now, and I just wrote a column saying: “Do we ever ask ourselves why we allowed lobbies and pacts?  Isn’t that called bribery in any other form of business?”  And then I take a look at everything that’s being sent to Congress, what little is these days, and senators go 100-to-Nothing on it.  Nobody gives it resistance. 

Alright, listen – I want to get back into also this “great leap forward” if we could, but before that you do have a comment and a question.  This comment regards school, it says: “At a certain point early on in school, I was told I was just there so they would get state aid for a warm body.  And this was reinforced throughout my scholastic career.”  And that’s another dangerous thing down here, Alan, and that is with these SED classes and ESE classes and all of that.  They have to have a good number, the same number every year, which means: if they were ever taxed with kids that were truly-truly impaired, they don’t get in – they get mainstream.  Or, if they don’t have enough, they go out looking.  And some of these parents that I am speaking to about this rotten school district in Pasco County, I watched it myself.  They went out and influenced kids in who shouldn’t be there.  Alright, so anyway, that’s enough of that rant; and I don’t want to bore you – and it says:
“Can you please ask Alan to give a few quick and easy examples of what to tell people to wake them up?  I know some people don’t want to wake up and are far too conditioned to bother with it.  But with the people that are showing signs of waking up, could you give us five or six points – how would you start with an ice-breaker and trying to get people to ask their own questions?”

ALAN – If they truly are; at least – see, they have to ask the question, to begin with.  You cannot wake someone up, who has swallowed reality as it’s been presented to them.  You can’t do it for them.  They have to at least become uneasy to the stage where they ask a question to you.  If you have some of the answers, you don’t suddenly blurt out everything you’ve heard on the short-wave radio and overload them.  You feed them that which they can comprehend, which will affect them personally.  See, most people really only care about themselves, unfortunately.  And so, when you tell them something that’s going to affect them personally in the near future, that generally gets them motivated.  It’s the rare individual that thinks really outside the box and realizes that what’s going to happen to everyone is so diabolical that you must participate in stopping it.  Very few people today are unselfish that way.  There are some.

VYZYGOTH – I find sometimes what kind of helps, and you’re right, you can’t do the whole nine yards there, because any time that you – and of course, you’ve heard talk shows where somebody who ‘gets it’ tries to go onto, you know, Coast-to-Coast or whatever and kind of lay it out; and of course, if you try to do it in forty seconds, you sound like a maniac.

ALAN – You do.  You cannot flow out everything that you know that’s going to happen; even if you have the documentation with you – you can’t flow it all out at once, it’s so different from the Six-o-clock News that the average person will classify you as crazy.  They do believe – and Brzezinski said this in his own books, which people should really read; this man worked in the Defense Department; he worked with the Tavistock-type institutes of psychology and psychological warfare and technological warfare of electronics and technotronics.  Brzezinski said the public are coming to a stage where they are unable to reason individually for themselves.  They can only repeat that which is downloaded into them by the Six-o-clock News.  That has happened with most people.  That has happened.

VYZYGOTH – Alright.  This is just an aside, we’re not going to spend any time here, but one of the things that I’d like to do – I got to start to chart this –  is that recently, Alan, we’ve had down here with the three networks, and on a local feed, they don’t do it on like Monday, you know, on CBS or NBC or ABC Evening News; they do it in the morning – in the morning, okay?  They got that crawler [scrolling news feed on screen] going.  And they get these sports scores and stuff, but I mean, why do we get the crawler?  So I just – I want to see if I look at it across one at a time whether or not something’s being done here.  You know, they don’t do it just for nothing.  Are they doing that in Canada at all with your local [TV stations]?

ALAN – Oh, we get that too.  Sure, we do.  Everything is so coordinated today – everything that comes across the radio waves or Television is cleared by high censorship committees.  It’s completely cleared. And to give you a clue about how the double-think actually works – it’s fascinating.  We tend to think of publishing houses as being there to help authors get works out.  George Orwell explained in his own book, his biography.  He explained when he found out himself that they are not there to help you get stuff out!  They are out there to select what the public will read.  And it’s the same with all media.  At the top there are controllers; that’s why you can switch channels at news time and you will get the same blurbs and exact same little television shots from all the different stations that are using the same stuff and format, same topics.  They are all coordinated from above, because these are the “information wars” as they call it and they are ensuring they have total control over it.

VYZYGOTH – The earliest I go back is about the forties.  The books that I have read that have been telling people the truth, were never published by Viking or Random House; it’s always been with small, and for the most part now, long-gone publishing houses.  So, thank Goodness that they were around at the time when there were people with eyes to read, I don’t know. 

ALAN – That’s it.  You see, the US still maybe has a few; I don’t even know about that anymore – whereas George Orwell found out in the 1940s that Britain had none; they were all one big company.  He found that out.  It doesn’t matter about all the different names they go under, they were obviously all in touch with each other.  He found that out and he wrote about it – and it’s the same worldwide now pretty well.

VYZYGOTH – I’ve got a comment that’s being thrown out there if you can address it or bounce something off it by all means; if not, it should be heard.  This is from a listener who just went back to school, back to graduate school.  Says: “My professor said he expects an uprising at the universities within the next eighteen months.  Don’t know how he figures that; have to wait to get to know him better before asking him questions.”  Have you any indication that you think, I mean, I don’t see – I think they’re all asleep.  I mean, the students, I mean…

ALAN – There’s only one thing that would get them to riot – and I think that’s what he probably means – is if they’re going to cut back on their funding and their grants and so on.

VYZYGOTH – Or I’d say if they take away their cars.  Alright, another one, it said: “I understand the idea that we have been manipulated but I don’t know how to weed out what I hear; and when I’m helping my children with homework I look for manipulation but don’t see it.  So, how do you stop what you can’t find?”  Do you want to respond to that?”

ALAN – Well, you have to change your way of thinking.  You have to think for yourself.  There’s hardly a thing you can read, when you are really-really conscious, where you don’t see the other side of it.  You’ll always see the intent behind.  It’s like the movie “They Live.”  I encourage everybody to get a copy and keep it and watch it many times – because it’s so full of an allegory of a reality, done in a fictional form, of this system; and once you’re conscious, everything becomes very clear.  You will see it.  The reason you can’t see it right off the bat, is because you’re not totally conscious.  Because you still really believe in a benevolent hierarchy. When that goes, you start to think for yourself.  See, we judge people by ourselves: “I would never do this, so they would never do that.”  That’s how simple it is.

VYZYGOTH – I would also suggest too that the idea is maybe not to look at every lesson by lesson, but stand back and take a look at the spread of work over a month or two.  You know: “is there a general theme here?”  That would probably be more telling; when you’re inside, taking it unit-by-unit, it may not be as obvious and I think that’s the reason why.  I mean, we talk about Fabian Socialism, it’s a great educational tool: you do everything little-by-little.  And they don’t know what hit them until the whole nine yards are done.

ALAN – That’s right.

VYZYGOTH – So I would say, especially when it comes to Humanities – I mean, you can’t screw too much with Math – but to take a look at what the Unit means, what are the objectives of the Unit; and I think that’s where you’ll find it; perhaps not assignment-by-assignment.  One of the things that this individual wants to know, since they know you are from across the pond:  Basically, what is the deal with boarding school?

ALAN – Well, boarding schools are not a new idea; the ancients used it too for the Elite or the wealthy.  Eventually it became used for the middle-class helpers for the Industrial Era – they created a Middle Class – where you send off your children to boarding schools; and so they’re detached from the parents.  Now, the parents often, especially Nobility, even the mother doesn’t wean the child – they have a nursing nanny – and the child has contact with the nanny, very little with his mother.  And the whole idea is to give them an estrangement from contact with people.  They go into a system, the boarding school system.  They used to get abused; homosexuality was rampant with the masters of these schools and they came out being very good workers for the system, psychopathic in a sense, but they’d also stand up for the system, because those who are abused will generally defend the abuser.  So they stand up for the system and will re-enact the abuse that was done on them, to others.  It’s a form of detaching you from human emotion and family contact until you belong to a System and you are dedicated to the system, as differentiated from contact with your parents, for instance.  The System is your parent.

VYZYGOTH – Before we run out of time again, Alan, tell us about the web site and what’s all there?

ALAN – Yes, it’s  .com  and I go through dozens and dozens and dozens of free programs to download; free videos to download; and I have other things you can purchase, which keeps me going; it keeps the site up there – and I hope people look into it, because time is getting short, and eventually these kind of sites will be closed down.

VYZYGOTH – That’s true.  Also, would you say – and no one wants to say when they’re producing something, would you say perhaps the timelines for the next release of the next DVD could be around springtime?

ALAN – Maybe even before. 

VYZYGOTH – Probably the last topic we’ll be able to touch upon before the time runs out and that is something I alluded to before about this “Great Leap Forward” – now, that sounds real nice, but do you think there is a little something Saturnine about it?

ALAN – This is the little tongue-in-cheek thing behind Evolution.  In Evolution there has never been any proof that anything actually changed from this into that –  never!   It just doesn’t exist!  It’s a Hindu philosophy, in fact; evolution is part of the physical reincarnation, you might say – along with the spiritual – but they have always talked about the Great Leap Forward, where we change from one type of being to the next – a higher, evolved type.  The only way anything can truly evolve is through scientific interference. We know that for a fact; we can certainly change things.  And “The Great Leap Forward” is the perfection of society into a new type of almost robotic cyborg worker with a small Dominant Elite at the top, the Guardian Class, the Dominant Minority of Charles Galton Darwin’s book The Next Million Years.  This was all planned way ahead of time; they wrote about it before I was born, and they are right on schedule.

VYZYGOTH – You only gave one example, when you were talking about this particular issue in the DVD  Reality Check  Part2  – this is pretty interesting, because you only mentioned: “this is what science would be involved into making perhaps the  better human being” and there was the mention of Frankenstein, which is kind of interesting, because that was really an extrapolation of what was going on in Europe at that time, I believe, by Galvani, who had thought that they could create actually give a 440 volt jolt to a human being.

ALAN – That’s where “galvanized” comes from.  And of course, Shelley’s wife wrote the Frankenstein book, because they all were high Rosicrucians.  They already worked for what they knew as the Global Society – they worked for the Dominant Elite as most authors and poets do.  They give us our thoughts, even those that we like.  So they knew there was an Agenda coming up to do with science, which would alter Humanity itself.  And so they put the problems or the problematic things they would run through in fictional form, which is a form of predictive programming.

VYZYGOTH – Well, you know, when we mentioned about Wells and Lawrence of Arabia; I always get them mixed up.  Now, they were malcontent, so to speak, but you said they were using fiction as a way of predictively programming those generations to come.  And yet somebody who didn’t meet with a nefarious end, but say, in the event of the first who did, and who used fiction but then came right out and said it, was H.G. Wells right when he comes out with Open Conspiracy and New World Order.

ALAN – He was so confident at the time – and H.G. Wells a manic-depressive and a paranoiac too – so he had real bursts; and a sexual deviant in many ways.  He had all the qualities necessary for his category.  He was very confident after the League of Nations was set up; and he wrote about it, thinking they had already gotten – and he wasn’t quite wrong actually – they had already gotten a form of Global Government set up in its embryonic form; and all they would need then was another war to bring the world public to its knees, so that they would accept a global system and a new hierarchy structure. 

VYZYGOTH – What has interested me, that I think also has been a bit of a – not a distraction, but a “look at this hand; the other hand does something else.”  To me the blueprint for a Global Empire was the Vatican’s desire for a Second Holy Roman Empire; but it seems that besides that – I mean so these characters that come out of Britain: Rhodes and Rothschilds and this whole Coefficient Club and the Round Table and the Kindergarten – I mean, what is it with the Brits that they were like just so enamoured with this stuff?

ALAN – It’s all one system.  In the 1500s when Rosicrucians burst forth in Queen Elizabeth the 1st’s time, her whole Court was Rosicrucian.  Cabaalah was the religion at the time: mystical Cabalism – and so, see, you could not have been two opposing systems constantly in conflict with each other, which tells you that the Vatican system and the system in Britain – Rosicrucian, etcetera – were all connected.  They were all part of the same structuralized system, although they appeared sometimes to be at opposite ends of the spectrum – for the public’s point of view; but in reality they worked in collusion.

VYZYGOTH – I mean, you know there’s a Hegelian Dialectic when they can create the problem and that’s a fake instigation, if you will, I guess, for a kind of confrontation.  And again, we look at it and Doctor Walter is correct, I mean, he claims the Jesuits sprung off Freemasonry, which obviously was full of Protestants – and so they could make their little fake battle, as the Catholics and the Freemasons. 

ALAN – Yes, and they also gave Catholic branches to think that they were opposing the Protestants, at the bottom; and yet, Albert Pike talks about at the top himself; he said where thirty-third degree Masons were brought in from two opposing camps – at least the guys at the bottom think they are opposing each other – and they are sworn to oppose each other in public only!  The leaders.

VYZYGOTH – Well, we’re out of time and there is something that I wanted…I’ll mention it to you and hopefully we can do another show on that if you would come back.  Thanks, Alan, for coming on – we never take you for granted and we’re always glad you’re here.

ALAN – It’s a pleasure.

VYZYGOTH – Alright, God bless you.  Take care now.

ALAN – You too.  Bye now.

Transcript:  Tim

———————————————————————————————————————

ALAN WATT
ON
“FROM THE GRASSY KNOLL”
WITH VYZYGOTH
THREE – PART SERIES: “THE SYSTEM”
PART 1
January 2006
____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________

VYZYGOTH – Welcome to the Grassy Knoll for yet another segment – the movable feast that is known as the Grassy Knoll – this is Vyz; and with us today we have Alan Watt. Now, Alan is somebody who you might have heard on, he is a frequent guest on Jackie Patru’s “Sweet Liberty” – and there is a listener to this show and that show out in Manitoba, a very sweet lady by the name of Lady “O” who said in an e-mail: “You might want to check this gentleman out” – and I did, and she was right; and I am glad that he is with us today from, once again, the Great White North. We have a guest and that is Alan Watt and Alan, thanks for visiting the Grassy Knoll.
ALAN – It’s a pleasure to be here.
VYZYGOTH – You know, it’s kind of hard to define exactly who you are, and I am going to do two things: one is – I am going to ask you an ice-breaking question, okay? And I just want your take on it cold, and then we’ll go on to how you came about the information that you have and the work that you have done. Do you have any original take on this shooting of a citizen down in Miami’s Airport?
ALAN – Miami?
VYZYGOTH – Are you familiar with what happened there?
ALAN – I wasn’t, no.
VYZYGOTH – Okay. Well, there was a gentleman apparently, who is bipolar, had come in from a flight from Colombia, South America, and supposedly he was not on his medication and flipped out after the plane touched down on its arrival in Miami. Subsequently, an air marshal shot him dead. Then they took the luggage out of the plane; spread it over the tarmac down in Miami; had bomb-sniffing dogs checking them all out, blew up some luggage and found no explosives. So, I mean, I am just throwing that out because, you know, how we hear these stories and is that first take and what really is going on; and I just didn’t know if you looked into that: whether or not it had affected you in any way, shape or form.
ALAN – No; I mean, it’s not unexpected, because, in fact, it’s to be expected now as they really beef up the security side, and the guys are getting trigger-happy too, you know. So I’m not surprised at all. They had this whole deal in London Airports since the seventies. And the public there are now used to armored vehicles even patrolling inside the airports and special police units and the black outfits and so on; so this is not really to be unexpected; it’s going to increase, in fact, obviously.
VYZYGOTH – You know, this may be just one of those organic occurrences; it just might be. I mean, we are all suspicious and speculative, and for good reason. While in this case it may say more about people and pharmaceuticals than it does about any kind of show of force by the air marshals or the military or whatever. Be that as it may, I just wanted to throw it out there, but Alan, I am always curious especially about people I have not really got a lot of information about as to their experiences, and as, you know, with regard to their first look down the rabbit-hole. When did you start to realize that the world that we live in is very much a matrix around which there is the real world?
ALAN – I always tell people and I am not kidding; I think I was born that way; because I saw two realities co-existing simultaneously from really the beginning and the first taste of it I got – and this is in Scotland, of course – was simply walking in and out of friends’ homes; and when you are a youngster you can do that and they ignore you, you know. They carry on as normal; and every home I went into, everyone was arguing about the same things, which was to do with what at that time was rent money and money for food; it wasn’t for extras in those days. And yet I thought: “well, how old is this system?” – even then I asked those questions; and I thought: “if Britain had an empire, how come I don’t see anybody with the fruits of this empire? They all lived in London, which to me was a foreign, you know, country at that time. It was so far away, and of course, the more I studied, once I got into school and had access to the libraries – and then I had excellent reference libraries too from old towns there with very old books – I realized that they were indeed changing history as time went on and they were rubbing out the truth with every publication of updated history books; and yet you could go into the reference libraries in Scotland and look over books written in the 1700s and get the real stuff that was happening at the time.
VYZYGOTH – Well, you make an excellent point, because I had been the beneficiary of seeing information like that in the United States and I think you were probably more endowed with that sort of thing and were more freely accessible to it over there than here. But, yes, the books of antiquity, the statements that were made in the past are very much, as they say, is prologue to the future in a lot of cases…and I think that a lot of the luminaries were really in Great Britain at the time with the United Kingdom, who had this plan; at least part of them showed it to us; and of course I am talking about Rhodes and…known as Kindergarten; they were very-very vocal about what they wanted and they thought it the greatest thing. This was not, I don’t think, as prevalent over here in the United States, especially contemporaneously. Later on, now, you know – and I’ll talk to you about Carroll Quigley later on; but your remark about going back in and taking the looks, you know, at the information there, the writings of these elitists’ hands that said: “this is what we’re going to do” – and they’re doing it!
ALAN – In fact, the astounding thing is that they did write about it right up, openly, until the early nineteen hundreds, because primarily those types of books were only read by each other, themselves, their own peer group and so they had nothing to worry about the masses or the working people. So they were quite open about where they were going, you know.
VYZYGOTH – When I tell people that thePlanhas been pretty much exposed from time to time, sometimes with a laugh down the sleeve, many times overtly, as we see with H.G. Wells and others, even George Bernard Shaw – and they say: “well, why would they do that?” Now, maybe you’ve had that question posed to you; maybe it’s not an important question, but to these people who do not want to go where you are leading them and they realize you’ve got some hard information – how would you answer them about why they would do that?
ALAN – It’s a legality, I believe; I’ve come to the conclusion that these guys are so legal; it’s also a high Masonic ritual, where you must mock the victim; in other words, you inform them and it’s not your fault if they don’t quite understand what you mean; or they might think you mean something else, or they go into denial.However, legally they have told you where they are going. And I’ve noticed this over and over again; they always announce it somewhere.
VYZYGOTH – Interesting you should say that. Are you familiar with a Rebecca Carley?
ALAN – I’ve heard the name.
VYZYGOTH – Well, she started the whole thing. We had interview years ago and she said to us: “if you want to know where things are going, all you have to do is watch the Sci-Fi Channel and Hollywood” and she said something to the effect that is on my web site and this spurned off a bit of an international gathering of pre-911 overt symbology in movies and in, you know, some of Murdoch/Fox presentations, like the Lone Gunman and, believe it or not, ‘The Simpsons’. So she said, in their sick Masonic minds or in their sick Masonic code, if they tell you what they’re going to do before they do it, it makes it Okay. Would you agree with that statement?
ALAN – Yes, I’d say that the lower Masons haven’t a clue either, because Albert Pike said that they’re no different from the general public but the higher Masons definitely do; they talk in codes.
VYZYGOTH – I’d just done an article for a paper and I put it up on my web site: vyzygoth.com on the “Zee Files” and I did one today on high-degree Freemasonry and its impact in the United States necessarily, okay? So I’m only going to get hate mail from the Blue Lodge guys, even though I did try to stipulate that the Blue Lodge has no idea and you are right: Pike stated it in Morals and Dogma and elsewhere that they are porch members who are meant to be kept in the dark.
ALAN – Yes they are.
VYZYGOTH – And I want to do, if we could, an hour sometime on just this whole “Masonry/Egyptian Sun-God Worship/Mystery Babylon Religion” thing in another show. But getting back to what we had spoken about: what it all comes down to? I mean, I think that this “One World” effort is partly spiritual, partly political and partly economic. And I think we all agree now that it all comes down to economics.  And so let me state that to you: do you believe that what we are going to is what had been wanted since maybe five centuries ago?
ALAN – Even longer.
VYZYGOTH – Alright; can you tell: is it really to you a primarily economic system that they want to implement globally?
ALAN – Yes.
VYZYGOTH – How far back does it go to, Alan?
ALAN – Well, The Great Work they call it – the Great Work was born about 4,000 BC; that’s what they claim in higher Freemasonry and also in Talmudic Judaism they also claim the same thing: that that was the beginning of this “cycle,” they call it; so now today it’s about 6,000 years old and this is the last phase of it, so it’s a very old plan. And what they mean by “the light coming down” or the PLAN coming down from Heaven – what it meant was that was when the light dawned, the beginning of the actual Plan itself or the Great Work; and sure enough, that’s when we see the heavy outburst of merchandizing and gold trading in the ancient Middle East from Sumer and all over that area, even though they weighed the gold at that time. I don’t think coinage came in until about 800 BC. So they weighed it, but they used that as a substitute for real wealth and that was the first con, the first great trick that was ever done: to make people take that instead of food or barter, you know.
VYZYGOTH – So the development of the currency, one which was metal, was probably the first move, is that correct?
ALAN – It was definitely the first move; the entire structural system, even then, which they built up very quickly, enabled them to create cities, because then they could hire men. It’s very hard to hire men if you have a ton of carrots or vegetables; but if you’ve trained them to accept money, then you can buy back their labor with that money, you know; and you create the first city – and then the city is artificial – it’s the first artificial habitat for humans; and so they must use the money within the city because they don’t produce anything themselves. Everything comes into the city to support them. Then you recruit the army within the city and once you have the army recruited, you can march out into the rural areas and dominate the people and force them too to use the same money system. And that’s what went on and on and on. And eventually, of course, they created the first empires and even the early empires of the Phoenicians were the first free trade zones and that’s what they called them: “free trade zones.” Because wherever they went they introduced the same standardized weighing of – actually it was silver they really started with. And so they had the same weights and measures, right up to the present day, from the days of Sumer! It hasn’t changed, with the gram measurements and so on.
VYZYGOTH – Have you ever read a work called The Babylonian Woe?
ALAN – Yes.
VYZYGOTH – Am I to understand that perhaps, either you agree with that information or mind some information from that particular work?
ALAN – There is a lot of good information in there and a lot of the facts were right-on; it’s how they actually installed their own tyrants into countries; and then the tyrant would start borrowing from the guys who put him in power, which were the bankers; and create the debt system for his country; then you tax the people; you get them into slavery through taxation. So it’s a con job; “it’s all a magic act” as they say, but it works very well and it’s worked right up into the present day.
VYZYGOTH – Alright. Let me recap if I got that straight. There is a bit of a progression here: you can create the money to stand for value, right? And you can build the city, which is an artificial construct, so to speak.  And then you can create the army; and I am looking today at what has happened in the twentieth century; and can we take it another step and there may be more steps – but can we take it another step and say: after you’ve got the money, you got the city, you got the army, somewhere along the line you’ve also grabbed all means of information, so that no-one can shed light on what you’re doing?
ALAN – Yes, because, what you do, once the public accepts money, you can then tax the public and the taxation: the word tax is “to labor”; that’s what it means – you “tax” yourself when you labor. So they take it back from you, so many energy units back from you in the form of taxation; so you are really working for them. In fact, today in the Federal Governments – I’ve been told by some people who work there – they say that everyone works for the Government. And they do really, through all the different taxes that you pay.
VYZYGOTH – Sure, no matter who you work for, you work for the Government. And of course, there’s that whole issue here that we talk about the United States – maybe it’s even true in Canada, I don’t know – where we look at ourselves as having (or some of us do anyway) two citizenships: one is a resident of some geographical thing called the United States, and as employees to the corporation known as the United States of America, Inc. Going back to earlier times, are you familiar, have you ever read any of the work by Philip or Paul Collins?
ALAN – I think I have, but it was a long time ago.
VYZYGOTH – Okay, now it’s only because they’re going to be on, shortly, also. They kind of created this continuum, I think that even went back to the Canaanites, to the Phoenicians and through, I guess, the Venetian Nobility and then, later on, I guess that the Rothschilds and such. Are we looking, are you in agreement or can you give us some kind of high point in the timeline with what particular dynasties or nations really worked this scam to perfection?
ALAN – Well, I think this scam somehow had been done in what we call “a previous time,” “an age,” you might say; and that’s a convenient way of categorizing chunks of time; and we know for instance and it used to be believed that Sumer was the first civilization. That was on the go maybe 5,000 BC; and yet it appeared out of nowhere and it rapidly had all of its different specialized priesthoods who were bureaucrats and judges and so on. It didn’t learn this by itself; it did not evolve that way; it had the information as might be seen from a previous age, and then we go into all of the clues that there was a previous time, when society has reached a certain height or zenith of power and technology and some sciences as well and for some reason most of it was wiped out; but the knowledge of that system came through again and started off; and now they know, because they dug up all the Sumerian cities that there was another culture that pre-existed them, who were also merchants, and they were called Hurrians or Harrapians. So this goes way back, we don’t know how many thousands and thousands of years that this has been understood.But it does seem that the science for some reason was partially lost at one point. They all talk about catastrophes on the earth and a new beginning – so I think it’s probably a new beginning with some of them coming through with all of the knowledge of how to re-enslave the people – and that really is what the Great Work is; it’s re-establishing something, which they dimly referred to with their Golden Age, you see, and they want to re-establish that; and I think that’s what it’s all about. I don’t think they evolved anything in Egypt or Sumer; probably it’s true there were secret brotherhoods who came through from a previous age with the knowledge and the sciences and knew exactly how to re-establish it – even in a more primitive form.
VYZYGOTH – So it’s almost like with every civilization or epoch the same process takes over again.
ALAN – Yes.
VYZYGOTH – And also it’s interesting you mention this, because, I guess, in times gone by – and I am not necessarily going to identify any religions whether it was Sumerian or Babylonian or whatever. But the priesthood was necessary in those days because they held the Mojo and it was necessary to corrupt them first, was it not?
ALAN – Yes. Corruption is never a difficult thing, if you understand human nature. And I don’t think there’s any being or subject on the planet that’s been more studied than the human beings, even many thousands of years ago, and a real eye-opener is to read the writings of the Greek philosophers and then you realize that when they pulled Freud out of the bag – Freud was just…he was from kindergarten to what these guys understood about human nature.
VYZYGOTH – Well, you know, we had people on, who have – not so much intimated, but said straight-out, they thought that our species was de-evolving. How do you feel about that?
ALAN – De-evolved; I know that’s a popular theory and I wouldn’t say so as such; I do think, as they say, there probably was a catastrophe and we find in the writings of Tacitus who wrote for Nero – he was a historian for Nero – that the Druids in Europe claimed, in Britain claimed that they had records of previous ages or catastrophes and how they survived them and they lived inside high mountains, inside caves. You find that in the writings of the Greek historians – they had Mount Parnassus in Greece; and even if we go to the Armenians that lived at the foot of Mount Ararat, the real Ark is inside it; I mean, it’s just tunneled, in other words. It’s riddled with tunnels, that mountain. And that’s where the high priests in those days survived the catastrophe. Those who were left on the surface, I don’t think all were wiped out, but after a few generations they had gone back to the wild, you might say; and after an amount of time these priests would pop back out of the mountains with all the knowledge and they came down with the knowledge from the mountains. That’s the records of Sumer, in fact. They came out from inside the mountains.
VYZYGOTH – Perhaps it would give us a theme for a third hour, if you will be so good in time to give us a three-parter. I’d like to really run that by about the inside world. I am not necessarily and I’ll say this preparatorily that I am not so much a “hollow earth” guy, but I think there’s a lot of stuff going on underneath.
ALAN – There always has been; even today there’s underground bases; huge things all over the world; every country’s got them for the Elite to go in times of trouble; and that’s no secret, you know.
VYZYGOTH – I keep thinking it’s “useless feeders” who live on the outside, right?  Alright, at this point I do want to give you an opportunity to tell us about how people can access some of the information, especially the series that you write that you referred to as a companion set in print to go along with the interviews you have done. Can you tell us what it is; and where people can find it and how much it is?
ALAN – Well, there are three of them, the writings. I have “Cutting Through” I call the series: One, Two and Three. The first two mainly go into the ancient Masonic and the modern Masonic codings, because every language we have ever known has had the Masonic codings written through them and it’s used all the time in our face and we don’t realize it. I write the two in a gestalt-type manner, so that the reader doesn’t go to sleep when he is reading; and as I say, that’s a Western indoctrination technique: we have all been programmed to fall asleep when we just soak up data, you know? And we don’t retain it; so I write this in a fashion to keep the person involved as he’s reading; and that way he will remember it. The third one is to do with the monied system going back for thousands of years and the writings about the monied system from Egyptian and Greek writers – how it came about, who ran it, how they brought the countries down one after another through debt and who was establishing it and so on. It’s interesting that even the ancient writers like Aristotle… Aristotle, who basically gave the Christian Church its lead; they copied Aristotle’s philosophies for centuries. Yet, Aristotle, who taught Alexander the Great to be a nice tyrant – Aristotle was married to one of the richest bankers in the Middle East. So they are always connected, even historians. [See for book ordering information.]
VYZYGOTH – Well, I have had some zany experiences with an author out of Calgary, called by the name of Charles Wilcox, who has written a book about the Catholic and the Vatican provocateuring, during, you know, mainly around the Civil War time. And some of the stuff that I had gotten back from him regarded video tapes. I don’t know what they did with it, I mean, it’s scary; and I actually sent him back his own tapes, that he would do a lot of CBC taping, and, you know, sent me shows down. I sent some…I sent him back; they came back to me. They ripped the crap out of it, it was gone for a month and sent back to me – and that’s kind of unsettling. So, yes, as James Thurber would write: yes, Father does check your mail.
ALAN – Oh, they do.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, getting back to the task at hand. And you said some interesting things, but, you know, looking back at the money situation. William Still – I don’t know if that’s a name you’re familiar with; are you?
ALAN – Yes.
VYZYGOTH – Alright. Still said when he was on, and I refer to the Babylonian Woe and the whole money system and he said, you know: “either as to supplant that notion or to expand on it or build on it,” he also said: “it’s not so much what you use as value, but that the nation that has it is in charge of creating that.” How do you feel about that?
ALAN – Well, personally, I don’t care who runs money, or who decides or even if the people think initially that they’re in charge of it; if they could possibly be – they wouldn’t be in charge of it for very long, because that’s human nature. So I don’t think in a monied system the general population can never win out. It just can’t happen.
VYZYGOTH – Well, in a situation as in the United States and I’m sure you’re familiar with it; we look at a day of ruin, the day that they got through the Federal Reserve and then shortly afterwards, the income tax. The United States Government, I guess, performed an unconstitutional act by extending to another entity, thatwhich belonged – that activity that belonged to the Government; and that is: we allowed the Federal Reserve to regulate the value of coin. And I don’t know, whether or not, while you were over in Scotland any other time now in Canada – did you ever see an advent tantamount to that?
ALAN – Sure.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, so that every nation more or less had this event, where all of a sudden they became basically enslaved by a taxation mechanism?
ALAN – Absolutely. I think the income tax in Britain began in 1917 as a temporary war tax.   And that stayed there, of course, because nothing in that department is ever temporary.
VYZYGOTH – Right; there’s no taking it back, once it happens.
ALAN – No, no. And of course, they’re liars anyway, because, you see, we are regarded as children. We are sheep. We are really the sheep, you know, and sheep aren’t the brightest creatures on the planet. They are in fact the stupidest. And the shepherd, the good shepherd… Then they’ve always had a good shepherd in every age, you see? He doesn’t come in to see the sheep and scare them; he comes in and he’ll talk to them. And some of them might even come up and he’ll pat them, you know. They get used to him; he doesn’t cull one of them and eat them in front of the rest or skin them and use the clothing. He’ll coax one out from the rest, out of sight and then kill it; and that’s how you deal with sheep; you never let them know what’s really going on – and that’s the reality of this parallel government we have, which is worldwide. Maggie Thatcher – she gave speeches in the nineties, early nineties across the world and the speech was under the title of the New World Order. And in Massey Hall in Toronto some novice reporter actually wrote it up in a weekend and I guess the editor was off, because it appeared there; and most of the guests were CFR, which here is Canadian Institute of International Affairs – Commonwealth country.  She said: “the next coming war is going to be with the Middle East and fundamental Islam” and that they’d all have to get prepared for it, it was coming. This was around 1991, you know. And so I knew then what was on the cards.
VYZYGOTH – Well, you mentioned two dates and I can’t let them go by or be past too far from them without addressing them right now. That the UK would come with an income tax, very close in time to us; is it not a coincidence?
ALAN – Well that’s the world, isn’t it? That’s our sheep world for us, you see? Everything’s always a “coincidence.” And you’d never get the truth out of the Big Boys. What struck me too: during the sixties and seventies and eighties in Britain – actually since the end of World War II – were massive layoffs, and the public were never told why this was happening. It was absolute chaos and the suicide rate was incredible, because people had no future. And the Government went on as usual and didn’t say why, of course, because they “don’t tell the children.” And some people suspected what was going on; I certainly did – and I noticed that the language every year, as delegations went over for the Common Market they called it at that time – the economic market – they had little phrases in there, like “cementing close ties” and this term “closer ties” came up over and over and over; then I realized it’s a legality; it’s a legal term they are using here. They were binding the countries together financially; and if you do it economically, then you do it politically too – and sure enough, once they had united the countries together through deception…it was released only about a year and a half ago from the British Parliament that they had, they read the whole report out. It was printed 1948 – that’s when they started this deal – and they said that “the public must never be allowed to know the real intent and goal” of this agenda until it is completed. So, here you are: this is rather typical; forty-odd, fifty years after the event you get told the truth.
VYZYGOTH – Well, you know, I go looking back from reading whatever. And they cite, as I asked you in fact the other day about where’d you read that and you said October 30th Boston Globe; and I mean, thank Goodness, I can access that stuff. But even when it’s electronic, in databases such as Lexus Nexus, that may some day disappear, if you know what I mean; and go down the memory hole. However, thank Goodness, for Microfiche and Film and all that other stuff, where you can go back in and look in the past, like, say, Foreign Affairs. And then you realize: after World War II there was a great deal of rhetoric about New World Order and stuff; and of course, it wasn’t in Life Magazine or Look Magazine, but these characters were talking about it; and then you wouldn’t have mentioned it before on other programs, where the think-tanks are raised up to create basically policy for all of us globally. And I go back looking in the 1970s and I can’t remember the author of it, but it was in Foreign Affairs and the title was: “The Hard Road To A New World Order.” Now, in the 70s I wasn’t paying attention, but when you go back and you look at that, it’s like “Holy Mackerel!” But another thing too, you know, you say that Thatcher was talking about the New World Order in 1991 and by now it’s probably known by many that the Daddy Bush’s first mention of the New World Order in the United States was Nine-Eleven, 1991.
ALAN – That’s right.
VYZYGOTH – And again we go back to this wonderful numerology that the Freemasonry holds so dear, don’t they?
ALAN – Yes, indeed.
VYZYGOTH – And I am also thinking about another thing that in the past show we had…we did a show on a lecture given by an individual by the name of Dr. Enrie Slaughter from the Woodrow Wilson School of Government in Princeton. And she wrote a book; it’s out there, available on the Amazon, but she did a lecture on the New World Order. And let me ask you how you feel about this, I mean, because, here is what she said: “The nation state is alive and well, but it’s disaggregating and what we really need now are international judiciary, legislative and regulatory agencies.” So, don’t you find, Alan, that it’s kind of a double-speak? The nation state…
ALAN – It’s always a double-speak.
VYZYGOTH – Yea, and you know, it’s funny, because in the “question and answer” period some lightbulb in the audience – and this was given in Austin at the University of Texas Law School – and a guy, the guy called her out on it and she kind of, you know, “ehem, well, ya,” and she said: “it’s only in the thinking stage; nothing is firm yet.” As if to say: as long as it is a concept, it doesn’t really matter. It’s like: “well, it’s not going to stay a concept forever.” So what are you telling me, folks? I mean, it’s harmless, because you are thinking about it?
ALAN –  And what you’ll always find too, is when someone like she was talking about it at that time, whenever they announce it to the public, everything they are talking about is already obsolete; they have gone much-much further, always. Always. They were never “just going to do” something, they have already done that stage of it.
VYZYGOTH – Right. And they just soften up the public with a little P.R.. It’s like some woman said, I remember to hear on some show about all the gadgetry and all the weapons that they have – a lot of bullet-less weapons, if you know what I mean? And she said: “listen, if you hear about it now, it was in R&D fifty years ago.” And of course, we have talked about, are there any such thing as really science fiction writers, you know? One other thing about this; and then I want to go back into a little bit of antiquity again with you; and that is: I mentioned a White Paper that somehow just didn’t get on the hill and the mainstream news just didn’t pick it up, Alan, and it’s called Building a North American Community and the three entities that had contributed to this White Paper were the Council on Foreign Relations, the Canadian Council of Chief Executives – does that ring a bell?
ALAN – Yes.
VYZYGOTH – Okay; and the Consejo Mexicano de Asuntos Internacionales. So these characters, who aren’t elected – who knows from under what rock or woodwork they come – and they are making policy, and while they claim that they are not attached to the Government – within the body of this work it says: “but we want this implemented by the year 2010.” And it’s like: if you’re not attached to the government, who is going to implement what you guys are cooking up?
ALAN – Well, that’s the whole thing: you see, the Governments are just a front. They’re just a front, they’re a paper tiger.
VYZYGOTH – Why were we given governments? What was the deal with that? Was that really for self-rule or was that for guys, well, to be preoccupied?
ALAN – Well, they found out in the 1700s; that was an age in Europe of rebellion; the public had enough and there were so many rebellions going on; so they began the Chartist Movement to give – and of course, they gave their leaders to the Chartist Movement, saying we’re going to get rights for the public – and out of that came your so-called “democratic” system. Prior to that it was only the nobility who had votes in anything; and eventually about World War I again, the British public actually got the vote – the general working public. And, so what they found: if the public thought they could vote – see, we don’t vote people in, we vote the present bunch out, we’re so sick of them; that’s how it works. And so they found that if they give you the chance of someone new every four or five years, then you don’t have a revolution. That’s how this game works.
VYZYGOTH – So, as we see in the United States right now – and I think this is probably…I mean, it’s not that I am that parochial or myopic about the United States, but I think that people have to be looking at us for all that we supposedly had, and are, and were, or whatever. And we’re being given the biggest bag of dog manure and we don’t get it!
ALAN – No, you don’t get it, no.
VYZYGOTH – And so what I am saying, I was on a show today, I called in, as a caller, and I said to this Democratic show and I like the guys, and I’m listening to some 9-11 stuff, but I’m saying: “you do a disservice, don’t you understand? The Democrats cannot save the country. You guys, when we have a regime change – just like you said – or what we are going to have, say Hillary comes in, right?” And then the Democrats – even though she is continuing with the plan – the Democrats will support that which they castigated when the Republicans were doing it. So everybody is sitting there saying that “the good old Republicans are dead, we rule the world, we’ll do it right,” and then they’ll do the same thing that Shrub did, that Clinton did, that Daddy Bush did, that Reagan did, that Carter did. Gosh!
ALAN – Yes. That never changes, there’s only one Agenda and it goes forward, regardless of what front person is in power or appears to be in power. The bureaucracies really have bypassed the politicians since they set up the League of Nations. And H.G. Wells talked about that when it happened right after World War I. He said: “the politicians are now irrelevant, because the high-level bureaucracies can converse straight with their counterparts at the League of Nations.” Now it’s the United Nations. They don’t have to even go through the politicians. And those guys, remember, all these bureaucrats, the Federal ones, are unelected.And they are also hereditary positions, again, that’s another thing that people don’t realize. That we have generations of intergenerational bureaucrats who all are brought up with a silver spoon in their mouths; they all live together, marry each other and they know what their agenda is, in those bureaucracies; they don’t care who is apparently in power, you know.
VYZYGOTH – Well, my feeling is this, and please respond. It seems to me that Europe – the Old World – may have been the “Old World,” but they were the Strong World. And even though the United States became the New World, our freedom was only short-lived and that really, to this very day, because Europe was out there the first and captured the wealth that really they still run the show and only let the United States think it was the top dog, because they were very-very willing and generous about using our best blood to go fight European wars and other things. So they made us feel like we were King, and then they said: “Okay, bring your troops over” and then, to me, you know, it’s…I’m not talking about the British people, alright? And the Brits kind of sat back in the rocking chair and let the Yanks go at it.
ALAN – I think it was Kipling that was in on that changeover, because there was a poem written about “The White Man’s Burden” and that “We pass the torch on to You” – and that was written and read eventually on the US Senate floor by the author. That was a Masonic meeting on that floor, you know? I mean, the word “Senate” is an Egyptian word; it means the “Chessboard.” So, when someone addresses that from another country on a Senate level, that person is a high-degree Mason.
VYZYGOTH – And so that also was embraced by the Roman Empire, was it not?
ALAN – Yes, it was. So it’s a game, you see, and only the boys on that board, on that level, understand the game; and that’s what he said: “We’ll pass the torch on to You;” because they had exhausted the British taxpayers; they had taken them through an Industrial Revolution, where they couldn’t even buy the shoes that they were making, you know, as Franklin said. And they had been taxed to the hilt, they had been sent off for perpetual wars ever since the Rothschilds took over the Bank of England and Britain was exhausted after World War I. So they had to pass it on to the up-and-coming one, the New Champion, you see, under a better cover of, you know, “freedom,” etcetera – a country with not a long history. Britain’s history was…no-one would trust London ever again, or Paris, or any of those old countries, so they created the United States to take it over; and that’s what it did. The shining knight on the white horse; and that was the guise that’s come up to the present time: “We are doing it to make the world safe for Democracy,” you know?
VYZYGOTH – A quick sideboard question, because we are in that season of happy Saturnalia for Christmas or Xmas or whatever you want to call it, when you m…[interruption] …if you could give me a response to this; and that is: would I be correct in assuming – and this is not my idea; Harry, my old partner and I talked about this – but did Dickens kind of give an elbow to the ribs of the Rothschilds with something like, you know, the Christmas story, Scrooge and Marley?
ALAN – Yes, in a sense he did. However, there was another side to the Rothschilds that’s never discussed.  And that is – now, the traditional story that people love to use is that the Rothschilds’ sons were sent off to different countries and just took over the central banks by cunning and good luck, you know. Now, here’s a dumb thing for anyone to believe this. The British aristocracy and nobility came from Norman descent and they had already run Britain for over a thousand years, thousand and a half years – or at least a thousand years. So, anyway, they had their own hit teams and assassins and so on. They allowed Rothschild to become the manager of that bank. Because they could have bumped him off at any time and they would have, if it was all real and they truly were enemies, because they were not going to allow anybody to come in and take over their money.
VYZYGOTH – That’s almost like a Chicago gambling scenario from the twenties here, you know what I mean? If you move into somebody’s territory and you won’t give it up, you are going to pay.
ALAN – You are going to pay; and this lone guy, this fat little guy walking around the narrow streets of London and he was left unscathed – that tells you that he was protected by the nobility.
VYZYGOTH – Was that old Amschel Bauer?
ALAN – Amschel was the father.
VYZYGOTH – Okay, and this was what? Nathan?
ALAN – Nathan Rothschild. That’s the thing. I mean, he was left alone; I think he was brought in for his purpose by the nobility and the aristocracy.
VYZYGOTH – Well, now I am reminding everybody that you are listening to the Grassy Knoll, this is Vyz with Alan Watt. Alan has a “Cutting Through” series, three parts. Again, would you tell us which of the three parts relates to what particular topic?
ALAN – Well, the first two – one and two – go through Freemasonry and a few things, which they have really never thought about. I go through how they literally really created the English language to contain all of their codings and they created it in the 1500s and Francis Bacon talked about the creation of the English language; and the third one goes into the monied system, the control technique of creating debt in countries, and then putting their own boys in charge of those countries to manage the debt under the guise of governments and so on. They’re definitely worth the read. It’s different from what you’ve seen before.  [See for book ordering information.]
VYZYGOTH – And what is key here with regard to the monetary situation is that you take international postal money orders, correct?
ALAN – That’s right, from a Post Office.
VYZYGOTH – And those Yanks that are willing to live dangerously, you can send him Federal Reserve notes and put it in tin foil and send it on out there.  I am just curious, if you don’t mind me asking it; I am not really familiar with where Estaire is – where are you…what’s the closest city you’re located in?
ALAN – Estaire is near Sudbury. Near Sudbury, North Ontario.
VYZYGOTH – Wayne Gretzky owns a hockey team there, but that’s not an important thing. Alright, going back to the history. I am going to ask you one too. There’s an organization, I found that had very little light shown on it in England – it was an Anglo-American relationship. Quigley gave up a lot about Rhodes and Milner, but said nothing about the Pilgrim Society. Are you familiar with that at all?  What is the deal with the Pilgrim Society?
ALAN – There is a long connection here with this Mystery bunch and Mystery Religion and the United States, going back to the foundation of the United States. There is even a play on the word Puritan, because many of the Puritans, when you really go into it, had a little bit more than religion; and they were extremely wealthy, they had their own charter of democracy, by the way; it was democracy they had on their ship they had put together themselves, supposedly; and they even had a structural system where they would divvy up the land when they landed; and run it in a communal fashion, almost like a mini government, a mini democracy. And they had scandals, which broke out after the head-man died. I saw a book from the 1800s recently, in fact, in an old bookstore going into this and how he’d legally and through devious means managed to take money from so many of them; and property without them even knowing, but did it all through various legal means, so I wasn’t surprised there. But there had been a tie between the Mystery Religions, you might say, and the ones who claimed to be pure, you know.
VYZYGOTH – Well, Theresa Roy [?] wrote about this; this was the first time that I encountered it and he did a three-part series on it and he referenced the books which you read; and I got them through interlibrary loan. Two of them were written by a member; the third and the latest was written probably as an authorized biography, if you will; but they have in the back all the meetings that they have and usually there they have a guest and who that should be? It was Kissinger in this one and that one; and then they tell you where it was and all; but then it suddenly just says: “the Inner and the Middle Court.” And I’m like: “what’s the Inner and the Middle Court?” And I wonder, you know, “hmm, that sounds interesting” and they say not much about it – no guests of honor or anything, just “Inner and the Middle Court.” And this reflects back to what you said about the City of London. To me, if I look around probably the two biggest networks I think that run the show; the City of London – is that to be distinguished from London?
ALAN – It is, really, it’s got its own Charter.
VYZYGOTH – And I think also the Vatican. But the City of London; it’s a very interesting situation, isn’t it?
ALAN – Yes, it is; it’s a sovereign, really, a sovereign state within a country.
VYZYGOTH – As is the Vatican, true?
ALAN – Yes.
VYZYGOTH – Are we right in assuming that the Royals never really did fade away; they may have stepped back and like you said: “alright, let’s have this Government thing going, get on guys, see you later on.” But are they poised in most of the nations of Europe to step up one day and wish the re-institution of, this time, a new feudalism?
ALAN – It’s already happened, in a sense. The new feudalism, as Carroll Quigley said, would be based…the new feudal overlords would be multi-and international corporations who would then be dictating policy; well, they are, as we know. They are through, because they all have front groups of NGOs and they fund these front groups, who then put pressure or the apparent pressure for public consumption on to the Government, who then quite happily sign the various laws that they want enacted. So the international corporations are already doing this. They have been doing it for many years, in fact – and Carroll Quigley was quite explicit about that; that that would be the new form, again, of economic tyranny run by the overlords, which are international corporations. To be honest with you, I really don’t think we have separate international corporations – that’s how far I go with all of this. I think they are all one anyway.
VYZYGOTH – I agree, but could you be a little more explicit in developing what you have just said? When you talk about international corporations as being all one, can you give us some kind of example of it?
ALAN – It’s common sense. I always think of Albert Pike, who gives you the laws and the rules of this Masonic game. And he said that “a person who will not use their own powers of reason,” – not the Media’s or what you’re told, but your own powers of reason, he said: “ is nothing more than meat on the table and a beast of burden by choice and consent.” And so my reason tells me that if there were two or three major car corporations – for an example – and a CEO can leave one and go to another, a supposed “competitor,” and take all of the future plans with him, obviously, then there would be chaos on those markets. And you could never allow them to even leave, because those guys make business plans for fifty or a hundred years ahead in investments. So, how on earth could the top man leave, knowing all the stuff and go to a competitor? It would fall apart; there would be warfare amongst them.
VYZYGOTH – So, in a sense, we have a Global Monopoly.
ALAN – Yes, we have it right now and that’s what I’ve known for many years; that really everything is one, as they are always telling us – they are all one and it’s one system. You don’t get up to the top in anything because you work hard and you’re lucky and get the breaks. You only get up to the top if they open the door and let you in. That’s how the real system works. And it’s like Bill Gates, I mean, he deals with the computer industry, so he is the Masonic gatekeeper of information. You have your Apple computers. Apple is what? That’s knowledge, the Tree of Knowledge, you see? Takes the Apple. The best apple is a MacIntosh, you know. I mean, this is all Masonic wording.
VYZYGOTH – Oh, you mean, it is just not a coincidence, eh?
ALAN – Oh, no. They’re playing jokes with us, all the time.
VYZYGOTH – And one other thing I wanted to tell you, we’re going to probably run out of time and I want to run by your information again. I know I can’t send you an e-mail, I know what your situation is; but in the Pilgrim – one of the three Pilgrim books, you would love it! There is Harry Truman with a grin from ear-to-ear, as you know Harry Truman could smile; and he is glad-handing somebody from the Pilgrim Society – it was not somebody like a king or a prince or whatever, and the Masonic grip is just so in your face: it’s like the joke is on us, guys – you know what I mean? So, I mean, you’d love it, I’ve got to somehow get you that facsimile; I keep threatening to put up a whole series of what we could call “They Know The Handshake,” upon the site.
We have been talking to Alan Watt out of Canada and he is a frequent guest on Jackie Patru’s Sweet Liberty and a couple of other places; and you can look around and do a search and you will find out what he is about and hear other interviews he’s given. We hope he will come back for tomorrow with us. He has written a series, called the “Cutting Through” series – it’s 3 parts.
Alan, that’s outstanding, I mean, I am getting better all the time. We’re gonna leave him now, and if you would, I would ask you if you could – I will tell you, well, I’ll cut you free, but if you don’t mind I will call back and we can make some arrangements for future shows. I hope you have enjoyed your time here, obviously, we, you know, I am very-very encouraged to have heard so much about you and that the fact is that you are the real deal and we thank you, and of course, we’d like to have you come on again. This is Alan Watt, I am Vyz; this is the Grassy Knoll and we’ll catch you in another week. Good night.
ALAN – Good night.
——————————————————————————————————————————-

ALAN WATT
ON
“FROM THE GRASSY KNOLL”
WITH VYZYGOTH
THREE – PART SERIES: “THE SYSTEM”
PART 2
January 2006
________________________________________________________

VYZYGOTH – Welcome again to another segment of the Grassy Knoll – these shows are being pre-recorded and they will air sometime in January, so if current events fail us somewhat, you’ll understand that they weren’t necessarily in our purview at that time. With us for a second hour of the three we hope to do with him, is Alan Watt. He is the author of the Cutting Through series, which he has written, three titles. And they are, as he said, a companion to the radio shows that he does do. We’ll talk more about those titles and how you can access them, later; and this is Vyz, this is the Grassy Knoll and we are talking to Alan Watt and Alan, thanks for joining us again today.
ALAN – It’s a pleasure.
VYZYGOTH – You know, we let off with talking about the “SYSTEM.” And I think that’s a great title. And we didn’t get into it as much as we hoped to do today; we did kind of an overview. But it is very provocative – we all, kind of all agree; everybody kind of agrees, Alan, wherever we are, that it’s all about the money. And when we first talked off air, we said, you know, what it is? – and you identified it as if we are looking for a system, an economic system. So let’s pick up, if you wanted to do some preparatorial remarks for everyone, as the last time, please do so; and let’s get into where it was and perhaps where it is; and where it’s going.
ALAN – Well, this whole system, which we take as being normal, simply because we were born into a certain phase of it, as our parents before us, and take it for granted; and Lenin actually, who was trained by the best bankers on the planet – made the statement that there are many directions that mankind can go as the society, he said: “but the public mustn’t be allowed to know this.” In other words, they must think that the one they’re born into is somehow the natural evolution. And true enough, if your parents don’t warn you about things, you think it’s quite natural. And yet, your laws, your legal system, your educational system, your future of working as a taxpayer – because that’s what we are – it’s all decided for you in advance. And then you realize that you really have very few choices within this particular system. You have certain directions you can go as from the hub of a wheel; but eventually, if you go too far you will always find that perimeter at which you can crawl around but you can’t get over. Because that is the SYSTEM; it’s a total organized system, right down to how many laborers or middle-class are needed for a particular country at any one time – and right down to even “culling off the herd” as they call it when there is too many of them with no real function to serve. And if we go back to the beginnings, again, of this system – I like to jump back and forth, because this is a continuum, and people get stuck or hung up on certain aspects of history, which is sort of hung out for us to see on the washing line, and I think it’s deliberately too. Because, really this system has been unbroken for thousands of years. It’s a system where a few people can get everyone else to work for them, take their labor from them through the money they introduce and they take it back in the form of taxation, and with that money that everyone accepts they can hire and maintain in the field armies and pay them, you see. And then they can go and conquer other countries; so this has been a continuum for thousands of years; and if we look at even the definition of a “citizen” – well, a citizen basically means “someone who was born into an organized society with pre-existing duties to that society.”
VYZYGOTH – Alright, very interesting, so that would mean that before they’re born they’re already somewhat in servitude to the system as a constraint.
ALAN – That’s absolutely right.
VYZYGOTH – Alright. Now, you said something interesting at the very beginning of your addressing my first question, talking about Lenin and what did you say about the “best bankers?”
ALAN – The best bankers trained him.
VYZYGOTH – Okay, now, and we talk about Lenin – let’s roll it back about 50 years and talk about Marx. Do you believe in any shape or form that Marx was the creator of either “Das Kapital” or the “Manifesto,” or do you think he was perhaps somewhat of an amanuensis?
ALAN – He was just a basic failed journalist who was recruited and set up, with a lot of money to back him in London, England – and the money supposedly came through Engels who had factories. There’s no doubt that Karl Marx himself was just the front man who pushed it or who put in ink this agenda and the information, I am sure, was supplied to him by others, because it was not a new agenda.
VYZYGOTH – We may not be able to prove it or perhaps so, you may have done some research to do so and if you can share that with us?
ALAN – Yes, if we look at Adam Weishaupt in the 1700s and the Illuminati, which again, is only one part of an organization, which was already world-wide; and he was singled out for attention, which distracts you from all the rest, who were not singled out, you see? Weishaupt himself thought that a small group of intellectual elites had the right to rule the world and basically reorganize the world in the way that they saw fit, for their own use – not for the people’s use – and it was an elitist organization. If we compare that of the Illuminati’s agenda – with no private property in the hands of the public, etcetera, and the income taxes and all the rest of it – it’s very similar to the Communist Manifesto that Karl Marx came out with – and when we really tie them all up together, they’re all part and parcel of another organization, obviously, since they all have the exact same agenda.
VYZYGOTH – What I am interested in, you are saying, was that the Bavarian Illuminati, which was begat, if we could say, at least on the record, on May 1st 1776; do we agree with that?
ALAN – Well, that’s supposedly when they made it official that they existed; but everyone already knew at that time that they already existed. Really, if we look at the old Oxford Dictionaries, they will tell us that the “Illuminati” was a term for an organization, which began cropping up from around the 15th Century onwards.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, so when you talk about part of a larger world-wide organization, are we referring back to…I’m not going to mention this; I’m not going to state this correctly, so we’re talking about the Spanish branch of that, that Loyola came from?
ALAN – It’s very possible; I think so. I tend to view history as a continuum rather than stops and starts; it’s more of a continuum with specific places and people put in our way, simply updating part of the same agenda in different parts of the world. Because, when we really look back at it, the Phoenicians were doing the same thing thousands of years ago. The Phoenicians were introducing a standard monetary system wherever they went. Initially they would barter with the people; in fact, they set up a “customs” – that’s what “customs” was; it’s where they set up an enclosure in any little island or place or country they visited and they had put their priests in there, who studies the population and got to know their customs; and that’s where the word “customs” comes from. And of course, once they understood their customs, they saw the quickest way to get around their barter system and then introduce the money. So they’d barter for initially, and then, after the fifth or sixth visit, then they’d give them the money, and say: “we’ll only accept this in payment.” So, “here is how you get it; you mine for it,” and so on. That’s how that all started. And they started up a factory system, wherever they went. They enslaved the peoples and set up factory towns thousands of years ago; so this is a continuation down through the centuries of really the same system, all based on money – and the public’s conditioning into accepting it as a normal part of living, which obviously means that whoever really controls the money will always control the entire system. It’s as simple as that; so I don’t see it as anyone taking over; what I see is simply they upgrade their own system every so often – and that’s what’s behind the myth of the Phoenix bird: every 500 years they’re born again from the ashes as a new, apparently a new type of bird, but really it’s the same one that’s updated, you know.
VYZYGOTH – Would that necessarily mean that – well, I would believe so, but of course, you know, tell me – it almost seems that like, no matter what, there is an over-arching evil consciousness or whatever, that, despite the epochs and the generations, this somehow has a consciousness that invests in another generation, whoever comes along.
ALAN – There’s no doubt; there’s no doubt this is not what we would term generally “human” – humans aren’t really capable of long inter-generational planning on such an efficient scale as this is. A good example of that in fact is the Medieval Cathedrals that were put up all over Europe; and sometimes it would take five or even eight generations of stonemasons to complete the project; so we’re talking really maybe fifty years in a generation at that time – and that was between plagues and famines and wars and all of that; still nothing halted the progress of the building. If it was purely human, you would be waylaid or you would postpone certain parts of it and maybe forget it altogether as your priorities changed. But no; this agenda never falters.
VYZYGOTH – Yeah, and that’s what I tell people, too, that it’s…you know, when people say: “well, how can that be?” – and I state: “well, you know, perhaps it’s a little bit bigger than all of us.” And you have to understand that whatever entities construct this, they have been at it since time immemorium and they’re probably a little bit ahead of the game than you are, as far as trying to fathom what they (or it) is doing. Again, you know, I talked to the Collins brothers, and they’ve come to a lot of the same conclusions as you do; and someday maybe I’d just like to have you guys all on, because you really aren’t aware of their work; they’re really not aware of yours, but you’ve come to some same conclusions with some pretty decent research; and I think that in itself is convincing. And that for another time. But, is what took place in that continuum, something that might be called “free trade.”
ALAN – Free trade was part of the system introduced by the Phoenicians. The Minoans had their version of it prior to the Phoenicians, really. Probably one and the same people, in fact, who simply changed their places of residence; but the Minoan records: many records have been found of all the fleets of ships they had and the cargoes and the types of trading; there were laws they had set down everywhere they had went; and it’s no different from today. It wasn’t really free trade; little Joe Blogs couldn’t stand on the seashore and trade whatever he wanted; you had to be authorized by whatever government was installed over you to trade with anybody – and free trade today is no different; it’s exactly the same thing. When old Rockefeller said that competition is a sin, he was not being flippant; he was telling you according to his actual inner religion, you know – his convictions. They believe in this. They don’t believe that there should be competition as such. It should all be monopoly, and it’s like: “e pluribus unum,” you know. That really is: “many out of one” or “one out of many” but basically, it might also say, it’s “many makes one,” it’s a monopoly. That’s what that means, you know.
VYZYGOTH – Well, on this side of the Atlantic – and you may be well aware of this, Alan – but we trace back to probably when the real big push was put on for a One World Order is when the Robber Barons made their money and then turned around. And the first thing, you know, when people say: “ well, how can you keep a conspiracy quiet?” Well, first of all, make the money; second of all, control the information. Whether it’s newspapers back when, and then later radio and TV and also the textbooks – they are key. And it’s a matter of documentation that the Foundations, namely the Rockefellers and the Carnegies grabbed ahold of influential newspaper publishers early in the 20th Century, and they also schooled a number of hand-picked historians on how you’re going to write history. So there we have it, I mean there you can hide the footprints of all of these characters throughout time.
ALAN – Yes, and, you know, every university in North America gets grants from these Foundations to operate, including the Rockefeller Foundation, but along with the grant comes certain conditions, of course. In other words: “here is what you can teach, here is what you will not touch” – and that’s how you control education – it’s not difficult; and then of course, if you also own the publishing houses that supply the textbooks, then you have it made.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, so you’re in agreement, as I am – and I’m sure you’ve read the same material I have and if you haven’t, just like with the Collins brothers, if you’ve come about it from another way, we still arrive at the same point and that is: control the money, control the information and then you can pretty much do what you wish. And also, in the United States: are you familiar with a personage from about the early part of the 20th Century by the name of Philander Knox?
ALAN – His name was what?
VYZYGOTH – Haha, it’s a great name; you got to admit this, Alan. Philander Knox!
ALAN – Well, I don’t think so.
VYZYGOTH – Long story short: this guy was the individual who was in charge of basically undoing whatever Teddy Roosevelt was supposedly doing in the way of busting trusts. Alright, so Philander was a lawyer working behind the scenes to make it right for all the Robber Barons. And later on he is the character, a pivotal character, I think Secretary of State under Taft that just before Wilson got in, he went ahead – and if you remember this episode in American history – he rammed through the Income Tax, and, as you might know, there was a book called “The Law That Never Was,” when they looked at the United States and found out there were not enough states to ratify it. So, this is Philander Knox; there was a character there who took care of business – he disappears without anybody really knowing about him, but he was such a pivotal…actually his life impacts every single one of us from that point on.
ALAN – Well, Carroll Quigley touched on the fact that there was a coincidence, he said – and he was a historian for the CFR for a period – and he had access to the records, and in The Anglo-American Establishment that he wrote he mentions the fact that it was the Royal Institute of International Affairs – with its American branch, the CFR – that pushed to have the income tax brought in, in America and the rest of Western countries.
VYZYGOTH – Yes, and you mentioned that the U.K. also had instituted an income tax right at about the same time.
ALAN – That’s right.
VYZYGOTH – What a coincidence!
ALAN – And it was Lord Milner and his bunch and Curtis that proposed that and brought it out into the open. So here is the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the CFR promoting the very same manifesto as supposedly Lenin was pushing at the same time. Then you realize that there are no sides here; it’s all the same agenda and it’s not coming from this or that; it’s coming from “it”; there’s only one organization here, that gives the appearance of sides to create conflict for the masses so that they can give you the solution. And that is what they call “the law of Nature” – they split up the forces of Nature and always give you a “this or that” option on everything. And we come to the synthesis, which is exactly where they wanted to bring us. So it’s a chess game that’s going on – there’s only one real player, and the masses of the public don’t know that they’re even on the board.
VYZYGOTH – At this time, if you will, let’s do a little business. We are talking with Alan Watt. He has authored a three-volume series called “Cutting Through,” which he’s said is an augmentation and a complementing of what he has done on the radio with shows like this, and Jackie Patru and others. [See for ordering information.]
Just to refresh my memory, because I’ve read this a couple of times: did I read you the quote at all from Wilcox about the influence of Britain still to this day in Canada? I may have done that; I’m not sure.
ALAN – No; I don’t think so. I think even that the setup of Canada and the US is part of the Dialectic and it was from the beginning. I have no doubt about that really, because they always have to have a competitor or someone they can say: “watch those guys over there; we need an army here” – then they tax more from you to support the army, which they eventually always turn on the public. Government cannot exist without an enemy “over there” somewhere.
VYZYGOTH – Well, you know, I might have done it and if people have heard this, bear with us. Because you and I are distanced somewhat between our shows that we do; and I do a lot of talking about this. So, folks, suffer us if you will. But what Wilcox wrote, he said: “every inch of Federal land here is owned by Her.”  It’s called “Crown Land” and it’s held in trust by the Federal Government on her behalf. And he also said: She graces our money with the words: “Dei Gratia Regina,” or for short, “by the grace of God, Queen.” We might have touched upon that; and you know, as I told you, and this is still a work in progress, if you will forgive me, so I cannot speak with any kind of authority – but I’m listening to a series about land patents in the United States and I’m getting this feeling like: you know what? They all own it and they can call it back any time they want. I mean, now, this is just a bit of a statement of fact and a little bit of extrapolation. But do you have anything in your studies that would indicate that perhaps one day they can turn around to, you know…
ALAN – Oh, they can. There’s no doubt they can; because when the Americas, as it used to be called, was being opened up by London, really, the Queen or the Royalty were granting charters to huge corporations, which they owned or were involved with themselves, all the nobility. And they had patent rights on everything – they had ‘first grabs,’ you might say, at everything, for perpetuity. And they have never been revoked. They have never been revoked or even challenged, you know.
VYZYGOTH – Alan, we have a person down in Georgia who has probably entered this labyrinth from a completely different angle but is probably coming upon a lot of what we’re finding and I have to tell you: this is like the elephant in the bedroom. This is very-very big and I am not equipped right now to even address it. But when I see all the stuff coming in I’m laying back for a time when we might be able to make sense out of it; and honestly, you know, we’ve just in the States had this Draconian Supreme Court decision about “Eminent Domain.” Like it doesn’t even matter if they want to put a road through, if Walmart wants it, they’re going to get it. But now I’m thinking about ‘Eminent Domain,’ it’s like: well, maybe nobody owns anything and if it’s all to the Crown, whether it be French, British or Spanish, you don’t have a prayer.
ALAN – You don’t, no. No, their old Charters were never revoked. And they were legal Charters authorized by the Crown – I don’t know if you’ve ever walked part of the borders between Canada and the US and got off the beaten track.
VYZYGOTH – I’ve made crossings but I had never been into remote areas nor have I walked any extension of the borders, no.
ALAN – Well, the main border, you know, was eventually settled after the supposed war or skirmish of 1812. And I think that was part of the reason – the Masons on both sides were told to get a skirmish going so they could re-define the borders for future use. If you walk the borders and get off the roads, the border actually is marked every half-mile or so, or mile with a Masonic obelisk.
VYZYGOTH – Seriously?
ALAN – Yes, like the ones you see in graveyards – maybe twelve foot tall, you know.
VYZYGOTH – Oh, yeah. And I tell you what, I have seen that in Vermont and just passed that off as, you know, a milemarker or marker.
ALAN – It’s a marker all right.  And then when you go into who they set up to eventually delineate the borders or re-define them, he had a title; he was a British Lord and it was one of the Rothschild families. So it’s often the title, you see, will hide the surname, because the title goes over it, while the father is using his last name properly, like Lord Rothschild or Baron Rothschild; the son is given a title like Lord Chatham or whoever.  It was a British Lord who was sent over to fix the borders, and he was a Rothschild; he was a Rothschild son. So they’d been involved in the border business forever and of course, the banking – why not? It is their system, you know.
VYZYGOTH – Well, and this leaves me back to where we talked about Marx and such; I envision a scenario where the Rothschilds grab ahold of Carroll and say: “this is how it goes and this is what you’re going to write.”
ALAN – I’ve no doubt or whoever is behind even the Rothschilds, because what we find and I think Quigley was quite correct in this. He said in The Anglo-American Establishment that “the people that you see in public and the people that you know of in public, who appear to wield the power and take the glory, etcetera, or the boos and the hissing, are never the real men. He said: “those who are chosen to wield true power work behind the scenes constantly, and the only reward they get is the knowledge that they do wield almost supreme power.”
VYZYGOTH – Well, two things, Alan. One, that also is reminiscent of the quote attributed to Disraeli in his fictional work or not-so-fictional work Coningsby when he talks about there were different personages than you would expect that run things. You know that quote, right? And two: you know, I’m thinking, as a listener, who I think is pretty astute, he’s a very humble guy, just lays back, he listens to the shows and I just think he has, as Tennyson said about Wellington, you know, “he is rich in saving common sense.” What he said is, he goes. You know, Quigley told a lot – do you really think that the powers that be would allow him to spout so much if they didn’t want him to do that; and in a way might deflect from other forces that can hide now in the shadows cast by Quigley’s work? What do you think about that?
ALAN – Well, I think that is a possibility, although I have a tape of Quigley talking to one of his students and he was pretty well scared actually, of approaching certain aspects of this. I can understand how his mind worked, because he himself was in the Ivory Tower and he’d been trained in the same system which he then taught to others; but he himself had definitely come up against this strange impasse, where he had to concede that there was something else involved here and he did touch on the Freemasonic aspect of it; he did touch on the All-Seeing Eye symbol on the Dollar bill, and mentioned that this was at least 6,000 years old, this symbol; and he did ask the question: “why was it put on there, why is this symbol used – and then he tells the student to turn off the tape machine; he says: “because this could damage your career and mine.”
VYZYGOTH – Well, in the course we are aware as Stanley Monteith has talked about that tome, “Tragedy and Hope,” is still bereft of a great deal of pages, is it not?  And one can only wonder why that was excised and of course, we’ll never see the work extant, will we?
ALAN – That’s right, and I am sure Quigley himself – and I have seen plenty of people who have been brainwashed into the same system, and they are all for this System, even though they only know part of it. They don’t see how the rest operates and they really think it’s all real and “for the good of all” type of thing. They themselves think that things are only being struggled for the moment for a better goal; they don’t realize themselves that this is an ancient agenda; because when you open Pandora’s Box, it’s very hard to close it again, you know. And most people would rather go into denial than… – because you have to reevaluate everything you have ever believed in and known, when you open that Pandora’s Box; nothing is ever the same again.
VYZYGOTH – Well, I can tell you, from being a lowly employee in a library of the University in Florida – we’ve had a number of professors come on and the ones that we’ve had the most static with are those who are in Political Science and such, who have written out dissertations, they believe in what they believe; they’ve been ensconced in Academia for 20 years, and it’s like: “Okay, great. You’re the PhD, I’m not; but have you ever thought about just stepping outside your realm of knowledge to something that might shake your world, and might be documentable?” – and they don’t want to do it. So now, you know, where I had so much respect supposedly for Academicians back when I was going to school, when I thought there was a real desire there for an open debate. I got to tell you, Alan, I mean, in universities nowadays – and I went back for a second degree in the 90s – but I’m telling you, this has gotten as militant as any organization and I am really disappointed and to a certain degree heartbroken about the lack of any kind of openness, even in colleges and universities.
ALAN – Yes, it’s been Sovietized. That’s the whole system: it’s Sovietization. And political correctness, even when the political correctness ends up being mad, basically. People will still go along with the madness of it all.  Eventually it breaks down under its own weight, because you can’t even communicate even things which are important to people. So it eventually breaks down under its own weight, you know.
VYZYGOTH – What’s really disheartening, is the fact that a lot of these professors – and I have to admit, I mean, they’ve been socialist their whole life in the sense of that – okay, they go to high school, they go to college, they get a TA, they get their Master’s, and they get another TA and they get their PhD, and, excuse me, but they’ve been on the Government forever, in the United States, which is not supposedly socialistic. And then they come out, and they pontificate about the wonders of socialism, as if they don’t understand – and I am assuming they don’t – that you are dealing with a human construct that will always have an Oligarchy above it and that will always tend to corruption. So, are you guys really-really believing in this? And of course, this trickles down to the kids, and the kids that go…I mean, I got kids in the United States saying: “socialism is good,” and I said: why? “Well, because it gives everybody equal chance.” I said: “well, yeah, there you go!” And I say: “what do you mean – equal treatment?” And they say: “yeah.” And I am going: “yeah, like dogs.” I mean, like Animal Farm said it: “Everybody is equal; some more than others.” Now, you came from Europe, which was pretty much, you know, social democracy, I mean, which is socialism; you come over to Canada, you got kind of the same thing. But now when you are on this side of the Atlantic, probably more aware of what’s happening in the United States, directing your attention to it. What do you see Canada as – and can you see the socialization – I would call, you know, “Sovietization of the United States.“ Is that palpable to you?
ALAN – Oh, absolutely, there is no doubt about that. In fact, Lenin said the same thing, that “when the time comes, when the Western Powers are debating at election times social issues, such as school, welfare, health care, that type of thing,” he said: “they’ve already become socialized or Sovietized.” And that’s all you hear when elections come up. They never mention their bigger programs, like NAFTA or GATT, or anything like that, of course. Sure enough, it’s all daycare, etcetera; all of these socialistic-type policies; and the public themselves have been so indoctrinated that they come to expect these policies to be fulfilled. I mean, here in Canada there is another show-election coming up, and the present Prime Minister, who is re-running again, has just promised to bring in more expanded free daycare for every Canadian woman. And then they talked to the woman in the streets, of course, I don’t know how many they select for the television; but these women all say automatically: “well, it’s about time; it’s time we had this,” you know; in other words, it’s about time that everyone else brought up my child for me – that’s really what they are saying. So they come to expect these Government social policies, because they want to – you know, they say that socialism is perpetual immaturity; it’s a Peter Pan Syndrome: you don’t want to grow up and face the world on your own.  Unfortunately, the technique works very well on women, because they want protection; they want promises of security; and that’s what Hitler said, and he was only quoting Nero. Both of them said: “our policies must be directed at the woman; we shall promise her food and security, etcetera, and she will come to us; and the child will have to follow her, and then must follow the man.” So this system is still working today; it’s the same policies, because these are formulas; these are behavioral formulas, and when you know how to introduce those formulas, they will come out with the same end product, basically. And these formulas have been known for thousands of years by elite groups and they keep all of these in archives, not in public libraries. And that’s also what’s taught at some of the Ivy League Universities and the old stone universities in Europe.
VYZYGOTH – Do me a favor and recount though, because that was great and I’ve lost the memory of it, from the last time we did it. Tell me what the significance of Archives has with the common people?
ALAN – Since the time actually of the Minoans; the Minoans made the sacred Beehive as the symbol of the perfect structured society with the Queen Bee, then the Drones, which are the Priests, roundabout them in the administrative bureaucracies; and then there are the workers down below. And of course, Egypt used the same symbol for their “perfect society.” Napoleon picked up on that too; he put the bee up there on his flag at one point and had a robe made with bees on it; and the higher Masons sometimes call themselves the “true bees,” the workers, you know.
VYZYGOTH – Is this necessarily pyramidical too, also in structure?
ALAN – Yes.
ALAN – That’s what they use as a symbol of their perfect society; that’s why Utah has their coat of arms with the beehive.
VYZYGOTH – Beehive state! And what will you divine from that? That the Mormons there, that something’s up there, or what?
ALAN – Well, the Mormons definitely…we know Joseph Smith was a Mason.  This is always their symbol of the perfect structured society and there’s a word play there too – So, archives; yes; I mean, if you are a bee, you put stuff in a Hive and the Arc is a symbol of their promise, their Agenda; because the Sun travels in an arc every day over the sky.
VYZYGOTH – So we can speak to it as an over-arching Agenda.
ALAN – That’s right. So they have archives with knowledge, which are not accessible to the public, and in Masonry in fact, in high Masonry P.O. and P.U. are the lowest forms of life. So we get what they dish out to us at the bottom and they have skimmed off all the good stuff for themselves with all of this knowledge. And it does comes to the fore once in a while; I think there is an author Barbara Tillman…
VYZYGOTH – Oh, Tuchman; Barbara Tuchman! Oh, she is excellent, yes!
ALAN – And it’s so obvious to me that she is a chosen author to get into these archives, because she’s been authorized to come out with the information that she has. Now, many authors have got in before and omitted this relevant information about the past, but she is allowed to bring it to the public. So they are definitely authorized on what to disclose and how much to disclose and what aspects never to mention, you see.
VYZYGOTH – I would agree that Quigley was in the same category, but be that as it may, you are still getting good information; and I don’t know if you read it or not, but I tell you that Tuchman, I think of “The Distant Mirror” – did you read that?
ALAN – Oh, yes.
VYZYGOTH – Ah, then! There’s some great stories in there.
ALAN – Absolutely! And so that tells you that there were detailed histories kept, right down to personalities of main characters; so nothing was lost in the centuries, you know.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, now. Boy, I tell you what. Like I said, we could talk, you know, forever. But I want to get back to what I promised myself, yourself and everybody else that we would get back to – and that is THE SYSTEM. So let’s talk about free trade, what it meant back when, what it means now, and what it might mean in the future, if you will.
ALAN – Well, John Dee, we have to jump to the 1500s from England to find that he coined the term: the “British” or “Brytish Empire.” And he wanted to propose to Queen Elizabeth the 1st that this Empire should basically stretch across the whole world eventually and it would basically take over every country into a One System, based on the British Empire, by using trade negotiations and law. He was the first one to mention this sort of Free Trade, that they could trade between countries who’d signed on to copy the exact same system as Britain. That’s how it really was started at that period or this update, to put it that way. And of course, it’s no secret that the Rothschilds openly, even in the authorized biographies, had, from the very beginning, pushed the concept of Free Trade to countries who would accept the British government and bureaucracies and banking. In other words, duplicate the exact same system that would bring them into free trade areas – but of course, once again, those corporations that wanted to trade would have to go through the British Crown for a “Yea” or a “Nay” and so it was not a true free thing where anybody could take his wares and sell them to whoever he wishes; you had to be authorized or chartered to do so. And that’s exactly what it is: it’s not free trade as such; it’s free between the big players who all belong to the same club anyway; and it certainly cuts out hassles for them. China is a free trade member, because all of those containers coming from China – thousands and thousands every day, they even have it written in their charter of free trade – that they don’t have to even open them here at Customs.
VYZYGOTH – Well, you know, “free” is a nice-sounding word. Free Trade’s nice and I’ve had people e-mail me and we have gotten into discussions about like: “well, what’s wrong with this?” I mean, this is a good thing; and I understand how it sounds, and I often use the analogy of like “well, would you buy into a poisoned apple if you knew it were poisoned?” If it looked really good, would you – in other words, so you got to put a shine on it to make people bite into it.
ALAN – That’s right: “free,” and “trade” is a nice word too, you trade things.
VYZYGOTH – Sure, but it’s free, as you said, for the monopolists, but really when you talk about it, then that makes the workers bereft of any kind of place to take their wares or trades or anything else and you are basically stuck with whatever you got, and that’s the way that’s going to be; am I right in that assessment?
ALAN – Absolutely. It cuts out all competition from anybody who would wish to take part, because only those who are authorized take part are given the charters to participate. Really it’s a monopolization of the world system; it also encompasses your future, your children’s future, because it isn’t just about trade; it’s about unification of the world. You see, that’s how they started off the European Union – it started off with free trade. And before you know it, they are signing laws and agreements amongst them until everything was being standardized amongst you, until you’re all the same with your law systems and bureaucratic type systems and eventually one day you’re under one government. And that’s where it’s supposed to bring – it’s intended to do that. So under the guise of free trade it’s a whole world structural system under a single government – that’s what it’s all about. It’s the accomplishment of Karl Marx, it’s the accomplishment of Weishaupt, it’s the accomplishment of Albert Pike who actually had the same agenda as the Communists too; because it’s all one and the same agenda.
VYZYGOTH – But as you said, it goes back to the Phoenicians as accounts would say, goes back to the Canaanites; I mean, as you mentioned at the outset of the show, it’s a continuum – you change the faces but the Agenda is the same.
ALAN – Always the same.
VYZYGOTH – And of course now we have a little bit different spin on it and this FTAA and such; and the one thing I find really interesting and of course I am ignorant of what goes on on your media up there, which I still think is probably a little bit more investigative than ours is truly and I don’t know how much more. But Galen Ross [?] – I don’t know if you are familiar with the name, are you?
ALAN – Yes.
VYZYGOTH – Alright. Galen did a crude half an hour / forty-minute thing on the American Union, but he ripped all the stuff from C-Span and here you got these characters like David Rockefeller – what a surprise! – Ghergen [?], Madeline Albright, Cheney – and they’re all like just extolling the virtues of this American Union; meanwhile, you know, all the Johnny Lunchbuckets and their wives and families have no idea what’s going on; because this is not passing through anybody in the media or on the Hill.
ALAN – Yes, I taped that, when it was on – I think it was the 27th of March this year [2005] – when they signed that amalgamation of the continent into one at Waco, Texas. And I’ve got – the CBC television did a documentary – not documentary; it was on the main news – only for about two minutes, but they did say that it was the total integration of the countries. And it’s a done deal and they had six more meetings to complete this year alone to get this phase of it through; and George Bush himself was extolling the virtues of this and how fantastic it would be; and he used the term again: “free trade,” you know, etcetera and how friendly it all was – but one of the main reporters stood up in the interview and said: “does this mean it leads to the same unification as the European Union?” And then Prime Minister Martin jumped in quickly – he’s a better lawyer, you know – and he said: “well, it’s not exactly the Big Bang, it’s just…” – you know, he tried to belittle it a bit to an extent – but it’s a done deal; it’s all set up for the amalgamation, which again brings us back to Karl Marx, because in the 1840s he was writing about the coming three world trading blocs with a united Europe, a united Americas and a Pacific Rim group under a single world government. That was all the extension of the Communist Manifesto. So this is nothing new; again, they are only fulfilling their mission – it’s all approved by the European Royalty; it’s all approved by those that lead the Marxists of the world; in other words there’s only One Top at the head of this. And it’s nothing to do with “free” anything; it is to make everyone totally interdependent through laws, right down to the water that you drink; where you can get it from; how much will pay for it; right down to the fact that you won’t be able to even grow your own vegetables in the garden! You must be “interdependent” for everything.
VYZYGOTH – Well, I’ll tell you what. You just, in that last 30 seconds, I mean, you are making my head spin, because we have talked so much about this, and I’ve not really – you know, it’s not like I come up with this stuff because I just think about it; but I mean, we look at the research, we look at a lot of the stuff that’s written in the past decades and then they have told you where they were going. So, when I say this stuff, people say: “that’s your opinion;” it’s not my opinion, I am just…
ALAN – No, it’s written, it’s documented, it’s discussed at all the high-level meetings and there’s always publications that come out after these high-level meetings, which no-one bothers to read, except the few short-sighted ones that are left.
VYZYGOTH – Well, let me throw this, Alan, at you. I mean, I am still listening, as I told you, to this sixteen-part series on the Land Patents from Europe and the United States and it was talking about – and believe me, I am still doing this from a bit of an ignorant point of view – so I am just throwing it out in justice to everyone who listens, I will follow it up and hopefully I’ll be with you, Alan – but I am hearing all of these “caveats” about land ownership, and it’s like: “well, no, the Crown owns all the navigable waters and the land thereunder, and the land on which the tides wash”; and I am going: “hold on a second; are you telling me” – you know, for instance New York State, like all the counties that are on both sides of the Hudson and it’s like I am starting, I mean, I am not there yet – but I am like: “are you telling me you got to consult with the Dutch, the French or the British to say who actually holds title to this land?” I mean, that’s bizarre. Also, with the water and food situation – did you ever read a short story by Asimov called “The Winnowing?”
ALAN – Yes.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, so there you go! I mean, they can construct terrorist activities in every sector of our life beyond oil, beyond energy – that would be, say, electricity and gas – to the food system, to the water and then – you are right! – you can’t grow a garden, because you might be having some kind of demon seed in there and they’ve got genetically modified produce, but “don’t worry about it, because your garden might be a problem!” And you do see this as the beginning of everybody being forced to rely on the State as Mother or Father God.
ALAN – Yes, that’s what they really mean by “interdependence.” When they first threw it out it was to mislead us into thinking that we are dependent on Africa for chromium or things like that; but it goes much further; it goes down to the individual level where there’s no aspect of your life where you will be allowed to be independent at all. In fact, being independent in any aspect of your life will mean that you are “antisocial.” That’s what they’ll tell you.
VYZYGOTH – Well, I’m glad I’m antisocial. So are you. Also, with your studying – you must have been a young man back in the UK up in Scotland. I would assume that the United States and its citizens think that they are so on top of stuff, they are on the cutting edge, and I think that therein lies the mirage. In essence, did you feel that you were freer and also had more access to the information that has been laid into the centuries about what is to come?
ALAN – I think I was, at that time, for sure. I remember – I was really small – and in the 1960s there was a conference held in Britain, a world conference by the Royal Institute of International Affairs with all the CFR countries as well, and the US was represented. It went on for two or three weeks, and little blurbs came out in the newspapers; and the whole idea, the conference was to decide which culture would be promoted as the dominant culture for the world. Should the English do it through movies and so on and TV productions; or should the United States do it? There was no other competition; it was already decided back in the days of Francis Bacon that the English would be the dominant business language of the future. And so they came up with the idea that America should have the job of promoting the culture through music and movies and so on. And also to do the majority of the policing of the world, until the Chinese took over.
VYZYGOTH – You know, I am thinking that the Chinese are into the bankers too, so they are not going to do anything that they don’t want them to do, even though they seem enigmatic and esoteric and inscrutable as we all can say. But they’re in the game also, and they may be used, I mean, will we have to fight them absolutely, but that would be orchestrated? The Chinese will not do anything that …because, I mean, there are stories about the Rockefellers being in China also.
ALAN – Yes; I mean, Bertrand Russell went over there; Lord Bertrand Russell. He was sent there in the 1920s to set up the recruitment system and train students for the coming Communist system. So he is a British Lord with a grant from the Queen to go over and do this, you see? And they sent many of his own kind over there to do the same thing. So China; I mean, in the 1937 Australian world meeting of the Royal Institute of International Affairs and CFR – and I have the members’ copies – they said that they would build up China after the war, towards the end of the Millennium to be the world’s sole manufacturer for the planet. That’s quite something, when they – see, these are long-term business plans. And when they said that, China was a third-world nation. And sure enough, they have done it at the right time; they’re right on track – and then they said the United States will go through two or three more minor wars – they said – and almost exhaust themselves, like most empires, they said. It will be a final push, totally exhaust itself, and then China will take over the role as the Policeman of the World. This is in 1937 at the world meeting of the Royal Institute of International Affairs.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, now. I believe on that, don’t get me wrong, but if people want to go chase that down, can you give them a volume…
ALAN – It’s called the “Minutes of the Meeting of the Royal Institute of International Affairs” – I think it was Sydney, Australia; either Sydney or Melbourne, 1937.  The book was printed, even then, by the Rockefeller Foundation. It has that in the first page. It is quite honest; it tells you the truth, it says: “This is a non-profit, non-political organization.” See, they don’t play politics; they simply make an agenda, they make the rules.
VYZYGOTH – I know, but they play politics. Alright, we’re talking with Alan Watt; he is the author of three titles; they come under the heading of the “Cutting Through” series. [See for ordering information.]
We only have a little time left, and of course, I want you to come back for one more hour if it’s possible. But I am going to ask you, just kind of like in a lightning round. Let me throw this out and I guess that’s all we’re going to have time for; and that is to me, I think that a threshold moment will be the Olympics in China, where you have an aggressive and militarily building nation showing itself off in an Olympics as Germany did in 1936. Might we expect – and do you agree or whatever, you know, give us your view – do you think things might get unhinged after 2008?
ALAN – I know that there’s immense crisis to be brought on by 2010. So whatever they can do to get us all off balance and panicking, so that they can bring in the “solutions,” they will do everything that they can to get us in that mode. We got a lot of crisis-creation and buildup going up to that date and to 2010, you know. Coming plagues, war, they’ll use everything I’m sure, to get us all unhinged.
VYZYGOTH – I mean, for every day that we have, I am hoping that – you know, enjoy what you got, while you got it; that’s all that we can say. Alan, thanks for being with us; hopefully you will come back for a third hour and we will do that somewhere down the road. Is that okay with you?
ALAN – That’s fine.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, thank you very much and we’ll get back with you as soon as possible and thanks for visiting the Grassy Knoll.
ALAN – It’s a pleasure.
——————————————————————————————————————————-

ALAN WATT
ON
“FROM THE GRASSY KNOLL”
WITH VYZYGOTH
THREE – PART SERIES: “THE SYSTEM”
PART 3
January 2006

VYZYGOTH – Well, the third time, again, welcome to another segment of the Grassy Knoll – this will be heard sometime in January 2006, we hope – this is Vyz; and we have with us Alan Watt for the third part of a three-part series that I loosely titled: “The System,” because in the first two segments Alan addressed basically what makes the world go around and always has – and that’s the economic system. It’s all about money. In this third segment Alan’s pretty deep in knowledge about Freemasonry, which is another system; a belief system, if you will – a spiritual system, if you will – and we’re going to direct most of our discussion today toward that. Alan, thanks a lot for being with us today and again, you know, for the third time here on the Grassy Knoll.
ALAN – It’s a pleasure.

VYZYGOTH – What do you have …what did you say, about a foot of snow cover up there?
ALAN – It’s about that.

VYZYGOTH – Well, it’s nothing to compare; we got to deal with 50-degree temperatures down here – it’s horrible.
ALAN – Hahaha, very nice, isn’t it?
VYZYGOTH – I know, I know; and most of the people who lived by you are down by us anyway; so…
ALAN – Sure, it was twenty below last night.
VYZYGOTH – What?

ALAN – Twenty below last night.
VYZYGOTH – Are you talking Fahrenheit?
ALAN – Yes.
VYZYGOTH – Holy Mackerel! How far are you from Hudson Bay?
ALAN – That’s a bit East of me. It’s a long trek with snowshoes.
VYZYGOTH – Hahaha, hohoho. Now, let me ask you this; have your tyres ever turned square?
ALAN – They have got bumps in them after a cold night.
VYZYGOTH – Holy Mackerel! I spent two winters in Vermont; that was enough for me. Minus 35 below brought tears in my eyes,
ALAN – Well, last year it hit 40 below…
VYZYGOTH – You beat me!
ALAN – …40 below; it was hardly anything left in the thermometer to pop, so…
VYZYGOTH – No! You are absolutely right – when I went out and looked at the thermometer I knew we were going to have an all-time low and went down to this old lilac tree outside of the house and I am looking for the mercury, I couldn’t find it – it never came out of the ball!  Let me ask you this: do you have any facial hair?

ALAN – Have what?

VYZYGOTH – Do you have a moustache or anything?

ALAN – I got a bit of a beard.

VYZYGOTH – Well, I tell you what. I always thought it was a joke about snapping off a moustache. I had one at the time – it’s no joke.
ALAN – Hahaha.

VYZYGOTH – Oh, I was to know, that could have happened. Alright, well, listen. Thanks for being with us once again, as I said, it’s really been enjoyable. About Freemasonry, this is something that, you know, has kind of like two lives: you’ve got the guys down at the end of the block who are basically Blue Lodge; I think, first to 3rd Degree Masons and who do good stuff and go bowling and have a couple of brews. But they have no idea, do they? – about what the higher degrees are doing and just what a history those individuals have had behind them, do they?
ALAN – No, they don’t – it’s a “need to know” basis. It’s like any secret society or security company; it’s the same idea; and even though they say that everything is contained within the first three degrees, that’s very off-putting; it covers the real intentions, because it’s truly a selective system. That’s what it’s for; it’s to bring them in and filter them through and select the ones who will go higher into the other “realities,” you might call them. If you even have a small newspaper in your area, they will tap you out into a side lodge – another lodge, like the Black Lodge, for instance – and you won’t tell the Blue Lodge brothers where you’re going, or anything about it. And from there you will be coached – because you can now create public opinion in your area, so you’re useful to the System.
VYZYGOTH – I have not heard the term “Black Lodge” before. What would that refer to?
ALAN – All the lodges are color-coded. It’s all Pythagorean; and of course, the Blue Lodge, it’s supposed to be the open lodge, the blue of the sky, where whatever is done there is more open amongst themselves, even though they don’t understand the ceremonies they’ve gone through. They think they do, but as Albert Pike said, they don’t – they are intentionally misled. So then they go into the Black Lodge, and that’s where the secrecy occurs, of course. Now the real oaths begin, and you’re groomed for much higher positions in the Masonic fraternities.
VYZYGOTH – Two quick questions about the degrees and also about the two branches of Freemasonry. With regard to the Scottish Rite, some say, because of its geometric relationship, that there are lodges beyond 33, that perhaps they go up to 360; have you found anything that would confirm that?
ALAN – Yes.

VYZYGOTH – Really?

ALAN – In fact, Aleister Crowley, who begun in the English Grand Lodge – and he joined it, by the way, because he was tapped out of church, the Church of England; he was at a church service when he was tapped to come into Freemasonry. That’s also where they select the people – within the churches. And he went on eventually – he was groomed by the British Secret Service and he worked for them all his life – and his job was to go out into the world and create other sects, which would attract youngsters in under the form of ‘magick’ and so on. So he founded the OTO but prior to that he was also a member – after the English Lodge he joined the French Lodge and a few other ones. So he was a world traveler. Then he founded the OTO; he trained the people who eventually went off to found other sects.  This is how they do it, just like the monks in the Middle Ages would do it, they would found a monastery, give them a name and a charter; and then they would then spawn off another one with another “speciality,” you might say. Each lodge, each type is a special lodge; so the OTO was set up by Crowley; it spun off the two guys who created the Church of Satan and also, Scientology.
VYZYGOTH – With L. Ron?

ALAN – Yes. All of these things are actually Freemasonic, you see.
VYZYGOTH – Have you ever read or have any exposure to Heimbichner’s OTO?
ALAN – Yes.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, and so he was saying: “this is beyond Freemasonry.” So, if we do in fact go above 33 degrees, are we entering, say, the OTO section of Freemasonry, that goes into the higher degrees?
ALAN – That’s one way of doing it; this is other side branches that do the same thing from all other lodges and it’s open – in their own books the OTO will tell you they have 97 degrees.

VYZYGOTH – And by the way, Heimbichner’s book is “Blood on the Altar” – I had a little senior moment there, but he’s been on the show twice – I thought he did some pretty good work. Also, are you familiar with Ian van Helsing’s work “Secret Societies and their Influence in the 20th Century” – something to that point – because he talked about there were ninety-nine 99-degree lodges. Are you familiar with that?
ALAN – They’ve had them as well.

VYZYGOTH – Would you confirm that in fact is substantive?
ALAN – I think that was only for a short period of time – even in the French Revolution they had a select bunch trained for revolution and most of their Parliament they formed after the Revolution, was formed or staffed by these particular Masons at that degree. They called them “The Ancients.”
VYZYGOTH – I have his book in a PDF format and I have not looked at it for a while, but I was intrigued by the fact that I think that he might have even said that the 99 lodges existed in the time of Hitler and of course, there is another whole connection there. Do you think for any way or purpose that those lodges no longer exist? You seem to think that might have been timed out?

ALAN – They might have, or transformed into another branch, because, what they were created for, really, is a special job, a special function for a particular time period.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, I’m going to run this by you too, and I am a little reluctant, because it’s out there, but, you know, we are talking about the occult and it is supernatural. Van Helsing also said that in those ninety-nine 99 lodges that demons were at the head of them.
ALAN – Is this from England, this guy Van Helsing?
VYZYGOTH – You know, the book was a translation and of course, the name Van Helsing, I think he might be Dutch – that’s my guess, and if you don’t mind, if I can, while it’s kind of hard now, I know, in snail mail I can do this; I can forward you the book that I have in PDF file.
ALAN – Okay. I have been in touch with a Van Helsing over the last couple of months, had some chats with him.
VYZYGOTH – What would be his name – Ian?

ALAN – His first name isn’t Ian, but a very unusual surname…
VYZYGOTH – Well, Van Helsing goes back to Dracula, too, you know.
ALAN – Yes.

VYZYGOTH – He’s got some name! We’ll do that after the fact and I have no problem with sending you a CD for you to look at that; I mean, that was pretty heavy stuff. Going back, also to I said had two questions – we talked about the Scottish Rite Freemasonry – what is the genesis of the York Rite?
ALAN – The York Rite supposedly was formed – the traditional story is that it was a 17th Century or 18th Century creation – maybe that’s when some of it came into the open, because there was always a noble order in England, even from the Knights Templars days. They had never disappeared, and they always kept the old Mysteries inside noble classes, basically, in all countries. And coming up to the Industrial Revolution they needed a Middle Class to manage the system. That’s why they came up with the Blue Lodges and so on for Freemasonry, to bring in this new up-and-coming class, who would still keep order by being taught this particular system of Masonry, but it was the lowest order, you know – it was really for non-noble people.
VYZYGOTH – I talked to a couple of people; I had been reluctant to talk to my uncle, who is now in his mid-eighties, about his lifetime involvement with the Masons. And I remember being maybe 8 or 9 years old and brought to the Temple in Hoboken, New Jersey and as a kid I wandered free; and I went into, I guess – what do you call the inner hall, where they actually have the ceremonies?

ALAN – That’s their temple, really.

VYZYGOTH – Alright, and, I mean, I was there and I kind of knew I shouldn’t be there; I don’t really remember much. There was a stage, I can’t remember the floor was checkerboarded or not; and I do remember the cleaning man came in and I hid under a desk until he was done. And I came running out, but, you know, only about a month or two ago, without pressing in because this is not fair, now, to talk, you know, to grill him. But I asked him – I said, you know, kind of beating around the bush and I said: “what was your involvement?” And he said: “I was only in the Blue Lodge.” Now, I have had other people telling me, and I respect them, whatever; I wanted the truth, no matter what. And they said: “even if you are in the Blue Lodge, you got to know what they’re doing.” Pike would say differently; what do YOU think, Alan?
ALAN – The whole trick in Freemasonry is never to press someone with a superior degree, for information. It’s knowing what NOT to ask, really.
VYZYGOTH – So, are you saying that if he didn’t want to go there, he didn’t have to even know that it was there.
ALAN – Yes.

VYZYGOTH – Alright, because, I mean, he’s been a churchgoing Methodist; I cannot find anything in his walk or anything that would belie the fact that he was occult. Honest to Goodness, Lady Vyz, I think that you would agree with me. I mean, he is a decent individual. But, again, he has had a lifelong attachment to it and yet I don’t see anything; I only probed him a certain amount and I think that was only fair. But, you know, regardless, there is, as Pike said, the “porch members” – I guess you would say: they would be Blue Lodge – that are in the community, that do basically some good works, just like the Freemason Shriners do to a certain degree, and – no pun intended – but yet, behind this there is very-very occult depth – and that’s what we are talking about today. Now, two things. One: we had mentioned in the conversation, and I find it very interesting, that a student at the university for which I work, which is Catholic, was looking for the origins of monks; of the monastics. I told her: “I really don’t know, let’s do a search.” And she came up with the fact that the first monks came out of Egypt. Now, of course, I have since found out that the Catholic Church denies that; but would you agree, one – that that in fact is true; and what does that bode? I am not going to slam the Catholic religion, but I have to admit there is a certain kind of connection between the Vatican and, you know, Egyptian Sun-God worship. Can we say that “yes, the monks came out of Egypt?”
ALAN – Yes, in the Irish history it’s well recorded and documented that the first missionaries that brought Christianity to Ireland in the 1st Century and the 2nd Century AD were actually from Egypt. And that’s the reason they have the same carvings and so on, on the grave, which is sort of a maze-type shape, you know. These are all Egyptian symbols that they brought with them; in fact, they were up in Ireland until about 600 AD, before the Catholic Church tried to penetrate. These Egyptians had a different form of Christianity; it was a Gnostic type Christianity.

VYZYGOTH – Gnostic, okay. And I am curious, I have heard this from other sources as well about the attraction to Ireland of – but why? Why, Alan? Why do you think they might have circumvented Britain, or what we know as Britain at that time, and gone to Ireland? Was there something there? Was there anything about the Celtic or Gaelic heritage that made them more open…

ALAN – I think there probably was; there was some kind of connection – we get a confusing history of Ireland, because supposedly there are different races actually in Ireland. There were the Militians that came across, the darker haired ones that came through Spain eventually; and when they say Militians it’s with a “t” for “tian” – and that’s where the word military came from, or militia came from. Because everybody in the tribe was part of their natural militia; and then there was another group came in later, who were a red-haired, green/blue-eyed type. So there was a mixture of people there and for some reason the Egyptian priests thought this important and it was possible that the same two groups who ran even ancient Egypt at one time, the same racial extract, perhaps; because in Egypt – we know that the Pharaohs – and going back to Sumer the same thing, that the Pharaohs wore and the nobility of Egypt all wore wigs – black wigs – and they were made from the hair of the local people, but their own hair was generally a red color and their eyes were green and they also wore fake beards, you know. They’ve found even the tombs, and found them too in one of the big tombs they unearthed at Sumer of a King and Queen – so the connection between the red-haired for sure and the green eyes.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, now, I don’t mean to digress, but you just triggered something I had read about a year ago, that there was some kind of archeological dig in western China and they came up with a red-haired individual – do you remember this?

ALAN – They figure there around 3,000 BC and the Chinese do have ancient records of these people coming in to the outskirts of their country.
VYZYGOTH – Were they coming from the West, necessarily?

ALAN – It seemed to be; there was a trade route there and they were a semi-nomadic people, but it’s thought that they may have brought goods with them, so they may have been traders – it’s hard to tell – they have found the graves, many of the graves on this particular trade route, and they seemed to be into a pantheistic form of worship, because, especially the women were often tattooed with odd markings that may be celestial-orientated. And they also used hashish.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, so what I mentioned might in a sense have some kind of connection through some, perhaps Euro-Indic tribe from way back when?
ALAN – I think so. I think India, one of the countries least spoken about is a big player and always has been, because they were the main traders to Sumer, you know, 5,000 BC. People forget this all came from the Indic Valley and these actual Indian traders set a half-way port for all trade goods in the Island of Bahrain off Africa. And that’s where the Sumerians had to transport all their stuff for trade. The Sumerians primarily traded wool from sheep and got all their goods, their pottery and various other things from India at this particular exchange port.

VYZYGOTH – A listener to this show, who now lives in Vancouver, who was born in India and he had said something to me, which is interesting, because I believe he is right; I don’t know on what side this will all come down, but we’ll look as we believe in Scripture about what might happen in the end days – he is saying: “don’t discount India.” And you know, we really do; we kind of overlook that giant, but, you know, the thing is, now we look at it and we say: “well, okay, they’re not really at peace with Pakistan, Muslims; they are not at peace with China; so, does this have any kind of bearing on Jerusalem, and where do they all fit in. But certainly, a nation of that size – we often – well, we definitely overlook it. Do you have any kind of take on where India’s role might be in the coming decades?
ALAN – Well, what is interesting is that there are so many authors coming out of Britain right now, who are sort of – under the guise of exposing the system – are also promoting the New Age.

VYZYGOTH – Maitreya? Are we talking about Maitreya?

ALAN – That’s only part of it. I mean, all of this is connected to MI6. All of it.
VYZYGOTH – British Intelligence?

ALAN – Yes, and all these main authors as well; because MI6 has a department outside of the Cotswold area of London, where they train people – selected individuals – to go out into the world, to create mysticism and confusion.
VYZYGOTH – Did Orwell fit into that at all?

ALAN – No, he didn’t, no.

VYZYGOTH – Okay.
ALAN – He was picked right from University from Cambridge to be a partial revolutionary and a writer, of course; but he wasn’t attached to the MI5 or MI6.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, so his presence in India really is just coincidental.

ALAN – He was following in his father’s footsteps – he went to Burma, you know.

VYZYGOTH – MI6, would you call that the American [English] version of the CIA, which is supposed to be external, not internal?
ALAN – It’s supposed to be, but people also forget that Britain still has the British Secret Service, which has always been there; and they only recruit from aristocracy. And that’s above all of them. They have all the powers to do whatever they wish, basically. These authors that are coming out of Britain right now, under the guise of exposing the coming new order, are also pushing the New Age phenomenon. Now, they started this whole thing back in the 1880s with Madame Blavatsky and the idea was to promote a change, a sort of phase-shift in people’s thinking to “possibility thinking” by mystifying them again; always give them mystery, which intrigues them, and maybe they will start to fall away from the regular churches and start into the exploration of theosophical occultism. Now, Blavatsky, I am sure, was a front person herself, and the goal really was to eventually prepare the public for a merging of Christianity with Hinduism for the New Age. And that’s exactly what we’re seeing promoted. It definitely is; now, again going back to India and looking at how that’s been run, almost untouched for thousands of years with its caste system, a perfect ordered caste system, where if you are born into the lower caste, you simply accept it and you are a slave, and that’s what you do as a slave and you don’t complain; no-one rebels; they all accept this caste system. And that apparently is what they want to re-introduce into the new system that they’re bringing about all over the world. They actually want to bring in a caste system; “The Lord of the Rings” was all about that. Under the guise of different pixies, elves, at different order right down to the troll type at the bottom; and even the dead that help them to win the war – that’s the general public – that was promoting the perfect harmony of that caste system.
VYZYGOTH – Well, I look at “The Time Machine” now, and I can’t look at it ever again in the same way. That came to me, you know, in the movie that had Rod Teller in fact in the early 1960s; but then, when I went now and looked at the book, knowing what H.G Wells had in mind – and I don’t think that he wrote any of his “fiction” works without injecting this somehow, someway; and I look at the Eloi and the Morlocks, and I am saying: “that seems pretty much to me where everything’s going.” How do you feel about that?

ALAN – I think so. I mean, H.G. Wells, he wasn’t just a little man who typed under a candle or anything; he had a building, a whole building with floors of secretaries and typists and even had a printing shop in there; all supplied and backed by the British Government. He was a propagandist for the British Government. And right down to the phrases: “The war to end all wars” – that was his, you know.

VYZYGOTH – Well, when you look at two of his titles, which are out there in the Net, people can read them online; they are there in extant; I mean, how can you just brush away those two titles: “The Open Conspiracy” and “New World Order?” I mean, there it is right in your face.
I just want to let everybody know, you are listening to the Grassy Knoll, this is Vyz; we have with us Alan Watt. Alan, the three titles that you have to offer, you embrace in the “Cutting Through” series, do you treat matters like what we are talking about?

ALAN – I do, to a certain extent. The first two, really, are written in a completely different style to try and wake up people; it’s a gestalt type method; so that your brain has to work as you’re reading it. You’re not getting passively downloaded with stuff you will forget.  It’s a different way of putting certain things across, but I also point out things, which should be so obvious for them, but they’re not; and I am trying to show them that their survival capabilities have been somehow nullified or definitely blunted. And this is all by design, of course, so I try to shake them out of it by showing them things, which are beyond coincidence – right down to the language itself, which was designed in the 1500s – the English language – to contain all of these double-speak meanings and so on – that’s no coincidence whatsoever, because Francis Bacon and John Dee, who helped create it, wrote about it, you know. I’ll give you an example: the name, the word “con” – “Cohen” – “cane” all mean the same thing; and “King,” even – these are all dialectical variations of the same word, and really “Cohen’ and “Kahn” and ‘Con’ mean “Priest,” you see. You take even the system itself, which began…we are told the beginning of this phase of Civilization began at Sumer; and you put the two words together, and you’ve got ‘con-sumer,’ you know. I mean, I kid you not; and you’ll find this all through the English language; all of these strange coincidences right down to, supposedly, if we transformed the language so many times by different peoples, etcetera, how come the actual word – not the titles of the Sun-God of Ancient Egypt but the actual, the general word for the Sun was the “Sun,” you know. And a man’s male offspring was also a Son, and that was the same in Egypt. How could that be? – unless, of course, there are priesthoods literally coming down through the ages, who understand this ancient technique of language creation, and know that the key to control is the language itself. Your language is no different from a computer; a programmer who programs that computer technically should be able to be given a question and he should know, by the logic of the computer and the language he has given it, the conclusion that that computer must come to. And our language is exactly the same way, it’s formed the same way.
VYZYGOTH – In the books that you have written, do you contain a bibliography?
ALAN – I do mention different books through it; once in a while I’ll put in an extended one, if they want to go on the paper trail – and that’s what it is: a paper trail, you know.
VYZYGOTH – Well, it’s not so much for verification, I admit that there might be something to it, but what I am given to do, and I have for a long time, is that when I’ve heard authors on talk shows, of course, that have always peaked my interest; and I’ve gotten their works, then I’d like to go and see what they’ve looked at also. And I mean, if anything else, it resonates with what that particular author did, and then you have to say the body of evidence kind of proves it, you know, or points to the fact that this is in fact true. And also for those who are slow to come to the point that this world has been run by conspiracy forever, to have a body of work at your fingertips isn’t such a bad thing. Now, your books are available, if people will send 25.00 Dollars apiece for three titles; is that correct?
Are you planning to add anything to that – is that pretty much, those three titles, the end of the road?
ALAN – No; I can go much-much further; I’ve been teaching a lot of people over the years – mainly by phone – but I can go much-much-much further, absolutely. But you can’t just hand this to people; it would be so alien to them that they couldn’t go that far, because it’s so brand new to them. Anyone can talk about the conspiracy; it’s so well detailed and out there; but as to all of the factors that came into play long ago and are still going on right to the present time and into the future, a lot of people can’t step out of the comfort zone that they think is reality, and go into the next phase, because it will be really bizarre if they haven’t gone a step-by-step process to understand all of this.
VYZYGOTH – Isn’t it interesting though, Alan, that people who go to the horror movies, the Sci-Fi movies and want to be scared by what they consider fantasy? But then, when you take a look at much of what we have considered science fiction and fantasy is in fact true and then, when people realize that, now we get a different situation.
ALAN – In the late 1800s the Rothschilds created a foundation in England to encourage authors to write about certain topics, which the Rothschilds supplied.
VYZYGOTH – That wouldn’t be Tavistock, would it?

ALAN – Tavistock eventually became part of it and so they were trying to start off science fiction writers – and of course, Tavistock later gave the term to this process, where you read novels, now it’s watching movies but then it was novels; aimed at the young to make those young people excited about this imaginative future that could be brought forth – and Tavistock called it “predictive programming.” So that’s what all fiction really has been for, from then on at least; maybe before. This process is well understood.  When you’re getting a lecture on something, you have a little censor there that kicks out certain things you won’t believe or you disagree with; but when it comes to fiction, that censor part is down and so you’re right open: you’re being downloaded with “possibility thinking,” as they call it. And so, something that would sound “nuts,” if you were not brainwashed with this kind of material, actually starts to sound quite natural, so we think we are evolving along a natural path and we don’t question why NASA is given billions of dollars and yet it’s a highly secretive society. Everybody in NASA has to be 33rd Degree, at least, or 32nd. And of course, NASA’s main job is not just going out into space; it’s also to create satellites and so on, that will spy on us for this great network that they are making. But they had to get everybody for 50 or 60 years or more to grow up thinking that this is a natural progression.
VYZYGOTH – With science fiction writers, I guess we could start with, to a certain extent, I mean, we could go back to Bacon, talking about…what was the title of his book? – about the Atlantis, the “New Atlantis,” right?

ALAN – He wrote a whole bunch of titles – I doubt that it was really just one man, because he wrote so many books.
VYZYGOTH – But his seminal work was the New Atlantis, was it not?
ALAN – He wrote that; around the same time More wrote “Utopia” and they were basically along the same lines. The New Atlantis was to be an Atlantis-type county, created in the Atlantic, which was the U.S., of course. And it was given the appearance on the surface of being run by a form of input by the public, but in reality – he said – it would be run by a secret group of scientists. And he meant social scientists and so on, what we would call psychologists.
VYZYGOTH – Alright, with modern science fiction writers, say in the 20th Century – and I think besides Wells, most of them pop up around 1950 or so – and you know, I think back to Bradbury’s “Fahrenheit 451,” Burgess’ “Clockwork Orange,” “Brave New World” by Huxley and Phil K. Dick’s books.  Okay, take whatever you want. You know, “Minority Report,” or “Do Androids Dream of Electric Sheep.” Do you believe that they were handled, do you think some of them were handled, do you think – even if they were or weren’t handled that they were given a glimpse into what was going to come?

ALAN – There’s no doubt; I mean, Huxley himself gave a talk at Berkeley University in 1962.
VYZYGOTH – Sixty-two, just before he died.

ALAN – He actually mentioned in that talk that he had been to Tavistock many times. He was connected with Tavistock. In fact, the only time he became animated is when he talked about how these wires in people’s brains could mean that people could be controlled. That’s when he became animated and excited; he thought this was fantastic. He was deeply involved with Tavistock and once again, given his material, no doubt by a whole team of people, and he had to basically write the story around the data.
VYZYGOTH – And also, Burgess, you know, that famous last scene emblazoned in all our minds, when Alex is all wired up; and so we’re looking really, probably at what is happening today. I mean, especially with this unfortunate situation with this “is torture okay or not?” I can’t even believe that this is in the public dialectic. But, really, they knew that this was all possible, in fact, and probably was already developed.
ALAN – Absolutely. I was reading through the biography of Rutherford, who was the world’s most famous mathematician in the late 1800s, the early 1900s – and before 1920 he mentioned in his own Memoirs; he said: “I was working on a project to do with human genes.” Now, supposedly at that time that human gene had never been found yet. Why would you need a mathematician?

VYZYGOTH – Wow! What’s your answer?

ALAN – The answer is that whatever we’re told is obsolete news.
VYZYGOTH – Well, we might have said in this series, it’s spanned a couple of weeks and I might have forgotten, but I remember that one woman, saying: “ if you hear about it now, it was in R&D fifty years ago.”
ALAN – Absolutely. There’s no doubt – in Francis Bacon’s New Atlantis, in the last chapter; and again, he goes through the virtues, the Masonic virtues, etcetera – and Bacon himself was a Rosicrucian, which is one of the first to set up their Freemasonic system – but in the last chapter he talks about getting into the underground laboratories, where the whole complex is powered by the energy from something which gave off the light and heat of the Sun. And that sounds like nuclear power. And he said, next door to it was a laboratory where they controlled the weather and could create hurricanes and storms and earthquakes…
VYZYGOTH – But, you must understand too, and I did this, I don’t know, a couple of weeks ago. I mean, Alan, there is a paragraph in Orwell’s “1984” that is just jam-packed; it’s almost like somebody, like who is talking on the phone and had to get it off real quick, just said: “and this will happen, this will happen, this will happen” – and he talked all about that. I mean, Orwell said about the laboratories, you know, here and there and everywhere, and about harnessing the Sun, which we would kind of think might be HAARP, and creating artificial earthquakes or tsunamis; so I mean, he resonates this as well.
ALAN – Well, if you think about Bacon’s New Atlantis, which was published – it was written in the late 1500s and published in 1602 – and he is writing about this stuff in 1602! And he said: “another laboratory underground” – they’re all underground or inside mountains – “another laboratory,” he said, “we can take the minutest form of plant life, add to it the basic life forms of other plants” – he wasn’t talking about splicing them – he said: “we can create a brand-new species.”  He said: “we can do the same thing with any kind of animal life,” and he said: “we know what the end product will be, before we begin.” Meaning, it was not new – they were not experimenting – they already knew the processes. And even breeding special mosquitoes to carry bacterium for warfare purposes.
VYZYGOTH – I am just sitting here thinking about the possibilities, as I said to you: and I don’t necessarily believe in the hollow earth theory completely, but something is going on subterranean.
ALAN – Oh, they have always been – I mean, even the Egyptians – Herodotus who did a lot of the Egyptian histories for the Greeks, and who also was, like all of them, initiated into the Mysteries himself; he had tours of the underground facilities under Egypt, and some of them went on for miles and these were all man-made; it’s not a Hollow Earth, it’s simply the best place to hide things from the prying eyes of the public. And just as today, I mean, I was going over an old report by the Rand Corporation from the 1960s and they had built over 280 underground silos and containment places for the US Military then, and they were then demanding that they build at least another 400 to house the Elite, etcetera underground; so this has always been the way – it’s to hide things underground or inside mountains.
VYZYGOTH – I want to go back to Freemasonry in the time that we have left, to talk about how it is, I would think, the religion of the world and that all leaders are kind of hooked in. And like we like to say kind of somewhat sarcastically; “they all know the handshake.” But there is something I am keeping my eye toward and I am going to ask your take on this. Denver, Colorado and the Rocky Mountain West – very interesting in the United States. It seems that there are a lot of things there already, like NORAD and some super-Cray computers; also, the CIA recently stated they were moving some functions out there. We all know about Denver Airport; how expansive it is for so little traffic, which even my non-conspiratorial pilot buddies will say, they can’t understand; and they’re still building runways. You talk about the cavernous underground, which, if you can believe, Bill Schneider lost his life for talking about; and then you look at the name of the airport, its true name is New World Airport; it’s got a Masonic capstone there; and so here’s what I am saying: are we looking at the possibility that if it “hits the fan,” in the nuclear sense, that everything will be moved out to that area, and everybody is going to hunker down out in. Let’s face it: Colorado has got mines, it’s already got everything going for itself – even Orwell talked about boring machines back in 1948, so we’re looking forward at a time when, if it hits the fan, that,when the New World arises, my feeling is that Denver probably will be the Capital of the American Union and of course, DC will be absolutely smoke and we will lose all connection to our old Republic. That’s a bit of a mouthful, but how do you feel about that, Alan?
ALAN – They have planned for every possible contingency; and that the US also has another underground base built in Australia, that another branch of Government will go to try and survive; now they’re talking about some global disaster, which they might bring on themselves; but traditionally, even in ancient times, the Elite always had three – they always used the Trinity in this Mystery Religion for everything. And they always had 3 places; so that if one was destroyed, perhaps the other two would survive. They never put all their eggs in one basket. They always have three.
VYZYGOTH – Well, let’s go to religions, and let’s finish up with Freemasonry. Is it a global religion?
ALAN – It is; yes, it is – Albert Pike stated it quite emphatically that Freemasonry is a religion. And it has all the usual things: ritualism, symbolism; their own mandate, and it definitely is a religion. It’s always been here; I think it was here long-long before the Rosicrucians came up; as I say, the noble orders had them. The Knights of the Garter were formed in King John’s day and at that time it was all for Nobility, it was never given to the common people until they created a Middle Class to handle the factories; so they had to give them a semblance of Freemasonry for that purpose. It’s interesting too, that when the British troops went into India in the 1700s they were flabbergasted to find that almost every town in India had a Masonic lodge.
VYZYGOTH – I talked to you about taking photos and keeping them for a later date to put up with regard to “knowing the handshake” and of course there is a truly peculiar handshake that has taken place, for as long as there have been photographs; and I find it interesting that would seem to be emblematic of Freemasonry. But if that is the case, and I believe that to be true, every single government – and we talked before about Arafat, we can talk about Sharon now, we can talk about Blair, and whatever – Churchill, everybody in the United States, and Saddam too, perhaps. They are all in the Brotherhood; they all know the handshake and they all play their parts. Now, given that, I just got to ask you – what do you think the fate of Saddam will be, if in fact he is in the Brotherhood?
ALAN – We might get anything at all; they might say he’s been put in a prison that no-one can visit – similar to Hess when they sent him to Spandau prison – and we’ll never know if he’s there or not. They might say that they have executed him; we’ll never know if they did or not…
VYZYGOTH – Unless it’s public and it’s got to be – I hate to say – either beheading or execution or hanging. And then of course, everybody will say: “well, that’s a double.”
ALAN – Seeing is believing, as “Wag the Dog” kept telling us, and whatever they show us will appear to be real. These are masters of deception, you know.
VYZYGOTH –Absolutely.
ALAN – They have been at this deceptive game forever.  When Arafat used to…when they were doing the peace treaties with Israel, you would see him and the Prime Minister of Israel going through the five points of Freemasonry as they met each other. You know, as they say, it’s: “hand-to-hand, and then hand-to-elbow, toe-to-toe, knee-to-knee, and then hand to round the back, as you see – you think they’re just hugging each other, and then it’s “cheek-to-cheek.”
VYZYGOTH – Well, a lot of people may not understand that. There is a procedure, or there is a greeting, if you will – a protocol – which it is – takes place, and it’s on the net; off the top of your head, and I have seen that, do you know anywhere, any web site that people could go to, to go ahead and take a look at that?
ALAN – Actually, to see it, I have it written down from the old charges, here in the first book.
VYZYGOTH – You have it in the first book?
ALAN – Yes, this one was published around the 1700s, and it’s from the Quatuor Coronati Lodge in London; that’s their main research lodge for the Masons.
VYZYGOTH – Well, isn’t it interesting that Israel bore down on Arafat – and they could have killed him if they wanted to – but it wasn’t ordained.
ALAN – And he was an Egyptian – they couldn’t do it, you know.  If you look at the death of Arafat and that strange burial he had, you didn’t see anything of a national flag on the coffin; but they had a little Canadian flag there. And the reason for the Canadian flag being there is because the Canadian flag is red-and-white. And red and white are the two lands of Egypt. Together they formed the hat – there were two parts to the hat: one was white, one was red; and that’s why they put that on there: to symbolize the ancient Egyptian lineage he belonged to.
VYZYGOTH – You said: “hat.”  Would you expand on that a little bit?
ALAN – The Egyptian Kings wore a strange-looking hat. It was a two-part hat, with almost a white dome-type thing stuck on the top of it and each part represented ancient Egypt. The white part was for Southern Egypt and the red part for North. So a Pharaoh who was in charge of the two lands, as they called them, wore the hat with the Red and the White. That’s why they snuck that Canadian flag on…that little Canadian flag on Arafat’s coffin. It was to indicate to all those ‘in the know’ that he belonged to the old Egyptian lineages!
VYZYGOTH – And can we extrapolate and say it’s a coincidence? – and it might be, but red and white…
ALAN – There was no other flag on it.
VYZYGOTH – Well, no, I am just looking at our flag and I am taking Australia’s flag and I am taking the Union Jack – I mean, red-and-white, you know, you could say that it’s pretty common colors; but I am wondering if there is a common thread through all of that.
ALAN – Absolutely. The red symbolizes the fire, and the blood, of course, for the ongoing revolution, always. It’s Cabalistic as well, and it goes way back to Babylon. White is, again, the pure – the pure ones, the Hidden Masters, the spirit, you know. And blue, of course, is for the openness of the sky, but it’s also the first, within the Cabala it’s the first color that comes from black – that’s how they put it. So it’s law. The blue has another meaning; not just the openness; it also means: “under law.” And so, it’s the fire for the Revolution for the Agenda, and the white for the Hidden Masters, meaning the spirit of them – Perfection is white; and then the blue is for “under law.”
VYZYGOTH – Well, I’ll feed into this to a certain point, because when I look back, you know, I’m really not understanding how to embrace this symbol. When we look at the Star that is in North Korea, in Russia, in Cuba, and with us, and it’s like: “why did the star have five points?” When I look up in the sky, I am not really seeing a five-pointed object! So, okay, so you know where I am going ? In other words, we’re looking at the star and aren’t we really looking at a pentagram?
ALAN – Yes, I know, you’re looking at a particular part – there are different points, dependent on the higher sects. In England they have one there with eight points. And eight is the number for a new beginning, but it’s also the number for power and money. Run by power and money. So the five point has it’s own particular function, and that’s the exploration or “the navigators,” they call them. They are still going through a form of revolution. And those countries – remember, England was the first country to have a revolution, and they got the red-white-and blue flag. The next one was the US: red, white and blue; and then that was followed by France, which is red-white-and blue too.
VYZYGOTH – Well, the English Revolution, to which you were referring, is which one?
ALAN – That’s the one when they ousted Charles.
VYZYGOTH – Okay. Should we divine anything from the fact that in the United States, which I am starting to really realize, was probably a training ground for a New World Order?
ALAN – The old system used the exoteric: lions, etcetera, the unicorns, which all go back again to ancient India – and so they had the old occultic symbols; the lions again from Babylon: the Lion’s Gate – Babylon had the two rampant lions standing over its coat of arms; and somehow that ended up in the British coat of arms. The US was the first country to use, again, occult symbols from Babylon, but in an updated form and they also were the first country to build an actually brand-new obelisk.  All the other countries from the Old World took in obelisks from Egypt and put them in their main capitals’ centers.
VYZYGOTH – …To include the Vatican, is that correct?
ALAN – That’s right. Well, actually Constantine’s son brought the one over to Rome – he was sent off with permission to bring it in; and they initially set it up in the Circus; and it was a much later Pope who had it moved and brought in front of the Basilica, St. Peter’s Square.
VYZYGOTH – Well, should I divine anything from the fact that of all the colonies that could have turned into States, how many there were – the thirteen, was that a particular number?
ALAN – No, it’s the number for the resurrection of Osiris, Egypt.
VYZYGOTH – Because of the lost…well, they have found thirteen parts?
ALAN – Yes, he was chopped up…

VYZYGOTH – …right, into fourteen…

ALAN – into the thirteen parts, that’s right. And so, technically the fourteenth part is what they call “the lost word.” That’s also the Lost Word.
VYZYGOTH – Well, if that’s the case then, if we’re looking at thirteen colonies that turned into states – isn’t it interesting that DC would not be a state, but the fourteenth part, in which we have the obelisk known as the Washington Monument, which is 555 feet, which is, multiplied by 12 inches, equals 6660.  That’s not a coincidence, is it?

ALAN – Oh, no, no. These guys don’t do anything…they love to…they are obsessional about numbers and occult numbers.
VYZYGOTH – You know, the thing is, I have never really questioned it before talking about it in this very moment: why the district would be the district? I mean, why? I mean, I guess, I look at the City of London – we’re always thinking of London, but I think you would tell me that within London there is the “City of London.”
ALAN – That’s right.

VYZYGOTH – Alright, so here we look at the district, which we know is no state, and very well might have been the fourteenth part to the thirteen states.
ALAN – Yes. And of course, DC, if you speak that, instead of just spelling out the letters: “Dix” in French, is ten. And ten is the binary code that’s all through Masonry and all through language, actually – and computers. It’s the binary code – it’s a very high occultic; it’s the Male and Female as well.
VYZYGOTH – I’ll now leave with a question, which, I don’t know how you feel, but before we do that, I want to say that this is the Grassy Knoll, this is Vyz; we have with us Alan Watt. He has 3 books [see for ordering information] – it’s a “Cutting Through” series; as he said, it’s a companion to many of the interviews and all the interviews he has done.
Now, what I wanted to ask you about numerology, as we leave this show. 9-11. Is that spiritually/occult important?

ALAN – There’s no doubt. The old number in England for years on the telephones for Emergency Response, when I was growing up, was 9-9-9. And of course, it was the old dial phone, so when you turned that dial, it would turn to 6-6-6, you see? And so, that was no coincidence. When they give us an Emergency Number, it’s highly significant; and “9” is “completion” in their symbology. 11 are the two pillars – Jachin and Boaz – representing fire and water, the Male and the Female; so, Fire, again, is the Agenda, the spirit of Revolution towards a goal; and water, technically, in a sense, represents the earth as well, the Mother. Mother = Matter; that’s where the word comes from; and tempered by that, in other words. You know, tempered by that side of it. These are all highly significant and they never-never give you anything out there by coincidence.

VYZYGOTH – I think not. Listen, Alan, thanks for spending the time that you have with us; I think perhaps, if you are okay with this, you might want to visit one of our discussions later on and thanks for coming on onto the Grassy Knoll and we’ll be in touch; and you and all yours, have a very safe winter up there. Bye-bye.
ALAN – Bye.
——————————————————————————————————————————-

March 2, 2006: Alan Watt as Guest on
“X-Zone Radio” with Rob McConnell

____________________________________________________________

RM: And welcome back everyone, my name is Rob McConnell, you’re listening to the X-Zone radio show on the Talk Star Radio Network. Our toll-free number 1-877 528-8255 that’s toll free throughout the U.S. and Canada. Alan Watt is our special guest; he is an observer and researcher of mind control techniques used on the masses worldwide from ancient times to the present. He is an expert on ancient religion and the metamorphoses of the same into the modern form. Alan has published three books available entitled Cutting Through Vol. 1, 2 and 3. He has appeared on many internet, AM and shortwave radio programs and many of his materials are available on his website at . Alan Watt, welcome to the X-Zone.

AW: It’s a pleasure.

RM: Tell me Alan, how did you get involved in the mind control techniques and what the perpetrators of mind control have been doing to the masses since ancient times.

AW: I really grew up watching this from I think as soon as I could think in Britain and watching the massive changes within the country growing up. Knowing that something was going on with the factories moving out of the country, the way the media was handling the massive unemployment, and everyone knew that this European trading conglomerate really, how they began the European Union, it was never called the Union till the end and sure enough they’ve only recently declassified the fact that they planned the unification of Europe prior to World War II in the Bryant, it was called the Bryant Plan, and Winston Churchill was all for it, his personal secretary has now admitted in a recent book, now that the 50 years official secrets act is up, that they would get a united Europe out of WWII. And sure enough, once they united Europe a couple of years ago, now the declassified information from the government has come out that this was set up, a bureaucracy to merge the laws and the economies and the money standard equivalents in those countries to make merging easy and that the public must never be told the truth until the union was complete, and that has happened.

RM: Now Alan, why do you think—I’m getting from the conversation that you really don’t agree with the European Union.

AW: Well the thing is the public truly had no say in this. This was not an ordinary person’s plan. This was an agenda that Karl Marx wrote about in the 1840s. He talked about a tripartite world, three trading blocs, a pacific rim conglomerate, a united Europe and a united Americas, and he worked really for the—this is the great thing about communism, he worked for the big bankers who already controlled the wealth of the world in his day. They set him up in London, Lord Rothschild financed him and in “Das Kapital” he laid it all out, the agenda for the world. You find both sides playing this game really to change society, like Professor Carroll Quigley said from Georgetown University: war is not meant to simply win and beat an opponent, it’s meant to change the cultures of both countries. And so through creating a supposed enemy of Capitalism they actually directed the public to give up all their rights basically, their nationalities, their customs, their cultures and basically merge into this new system.

RM: So do you believe that this is the agenda of the global elite?

AW: It is the agenda and it’s not hidden really, they do publish their books from their own committee meetings, it’s just that the mainstream news don’t mention it or make it a bestseller, but they do publish the minutes of their meetings in various publications. The Royal Institute of International Affairs, which has all the British Commonwealth countries, has a branch, we have our Canadian Branch here, the Canadian Institute and there’s one in Australia, one in India; and those guys, I have their actual members’ copies right here.

RM: What’s the difference between the New World Order that you’ve just described and the United Nations?

AW: The United Nations was to be the initial front group that would set up a bureaucratic system worldwide to set up a standardization process of all laws worldwide, and deal with all social issues because the new world order is to be a world where experts like Lord Bertrand Russell said in his book “The Impact of Science on Society,” he said that the coming new world order would be run by experts from the top down and the individual will literally have no say and any free choices in their lifetime. In fact, he said that ultimately a person will not be born or allowed to be born unless they have a function to serve the world state.

RM: Now what are some of the techniques then, Alan, of manipulating the people so that they go along with these agendas without knowing what they’re doing?

AW: It’s incredible; it’s really fantastic when you get into it. You’ll find that the so-called—I call them the so-called secret societies down through the ages, the higher levels, not the lower levels—always knew this agenda. They claim themselves that the Great Work, to perfect that which was left imperfect, meaning man himself, came down four-and-a-half-thousand BC and they’ve been working all this time intergenerational to bring about this new type of world, which is really to be based on a caste system of intellectuals at the top who are really pretty well inbred, the money ones who are called the “dominate elite” and then the servers, the ones who serve them.  Plato wrote about it in ancient Greece. He put it in the book “The Republic,” and Plato didn’t dream up this plan, because he was trained in Egypt as all the aristocracy of Greece were, and he was initiated into all the mysteries of Egypt. He also then moved on to higher temples in the Middle East and then he finished off in India doing the higher degrees there before he went back to his home. So they were doing this tremendous work, planning the future through constant revolutions, and not all revolutions are bloody, to change society into this world that would be controlled by experts and the naturally superior, the intellectual elite basically.

RM: So what we’re doing is we’re talking about turning the world into a corporation.

AW: Absolutely, in fact in their eyes it always was. I’ve noticed, I mean from the days of the Pharaohs of Egypt you’ll see them portrayed even on their caskets, they have their arms crossed and they hold a little crook, it’s a shepherd’s crook, and in the other hand is the rod, the rod and the staff. And the crook there was a symbol of being the good shepherd. So they always gave religions where the top guys are called good shepherds. That means that you the public who follow are the sheep.

RM: Yes, I’ve used that analogy many times on this show.

AW: And the sheep of course have one function and that is to be fleeced and ultimately eaten, but they don’t know that. And a good shepherd comes in and he will feed the sheep, they’ll get used to him, they like him and he might even talk to them. But when it’s time for culling them, which is their real purpose for existing, he’ll coax one away from the rest, out of sight and do his business, otherwise he’d spook them; and sheep are the most domesticated animal on the planet. They’ve been bred selectively to breed out their natural survival instincts. And so we are basically the end product of a process where they’ve tried to annihilate our survival instincts. And this isn’t speculation, the UN has a department working on ways of annihilating what they call the problems in the world, which is your ability to self-discernment, self-survival, self-preservation. And Arthur Koestler wrote a book called “The Ghost in the Machine”, Koestler worked for Stalin and then he came over to New York to work for the UN and his project was on finding ways to chemically lobotomize part of the human brain which allowed you to have your personal survival mechanism and he put the book out there and he was unrepentant right through and he said this will be done either by spraying it on the people, by putting it in their water, by putting it in their food or else inoculating them, or else all of the above.

RM: So is this a possible tie-in to the chemtrails that are seen over the skies?

AW: Absolutely, yeah. Absolutely, the chemtrails in Canada, at least in Ontario, began big time in 1998 and we do know some of the chemical compositions that are in them, I’ve had them tested myself, and they’re heavy with aluminum oxide. It’s also part of weather control, but these guys always put many, they get a big bang for their buck by putting lots of functions into them. Right after 9/11, I noticed Mr. Rumsfeld on television here was asked how they would manage a city if there was a worse catastrophe such as 9/11 and he said well we have contingency plans and huge supplies of aerosolized Prozac and Valium which we can spray over entire areas. And I thought, well I guess they’re actually doing it, because we’re going through the greatest changes we’ve had since the industrial revolution and people aren’t really caring as their freedoms and rights are being taken away.

RM: Now does this also tie in with HAARP?

AW: Oh absolutely, in fact I think it was the founder of the H-bomb who did come up first with the suggestion of loading the sky with aluminum oxide, titanium and barium extracts, which are all metallic substances, and this would create much more conductivity within the atmosphere and then they could use electromagnetic pulsation to control weather, but he also did know that it could also influence the mood in people, in the population; it could make them either very aggressive or tranquil depending upon the EMP pulse they sent out.

RM: All right stand by, Alan, you and I have to take our break at the bottom of the hour for some commercials and the news. Alan Watt is our special guest. His website is .

And welcome back to the X-Zone everyone, my name is Rob McConnell. Alan Watt is with us and we’re talking about the global elite. We’re talking about the new world order, manipulation of the masses. And Alan, what kind of proof do you have for these theories?

AW: It’s from publications from people involved in the actual planning and the carrying out of these actual agendas. As I say, Lord Bertrand Russell was a big player in this. He belonged to the Fabian Society in England, which was dedicated to bring about the new world order as they called it, and one of their symbols was a wolf in sheep’s clothing; and they would use the Fabian technique of slowly introducing a system generation by generation to reach their goal, and they’ve been doing it. He wrote many books about this and he even said in “The Impact of Science on Society” that shortly the people will be unable to think for themselves. He said a new technique will be used on their minds and they will be oblivious to the fact they’re being manipulated. He was talking about the use of science of course. We can go back to the 1500s when Francis Bacon, at Queen Elizabeth the First’s court and then King James, Francis Bacon wrote “The New Atlantis” which was published eventually in 1602 and he was a high Rosicrucian of his day.  He wrote many books on the Rosicrucian brotherhood and in “The New Atlantis” he said a country will arise in the West, meaning America, he said it will be called “Solomon’s Island,” in the book, after Freemasonry of course, and he said it will appear to have a form of republic and a democratic government on the surface. He said but in reality it will be run by a secret group of scientists who will live in bases underground and within mountains. And you follow this story in “The New Atlantis” to the last chapter where he gets into the laboratories and he said that the whole underground laboratory complex was powered by something which gave off the light of the sun, which reminds me of nuclear energy. And he said one of the laboratories was dedicated to creating new types of vegetables and animals and he said the scientists knew exactly the type that they would create because they’d done it all before. In other words it was not experimental and they could create any kind of human creature if they so wished. And they could also, they also bred special mosquitoes to carry specially manipulated bacterium for warfare purposes. This was in the late 1500s he wrote this.

RM: Now, you’re originally from England, right?

AW: Scotland.

RM: Scotland…did you have mosquitoes in Scotland?

AW: No.

RM: Do they have mosquitoes in England?

AW: No.

RM: Then how would he know about mosquitoes in North America?

AW: We’ll they’d already been over here, I mean it’s no secret really that the Templars were in North America long before Columbus.  And in fact some of them even—there’s a church in Wales where they drew the creatures from Sir John Mandeville who showed you North American porcupines and so on and they put them in the stained glass windows in the church and that was written in about the Twelfth Century.

RM: All right, so why do you think that the new world order wants to take over the world with the people as slaves, what does that accomplish?

AW: It’s not so much slaves. Charles Galton Darwin, the grandson of Charles Darwin, was a physicist in the 1950s and he put a book out called “The Next Million Years” and he talked about the need to cull off the working classes, the lower classes because there were too many of them and in the world they were creating, which would be a technological world, the working classes will be of no more use.

RM: So, what, the new world order is planning global genocide?

AW: Oh yeah, they’ve admitted that. Jacques Cousteau admitted that in one of the big magazine interviews he had. He said they’d have to kill off 340,000 per day to save the world and the animal life and so on. And you find other statements made by the big players. Prince Philip was one of them. In his book “If I Were an Animal”: I’d come back as a virus or a great plague and wipe out most of the people. They discuss this at their big meetings. The Club of Rome was set up to figure ways out to radically depopulate the world.

RM: Wouldn’t it be easier just to introduce birth control to a lot of the nations that don’t even know it exists?

AW: They have been doing that, and in a sort of compulsory situation in Africa where they will sterilize the men and they give them a card, a credit card if they do so and they’re able to withdraw money every week; so they’ve been trying many ways. The UN has a big department of population control. We always think of the UN as these Orwellian peacekeepers who walk out with guns, they used to be called soldiers, but, no, they’re not handing out bread, they’re over there as soldiers; but the UN also has a side of it next to the World Health Organization called the Department of Population Control, and they mean it. They’ve had that since they were the League of Nations back at the end of World War I.

RM: All right, so why have we as citizens of the world allowed the new world order to become so powerful?

AW: Because we didn’t know it was actually happening and we didn’t know it was happening for different reasons. The real reasons that they wanted it—they said themselves; H.G. Wells was a propagandist for the Royal Institute of International Affairs and MI-5. He was a front man to put the propaganda out for them through fiction and non-fiction, and a member of the Fabian Society chartered by the British Crown. And in “The Shape of Things to Come” he went through the agenda, in a sci-fi type way, and he talks about the final battle will be—he mentioned three world wars and this was prior to WWII. And the third world war he said would begin in Basra, which is where the British troops went into Iraq, and that’s in his novel. And he said then the police of the air will literally drop stuff on the population and they will have to succumb to a new way of living, a society with experts and scientists running the world, rather than let the ordinary people make decisions for themselves, because they truly believe that the ordinary people are incapable of making the right decisions for themselves.

RM: I agree with him. I agree with him 100%.  You know, like a lot of the people out there don’t have a clue what is going on and they don’t want to know; it’s called the ostrich syndrome. They like to put their head in the sand and they are oblivious to what’s going on in their surroundings.

AW: They’ve been trained to be that way.

RM: I don’t think it’s a matter of training. I believe that it’s a matter of just not giving a damn anymore.

AW: It’s also training because they said a long time ago they would initiate this through the school system, through the media and they’ve done it basically. They’ve socialized the public to such an extent that they think it’s a natural system that all these experts and bureaucracies are taking care of them.

RM: All right, so what should the public do?

AW: I think the public better inform themselves very quickly as to what’s really going on, read the publications put out by the elite themselves. Read the reports from the Club of Rome because that’s all to do with what areas have to be depopulated and by how many, and read up even the nefarious means they’ve had of already reducing the populations. Dr. Salk who did the polio vaccine, I have a video of him candidly admitting that he knew there were over 140 live simian viruses in every shot and he said the simian 40 virus only had one function and that was to produce cancer. So they knew this kind of stuff. And then when you go into the background of Dr. Salk he belonged to the American Rockefeller Eugenics Society. They truly believed in a world of an elite and a vastly reduced population of basically slaves.

RM: All right, so if I understand what you’re saying is that there are these people with the power who just want to kill off everybody so that they can be the only show in town.

AW: They can be the masters of us, they think that’s their proper right and place to be so. At the Loyola meeting, University meeting about four years ago, it was a world science meeting sponsored by the U.S. Department of Commerce and Newt Gingrich kicked it off as the main speaker and then he was followed by these scientists in microprocessors and actual chip implants and so on, and they turned out 600 pages on this agenda which is coming up. They said that first will be the ID card, which will be a stepping-stone towards actually a chip insertion in every individual. They said that these chips have been tried and tested, they work, they have the regional computers set up to handle the populations around them, and the guy from Tokyo said when this is inserted and its main purpose is switched on there will be no such thing as individuality. He said think of it more like the beehive. It will be impossible for an individual to even perceive of themselves as a separate distinct individual. It’s more like the Borg of Star Trek.

RM: How did you get involved so deeply in this topic? What was your inspiration? What was your motive?

AW: I went through school and was I picked out as a gifted child before it became a fad and parents indoctrinate them and that’s all they do…

RM: All right, so after you got out of school, what did you do professionally?

AW: I went into medicine and I did complete it because I went in very young. And then I went into music. I was in the music profession for quite a while and I would do session guitar, I wrote some musicals, in fact I performed in some of them, and wrote songs for other people, yeah. And I also played classical guitar solo sometimes in theaters.

RM: What are some of the songs that you’ve written that our listeners might know?

AW: I’d rather not say because some of them were sold. Some of them were sold to other people. I don’t know if the people realize that, that many of the artists don’t actually write their own songs.

RM: All right, without breaking the confidentiality between you and your clients, any of the songs that we’re aware of, are they songs you have written?

AW: Yes, they would be, yeah, some big ones out there.

RM: Okay, so you went from a gifted child to the medical profession and from the medical profession into the music industry and from the music industry?

AW: Through what I experienced there too, seeing a completely different—I saw that the people, at the time I didn’t know the term and I found the term later from Tavistock Institute in England where all culture creation comes from by the way, the people are programmed through movies and song, through media, through so many different ways into shaping their way of thinking towards particular things and the future and this is called predictive programming. The Rothschilds set up organizations in the late 1800s to fund novelists to write certain things around specific stories to do with science fiction and so sure enough along comes the Twentieth Century and we see the science fiction type thing taking off into reality with NASA, etc. and the public thought this was a natural evolution and they were excited about it, mainly because they’d been brought up reading novels on how exciting it would be and this is called predictive programming.

RM: So would we be programming our children when we read them fairy tales?

AW: It would depend on the fairy tales. We know that they’re using them in cartoons nowadays. You’ll see cartoons now, as they did say at that Loyola meeting, this would be promoted through cartoons through Kindergarten and school, novels and movies, as a proactive thing, and I noticed a cartoon the other day where a little rabbit got stuck by this robot and put in a machine and then they put a chip in his brain. And of course then he had super powers and that’s how they’re going to sell the idea to the young. This is all predictive programming. We think we’re evolving and we’re meant to think that, but in actuality the future was all shaped for us.

RM: By who?

AW: By the culture creators, and they do create culture, like Plato said thousands of years ago, we give the people their culture.

RM: We also give the people the power.

AW: No, not really…

RM: You disagree?

AW: …if they give you your culture and they manipulate your culture and Plato said no culture is allowed to come from the grass roots, because in a world of order, he said, anything unforeseen could have undesirable consequences and a rippling effect.

RM: Alan, why do you think that there’s so much gloom and doom in this world today? You know, everybody seems to be so negative on the government, so negative on society. Is it possible because the populace is getting mixed messages, you know they’re getting messages from those who believe there’s a worldwide conspiracy, the new world order, the government is saying one thing, we’re being taught another, you know.

AW: That’s all part of it, and see, it’s not a conspiracy. H.G. Wells wrote a book on behalf of the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the Fabian Society and the book was called “The Open Conspiracy.”  He said everything you need is in the libraries and it is, in fact, most of these books are. Zbigniew Brzezinski, who was an advisor to about five presidents including the present one, put a book out called “Between Two Ages”. In there there’s the Technotronic Era, about the use of scientific manipulation of the minds of the public as we go through this big transitional phase towards new world order.

RM: But you know there’s also books out there about Santa Claus and the Easter bunny…

AW: Yes but Brzezinski is a big player in this you know.

RM: He’s a big player if you believe the concept.

AW: Well I’ve seen the concepts, actually, what he’s said has come true so far; they are using these techniques on the public.

RM: So tell me, what are you doing to change things?

AW: Informing people to start asking questions, read these books, contact these agencies and tell them, hey, we read your publications, we watch your international meetings and who gives you the right to decide the fate of the public without having input from the public.

RM: If the public isn’t doing anything about it, then it’s the public who’s giving them the power.

AW: Ultimately you’re right. If they turn their head away, because they are making choices, then they are literally condemning themselves.

RM: All right. Where do you think 9/11 plays into this?

AW: 9/11 had to happen, because Zbigniew Brzezinski, again, a big player, is a part of the New American Century organization, with Wolfowitz, Cheney, Rumsfeld and Bush, it’s a private organization but they published on their website, in ’92 and then they updated it in ’98, about the coming wars in the Middle East, beginning they said with Afghanistan then Iraq, then Iran and Syria, and they said we will need something on a Pearl Harbor event to motivate the public behind us. Brzezinski put his book out called “The Grand Chessboard” on behalf of the New American Century with the same format, same country invasion one after another and again saying we need something on a Pearl Harbor event where America is attacked. And bang, it happened, you know.

RM: Alan, I want to thank you very much for joining us tonight. We have to say goodnight, we’ve run out of time. Alan Watt, his website is .

____________________________________________________________

INTERVIEW WITH HENRIK PALMGREN ON RED ICE CREATIONS RADIO WITH ALAN WATT AS GUEST

November 26, 2006

Henrik: Welcome to Red Ice Creations Radio. This is Henrik Palmgren your host and this is Internet talk radio headquartered on the West Coast of Sweden and we are available worldwide at RedIceCreations.com, and if you visited the site recently you’ve seen that our new site is up and running including our new subscriber section thanks to everyone who has signed up. If you haven’t, do check it out. You’ll get access to an awesome archive of shows and you will at the same time support this program and help to keep us going. Thanks to Dr. Lorraine Day for being with us last week talking about food and health and a lot of other issues.
Today we have Alan Watt back with us on the show and we’re proud to have him on from now on as a regular guest, so stick around and you’ll find out more about that. Today we have Alan Watt with us back on the program and we’re very glad to have him. We actually made a proposal last time we spoke to Alan and we’re going to have him on now as a regular guest on an indefinite basis here. Alan will be on this show the last Sunday of every month and it’s great to have him, considering his vast knowledge and all the things that he’s been researching and talking about, and last time we spoke we got very positive and good feedback on the show. So you guys want to hear more of Alan and we certainly want to hear more here too, so it’s great to have him back. Welcome to the show, Alan. How are you today?
Alan: I’m fine. I’m keeping nice and warm.
Henrik: Excellent. Cold up there yet in Canada?
Alan: It’s been 10 below freezing last night.
Henrik: Oh there we go.
Alan: I don’t mind that, actually, it’s not too bad.
Henrik: Last time we talked we did kind of a broad show I guess. We did a lot of different things, kind of meandering around all of your research and so forth, but I had in mind for this show today, Alan, to ask you a few questions regarding to kick things off here regarding the money system and even the law system itself. A while back, I saw a video regarding that the dollar and the dollar bill was considered to be this occult talisman I guess. A connection to the magician in the sense that money has the ability to create something out of nothing, so to speak, and I wonder if you – have you come across this at all in your research?
Alan: Money has always had the same magical connotations, even from about 800 BC when they first introduced coin. Prior to that they just weighed the gold or silver but the minting coin – they actually used ceremonies for minting the coin because they knew that everyone’s life even then was controlled by those who control the money; and true enough, everything in this system, which runs on maritime law, the world runs on commerce which is based on maritime law, still revolves around money. Going into any country it’s so strange to see how everyone is born into a system that’s pre-existing and most of them are trained at school to go out and earn money and pay taxes, which keeps the whole system going, and they never question what it is, or who controls it, or why there are even about 13 banking families worldwide that make up the World Bank that controls the whole thing. Who gave them the right to do that?
The whole thing is a closely guarded secret and when you go into the Federal Reserve System of the United States, it’s not in any phone book; and in the phone books over here, all government agencies are in blue pages in Canada and the U.S.  Both the Bank of Canada and the Federal Reserve of the United States are not in there so they’re private. They’re actually private but just using the term like “Federal” or the “Bank of Canada” it cons you. It’s an actual con, a trick, to make you think that it’s actually a government-owned agency, but it’s not.
Henrik: That’s quite interesting that you mentioned that. I recently saw Aaron Russo’s film “From Freedom to Fascism,” it kind of attacks the Federal Reserve System. I can’t recall the guy’s name now but there is one guy in there who has been fighting this system – he’s an old IRS agent I think who has been fighting this system for quite some time now and feels like the system itself has taken quite some heat in the last few years here. Do you think that it will – I mean what will happen if this you know collapse – I guess in the film a lot of people, or an interview rather I saw after the film a lot of people was worried that if this system collapsed the entire money system itself collapsed; and do you think that this is so?
Alan: No, the whole thing was a juggling act to begin with. It’s just a con job with mathematics, that’s all. The Federal Reserve just prints up money. Every central bank of every country does the same thing. They print it up and pass it out but they get permission from the world bankers to do so and they must pay the world bankers back, even though they’re getting nothing from them except a check, they must pay them back in real goods. That’s the trick of this. Now they could keep this going forever if they wanted to, but in reality, according to the agenda, eventually we’ll be on a single world currency eventually.
For instance, they’ve got Europe on the European currency. They’ve already come out and openly admitted now there’ll be an American – the whole continent of the Americas will have a currency, the Amerigo. Maybe they’ll call it a merry-go-round. The thing is, they’ll have one, too, for the Far East, I’m sure. That’s the three parts of the world they’re controlling and then of course maybe around 2020 or even before they’ll have a single currency.
See, money is a con job to make you work in a system. That’s all the money is. It wouldn’t matter if it was paper or porcupine quills or seashells, as long as the same people are in charge of dispensing it. It’s just a con job. Money is the first con trick in the world.
Henrik: So I mean – could this be – to get back to the occult connection because there is quite literally this is the way as the world runs today that people get things done. I mean you can for instance build a bridge with nothing if you’ve got the money to pay for the work and for the goods basically. So I mean it is a magical connotation to it I guess?
Alan: It definitely is. Some of the best communists were trained by the capitalists bankers and we know that Karl Marx was not only trained by them, he was paid by them to write his manifesto in London, England, and the Rothschild’s funded him and through Engels as well. We know that a lot of what he said was true because he was getting it from the horse’s mouth and he talked extensively on money and how all it did was represent labor because everything came into being in this world and in this system, which is not ours, through labor you see. It’s like training a rat to pull a lever and get a seed or a reward. Money is the reward for the expenditure of labor and then they can tax so much of that labor back from you and then pay other laborers to keep their system going, or get a standing army or a police force to keep you all in check.
This is the trick of money. It’s to keep a system in place, but what’s interesting too is even when the Rothschild’s were trained to take over the five central banks of Europe – the five sons. Now these guys were not – I’ve read the authorized version by the grandmother Rothschild, which is nonsense. They always have a great myth of the foundation, how they were just rag collectors in a ghetto and they swapped rags and stuff and sold occasional coin. That was so far from the truth.
Mayer Amshel Rothschild was trained by the biggest banks in Frankfurt, Germany, and he trained his sons in the mysteries of banking and those five guys – I don’t think they sent them over to take over banks or countries. I think they were actually asked into those countries to manage the money for the elite. That’s what they were trained for.
What is interesting is once Rothschild took over the Bank of England—which was started up, by the way, by a Rosicrucian, a Mason, a Freemason, he came from Scotland in fact to start it up, but Rothschild took it over eventually. However, he also set up a temple inside the bank that very few people were allowed into because they had their own inner religion. There’s an occultic religion involved here.
Henrik: Absolutely. I mean the question I guess here is could someone set up, just as you say, set up the Rothschild dynasties to handle the money and I guess my question moves into the area of – because this is a lot of controversy and so forth regarding that all bankers are Jewish. But I mean if we go deep enough, are you suggesting that behind the scenes in that sense that there is no division between races in that sense?
Alan: There’s no division at all. In fact, for a long time people thought that the Queen’s personal banker, the [Baring] Brothers, they thought that they were Jewish but they were not Jewish at all. Some of the other families like the [Hamil] family, they are also a banking family. They aren’t either. They use the race game for the little people to argue about and fight over, but at the top when you’re a member of the high elite, the true illumined ones you might say, there is no racial division at all.
Henrik: Interesting, because that’s also I guess a lot of the fighting that has been going on within the research community with people blaming this group or the other group; but again, as I interpreted you as to saying here, this is about a group who is above all groups and doesn’t have this connection to any of them I guess.
Alan: You see, that’s part of – see everything’s done in symbology and very few people in the system that we are trained into are able to interpret symbology because we’re taught to be linear thinkers. We’re taught at school that two and two is four, and so on and so on, like a pattern and a ritual, and you look for patterns and things; and when we don’t get it according to our training, we miss the meanings of things.
If you look at the United States flag with the eagle, the one that’s with the Great Seal, it’s got the eagle on it. There’s two sides to that seal. One is the pyramid and one is the eagle. Now the eagle has – you always see it with two claws. One claw holds arrows and there are 13 arrows there. Of course the other one has the olive branch with 13 fruit and 13 of course is a Cabalistic number. All of this stuff broke out openly in Europe in the 1500’s with the Renaissance, the renewal, and Caballa into everything.
Most of the founding fathers of the U.S. were Freemasons; that’s why it took 33 of them to sign on the independence charter basically. The 33 degrees of masonry – of the lower orders, that is, and there was a whole bunch of them that submitted designs for the Great Seal and eventually they picked the two, the eagle and the pyramid.
Now above the eagle you also find 32 feathers on one wing and 33 on the other. The whole thing is full of symbology, but above the eagle there’s what they call a “nimbus”. A nimbus is a cloud and if you look at it, there’s actually stars there which make up the so-called Star of David. It’s not David’s star at all, but that’s above it all and supposedly that was given in tribute to a Jewish banker who helped fund them. Now that’s the common story but that’s nonsense. It’s because the generative force – the upside-down triangle merging with the right-way-up triangle, the male and the female principles uniting for the generative force.
These guys were Cabalistic and occultic and the same symbol was taken from the Rothschild Coat of Arms. The difference being, they have five arrows in one claw and five fruit (olive fruit) in the other.  Rothschild was even mixed up in that in the Revolution and the funding of it, and we know that because the brother who ran the Bank of France was funding the U.S. side.
Henrik: And these five arrows represented the five sons going out in the world?
Alan: That’s right. Everything is interrelated. Now on the other side of the Great Seal, it’s interesting. You’ve got the pyramid there with the capstone above the eye, the light, and what it symbolizes – the rest of the pyramid, the largest part of the pyramid, the base of the pyramid, is society. That’s what it means. It’s all in confusion because only those above the light of the eye of Lucifer, the Light Bearer, know what’s really going on. Everyone else below is in different orders or factions which make up the body whole, the body politic, and the pyramid stands in the wasteland of the world, sparse grass and shrubbery. That means the wastelands, so the only order there is in the world is theirs. That’s what it means.
Henrik: And the idea that, Annuit Coeptis, is that it has been implemented basically, if I interpret that correct.
Alan: You can say also announcing the birth of Novus Ordo Seclorum, a new worldly order, a New World Order basically, an earthly order.
Henrik: The thing wasn’t put on the dollar bill until, what was it, 1933, I guess?
Alan: Again, that’s a bit not quite true and I’ll tell you why. 1933 is interesting because they use 33 again. However, when you look into the pre-revolutionary money that was circulating within the Americas, you find most of it was given out by big companies like Hudson’s Bay, big corporations that were chartered from England, and they were tokens. They called them “token money” and you could take it back to the local trading place and exchange it or buy things with it, and you’ll find if you look into the old coinage that was used, most of them had pyramids on them with all-seeing eyes in the early 1700’s, late 1600’s. This has always been with us, this same system, because money is money. It’s doesn’t matter as I say what type it is. It’s run by the same people in all types and all forms.
Henrik: Could one say because the image of the eye there with the rays going out is a very, in one sense, a very religious theme. I mean there are tons of imagery on the eye of god and all these things, which ties back to the Christian idea of the all-seeing god in that sense, I guess. Could there be any suggestion that these guys are just portraying that image here?
Alan: No, all Freemasons are taught so-much (a little bit) of the hermetic sciences and they understood what the eye meant. You’ll find the eye in all religions. You’ll even find references of it in the Old Testament and you’ll find references even in the Nordic stories of Wotan (Odin, Woden and so on) who loses an eye. He’s left with one eye. You can go further back to Egypt where Horus in his battle with Seth, who killed his father, it’s all symbology or allegory, but he’s left with one eye. That’s the eye of Horus, sometimes called the “Eye of Ra”.  This is an ancient system to do with the system. Everything in fact in history that you’re given is the same system in one form or another and we’re simply updating it and updating it like a computer every so often, but using the same symbols, sometimes changing the names.
Henrik: Do you think that there could be someone who has been around for all of this time to see all of these changes taking place, or is this just a system of men who implement these ideas?
Alan: It’s a bit of both. It depends how you would—and that can be confusing, I know—but it depends how you define “intelligence” and it depends also how you define “life.”  What is life?  Are there other kinds of life?  Is intelligence itself a form of life?  Even today all of these things are still being debated because it’s like asking, “where do thoughts come from?”  There’s no one in the world of medicine can actually come out and honestly tell you that the brain creates thought. They can’t tell you that because they can’t find where thought originates from; and underneath all the medical jargon, they’re still left with a big puzzle. Do we produce thought or do we receive thought?  Intelligence might be separate in a sense from the purely physical in some way.
Henrik: That’s very interesting because I read an article a while back about the idea of ideas being like viruses and that sounds – I mean it’s an ideology that operates through human beings. I mean this could be what we’re dealing with here, an idea that has taken root in us and now manifesting itself through our lives, so to speak.
Alan: I do know that the big boys believe in this themselves. They know this. This is taught to them as a fact and that ideas can be transmuted or carried over vast distances just by the force of the thought involved and the force of the person using it. It’s interesting that Arnold Toynbee, who was a big player in the training of Rhodes Scholars for world governorship, he stated at one of his meetings that a thought can be picked up by people across the whole planet at the same instant the thinker is thinking it. In other words, if it’s a new thing, a new idea – they have a term for it, they’ll say, “it’s an idea whose time has come”; this is their format for their agenda. When it’s thought by the right mind at the right time, other people will pick up on it and you have that eureka experience.
Up to an extent that’s true. Now children display these qualities, especially the best friends or even members of the same family. You’ll find they’ll start to whistle the same song or sing the same song at the same line spontaneously and then turn and laugh at each other. Then as you grow up, you forget that because you’re getting trained to live purely in the purely physical, produce and consume. There’s definitely a natural telepathic ability that people are born with but most tend to lose.
Henrik: I mean are we tapping to the cosmic mind here, so to speak?
Alan: I think it’s more than just that. See there are certain truths. This is the whole thing. All the books that are thrown out there on the shelves for the consumers to gobble up to do with sciences of the occult, the ancient sciences and so on, are to mislead most of them. They don’t tell you the truth; hence, that’s why they have secret societies and all the degrees, so anything that’s put out there for the general public is written in a specific way because the public are linear thinkers. They take things at face value, so they’ll take a story as a literal truth and never look behind it for the allegory, and that’s why you see such craziness in the whole New Age movement.
They cannot think behind that which is written down. This is intentional. They’re creating a movement for a different purpose, but in reality, yes, behind the sciences were natural truths, natural sciences. You don’t simply pay money and learn them. To understand it all you have to go into the ancient sciences. In this day and age, the modern today, we have thousands of guys claiming to be shamans and yet that’s so untrue. It’s a show for the public and a money maker because they’ve trained a public to gobble up all the material that’s out on the bookshelves and to run after these guys.
Shamans generally were born into families in a hereditary fashion, so the father would be one and the grandfather and so on. Occasionally, they would pick somebody in a tribe. All countries did this, including the Nordic peoples, and in Scotland too we had our Bards. Every clan had a Bard and the Bard memorized the entire history of the clan going back for hundreds of years and he could recite that for weeks on end, nonstop, and he was also the local shaman because words, as they said, and it’s the same in all peoples across the planet, words have a magical quality to them.
You look at the Old Testament and the first thing is they’re giving you a clue of a story behind a story. The Adam and Eve story is nothing but allegory but very important allegory. Linear thinkers take it at face value and as always they end up with this silly religion that they have that ends up causing wars and they kill each other. There’s allegory behind it. Adam was given the right to name the animals, and naming something is very, very important in all of the occult sciences. If you have the name of something you have power over the entity or the being or the person. It’s the same in the Old Testament where you find Abraham or Moses talking to the deity. He wants to know the name of the deity to get power over it. That’s why the name is important.
Invocation in the occult, this is what came out of it. If you know the invocation or the real name of the deity or the entity, then you could use that. This is the kind of stuff that came out around the 1500’s in Europe under the guise of hermetic sciences and has led to the present day of the New Age, which is a real chaotic mess of people trying to get power, personal power, but they don’t realize that to be a proper traditional shaman you have to be born into it. You have to have special training in memory, for instance, and you have to understand the sciences behind it. It’s not something you go out and buy.
Henrik: Of course not, no.
Alan: This is a very important thing. Now the words, too, of a shaman or a tribal bard, if they knew the name, when they pronounced the curses on a person everyone believes in it because that was their religion basically. They knew that this guy had a certain power and so when you curse someone and you use their name and you use the names of the curse, that evoked a form of magic you might say and the result was the person would come to a sticky end.
Henrik: It’s always interesting to kind of talk about what the reason could be for that. I mean I myself to some degree believe that in the, I guess, power of belief. If you have a large amount of people going around and believing things are going to happen or whatever, the likelihood is that they are going to happen because we bring this on, so to speak. I guess this connects with the law of attraction. What we focus on become reality basically. Do you agree on that?
Alan: We certainly can attract certain things to us in a sense. There’s no doubt about it – and the ancient Greeks would call it creating a form. A form was literally a way of trying to express a concretized idea, a power, a force, which was thought up by someone. What they said, and many of the different Greek philosophers discussed this topic, they said that if someone for instance thought up a particular idea – maybe they were experiencing a really beautiful day next to the sea and a gentle wind and so on, then the mood they were put into by that day wasn’t gone in the next day. It was actually transferred. It was a concretized emotion that stayed around for maybe centuries and it could drift along and get attracted to someone else down the road who was in the same situation – it could get attracted to them.
Now the same thing came with bad luck or negative things happening to you. Someone who has a tremendous death, for instance, could almost impregnate the area with the same sensations of gloom and despair in that immediate vicinity; and sure enough, if you walk through old battlefields and things where people have been slaughtered, you do sense something around there of the sudden death of young people who think they’re not going to die. That’s why young people go to war. You don’t get old guys to go to war. They’re too clever, but young people think they’re immortal and here they are suddenly dying and something stays in that general area of the graveyards.
Henrik: Is this to create this desolation that you talked about earlier that is symbolic in the Great Seal there in the background?
Alan: Yes, and as I say the so-called eye itself is important. People, again, they talk about it all the time but they don’t think about it. An eye is something which sees. They used to say “the eye is the window of the soul.” That which is within the person almost shines through the eye. You can tell a person who has something extra in them. You might see it as charismatic or whatever, but the fact is a life shines from them and that’s what they mean by that; but it’s also that that person has the ability to see. There’s an old Masonic saying going back all the way to Francis Bacon, probably much older, but he said, “in the land of the blind the man with one eye is king.” You understand?
One eye is all you need to see. People have two and don’t use them. They do not see and they don’t see what’s in front, because seeing is more than just using the eye itself. You have to use the mind that you’re given to go with the eye to interpret what you see. Most people do not; they see what’s in front of them. They’re concretized thinkers. They’ve been trained to be so and they take things at the face value and that’s why they always end up with this mish-mash of nonsense.
Henrik: I mean to me this almost seems like someone is basically, if I can use that word, “training,” the human race, because through these kinds of horrible events that are taking root all around us basically, at some level a lot more people are actually finding themselves more aware because of all of this. I mean if all these conspiracies and these mysteries basically weren’t happening, I mean I’m not so sure I would be in that sense so in contact I guess as I am at this moment at least with my own awareness of these things. I mean there is a dual process here I guess. Do you agree on that?
Alan: Absolutely. See all of this, even this very topic, the things we’re talking about, these things should be natural within everyone. Every wild animal has them. Wild animals know when a hunter is getting near. In fact, they don’t have to even see the hunter. They can sense the intent of the hunter. It’s a tangible thing to them. A domesticated animal, and this is the key to it, we are domesticated. We’ve been trained to blindly trust the good shepherd, and the good shepherd is the authority figure that’s put over you. That’s why every ancient religion used the good shepherd as the symbol of the leader.
That’s means that if he’s the shepherd then you’re the sheep. Sheep are domesticated animals that are to there to feed the shepherd. Well, what’s happening today is some people who retain some of the qualities of natural survival instincts, that’s the key to it, that’s all of these unseen little abilities that you have, they’re sensing the big change going on all around them. They know the answers they’re getting from government agencies just don’t make sense to them, with all this totalitarian goings-on.
Henrik: Sure. I mean I know a lot of people when I talk to them I can sense that many people are kind of in need of this, strong leaders and stuff like this and I guess as soon as you speak kind of bad about them I mean they go into instant denial mode because I’m attacking their alpha-male archetype leader basically.
Alan: You are. You’re attacking that which you’ve been trained to look for. Domesticated animals trust the shepherd, number one. When he wants to cull one of his sheep and go off and eat it, he doesn’t do it amongst the other sheep. He takes the sheep out of the pen, takes it away out of sight and kills it.  It’s like society is exactly the same. Traditionally in the histories that we’re taught around the 1800’s and the beginning of the 1900’s, it was common history to always beware of governments because they’re worst than any foreign army. They always use the army on you eventually. That was the routine all down through the centuries and yet in one sense they’ve managed to train the people in the opposite direction, that the army is good, that the guy at the top – he’s come out of a separate birth canal from the rest of us. He’s holy almost. It’s a holy stature that is given to these people and that was the trick of expertise, to conjure up through media propaganda (and it was tested over a hundred years) an almost aura of a holy persona around the president or prime minister and those around them. It’s as though they’re special people different from the rest of us you see.
Henrik: I mean I’ve seen these press release photos where they’ve got basically the chandelier lights in the background like a halo around the head of George Bush or Blair or whatever.
Alan: That’s right. You should see some of the propaganda ones they have for Hillary Clinton. You should look at some of the websites that will blow your mind. They have her dressed up as God in the painting of Michelangelo on the Sistine Chapel roof, with her in the place of God in one of the PR promos.
Henrik: Oh, there we go. By the way, do you think she will be the next president of the U.S.?
Alan: She’s being groomed probably from childhood – she was probably born for it, in fact, but she’s been groomed. All of these people are groomed for their positions long before the public, years before the public even hear their names; and her name is even occultic, so it makes sense.
Henrik: Do you want to enlighten us on that one?
Alan: Some of them have very open occultic names. Other ones you have to work it out, but you have in the old occultic you always have a reference to Ra or Aton as well. Aton is a later form of the similar thing and Hillary has a form and the spoken word, which is the bottom level of the mystic language you might say, the spoken word is more important than the spelled word.
The spelled word is to throw you off because a “spell” is to “cast a spell”. That’s why it’s called spelling. You have the hill – there’s always a mountain or a hill. A pyramid is a hill, the first artificial man-made perfect mountain. Then you have Hillary, pronounce it backwards, doesn’t matter if it’s ‘er’ or ‘ar,’ the spoken word is ‘ar,’ so you’ve got Ra in there. Y is extremely important because Y is the male chromosome and they always use the Y in Masonry. It’s very, very common to use the Y. It’s a very important letter and then you have Rodham. Now Rod is the “rod and staff” of the Old Testament, which was copied from the “rod and staff” of the Pharaoh because the Pharaoh crosses his arms and you see them on their caskets.  The one hand has got the little walking stick, that’s the crook, and the other one is the rod. You use the crook as the shepherd to pull the sheep and if they don’t obey you use the rod to beat them. She is the rod. Her function is to take an office at a time when you’re going into complete tyranny and open hostility of the government towards the people.
Henrik: Interesting. So I guess she could be either for 2008 or I guess 2012?
Alan: Yes.
Henrik: Interesting.
Alan: Also closer to the mystery religion because it’s well known that she prefers women to men. In the old mystery religions the high priests used to be castrated to be closer to the god, because god, their deity, is both male and female. Therefore, it was better to be neither male nor female in the physical because that made you closer to the deity. That’s why this part of it’s very important. That’s why in the Age of Aquarius that this would all come to the surface because Aquarius is the symbol of someone who was raped by Zeus. A man who was raped by Zeus and then deified as a god. A new man was put into the heavens and put up there under the symbol of Aquarius. That’s why only now in the Age of Aquarius does that become prominent and actually get more civic power than any other people.
Henrik: That’s very interesting. One thing I’m wondering to get your check on it. People like let’s say Hillary or George Bush even, or people like this. You said that they were basically groomed from day one. Do you think that these guys are totally mind control victims with their own handlers who tell them what to do, program them basically?
Alan: Some are. Others one are not. If they’re brighter, they’re selected to be brought into the secrets. You could have four children in a high family but each one will be tested to see according to their personality if they’re fit to be brought into the mysteries, because they might be a blabber mouth and they yap too much or drink too much or whatever. It’s only certain ones who are selected. The other part of Hillary’s name is ‘Ham’ and the ancient Egyptians were the Hamites.
Henrik: Oh interesting. So it just keeps coming and you said that’s also very interesting you said regarding the chromosomes, the X and the Y. I mean again there we have the name – I mean someone actually are naming these discoveries and are choosing these letters purposely.
Alan:  Francis Bacon wrote about it. He said, “we are creating the new international language of the future”, and they meant the alphabet and everything and the shape, the whole thing. They borrowed heavily from the Greek initially but they used other parts as well. Each letter in the alphabet is Masonic. It’s got an inner meaning.
Henrik: Very interesting and you said Bacon was behind this. Do you consider him to be behind the works of William Shakespeare? because that’s a thread that seems to be going around.
Alan: Well here’s the thing. To introduce a whole new language into society at that time, in the 1500’s, you needed priests of the churches because they were the most educated people at the time, so priests were involved. Bacon mentioned there was a team of them working on the creation of the English language. Before that it was old Nordic German they spoke in England and suddenly you have a whole bunch of professors going to all the universities with this new language and that’s how they first started to get it in.
Then the supposed Shakespeare came out and there was too little information on this man. There’s very little information to do with the writing and even the experts of today will agree if you look at a film – a movie today will take specialized producers for different parts of the movie. Even special ones for a female psychology or a young man’s psychology or an adolescent psychology. You bring in experts in to do it and there’s no way that Shakespeare, one man, could have understood all of these sciences and understood all of the ancient Greek mysteries that he put into all of his plays. There was too many heads involved in there, so he was a composite and it’s very probable that Bacon and others were all part of the creation of Shakespeare. Shakespeare is a coded word. You’ll find it – see they also did the Bible at the same time, the King James Bible–
Henrik: I’ve heard that.

Alan: That’s again how they brought this new language in to the people and he’s credited with giving about 180,000 words into the English language. In other words, he created the language, or whoever was behind it all. In the old King James Bible, maybe not the modern translation, I don’t know, but in the original one in Psalm 46—and of course this was in commemoration of Shakespeare’s birthday—he counts down 46 words from the beginning of the Psalm and you’ll get “shake”. If you count backwards from the last word 46 and you’ll find “spear”. Even the Bible they put their little jokes in.
Henrik: Oh my God, so they have the Easter eggs right there.
Alan: Now again, on another level, Shakespeare is a form of Jacques Pierre, French. Now Jack is a high name in Freemasonry. Jack refers to the devil in a sense. Even the flag of England is called “the Union Jack” you see and a jack – this is how you have to think about what things mean. A jack is also something you use to lift a car up and so it’s a lever. You lever it up. Lever comes from “Levi” the priest. That’s what it means. Everything that you speak of has a hidden meaning in the language and every country’s language is the same.
Henrik: Amazing, amazing. Could any of these things be accidental in the sense that – I mean there is a philosophical concept about as it is above so will the representation be below. I guess what I’m referring to is the idea of a more holographic concept that everything we touch and everything that we create as a human race get these kinds of expressions in the holographic mode to mirror back to us.

Alan: I know what you mean, but what you do find when you study language in different languages and you see that every language was upgraded at the same time, across the planet really, except for maybe Africa and a few other places. That took an already global system connected to do that on people, and experts and writers and linguistics, et cetera, to put that into operation, so this was a man-made thing. Very bright people but they understood how to create languages because it had been done before. The languages they gave us, we are speaking their world into existence in a sense because we’re using – see, words strung together, remember, getting back to the magic of words. The old term of magic of words and each word in itself is a symbol. Now you put different symbols together and you now have a sentence. Now a sentence is a judgment. That’s the meaning of a sentence. You’re speaking someone else’s judgment into existence. We are living in the occult, everyone is, and when you understand it, it’s way beyond the stuff you’re going to buy on the bookshelves; in fact, they don’t go anywhere near it. It goes way beyond that, much deeper.

Henrik: This is very exciting stuff actually. I mean this is fascinating this kind of stuff. How about a language like Latin? Was this kind of a failed global language?
Alan: Yes, Latin too is full of codings. Full of codings and so was Greek as well and you go back to the Egyptians as well. They were masters of it and they boasted about it. It was so perfected. See, sound again is part of again old hermetic sciences. The hermetic sciences as such came out of Neo-Platonism around the second or third century AD in Alexandria but they used older sciences going back for maybe thousands of years, maybe even millions of years. We don’t know. They copied them into them, but the sound itself – now we know it through music. Music was very important to us because now we’re using a spoken word to sing and to create an aura around you of the mood you want to create. If you want to listen to something by Bach or Beethoven or whoever, you can put yourself in a mellow mood, a natural meditation. If you want to get angry you listen to rap. Sound and words, music and words, can conjure up literally an atmosphere within and around you.
If you’ve ever listened to something which is utterly beautiful in a choir you get the hair standing up on your head. It’s the same thing as meeting a ghost on the stairwell. It’s something outside the norm, you see.  Music and words and symbols are all part of the languages that are used to cast spells over us and to make us go in a certain direction. It programs us in a sense.

Henrik: Very interesting. I mean could we have been from the start – I don’t know if you’ve got the concept of man as we have been going through evolution, or if we come from somewhere else or whatever, but do you think that the first languages could have been handed to us? Or do you think that we develop them ourselves with these phonetic sounds basically?

Alan: We know that some cultures probably did develop them themselves. Wherever you see language being totally altered or stamped out intentionally, then there’s a reason for that, a very important reason for that. Generally they stamp out cultures and language, because if you go into both of them deep enough you’ll have ancient histories and answers to the modern questions. It was no coincidence that London in England tried to stamp out the Gaelic language and it was forbidden by law. They passed a law they’d hang anybody who spoke it. They did and they tried to disseminate the highland peoples. They tried to kill them all. It was a genocide. It was very important to try and get rid of people who had bards, memory, histories, oral histories going back thousands of years and a specific language that was so communicative because it had so many words more precise than you have for English. English was created to give a working society a minimalistic ability just to do their work but not to think too far into the abstract.

Henrik: Now we also have a scenario where we basically are – children are learning less words. In that sense we are being minimalized even in our way to think about these things also.

Alan: This again is not happenstance. There’s no happenstance in this because George Orwell, who was trained and picked out at university to work for the elite and then turned against them, and he wrote “1984” and in “1984” he says that every year that the dictionary is to get thinner and thinner. He called it “linguistic minimalism,” and once you get to the utter minimalistic dictionary, you would not have the vocabulary to even express discontent and cause a revolution. You wouldn’t be able to communicate the idea.  The thing is, we know where they’re taking the public. They’re taking the public at the moment step by step towards a brain chip. There’s no doubt about that. They’ve had world meetings of science about this.
Henrik: Alan, we have to continue at that point at our next interview because we are totally out of time here. This hour has gone by so fast and I mean this has been a very extremely fascinating show. In the last minute or so, tell us, all the people out there, our listeners, about your website and how they can support your work and about your DVD and so forth.

Alan: They can look into .com and I’ve got lots of free stuff there for them. I also have some books for sale, DVDs and CDs. The CDs go into the ancient mystery religions to an extent. I’ll be putting out more this winter and if I have time I’ll put some more books out as well, and I teach very small selected people. It depends who they are and if it’s worth teaching them much deeper stuff.
Henrik: Excellent, excellent. So .com, and Alan, let’s continue to talk about the microchip next time, okay?
Alan: Okey-doke.

Henrik: Thank you.

Alan: It’s a pleasure.

Henrik: Thank you for listening to Red Ice Creations Radio. Don’t forget to checkout our radio archives either for our non-subscribers or just click on the sign up button if you want to have access to all our subscriber interviews that we’ve done and don’t forget to checkout our news and also of course our new forum. It’s all right there on Red Ice Creations.com so do check it out. Thanks to everyone for listening to the program. Also a big thanks to my producer and technician Fredrik Palmgren. We will be back on Thursday with another program for you so I hope you will join us then. This is Henrik Palmgren signing off. Take care.

INTERVIEW WITH GEORGE NOORY ON
COAST TO COAST AM
April 10, 2006

George: Both from the heartland of America and the gateway to the west, good morning, good evening, wherever you may be, across the nation, around the world. I’m George Noory. Welcome to Coast to Coast AM.
Next hour, secret societies, how they control the course of history with Alan Watt. Get ready for this. That one is going to be one heck of a show tonight. You never know about conspiracies and you never know about secret societies so that’s why in a moment you’ll get to hear from Alan Watt who’s spent many years investigating these groups. What do they mean? What do they do? Stick around on Coast to Coast and find out. I’m George and I’ll be back in just a moment.
Well many, many topics fascinate all of us here on Coast to Coast. The usual. The paranormal. The mysteries. The ghosts. You name it. UFOs, Bigfoot, creatures but also secret societies ranks way up there. In a moment, Alan Watt on secret societies on Coast to Coast AM.
Alan Watt has always questioned standard versions of history. Delved into ancient civilizations and the occult groups which managed them. Alan has come forward to share his knowledge beginning with the Sweet Liberty Radio program on international shortwave. Now this shortwave broadcast ended late in 2005. He continues on the First Amendment Internet Radio every Wednesday 9:00 p.m. Eastern time having a deep understanding of mass mind control being used on the general public.
His original intention was to establish contact with various individuals following the broadcast by a one-on-one telephone conversation containing a technique to bring the person up into awareness. Hundreds of hours have been spent in this manner teaching people in various countries, some of whom have used the information and published much of it with rather flamboyant spins. First time guest on Coast to Coast AM, Alan Watt. Hi Alan. How are you?
Alan: I’m fine and it’s a pleasure to be on.
George: Good. Tell me a little bit about this. I guess we can’t call it an experiment but tell how this works, this one-on-one telephone conversation technique.
Alan: Well I realized by listening to many radio shows that people were stuck in different levels of understanding of awareness into what was happening in their own lives and the life around them and were totally oblivious of the major plans underfoot to completely alter their way of living. In fact, a structure was being put into place to bring out an entirely way of living. That really is the agenda and I thought I should get involved and I looked around at all the airwaves and I tuned into shortwave which has a good coverage. Sometimes it’s international and I got in touch with Jackie Patru on the Sweet Liberty broadcast and eventually came on as a guest initially to fill in on ancient history, the secret societies which are recorded in history. It’s not so much a conspiracy when you realize they’re actually authentically recorded and the odd thing is their agenda from the most ancient times right up to the present has never altered. We’ve lived through part of it ourselves. We’re living through the final part of the end of this phase before the beginning of the next. It’s the never-ending story.
George: I think you’re absolutely right. It has not altered over all these hundreds if not thousands of years. They have directed their intent and I guess they’ve just it carried on by their offspring. How did it work? How did it carry through?
Alan: We can find – really ancient Egypt kept such massive documentation on the techniques of controlling the people. Priesthoods actually specialized in creation of religions for the lower classes you might say and the Pharaoh of course is recorded he’s taught techniques from a child and the priests in those days were truly specialists in different areas, even going as far back as Sumer. We can see that the priests there not only controlled different areas of religion and types of religion, one for the elite and a separate one for the public and they also controlled all the legalities. There were lawyer priests who dealt with real estate and all finances, imports and exports from the country with trade going all the way to India 5,000 BC.
So these priests were very specialized and the amazing thing is to find that pretty well everything that we have today in this system of commerce and that’s the key to it is the term “civilization,” that’s the beginning of this particular system which is ancient, a commercial type system of control using money in different forms.
In the beginning they actually wrote about their agenda and they camouflaged it under exoteric guises of religion. When you understand the esoteric meanings of religion you understand the goal and you realize that they’ve almost accomplished it.
George: Alan, this series of protests in support of illegal immigrants in the United States that has been going on now for a couple of weeks seems to be so organized it’s absolutely stunning. One would never expect this. Do you believe that this could be the work of the secret societies, the illuminati, call them what they may be?
Alan: There’s no doubt. There’s no doubt at all. The illuminati under Weishaupt – and he was only one branch that popped its head up in time. They’d always been around. You can find them in the Oxford Dictionary from the 12th century onward, but Adam Weishaupt’s particular group wanted to create a “citizen of the world.” That’s the first time that term was used.
Mr. Rockefeller, who’s one of the big players in this movement, calls himself a “citizen of the world,” and gives titles to his high members of his society. I actually have a video tape of him awarding these Citizenship of the World awards to certain people.  Adam Weishaupt had a big part to play but he was not the originator of the plan.
George: Well what’s their goal then, lets say against supporting these protests. Is it to topple the United States? Is it to split it up? Is it to create a one-world government? I mean what are they trying to do? What do they want?
Alan: They want – Jacque Attali wrote about this, and is a very good book they he wrote. It’s called Millennium published in 1990 and it’s subtitled Winners and Losers in the Coming New World Order. Now Jacque Attali was the Kissinger of Europe. He spearheaded the unification of Europe from France and he advised various presidents of France and then he went to work at the United Nations and in that book he gives a scenario of America with the borders coming down towards the end of the millennium into the new. That’s when it was scheduled to happen, the move, 2001, and he said initially that people will be upset because vast hoards of people will come from Latin America and come in through the south causing mayhem, just like the Huns attacking Rome, but eventually America would end up being – the south of America would end up being a Spanish speaking people. He said when America finishes its work, which is to police the world, bring democracy to the Middle East, then its commerce would collapse through debt and the next boat people would leave America looking for work abroad.
George: That’s amazing. It all seems to be happening.
Alan: Oh it’s happening right on cue. One thing I found out about these fellows, the big players like Kissinger and so on and Jacque Attali, they come from the high level meetings with the Bilderbergers et cetera and whenever they write something about a plan or agenda they never alter it. They follow it through.
George: You know Alan, I’m in support of legal immigration, controlled immigration where we have a certain quota. We allow them into the country. Let them prosper. Let them have the American way. My opposition is with the illegal immigration. I mean you can’t have a country where people just enter in droves illegally. You just can’t do that. People don’t seem to understand that people who support legal immigration think that there are no walls, that you can just come and go as you please. Why is this by design in that past administrations nobody has done anything from this current administration on back to stop these illegal immigrants. I mean were they part of the plan?
Alan: Absolutely they’re part of the plan. Under the “Free Trade” negotiations which were carried on in the late 1980s into the early ’90s prior to the NAFTA, they discussed the eventual taking down of the borders between Canada the U.S. and Mexico and then they go ahead at that time it was decided would begin and be signed into law in 2005. Now in 2005, on the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation in Canada when Mr. Bush, Mr. Martin and Fox met at Waco, Texas, they did sign “Fortress America” and Tom Clark from CTV asked them is this the beginning of a European Union type of deal and when the borders come down and Mr. Martin said, it’s not quite the Big Bang. They have five more meetings to go before it’s completed. In other words, it is the same agenda as the European Union, exactly.
George: So letting the millions of illegal immigrants into the United States was done on purpose basically?
Alan: Yes it was, yes. This was written about in the 1840s by Karl Marx.
George: Karl Marx?
Alan: Karl Marx’s wrote it in Das Kapital and in there he said, the world will comprise of three trading blocks: a united Europe, a united Americas and a Pacific Rim conglomerate under a supreme world government and that nationalism and sovereignty would cease to exist and each block would have a provincial government instead of a national one. That was discussed in the Free Trade negotiations in the 1980s where it was decided – they actually toyed with the idea of creating Montreal to be the New Capital of the Americas.
George: Of the Americas. Am I naïve, Alan, or when I think about the patriotism and I think every country should be autonomous and the way of the past is the way it should be. Am I naive? Should I just step aside and let progress take hold, let this happen the way it’s going to happen and let these societies, let the Illuminati push their plan through? Is it a good thing for everybody or is it not?
Alan: It’s not, especially when you realize more of the Agenda. The world that they’re bringing into being is – I mean you’ve heard of family planning. This is world planning on the same type of scale. They want to cut back the population massively and run the world in a “scientific dictatorship,” as Aldous Huxley called it, where people will be born only if there’s a function for them to serve the system and if they’re too many people they must be culled back.
Ultimately under Agenda 21 that came out of the United Nations they say that they want to be the arbitrators of distributing the world’s food to different countries and those countries who go over the limit of population will be denied extra food, which will encourage them to kill or cull back the population.
George: Oh my God. You’re absolutely right. The world cull is what so many farmers use in the farm industry when they need to change their flock and that’s the way they look at us, as flock.
Alan: They do. They honestly do. It’s bone chilling when you read their books. The Brzezinski books. The Kissinger books. Even the one that Prince Philip brought out. He’s of course the head of the Audubon Wildlife Society, another front group for this agenda. In his book called, If I Were an Animal, he said, I’d like to come back as a virus – a killer virus and destroy the population of humans.
George: You know you hear things like that and you think, oh, come on, these are urban legends, this guy really didn’t say this; but then you hear it enough, Alan, and then you hear people like you who I think are just tremendously brilliant in your field. There’s got to be a basis for it. I believe the guy said that.
Alan: It’s in his book. You can get his book and it’s right there.
George: Pull it out and you’re right about Kissinger to. He would love to see the world’s population reduced. Who died and made him God?
Alan: Well that’s just it. These people in their own inner religion believe that they are gods and that’s one of the amazing things from the ancient times to modern. In the high esoteric religion they truly believe they have attained godhood.
George: Now David Icke will go farther in saying that a lot of the people in power are based on royalty of family bloodlines that have occurred for thousands of years. Will you go that far?
Alan: I would go as far as to say there are definitely genetic ties in families. When you look at the tremendous work of monarchies and the priesthoods behind them to match up specific wives and husbands for them down through the ages, that is very important for them, not just the royalty but the other nobility too. Tremendous work in matching them up and it’s all based on their ancient religion, of course, as for the reasons.
George: You know we all have our strengths and weakness in life, Alan. One of the things that I can do well – I mean I’m not very good at electrical things and stuff like that. I’d probably blow myself up, but one of the things I do well is I have a strong intuitive sense about things and part of that intuitiveness is telling me that what we’re talking about tonight is rapidly approaching. We’re in it but it is moving along at a tremendous speed. What I don’t know is why. Why has it jump started so quickly? What has kicked this thing into high gear? It’s almost as if these people, these power brokers are desperate to get this done very, very soon and I don’t understand why.
Alan: Well I do know that they’ve said many, many years ago that 2001 is the kickoff time and of course we can find that confirmed in the little click at the top of the Bush Administration and behind the Bush Administration which put forth the policy for the New American Century. They published their findings back in ’92 and republished them in ’98 and in there they said they would have to attack the Middle East beginning with Afghanistan, which they did, followed by Iraq, followed by Iran, then Syria. Now in 1998, we find Zbigniew Brzezinski brought out his book called The Grand Chessboard, and being a member of the same group he reiterated those same targets in the same order and he said we shall need something on a Pearl Harbor event, on the scale of that event to motive the American people behind us.
So here they have all this massive plan waiting to go, the countries to invade and it’s almost like hoping you’d win the lotto ticket in 2001; and sure enough, the very lotto ticket comes up as an attack on the scale of Pearl Harbor occurs and motives the American people behind them. That’s planning. That’s very good planning.
George: To a point, but now most of the Americans are not behind them.As you can tell by polls and attitudes and I tend to look at attitudes more than polls, Alan. All you have to do is talk to people as I do every night and you can determine that there’s something amiss here. The plan may be working for them but it’s not working for capturing the masses. What’s going to happen when these two butt heads?
Alan: The day after 9/11 occurred and 911 of course is a high esoteric number as you might know. It’s also Chapter 9, Verse 11 of Revelations, which is just a plan. It’s a business plan and that’s where the pit – the beast is released from the pit you see to start the war, but what they’re doing now is they’re spraying us like crazy from the air. It’s being stepped up now and the day after 9/11 Rumsfeld was on television asking how he’d cope with another major disaster on a larger scale on another city and he said, “we have lots of aerosolized Prozac and Valium which can be sprayed from aircraft over any large area to subdue the people and prevent panic,” and I thought my God you know they’re actually doing it, only they’re doing it all over the country.
We’re being drugged into a form of “I couldn’t care less.” Most people couldn’t care less what’s happening.
George: Well the people have been seeing chemtrails for years now.
Alan: Yes. They’ve been really dosing us all. They’re stepping this up. There’s new types involved now too and so partly we’re being drugged as we go through this massive change that’s coming. We’re seeing things happen that never happened even during the Cold War with ID cards for everyone et cetera, but that really is a cover for the borderless world. They want to know who’s going where and these ID cards are trackable by satellite.
George: We’ll be back, Alan. We’re going to talk about all these subjects with you tonight on Coast to Coast AM. And welcome back to Coast to Coast. Our guest tonight is Alan Watt. Alan’s website of course is .com linked up to CoasttoCoastAM.com and you can read all about his works as well. Alan, what about Russia, China? Where do they stand in all this? They seem to be adversaries to what would be a globalist plan to do this?
Alan: Actually the ones who set-up Russia, Soviet system and China were the same big boys in the West and were from the beginning. This is long-term plan. Bertrand Russell, Lord Bertrand Russell was set out – he was actually charted to go out to China in the early 1900s and prepare the way for communism. This man is related to the British Royalty and yet he describes this in his own memoirs, his own books.
George: Do we have to really be concerned then about a possible war with China or Russia, or is that all rhetoric?
Alan: It’s all rhetoric. You see the idea of control is always to have an enemy so that your government can take extreme measures and tax you more at home and keep you scared.
George: Spend more money.
Alan: Yes, keep you scared, because when you’re scared you ask fewer questions and the government can go much further. I think Professor Carroll Quigley who really was a big player in a lot of things said in his own book, Tragedy & Hope, that war is very helpful for the agenda and for the establishment because you can do more on a social change in five years of war than 50 years of peace.
George: Well you know and I always ask myself, Alan, I say why would China go to war with the United States? We’re their biggest customer and I know just in the world of business you never do anything to your biggest customer. You keep them happy.
Alan: You keep them happy and also if you go back into the books of the Council on Foreign Relations and I have their books going back to the 1930s and the one in 1937 held in Melbourne, Australia, that’s also the Royal Institute of International Affairs. That’s the British branch. The American branch is the CFR. They discussed making China after the coming war, World War II, the sole manufacturer for the planet and they said America would lead the push to democratize the rest of the world, meaning the Middle East, and once its job was done they would sink because of the burden of the cost and then China would take over as the policemen of the world. That’s in the official books of the Counsel of Foreign Relations.
George: Now the people who are running our government today, Alan, I think maybe it’s what we’ve always suspected and that merely is there’s always been this higher shadow government. Aren’t they concerned about the United States losing its stature in the world or do they care because they’ve got their billions. They’ve got their 14 houses. They don’t care?
Alan: It’s all of that plus these people themselves once they’re initiated into the higher orders of the societies are internationalists. They become internationalist and their brother is their fellow elitist no matter which country he lives in.
George: They don’t even think of it then? They don’t think of themselves as Americans or–
Alan: That’s the beauty of how they get away with it.
George: I see. Okay, you’re right. They think of themselves as internationalist and they become part of the federation. If one day we venture into space to the point where we find extraterrestrial life and like Star Trek it becomes a federation. That’s where they believe they’re from. They’re not just from plant Earth anymore. They’re part of this galactic group?
Alan: That’s right. In their higher orders they actually refer to themselves as masters of the universe, which is I think a bit premature.
George: You write and talk about what you all mass mind control specifically how it started in ancient times. Elaborate on that for us.
Alan: In ancient times they understood humanity much better than Freud ever did. They studied humanity for thousands of years. We know that Sumer even wasn’t the first civilization. In fact everything that Sumer did was taken from previous civilizations. We know that Plato when he talked about his predecessor – one of his ancestors, Solon who went to Egypt and found out about Atlantis, the Egyptian priests said well you Greeks don’t even know how old you are and how many ancient civilizations have risen to great heights and fallen and disappeared, so man is very, very old and these techniques of studying human nature, tribalism especially, have been well understood and used against people down through the ages for war purposes.
George: Do you think man at one point, Alan, was sophisticated enough where he had nuclear weapons and I’m talking about thousands maybe hundreds of thousands, maybe millions of years ago?
Alan: What’s interesting is to do with the legends of Hinduism because they claim – they’d set times down as periods or ages they called them for just understanding conception and they said that they had recorded at least five definite previous ages of man, where he started up at the beginning and risen to heights and ends up with massive warfare. In the warfare described between these ages it was between the elite who then called themselves gods using highly advanced sciences and even flying machines and they were zapping each other with different colored rays which could burn you for instance if you had any iron on you at all, much like microwave energy. This stuff is described in these ancient histories.
If we go to the Druidic histories, they were recorded by Tacitus the historian for Nero and he claims that the Druids said that there had been three previous ages that they’d recorded where their own elite had survived deep inside mountains while the Earth had fire passed through it followed by water, a deluge.
We can find the same legends in ancient Greece where they lived in Mt. Parnassus. That’s where the wealthy elite went for the same thing. It was fire followed by water and it’s interesting to see today with the HAARP technology being used and knowing that Nikola Tesla stopped using that technology because he claimed it could superheat the atmosphere to such an extent it would explode, it would ignite and cause a fire around the world which would melt the caps causing flooding and then that would raise into the sky and cause clouds and you’d have rain and flooding. Fire and water, same thing again, so it’s very possible this has been done before
George: Absolutely. I’m going to talk about some groups and you tell me what you think of them in terms of their relationship to the higher order. Knights Templar.
Alan: The Knights Templar are definitely are a priestly knighthood. They were priests first of all with all the vows of the priests and they did mix and merge when in the Middle East with the Hashshashin they called them, where the world assassin comes from, and hashish, because they used hashish in their ceremonies. They did merge with this ancient group who trained young orphans. This is the orphan story of Freemasonry. They trained orphans and brought them up in luxury and told them that this was just like heaven and that death was the same. They were given women, whatever they wanted and then sent out into the world to become advisors to other princes; and whenever told, they would stick out a dagger maybe 20 years down the road and assassinate whoever they were told to assassinate. They had the Middle East in terror for a long, long time and the Knights Templar were part of that same group really. They brought the same tactics back to Britain with them.
George: They weren’t all then just good guys?
Alan: Not in the least. They were a secret society. There’s no doubt. They like to call themselves “societies with secrets.” It’s the same with Freemasonry today but they were priests first and foremost. They disliked women. You’ll find that in all of the high esoteric groups is this tremendous disdain of the female, right down to the Rosicrucian explosion when that came into Britain with Francis Bacon and a few others. They had to put their wives behind them and leave them basically to join the higher orders. The hatred of women is part of the tradition and part of the goal of creating a new type of human being to come.
George: Do you think the Knights Templar ever found or hid the Ark of the Covenant?
Alan: I don’t think so in that respect. The Ark itself is nothing to do with what people think it is. It’s the arc that the sun makes across the sky. That’s what it was. It really was. The people in the Bible are all allegories for different things that happened within nature, including the movements of the Zodiac. The 12 tribes are simply the 12 constellations. Moses was the sun going through them. Same with Jacob. The same thing with Jesus in fact. It’s the same story given out for the exoteric rendition for the people and the esoteric for the higher priesthoods.
George: You don’t think those individuals existed? They were all celestial?
Alan: They were all celestial. It’s always the eternal heavenly story. It preexisted traditional Judaism by millennia and in fact the story of Moses was basically taken from India and recopied again. Moses is the latter part of Ramoses. Moses means child in Egyptian, so he’s a child of Ra, basically, and later of course with Jacob giving birth to the 12 tribes it’s the same thing. It’s the 12 constellations and Jacob becomes Israel. Isis-Ra-El, the hermaphroditic god, two in one. It’s always the hermaphroditic god at the top of the esoteric groups.
George: Interesting perspective. I want to come back to this a little bit later on. Maybe next hour, Alan, we’ll kind of give a little more in depth talk. Okay, so that was the Knights Templar. What about the Freemasons and the reason why I bring that up is today’s Freemasons many of them are hardworking dedicated men who are part of raising money for hospitals, for children. Are we talking about two different kinds of Freemasonry groups here?
Alan: In the lower orders like Albert Pike who was the Pope of Freemasonry wrote in his own book, Morals and Dogma, the lower masons are really the outer portico. They are like an outer wall and he said that they were no different than the profane. They think they know what they’re involved in but they don’t really and it really depends on who you are when you join and what your potential is in the outside world. If you have the ability to influence public opinion, for instance, as a newspaper man or something or even the owner of a small newspaper you’re tapped out of your lodge and brought to a side lodge and then you shoot up the ladder and then you’re taught the real agenda at the 40th degree. That’s “life begins at 40.” That’s what that means.
George: I didn’t know – so if I wanted to be a Freemason, and I’m not, they’d kind of push me up the ladder a little quicker just by the fact that I broadcast to so many people?
Alan: Yes. I have offers to get taken right up actually without the necessity of even taking all the different silly oaths et cetera because of what I know.
George: Well they’ve never approached me yet, Alan, maybe I’m not doing something right. I’m not sure.
Alan: It could be two ways. You might be doing something right and don’t know it.
George: Yeah, exactly. That’s what I think I may be doing. Tell me though about this organization. What’s its intent? What does it want to do?
Alan: Freemasonry made it quite plain in the writings of Albert Pike that through revolution and again it’s all solar. They use the solar terminology of the Earth revolving around the sun – revolution. Through revolution they will perfect man bringing him to a stage of perfection in a new system, a scientifically organized system where the “natural aristocracy” as Jefferson called them (he was a member of the Illuminati) will run the world basically in an orderly fashion, but that also means deciding on how many people they will need et cetera to work for them and there will be no excess population. The supposed haphazard way today of taking your own partner and marrying her will be gone. It will be a new eugenically type run society. That’s what it’s all about.
George: Well they’re planning that. Like you had mentioned earlier that they want us implanted with chips. They want to be able to control us. They want to be able to follow us and they’re doing it now and in some cases some people think it’s good to do this and so they’re rushing to become part of this.
Alan: In 1998 on the CBC television in Canada on Wendy Mesley show she actually talked about this ID card that was coming. This was before 9/11 and she talked to some of the high-ranking people in the various banking institutions and the manufacturer of the particular card. Now the card that the U.S. citizen is to get is the same as the one the Canadians are to get and it’s the same one that the British have and the British have now introduced it. It’s an active chip with your DNA in it, iris scan, a voice print is in there too, all your medical records are there, your up-to-date inoculations and it’s trackable by the same towers that are up around all the cities for cell phones. That’s the rush for this wireless Internet and so on. They’ve already got the towers and these little booster towers all through the cities.
George: Is this being used as a driver’s license as well or just an ID card?
Alan: It’s to be used for your driving license as well and also in Britain it will become your sole bankcard. Everything will be on that in the cashless society.
George: You know on the face of it some of it sounds good. Let me bring that up. I’ve lived in Michigan, Missouri, Minnesota, California and you know in state to state depending upon where your residency is you get a driver’s license based on your residency. Some states you have to redo the test. You have to take another driver’s test. Other states they have reciprocity where you merely come in bring your license and it’s done and you change it. On the face of it, Alan, what’s wrong if you like to drive a car – what’s wrong – and you move around, what’s wrong with having a national driver’s license?
Alan: What it is it’s not just a national license. That’s just it. It’s you whole ID. It’s everything. It’s you, including your DNA code and that will be shared with all the governmental institutions, with police, bureaucracies, et cetera, and the ultimate goal is to bring us into a cashless society because they want to track everything you earn and spend. Eventually the system we’re to go into is going to do away with the system of money and way of living and how we earn it in fact. The state ultimately is to be sole arbiter of what you earn. It will dole out so many credits per week.
Lord Bertrand Russell wrote about this in “The Impact of Science on Society.” He said it will be used as a form of social control. Those who are against the system or disobey orders will find that their credits will not be in their bank account on the Monday morning. That will be your punishment. You won’t be able to buy food. You won’t be able to pay rent and you can’t save up these credits. By the end of the week they’re all gone again and you start off with the same number Monday.
George: Well you know what? They are sort of dictating income to people now, merely by the fact that so many people are being laid off or displaced. You know if you’re 50 years and you’re forced to retire or your displaced you’re going to have a heck of a time finding a job. Stay with us. Alan Watt our guest. This is Coast to Coast AM.
Alan, lets talk a little bit about these chemtrails and what you were saying earlier that Prozac and other drugs might be sprayed on us. One, there’s no question; something’s going on with chemtrails. I have not heard specifically of the drugs. I’ve heard a lot about weather manipulation. So tell me a little bit about this and some of the evidence that backs this up.
Alan: We find the father of the H-bomb was the first man to come forward with the idea of heavily spraying the atmosphere with barium, titanium and aluminum oxide to make it more conductive to electronic magnetic pulse which they could use from what we now know as HAARP facilities – and there’s over 56 of them worldwide. Through this they knew they could control the emotions of people. It’s the most easiest thing to manipulate is the emotion. There was a test done by the U.S. Government on Maine, a covert test for over a period of years, and they studied all the reports coming of domestic quarrels, domestic animals which became aggressive, suicides et cetera which went sky high at one point and so they tested this stuff over different areas over the many years.
However, in the first reports from I think it was Teller of the H-bomb he said it could also be coupled with polymers. Polymers are the agents which create the rainbow effect in the skies when they’re spraying heavily and the polymers were designed to carry bacterium or viruses down to the ground for warfare purposes. We are seeing the polymer being used and if you look at the heavy spraying on a sunny day the sky ends up being very mushy and the blue tends to be a type of blue you’d see through a thin polythene sheet and that’s the polymers you’re seeing.
When the snow is going, and I’ve photographed it up here as well as taking samples and having them analyzed, you’ll find that after four or five months of snow when you get down to the last four inches you see this cotton candy type material and that’s the polymer in a frozen form. It’s about three or four inches thick when the snow first leaves and then when the sun hits it, it breaks down into powder and stays on the ground for quite a while. This stuff is being used and I haven’t had the ability to test for bacterium or viruses but I have had it tested for the metals and sure enough, it came up high with aluminum oxide and copper, titanium and a few other trace metals.
George: Are they trying to dumb us down, Alan, to control us? What do they want to do with us?
Alan: It’s control. There’s no doubt it’s control. I have no doubt too – I know that the aluminum oxide that’s what you find in the brains of people with Alzheimer’s and that came out in a British medical study first in 1973, so they’ve always known that aluminum oxide is very good if you want to have people lose their memory. Of course, coupled with the pulsations of HAARP which can be picked up on the shortwave radio. They’ve been going strong now for the last four years now non-stop on certain frequencies. They can actually affect the moods of people. They claim they can also send over a secondary impulse which will ride the back of the first and if they want to they could actually put thoughts in a person’s head.
George: Well you know there’s no doubt this entire package is aimed at getting all of us. Who concocted all this?
Alan: The scientists again, we can go back to H.G. Wells who was a front man for the British government. He belonged to the Secret Service. He was a propagandist for World War I.
George: Old H.G. Wells was?
Alan: Yes and he was one of the founders of the Fabian Society. The Fabian Society pretended they were a left wing organization, but in fact if you read the writings of the co-founder, Bertrand Russell, Lord Bertrand Russell in the book by Ronald Clark, Russell tells you that the Webb, Sidney and Beatrice Webb who were the main people behind the Fabian Society wanted a world or system of government run by a super-elite of technocrats and the public would have no say whatsoever in the way their lives would be run.
H.G. Wells was a big player. He himself was given predictive programming. This was the idea from Tavistock Institute in London, which still runs the world today with mind control. They gave him certain stories to write, to incorporate certain elements they wanted to get through to people’s heads and he simply wrote the stories around those things. That’s why he could write about the police of the air in Shape of Things to Come that would gas the people below and force them to submit to world government and this third world war was to begin in Basra, where the third world war had actually begun. Now Basra is in Iraq and that’s where the British troops went and they still man it yet. So this is predictive programming par excellence and he knew the agenda prior to World War II.
George: Alan, what you think the agenda is with this Avian flu scare, which I do not believe will be a pandemic unless some how man screws it up and it gets out into the system and already the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has announced that it’s going to test the possibility of mutations and even create them. To me that’s pretty darn dangerous.
Alan: Again, H.G. Wells, Lord Bertrand Russell, Aldous Huxley and all these predictive programmers that were given their agendas have all stated the same things that the biggest problem the elite face and this was put more succinctly in the writings of Charles Galton Darwin, the physicist and grandson of Charles Darwin, in his book The Next Million Year. He said that we are attempting misguidedly to help the people maintain their health and increasing the population, so we will have to bring out specific diseases to help cull them off eventually in a way which the public would never suspect. In other words, it’d be done through laboratories and we are living in an age where there are tremendous laboratories dedicated to creating killer diseases.
Henry Kissinger put the bill in the ’70s where he stated the greatest threat to the nation was overpopulation and a vast sum of money was put forward to find something which would destroy the immune system, and a few years later out comes AIDS. So they write about it. They do it. We see it manifesting but because we’re nice people and we wouldn’t do that we say well they couldn’t have really meant it, even though the evidence is there that they did.
George: Somebody sent me an instant message, Alan, and it simply said: “What’s wrong with population control if it will make the planet better?” How do you argue with that?
Alan: Here’s the key to it. Thomas Malthus in the 1700s was an economist for the British East India Company and started the ball rolling with the scientifically controlled society and population control and he actually advocated methods of bringing the population down by putting housing schemes and streets for the poor over swamps et cetera where they would sicken and die.
George: The mosquitoes would get them and malaria and everything else.
Alan: Yes, all of that kind of stuff. A poor diet. However, he gave out false statistics even then on the population of Britain because the first census wasn’t taken until a year after his book came out, so he fudged the statistics to suit his theory and they’ve done the same thing ever since. Now in Britain from the First World War onwards there was a cry from the elite about bringing the population down further. H.G. Wells said in his own book, he said, the first war hasn’t killed enough of them.
George: That’s something else. God.
Alan: The great H.G. Wells; and so they had a big movement to convince the public there were too many and they said they wanted an ideal family of two parents and 1.2 child per family. Now the British complied with that and Margaret Thatcher when she was in power in the 1980s opened the door to India and she said the reason I have to bring them all in from India is there’s not enough people having offspring in Britain to payoff the national debt. So what I’m saying is when you follow their instructions you won’t win anyway.
George: No, not at all.
Alan: You see so this is a con game. They want a world – a post-industrial, post-technological world of pristine beauty for themselves and the elite to roam around in. They don’t need all the workers anymore and they’re hyping up this overpopulation way out of proportion. The only reason that North America seemed to be getting in trouble is all immigrants go to the major cities and the doors have been opened for years actually from many countries including ones from China and they’re flooding in from the major city centers giving the appearance of over population.
George: Would you look ten years into your crystal ball and tell us around the year 2015, 2016 what this planet will look like?
Alan: I know what they want it to look like. The Rhodes Foundation has put out books on this. That was the foundation set-up by Cecil Rhodes for World Government based on the British system of democracy but really to be run by the super-elite and he already said the same thing: three trading blocks with provincial governments subservient to a super government of the world and a vastly reduced population. They want community living areas for the public. They’re calling them habitat areas at the United Nations and the populations must be kept within strictly controlled limits within those habitat areas.
China has been called the model state for the world because they already implement that system and they mandatorily have abortions for any woman that has a second child. That’s the model state for the world by our wonderful United Nations.
George: Remember the movie Soylent Green? Where they euthanized people when they got to a certain point?Well they made them die peacefully but they needed them for food. Do you see the day where they will just basically euthanize people based on age? They’ll say when you become 60 you’re going to have to go. That’s the law and they come get you I guess.
Alan: That’s the first step towards this. That’s why they bring out every so often some poor soul who’s dying who advocates the government should give him a doctor to kill him – and that power must never be given to government, never, because they want it. They want that power and they will abuse it. The United Nations has defined a good citizen of the world as someone who’s a good consumer/producer. When you retire you’re consuming, you’re not producing and so you become a useless eater.
George: When will this happen? Will it happen like that movie and well I’m not so sure about the eating of human wafers but what will happen?
Alan: I think they’re on the way to programming us to die at a certain age already with inoculations. I have no doubt on that at all. We know – I have it on tape to a video tape of Dr. Salk who was the great hero with polio vaccines and on the tape he said, yes, we and the team knew that we had over a hundred live monkey or simian viruses in every shot of polio. He said that we knew the simian-40 viruses would cause cancers and early deaths, but then he rationalized it by saying we thought the risk was worth it. So these guys have been setting us up for a much earlier fall under the guise of helping us and we should remember that the United Nations has a department, The World Health Organization (Dr. WHO, I call it), and next door to it in the same building they have the Department of Population Control. When the wolf is there with a syringe to help you I think we better be on our guard.
George: How many people do you think are in these groups?
Alan: There are a few hundred top groups that work on all this in specialized areas. We know that for instance the Bilderbergers what they deal with primarily is the trilateral world, the three block world. That’s their main function. The Club of Rome was set-up primarily to do with the population reduction by all means possible, as Kissinger said himself, by all means possible. Other ones are dealing with the futurist think tanks. They have a few hundred futurist think tanks who come up with predictive programming which they then give to certain authors. They’ve done this since the 1800s. The authors write the books. It puts the idea in our heads that well I guess this is inevitable and when the real thing happens we just go along with it because it’s been programmed into us, primarily through fiction. Fiction has been the main way of creating predictive programming and they familiarize you with an idea. The censor part of your brain is down and a story with an emotional tack to it, you’re actually programmed for something to come, which you then think is inevitable when it actually happens.
George: Well that’s a good point because I do think it is inevitable. When we come back after the break, Alan, in a few minutes, I want to talk with you about some specifics of what they’re doing now. What can we do to fight it, to combat it? Because so many people say okay we believe this is all happening, what can we do?  I’ll tell you what else we’ll do. We’ll open up fast blasts and we’ll take some fast blasts questions in the next hour. We’ll take phone calls as well. Tell me about the three books you’ve got out there?
Alan: The three books are to do with the ancient societies, the mystic societies that have been behind a lot of this for the last few thousands of years, never altering their agenda. It’s not far fetched at all, their agenda into the final completion as to where they want to go with humanity. I also go through the money system from ancient times to the present and how the ancient money lenders came from country to country, set up the system of debt, forced the countries to hire standing armies which then you use to conquer the next country and go on from there. This whole thing of civilization is money coupled with commerce and priesthoods from the very beginning and it’s a science in itself with a definite agenda towards a common goal.
George: Does it bother you? Are you afraid of anything?
Alan: No, not at all, because I’ve realized this pretty well all of my life. I lived through the European Union. I traveled all over Europe. I was up in the music business quite high and I kept seeing the prime ministers saying in newspapers we were over in Europe cementing ties, creating closer ties and I thought well how close can we get without being united and I was right. It was all done in covert secrecy. They set-up the unification panels in secret in 1948; and 1999 they declassified that, and sure enough, in there it said that this agenda must be fulfilled and completed before the public are told the truth.
George: Interesting.
Alan: That’s now declassified information.
George: All right, Alan, well stay with us. I’ll tell you what we’re going to do. We’ll do fast blasts when we come back. We’ll open up that and if you have any questions for Alan Watt, I’ll take them that way. At the top of the hour we’ll take phone calls.
PART 2
George: Welcome back to Coast to Coast. I’m George Noory. Alan Watt is our guest. Alan, I get a fast blast in from Ron of Oklahoma who wants to know more about Skull and Bones if you believe that organization is also part of the Illuminati this group?
Alan: Yes the Skull and Bones is. Long before Weishaupt was heard of, the pirate flag of Britain was the Skull and Bones. It’s the symbol of Freemasonry and if you watch the opera “Gilbert and Sullivan” the “Pirates of Penzance” you’ll see the raising of a Mason in the first scene where they have the apprentice with his pant leg rolled up, his breast exposed et cetera being laid on the pirate flag, meaning symbolizing death and then being raised up by the Captain, so they go through it even on a stage play. It’s definitely part of the same Illuminati program. Skull is, if you speak it, seek you all and be one (bone).
George: You know, Alan, as you look at all of this and you have an opportunity to see the puzzle before even all the pieces are put in place. At what point in your life did you see this or what changed your life because a lot of us go into this and our eyes really open up wide later on. What happened with you?
Alan: I was sort of born this way. I grew wondering why Britain was such a mess as the supposed inheritor of this British empire and supposedly winning World War II along with its allies and yet growing up in that period I didn’t see anyone with any money except those – some families in London, the rich families and that’s who had inherited the wealth of the British empire for centuries. I realized there was something much more behind all of this and of course once I delved into the inner religions of some of the higher elite, and I met some of them in the music industry, I realized they had a completely different religion than the masses and they fervently believed in it. They truly believe they’re descended from a different lineage, that their spirit is different from those around them; and this goes back to the writings of Plato even who discussed the reincarnation of the same elite spirits down through the ages beginning with a start on earth where the fallen angels, or cast angels as they called them, the rebels, their ancestors were cast and they created the first physical bodies for themselves by purely willing them into existence and the first generations retained special supernatural powers, they claimed. However, they began to lose them with interbreeding with the people who were already here and hence the need to go back to the intense interbreeding to try and retain these powers or get back these powers; and that was always the ancient religion of the elite and the Pharaonic times, in Plato’s day, and it is up until the present.
George: Do you think people are starting to wake up now, Alan? Are they beginning to see things they never saw before?
Alan: They are, mainly though because they are afraid and the fear alone is motivating them to ask questions, but because of the incredible conditioning in society and all the misinformation out there and the fantasy that we live in. People in the West have been conditioned to watch television so much that fantasy is completely interwoven with reality and they have a hard time distinguishing the two and they’re also desensitized to the killing that the West has done and is still doing in the Middle East, beginning with the Vietnam Era where people were eating their dinner watching the people in Vietnam being blown up you know. That’s desensitization. It’s too unreal to us. We can hardly tell the difference now between a movie and reality and we’re desensitized so much that when it happens here and it will happen here when the time is right, we’re watching the buildup of a massive internal army – the multi-jurisdictional taskforce. That’s all the boys in uniform being set-up to take care of some kind of chaos back home and one day we will see it happen and out of the chaos because that’s their “Ordo ab Chao” of the high rites of Masonry, the order of perfections, the Scottish Rite.
They create the chaos then they bring their new order out from it and the people will be so on their knees with terror and fear of this new system that will be introduced they’ll take it up gladly.
George: People will beg. They will beg for peace and chaos to go away.
Alan: At any cost.
George: Do anything you can to stop it. We’ll give up all our rights, just save us. And you know what, Alan? You may be right. You may be right. Well you mentioned earlier that science and this new world order seemed to be woven together. What did you mean by that?
Alan: From the most ancient times we find this. The mysteries that many of the Egyptians had control over, the priesthoods, were very high understandings of what they called nature or science, the workings of nature, and they could use these sciences to control the people even in ancient times. There’s no doubt about it that there were highly technological societies before this one. Much of it has supposedly been rediscovered. That’s why we have research you know. It’s re-search. The searching was done before. There are three levels of reality. The one that Joe Blow lives in that watches the 6:00 news and reads the magazines in the stores, that’s the bottom level of the Matrix. If you get up into the higher level to CIA above professorship level you enter a new realm of science that’s much more advanced.
Nick Begich showed us technology used in the 1950s by the CIA. He demonstrated on the television on the Wendy Mesley show on CBC and these little handheld remote devices could put thoughts into your head – into the middle of your head from any distance line of sight, and this was all antique technology which the CIA possessed in the 1950s.
George: And it’s even better now.
Alan: That’s right. That’s the middle level and above that the controllers themselves have the ultimate weaponry and they don’t even give that to their helpers the CIA.
George: Conrad from Toronto wants to know why Lord Rothschild of Britain is never on the Forbes Richest list, yet his family is worth billions?
Alan: When they took over the Bank of England they had it written into the charter with the Royalty that they would never have to disclose their profits and so they’re not audited at all.
George: But you do believe that they may be the richest family on the planet?
Alan: They’re one of 13. There are thirteen major banking families which comprise the World Bank.
George: Alan, it’s that World Bank that I think is really out to control everything. I think that’s where it all stems.
Alan: If you look at what we did in Yugoslavia, then Afghanistan, then Iraq, the first thing in was the World Bank, the centralized bank, and then the U.N. moved in UNESCO to teach the children, the first generation of children – they always bypass the older people and go right for the children to bring them up in this new system, but the World Bank has been set-up in each one of those conquered countries. They only have Iran and Syria to go next.
George: John from Boston wants to know about the chaos you foresee. What will it be?
Alan: I’m sure they’ll use all the standard, I call them standard techniques of famine and that will happen very easily in a plague because they’ve already said on television that no food will come into the cities because there’ll be no transportation allowed back and forth. So you’ll have famine, plague. Earthquakes of course are caused by HAARP. It’s written into the United Nations charter in the 1970s. I think ’77 they said the HAARP technology must not be used between governments in warfare times because it can cause floods, hurricanes, and earthquakes. Earthquakes can be caused as well and of course war, so we’ll have all of the usual revelations stuff because revelations is a revealing. It’s not a prophecy. It’s a revealing of a plan.
George: Chris from Denver wants to know if you’re aware, and this is a true story by the way, Alan, of scientists primarily microbiologists who have been dying around the planet over the last several years. I think they’re up to like 80 now. Very unusual. Are you aware of that one?
Alan: Yes and it makes sense because scientists who are in to that particular field know how their own theories of viruses simply evolving – they know that there’s certain patterns and stages they must go through, so when they see something jumping a few stages and obviously heading towards man, then man himself has interfered to make it so.
There’s a good book put out about warfare with bacterium and viruses. It’s called Deadly Allies and it was published in Canada and written by a Toronto Star Reporter. It’s all declassified information from the Canadian government and Canada led the field in viral and bacterial warfare during World War II and afterwards and he goes into these techniques of modifying viruses. It’s very easy and then the Daily Mail in England has a two page spread back in the early ’90s of a reporter going into the Porton Down Laboratory in Britain and having morning breakfast with the scientists whose job it is to make these killer diseases and he said they casually sat around having breakfast and talked about ethnic-specific diseases which they have. Diseases which they can release in a country and they can program the viruses to reproduce so many thousands of times and then die off. That’s how well programmed they can be.
George: So how do we fight back Alan? What do we do about this?
Alan: I’ve been telling people to rapidly inform themselves with the ammunition which is the data from those who are putting the books out on the agenda and like Jacque Cousteau who did an interview and said about 70% of the public would have to be killed off. These great heroes they give us. Once you have the information, tell all your politicians and you bombard them and say hey look we know what’s coming. We know what’s going on. We know what you’re up to and it’s not going to happen.
George: Can we win this battle?
Alan: If we definitely tell them we’re educated now. We know what’s going on. They’ve got to stop it because if we don’t stop it they’re going to do it and once a plague is set upon the public there will be chaos, panic, and people will simply do whatever they’re told.
George: All right, well lets assume the European Union does it on their own. Can we as a United States, as a country can we battle all that by ourselves?
Alan: I don’t think so. I think they want this worldwide. They’ve said themselves this particular plague which they just know is coming. The first time in history they can actually tell you it’s coming. It still has six jumps to go to get to man from animal but they can tell it’s just going to take – out of thousands of directions it could go, they just know it’s coming our way. It’s going to take five years of pandemics springing up and dying down worldwide before it will eventually die off. Well that’s five years of chaos – repetitive chaos and a lot of the public will be killed off during that whole thing. We have to prevent it before it starts and that’s why we’ve got to tell them all, hey, we know what’s going on.
George: They want to go from six plus billion to 500,000, 500 million?
Alan: That’s right.
George: And I guess they believe they can run the world on that amount of people?
Alan: They certainly do. They have the technology now all based in China. China was set-up exactly to do what it’s doing by the money and technology from the west. They didn’t steal anything. They were given everything and as I say the Counsel on Foreign Relations and Royal Institute of International Affairs wrote about setting China up to do this job back in the 1930s. That’s how far ahead they plan everything.
George: Now if they’re going to allow for the destabilization of countries in the Middle East with Iran and Syria being left. Why don’t they just go to them and say folks you’ve got to play ball with us here?
Alan: They want, again, a chaos mentality to come through here. They want to bring all those countries again to their knees as well through massive killing that’s going on and there is massive killing going on all the time there and they want this to be – you see what they said many, many years ago was and this is written about by Albert Pike the Pope of Freemasonry who wrote Morals and Dogma. He belonged to the rite of perfection or the Scottish Rite, which was not Scottish at all. That’s another story and he said that there would be three world wars. Two with Germany and this was a letter in the British Museum that was written to Lord Rothschild and he said the third one will be between Zionism and Islam to be fought in the Middle East and he said it will involve the whole world and cause such chaos that people will be so sick of religion at the end they will allow an age of reason to come in where scientific elite would run the world.
George: Is this also then a plot to do away with religions and beliefs?
Alan: Yes.
George: Interesting.
Alan: Absolutely and Pike was very adamant on that they would keep playing it up as the war dragged on that religion was behind it and people would be so disgusted with it all that we’d put ourselves under the new high priests of science.
George: The creators of these events, were they geniuses?
Alan: You could say they were definitely geniuses if you understand the term “genius.” Genius came from “genii” and of course the elite of Greece who all studied in Egypt, such as Pythagoras and Plato himself, it’s a key to the mysteries actually. They claimed that everyone was born with a soul but you have to seek with your spirit to unite with your soul in the physical body. That was the trinity and when that happened the genii collected with the soul and you were complete. You were a genius. You had knowledge beyond the norm.
George: Well stay with us. Alan Watt is our guest. We’ll open up the phone lines next hour. I’m George Noory. This is Coast to Coast AM. And we are back with our guest Alan Watt and your phone calls and we shall go right to the phone calls.
East of the Rockies welcome to Coast to Coast. You’re on the air with us. Hi there.
Bruce: How you doing? My name is Bruce from New York City.
George: Hi Bruce.
Bruce: Excellent show tonight as always. I have two questions for your guest. First of all, do you believe that there was ever an ancient race like the Annunaki or do you think that the guys were sort of made up by the elite you know taken from hundreds of thousands of years ago? Do you think a group like the Annunaki say ever actually existed?
Alan: Personally, no. The whole Annunaki thing runs full enough on the same course as the mystery makers that come out of England, the Ashmolean Society. Zecharia Sitchin was the first one to lay the groundwork for this and he did it with his own special interpretation of the Sumerian tablets. An interpretation which goes in the face of all the other ethnologists and writers on the subject, so he laid the ground work and then was well pushed mind you with the big money behind it and becomes intriguing and then David Icke came out and followed it up. That’s standard procedure from the groups that come out of England because MI5 and MI6 have a department and have had it from the days of Aleister Crowley who was one of their own boys and they set-up this department outside the Cotswold area of England and the purpose of these recruits is to be trained in methods of the occult supposedly and to go out into the world and create mystery and confusion. Since the days of Crowley who started the OTO (Order of Templi Orientis) they haven’t stopped. I’ve actually met a few of these people myself that have been sent out from there and some of them are even working in government positions.
Bruce: Wow, that’s very interesting and my second question has a little bit to do with that. You said you were in the music industry for a while. Can you explain what is the Tavistock connection to the entertainment industry and what exactly is it? Because you know I’ve read books about the connection to the Beatles and it sounded sort of ridiculous to me but can you give us any insight into that?
Alan: The Tavistock Institute was set-up at the beginning of the 1900s and went into action in a bigger scale in World War I. It’s function was to put out plays over the radio, the BBC, which would encourage people to join the military and go off and fight the war. It was also an experimental mental hospital. Aldous Huxley talked about it. He worked for it in fact where they inserted electrical probes into people’s brains and so on and could make them change their moods. Make them turn right and left like robots and Aldous Huxley thought this was just wonderful and he explained a lot about it in an interview he gave at Berkeley University in about [1962].
The Tavistock Institute primarily was set-up to do predictive programming. That had begun prior to the Tavistock by a fund from the Rothschild family in the 1800s to begin financing science writers to write along science fiction, because in the next century they wanted us all to think that space travel was a natural way to go and so when you read it in a fictional form it comes along in your life you don’t ask well why are we doing this? Why are we spending that kind of money? That’s called predictive programming.
Tavistock Institute used a long-standing series on television called Coronation Street to actually program the public of Britain for the massive changes they would see over a course of 30 years and they did it all in story form before the event happened, including the opening of the flood gates from India and even went through all the problems they’d meet with different ethnic peoples and so on, intermarriage. It’s all done out in a played form so when you see it enacted in a play form you will respond the same way as the actors did to that situation when you meet it in real life. That’s what predictive programming is and Tavistock is the world’s leader in mass predictive programming and works hand in glove with the entertainment industry.
As far as the Beatles went, the Beatles – it comes from an old ancient Latin word “beatyl” and from the Greek even, which means standing stones. It’s a Masonic symbol and their job was to initially capture the youth of the world. They were clean-cut to begin with. Their songs were written primarily by Theodore Adorno who’s a friend of the Queen and at one point was the head of the London Philharmonic Orchestra and he owned the patents to the songs right up until the late ’80s when he died and the rights to the songs were then bought over by Michael Jackson. Paul McCartney put a bid in but Michael Jackson won out and so Michael and he did a song something along the lines of pals or something to show that there were no hard feelings.
George: I bet Michael Jackson wishes at this point that he didn’t own that half.
Alan: Well I think Michael Jackson can pretty well get away with anything to be honest.
George: Let me do a quick update on the Venus Express if Richard Hoagland’s instincts are correct it appears that the Venus Express is in orbit around Venus. Ground control is confirming reacquisition of the low gain antenna signal from the Venus Express space craft after ten minutes of the space craft and they say occultation behind the planet, the reacquisition of the signal received about six minutes before the end of the 50 minute main burn engine confirms that Venus Express is so far moving at the expected velocity around the planet so it appears to be in orbit. Thank you Richard. West of the Rockies, you are on Coast to Coast. Hi there.
Julie: Good evening gentlemen.
George: Yes.
Julie: This is Julie. I’m calling from Grants Pass in Oregon, and Alan, you were talking about the secret societies and the Illuminati as being mostly certain families with certain bloodlines but obviously there are other members. Lets say someone like a Henry Kissinger. So they obviously need to recruit from the rest of the population to further their plan. My question is – maybe you can use Kissinger as an example. How did someone like that go from being an obscure Harvard professor, before that I guess his family were refugees from Nazi Germany, to being recruited or selected, do you have to demonstrate your corruptness? How is someone like that selected and maybe groomed?
Alan: It’s very similar to the Rhodes Scholarships. In Rhodes Scholarships, again it was set-up by Cecil Rhodes and Lord Rothschild and Lord Milner to set-up world government with the three trading blocks. For Rhodes Scholarships they were to train scholars from all over the world and send them back into governmental positions across the world and one of the prime prerequisites for being a Rhodes Scholar wasn’t simply intellect. It was the ability to be ruthless when required and also to show an intense need to dominate society under the pretense of helping it. In other words, you had to be an elitist by nature.
George: Did they train them to do that, Alan?
Alan: Yes, they were trained to do it and in fact Professor Arnold Toynbee taught many of them in the 1920s and ’30s and they used Jesuitical techniques as well. They gave them – and Illuminati techniques. They gave them much more privileges as students than ordinary people. They would have access to drugs, alcohol, females for sexual dalliances without any repercussions and that helped to build the arrogance factor within them so they’d look down on people. They had psychopathic traits and there’s no doubt about it and at the last count there were 200 Rhodes Scholars working in the federal bureaucracies in Washington.
George: Okay, thanks Julie. Appreciate you being on the program. Next up, wildcard line, your turn. You’re on Coast to Coast with us. Hi there.
Steven: Hi. Steven from Vancouver, Canada. (inaudible).
George: Steven, we lost you for about three seconds, so just repeat that if you would.
Steven: Okay. There’s an organization called the Odd Fellows and the Rebecca’s. Their lodges are always kind of beside the Masons but you never hear anything about them. A lot of their symbols are the same as the Mason symbols. Who are they and what do they have to do-are they tied into the Masons and they’re just part of the New World Order and all that?
Alan: Yes. They’ve all been through the other rites, either the York Rites or the Scottish Rites or up through the Orange Lodge. Generally through a couple of lodges before they become Odd Fellows and at that level they’re into higher forms of control within society, so they’re a higher degree. They’ve all been through at least the 33 degree.
Steven: Of masons?
Alan: Of masonry. The female lodges at one time were all attached to the Illuminati lodges. The Illuminati lodges have many names. Babylon always has a thousand faces and names, but they always had a female lodge attached to them at one point because they had special women in those lodges. Part of the whole thing in Masonry is you go up through the degrees – if you’re a third generation Mason especially you can go up beyond the 33rd degree. It’s an interbreeding program because you’re introduced to your wife and a first generation can’t get too high, 32nd degree generally. His son if he marries an Eastern Star member, one who’s been trained as a Masonic wife from birth, then his child can go further, but it’s the third one that they want really. He’s the end product. In other words, they’re bringing genetic lineage into the male candidate’s lineage and it’s the offspring they want. Eugenics is very much a part of high Freemasonry.
Steven: So the Odd Fellows are actually higher than the Masons?
Alan: They’re higher than the regular Masons. They’re many terms for Freemasonry, right up into noble orders which the monarchy and so on have for the elite.
Steven: Interesting. So why don’t we ever hear anything about Odd Fellow or the Rebecca’s?
Alan: Because they keep themselves more quiet. They’re more into local government type of things. They don’t want to be seen there openly as being involved in school administration, they’re in all the different boards in your area, so they implement the same agendas nationwide, sometimes countrywide, at the same time, so they keep a low profile in a sense, but they’re on all the major boards, the council boards and so on that run your life.
George: How do these people meet, Alan? Do they meet at the Bilderberger Hotel or do they meet via computer? How do they do this?
Alan: They have so many lodges. It’s so incredible. You see every lodge is color coded because they all take their colors from the rainbow and so you join the Blue Lodge at the bottom, which is symbolic of everything is open to an extent, although most of them really don’t know what they’re involved in at that level. Some will be tapped off into the Black Lodge by a Master Mason and those ones are the ones that are getting picked to go higher. There’s also a Red Lodge. That’s why the Soviets had the Red Square and you’ll notice the British military and the Chinese military both have the red band on their hat for officers. That’s the one for revolution and for war where they wear red, so you had the Reds of Communist China and also the Reds of Communist Russia. The Black Lodges deal primarily with mystical masonry to an extent and the deeper secrets of masonry, the ancient arts you might say.
George: Okay, well stay with us. We’ll be back with final phone calls with our special guest Alan Watt today as we talk about the secret societies. I wanted to give you his website again. It’s .com. Alan, with everything that you’ve studied with regards to the secret societies is there one eminent threat here for all of us? Something that you think we need to be concerned about right now?
Alan: Yes, I would say that it’s when understand the inner religion of the secret societies and how they view – and I’m talking about the high ones, of course, and how they view everyone else. They truly believe that we are just walking physical beings as compared to themselves who have spirit in them. We’re just machines basically to an extent. We are “the dead” as they call us. That’s the same name that’s used in the New Testament, let the dead bury their dead – those who cannot understand. They do believe that we are there to serve them and always have been and that literally the time is coming shortly where they have no further need of most of us.
George: And I assume when they reduce the population of the world down to 500 million they’ll be part of the 500 million?
Alan: That’s what all the higher boys believe – they hope to believe. Plato laid it out with his guardians of the world, the upper dominant minority he called them. That’s the same term that Aldous Huxley called them in his lectures and out of some of the higher orders they will bring them into the lesser guardian class, so all the higher masons hope that they’ll be one of the chosen you might say.
George: All right, well lets go to our first time caller line. Thanks for holding. You’re on Coast to Coast. Hi there.
Unidentified Speaker: Hi, hi George. Thank you for taking my call.
George: Sure.
Unidentified Speaker: Hello, Alan. I listened to your video today online and I must say I was very gratified to hear you say a lot of things that I have had fishing around in my head for a long time and people think I’m a little crazy, but I did want to ask you about the text screens at the end of your video and the reptilian references and I wonder if – that you actually do believe that there’s an alien influence at work here?
Alan: I tend to joke about the reptilians because it’s good entertainment.
Unidentified Speaker: Well sometimes I have the feeling I am truly gazing upon the countenance of demons when I see people like Rumsfeld and Cheney.
Alan: That’s closer to the truth actually because in reality these guys – in the higher degrees and I’ve had them explain to me about very high masons, in the higher degrees they claim to take on a higher entity with every degree and so when you’re looking at a Kissinger type you are looking at a high entity that’s basically taken whatever is left of a person over.
George: By the way, here’s something. I got a phone call several weeks ago during one of my open lines, Alan. How old is Kissinger? Because I remember him during the Vietnam War in the ’70s. Here we are 36 years later. That guy hasn’t aged a day.
Alan: You’re right and that was given out initially by the Rosicrucian’s in the 1500s with Francis Bacon, John Dee and all involved because they made it known that those who would help them towards the “Great Work” as they call it would be given life extension and that is a fact. They are given life extension. I’ve seen some of the high masons myself who have been up there into the higher degrees. I’ve seen a guy in his 70s run in the summer 200 yards with a big long ladder and he wasn’t even out of breath. In fact, his mouth wasn’t even open to breathe through his mouth. They are given a life extension, a much higher medical treatment than Joe Average. There are three realities, three levels of reality. We are at the bottom level from professorship down and these guys are given superior treatments absolutely.
George: Someone will send us what his age is. We’ll get it instantly here and I’ll pass that on because it is uncanny – he has not aged at all. The guy has taken some wonder pills or something.
Alan: It’s the same with Maurice Strong who works tirelessly for the United Nations. He’s in his 70s. He puts in 14 hours per day, travels all over the world and doesn’t come down sick, and that’s standard with the high freemasons. They’re all the same. Benjamin Franklin was one too and he was the same.
George: Wildcard line, you’re up with us on Coast to Coast. Hi there.
Michael: Good morning George. Good morning Alan. Thank you for taking my call. Michael from Minneapolis and I actually have two questions but the first question is isn’t wealth on its whole an illusion and aren’t the people who have the guns, don’t they really have the power and wasn’t that what happened with the Third Reich and the Illuminati that Hitler betrayed them and decided to just take all their stuff and pretty much tossed them from power?
Alan: Well, with Hitler I think there was more to it. When you look at IG Farben that set-up the whole German war machine, IG Farben was comprised of all the big boys of the West. The Rothschild Bayer company was big in there with chemicals, Ford, GM, IT&T all the big boys comprised IG Farben, including Baxter Laboratories that gives us a lot of our inoculations. I think the deal was that they were to start a war because Churchill wanted a United Europe to come out of this too. Adolph Hitler wanted a United Europe and you find that when Hess flew over to England during the war it was more or less to find what had gone wrong with their plan, I’m sure there was supposed to be a stalemate somewhere, and he landed on Lord Lothian’s land. Lord Lothian was the chairman the head of the Royal Institute of International Affairs at that time so he knew where he was going and who he had to see and I think really that Germany probably was double-crossed.
Michael: The other question would be: won’t it make more sense for the Illuminati to want the population to expand and populate other planets so that they can continue the illusion that we have rights and freedoms while they continue to pull the strings and-
Alan: The type of creature that they’re going to create is a modified type of humanity and they’ve said it from the ancient times right up to modern times, it will be a hermaphroditic type human. NASA did a two hour special a few years ago, David Suzuki the geneticist and wildlife commentator did the narration for it, and NASA claimed that they would have to basically put a new type of human to travel vast distances that may be hatched on the way and it could be self-reproducing by the possibility of inoculation that would set off a cycle within themselves so they could give birth to themselves. It’s the hermaphrodite they’re after and they’re going to do away with what we know as male and female for the lesser peoples.
You’ll find some of this in Charles Galton Darwin’s book where he said, we the elite will remain unaltered but we can alter the lesser beings to serve us better and that we’re creating a more sophisticated form of slavery. That’s in the book, The Next Million Years, by Charles Galton Darwin. They’ve known for a long time where they’re heading. There’s another book put out that has a lot of the mysticism in it of Francis Bacon, John Dee and all of the cabal of the Rosicrucian’s, and they give you the agenda too in a book called, A World Without Women. Women will be unnecessary in the next system to come.
George: Okay, Alan, I know how old Kissinger is. I’ll let you guess first. What do you think?
Alan: Well, I saw him in a jeep when he was driving Ike about in World War II, so I’m not sure. He must be in his 80s maybe.
George: Yes, 83 years old. He doesn’t look it.
Alan: No. He was interviewed or they tried to interview him coming out of a car about a year ago as he was attending the Hollinger Newspaper Corporation, he’s a shareholder there along with Barbara Walters, and when they went up with the camera to him, I kid you not, the guy pirouetted around, pulled his coat over his face and he ran up the stairs–
George: Really. He didn’t want anybody to see him, huh?
Alan: Yes and he ran up those stairs like a teenager.
George: That is weird. Let’s go back to the phones. Let’s go to the West of the Rockies line. You’re on Coast to Coast. Hi there.
Brett: Hi George. My name is Brett calling you from the gateway to the San Juan’s.
George: Excellent. You’re out there in Washington?
Brett: Yes. I’d like to ask Alan what is the probability of an attack happening this week due to the fact of your prior guest Mr. Demetri that you had on?
George: That’s coming up. It’s supposed to be on Friday or a little before, isn’t it?
Brett: Yeah.
Alan: I’m very skeptical when they give us dates. You’re better to go into the occult numerology to find the dates yourself and then you’re pretty well assured when they’re coming up. The ones so far they’ve always given us for something happening, you always find that Homeland Security admits that afterward that it was just a test.
George: You do believe that something is going to happen eventually, Alan, don’t you?
Alan: I have no doubt whatsoever.
George: And do you think it will be a bigger event than the tragedy of 9/11?
Alan: Yes. In fact the big occultist that were put out there in predictive programming as science fiction writers, one of them was Arthur C. Clarke. He was a very high freemason. He takes you through the whole agenda in the two movies, “2001” and “2010,” because the kickoff for the new order was to begin in 2001. That movie was produced in the 1960s and it was to be completed by 2010. In the story it appears to take place in space. It’s got nothing to do with space. It’s all allegory of high Masonic belief and their whole religion was actually in that movie.
George: Wildcard line, you’re up with us on Coast to Coast. Hi there. Hello, I guess you’re gone. Go to our next wildcard line. Go ahead.
Sebastian: Hey George, excellent program.
George: Thank you.
Sebastian: This is Sebastian from Arcadia. I almost going to say I wish you would hold him over for another hour. There’s so many questions to ask him. It’s unreal.
George: Go ahead.
Sebastian: What about your safety and do you ever worry about that and can you say a little bit more about the AMRC as well as the Hell Fire Club?
Alan: Safety – when you realize what’s coming ahead I think it’s a bit crazy to worry about safety. This is the time to speak out because it’s the only time we have is now and yes I’ve been threatened before and had securities agencies come up my way at night without lights when I’ve been walking my dog and sitting 20 feet from me just to annoy me you know. I had my previous house almost burned down after I started the radio broadcast on Sweet Liberty. It still continues every Wednesday in Sweet Liberty.org and so it doesn’t matter to me. If I die, I die. I know there’s something beyond this and I think it’s more important you do what you’re supposed to when you’re here. You don’t sit back and allow it to happen when you know what’s coming. Everyone must do their bit because everyone’s going to get flattened otherwise if we all sit back and hope nothing happens to us.
As far as the various Rosicrucian societies, they’re all related to the Philosophical Society which puts out all of their books for Rosicrucians of various stripes. You’ll find too in the invocation that was brought or the convocation that they had there in 1906, I think it was, they summoned all the other branches of Freemasonry to them. They all came because all Freemasonry is one. It doesn’t matter what name they go under. They’re all one, and there and then they said that shortly they would unite Mexico with America. That was part of their mission and that book can be had from the Philosophical Society. They definitely intrigue you by their writings. It’s meant to mystify young people, bring them into the occult and get them to work willingly towards it without telling them the true agenda.
Sebastian: Wow. I definitely applaud you for all your great work.
George: Thanks for being on the show. I detect a little is it Irish accent?
Alan: It’s Scottish.
George: Scottish. I was close.
Alan: Yes, oh yes.
George: East of the Rockies, your turn on Coast to Coast. Hi there.
Unidentified Speaker: Good evening. I was wondering if he was aware of or had any information on this area that Venus was once a moon of Jupiter and when it changed orbit cause a change in the social order at that time?
Alan: I know that’s one of the theories that was put out a long time ago. No one really knows because in Egyptian writings where they chronicled this kind of thing they did talk about a worldwide catastrophe where something has passed close by. It’s very probably though it was a comet because it rained fire on its way across and it’s probably going through the tail of a comet and they said that literally it was falling on the cattle and they were getting burned. It probably upset the time clock of the world, the rotation, because the Egyptians then called for all the wise men from all over including Babylon to create a new calendar because they found that the old calendar had altered from 360 days, the earth had actually slowed down to 365 and a little bit more. It was more like a comet that we passed through.
George: Every once in a while we do a guest chat on the Internet, Alan. I do mine once a month. I’m doing it tomorrow 8:00 Pacific time too where we call stream link members. So somewhere down the line I’ll have Lex Lonehood our webmaster get a hold of you and you can be a guest chatter on the Internet for us.
Alan: Sure, I’d love to.
George: People would love to ask you questions. First-time caller line, welcome to Coast to Coast. You’re on the air. Hi there.
Kurt: Hi. How you guys doing?
George: We’re doing great, thanks.
Kurt: I’m Kurt. I’m calling from College Park, Maryland and have either of you seen a movie “V for Vendetta” which I’ve seen twice. The movie made mention that anybody that was homosexual would not be part of the plan. As a gay man do I have to look forward to or worry about that?
George: Good question and I’ll let you listen as we approach the end of the program, Kurt, on your radio.
Alan: That’s an interesting question because the Illuminati used movements of what they call “disaffected people” who were sort of outcasts within society and the homosexual movement really was pushed by them, not for the homosexuals benefit. It was to – once you get a group together, it’s easy for the ones at the top then to bring you into political force who then sway you off into a different direction. Homosexuals are being used to help destroy, that’s all, to help destroy anything that used to be thought of as normal. They’re only one group that’s being used for this very purpose and when we’re in flux – culture is created from the top down. Always has been. Plato went through that in the Republic. Nothing comes from the grass roots and so therefore when you get a culture in flux, where you have nothing to compare normality to, then you can bring the next stage – the homosexuals will be bypassed along with everyone else when they bring out the new clone types which will be hermaphroditic in nature.
George: Well Alan lets talk again about the website. What can people find on that when they peruse it?
Alan: They’ll find many talks to download from other shows. They’ll find the links to Sweet Liberty.org, First Amendment Radio where they can go into the archives. I’ve done many, many hours explaining the occult, deprogramming techniques, et cetera. I go through all the forms of mind control down through history and how it works on us today. I’m also thinking of perhaps putting some songs out there. I’m looking for some musicians to help back me up.
George: All right, very good. Alan, thanks so much for being on the program.
Alan: It’s been a pleasure.

INTERVIEW WITH GREG SZYMANSKI ON THE INVESTIGATIVE JOURNAL
May 8, 2006

Greg: All right, we’re back in the first hour of The Investigative Journal, and my guest is named Alan Watt and this should be an interesting interview. Alan Watt was born in the UK, spent years researching the forces behind the terrific changes occurring in the world economically, sociologically and geologically. He knew long before Europe was turned into a united front, a united country 20 years before that. He knew it was going to occur and talked about it and he has been discussing the same patterns happening now in America. His research the powerful foundations and the higher Free Masonic associations which are bringing this about.
Alan is an expert on ancient religions, cultures and people. He’s been on many, many radio shows and many of my listeners have said please get Alan on, so that’s what I did today. He also understands how the new age movement was created to bring in the New Age – the New System along with the New World government. You can find Alan’s cutting edge work on .com and with that, I wanted to say hello to my guest Alan Watt. How are you today Alan?
Alan: Oh I’m fine, yes.
Greg: Where do you start with a subject like this, especially on a Monday morning when I’m still kind of having a cup of coffee and getting over the weekend and starting the week out?  Where do you start with something like this and someone with such vast research knowledge as you? I’m going to leave it up to you and then maybe ask a few questions on top of that. Go ahead.
Alan: Sometimes it’s best to try and forget everything we’ve been taught including the culture or country that you’re raised in and look upon the whole world and the movements that go on simultaneously within every government and you’ll find that the same laws generally are passed in different countries at the same time and it’s not by magic. It’s by cooperation at very high levels beginning with the economic systems of every country. Every country is totally dependent on the economic banks and the system, which really run the governments. That’s why, when Rothschild was asked when he took over the Bank of England he said – he was asked about would he also like to run the legal system. He says, “no, give me the money system and I don’t care who makes the laws.” The reason being that all laws must follow from the economic system and sure enough all your laws revolve around your economics of your country. He understood that perfectly well.
Greg: So you say forget about everything that you’ve been taught. Okay start my education all over again.
Alan: We’ve all been raised in little pigeon holes and I always say if we’re in a pigeon hole which is your culture and it’s a taught thing going back so many hundreds of generations even though it’s different within every 100 years or so. There’s major changes made but we’re born into our own time and so we have a limited with an overall picture of how things came around. We accept the system we’re born into and it’s been quite natural simply because it exists as such; and all mammals you’ll find the parents of mammals warn the young offspring of dangers and what is dangerous. If you have one generation of parents who’ve been brainwashed into a particular reality they don’t know to tell their children to watch for so the children think that everything is quite natural and just evolved that way into their own era basically.
Greg: I assume you’re going back to our parents working now. Why don’t we discuss that? Has the New World Order brainwashed our parents?
Alan: They plan centuries ahead and this is not a recent thing. It’s widely written about by those involved. They always plan at least 100 years on a lower level for the public to know about if they want to and you’ll find it in the writings of guys like Lenin who was trained by some of the best Swiss bankers on the planet. He wrote about it “The Next Hundred Years,” and changes that would take place including the changes of the west when they would become blended with the Soviet system towards the millennium, he said in his own writings. Those books were put out in the 1920s. Then, when you take the supposedly opposite side of communism, which was capitalism in London. The British Elite Lord Bertrand Russell, a life long peer, as were his ancestors, he wrote a book too about that at the same time as Lenin with the same agenda, saying that the New System for the New World would come about the millennium and the big changes would take place. These guys were obviously in communicado with each other and then realize there are no sides here. They create opposition to make the changes occur.
You can’t make changes with one side. You’ve got to have an opposition and then you get your synthesis coming through between the two oppositions and sure enough we find that in the history books that capitalism and mainly London and New York finance the whole Russian Revolution and we fed the Russians right through their Soviet system. Canada and the U.S. supplied them with most of their grain and so on. They couldn’t even feed themselves. So it was a phony opposition to create the major changes necessary to change the world and Sovietism is the quickest way to amalgamate many – dozens and dozens of small countries into a one singular type system of economics, politics, bureaucracy and law. It’s the fastest way to do it.
That’s what Vietnam was for to. Vietnam had over 200 warring tribes and the fastest way to unite them you need a common enemy. You bring in America and all those factions suddenly become communist and then they end up being one. That’s what it was all about, you see, the fastest way to unify a people into one country with a centralized government for control.
Greg: So anyway you’re taking us back to basically and telling us the Cold War and everything else was a fraud controlling both sides of this war so to speak to reach their goal. Your website is called .com. How do you cut through everything? Give us a grounding of what to do. First, how our parents were brainwashed and how we can overcome this ourselves once we realize it?
Alan: When you realize that you’ve got to go back into history into time to realize how this was put about and how it came about, and you go into the time when all of this really began in the west at the time of the Norman invasion of Europe and the takeover of the Norman nobility all over Europe. At that time, when they’d taken over Europe there wereNO REAL BORDERS as such. You had a united system run by these overlords called Normans who gave allegiance to the Vatican and after time they found it was hard to keep control of the people they ruled over and these were foreigners remember who came in and they’re still the aristocracy of Europe today.
Greg: Yes, take us through this knowing that much of our history has been taken from us in this country. Take us through this process.
Alan: They came into Europe around the 11th Century and we’re talking about battles that lasted for over 25 years to take over Europe and they also had incredible funding from some source to do so. They had logistics, supplies and all the rest of it. They used some of the islands off England as supply depots. They built pre-fabricated wooden forts. Some which were maybe 100 acres wide and they towed them across the English Channel and erected them on the other side.
This is massive planning and knowledge and funding with a common head it’s obvious to keep it all coordinated on a bigger scale than World War II and then these overlords were implanted all over Europe as the nobility, the aristocracy and with them camethe Vatican backing them and of course the money system they all went together. It’s a complete system, an economic system that came with them of rulership. They no sooner taken over England than within the 50 years that was the last one to take over, they couldn’t get Scotland but they took over England. Then they recruited the people from England and the rest of Europe that they’d taken over and started the Crusades and went back to the Holy Land to take over Israel or Lebanon. This is a formulated plan put into effect, incredible knowledge of warfare and strategies and logical supplies – a totally military campaign that was never seen, as I say, until World War II.
Greg: You know going into this break, we have about a minute then we’ll come back. How did you get involved doing all of this research? I know you have been around a long time researching this and trying to trump it to wake up the American people and what’s really happening. How did it all start for you?
Alan: Watching the effects on parents of my own parents and the parents around me of friends just growing up watching what the arguments were and every home it was arguments about finances and paying rent and very basic stuff but I thought this is an empire supposedly, the end of an empire. Where did all of the money go? Who got it all? Then you find that it was about 200 families in London basically raped the world, used the peasantry for soldiers and cannon fodder, and the rest of the people had nothing at that time.
Greg: And America is involved in this struggle also, correct?
Alan: That’s right. America was setup to take over from Britain and Francis Bacon and John Dee even talked about this in the 1500s that they would pass the torch on to another country.
Greg: Listen, we’re going to continue on. I’m talking to Alan Watt. The number to call in is 800-313-9443 if you have a question. We’ll be taking calls back in three minutes on the Investigative Journal. All right, back on the Investigative Journal. In this period of time that we’re in, it leaves me kind of in this state where my stomach is constantly upset. There’s a feeling of helplessness. A feeling that something is going on that isn’t right and you just can’t put your finger on it but you know it’s there and you start grasping for straws. You start grasping at everything looking at who did it. Why’s it happening but let me read something here by my guest Alan Watt and he’s going to lend a little bit of – I’ll tell you what. He’s going to try to give you some solutions to what we can do. He’s grounded well in history and his thoughts and his thinking is clear about what’s happening.  I think he’s a good guest for you people to listen to and then call, and maybe you have a lot of questions and we can have a really good discussion period. Anyway, let me read something that Alan has written and he said:
“We are truly into the Age of Chaos long in the planning and written about openly by the big movers and shakers who lord over us. Some of them such as Brzezinski have described the coming effects on worldwide societies as akin to the vast population movements which occurred at the beginning of the industrial revolution. After the unification of Europe was to follow the unification–listen to this Americans. The unification of the Americas with the resulting class of cultures. Sounds like something going on right now and the initial mayhem produced. People were sleeping—that’s us. We were sleeping while the Free Trade Agreement and the subsequent (NAFTA) North American Free Trade Agreement were discussed with deliberate minimum coverage by that feared group the Council on Foreign Relations and of course this absurd controlled media.”
This has been in the planning a long time too, and boy, I could get off on a discussion about that for hours but I won’t. However, that’s what my guest wrote. Alan I know we’re in an age of chaos and we’re going to get back to the historical underpinnings of this. Tell me how do you feel personally about what’s going on and what you are doing? I mean how do you cope with it? What are your plans? Just so people under you.
Alan:  I think when you realize how old this agenda is and how long it’s been rolling forward here, and you’re only born into one little part of it, the first thing is not to panic. People, when they catch up on something that is happening to their own life, they tend to panic and I tell them don’t panic, just carefully and quickly make up for lost time and find out the real historical data here as to what’s been going on. Where it’s going to. It’s not over and done yet.
I always them it’s not over until the fat lady sings and you do as an individual have a right to alter things for your own life and I encourage individualism. This whole movement ultimately is to eliminate individualism completely from the works. The mass man they admit to themselves they can handle through psychology. They understand the mass movements and the mass mentality as the occasional individual can stand up and clearly and succinctly say that the king has no clothes and dispel the myth here that pops like a bubble that’s who they fear and they want to destroy individualism. That’s what political correctness is all about where you’re given your opinions and you better parrot them or else. That’s what it’s all about in this new sovietized system.
Greg: Even in the most liberal shows that are mainstream media, they don’t cross over the line. They stay within a certain boundary almost as if they were playing a game with the American people and they know what’s been told to them to keep their jobs on the air. They can’t go on the other side where maybe the truth lies which they’re good at.
Alan: Absolutely. This whole system runs on licensing and even journalists are licensed. Everyone is licensed and you are penalized and you have your license withdrawn if you don’t go along, or, as the Masons say, “toe the line,” and that’s what happens. They all know that’s the penalty for not “toeing the line.”
Greg: Now go back to I guess what we’re talking about. You’re dealing with this and you say don’t panic.
Alan: Uh-huh.
Greg: All right, put us into perspective now or put it into perspective of where we are at in this plan?
Alan: Right now, you’re about the same stage Britain was at around 1990 where – you see Britain since World War II. It was only released in 1999 after the unification of Europe, it was only released to the public the secret documentation that’s now revealed that they signed the agreements at the end of World War II to de-industrialize Britain and start to gradually regulate laws to match up with those of Europe. The economic system was to match up with Europe. The pound was to fall to match it up and you are now at the same stage as that only a few years from unification now.
Greg: Okay we’re going to be back. Take a break now. Back in three minutes and continue with Alan Watt if you want to call him. 800-313-9443. Back after this break. Okay, back for the second half hour on the Investigative Journal. My guest is Alan Watt. Basically .com like his website says. Alan, an interview like this sometimes is tough because it’s such a broad subject. Lets just boil it down to this, the New World Order plan. You’ve discussed the program: one world government, the one world religion. This plan, to understand it, you have to go back in history and understand how they have done this for a long, long period of time. You said something really important. We’re only born into it for a short period of time and we need to first understand it and then deal with it. Lets get to the point here with who are these people in your estimation with all this research you’ve done over the years. Who’s the enemy and what can we do to maybe solve the problem?
Alan: The enemy is like most things. It’s sort of multi-layered. We have the operative ones on the ordinary common ground side, which are loosely called Freemasonry, and that’s through everything. That’s through all churches including the Catholic Church as well, all working towards this agenda of oneness.
We’re all to become one for the New Age and then above them you have the noble orders that allow people into them like Paul McCartney for doing his drug thing in the music business and promoting Eastern mysticism. That was to take off from theosophy and blend it with Christianity for the New Age; and he did a good job so he was knighted. Then you have the higher noble orders above them, the aristocratic bloodline noble orders of Europe, and most of them can be traced back to Venice when Venice in the Middle Ages was the banking capital for the world. The fact the Venetians’ supplied all the shipping for the Crusades for taking all the knights across back and forth during the centuries of the Crusades and then they moved into Europe.
A lot of them BOUGHT their Royal TITLES so they weren’t necessarily of European nobility. They bought the titles beginning in Germany and Prussia. The ones in power today at the top of the tree can all trace their history at least back to Venice.  Venice is an interesting name because it’s a play on Venus, and people in the ancient times who were the big bankers and merchants who ran the ancient world were the Phoenicians – Phoenix is a play on Venice. It’s the same thing and it’s no coincidence; and of course, the Phoenix rises from the ashes and is born anew so this is the same bunch down through time for maybe 3,000 odd years at least. I don’t doubt much, much older who understand culture creation and culture takeover and all the strategies involved with economics et cetera. I have no doubt about that at all.
Greg: Okay move us a little bit into present day. How do our leaders fit into this?
Alan: You do know that your leaders are really not your leaders. They’re just the front men. The real work and this was discussed by H.G. Wells who was a FRONT MAN and he admitted it for the British government. A propagandist. He admitted it, when they signed the League of Nations – LON is lion. It’s another term for lion; and when they signed the League of Nations he said really governments are now defunct because every government who signed on had to send one representative who represents the country and by parties or the political officials. Today bureaucracies who are not elected by the public and they’re interbred by – most bureaucrats in all federal governments are simply intermarried with themselves for the last few hundred years. They know their agenda in those bureaucratic agencies and they have their formats. They work there all their life and they go straight to the United Nations for most of their rules and regulations and implementation on a global level. Therefore, politics is almost really irrelevant to an extent. They’re just front men to sign in local laws. That’s really what their function is.
Greg: That goes all the way up into the White House according to you?
Alan: Absolutely yes.
Greg: Okay. How does the Zionist movement – how does the Vatican influence? How does it all fit together with the banksters, this whole world order network throughout the world? And through your research, how does it all work?
Alan:  I saw there was so many similarities between them all and when you realize how long they’ve all been going and the fact is you could not keep anything secret and you could help from being infiltrated which tells you they are one in the same thing. They’re all factions of opposition which are necessary to create the changes. That’s really what their job is. As I say you can’t–
Greg: Specifically get into how it’s playing out right now in your mind? Start maybe with World War II and work your way through.
Alan: World War II Carroll Quigley, Professor Carroll Quigley he said that wars are primarily designed to create social change within all warring parties because governments take over all areas of industry, agriculture and increase their bureaucracy on a massive level and that’s quite correct. That’s what World War II was for. Winston Churchill’s own personal secretary during the war years has now released a book and it’s called “Fringes of Power” and in there he has the private conversations with Churchill and his own peer group, his own aristocracy and he said – Churchill said this is the best thing that ever happened because we’ll get a united Europe out of this. It wouldn’t have mattered if Hitler won or Churchill won because they were both after the same goal, a united Europe, and that’s how this game is played.
Greg: At that point they were there to, of course – involved in communism, correct, and in Russia?
Alan: Yes, and I’ve got the books from the meetings of the members meetings of the Council on Foreign Relations and the Royal Institute of International Affairs, which is the main British branch, from the 1930s. In the 1938 one held in Melbourne, Australia, they said right in there, we must save the Soviet Union at all costs in the upcoming war with Germany. This was a “must be” type thing. They had to save the Soviet System. They had a bigger job for the Soviet Union after the war played out.
Greg: As we saw creating this enemy against the United States. Now we’ve talked about this on this show before but would you agree with that that enemy of course the Soviet Union was an enemy that they created in order to move this agenda.
Alan: Yes, as I say, it’s the fastest way to amalgamate dozens and dozens and dozens of small countries and cultures and languages with government systems customs et cetera into a common system for merger. It’s the fastest way to do it.
Greg: Now you said something and we’ll get back to this thing and bring us up to date. But you said something that was really interesting. You said to defeat this global takeover now perhaps is not going to happen to a unification of the people. It could be just something just so unexpected that the planners of this hadn’t expected and that is done through basically your life long goal of trying to out these people. Trying to do something they didn’t expect and sometimes that can have an effect, correct?
Alan: There’s no doubt you can have an effect. In fact, sometimes you’ll say something on the odd comment even on the radio show and it’s picked up by so many shows across the globe and that comment starts people thinking off in a different direction. So things snowball and it’s not a matter of being long winded or bringing the fantastic into it. It’s sticking to the basic facts and saying it simply and that’s how people will get the message. You keep it simple.
Greg: And I guess what I’m getting at is I want to go to a question here that somebody asked you once and you provided a great answer for it. It’s a question I’d like to ask you again and I’ll paraphrase this from the person who asked you. He said:
Do you have any advice for me in approaching my Christian friends and relatives some who have a basic understanding of the New World Order but still think God is ultimately in control and Jesus will return to save us all from this mess and they will be raptured before it gets too bad?

Alan: Generally, I tell people that the chances of a person waking up are probably 1 in 5,000 and so the chances of two people in the same family waking up are very remote and I tell them try and use all your energy on people who are trying to wake up. Who have taken the first step and are asking questions and this is the real meaning. See this is an ancient system and that’s the real meaning in the New Testament where it says, “let the dead bury their dead.” What it was meant by most generations people are never really alive. They’re never conscious really of what’s running their system and so you can’t expend all your energy in trying to save those that you naturally love first. It’s better to look for someone who’s trying to get up from the ground from being dead and then you can fill them in with the information that you know. That’s the best and I tell them around your relatives and friends don’t cause dissention. Try and live inside your head as best you can with the knowledge you have and keep it there. Don’t cause conflict. It doesn’t do any good.
Greg: Yes and you’re correct because this kind of information for example when you come forward with this is that it’s shocking to many people and it’s hard to accept. You can’t expect the person to accept it overnight if they’re blind to what’s happening before them. Now you are basing your stuff on a historical perspective. You’ve been talking about this for years and years and years. What position are we in right now as far as a population understanding what’s really happening to us or is most of our population still in the dark?
Alan: Most are still in the dark. They truly believe – you see Brzezinski in one of his books, “Between Two Ages” talks about the upcoming system, which is here now. He said the public are being trained into a certain way of looking at the world by the media, and he said, in fact, they’ve given over their ability to reason for themselves to the media. They believe that the media is there to inform them of everything they should know and so they’ve stopped reasoning or thinking for themselves.
So for the average person it’s impossible that that media and those familiar faces you see every night on television could be possibly lying to you. If it’s on TV it must be true, and if you’re telling them something that’s not on television, well you must be crazy. He talked about this system of psychological techniques in his own book. They KNEW they WERE creating a PUBLIC that WOULD NOT THINK or REASON for THEMSELVES.
In other words, they’ve been well managed. Most people now are socialized in a socialized system that Lenin talked about. They’re now well managed and most of them accept that they’re being managed by some superior types of intellects and it’s all correct.
Greg: Lets talk about this massive mind control and these people who understand it so well. They’ve been working it taking over our media for a long time. They just recently reached a point where they felt they could get away with lets just say murder at the WORLD TRADE CENTER which they have. That shows you how deeply affected this country is by this propaganda. Lets talk about it in real terms. How have they turned people like us into automatons into people who think they’re free when in fact we’re probably less free than the same as people living in communist Russia when we were talking about that as being so evil.
Alan: The Soviet System was a perfect test bed. That’s what it also was, a big laboratory that was going to be used with techniques they would use on the rest of the world. If you go back to Lord Bertrand Russell in his book called “The Impact of Science on Society,” and remember he was a big player for the Tavistock Institute, which is a department really of psychological warfare, and he also was a high member of the Royal Institute of International Affairs. He said that the public are being trained into a system where they are being well managed and we shall present them with experts for every topic on radio and television et cetera, until they get to a stage where a woman wouldn’t know how to change the diapers on a child – her own child, without being shown; and that’s already happened. So the creation of a world with experts for everything, expert opinions and of course if you’re not the supposed qualified expert from something then no one is going to listen to you.
Greg: Yes and is that a bunch of garbage. I’ll tell you what. I was a journalist for a long time and I’ve said this and I have no qualms about saying it now, over 30 years I’ve been saying the same thing. I learned most of everything that I hold dear from people that are just normal people. Experts bore the hell out of me most the time. I mean some of them say good things but they just don’t reflect what’s really going on. People need to think on their own. I mean it doesn’t take an expert to tell you what happened at the World Trade Center.
Alan: That’s right. That is correct.
Greg: I mean just look at it, folks. They killed 3,000 people–
Alan: And they wrote about it before it happened. Brzezinski said, the project for a New American Century, this little private club with Chaney and Wolfowitz and Pearl and all the rest of them, they printed that two editions in the ‘90s that they wanted to takeover Afghanistan first, then Iraq, then Iran, then Syria. Then Brzezinski wrote it, a member of the same group, in his book, The Grand Chessboard,” the same agenda. Afghanistan, Iraq, Iran, Syria and then he said we’ll need something to happen in America on the same scale as a Pearl Harbor attack to motivate the people with the public opinion behind us; and lo and behold, they get the very thing they need. This is impossible. It’s like basing everything on winning the lotto.
Greg: Yes and they’re getting away with it because they’ve got the media controlled and all these people get up and they just follow along the premise that the terrorists brought down the World Trade Center. That’s when they started the news broadcast so I mean it’s amazing to me.
Alan: We just don’t have that kind of luck. All that planning hinging on one event that’s such a long shot. It’s like getting hit with a meteorite and it happens.
Greg: You know one thing interests me today. We’ve got a minute before the break. Maybe give me a quick answer on this. I’ve been dealing with it most the morning. You know Iran’s been put up to this nuclear battle. Now the leader of Iran came up and said he wants to work out a deal now with Bush or something. How are they playing that? I didn’t expect that to happen but I know they still want to have a nuclear war there. Now the Iranian leaders are throwing an olive branch out I guess. Did you hear about that and if so how does it play? What do you think they’re doing now?
Alan:  I’m sure the guy who is the leader there has been one of their boys from the beginning. Every time he opened his mouth he said everything that Bush wanted him to say. The Iranian people I’m sure were quaking each time his mouth opened because he wasn’t speaking for them and this is a play to eventually amalgamate them into the system. It’s to get it up to a fever pitch of tension and then come out with the solution and they all breath a sigh of relief and they’ve lost everything.
Greg: So you think he’s now throwing out this olive branch out which is fake–
Alan: It’s all pre-planned. It’s pre-planned. You would never get a leader of a country trying to commit suicide the way this guy has.
Greg: Right. Okay we’ll be back in three minutes with Alan Watt on the Investigative Journal. Okay we’re back on the Investigative Journal our last segment in this hour and this interview is too good. We’re going to keep Alan on over for another hour and take questions and just delve into some things regarding this propaganda machine that’s controlling our minds in this country, controlling the world order’s movement to basically unify the Americas. Take freedom away from America as we’ve known it.
You know what’s interesting is on this show I try not to give people false illusions of how we can defeat these guys. I’ve always felt in my heart that they have all the power. They have all the control at this point. They have all the things lined up over hundreds of years of planning and we just drop into this world just for a few short years. How can we expect to overcome them? Many people jump over to the other side but I think what you said in all the writings I’ve read about you one of the things that’s really stuck with me is this real thing that you say you can disrupt them with something they didn’t consider. They never thought of. They think they’re the ultimate planners but something so weird so strange you can’t even put your finger on it. Can’t delay it and maybe even change it and with that I want to follow-up on that. What do you mean by that? I mean I think of it something like to just say something for a minute.
For example the other day I wrote an article and I was kind of joking but I was really kind of messing with them and I was playing this Italian card game called Scopa and it’s a game that’s played over there and I was making a fake game saying I had three dummy hands. If I win this game, they don’t win and take over America. If they do then we’re lost. Anyway, in my article, I actually did play the game and I won. So you know what? In my heart I felt better whether that has any effect or not but when you’re talking about something so unrealistic something they didn’t plan about what do you mean by that?
Alan: They really don’t expect people – we’re so controlled and conditioned. You see we are domesticated. That’s the key. They talk about us as though we’re animals and to them we have been thoroughly domesticated and the symptom of domestication is when you ignore things around you and you’re self-preservation facilities they don’t work. Their faculties don’t work anymore. That’s total domestication and that’s success to them when they thoroughly domesticate us and we don’t see the signals around us the danger signals.
There are always some people in every generation who squeak through and are aware and can put it across very simply when they can get a voice anywhere and the worst that they see never fade away. They stick in people’s minds and they start to almost reprogram them again into thinking and surviving for themselves. That’s their primary enemy right now.
IT’S FREE THOUGHT and the WILL to PUT OUT the FREE THOUGHT that ignites something within the individual because groups and movements are generally controlled by them or started off by them and if not started off then they’re infiltrated and taken over so quickly by them and so IT’S THE INDIVIDUALS who will END UP BRINGING this DOWN. NOT THE GROUPS.
Greg: I want to get into that a little bit more. We’re going to take a break. Be back and a short break by the way two minutes. Back to the Investigative Journal with Alan Watt. Okay, now we’re getting down to it on the Investigative Journal in the second hour. Alan Watt. We’re going to open him up a little bit more and I tell you what. He said in a very few short words really the key to this whole thing it isn’t movements, organizations isn’t groups banning together because they will infiltrate those groups. They’ve got all the power. They’ve got all the money. How do we expect to ever get through it but when they create like Bob Dylan said confusion amongst everyone trying to get at the truth. IT’S THAT FREE WILL.IT’S YOUR OWN THOUGHTS. It’s not clinging to anybody but your own gut feeling how to beat these guys and that’s what it will eventually do if you get a lot of people thinking on those terms and understand it. Lets talk about the propaganda movement. Lets talk about how they infiltrate things. I mean down to the levels where you wouldn’t even expect it. Why don’t we talk about that for a moment, Alan?
Alan: There was a good book put out years ago called “You Can Always Count on the Communists,” and it’s printed in the U.S. I can’t remember the author’s name but he gave you the techniques of infiltration. What happens is someone volunteers their time and they put more work in than anyone else until they’re indispensable and, before you know it, they’re basically like a top secretary running the whole thing. Then, when it comes to reelection for the next head of the organization, they naturally get the position and then they steer you off into a different course. This is standard technique of infiltration.
Greg: And they keep it going and going and going and never get to any conclusions, correct?
Alan: That’s correct.
Greg: It’s a waste of time for the people doing it.
Alan: Absolutely. And what I tell people I say the world over we’re given this ideal that’s given to us a thing called DEMOCRACY is something which isNEVER REALLY DEFINED because it’s different every 100 years. The democracy of England was totally different from the one they gave to the people in the 1900s and it’s still flexible and elastic and I say if you’re going to voteanybody in even to a local school board or a local council or anything which gives power over you that’s the key to it. You’re giving them the right to make laws over you, you better find out every agency they belong to. Every organization they’ve sworn alliance to and these strange religion loosely called Masonry under all the different names they both belong to both male and female you find out what they are and what they’ve sworn oaths to and then you’ll start unlocking this whole box here.
Greg: Yes good point. I mean what about looking into the Knights of Malta finding out that many of our leaders are involved in that group and what that group is all about. It’s about finding out why the PRIESTS and the VATICAN were INVOLVED IN MASONRY and why one pope John Paul I wanted to get rid of them and he was killed. I mean these are the questions we must ask. I see no problem in asking all of them.
Alan: It’s your right to do so because you are being asked to give up all your rights once this person is voted in they make laws over you.
Greg: Right, but immediately when you start asking tough questions they attack you on levels like oh you’re anti-Jewish. You’re anti-Catholic. You can’t ask those questions. They immediately – what it shows listeners is this. THEY DON’T WANT PEOPLE TO THINK ON THEIR OWN ANYMORE. They want someone to control the group that’s supposedly liberal that supposedly gets at the truth and only ask the politically correct questions. Correct Alan?
Alan: That’s right. When you look at Masonry with it’s – see Babylon was called Mystery Babylon because it had a thousand faces. A thousand faces that often seemed on a low level in conflict with each other.
Greg: Interesting. Let’s take a break and get back into that Mystery of Babylon with my guest Alan Watt with Investigative Journal. Okay Alan we we’re talking about the mysteries of Babylon and also Freemasonry. Just pick up where you left off.
Alan: That was part of the whole confusion of the Mystery of Babylon. A traveler to Babylon would say it’s those priests over there, and they say, no, it’s the guys over on the other side that’s doing it. At a low level they kept the world in confusion by having all opposing sides on bottom levels, whereas the top guys, the higher priesthoods controlled all of the lower sects and they were all one at the top, you see.
Greg: Let’s take that premise and lets just say you’re just an average American trying to figure out who these guys are. Where is this New World Order? What’s their address? What’s their main headquarters? Who do you look to, because they always get you to look everywhere? In your research what would you do?
Alan: They find that the biggest sect of Freemasonry for males anyway in the United States is the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry also called the Rite of Perfection and people think it’s from Scotland but it’s not from Scotland at all. It was given its charter by the GRAND ORIENT LODGE OFFRANCE. Another one is the Jewish sect which is the B’nai Brith. That’s also a member of the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry. They were given their charter by the
Scottish Rite of Freemasonry so people actually think they’re Jews but they’re not. Once you join these sects you join an international brotherhood of all nationalities and cultures and peoples, and you may lead your own people in other capacities but you really belong to this higher sect that you’ve been drafted into; and that’s what people should really understand. There’s far more to the masonry than just some little fraternal business.
They ADMIT in THEIR OWN WRITINGS they’ve been behind all major revolutions in the world and they have a common goal as to where they are going.
Greg: Take us back to that famous name Adam Weishaupt.
Alan: Yes, Weishaupt was an interesting man because he was only one member of illuminati. He didn’t create it at all. If you look at the Oxford Dictionaries you’ll see the name illuminati cropping up from about the 12th or 13th century onwards down through history. He was one sect that sprung up in Germany to help further the next step of the revolutionary phase and his logo for the illuminati his own order was called the Beenan Order of Germany. That’s the BEEHIVE Order. You see that same thing on the famous portrait of Washington the beehive down below him. That’s their perfect system where everything runs in harmony.
Masonry appears to oppose each other at the bottom with the Catholic versus the Protestant, but it’s the same capstone above them that knows what’s going on; and that’s the key to it. THEY MUST CREATE CHAOS IN ORDER TO BRING OUT RESOLUTION and that’s a simple technique really, to create the chaos and then offer the solutions over and over.
Greg: Anytime you start talking about the Freemasons you get a barrage of them. Any time when I write articles about them I get the barrage emails from lower level masons that tell me they know nothing about anything of this. They are basically doing good. I’ve even recently been invited to be a Mason by one of them so that he can prove it to me. He wants me to go to Georgia or something. I have time to go but anyway that’s where the argument gets to. What do you say to that?
Alan:  Albert Pike in his own book, “Morals and Dogma” where he ADMITS it IS A RELIGION even though they try to deny it. Albert Pike said that the lower masons are no different than the profane. They provide an outer cover a portico he called it between the public and the real higher masons above them. They don’t know the agenda. 
Greg: Right, a cover for the top guys?
Alan: Yes, they do a fantastic cover. That’s why they go under the guise of charity. It’s very hard to attack “mom’s apple pie.”
Greg: I sometimes look at the Jesuit war the war of priests in the Catholic church and the same thing goes on there. There are over 20,000 of them in the world but maybe only a small percentage one to two percent know really what’s going on. The rest of them – most of them provide a good cover.
Alan: That’s what they do but the one thing about masonry I think everyone should know they make sure that everyone does know this about them. They’ll keep the secrets to themselves but they make sure that everybody down to the local level knows that if you join them you’ll get SPECIAL FAVORS GRANTED TO YOU that ARE NOT GRANTED to the GENERAL PUBLIC. That’s the hook to get in. You’ll get favored promotion at work. You’ll get off with traffic tickets. You might even skip a waiting line to get into a hospital. A lot of freebees the public won’t get.
Greg: Yes, okay. Now what is the difference between the creator God and the god of Masons and other religions?
Alan: The Masons go by – on a lower level, again, this is quite interesting how they do it because they want people of all faiths to join on a lower level they’ll tell them to keep their religion. However, once you go past the 3rd degree they’re gradually BROUGHT into a FORM of ATHEISM and those who can handle that part of it and they’re tested along the way in at a social level to and brought back into the lodges. They’re tested all the time thenthey’re brought into the REAL RELIGION BEHIND IT and that’s where Albert Pike goes into the LUCIFERIAN ANGLE – Lucifer standing for intellect to dominate the lesser, the right of those who have intellect to DOMINATE the LESSER MAN, and Pike said that in his own book Morals & Dogma.
Greg: There’s still a statue of Albert Pike in Washington for those of you out there who don’t know that so I’m sure there’s a lot of Albert Pike followers in our government right now.
Alan: Oh absolutely. Absolutely and that’s not the end all at the 33rd Degree. MASONRY IS A 360 DEGREE CIRCLE.
Greg: Now explain that to me.
Alan: They have everybody caught in their little box and they’ll tell you according to the lodge you join they’ve got so many degrees and THE KEY IS that a THIRD GENERATION MASON.
In other words if you’re a first generation Mason you can’t go beyond the 32nd degree. If you get introduced to your wife who’s an Eastern Star because it’s a EUGENICS PROGRAM that goes along with Masonry. They don’t like to talk about that part of it then you offspring the next generation he can go even further and up to the 40th Degree you third generation can go all the way. THAT THE KEY TO THAT.
Greg: So you get to the third generation you can go all the way to what degree now?
Alan: 360.
Greg: What happens up there?
Alan: THAT’S WHERE YOUBECOME GOD IN A SENSE.
Greg: That’s what I was getting at in this question. They consider themselves to be gods.
Alan: Yes, oh they do. They write about it quite openly at the top.
Greg: Now would you put Clinton and Bush in that category?
Alan: No. I would say they are probably around the 60s.
Greg: They’re up in the 60th?
Alan: At least Clinton is. Yes.
Greg: So he’s working his way up to that god like creature?
Alan: Yes. Bush, Sr. when he got in the first photo op was taken when he wore a football shirt on some team for a PR photograph and HE HAD THE NUMBER 33 ON HIS JERSEY.   I don’t know how high he is. He’s probably at least the 40s anyway. 40’s to 50s.
Greg: Wow Clinton has moved his way up. Can he go any higher?
Alan: It’s possible. If we knew all of the story between his mother and his father – you see this goes back to Benjamin Franklin. Benjamin Franklin gave the little doll, the little toy doll to the world from France and in Masonry in his time they had prostitution circles attached to their lodges but these weren’t ordinary prostitutes. These were SPECIAL BREEDERS with carriers of LINEAGES in them and if you work towards the GREAT WORK and put a lot into it, you were given the privilege of perhaps producing an offspring by this high prostitute. They called them DOLLIES. They were carriers. A dolly was something you carry.
THEY CARRY THE GENE and the woman in the Hellfire Club that he was allowed to be selected with was called Madam Bouvier and there are two Bouvier’s left today. The other one descendant was JACQUELINE KENNEDY. These are the carriers of specific genes and that’s the reward you get if you work really well towards the Great Work. There’s a definite EUGENICS PROGRAM here of breeding in what they claim are higher quality genetic material into the families. Therefore, when the Grand Master introduces you to your wife at a dinner party, then that’s an ORDER. It’s not a suggestion if you’re “wise” as they say.
Greg: Now back in the late ‘70s there was a list of archbishops, cardinals that were pinned in Masonic Lodges in Italy codes names the whole works. How does that fit it? Why would they even want to join?
Alan: I think – here’s the odd thing. If you understand religions in Latin and Greek and go into even the Sumerian and so on, you’ll find that the system has always been here.  Those who clue into the system are the ones with access to the old books and the tongues and languages; and so every priest who gets to the Vatican has access to stuff which has got them started thinking along certain lines that there’s far more to the system than they’ve been told, and so they’re already part way there when they understand that. Then, of course, they’ll be tested out and tried and then gradually brought into the mystery sects.
Greg: Very, very, very interesting. Before we go into this break, did you ever during this whole process – I guess I only have a minute here, I just want to get this said. Do you think right now we have a chance of ever turning these guys around? I mean seriously in the next year?
Alan: Not just like that unless you expose them for who they are, what they’ve joined and THE AGENDAS of these ORGANIZATIONS.
Greg: Okay, we’re going to be back in three minutes. Take a couple of calls on the Investigative Journal. Back in three minutes. Okay, we’re back with my guest Alan Watt. You’ve given us a pretty good idea of how these ultra high-level sects have controlled the course of history and to get to a pre-determined goal of one world order – the New World Order and they’re still in power now all over the world. Do you believe that they control almost every major religion and government and they’re orchestrating this next huge war in the Middle East?
Alan: There’s no doubt on that. There’s no doubt. Even H.G. Wells when he wrote “Shape of Things to Come,” laid out the world wars with the final one being fought beginning in Iraq and then the new world police force or army was to be based in Iraq and it’s interesting to see all the American bases going up there and Air Force bases and so on. So yes–
Greg: Analogous to a script. I mean I’ve had retired generals on this show other people saying basically it’s a program like you’d go to a theater. They’ve laid it out for you. Just figure it out and they’re so arrogant they think there’s nobody that can stop them.
Alan: Oh they do because this is the key to it. THIS IS THEIR SYSTEM THAT WE LIVE IN. Everything in this system belongs to them.THEY GAVE IT TO US.
They gave us the computer as well to bring about a common world culture and for TOTAL OBSERVATION OF EVERY INDIVIDUAL. They wrote about it. Brzezinski wrote about it back in the ‘60s so whatever they give us in society is to HELP THEM not to HELP US and we are dependant on their system. In fact, they’ve closed all the loopholes for being independent, even growing your own food, living on your own. You’ve still got to get money to pay taxes, which means you must enter the workforce somehow to get the money to pay them. This is their system and they know it. Although THEY WANT you to BELIEVE IT’S REALLY your SYSTEM and to GO ALONG with the FRAUD OF VOTING THEM IN.
As I say if you’re truly were to expose the people that you’re voting in as to who they really are THEIR WHOLE GAME WOULD BE OVER.
Greg: I think it’s important to at least have as many people out there thinking on their own. Realizing how powerful these people are. How they can control the system and even down to the Internet. THEY CREATED the INTERNET FOR A REASON. They just didn’t put it out their for dissents to talk and to criticize them. They have a reason to want to do this. In your mind what’s the reason behind the world wide internet?
Alan: Brzezinski said that it would be given to the public and the public would take as way of communication. However, he said that initially they’ll put so much on there for the youngsters for the young people to get into it and using it as an indispensable tool so that they’ll be addicted to it.
Greg: They are.
Alan: And that gets them into the next step towardsultimately theBRAIN CHIP. They had a meeting at Loyola University the Royal Science Meeting funded by the U.S. Department of Commerce and Newt Gingrich–
Greg: And was this in California?
Alan: It was I think in Louisiana it was and Gingrich kicked off the meeting and gave the opening speech and the scientists they brought over from Japan said that THE CHIP IS READY TO BE INSERTED. It’s been well tried and tested. They said WHEN this is INSERTED THERE WILL BE NO SUCH THING AS INDIVIDUALISM.
ALL THE PEOPLE will beHOOKED UP to regionalized computers which are ALREADY IN PLACE and he said that you’ll hear the whispers of other people’s thoughts going through your head. He said THIS WILL BE THE END OF INDIVIDUALISM AS WE KNOW IT and the picture that I got out of that is what they showed us on the Star Trek movies the Borg. That’s exactly what they’re talking about here.
That will be the end. THEY won’t NEED the MEDIA anymore to CONTROL THE PUBLIC and he said the only problem they have now was to CONVINCE THE PUBLIC TO ACCEPT IT so they’ll promote it as a positive thing through cartoon, kindergarten schools, novels. They’ll pay writers to put this into their novels and their movies and now sure enough we’re seeing movies coming out with this idea in it.
Greg: That’s amazing.
Alan: So the ID card is just one step towards it you see.
Greg: Yes, we get back to this whole idea of propaganda how they’re just basically using the media now to use propaganda as a wedge and using it as a last step before they get into this more sophisticated way of control.
Alan: Yes. Their THOUSAND YEARS OF PEACE that THEY keep talking about is when they’ve completed the mission of totally subduing their opposition, which is the general public. They won’t need to give us media or entertainment or even allow us to even use this silly money. MONEY IS ONLY A TOOL TO THE BIG BOYS. We’ll all work and serve to the state – the world state. That’s what they said in their own writings. So that’s where they hope to go once this is done.
Greg: And what are you working on lately?
Alan: I’m hoping to start the next book and do a whole series of them going into this whole mystique of higher level Freemasonry to show the public just how deeply its entrenched in all the things you take for granted including your police chiefs down to you deputy down to your local council or school board. I recently was unpacking a box and went to a newspaper from the ‘60s and there’s an obituary for a woman in Ontario a small town who was on every board in her county, and she belonged to over a dozen Freemasonic female organizations.
Greg: Let’s continue with that and take a couple of calls. If you want to call us in the last half hour 800-313-9443. We’ll be back in three minutes. Okay, we’re back at the Investigative Journal.  If you are out there and you are a high level member of the New World Order, we know who you are and we know what you’re doing and we’re going to cause as much trouble as we can over the next year to make sure we delay your plans, because it just isn’t going to happen like you think it is. My guest today Alan Watt is living proof of that. Before we get back into this, give us a little preview of Freemasonry in your new book. You say something here that’s interesting. I just want to get your comment on it. It’s very interesting. Tomorrow on I believe ABC, NBC or CBS, they’re putting out this movie called The Flu or “The Avian Flu Pandemic.”  That’s a movie showing millions and millions of American people dying and they bill it as one step ahead of the news type of propaganda piece. Let me just read this and get your comments about the Avian Flu.
You say this. “You can see how the deadly Spanish flu virus was resurrected in the 1990s by scientists who dug up corpses buried in 1918 in the permafrost in Northern Canada. The coming Avian Flu is no doubt a weaponized form of this virus to be used in the DEPOPULATION PROGRAM widely publicized by the Royal Institute of International Affairs, Bertrand Russell Society, The Fabian Society, The United Nations Department of Population Control. The only antidote is prevention. So everyone emails these societies and the Rockefeller Foundation and tell them you know what they’re up to. Give me a comment on that.
Alan: Yes, I mean that’s the way to go is you tell them we know what you’re doing. We know what you’re up to. We know your agenda. You’ve already said it. They have a Department of Population Control at the United Nations and I keep telling people that what do you think they mean by that? Why would they have a couple of thousand bureaucrats sitting on their hands all day?  They’re not. They’re not making up wish lists. They’re actually putting it into effect. They have their plans and they want to CULL OFF ALL THE USELESS EATERS THEY DON’T NEED in a post-industrial society and they’ve written about this widely.
Charles Galton Darwin who wrote “The Next Million Years,” that’s quite the boast for an aristocratic member – The Next Million Years. The man who also said “we are creating a more sophisticated form of slavery” in that book is worth a read because he talks about culling off all the lesser peoples, the useless eaters, and methods to do it through inoculations, to releasing diseases and so on; and that was published in the 1950s by the grandson of Charles Darwin.
Greg: When that movie comes out tomorrow and I’m sure they’ll be millions of Americans watching it that will have no clue. If you’re one of the people that do have a clue listening to this program, call ABC, NBC. Tell them we know this is a fraud. We know what you’re trying to do. You’re trying to depopulate America along with Africa and other places and then maybe we can at least slow it down. What do you think?
Alan: Absolutely. We’ve got to ALWAYS BE AHEAD OF THEM and watch where they’re going. Now they used the same technique on Britain and Professor Carroll Quigley who was the historian for the CFR went through their records and he realized that the whole drumming up of the war fear before World War II in Britain was drummed up BY THE TOP NEWSPAPER OWNERS IN ENGLAND who are ALL MEMBERS OF THE ROYAL INSTITUTE OF INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS.   They had meetings where they decided to terrorize the public and tell them they’re going to get gassed by Hitler on a national scale. This led to the evacuation of all the children out of the big cities. I mean they totally upset the country and it was to terrorize the public so that after three or four years of daily terrorization they would breathe a sigh of relief when they actually went to war.
Greg: Let me tell you how this works. Lets take a movement like 9/11. For example, I was in New York one time and watched this whole movement and it’s going nowhere. It’s spinning its wheels for four years. Lets call it what it really is. I mean there are many good people out there but it’s been controlled and I’ll tell you what caused – I was sitting in a meeting with the family members of 9/11 and Timothy Roma one of the 9/11 commissioner’swas speaking and just lying. I mean his speech was so – I’m not even going to get into it but anyway afterwards I went up to him along with a couple of other people and just tried to ask him some tough questions you know like get at the truth Tim and he ran out of there like a scared rabbit.
That’s what they hate.They don’t want to be confronted and when they find somebody that knows and not going to be bullied and not going to go along with the flow boy you know you’re getting on a hot trail as a journalist so to speak and getting closer to the truth but that’s what I recommend people doing. Call everybody. I’ll tell you what. There’s no holes barred here. If you think somebody’s a top level member contact them. Let them know you know and I’m doing that right now with the top level Jesuit. I’m not afraid to talk to him. I’m getting all these responses from the lower level guys but I just said, I want to ask you a question. Do you know anything about Satanic worshipping in the Vatican? I mean why not ask it. Boy but I’ll tell you what. You catch a lot of flack when you start doing that and that’s interesting.
Anyway, let me get to some of my callers that really want to talk to you. We have a number of people on the line. California, Wisconsin, Pennsylvania. Mona in California, you’re on The Investigative Journal.
Mona: Hi Greg. This is Mona the grandchild and child of three 32nd degree Masons.
Greg: Okay.
Mona: And I object to the war and I object to our controlled media and the hate speech laws but I see these problems as coming from the House of Rothschild not from Freemasonry. In fact, because Freemasonry is actually the white Anglo Saxon power structure, I see all of these attacks on Freemasonry as communist inspired. My question to your guest is. You criticize the Freemasons for elevating intellect to such a high level and I wanted to point out that the reason the Masons did that is because they were protesting against the papacy that burns you at the stake if you didn’t worship a god who tortured his own son to death to satisfy his need to punish sinners. Now why would you not agree that intellect should be elevated above such superstition? Another question is do you believe that there’s no evolution and do you not believe in a population explosion?
Greg: Go ahead.
Alan: Okay. Number one. Your name is just a scrambled Amon so I know you’re the daughter of Masonry and what’s also interesting is you say that people are being given intellect. They’re not being given intellect at all. The school system is not turning out intellectual people. They’re turning out zombies at the moment and it’s run by Masonry at the top.
Mona: I agree, but I don’t think it’s run by Masonry although it is in a sense because I think that Masonry has been twisted by communism, which says that everyone should be equal. We shouldn’t give our different education to gifted children that we give to.
Alan: If you read Trotsky, his own book, it’s called “My Life,” he tells you that he joined Masonry and that all the TOP COMMUNISTS WERE FREEMASONS.
Mona: Yes, and I agree with you that the Jews did infiltrate Masonry, which tried very hard to keep them out.
Alan: Not at all. Not at all because MASONRY IS AN INTERNATIONAL BROTHERHOODTHAT TAKES EVERYBODY IN. Hirohito of Japan, you’ll find in Freemasonic books, was initiated into the Knights of the Garter by British Royalty before World War II.
Mona: I’m not saying they didn’t make exceptions but Freemasonry is a Protestant organization.
Alan: No, it’s not.
Greg: Okay what is it then? Go ahead.
Alan: They give a branch to everybody. Even the Chinese have a branch of it and they’re all at the top head. They’re all controlled by the CAPSTONE and that’s what the capstone stands for. If you’re on one side of the pyramid you can’t see the other three sides.
Greg: So you’re saying American Freemasonry and Protestant Freemasonry there’s–
Alan: There’s a Catholic one, yes.
Greg: A Catholic one. A Hindu one. I mean as we go on and you find these guys – you have to trace it. You can find that there are Freemasons in all—
Alan: John Dewey, all these boys were Freemasons. They gave you the educational system.
Greg: Mona?
Mona: First of all, there are not three sides to a pyramid. There are four.
Alan: There’s actually more.
Greg: I’m lost there. What do you guys mean?
Mona: He said that there were three sides to a pyramid that appear.
Alan: No. I said if you’re standing on one side you don’t see the other three.
Mona: Oh yeah, right.
Alan: There’s also another one below it, the base.
Mona: What I’m saying is that it was clear in my upbringing that the Masons did not allow Catholics or Jews in because they didn’t want to be infiltrated with superstitious nonsense. They certainly did put intellect above everything else. Although they have a great affection for the ancient Egyptian traditions because as you may not know ancient, ancient Egypt that built the first pyramid was built by Anglo Saxons and—
Alan:  I think you swallowed an awful lot of the nonsense that comes with this really. You really have. That’s just all later propaganda that was put out in the last hundred odd years.
Mona: And so have the Jews and the Blacks and the Catholics—
Greg: And the Polish people too.
Mona: –Only been allowed in Masonry in the last 50 years since the Second World War when all of the racial barriers were torn down.
Alan: That’s not true. The Rothschild’s were allowed into the British English one when they took over the Bank of England.
Mona: Exactly and that is where I think our problems began as I think I said. I think our problems comes from the House of Rothschild not the rich white guys who simply formed a group in response to the King’s oppression to say hey we are going to gather together as Masons – stonemasons builders of houses and walls and we’re going to decide for ourselves. It was the first union that was ever formed.
Alan: Ancient Egypt was a socialist run system.
Mona: I’m not talking about ancient Egypt.
Alan: And the stonemasons there were all paid by the top guy of the state. The state paid them their wages.
Mona: I’m talking about Freemasonry which started in England and as the first union is standing up against the King who was running a feudal system and they said we’re going to decide for ourselves what our standards are and we’re going to be so good that you’re going to have to pay us-
Alan: This is the propaganda you’ve read since then. They came in the 1500s. They were preaching the same stuff then. The Rosicrucian movement gave you the Blue Lodge.
Mona: I don’t know what the Blue Lodge is. I do know that Rosicrucians believe that if you go into a meditative state you can communicate with spirits and I don’t see anything intrinsically evil about that.
Alan: Well that’s fine. You see, you’re allowed to believe the propaganda that’s given on a lower level and what you’ve told me so far is a lower level propaganda.
Mona: Yes and you have to prove that my propaganda is false.
Greg: Let’s just start if I could break in here. Let me just ask both you the question and I’m asking myself the question. Greg, do you want to stop the New World Order? Yes, I don’t think I’d like to see a one-world government. I don’t think I’d like to see a one world religion and I don’t think I’d like to see my free will and free thought taken away. Now, lets go with my guest – Alan, what do you feel about that question?
Alan: That’s correct and that’s why you can’t have people who join organizations and swear oaths to keep secrets from everyone else and then put them into officialdom over the top of you.
Greg: Now Mona, I’m going to ask you the same question. Do you believe – do you want to stop the New World Order? Do you believe in free will and free thought?
Mona: Yes, but I do not that precludes people from joining clubs and having secrets.
Greg: Okay.
Alan: There’s your problem.
Greg: Because we could go on for a while.
Alan: That’s your problem right there.
Greg: Okay Mona, thank you so much. You can call anytime. Let’s move on. Joyce in Wisconsin you’re on The Investigative Journal.
Joyce: Yes, thank you for your program.
Greg: Thank you.
Joyce: While you were speaking to the lady that was just on I just wanted to add before I ask my question. My father was a member of the Blue Lodge of the Scottish Rite and he read a book that a friend had given him before he died. I would say maybe it was about eight years before he died and the author’s last name was Streeter. I was young and I wasn’t paying too much attention but I do remember a little bit about what was going on and the book was entitled, “In High Places” and my father was never the same. He was the secretary/treasurer for a lodge in a suburb of a city I grew up in and he never did support going to the meeting or anything about Freemasonry. He just gave it up. He never attended any more meetings and I was so thankful for that friend, whoever he was, to straighten my father out.  My question is, in reading the Bible I observe the warlike nature of the god of the Old Testament, and what is the difference in the almighty Yahweh, who just seemed to come on the scene when British Israelism came into this country, and Jehovah?
Greg: Alan?
Alan: Yes. I mean the British Israelism movement was taken over actually. It was a crazy guy who started it initially who wanted to dethrone the throne of England because he thought he was a closer tie to the ancient aristocracy of Israel but they took the idea in Britain and created the British Israel Association. Now it has two names. The other name and at the same office actually is the World Federalists Society. They were setup to integrate the world – a united world. It’s one in the same thing, the British Israel movement. It’s part of the Cecil Rhodes Foundation for World Government and it goes under different guises but that’s the guises primarily pushes out there by using religion because religion is a fantastic tool for creating an new order of things. So that’s correct, yes.
Joyce: Okay. Yahweh is not the almighty?
Alan: No. Yahweh – there’s 72 names contained within Yahweh and each name is an important aspect of this system. If you notice, Yahweh is nothing more than the human attributes of an oriental despot really. It’s someone who might be happy one day and furious the next – an unstable dad, you now. That’s how the old kings were.
Joyce: Thank you so much.
Greg: Okay Joyce thanks a lot. Let’s move on. Joe in Pennsylvania. Joe?
Joe: Hi.
Greg: Hi. You’re on The Investigative Journal.
Joe: Yes. I wanted to ask Mr. Watt why he believes that – you believe [         ] is a Freemason, right?
Alan: I know that he was on Hehpsehboah show and he refused to answer her.
Joe: Okay. Do you believe he’s disinfo is what I mean?
Alan: What I do know is that the British Intelligence Service setup a branch of MI6 in the Cotswold area of London. It’s a special little place where they train people to go out into the world and create mysticism and confusion. In other words, to create gurus for the world. Aleister Crowley was one of their first man that was sent out to create theOrdo Templi Orientis and they haven’t stopped. I do know that he is following the same route as Aleister Crowley because he comes out taking the real information, that’s what they call intelligence, that’s been gathered about the bankers and all these guys behind the movers and shakers; once he’s got these followers he adds in the reptilian agenda, UFOs and everything else. The average reader will then discredit all of the real authors that he mentions in his books, and that’s called counter-intelligence. That’s how you ridicule intelligence, and so he’s also going the same route in South America of being initiated under drugs into channeling.
Greg: We’re going to take a break Joe. You can stay on the line. We have one more segment. Back in three minutes on The Investigative Journal. Okay back to our final segment on The Investigative Journal and Joe from Pennsylvania are you still with us?
Joe: Yes, I wanted to ask one more question. I didn’t get to listen to the whole show but I was wondering if you Mr. Watt have ever talked about the idea of a scientific dictatorship?
Alan: Oh yes.
Joe: You want to get into that a little?
Alan: Yes, the scientific – that was first discussed by H.G. Wells who was an official propagandist for the British government in “The Shape of Things to Come.” In fact, in that novel that he wrote with the third world war beginning in Iraq he said, “we shall create a Freemasonry of scientist – a scientific elite.”  Lord Bertrand Russell talks about the same thing.  On my website you’ll see you can download Huxley’s speech – Aldous Huxley the grandson of Professor Huxley – he says in it, “I can see no reason why a scientific elite can ever fail.” He said, “that Rome failed because it could not produce enough bread and circuses for the people but with today’s technology we can supply it.” Therefore, they are creating a scientific elite of intellectuals to run the lesser peoples.
Greg: And Joe?
Joe: Just one more comment.
Greg: We’ve got about two minutes.
Joe: Okay. Since you brought up H.G. Wells I think he wrote a book actually “A Blueprint for the New World Order,” I believe it was. Am I correct?
Alan: Yes, he called it “The Open Conspiracy.”
Joe: Right, right.
Alan: Because they do publish what they’re going to do and put them in the libraries.
Joe: Right okay. Thanks. That answered my question.
Greg: Okay thanks Joe and we have about a minute or so Alan. Is there anything you wanted to finish up with?
Alan: That shows you the pigeon-holes that people are in, where you have daughters of Masons – in my first book they should read that because I photocopy right out of their own charter books from the Grand Lodge of England that tells you that the female sects are there simply for show and they’re never given the real secrets, and I print it all up for them. They’re being used.
Greg: When’s this new book coming out?
Alan: That should be hopefully out in say a month.
Greg: Give us a little preview?
Alan: A continuation into the deeper mysteries behind all of the associations that run the world including Zionism and all the other isms that are used today.
Greg: Okay, look forward to that. Give us the website where people can find your writings and more about you and some of your other interviews.
Alan: Yes. It’s called .com and there’s a lot on there you can download for free.
Greg: Okay and one last thing. You said something important throughout the show. You said people can make a difference if they’re aware, if they understand history, if they understand what’s going on and they don’t allow these disinformation groups or the infiltrators to led them astray. Any advice?
Alan: Always remember that Albert Pike said, “We always supply the people with leaders” and that’s what some of the pied pipers are.
Greg: Okay, well, listen Alan, we’re all out of time but thank you so much and we’ll get together again.
Alan: It’s a pleasure.
Greg: That was Alan Watt. We’re all out of time on The Investigative Journal. I’ll be back tomorrow, same time, same place. Until then, good afternoon.

INTERVIEW WITH DR. HESHAM TILLAWI
ON
CURRENT ISSUES TV
MAY 18, 2006

Dr. Tillawi: Good evening and welcome to “Current Issues.” I’m your host, Hesham Tillawi. Welcome to the program ladies and gentlemen. Tonight, we’re having a lot of technical difficulties so we ask everyone to bear with us especially on our graphics computer and the work on the audio. We’re having problems with the audio. I’m not really sure how you’re able to hear it, but we are working on that. Unfortunately, when you have a public access station, sometimes things do go bad and it takes a while to repair them. As you know, public access stations are running on a very limited budget and we’re having problems with our graphic computer, but we will be able to improvise a little bit. We will be able to show you some of the graphics in the first hour.
In the first hour, ladies and gentlemen, we will be speaking with Alan Watt. Alan, he’s a researcher. He’s a researcher. He spends a lot of time researching the secret societies. Now we have talked to you about the Freemasons, the Illuminati. We’ve heard a lot of different groups. The Knights Templars. The – what else are out there? There’s a lot of secret societies out there that supposedly most world leaders are a graduate of those societies. So Alan is an expert on the subject. Now I do ask you to have an open mind. Whatever you are going to be hearing from Alan, just have an open mind, use it as entertainment if anything else, because I am probably very skeptical just like you on a lot of these conspiracies because we’re feeling it but we can’t really put our finger on it but there’s a lot of stuff that’s been coming out lately about these conspiracies and what is going on with the secret societies supposedly that we are being controlled by. Okay. I am – all right. Like we are saying, we’re having problems so just give me a pen and I’ll write it for you. We’re having problems with the graphics and I need to get the password unfortunately. So anyhow.
What I’m saying ladies and gentlemen is just have an open mind about what you are about to hear from Alan. We will be speaking about who is controlling the world and how they are doing it and how long have they been doing it, because what Alan is saying is they have been doing it for a long, long time. Now, who are these people? How did they become where they are and how are they controlling us? So we will be speaking with Alan as soon as we put him on. Do we have Alan with us? Is Alan with us? Okay. I guess not. Until we get Alan back, the government put out a video yesterday about the plane that hit the Pentagon; and actually, we have Alan with us, okay.
Good evening, Alan. Can you hear me okay? Alan’s having a hard time – okay, there we go. All right. Can you hear me Alan?
Alan: You’ve got a little bit of feedback there for some reason.
Dr. Tillawi: Alan, I want to apologize. We’re having some technical difficulties here that we are working on, but I think we will be able to hear you. Can you hear me okay though? Alan?
Alan: Yes, it’s coming in.
Dr. Tillawi: Okay. I wonder if we can just turn the sound up so I can hear him better over here. Okay. Normally we do this before the show but our equipments were down and we’re having to do it in the middle of a live show, so again we apologize to all our viewers. Alan, tell me – I mean we have talked about secret societies. We have talked about who these people are and mostly can you explain who these people are. Can you tell me something about the secret societies, where they are, where they come from?
Alan: Well, the secret societies have an awful long history which is documented. For instance in England – they came into England around the 1500’s under Rosicrucianism and that’s when suddenly science started to take over from religions in a flurry of activity with Francis Bacon, John Dee and many others who all belonged to the Rosicrucian Societies and some of them also joined what became eventually the Royal Society, which was a freemasonic scientific institution, which still runs today. However, in the 1600’s and 1700’s in order to join it you had to either be a bachelor or else put your wife away with the children and leave money for them but never see them again. It was primarily a male dominated society where they swore oaths to each other and they kept the secrets of their science pretty well to themselves.
These sciences were meant for control purposes over the population. Eventually, these secret ones, Rosicrucianism, blossomed into freemasonic societies in the 1700’s and even in the freemasonic societies there are specialized ones. There are special sections going up to intelligence agencies which are interconnected with other countries.
Around the late 1800’s, Cecil Rhodes, who became the founder of Rhodesia, he was set up by Lord Rothschild and a few other very wealthy people in London to basically further the British Empire. The whole idea was to get a world system based on the British System of ‘free trade’ and the Commonwealth, and their idea was to export the whole culture abroad, especially into Africa and the Middle East. What they did is they recruited the students at universities especially Cambridge and Oxford and trained them in different languages to go over and start up newspaper organizations to give out propaganda in those countries.
Dr. Tillawi: Now, I mean we hear of the freemasonry. We hear of the Illuminati, the Knights Templar. Are they one in the same? Are they separate groups or how is that? How does that work?
Alan: The key is – we know that the first group that came to the West was the Knights Templars that definitely was a society within an organization – a secret society within an organization. We know that they had their own special oaths to each other and they were also a priest-warrior type of organization and they became the first major bankers – international bankers of the day who also used a form of checking system and they kept gold in reserves which they could give to depositors on demand. They were definitely international bankers.
However, in 1906, there was a Convocation – “The Great Convocation” of the Rosicrucian Society in Allentown, Pennsylvania, and they put a book out at the time and the head who was called Clymer, that was his name. He said, “I summoned all the lodges. The Grand Lodge of England. The Scottish Rite Lodge. The Eastern Star. The Rosicrucians.” He summoned all the lodges and they all came for the Convocation, which meant THEY WERE ALL ONE and the SAME ORGANIZATION at the TOP LEVEL.
Dr. Tillawi: Do they have like a big structure on top? I know that they have certain degrees like Mason, 1st, 2nd, 3rd and I think the highest is 32nd degrees?
Alan: It’s much higher.
Dr. Tillawi: Okay. I mean who are these people?
Alan: The ones at the top as I say when you trace them back to groups like the Cecil Rhodes Foundation and the Round Table groups and Lord Alfred Milner that joined the Cecil Rhodes organization; they merged the two to create a world empire based on the British type system. You find that they’re all interwoven with these same freemasonic organizations to bring world unity; and again, not just world unity, but a brand new way of living where eventually – and they’ve written about this in their own books, that THERE WOULD BE NO PRIVATE PROPERTY. People would basically live to serve the world state as an honor in fact and so ‘free trade’ and money in fact is really just a means to an end. It’s not the end in itself. It’s a means to an end, so we’re going through a transition of pooling the world’s resources into a singular structure. There’s no other way it can be under the United Nations’ rules and their own charter is for world government.
When they set up the League of Nations back at the time of the end of the First World War, they were far more open on that fact they were thereTO CREATE WORLD GOVERNMENT. And I think even if you go back into the United States Constitution and if you read the memoirs of Benjamin Franklin, his own diaries and letters, and the same with some of the other founders like Jefferson, they both said that they saw the United States as the beginning of a world of federated governments under a single government run by 12 wise men. They envisioned a global government coming out of the United States.
Dr. Tillawi: So that’s what they are after, is to get a global government, right?
Alan: Absolutely.
Dr. Tillawi: So they have like citizens of the world, is that what they’re after?
Alan: Yes. In fact, the Illuminati were the first ones to openly – and remember Adam Weishaupt was only one branch of a much older organization. He gets the blame for everything but he did not come up with the idea. He just stuck his head up in time and the Illuminati in Germany – in fact his branches, his lodges were called ‘Beenan Orden,’ meaning the ‘Order of the Bee’ or the beehive, and that was the same symbol you’ll find in the painting – the Masonic painting of George Washington and the ‘beehive’ is down below his feet in that major painting. They were ALL illuminati; that was the key to it.
When Adam Weishaupt was chased out of Bavaria, he went to Saxe-Coburg and they gave him a life-long pension to live there and to continue his work. Well, the Royal Family of England their FULL NAME is Saxe-Coburg-Gotha because those same families moved into Britain with King George. So here you have the oddest thing where you think why on earth would royalty put out a guy like Weishaupt who apparently opposed them and it’s not until you clue into the fact there is an actual science behind this technique of wanting change and starting something off, but you need opposition to get the ball rolling. Once you have the ball rolling, you get the synthesis. That’s really what they’re after.
Dr. Tillawi: Okay. We’re going to be going to a break here in just a second, so just stay with us for Alan. We have a lot to talk about. We will be right back. Welcome back to the show, ladies and gentlemen. We are speaking with Alan Watt. He has done a lot of work on the secret societies. As a matter of fact, he has a book and some DVDs. What’s the name of your book, Alan?
Alan: There’s actually three of them. It’s called “Cutting Through” and I have I, II and III.
Dr. Tillawi: Now “Cutting Through the Matrix,” right?
Alan: That’s right.
Dr. Tillawi: What are the matrix that you are trying to help people cutting through?
Alan: The Matrix really is the ‘system of reality.’ Everything we take for granted as being normal. In fact, it’s a planned structure. It’s a structured planned society that we’re living in and it’s based on a science around all mammals. Mammals look towards the adults to warn them of dangers and problems and if the adult doesn’t warn them, the young don’t know there’s anything wrong. For an animal, for instance, a young bear might think a human is a friendly person. It’s the same with people. If your parents have swallowed the conditioning and they don’t know how to even warn their child, the child grows up thinking that everything has evolved in this way some natural haphazard fashion, therefore it must be normal. When you point out to them through old books et cetera, things that are happening today and say well this was written a hundred years ago. How come it’s happening today? They still must think it’s a coincidence because they believe everything is just evolving on a daily basis.
Dr. Tillawi: Now, Alan, it’s really hard for people to understand exactly what these people are trying to do but mainly control and we know they control the economy of the world. We know they probably control most of the governments in the world, right?
Alan: Yes.
Dr. Tillawi: But also there was something interesting that you spoke about, which is trying to control the minds of people. Can you touch on that?
Alan: For total control in any system, EVERYBODY must be PREDICTABLE.  Every individual must be predictable. The trouble in the past is some people would sneak through their system. They wouldn’t catch them and they would grow up and they’d cause problems down the road, so through a standardized educational system THEY could find the possible leadership, those with leadership qualities and abilities, and catch them young and either guide them into this system, or else what you’ll find today I think they’re putting them on Ritalin. You’ll find it’s mainly young males are being put on Ritalin and they’re extroverted, they have leadership qualities. The educational system, you’ll find this in freemasonic literature, they take the credit for giving the Western world its school system and it’s a standardized school system.
The whole thing with the communist side of things, which is only the other hand of the same body, which they need to meet opposition. The communist side of it was to centralize all government and all governmental institutions. Well, now they’ve done the same thing on a worldwide basis because you have a National Education Association, which in turn belongs to the International Educational Association, which belongs to UNESCO at the United Nations.  The United Nations – and you see this in their own literature, that their function is to create a common world culture through the young, through the training of the young through a standardized education. Very, very important.
Dr. Tillawi: What about physically controlling the minds of people?
Alan: Physically – so much has been documented on this aspect of it. Going back to the 1950’s you have the grandson of Charles Darwin. You’ll find these families are so important because they seem to carry on the tradition in the family of the same function.  Charles Galton Darwin was a physicist in the 1950’s and he put out a book called, “The Next Million Years,” and in there he outlined on behalf of an elite class in England the fact that they’d have to cull off an awful lot of the “useless eaters” as they called them. In a post-industrial society they wouldn’t need them they said; and if they allowed them to breed willy-nilly they’d eventually out-breed the ruling classes. He suggested different methods of lobotomizing – literally lobotomizing the brain of people through chemical means or bacterial means or bacterial warfare methods. This book was hailed as a masterpiece by all the major British newspapers at the time, and “The Next Million Years” was a boast that they could be in charge of the world’s destiny for the next million years.
He did say in that book that they could not alter the brain of the leaders – the world elite. He said because they must retain survival capabilities; whereas the average person wouldn’t need those survival capabilities because the state would be taking care of all their decisions and making them for them. That’s how blatant these guys are.
Dr. Tillawi: Now I came across a little gadget that says ‘mind control’ on it with electromagnetic waves that you can actually control someone’s mind.
Alan: Yes. THIS IS OLD TECHNOLOGY. It’s very old technology. You’ll find in fact the major players in history were all high degree Freemasons and Alexander Graham Bell was given credit for the telephone, which was the greatest boon for intelligence agencies to get information from everybody over the phone. However, his father was working on this voice-to-skull technique long before he was and it was a technique of broadcasting electromagnetic pulses straight to the brain on a subconscious – or on a conscious level, sometimes you’d be unaware that these thoughts were being introduced, but at a subconscious level your mind could actually read the coding that was sent to you. This is a very real science. It’s ‘old science’ in fact and it has been used.
Dr. Tillawi: Okay. So far, we know they control the money. They control the economy. They control government and they also want to control the population of the world.
Alan: Yes.
Dr. Tillawi: How are they doing that?  Are they designing population now unless you have actually a function to do in this society you will not be born in this society? Is that eventually what they want to get to?
Alan: That’s exactly where they want to get to and various authors like Charles Galton Darwin wrote about that. The people who would be born in the future would be there to serve the government or the “World State” they called it, and no one would be born unless they had a function that was needed in that system. You can trace this all the way back even further because Plato wrote about this in the “Republic.” Plato himself boasted about being initiated into the “mysteries” as he called them while he was studying in Egypt. This is a very, very OLD AGENDA and the sciences that have been used down through the ages ARE SCIENCES WHICH ARE KEPT HIDDEN FROM THE PUBLIC.
Dr. Tillawi: What about the mass drugging of societies?
Alan: That was also a thing that Charles Galton Darwin promoted and then it was taken up as well by Aldous Huxley who wrote “Brave New World” and then “Brave New World Revisited” in a non-fiction book. He said that he really believed that Rome fell because the government couldn’t provide enough bread and circuses; whereas a scientific dictatorship, there’s no reason why it couldn’t run forever by using chemical means to drug the population.  They have written about this widely, in fact, in various books.
However, sterilization, interestingly enough, every year the United Nations gives out the sperm count of the Western male and it’s about due now in fact. This is generally when they give out these statistics and amongst all the other statistics; they just put it in there. Now last year the Western male was down 75% of the 1950’s count, so he’s only 25%fertile. That’s all he is now and yet there’s no panic about it. The reason is there’s no panic is because it’s deliberate and I really think that when you go back to the writings which were included in the Department of Population Control at the League of Nations in the First World War, they talked about inoculating people with certain chemicals which would render the people infertile. I think this is being done.
Dr. Tillawi: Okay. Now what do you think is going on with this immigration thing that we see, the illegal immigration coming to the United States? Do you think that’s organized? There’s something behind it or this is arbitrary?
Alan: It’s organized all right. It was organized because again at that 1906 Convocation they held, the largest one for freemasons in Allentown, Pennsylvania, they said that their duty was to work towards a “United Americas” beginning with Mexico returning as part of America into the U.S. where the two ‘eagles’ will be joined together. This is an old plan and also the Rockefeller Foundation you’ll find funds all of these supposedly radical groups in Mexico. They fund them, so these are well organized and planned.
Jacques Attali, who was the Kissinger of Europe, he pushed for the European Union, he wrote about that in his book called, “Millennium,” and he published that in 1990 and the subtitle was, “Winners and Losers in the Coming New World Order.”  He said eventually as the borders begin to disintegrate in the United States vast numbers would flood in from the south into America and after much, much turmoil and chaos he said most of America in the southern parts would be Spanish speaking. This was all planned long, long ago. We’re just seeing the effects of it now.
Dr. Tillawi: Let me ask you a question, Alan. Do you think – I mean are we going through another cycle in this world where maybe we had nuclear weapons thousands of years ago and we destroyed the world and then we’re coming back? Have you done any research on that?
Alan: Well, I know that much has been made of the Hindu religion which talks about previous ages, these are just classifications of periods of time, where they claim that the world has had many previous high civilizations which brought themselves to ruin. They say that the Brahmans, for instance, claim that they are survivors of a previous type of human that lived from a previous age and that high-tech weaponry was used – “ray guns” we would call them, I suppose, were used by the gods as they fought each other. Therefore, it’s difficult to say what is fantasy and what’s being used by the New Age today to make us think that it is inevitable.
However, there’s no doubt that science as we’re given it in this matrix system, we are at theLOWEST LEVEL of REALITY where SCIENCE is CONCERNED and that’s for all of the sciences, for physics, medicine and so on. We are at the bottom level and all this stuff we buy from the bookshelves keeps us in that level.
In 1970 or 1971 the BBC did a documentary on Area 51 in the United States and they photographed these flying saucer machines coming up out of this military base and traveling at incredible speeds. These things are way ahead of ‘level one reality,’ as I call it, which is the Stealth fighter-type technique aircraft. There are different levels of science co-existing, each one being kept separate from the other. It’s even fascinating to watch them send regular troops into war zones still using really antique firearms and so on, when they have no need of those at all, really.
We forget the Star Wars program was up and operating back in the late ‘80’s, early ‘90’s and they can literally eliminate either a single person from a satellite using laser or they can literally microwave a whole continent if they want to.
Dr. Tillawi: I think we’re ready for a break, and Alan, stay with me. When we come back, I’m going to ask you about weather manipulation and HAARP and all that, so we’ll be right back. Welcome back, ladies and gentlemen. We’re speaking with Alan Watt. His books and videos: .com. Alan, before the break I asked you about weather manipulation, if this technology does exist in reality and is it something that has been used or will be used?
Alan: Yes. There’s a treaty in the United Nations people can look up. It was signed in I think 1978 and it was an international agreement where the major powers agreed not to use HAARP type technology on each other in wartime; and the effects they said in the treaty were that the HAARP could use weather manipulation causing either drought or flooding. It could cause hurricanes, tornadoes. It could cause earthquakes. The whole gambit was there, plus manipulation of the minds of the public by carrying a secondary signal; they can actually affect the minds of the general population. This does exist. It’s documented. The CBC in Canada, the major television network, which is government run, did a documentary a few years ago. I think you can find that in CBC archives in fact where they went to the HAARP facility. They show you the facility with all the antennas and talk about the effects which it can cause. This is real. They are using it.
They’re spraying the skies like crazy and it’s all over the world that they’re doing this EXCEPT for China and Switzerland.
Dr. Tillawi: I guess if we try to put all this stuff together now trying to understand what’s going on. I mean they want to control the population. You think what is happening on the southern border of the United States is organized? Do you think these people have a plan before us and the plan does not look too good for those who can survive I guess. So what’s the end of all this? Is there going to be war where the strongest eliminate the weakest? Are we going to have nuclear war? What’s going to happen?
Alan: I think this is all deliberate. The tension will increase – remember Jacques Attali talked – these guys sat in on the World Planning Meetings and so they know all of the effects long before the public know the moves are beginning. They expected – he wrote about it in the book, “Millennium.” He wrote about it, he said that hordes will flood in including criminal classes which will cause mayhem in the southern states and he said reactions will be provoked from the public, from the people, but really what’s going to come out of it is a whole new set of laws for a United Americas and they’re going to be restrictive laws on everybody from the tip of Alaska right down to South America. That’s what is going to come out of it, a new charter for the Americas and they need the conflict to begin. They’ll probably drag it out for a long time. They’ll publish it over and over in the newspapers about criminal classes and gangs and so on until the public are so sick, then they’ll come out with a solution. We’ll all breathe a sigh of relief and then we’ll find out we have no rights whatsoever. That’s how it will play out.
Dr. Tillawi: Okay. Alan, stay with me. We’re going to go to the phone and with Joe.
Joe: Hello sir. Great program tonight. I’m learning a lot. I wanted to ask a question about – since you mentioned about population control or population – I’m going to call it what it is. Extermination.
Dr. Tillawi: Depopulation.
Joe: Yes. Well, what is the information that he has on GM food or genetically modified food for the sterilization of the human race and has he got any knowledge or read anything about Aristotle and Aristotle’s comments on democracy, that it’s nothing but the rule of the mob; and if you have any information about that and the genetically modified food if you have any information about that? Thank you, sir.
Dr. Tillawi: Thank you.
Alan: Aristotle again belonged to the same mystery religions trained in Europe. His wife was given to him by an international banker of that period from the Middle East so he was well connected with the whole agenda and they knew – it’s not really mob rule. It’s that they understand the sciences which can make the bulk of the population vote in their favor because they know human behavior. That’s really what they mean by that. They’ve never ever really believed in such a thing called ‘democracy’. Eighty-five percent of the public were known in ancient Greece to vote exactly the way that the elite wanted them to vote, and it’s never changed till today. If you offer the bulk of the public something which sounds wonderful and free, they’ll generally go for it and then end up in chains at the end. That’s the system of democracy.
As far as the modified food goes, I’m sure there are many, many reasons they give to us. Canada was the test guinea pigs to be used. We found out only a few years ago when it broke out from Britain when they were going to pass the law there that they must accept the GM food; it came out that Canada had been using this for 10 years on the public and we hadn’t beentold up until then.  Then they broke out with a cover-up and said “we did a secret deal with Monsanto (this is the Canadian government) to keep it secret from the public,” and who knows how long they were really using it for. We have no real idea; but there’s no way that you put hundreds of different genes from animals and insects and so on together just to get a bigger vegetable. I’m sure there are many other functions involved and since the oldest drugs in the books are produced by plants, I wouldn’t be surprised that many of these things that we take for granted today are actually creating drugs as they grow and affecting us.
Dr. Tillawi: Okay. Here you are. Let’s go with the most famous writer on the Internet, Judy Andreas. Go ahead, Judy.
Judy Andreas: The most famous. Oh my goodness. I love your show tonight.
Dr. Tillawi: Thank you.
Judy Andreas: And Alan, I love your work. I just had a question for you. This is such a diabolical enemy with such advanced technology at its disposal. It just sounds – I heard you quote Albert Pike who talked about the fact that World War III would be fought between Zionism and Islam, which seems to be obviously materializing. My question is: do you believe that we are doomed to this destiny or is there a way to avert this catastrophe?
Alan: I’m not so sure we can avoid it because it’s so far entrenched now in all the institutions of the world. The idea was even mentioned by other members of the Illuminati, too, who said that they would bring the world to such a near disaster of elimination of the whole population that people would be so sick of all religions that they would then accept the new scientific form of control or an “age of reason” as they put it.  I think that may very well come, because under all the guises they’re using now to steal the wealth of the world and put it under the control of a few, they’re also using religion big time right now and I think they will bring it to a crescendo and blame everything on religion, and sure enough, they will come out with a new scientific dictatorship and an “age of reason.”  However, the reason that they are talking about is really a form of what Plato talked about, “A Guardian Class,” a hereditary Guardian Class who would rule the world, because Plato and all the elites since believe that they have superior genes. In fact, that’s the whole thing about their idea of evolution. They believe that they are at the top of the food chain and they have the right to rule the lessers. So did Charles Galton Darwin. He made no bones about that. These people do not believe in equality by any means. That’s a sick joke to them.
Dr. Tillawi: Now let me follow-up on Judy’s question with one of my own. Do you think that was the reason why they placed the Zion state in the middle of the Middle East or in the middle of that area? Do you think it had something to do with it?
Alan: I think it had to. In fact it was so heavily financed from London by the same group connected with Cecil Rhodes and Lord Milner. The Royal Institute of International Affairs they call it in England and the American branch is called the Council on Foreign Relations. Even Lord Rothschild was on the board of the Cecil Rhodes group and he did set off the funding to bring in immigrants into that land. They set up their chessboard way ahead and they use all sides actually to battle each other and never for the ending that they actually foresee. It’s for the elites’ ending, which is always different, so I have no doubt it was set up there.
There are two good books that should be read, by Sir Ronald Storrs, S-T-O-R-R-S, and he was the British high commissioner for Palestine in the 1920’s and he wrote his memoirs in two books. One of them is called “Orientations,” and he watched them coming into the Palestine area of the bulk of Jewry from Russia and he said at the time that they were basically communistic types, atheistic types; and I always wondered why did the Soviet Union allow anybody out, especially ones who were supposedly religious, unless there was another purpose for it. Really, it was initially set up to be another branch of communism; although that died away after a long time, primarily because the women did not wanted to be separated from their children at childbirth. They tried that at the very beginning and they wrote about it.  It was to be an experiment in true communism initially and so Ronald Storrs documents the comings in of the different spokesmen for all of the groups including those in Britain. And at the time, it must be realized that the bulk of the world’s Jewry was against the setting up of a State of Israel. They had riots in London in the 1920’s and 1930’s about this because they did not believe that man was supposed to create the new State of Israel, it was to be set up by God, and therefore this one was really a fake that was being set up and they had mass pitch battles in London about it.
Dr. Tillawi: Judy and Alan, stay with me. We’re going to take a short break and we’ll be right back. Welcome back, ladies and gentlemen. We are speaking with Alan Watt. He has done a lot of research on secret societies and what they are trying to do with the population of the world and control the world and the whole thing, and I believe we still have Judy with us. Judy, are you still with us?
Judy Andreas: I am. It’s just I have to listen to Alan through the computer because I can only hear you.
Dr. Tillawi: I know and there’s like a little bit of a delay there. Judy, do you have any other questions for Alan or you want to make a comment?
Judy Andreas: No. I just feel – you know it just seems like such a fatalistic way to look at things because I know programs like Hesham’s and other programs are trying so hard to educate people so that we’ll wake up and perhaps be able to do something instead of just falling lock step into these plans, but it sounds like it’s kind of choiceless from the way you’re presenting it.
Dr. Tillawi: Unfortunately, you’re probably right. Alan, do we have a choice?
Alan: Yes. You see it’s not totally fatalistic. I’ve got so many people from all backgrounds and religions contact me who are on top of things. They know that every group is being used against every other group and some mass movements that have happened, even big demonstrations about the conflict in the Middle East have taken part in New York where thousands have marched, including Rabbis, and yet they didn’t get one single notice in the newspaper that they were against this and even what Israel’s doing.  That’s your problem; the major media is totally controlled by the ones that run the system.
Dr. Tillawi: So Alan, I mean do these people plan like 200 years at a time? Is this thing hereditary where they inherit these organizations from their parents and grandparents? I mean if we look at what’s going on now, what you’re saying was that the seed was planted 200 years ago or maybe longer?
Alan: Oh yes, I have no doubt on that and really when you look at long-range business plans, how business operates for corporations, they’ll work out investments from 50 years to 100 years ahead where they want to be. When you do into the histories of the Diplomatic Service in London, that’s how they operated. They did work towards the creation of a world empire. They knew at the time as well in the 1920’s that they couldn’t do it all by themselves.
In fact, John Dee who was the man who coined the term “the British Empire” and suggested a world empire to Queen Elizabeth I, they knew that they couldn’t do it alone. In the 1920’s Rudyard Kipling, a very high freemason for the British Empire too, who wrote many books for the British Empire, came to the United States and read this poem to the Senate and that’s when he talked about the “White Man’s Burden,” and he said, “we pass the torch on to you,” so this is well understood that America would take over from Britain after the first world war.
Dr. Tillawi: Okay. Judy, thanks for the call.
Judy Andreas: Oh, you’re very welcome. Thank you.
Dr. Tillawi: Okay, lets go to line one with Ramsey from Canada. Go ahead.
Ramsey: How are you?
Dr. Tillawi: I’m fine, thank you.
Ramsey: I just have a comment. There’s no need to talk about the secret society and all that stuff. All this information is well documented and people like your guest you’re playing into the hands of the Jewish Zionists and again a process from this and that’s my comment.
Dr. Tillawi: Well no, no. Tell me – I mean you made a comment and it’s a very important and a big comment. It’s like you shoot a huge bomb and you say that’s a bomb, so tell me why you think with what Alan is doing and what we’re doing on the show and why do you think we’re playing in the hands of the Jews?
Ramsey: It’s sort of like – you know the Jewish Zionists are very powerful in the media and like you talk about the secret society and the Illuminati and all that stuff like all this is not scientific or academic or empirical or factual material. You have to bring back well respected scholars and when they talk about the issues which have done many times like Rod Steven, [Skinosky] and all the people like when you talk about the secret societies and like–
Dr. Tillawi: Let me ask you this, Ramsey. Ramsey, have you heard of Alan Watt before?
Ramsey: No.
Dr. Tillawi: Have you read his work?
Ramsey: No, I haven’t.
Dr. Tillawi: Maybe you want to because I have studied what Alan has done and Alan had been on hundreds of radio interviews, TV interviews. He was on Coast to Coast with George Noory. He was on a lot of them and maybe – I understand what you’re saying that maybe we are playing in the hands of the Zionists. I don’t know why, I’m going to let Alan comment on that, but really you’re not being fair with Alan when you say about scholars because he has really done a lot of work on the subject. His website is .com. We apologize that our graphics computer is not working. Otherwise, we would have put it in the screen. Alan, you want to comment on what Ramsey has said?
Alan: Yes. There’s no doubt the high – see, in the occult, as they call it, they call it the hidden—
Ramsey: That’s right.
Dr. Tillawi: Ramsey thank you. You may want to hear him on the computer. We have a little delay here. Thanks. Okay, go ahead, Alan.
Alan: In the occult they have at least two or three meanings for the same term. Now most Jews today think that Zionism means a place or a new home for Israel or a new Israel. However, on a higher level there’s world Zionism which has nothing to do with world Jewry because most Zionists are – there’s more Gentiles in Zionism than actually Jews and you can read about that at the set up of Israel, where they discussed all of the Gentile Zionists and the future of the world and it was not really a Jewish thing. It’s an occult agenda. You’ll find the top Zionists are interrelated and interbred with all peoples of the world, of all groups and all nations and all religions; and I think we have to look at things differently. We can’t just look at one group. That’s the oldest technique in the book and we all end up losing. We have to take this and say, hey, we’ve all had enough of this. We shouldn’t be fighting and killing each other for someone else’s agenda; and that’s when you start on the road to truth and that’s when they start to lose their power.
Dr. Tillawi: Now Alan, let me ask you a question though. Now, from your research, those people like the Rothschilds and these people who are on top of this pyramid, proportionately speaking, I mean do you see more Jewish on the top of the pyramid?
Alan: Well, what I see is what H.G. Wells talked about in his “History of the World.” He wrote a two-part History of the World, a non-fiction, and H.G. Wells was a propagandist for the British Empire. He did get paid by the Secret Service and in there he had a list of peoples that would combine to lead the world into a New World Order. It was to be those who had been most successful by becoming controllers of industry and the biggest financers of economy and he did not mean the ordinary people. He meant the multi, multimillionaires that have proven it by long, long lineages of control. If you look into the Rothschild family, these guys have been bankers for hundreds and hundreds of years, maybe even longer than we’d ever suspect, and when you read the histories of the Rothschild’s and even some of their own memoirs, like Victor Rothschild, these guys did not believe in any religion except true science, these particular characters. So I think that H.G. Wells was quite right. They did take in the top elite of every country with a historical proven record on maintaining control inter-generationally, but this is where they spread the conflict. They tend to get the ordinary people blamed while the elite ones go free. This is the oldest technique in the book.
Dr. Tillawi: Alan, you want to go ahead – we’re coming at the end of the show now. Go ahead and give your website and how people can get your materials.
Alan: Yes, it’s called .com and on there you’ll find how you can get the books. There’s also shows available on MP3 for those who don’t want the paper and lots and lots of talks I’ve given to try to breakthrough what I see is the intentional setting up for people to battle people for the final battle and none of us are going to win if we’re fighting each other. That’s all I can really say.
Dr. Tillawi: Thank you, Alan. Thank you for coming on the show.
Alan: It’s a pleasure.
Dr. Tillawi: Thanks. Okay ladies and gentlemen, we only have a few moments left in the show. I just want to tell you I hoped you looked at the show with an open mind.

July 19, 2006
Special Talk: “HURRICANE WINDS”
WITH ALAN WATT
*********
u

____________________________________________________________

Hello, this is Alan and it’s July 19th and it’s been quite a few last days because we had almost a hurricane force come through here on Wednesday afternoon and it took down trees all over from here all the way down to almost Toronto. It went around Toronto and hit places south and thousands and thousands of people lost power for three days and in some areas they still won’t have it on. Mine just came back on and I’ve been using the day to get rid of all the food that melted in the freezer or the fridge and so I thought I better say some words about the present situation that’s building in the Middle East.
Those who have been listening to the shows over the last few years since about ’98 will remember I said eventually the United States’ function would be to force a system on the world. It will be the last function really the U.S. has to accomplish. I think that’s what it was made to do in the first place, the New World Order, and it’s doing that right now.
In March 2005, the president signed an agreement with the Prime Minister of Canada and Mexico to merge the continent and they had five more meetings to go before it was all integrated. However, it really is all integrated already because after 9/11 in 2001 they admitted the U.S. FBI and intelligence agencies were now interwoven with the CSIS of Canada and no doubt the secret police of Mexico, and they’ve standardized the taxation and so on. The U.S. dollar has been falling getting ready for merger with the Canadian dollar and it’s interesting because just prior to the agreement that was signed in March 2005, the Council on Foreign Relations came out as the Council on Foreign Relations on television in Canada and said that basically we’d have no option but to unify the continent and they had proposed plans; meaning they were already drafted. Then a week later Bush and the rest of them signed it, so these guys were a part of the bureaucracy; even though they’re non-governmental organizations and in all their books they say they’re a non-political body, which is true. They don’t play politics. They simply follow an agenda which was written an awful long time ago.
The Council on Foreign Relations, maybe it should be clarified. The Royal Institute of International Affairs came out of the Cecil Rhodes Foundation merging with Lord Milner’s Foundation of Round Tables and they have charters by the British Crown to exist, and all British Commonwealth countries have an Institute of International Affairs. Canada has the Canadian Institute. Australia has the Australian Institute. India has one and all non-commonwealth countries like the U.S. will be called Councils on Foreign Relations. That’s how they pull this off and it’s a secretive society. You can’t join it by asking to join it. You prove your worth and then you, if you’re worthy, will be asked to join it and it’s like a huge bureaucratic body of elitists sworn to secrecy who will implement the agenda for world unification, which is only part of this agenda. It’s totalitarian society that they want to bring in. It’s to be society run by elitists at the top on a social level doing social-type structural work, with the scientific bunches beneath them all employed in think tanks and so on, and the society is for a new era because they have said the “old system” is now becoming obsolete and they’re quite correct.
In the old system, you see, although we’re familiar with it and we want to fight to save it, it wasn’t ours in the first place. The same elitists that gave us the Council on Foreign Relations gave us the old system: man and wife, children, home, no tribes sort of thing, government directing you. Prior to that it was religion directing you for their “Great Work”,the Great Work through the industrial era, the technological era and then a post-technological era. Through science we have to adapt to a new system, apparently, and the system is a system which will be run on a scientific basis. That’s what the “Earth Charter” and all these different charters are about. That’s what United Nations is about and all the various multitudes of bureaucracies they have to deal with all of what you do in everyday life. You haven’t seen all the effects yet, but eventually you will.
All local governments across Canada and the States, and the world for that matter, are implementing the same laws at the same time, which all come from the United Nations. How they’re forcing people off the rural areas is to start actually fining them for laws they’ve had on the books for a few years, coming from the UN, and it’s from the International Property Maintenance Codes coming from the United Nations. Even for a bent down-spout on your guttering, or a dented one, you can get fined for that massive amounts of money and it’s rather obvious it’s to get you off the land and into what will be future habitats areas—where you will not be able to breed with whomever you want to. It’s the future they’re bringing into play.
You will have a function in society. SCHOOL-TO-WORK WAS THE SOVIET SYSTEM THAT’S NOW IMPLEMENTED HERE. This idea of being, well, in 20 years time, 25 times years time, we’ll need ‘X’ amount of engineers and so many amount of doctors et cetera, so they just pick you at school and train you for what you need to know; and you won’t need geography or history or anything like that if you’re going to be a plumber or an electrician. You won’t need mathematics if you’re going to be a casual laborer. It’s that kind of thing. They think it’s more efficient and this was written about a long, long, long time ago when H.G. Wells wrote the “Shape of Things to Come.” The story there was based around a guy sort of growing up and becoming a bicycle repairman opposite another bicycle repairman and showing you how everybody’s competing in this system and it’s just getting out of hand. There’s too many people trying to compete with each other, even though this is the system they gave us which is now obsolete. They’re quite correct in that. There’s too many people all trying to do the same thing and only the strongest survive. The most ruthless survive in this system and become what is called ‘successful,’ or you join Freemasonry and business is guaranteed to come your way.
We’re really steamrolling ahead with the agenda. Now the U.S. has already been making noises about going to Lebanon. We’ve watched Israel use a con game to start the usual strategic air strikes. They don’t do terrorist acts with their Air Force; they do “strategic air strikes” and bomb tenement buildings in Beirut, which is a replay of the 1970’s scenario that happened for months and months and months until it became standard fare on TV and nobody took any notice. That’s how quickly we adapt to things. People are getting kidnapped all the time by various Arab factions and the Israelis do the same thing when they want to detain people. They just call it detention, bringing you in for detention. They just whisk you off the street and in you go. Through semantics and double-speak they can confuse issues and this was not over a couple of kidnappings.
This was planned because the U.S. was losing support for the war in Iraq. The agenda for the New American Century plan, which was published some years ago, before 9/11, had in it they’d have to go into Iran, Syria and all these countries because the plan is really to standardize the world into the same democracy.
Democracy – this thing with central banking and paid con men that pretend to be politicians looking after your benefit and the central bank is connected to the World Bank—and the World Bank is about 13 families who run the planet financially and pass figures around amongst themselves—and the WHOLE THING IS JUST A MAGIC ACT as we all know.
They’re rushing ahead and they’ve got their 51st state, really, Israel.That’s why Israel’s called the STATE OF ISRAEL, not the nation. It’s another branch of the United States and it’s been very, very handy up until now because when the U.S. can’t get public support at home, Israel goes and makes the first move and then of course the U.S. has to back them.
This time, they’ve got the approval of the UN, which is course will bring the U.S. in up to strength. They’ve been after the power to run the world’s armies since the League of Nations, their precursor, and the League of Nations is just the Phoenix bird that evolved into the United Nations. Same agenda. Same goals. The World Government. They’re setting up this fast-response army, not “team” any more, where they can move 150,000 men in five days to any area in the world. Apparently the U.S. and everybody else has signed this agreement recently, where it’s a two-way sword because once you sign it, it means the UN can then bring 150,000 troops or more in five days into your country if need be. This is probably the scenario we’re going to see coming down probably towards the end of this campaign in the Middle East.
THEY WANT EVERY COUNTRY TO JOIN INin the Middle East so they can get it over and done with as quickly as possible because the world is not too happy of course with ISRAEL THAT WAS DELIBERATELY SET UP THERE TO DO WHAT IT’S DOING a long time ago, started off by Baron Rothschild who financed the beginnings of the immigration. Then of course the Bolshevik Revolution afterwards, they really started to occupy Israel when Britain had the so-called protectorate of that area and Britain supervised them coming in and setting up. Lord Curzon was the guy who was in charge of that whole area for the Crown of England and Lord Curzon wrote his memoirs about it, that most of them coming in were all from Russia, Soviets, and many of them, if not all of them, at that time were actually Communists. Hard Communists too.
This was set up with the cooperation of England and I have no doubt that Jewish people will take the blame for this and people will never suspect that those in London, the big families in London who’ve run the world for a long, long time really had anything to do with it. And yet it was Britain as I say that diverted men from the lines in Europe in World War I, they diverted them and took them into the Middle East at the end of the war and started fighting with Turkey, the Ottoman Empire, to get rid to them, clear the way for the quick British occupation and then of course they started bringing in the Israelis.
These big families in London, England have a lot to do with the creation of modern day Israel. 
Winston Churchill wrote in 1920’s and he should know because he was part of the team that drew the lines in the sand, on the maps at least, of where the various countries would be after World War I and they did the same in World War II again. No Arab input at all and he did say in 1920’s though that there would be a big war with Iraq one day because of the oil that lay under the desert sands to the north. We have to realize that these boys they don’t see the future as we do. We see short-term goals and it’s hard for us to start a project and maybe never see the end of it, the completion. It’s not really in us, but these people belong to diplomatic corps where they work in centuries and they start the ball rolling and they do their part in it, knowing it will be taken over and continued and they see 100 years down the road, 200 years down the road, maybe three, maybe more and they work steadily toward it.
We’re watching this grand finale here where the last countries, which, regardless of what you think of them or the propaganda we’ve had about them, they have been independent for a long time. Those last countries have been brought up to standard, taken over. UNESCO goes in, grabs the first children, trains them in their schools to be the first generation brainwashed with what we think is democracy and we’re all being manipulated like good happy little sheep and that somehow these superior beings above us that we don’t even meet or see or even know their names most of the time are just managing us very well, thank you very much, and just go out and have a good time, dance to music, have lots of sex and take drugs and have abortions and just work and pay taxes. That’s a good citizen. THAT’S WHAT THEY WANT. A GOOD PRODUCER/CONSUMER according to the UNITED NATIONS.
We’re watching as I say this role now, which is all or nothing. Now before all of this started even with Iraq and AMERICAN PEOPLE HAVE FORGOTTEN THAT IRAQ HAD NOTHING TO DO WITH 9/11. That was in our papers in Canada about two years ago. They even showed some of the tribunal or the inquiry into the war on Iraq and George Bush said on television on CBC, he said:
“I never said that Iraq had anything to do 9/11.” He said, “I still think it was a good thing to do though because we got rid of a nasty man.”
That was his answer to invading Iraq. Of course we know the real reason. The real reason is not just oil and all the rest of it, which they will all benefit from, all these big boys, but they want to standardize that whole Middle East and bring them into the same system. They’ll develop the same classes, upper middle classes, which will then go into politics and become bureaucrats and join the Freemasonry and take their kickbacks and keep the sheep happy. That’s the REAL REASON we went to IRAQ and the papers here said that the Americans had forgotten because of the massive propaganda of the United States newspapers; they’d forgotten that Iraq had nothing to do with 9/11.
Now the pretense to go into all the other countries is already on a roll. The treaties with Israel are there. AMERICA IS JOINED AT THE HIP WITH ISRAEL.
As I say, it’s no coincidence it’s called the STATE of ISRAEL and there’s bigger players behind this than people realize. Whether they will ever emerge in the near future and show their faces, I don’t know, but this is a standard technique is to set up people to be hated, to take the fall and we’re seeing it happen right now because this is going to be a very, very angry world when people say, “well why are we fighting and dying for someone else’s country?” Someone in a country that doesn’t want really to be part of the “international community,” as they keep telling us. It’s a strange term. INTERNATIONAL COMMUNITY. We hear this repeated all over every speech that’s given by all the big players.
Tony Blair gave a speech recently with all the slogans and buzzwords in there that Lenin talked about. Lenin said, “we shall win this war by slogans and repetition,” and so we hear International Community. We hear interdependence and all this kind of thing. We always thing these things mean it stops at the borders somehow. It doesn’t because interdependence means you as a citizen, a single person, you will be interdependent on everyone else for your needs and one day, I mean it, you will be fined or shot for having a garden because you’ll be anti-social trying to be independent. This is the world they’re creating. It’s similar to the “Rights of the Child” that the UN passed and everybody says “well that’s fair enough, the children should have rights and we are decent people,” and then of course, once it’s all through, you find out the parents end up having no rights at all.That’s your typical doublespeak of the United Nations.
When you hear interdependent, yes, it comes right down to the individual—interdependent on everyone else; and of course we’ve seen all the industry move to China. Just before NAFTA, the GATT treaty, they really speeded up after the GATT treaty and the GATT treaty they mentioned over the media GATT, GATT and no one really understood what it was all about because the media wouldn’t tell us what it was all about.
THEY’RE NOT THERE TO INFORM YOU. THE MEDIA IS THE MIDDLE MAN, MEDIA. That’s what it means. They’re a “middle man” but they’re employed by the BIG BOYS.  Their job is to manage your mind, manage your thoughts, to manage your cultural changes by promoting certain ideas and culture and entertain. That’s what the MEDIA’S JOB IS.  It’s NEVER been there to be honest and tell you everything that is necessary to know. They tell you all what they deem what you should know, all you need to know.
The GATT treaty saw all the industry basically end up in China. Not only that, people don’t realize that under the GATT treaty that the citizens of all the countries that were sending their factories abroad had to pay for the first five, sometimes to 10 years, for the set up of those factories until they could make what they claimed was a good profit. Guaranteed by the citizenry – that’s not bad, is it? Where’s your share in all this? And that was GATT.
Most people again are never really conscious.Brzezinski said it, he said: “the public shortly will be unable to think for themselves or reason for themselves.”  They’ll just be able to parrot what comes over them from the previous night’s news and we’re seeing that today. Most folks sort of dozed or sleepwalked or as I say they’re hypnotics. They were hypnotized. They just floated through the transfer of China. They saw the goods coming in in the stores, oh, made in China, and it’s just a vague thing with no curiosity because they’ve been domesticated.
THEY CAN’T REASON FOR THEMSELVES.  They CAN’T FATHOM or EVEN THINK about fathoming why China should be making all of your goods now and yet that was planned a long time ago before I was born that China would be brought up to this present state. What happens when all the industry goes out of your country? You say you’re going to be a service economy. Well, what are you going to do? All a service economy does is passes things around from one person to the next and then to the consumer. It DOESN’T PRODUCE ANYTHING. It paddles. It just treads water and eventually it must sink.
In this service economy they say it’s all computers, everybody can work computers. They said that in the ‘70’s in Britain. Everybody unemployed in Britain had to take computer courses through the labor exchange as they called it for training and of course within a few years computers had upgraded so much that all these people who took the courses had no jobs because one computer could do the job of dozens more, maybe even hundreds.
Not everybody is meant to go into university. That’s what factories took over. There’s lot of people who would work in factories. They’re all gone. Those people will end up being unemployed, drunk or depressed or on drugs because they will have no function in this system to come. They are becoming the “useless eaters,” as Lord Bertrand Russell said back in the ‘40’s and ‘50’s. The “useless eaters will not be allowed to live.” This is to be a world run on total efficiency.
We’ve watched nature being managed. We’ve watched all the animals being given rights in the wild; it’s a front, while they take your rights away. We’ve watched the UN being brought up to power and issuing laws galore for codes and trades and everything else across the planet and now they want to start inspecting homes everywhere and fining people massively if they’re gutter isn’t quite up to scratch type of thing. Or your septic, or you name it, whatever it happens to be. Any reason to get you off and unfortunately in this world where people are paid to do a particular job, the control freaks get a little hat or a badge and go crazy and that can happen to anybody.
I’ve seen it myself with a postman that used to come out and measure the height of my post box and leave little messages there. If it was down an inch or up an inch after the grader went past on the side roads, or the snowplow had knocked it over a little bit, or they’d widened the road, he would complain and leave his little notes. I used to leave other little notes there and have this running dialogue with him and it was interesting to see THAT ANYONE CAN BECOME A CONTROL FREAK WHEN THEY THINK THEY’VE GOT A LITTLE BIT OF AUTHORITY.
That’s the world we’re coming into. Papers, please. ID card, please, and eventually a brain chip which again most people will accept and a cashless society because they’ve accepted everything else so far, haven’t they?  AND IT IS NOT THEIR SYSTEM. The BIG BOYS CONTROL THIS SYSTEM.
Now we’re at a stage where everyone will be blaming everybody else for what’s happening, and so, as I say, Israel will take a lot of the heat. Others of course blame the Vatican to be behind Israel and the Jesuits. You have all the different factions and groups and creeds et cetera pointing fingers at everybody else as they go around this whirlpool, around and round and round, all strangling each other as they go down the hole in the middle. That’s what happens. Like a drain hole in the big whirlpool and IT’S DESIGNED TO BE THAT WAY because the BIG ELITISTS AT THE TOP ARE CALLED “The Race,” and it’s the highest form of Masonry you can get into and people who are already the elite of Japan, China, India, Singapore, everywhere else on the planet are PART OF “THE RACE.”
This was put very well by people like H.G. Wells in his non-fictional works where he wrote about those people who would constitute “The New Race,” the New Elite, and they had to prove through intergenerational success, financial survival, dominance, that they were fit to rule. They would be brought into the Race and that included the ELITE IN EVERY COUNTRY who could prove that through many generations those familiesHAVE DOMINATED and THRIVED IN ALL TIMES WHEN IT WAS BAD for the OTHER PEOPLE below THEM, they thrived and been successful through the good and the bad and dominant and they were not weak-minded.
THEY WOULD SLAUGHTER WHEN THEY HAD TO. They didn’t do it themselves of course. They get other people to do it, they call them armies, but they were ALWAYS IN POWER.  These are the people who would be brought into the Race. H.G. Wells also drew a list of those who would not be allowed in. The American Indians were one. He said they would never adapt the white man’s way of commerce in ’85 or ’86 or whatever. It wasn’t in them. The Black Man of course was added in there too, except those, he said, “could mimic the white man,” and all he was doing was quoting Mill, the great economist of the 1800’s. There was two. There was a father and son who both were economists and they both wrote the same kind of lists of who would survive and WHO MUST PERISH they said in a world that would be run on efficiency.
Now that’s the reason you’ve been hearing the steady drumbeat by so many organizations that seem to be independent of each other but they’re not. THEY’RE ALL INTERCONNECTED. This drumbeat towards population reduction because back in the 1920’s they already knew and they wrote about it, they knew that the industrial era would eventually come to a halt. They knew they’d go on to bigger and better sciences because they already had bigger and better sciencesWE KNEW NOTHING ABOUT. 
You NEVER SHARE POWER with the public by giving the latest anything to them. You give them obsolete technology and you make them think this is the latest, “you’re on the cutting edge,” and that way you’ll never suspect that there are technologies that are BEYOND SCIENCE FICTION that’s been in existence for an awful long time.
In a world of post-industry, post-technological, it’s to be brought right down in the Western World to an efficient level of management. At one time under the NAFTA they had discussed that there may be one strip across the Americas (or America proper) would be the breadbasket of the world and that would be the function of it. However, then they changed their mind and decided to build up some of the South American countries like Chile and since the Free Trade negotiations then the NAFTA negotiations your tax money has been pumping into Chile to build them up as one of the biggest producers of vegetables and so on for the world.
We’ve watched the decline of farms. The small farms have had it. They’re obsolete now. They can’t compete with the big corporate farms and the agri-business as it’s now called and you have the meat packers. Once again, you think they’re all independent. They’re not. They’re all one and THAT’S THE CON GAME, it’s to make you think that we’re still free and there’s independent companies competing with each other; and as long as you think that, it doesn’t dawn on you that IT’S ALL ONE. You’re already under the totalitarian structure and the meat packers dictate to the farmers how much they’re going to buy the beef for and how much they’re going to sell it for once they’re finished with it.
THIS IS THE CONTROLLED SYSTEM YOU LIVE IN. IT’S NOT FREE ENTERPRISE WHATSOEVER.
If it was free enterprise at international corporation level, YOU COULD NEVER ALLOW A CEO TO LEAVE YOUR COMPANY and take YOUR NEXT 50 TO 100 YEARS INVESTMENTS WITH HIM (because it’s all in his head) and go to a competitor. YOU COULDN’T ALLOW IT, but this happens all the time. We are under the world corporations here and that’s what Professor Carroll Quigley talked about in the 1960’s in his book, “Tragedy & Hope,” that this feudal system that has been set upWOULD BE RUN with the INTERNATIONAL CORPORATIONS AS THE NEW OVERLORDS.
Just like the Normans had their feudal system and they set up an overlord for different areas and territories and everybody served them underneath. Now it’s the corporations, and sure enough, you just need to look at the lobby groups of the corporate firms all around the capital cities of the planet. Full-time lobbying to tell their buddies in politics what they want and what bills to put in that benefit these corporations. Then of course you see the politicians themselves, who generally have just been in one of these multinational or international corporations, move into politics, serve a few years, put the bills through and go back into the corporations again and end up with 50 to 100 seats on different boards that he doesn’t have to attend and that’s how he’s paid off for putting certain bills through and this has been happening for donkey’s years.
WE LIVE IN A TOTALLY CORRUPT SYSTEM and yet from their point of view the top it’s not corrupt at all. THIS IS THEIR SYSTEM SO IT’S NOT CORRUPT.
It’s our fault if we believe in it you see. It’s like getting an inoculation. When you get an inoculation, there’s a term that’s called “has it taken?” and sometimes they’ll test you to see if it’s taken. That’s what they’re talking about with the public, “has your indoctrination taken?”
Unfortunately, with the scientific indoctrination that Bertrand Russell talked about in “Education and the Good Life” back in the early 1900’s through experimental schooling and kindergarten, he said, we can indoctrinate the child with three or four hours per day with scientific means, so thoroughly the parents will have no input whatsoever. Whatever moral values – they called them “contaminated values” by the way because they’re now obsolete. What the parents tried to pass on to the children would be of no effect because those children would be put through a scientific indoctrination and we see it today. We see the parents wondering why the children won’t listen to them and we saw the communists; those who have a memory can remember what communists were. They used to say “don’t trust anybody over 30.” That’s what the children were taught. Well now it’s dropping all the time. Just don’t trust your parents even because they know nothing.
When THEY CHANGED the METHOD of MULTIPLICATION and READING and WRITING in the schools, THAT WAS DELIBERATE. We see the effects of it today. The children can’t spell. They don’t know grammar. THAT WAS CHANGED IN THE 1970’s DELIBERATELY SO THAT PARENTS COULDN’T HELP THEIR CHILDREN WITH HOMEWORK, because if they could help them the child might start to have some respect. But no, the teacher, it was the teacher who would take that respect and receive it from the child and they made sure the parents weren’t able to help the children with their homework and even the methods of division and multiplication were all changed. This is intentional. Scientifically you see as Bertrand Russell said.
We have to think about words and terms and meanings in this world in which we live. Whenever a bill is put forth you must question what it really means and don’t ever take it for granted you think it’s meant for someone else. Like I say, it was like that bill, the perfect example, the Rights of the Child, the United Nations; no one thought it would mean that the PARENTS HAVE NO RIGHTS. This is the chessboard. This is the great chessboard. The chessboard is played on you all the time. That’s why in the big high lodges like the Skull & Bones—and that’s not that high actually. If you’re a worker at all working towards “The Great Work,” you’re still not the boss in the boss class, the guardian class. However, in the Skull & Bones Society even in the movies they put out they show you one place that’s called “The War Room” and it’s written on the wall because they scheme and the war is always on the public. 
In the higher noble orders you’ll find they call the people all kinds of names. Not just the “unwashed masses.” That’s the more cleanly hygienic term they use that’s been well known for a long time. They call us animals and cattle and that’s just a fact because they know we’re not conscious. We’ve all been through the system designed to keep us unconscious. We have hypnotics. Hypnotics, we just drift through each day being downloaded by the news, the media, listen to hear who the latest sex kitten is (they used to call them sex kittens) and what actor has fallen out with so-and-so having an affair and what sport team is going where and what and why—and it’s all trash. It’s trivia trash and that’s supposed to fill our heads while our betters manage us you see and we’re not supposed to worry about these things. Our managers, our shepherds, the good shepherds are doing it all for us.
Interestingly enough, the rampage from the fundamental type Christians, the ones who emerged after Schofield brought out his bible after he wasFUNDED BY ROTHSCHILD TO DO SO, and that is a fact, and they tie-in Revelations as usual and all the old prophecies of what was to come to make Christians think “well it’s God’s plan. Let’s sit back and take the ride and enjoy it,” and sure enough, here they are, all cheering on Israel as they take down apartment building after apartment building and we sit there sort of stunned or not even stunned, just hypnotized as always and munch our TV dinners and pass gas and all that kind of stuff. The standard fare that we’re so used to because most folks cannot tell fact from fiction anymore. They can’t tell. It’s just another movie to them. They have no empathy for anyone outside themselves, so they’re sitting ducks to be managed into the next horror show that’s coming along because once the U.S. finishes its job the U.S. is to be submerged in this world system that it helped create. And there’ll be no more trivia and toys, and no more vast consumption of cheap junk from China and no more bombardments of credit cards being thrown at you.
The early historians talked about the United States as it was building itself up. It was the first country where individual prosperity was occurring for the lower classes and the reason it came to for it happening was the ready availability of credit and the lack of laws and bureaucracies to hinder them. That’s the only reason it was known for a while as a prosperous nation and as you built yourself up the prosperous nation, it never occurred to the people that there was an agenda behind. IT NEVER OCCURS TO THE PEOPLE why the FOUNDING FATHERS in every book you read on history chose ROME to model itself after. Rome, the empirical Rome, there’s a reason for it. That’s the reason you have the fascii (fasces) on either side of the Congressional Building when they give speeches. The fascii is there. The fasci-nation – fascination. The fascii was a SYMBOL OF ROME. The early Catholic Church simply was a transference of one form of power using force into one which used mind control. The Catholic Church used to have the fascii carried by the bodyguards and they’d have a bunch of them around the early pope carrying the bundle of rods which cover up the axe.
Individually a stick can be broken, but you tie them together with a bundle and it’s hard to break. That fascii has always been very, very important because it hides an elite who stick together and who are as strong as can be,as long they all stick together.
When you think of the symbology that’s being used in the nations, the early English flag we are told just happens to be the same flag as the eventual Knights Templar used (not the first one they used which was the black cross) and tradition says that after the first major battles the pope says, okay, you use the red cross for all the blood you’ve lost on a white background, and that was the English flag. In the merger they gave for the United Kingdom was to put the St. Andrews Cross which they gave to Scotland—which is the “Illumined Man,” the “X”, number 10 in Roman numerology—and then they mixed another one with it where you have basically an 8-pointed star although it’s on a square. It’s the symbol in Masonry of power and money.
The United States has got the white stars on the fuselage of their aircraft. Interestingly, the communists had the red one, 5-pointed star, ancient again and we see this war and they use the same one with Israel who reinvented an old, old symbol, which was even from India long before there was any Bible written, a 6-pointed star—the above and below, the two triangles. THAT’S WHERE THE MASONIC COMPASS AND SQUARE ACTUALLY COME FROM, that same symbol, and it’s a recent adaptation by the Zionist league who helped create it, in league with the elite of Britain. It’s a recent adaptation for a symbol or an emblem of Israel. People will adapt so quickly to their flags they’ll cry at national anthems and kill you for telling them the truth you see. Every country is pretty well the same.
This is tribal instinct and they don’t even notice when they’re changing. Canada’s flag is two red upright bars, a white square in the middle with a red maple leaf in it. It wasn’t that way quite a few years ago; it was just a Union Jack they had and yet most people who are grown up now don’t even know that. We adapt to these symbols in a tribal way, never knowing we’re getting played with all the time or what they mean. You have to go in to the ancient symbologies to realize there are religions behind the religions that we know of, and there’s one prime religion behind the ones all of you know of, and these are thousands and thousands and maybe even millions of years old. Now you’re watching the supposed new Star of David taking on the moon you see of Islam, the new moon, and now we’re seeing the American white flag get in there; and I believe too, just like World War II, that Britain will have the white star on their tanks and so on just like they did then.
These symbols are used in the high religion. All of them are used in high religion. There were temples discovered about a year or so ago, maybe two years ago in Paris. There was an underground chamber found and there’s miles of tunneling under Paris, old tunneling, and they found these symbols of some group that had met there donkey’s years ago with all of these symbols. All of them: the Star of David, the Natzi Swastika—which is actually from India again, Swastika is from India, it’s a Sanskrit word—and the five pointed stars and all the cabbalistic signs and symbols.
All of them are shared by the high occultic group who play all the different ones independently against each other; and the media of course, the middle man, once again is doing his war drum thing about, “oh, gee, what are we going to do? There’s so much happening in the Middle East. We’ll have to help Israel and we’ll have to get the United Nations in there,” which is what they’ve been trying for, for ages, but it wasn’t time to do it until now because THESE BOYS GO BY A TIMETABLE. THEY NEVER MAKE A PREMATURE STEP WHERE THEY MIGHT LOSE. THEY DO IT ALL ACCORDING TO A TIMETABLE.
By 2010, we will be functioning without borders here. By 2010, you’ll have a United Africa and that’s what the African National Congress was to do that. The real job of Mandela, that’s what he was there to do, was to create a trading block of the whole of Africa. Just like they’re doing a trading block of Europe and one of the Americas, one of the Far East and Australia’s been sold in with the Far East and dropped by Britain.
The ordinary people of every country are at the mercy of these elitists with their planning who truly believe they know better. They truly, truly believe that they have the right to dictate to us how our lives should be run; and like H.G. Wells said, “many will fight to stop the New World Order,” and that’s what he wrote about in “The Open Conspiracy”.
He says, “they’ll fight never knowing that the system they’re trying to save belongs to the same ones.” They gave us that part of the system.
We serve a PURPOSE for THESE BOYS at the TOP. That is our purpose of living according to them. Produce, consume, pay taxes, send bodies to wars. Just keep supplying the bodies and in between times they’re telling you there are too many of you, cut back, here’s more inoculations, get sick, become sterile. And we should all keep in mind that once the Middle East is over with and done and standardized and then there is a true United Arab Emirate type deal, the same as the United Africa and the Americas and Europe and the Far East, THERE’LL BE NO MORE FUNCTION FOR MOST OF THE PEOPLE HERE.
Yet, here we are, going to supply them with troops galore to make this plan emerge, to come to a final conclusion. The big power group within all races, creeds, sects, are all one at the top. They’re all playing their part for the same agenda. They all have their funding and their orders from the same big foundations.
The books that you read, the novels that you read are paid for by the foundations. They promote most of the sci-fi to implant the ideas in your head of possibilities to come to make them somehow familiar to you, like you’re on a natural path, and they always sell an idea with fascination through fiction. It’s far more interesting than dull dry books and lectures, so just give it a fictional account and some psychologists to advise the authors and sociologists to advise them and these books take off with a life of their own. The public swallow them, in fact, quoting fiction as fact.
Programmed: People are being programmed all the time and they don’t know it. For every group out there such as the Zionist group, there’s a higher Zionist group above them with a totally different cause and different set of beliefs, all together completely different. It’s the same with the so-called Natzis. When you read some of the books by some of the high Zionists, it’s the same control freak world they’re talking about bringing into view as the present high Natzis. It’s the same one, to control society, the planned society, the society with a function.
Now is the time for people to keep their heads because we’ve been given our heroes to follow in certain alternate medias who will get the ball rolling to get the fighting started amongst each other at the right time, and I’m sure for donkey’s years now they’ve been preparing. We’ve seen it. We’ve seen them be preparing for internal strife within America. They’ve been building up internal armies for years and years and years for the day when the public will be encouraged to do something about it, what’s happening.
Don’t fall for the rhetoric. Don’t follow individuals put up there and paid very well to be your leaders—the official opposition.
I’ve said for years that people should demand to know what oaths anyone who takes a paycheck from the taxpayer, what oaths they’ve taken to what societies. It should be on public record for everybody to see and published. All you have to do is vote in this so-called democratic system. Once you vote, that’s it. YOU HAVE NO MORE RIGHTS.  You’ve just voted someone in without finding all about them because you heard all you wanted to hear. “I’m a this. I’m a conservative. I’m Republican. I’m left wing. I’m right wing. I’m this and that,” and you’ve never asked the most important thing of all.
                          “To what societies do you belong? What oaths have you taken?”
You give all this power to people who then you elect into office because they’re left wing, right wing or whatever, and they put laws over on you and you’re all standing back and saying why would he do that?
Because you didn’t ask him what he belonged to and you didn’t demand to know.
You didn’t demand to know. It’s the same in every country. We’ll keep our eye on what’s happening and there’ll be trouble here at home with the weather modification they’re doing to get the chaos going. The ball’s in their court and I said quite a few years ago, I said the hardest thing people will have to do during this upcoming time is to keep their sanity as we go through this because chaos will be brought on, either real but propagated through the media like the bird flu and all this kind of stuff.
We also have the weather modification big time. As I said, there was 115 kilometer winds went through here. On Monday, the sky turned black. Thousands of trees were down. There’s still 100,000 people without electricity in this area and I watched them making the storm. THEY BROUGHT IT ON. I WATCHED THEM MAKING IT IN THE SKY.
Everything in Revelations can be done through science and it’s child’s play today. People must keep their heads as we go through this crisis time. It just escalates because if the BIG BOYS HAD BEEN CAUGHT planning this with the CFR before or right after 9/11 occurred, if it was exposed at the time they could have blamed it on misunderstandings and bureaucratic errors and all this usual stuff that they give us, but you see the axe is falling now. The axe man has already swung the axe and it’s ready to cut the head and they can’t go back now. They can’t stop. They can’t stop now. It’s all or NOTHING for them at the TOP.
When you get fanatics who have planned this for so, so long a time (before these present bunch were born) then whatever it takes, the end justifies the means with them and that means how ever many it takes to kill anywhere to BRING THIS PLAN to itsFINAL CONCLUSION, THEY’LL DO IT because WE ARE NOTHING TO THEM.
All the people who love to point fingers at this bunch and that bunch and all the other bunches, just remember at the top of every bunch, probably including the one that you follow yourself, they’re all connected at the top.
THE ELITE OF ALL DIFFERENT RELIGIONS DON’T FOLLOW THE RELIGION THAT YOU THINK THEY FOLLOW.
IT’S COMPLETELY DIFFERENT AND IT’S ALWAYS BEEN THAT WAY.
The race factor has been played for thousands of years and it’s so odd that the general public never win and the same families can come all down through history for thousands of years in EVERY COUNTRY. We should bear that in mind as they stir the pot and get the whole world fighting here. Those who do follow the religions should think again and break the tribal bond they’ve been trained to follow so they can see clearly and see where you’re being lead and by whom.
Well that’s about all for now and this video the DVD should be out in about a week anyway and keep watching the website. I’ll get it up there.
Bye for now.

INTERVIEW WITH KEVIN SMITH ON THE KEVIN SMITH SHOW
April 19, 2006

(2 Hours)

Kevin: And good evening, good morning wherever you happen to be, all around the earth, whoever you happen to be, thanks for joining us here at the Kevin Smith Show. If it’s your very first time to listen to the show, a special welcome to you. I’m delighted you’re here and I hope you make a habit out of this. It’s a good habit to get into. It really, really is.
We get email, lots of email and I really enjoy reading it. I’m not joking folks. I’m telling you the truth. I read all of the email that comes in. I respond to as much of it as I can and I want you to know that I do appreciate it. I do find it very interesting and stimulating and sometimes very educating and I’ll give you our email address. Some of you know and you write to me frequently. That’s a good thing. Some of you don’t know our email address and I want to give it to you.
It is host@kevinsmithshow.com and in the subject line put the words “listener comments,” okay, and if you forget all of that, look, the easy way to do it go over to the website at KevinSmithShow.com and when you’re there on the website just click where it says, “contact us” and it will bring up a page and will take care of all the addressing and everything for you, okay. So send me an email. Let me know that you’re listening and what you think. You like it. You don’t like it. You want someone specific to be invited to be a guest. I do pay attention to those and many, many of you know that you have suggested guests and I can’t get them like tomorrow because there’s some scheduling to work out with them but we do get them.
My guest tonight as a matter of fact is someone who was suggested to me by one of you, our listeners. So send me that email, okay. While you’re over there at the Kevin Smith Show website be sure if you haven’t already subscribed to the K-files Ezine. That’s our free weekly newsletter. Be sure you do that. It’s free and only takes about 20 seconds to subscribe and then you will not be the only person who does not know. That’s a good thing.
All right. My guest tonight is going to be Alan Watt. Alan Watt has questioned standard versions of history and has delved into ancient civilizations and the occult groups which managed them. Since 1998, Alan has come forward to share his knowledge, beginning with the Sweet Liberty Radio program on international shortwave. This shortwave broadcast ended in 2005 but he continues broadcasting on First Amendment Internet Radio every Wednesday at 9 p.m. EST and he’s going to join us here in just a couple of minutes after we come back from our first break and we’re going to be talking with him tonight about the influence of these occult groups from ancient times. We’ll be talking about how they managed the ancient civilizations and to what end and impact perhaps that has in our day and upon our lives. Again, that’s Alan Watt and he’s got a website called .com and you want to be sure and check that out as well, okay. So go on over to KevinSmithShow.com and sign up for the K-files Ezine and send me an email to. By the way, while you’re there sign our guest book. We’ll be back in just a couple of minutes.
Welcome back, ladies and gentlemen. This is the Kevin Smith Show. My guest this evening as I told you is Alan Watt and Alan has just finished – I want to tell you I really appreciate what he’s doing. He has just finished another interview and went right straight from that here to talk with you. So Alan, thank you and welcome to the Kevin Smith Show.
Alan: It’s a pleasure.
Kevin: Alan, you have kind of a – I don’t want to say it’s a strange view of the world. It’s not that it’s strange, but it’s that you have a view that is different from the mainstream and it’s quite a bit different and one of the things that I noticed I listened to an interview that you had on Coast to Coast and one of the things that I noticed is that this thought came to my mind. You can be in a situation where and people certainly have been in a situation like this in various places around the world where you don’t see anything and maybe you don’t smell anything but all of a sudden your body begins to react to something that’s in the air. Poison gas for instance and so at first you start saying I can’t see, my vision is blurred and well I feel funny, but still you don’t see and you don’t smell anything, you didn’t hear anything but it starts to have an effect on you; and a lot of people around the world right now are sort of in that situation. They really don’t see something and they haven’t heard and they don’t smell anything but lots of people are beginning to sense something’s up.
Alan: Yes, something is definitely is up. It’s almost a hush before the storm. There’s a hush of expectation and there’s been such a hype, mind you, of I call it “terror creation” in the peoples’ minds to get them into something so that they will react and go the away they’re planned to go. That’s generally why fear and terror is used from the top down. That was standard down through the ages.
It brings into mind actually Professor Carroll Quigley who was the historian for the Council on Foreign Relations and was in the record keeping department of their histories and he was updating their histories for them and filing them and from that he wrote a book called, The Anglo-American Establishment, and he talks about the Council on Foreign Relations. The British sect, in British Commonwealth countries, they’re called Institutes of International Affairs and every commonwealth country including Canada has one. Non-commonwealth countries have Council on Foreign Relations.
India has one too, and Pakistan, and he talks about how the government hyped up the British public for three or four years prior to World War II to get them almost ready for the war and they had Board Meetings with the big newspaper corporations of London who were all members of the Royal Institute of International Affairs. They agreed to panic the people by putting out false data, propaganda on an increasing drumbeat right up for two or three years on the go and they told them nothing but lies.  Quigley, who had the records, talks about this being discussed at the Roundtables in London with the Royal Institute of International Affairs and they agreed to constantly tell the people in all the newspapers that Hitler had all this gas ready to gas everybody in Britain and they had millions of tons of it, and sure enough, they gave everybody a gas mask and children had them and they had practice rehearsals in school in putting them on. Something like they did during the Cold War, children get under the table; it was to keep it fresh in your memory. Then of course they even asked King George to make a speech to the public to tell them to start by digging trenches in major cities. This was so it seemed more visual to them. The trenches would be of no use at all of course in an air raid, and so they kept up this hype and fear and they even started evacuating children up into Scotland from the major cities. At that time the war was still three years away and it split the families up. It made it seem all so real, so at the time with all this hype you’re going to gassed at any minute, when they eventually said we’re going to war with Germany, the people who were so tensed up and panicked breathed a sigh of relief and that is how psychological warfare works on entire populations.
Kevin: This is not something new though, is it?
Alan: It’s a standard technique.
Kevin: It’s been going on actually for millennia?
Alan: Oh yes.
Kevin: Now that’s something that I really was interested in as I was listening to your interview and also I went to your website and I read some things you have on your website. It’s called .com. But what really kind of peaked my interest was the fact that this is not new. It’s been going on for millennia and you talk about how the ancient civilizations were manipulated by occult managers. Can you kind of take us back in time and give us a little bit of a history lesson about that? What do you mean when you say that they were MANAGEDBY THESE OCCULT PEOPLE?
Alan: I think the masters of it who left more records of the techniques were the Egyptians and the Greeks. Egypt took every Pharaoh for instance and trained him in the art of government, the sciences of government they called it, and into the mysteries of government. These were the hidden sciences of basically human mass psychology; and interesting enough, later the Greek nobility such as Plato and Democritus and all the big boys, Socrates, Pythagoras, they all were sent to Egypt to enter the mysteries. It would take them 22 years there generally to learn all the mysteries and then they were sent back to their own countries. Sometimes they had to move on. Plato went to the mysteries there. He was then sent to the mystery school in Palestine and then to one in India and then back to Greece, so this was a lot of learning.
Kevin: And what was the purpose for that?
Alan: What they learned – when you look at what came out of Egypt was revolution because from the days of even Pythagoras who studied there and he was sent back to the Grecian colonies. They had a big empire at that time and he was sent to Crotona where he set up a mystery school, the standard mystery school. These mysteries schools had so much in common with the later Catholic monasteries. It’s quite amazing because you see it 2,000 years ago in Palestine where the Essenes were. They’re all the same similar techniques.
Pythagoras would recruit young aristocratic students. He actually put the male and female in separate quarters, of course, but they took five years of silence. That was standard and they had to watch, look and listen, and eventually some of them are picked to go higher. Some of the young ladies were trained with a tremendous education to be good marriageable partners for the nobility and then they were taken out and basically introduced to higher members of the existing powers, the existing establishments and the whole idea was to start swaying decisions made in those governments. When this was found out what it was really all about, a form of revolution, they turned on Pythagoras and burned down his school and chased him off and it was undecided whether he was killed or not, but that was the same thing that happened ultimately to Socrates.
Now Socrates who’d also been trained in Egypt and said a lot of wise things, as they all had very wise sayings, he was accused of corrupting the youth and what they really meant was he was doing the same thing as Pythagoras. He was recruiting young nobility and training them in a new way of living. You might call it a New World Order of the time and training them up to revolutionaries and also to enter governments and take over those governments and then take a particular agenda forward, which was to create wars upon other countries and take them over one by one into world empires.
Kevin: Who was behind that? I mean you’ve got Socrates and Pythagoras and Plato and all those guys being sent to study these mysteries. Who is behind it? Who sent them?
Alan: They were sent by the masters back in Egypt. Egypt exported revolution. That’s what it exported and all the ones who came there to be initiated were being trained to go back to their former countries, set up these schools in preparation for revolution; and Plato wrote about it and Plato actually was chased off too. He disappeared for years after his teacher Socrates had to drink the hemlock and so he disappeared and eventually came back and repented and started up his school, but he was no sooner there then they were starting the same old thing all over again and Plato wrote the book called The Republic.The Republic of course was about a future utopia to come – a utopia where an intelligentsia (they called it the natural aristocracy) would rule, almost a scientific system, but at the top of them would be the guardians, a guardian class. THE GUARDIANS OF THE WORLD AND THE GUARDIANS OF THE SYSTEM and Plato said man is instantly malleable, he can adapt to anything so quickly and because of that ability man could be made to adapt to a series of adaptations leading to a perfect new type of creature. He said “we already have the domesticated animals for thousands of years and if we want a small domesticated dog,” he says, “we create one by selective breeding. If we want the same thing to be a big dog, we again select the dogs and interbreed them and interbreed them until we get the perfect dog.”
He said HUMANS ARE THE SAME, we can do THE SAME WITH HUMANS and create really tall long ones if we want the people to pick apples or short not-too-bright ones, because they don’t want people to rebel, of course, so you’d make short ones for mining and doing all the heavy work and labor. When you realize what he was talking about was a science that he was not inventing or discovering, he was simply repeating what they already knew in Egypt for thousands of years and had been doing.
Kevin: What’s interesting about what you’re saying here is that it sounds very much like what the ancient Sumerians said about the Annunaki. Are you familiar with that?
Alan: It’s not really; the Annunaki has nothing to do with what people have recently been flooded with.
Kevin: Well, what they said was that the Annunaki did genetic engineering for the purpose of creating a race to do gold mining and to do the hard labor and–
Alan: But that really is a spin, a big spin on an interpretation that only one man ever took and it’s his own interpretation, which doesn’t stand up with other experts on linguistics.
Kevin: So you don’t think that this finds its origins in –
Alan: No and I’ll tell you why. Annu in Babylonian and in Sumerian and in Egyptian, Annu – and it’s still taught today in the higher mystery schools – ANNU WAS ALWAYS A SPIRIT. It’s the Annu who guides you through the Book of the Dead through the underworld; it’s the Annu who does it. You call up the Annu and every doorway in Freemasonry has its Annu and its passwords. It’s the same thing.
Kevin: So it’s not a literal being then?
Alan: No. In fact, the Sumerians have the exact same story really as the Egyptians where earth met sky and out of sky came Ouranos and so on, different gods, and THESE HAVE NOTHING TO DO WITH REAL PEOPLE.
When you look a kingships and the system, they will always give you a hierarchy of mortal beings modeled after a ‘heavenly body’ sort of thing, so you have the multitude of the stars. That’s the ‘holy host’ the multitude of stars, and then you have your main ones the planets and those are sections or hierarchies of priesthoods, which deal with specific things, coming downwards in a V-shape, an upside down pyramid, to meet on the earth plane; then you have the up-going pyramid meeting at the apex and that’s where the king is; and then you have the descending order of nobility, courtiers, military, all the way down to the masses who are again the ‘earthly hosts.’ They always justify with what they call “foundation myths” and that’s how they justify their control system. That was standard.
Kevin: Now in that model, do we still have groups that are promoting that model?
Alan: It’s still the same today. I can remember watching when I was small the coronation of Queen Elizabeth II and it was astounding to watch because this was held in Westminster Abbey, an old Middle Age cathedral. In Westminster Abbey you have tombs of knights of the Norman knights that came in about the 11th Century and the Norman nobility are still the nobility today all over Europe. Near where the Queen was being coronated, there’s a couple (a man and wife). He’s dressed up as a knight laying flat of course on top of the sarcophagus and next to him on the whole wall, from the floor to the ceiling, you’ll see a chessboard (which is the tesserated floor of Freemasonry) on the wall and on either side of it there’s an obelisk (an Egyptian obelisk) and then two tiers above that with another four obelisks (Egyptian obelisks) above that and this is inside a supposed Christian church. Then, when the Queen was being coronated, she was raised up on a raised Diaz, like a ziggurat (a stepped pyramid), and her throne is there; and then you have all these lords, all the nobility and cousins and relatives, and the lords wear traditionally a red outfit that used to be a kind of gown with an ermine collar on it. Ermine is the symbol of royalty in Britain and in Europe.
Now the ermine fur you’ll see on the depictions going as far back as Nimrod. Nimrod wore the same thing, ermine fur with a red outfit, and so you’re watching this being reenacted thousands and thousands of years later in the Westminster Abbey and then the Queen’s handed the same symbols, the scepter and the staff, and the guy in front of her (the archbishop) holds the crook. Of course you see in Egyptian Petroglyphs and on their coffins, you’ll see that the Pharaoh has his arms crossed and he holds the rod in one hand (which is really a mace) and in the other hand it’s the small staff. THAT’S THE STAFF OR THE CROOK OF THE SHEPHERD. He was the good shepherd because all these leaders down through history were called good shepherds and what you did was cajole the sheep to come this way by pulling them with the hooked end of the crook and if they didn’t come, you’d hit them with the staff. THY ROD AND THY STAFF THEY COMFORT ME. That’s in the Old Testament. So here’s this odd thing that was used 5,000 BC being enacted in Westminster Cathedral in the 20th Century and everybody who was present stood exactly in their right positions as you’ll see on the various carvings of Nimrod being inaugurated and NO ONE asks WHY. Why?
Kevin: Well, I’ll tell you what. I’m going to ask why, but we’re headed into a break and we’ll hold that thought for when we come back from the break; but very quickly, let me ask you this. Isn’t it true that in the ancient world, in the ancient civilizations, that religion was divided? There was one religion for the nobility, the elite, and another for the peons?
Alan: Absolutely.
Kevin: When we come back from this break, I’d like to get into that. I’d like for you to explain the why of the symbolism and everyone standing in their correct place, and also why two religions and does that still exist? So if you’ll ponder that for a bit, we’ll get you the answer for that when we come back. Ladies and gentlemen, my guest is Alan Watt. We will open the telephone line for you later. You want to be sure and stay tuned and hear what’s coming up. We’ll be right back after this.
Welcome back to the Kevin Smith Show. My guest is Alan Watt. Alan, before we went to break we were talking – you were talking about the coronation of Queen Elizabeth II and everybody standing in their proper place just as it had been in antiquity and you said and nobody stops to ask why. So what is the answer to that? Why?
Alan: They don’t ask actually because the pubic asks very little, unfortunately. Some children might ask the whys and the parents can’t give them the answers because they don’t know how old this tradition is. They assume that it’s simply a Middle Age Norman creation and they don’t know the tie-ins to the ancient Babylonian-Sumerian type system, but once you’ve studied it they’re so apparent. I have been in Westminster Cathedral to and looked at these incredible – the knights there with as I say an Egyptian obelisk inside this Christian cathedral and then of course you’re on to a hunt as to find out why they’re there and to find out more about these Normans that brought that system with them. Who were the Normans, for instance, to bring in Egyptian obelisks into a place like England and of course there’s so much more behind the Normans than meets the eye.
Kevin: What was the reason that they brought in an Egyptian system?
Alan: The Normans are a strange people that sort of popped up in the North of France and supposedly had a connection with the Scandinavian countries and used the Scandinavian countries to come down into England from at least from one direction, while they had an onslaught through Europe taking over Europe on the scale of – bigger than the scale of World War II actually, with logistical supply lines going right back to their little country in France. They had huge forts built, massive forts, pre-built, pre-fabricated and they towed them across the English Channel and assembled them, hundreds of these things; and so the supply lines stretched all the way back to the North of France and no one’s ever, ever said where did all this money come from to hire tens of thousands of workers, to hire such massive armies while the nobility themselves, the Norman nobility came in with all of these strange Middle Eastern coats of arms. It’s never been discussed by the historians as to why. Where did all this backing come from? Where did the expertise come from to begin a war like that, knowing that where it wanted to go and having the financial backing and the military logistical expertise to carry it out?
Kevin: Have you been able to determine where it came from?
Alan: Yes, I think part ways. When you look at the standards that they had for nobility – now most people would say they copied the standards around the times of the Crusades, but what we’re talking about just before the Crusades came in. The Normans came in with these banners, their own family crests. We see some of the up around the Black Sea area prior to that where people lived and nobility lived.
Herodotus mentions them in his writings around 300 BC and later on we see them coming to prominence and being called the Khazars (Kazars) by a man who wrote “The Thirteenth Tribe”, Arthur Koestler and he goes into the history of the 13th Tribe. They adopted Judaism around the 7th Century AD but there’s two groups of them. One of them the public seldom saw. They were called the Kagans. They were the nobility of this group and it’s possible that these were actually a people, a nobility that came out of Egypt itself and very possibly at the time of Akhenaton; because the only symbol the Khazars had according to Maimonides who was one of the top historians of the era. He lived in Spain and he helped bring Judaism to them when the king asked, but he said that the Khazars or the Kagans, the Kings were a red or blonde complexion and they had blue or green eyes and they did not mix with the rest of the people, the ordinary people around them, but they had these same types of standards that eventually became known in Normandy (in the Norman country) and then came into England with. There’s definitely a tie-in there and they were very powerful people, a very, very powerful people. They helped the Christian church many times. In fact, they saved the Vatican when the Moors were shipping across. It was the Khazars with their massive military. They had the biggest mounted cavalry in the world at that time and they prevented the Moors from taking over what was left of the Vatican land at that time.
Kevin: Isn’t it interesting that people have had the largest most powerful cavalry at the time and yet there’s still so little known about them?
Alan: We do know that some of them became popes because they intermarried with Emperor’s daughters and so on and Pope Leo the Khazar, that was his name in the history books. He was one of the first ones. Other ones moved on through Europe, the knighted nobility, they disappear from the scene around the 8th, 9th century and then you have these people they are now calling Normans popping up in the north of France creating this brand new country and they’re no sooner there than they’re creating a war. Britain was only taken over in 1066 by them and with about 40 years they had recruited so many people there, as they had in all countries which they took over, and they took them back to the Holy Land to get Jerusalem and they kept these crusades up for a few hundred years, so they seemed to know where they were going.
Kevin: So the Crusades were engineered by the Khazars?
Alan: It would seem so, or these people who we know called themselves Normans; that is for sure. That is for sure.
Kevin: Okay, let’s go back to Egypt now because you were saying that all this began when the masters in Egypt in essence recruited people like Plato, Socrates, Pythagoras, et cetera. Who are those masters?
Alan: The Egyptian masters themselves always give you a story of being gods. That’s traditional. Even King James of the King James Bible made some quite profound speeches where he said that he represented God and that was traditional. The higher nobility all claim descendancies from God. That’s really to fix it in the peoples’ minds that they are a different people than you and they deserve to be above you. That’s how the ‘god’ thing works you see.
However, we also know that THEY do intensely INBREED, ALWAYS HAVE DONE, partially to keep the power and the wealth in their own hands, but also because they’ve always believed from ancient Egypt down through Greece and onwards that YOU BREED FOR INTELLECT and since they thought they were the highest of the intellectual species they bred with each other.
Kevin: As a matter of fact, Queen Elizabeth is married to a distant cousin.
Alan: Yes, she is. In fact the present monarchy of England have so many fascinating stories attached to it because really they came from PRUSSIA and GERMANY. Prince Philip, his father had taken over a vacant throne that came up in Greece and so he was Prussian really, and they took it over and then eventually the Greeks threw them out and they came to England. They’re all Prussian and German and what they used to be called was – it’s interesting even Adam Weishaupt who popped his head up AS PART AND ONLY PART I stress of the ILLUMINATI and again revolution once again, when he went for refuge after being found out, he was kept in refuge in two of the landed estates the princedoms of Germany by the Saxe and Coburg’s. Now why would royalty that you think Adam Weishaupt was going to overthrow, why would royalty put him up, give him a life long pension and security? WHY WOULD ROYALTY DO THAT?
Kevin: I don’t know. It’s a good question.
Alan: Then you find the present Queen of England,their TRUE NAME isSaxe-Coburg-Gotha, the same ones.
Kevin: That is their true family name?
Alan: Yes.
Kevin: I had never heard that. I did know that Queen Elizabeth, her great-grandmother is the great-grandmother of Prince Philip. I knew that but I didn’t know the family name. Say it again.
Alan: It’s Saxe, which is S-A-X-E, and that was one of their princedoms for their family. Another part of the family set up another castle so they called it Coburg, and then they set another place and they called that Gotha. So the family’s name is Saxe-Coburg-Gotha. THAT’S THEIR REAL NAME.
Kevin: So the monarchy is not actually of British descent?
Alan: That’s just it. When you look at the monarchy and the nobility and aristocracy of Europe, who were all descended from the Normans, none of them EVER INTERMARRIED with the PEOPLE THEY RULED OVER.
Kevin: So how far back does this bloodline go?
Alan: They’ll go back I’m sure to – well, actually there’s two different stories on that. It depends on whose you take. I know that some of them like to believe they go back to David. You’ll find that Prince Charles in one speech he gave he said that he could trace his lineage back to Noah, which of course had to be a very high Masonic joke because they all know what Noah means. On the other hand, many of these German monarchs bought their monarchies around the 1600, 1700’s, so it’s difficult to tell if some of these were some of them.
Kevin: You mentioned THEY ALL KNOW WHAT NOAH MEANS. What does it mean?
Alan: Noah – it’s not really just a person. IT’S A SYSTEM OF THOSE WHO COME BETWEEN AGES and it’s to do with special inbreeding once again for select qualities.
When you read the Old Testament version and every Masonic Lodgehas that book there because it contains the rules, THEIR RULES, in the esoteric form, but the only reason that Noah and his family were saved it said was because he was “perfect in all of his generations,” meaning he’d never out-married. He’d ALWAYS in-married into the same ones.
Kevin: Yes there’s a bloodline perfection. Okay, we have to take a break and we’ll be back in just a moment with my guest Alan Watt and we’re getting in to what is behind the managers of ancient civilizations. What importance does it have and impact does it have upon us, if any? We’ll be back in just a moment. Don’t go away. I’m glad you’re listening to the Kevin Smith Show. My guest is Alan Watt. Tomorrow night my guest by the way will be Robbie Thomas. He’s been with us before and this time he is a psychic medium and this time we’re going to be talking about dream interpretations so you want to be sure and join me and Robbie Thomas right here tomorrow night. Alan, these ancient, when we talk about this being ancient, we’re talking about this going way back into the antiquity of Egypt. Does it go back beyond that?
Alan: Yes. We know that Egypt according to the standard Egyptologists today, they’ll talk about Egypt as they can trace it beginning around 5,000 BC; but we also know that there were people moving in from the south much earlier than that, actually 10,000 BC there were people moving up that way. IN FACT THE SAHARA DESERT WASN’T A DESERT THEN. IT WAS FULL OF JUNGLE and they’ve found elephant skeletons under the sand and tigers, lions, et cetera, and even ancient stumps of trees, petrified trees.
Kevin: What about this mystery system, does it go back beyond Egypt?
Alan: Oh yes. I mean we get most of it from the writings again of Plato and Plato talked about an ancestor of his who’d left him the story of Atlantis, of course, and so this relative had gone to Egypt maybe 120 years before Plato and he was discussing with the high priests that how old man was. The priests said to Solon, this relative, they said “you don’t know how old you are, you Greeks.” He says, “many, many countless civilizations have risen and fallen—risen to great heights and then fallen over many, many thousands of years.”
MAN IS FAR, FAR OLDER than we have been given WITH THE DARWIN STUFF, and again, he wasn’t much different than where they are today. The craniums they’re finding et cetera are pretty well the same size and I think Darwin offset a lot of the historical research; he basically waylaid it to an extent by getting a philosophy across. When you go into the histories of Greece when they claim that there was a catastrophe at one timeon the planet where it was possible that a huge meteorite had struck, he said that the ELITE LIVED AND SURVIVED INSIDE MT. PARNASSUS where they had food stored and water for a long time. The same story is repeated in the histories of the Hindus who claim they have records of five previous times or ages. We say “ages” to sort of put into figures we can understand, sort of time zones of 25,000 years or more.
Actually, it’s millions in the Hindu system; and then we have like the likes of Tacitus, who was the royal historian for Nero, who got the Druid story where they had the record of three previous ages. Now all of them say the same thing. Armenia is another one where we get the biblical story of the Ark. That’s nothing to do with the Ark. That’s a Mason thing. The ARC IS THE SUN WHICH GOES ACROSS THE SKY. That’s the covenant, but you’ll find that the mountain it came down on was actually full of tunnels, ancient tunnels, and the Armenians who lived at the bottom of it say that that’s WHERE THE ELITE SURVIVED A PREVIOUS CATASTROPHE.
The Druids did the same thing in the mountains of Britain. The Greeks went into Mt. Parnassus and then the northern Indians went into the mountains to the north of India, the Brahmins, and the Brahmins there today still say that they are the survivors of the PREVIOUS MANfrom PREVIOUS AGE.
DEFINITELY THE WORLD HAS GONE THROUGH PREVIOUS AGES, which always leaves it wide open to either was it a natural phenomena or was it CAUSED BY MAN and ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY – that’s always the big question and authors make a killing at this whole speculation here.
However, we do know that the Egyptians around 2,000 BC had records and the Babylonians had records where Egypt had called in all the wise men from all over including Babylonian to RESET THE CALENDAR because something had happened and now they had a few more days added to the calendar. The old CALENDAR was 360 DAYS – the degrees in a circle. That’s where the degree system comes from and they had to add days to it because the earth was now revolving slower after some kind of huge meteor had hit and we know that huge meteors have hit in different parts of the planet.
Now if a meteor was to come down, you certainly would have tremendous heat if it was a huge one and you would have tremendous fires as this hit the sky with almost atomic explosions. You’d have fire, which would melt the pole caps, and then it would be followed by massive water collection going up into the sky and then so you’d have rain. Fire followed by water, that’s part of the mystical answer to that—fire and water—because all of those people give the same story of the atmosphere went on fire followed by tremendous rain, water.
Kevin: Well, I guess what I’m getting at in my question is do we know if this system, this mystery system that got exported through Pythagoras and Plato, et cetera, does it have its origins in Egypt or did they get it somewhere else?
Alan: The Egyptians had to have gotten it from a previous time. It’s no different from Sumer. Sumer did not start with some walking reptiles. It’s a good story but they had to convince the public and this was traditional. You convince the public that they are a lesser inferior type and that the royalty are a superior type, they’ve got more of the genes of the gods. That was standard and they always said they were offsprings of the gods, and then the public think well we’re an inferior type made to be a slave. If you look into the prayers of the bureaucratic classes, the priesthoods who were bureaucrats in Sumer, you find that they had prayers to the gods and the god would be an INVISIBLE GOD of the heavens.
Kevin: All right, we’ll be back in about a minute, folks, in time for our top of the hour ID break. Welcome back. My guest is Alan Watt and we are now going to open the telephone line. If you have a question or a comment, you may call toll free 1-800-289-1092 toll free throughout North America. That’s Canada and the United States of course. 1-800-289-1092. Alan, at one point here I mentioned and you confirmed that in ancient times these occult managers of civilization developed one religion for the elite and another religion for the masses. Can you give us just a quick thumbnail sketch of that and why they did that?
Alan: It was to bring a slave class up really in the belief they were an inferior species actually—an actual different species—and of course you tell them the nobility and all the aristocracy are a higher species closer to the godhead. That was standard all over the world really right up even through Scottish and the British kings and queens who believed they were descended from the gods themselves. Now Plato went further into the description of this where he believed – their religion at the top was always based on two-fold type of reincarnation, which is different than the one spun out today. The religion at the top was that they were different from the public. This is what they told each other and Plato went through this because in sometime in the distant, distant past THEY WERE THE REBELS WHO REBELLED AGAINST A CREATOR and because THEY WERE CAST HERE where ordinary people already lived, they arrived with more psychic special powers than the ordinary people and they created their own bodies from the material at hand by willing it into existence and only a perfect body could be inhabited by their perfect spirit.
Kevin: So the fact then that they’re claiming to be what the Western world would refer to as the “fallen angels” under the command of LUCIFER?
Alan: That’s correct.
Kevin: Ah, they’re Luciferians?
Alan: You might say Luciferian and rebels, they’re proud of the term and that they’re behind all revolutions and they claim that once they decided to inbreed with the people already here they began to LOSE THOSE SPECIAL POWERS and hence the need to go back into the inbreeding program, which is still going on today, and the priesthoods who take the genealogies.
Kevin: All right, let’s go to the telephone line. Caller, your first name and where you’re calling from?
Al: Hi Kevin. This is Al from New York. I wanted to ask Alan Watt if he could give us a little more information about the tie-in with Freemasonry and Hinduism and I was reading a book recently or just started reading a book by David Hatcher Childress, I think called “The Vimana Aircraft of Ancient India and Atlantis.”  I was wondering if Alan would talk about – if he knows anything about that, if he would talk about that going way back, where they get this, you know technology that they wrote about the Brahmins or the caste systems?
Kevin: Okay, we’ll get him to comment on that. Thanks for the call.
Alan: The caste system falls right into this in fact, because in India with this same religion of the beginning for the elite body to do with a SPECIAL TYPE of REINCARNATION into PERFECT BODIES and only the PERFECT BODY. You’ll find that modern Masonry or what we call modern Masonry is really – in fact, Charles Darwin when he came out with this theory of evolution was only on thebehalf of the Royal Society, the Royal Chartered Scientific Society of England. He was simply brought forth to put into the public’s mind what Masons had already been taught;that was their religion.
EVOLUTION WAS THEIR RELIGION and they believed that although they themselves had been made perfect through the special selective breeding all down through the ages they would become once again as the beings they had been in the beginning, these ones that were cast here, but far more perfect with the same abilities of intellect, command, able to command people and tremendously fantastic physical bodies. That’s what Charles Darwin’s theory was. It was nothing more than EXPANDED FREEMASONRY. In fact, his grandfather had already put a treatise on selective breeding and evolution before Charles did.
Now look at the Charles Darwin family themselves. His great-grandfather, his father and himself only married into one other family and that was the Wedgwood family of England who were famous for their pottery, a very wealthy family, and that’s the only family they ever interbred with for all those generations. Charles himself had 10 children by his wife who was a Wedgwood and when she died (and most of their children did die too, two of them were insane), when she died he married his mother’s (a Wedgwood) sister, his aunt. So they’ve been going down through the ages interbreeding for special qualities to try and keep up these special qualities; and you can jump back to Plato and say my goodness this is the same thing he was just talking about then, 2,300 years ago: Selective breeding for special abilities.
If you want a good scientist you get a man and woman who are very, very good at it and interbred them, take their offspring and match them up with the same over and over again. That’s what we’re seeing. The Brahmins of India went into this in more detail, of course, that man was far older; and remember that the Indian upper class is a caste class system very much like England by the way. I used to say my goodness isn’t it so similar to the English system. However, the Aryan people – people think of Germany being the Aryan race and they got that from Theosophy, but the Aryan people whom the Brahmins are proudly descended from were a pure white race. Again, light hair, blue eyes, et cetera, who came into India some say around 500 BC, I think it was much earlier, and they lorded over different parts of India. They were told not to interbreed with the Dravidians – the darker race there. Over time they did and you end up with this caste system so your color literally designated you position in society, right down to the darker ones who are now called the UNTOUCHABLES. So you had a fixed society. The Brahmins ensured they were taught reincarnation at all levels of society and karma so that you could train people to believe “well, that’s your position in life, accept it. You must have been bad in your last one to end up as an untouchable or a slave or a peasant.”
Kevin: And if you do very good and you behave where you are now, then you may come back in a higher caste?
Alan: That’s right. Now it is also true that they have in the old Vedas drawings that would appear to be aircraft. A lot has been made of it, but we just don’t know if it’s an early ancient technology—
Kevin: Well, it’s also in Egypt.
Alan: Yes, in Egypt too, and of course even the BBC had a documentary years ago on the lead-acid batteries that were found in Egypt which are now in the Cairo Museum and they have lead and copper plates in them and the man said watch this, he poured in the battery acid, connected two wires to a bulb and sure enough it lit up. He says this has no other function than being an electric battery. They had the electricity and they found those batteries now in Babylon as well or Persia or Iraq.
Kevin: Well, I’m told there was some in Damascus; but also in Abydos in a temple there, there’s some carvings up on the frieze show very clearly what looks like a helicopter, perhaps a jet, but certainly some type of aircraft with wings and a rudder. It also shows something that looks very much like what we would call a flying saucer and these were carved thousands of years ago.
Alan: Well, a lot you see of deceit and deception too has crept in with sensationalism from the times of Erich von Daniken, who actually had a little guy in Mexico carve a lot of these things out for him and a reporter from Britain found this little guy who was getting five pesos a piece and that’s when von Daniken hit the dust. However, he put out a lot of disinformation about the space ships.
Now the thing about the flying saucers is just a globe with wings and that’s the traditional–
Kevin: Not in Abydos. Not in Abydos.
Alan: Well, I’ve seen the Vedas and the Vedas too do more descriptions about what existed more so than drawings and they show – they said that the gods – the gods remember were your kings. The hierarchy, they were always called gods and they said that they fought each other in a big battle towards the end of the last age and they could fly. They had flying machines and they shot different colored rays or lights at each other. The red one would burn anyone wearing metal, just like microwaves. We have these odd things being discussed.
Kevin: Also now you’re talking about the ancient writings there in India in the Mahavarata, but there is a description of something that–if I just take that description and show it to someone and don’t tell them where it’s from. Don’t tell them it’s part of an ancient Indian epic and they read it and then I ask what that describes, they will say that describes a thermal nuclear blast and the interesting thing is that there has been found in Rajasthan a site of a thermal nuclear blast in strata from 12,500 years ago and you know so some of these things may be real.
Alan: They may be real, although we know it can also be caused by a very high velocity meteors coming in–
Kevin: But it’s a different type of radiation. It’s a whole different type of radiation and different rate of decay and you know there is to date there has been no real comment or any kind of debunking of this site.
Alan: No, no. Even though there are many clues still left in regular history and it’s up to the individual to decide. I mean we can get carried away obviously–
Kevin: Sure we can.
Alan: By limited information. Limited information sells a lot of books. That’s why the authors jump on it and take them off, but we do know that the ancient Greeks who learned everything again in Egypt started the Atomist theory (the atom theory) back around 300 BC – 400 BC and they had the Atomic schools they called them and they’re well documented. We’ve got records of it all and they knew that you had tiny whirling bits of matter and they said that the atom was not the smallest part of matter; and supposedly we always suspected this but just found out for sure in the 20th Century. Now it’s impossible for men living thousands of years ago – I don’t care how much leisure time they had and how many slaves did all their work for them to give them this leisure. I don’t care.
IF YOU DIDN’T HAVE THE SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE AND THE EQUIPMENT TO GO AFTER what you’re talking about, you could NEVER have DREAMED UP THE ATOM.
Kevin: So what are you saying? They had the technology?
Alan: They had to have. There’s no way a person with a limited understanding of physics, no microscopes, no atomic microscopes et cetera, could break down the content or even dream of the content of hard matter. They understood perceptions and how they differ from angles of stance to the object and so on. They knew that nothing was technically solid and that if these atoms could be made to vibrate at a certain speed, you could put a man or a chair through a wall without injury. They knew this stuff–
Kevin: So this happened 300 BC?
Alan: Yes.
Kevin: Okay. That’s not so far back. I mean at that stage of history we dig up a lot of stuff and we’ve not as far as I know recovered—archaeologists have not covered any of this high technology for looking at atoms and so forth. Is it possible that instead of them discovering this that they were told this perhaps by beings from off-world?
Alan: I don’t think so. I think there have been many ages where a few come through with the knowledge and NEVER SHARE IT WITH THE VAST MAJORITY. Power is KEPT by the LIMITATION OF KNOWLEDGE by a few because KNOWLEDGE IS POWER.  If it’s true that we’ve gone through at least five definite and two possible more ages in Indian records, then MAN IS MILLIONS OF YEARS OLD. You can imagine the knowledge that would be accumulated during that time.
Kevin: I agree with that, but what’s your take on why we haven’t discovered in all these archaeological digs any of this very high technology that would have made it possible for them to understand atomic theory?
Alan: I think it’s probably because it’s buried so deep in specific areas that no one will get to it until it’s the time to admit to it. That’s how history unfolds. Suddenly at the right time something will be announced. Something will be found, but what I also found very interesting was when they went after Iraq and remembering Iraq and Iran were greater Persia in the old system and Babylon was there. During the whole time that Bill Clinton was in, thousands of cruise missiles were sent over. We got so used to it, it was just nothing between our bites of food at dinner time to watch these things being shot off the ships. These were not hitting the cities. These were going off in places where no one was and they were just pounding the earth and blowing it all up, and some people have come forward recently and admitted these were ancient sites where it hadn’t even been dug up properly. EVIDENCE IS BEING DESTROYED as far as I was concerned.
Kevin: Why do you think they would do that?
Alan: Because they don’t want the public to know that they’re – even today we have three levels of sciences today. We have from professors down: that’s the lowest level of reality that WE ARE GIVEN and that’s all supplemented and augmented by the regular magazines you buy at the stores. “We’re trying to work towards this and one day we hope to,” that’s the bottom level of science. Dr. Nick Begich on the CBC television in Canada–
Kevin: Who by the way will be with us next week.
Alan: Well, he’s very good. He showed on the Wendy Mesley show a few years ago a whole tray full or table full of these little handheld remote sized gizmos and he told Wendy to stand 20 feet away and he’d point one at her and says what do you hear? She says I hear music in the center of my head and now he could have just easily put words in her head. He said this equipment was used by the CIA in the 1950’s – now it had to be solid-state before the public even heard of the transistor in the 1960’s and he said THIS STUFF IS ALL OBSOLETE. This is obsolete. It works within line of sight up to any distance. I wondered how many people were locked up in hospitals for hearing voices during all this period. That was one. Now the CIA are only one-step up, but there’s another level beyond them. THERE’S ALWAYS A TRINITY IN THIS SYSTEM FOR THE CONTROLLERS who wouldn’t even share the higher sciences with those below them who helped them because you want to maintain power. You never share it totally. It’s been like that in all ages.
Kevin: What kind of technology exists at the higher level?
Alan: I think probably as I said in ancient times that high science to the general public appears to be magic. It’s so far ahead of anything that the public are told. I can remember when the BBC in the 1970’s did a documentary special on Area 51 in the U.S. and they were up on a hill there looking down when it first got some attention. They were able to keep a team there and they photographed these flying saucers coming out of underground hangars at that big base there, which is an American Air Force base, so the presumption is they’re making them there and testing them there. These things came out of the ground silently. They could go up into the air, do all kinds of odd right-angle turns. They could stop on a dime after moving at hundreds maybe thousands of miles an hour, and they could actually stay stationary and then disappear and then appear again; now whether it was some sort of cloaking device or what, we don’t know. There’s so many speculations about it, but that was 1970’s. How they deflected all of that was to bring in the disinformation characters, “Oh, these things are from outer space,” but here they are, coming out of the earth here in a military base, which tells you they were making them here.
Kevin: You know, I remember during Gulf War I and you may have seen this or you may have read about it since. During Gulf War I they would do press conferences virtually everyday from the war theater, from the area, and General Schwarzkopf would always make some comments to the press on how the war was progressing. There was a question, I don’t remember who asked, but a question about well what is your objective. How do you know when you’ve reached your objective and he commented on that and then they said well how will you do this? How do you plan to do this and he said it’s simple. It’s like a snake. You cut off its head, its body dies and that’s what we’re going to do and Saddam is going to have to surrender and that’s it. Then the question was and this was where it got interesting. Well, what if he does not surrender and Schwarzkopf very quickly said, “we’ve got things to throw at him he cannot even imagine,” and then he said, “all of this technology that all of you are so amazed at, all of these things that you’ve been seeing, these smart bombs and missiles flying down smokestacks is obsolete. We have things he cannot even imagine.” Do you remember that?
Alan: Yes. In fact, I’ve laughed at every war we’ve had really because it’s to convince the public – I mean here are soldiers going off with new uniforms, but standard equipment really, they’re still firing basically gunpowder and projectiles that have been around for a thousand years; and they keep telling us this is the latest model and they’re so far ahead in science they don’t even have to invade a country. We know that too because there are satellite arrays way up yonder that can laser or bombard a whole continent if they wish to with the effects of pulsations and knock everyone out or kill them, if they wish to. They’re going through the usual, (I call it) the low-level routine for the bottom-level matrix people, the general population, that this is the best we have. This is a big joke. A big joke. They don’t even need troops actually really anymore.
Kevin: Then why do they use them?
Alan: Because they don’t want us to realize how far ahead we really are because we’re not supposed to know. If we did know exactly all that they have, we’d be absolutely petrified. We’d be petrified how far ahead they are.
Kevin: If we were all petrified though, how would that really affect the power of those who have the power?
Alan: They want a lot of us to live in fear, but it also enables them by using such high-tech advanced equipment to carry out further manipulation of where they want to bring the public. The public never figure it out, they say: “Oh, we can’t do that yet, so that’s not true. That can’t be happening,” but in reality they are doing things and they have been for years, just using basic high-tech stuff on all the public. In the British newspapers it was admitted after Gulf War I when you saw all those soldiers coming up out of the desert very stunned, very confused and they were like that for 24 hours, and they admitted in the British papers they’d used electromagnetic pulse on those people. They admitted that it was used and it had tremendous affects; it also created forms of holograms where they appear to be flowing backwards at one point, but they were also pounding them with basically HAARP technology and scalar weaponry. It’s even in the UN Charter. The UN has a treaty signed for the HAARP technology and all countries signed it. In what the effects it could do was to bombard the public with various mood-altering techniques, which could cause tremendous depression, confusion and lethargy, et cetera, almost put them in some somnambulistic state, and that was used and that was admitted in all the British papers at the time.
Kevin: Now you say there is a United Nations treaty regarding that. What does that treaty say? Does it say you can or cannot use that?
Alan: It says that countries that have signed the United Nations agreement must not be allowed – will not use it on each other, but with all United Nations treaties if you notice IT NEVER SAYS that YOUR OWN GOVERNMENT CANNOT USE IT ON THE GENERAL PUBLIC.  Just like the military cannot use hollow point bullets in warfare or on people abroad, but they can use it on your public at home and they do.
Kevin: Well, you know I have to say I used to be a police officer and I was not military but we carried hollow point bullets. That’s what was issued.
Alan: Yet if you were using that in a warfare situation with another country, that would be illegal and you’d be in prison for it.
Kevin: Well and that explains and you know I never knew this. After serving as a police officer here in the United States, I became an international police officer and we worked under the administration of usually the United Nations and we did not carry hollow points. I never understood why. I always thought maybe just an administrative decision. Somebody made a purchasing decision or whatever, but it’s actually that treaty?
Alan: It’s the treaty. That so that every country that signs if there’s any trouble at home they can use more extreme weaponry on their own public, and that’s the same with the HAARP. In that treaty, I think it’s 1977, the HAARP treaty, it states that they have the ability now, it’s been tested and they can cause hurricanes to come in or tornadoes. They can guide tornadoes to any destination. They can cause drought or flooding, earthquake and tremendous physical effects on the population, which had been tested out apparently on the population of Maine.
There was a lawsuit going in on behalf of them against the U.S. government for using them as guinea pigs. Over a period of time they were using HAARP to see what mood effects it would have on them and of course all the information was channeled from doctors offices, hospitals, social work departments, police, into the federal computers to collect all the data and they found that domestic animals were turning nasty. Even cattle were charging at people, the cows. The suicide rate was the highest it had ever gone. It shot right up and when they tried a different frequency the people got depressed. They changed it again and people got very elated and sometimes they got aggressive, so they were monitoring the psychological effects and behavior.
Kevin: And this was in Maine?
Alan: Yes.
Kevin: And there’s a lawsuit going on now?
Alan: It was going on a few years ago, I don’t know what became of it, so you can always test on your own population and they always have done.
Kevin: All right, we have to take a break, folks. I’m learning some things tonight I didn’t know. We’ll be back in just a moment. My guest is Alan Watt. Welcome back to the Kevin Smith Show. My guest this evening is Alan Watt and we are talking about I guess you could say a different view of history. It’s easy to say a strange view because it is something that most of us perhaps have not been exposed to, at least not very deeply, and so it may seem strange to us; and yet, Alan, you have pretty well documented the stuff that you’re telling us about. You’ve written three books about this. What are the titles?
Alan: I just call them “Cutting Through” and it’s because I’m cutting through this matrix that we’ve all been put into. I go through I, II and III through the ancient priesthoods and secret societies, which they had then to infiltrate society and spy on them really and direct them, up to the present time and how important they were to be control over vast populations in fact because they were international even in the days of Sumer.
Kevin: Well, tell me about that. You say they were international even in the days of Sumer. Tell us a little bit about that, because that is one part of the Sumerian history that I’ve never been exposed to.
Alan: Archaeologists have documented it well that Sumer’s biggest trading partner was up in the north of India and India seemed to be the main supplier of various types of goods. Sumer’s main export was wool and they used Bahrain – the Island of Bahrain is almost a trading port where the stuff was brought from India and that’s where the priesthood sent out the merchants or their men. They had hired agents to do all the dealing et cetera. The priesthoods dealt with the finances. On one level they had the priesthoods who wrote the laws for real estate in Sumer. That’s how far ahead they were. In fact, Sumer had all of the same conveniences you might say of today when it came to shopping. You could get a receipt when you shopped at the market within 15 minutes. They baked it in clay in 15 minutes and they found millions of these, so Sumer wasn’t a primitive little place. They had a very complex priesthood system. So much so, in fact, in a book called “Life Begins at Sumer” where they decipher many of the tablets that they found even from the school children of bureaucrats. They bred the bureaucrats there, much like today, and one of them said I cannot look from horizon to horizon, I cannot see the horizons for government buildings. He said we are taxed for everything. He said when we bring fish in he said the government officials are there to take us, when we sell things the government are there to tax us. When the loved ones bury their dead and put offerings on the grave, the death duties, the death taxes have to be paid to the priesthoods. It was very much like today.
Kevin: Nothing much has changed, has it?
Alan: Nothing. It’s so amazing to find out how similar it was and they had this system pretty well all over the ancient world at that time. Later on, they found in Crete in the Mediterranean a huge library and a monastery and it seemed to be almost a central priesthood who was in contact with all the different nations of that time. Many have speculated by the writings that they’ve found that these guys were actually updating or creating the different religions of the period.
Kevin: Speaking of the religions of the period, some time later after Sumer in the same geographical area you have the Babylonians and you’ve got a priestly caste called the Magi and they were king makers. They were not just religious. They were king makers. Now, in all of these ancient religions and in many countries around the world today the clergy are either the government or they are above the government. Here in the United States we are champions of this separation of church and state, and by champions I don’t mean we’re the only ones that have it. I just mean that’s a big deal to us, so that the religious are not in control of the government and the government is not in control of religion, at least ostensively, that’s the way it’s supposed to work. Is it working that way?
Alan: No. It never did in fact. It never did. A very high freemason sent me a letter. I know this guy. He’s in Washington, DC and he’s listened to a lot of my talks on the radio and he said, “you know, Alan, you’re right, I know every symbol I see around this city is high freemasonic,” and it’s mainly the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry the symbols they’re seeing. When you go into the book by Albert Pike, who was called the Pope of Freemasonry in the 1800’s, he says in his own book, “Morals and Dogma,” the book that was given to most freemasons up to the 32nd degree, he said, “make no mistake. Freemasonry is a religion,” and since every president of the United States becomes an honorary 33rd degree of that Order, you certainly do have a religion running your country.
Kevin: Now say that again. Every president of the United States becomes honorary 33rd degree?
Alan: If they’re not already, yes.
Kevin: How do we know that?
Alan: That’s why when you see George Bush Sr. the very first photo-op they gave of him was with I think the New York Yankees and he’s wearing their pullover and there’s the number 33 right there on his pullover. Of course, I have the photographs of Ronald Reagan being given his scroll and apron et cetera by the Scottish Rite. That is a fact and then if you go into the Freemasonic Encyclopedia, you have a whole list of all the presidents who’ve been high freemasons. Washington himself was.
Kevin: Yes, I was going to say, yes. George Washington, that’s a well-established fact. George Washington was.
Alan: And that’s why you’ve got an Egyptian obelisk, a brand new one though, for a New World Order, built to him. You only built an obelisk to a person who had achieved godhood in the mystery religion of Egypt and that’s called apotheosis; and because Washington had done such great work towards the Great Work, as they call it, he was raised to godhood, apotheosis.
Kevin: So they raise people to godhood in something like the same way that the Catholic Church raises people to sainthood?
Alan: Pretty well, yes. That’s what godhood means. You’re raised to godhood. You’ve achieved not only the lower orders and understanding of the philosopher’s stone and the different categories of understanding all the way up and because of your work towards the Great Work you are considered a god. Even in the famous painting you’ll see there where they’re around the table and Benjamin Franklin made his speech at his table about it when he talked about Washington in a very Masonic way. Behind Washington is the rising sun right behind his head. It’s all Freemasonic. Franklin himself was a member of Masonry. He wrote about it in his own newspapers, and 33 signatories signed the Declaration because you cannot – for those in the low orders they’re taught they cannot rise above the 33rd Degree, because the sun like Jesus starts his ministry at the 30th Degree east in its parallel and it sets on the 33rd west, so that’s why they let the low orders think there’s only 33 degrees.
Kevin: How many are there really?
Alan: 360.
Kevin: A circle?
Alan: Yes.
Kevin: Most of the – I have known a number of Masons. I do know a number of Masons and the Masons that I know are people who, the ones I know, who have a lot of integrity and who seem to be very patriotic, love the country and love their families and do a lot of things that are good public service.
Alan: But they’ve also sworn to obey an order by a superior and do it instantly and reserve all judgment of morality aside.
Kevin: Do you think that most of them would adhere to that?
Alan: Yes, because there’s so much that comes along with Masonry. I was talking to one 32nd Degree about a month ago and he agreed after hearing to a lot of my talks, he says, “you know I didn’t think about it.” He says, “I’m just a farmer but I could go in to see a bank manager with no collateral down and ask for a bank loan and I could pick it up in the afternoon.” The average person couldn’t do that, so you get a lot of fringe benefits. You get off with a lot of speeding tickets and you can get a bed in the hospital much quicker than anyone else. There’s a lot more to it and also if you start a business off in a town and you join the lodge, they’re all sworn to give you business to bring custom your way; so the lower guy with the hardware store up the road there who’s not a Mason will be scratching his head wondering why no one is coming in his store.
Kevin: Wow, that’s amazing. Amazing. We’re going to continue with that in just a moment. You’re back on the Kevin Smith Show. We’re talking to Alan Watt and let’s go to the telephone line. Caller, if you will, tell us your first name and where you’re calling from.
Al: Hi Kevin. This is Al again. I have a question for Alan. If Ronald Reagan was a 33rd Degree Mason, he gave a speech I believe at the United Nations and I think he was making some kind of comment that if we were invaded it would bring the nations together. Maybe his comment was geared towards UFOs. What do you think – do you think we’re that far off from a visitation? Kevin had a guest on last night. I think it was Tom Horn that was speculating towards a possible something happening in the eminent future where we might see something happening in the skies, so I guess that’s my – how far do you think that we might get some kind of a visitation if any?
Kevin: Okay. Were you able to hear that, Alan?
Alan: I think so.
Al: I’ll hang up, Kevin.
Kevin: Okay Al. Thanks for the call.
Alan: The answer should be prefaced in two parts really. Number one, they had meetings in the early 1900’s about the possibility of using a threat from outer space to bring the whole world together under a new type of government. The first man to express this was John Dewey. He mentioned this in speeches, that if they could possibly convince the public of an attack from outer space we would all ban together, give up our nationalism, which they wanted to destroy of course, and bring us all together. This was repeated by many presidents including Ronald Reagan. He made a few speeches like this, that if only there was an attack from outer space we could all ban together as one. I think this maybe – H.G. Wells wrote a book about it, “War of the Worlds,” and H.G. Wells worked for the British government. He was a propagandist for the secret service and that has been declassified in Britain.  You have the same sort of agenda there convincing the public because the whole idea for a New World Order (which is the United Nations’ whole goal) is to get us to give up our nationalism and fight against something. Now they can create holograms in the air. I’ve seen one already myself a few years ago and with a witness with me. It was a definite hologram.
Kevin: How do you know it was a hologram?
Alan: Because it started off with what appeared to be the Northern Lights and the Northern Lights generally they fly all over the skies at tremendous speeds and this thing formed into an image right above me of a figure with wings and I thought what on earth are they trying to make here.  I know that the HAARP facility has admitted they can make holograms by manipulating the ionosphere, so I watched this for 20 minutes and then two nights later a guy phoned Art Bell in Ontario and he said the same thing. He says I saw something in the sky being formed; and Art Bell, who’s had everybody on, including so many guys who claim that they are Satan themselves, cut him off and says what nonsense. I could never figure that one out. Why wouldn’t he let the man speak because I saw the same thing? The person with me saw the same thing. So don’t always believe what you see. There are very high technological powers at play right now to convince us of something else happening in order to change our whole way of living and I always keep that in the back of my mind. It’s been written about and documented from major speeches and we should take it seriously. We shouldn’t fall for what they want us to believe right off the bat you know.
Kevin: What’s interesting to me listening to you is that you’re referencing things in support of what you say. You’re referencing documents that are in the public domain that people can go get their hands on it and read it. What’s interesting to me is that these, for lack of a better word, “power brokers,” or the elite or whatever, seem to be out in the open with what they’re doing. It’s not really a conspiracy, is it?
Alan: I can document on something else and this is what people should look into. It was the first fund put up by a major multimillionaire, probably a billionaire at the time even, and that was Baron Rothschild in England in the 1800’s. He wanted to finance writers and novelists to write along certain lines of science fiction to prepare the minds of the young, who would be excited with these stories, so that they could bring in scientific investigation using space rocketry et cetera in the following century and the young would think it was all a natural direction in which to go. That was called “predictive programming,” and they hired thousands of novelists right up into the 1900’s.
Arthur C. Clarke was one of them. Hannon was another one that started the whole Mt. Shasta thing off, their New Age. He wrote a novel about it, a fictional novel, now they go there and worship; and Arthur C. Clarke wrote the biggest occultic movie ever done, “2001,” for the High Freemasons. The New World Order was to kick off in 2001 and he wrote the book in the 1960’s and that’s when they made the movie. It was to be completed by 2010 and that was his second movie. That was all an occultic story, those two stories. It had nothing to do with space, if you understand the esoteric symbolism.
Kevin: Well, even the Council for Foreign Relations publishes amazing statements and amazing speeches about their plans for the future and that’s why – you know I hear a lot of people talk about conspiracies, but if you’re out in the open that’s not much of a conspiracy.
Alan: H.G. Wells who was one of their main propagandists and writers for the British Secret Service and a founder of the Fabian Society, which is just another branch of the CFR (Royal Institute of International Affairs) because they run both sides of everything. H.G. Wells wrote a book called “The Open Conspiracy,” a non-fiction, and he said yes we’re creating a New World Order under a world government. He says the documentation we have put out for the public is in libraries and he says it’s an open conspiracy because we tell them what we want to do, where we’re taking them and they don’t want to read it. The book is still out there.
Kevin: Alan, we’re out of time. Listen, I want to thank you for coming on the show tonight. It’s been fascinating. I appreciate you being here.
Alan: It’s a pleasure.
Kevin: Tell us quickly your web address.
Alan: It’s .com and my name is Alan Watt.
Kevin: Alan, is that where we can get your books?
Alan: Yes.
Kevin: Okay. Again, thanks for being here. Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for being here and I hope you’ll make a habit to come back again each and every night. I’ll be back here again tomorrow night. I hope you will be too. My guest tomorrow night is going to be Robbie Thomas. We’re going to be talking about dream interpretation. Had any strange dreams? Tomorrow night is the night to call in. See you tomorrow night. So long, everybody.

April 15th, 2006 Alan Watt – Special Talk:

“MASS MIND CONTROL”(WHY YOUR PARENTS ARE REALLY SCREWED UP)
*********
INCLUDING ALDOUS HUXLEY SPEECH

Hi, this is Alan. I’d just like to say a few words as to how our website has been received and how information has affected some people different types of people in different ways and I think it appropriate to give a few comments on this particular website of mine.
I put this up really not with the intention of going along with any mainstream popular movement. I don’t really like popular movements. Most popular movements as Plato said “are given from the top down for the people to follow.”
Rather this particular website should be an example for people who are individuals who can see that the king has no clothes so to speak and they want to emulate this kind of website for themselves by informing themselves of what really is happening in their life. What’s behind it. The techniques that are used to motivate people into mass movements. Different kinds of mind control. We tend to think of mind control as being really a one-on-one thing from a kidnapped people by spies and so on, but in reality the easiest form of mind control is generated from basically governmental institutions, by a media and propaganda. It’s the most ancient technique that’s ever been used and why change it when it works so well ALWAYS.
If you have a million people taught that the earth is flat and you train them all to believe in this, then obviously the norm in that society would be to say that the earth is flat. If one person says wait a minute here, I’ve proven by my own investigations that it’s impossible to be flat, then all the rest of the people will think he’s crazy. That’s because it’s easier to influence the bulk of the population than it is to get to a thinking individual with his own inquiry.
This website has been received very, very well by listeners from all over and I’ve really been very, very busy on a one to one basis with many individuals giving them extra information as to books, research they can go into to try and pick up the trail of this ancient plan – an organized plan which can be followed all down through history. Even professors in universities talk about it in different terms. Some of them used to call it Manifest Destiny and it’s odd that they always knew where we were sort of going, even though they were rather vague about the techniques employed.
The Hindus may have a point when they say that man’s biggest problem really is his own intellect because we have the ability to sentient and aware. Most people don’t really use that. They’re quite happy to be downloaded by mass media and popular movements with this mass production print machine. But true enough, the very fact that we ask why that gives us the problem of trying to stumble through and find the solutions to a problem. We see through a glass darkly as they say and that’s never been any different in any era. The difference being perhaps that those at the top have access to archives of information, which is different from public libraries.
Archives are full of techniques of control which have been used over thousands of years.
INFORMATION IS NEVER DESTROYED. It’s simply removed to other quartersand then the old LIBRARIES are burned.
Master dictators and tyrants don’t destroy information. THEY STEAL IT AND HIDE IT FOR THEMSELVES because KNOWLEDGE IS POWER.
When you want to retain power over people, you don’t share it with them. You give them false leads, ENDLESS leads and the people will sure enough pick up the paper trails and go in circles forever. That’s what you do.
You steal knowledge and hide it and that’s howALL KNOWLEDGE is GIVEN OUT in PUBLIC LIBRARIES.
You can go through so many hundreds and hundreds of books. Dry, dreary books by ex-bureaucrats and ex-politicians and ex-bankers and so on, and to find one paragraph within every book that puts on the light switch, everything else in the book you throw away and those people KNOW THIS. This is the technique of scattering knowledge. It’s deliberate. You will never get a single book with all of the answers contained within and that’s deliberate too.
Now, the few people who have complained at all, really are not complaining about the knowledge I’m giving out. What they’re really saying by their complaints by the form that their complaints take is that I’m not touching on the space aliens or I’m not touching on the reptilians and that again is a form or they’ll say I’m not touching on the New Age. Their favorite addiction you might say and I do touch on these things if they really do listen and go through all the FREE STUFFI’ve given out for them to listen to if they have the patience.
Most New Agers want instant gratification and they simply jump from one teacher or guru to the next and they pay their money and they never complain. They never say they’ve been had. They simply devour what they’ve givenNEVER understanding IT generally anyway and then go on to the next help somewhere else, and that’s called shopping for religion and I’m sure there’s thousands of websites out there where they can go shopping for that.
In the Kabbalah of course they talk about the ensof, which is the endless, and that’s what you have for the New Age shoppers. It’s fine for a hobby, if nothing else to occupy themselves with, but while they’re shopping for the New Age in answer to their spiritual crisis they fail to realize that this is the world where spirit meets matter and what happens in the world of matter is since you wake up as you everyday presumably, except for the reptilians of course, then what you do here in the world of matter is important. The trick that’s been used in ancient civilizations was to convince the public that nothing was real at all, and once you convince them of that, you’ve dominated them because whatever you do to them doesn’t matter because NOTHING’S REAL and that’s the usual spiel of psychological warfare which is put out by certain individuals even today. By the power on behalf of the BIG BOYS.
It’s so easy to control vast civilizations and populations. Whenever you do anything them it doesn’t matter because nothing’s real, IT’S ALL ILLUSION. An illusion by definition is really–it’s not a hallucination. A hallucination is not real at all. That’s what it means.
An ILLUSION is a DISTORTION OF REALITY. So you should be very clear on the terms that are used and people who are taught that this is not really happening and all the nasty things are not really happening, they can retreat into their ensof and go on forever or at least as long as the ones who control the physical will allow it, because that’s what it boils down to.
I’m never ceased to be amazed at the people who always ask the questions about the after life when they’re living in this one. They can’t even deal with this one and as Socrates says, they’re not content about putting laws on the physical world. Here they are putting laws on the spiritual world as well. That’s the folly of man and so they go on and on in their hunt, the endless, allowing monsters who formulate the future for a few very wealthy elite families who have this knowledge and have hundreds if not thousands of think tanks working for them. Since they conjure up the money and convince us all that they have an actual right to rule and run this system of money, THEY’VE GOT it ALL SEWN UP because IT’S THEIR SYSTEM you see and WHEN MONEY TALKS MORALITY WALKS.
For those who simply want to ask endless questions about something they can never prove to their own satisfaction, I would suggest they go on, and follow the movement that was revived or resuscitated from Theosophy, aMASONICALLY RUN ORGANIZATION charted BY THE BRITISH CROWN to alter the world to come to the 20th Century. It’s faltered off through the scandals that came out afterward on Madame Blavatsky and the various frauds that she committed.
It was revived again in the 1960’s by a big movement called pop – pop is father of course, that was followed by rock, and that’s Masonry, and I don’t know where burst this new pop music. That’s the general view and in reality it didn’t burst out by itself. It was simply unleashed at the right time and the charge took back into the New Age, which again is the name of the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry magazine, their journal, and they prophesized they’d do this back in the 1950’s in their journals. OUT came the BEATLES and the Beatles of course came out with what was going to be given to the public and that which was given to the public was a diffusion of the mind. A diffusion of reason. Was the land that was used successfully in India for thousands of years. A basic form of theosophy blended with a Christianity and other religions, this is contained in the following song:
Song: Roll up, roll up for the mystery tour
Roll up, roll up for the mystery tour
Roll up (And that’s an invitation), roll up for the mystery tour
Roll up (To make a reservation), roll up for the mystery tour
The magical mystery tour is waiting to take you away
Waiting to take you away
Alan: In the 1960’s all over countries in Europe especially, songs just burst out such as Roger Whittaker’s song “New World in the Morning,” and that was rather typical of the New Age message. They always tell you that “something wonderful is going to happen.” This is the same phrase that was used in Arthur C. Clarke in the movie “2001” and “2010” where the man who reaches godhood – actually that’s what it’s about. It has nothing to do with space at all if you understand high Masonry. In fact they tell people that something wonderful is going to happen and this is tied in with the Age of Aquarius, which really has NOTHING TO DO once again with popular New Age belief simply because they’ve never done their homework into what Aquarius is all about or the occult. They follow the standard books from the bookstores. They eat them up like a goat eats grass in the field clump by clump.
NEVER ASKING, HOW COME ALL THESE BOOKS JUST APPEAR ON THE SHELVES FOR THEM TO CONSUME?
They’ve never done any homework you see. THEY ARE THECONSUMERS OF RELIGION.
The Illuminati, at least the branch that stuck its head up in history during Weishaupt’s era, and that was only one branch of what was already a European wide and American wide society and they had been on the go for hundreds and hundreds of years under different terms and names and so on. Under Weishaupt’s charge they found what they called reading societies throughout Europe and the goal of the reading societies was under the guise of helping the working people to read. They then formed discussion groups and then when you have discussions groups the material which you are GIVEN to read becomes very important because when you STANDARDIZE THE READING MATERIAL then you’re standardizing THOUGHTS and CONCLUSIONS and you’re creating a movement towards a particular direction; and out of those actual reading societies was they become publishing houses. And if you go back over the last two three hundred years up to the present time and just look at how many of the big mainstream publishing houses has an old lantern as it’s logo. THE ILLUMINED ONES you see are the ones who started off these reading societies because being a form of computer a human being can only PARROT WHAT IS DOWNLOADED WITH and you come to the conclusions which the programmer, the one who gives out the material knows that you must reach.
YOU SHAPE THE MIND. Masonry SHAPED society. IT SHAPED the MIND. It sculpts it basically in a direction and that is the whole method of controlling the public. You standardize things through mainstream. Mainstream comes from the underground. Stream which they called this current of teaching this thought process this underground movement from the Rosicrucian Era of the 1500’s onward, the underground stream. They shape form and content of your thoughts and by limiting you or directing you along certain lines of thinking with limited access to knowledge you must come to conclusions which they know you must come to.
A computer programmer does the same thing. A good programmer who designs a computer and its program, its language that it runs on, will know a conclusion by feeding in the language the data that that computer much reach on any particular problem. HUMANS WORK EXACTLY THE SAME.
Well, out they came with the New Age revised. The people behind it jumping into reincarnation, which is a natural thing to jump into. It’s so ancient. It’s a wonderful idea that you can keep coming back and work off your bad deeds and perhaps evolve you see, and of course evolution is at the heart of very high occult Freemasonry. Only at the very high levels they are completely into the belief of physical regeneration through interbreeding in order to gain the perfect spirit to inhabit the body, whereas commoners who pick their mates at random; that’s why they’re called commoners. They’re not arranged marriages, then they end up with this what they call a hit-and-miss type of offspring. Once in a while you get someone who’s fairly bright. Maybe even a genius, but generally it’s the lesser types that they call commoners. Whereas the elite ones, including the scientific groups, have been going on down through the ages literally interbred their own offspring to be scientists. You’ll see the same thing in the acting communities where for multi generations the actors that one’s generation sees are just the sons and daughters of the previous generations actors and that’s standard with most culture creation part of the control mechanism of society.
In the 1960’s out came the New Age, just bang. Books from the shelves everywhere. Lucid you know, LSD if you speak it, lucid just happened to be thrown over by the sack full over university walls all over Europe generally out of big limos. It wasn’t until years later it was found out that the main societies that were dishing the stuff out over the walls were basically government MI5-MI6 type societies. Then, of course, many books came out much, much later telling us that Victor Rothschild, the one exception to the banking family, he did go into banking eventually, but he was a scientist and he was experimenting on various MI5 agents with LSD at Porton Down warfare facilities in England, and you can find that in Peter Wright’s book “Spy Catcher.”
The big corporations, the big drug companies are behind the first manufacturing of LSD to get the tripping – the day tripper you see. It’s the Beatles song “The Day Tripper,” you get the tripping going. A tripping is a movement that’s devised to make a person stumble. You trip and that’s what it was. You break the stride of people who are going in a direction. You trip them up and you land where you may. They would day trip.
These societies that were dishing out the drugs all over the place also got their front men to propagandize the wonders of LSD and they got them and controlled BBC of England was the spearhead of this since they were the only station at the time in Britain. They had all these sudden teenage programs and rock music or pop music as they call it there and they had these older guys aging that would be the DJs and act like children and lots of go-go dancers to ensure that guys watched it of course. Then they interviewed an occasional supposed star that was hanging off a chair somewhere to trying to hang on to a chair and mumble some strange answers from very direct questions because they were generally stoned. They would look at the camera and they’d all laugh and giggle and aren’t we naughty, and that of course helped get all the youngsters who watch this to get an idea that my God this is some good stuff because these guys are approving it. That’s how they got the whole thing going and that was to destroy the old system.
The old system had been kept going up until World War II. You know God, King, Country, that type of stuff and it had served its purpose and now it was time to bring in the New Age. High Masonry, not the bottom stuff but High Masonry formed – as Mason forms things. They form. They shape society and it means that all the control mechanisms over society are reformed reshaped like building a new cathedral and once you build the new cathedral you dismantle the old. It has served its purpose.
The New Age saw massive changes. Promiscuity was pushed to the hilt. They worked fervently since 1920’s to bring out a birth pill and of course penicillin to cope with the venereal disease that came out and abortion by making its appearance. So promiscuity was used to destroy the family unit. To destroy the possibility of long-term marriage. Everybody who grew up in those days had a big number done on their head and you can see the fallout today because society as far as relationships go is pretty well completely dysfunctional. No one escaped it. NO ONE.
So for those aren’t hearing what they want to hear, which is the praise of the New Age and explanations of mysteries, I don’t bother to teach because you don’t have the patience to learn. They can gobble up as many books as they wish. There’s an endless plethora dished out every year. Actually every month. It’s big business and like someone with a bottomless stomach their appetite is endless because there is no satisfaction in what they consume and the impatient can’t be taught anything.
I would advise them to do what the Beatles said to do: To join the tour, because that was the beginning of the magical mystery tour. That was the meaning of the magical mystery tour. So for all those aboard the magical mystery tour, consume as much as you want. Whatever you want and listen to the song of the Beatles who were put out there to promote it.
This magical mystery tour has been tried many times over and over again. It was tried in the 1920’s and ‘30’s during the Great Depression, the GREAT word when it’s put between a person’s name or beforea person’s NAME or A WAR or A DEPRESSION is a MASONIC TERM.
They love the great – the Alexander the Great you see. The little pinpricks of light which shape history down through the darkness of time. You can see the connection between the drug culture being thrown out in the Great Depression along with prohibition to get the youth into the booze cans – the underground booze cans where it’s exciting and naughty you see and actually after the Great Depression they cut prohibition off. They had way more drinkers than they had before it because they made it popular to go into these little dives you see and when you’d hear the jazz and the mini-skirts that they tried in the 1920’s was the Charleston Dance and so on. That was all part of the introduction of a system which failed because they didn’t have a system in place to take care of the aftermath, the fallout of too many children, unwanted pregnancies, venereal disease and of course even rehab clinics for drug addicts and alcoholics.
So they went back to the drawing board and worked steadily for years to get the pill and with the pill they introduced it the same time the drug culture that was revived again. That’s why the religion that runs all religions at the top is called THE PERENNIAL RELIGION. It keeps popping up down through time, it’s the same one.
You can find in the 1960’s for instance they came out with Timothy Leary who always wore a white coat showing that he was a scientist and gave stage appearances. He wrote books on the wonders of drugs and how it expanded the mind and this was pushed down the throats of the young people who just gobbled it up eagerly you see. He’s an older guy, a scientist no doubt, telling you that drugs were wonderful for you that they expand your brain and do wonderful things for you. Give you great experiences.
He wasn’t the only one put out there. It’s interesting to bring his name down to theMASONIC CODING because Tim, is time your see and he you also have Leary – Leary in Britain was the man who went around lighting the gas lamp in the street at night in the 1800’s. So another little reference to the Illuminati. A little tongue and cheek HIGH MASONIC JOKE and he was one of many put out there to promote that.
Aldous Huxley was another one who conjured up long, long before to a long lineage of high, high Freemasonry going back to his ancestor Thomas Huxley who was a friend of Charles Darwin. Darwin’s theory was nothing more than basically the esoteric version of the religion of High Freemasonry put out there under the guise of a scientific theory because in the high, high religion evolution evolves species up to a – to man and the to next step of man is all part of the inner secret religion that’s been here forever.
All down through history since Babylon, we’ve seen the signs and symptoms of this DISEASE thatCONTROLS SOCIETY and brings out the worst in humanityAS IT CONTROLS ALL OF HUMANITY and the MO [modus operandi] is always the same. You have a group that controls the banking and money, that’s essential for this system. It all rests on money. Everyone works for money not for food. It’s money that controls the whole system.
You have the largest cities – wherever they move the largest cities control empires like the world empire and the Empire State. The financial capitals of the world where the richest people live amidst the most squalor of poverty all around them. That’s part of their MO.
Mass prostitution. The illicit – the legal is run by them. The legal system above, the illegal below. “As above, so below.”THEY RUN BOTH SIDES OF EVERYTHING. They keep the people in check by using a form of police forces in ancient times. It was the military. They would call them police and this keeps the people, the public under ALL OF THE RULES OF LAW. They’re enforced from the top under the guise of fighting crime and of course the Big Boys CONTROLBOTH SIDES OF IT.
THE MAFIA IS ONLY ONE BRANCH OF FREEMASONRY and you’ll find the man Albert Pike designated to take over from him was Giuseppe Mazzini. MAZZINI is just an ITALIAN NAME for MASON and he gave the authorization and charter for the mafia to startup so they’re all interconnected. “As above, so below.” Legal, illegal are one and part of the same system.
So prostitution, drugs, gambling, they also had the legal drug industry of pharmacology. They run that side too. The illegal drugs to keep the people spaced out is run by them. The same MOs as I say. The same symbols too, and also wherever they go they bring a mystery religion sold through symbols and talismans and magic writings, et cetera, wherever they go to intrigue the peoples around them that then are formed into groups or sects who end up serving a purpose which they don’t even understand really. But for most people it’s not really necessary they understand, they just want to believe they’re involved in some great mysterious cause.
Going back to Aldous Huxley, he gave a speech at Berkeley University to do with thewonders of drugs and electronic control of the brain through possible implants or wires in the brain. Anything which would take away, as he said, the incredible loneliness and anxiety that everyone feels. This apartness and this is again going back to the Masonic Doctrine of ONENESS. We’re all oneness, they teach you. They themselves at the top don’t believe that they’re all one, that they tell you down below that we’re all one, that way we act is like a school of fish, you know. A school of fish that all move at the same time, in the same direction, they are in a sense one. That’s not what human beings are all about but they will have us all move in the same direction and makes it easier to control.
Huxley who worked in Tavistock Institute and worked the propagandists for the New World Order promoting mind expansion drugs was put out there to go around encourage teenagers to try the drug. He’d talk at Ivy League universities and he’s talking more honestly there about the real purpose of his mission because at Berkeley the faculties were listening to him and the students were the ones who would be part of the controlling bureaucracies to come. So they were far, far more honest on the real mission and talks like the one he gave at the Berkeley University.

Huxley himself it should be remembered died in his wife’s arms after taking an overdose of mescaline and LSD. Whether he saw Lucy in the Sky with Diamonds or the great god of America, who knows, but it didn’t do him a lot of good in the end. The sad tragedy of all of this is that so many people have died with the promotion of drugs by an occultic group at the top – very wealthy occultic group who finance all sides of every war, knowing who is chosen to be the victor before the wars even starts, ALWAYS is a PLAN towards a greater EMPIRE – a WORLD EMPIRE.
Those who struggle in the wars never figure that out. They’re caught up in the emotion and soon as one side loses some comrades in the war then the whole country’s up because they rely on TRIBAL INSTINCT to take over and yet Professor Anthony Sutton did some incredible investigations into all of this. He found the sources. He detailed the sources of who financed Hitler and he also put out Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution to show you that the same big boys, big corporations and people behind the corporations financed the Bolshevik’s or Soviet System and Germany could never have risen under Nazism without this aid. It wouldn’t have had the reason to rise up as it did and everyone knew that Germany had two ways out of its problems after World War I because it was paying all of its money out in reparations. The people were starving. It either fought its way out of it or it died, and millions would have died. They knew this when they signed “The Versailles Treaty” in World War I. Everyone knew it.
Communism had been agitating since 1917 in Germany for a revolution. Without communism or Bolshevism they would never have seen the rise of this Hegelian opposition to the Nazi Party and both sides were financed fully by the same corporations of the west who still run things today in the west.
Huxley and others never talk about the down side of drugs. To get new converts you don’t want to tell them about the side effects. What it does to you or the endless amount of people that ended up in mental hospitals in the ‘60’s and ‘70’s and still today are still classified as basically drug induced schizophrenics. They’re brains are so fried and this is a great experiment in mind control over the youth of the public and when you’re under drugs, which you think you can handle, of course, you’re taught you can handle. We have egos when we’re young, you have no common sense, we’ve all been there.
When you’re under the influence you don’t make rational decisions. Not only don’t you make rational decisionsyou don’t notice the big changes that are happening in the world around you which will affect you later on and everyone else around you. These are the big movements – political movements. They’re busy signing laws and treaties and so on and that’s how they keeping you out of the loop. The drugs are very handy for once again doing what the Hindus did. Nothing’s real, nothing matters except me and my spirit and you’re classified as disabled really. You’re not participating in the creation of destiny for yourself, for others. You’re out of the loop. You’re navel gazing or counting your toes over and over.
In the ‘20’s when they brought out the drugs and the booze big time with the mini-skirts with the dancing and with the music to match it, they call it jazz. They had songs burst out to promote it as they always do, the glory of drugs you see. The big boys like the Bronfman’s with their whiskey trade and the Kennedy’s and many others that made their fortune for prohibition also were dealing with the smuggling of cocaine, drugs.
To get everyone hooked you see. Luke Jordan was probably the first who came out in 1927 with “Cocaine Blues” and that popularized once again, how naughty we are, as youngsters like to think. Try this naughty cocaine. He sang about it floating around in your brain. That was revised again when they had the same stuff under the revamped New Age in the 1960’s.
Bob Dylan did a version of “Cocaine Blues.” Others did it too. Nick Drake did it and of course we had Simon & Garfunkel who came out with one of the most beautiful songs that everybody sang and hummed along to and whistled to in the days when they used to whistle and it’s called “Bridge Over Troubled Waters.”
Most people to songs on a subliminal conscious level. They’re downloaded with words and ideas and symbols which they never rationally or consciously think about but it works on them inside.
“Bridge Over Troubled Waters” has nothing to do with a woman or anything like that. IT WAS TO DO WITH THE NEEDLE OR HEROIN. The “Bridge Over Troubled Waters” was a SHOT OF HEROIN going into the arm.
Why would multimillion-dollar industries knowing that these entertainment industries as Plato said well over 2,300 years ago? These industries in his day he knew were used for the creation and alternation of culture. Why would multinational, multimillion dollar industries be promoting and be allowed to promote drugs for the youth?
Where was the other side of the story? The fallout from all of this? The burned out one. The dead one. People jumping out of buildings thinking they could fly or walking into lakes and drowning after rock concerts. THERE WAS NO OUTCRY BECAUSE THAT WAS THE AGENDA and that’s why the top gives culture. That’s why you’ll see the Beatles get knighted. That’s why the Rolling Stones get knighted.
WHY WOULD YOU KNIGHT PEOPLE WHO PROMOTED THE DRUG CULTURE?
The era of promiscuity with its massive fallout and families – disease, abortions. Why would you give the high awards of the country to these people? Well they get them because the ones at the top of the country wanted that. It was on the card. It was not spontaneous.
Huxley should be listened to in the upcoming speech he gave at Berkeley carefully because here’s a mover and shaker working for one of the most advanced mind control institutions on the planet. Talking and giving away what he is allowed to give away. Saying the most incredible things in the nicest possible way. In a captivating way, so you can think my God this man’s really nice and human and pleasant and even joke with them, but here he is talking about what’s the problem about introducing a new SOMA drug into society because it keeps them happy and quiet and peaceful.
“What’s the problem about putting wires in people’s brains to give them pleasure?” What he never touches on and what he is well aware of and the question he will not ask therefore are why are people so anxious and unhappy? Because he came from the ruling elite classes aristocracy. The man even speaks with a 19th Century accent of the upper elite. What he never mentions is the system they have created is not intended to give you peace. You control large masses of people by keeping them ill at ease. So here is the thesis again the Hegelian dialectic. The thesis, the antithesis and the synthesis.
Here’s a problem. Here’s what you do to fix the problem. Here’s the thing that comes out of it, the blending of the two together. So listen to his words carefully and you probably like the man because that’s his job is to make you like him while he tells you the most amazing things that he and others like to do to society. He talks about a scientific dictatorship and lists the reasons why he thinks it would succeed. Where the old Illuminati experts running everything would run your life and you’d never know and you’d be quite happy because you couldn’t think anymore as an individual.
Listen carefully to the upcoming talk beginning now.
(Alan continues after Huxley talk.)

ALDOUS HUXLEY SPEECH UNEDITED
The Ultimate Revolution
March 20, 1962
Berkeley Language Center – Speech Archive SA 0269
Moderator:
{garbled}Aldous Huxley, a renowned Essayist and Novelist who during the spring semester is residing at the university in his capacity of a Ford research professor. Mr. Huxley has recently returned from a conference at the Institute for the study of Democratic Institutions in Santa Barbara where the discussion focused on the development of new techniques by which to control and direct human behavior.
Traditionally it has been possible to suppress individual freedom through the application of physical coercion through the appeal of ideologies through the manipulation of man’s physical and social environment and more recently through the techniques, the cruder techniques of psychological conditioning. The Ultimate Revolution, about which Mr. Huxley will speak today, concerns itself with the development of new behavioral controls, which operate directly on the psycho-physiological organisms of man. That is the capacity to replace external constraint by internal compulsions. As those of us who are familiar with Mr. Huxley’s works will know, this is a subject of which he has been concerned for quite a period of time. Mr. Huxley will make a presentation of approximately half an hour followed by some brief discussions and questions by the two panelists sitting to my left, Mrs. Lillian {garbled} and Mr. John Post. Now Mr. Huxley.
Huxley: Thank You.
{Applause}
Uh, First of all, the, I’d like to say, that the conference at Santa Barbara was not directly concerned with the control of the mind. That was a conference, there have been two of them now, at the University of California Medical center in San Francisco, one this year which I didn’t attend, and one two years ago where there was a considerable discussion on this subject. At Santa Barbara we were talking about technology in general and the effects it’s likely to have on society and the problems related to technological transplanting of technology into underdeveloped countries.
Well now in regard to this problem of the ultimate revolution, this has been very well summed up by the moderator. In the past we can say that all revolutions have essentially aimed at changing the environment in order to change the individual. I mean there’s been the political revolution, the economic revolution, in the time of the reformation, the religious revolution. All these aimed, not directly at the human being, but at his surroundings. So that by modifying the surroundings you did achieve, did one remove the effect of the human being.
Today we are faced, I think, with the approach of what may be called the ultimate
revolution, the final revolution, where man can act directly on the mind-body of his fellows. Well needless to say some kind of direct action on human mind-bodies has been going on since the beginning of time. But this has generally been of a violent nature. The Techniques of terrorism have been known from time immemorial and people have employed them with more or less ingenuity sometimes with the utmost cruelty, sometimes with a good deal of skill acquired by a process of trial and error finding out what the best ways of using torture, imprisonment, constraints of various kinds.
But, as, I think it was (sounds like Mettenicht) said many years ago, you can do everything with {garbled} except sit on them. If you are going to control any population for any length of time, you must have some measure of consent, it’s exceedingly difficult to see how pure terrorism can function indefinitely. It can function for a fairly long time, but I think sooner or later you have to bring in an element of persuasion an element of getting people to consent to what is happening to them.
It seems to me that the nature of the ultimate revolution with which we are now faced is precisely this: That we are in process of developing a whole series of techniques which will enable the controlling oligarchy who have always existed and presumably will always exist to get people to love their servitude. This is the, it seems to me, the ultimate in malevolent revolutions shall we say, and this is a problem which has interested me many years and about which I wrote thirty years ago, a fable, Brave New World, which is an account of society making use of all the devices available and some of the devices which I imagined to be possible making use of them in order to, first of all, to standardize the population, to iron out inconvenient human differences, to create, to say, mass produced models of human beings arranged in some sort of scientific caste system.
Since then, I have continued to be extremely interested in this problem and I have noticed with increasing dismay a number of the predictions which were purely fantastic when I made them thirty years ago have come true or seem in process of coming true.
A number of techniques about which I talked seem to be here already. And there seems to be a general movement in the direction of this kind of ultimate revolution, a method of control by which a people can be made to enjoy a state of affairs by which any decent standard they ought not to enjoy. This, the enjoyment of servitude, Well this process is, as I say, has gone on for over the years, and I have become more and more interested in what is happening.
And here I would like briefly to compare the parable of Brave New World with another parable which was put forth more recently in George Orwell’s book, Nineteen Eighty-Four. Orwell wrote his book between, I think between 45 and 48 at the time when the Stalinist terror regime was still in Full swing and just after the collapse of the Hitlerian terror regime. And his book which I admire greatly, it’s a book of very great talent and extraordinary ingenuity, shows, so to say, a projection into the future of the immediate past, of what for him was the immediate past, and the immediate present, it was a projection into the future of a society where control was exercised wholly by terrorism and violent attacks upon the mind-body of individuals.
Whereas my own book which was written in 1932 when there was only a mild dictatorship in the form of Mussolini in existence, was not overshadowed by the idea of terrorism, and I was therefore free in a way in which Orwell was not free, to think about these other methods of control, these non-violent methods and my, I’m inclined to think that the scientific dictatorships of the future, and I think there are going to be scientific dictatorships in many parts of the world, will be probably a good deal nearer to the brave new world pattern than to the 1984 pattern, they will a good deal nearer not because of any humanitarian qualms of the scientific dictators but simply because the BNW pattern is probably a good deal more efficient than the other.
That if you can get people to consent to the state of affairs in which they’re living. The state of servitude the state of being, having their differences ironed out, and being made amenable to mass production methods on the social level, if you can do this, then you have, you are likely, to have a much more stable and lasting society. Much more easily controllable society than you would if you were relying wholly on clubs and firing squads and concentration camps. So that my own feeling is that the 1984 picture was tinged of course by the immediate past and present in which Orwell was living, but the past and present of those years does not reflect, I feel, the likely trend of what is going to happen, needless to say we shall never get rid of terrorism, it will always find its way to the surface.
But I think that insofar as dictators become more and more scientific, more and more concerned with the technically perfect, perfectly running society, they will be more and more interested in the kind of techniques which I imagined and described from existing realities in BNW. So that, it seems to me then, that this ultimate revolution is not really very far away, that we, already a number of techniques for bringing about this kind of control are here, and it remains to be seen when and where and by whom they will first be applied in any large scale.
And first let me talk about the, a little bit about the, improvement in the techniques of terrorism. I think there have been improvements. Pavlov after all made some extremely profound observations both on animals and on human beings. And he found among other things that conditioning techniques applied to animals or humans in a state either of psychological or physical stress sank in so to say, very deeply into the mind-body of the creature, and were extremely difficult to get rid of. That they seemed to be embedded more deeply than other forms of conditioning.
And this of course, this fact was discovered empirically in the past. People did make use of many of these techniques, but the difference between the old empirical intuitive methods and our own methods is the difference between the, a sort of, hit and miss craftsman’s point of view and the genuinely scientific point of view. I think there is a real difference between ourselves and say the inquisitors of the 16th century. We know much more precisely what we are doing, than they knew and we can extend because of our theoretical knowledge, we can extend what we are doing over a wider area with a greater assurance of being producing something that really works.
In this context I would like to mention the extremely interesting chapters in Dr. William (sounds like Sergeant’s) Battle for the Mind where he points out how intuitively some of the great religious teachers/leaders of the past hit on the Pavlovian method, he speaks specifically of Wesley’s method of producing conversions which were essentially based on the technique of heightening psychological stress to the limit by talking about hellfire and so making people extremely vulnerable to suggestion and then suddenly releasing this stress by offering hopes of heaven and this is a very interesting chapter of showing how completely on purely intuitive and empirical grounds a skilled natural psychologist, as Wesley was, could discover these Pavlovian methods.
Well, as I say, we now know the reason why these techniques worked and there’s no doubt at all that we can if we wanted to, carry them much further than was possible in the past. And of course in the history of, recent history of brainwashing, both as applied to prisoners of war and to the lower personnel within the communist party in China, we see that the Pavlovian methods have been applied systematically and with evidently with extraordinary efficacy. I think there can be no doubt that by the application of these methods a very large army of totally devoted people has been created. The conditioning has been driven in, so to say, by a kind of psychological iontophoresis into the very depths of the people’s being, and has got so deep that it’s very difficult to ever be rooted
out, and these methods, I think, are a real refinement on the older methods of terror because they combine methods of terror with methods of acceptance that the person who is subjected to a form of terroristic stress but for the purpose of inducing a kind of voluntary quotes acceptance of the state the psychological state in which he has been driven and the state of affairs in which he finds himself.
So there is, as I say, there has been a definite improvement in the, even in the techniques of terrorism. But then we come to the consideration of other techniques, non-terroristic techniques, for inducing consent and inducing people to love their servitude. Here, I don’t think I can possibly go into all of them, because I don’t know all of them, but I mean I can mention the more obvious methods, which can now be used and are based on recent scientific findings. First of all there are the methods connected with straight suggestion and hypnosis.
I think we know much more about this subject than was known in the past. People of course, always have known about suggestion, and although they didn’t know the word ‘hypnosis’ they certainly practiced it in various ways. But we have, I think, a much greater knowledge of the subject than in the past, and we can make use of our knowledge in ways, which I think the past was never able to make use of it. For example, one of the things we now know for certain, that there is of course an enormous, I mean this has always been known a very great difference between individuals in regard to their suggestibility. But we now know pretty clearly the sort of statistical structure of a population in regard to its suggestibility. Its very interesting when you look at the findings of different fields, I mean the field of hypnosis, the field of administering placebos, for example, in the field of general suggestion in states of drowsiness or light sleep you will find the same sorts of orders of magnitude continually cropping up.
You’ll find for example that the experienced hypnotist will tell one that the number of people, the percentage of people who can be hypnotized with the utmost facility (snaps), just like that, is about 20%, and about a corresponding number at the other end of the scale are very, very difficult or almost impossible to hypnotize. But in between lies a large mass of people who can with more or less difficulty be hypnotized, that they can gradually be if you work hard enough at it be got into the hypnotic state, and in the same way the same sort of figures crop up again, for example in relation to the administration of placebos.
A big experiment was carried out three of four years ago in the general hospital in Boston on post-operative cases where several hundred men and woman suffering comparable kinds of pain after serious operations were allowed to, were given injections whenever they asked for them whenever the pain got bad, and the injections were 50% of the time were of morphine, and 50% of water. And about twenty percent of those who went through the experiment, about 20% of them got just as much relief from the distilled waters as from the morphea. About 20% got no relief from the distilled water, and in-between were those who got some relief or got relief occasionally.
So yet again, we see the same sort of distribution, and similarly in regard to what in BNW I called Hypnopaedia, the sleep teaching, I was talking not long ago to a man who manufactures records which people can listen to in the, during the light part of sleep, I mean these are records for getting rich, for sexual satisfaction (crowd laughs), for confidence in salesmanship and so on, and he said that its very interesting that these are records sold on a money-back basis, and he says there is regularly between 15% and 20% of people who write indignantly saying the records don’t work at all, and he sends the money back at once. There are on the other hand, there are over 20% who write enthusiastically saying they are much richer, their sexual life is much better (laughter) etc, etc. And these of course are the dream clients and they buy more of these records.
And in between there are those who don’t get much results and they have to have letters written to them saying “Go persist my dear, go on” (laughter) and you will get there, and they generally do get results in the long run.
Well, as I say, on the basis of this, I think we see quite clearly that the human populations can be categorized according to their suggestibility fairly clearly. I suspect very strongly that this twenty percent is the same in all these cases, and I suspect also that it would not be at all difficult to recognize and {garbled} out who are those who are extremely suggestible and who are those extremely unsuggestible and who are those who occupy the intermediate space. Quite clearly, if everybody were extremely unsuggestible organized society would be quite impossible, and if everybody were extremely suggestible then a dictatorship would be absolutely inevitable. I mean it’s very fortunate that we have people who are moderately suggestible in the majority and who therefore preserve us from dictatorship but do permit organized society to be formed. But, once given the fact that there are these 20% of highly suggestible people, it becomes quite clear that this is a matter of enormous political importance, for example, any demagogue who is able to get hold of a large number of these 20% of suggestible people and to organize them is really in a position to overthrow any government in any country.
And I mean, I think this after all, we had the most incredible example in recent years by what can be done by efficient methods of suggestion and persuasion in the form of Hitler. Anyone who has read, for example, Bullock’s “Life of Hitler”, comes forth with this horrified admiration for this infernal genius, who really understood human weaknesses I think almost better than anybody and who exploited them with all the resources then available. I mean he knew everything, for example, he knew intuitively this Pavlovian truth that condition installed in a state of stress or fatigue goes much deeper than conditioning installed at other times. This of course is why all his big speeches were organized at night. He speaks quite frankly, of course, in Mein Kampf, this is done solely because people are tired at night and therefore much less capable of resisting persuasion than they would be during the day. And in all his techniques he was using, he had discovered intuitively and by trial and error a great many of the weaknesses, which we now know about on a sort of scientific way I think much more clearly than he did.
But the fact remains that this differential of suggestibility this susceptibility to hypnosis I do think is something which has to be considered very carefully in relation to any kind of thought about democratic government. If there are 20% of the people who really can be suggested into believing almost anything, then we have to take extremely careful steps into prevent the rise of demagogues who will drive them on into extreme positions then organize them into very, very dangerous armies, private armies which may overthrow the government.
This is, I say, in this field of pure persuasion, I think we do know much more than we did in the past, and obviously we now have mechanisms for multiplying the demagogues voice and image in a quite hallucinatory way, I mean, the TV and radio, Hitler was making enormous use of the radio, he could speak to millions of people simultaneously. This alone creates an enormous gulf between the modern and the ancient demagogue. The ancient demagogue could only appeal to as many people as his voice could reach by yelling at his utmost, but the modern demagogue could touch literally millions at a time, and of course by the multiplication of his image he can produce this kind of hallucinatory effect which is of enormous hypnotic and suggestive importance.
But then there are the various other methods one can think of which, thank heaven, as yet have not be used, but which obviously could be used. There is for example, the pharmacological method, this is one of the things I talked about in BNW. I invented a hypothetical drug called SOMA, which of course could not exist as it stood there because it was simultaneously a stimulant, a narcotic, and a hallucinogen, which seems unlikely in one substance. But the point is, if you applied several different substances you could get almost all these results even now, and the really interesting things about the new chemical substances, the new mind-changing drugs is this, if you looking back into history its clear that man has always had a hankering after mind changing chemicals, he has always desired to take holidays from himself, but the, and, this is the most extraordinary effect of all that every natural occurring narcotic stimulant, sedative, or hallucinogen, was discovered before the dawn of history, I don’t think there is one single one of these naturally occurring ones which modern science has discovered.
Modern science has of course better ways of extracting the active principals of these drugs and of course has discovered numerous ways of synthesizing new substances of extreme power, but the actual discovery of these naturally occurring things was made by primitive man goodness knows how many centuries ago. There is for example, in the underneath the, lake dwellings of the early Neolithic that have been dug up in Switzerland we have found poppy-heads, which looks as though people were already using this most ancient and powerful and dangerous of narcotics, even before the days of the rise of agriculture. So that man was apparently a dope-bag addict before he was a farmer, which is a very curious comment on human nature.
But, the difference, as I say, between the ancient mind-changers, the traditional mind-changers, and the new substances is that they were extremely harmful and the new ones are not. I mean even the permissible mind-changer alcohol is not entirely harmless, as people may have noticed, and I mean the other ones, the non-permissible ones, such as opium and cocaine, opium and its derivatives, are very harmful indeed. They rapidly produce addiction, and in some cases lead at an extraordinary rate to physical degeneration and death.
Whereas these new substances, this is really very extraordinary, that a number of these new mind-changing substances can produce enormous revolutions within the mental side of our being, and yet do almost nothing to the physiological side. You can have an enormous revolution, for example, with LSD-25 or with the newly synthesized drug psilocybin, which is the active principal of the Mexican sacred mushroom. You can have this enormous mental revolution with no more physiological revolution than you would get from drinking two cocktails. And this is a really most extraordinary effect.
And it is of course true that pharmacologists are producing a great many new wonder drugs where the cure is almost worse than the disease. Every year the new edition of medical textbooks contains a longer and longer chapter of what are Iatrogenic diseases, that is to say diseases caused by doctors (laughter} And this is quite true, many of the wonder drugs are extremely dangerous. I mean they can produce extraordinary effects, and in critical conditions they should certainly be used, but they should be used with the utmost caution. But there is evidently a whole class of drugs effecting the CNS which can produce enormous changes in sedation in euphoria in energizing the whole mental process without doing any perceptible harm to the human body, and this presents to me the most extraordinary revolution. In the hands of a dictator these substances in one kind or the other could be used with, first of all, complete harmlessness, and the result would be, you can imagine a euphoric that would make people thoroughly happy even in the most abominable circumstances.

I mean these things are possible. This is the extraordinary thing, I mean after all this is even true with the crude old drugs. I mean, a housemate years ago remarked after reading Milton’s Paradise Lost, He Says “And beer does more than Milton can to justify God’s ways to man” (laughter). And beer is of course, an extremely crude drug compared to these ones. And you can certainly say that some of the psychic energizers and the new hallucinants could do incomparably more than Milton and all the Theologians combined could possibly do to make the terrifying mystery of our existence seem more tolerable than it does. And here I think one has an enormous area in which the ultimate revolution could function very well indeed, an area in which a great deal of control could be used by not through terror, but by making life seem much more enjoyable than it normally does. Enjoyable to the point, where as I said before, Human beings come to love a state of things by which any reasonable and decent human standard they ought not to love and this I think is perfectly possible.
But then, very briefly, let me speak about one of the more recent developments in the sphere of neurology, about the implantation of electrodes in the brain. This of course has been done in the large scale in animals and in a few cases its been done in the cases of the hopelessly insane. And anybody who has watched the behavior of rats with electrodes placed in different centers must come away from this experience with the most extraordinary doubts about what on Earth is in store for us if this is got a hold of by a dictator. I saw not long ago some rats in the {garbled} laboratory at UCLA there were two sets of them, one with electrodes planted in the pleasure center, and the technique was they had a bar which they pressed which turned on a very small current for a short space of time which we had a wire connected with that electrode and which stimulated the pleasure center and was evidently absolutely ecstatic was these rats were pressing the bar 18,000 times a day (laughter). Apparently if you kept them from pressing the bar for a day, they’d press it 36,000 times on the following day and would until they fell down in complete exhaustion (laughter) And they would neither eat, nor be interested in the opposite sex but would just go on pressing this bar {pounds on podium}
Then the most extraordinary rats were those were the electrode was planted halfway between the pleasure and the pain center. The result was a kind of mixture of the most wonderful ecstasy and like being on the rack at the same time. And you would see the rats sort of looking at is bar and sort of saying “To be or not to be that is the question”. (Laughter)
Finally it would approach {Pounds on podium} and go back with this awful I mean, the (sounds like franken huminizer anthropomorphizer), and he would wait some time before pressing the bar again, yet he would always press it again. This was the extraordinary thing.
I noticed in the most recent issue of Scientific American there’s a very interesting article on electrodes in the brains of chickens, where the technique is very ingenious, where you sink into their brains a little socket with a screw on it and the electrode can then be screwed deeper and deeper into the brainstem and you can test at any moment according to the depth, which goes at fractions of the mm, what you’re stimulating and these creatures are not merely stimulated by wire, they’re fitted with a miniature radio receiver which weighs less than an ounce which is attached to them so that they can be communicated with at a distance, I mean they can run about in the barnyard and you could press a button and this particular area of the brain to which the electrode has been screwed down to would be stimulated. You would get this fantastic phenomena, where a sleeping chicken would jump up and run about, or an active chicken would suddenly sit down and go to sleep, or a hen would sit down and act like she’s hatching out an egg, or a fighting rooster would go into depression.
The whole picture of the absolute control of the drives is terrifying, and in the few cases in which this has been done with very sick human beings, The effects are evidently very remarkable too, I was talking last summer in England to Grey Walter, who is the most eminent exponent of the EEG technique in England, and he was telling me that he’s seen hopeless inmates at asylums with these things in their heads, and these people were suffering from uncontrollable depression, and they had these electrodes inserted into the pleasure center in their brain, however when they felt too bad, they just pressed a button on the battery in their pocket and he said the results were fantastic, the mouth pointing down would suddenly turn up and they’d feel very cheerful and happy. So there again one sees the most extraordinary revolutionary techniques, which are now available to us.
Now, I think what is obviously perfectly clear is that for the present these techniques are not being used except in an experimental way, but I think it is important for us to realize what is happening to make ourselves acquainted with what has already happened, and then use a certain amount of imagination to extrapolate into the future the sort of things that might happen. What might happen if these fantastically powerful techniques were used by unscrupulous people in authority, what on Earth would happen, what sort of society would we get?
And I think it is peculiarly important because as one sees when looking back over history we have allowed in the past all those advances in technology which has profoundly changed our social and individual life to take us by surprise, I mean it seems to me that it was during the late 18 century early 19th century when the new machines were making possible the factory situation. It was not beyond the wit of man to see what was happening and project into the future and maybe forestall the really dreadful consequences which plagued England and most of western Europe and this country for sixty or seventy years, and the horrible abuses of the factory system and if a certain amount of forethought had been devoted to the problem at that time and if people had first of all found out what was happening and then used their imagination to see what might happen, and then had gone on to work out the means by which the worst applications of the techniques would not take place, well then I think western humanity might have been spared about three generations of utter misery which had been imposed on the poor at that time.
And the same way with various technological advances now, I mean we need to think about the problems with automation and more profoundly the problems, which may arise with these new techniques, which may contribute to this ultimate revolution. Our business is to be aware of what is happening, and then to use our imagination to see what might happen, how this might be abused, and then if possible to see that the enormous powers which we now possess thanks to these scientific and technological advances to be used for the benefit of human beings and not for their degradation. Thank You.

ALDOUS HUXLEY SPEECH edited
The Ultimate Revolution
March 20, 1962
Berkeley Language Center
Moderator: Aldous Huxley, a renowned Essayist and Novelist who during the spring semester is residing at the university in his capacity of a Ford research professor. Mr. Huxley has recently returned from a conference at the Institute for the Study of Democratic Institutions in Santa Barbara where the discussion focused on the development ofnew techniques by which to control and direct human behavior.
Traditionally it has been possible to suppress individual freedom but through the application of physical coercion through the appeal of ideologies through the manipulation of man’s physical and social environment and more recently through the techniques, the cruder techniques of psychological conditioning.
The Ultimate Revolution, about which Mr. Huxley will speak today, concerns itself with the development of new behavioral controls, which operate directly upon the psycho-physiological organisms of man. That is the capacity to replace external constraint by internal compulsions.
As those of us who are familiar with Mr. Huxley’s works will know, this is a subject of which he has been concerned for quite a period of time. Mr. Huxley will make a presentation of approximately half an hour followed by some brief discussions and questions by the two panelists sitting to my left, Mrs. Lillian {garbled} and Mr. John Post. Now Mr. Huxley
Huxley: Thank You. First of all, the, I’d like to say, that the conference at Santa Barbara was not directly concerned with the control of the mind. That was a conference, there have been two of them now, at the University of California Medical Center in San Francisco, one this year which I didn’t attend, and one two years ago where there was a considerable discussion on this subject. At Santa Barbara we were talking about technology in general and the effects it’s likely to have on society and the problems related to technological transplanting of technology into underdeveloped countries.
Well now in regard to this problem of the ultimate revolution and this has been very well summed up by the moderator. In the past we can say that all revolutions have essentially aimed at changing the environment in order to change the individual. I mean there’s been the political revolution, the economic revolution. In the time of the reformation, the religious revolution. All these aimed, as I say not directly at the human being, but at his surroundings. So that by modifying the surroundings you did achieve, did one remove the effect of the human being.
Today we are faced, I think, with the approach of what may be called the ultimate revolution, the final revolution, where man can act directly on the mind-body of his fellows. Well needless to say some kind of direct action on human mind-bodies has been going on since the beginning of time. But this has generally been of a violent nature. The Techniques of terrorism have been known from time immemorial and people have employed them with more or less ingenuity sometimes with the utmost cruelty, sometimes with a good deal of skill acquired by a process of trial and error finding out what the best ways of using torture, imprisonment, constraints of various kinds.
But, as, I think it was Thomas Hardy said many years ago, “you can do everything with bayonets except sit on them.” If you are going to control any population for any length of time, you must have some measure of consent, it’s exceedingly difficult to see how pure terrorism can function indefinitely. It can function for a fairly long time, but I think sooner or later you have to bring in an element of persuasion an element of getting people to consent to what is happening to them.
It seems to me that the nature of the ultimate revolution with which we are now faced is precisely this:
That we are in process of developing a whole series of techniques which will enable the controlling oligarchy who have always existed and presumably will always exist to get people actually to love their servitude.
This is the, it seems to me, the ultimate in malevolent revolutions shall we say, and this is a problem which has interested me for many years and about which I wrote thirty years ago, a fable, “Brave New World,” which is essentially the account of a society making use of all the devices at that time available and some of the devices which I imagined to be possible making use of them in order to, first of all, to standardize the population, to iron out inconvenient human differences, to create so to say, mass produced models of human beings arranged in some kind of a scientific caste system and since then, I have continued to be extremely interested in this problem and I have noticed with increasing dismay that a number of the predictions which were purely fantastic when I made them thirty years ago have come true or seem in process of coming true.
A number of techniques about which I talked seem to be here already. And that there seems to be a general movement in the direction of this kind of ultimate revolution, this method of control by which a people can be made to enjoy a state of affairs by which by any decent standard they ought not to enjoy.This, the enjoyment of servitude.
Well this process is, as I say, has gone on for over the years, and I have become more and more interested in what is happening.
And here I would like briefly to compare the parable of “Brave New World” with another parable which was put forth more recently in George Orwell’s book, “1984”. Orwell wrote his book between, I think between 45 and 48 at the time when the Stalinist terror regime was still in Full swing and just after the collapse of the Hitlerian terror regime. And his book which I admire greatly, it’s a book of very great talent and extraordinary ingenuity, shows, so to say, a projection into the future of the immediate past, of what for him was the immediate past, and the immediate present, it was a projection into the future of a society where control was exercised wholly by terrorism and violent attacks upon the mind-body of individuals.
Whereas my own book which was written in 1932 when there was only a mild dictatorship in the form of Mussolini in existence, was not overshadowed by the idea of terrorism, and I was therefore free in a way in which Orwell was not free, to think about these other methods of control, these non-violent methods and I’m inclined to think that the scientific dictatorships of the future, and I think there are going to be scientific dictatorships in many parts of the world, will be probably a good deal nearer to the brave new world pattern than to the 1984 pattern, they will a good deal nearer not because of any humanitarian qualms of the scientific dictators but simply because the brave new world pattern is probably a good deal more efficient than the other.
That if you can get people to consent to the state of affairs in which they’re living. The state of servitude the state of being, having their differences ironed out, and being made amenable to mass production methods on the social level, if you can do this, then you have, you are likely, to have a much more stable a much more lasting society.
Much more easily controllable societythan you would if you were relying wholly on clubs and firing squads and concentration camps.
So that my own feeling is that the 1984 picture was tinged of course by the immediate past and present in which Orwell was living, but the past and present of those years does not represent, I feel, the likely trend of what is going to happen, needless to say we shall never get rid of terrorism, it will always find its way to the surface.
But I think that insofar as dictators become more and more scientific, more and more concerned with the technically perfect, perfectly running society, they will be more and more interested in the kind of techniques which I imagined and described from existing realities in Brave New World. So that, it seems to me then, that this ultimate revolution is not really very far away, that we, already a number of techniques for bringing about this kind of control are here, and it remains to be seen when and where and by whom they will first be applied in any large scale.
And first let me talk about the, a little bit about the, improvement even in the techniques of terrorism. I think there have been improvements. Pavlov after all made some extremely profound observations both on animals and on human beings. And he found among other things that conditioning techniques applied to animals or humans in a state either of psychological or physical stress sank in so to say, very deeply into the mind-body of the creature, and were extremely difficult to get rid of. That they seemed to be embedded more deeply than other forms of conditioning.
And this of course, this fact was discovered empirically in the past. People did make use of many of these techniques, but the difference between the old empirical intuitive methods and our own methods is the difference between the, a sort of, hit and miss craftsman’s point of view and the genuinely scientific point of view. I think there is a real difference between ourselves and say the inquisitors of the 16th century. We know much more precisely what we are doing, than they knew and we can extend because of our theoretical knowledge, we can extend what we are doing over a wider area with a greater assurance of being producing something which really works.
In this context I would like to mention the extremely interesting chapters in Dr. William Sergeants’ “Battle for the Mind” where he points out how intuitively some of the great religious teachers/leaders of the past have hit on the Pavlovian method, he speaks specifically of Wesley’s method of producing conversions by which essentially based uponthe technique of heightening psychological stress to the limit by talking about hellfire and so making people extremely vulnerable to suggestion and then suddenly releasing this stress by offering hopes of heaven and this is a very interesting chapter of showing how completely on purely intuitive and empirical grounds a skilled natural psychologist, as Wesley was, could discover these Pavlovian methods.
Well, as I say, we now know the reason why these techniques worked and there’s no doubt at all that we can if we want to, carry them much further than was possible in the past. And of course in the history of, recent history of brainwashing, both as applied to prisoners of war and to the lower personnel within the communist party in China, we see that the Pavlovian methods have been applied systematically and with evidently with extraordinary efficacy. I mean I think there can be no doubt that by theapplication of these methods a very large army of totally devoted people has been created. The conditioning has been driven in, so to say, by a kind of psychological iontophoresis into the very
depths of the people’s being, and has got so deep that it’s very difficult to ever be rooted out, and these methods, I think, are a real refinement on the older methods of terrorbecause they combine methods of terror with methods of acceptance that the person who is subjected to a form of terroristic stress but for the purpose of inducing a kind of voluntary “acceptance of the state the psychological state” in which he has been driven and the state of affairs in which he finds himself.
So there is, as I say, there has been a definite improvement shall we say even in the techniques of terrorism. But then we come to the consideration of other techniques of non-terroristic techniques, for inducing consent and inducing people to love their servitude. Here, I don’t think I can possibly go into all of them, because I don’t know all of them, but I mean I can mention a few of the more obvious methods, which can now be used and which are based on recent scientific findings. First of all there are the methods connected with straight suggestion and hypnosis.
I think we know much more about this subject than was known in the past. People of course, always have known about suggestion, and although they didn’t know the word ‘hypnosis’ they certainly practiced it in various ways. But we have, I think, a much greater knowledge of the subject than in the past, and we can make use of our knowledge in ways, which I think the past was probably never able to make use of it.
For example, one of the things we now know for certain is that there is of course an enormous, I mean this has always been known a very great difference between individuals in regard to their suggestibility. But we now I think know pretty clearly the sort of statistical structure of a population in regard to its suggestibility. It’s very interesting when you look at the findings in different fields. I mean the field of hypnosis, the field of administering placebos, for example, in the field of general suggestion in states of drowsiness or light sleep you will find the same sorts of orders of magnitude continually cropping up.
You’ll find for example that the experienced hypnotist will tell one that the number of people, the percentage of people who can be hypnotized with the utmost facility just like that is about 20%, and about a corresponding number at the other end of the scale are very, very difficult or almost impossible to hypnotize. But in between lies a large mass of people who can with more or less difficulty be hypnotized, that they can gradually be if you work hard enough at it be got into the hypnotic state, and in the same way the same sort of figures crop up again, for example in relation to the administration of placebos.
A big experiment was carried out three of four years ago in the General Hospital in Boston on post-operative cases where several hundred men and woman suffering comparable kinds of pain after serious operations were allowed to, were given injections whenever they asked for them whenever the pain got bad, and the injections were 50% of the time were of morphine, and 50% of distilled water. And about twenty percent of those who went through the experiment, about 20% of them got just as much relief from the distilled waters as from the morphine. About 20% got no relief from the distilled water, and in-between were those who got some relief or got relief occasionally.
So yet again, we see the same sort of distribution, and similarly with regard to what in Brave New World I called Hypnopaedia which is the sleep teaching, I was talking not long ago to a man who manufactures records which people can listen to in the, during the light part of sleep, I mean these are records for getting rich, for sexual satisfaction (crowd laughs), for confidence in salesmanship and so on, and he said that its very interesting that these are records sold on a money-back basis, and he says there is regularly between 15% and 20% of people who write indignantly saying the records don’t work at all, and he sends the money back at once. There are on the other hand, there are over 20% who write enthusiastically saying they are much richer, their sexual life is much better (laughter) etc, etc. And these of course are the dream clients and they buy more of these records. And in between there are those who complain they’re not getting much results and they have to have letters written to them saying “Go persist my dear, go on” (laughter) and you will get there, and they generally do get results in the long run.
Well, as I say, on the basis of this, I think we see quite clearly that the human populations can be categorized according to their suggestibility fairly clearly,. I suspect very strongly that this twenty percent is the same in all these cases, and I suspect also that it would not be at all difficult to recognize and {garbled} out who are those who are extremely suggestible and who are those extremely unsuggestible and who are those who occupy the intermediate space. Quite clearly, if everybody were extremely unsuggestible organized society would be quite impossible, and if everybody were extremely suggestible then a dictatorship would be absolutely inevitable.
I mean it’s very fortunate that we have people who are moderately suggestible in the majority and who therefore preserve us from dictatorship but do permit organized society to be formed. But, once given the fact that there are these 20% of highly suggestible people, it becomes quite clear that this is a matter of enormous political importance, for example, any demagogue who is able to get hold of a large number of these 20% of suggestible people and to organize them is really in a position to overthrow any government in any country.
And I mean, I think this after all, we had the most incredible example in recent years by what can be done by efficient methods of suggestion and persuasion in the form of Hitler. Anyone who has read, for example, Alan Bullock’s Life of Hitler, comes forth with this horrified admiration for this infernal genius, who really understood human weaknesses I think almost better than anybody and who exploited them with all the resources then available. I mean he knew everything, for example, he knew intuitively this Pavlovian truth that condition installed in a state of stress or fatigue goes much deeper than conditioning installed at other times. This is why all his big speeches were organized at night. He speaks quite frankly, of course, in Mein Kaumpf, this is done solely because people are tired at night and therefore much less capable of resisting persuasion than they would be during the day. And in all his techniques he was using, he had discovered intuitively and by trial and error a great many of the weaknesses, which we now know about on a sort of scientific way I think much more clearly than he did.
But the fact remains that this differential of suggestibility this susceptibility to hypnosis I do think is something which has to be considered very carefully in relation to any kind of thought about democratic government . I mean if there are 20% of the people who can really be suggested into believing almost anything, then we have to take extremely careful steps to prevent the rise of demagogues who will drive them on into extreme positions then organize them into very, very dangerous armies, private armies which may overthrow the government.
This is, I say, in this field of pure persuasion, I think we do know much more than we did in the past, and obviously we now have mechanisms for multiplying the demagogues voice and image in a quite hallucinatory way, I mean, the TV and radio, Hitler was making enormous use of the radio, he could speak to millions of people simultaneously. This alone creates an enormous gulf between the modern and the ancient demagogue. The ancient demagogue could only appeal to as many people as his voice could reach by yelling at his utmost, but the modern demagogue could touch literally millions at a time, and of course by the multiplication of his image he can produce this kind of hallucinatory
effect which is of enormous hypnotic and suggestive importance.
But then there are the various other methods one can think of which, thank heaven, as yet have not been used, but which obviously could be used. There is for example, the pharmacological method, this is one of the things I talked about in Brave New World. I invented a hypothetical drug called SOMA, which of course could not exist as it stood there because it was simultaneously a stimulant, a narcotic, and a hallucinogen, which seems unlikely in one substance. But the point is, if you applied several different substances you could get almost all these results even now, and the really interesting things about the new chemical substances, the new mind-changing drugs is this, if you looking back into history its clear that man has always had a hankering after mind changing chemicals, he has always desired to take holidays from himself, but the, and, this is the most extraordinary effect of all that every natural occurring narcotic stimulant, sedative, or hallucinogen, was discovered even before the dawn of history. I don’t think there is one single one of these naturally occurring ones which modern science has discovered.
Modern science has of course better ways of extracting the active principals from these drugs and of course has discovered numerous ways of synthesizing new substances of extreme power, but the actual discovery of these naturally occurring things was made by primitive man goodness knows how many centuries ago. There is for example, in the underneath the, lake dwellings of the early Neolithic lake dwellings which have been dug up in Switzerland we have found poppy-heads, which looks as though people were already using this most ancient and powerful and most dangerous of narcotics, even before the days of the rise of agriculture. So that man was apparently a dope-bag addict before he was a farmer, which is a very curious comment on human nature.
But, the difference, as I say, between the ancient mind-changers, the traditional mind-changers, and these new substances is that they were extremely harmful and the new ones are not. I mean even the permissible mind-changer alcohol is not entirely harmless, as people may have noticed, and the other ones, the non-permissible ones, such as opium and cocaine, opium and its derivatives, are very harmful indeed. They rapidly produce addiction, and in some cases lead at an extraordinary rate to physical degeneration and death.
Whereas these new substances, this is really very extraordinary, that a number of these new mind-changing substances can produce enormous revolutions within the mental side of our being, and yet do almost nothing to the physiological side. You can have an enormous revolution, for example, with LSD-25 or with the newly synthesized drug psilocybin, which is the active principal of the Mexican sacred mushroom. You can have this enormous mental revolution with no more physiological revolution than you would get from drinking two cocktails. And this is a really most extraordinary effect.
And it is of course true that pharmacologists are producing a great many wonder drugs where the cure is almost worse than the disease. Every year the new edition of medical textbooks contains a longer and longer chapter of what are Iatrogenic diseases, that is to say diseases caused by doctors (laughter} And this is quite true, many of the wonder drugs are extremely dangerous. I mean they can produce extraordinary effects, and in critical conditions they should certainly be used, but they should be used with the utmost caution. But there is evidently a whole class of drugs effecting the central nervous system which can produce enormous changes in sedation in euphoria in energizing the whole mental process without doing any perceptible harm to the human body,and this presents to me the most extraordinary revolution. In the hands of a dictator these substances in one kind or the other could be used with, first of all, complete harmlessness, and the result would be, you can imagine as euphoric that would make people thoroughly happy even in the most abominable circumstances.
I mean these things are possible. This is the extraordinary thing, I mean after all this is even true with the crude old drugs. I mean, a housemate years ago remarked after reading Milton’s Paradise Lost, He Says “And beer does more than Milton can to justify God’s ways to man” (laughter). And beer is of course, an extremely crude drug compared to these ones. And you can certainly say that some of the psychic energizers and the new hallucinants could do incomparably more than Milton and all the
Theologians combined could possibly do to make the terrifying mystery of our existence seem more tolerable than it does.
And here I think one has an enormous area in which the ultimate revolution could function very well indeed, an area in which a great deal of control could be used by not through terror, but by making life seem much more enjoyable than it normally does. Enjoyable to the point, where as I said before, Human beings come to love a state of things by which any reasonable and decent human standard they ought not to love and this I think is perfectly possible.
But then, very briefly, let me speak about one of the more recent developments in the sphere of neurology, about the implantation of electrodes in the brain. This has been done in the large scale in animals and in a few cases its been done in the cases of the hopelessly insane. And anybody who has watched the behavior of rats with electrodes placed in different centers must come away from this experience with the most extraordinary doubts about what on Earth is in store for us if this is got a hold of by a dictator.
I saw not long ago some rats in the {garbled} laboratory at UCLA there were two sets of them, one with electrodes planted in the pleasure center, and the technique was they had a bar which they pressed which turned on a very small current for a short space of time which had a wire connected with that electrode and which stimulated the pleasure center and was evidently absolutely ecstatic as these rats were pressing the bar 18,000 times a day (laughter). Apparently if you kept them from pressing the bar for a day, they’d press the bar 36,000 times on the following day and would until they fell down in complete exhaustion (laughter) And they would neither eat, nor be interested in the opposite sex but would just go on pressing this bar {pounds on podium}
Then the most extraordinary rats were those were the electrode was planted halfway between the pleasure and the pain center where evidently the result was a kind of mixture of the most wonderful ecstasy and like being on the rack at the same time. And you would see the rats sort of looking at is bar and sort of saying “To be or not to be that is the question”. (Laughter) Finally it would approach {Pounds on podium} and go back with this awful I mean, the (sounds like frankly humanizer anthropomorphizer), and he would wait some time before pressing the bar again, yet he would always press it again. This was the extraordinary thing.
I noticed in the most recent issue of Scientific American there’s a very interesting article on electrodes in the brains of chickens, where the technique is very ingenious, where you sink into their brains a little socket with a screw on it and the electrode can then be screwed deeper and deeper into the brainstem and you can test at any moment according to the depth, which goes in fractions of the what you’re stimulating and these creatures are not merely stimulated by wire, they’re fitted with a miniaturized radio receiver which weighs less than an ounce which is attached to them so that they can be communicated with at a distance, I mean they can run about in the barnyard and you could press a button and this particular area of the brain to which the electrode has been screwed down to would be stimulated. You would get this fantastic phenomena, where a sleeping chicken would suddenly get up and rush about, or an active chicken would suddenly sit down and go to sleep, or a hen would suddenly start sitting as though it were hatching out an egg, or a rooster would start fighting and would suddenly go into a state of extreme depression.
The whole picture of the absolute control of the drive is terrifying, and in the few cases in which this has been done with very sick human beings, the effects are evidently very remarkable too. I was talking last summer in England to Grey Walter, who is the most eminent exponent of the EEG technique in England, and he was telling me that he’s seen hopeless inmates at asylums with these things in their heads, and these people were suffering from uncontrollable depression, and they had the electrodes inserted into something resembling evidently the pleasure center in their brain. Anyhow, when they felt too bad, they just pressed a button on the battery in their pocket and he said the results were fantastic, the mouth pointing down would suddenly turn up and they’d feel I don’t know how long at the time very cheerful and happy. So here again one sees the most extraordinary revolutionary techniques, which are now available to us.
Now, I think what is obviously perfectly clear is that for the present these techniques are not being used except in an experimental way, but I think it is important for us to realize what is happening to make ourselves acquainted with what has already happened, and then use a certain amount of imagination to extrapolate into the future the sort of things that might happen. I mean what might happen if these fantastically powerful techniques were used by unscrupulous people in authority. What on Earth would happen, what sort of society would we get?
And I think it is peculiarly important because as one sees when looking back over history we have allowed in the past all those advances in technology which has profoundly changed our social and individual life we’ve allowed it to take us by surprise. I mean it seems to me that it was during the late 18th century early 19th century when the new machines were making possible the factory system.
It was not beyond the wit of man to look at what was happening and project into the future and maybe to forestall the really dreadful consequences which plagued England and most of western Europe and most of this country for about fifty or sixty years, and the horrible abuses of the factory system and if a certain amount of forethought had been devoted to the problem at that time and if people had first of all found out what was happening and then used their imagination to see what might happen, and then had gone on to work out the means by which the worst applications of the new techniques would not take place and then I think western humanity might have been spared about three generations of utter misery which had been imposed on the poor at that time.
And the same way with various technological advances now, I mean we need to start think very, very hard about the problems with automation and again I think we have to think even more profoundly about the problems, which may arise in relation to these new techniques, which may contribute to this ultimate revolution. Our business is to first of all to be aware of what is happening, and then to use our imaginations to see what might happen, how this might be abused, and then if possible to see that the enormous powers which we now possess thanks to these scientific and technological advances shall be used for the benefit of human beings and not for their ultimate degradation.
Thank You
————————————————————————————————————————

Alan: Well, you’ve listened to one of the men who were put out by the Tavistock Institute and the big universities of England to promote ideas of a “form of happiness” as they called it. The disguise of happiness for humanity by the use of drugs, chemical means, and even electronic brain stimulation.
When he talks about the poor suffering et cetera, the people, the masses, you’ve got to understand this man was brought up amongst elitist circles who see themselves as THE GOOD SHEPHERDS, the more EVOLVED creatures living over the lesser of all of the masses in a not too unfriendly fashion. That’s how it appears to them. That’s how they rationalize it basically.
When he’s talking about to end misery and suffering, it’s kind of like a farmer looking at his flock of sheep who are upset over something. It’s the same sort of way. He’s not really looking at individuals in personal distress over something that they really should perhaps be concerned about. He’s rather looking at ways to keep the placid and happy and that will solve everyone’s problems, the controllers or the shepherds and the masses if you can’t think and worry about something then you don’t have to do any worrying. You’re incapable of worrying in fact if you’re brain has been all fogged up with chemicals and you’re being CONTROLLED BY A SMALL ELITE.
He doesn’t see anything wrong with this. The big controllers and he was one of many of course who were put out there all from the SAME SOURCE all with the SAME VISION of a future which would end all war, all conflict by standardizing a mass mind set. The Borg mentality you might say. That was their solution to everything and I guess they’re right in that sense. They will have no more problems from the little boys at the bottom if each little boy and girl has no mind of their own to use.
It’s up to you to take this information. Analyze it. Study the time period it was written in by the institutions that it came from, by the big university programs funded again by the big foundations to do intense study and research into human behavior. Basically mass human behavior. Mass psychology and you’ll get some frightening answers as to what they dreamed up and then you’ll see that what they dreamed up has been implemented into your own life.
People are chasing all kinds of things today which are conjured up by communications industries and media and entertainment. They’re chasing phantoms you might say. Phantoms in the air, forms created purely out of imagination with cunningness of course, using archetypal type symbolism which everyone reacts to.
A good example is the reptilian agenda. It sold lots of books, started really with a series on television called “V,” a well funded series about these creatures and UFOs of course coming down to Earth and under their partly human skin they’re actually reptile people who eat mice and rats and things.
That prepared the ground work. As Albert Pike said, “we always lay the foundation first and then build on it.”
Out eventually comes another man with his own interpretation of the Sumerian tablets. A unique interpretation that’s kind of laughed at by politer circles who have done more research than he has and who have no spin to take and then it’s built upon by other authors put out from the same sources who then build on it.
But the foundation is faulty. It’s the “V” you see. If you understand what the “V” symbol actually means you start to understand why they call things these particular names. The “V” series came first, put the foundation there of possibility thinking. Out comes the unique interpretation to build on it, then come the authors with repetition, repetition, repetition. They call that a form of psychic driving as they used in MKUltra, and of course they seem to thing it’s real by the much speaking as they say. The more they say it the more they become real.
Huxley himself talks about the use of repetition to get things across, as did Lord Bertrand Russell on “The Impact of Science on Society.” Repetition and repetition without basis you see gets the message across no matter how fantastic it is.
So ponder this. That is all for now. Good night and may your God go with you.

“DRIVING MS. EFFIE”:
A CONVERSATION WITH MS. EFFIE FROM LOUISIANA A LIVING HISTORY: THE REAL ONE WITH ALAN WATT
September 16, 2006
(3 Hours)

Effie:  What would you like to talk about?

Alan:  Just talk about when, say, you were young, the difference starting off when you were young.

Effie:  Well, I was thinking about that. You could approach it from different angles and one I was thinking like I said that the thing that I always could get more concise out of it is the continuity not hearing one story, reading one subject but I was thinking about—let’s see. I forgot the word.  Enticement. In 75 years, you went from government enticement to government slavery and I saw some of it. You didn’t have to – I don’t have to make a story, nor do I have to dramatize it. It’s right there and it all started – well, it didn’t – rain don’t come in the middle of a sunshiny day and so it started the time when my grandfather around the 18th Century when he had to go out and leave his spring crop and then he had to go out and work at his old job as a tugboat captain to get hard money to pay taxes. That was the beginning and luckily my grandmother was strong enough and willing enough to finish the plowing.

Alan:   It was on the Mississippi?

Effie:   No. They lived about 50 miles from here and they had bought a place and they were independent, really independent, and so that was the first crack of breeching in taxes.

Alan:  When do you think that happened?

Effie:  Well, I know the time and everything, it had to be around the last of the 18th Century because evidently they had moved there and the children were small, because they had as everybody else they had a large family and boys. It had to be and I would say about 30 or 40 miles from where I am right now. And then my dad had to pay a poll tax before he could vote.

Alan:  A poll tax.

Effie:  How would you call it? The law was moving in. No substitute for the law to get things moving and so then about that time – about my time was when they pulled off the Big Depression and the great what would you call him, the Pied Piper, Franklin and Eleanor Roosevelt. I mean Roosevelt.

Alan:  A miracle man, hey?

Effie:  Yes, the Pied Piper and that’s when it really was uncertain. They had started that transition from independent country living to renting a home and working in the city and so they was caught with their britches down so to speak and then you saw how things happened. He started buying them with their own money.

Alan:  Their own money, yes. First they knock the banks down and then they come in with the solutions.

Effie:  One of those coincidences that all the – they wasn’t so bold yet to take all the state rights away, but they connived around where they got all the governors, every governor. They had to be complete to permit them to close the banks. He didn’t have that power and he didn’t have the nerve to do it but he had compliance.

Alan:   Yes, and it’s pretty obvious, too, to anybody that’s studied history, that he just didn’t move in and make up the plan as he was going along. It was a massive, multifaceted plan, an agenda, which suddenly went into motion.

Effie:  Well, I’ve read and I can see he couldn’t have even conceived of all those plans in the first hundred days and it’s said that between the time that he was elected till he was declared president, he stayed at the Hudson Valley Home and there was cars coming and going and it was the busiest place you ever did see, so you can imagine what went on with the completion of the plans; and then like I said, taking the gold away from the people.

Alan:  Yes. Making a law.

Effie:  Yes, and that was it and from then on the people were willing and mesmerized. I don’t what other way you could say it. But anyway, one thing I would like to say that impressed me a lot when the first year or two I went to school we walked – my older sister and I had to walk about a mile and a half or two miles to school. We had to wade and we had to take our shoes off to wade the creek and there was another one if the water was high, but anyway you can imagine how – and you know I can’t understand it, Alan. My mother told me that in the 1920’s it turned cold and it stayed cold. I’m not talking about cold in the north. I’m talking about southern cold. It stayed cold she said all winter and so it was cold. I mean that bitter damp cold wind and so we had a place we met the school bus and it was just a graded up road. It was dirt road, just graded up. You know what I mean and there was this colored man. He invited us into his house to warm our feet and warm ourselves and he was thoughtful enough to watch for the school bus so we could stay in there and you know I thought of him later. He had been cold so he knew how you felt and you were fellow human beings. Well, I was about 15 years old when I went to the first Pathe movie news and I saw this Pied Piper in person on this news and he was laid back in his big touring car and his Panama hat cocked to the jannie – because he was the happy Morgan you know and with a big cigarette holder and a cigarette cocked up in his mouth and you know what struck me? That man would never know how it felt to be hungry or cold or scared.

Alan:  That’s right. Or care, as long as it was someone else.

Effie:  That was the important thing. But then, like I said, they started – he told them to spend themselves into prosperity.

Alan:  That’s right. Put yourself into debt and into prosperity. Double speak, yes.

Effie:  You see part of the problem was overproduction of farm products and under priced market. That was one of the leading things that had the country people dissatisfied and the more they produced the cheaper their products got and the higher the manufacturing. They were pouring out milk and Roosevelt sent barges of bacon and ham down the Mississippi River and dumped in the ocean, when some people in the south and myself included, maybe it would be six months before you even tasted a piece of meat.

Alan:  Yes, just to keep the prices up.

Effie:  Yes, and then along with the Pathe News, I saw this mount of potatoes about two stories higher or bigger, a mountain. They had poured coal oil on it so you couldn’t eat it. And what I could never understand why people ever, was it desperation, ignorance or what, that made them follow that creep. I don’t know.

Alan:  It’s the same con game with the European Union because under the Union all foodstuffs that are traded are put into what they call the mountain, like a butter mountain or sugar mountain or whatever else, and they dump the excess at sea to keep the prices up. That’s an old trick that’s still being used. Isn’t that something?

Effie:  And the thing that I couldn’t understand when I was a child was few people that had a car later on in ’35 or ’36. No, it was later than that, but somewhere along in there. They put a $3.00 tax on all cars, license. It was the beginning and then at that time when your parents decided that it was necessary or you were old enough they taught you to drive. Well, you were as sinless as a little baby but the next day you found out there was a law that said YOU HAD TO HAVE A DRIVER’S LICENSE. Or I guess you were breaking the law and it wasn’t the license that was given to you. YOU HAD TO PAY FOR IT. And not only it wasn’t but one license, it was subject to a certain time limit and every time you renewed it, it went up, but YOU NEVER DID GET THE TITLE TO THAT CAR EVEN AFTER YOU PAID FOR IT.  In Baton Rouge you got a certificate. I couldn’t but figure out why didn’t they have the certificate and you had the title. And it made you wonder a little further when they decided that maybe you should pay for insurance to protect that car. Protect it for who, I don’t know. You can imagine yourself.

Alan:  I think the insurance was voluntary to start with.

Effie:  It wasn’t here.

Alan:  In Canada I think it was. That’s how them in.

Effie:  Oh, I don’t mean that somebody might have – a rare person that had money, but this land was poor and a hard dollar was something and I remember one time and I don’t think a beautiful red potato is a thing of beauty. I mean perfect potatoes and my father saying we couldn’t even sell a sack of potatoes of hundreds of pounds for a dollar.

Alan:  Really.

Effie:  And only hard money that you had and that’s what I mean, hard money that was negotiable. Not bartering. You either sold eggs to the grocery man to get a little something. Maybe some flour or salt or something like that and you could cut wood. A cord of wood was $3.00 split and sit there. They did come and pick it up and that was about the only money that you had and then of course they started with the PWA and when I think of FEMA with their with their trailers reminds me of the impactability the government hadn’t learned in 75 years anything; and if you wanted and you went with your hat in your hand and humbled yourself enough, you could get a royal toilet. Oh, it was the latest style and it was made of new lumber instead of that lumber being given to you to maybe prop up your old shack with. No. It had to be built and also it had a batten so that the cracks later on would be sure and it was four-square and six-feet deep and I tell you it even had a vent, not a vent of metal but of one by fours and it had a nice little cap on top of it. And you couldn’t get it in a one-seater. You had to get it in a two-seater and there was very few people that would go get something like that. Of course they wasn’t going to beg or feel like they was–

Alan:  Something for nothing.

Effie:  Yes, and not only that. That’s what they made you feel like and so there wasn’t too many and there was really a sense of wonder. I’ll tell you, can you imagine one of those perennial palaces besides an old rundown shack?

Alan:  That’s right. That sounds the sort of thing they’d do.

Effie:  That’s bureaucrats for you.

Alan:  Well, toilets are very important to bureaucrats. Toilets are very important to them you see.

Effie:  Oh yes, I know. I found that out later. Anyway, and that was something that I couldn’t understand. Two things that puzzled me. How that if you paid money and got a license you wasn’t outside the law and then the idea of different things they made you do and you know one of them –  I hope I’m not talking too much–

Alan:  On you go.

Effie:  You can always erase it out or something, but anyway there was this fellow that dearly wanted education and you know it was the most degrading thing what they did. They did have a few road machines. They took that out and they put you to work with a pick and a shovel.

Alan:  What was it they called that? That make-work project?

Effie:  That was PWA. Then they had one called the WPA and like I said they had so many alphabet and they had them coming at you till sometimes that’s all you heard was alphabet. The CCC, the AAA, the NRA, and nobody, even a genius couldn’t have thought all that stuff up in that little time.

Alan:  That’s right. Isn’t it so coincidental that FDR’s wife was off visiting the Soviets because she admired their system so much because in the Soviet system they never had anybody unemployed because you couldn’t eat if you were unemployed, so technically everybody was employed, even if it was all just make-work projects. Here’s FDR doing the same thing on the other side of the world, exact same thing, making a peoples army, a workers army, and giving them military uniforms to get them all used to wearing it all and being in the military style in time for World War II coming up.

Effie:  Sure, the CC’s boys. Civilian Conservation Corps. They went out instead of building something they went out in the national forest and built camps and roads leading nowhere. Typical bureaucracy.

Alan:  Roads going nowhere.

Effie:  They did give them a little money. I think – I don’t even know what it was, but they could keep about a third of it for their personal and the rest of it was sent home, which was a God-send, and that was in those times. Anyway, they did do one thing I don’t know about accident. All the country folks knew how to can, but they had an economic place and the reason the women folks went there was because if you went there with products, produce, you could – they would give you and process a jar of food for you, but you had to give them so much a percentage, but you did have a right to the jars and we had those jars for many a year.

Alan:  Was that a local community center type thing?

Effie:  That was places like we went to the Parrish seat, but they built canning centers and instructors there. That was the only thing that was sensible. Also, the money as usual was given to the cities and where we lived was not far and we were living on my grandmother’s place. At the time the money was given to the lawyers and the merchants and the county seats.

Alan:  Always, yes.

Effie:  And they distributed it and so the only thing that I ever heard them talk about, the grown folks, was you’ve got a few rotten eggs and maybe some meat that my dad couldn’t eat.

Alan:  That’s the charity trickle down theory. At the top it clanks and jingles. At the bottom you hear this dull scraping sound. That’s all that’s left after the big boys have pocketed it.

Effie:  They did have relief stations and my brother went there one time and we lived in a little rolling hill and he went to see if he could get a sack of flour. One of the greatest events of my life after watching all day, I saw him coming across the top of the hill with a sack of flour on his back. That was real imperative. I guarantee it was the difference between maybe having a biscuit or two or homemade bread or eating cornbread. So it made a lot of difference and like I said you didn’t actually ever starve but you sure never was over full, I guarantee you, and if we hadn’t of been fortunate enough to come back to the country and live with my grandmother – well, in fact there was my uncle and his wife, my grandmother and my dad and three children, my brother he slept out in the barn and so my aunt helped us a little until you got a crop started. That was before they started giving you a little something if you went down there with your hat in your hand and begged all day. I never could understand how you manage to make people feel so ashamed for something that they wasn’t at fault.

Alan:  You know that’s the sad part about human nature.

Effie:  Yes, that’s the sad part. All the depression years and it wasn’t us. It was all the people. I saw shame and bewilderment in the people’s faces.

Alan:  Because they didn’t understand any of it. They had no say in the money situation, who handled it at the top, the country’s finances, all that bogus nonsense of magic acts that they do at the very top and that was the thing. You just pull the rug out and you leave them all bewildered wondering what they can do to get it back on track you know.

Effie:  You see, as long as you were on the farm you were independent, but the minute you go to town with wages that couldn’t hardly make ends meet, well, the minute you quit paying nobody had a home. When you didn’t have rent, that was it. Out you went and I’ve often thought what happened to the people that didn’t have family to come home to and had to stay in the city. Well, I know a little glimpse of it was my older sister went to New Orleans – was fortunate enough that her boss was a manager of a dime store down there and she helped with the children and she said that at night there would be people with well-to-do – I mean middle class people with good clothes on. They were ashamed and they’d wait until after dark and they would come and go through the garbage cans. That’s how they lived out there.

Alan:  I guess that’s what they mean about getting America back. I keep asking them what time period they want to get back into because America was either at war with somebody or else they were going through a depression.

Effie:  That’s right.

Alan:  Or they were having a civil war even, I mean it’s so amazing. You think they’d catch on eventually that there’s a bunch at the top there just manipulating everybody. And didn’t you mention, too, all the guys that road the rails back then?

Effie:  Oh yes, because we lived, as a typical expression, you lived on the wrong side of the track. In fact we lived there because finally my dad being an engineer and a brakeman – he was a brakeman at the time so he got a job in about ’36 or something like that so we lived in this company house that we fixed up and so we seen the people. They still, with all the money that Roosevelt had thrown away, it still wasn’t doing them any good. It wasn’t getting down to the people and so these people, well, they just did the only thing they could do and they were looking for work and they were moving and the only way they could move was with their family and so they were moving in boxcars and gondolas. Those are those half cars like they carry coal in. Well anyway, one evening it was cold and rainy and I guarantee you that is miserable weather. Daddy came in and he asked mom and he says there’s a family over there and it was going on tonight and the train was being moved out in a little while and they’d be traveling like that all night in the open. He says is there anything that we can maybe give to them? Mama looked around and she had an old quilt and that’s an older quilt and she says that’s all we have, and I don’t know, they might have given them a little food or vegetables, I don’t know, but I do remember her saying that’s all we have is the quilt to spare and she says well maybe that will help the children. Growing up like that sort of gives you a strength. It’s not for the sissies. You’ve got to survive. But anyway, I can remember right there at that place we didn’t have anything to eat. Somehow somebody had managed to raise some potatoes and they were rotten and the onions were rotten and we were trying to eat them up before they all rotted on us. Another time we went out to the country and like I said at that time people had human feelings and they had a field of shell beans. So the man told daddy, he says, I don’t need them. I can’t use them. He said if you want them you can pick them, you can have them. So we came – they picked them and I was too young for that but we spent three days shelling beans – same size as red beans. Something like that. You can imagine how many beans you shell to fill 50 quarts and it took three days. My mother, she spent the time processing it three at a time on top of a wood stove in the middle of summer. So this wasn’t the land of the rich. I mean America wasn’t rich.

Alan:  Well, it was concentrated in certain places.

Effie:  Except like that. But anyway, it went on like that and I guess by natural process, people getting up and maybe having to trade a little something to say they were managing a little better and then Roosevelt decided that he wasn’t doing any good that way, so he decided he would get us in a war. So he worked at that.

Alan:  Yes, he did a lot of stuff to block the Japanese off from expanding, knowing they were pushing them towards it.

Effie:  And you know that’s another little thing that took me a long time to understand. We had all these boys running the day after or the same day December 7th to enlist. Especially the CC boys. In fact they had old First World War uniforms. Isn’t that a coincidence?

Alan:  Yes, and also sort of brought up in work camps like the military.

Effie:  In fact, Eisenhower and Marshall were there to – it was sort along informal but formal military, but anyway, what I could never figure out is if everybody was going to go fight the Japanese. Well, how did they all end up in Europe? So there was a lot of things if you think about and connect and keep in mind you can see, and it went from there. Before I put this in, for what it’s worth, before the days of Martin Luther King all the people in the south was called colored people and they were colored. They were colored from cream color – I mean milk chocolate to dark chocolate and the reason they were was because of philandering white men. The black people didn’t breed themselves up lighter and also the white women at that time they’d of killed you. It was the white men and it always distressed me that right down here in the same town I’m living in now that a black man had to step off the sidewalk when the white people went by and maybe that same black man – or I’m getting so I’m brainwashed, I call them colored people because that’s what they are and that’s not a derogatory term. It’s a descriptive term as far as at that time that’s what the white people said that because people like me was called poor white trash. We were the last thing and the only difference between the colored man and me was that my skin was white, but as far as socially, neither one of us was any better than the other.

Alan:  Yes, and they try to pretend there’s no class distinction in the United States. Really?

Effie:  Anyway, you know I think of what you said one time that we come here with a survival instinct and it’s soon taken out of us when you’re a child.  I can remember if my father took off his hat and started saying yes sir and no sir and Mr. So-and-So, well, it was time for me to scat and he was talking to that man, the big man, the boss man, and so he had to step around light too, and that puzzled me for a long time why you had to do that. You didn’t look that man in the eye. You went by him with your eyes cast down. In fact as a child my first thing was to escape. I knew that I better not be around there. That’s America that we own. It’s our America. We want it back.

Alan:  Like you mean the good old days, eh?

Effie:  One more subject that I might mention that affected me when we lived in the place across the track. Well, there was a little trade in cross towers and a green cross tower is way well over 100 pounds and as a child I observed these colored men were hauling these up on their shoulders and I think the good Lord made a mistake when he didn’t put more flesh around your shoulder and your shin bone, but anyway, all day long they’d go up an incline and I don’t ever remember seeing them drink water or have a lunch break and the boss man, Mr. Maconie, he was walking to and fro with a big pistol on his hip. Need I say more and some of the men they’d put a sack across their shoulder to help them and so a long time and then it just happened when I was getting a little older. I saw Mr. Maconie in the paper. He was going to give a speech to his fellow Kiwanis members with his monkey suit on and I thought back of Mr. Maconie and what he did where I saw him. Gives you that warm cuddly feeling you love everybody.

Alan:  That’s right. He was trying to teach everybody the work ethic, right? Yes, I know.

Effie:  That’s what I say, but later on when I started studying about it and you had communism in Russia. You had Nazism in Germany. You had Fascism in Italy and I don’t understand. Maybe I never got the correct answer to it. The definition of Fascism as I understood from what Mussolini said was that they controlled the corporations but they didn’t take them over. They run them. They’re under control.

Alan:  And they stopped the unions and the people from forming unions to negotiate. That’s right.

Effie:  In the same time we had welfarism here and England socialism and I can’t understand when I hear people talk about Fascism–

Alan:  It’s public-private partnerships they call it now.

Effie:  They mix it up with Nazism but it wasn’t and we have a form here but it’s a – I was just reading a book that I had read one time before and it’s very interesting now that I look through it again I see things. The name of it is “War and Central Planning and Corporations.” So you see we don’t control the corporations and the bankers. They control the government as well as you well know.

Alan:  That’s right.

Effie:  And it’s getting more controlled – I mean they’re getting more open with it.

Alan:  Yes, it’s an old formula. There’s nothing new. Even Franklin said it when they asked them what kind of government they were given, like they had any say in it, the people outside the meeting hall, where all these guys got together to make the Constitution and he says “it’s a Republic if you can keep it” he said.

Effie:  Yes, I thought about that you said that. I reviewed it. Was that one of their little jokes?

Alan:  Oh of course it was. Yes, the Illuminati are allowed to speak out of both sides of their mouth you see and they can get a lot of truth out there. It doesn’t mean that they’re against what they just said, because the oldest trick in the book from the days of the ancient Caesars and Rome was to create terrorism within society by claiming there were terrorists within society and then they had to turn out all the armies on the people to keep you safe. This is the oldest dodge in the book, the oldest thing in the book.

Effie:  You know, talking about enticement and entanglement, I can remember when they came out with social security and I was fortunate enough my mother strained a little and I was taking a citizenship course in high school and we got a little supplement in the paper once a month or something, and it was a whole nickel. That nickel was the same as $100 now. Anyway, it was big news, they would give news about headline stuff and go into detail a little about it and it said it was skimming fund. Well, the only trouble is and then they mentioned something about a skimming. Well, they never did. It never did sink. It was skimmed off before it sunk and then the politicians went ahead the first thing they did to ensure their continuity was they put injured people on it and that was bad enough. They never did put it in a fund to draw anything. It just went like the rest in the general fund and then on top of it they turned around and they put dependent children on it; and I can assure you, my father, like I said, he was only getting – I mean his social security at that time was maybe a dollar or two to be turned in 30 years and that was another thing in that paper emphasized. Every time Roosevelt put up one of these hot-shot sure things and there was some old maybe reasonable Supreme Court members, they called it the insurance and they turned it down. Well, he was beside himself and what he was going to do with them and it’s always been a political toy that they can yoyo with the members and then he made fun of them, called them the old horse and buggy, they should retire, and finally he in time and there was a couple retired and a couple that died, so he went ahead and put his men right in there and so that’s how they passed all those insurance deals because it was never ever, even if they were to put it the fund, it could never take, especially the social security, could not take care of itself. Because I can remember my father after all those – well, about 40 years before he tapped in on it. He hadn’t actually put enough money in there to draw on it a year. Then he turned around and later on remarried and put children on there and so it was bound to be choked to death. All those insurance policies were never meant to work because it was just another slick way of getting money.

Alan:  The bankers like debt, you see, so the countries borrow it and it keeps the bankers on top, meaning they can be sure that their sons and grandsons and great grandsons are still in charge of the banks way down the road because the nations are always kept in such debt; so they love socialism for that purpose. That’s the reason for it, but it’s amazing that when World War II came along, suddenly they’ve got all this money to create this massive army and equipment and so on, and no lack of food then. It’s just amazing.

Effie:  But the thing was and I haven’t been able to verify this, but circumstantial evidence. It says in the Constitution, “Congress shall have the power to create money and set the value thereof,” but we have never but one time acted on that and the Congress offered Roosevelt $300 million; he would not use that money.He went and borrowed money from the international bankers

Alan:  That’s because he was related to them. He was related to the Schaffs in Holland and Germany, the bankers.

Effie:  Anyway, you know that I’ve been thinking about that for a while. I’ve been thinking about the word “poor.” How could you be poor in a land of plenty?

Alan:  Yes, exactly, and how can you go from being poor if that was the case and suddenly have all the war materials, all the money in the world, all the food getting churned out for the war. I mean just overnight. How could that happen?

Effie:  Well, I’ll tell you what they told us. We were such a marvelous–

Alan:  Special people, eh?

Effie:  …people that we could really get behind that and miraculously deliver all these things. Of course I have read where Ford and the rest of them and which anybody tells you that it takes quite a while to retool and expenses, but they had that stuff ready to go.

Alan:  We know that Winston Churchill had even before he was Prime Minister in Britain already was in charge of secret war and munitions supplies and they were already churning out aircraft in preparation for the coming war; and of course they already had this “special relationship” that Maggie Thatcher kept talking about when she was in between the U.S. and Britain, so they’re both working on it. Just like today with this thing in the Middle East, Tony Blair’s the one man band for this ongoing war because he’s in on the know. It’s an agenda with the U.S. and Britain leading the charge. Same thing back in World War II.

Effie:  Well, I’ll tell you another miracle they had. This super-nation that come over there to bomb them out with their valiant little royal air force they were able to subdue them and I have read there was secret places in England where the plane motors were made and like you said, made of–

Alan:  Rolls Royce made the ones that went into the Japanese fighters.

Effie:  And also, how did those engines get in the planes of the Japanese jets zero?

Alan:  It’s a miracle. Yes, it’s one of these life’s mysteries. You know during the whole depression and you can find this in all the history books too, and school books at the time. School books are fascinating because they put all of this stuff in it that were written at the time. Railroads were just churning the scrap metal all through Canada and the U.S. during the Depression and it was going to ports and being exported to Japan to build up their war machine for their Navy et cetera.

Effie:  It was a nation without any natural resources.

Alan:  That’s right.

Effie:  I can tell you personally that the first money I ever made was these gondolas would come into the gravel pits and we would have to clean them out to put the gravel and sand in and so us children would walk along and pick up little pieces of metal and we collected it and we sold it and it was going to Japan.

Alan:  That’s right. They built it up and then of course if you look at certain books they’ll tell you that Bernard Baruch and a whole bunch of bankers in the U.S. had financed the build up of Japan into the modern age, including all of their military, on condition that they would first fight with Russia. That was early on before it became Soviet to get them going – to get the revolution going and then to go into China. It was part of the deal.

Effie:  And you know, I had read about it but I bet the average American didn’t understand when Khrushchev told them, “we have never invaded your country, but you invaded ours,” in the first world war.

Alan:  First world war, yes.

Effie:  But that’s when I said if you just sort of look at – what would you call it, still pictures. Like I said, that’s why I said it’s important to go from enticement to enslavement. You have to follow that continuity and how they moved in and also, like I said, here come Roosevelt – I mean Johnson and all of them did their part and honestly, Alan, the races down here were getting – you know things were picked up. Well, it’s like I would like to tell somebody, Jessie Jackson, which would be wasted. Would a white man or a white man was offered the job first, do you think that when he didn’t even know where his next meal was hardly coming from that he would turn around and give that job to a black man, a colored man? Plus the boss wouldn’t have hired him in the first place. But that was it. There wasn’t much difference between the two of them. So you can’t expect nobody to give you something and do without themselves. There just wasn’t enough and the reason when you come down to it, I’ve been thinking about it and I wanted to ask you, the whole reason why you are poor in rich place is because there is not enough money. You have to have barter and you don’t sell or trade a sack of potatoes to your fellow man. You’ve got to have that ingredient. You’ve got to have that money and if you don’t have that money, it don’t move.

Alan:  The bankers always create the depressions by simply withdrawing the money from circulation and that’s the bottom line. This is the oldest dodge for thousands of years.

Effie:  Well, you could say in a way, would you say that money was the first monopoly?

Alan:  It was the first con trick. If we’d never fallen for it. See, around the money, once you get money established, then all the rules, regulations, laws your whole culture changes to adapt to the money. Therefore, you end up with a completely new culture, way of living, et cetera, so when they pull the money back out of existence you’re helpless without it. It’s a beautiful trick.

Effie:  Well, it’s like I was telling my nephew today. I said it’s credit and I said credit is like smoke. I said you see it and then you don’t see it. I said you can’t get your hand on it. It can disappear so quickly, it’s elusive, but it’s there, and that’s what they have the power to do—withdraw the credit.

Alan:  That’s right. That’s a fact as well. I mean the reason that the U.S. they decided to get ahead a little bit more after World War II was to make credit freely available. You could not get it in Europe until about the 70’s. You couldn’t get a credit card unless you had collateral to balance it against, real estate or something, and now they just throw cards at you because they want everybody in debt. The money is a great trick. Beautiful. It’s like Napoleon said, “the hand above controls the hand below. The one that gives is the one that’s the boss that drops the coin down below.” And that’s it. If you go into debt you become a slave and the old rule book is the Old Testament. It’s all written in there.

Effie:  In a way if you look at it, it is a necessary evil because you can’t strictly barter.

Alan:  It would depend on what kind of society you wanted.

Effie: Well, where would you be?

Alan:  You would be classed as what they call ‘primitive’; and to me, the primitive organization is the natural organization.

Effie:  Yes, but at the same time you know a person can get pretty tired of eating potatoes and you can’t trade if that’s all that your neighbor has. But like I said, it’s according to how far you want to go. I mean what you want.

Alan:  It’s your purpose of life, your meaning of life; people think today’s society is natural. They don’t realize there’s nothing in it that’s natural. Even what they think about isn’t even natural. It’s all given to them. Personally, I’d rather be somewhere in the Amazon and have a purpose for living and I wouldn’t need a psychiatrist. I wouldn’t need medications. You wouldn’t need therapists. You wouldn’t need doctors. They don’t know what high blood pressure is there. Life has meaning and purpose and that’s what it’s all about. Money is key – it’s the rot.

Effie:  Let’s say you brought money into this equation, it would be so dangerous you couldn’t control it. The advantage that you would get out of money would be – you’d be better off if you stayed where you were.

Alan:  They did a little documentary and it was shown on the Public Broadcasting Station not long ago, where an anthropologist was studying some of these supposed “arrested civilizations” as they like to call them. They like to put them all down by the terms they use; meaning that they didn’t care about science or anything else and lived in the jungles in the Amazon. Towards the end he thought he’d leave them a present or given them a present and he had watched what they did when they chopped down trees, they used a sort of flint type of axe which they made themselves, and he dropped a whole bunch of modern axes there. When he came back the following year, he found they were still using the stone axes and there was a pile of this stuff that he’d left just heaped up in a pile; and when he asked them why they weren’t using the modern axes, he says, because they’re not as good as the ones they make themselves and if they make them themselves the children can learn how to make them themselves. Whereas if they take his axes, they won’t be able to make them, they’d be dependent. And that’s a primitive society? They knew darn well.

Effie:  Well, this is a personal story I say with great sacrifice. I bought this place and a dairy. I could see where to get ahead I had to borrow money and I never could borrow enough to do me any good. I could see down the road where I would be forever – that’s all I would be doing, going from one loan to another. Also the government stepped in and they could tell you whether your milk was fit to be sold or not and then the ridiculous rules that they had and they made you do things that you wasn’t financially able to do and they didn’t need being done, but the milk inspector was your master. So I decided one day that especially they told me that I had to have an automatic milk and I had to have a bulk tank, but I didn’t have enough milk to put in the bottom of the bucket and it would cost me $50,000. In ’59, that was the same as $100,000 now or more.

Alan:  Well, with easy terms though you could be starting to pay it off by now.

Effie:  Well, I couldn’t even get the loan because I didn’t have enough security. But I was looking at it and I says you know what? If I could, I said I would be forever working and if I got big enough then I would have to have help and then I would have them to bother with and then the inspectors must probably think of something else to add to it.

(HOUR 2)

I think of what you said one time about reality, facing reality. The object is that plan will never work unless they can get everybody in the city.

Alan:  I know.

Effie:  And I can see it more all the time.

Alan:  Not independent but interdependent. Interdependence means you’re totally dependent on the system itself.

Effie: And they are.

Alan:  It’s completely artificial and that was the problem in ancient times with Greece and Rome. It wasn’t just the fact that it all became effeminate and all the rest of it. It was also to do with the fact that the cities lived on the taxation of the rest of the rural areas. In the rural areas it wasn’t just Visigoths and all of that which attacked Rome, it was also the rural peoples’ uprisings at the same time because they’d had enough of being taxed into the ground to keep the bunch in the city in a kind of life of luxury they were accustomed to. This a thing that’s gone on–

Effie:  Same old story.

Alan:  The old story, repetitive, and it’s the same thing now where everybody wants to be in the main cities where all the action is as they say and make piles of bucks and it’s a sort of pariah type system and a shark type system from the top right down, where everybody’s eating the guy below him to keep above everybody else and there’s no compassion there. If you don’t have the money, you’re out on the street. It’s an unnatural system of living but they need the taxation from all the other counties et cetera to keep them in that kind of standard because they keep having new ways to spend money and new projects they want to do ongoing; and who’s going to pay for it? Well, the taxpayer pays for it and it gets to the stage where the taxpayer goes under, always does. There’s a certain limit that you can reach before you’re taxed into the ground.

Effie:  Even today, I would say that my nephew is no better off in his way than my dad was when I was growing up and the only thing that he has that keeps him going is that credit card. Of course I told him, I said you work five days a week. I said the government takes 60% of that. They leave you 40% for board, room and shelter and then I said if you want anything on the two days you’re off they let you loose you have to have a credit card. And then it’s time for you to go back to work on Monday morning. You’re free to go just as far as you can but you’ve got to be back Monday morning. And then I said people live and die and they don’t know what life’s all about. I said is that all your life is going to be? I said working 45 years, five days a week. I said I was free – I saw the last of the free days and I said I managed to work if I wanted. I said for 35 years I worked six months of the year, but I said I lived mighty close but then I knew how. I knew the difference between wants and needs and I said I never was in debt in my life and I never intend to be. I said you would be dead in the water without that and I said then they attach even in the country they reach out and attach life supports to you. I said you pay a garbage bill. You pay a sewer bill. You pay a light bill, I mean a water bill. I said then you can hardly do without lights and telephone. Then I said that’s all attached to you by law. And then I said then if you want anything else you go and attach the free bee table and other things. I said and that’s another thing. I said you have to have a car. There was a time – Alan, today even on the road, secondary road, there was a time even on Canal Street in New Orleans you had stop lights for pedestrians. You could go across, stop the traffic and go across the street. Now, even to go in the small town where I live you need a car to protect you to get across the street.

Alan:  It’s called progress.

Effie:  Oh yes.

Alan:  Did you know all the Arabs apparently are jealous? They hate America for all this progress. According to Bush anyway, they just hate it. I guess they want cars to run all over the desert as well.

Effie: Well, you know what I told someone today? I said you know what? Because he says that doesn’t make it so and it doesn’t make it not so. But I said if you’ve got any judgment you split the difference and if you’ve got a thinking brain you’re not dead.

Alan:  Yes, I know.

Effie:  I know they’re lying, Alan. I’ve heard them lie because I’ve lived through it so I know.

Alan:  It’s the same lies too. Same techniques.

Effie:  And they don’t care.

Alan:  I know.

Effie:  In other words, when I was growing up it was a pleasant anticipation waiting for some enjoyment. Now it’s instant gratification. I want it and I want it right now. I don’t care what it costs or what it does to anybody else, I want it right now.

Alan:  Yes, that’s exactly how it is.

Effie:  Well, I’ll tell you, even with all my deprivations and they strengthened me. They didn’t kill me and I guarantee you one thing. Up to the ’50’s I could go to this little town here and leave or put stuff in the back of the truck and it would be there when I got back. During the Depression no matter how bad it was, nobody come in your house. Nobody stole anything. They say that children were depressed – yes, you were whipped. You wasn’t spanked. You were whipped and I’ve had welts on me three days but they’d get your attention. And I was always warned in advance, don’t do that, and so it didn’t break my spirit and my generation. Now, let them do what they want, and so you see what you have.

Alan:  Yes, it’s progress.

Effie:  That’s right.

Alan:  Progress, yes. We’re on the cutting edge of progress.

Effie:  We used to have the Rush Limbaugh of his day. His name was called Will Rogers and he sort of made fun and joked about a lot of things. He says this country is going to the poor house in a car and I said well we’re progressing. Now we’re still going to the poor house or in it with three cars, so we’re progressing.

Alan:  None of which you really own.

Effie:  All by the magic of your magic credit card.

Alan:  They call them—the guys that work for the big financial institutions which own these credit systems—they call the credit card the “mousetrap.” That’s what they say, “We have to build a better mousetrap,” so we’re the mice. “Don’t you want this? You can have it today, right now. Just take this piece of plastic,” but that’s the old con, as I say, you’re either the lender or the debtor. The debtor is a slave.

Effie: Well, I got my coming up right quick the first time I borrowed money from the bank and they told me I had to have $100 to buy a cow, but they told me that I would only get $92. They had to take interest upfront. Then I got to thinking. When you’re paying that back you’re losing buying power every month, so by the time the six months you’ve lost half of your buying power. They’ve taken that money and loaned it two or three times to somebody else with the interest.

Alan:  That’s right. The big credit companies like Merrill Lynch move millions maybe even trillions across the planet even within hours or overnight wherever the interest rate is the highest and keep it in a certain bank for maybe four or five hours, pull it out, put it into another one and that’s all the savings of the people or what they think is the savings. Meanwhile they get a pittance back from the bank on their interest rates, but the big boys that own the companies make millions and millions of bucks.

Effie:  I know personally this girl, she’s reliable, she worked in an almost close – her husband was a computer genius in the Pentagon. She worked in the city a few blocks from there and you know what her job was? She was taking the veterans’ pensions and of course she was instructed – all she did was computer. She was actually selling and buying stock on Wall Street. That’s what they were using the money for.

Alan:  Yes, I know. See, the people who make things don’t make the money. It’s the ones who handle other people’s money that make the money. That’s how the whole system works. The pen pushers, that’s how it works. Didn’t you work in the shipyards?

Effie:  Yes.

Alan:  When was that?

Effie:  Well, I came out of school and oh you can just imagine no one had money and you had a job. That was where I learned another few facts of life. I was taught to always save a little for a rainy day. Well, I went down to the shipyard in New Orleans and they were hiring people, you now hiring people. Well, a fellow told me he says you’ve got to have a union card and so I went down to the Union Hall down in town and of course having my $10 my savings I was able to buy a union card. Now I didn’t have any money to buy food, but I went back and the minute I showed that union card I got inside and I got hired and that’s how it went on that. Then I decided that I would work a double shift and so I presumed that I would get double pay. Well, when I got my check the government had taken half of that and so I put that back in my “personal computer.” When I had my later episode with my second lesson with the government was on account of the milk inspector. That’s one of the main reasons I sold out because I said well if I can’t have it they’re not going to have it. So I looked for the lean way to go and so I didn’t make much money. I knew how to live without money. So I left here, I couldn’t stand the city, so I happened to know a neighbor that told me I could go to work in the fruit warehouses. I mean in the southwest Washington State. So I went out there and I started thinning apples. Well, me and that three-legged ladder just kept wanting to part company in the middle of the air, so my landlord told me about maybe I could get on in the fall in the warehouse. That’s how I started working there and at the time they didn’t have – you only worked three months. You could manage and then if you made enough you could draw $12 unemployment. But like I said, I know how to live so I managed to live and I put in a garden and different things and I only worked in the fall. Of course I worked in the summer to get my garden in. In other words, what I had was food, shelter and clothes. That was it.

Alan:  So in other words, you arrived at the American dream. You achieved it.

Effie:  Reality. And like I said, the government hadn’t reached out and put all these life supports on you know, all this stuff, but I did run into one little thing with the government. I didn’t have garbage because I didn’t buy at the store.

Alan:  You mean you weren’t a good producer/consumer?

Effie:  Yes, that’s right but the trouble was you see. I had to pay my garbage bill with my light bill. So I happened to ask the woman, I says I don’t like this. I said I don’t even put a half a can out in a month and a half and I said why should I have to pay that? Well, she was frank enough because sometimes you run across the workers working there if you approach them right they can tell you a whole lot. They tell you the truth. She says well frankly, she says if you don’t pay your garbage bill they’ll cut your lights off. So I call that collusion. But it’s permissible by law because the boys that started it all, don’t you agree that after they got their money started, there was the next thing was law and order. The law and order and now you hear that word more and more. It’s the law and that is the problem.

Alan:  I preferred the old days when you knew you were a slave or a serf, same thing. It’s politer to say serf in England because they don’t want to remember that their ancestors were all slaves at one time to the Normans. They used to give decrees out, royal decrees, that was the law in those days. They had a royal decree. Now they just call it law and train us that some how it’s a magic thing that no matter how illogical it seems you must obey it.

Effie:  It’s the last result. They make that law, that’s it. Do you know I want to ask you something, I run across something the other day and like I said I’m always inquiring. Well, I was reading about the establishments of castles and of course however this guy started he was more aggressive or whatever, he started a castle and there was a certain amount of protection and he encouraged that these serfs come and worked around, but as soon as they got a little security from him then he reached out and grabbed them. And so to me, that is really in a way how volunteer slavery got started and for their security they would give up everything. That’s what you have here with these babies – these grown up babies that we have now. Like I said, from enticement to enslavement.

Alan:  Oh it is. It is.

Effie:  And they love their master.

Alan:  Yes, as long as you tell them you’re going to make everything very convenient for them. You give them the remote controls for the TV. Dim the lights. Soon they won’t have to move. You can just put a chip in their brain and wire them right into the computer and then they’ll be secure because they’ll be unable to think of anything to do themselves anyway. For easy access, “Isn’t it so easy?” That’s what the ads all say. It’s so easy and they’ll give up every right they ever had, before they even realize that they had it. They don’t realize they’ve lost something until you’ve lost it or you didn’t realize you had it until you lose it. That’s right.

Effie:  Like I said, really and truly I saw the remnants. You were free to do – you had a choice. Like I told my nephew, I said if I didn’t like this boss or I didn’t want to scrape berries I could go with him and work at another job or I didn’t even have to work unless I just wanted something special. You were sufficient but you weren’t in town and you wasn’t attached to nothing.

Alan:  That right. That’s what the meaning of a citizen was. It means that you’re owned by the city and they’ve made us think today that it’s a nice thing to be a citizen; but all it is, is a legal thing to decide who has the right to tax you as an individual. So when you immigrate from one country to another the legalities are to do with those two countries at the top discussing your immigration because one has to give up the right for taxation over you, while the new one that you are going into takes it on. SO WHO OWNS YOU? That’s really what the whole thing’s about, but they make you feel proud to be a citizen and that’s what Rome did. Citizen comes from city. You see the city and they created the city the first artificial beehive and that’s what Nimrod’s got their claim for in high masonry because he created the beehive. In a city, since you don’t produce anything that’s of any real use to anybody, you must create money to keep them there and with the money that you force on the rural areas you can then bring food into the city; and with the money you can then create an army for the first time, a standing army that will do what it’s told and go wherever it’s told. Money’s the key to the thing called “civilization.”

Effie:  But the trouble is it’s a tight monopoly.

Alan:  Always.

Effie:  There is never enough money. Just think if there was enough money to develop.

Alan:  You see it’s within man’s nature, it doesn’t matter what you called money or what you gave for money, there’s always the ones the psychopathic cunning types with intelligence that will always take that system over. It’s too easy to take over a system with money, a monied system. It’s too easy.

Effie:  Well, like I said, I had this bright inspiration or stupidity. Everything would cost the same. There’s no profit in it, but then I thought well sooner or later somebody will figure out how to bypass that.

Alan:  They would. They would, yes.

Effie:  Can you just imagine if a car today if you didn’t have to pay taxes on it and profit each time what that car could cost?

Alan:  Or the 40-odd percent taxes on the gasoline. I know.

Effie:  Like I said, that’s a vain waste of time to think those things and I think of what you said one time. There’s only one thing to do or even have simple tribes and the minute anybody rose up that was a conniver you’d put him to death.

Alan:  Well you’d have to but if you didn’t he would end up dominating you and you’d all be working for him for nothing. That’s the slavery. That’s exactly what they’d do. The nature of greed within the people is like putting candy in front of a child’s face to have a monied system with certain clever and psychopathic types existing within it. They will take that over. They will definitely take it over. It doesn’t matter what you use for money if you whole structured system works on money, which ours do – every so-called civilization is an economic system and it revolves around money and all the laws, all the culture, everything in that culture in society revolves around the money. That’s the key to everything.

Effie:  Actually, you would have to keep money out of the system and so you would have a very simple lifestyle but you would be able to survive having essentials.

Alan:  The essentials, but here’s the problem too. Since we’re so far removed from nature now, with all the computerization, the TVs, laid on entertainment, laid on everything, most people would never want to go to any other system than the one they’re in; even though the one they’re in gives them ulcers, helps the divorce proceedings speed up, the break ups of families and the fear of losing their jobs. It’s all they know and most of them could not imagine living any other way than the one they’re in.

Effie:  I figure that my nephew is about 20%, maybe 40% in the world that I grew up – I mean he grew up in and the other 60% is his, so we had a little discussion today and I asked him. I said would you like to give up this fast lane and go back to the simple life when you was young and I said you would have to give up all this other stuff. He didn’t answer so I said I know you wouldn’t do it. It’s too big of a sacrifice and you couldn’t.

Alan:  Yes, most of them couldn’t.

Effie:  Once you’re addicted to this stuff it’s like a fix and they’re not going to have the will to do it and actually the enticer is always there trying to lure them back if they even thought about it. But when you really come down to it in the years that I’ve lived, I can say one thing for sure. Your possessions possess you and the only thing is the best things in life are free and that’s the word, free, because if you’re not free to enjoy them then they’re of no service to you and you don’t recognize them.  Alan, I could say with all honesty, a million dollars wouldn’t even interest me and I’ll tell you one thing, I am firm to my convictions. If the government was going to take 75% of it, I’d throw it away before they got it. That’s how I feel about it. But that money wouldn’t do me any good. I mean it doesn’t interest me because I know what’s in it.

Alan:  I know. It’s a racket.

Effie:  As such and I seem to be doing nothing but talking personal, but how many people today that you know can get up and do what they want everyday? I can read all day. I can get up at midnight or go to bed at midnight. I can work today. I don’t have to work today. And I guess you could say in my little citadel and I call it a citadel – there is a difference between a citadel and a castle, and I tell you, if anybody comes to try to get me out of it I’ll be worse than the badger. Leave me alone and I know that I don’t bother nobody and the days are short and you don’t know what time or hour that sword will drop.

Alan:  I know. I always say that most folk are scared of living and afraid of dying, so they rush through their life because they’re terrified of dying and they don’t enjoy life because they’re rushing through it.

Effie:  Yes. I have a sister that she’s obsessed – she don’t feel what she would have to do to continue living and I’ve come to the conclusion she’s afraid to live and she’s afraid to die, but she’s more afraid to die. She’ll take anything if they just let her live.

Alan:  That’s exactly how the elite think as well and that’s why of course they have all the higher sciences to keep themselves living.

Effie:  But I can say truthfully that it’s less frightening to me anymore and there’s a lot of things worse than dying.

Alan:  Well, there’s a living death and that’s the same thing, sure. Of course with civilization they’re taking them towards a chip in their head, which they’ll take, and I’ll tell you they’ll promise them this will end all of your problems. You won’t be worried anymore about things. It will be better than a tranquilizer, and on it goes and they will go for that. The more you can terrify them, the more you can keep them panic stricken, the more you can scare them with all the economic depressions and everything that can go wrong in life.

Effie:   It must be they have a routine and–

Alan:  They do.

Effie:  I remember the lipstick scare. In other words, if it isn’t a war or earthquake or some other calamity–

Alan:  Or plagues.

Effie:  It is a scare. Don’t you know you better not eat spinach? In other words, when they don’t have anything else they’ll throw that in there, but they remind me of a bunch of wasps. Keep them upset and stirred up so they can’t get back and the first was the lipstick scare and periodically they’d come back with the same thing. I mean in between time they’ll come back with some scare.

Alan:  Oh yes. Well you can’t give any generation peace you see. You lose control of them if you give them peace.

Effie:  Then of course they’ve got to bring back the killing Sam or crazy Sam. They had one in Toronto.

Alan:  Montreal.

Effie:  Montreal.

Alan:  Another weird character exactly like the guys at the Columbine shooting and also he was even on the Internet with his own site where he always had guns pointing at the camera and it’s a strange thing in a country like Canada where they would come down on you for the slightest thing. They allowed this guy to do all that.

Effie:  Well, I wondered – you told me how strict they are in Canada about guns.

Alan:  They need these guys. Whenever they want laws passed they can just program them, give them the buzzwords and off they go and do these things. That’s right. Just like clockwork. You can count on it that it’s going to happen.

Effie:  Yes, like I said, they’ve got to keep you upset all the time and scared.

Alan:  It’s the old story you see. The end justifies the means and so they cause the situation when they can’t get what they want. They cause the situation to say, see, see we told you so and they make it happen.  Again, this is an old, old routine.

Effie:  That’s what I said, how thankful I was of you bringing the continuity because if you just take each one of these as an accident or isolated episode, but that’s why they’ve got to keep you upset all the time. You don’t have time to think because if you thought, well good night above, you could see the continuity and it’s so monotonous and it’s so simple.

Alan:  In the old days they used the lone knifeman – a loner. He always belonged to some cult or something and they’d stab whoever they were told to stab and stand there just waiting to get caught, or else he’d kill himself. Now it’s the lone gunman, so they churn them out. Psychiatrists are good for that because you find pretty well all these guys have been to psychiatrists and I’m sure they’re being programmed for their future use when they go to these certain psychiatrists.

Effie:  You said they program them.

Alan:  They are. The same with the guy in Scotland that did the Dunblane shooting. In Britain it’s the hardest thing to get a handgun of all things and yet this guy had it and it’s a British Lord that had spoken for him to tell the cops to give him the license, even though they knew he was a pedophile. They knew he was weird in many different ways and they still gave him that and he was seeing a psychiatrist too, that guy in Dunblane, and his mom said that that morning he came in as he did every morning and nothing unusual about him. Seemed quite relaxed as always and off he went. The next thing she says he was on the news when it happened. He was programmed. This is old stuff. Mind control is old stuff. Old, old stuff. That’s what the MKULTRA things was all about here in Canada was the psychic driving over and over and over until you had a robot.

Effie:  Well, the people are so accustomed to it now you can mass control.

Alan:  Always. The whole population is getting it to some degree. Sure they are. Repetition, psychic driving. Boom, boom, boom and catch phrases. It’s the phrases repeated over and over through advertisements or newscasts.

Effie:  Every advertisement lately, half of them at least, they’ll suggest to you this is the easy way. You won’t have all that hassle. All that hassle. Well, that’s life. What do you expect?

Alan:  Well, you’re either independent and with the hassle or it’s all taken care of for you and you’re a slave.

Effie:  But you won’t have this hassle if you just pay to take care of it for them.

Alan:  That’s right and let an expert do it.

Effie:   That’s right.

Alan:  What do you know? It’s just amazing, but it’s all training you see. It’s Pavlovian responses. It’s a world run by experts, even though they’re talking through their hat most of the time or just lying straight probably through their teeth. We’ve all been trained to suddenly jump up and listen to an expert.

Effie:  Well, I found out personally about brainwashing. My mother went off and come back down here to visit with a daughter down here and so I run out of supplies, soap and stuff, and so I went to the store and what I did was in my mind’s eye I was looking for the same brand that she had in the house and I couldn’t find it and this is the real thing. I said well what shall I get? I’ve got to have some soap and so what I did was I looked at the array and I picked out the commercialized soap that I had looked at and at least I had judgment enough to have figured it out. I says I’ve been brainwashed because that’s the soap I picked, the one that I saw on TV. So what would you call that? Brainwashing.

Alan:   Sure it is. It stuns me. I grew up watching certain soap powders making clothes “whiter than white” and at first they were just white then extra white and then it was whiter than white and then it was brilliant dazzling blue white and same stuff. Hasn’t changed at all, except the prices.

Effie:  And like you said, human nature don’t change.

Alan:  No, it don’t change at all. It don’t change at all. So you’re certainly getting – how are they doing with the rebuilding of New Orleans there?

Effie:  Selective.

Alan:  Selective. Do they still have all the checkpoints down there in the roads and stuff or is that finished?

Effie:  They haven’t even started. I mean like I said certain neighborhoods where the highest real estate will be and it’s almost like an act of attrition. The people can’t come back if they don’t have homes and they could get work but they can’t get a home, so it’s a catch like that. But they trip you up and they’re not really doing nothing except I call it all the stuff that rebuilt a superdome. I call it the super dunce cap myself and so I didn’t even turn on the radio to even to listen to the news or the weather because they have an extra fit of football season. They go extra mad.

Alan:  Domes for dummies I call them.

Effie:  In those sports. When you really come down to it, it’s going to be just like you said or predicted, that the city would be for the rich.

Alan:  It’s going to be a small more habitat area for the UN.

Effie:  Going to be turned into habitats.

Alan:  That’s right.

Effie:  They have National Guard down there 300 and some of them. They’ve got 50 or 80 state troopers beside the police and they still are having 10 shootings a night. Nothing’s changed. It sort of reminds me you know before Hitler appeared they let everything go to pot until the people begged them to do something.

Alan:  Same with Mussolini, that’s how he got in.

Effie:  The latest I heard was there’s a gang, three of them, that go into a bar and they come back in a few minutes with arms. They put the patrons in a room and rob them and they robbed the bar.

Alan:  I mean you don’t even give the customers a free drink before they leave – on the house.

Effie:  But like a poor woman said, she says the National Guard is four buildings down the road. They didn’t help us.

Alan:  Maybe it wasn’t under their jurisdiction.

Effie:  They had their orders. In other words, it’s going to be so lawless down there that you’re a fool if you stay.

Alan:  Where exactly is that?

Effie:  Mostly in the French Quarter, the high ground.

Alan:  The high ground.

Effie:  They’re not going to do anything with the other. Like you said they’re going to – in fact people don’t have enough water. Their lights are uncertain. The street lights are bad. They’re having wrecks on account of – you know it’s just a planned confusion.

Alan:  Really, and yet America wants to export this system across the world. Boy, we’ve got a lot to look forward to.

Effie:  Well, I know I’ve heard a part of what a fellow – you know people write into a paper and he says we want to make Kuwait just like us, overburdened with taxes and crime and dope and everything else. He says that’s what comes along with that.

Alan:  I know. Drugs, crime, abortion clinics, all the usual stuff. Again, that’s their cutting edge of civilization. Export that across the planet until everyone is interdependent, there are no marriages left at all and no one can get along with anybody else, so the government’s your boss directly to you. You’re on your own. The strategy is amazing.

Effie:  I’ll tell you the truth. I would have rather lived – I had a good life even with all – it built me up but I wouldn’t trade places with my grand nephews right now. They’re in the fast lane, her and her husband, and you would say that they are really lucky but I wouldn’t trade places with them. I wouldn’t because they have nothing. And the most thing is the worst part of it the government can take it any day.

Alan:  They can take it at any day but I think it’s also what you leave this life with in your mind. See most people when you have no challenges, when you think you’re making it and everything is coming your way, you don’t remember anything. There’s nothing to remember. There’s nothing particular to remember. You don’t learn or grow in any fashion whatsoever and you might have all the material things at the end of life, which are immediately auctioned off usually or seized by the government for back taxes, but you learn nothing. You haven’t grown at all. The body grows old but the mind hasn’t moved at all and that’s again the side effect.

Effie:  Everything is instant gratification and I was telling my nephew the other day, I said I enjoyed the anticipation – I enjoyed what I had and so it was worthy of remembrance. They had this gratification so quick they’re looking for another just like a fix and they have nothing to remember. No pleasant memories. Nothing to remember.

Alan:  No. Just a mountain of garbage before it got plowed under pretty well. Disposable garbage. You see, that’s not what a life is. A fulfilled life is not that at all.

Effie:  Well, that’s what I hear, is that all life is? Is a job until you are too old to do any good and then somebody give you a pittance and you’re not even ever going to retire because inflation. That little pittance is not going to keep you going. You’re going to have to work until you drop. I wonder if that could have been planned that way?

Alan:  Well yes. That’s the whole thing. The whole thing is a planned society. A planned society is what they talked about 100 years ago or more, where everything would be planned from birth to death, cradle to grave.

Effie:  Well, that’s what intrigued me the title of this book here. As you said so many times and I’ve seen myself, war creates – so much can be carried under the banner of war and then planning–

Alan:  And social change.

Effie:  And so a planned economy is what he taught. Then it says state corporation.

Alan:  The governments expand their powers. All departments of bureaucracy expand their powers under war.

Effie:  You know I got interested in the AAA during the Depression. I thought I would look up all these abbreviations. I know about WPA because I lived part of it, but the AAA that was the Agricultural Adjustment Agency and they give a list of how agriculture moved in and when you really stop to think about it, isn’t that peculiar in the Constitution which it wasn’t even certain that you’d even get it made or legalized and that you wouldn’t even know if you was going to be able to defend those little countries anyway. They’d give so much in each township land colleges. So I would say that story – then grants to experimental stations and then they’d give land grants to states to develop agriculture. So if you really want to – it’s very interesting, even Washington suggested there should be more attention given to agriculture; but anyway, through the years how the agriculture moved in and took over so much stuff.

Alan:  The big agri-food companies now have taken over all the small farms.

Effie:  That’s what the AAA was all about, to control agriculture.

Alan:  That’s right.

Effie:  And the best part of it, like the fellow said in the article, he was elaborating on it, but he said that when the government paid the farmers and they sold their products cheap. I remember how all of a sudden you’d see all the canners could buy this cheap food and can it and I remember all of a sudden how shelves got so full of Libby’s and Del Monte’s and different ones.

Alan:  And Dole. Don’t forget Dole.

Effie:  Oh yes, Dole.

Alan:  A big family there.  Remember Rockefeller said “competition is a sin.”
 
Effie:  Oh yes.

Alan:  They meant it. He wasn’t being flippant. He was making a statement of fact according to him and his higher religion. Because these boys at the top see that – unless it’s their monopoly, then all competition is literally a sin.

Effie:  Well, let’s put it this way. That was another choice. You could have a choice to have a little mom and pop business and people had them. You were independent and they hired these under-aged children and that kept them occupied and they learned something; but anyway, the government comes in and says, ah, you’re being cruel using these children under ages. So naturally they’re getting paid. That’s what we used to do to pick up a little change. Work for somebody. We were grateful. But all the little businesses were cut out. And right here where I live the people had to leave and if they kept their home, and I couldn’t call it country anymore, but if they kept their home here it’s about 60 miles to Baton Rouge and about 75 to New Orleans. If you want to live out here or can live out here, you go to work everyday. There’s no work here. You could pick beans. You could ship berries. I mean there was little crop farms and little businesses. You could go to town and really what they call shops. There was competition. If you wanted to get a tire even in this small town there was two or three places you could go compare the prices and the products, but all you’ve got is one now and those people that would work on that are working for the government or in jail or on relief.

Alan:  That’s called progress.

Effie:  Oh yes. There was a song that the British played at wherever – they surrendered. It was called “A World Upside Down,” and I have the words to it but that’s what’s wrong. The world is upside down.

Alan:  It’s not so difficult when a few wise people with archives of real history and real human psychology can create a culture and keep you completely naive from birth to death as to the real facts of life and that’s what’s happened.

Effie:  That’s right.

Alan:  They’ve trained millions and millions and millions of people into their system. Give them a fake reality coming from the newscasters and so on and magazines and that’s really what it’s all about. The guys at the top understand the science of controlling people and how to indoctrinate them into any reality they care to create.

Effie:  Well, here I go personal again, but it disturbed me. Remember I told you that when I went to New Orleans and the levee could have broken at any minute and I stood there and went on about my business. I never thought about any of the possibilities of what could have happened. That worried me. I kept thinking about it and I’d like to know not only how but why and so I kept thinking about that and what happened was if you go to the city you’re disarmed. There’s automatically less danger in crowds and then I thought of what you said one time that we’re born with a certain instinct of self-survival but it’s taken away from us, so you see when you go to the city you let down your guard because there’s other people and they’re acting normal and then you have the authorities to tell you what and they tell you and you have the police to protect you and the first thing you know you’re a little mushy nothing. You’ve lot all your self-survival instincts and if you stay there that’s what’s going to happen to you.

Alan:  Yes, I know.

Effie:  But that’s what and like I said they listen and then they’re more enmeshed in it everyday. They tell them what to think, what to do and everything.

Alan:  What’s popular in the theater. What’s the in thing right now. Where it is. The movies and where to go and where to eat and what to do. You don’t really have to make a choice for yourself anywhere.

Effie:  Well, I’ll tell you the truth of the matter of this is really all of a sudden my mind’s maybe pulling stuff up in my computer. I remember when I was younger and you know how things are pass away, fade away, Alan? You don’t remember when they stopped, like a steam engine? Well, I got to thinking about that when – like you said, everything is normal now. Everything that happens is normal. Well, when I was younger, I would say up to the 50’s, if you questioned anything people would look at you and say are you crazy? You mean to say you expect the government to wait until the end of the year to take taxes from you and that you can have that money all year? Are you crazy? But everything that you brought up that was sensible or anything that was different, that was the first word said to you. This is the thing I was thinking today. I don’t hear that said anymore because there’s nobody with sensible ideas anymore. Everything that they tell you over the six o’clock news, that’s it. You accept but you don’t question anything.

Alan:  That’s right. It doesn’t dawn on them that this is a manufactured reality and they’ve given over their ability to reason to the media and they truly believe it’s there to do their thinking for them. They really believe that.

Effie:  I think about what you said one time about they – I lost what I was going to say there–

Alan:  About the media and thinking and logic. They can’t see through the cons anymore because our reality is marketed to us on a daily basis. It’s marketed to us and whatever is politically correct and pushed at the top they start parroting the same phrases, same catch words and all the rest of it and adopt the attitudes they are told to adopt. That’s exactly like it was in “1984”. It was about Winston who was the bureaucrat who woke up to the reality of life and when he was being tortured (because he was awake) by a superior, his superior says to him, if I say I can fly and you say I can fly, he says, then I can do whatever I want. Reality in other words is whatever they tell us it is. Normalcy is whatever they make it. It can be made into anything and the public go along without even noticing.

Effie:  Oh I know what I was thinking of. You said talking along the line of everything being normal. Well, you don’t question that. I mean in other words, why not? – There’s a dozen other different ways you could do it, but nobody ever brings that up and if you did they’d put you away.

Alan:  That’s what I’m saying. It’s whatever they tell us is normal is where we go and the public they adopt that, if it’s a new custom, a new way of looking at something or behaving or whatever. They adopt it and in no time at all it’s automatic with them. They don’t even notice where it came from. It wasn’t their idea in the first place. Of course most of the public, and this is known by the ones at the top, they don’t want to be different from the mob, from the herd. They want to be the same so that’s why it’s so easy to control the masses of people in all ages, as opposed to brainwash an occasional individual here or there.

Effie:  Well, the more they hovey and covey up, the more they’ve got to be the same.

Alan:  They dress the same, look the same, they talk about the same subjects—whatever is given them to talk about from the magazines and movies.

Effie:  I was thinking about that today and what you said about uniforms. They throw good clothes away every year to get the latest fashion.

(HOUR 3)

I read a story one time about a scene in St. Louis. You have a guy in mole-skin pants. You had a guy with a buckskin on. You had dog cloth. You had Lindsey wood and I doubt if hardly two people were dressed the same and it was fine and even some of them took the Indian habit of cutting the britches out in back and so they all were different but they wore what they wanted and you went into the store or you went anywhere, you bought what you fancied. But now you go in any store – I mean I don’t care how many stores you go. Those fall fashions are all the same and actually everybody now you’d think that they was nude if they don’t have the same clothes as you have or the crowd.

Alan:  Or weird. He must be weird, he’s different. I know.

Effie:   In fact they don’t even have the nerve or the thought to do it.

Alan:  It doesn’t dawn on them. In fact what they don’t realize subconsciously they want to CON-form. Conform to the rest, that’s how it’s done. This is what I am saying is most people go through life never noticing that mostly the thoughts or preoccupations aren’t even their own. They’re marketed right into their brain. What they’re thinking about. The movie they talk about. The topics they talk about are marketed right to them. Electronic—trick of the elect.

Effie:   Well, I’ll tell you I’ve often heard that old people wished they were young again, but I can guarantee you I don’t. I wouldn’t want to be them now. But then I don’t have their mentality. I would have to adjust to their mentality before I could endure it.  

Alan:  I mean there’s nothing to look forward to. It’s just spend, spend, as you say, looking for something to make them happy because there is no contentment you see. They’re not allowed to be content.

Effie:  Like I said, it’s almost like a drug. They get a fix. They get their gratification and as soon as they get it they run out and looking for something else.

Alan:  See in this system where we are today that’s natural now because they have no connection with their family. There’s no intimacy there with parents. Their parents don’t take time and talk to them. A lot of them are lucky if their parents are even home and so they grow up looking for some substitute and it’s always marketed to them by the professionals, this will make you happy.

Effie:  There’s about six miles of new highway out here, the second road I get on, secondary state road, and they give them all new mailboxes and that was about a year ago, so I was noticing as I was driving along to town the other day that nearly every one of those mailboxes has been initiated. And so like I said when you was talking about the parents not being home, maybe sometimes the parents are home and the children aren’t.

Alan:  Yes, that too.

Effie:  One or the other is gone all the time.

Alan:  There’s no real discussions anymore. The parents simply finance the child as it grows up to be a good worker, a consumer-producer and that’s what Bertrand Russell said, “it’s cheaper to allow the parents stay rearing their children and spending for them, while the state will control the mind of the child,” and that’s happened you see. It’s all been done.

Effie:  Well, if you think about it, I was just happened to be looking through something the other day and I run across the schools. I was able to escape. They were mostly furnishing school books and such was furnished by the state and they had control of the curriculum, and so I noticed in Truman’s realm, I guess I could call it the presidency, he was urging to help some schools and you know what follows from that. Also you stop to think about it, anybody that buys the books. I mean the books are all important, which they were. Well, you see I escaped a little because I was out in the country and so rather than buy a new book with the grade every year, we got some of the old books from the city and so we got to learn a little more than, say, somebody else in the big cities. Of course one of the duties of the school board was to select the books. Wasn’t that a big job? I mean a mind bigger than you would think. Select that kind of book. What is in that book for you to read?

Alan:  Well, it’s what you should know. What they decide that you should know and what you shouldn’t know. All you need to know. That’s right but even the schools were set up for control as well to uniform society and churn out uniform thinkers who all thought along the same things, same directions because they’d all been trained in the same system and who would all parrot the same things to each other because they’d all been trained in it and they’d all think they were normal because they all parroted it at the same time. That’s how normalcy is judged by the people. And yet as I say, if you go from – even in Quebec they still give a different version of history than the ones that are taught in English speaking schools, so it’s the same.

Effie:  I remember you telling me.

Alan:  There’s different versions of history, it depends who’s teaching you and where you are, and it’s true enough that HISTORY IS ALWAYS WRITTEN BY THE VICTORS and victors doesn’t connotate good guys. It just means the guys that won and that’s the system again that you live in.

Effie:  Well, somebody knew that you control the mind and the body follows. It’s that control of that mind, all the information that you feed into it.

Alan:  That’s right. It’s perfect to grab the mind when it’s young and indoctrinate it. Train it into different – just every generation is taught a little bit different when they begin school from the previous ones so that big changes, which are planned maybe 30 years down the road, they’ll adopt it much easier because they’ve been indoctrinated to see it in a different light when they were young.

Effie:  You know I was thinking along that line about normalcy and you accept what’s given to you. Well, if you never – it’s like a child that walks by a snake or anything. If you don’t know anything how can you think, how can you even question if you don’t know anything?

Alan:  If they only give you a certain amount of facts and don’t give you all the rest of the story, you get a totally different idea or perspective on the particular situation.

Effie:  This is a particular example of I saw during the civil rights program, I mean it was heavy down here and in this town this reliable person told me the police had a dog. You know how the policemen started using dogs and they’re trained. This picture come out of this raging dog jumping at this colored person, but what they cut out of the picture was this colored person had a baseball bat and he was trying to attack the policeman. The dog was only acting, but you see when you looked at the picture all you saw was the dog attacking the colored man and so you had a biased opinion – I mean picture.

Alan:  Yes that’s how. Sure.

Effie:  The other day the mayor down in New Orleans says, oh, we’re going to have better communications this time. We have that rectified and he says the people – get a load of this. “The people are going to be told what they need to know.” That says it all, doesn’t it? But to the average person that passes over their head. I just instinctly hear that.

Alan:  They love these little legal phrases they use. They can be terribly honest at times in such a simple way that it does go over people’s heads.

Effie:  You know they had quite a confusion down there so the other mayor I mean the president of the parish next to him he says and I caught that word the first time they used it, ‘mandatory,’ in Corpus Christi, ‘mandatory evacuation’. That was a red flag to me. Okay, then I wondered why they kept bringing that up a couple of times. Now you see Ivan in 1924 they had a volunteer evacuation but now last year they had a mandatory and that was it. That’s all they said. So this is what the man said – the president said this time and why I was looking up municipalities. People don’t stop to think that they don’t even have a potential boarding for anybody. A city counsel can make a law a city ordinance. Okay, this is what he said. He says, we are not going to force anybody to leave. We’re not going to force them to leave if we declare a mandatory evacuation, but he says we are going to have troops and you will be confined to your house and if you are determined to stay we will not make you go; but it made me think, I won’t have to make you, I’ll show you and so he said it was enacted as a city ordinance in Jefferson Parrish the president said and he said it will be a 24-hour confinement. You will be confined to that house. Now he didn’t guarantee that they wouldn’t invade you like they did this time, but you will be arrested if you step out of that house for any reason and so that says mandatory evacuation so far. But now you’ve got a young hot-blooded boy about 18 or 19 years old. He’s done got boarded over in Kuwait. He’s got a weapon in his hand. I doubt if he would be prosecuted if he just accidentally shot you, impulsively. In other words, what they’re telling you is if you step out of that house your life isn’t worth a dime.

Alan:  They are training them no matter where they’re sent.

Effie:  Now what I see in the five years they started that mandatory evacuation, that was dry runs to see how people would react to it and also get them used to having Army uniforms because there’s no difference between the National Guard and the Army.

Alan:  I know and the National Guard is sent abroad too. They’re all trained over there as well, so they’ve been trained not to regard any citizen anywhere in the world as any different from anyone else. Every one is.

Effie:  It’s sort of like the police. They have a clan–

Alan:  A brotherhood.

Effie:  And they’re the only ones that matter.

Alan:  That’s right. Super-tribe. You join the super-tribe. It’s the first thing they’re taught once you put a uniform on. You’re special now. Those civilians are a lower strata and they’re trained that way in every country on the planet.

Effie:  I think about what you said about that German youth. “That was the first time I had clothes, the Hitler youth uniforms.”

Alan:  And took them out in the country to camp just like the boy scouts. Of course the young communists league did the same thing for the communists.

Effie:  And I’m sure that the CC boys didn’t go to the camps without any clothes on. They were given World War I uniforms–

Alan: Army uniforms.

Effie:  So what does that tell you?

Alan:  Same techniques you see.

Effie:  Yes and they had a military conditioning, routine. My cousin, big old something that his mother made a baby of, he got in it and they sent him to Nevada and he was scared of the rattlesnakes, he was scared of anything and everything but he didn’t like to be ordered around in a military camp. So he cried and begged and went on and his mother was carrying on with the same tradition. Somehow or another she got him transferred. He didn’t get out but he got transferred back near home here, but I’m just saying that was personally I know that was a military camp and you didn’t leave it either and you didn’t have a chance anyway. They took you in the middle of the national forest. You wouldn’t have had no ride anyway. It was prepared. Where you stop to think, you had the Hitler youth and I think that Mussolini was training – he had his youth too and trained them.

Alan:  Of course even in Britain they had the same thing, the Boy Scouts, then they had the Army Cadets at school.

Effie:  The Boy Scouts really originated from England, didn’t it?

Alan:  Yes.

Effie:  Well, you know it’s too much of a coincidence–

Alan:  Uniforms, again uniforms.

Effie:  Oh yes. I can remember and the different uniforms that the boys could get going up the line to be a real scout. Oh yes, my nephews here they got into it a little and they wanted mama to buy them a uniform. In fact, I think they was more interested in the uniform, but the scout master fell through and that fell through and mama just told them she didn’t have the money anyway. That was it and she certainly didn’t have any way for them to take them there. She wasn’t wanting them to be among strange children. Like I said, I don’t have to dramatize nor do I have to make up a story. I just told you the things I experienced. I lived through them.

Alan:  Yes, the American dream. It’s for dreamers.

Effie:  That’s right.

Alan:  These times can certainly brought back a more updated fashion, but it can certainly be brought back with the same effects. They want a dependent society dependent on governmental instructions and that’s coming down the pike right now.

Effie:  Well, I’ll tell you what and I find it awful that the end of the deal is many a person has spent three-quarters of their lives, they’re in their 60’s now, if they’re lucky enough they have their house paid for. Well, these people FEMA and all that and the government is going to give these people to build a house eventually. Some will and some won’t be able to but they’re going to give each one of them $150,000 to rebuild a house, but I know the end of it and the money will be stolen and given and piddled away, but I asked somebody. I asked how do you feel? I says you worked all those years, 40 years, 35 years, to pay for your house and these people can take this money from FEMA and it doesn’t bother their conscience at all. It’s as if FEMA was creating the money fancy-free. They don’t care. They wouldn’t care if you told them that other people have to pay for that. It’s not free.

Alan:  Again, that’s a sign of the people who are already conditioned into dependence.

Effie:  That’s right and they’re panting after it. They call and say am I meeting the standards so I can get it? That’s all they’re interested in is getting it.

Alan:  Again, there’s no cohesiveness in society; because if they were, each individual would realize that someone else has got to suffer to pay this.

Effie:  That’s right. Well, like I said I know people that run to Medicaid and such everyday. That’s their lifestyle. Well, I could go down there and get some things maybe I should tend to but I don’t think it’s right to go down there for my fancy or for my imagination or whatever or something that I don’t have to have. Somebody has to pay that. Like my sister said, it’s free. I said it’s not free. I said there’s nothing free. Somebody’s got to pay for it. Do you know, Alan, I was going to go get my head x-rayed. Well, they didn’t bother with that. They shoved me right into the head scan. I saw a bill on that the other day. I doubt if I was in there in and out more than five minutes. You know what that bill was? Over $1,000. Well, somebody’s got to pay for that.

Alan:  And the bankers love this system because it means debt from borrowed money from governments to them and governments can get it from only one place and that’s you. It’s your labor. That’s all money really represents is someone’s labor.

Effie:  I can remember reading about the shortcomings and the mess over in England with socialized medicine and so when Truman and the good boys up there decide to force it on us, well, the doctors were protesting and they did have enough ump to protest if somebody would listen to them. They just knew that it was going to ruin them. When they finally passed it and they found out what a lushy deal it was, they were the ones for it; and honestly just like I told someone today. I said I don’t care to go down there because I said it is not – I said if they can buy one more machine, I said they’re not interested in you. They want to put you on another machine and see if they can make you some more money out of you before they let you loose and when the first time I went to the doctor I must have been 21 years old, it was $3 for an office visit. So you see what inflation and greed does.

Alan:  It’s incredible greed.

Effie:  It is incredible.

Alan:  There’s a lot of money to be made in misery. Big money. I know. It’s incredible when someone goes into the hospital for four or five days and end up with a bill for $15,000. I mean it’s disgusting. It’s disgusting it is.

Effie:  When you stop to think about it in a way and you’re being blackmailed into insurance. Anyway, when you think about it, if you had that kind of a bill you would be sentenced for the rest of your life to pay for it, so why would you even bother in the first place? You might as well be dead and be done with it.

Alan:  It’s disgusting.

Effie:  It’s more than disgusting. It makes your soul sick and you know what I mean.

Alan:  Oh, absolutely. Meanwhile through propaganda of dramatizations on television and TV series, they make us think through the actors that lawyers, doctors and police are all these special people taking care of us. People soak up all these dramas and they love it and it’s all propaganda to make you think something else from the reality, what it really is all about. It’s huge business. Greed, power, greed, business. It’s disgusting.

Didn’t you say that down in New Orleans some people were getting new roofs put on and they didn’t even need them when FEMA was dishing out the money?

Effie:  Yes.

Alan:  It’s a grab free all.

Effie:  I’ll tell you the truth of the matter. You’ve seen dogs panting after something. When they had anything free, well, first of all the Red Cross give you – if you come and you could wait in line long enough, they give you $2,000. Then FEMA got in on the act finally and give you $2,000 and then that was allegedly for rent and they would pay you rent for a year or more, and you ought to have seen people. They were almost fighting. They couldn’t even have – they had to have policemen out there to keep them in line and they reminded me of panting dogs and just about as much dignity, crawling on their stomachs. And you have calamities all your life. That’s what life is about. You’re supposed to make out on your own. Well, that’s what people used to do. You made out on your own, but now you’ve got a bunch of wimps. They’re raised with their hand out.

Alan:  And you’ve got a government that encourages it though.

Effie:  Oh yes, oh yes. And how can you have a nation with half the people – I mean the government telling half the people what to do and taking everything they have and giving your stuff that you worked for, taking it from you. It’s the law you know. Oh, it’s the law and then you have to work but they take it and give it to other half. Well, that’s discouraging right there. Why should I work when they’re going to take it from me and give it to someone else? As old Lincoln said, “you can’t have a house divided.” You can’t have the government in business and halfway in and halfway out of business and life. It’s either got to be a dictatorship or it’s got to be the other way, out of it. So it’s bound to – it has to go bad.

Alan:  In fact, even Plato when through all the different cycles of different types of government and he always said that democracy ends up with a form of communism. What he meant really is – SEE, FASCISM AND COMMUNISM ARE REALLY THE SAME THINGS.  They really are the same things, where the big banks and industry and the control of the tools and all the rest of it and factories are all in collusion with government; and Plato says democracy ends up with dictatorship or communism ends up with a dictatorship. It’s inevitable. It happened many times before he was alive and he saw it in his own day, so they know what they’re doing and where they’re going.

Effie:  Actually the government has got to the stage where it is practically a dictatorship.

Alan:  It’s true.

Effie:  They just haven’t made it official.

Alan:  That’s right. I mean laws, laws, laws are getting pushed all the time and now they’re going for private property and they want access through private property through various means, house inspections, all this kind of stuff, until you’re just a serf once again and openly you’ll be a serf. That’s the Brave New World they’re bringing in here. It’s just a more updated form of slavery like Charles Galton Darwin said.

Effie:  When you really come down to it, if I know I’m a slave you have to guard me, but if don’t believe I am–

Alan:  You guard yourself.

Effie:  You don’t have to put out that expense.

Alan:  We’re the best self-sufficient slaves there are. We clothe ourselves, feed ourselves. We buy the automobiles to get to work. We pay all the taxes that keeps the government up there where they are in the lifestyle that they’re used to. We don’t need guards round about us because we’re trained to think this is normal. We buy ourselves the food and the clothing and the shelter but we’re just slaves nonetheless. If you can leave this life and nothing was ever really yours, then what were you? Nothing is really yours.

Effie:  If you really want to know I was thinking of the obituaries. You look at it. Is that all you’ve got? That’s you? That’s it.

Alan:  This is what they call what life is. Life is all about acquiring all this stuff that gets auctioned off when you die.

Effie:  Just like I was telling my nephew today, I said the Rockefellers and that all put their money in foreign–

Alan:  That’s right, trusts.

Effie:  I said the corporations are perpetual, they don’t have secessions, but I said how many times I’ve even heard in my lifetime that our mate or partner especially a wife has to sell. She can’t even keep what they accumulated. She has to sell it to divide it among the children at a forced sale. Because when you have to sell something in a hurry, you don’t have the maneuverability and also the government laughs in the end. No matter how much you had and how much taxes, how many times you paid that tax, it’s still a capital gain.

Alan:  And you get death duties too.

Effie:  Oh yes.

Alan:  Death duties.

Effie:  I guess the reason why I got to studying about that after I got out of the dairy business because those 18 – 16 hour days don’t give you much time, and I’m talking hard labor, and so I was attached to a cow’s back end and so I got to thinking about what is wrong with this world. I said you mean to tell me that with all the generations of my family, just in my family and they were saving people, you mean to tell me that they couldn’t even pass along $5 to each succeeding generation? What was wrong?

Alan:  That’s right. Something was definitely wrong. And of course it was. The system has been rigged for an awful, awful long time.

Effie:  And like I said it leaves you where it says seek ye the truth. It don’t tell you that you’ll never find it. It’s there and available if you want to look for it. It’s there.

Alan:  You see the public get dreams. They’re given dreams. They’re marketed dreams, not reality. THE ELITE IN SOCIETY ARE TAUGHT THE REALITY. We just chase after rainbows. I think if you can go out of this world as I say knowing things and understanding with a satisfied mind, then you’ve jumped the last hurdle.

Effie:  That’s just what I was thinking when you said that, a satisfied mind. I have a satisfied mind. Somebody was saying I had to buy a bush-hog so I let my tractor man have the two. He came out and checked me and I was going to have to haul them off. So he and his son come and picked them up the other day and so they was going on about a new truck he had and I says I wouldn’t have that piece of junk. I said I’d just as soon have my old truck, but it’s that glamour of that new thing. They’ve been trained to buy, buy, buy, produce, produce, produce, and consume.

Alan:  Again, it’s to reward yourself. I’ve rewarded myself.

Effie:  You know really thinking about it, 72 years I would say of watching this parade from one stage to an enslavement stage and you know if somebody would have told me this when I was 20 years old or something I couldn’t have believed it. It’s hard to believe. I mean even it’s hard to believe when you see it happening, Alan. I know you feel the same way sometimes. You can’t believe that people are like they are. You know they are but you just – it’s hard. Oh yeah, did you receive a letter from me?

Alan:  I did.

Effie:  You did?

Alan:  Yes.

Effie:  I just wanted to know so in case it wandered off somewhere. That’s all.

Alan:  I got the mail yesterday. Won’t get mail until Monday now. We don’t get weekends here because we’re more advanced social-wise than you are. Nothing moves on the weekend.

Effie:  You know you told me when you was living in the other house that they didn’t deliver–

Alan:  Saturday or Sunday. They don’t even pick it up.

Effie:  They don’t deliver mail here on Sunday but they still – they’re talking about expense, they might drop Saturday’s mail.

Alan:  They might drop it?

Effie:  Yes. Not delivering.

Alan:  Yes, you see here there’s no pick-up of mail from the post offices either at the weekend.

Effie:  Well, there used to be and I happened to talk to the postmaster here in a little town close to me about 3-1/2 miles. He lived up the road and so he and I was conversing and he told me that up to they went big time in government in private/public changeover, that if you dropped a letter in the mailbox over the weekend there was somebody there to send it along its way. They don’t do that anymore but I’ll tell you another thing. They close at 12 o’clock. I mean from 12 to 1. They have a lunch break, the same with the courthouse.

Alan:  Well, they have to do it at the courthouse because they work so hard there.

Effie:  I know that.

Alan:  It’s all that adjourning.

Effie:  Well, the thing is, while you were busy trying to make a living YOU DIDN’T REALIZE THAT THE SERVANTS TURNED INTO THE MASTERS. 

Alan:  That’s right, a beautiful con job starting off calling themselves public servants. Beautiful con job, it’s the opposite of what you’d ever imagine and then they end up they are your bosses. Now of course your masters are making themselves felt as such and they don’t smile like they used to. They have this perfunctory mask-like smile. They always had the lobster eyes in bureaucratic offices when they’d look at you, but now they don’t even do that. They just sort of look sideways at you. They don’t really want to look at you like they’ve noticed you. Yes, I know. That’s again part of the failings within humanity because those people were recruited from all type of people, all society, all classes. It’s a snobbish thing in humans. There’s people who want power you see. Even the petty people want power too and so this repeats itself over and over. There’s a big flaw, a big, big flaw in human nature as well. That’s why we’re so easily exploited. Any tyrant needs followers. Any tyrant. He’s no use on his own. He needs followers.

Effie:  They need somebody to do the work. Well, I think I’m blessed. About the time I might think I know a little something, something comes along and shows me how much more I need to learn, and then I’ve been sick just enough to appreciate being well, and I never did have enough money to make a fool of myself or get greedy and so I’m mighty lucky. But the most important to me is these people that learn a little something and think they’re smart.

Alan:  Yes, I know.

Effie:  Oh my gosh, Alan. There’s stuff that you still you have to learn. I mean me, anyway, speaking for myself.

Alan:  It’s ongoing.

Effie:  You know it’s the most fascinating thing that I know of. It keeps me busy, I mean fascinated all the time. Something new. I’ve often said that if you live a day and in other words if you don’t learn something each day you haven’t lived.

Alan:  That’s true. It’s better than just being a creature of instinct, where you arise in the morning and you go through your perfunctory routines and do all the things you’ve been trained to do and then go to bed and sleep and it’s just another day.

Effie:  Well, you know I don’t know if I completed what I was saying about destiny. It just seems like something always pulls me reach that crossroads where I went back to my roots, always, instinct to get away from the crowd. Be a loner. I think on my own and I hate to use me, me, me, such as that, but it’s just like and I thought of that. Every time you get in the city and you get in a crowd and you start consciously or unconsciously letting your defenses go down.

Alan:  Yes, you get absorbed in the mass.

Effie:  So like I said like everybody else I’ve had my several crossroads and I’m lucky. I don’t call it luck or whatever you call it, destiny, but I always got away and you know be yourself and never get so involved that you can’t have time to enjoy something, the simple things. And I don’t know, sometimes you look at people and they make you mad. They’re so dumb and then you look at them again and it’s like as if how can they fend for themselves or how can they do any different if they don’t know that there’s danger?

Alan:  That’s what a good planned society the indoctrination makes them into. They’re totally unaware. That’s domestication you see, totally unaware.

Effie:  Unaware. I can remember one time as a child living out in the country, well, it was only a coats whip. It was harmless snake, but my sister and I, he was in the middle of the road in the lane and so we couldn’t get around him and so we got this spontaneous idea well we’d jump over him. It was so much fun we jumped over him again. We were jumping back and forth. Well, that’s what I call innocence and it was just a good thing. It was–

Alan:  A harmless one.

Effie:  A harmless snake. I don’t know if we got tired of the game or my uncle come along and give us a good lecture or what or even might have warmed our backside a little because people didn’t mess around with you. They didn’t have time to mess around with you and cuddle you. If I did something and cut myself or did something, I didn’t go to my parents because they’d tell me right away they didn’t give me much sympathy. Well, you should have been more careful, you learned something. You won’t do that again and to some people they say that’s cruel. These baby-cuddling sociologic people–

Alan:  Well, you see what they should have done is phone 911 and rushed you in to get your tetanus shot.

Effie:  Well, you know my brother was fascinated by matches and my mother, he was the first child, and she had lots of work to do and she didn’t have any time. She couldn’t be dragging a baby around and watching him. He was active and so sometimes she would leave him in the house a few minutes to go get some water or something and so he kept fooling with the matches and she kept telling him they would burn him. Well, so she decided that, okay, he lit a match, you just let him hold it and it burnt the devil out of him and she says, “burn.” Well now it just wasn’t the word anymore. That stopped that and some people – mama was telling about that and that woman says oh that’s so cruel. Well, if he’d of burned up in the house that would have been all right, it wouldn’t have been cruel, would it?

Alan:  That’s right. I know.

Effie:  Well, it seems like my conversation has been mostly personal. Again we can talk about something besides me or me doing a lot of reminiscing, but you know you think about things like that and other things come to mind that you wouldn’t have thought of.

Alan:  What is it they say? The road to hell is paved with good intentions. The road to the straightjacket is paved with supposedly good intentions. Mind you, see, we’re much safer today.

Effie:  We’re what?

Alan:  We’re much safer you see.

Effie:  Oh yes.

Alan:  We don’t have to worry about being unsafe because there’s someone out there who’s an expert in anything you could possibly to do to harm yourself.

Effie:  When I first moved out here or even up to 20 years ago, I never raised up my head or looked around. It was safe enough. Now you hear something strange, just periodically, it pays you to look around to see what’s maybe coming up on you.  You’re not free anymore. If the policeman passes you on the road, which is about 50 or 60 yards from my house, the lights showing are reflected in the house; I get up and look. You don’t know what might be happening. They might even be coming here to my house. But you’re not – let’s put it this way. What happened to the old Constitution guaranteeing being safe in your house? The government has let you down on that, haven’t they?

Alan:  I’d say so.

Effie:  In fact, you’d better watch out. They might be the ones that’s going to come in there.

Alan:  That’s what’s always been, when you start to fear authority something is wrong.

Effie:  That’s right. Well, I’ll tell you the truth of the matter. As far as wanting to live another 10 years or as long as I can, I wouldn’t care for that because like you said overnight things could come down.

Alan:  Yes, we’re going into a straightjacket.

Effie:  And that’s how they’re going to do it.

Alan:  I know. It’s pretty sad. I always say civilization is a one-way street to the annihilation of free thought. That’s the only way it can possibly go. It can’t go any other direction. Through science those in control will obviously use all the sciences for control to the maximum. There’s no end to where they cannot go and since their main problem is how to control society at all times, then they must eventually annihilate your ability to think independently.

Effie:  It’s just this way, one thing leads to another. If you do one thing, you’ve got to follow-up with another. It just has to be.

Alan:  Science is not going to free people—unless what they mean by that is it will free you of the ability to think independently or to even think at all.

Well, I guess we’ll call it a night and we’ll see what the future brings. As you say, it’s no fun getting up in the morning when you pretty well know what’s coming. It’s no fun. Things are so predictable now. You don’t have to guess about things anymore. The planned society is here.

Effie:  Well, I was thinking the other day and I know I’ve mentioned it, in case my brother could look at a checker game and in two moves he could tell you how to win. I mean who was going to win and now it’s similar to that. You can tell what they’re going to do next.

Alan:  I know. Yeah, I know. It’s a fact. Well, we’ll talk to you next week anyway and we’ll see how things evolve.

Effie:  Let’s see if we’re around.

Alan:  Yeah, see if we’re around.

Effie:  See if we’re unlucky enough to be around.

Alan:  Yeah, or still in the same place.

Effie:  Good night.

Alan:  Good night.

REALITY CHECK (Part One) Video
WITH ALAN WATT
Dialogue Copyrighted Alan Watt – March 15, 2006 (Exempting Music and Literary Quotes)

Alan Watt: Hi. I’m Alan Watt and some of you have heard me on radio broadcasts going back to ’98 on the “Sweet Liberty” broadcast and short-wave radio. Jackie Patru was the host and we still do an occasional Wednesday night on Internet only this time, and we have been for the last year or so.
On these programs, we’ve discussed the histories of mind control basically. We’ve gone through the histories of ancient religions, how they started up with civilizations, and the meaning of civilization. The money system which is part and parcel with religion in the system called civilization. The techniques to control the peoples, which haven’t really changed that much. The same techniques are used, only on a much larger scale, plus they have children in school to start the indoctrination process early into giving them a type of version of reality, of which, generally, they will never question their whole life long. THEY ACCEPT THE WORLD AS IT’S BEEN PRESENTED TO THEM.
Many, many thousands of years ago, civilizations rose and fell; and really, by “civilization,” we’re talking about the creation of “artificial systems.” Money, of course, is an unnatural thing to use for barter.  It’s of no use in itself.  It’s supposedly a tool. That’s how it’s pushed over through economics; it’s a tool which helps barter. It’s helps barter, you see, by using a third party; and of course, those who introduce the money ultimately control those who barter and those who buy.
From money, of course, they build cities. Cities are an artificial hive – a “beehive” as Plato called them; and through cities, these civilizations really areone civilization under many faces. Through the cities, they could – because they must use money in a city and they can’t draw anything in a city. They can’t feed themselves. They’re totally artificial. A culture which is fluid and flexible is not a natural thing. At least we don’t know what natural culture ever was, but it’s definitely flexible and pliable, and is a science in culture creation, is still ongoing. Those who know how to manipulate it and to start in the cities, where, once they have money on the go and they’ve trained the people outside to accept money for their food products and so on, they then build standing army from within the city.  With the standing army they go outside the city and conquer other peoples—force them into the system.
Force them to use money. Give them a religion and reallyTHEY’RE REALLY SLAVES.   Charles Galton Darwin (the grandson of Charles Darwin) said, “every civilization has really been a form of slavery for the people,” and he was all for it. That was a NATURAL ORDER according to him; and of course, those who are trained in power and control of the people are trained in this technique since birth.
They’re brought up listening to adifferent version of reality than someone brought up in a local housing area. They’re told that the realities of life, the predators should be at the top the natural order. They’re predators of course, because they’re such hypocrites. As good predators, they can’t tell the children how they’re really feeding off them or manipulating them for different ends, because children don’t understand these things. Those with the low IQ’s, you know the little people at the bottom of the hill, you’ve got to keep them in the dark, the profane.
PROFANE in Masonry means “those in the darkness,” base people, which is a real hypocrisy in itself, because it’s like breaking the legs of cow and then kicking the cow because they can’t get up. That’s the hypocrisy of this system and that’s how they view the public. They’ve broken our legs and they hate us because we can’t get up. We’re pathetic; and of course, they claim that we need them. It’s like saying that the mice in the fields need the hawk. THIS IS THE LOGIC OF THE PREDATOR.
From the days of Babylon and then before Babylon, they called them the Harappans. This is the name that’s been stuck on these people by historians, just to give them a name, but the Harappan culture extended all the way from Egypt right through the Middle East to China.  Now they’re unearthing pre-Sumerian Harappan cities on trade routes; and of course they must use the money system to live that very high standard of living, these merchants, and they even had in-door plumbing.  Something that some people today don’t have even in Canada and some places.
If you go into the Minoan cultures, you’ll find the Minoan’s in the Aegean Sea controlled all the trade routes. They controlled all the merchandising on the sea, land and everything.  They also had in-door plumbing and central heating, even, and hot water for bathing in and showers and they lived, I assume, a beautiful lifestyle. They had painted frescos in every room, hand painted and it was just a wonderful existence for this high ancient elite, who obviously didn’t create the culture themselves or the system.
They had got it from a previous civilization in turn; and so it comes to this empire, so we’re looking at people down through the ages who are intergenerational and who pass their system on to the next.  Now of course that does seem to be what this is all about, because DYNASTIES AND POWERNEVERGIVE UP POWER. When they do move, because it was their turn to lose in warfare, because they have turns, you see. War is to create change and to make profit, not for what the public thinks it’s for.
Sometimes the ones who decide “we’ll lose this time,” they will actually move to, generally, their enemy’scamp, which is their friends, and share the loot and bring up their children and slap the name of the country on them; and they don’t care what they call the country.
THE ELITE NEVER, EVER GET MASSACRED OR WIPED OUT with their wealth. They just move. They move, all down through the ages. They bring on catastrophes to an empire when they’ve used that empire up and they’ve already created another one to move into and then they flatten the old one and move on.  This has been the system for thousands and thousands of years at least.
The trick of Darwin was to make you think we just evolved in 200,000 BC and before that, he even said 10,000 BC, which is rubbish. This whole evolution thing is actually a Masonic doctrine. It’s nothing to do with what we think it’s meant to be. It’s a Masonic doctrine.  Darwin just was pulled out of the hat by the Royal Society, which was a Masonic scientific establishment chartered by the British Crown to exist.  He basically gave the “Origin of the Species” et cetera to justify the right of certain types to rule; and he wasn’t talking about other animals or animals. He was talking about themselves over us. Evolution is a caste system.  It’s to verify a caste system, to reinforce it and of course, it’s worked very well up until now.
Going back to the Minoan’s, we know they also shared and they were probably very much so a part of the ancient Egyptian elite, because the frescos on their walls have the same imageries, styles, techniques used as you’ll see in the frescos inside some of the tombs inside-in Egypt.  They even had the little curls down at the front locks of the youth that they used to depict youth in Egypt.
Yes, they make perfect sense. A real elite wouldn’t live in a place where they could be easily attacked. They would have a front—an empire or a city and come in and out of it certainly, but they would also have somewhere safe, such as in the middle of the Aegean Sea.  We know, for instance, that in a circle in the Aegean Sea of little islands, which are left after a volcano goes down, they had that huge island there at one time.  Islands like Thera are the remains from when the tropic volcano sinks into the ocean, so these little fringe ones remain and become separate little islands; and that’s where we get much of the Minoan history from.
Interesting, the Minoan’s used a double-headed axe in their religious ceremonies, the symbol of the fascia,which is from down through the ages.  We’re looking at something the Catholic Church used afterwards, thousands of years later.   Minoan’s were around 5,000 to 6,000 BC and here is the same symbology used by their own Catholic church, who simply inherited their culture from the Greeks who moved into Rome. The elite, that is, of course, and brought all this symbology with them.
The Greeks got it from the Minoan’s.  This is an endless stream of symbology, down through the ages, of language, you might say, which they understand very well; and which some very high Masons understand; and which some people, who are natural adepts, can figure out themselves, but there’s not [many] of them.  The Catholic Church used thisMinoanfascia of the axewith the bundle of rods around it, meaning, “strength was in numbers.” When you get one twig you can break it easily, but you get a whole bunch of them in a bundle and try to break it in one go, it’s harder; and so the nobility-the ruling elite must stick together at all costs, you see. In the middle of the bundle is the main shaft of the fascia—the actual axe itself.
This is also in the Senate in the Congressional Hall in the U.S., where Mr. Bush now gives his speeches and every other one before him has.
On either side, you’ll see the fascia symbols or system, often elite, encircling the center shaft and they’re all tied together. They’re bound together by oaths, you see, in blood and money and so on—and their own secret religion.  Yes, we’re creating a system going back way, way back into the mists of time. Civilization to the elite is that which is ABNORMAL.
They create the ABNORMAL. They are the deviants so they create the ABNORMAL. Nothing normal can come out of deviancy.That makes sense.
You’ve got an artificial system which “CONNED”. The word CON, COHEN, CAIN, KAHN, KING all comes from the same root of PRIEST. They conned people to use money and then of course they could create their cities. Hire people for a standing army. You can’t get a bunch of guys together to go and conquer anybody if you don’t have some means of keeping them there—some kind of a reward. They’ll just go home eventually, get bored and fed up.
Money is always the key to this civilization, this building process: building of cities, empires, society itself.  Freemasons like Albert Pike and Mackey and a whole bunch of other ones are always extolling their own virtues of being able to build society, build culture.  In the Middle Ages, where they built their cathedrals and their big huge churches and so on, they’d often build them either next to or on top of existing ones; and so, as they’re building new one, they’re demolishing the old. The old age, the system is buried and demolished as they’re building up the new one.
We have an elite who’ve used war, money, cities, culture creation, religion and all the things that come into the culture festivals, generally based on lunar and solar and stellar mythologies, to keep the people in check. Keep them happy, dumbed-down, stupid and obedient more than anything else, because obedience is so important.   Of course, the sun god was one of the greatest ones they’ve used down through the ages up until the present; and it’s a reincarnated sun god. You see, it’s the same old thing rehashed over and over where the invisible god, the “Grand Architect of the Universe,” as the Masons call him, always chooses a son—his own son to push life into the world, because they claim that without it, we the profane are dead, you see.
In a sense, they’re right because if you don’t know reality, you are dead; because living as a humanmeans you’re a sentient, aware, fully conscious being.  You’ll find in all religions they have the same terminology.  You find it in Christianity, too, where Jesus says to the guy, “let the dead bury their dead,” and ministers don’t dwell on that because they can’t really fathom it out. How can those that are walking around bury the dead? It’s because life doesn’t mean you’re animated, which is the big con today. Everybody’s rushing around in their cars as fast as they can go and they think they’re living because they keep moving and they don’t do shopping lists anymore. They’ve got to just keep moving and have noise blaring all the time, and music playing or something, you see, because they’re scared to think.

Thosewho do not think for themselves are classified as the DEAD, in all ages. George Orwell used that even in his “1984” book, where Winston and his girlfriend are caught by the thought police before being taken to the Ministry of Love—for torture.  That’s what he says when they’re first caught, “we are the dead.”  That’s a little Masonic giveaway, meaning that if they had been really alive, they would have never been caught like this.
Of course, there are many, many degrees of waking up from the dead.  In Freemasonry they have a substitute a bunch of rungs on a ladder, called degrees,for the idiots who join it at the bottom to get up, thinking that one day they’re going to get hit the big magic number and they’re going to be a full-fledged high Chutzpah, you see, and they get virtue. Virtue, right? They’re taught virtue.
All these drunkards and guys who’ve done everything everybody else has done suddenly have virtue.  They think, “oh my goodness, I’m a 32nd Degree Mason of the Scottish Rite and I am illumined and I’ve got virtue. I’ve got virtue,” as they cross their palms with silver in their handshakes and pay each other off, you see, and take all the freebees from the society to live on. You know, cheaper taxation assessments with a nudge, a wink, a nod and a handshake to the assessor; and the same thing with the policeman that catches them speeding. “Is there no one to help a poor widow’s son?” Why is that? Why?
You get all this rubbish you see.  These guys are just bottom feeders. They’re low-end predators, because who else would join a “society with secrets,” as they call themselves, without knowing what it’s all about? All they know is what the Masons make sure that everyone’s always known. “If you join us, you get up the ladder in life. You get little special favors.”
This is the rubbish you see that goes into Freemasonry. They’re low-level bottom feeders, because they want all the little freebees and it doesn’t matter to them if their neighbor, who’s a profane one—now this guy who’s exactly the same as them is now profane.  If he gets a bigger tax assessment and he has to pay his speeding charges and so on, it doesn’t matter to him, this guy’s suffering while he’s not. That’s the Masonic Creed. It’s a ‘scratch my back and I’ll scratch yours’ dogma.
Of course it doesn’t stop there because a circle is 360 degrees.  These are the prunes that don’t go up terribly high, especially first generation Masons, because there’s also a breeding program involved.  They can trace us back down, again, way back to Sumer and so on of intergenerational breeding and selective breeding. Don’t let Darwin think that he came up with this idea himself.
In fact, you’ll find it today in history, his grandfather had already written a book about it long before he did; and there’s a Masonic dogma he’s preaching: the right to rule by an elite. A superior intellectual elite who are not afraid to use aggression and kill if need be. Always for your own sake, you understand. That’s a good predatory excuse, but somehow they can rationalize that; but then, we are the children and what do we know? You can’t scare the children by telling them the truth; and in a sense, at the stage we’re at today, that is true. In a sense, it’s very true. The children don’t want to hear it.

You’ve got an endless seam of merchandising, money lending, interest gathering priesthoods going down through the thousands and thousands of years, and intergenerational families who are taught a different reality than the ones at the bottom. They go to the little red schoolhouses. In Britain, it’s little red-brick schoolhouses, as the elite refer to them. Of course, their universities are also granite stone, whereas the ordinary muck can go to the red-bricked universities.
Margaret Thatcher, back in the early ’80s, came under fire, in a sense (if that’s possible) for subsidizing private schooling for the wealthy, using tax money to subsidize the wealthy.  She rationalized it by telling the truth, as they very often do.  She said, “This is where your future leaders are coming from. Your future industrial leaders, political leaders, economists and so on, they come from these schools and this is where they meet each other. They’ll grow up in life knowing each other and they’ll all be in the right positions.  She was telling the truth, so there’s nothing strange about that. They do tell the truth very often.

It’s the public, when they hear it, they say, “I know I heard that, but they can’t really mean what they say.”  The public were trained this way, you see. You train the abused to love the abuser. The public can’t quite fathom this and so they make excuses for them: “I guess she had a bad day to say what she said,” or, “The problems that she’s got on her plate, I don’t blame her.” You see this is the rationale.
An intergenerational elite with many priesthoods in Sumer had so many priesthoods dealing with the legal system and real estate and subdivisions of real estate and wills, death duties and taxes and so on—everything that bureaucracies do today. Some of them change their clothing. They wear suits and ties today or white coats like scientists.
This system has gone down through the ages always taking themselves to another place and destroying that which was left behind them, yet leaving it in such a way—leaving some low level controllers there to make sure it’s standardized. That way when you get a bigger empire over here, they can then lump this back into it again, the old one; so they create bigger and bigger empires.  This is part of the “great work,” as they call it. They claimed again, 4,500 BC, “The Big Idea,” as Mr. George Bush, Sr. called it: “The Big Idea.” The BB—TO BE OR NOT TO BE, says Shakespeare, for those who know.
On we go, down through the ages, until we see their target in sight; and they’ve told us, the age you see of Aquarius. There’s many reasons for Aquarius being Aquarius. First off, even in the New Testament, because Jesus was the sign of Pisces, a fish—Fisherman of men. The first guys he recruits were fisherman, the philosopher king, Pythagoras type of thing. The Electi used the fish symbol wherever they went as a sign of Christianity, before they used the cross; and in fact, the cross was used for the inner sect because there’s always an exoteric for the public and a real meaning for the initiates.
The cross was always used as a symbol of the sun, but the fish, of course, was for the public – for the profane. Aquarius has ruled for over 2,000-odd years and now we’re going to Aquarius.
In the New Testament they have Jesus saying, going into town and you see a guy carrying a picture of water (which is Aquarius of course) and you borrow his coat.  Then you see right in there they give you the clue that this would be the time for the next coming of man, the new type.
The age in Aquarius of peace and understanding. Peace is not peace as you know it. Peace comes when there’s absence of consciousness and opposition to this agenda. That’s what they mean by peace.  Peace comes when there’s not enough of you to cause trouble and those that are left don’t have a functioning brain to use. That’s peace, hence the rush towards chips and chipping the brain and implants and stuff like that, and a totally controlled society.
They want peace. They don’t want to give us all this media nonsense—this constant propaganda to keep us running in circles and chewing the grass like good little sheep.  It takes away from their profits, because they want pure profit, you see. They want 100% profit from us; and they’ve got to allow us to entertain ourselves, to keep us obedient and grazing and sports and circuses and all that kind of thing you see, and buying toys, junk from China. The rewards – little Pavlovian rewards at the end of the month.
That’s all taken from their ultimate profit and that upsets them because it’s not efficient enough.  THIS SYSTEM THAT’S COMING INTO BEING—THEY WANT COMPLETE UTTER EFFICIENCY WHERE A PERSON WILL NOT BE BORN UNLESS THEY HAVE A WORK FOR YOU TO DO.
Otherwise, you can sell your body parts as an inducement and get some profit from investment.  We’ve gone down through a horror show, down through the ages of watching people being oppressed. Doing what they do naturally, which is to resist, so you have force; and for every force, there’s an equal and opposite reaction. Then, of course, then they control the conflict to bring it the conclusion, the synthesis of it all; and before you know it, we’ve just moved into where they want us to go.
WE ARE THE SHEEP.  They are the GOOD SHEPHERDS. Good shepherds pat the sheep. They know them by name. The sheep come up to them and like them because sheep don’t know what they’re there for.They think that they’re there to be happy. They don’t know – they don’t even ask, “why does the Shepherd spend so much taking care of us and talking to us?”—That’s because the sheep don’t know what they’re there for. They don’t know their function is to feed the Shepherd. Make a profit as they take the wool and fleece them, you see—that’s a good shepherd.
A bad shepherd sharpens the knives in front of the sheep and slaughters one—the rest of them are terrified. They run off when they see them. Thegood shepherd wears a suit and tie and says, “I promise to help you.”   Whatever category you put yourself into, which are pigeon-holes—ready made pigeon-holes you put yourself. I’m left wing. I’m right wing. I’m up. I’m down. Whatever it was. It’s their system and they lead you to where they want you to go, which is the Abattoir; but you’re not supposed to know that until it happens. Poor things. You don’t frighten the children.
Therefore, you tell them what they call in Masonry the NOBLE LIE.  They give us noble lies all the time, “We can’t tell the people the truth, poor things, they wouldn’t understand.”  They’ve had debates down through the thousands of years and many of them need it for work, of course, when they needed lots of labor they bred them up until they procreate, multiply and so on, and they did. They slaved away quite willingly for their masters.  When there’s too many of them,the elite would get together and say lets have a war and cull some off, and they do that too.  Since really the 1500’s, when the Rosicrucian movement broke into the surface openly, in England, that’s when the real push was on for now a more expert run society.
In the 1700’s, it really took off with all the different writers amongst the interbred elite, like Charles Darwin. Charles Darwin’s family only interbred with one other family for generations and that was the Wedgwood family, the famous pottery Wedgwood’s of England, and his grandfather married one. This father married one. Charles married one and then when his wife died, he married his mother’s sister, another Wedgwood.  They’re all Wedgwood’s and Darwin’s all mixed together, you see, until they bring some other outside blood—to Galton’s, another sweet bunch who believed inpopulation reduction.  They end up with, or Charles did, anyway, had ten children from his first wife and even died in childbirth or two died in insane asylums very young. Too interbred, you see.
That’s part of the program initiated by the elite through Rosicrucianism, when they had to build up a middle class to manage what was coming, the industrial era, needing a middle class ofobedient middle class people, who would in turn look down their noses at the people they just left at the bottom of the heap. The middle classes would become very snobbish. They had their own version of Masonry. Not a noble order like the elite had. They had a version which they didn’t know there was anything else except the one they joined. They thought this was, “I’ve made it. I’m finally up the mountain.”
This con-game’s gone on and on and on.  Of course in the 1700’s, with the French Revolution we see it coming to a new open dimension, what you see is it opening up where they actually killed off (during the revolution) thousands and thousands of ordinary French peasants.   It wasn’t just the elite they were going after, they wanted to cull off what they thought was excess population in the provinces of France.  They towed them out in barges and blew them up, and stuff like that. Very sweet, and this was their idea of a scientifically run society by an intellectual elite, and this has gone right on until today.
We are now run by so many bureaucracies and expert NGO groups that speak for us, even though we don’t know who they are. This is who’s running the world today. A world run by the “Natural Order,” they call it, just the intellectual elite, those who have proven, as H.G. Wells said, they have proven to history and to the wealthier families have accumulated for centuries that they are the natural elite. They have the right to control the lesser, you see, those in profane, those guys at the bottom of the hill there. You know, the guys that Moses left behind.
That’s the story about Moses, of course. MOSES WASN’T A REAL PERSON. It was a myth that was born from Egypt and before that from India.  It’s nothing to do with a person as suchor a wandering captive people. It’s the “Natural Order,” according to the mystery religion, because the so-called Israelites, who had been slaves, were still slaves, were still base people.  In the story, which is exoteric and esoteric, they’re down at the bottom of the mountain and it’s lightning and thunder going around there, so they can’t get up. They can’t follow Moses up the mountain, because only the illuminant man, you see—the illuminant man, the one who’s illumined and has spirit. You see, THE PROFANE DON’T HAVE SPIRIT.  THERE’S the BIG SECRET. You’re base. You’re creatures of instinct, as Paul said in the New Testament.
The mob, who are slaves, stay slaves basically and they stay there; and of course, being slaves and dumb and stupid, they make a golden calf because the slaves, the base ones, want a two-legged or at least a four-legged something solid anyway to worship. They don’t want a god or something that they can’t see, feel and touch. They want to worship something physical; and so Moses the illumined one goes up the mountain, up the degrees, up the scale to talk to God. He went where the rest could not follow. That’s what it means. That’s the simple esoteric story of it.  Mosesin Egyptian means “CHILD”.  Unless you become as a child you cannot see the kingdom of heaven. Ramoses is as child of Ra. Thothmoses is as child of Thoth; and on and on we go.
We’ve been under tremendous mind control for such a long time—the law under intense control.  The Masons again in their own publications will tell you there’s a Masonic push to have universal education, the same education worldwide, to standardize a bunch of schmucks who never question reality. Who accept reality as it’s presented to them from birth—and that’s what good management means. The schmucks don’t know they’re schmucks.
When you see the people coming out of colleges and universities, they wear the cloak – the cloak used to be always black for Saturn. Now they use red ones. I’ve noticed they’re very popular. I saw a pinkish-red actually, which is even more telling for both sexes. 
If you’re an architect or an engineer, you understand technical drawings. You see things in a way differently from other people, because most people see the solid front of an object. They don’t see the different aspects: the front view, the top view, the side view. They can’t put a picture in their minds, but the architect does; and of course, when you’re wearing a little “hod,” as the brick masons call it, they used a hod where they carried the bricks up the ladder. That’s what they put them on; and that square represents that, you see, the squaring of the head.  The round head is not natural, the rolling stone, and has the perfect squared head you see. The “ashlar,” as they call it in Masonry, is now perfected; so, nature wasn’t good enough. By themselves, they will perfect nature and that’s what they say in Masonry. They’re here to perfect that which was left imperfect.  Guess what that means? —Everything, including you.
You look from the top view on these little square heads, and people with the gowns on and dresses, and you’ll see that. You’ll see the square.  If you were to see the head and then you think you see square and the circle within the middle of the squaring of the circle. You see that’s what it means: The squaring of the circle; The squaring of your brain; A brick in the wall.  It really means that you’ve got a quality approval stamp on you by those who run the system, that they’ve dumbed you down and you’re now stupid enough to work in their system and fork over 40 to 50% of your our earnings to them.
In the old days they needed slave drivers. Slave drivers take away from your profit; and who watches the slave drivers?  We are self-maintained slaves through money that we think is natural like gravity, simply because it exists in our time when we live; and that’s how easy it is to control us.
WE ARE SELF-MAINTAINED SLAVES. WE’RE TRAINED FOR ONE THING AND THAT’S WORK IN A SYSTEM TO PRODUCE AND CONSUME.  Whether you’re producing or consuming, with all the sales taxes, you’re still paying lots of tax money.  That goes back to the elite, of course, who use the money for big projects, which we all supposedly call public projects, big huge projects like building railroads across continents and gas works in Britain and water works and roadways.  Then when they have it all working and all the problems ironed out, they sell it to each other for peanuts, you see. That’s called progress; and all these schmucks keep doing it.
People watch this down through the centuries in Europe as these huge projects were built up by the taxpayer. We’re all working for the common good, the common good and then, gee whiz, one day they tell you we can’t go on like this you know. It’s too expensive. We need to have more professional people with a motive, a profit motive to take care of us. An incentive to make things work, so they could pick it up for a raffle; and of course, one of the handful of the elite Masonic buddies gets to win it for peanuts. It’s a beautiful world, this road to progress, this destiny of progress.
It’s never been defined to the public exactly where you’re going; and that’s not by chance. Although, it is told you legally through movies and novels and even songs. That’s called “predictive programming”, because legally they must tell you what they’re doing, and they do all the time in the movies and novels and music.
Plato described the whole technique. Today, we call it a form of indoctrination of “predictive programming.” Which means that through fiction or through anything – you’re enjoying yourself, you’re being entertained under cover. ENTERTAIN. “TAIN” comes from tin, the cover. When you’re “under the cover”, your censor part of your mind is not working.  If it’s not working, you’re unaware that you’re being downloaded like a computer.  All the little emotional techniques they use, and you’re identifying with a hero or the female as the heroine (and those people in-between, these days) and all that kind of stuff, once you start identifying the characters, they’ve got you—because they can take you anywhere, no matter what that character does.  As long as you identify this much with them, they then can take you that much into where they want you to go emotionally. Therefore, when the real things started happening in your own life, you say, “This is kind of familiar to me” and you don’t object to it, because you’re thinking, “I guess it’s the only way we could go in society in this particular area. I guess it’s a natural evolution,” but then your mind was prepared, because these guys are the shepherds you know. They’ve another bunch of slaves and scientists that work for them, who do this mind control business; and they farm us, to an extent.
First of all, they know where they want to grow in this field with the crop they want to grow, and how high, and how many.  They first prepare the land. They cut the brush. They plow it. They harrow it. They do all the necessary groundwork.  Then they sow the seed and watch it grow and cultivate it.
Watch what they do with your mind, in preparation for every event that will happen in your life, in every major event in your life. You’ll see it all through movies, especially in this day and age.  In the last century (in the 20th century) it was primarily novels and stage plays and music halls et cetera, but today it’s in everybody’s TV. The one-eyed set, the eye of Lucifer or Ra, you know, the Te-Levi-Zion.  Then they program it right into you for entertainment, and then you see it happening in your life and you think, “I guess that’s okay. It’s sort of natural, isn’t it,” and you don’t think anymore beyond that. Where did the idea come from in the first place? It’s marketed to you through entertainment and that’s the prime for reason for entertainment.
It’s not for you to sit and have music while you chew the grass like good little sheep.  It’s to program you.   That’s why you have to have BIG BUCKS to get into the entertainment industry. You have to pay BIG BUCKSand you must be qualified in being a very high degree Mason who knows the scores, as they say, because they can’t let any Joe Blow come in.
Plato said that thousands of years ago. “CULTURE IS CREATED FROM THE TOP AND PUT DOWN TO THE PEOPLE.” You’re taught it comes from the grass roots, you see, and withers or blossoms, or weeds that grow.  It doesn’t—because they can’t allow anything to come from the grass roots because it’s not in their plan.   They never tell the unforetold consequences that the simplest, seemingly innocent thing could possibly do, the rippling effects and what it would affect and so on.  Everything comes from the top down in this culture creation business; and it’s always been that way in civilization. What normality was, we haven’t a clue.
Prior to the incoming of these characters with their system—the ancient system of money, conology, you know priesthoods and merchandising and rulerships. Ruler, of course, comes from the ruler. The ruler they use in school, the ruler. Everything is Masonic terminology. Cane (Cain) is the same thing too. He’s a priest; he’s also a builder. Cain was the first artificer, the first scientist, who made things with metals and so on, weaponry. You have a ruler.  A cane is also a ruler.  They used to use the canes – the bulrushes to make rulers in ancient Middle East.
They rule us and they measure us, you see.  A good ruler “weighs you in the balance,” as they say, and if you’re found wanting, he won’t have you around because he wants efficiency.  That’s where we’re going today with pure efficiency, school to work. School to work.
Now when you listen to the elite talking, if you ever mix amongst them, you’ll hear them discuss this kind of stuff quite freely. “Oh the people need us. The masses, the peasants, the profane, they need us.” It’s like saying the mice in the field need that hawk; and so they rationalize this nonsense.
They can never look at themselves honestly, because good psychopaths cannot. They run on ego, super ego.That’s why they’re PSYCHOPATHSand they get their way regardless of the consequences to anyone around them, because they have no empathy for others.  They can work together, as long as they’re working towards a common goal and they’re always sharing the loot, but the time obviously comes when good psychopaths have to turn on each other.  It will eventually come one day as the throne of the world comes into sight and each one wants his name chiseled in stone, as they always do, these guys. A statue and his name chiseled in stone—He’s the first king of the whole entire planet.  They’re all chomping at the bit to get it.  The co-operation won’t last forever. That doesn’t help the masses, of course, because in the meantime they are being called off.
Population control counsels were held by Britain under Thomas Malthus in the 1700’s.  They discussed methods of culling off the excess people through disease or creating housing schemes, basically on swamp-lands and unhealthy areas. Stuff that we did to the American Indians, in other words. Put them in areas where they can’t eat very well and the climate isn’t the best and the swamp eating mosquitoes or whatever and plagues breakout.  They even had it worked out, under Malthus, that the poor houses that they created, where they threw you in when you were broke or you owed money for your rent, as most folks did. They rented in Britain, for instance, in Europe; and if you didn’t have money, they’d throw you in a debtors prison, which costs you money, by they way. That was added to what you owed.  Then they kicked you out into the poor house where you were forced to work until you died, and you didn’t last long. In the poor house, most women and children lasted six months at the most, and this was called a more efficient way of disposing of the “POOR UNFORTUNATES,” as they called them.
This is the REAL HISTORY, which isn’t hiddenif you want to find it. It’s not a nice drama like a docudrama like TV or Anne of Green Gables, all the rubbish that they feed you.  People get most of their history today through romantic novels and stuff like that. There was nothing romantic about the 1700’s, the 1800’s or the 1900’s. For most people it was a horror show.  That horror show has been slightly alleviated at the moment, because the biggest change of all is coming into view, the completion of the “Great Work.” You know, the one that started 4,500 BC, where they see themselves running the world in a scientific manner. The natural order or the stupid ones, they won’t exist if they’re too stupid; and there’ll be no free thought or free opinion.   We see it all today with all the political correctness and all this kind of stuff being forced down our throats. It’s actually being implemented; and unfortunately, the people themselves are their own worst enemy.
It’s like the “Matrix One” movie, because they show you in the Matrix movie, since the elite, themselves, they ultimately give you those movies.  You’re cheering on the guy you think is the good guy, but you’ve got it all mixed up, you see. This is themselves they’re talking about. The new and Neo Anderson, Andra from the Greek Andros – man, Neo ANDERSON – The new SON OF MAN, The new messiah. The new messiah. The Superman with all these superpowers. You see that’s where Superman comes from. It’s the superpowers. That’s what gets us into the next age. Those who can’t do that will not be allowed into the next age.  It’s no coincidence it’s identical, this Freemasonry of the European elite. There’s no coincidence. It’s identical within dualistic theology, a caste system.
There’s a Hinduism, too, at the end of the ages. Those who are unworthy to come into the next must perish. They must not be allowed into the next age; and so we see the massive spraying in the skies. We see all the inoculations being dished out, people getting sicker—adolescent arthritis now. Inoculations, more and more of them, and all the propaganda on television that we’re force-fed through – it’s always law – always law series or hospital series and drama and detectives and DNA swab-testing and all this stuff. It’s all training you, you see.
It’s all propaganda to make you OBEY these AUTHORITIES, these specialists.  Law, medicine and the courts and science DNA and scientific techniques of finding things out, you see. It’s training you to accept this as a natural order, because it’s nothing like the reality.Nothing like the reality, but it is good entertainment and it’s good programming for the people, and towards an end that they don’t even think about, because they’re not taught to think.
WE’RE TAUGHT NOT TO THINK. That’s what WE’RE EDUCATED for.
The first thing you learn in school is to “repeat after me.” If you repeat after me, you get a little gold star and if you’re not repeating and you’re very good at repeating, then people call you clever. That’s nothing to do with being clever. That’s being a good parrot. Repeating after me is a good parrot. That’s what they want because then you get the quality approval stamp. Square your head, you’re now unnatural. You’re dumb enough to get into their system.  That’s the real system we live within.
It’s quite funny really, tragically funny, because they can’t tell the peoplewe have been killing you.They can’t tell them. Don’t tell the children what you’re doing – “the poor things wouldn’t understand, poor dears.” We find the same thing with Afrikaners in Africa. That’s how they talked about the blacks. “Well, you see, you can’t help them because they’re children really. They have children’s mentality so you can’t really be straightforward with them.”  That’s how the elite treat all of us.
To the elite, the peasantry of China is no lower than the peasantry in Europe or the Americas; because they believe in elite breeding and the elite breeders ofevery country rule every country; therefore, it’s one big club. You’ve proven your worth to join. You’re “worthy,” as they say in Masonry.
Second generation Masons or first generation Masons can’t get terribly high unless they marry an Eastern Star and bring up a son, an offspring.  A special – it’s a breeding program. You’ll see it in the Rosicrucian books, where they keep tongue-in-cheek hinting for the very stupid, because it’s meant to pickup every stupid into these societies; and through almost stumbling over each other, they tell you that selection is very important.
SELECTIVE BREEDINGis what they’re getting at; and “don’t let the lower head rule the upper head” is what they say to them, and nobody understands that. That’s why it’s always in their language.  It’s a breeding program.  A first generation Mason can’t get up terribly high, even in the second degree of the Scottish Rite; but if he marries an Eastern Star, who, again, is up two generations, then the offspring can go higher—the son of the Mason and then the third generation can go much higher still. Therefore, you’re breeding upwards through selective breeding and they’ve wisely chosen for you at that level, just like the nobility’s wives have always been chosen for the men.
What you do in your free time when you’re not breeding is up to yourselves, as long as you’re both kept in a good financial style. She can do what she wants and you can do what you want. There’s no love there. LOVE is something which is FAIRLY NEW that’s been MARKETED TO THE PUBLIC; because people, even in the past, in the lower orders of things, married out of necessity, male and female; and they really didn’t have a good life, either one.
When the Normans came into Britain and introduced this wonderful system of lordship over the public, and also subservience to the king, the head chutzpah; and then you have the lords and the feudal lords below them; and the sub-lords they’re servicing and their own patch to guard over and use—the peasantry were bought and sold with the land.  In English, they elected to change it to SERFS.
They didn’t like the word slavery because “we’re a Christian country and we can’t have that in our history books, so we call them serfs.”  90% of the public were serfs, you see, and they were bought and sold with the land. It started from the time of the Norman invasion, which brought civilization to Europe. This is the same civilization through slaughtering people, massively financially backed as well. Just many years in the making this, and tremendous logistics in keeping them all supplied at sea and land, was much bigger than WWII, and costs and the whole thing and time.
This is an ancient system coming through here backing it heavily; and it was a “must be.”  THEY HAD TO CONQUER EVERYTHING AND ELIMINATE ALL OPPOSITION, WHICH THEY DID, and they were terrible rulers. They were inhumane, terribly inhumane.
The Normans came in and they had the “Domesday Book” created. The “Domesday Book” was an inventory of all that they owned. All that the king owned—and that was people, livestock, houses, children, chickens, everything. It was a complete inventory of whole land that he owned.  That was nothing new because the ancient pharaohs had the same system in Egypt; and it was nothing new because the Normans also – a lord would put out his son to a relative, to an uncle or whatever, another lord and he would become taught the ways of knighthood through this relative. That was traditional with Normans.
When you jump back to the pharaohs, they did the same thing, because their sons would get sent off to a different “satrapy,” they called them, little princes-satrapy.  They get brought up and taught the ways of being noble and a warrior, a knight, you see. The same bunch all down through history. The same techniques: money, priesthoods, power, slaughter, armies and the people have to produce.
The Normans allowed the peasantry to keep maybe 40% or so, or 60% of their crops, and there was no intensive farming then. They didn’t have all the high-tech stuff they do today, so crops weren’t often terribly huge; but the lord would take 40% or even 60% of yours and keep enough for his staff and his armies, and sell all the rest for profit.  Then profit had to be split all the way up to the king at the top.
THE REAL MAFIA SYSTEM: THIS IS THE MOST ORGANIZED GANG ON THE PLANET. IT’S A GANG SYSTEM.
We have these Normans taking that off.  Today, when you work out we are allowed to keep, if you work through all the taxes, hidden taxes and so on, purchases taxes and income taxes and property taxes, you’re paying more than that yourself, today, so it’s pretty well the same. The only difference is they don’t have to send the army around through the forest to slaughter you and beat you into submission, to make you pay up, because we do it willingly, because we’re trained to do it willingly. We’re trained better.
WE’RE SELF-MAINTAINED SLAVES TODAY.

There are many sides to this whole system here.  On today’s talk, all I’m really talking about is the physical side of things, some of it. It’s incredibly clever. It’s by using sciences which are not taught to the general public—the mind control manipulation.
They have perfect understand of their prey. They’re the perfect predator.That’s why, on their coat of arms, they have all these predatory animals.  Albert Pike, the Grand Master, the big Pope of Scottish Freemasonry, in the 1800’s, said, “we make no apologies for nature.”  Then he goes on to tell the different animals they hunt. In other words, they make no apologies for being called predators, and that’s their natural order.
At the bottom of course, the schmucks at the bottom, they go to the Blue Lodge and 1,2,3 degrees, and think, “I’ve made it.”  These guys are little prunes who walk around collecting charity money. That’s the cover for the guys at the top—sudden virtue. They have sudden virtue.
They want to help people now, as they call it, “freebees” that they’re getting through the system.  Yes, there’s one side, which is all sides, perfect understanding of human nature—all kinds, types of human nature. Perfect understanding.
Nothing is new under the sun, as they say. There’s also a religion behind this; and their religion on one level is very Darwinistic. Darwin only espoused what they had already believed themselves for many thousands of years.
In the movie, “2001,”Arthur C. Clarke, very high Freemason gives you the agenda of High Freemasonry. Not the “schmuckdom” freemasonry but the high stuff. He gives you their agenda and their philosophy and their religion in the movie.  At the beginning of the movie “2001,” made in the 1960’s, they show you the ape-man, you know the hairy guys supposedly, and the new guys are terrified of the darkness.  They’d go to their caves at night, and in the morning, they go across the watering bowl and meet this other tribe of ape-men.  They shake their fists and go through a little dance, a song and dance, and then they muffle off on their own separate ways; and that’s how things have gone on forever.  The little sequences around—they’re showing you there’s a big part, you see, it’s part of their religion.
You’ll understand all this later; and this way, you’ve got a tree brush shaped like a big snake you see, and some of the emblems – these are actually Masonic emblems, high occultic emblems you see all through it.  Even though the story eventually goes into space, it starts with these cave-men and an obelisk comes down. There’s this black obelisk.
In the book, it’s more detailed.  The obelisk throws its cave-men out, one by one, and makes them jump around and stuff.  It’s testing them out to see who’s got the best smarts. He picks one of them, and one day, the watering hole, and instead of going over and shaking their fist and screaming and having to drink more and go home, this one picks up a bone; because the love of the skull and the cross bones of Masonry, the pirates, right. He picks up the thighbone and then he smashes his enemy over the waterhole there and he kills him; and that’s telling you that’s their right of might. The right of might: He will kill a superior and then they give you religions for being meek and mild. They teach another one for themselves.
Progress. You see they have a thing called “progress.” They hate something called stagnant civilization,  “arrested” civilizations; and to them it’s a progress.  Progress to them is done through those who are willing to kill and become the top chutzpah of the king—king of the ape-men.  Then it jumps from there into the future to the year 2001, and then a space journey encounters, supposedly, on the trail of this obelisk that they unearthed. It ends up on Jupiter; but it’s all occultic. It’s nothing to do with space travel. There’s a Masonic initiation in it. You will see the computer HAL on board the spaceship traveling to Jupiter. It kills off two of the guys that are with him and then tries to kill off the third guy. He outsmarts it and disables it, meaning he overcame all the natural laws.
HAL is the son, like HALOGEN, you know, HAL-CYON. HAL and H-A-L, one letter after each one in the alphabet is IBM, you see.  IBM, you speak it and it’s I-beam, the beam from the eye, the eye of Ra. The beaming from the eye is between the pyramid, the capstone and the rest of the pyramid.
Everything is shown to you. It’s not necessary you understand. It’s only necessary that you think you understand, whatever comes out of these movies, chomping away – “ah it’s a good movie. What’s next? Have no idea what it means.”
Then “2010” is a follow-up to the movie, and it shows you what’s supposed to happen in 2010.  There’s a big thing at the end, where this guy who escapes the computer remembers in the next movie he’s timeless, he’s ageless, as he’s become a god, because he overcame HALCYON, you see, the sun, the natural order.  He overcame all the laws and he’s a god; and a new sun appears in the sky, but “as above so below,” so a new sun will appear on the earth: A messiah, a being, an entity, whatever it is. They bring force to you with much hullabaloo and fanfare I’m sure.
They’re telling you their system. They show you their religion from evolution, which is their belief system both physical and spiritual, because they do believe in reincarnation; but they don’t believe that everybody reincarnates. There’s a whole theology behind that, even though encouraged to believe in it amongst the lesser, as they call it. They have a different belief system for themselves, a specialized one; well, naturally, that’s a special one. You can’t foresee what is everyone else. So there’s the physical and inbreeding which is terribly, terribly important to them because it’s part of the “spiritual recycling,” you might say, of the same dynasties within dynasties; and that’s what they claim gives them their power and intellect and the right to dominate and so on; and they give us religions.
Religion is to tie, to rebind, to re-tie. They tie our minds down. When you’re tied, you’re not free to think.  We’re told we’re free, so that’s how it compensates. We’re told we’re free, even though we’re crippled at birth by a system, which is indoctrination.
Now they’re getting to the stage where they’re going to declare their world government. The scientific established elite bureaucracy to run us all, you see massive bureaucracy. Lenin talked about it because he was in on it. He was created by the same guys. They create all oppositions. You can’t get progress unless you have opposition to fight, because that’s how you stir up matter. You stir up the world. You can’t have one law coming this way and going unimpeded, apart from having no fun in that and the fact is it will never succeed.
You’ve got to get the public to go along with it, so you need oppositions.  They give you all the oppositionsand none of that comes the way you want it to go, which are sheep dogs. Bark, bark and the sheep go this way. One sheep dog and you try to do it, you see them run in all directions. Beautiful really, isn’t it?
They give us good shepherds, down through the ages, with this little shepherd crook to pull you; and they are crooks. That’s where the word comes from. THEY ARE THE CROOKS AT THE TOP AND THEY ARE VERY PROUD OF IT.
We have sun gods, all down through the ages; and we have Mary’s, all down through the ages.  There are all these virgins, and of course, there’s so many sun gods all down through the ages, who come back and tell the same stuff; and iron crosses, because the sun crosses, you see, at the meridian points and so on, and the sun sets highest in its crossing and we have the cross of the sun.  WE’VE BEEN CONNED MIGHTILY. We’ve fought each other over all this rubbish. We’ve been very predictable sheep indeed.
Always learning but never knowing. NEVER KNOWING.

Data. This data doesn’t mean it’s truth or anything else. We’re stuffed full of incredible data today. That doesn’t mean it’s true, or any of it, or even that it’s necessary to know.
The only person who could be natural today would be a few survivors in the Amazon, today, who haven’t been caught yet and handed a credit card and cell phone, because these are called “primitive societies,” and there’s some left in Borneo and different places. They HAVE NO NEED of psychiatry or medicine or pharmaceutical agencies. They don’t know what high blood pressure was or diabetes or therapy or psychoanalysis. Didn’t know who Freud was. Didn’t care and didn’t need him or Einstein or any rest of the other rubbish, because that’s what they are. Actually, they’re rubbish. They’re front-men chosen at a particular time to push a specific dogma. They even create the dogmas.
These “primitive men,” as they call them, really are probably more in-tune with their reality, more than we could ever imagine. You’ll see them staring in the jungle at a tree away somewhere. They’ll stare for two or three hours. That’s got meaning for the person.  To us, we’d say, “What’s the profit in it? What the purpose? Profit, purpose.” However, you see he’s getting some mental healing out of it, whatever it is happening; and as long as he’s doing it, live and let live. Leave him alone. He doesn’t need pills and tranquilizers and all that star TV or soaps or anything else. This guy can survive in his own way and all of his offspring will survive for thousands and thousands of years if you leave them alone. We can’t. We are interdependent on the system. The system that makes us go crazy makes you interdependent on the system.
“Wow, we’ve got the pills to cure you. Well, we can’t cure you, but we can treat you for life. There’s no profit in curing you, but just live for a few more years and keep paying us and we’ll make you feel happy or sad or whatever you want, we’ll give it to you.”  That’s what we’re told is the meaning of life, being happy all the time. That’s a new phenomena, this ego-syntonic behavior. It didn’t used to be taught your purpose in life was to be happy all the time, like some sort of manic ecstasy.
That’s all you see now, it’s marketed on every ad to you. If you’re buying a toothbrush, to an exercise machine, you have smiling people and grinning like balloons, and you know what they are doing, they’re grinning and happy they just bought this whatever it is.  That’s what we’re told, “Life is supposed to be happy.” Be happy, you know the song. That was the message. That’s all the message it was in that dumb song. “Don’t worry, be happy. Don’t worry, be happy.”
Life is supposed to be an experience of ALL emotions, and its in-between emotions, neither happy nor sad; but they can’t have that, you see. When you’re neither excessively happy or sad, you might think; and if you think, that could be a danger to those that RULE YOU.
That’s why you’re crammed with all these choices of “who’s going to do my thinking today. How many channels on TV can I get, or how many radio stations?”  They’ve got satellite stations for radio now, there’s not many of them. Or, “How many video games can I play with today, but give me someone else’s thoughts because I don’t want to use my own. It’s too much of a burden.” THINKING IS A BURDEN.
In fact, when it comes to the brain chip time and of course, they carved the active chipped ID card, which is coming, that’s only a part way gesture towards this, is to condition you for the inevitable.  Most people will think, and of course, it will be marketed—the lies will be marketed to them, the purpose of it.  The public will think, “Gee, this is great. I want mine.” They might even give you bronze, silver, gold and platinum to give it snob appeal.
Once everyone has one, the real function will kick in once that’s happened, and THERE WILL BE NO MORE YOU.   This is from science meetings; world science meetings have said this. They have all this ready to go, so they can market this idea to the public.
It’s being done through movies at the moment, in novels, characters, even so, they think there’re going to be Supermen, but they’re not. They might be physically as a good rook cyborg, but they won’t be themselves. THERE WILL BE NO ABILITY TO EVEN PERCEIVE OF YOURSELF AS A DISTINCT INDIVIDUAL and that was said at the Loyola University meeting, where they held one of these world science meetings on this very subject.
We’re guided like sheep to the slaughterhouse. Most will go willingly because they’ve swallowed reality hook, line and sinker, as it’s been presented to them. Those who understand what’s going on are caught in different degrees of sides. Join a patriot side. Join a militia side. Join this that and the other.  All these sides are given for you by the same elite who run things at the present.
THEY’VE ALWAYS GIVEN US OUR HEROES TO FOLLOW, ALWAYS. Albert Pike said that: “We always give the people their heroes.” That’s why they never lose. So you don’t follow people.  These are the masters of manipulation.  You really think you can beat them by learning the law and using their law against them?
The only way you can beat this is starting with yourself, because you have to know yourself and start to dominant yourself and think for yourself, because we are up against incredible, incredible evil. I hate even using the word because the whole English language is all Masonic, and EVIL IS JUST LIVE BACKWARDS.
Everything is coded this way in the English language.  Even the words we’re given are a computer language for the elite so we can speak it into existence for them.
There are other languages, too, more than just that. Other senses we can use. They’re just mental imagery, great symbols as well. They use symbols all the time to indoctrinate us. Words, letters are just symbols although they have occultic meaning in Masonry and higher; but, ultimately, what kind of mind is running this whole thing that’s not human obviously. That’s what gets you yet in a loss, there are human psychopaths working for them. Clever psychopaths and dumb ones too. The dumb ones are generally used for executions in wartime and stuff—torture and that kind of thing.
The more intelligent ones are up wearing suits and ties and lying to you. That’s the gift that psychopath has is the ability to lie without emotion and speak no matter what they’ve done—without pills. What’s above all this is they can plan all this such a long time ago, never lose control down through the eons, is worshiped by the high elite themselves and their strange rituals. It runs all religions, even the ones that think they’re opposing each other and the subsections of the religions that think they’re opposing each other. They gave all these ones to the people.

What are we really up against here?  Those who are willing to open Pandora’s Box will eventually come to this big question. Is there any white knight out there? Is there a cavalry coming at the last minute?  It’s all in the books and in the novels and the movies and religions.  You have to participate in life to offset this; and participating in life, which means KNOW YOURSELF, COME ALIVE and use your life for it; because if you don’t, it’s game over for everyone.
Most people don’t care about anyone else today and that’s true. I’ve heard it so many times. “Well, thank God. By the time they bring the last part of this in, I’ll be dead. I’ll probably be retired and I’ll spend my pension, I’ll be dead, thank God,” because they don’t give a damn about those that come, which also means that they don’t give a damn about all of their own ancestors that came before them and suffered and slaved and so on, so that they could relax with a pension.
THERE’S NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN THE PAST, PRESENT AND THE FUTURE.
Ego-syntonic behavior has been encouraged and it’s very possible brain damage has occurred as well, since Arthur Koestler who worked at the United Nations and wrote a book called “The Ghost in the Machine” and who worked on ways to lobotomize that part of the brain that gives you yourself awareness and your critical survival capabilities. He was working on ways to destroy that chemically, bacteriologically, through viruses, whatever. There’s different segments working for the U.N. on this and he wrote about it all in his book. He was all for it right to the end. It’s a square line to you.  He said that the elite won’t need – I mean that the peasants basically – the masses won’t need those instincts anymore because the scientific elite will be making all their decisions for them. We’ll be managed, well managed you see.
Whereas those who manage us must keep theirs, because they must retain survival capabilities so they could steal your planet earth into the future. That’s what the rulers at the top talk about it, of course, as they talk about us. We must not know this kind of stuff. We’re just children. It’ll give us nightmares. Don’t tell the children what we’re doing.

The IQ levels are dropping. It doesn’t happen by—you’re born with an IQ. When it starts dropping, something has happened to make that happen. What can do it? Bacterial warfare? Bio-warfare techniques? Injections?  They were discussing this back in the 1700’s and 1800’s, using inoculations to do it, at big meetings in Europe.
You’ll find Jack Cousteau talking about that. David Suzuki in Canada. Have to bring down the populations. They don’t just talk about it. They have a Department of Population Control at the United Nations. What do you think it means? A wish list that they sit and dream about? No. It means that they will implement it and they can’t tell the children. They can’t tell the children, “Hey, you’re going to have a shorter life. You’re going to come down with crippling diseases and you’ll die out there.” They can’t tell you the truth. You don’t tell the children the truth. It’s scary.
There’s so much to encompass, so much, so many directions; so much of the esoteric to explain to you. There’s so much of the exoteric to explain to you for things to start happening. Therefore, I went through doing all of this talk. This is just a little intro. Just gives you a petty quick synopsis of the past and the present and where we’re going in the future—very shortly, actually.

We’re getting sprayed like bugs from the sky with those who have eyes to see. Like bugs. Just like bugs. Like you take a can of Raid and spray it over an anthill. That’s what they think of us and not one person in major media will talk about it. Why?
BECAUSE: THE MEDIA IS ONE OF THE MOST ESSENTIAL ARMS OF GOVERNMENT. IT’S PART OF GOVERNMENT. THEY COULDN’T GIVE YOU THEIR MATRIX REALITY WITHOUT IT. THEY COULDN’T KEEP YOU IN IT WITHOUT IT.

It’s not all gloom and doom. It’s not all gloom and doom at all, but before you can save others, you’ve got to save yourself; and to do that you have a lot of work to do, a lot of decisions to make. Most can’t make those decisions. Most will say, “Hey, leave Pandora’s Box closed. It’s scary in there. It could be dark. I might fall in,” but there’s always brave souls who will and that’s the ones who come alive. The dead will never make choices. The choices are made for them.
Excuse this little homemade video here, but when you’re relying on a shoestring, you can still get the word out if you want to; and I’ll talk to you again.
Thanks for listening.
INTERVIEW WITH HENRIK PALMGREN ON RED ICE RADIO WITH ALAN WATT AS GUEST
October 22, 2006

Henrik: Welcome to Red Ice Radio Sundays. I’m your host, Henrik Palmgren. I’m coming to you from the West Coast of Sweden. If you are a regular listener, a newcomer to the show or if you came across this program somewhere out there on the web, I hope you all check out our websites for much more interviews, our news and more information. It’s red-ice.net and also redicecreations.com. A big thanks to Webster Tarpley for being with us last Sunday talking about his book 9/11 Synthetic Terror and today we have Alan Watt on the program and I know many of you out there have anticipated this show, so let’s go. Enjoy the program.

Today, we have Alan Watt with us on the line and I know many of you out there are as excited about this program as I am. I’ve got many requests from you guys, our listeners out there to invite Alan to Red Ice Radio and I’m very glad he’s here with us today. I have heard many of Alan’s previous interviews and I know that he is very knowledgeable about a lot of different areas and topics and I have a bunch of points and areas that I’d like to go through today with Alan and I also want to mentioned that he has an awesome website with a bunch of material on it. Lots of his previous radio shows, audio clips and video clips. He also has a few of his DVDs out there up on the site called “Reality Check, Parts I and II” and we’ll talk more about his DVDs later and I’ll let Alan talk about what he’s got on them and how you guys can get them and support his work and so forth. His website is .com. That’s one word. .com so do check that out later on or as we talk here today. So Alan, welcome to Red Ice Radio and thank you so much for spending some of your time with us today.

Alan: It’s a pleasure to be on.

Henrik: Great, great. I want to begin to ask you, if you don’t mind, considering that I think that you’d agree with me when I say that most people today are asleep. So I wanted to ask you when did you awake to all of this and what made you open your eyes to the obvious manipulation that is going on all around us?
Alan: I think I was born like this. I always say it’s a form of autism that allows you to see things as they really are. And I grew up watching the problems in my immediate society in Scotland and I found that everybody’s problem was the same problem. It was primarily financial and this is in the days before the glut of cheap goods from China and transport, and I realized even then we lived in a managed society where the bulk of the population had pretty well the same income, which was just enough to keep them alive and pay rent and most people paid rent in Britain at that time and it truly was a managed fixed economy which kept them exactly in that position.
When you’re a young toddler, you can walk through different peoples’ homes to visit your friends and you’re ignored by the parents and you can listen to the parents argue all about the same things, which were basic necessities; and I asked well why, how come, if this was supposedly Great Britain, how come that most of the people I knew were pretty well all in the same boat essentially and where did all the money go?  Then you find by studying, even early study, I went into adult libraries and I found out that only a few hundred families in London, hereditary families, really owned the power of what had been the British Empire and they still do. That was very intriguing because when you think about it, if we have been here for millions of years and supposedly, by the theory of economics, every hour of labor you produce ultimately is either spent or saved or passed on to your offspring, how come most of the people millions of generations later don’t have very much and how come a few do? This of course is through a system which is bigger than just an evolved system, it’s a religion and a system definitely involving having people who intermarry one another, a form of selective breeding, and there’s positive proof all around us on that score.
Henrik: Yes, of course. Absolutely. And I’m intrigued by your name at the website because I agree that it is a kind of matrix and I mean what does that mean to you, that word, and how do we break the spell or break free of the matrix so to speak?
Alan: It’s not only breaking free and here’s the problem. Most people are not leaders in any generation. Most people are followers and it’s become progressively more so in the last few generations. We’ve gone from a taste of what was the beginning of freedom for the ordinary person – we’ve gone from a taste of that into a well managed society. Most people today are being managed. They suspect it. They feel it. They know it and they don’t mind. That’s the thing. Most people are content and they will be content until their own personal consciousness is blotted out. They do believe that these benefactors above them are truly benefactors. Even now, they never see the faces of these faceless bureaucrats or attend the meetings that they attend or even know they’re agendas.
The media has done such a fantastic job in controlling their minds and doing their reasoning for them that they now expect that anything that’s important will be told to them by the media. They believe that.
Henrik: I mean that’s a real problem because now we’re in a situation here where the state sponsored truth so to speak is broadcasted through the media, the mainstream media, and we have a bunch of people all around the world who go to the source to find out about the truth and this is like a trance – almost a mind control. I know that you’ve spoken about this before as a science, correct?
Alan: It is a science. It’s a science which is so well understood that it’s taught to the few involved, who themselves have put out documentation on it which are generally ignored. Most of the public don’t read books which are kind of boring to them and Zbigniew Brzezinski who’s has always been up there as a presidential advisor and who is a kind of mind specialist for psychological control of the masses. In his book “Between Two Ages,” there is a chapter called “The Technetronic Era” and he talks about the coming times—which is here. Actually, it’s here right now, where forms of science will be used on the public. Now ‘technetronic’ meant that part of it would be a form of radio-type beamed waves, which would sort of lull the people into sleep, keep them happy and contented like grazing sheep as they go through the big changes they wouldn’t notice.
The other part was he said, “shortly the public will be unable to reason for themselves. They will look to the media to do their reasoning for them,” and therefore anyone telling them something which is not on the media will not be believed and that’s what you find now: if you tell someone something which you have proof of, and show them the documentation, they will still disregard it unless the media tells it.
Henrik: Exactly. Do you think it is something in the – I know a lot of other researchers have pointed to the fact that the television itself, the frequencies from the television actually is kind of hypnotic. Have you researched this?
Alan: They’ve always known that since John Logie Baird brought the TV out. What interested me was when I first saw someone, a person who was normal, who actually went up to adjust the television screen because in those days in the ’50’s and ’60’s and ’70’s, sometimes you’d get the rollover with the lines going across and the horizontal hold, and he went to adjust it and he stopped dead in front of it and then he had an epileptic seizure, even though he had never had any epilepsy in his life before. And it was found that the brains – the actual frequencies of the rollovers corresponded exactly with his conscious brainwave. In some people it was an overt action, they’d actually show what happened to them; but most people were simply being hypnotized by it and when you’re hypnotized you can be very suggestible and many ideas are put straight into your subconscious that bypasses the censor part of your brain and you have no say in it at all, in fact, it goes right into your subconscious, and that opinion is now your opinion. It’s a straight downloading type technique. Now that they’ve digitalized it, I think they’ve gone a step further. It’s more precise now.
Henrik: You’re talking about the high definition TVs and so forth?
Alan: Yes.
Henrik: So do you think they’ll be able to refine the frequencies now and basically even more we will be deeper into the matrix so to speak after this has been implemented?
Alan: What’s interesting too is that when they brought out the different Pac-Man and all these war type games to train a generation to be soldiers and that’s why they gave them all the war games for Play Station and all this kind of stuff. These things were used for training the military years ago, so that was deliberate. They wanted a generation 20 years down the road that would not react when they had to see a person and just shoot them. That was a form of getting over that natural inability to kill people. You train them from birth to do it and you don’t see them as people anymore. However, it did come out a few years ago in Japan (which lead this field) when they brought up a new type of Pokemon or something that thousands of Japanese children from the first showing of this thing had seizures. One of the guys in that group of scientists did admit that that was deliberate. That was a test to see if they could actually penetrate into a certain brainwave patterns of the youth and alter their consciousness, so they know what they’re doing. They’re not making mistakes. They are fine-tuning this form of digital strobing to affect the mind.
Henrik: So things like HAARP and so forth, these are basically things that are not necessary. I don’t claim that I know HAARP is involved in any kind of mind control or anything like that, but that is the suggestion from a few people.
Alan: It is working. In fact, HAARP about four years ago, five years ago started to broadcast a pulsation signal just before the 1200-megahertz range and it’s now day and night. It’s on three different areas on the shortwave radio band, it’s full time and you can’t mistake it because it’s the most powerful signal on the shortwave. It’s being beamed all across the Americas and a good part of the world, and they’ve already claimed officially that they can carry a secondary signal with HAARP and put ideas straight into the minds of the people without them being aware.
Henrik: I mean this obviously draws my attention to the fact that we have people who basically loses the grip sometime, go totally berserk and starts to kill a lot of people or similar things like that. I mean do you think that these kinds of technologies could be involved in these kinds of things?
Alan: It’s not even a matter of thinking it. It’s actually published. A good example is Dr. Nick Begich who brought out a couple of books on this type of technology. You see, there are three levels of science. We have the level of professor and professorship down for the public. That’s the bottom level of science, be it medical, physics, whatever. There’s a higher level which the CIA and MI6 and covert agencies use, and then there’s a level above that which the ultra-elite themselves have and use. Now, Dr. Nick Begich was on television a show here, it’s the Canadian version of the BBC (it’s called the CBC), and Wendy Mesley was the host and he had a whole big long table full of little devices like the size of television remote controllers that you could put into your pocket and he told Wendy to stand 20-odd feet away and he pointed at the back of her head and she heard music in the center of her head; and he said to her, he says, I could have put words there, directions, words, commands, and it works in line of sight to any distance. This has to be micro-circuitry and yet, as he said towards the end of the show, “all of this equipment is obsolete. It was used by the CIA in the 1950’s.”
Henrik: My god. So I mean that’s the voice that’s in the head right there, okay?
Alan: Right there. I’ve often wondered how many people through the last maybe 80 years or so have been locked up in mental hospitals as schizophrenic and didn’t know they were part of an experiment.
Henrik: My god and do you think that all the drugs and the serotonin type drugs and the chemicals in the food—you know we’ve got aspartame, MSG and all this crap—do you think that this can contribute to this fact also?
Alan: I’ve no doubt. In fact, one of the most interesting books I’ve read on this subject for a long time was written by a globalist himself, Arthur Koestler, and he wrote “The Ghost in the Machine”. Now the “The Ghost in the Machine” goes back to the ancient Greek philosophers, where they were trying to define what the mind was, the independent thinking mind that makes you you, unique as an individual. The globalists reached this conclusion a long time ago that for their world peace they would have to destroy the part of the brain which gives your identity of who you are, and that we’d have peace when there’s no more conflict. There’d be peace you see. Now they themselves wouldn’t alter themselves because they admitted that if they did destroy this part of the brain you would no longer be able to have any self-preservation or survival instincts; but they said the public won’t need that because the state will be making the decisions for them.
Now Koestler wrote for the United Nations for many years on this project of how to lobotomize chemically, electronically and by other means that little part of the brain; and they tried different chemicals which they could inject into you that would travel right to that specific part of the brain and lobotomize you. He said we have – it’s ready to go. He said it’s successful, we just don’t know whether to put it in the food, we don’t know whether to inoculate into the public, we don’t know whether to put it in their water supply or just spray it from the air; and lo and behold, they’re doing all of those.
Henrik: Yes, exactly. Chemtrails, right? And I’ve heard everybody – fluoride and aspartame, that a few researchers I think it was actually a researcher here in Sweden who had studied – I can’t remember her name right now, but has studied aspartame. I know that fluoride has this elementary too and it is that it becomes more difficult for people to draw connections between different areas when they have this chemical in their body basically.
Alan: Absolutely. In fact, we know that Germany used it pre-Natzi Germany; just before the war began they were introducing it into the water supply of the peoples and into the countries they took over for that very purpose: to make the people more complacent. That’s one of the main effects of fluoride. What’s interesting in North America, we found out here that – see, all the big famous players and names that come on down through history over and over and over again are involved in this. The Bronfman’s who owned the big whiskey business during the depression, who were the real mafia at the time and did all the smuggling, the Bronfman’s also owned Al-Can, which was the biggest aluminum company in North America; and the byproduct of the aluminum industry is aluminum oxide, which basically is what fluoride is taken from. They have known for over 100 years that aluminum oxide causes Alzheimer’s. They’ve known this. They have definitely known it, because when they dissect or autopsy the brain they find heavy, heavy doses of this in the brain, so it is no mystery at all.
Then we find Donald Rumsfeld, the CBC did a documentary on him, and back in the 1970’s he was giving the chemical agencies for gas and warfare to Saddam Hussein on behalf of the United States, and here’s the same guy yapping on about “weapons of mass destruction.” He’s the same man that was at the head of the company that produces aspartame–
Henrik: Searle, right?
Alan: He was director of that company and here he is, single-handedly, he put the bill in to get it through to accept aspartame in America. The man is basically a drug pusher you know. Aspartame: it’s an interesting name as well. “Asp” is the serpent from Egypt.
Henrik: Oh really, and do you know if aspartame is like a combination of different chemicals suggested in the name also? Do you know that?
Alan: I wouldn’t be surprised if there’s deeper meanings to it. It’s like the RU 486 drug for instant abortion. “Are you for sex?” That’s what it’s saying. They love to play these games.
Henrik: I mean what’s that about? Because that’s an interesting area because I’m intrigued by this also, how words are being used and so forth. I’ve read a lot of different articles and I have them on the Red-Ice website regarding the fact that things like words and terms can obviously affect first of all your thoughts, but that your thoughts actually affects even your DNA down to even that level. I mean is this something that you have come up to also?
Alan: There’s a part of that. Mainly though, if you take the vibrations – not the type that the New Age are trying to practice. If you take a certain frequency of vibrations and you amplify that, you fine tune it, and move the frequency up different octaves until it’s almost that you don’t hear it audibly but it actually will vibrate the bones in the head. These work on people and these were known to work in the days of Pythagoras; even the musical scale came from Pythagoras and the word ‘tone’ came from Pythagoras as well. These are sciences which were known in ancient times and of course the standard religions would often use particular tones and frequencies and chants as a form of hypnosis, putting the followers into a suggestible state, and it’s worked very well up to the present time.
Henrik: Yes, that’s interesting. Also, earlier you mentioned as a front I guess or whatever it might be, the philosophy that we’re going to enter an age of peace or we have to manipulate mankind into being peaceful basically and I’ve heard this termed as “The Age of Reason” and so forth, with a freemasonic connotation there I guess. Is this something that you’ve come up against also?
Alan: Absolutely. We’re living through a religion actually that no one talks about. They talk about the symptoms. What they don’t realize is there is a religion behind all of this, a very old religion. Even the word ‘reason,’ if you break it down, you have ‘Rea’. Now in Aramaic and Hebrew, Rea was the wife of Ra – that’s what they called her, rather than Isis. They called her Rea. It’s a combination of ‘Re,’ which is also another way of spelling Ra, and ‘Ah,’ the one. Reason is also a religion, their religion.
Henrik: And I’ve actually heard religion as the legion of Rea, Rea-legion. So I mean it’s all in there. And this kind of a – because then we talk about people who also have been instrumental in creating the languages and so forth. Is that correct?
Alan: Definitely.
Henrik: Like English, what is it? It’s like a 13th, 14th Century language or something.
Alan: It isn’t even that. It’s even later because it was in the times of Francis Bacon who gets a tremendous acclaim from the high Masonic groups. It’s part of a team who really created the English language as we know it and he said in one of his writings, “we are creating the international language of the future.” He wrote that back in the 1500’s.
Henrik: Amazing.
Alan: Then Shakespeare (who many of the high masons claim is one and the same person as Bacon), he came out with 160,000 words in his plays. That was how they got it out. They gave it through a new Bible, the King James Bible, and through the plays of Shakespeare and a whole new language was really born; because the Old English you can find in the writings if you can get the original writings of Chaucer and other 11th Century writers, it really was old Saxon German.
Henrik: Shakespeare’s plays are all over in many different theatres all over the world still basically. That’s like a communication to me that this is important, we’ve got to focus on this.
Alan: Here’s a key as well. Today, when you get a really good movie that is high drama coupled with historical periods with the mythologies of ancient times, and Shakespeare put out a lot of ancient mythology into his writings and he knew exactly what would captivate the female psychology and the male psychology. Today, you need teams of producers and writers to specialize in each area. Well I don’t believe this was one man. Shakespeare was not one man. That could not be done. Simply in reading his understanding of the Greek mysteries and the Greek legends and mythology, just that alone is a specialty; so there were teams involved here.
Henrik: I see because this – I can’t remember all of it now, but it rings a bell that this has something to do with Pallas Athena because she was the “spear shaker.” Have you heard about this?
Alan: I know Pallas Athena and there are even deeper meanings to Pallas Athena. You’ll see the same thing on the Old British coins before it went decimalized in the 1960’s. The old British pennies had Diana with her helmet on, and her spear and her shield, seated, on the backs of the pennies. You have to ask yourself why is that on a British/English penny, this ancient Greek or Athenian symbol; and it’s all part of a religion we find out as we dig into it. Behind the shield is a serpent because Diana was always accompanies by a serpent.
Henrik: Interesting.
Alan: You’re dealing with a religion here and people who are taught the religion. If you go back into ancient times and you see how empires were created and built up, you would find always a major capital city where one little group ran the money system of that city or even that city-state. The same people who ran the money were involved in the drug industry even from the earliest times for medicine. They also ran the judicial system, the legal system. They also ran the ILLEGAL SYSTEM of RUNNING DRUGS down through time and you had the biggest amount of poverty always existing among the biggest amount of wealth, co-existing side by side, and that’s what we have today. You can follow them all down through history as to where they set up their major camps.
Henrik: So, Alan, is freemasonry the common denominator here?
Alan: Yes. If you belong to a religion that goes into countries, brings its own religion in, controls the wealth and gets the sole power to distribute money and handle money and the drug industry, the pharmaceutical industry, sure, you need more people to help implement your system – a form of middle class. We know that the Rosicrucians came into Britain and worked very hard in the sciences to bring forth the industrial revolution; and that’s a key word too, revolution, because that’s one of their terms. They create revolutions. Most are bloodless. Some are bloody and even during the 20th Century we had the sexual revolution and all of this kind of thing. These were primarily bloodless but they totally altered society.
Henrik: Yes, of course and then we have the word again because revolution is just like revolving or going one circle so to speak.
Alan: They have us literally going in circles.
Henrik: Yes, exactly. Revolution after revolution but nothing happens.
Alan: Not for us.
Henrik: Exactly. Things happen of course.
Alan: We always adapt. As Plato said, man is the most adaptable creature on the planet and therefore we can give him his culture and we can change his culture so easily, that the generation involved who have a new set of rights and wrongs will be the last to understand or even see it; and that’s happened over and over.
Henrik: You know I wanted to ask you because you brought up Francis Bacon earlier. He wrote one of his books that his name was on was “The New Atlantis,” and primarily he spoke about America as the New Atlantis and that it was going to be set up as the New Atlantis and so forth. I mean this is also something that is interesting because the theme here is also kind of a revolution or that things are just revolving around, because the theme here seems to be that America has been set up as this super power but now it is being brought down – the symbolic I guess destruction of America or Atlantis. Do you agree with that?
Alan: Judging from history, when the empire builders go in they’ll build up a country to be the leader for a certain period to push the changes on everyone else, every other country, and then the money is withdrawn and they go down and they sink into what they’ve left behind. The United States was definitely created to bring in a global system. It’s on all their seals. It’s on everything. The call it “The Enterprise.” That’s why they have the starship “The Enterprise” on the Star Trek series. They even say that “E Pluribus Unum” (out of many, one). Pluribus Unum, many and one, also is monopoly and the United States has been the champion of monopolization of industries across the planet. They kick out – they destroy any competition and monopolize everything into one. That’s one of their MO’s [Modus Operandi].
Henrik: Yes and that’s like a more communistic approach to things I guess than a capitalistic?
Alan: It’s a different type altogether, really, because it seems to be a capitalistic approach to using this particular communistic technique, but really when you realize that at the top there is no left nor right. There’s only “the one” as they call it. We find from the writings of the founding fathers, that nobody reads anymore, that the writings that they wrote themselves, say, by Jefferson, he said the same thing as Ben Franklin. Jefferson said that out of this federation of the United States of America will become the nucleus to a federation of the world; and that’s basically what their role has always been.
Henrik: So there is a definite plan here so to speak to guide us towards the goal of a one world order, right?
Alan: It’s all through the writings. President Wilson’s writings. Colonel Mandel House who really put up the banking system and he was the boss of Wilson really. They knew exactly what they were going for. A monopolization of not just the world as such but the whole system – the mineral rights for the entire world, the water rights for the world, all energy resources for the world – would go into the same hands and this would be a new form of dictatorship, which they prefer to say is benevolent. They’re benevolent dictators.

Henrik: If they were to succeed with this – I mean how do you think that the world actually would look? I mean would it be as severe kind of fascist police state or you know kind of?

Alan: In its death throes of the old going into the new, you would have that. They are on a roll and have had world meetings about this, science meetings, about chipping the brains of people ultimately. You’ve probably seen the write-ups by Professor Warwick in England who’s taken a chip in his brain; he’s been at the front to push this. At Loyola University in Louisiana they had a world science meeting paid for by the United States Department of Commerce and the professor from Japan said, “we’re ready to implant this in everyone on the planet except for the elite. They must retain their survival capabilities.” He said, “when this is put into the people there shall be no more individuality as we know it. That it will be impossible for a person to even try to think of themselves as an individual.” He said, “this will be pushed through cartoons, through novels, through movies.” Now he didn’t say we’d like it to be pushed. He says, “this will be pushed.” At this science meeting they didn’t discuss politics once because the boys at that level don’t work for politicians. They work for the real world government. That’s another clue.
Henrik: Yes. So the goal is to–

Alan: It’s ready to go. Regional computers will literally direct all of the chips that are out there and they claim they already have the regional computers set up.
Henrik: Oh my god. So the goal here is to basically chip people and then the technological aspects of that will be that they don’t have to control people to that degree by force or by violence because people will be–

Alan: They won’t even need entertainment, sports and all the rest of it. They’ll be robots really, and even that isn’t the end of it. It’s the Never Ending Story. That’s the occult meaning behind the movie, The Never Ending Story.  Man is the material. They are the high builders. They can shape us and keep reshaping us as according to their needs. They’ve talked about literally growing us for specialist purposes. They said they could even make a man with gills who could go under water as a diver and repair oil rigs and stuff like that. They have the capabilities to genetically do it today.
Henrik: So they want this technology to do all these, well, basically amazing things, I guess, scary but amazing still. But the idea is still to maintain things in this state as they are basically?

Alan: Yes. As we go through this and then they’ll gradually bring down the population; they’re actually doing it. That’s the bad news that they have been doing that already with all the crippling diseases that have emerged since about 1950 and it’s the direct result of inoculations and that was planned that way, but they don’t need all the people on the world. Modern economics will tell you that we are here to serve the economic system, not the system is there to serve us, and they do not want inefficiency in this brand new system that’s coming up. They want total efficiency.
Henrik: So I mean as things are now, I guess China is a really good example maybe of what they’re trying to achieve because that has a strange mix between being on the surface a communistic country but it is highly capitalistic so to speak.
Alan: It’s really an oligarchy in China and China has been put up by the United Nations as the model state for the world that we have to emulate, and they have the one child per family policy and they do enforce it rigorously and they use more psychology on their public in their culture creation to create social approval and disapproval. It’s been done more intensely there so that even neighbors will turn you in if your wife is pregnant again, because they say well you’re anti-social because you’re going to take more food for a selfish purpose.

Henrik: I saw a clip recently regarding – I don’t know if you’ve heard about this but this was about CCTV, cameras that had speakers on them. You seen this?
Alan: Yes.

Henrik: Who could talk back to you basically and one of the directors there – I can’t remember his name but he said that the main problem and the reason for them putting up this system with the speaking cameras so to speak was because the main problem is not terrorism. It is anti-social behavior and people who basically misbehave on the streets, so they can shout at you so you can fall into line.
Alan: That’s right and you know they always show us in advance from Hollywood many years before what they’re going to do, and it’s not because they have tremendous writers in Hollywood. It’s because many of those in Hollywood have brothers working in these think tanks that are planning the future. And the “Demolition Man” with Stallone had all of that in there, with the machines talking to you handing you fines automatically if you swore or whatever in public. That is the plan. It’s behavior modification on a grand scale.
Henrik: Anti-social behavior. It’s so – I cringe when I hear the word.
Alan: Well, the thing is, the word “interdependence” is a strange word. It was first used again around the time of John Dee who was an advisor at the court of Queen Elizabeth the 1st and John Dee came up with this term – he was a Rosicrucian as well and he came up with the term of “the Brytish Empire”. It hadn’t even been used before and he explained to the Queen what the empire would be and how it would work. It would be a form of free trade, which would be a monopoly trade where it would exclude those who are not passed as members by the ones who would run it at the top; so it wasn’t going to be free for everyone. However, it would also bring other countries to their knees to join it by excluding trade with them. Now to join the union, this British Empire, you would have to acquiesce to all their rules, regulations and the economic system to adapt to.
Now all your laws run around your economic system, so if you adapted to that system you could become part of the British Empire; and so they knew then where they were going with all of this – this system. Interdependence is a word he used and we have to really figure out what they mean by “interdependent,” because on the one hand “to inter” means to bury. It’s like “international”—inter—is to bury the nation.
Henrik: Oh okay, I see.
Alan: You see? Now interdependence is to bury dependence – really it’s to bury independence. The opposition to interdependence is self-reliance, on an individual scale. Now when Margaret Thatcher was using this term “interdependence” and George Bush, Sr. and different ones, it sounds like a pleasant fuzzy word so we just don’t think about it, but it will come right down to the same way that China is in. Where if you eventually have your own water, if you have your own little garden to feed yourself, you will be anti-social. That’s what it means. You must be dependent on this system for all your needs of survival. That’s what interdependence really means.
Henrik: So of course this connection with as you said earlier with the nations, if they are able to set up China as this strong economic force now and basically everyone has to fall into that same model to be able to compete with China, I guess. And this connects with the WTO and even the UN also of course?
Alan: Yet I said years ago, I was telling people before the European Union even occurred, I said they’re going to merge us all. They’re doing it now and they kept using terms like, “well the Prime Minister is off to meet other Prime Ministers to create closer ties.” That’s how they always couched it, you see. They use specific terminology which they never explain to the public. Closer ties are legal ties and they’re doing the same with the Americas at the moment. They’ve actually done it. They signed the first part of the exoteric, the open agreement, back in March of 2005 and by 2010 the Americas have to be amalgamated with a new governing parliament. Karl Marx wrote about it in the 1800’s, the United Europe, the United Pacific Rim and the United Americas and he wasn’t using a crystal ball.
Henrik: He knew what was going on there.
Alan: He knew it because he was paid by the big bankers to write his “Communist Manifesto”.
Henrik: Do you know if there is any place in the manifesto that suggests that Mexico or the population of Mexico should basically invade the U.S.?
Alan: Well, he knew the same as Jacques Attali knew, that there would be great upheavals that haven’t been seen since the Goths and Visigoths came into Rome. In Rome’s last days there’d be upheavals with mass populations on the move; and sure enough, he was well aware that that could be made to happen and the reason he was sure of it was because these boys have archives to go to see for history – real history. We get public libraries. Archives are where the formulas of how to motivate populations, how to move them, how to make them think and do things, that’s where all these formulas are kept. These are ancient sciences of manipulation, which were well understood in the days of Egypt. These guys didn’t have crystal balls. They simply knew what to the ordinary person would seem impossible; they knew the formulas and how to make it happen.
Henrik: Yes, and the easiest way to make it happen also I guess then is to implant it as a philosophy or political movement to actually have people devoted to it.
Alan: What we’ve found as well, back in the ’50’s there was the Reece Commission that was set up in the United States to look into the big foundations, like the Carnegie, the Ford and the Rockefeller Foundation, to see what they were really using all of these multi-million dollar funds for. Norman Dodd was sent from the Senate to investigate and at the Ford Foundation he was told by this American foundation that their job was to set up a structure so that the Soviet system could be quite quietly and happily merged with the United States system. They were working at that then. However, the same foundations, primarily the Rockefeller Foundation, are funding the migrations and the propaganda down in Mexico and beyond to get the people to move; so they’re causing the influx and out of this will come the solution. It’s the old story: Thesis, the antithesis and the synthesis. This is what they’re after. They want the synthesis. Out of the reaction you’ll get the retaliation by the citizenry and then you’ll have the laws and legal systems for the solution, and that’s exactly what they want because the solution must knock down the last vestiges of the American Bill of Rights.
Henrik: And the recent, what is it called, the Transatlantic Corridor, right, also connects with this I guess?
Alan: Well you know there’s more going on that they never tell you about. Once in a while they do, but they won’t remind you that they’ve told you and we forget. There’s more under the ground than there is over it. About six or seven years ago in one of the British newspapers it came out that a big corporation with Rand involved (the Rand Corporation) had began a boring project to make a tunnel (just like the Transatlantic type tunnel) underneath the Bering Straits from Pigeon Lake in British Columbia, Canada, that would come up inside Russia and it was begun back then. They said it would be completed in five years and we haven’t heard anymore about it and yet these boring machines that Rand Corporation has can go through all kinds of rock at five-miles-per-hour, day and night, and literally fuse the tunnel walls behind with them with the heat generated. So yes, what we’re given as news is trivia.
Henrik: Yes, I see. It’s something to be occupied with while the real game is going on behind the curtains I guess.
Alan: They also knew too, which is of real importance, is that during a massive change of culture and tradition to a new phase you must introduce a religion to match it and that’s why as early as the 1800’s, they brought out that which become the New Age religion.
Henrik: And Alan, I think we should finish up this segment and I really want to dig into the New Age movement and so forth in the next part, but in the last few minutes here, about two we’ve got left, please tell us how to support your work and get your DVDs and so forth and about your site.
Alan: If you look up .com, you can download it as much as you want for free; and for those things which are on sale, they keep the site alive. They keep me alive and I can continue churning stuff out. I’ve got a lot more to tell the people and I could expand the site and possibly even get my own show on the go because we’re running short of time. We are the last thinking sentient generation because the next ones will not even have the ability to think, and I’m not kidding.
Henrik: Okay, yes. So support Alan’s work and head on over to .com.

INTERVIEW WITH HENRIK PALMGREN
ON RED ICE RADIO – PART 2 OF OCTOBER 22, 2006 BROADCAST
WITH ALAN WATT AS GUEST
November 16, 2006

Alan: Hi folks. This is Alan and it is Thursday the 16th of November 2006. Tonight, I’m playing the second part of the Red Ice interview interviewed by Henrik Palmgren in Sweden, which was originally broadcast on the 22nd of October. I held it back at his request, really, because they need people going into their site, subscribers to keep the station going, so I’m now we’re releasing the second part of that interview. I hope you enjoy it. Red Ice has asked me back on for maybe a few months at the end of each month and one should be aired at the end of this month, a new show. So enjoy this and keep warm because winter is certainly on its way. All the best, Alan.
____________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________

Henrik: We have just spent about an hour talking with Alan on Red Ice Radio and we’ve gone through some fascinating material and at the end of the show we briefly came on to the topic of the New Age and I basically want to begin this segment by diving right into that. Alan, you mentioned that this New Age was something that began in the 18th century, correct?
Alan: Yes, pretty well. The philosophy of the New Age began to be pushed out there into the public.
Henrik: Was this something that began as something brought forth within the secret societies and so forth?
Alan: Yes, the controllers of the societies. The societies themselves are structured like the pyramid, so you have the lowly orders at the bottom, like the Blue Lodge of Freemasonry for instance. That’s on the bottom and there’s other structurized ones above them and only the ones at the capstone really know the whole agenda. Very few get up to that point. However, they knew that they’d already started an express train called the Industrial Revolution, but they also knew how long it was going to last and it’s almost like getting a big train started and as you’re reaching maximum speed you start putting on the brakes for the next part, you see, and so they came out in the late 1800’s with different authors and front people to push what we would now call the New Age and Madame Blavatsky was one of the main ones, a very theatrical woman and trained for theatrics. She came out with all this stuff of mysticism about India and reincarnation, the coming New Age, which really is based on Hinduism, and at the end of every Great Age that they talk about a huge culling goes on at the end of it and only those who are fit come through into the next stage. That’s the important part, which they don’t like to talk too much about.
Henrik: They see themselves as the masters who are going to survive whatever it is that they either will be orchestrating or that will be occurring at the end of their “end times” so to speak?
Alan: Yes. You see, evolution itself is not a Darwinian teaching. It’s a Hinduistic belief and Darwin who was a Freemason and who totally believed the Masonic Doctrine (which again is just ancient Hinduism) simply put forward to the general public what the higher Masons had always been taught. They do believe in this evolution of a superior species down through ages and as the next type has served its purpose it dies off, except for the ultra fit, and this is where the whole term of “Superman” came from. You had different authors writing about the coming Superman. Adolph Hitler loved this idea and he read Blavatsky’s works. He was in love with the idea of the Ubermensch, the Superman, that would come along and Blavatsky said that “we shall couple human spirit with science to create the Superman,” and that’s what they’re talking about now and those who are unfit to go into this age will simply have to be killed off.
Henrik: I’ve been researching a lot about mythology and stuff that has with these ancient tales to do – that actually speaks of the kind of events taking place in the past basically. Large cataclysms or whatever and actually a few have remained either through – interesting enough because you brought out underground tunnels – as the underground or you know through some other means, but basically to shorten this story a bit. Do you think that these mythologies and so forth is something that is created for our age, for our purpose, that would make us believe these things even more that they are natural, or do you think that they have taken place?
Alan: I think they’ve taken place. Whether it was man-caused or it was a natural event is up to the individual to decide. I don’t believe in fatalism. I think that’s part of the teaching in many religions for control purposes. If you truly believe nothing can be altered, then you’ve submitted to the agenda and they want people to think everything is already pre-destined. I don’t think it’s that way at all. I think we have the right individually and as people to choose where we wish to go in the future.
Now there’s not doubt about it that the writings of Tacitus, who was the historian for Nero when they went through Europe and into England, he did say that the Druids claimed that they had recorded three previous times or ages (an age just being a period of measurable time) where catastrophes had happened and the high Druids went into the mountains – inside mountains to survive. Flash fire followed by water. If we go into the histories of the ancient Greeks, the whole story of Mount Olympus began really with Mount Parnassus and Mount Parnassus is riddled with tunnels. They claim they went in to this mountain to escape previous catastrophes and these mountains are well stocked.
If we go to the mythologies of the Old Testament, which were a borrowed hodge-podge of different peoples’ religions, you’ll find that Mount Ararat is also riddled with tunnels and today it’s guarded by the Turkish army, but they are there. We have similar things in the Andes. We also have similar things in the Grampian Mountains in Scotland. And then the Hindus of Northern India, the Brahmins claimed that they went for refuge inside the mountains on their northern borders and survived as well.
Now what’s interesting too is that if we were to take HAARP technology alone, HAARP was stopped – the initial experimentations with HAARP were stopped by its founder when he first came out with the Tesla technology because he said that this had the capability of superheating the atmosphere to such an extent it would explode. The oxygen would explode and he was afraid of a flash fire that would sweep around the world. Now if that happened you’d have immediate melting of the poles. You’d have immediate evaporation into the clouds and then deluge as you had a flood; so it could be caused by that technique, which is interesting.
Now, of course, in the esoteric, fire is male and female is water and so they wrap all this stuff into other allegories as well. There’s probably a truth behind this initially.
Henrik: Yes, that’s real interesting because again I keep returning to the idea that we go in these kinds of cycles or circles basically even if these things happened – I don’t know I should say naturally in the past. I mean as you say it could have been technology back then too, but we seem to be entering a stage now where as you say the technology again is possible to create these kinds of geological upheavals and cataclysms.  I have to ask you. I mean do you think that they could plan these kinds of things ahead, especially towards the year 2012, which I guess you have heard about?
Alan: I’m sure they are. They’re already doing it. I know they’re doing it with the weather modification because I’ve watched them build storms when they start spraying like crazy and the next thing you know the big winds come in. I tune in the shortwave. I can pick up the HAARP pulsing away used in conjunction with it and we have these tremendous freak storms we never had before, so they are using this technology now. There’s nothing in the Revelations of the New Testament that cannot be done through science: Pestilence, famine, disease, all that kind of stuff, earthquakes. That can all be done scientifically today.
Henrik: What do you think in the years ahead here, if you were to speculate, what do you think we will see? What kind of world will develop here?
Alan: It will depend how the transformation goes. See, they’ve already pretty well dissected society down and this was a necessity even in teachings in government circles. They would have to break down what was left of the family unit, and when that was done, then the individual would be directly responsible to the government and vice versa. They’ve been very successful with that really. The next step is to see how well the individual adapts to the technology that’s been given him. The computer was given not for our happiness. It was given to us to make it easier to manipulate us to get into a cashless society, to make it easier for a globalist system, to track and trace everybody’s spending, purchases, thoughts and ideas for total information network. They make us adapt so quickly and that’s going back to Plato, “man is the most adaptable creature on the planet.” We adapt so quickly we never stop and think, well, is there another motive behind this adaptation?
Of course, now they’re coming out with a little cell phone that’s strapped to you ear. You look like one of the Borg on the Star Trek, and they think that’s neat you see and it’s all ready for the chip in the brain. They will advertise this as the best thing since sliced bread. They will. They’ll tell you that my god you don’t need all this clumsy equipment. You can have a movie right in your head and you’ll think you’re part of it.
Henrik: Sometimes I can even imagine that they in some sense development kind of clumsy technology with all the wires and crap so people will eventually become tired of it and basically demand–
Alan: Exactly. That’s why they have given you separate components to the computer and a separate printer. They could have done the whole thing in something the size of a packet of cigarettes you know.
Henrik: Yes, exactly.
Alan: Easily. Because they just dish out this technology a piece at a time, when as I say they had micro circuitry back in the ’50’s. It’s a con game to get us to go along with their agenda where we’re living in a virtual reality, you see, and of course we shall be controlled by central Cray Computers which can handle you know millions – one computer of a Cray Computer can handle the population and all their data on a daily basis quite easily.
Henrik: This of course steps up the possibility that they’re closing into basically a real scenario of the matrix and the human soul becomes the ghost in the machine.
Alan: Yes, that’s happened. See, most people today are not thinking sentient beings and neither were my parents either. This has been going on for a long time. They’ve never been allowed to develop individually. They’ve been trained from school onwards to “repeat after me,” and you just repeat everything you’re told and you get your little square cap in graduation. That’s means you’re dumbed-down and allowed into their system. People haven’t really evolved personally. What they’ve done is followed the fads that have been put out there for them to follow and all they do then is repeat their download to everyone around them; they’re not original thinkers. They’ve never been encouraged to be original thinkers, and, in fact, now it’s frowned upon to be an original thinker. You’re looked upon with suspicion because you might scare people. They have their safe paradigm and they’re terrified of a thought which makes them uncomfortable, which might make them have to decide upon something for themselves. You see? And that’s part of the whole New Age movement why it was introduced this way is to create a uniformity.
Now it doesn’t matter what school of meditation it’s called, it’s all coming from the same source at the top. It’s like Isis. Isis in ancient Middle East was called “The Queen with a Thousand Faces,” so no matter what you looked at for religion it was the same religion under a different name. And Babylon too was the same. Babylon was the system. Now some people would only see part of the system and never connect it all together. It was the entire structure all around you. Babylon was a mystery because people couldn’t fathom all of what it was, but it was the entire structural, economic, religious, bureaucratic system.
Henrik: As you mentioned regarding things like meditation and so forth, I mean do you think that there are things in that fact that is dangerous to the human?
Alan: What I’ve seen in people, it doesn’t give them more of an individual personality. They come out of it repeating clichés. They repeat little slogans they’ve been taught. You can’t have a conversation because they repeat slogans which they’ve been taught. They repeat it back to you. They can’t think for themselves and they’ve all been brainwashed that it’s all going to be wonderful and rosy and we’ll all be one. And in a sense, I keep telling them, yes, you’ll all be one when you have a brain chip and you’re all hooked into the same world computer. It’s not the oneness that I was thinking of.
Henrik: Exactly. For myself at least I mean an important difference there, because of course I recognize that we are all part of this experience together, in a sense that is as one, but that doesn’t mean that we should take away our individuality in that realization
Alan: Yes, and we are individuals and that’s the joy of living. At one time and it was the same in Sweden and other countries I’ve gone through years ago when I used to be in the music industry. Occasionally here and there you’d find a person living way out in the sticks, way out in the boonies, and it was wonderful to hear a person’s point of view on things when they sat solitary and did all their thinking for themselves. It was a wonderful experience because in the mass market, the mass culture, you’re getting the same stuff that comes from TV repeated through a billion mouths until it gets to you and so you’re only being conditioned to see things one way. It’s the individual thinker who’s sat themselves and they tell you what their view of life is. You come away refreshed. And they’re trying to destroy individualism and they have said that the enemy to their system is the “individualistic person”. That is the enemy.
Henrik: You know I saw this yesterday and I don’t know if you’ve heard about it because it is about – what was it they call it? Project Red, this new thing, new fad by Bono and Oprah basically and they have come together with a few different companies and basically developed together with these companies different products that people should buy and all of these have the color red, and I saw it on the website yesterday they have the Red Manifesto and so forth and it should help to end poverty in Africa and these are the kinds of things that – I mean on the surface of course it’s beautiful and very heartwarming and so forth, but I can’t process this – I mean what’s your take on a thing like that?
Alan: Well I’ve watched this for many years how this technique is used. Now Freemasonry itself is hard to attack because they always have this outer portico as Albert Pike called it of charity. It’s hard to attack mom’s apple pie, you see, but if you get into the middle of that pie you generally find that there’s something very rotten there and this is what you’re finding here. Now this system we live in is a debt system where about 12 or 13 families have the right somehow magically to be the bankers of the world and decide who owes what et cetera and we take that as somehow normal. Like gravity, it’s just there and yet they live on the creation of debt and usury and they’ve pumped billions of dollars into Africa over hundreds of years. Probably trillions and it never gets to where it’s supposed to go. Never.
We know if we read the writings of John Stuart Mill and his father, who were economists for the big British system, it was not intended to let the blacks of Africa live. They had decided in the 1800’s that they could not adapt to an economic system.
Henrik: Do you know why Africa is such an intensely continent that is under this extreme pressure so to speak?
Alan: It’s because – even in the 1700’s if you read the economists of the 1700’s, they had – we think that Adolph Hitler had a list of all the inferior types that would have to be rubbed out and that’s again tying in with Blavatsky’s Hinduism. Same thing. Hitler wasn’t the first. The economists of the 1700’s and 1800’s had this list too and they had already studied what cultures would adapt to the new western economic system and which ones could not, and so they had a list made up – even H.G. Wells in his non-fiction works wrote the same list –that the blacks would have to be eliminated, the Red Indian of America would have to be eliminated. They even had the Irish down as being eliminated. Anyone who couldn’t mimic the white man (that’s what they said) into this new system would be excess and would therefore have to be eliminated; and we’re simply seeing it underway as they pretend they’re there to help them.
Now all the help that’s went into Africa has totally destroyed their culture. They have none left. Now they know that in Darwin’s own Hinduistic theory, a superior culture will always destroy that of the inferior. When you destroy the inferior they turn to drugs, alcohol, everything to escape. They’re in misery. When the foundation of all that made you who you were is drawn from underneath your feet you collapse and that’s what’s happening to Africa. We know that when the World Health Organization went through there they left the trail of AIDS in their wake with their free inoculations of smallpox vaccines.
Henrik: And this was one of campaigns that this project Red or whatever it was called was basically to help fund money so that people in Africa can have the wonderful drugs.
Alan: Yes and I’ve watched programs on it where they vomit them up because it’s killing them too and it’s a disaster. This is the real holocaust of this new century.
Henrik: Yes, exactly.
Alan: And it’s deliberate. It’s been allowed to happen. It was planned centuries ago and the big banking boys – see, you don’t get up to meet the big bankers of the world or prime ministers without doors opening for you. And here’s Bono asking the countries to forgive the debt, which they do every five years, and they want Bono and these other people to come along and ask this and they appear to be so magnificent.
Now number one, why are countries acting like bankers and giving loans to these countries anyway? And number two, the debt isn’t forgiven because the citizenry of each country is put down as a guarantor; so when Canada writes off the debt or the U.S. or any other country, it’s still paid off to those bankers by the guarantor instead of by the recipient. It’s an ongoing debt scam you see.
Now HARPO is just OPRAH backwards. HARPO comes from Harpocrates, which is the Greek word from the Egyptian of the symbol for secrecy. It’s one of the high parts of the esoteric groups.
Henrik: Again this connects with the occult and I was going to ask you about things like Satanism and Luciferianism and some things like that. I mean how does that connect with all of this according to you?
Alan: It all does connect. When people are the functions which they do, it’s very interesting. It’s like Aldous Huxley. “Al” is a play backwards on “la,” which is the French (and France was a big player in the creation of the languages) which is a feminine “the” and you’ll find that coming up over and over through esoteric language; and “deux” comes from two, so the female is deux, duad, she’s the duad of freemasonry. Then you have Huxley. “Ley” is part of a way or a path and “hux” comes from the old “hex,” which is to cast a spell. Therefore their names are actually what they do and their families do and you’ll find Huxley’s father before him was into the same thing and they believed in eugenics, of course, pushing eugenics for society. Then you go into Darwin, which is a play – an old English “Dar” was to dare and “win” can be also win and it can also be pronounced with a “v,” which is the vine; and so high knights, nobility, they dare to win. Knights are bold you see. This is all Masonic terminology, which became their names.
Henrik: So we have a bunch of people who basically set up even their children to be part of this system, even with their names going into it.
Alan: Absolutely.
Henrik: Amazing. One thing that I was thinking about earlier was: I don’t know if you’ve seen it the movie, “THX 1138,” that must be like a dream world for the – I mean it’s a combination between as I see basically “Brave New World” and “1984” basically with its technological and drug-induced population.
Alan: Yes, exactly. That’s the whole idea, that you could do anything with a society which is reared from babyhood by the ruling elite, the state itself, and trained and the only knowledge they’d have on anything would be that which was indoctrinated into it; and then drugged throughout its life, tested and monitored to make sure that they had no aberrant thoughts. That was also a very telling movie.
Henrik: Directed by George Lucas. This began, this last step I guess in this process began – did it begin when they started to break up families? You know getting the kids into the schools and getting both parents working basically?
Alan: Definitely. At one time the communists were blamed heavily in America for this and sure enough they had one of their main popular guys who was always in the media who coined the term, “don’t trust anyone over 30,” and then it came down to 20, and so the communists were certainly pushing it. However, then when you looked at the capitalist side of it they were doing the same thing because people like Lord Bertrand Russell, a British Lord who spearheaded a lot of this movement, in his own book “Roads to Freedom,” he was given his own experimental schools to shape children that he was given and a lot of orphans into a specific way of thinking and actually limit the knowledge available to them so they’d have a particular world view that he would be the one – he’d be like God to them giving them a world view.
All they would know is what they were told and he said “we,” and he’s talking on behalf of the elite, “used to think we would have to take away all the children from their birth mothers at birth to create our perfect utopia,” he said, “but now we’ve found we can actually indoctrinate the child so well that if we can get them at the age of two by scientific daily indoctrination they can be given back to their parents every evening and whatever morals their parents try and contaminate their children with,” and those are his words, “it will be of no avail. The scientific indoctrination will prevail.” So they understood this perfectly. Here’s the capitalists wanting to try and do the same thing. Then we found the same thing as Plato talked about because in his perfect utopia in his book, “The Republic,” written 2,300 years ago, they were going to remove the children at birth and give them specific indoctrination.
Henrik: My God, I mean this is about disconnecting that thing; but now, as you said, they’ve got this technology basically to kill the parents, care for the child and nurse it, so to speak, and so they don’t have to worry about that part, but they still will be answering to the government basically.
Alan: Yes, and even the early Kibbutzim in Israel were interesting because there was a book written called, “Children of the Dream” by a Jewish sociologist and he thought that this was wonderful that they could actually bring up children who did not know who their parents were in the Kibbutz. So real communism as far as he was concerned – and the only thing is, though, it didn’t last. It didn’t last because the mothers, eventually, their instincts overcame it and they wanted to be with their own children; but for a while it was kind of successful and so the ideology of the group was trained into the children and they were – well that’s exactly what Hitler wanted to do eventually with the special breeding camps. It’s the same story over and over, regardless of what side you think you’re looking at. It’s all the same thing.
Henrik: Yes, and let’s talk a little bit more about the young people, the children, because some of the methods that they use. I mean things like music and fashion and so forth. I mean I think all of this connects with mind control basically and suggestions – I mean what is it that makes young people fall into these patterns so easily and basically want these kind of things?
Alan: It’s the complete study of human nature and the milestones that we go through from birth to death, every category, every age group. It’s perfectly understood and teenagers who are going through an awkward phase to begin with because they don’t know who they are. You’re questioning everything. Young boys wonder if they’re actually walking all right. Am I un-gamely and all that type of thing. So you’re insecure and so you want to belong – to be accepted by others must mean that you’re okay; and so those in charge of culture creation, and believe you me, culture is always created by the ones at the top and okayed. Nothing comes from the grassroots, although they pretend it does. Even rap music did not come from any ghetto in the states. It came from the ones at the top. It’s all given and it’s marketed to the children, and each generation thinks the one that they’re given is actually theirs and they never stop to ask why.
You see, if the human brain hasn’t changed in at least – let’s just be minimalistic and say thousands of years – if Beethoven or Mozart or Chopin or any of the composers were popular and really altered the cultures in their day for teenagers, technically that should hold true today as well. However, you’ll find the conditioning is so well put across that teenagers won’t even look at the music of their parents. We never ask why is it that, if the human brain truly appreciates music it should like all the music that was ever enjoyed by any generation of teenagers, but it’s not. It’s because they’re taught that they are special. Each one is taught that they are special and the music that’s piped into them up to the age of about 24 will stay with them until they’re old. It’s a method of creating part of the culture for that generation that they think just happened spontaneously, but in fact is scientifically induced and promoted to them.
Henrik: Is this Tavistock and things like this?
Alan: That’s right. Big players in it.
Henrik: Can you tell us something about the background of Tavistock?
Alan: Tavistock was at one point a mental hospital in London, England, and it was the first one to get government funding to go into psychological experimentation which could be marketed or used on mass populations and World War I.  In World War I whole villages and towns were getting sent off to fight and get killed by the thousands in 15 minutes at a time as they walked into machine gun fire and they eventually were running out of men to join up, so they said how can we get young men to want to join up? And so they started to promote drama over the BBC radio and that’s why the BBC radio was first put into existence. Right away it was for propaganda purposes and they would give you a series – they found that the serial that you tune into daily to find out what happens and always leaves you with a cliffhanger at the end of each show to make sure that you tune in on the following day.
They found that that had a tremendous influence on the listening public and Tavistock sent agents out across Britain to collect this data and even into bars and places to find if the conversations of the play—the exciting play—was being discussed and they found it was. Right away – see that in itself is behavior modification. If you can start parroting the next day what you heard on radio or a television, you are being modified. You’re adapting behavior to suit what you’ve been given. Well, they found out in one of the plays that was called “The White Feather” that was a drama about girls who gave up their boyfriends if they didn’t go off and fight. They’d wear a white feather in their hat.
Well, the next thing you knew, sure enough, the women who heard this drama started to do that in real life and their boyfriends either joined the Army or the girlfriend would give them the brush-off. Therefore they could modify behavior through fiction and Tavistock was heavily funded from then on and used heavily from then on. In fact, they were the leaders of the world with the brain implants back in the early ’50’s.
Henrik: Yes, yes. I read an article about I think it was Henry Makow who wrote it regarding Tavistock using bus loads of screaming teenage girls at some of the first Beatles concerts to create the hype that later was to follow.
Alan: That’s right, they did. They knew exactly how to create drama, hysteria and to get – in fact they first tried it out with Frank Sinatra.
Henrik: Oh really.
Alan: They brought in hundreds and hundreds of girls to his concert to a very young Frank Sinatra and they paid them to throw their panties at the stage when he was singing, and they did. The rest of them started doing the same. Group psychology is well tested you see.
Henrik: This reminds me of things like Edward Bernays used to do back in New York making – I don’t know if you heard about it, but he basically made it acceptable for women to smoke and drink. I mean that story is amazing how – was it the models he hired to go down was it Madison Avenue smoking cigarettes and then calling it, was it, “freedom torches” or “torches for freedom” or something like that.
Alan: That’s right. In other words, they can market anything to us and that is what Bertrand Russell said in his own book, “The Impact of Science on Society.” Well worth the read. In the 1950’s he said, “we shall have to employ the big marketing organizations which are specialists in behavior modification.” That’s where the big agencies came in.
Henrik: Well I mean obviously here we’ve gone through a lot of information here, but when we get down to it I’ve got two questions here but let’s start with the first one. Do you have any idea about who is at the top of the pyramid so to speak?
Alan: What we have at the top is definitely someone that’s not in the public limelight and I’ve no doubt the name probably wouldn’t mean anything to the public either, because in their own structure the man who does no work is called the “lazy boy”. Those who have made it into the guardian class are the lazy boys. Anyone who works in any capacity is still a worker and so the Rockefellers and even the Rothschild’s and those people are still basically high-level workers. They know more of the agenda, but they’re not the bosses. The real families are behind the scenes. One day they have promised themselves to emerge and Blavatsky talked about that, that the “hidden masters,” as she called them, when all was safe for them to appear they would come forth and show themselves to the public. Now the only way I can see them coming forth and showing themselves to the public is if it was so safe that we were all brain chipped that nothing could possibly happen to these new hidden masters. That’s what I fear.
Henrik: UFOs and alien invasions and things like this. I mean is there a possibility that these people could pose as the gods of the ancient worlds that could be alien?
Alan: They could easily, easily spin something like that because religion – when you create new religion it must always go with and you do notice this. It always goes with what’s given to the public as the latest science of its day. That’s the only way you can make sense when it’s given over, is if it relates to the science you’re taught of your day and we find that happens now. Why is it the UFO business just became a fad when science fiction and flight and future projects to do with various aircrafts were already being tested?
Why didn’t they become a fad in the 1800’s or the 1700’s? It only became a fad because it was promoted from the top, you see, and they always give you a religion which is wonderful, it’s very intriguing, but they’ll never give you the truth. You know, I think we’re living in an age when science itself is so far advanced as to what can be done, as opposed to what the public are told, when they can beam thoughts into your head; that even when you have an experience personally you have to question it: Was this induced scientifically? We know that the same equipment that was used that Begich showed on television to put thoughts into your head were being used by the CIA and MI6 in the transcendental meditation schools that sprung up in the ’60’s and people were getting their religious experiences. They’d hear God talking to them.
Henrik: Is there any way you think that we as humans now can access information and being able to trust our own feelings about those things? I’m talking about here you know basically kind of accessing your own central truth within yourself or something that you feel in your heart or so forth. I mean is there still a possibility?
Alan: It’s a possibility. I know that. It can be done. I don’t know if it can be done for everybody. I think that to get to a certain stage that you break through. The key is not simply understanding what’s happening around you. The key is also examining yourself – self-reflection to find out what kind of person you are; because if we can see what’s bad in the world, how would you change it in a different society? You have to reflect upon yourself and look at all the things you’ve done yourself that you didn’t even know at times. We can influence so many people, so many people on a daily basis. If we’re in a bad mood and we’re in a hurry going off to work or something and we’re short with somebody and it’s forgotten so quickly, but it’s not for that person. That might be the final clincher before they commit suicide for all you know.
We do affect people. I think in a spiritual sense—a true spiritual sense which has no formula or dogma—I know personally that there are areas you get into, that you’re taken to you might say, which are beyond all of this which is here right now and it’s that which brings knowledge with it and understanding with it, but really it’s based on self-reflection. The New Age movement encourages all them to be one, be happy, don’t look at the negative; which is exactly what the elite want. When the world is getting ready to pull the floor from under your feet, they don’t want you looking at it and so they’re training them to be egosyntonic: Chase after that what makes you happy and ignore the bad. If you ignore the bad it’s at your own peril. However, there is definitely a chance that this could be offset by a few people who have the knowledge and who have some means of getting it out to the public and who do not want to be set up as some kind of guru who brings shamans in, or goes off to Mount Shasta or whatever is trendy, but simply speaks the truth from the heart and lays it out there.
Now the world might change for you individually, which might in some cases be more important than all the rest. As you change yourself individually, the world can change with you. That’s a whole topic. It’s a deep philosophy which would take a long time to explain, but there are things which happen to an individual as they go on this journey, especially when you can get over the anger, because as you go through the journey when you understand the evil that’s controlling this, the inhumanity of it all, there’s definitely an anger phase that many people get stuck in.
Henrik: I can see it in a certain way because conspiracies and so forth have in some sense become popularized and all I see is basically in that area is that it is exposed in a sense that it makes people more and more angry as they see all the corruption on the TV, but there’s never any kind of psychological handling of these things or any kind of solution to them.
Alan: And yet the solution as I say is to alter yourself because we are composites of our own indoctrination and we have to break free of all that to find out who we are and we’ve got to find out what power resides within us. And finding that is truly empowering. It truly is. That’s when part of your mind really expands. Your personality alters. You find who you are and you’ve broken free. When you can break free above the matrix even in the bottom level (level one I call it) and get up near the ceiling of level one you’ve done really well, but you have to break through the next level and the word level and the coding level and go higher.
Henrik: So this is according to you a process that’s highly is connected with your awareness, not only of your surroundings but also then of yourself?
Alan: Yes, and I don’t advocate drugs. I’ve noticed that – see, whenever in history we’re guided by the big gurus that are sent out by the big boys who are heavily financed and they always take you down the same road of a form of what they claim is spirituality coupled with experiences to do with drugs, and that is self-defeating. That’s not enlightening at all. Why would the big boys always push the same format like Aleister Crowley? Aleister Crowley set off part of the New Age movement. It’s now admitted he did work for MI5 as an agent and here he is sent into the world a high Freemason to set up an esoteric group and to lead youngsters into this new channeling, drug-taking type of experience. He was sent out with the blessings of the British Crown to do that. Therefore whenever I see the same thing happening again and any other big highly-promoted people doing that, I see the same formula there and you have to draw back. See, Albert Pike said, “we always give the public their leaders.” That’s why the public never win.
Henrik: They’ve got the strategy down.
Alan: Yes, and so again that’s ancient strategy.
Henrik: And why change something that is working perfectly.
Alan: Exactly. That’s the thing you see. Whenever you see something that walks like a duck and quacks like a duck, you don’t have to have someone else tell you, yeah, it’s a duck. If the MO [Modus Operandi] is the same, it’s the same people behind them.  I’ve watched people throughout many, many years delve into the drugs and all this nonsense with South America. Aleister Crowley was the first one to push the going down to South America and taking the drugs of the shamans and as I say he was funded by the British Secret Service to do so. Truth doesn’t come with a muddled mind and drugs certainly do that.
Henrik: I agree. Step one here, we’ve got about two or so minutes left here, but step one basically of course is to wake up people through these facts and so forth. I mean that’s what we’re hearing now and what we’re trying to do because I mean you’re out there screaming at the top of your lungs basically and I mean do you think that we will make it?
Alan: We can make it very simply and easily. I’ve been on a few shows and I always know when there’s Masons involved because they shy away from this part of the solution and I tell them look right down to your local level on your local town council, your town council board to your police and your local level, to everybody who matters in your area for decision making that you elect into power, right up to the federal level.  I said you’re giving people power to make laws which they can put on over you which will affect you. Why would you do that if you do not know what secret societies or “societies with secrets,” as they call it, they belong to and they have sworn allegiance to and they have sworn to obey?
And yet, all across the country, it doesn’t matter what little town you go into, there’s a Masonic Lodge and everybody who is anybody for decision making in that area belongs to it and they have all sworn to obey their own superiors up to the Grand Lodge. This is why everything is happening worldwide at the same time. That’s why all of the United Nations agreements right down to even building codes which will eventually put you off your land because you can’t keep up with them. It’s being pushed forward by Freemasons and women who are in the Eastern Star and a myriad of other branches of the same thing; and so to give people power to make laws over us, we better start demanding to know what organizations they have given allegiance to already. And that would be one heck of a big start.
Henrik: I totally agree. Let’s make that our agenda here, because we have to do it and we have to at least inform people so that they are aware enough to make their own conclusions of what they’re a part of.
Alan: Absolutely. 
Henrik: Alan, I want to thank you I mean so much for this interview. It has been great and give us your details to your website so people can get in contact with you and so forth.
Alan: You can check out .com and I have some DVDs and old talks on ancient religions for sale. Check them all out. Download all the free ones that are there for yourselves and I hope to hear from you soon.
Henrik: Great, and Alan, I hope we can do this again sometime in the future because this has been great.
Alan: Sure we can.
Henrik: Okay, thank you very much for coming on, Alan.
Alan: Thanks for having me.
Henrik: Thank you. All right, there we go. Awesome. That was a wonderful interview. Thank you, Alan, very much.
Alan: It’s a pleasure.
Henrik: We’re going to add the internet and so forth after the show. We have recorded it now and we will send you the links and so forth so you can give it to people who want to listen to it. Great. Great. So we’ll drop you a mail too and if I remember correctly this show will air also on DBS Radio.com, the first part I should say, on next Sunday. Not this coming Sunday, but the next. But we’ll send you an email with all the information, okay?
Alan: That would be helpful.
Henrik: Yes, great. Thank you very much again, Alan, and we’ll talk soon.
Alan: Sure enough.
Henrik: Take care.
Alan: Bye now.
Henrik: Bye-bye.
____________________________________________________________

ALAN WATT TRANSCRIPT
INTERVIEW WITH RICHARD SYRETT
ON
THE RICHARD SYRETT SHOW
May 26, 2006

Richard:  I’m here. I’m not here. I’m like a ghost but tonight I am live in studio on the air. Last week of course we were preempted by hockey and in the next couple of weeks there’ll be some Argonauts football and I’ll be starting a little bit later so you need like flow charts to follow the schedule but if you look hard enough you’ll find it. It requires perseverance and patience but anything worth having requires this sort of thing and as always check out the website richardsyrett.com. You can also get to it through 640Toronto.com and that will give you the heads up when I’m on and sometimes I’m starting a little bit later. Who’s coming up on the program? Who was on last week and the week prior and also a special hello to those listening on the free podcast which you can subscribe to at richardsyrett.com.

All right, now that we’ve taken care of a little administrative work, time to cut through the crap, ladies and gentlemen. Cut through the fog and the headlines and we’re going to discuss the shadowy figures behind history really. The managers who stage-manage events, the scriptwriters if you will, that our so-called leaders follow to a tee; if they get on the script, of course, then they’re written out of the script if you get my meaning.

Alan Watt has been studying these shadowy figures for many, many years. He is an expert in ancient religion, ancient civilizations, the occult groups which manage them and he’s the author of a number of books, the “Cutting Through” book series, Volumes, I, II & III. You can read all about it on an amazing website he has called .com. A great delight to welcome to the program, Alan Watt. Hello Alan. Welcome to AM640.

Alan:  Hi. It’s a pleasure to be here.

Richard:  I’ve received probably about two-dozen emails over the last month-and-a-half asking specifically for you. You know I get hundreds of emails but when I get a number that size asking to get Alan Watt on the program, well then, I roll up my sleeves and I get it done. So it’s a pleasure to have you here, and Alan, I hope you won’t take this question in the wrong way, but what is a gentleman like yourself doing in a town like Sudbury? I would expect to find you somewhere like in London or New York.

Alan:  No, no. I’ve been to those places and I couldn’t stand London at all. It’s too crowded for me, but I’m not inside Sudbury, I’m just outside of it.

Richard:  Okay, the suburbs of Sudbury. You know another interesting hotbed of dissent and radical thinking is Winnipeg. Do you know Henry Makow?

Alan:  No. I’ve heard of him though.

Richard:  He’s the creator of Scruples. Has an amazing website called Savingthemales.com. Henry was in town and Henry’s a renegade. He’s a subversive character. He got fired from the University of Winnipeg for teaching his particular brand, his take on world events, and I was sitting down for coffee at Fran’s here across the street and from time to time I get kind of down doing this kind of program. I mean there’s a just cynicism that goes with sort of sifting through world events and it can kind of be a pessimistic world view; and I was asking Henry, how do you deal with being the social pariah and all that? How do you deal knowing what you know, Alan? How do you deal with cynicism and your own pessimism when you look at the world today?

Alan:  I think you deal with it by coming through the understanding of just how bad it is because it really is pretty bad. Not by happenstance either. It’s planned that way. That’s what really gets you is when you realize; you catch on to the fact that nothing happens in history on a major scale unless it’s planned.

Richard:  Well that makes it worse because if things are just sort of serendipity or happenstance, then you know tomorrow the sun will rise but it’s a brand new day and things could shake out entirely different. But this stuff–I mean there’s a script here that’s been going on for thousands of years and so we’re locked into this, so that makes it even a more cynical game. I mean for those people that sleep well at night and you know I think Woody Allen used the line, “their values are God and carpeting.”

Alan:  That’s right.

Richard:  They just sort of skim across the surface of life. They always get a good night’s sleep, but you know. I mean you drill down and you know there’s a script here, so that makes it worse.

Alan:  Yes, but I’ve sort of grown up seeing it and understanding it even when I was young and watching events unfold and watching the adults around me as I grew up, who seemed oblivious to it even then. I saw the European Union come into view long before anybody else woke up to it really in the public and I see the same thing happening here of course. I’ve known it for years and all events it’s a done deal. That type of thing and it was planned because nothing happens with bureaucrats that happens in an instant. It takes years and years of negotiations and signatures and so on, so we’re living a script really, and, as you say, it’s a very, very old one.

Richard:  Alan Watt, my guest, .com. I highly recommend you logon to that site: and Alan is with us tonight. We’ll open up the phone lines as well at 416-870-6400 or *640 on cell. I know a great many of you have been anticipating Alan coming on the program and I’m delighted to have him here with us tonight. What page on the script are we on, Alan? Are we in the third act? Is this the epilogue, or where are we?

Alan:  This is the never-ending story. That’s what it means. We’re at the final phase of the world transition into the true global society and a planned society. You’ve heard of family planning. Now it’s global planning, which means that the future that’s coming into view is to be run by experts, where no one will be born without a function eventually; and of course genetic engineering is coming into play big time. That’s why the rush has been on for so many years towards this agenda. They plan to create new types of slaves you might say.

Richard:  Yes, slaves. You know for some people it’s difficult for them to wrap their heads around that term used in the context of the 21st Century, but I would say yet we are slaves but our cage is very clean and well appointed but we’re slaves nonetheless; and that’s the trick, isn’t it? It’s the fur-lined track. You keep the slaves happy down on the farm and that’s what they’ve done.

Alan:  Yes. It was Charles Galton Darwin who was a physicist—

Richard:  –the grandson of Charles Darwin?

Alan:  Charles Darwin, yes. He put a book out called “The Next Million Years” back in the 1950’s, about ’56 or so, and he spoke on behalf of the elite and he basically mandated the need to start reducing the population of the commoners drastically.

Richard:  The useless eaters?

Alan: Useless eaters and he also said, “there’s always existed in civilization slavery in a form, one form or another, and we are simply creating a new more sophisticated form of slavery,” and that is basically where we are today. We are self-maintained slaves.

Richard:  Self-maintained and self-medicated?

Alan:  Yes, and everyone works for the government really and that’s what they even say in the federal government because I know a few of them in there. We all work for the government. We buy our clothes. We feed ourselves. We buy vehicles to get to work, so yes, we are self-maintained slaves.

Richard:  It’s Alan Watt my guest and his website .com and the “Cutting Through” Book Series, Volumes I, II & III. Just go through the titles of the three volumes if you would, Alan.

Alan:  Well, I go through the – it’s not so much the titles as such. I actually wrote these books to go with a whole series I did on ancient history up to the present and I go through the occult societies that always existed. They change their names and forms like chameleons up to the present time. I go through the agenda including the new type of man that’s to be created that’s neither quite male nor female, which was discussed even in ancient times. The American Psychiatric Association even had a huge conference on this thing, that to create world peace they’d have to create a new type of human being, a form of hermaphrodite; and it’s strange how this ties into the occult and the hermaphroditic figure being the perfect being of ancient times.

Richard:  Well that’s an interesting area. Sort of the androgyny and that’s something that if you’re not hip to Henry Makow, his website saving the males, I mean he really talks about just that exact same thing and how man has really been sort of stripped of his identity.

Alan:  Yes, he has.

Richard:  I mean we are hunters. We are protectors of women, essentially, yet in this mechanized world we have no real role. We are “useless eaters” quickly becoming so and really stripped of our independence, as I know you talk about and write about. We can no longer really fend for ourselves or grow our own food. We’ve lost most of our skills.

Alan:  We have. Initially, thousands and thousands of years ago, there were tribal societies and most of the information we have about them comes from the Romans who came into Europe. It explains an awful lot when you understand how society worked, as opposed to the present day why things don’t work – right down to the man and the woman and the single home. In tribal situations the women lived in the center of the tribe and they brought up the children communally and really the women picked their mates when they wanted them and they had many different ones.

There was no such thing as a possession of another person and along came eventually the Catholic Church when they came into Europe and the first law that it passed was marriage with one partner for life, and that was the kickoff of “The Agenda.” Along with that came the moneyed system as well, which hadn’t existed before – and that’s what they called “civilization”.

Civilization to the elite means the beginning or the birth of THEIR SYSTEM of money, commerce and getting the public to work towards particular goals along the way, and they called it “The Great Work” 4,500 BC.

Richard:  The planning–you talked about Charles Galton Darwin and the book was “The Next Million Years.”Well, and we read about Stalin’s five-year plan, but the New World Order, I mean they’re looking at–they’re taking a hundred year swap at it really. We’re going to break for the news here in a minute, but when we come back I want to talk a little bit about how long this plan for the global society of the New Man, the New Slave or the New World Order has been around and who some of the principal architects are. Also, I wanted to talk a little bit about–when we talk about the conspiracy, it’s kind of an onion. You know if you peel away the layers and eventually you find that there’s oftentimes no real center there. All you’re left with is a pile of onion skin.

Alan:  It’s the glass onion.

Richard:  We’ll touch on this and much, much more. Alan Watt, , on the Richard Syrett Show here on AM640 Toronto Radio. News is next. Stay with us. , Alan Watt my guest on the line 416-870-6400. Alan, before the break I wanted to talk about this long-term planning to achieve globalization or the aims of the New World Order. Now when I think of the objectives of the New World Order, to destroy the nation-state, to enslave mankind, to depopulate, but the genesis of this goes–I mean it predates the concept of a nation-state. So I mean how has their agenda evolved and changed, and give us a sense of when this started, and, as Jerry Seinfeld would say, “who are these people?”

Alan:  We know that most of the major players that were either trained in ancient Egypt in history, the major players in history, the Greek philosophers, and we know too that they sent out these philosophers to become revolutionaries when they were sent back home. They would have their education in Egypt, go back to Greece or one of the Greek colonies and they would start schools up and bring the young people and especially young nobility. They would swear them to secrecy and silence for the first two or three years and gradually initiate them up the Orders until they were in the higher ranks.

They brought women in too and trained them to be ‘the perfect wives’ for high officials and they would send them off to marry different people in officialdom and then they would persuade their husbands to start changing policies et cetera; and this was the reason that Socrates actually was tried and convicted of causing sedition for training the youth–subverting the youth to cause revolution. We find that two of his students, Plato and Aristotle, vamoosed for a while and got out of town while this was going on. They were rounding up all the higher members and it wasn’t for years later that he came back and started the same thing over again.

Richard:  For those of us who are not as well versed in history as you are, what was the Order they were trying to overthrow and what was their agenda?

Alan:  Their agenda stems from Egypt. The system in Egypt was a strange system–it was actually a socialist system they had there—where everyone down from the pharaoh was paid basically by the priests around the pharaoh, right down to the builders and laborers et cetera, and then the slaves below them were fed and so on. They even had unions and complaint departments for the different laborers and the builders in Egypt.

It was a socialist system based on a hereditary hierarchy of nobility which was called “The Proper Order,” and that hasn’t changed till today. It’s still this goal towards what they claim is “The Proper Order.”  That came out in Weishaupt’s books, and he was only one person in history that popped his head up in Bavaria with the Illuminati. There were many other branches of the same thing all over Europe before he came along and they still exist today. Going back as I say to the days of Socrates and even before Socrates, we find that with Pythagoras; he did the same thing. He trained in Egypt. They would do a high initiation there after many years, 20 years sometimes, and then they go to India and then they go to the Middle East (what we now call the Palestine area) and then they go back home and start off these secret societies, the schools.

Richard:  And they possessed esoteric arcane knowledge and what they were trying to do was create their own sort of intelligentsia nobility scientific dictatorship?

Alan:  They truly believed and Plato put this quite clearly in “The Republic” the book that he wrote. In “The Republic” he pictured the ‘perfect world state’ where you’d have the guardian class. Now I think it already existed when he wrote it and that’s how he knew about it; and the guardian class were very interbred for specific qualities of rulership and beneath them they had a helping class that could, by selective breeding (if they were given a wife from the guardian class), breed their offspring up into the guardian class. It’s strange today because even in very high Freemasonry the same thing happens, if you work towards “The Great Work” as it’s called, you’ll be introduced to your future wife.

Richard:  Yes. I want to get back to the Freemasonry subject a little bit later, time permitting, because something I didn’t know that I learned from you is that there are – it’s not just 33 degrees. There’s 360 degrees –

Alan:  That’s right.

Richard: –and we’ll get into that a little bit later. There’s a whole treasure trove of fascinating information there. I mean talk about eugenics and all of that and how that ties in with Jacqueline Bouvier Kennedy. It’s unbelievable but the agenda here–I’m a little confused because you know you’re talking about these secret societies. The early renditions of them coming from the Egyptians et cetera trying to create this new order, but I’m not sure what they were trying to overthrow because a lot of this stuff doesn’t it predate even the concept of individuality?

Alan:  It does. It does and I’m sure it didn’t begin in Egypt. We certainly have a lot of proof that it came from Egypt when it was established, but really even from the days of Sumer, the fascinating thing is that about 5,000 BC when Sumer came along it didn’t evolve as a society. It already had its priesthoods who acted as bureaucrats really, levels of bureaucracy, and they dealt with the trading and exporting and everything, right down to land management. These were civilizations which had got it from a much earlier time and that’s what staggers the mind is to realize it predates what we are given as the beginnings of civilization. It came from a previous time.

Richard:  Okay, but it sounds like they were trying to–I mean the ultimate goal here was to instill some hierarchical order in the world. Almost a collectivist type of society, Soviet system. I mean wasn’t it from the beginning man was always enslaved to another more dominant group, whether it was the river people conquering the mountain people, et cetera, and there was no concept of an individual. So it’s always been thus, hasn’t it?

Alan:  I think it’s always been that way most of the time. There’s always been guys going off on their own and becoming mountain men or hermits, and the problem with being a hermit is once you become a hermit, people try to find you because you’ve got more wisdom than they have, so yes, that’s true. However, when you go into real archaeology and look around the world and travel around the world and you see the standing stones all over the place in different countries, even in Australia, and what starts to form is a picture of a unified world in a previous age, definitely where there was solar and stellar and lunar religions on the go. That seems to have been part of it and for some reason they either didn’t complete it and they do hint at that in the ancient writings. Something happened. Some kind of cataclysm, it could be natural, who knows, or man made, and they lost it and it seems to be almost a long movement to reproduce that same global society.

Richard:  When did they lose it? Was it the invention of the printing press that created the concept of the individual and that gave rise to the nation-state? Is that where the secret societies sort of temporarily at least lost control of the masses?

Alan:  No, I think they lost it a long, long time ago, prior to that – I know what you mean by the printing press in the Middle Ages. In fact, the printing press really exacerbated mass movements. Not really individualistic thinking as such. It created mass movements and the socialist movements which were used as the antithesis of the capitalist system.

Richard:  But – I mean they do despise the concept of a nation-state, do they not?

Alan:  Yes.

Richard:  Because only within a nation-state can the individual presumably be protected. I mean they want to go back to the days of the fiefdom and the king and the nobility, correct?

Alan:  That’s right. In fact really before Rome came in, prior to Christianity into Europe, Rome tried to create nations from tribes and that was taken over later on by the Norman Invasion in Europe into England and so on.

Richard:  Now why would they do that? You know what? We’ve got to take a time out and I’m trying to follow you, Alan. You’re a much wiser man than I am and your grasp of history is absolutely amazing, but some of what you’re saying sort of flies in the face of my own interpretation, which is way off base, so I’ll get you to clarify when we come back. Alan Watt, Cutting through the matrix, here on AM640 Toronto Radio.

Alan Watt, my guest, .com. Now Alan, before the break, we were talking about–you mentioned Rome creating, sort of uniting these tribes and creating nations or states; and to me though, the idea of a nation-state is really an anathema to the New World Order, so I’m confused here.

Alan:  Well, the nation-state is part of the – it’s the same as communism. They had to unite countries into one big block in order to give them a common culture and a centralized government, because that’s what comes out of the nation-state is the centralization of government and law and regulation and of course the tax base as well. So it can flow from all over a country once you give it borders. It all flows to the center and they can rule from the center. It’s difficult to rule over different independent tribes.

Richard:  True. Although, I mean a true nation is an extension of the tribe, which is an extension of the family, right?

Alan:  Not really. I’ll tell you because even the British Commonwealth and long before the British Commonwealth came along, this technique was used even ancient times especially in the Middle East where a conqueror would come in and move whole populations off their land and move them somewhere else and mix them in with others too. Then of course, after a hundred years when they were released, they’d be maybe five, six different cultures mixed together into a new tribe. The technique of creating a people for a nation is very old. In fact they’ve done it in Canada. Same thing.

Richard:  Right. I just never thought of it as part of the conspiracy because when you look at what the globalists are doing right now, if we go back to the early ‘90’s with Clinton and NATO disassembling Yugoslavia, or going into Iraq and separating the Shiites and the Curds and the Sunnis, or the whole dissolution of the Soviet Union as part of Brzezinski’s grand chess game. So right now it seems like they’re all about destroying the nation-state, but they’re doing sort of both simultaneously.

Alan:  You see it doesn’t matter when they take the traditional overlords down. They’ve already created a common culture across a good part of Europe and that was the ex-Soviet Union. They all now have exactly the same system in education, bureaucracies, laws and so on, so they’ve been standardized and that’s the key to it. Wherever they go with the globalism, they’re actually standardizing it into the one system worldwide.

Richard:  Is that’s what’s really behind the “Project for the New American Century” in the Middle East, when they talk about bringing democracy to the Middle East? What’s really at play there?

Alan:  It’s exactly that. It’s standardization. They can’t have the odd man out anywhere on the planet for this New World Order. Remember George Bush, Sr. was the first one to mention the New World Order openly and he said it on September 11th, 1990, and then the following year on September 11th, 1991, and then 10 years later you have the 9/11 on September 11th.  These guys know what they’re doing and the American group that Bush and Brzezinski and a whole bunch of them and Cheney belong to is called “Project for a New American Century.” They published what they wanted to do, their plans, back in the early ‘90’s, ’92.

Richard:  Brzezinski in I think it was “The Grand Chessboard” talked about how in order for the globalists or the New World Order to achieve this massive cultural change, political change, they needed another Pearl Harbor.

Alan:  Yes, to get the American people behind them.

Richard:  And that was 9/11.

Alan:  They wrote about that in the ‘90’s. They published a second report, updated it in ’98. Brzezinski brought his book out in ’98 and then they get their wish on September 11th.

Richard:  And Brzezinski talked about I mean right down to the actual order of the invasion. First it started with Afghanistan. This is ’92 Project for the New American Century itemizing the laundry list. It’s a laundry list. First we go in Afghanistan. Then comes Iraq. Then Iran and then Syria, so they’re really following the script along here quite nicely.

Alan:  Absolutely and that’s why they get away with it. It’s so audacious but knights are bold, remember, and bold means audacious.

Richard:  You know what? That’s the biggest problem when you’re trying convince somebody this stuff is going on, they always say, well then if they were really trying to do this, why are they being so open about it? How do you respond to that?

Alan:  It’s a form of legality in a sense. Whatever they do, they do tell you. You always find it published somewhere, even if it’s tucked away in a library. It’s not pushed by the major media as a best seller if they write a book about it and most of the big boys do write their own books.

Richard:  Well you can read about it in the “Foreign Affairs” the quarterly issue in the CFR.

Alan:  Yes, and it’s because they have created since the early 1900’s their plan was to create a society that accepted that it was being well managed—a domesticated society. Bertrand Russell, who was a Lord, Lord Bertrand Russell, wrote about that in about six of his books. You can find it in “Roads to Freedom” where they planned a society run by experts and those best fitted for the jobs – which echoed Adam Weishaupt’s statement too.  Bertrand Russell said that eventually a woman wouldn’t be able to change a diaper without being taught by an expert, and we have that society today. We can’t think for ourselves. We’ve been managed and well managed we think, and so most people seem to step out of their own destiny creation and allow themselves to be managed from the top, by these unseen people that they never meet.

Richard:  What’s the earliest allusion you can find, whether it’s Bertrand Russell? I mean the idea for example when first we invaded Afghanistan. Then Iraq, then Iran. I mean does that predate “The Project for the New American Century?” Does H.G. Wells write about that? Does Bertrand Russell talk about that?

Alan:  Wells did. He wrote “Shape of Things to Come.” H.G. Wells worked for the British government. He was a PR man for the British government for the secret service, a propagandist. He coined the term “the war to end all wars,” for WWI, and he had a huge staff working for him with his own building, so he wasn’t a little writer writing over by a candle and typing away there. He said in “Shape of Things to Come” that there’ll be wars coming up with Germany and he knew there would at least be two, but the third world war was to begin in Basra (which is Iraq) and that’s where the British troops were sent into in this one. So he knew what was coming up and he was given information by professors from Oxford and Cambridge and he wrote his stories from the information he was given.

Richard:  Alan Watt, .com is the website. We’re just about ready for another time out. News is next. In 24 hours it’s where we turn our news through. On the other side Alan Watt and your calls at 416-870-6400, *640 on cell. I want to talk about the conspiracy in terms of how people like to use labels like the left versus the right, the Democrat versus the Republican, but we’ll find out that that’s really folly when we come back. There is no left. There is no right. The Richard Syrett Show coming at you on AM640 Toronto radio.

You know every week on the program the show starts with a clip from my favorite movie “Network” where this shadowy figure played by Ned Beatty is dressing down Howard Beale, Peter Finch’s character, and he tells Finch “you’re an old man. You think in terms of nations and people. There are no nations. There are no people. There are no Russians. There are no Arabs. There are no third worlds. There is no West. There is only one holistic system of systems. One vast and immane interwoven, interactive, multifarious, multinational dominion of dollars,” and he tells Beale, “you know you get up on your little 21-inch screen and you howl about America and democracy. There is no America. There is no democracy. There’s only IBM, and ITT and AT&T and DuPont, Dow and Union Carbide. Those are the nations of the world today. What do you think the Russians talk about in their councils of state? Karl Marx? Ha.” That pretty well sums it up, doesn’t it, Alan, in terms of those of us who think in terms of left and right, and them and us, and the third-world and the United States. We’re old men. The world doesn’t work that way. There is no West. There is no left and right.

Alan:  Yes, that’s a fact and H.G. Wells did write more non-fiction books than he wrote fictional books and in one of his books he called it “The Open Conspiracy,” meaning you could find the works if you went to the library in fact and he outlined the whole plan for a world society, a centralized government and a planned society run by experts and basically a breeding program. His favorite author again was Plato. It was the first book that he ever read and he reread it many times through his life. See, Plato said that the “its”. The “its” were the common people. They would be interbred specifically for the types of jobs they had to do and he said, look at the animals. He said, we can domesticate the animals, and if we want a particular dog for hunting, he won’t be too aggressive but he’ll be a good hunter. He says, we can do the same with people. We can marry a specific type male with a tall woman if we want apple pickers; and squat guys with little short wives too, and you’ll breed offspring, they’ll be miners; and they can even breed in and out any aggressive or passive qualities just like they do with dogs. They understood eugenics and breeding thousands of years ago.

Richard:  But in order to achieve this you’ve got to control the masses, lest they rebel. You’ve got to placate them and create this illusion that they actually have free will, that they can vote between a left and a right. Talk to me about why this is an illusion and that elections are a complete fraud.

Alan:  The British government when it transitioned from a feudal system over to the democratic system and democracy has never truly had a fixed meaning because the first democracy in England for instance was for the large landowners only and that they were generally members of the aristocracy or related to royalty. It evolved from there but they found that people or serfs would rebel and become disgruntled every four or five years and it could lead to rebellion, so they came up with the idea of telling you you were free and giving you sides to join, parties, and that way we think every five years we can change the system for the better. We don’t really vote the new guys in. We vote the last bunch out, we’re so sick of them. That’s how it works.

Richard:  And often during an election, whether it’s the Democrats or the Republicans, or here in Canada the Conservatives and the Liberals, they appear to be at loggerheads, diametrically opposed philosophically, very, very different, but once they’re elected for example here in Ontario we had an NDP government back in the old Ray days and it’s doing things that you might expect maybe from a conservative government. Or you have a conservative government doing things that just seem quite socialistic, so the idea of a left and a right I mean it is very – it’s an illusion, isn’t it? It’s one party.

Alan:  It placates the people. They tend never to change parties either – the voters. They stick to something that their dad stuck with, according to the class you’re born in, and yes we do have classes you know, it’s never discussed much but we do, and this is the game that’s played on and off. However, H.G. Wells when the League of Nations was first formed put out a book about it and he said this is the end really of the ‘Old System’ of politics. He said it will survive for many years to come, simply to keep the people controlled, but in reality we now have world government because all policy will come from the League of Nations – which turned into the United Nations.

Today, you’ll find all policies are rubber stamped by Prime Ministers to do with the environment and various other things, right down to your plumbing codes and electrical codes and building codes, septic codes, all come from the United Nations because THEY HAVE A DUPLICATE BUREAUCRACY for EVERYTHING a NATION HAS.

Richard:  And these soap salesmen, the people that are presumably our leaders but really that’s what they are. They’re soap salesmen. Talk to me about how they are selected and groomed from a very early age. For example, take a guy like Bill Clinton: comes from very humble beginnings, ends up a Rhodes Scholar, supposedly a dyed-in-the-wool democrat, but I heard a rumor that as a child he spent some time at Kennebunkport with the Bush family.

Alan:  He did, he was well connected and it’s kind of a vague history we get about him. We know who his mother was. She was a high society woman who went around to the best parties on the planet. Maybe in the mystery religions you might call her a ‘Dolly’ as Benjamin Franklin called them. There were carriers of specific genes. Who the father was, was sort of left to speculation. Although, when you see pictures of a young Rockefeller in a side photograph, they look very much the same. So I wouldn’t be surprised.

Professor Carroll Quigley of Georgetown University, who was attached to the U.S. government as an advisor for foreign diplomats and also he was a historian for the Council on Foreign Relations, he chose Bill Clinton to be a Rhode Scholar and recommended him and pushed him forward.

Richard:  Carroll Quigley’s book “Tragedy & Hope,” would you consider that probably the most important–if you had to recommend one book for someone to really understand. Is that for you the bible?

Alan:  No, I’d say the other one was, “The Anglo-American Establishment,” because in there he takes the – he was the historian for the CFR, which is just the American branch of the Royal Institute of International Affairs. Commonwealth countries have Institutes of International Affairs. We have the Canadian Institute of International Affairs and so it’s all like a global system of big powerful people behind the scenes who are non-elected throughout the world who belong to these societies. And from his records (the historical records of that council) he gives you an alternate version of history starting around the 1500’s; and I’d agree with that, too, from my own studies. That’s when the push was on for a world society to be based basically or loosely on the British system; although they knew at the time they’d have to hand the torch over to America to take over later on. Quigley documents a lot of that in “The Anglo-American Establishment.”  It’s worth the read.

Richard:  All right. Alan Watt, .com. Excuse me. Let me grab some calls here while time permits and we’ll start with Vincent. Vincent, you’re on the air. Welcome to AM640.

Vincent:  Hi. Welcome sir.

Richard:  Let me try switching here. What did I do here? Let’s try this. Alan – Vincent, sorry go ahead.

Vincent:  Thanks for taking my call.

Richard:  You’re on the line with Alan Watt.

Vincent:  Okay. I just want to ask a pretty simple question. Based on what we’re seeing on the diplomatic relations between the Iranians and the Americans, I’m just wondering do you guys think or have any idea if the Americans will attack the Iranians because of the nuclear programs and what we will see in terms of starting a global conflict? 

Richard:  Alan, you want to handle that one?

Alan:  I think that will be used as an excuse for sure and it may be Iran has already been set up for that. The leader of Iran said some amazing things when the biggest army on the planet was next door.

Richard:  Like he was sent down from central casting.

Alan:  He’d be a member of the high brotherhood, I’m sure, because the Iranian people were shaking in their boots each time he opened his mouth and I’m positive the man is one of the higher brotherhood. Remember too, the assassins that were a branch of this high group had their origins in the Middle East and they’re still there today.

Richard:  Thanks for the call, Vincent. I once heard or read that there’s an old saying, look under the robe of any mullah and you’ll find a union jack. Can you expand on that a little bit?

Alan:  You’ll find that Lawrence of Arabia who was sent over – he was trained at Cambridge for his role in life with many others from there and sent out as an agent to the Middle East to start off newspapers for propaganda purposes and then they would hire hundreds of locals to go around the bizzares and the coffee places and listen to the men discuss the stories in the papers to see if they were having an effect. They were also there to try and bribe the top men and win them over to the world empire idea that Britain had at the time, but to keep it secret from the people they led.

Richard:  Vincent’s – I guess the central question was concern for nuclear war breaking out with Iran and the United States and I go back to the Network dialogue, “there are no Russians. There are no Arabs. There is no West.” In other words, this rhetoric, this saber rattling is just that, correct? We’re not going to go to war with the Chinese.

Alan:  No.

Richard:  We’re not going to go to war with the Russians or the Iranians.

Alan:  Fear and terror is being used at the moment on the populations worldwide. I was talking to someone from Norway recently and they told me – and I’ve been, I lived there for a while and nothing happens in Norway, and yet they have the same anti-terrorist bills as every other country has put into place and they’re saying why are we affected with this. Everyone’s being terrorized by their own governments at what’s coming down here, supposedly because of 9/11, and the measures they’re taking are so extreme. They’re beyond what they used in WWII. They want us all ID’d with the new ID card and they’ve published that in the papers and you’re right. There are no countries or borders or anything. The idea is to change the world and the whole culture as well. Culture creation is part of the old strategy. They give us cultures and they then destroy them when they’re giving us a new one.

Richard:  It’s all sort of top down culture. It’s like pabulum, which I guess brings us around to the Tavistock Institute and the Beatles, Project Aquarius, sex, drugs, rock-n-roll, psychological warfare experiments. There’s so much to discuss, Alan. If you can stay put, we’ll take a timeout, come back and drill down into that. The Richard Show back with more in a moment on AM640 Toronto radio.

And we’re cutting through the matrix, Alan Watt, and the website of the same name, .com. About 160 years ago in “Das Kapital” Karl Marx wrote about how the world would evolve into three major trading blocks. You would have Europe. You would have North America or the Americas, I guess, which includes Central and South America, and you would have the Pacific Rim. And Alan, you bore witness or at least prophesied about the unification of Europe before that actually happened and now of course we’re well on that road here in North America.

Talk to me a little bit about how the illegal immigration is being used to achieve the creation of one vast trading block called North America?

Alan:  We’re seeing it now with the southern states and Mexico.

Richard:  Let me stop you there, Alan, because we had your mike down. I’m just going to get you to start from the top. Sorry about that.

Alan:  We saw it start recently with Mexico and again they make a big hullabaloo about it now years after it’s been going on and you’ll find that this was written about too back in the 1990’s by high-placed people in Europe like Jacques Attali. He wrote “Millennium” and Jacques Attali was basically the Kissinger of Europe. He spearheaded the union and he said that the next one to go would be the American unification and that it will begin with the borders coming down between the U.S. and Mexico. He said there’ll be pandemonium at first as floods come in of immigrants and people from south of Mexico too, and they are coming through, and he says also there’ll be gangs coming up causing mayhem and this will cause trouble for a while, but eventually out of the chaos it will bring in their own type of new order over the whole of the Americas. It’s to be a whole new system when this is over and done with and of course the chaos creation is all part of it.

Richard:  The chaos creation which is sort of a Hegelian dialectic or you have basically two seemingly opposing factions, but in reality it’s just one with the illusion of two opposing factions clashing and creating the disease in order to offer the cure.

Alan:  In fact, there’s a big movement that was underway years ago in Mexico and that’s spearheading the moving in to southern U.S. and they call themselves “The Race” and a whole philosophy and history has been created over the last 50 years for them to believe in that it’s their right to do so. You find that HIGH MEMBERS OF THESE PEOPLE ARE FUNDED BY THE ROCKEFELLER FOUNDATION. They fund all of these different groups. Now this falls right into place when we see Dodd’s Commission that went on in the U.S. back in the ‘50’s where the Reese Commission – Senator Dodd was sent to the Ford and Carnegie Foundations; these big foundations are primal in the changes that take place.

Richard:  They were very open and admitted what they did to Dodd. They basically said yeah we’re here to merge the United States with the Soviet system.

Alan:  I think primarily because people wouldn’t believe them. People would not believe it.

Richard:  You know that’s true. The big conspiracy–it is an open conspiracy and it’s protected by public incredulity.

Alan:  Yes, and you find the same technique of creating philanthropists, multimillionaire or even billionaire philanthropists, going back all the way to the Rothschild’s in England and when the Weishaupt scandal broke out in Bavaria it was published in Britain and especially in France. They wrote the histories of the Illuminati and they said beware of philanthropists because through philanthropists they will create organizations which will appear to speak on behalf of the public or demand laws be changed but in reality will be guided by the top, and that’s what we’re seeing today. All these big NGOs that are pushing for law changes from all directions, they’re not little grass roots organizations.

Many of the followers are, but the ones who guide them at the top have their own office block sometimes and they have all their computers and THEY HAVE PENSION SCHEMES and so on. These are well-financed organizations. They’re not grass roots at all and then when we compare that to the Soviet system (and Soviet meant run by councils or government by councils), the Politburo appointed leaders to NGOs and of course these leaders would demand on behalf of the public that these laws be changed, and of course the government was only too happy to oblige. This is the same system that’s going on here today.

Richard:  Well this attempt I guess is successful almost complete to merge the–and make no mistake. The Soviet system didn’t die with the Berlin Wall.

Alan:  No.

Richard:  But this merging of the United States or the West with the Soviets to turn us into a collectivist state, this is a perfect example of this illusion of East versus West, the Cold War. I mean when Reagan was calling the Soviet Union “the evil empire” we were propping them up with billions and billions of dollars. It was like we were holding up a punch-drunk fighter that was ready to collapse but we had to go the full 12 rounds.

Alan:  Yes, and the history records show this. It’s not too hard to find that Britain and America and Canada basically started or funded the Bolshevik Revolution. We fed them all the way through the Soviet system too. You had farmers fighting over the grain shipments to Russia and the big handouts from the Canadian government. We fed them all the way through their whole existence. They couldn’t even feed themselves. The supposed arch-enemy of everything that you stood for has been feed by us.

Richard:  And before Gorbachev announced Glasnost and Perestroika, long before he left office, he had set up an office I believe in San Francisco.

Alan:  That’s right. He actually was licensed for it while he was still the President of the Soviet Union.

Richard:  And this guy was supposedly the arch-enemy.

Alan:  Then Margaret Thatcher tours him across Europe. I think she even brought him to America as well and all you saw in the papers at the time was all these glowing reports about how trendy he was in his nice, new, clean-cut tailor-made suits and how his wife looked; and then about two years later it was admitted in the press that they had signed an agreement not to ask any political questions. The whole idea was to build him up in the West so that the West would like him and they did a survey in the U.S. actually after they went through this propaganda spiel with him and his wife and how wonderful he was, and they found that 60-odd percent or 70% of the public would actually vote for him if he was here.

Richard:  Alan, can I get you to hang on?

Alan:  Yes.

Richard:  Okay, I hope I’m not interfering with any other of your plans.

Alan:  No.

Richard:  If we could get you to hold on after the news we’ll continue this discussion. I don’t know about you but I’m learning a whole lot and I’m enjoying myself immensely. Hope you are as well. If you want to get onboard 416-870-6400, The Richard Syrett Show with Alan Watt, on 640 Toronto Radio.

[Commercial]

“But you feel it. You’ve felt it your entire life. That there’s something wrong in the world. You don’t know what it is, but it’s there like a splinter in your mind driving you mad. It is this feeling that has brought you to me. Do you know what I’m talking about? The Matrix?”

“All truth passes through three stages. First, it is ridiculed. Second, it is violently opposed and third, it is accepted as self-evident.” The Richard Syrett Show on AM640 Toronto Radio.

Welcome back. I was just in communication via the email with the dinosaur hunter, Bill Gibbons. He will not be with us tonight. However, he does have a new phone number and has his telephone situation up and running but he will be with us next week. He is a regular contributor to the program. Also, I should let you know for those who follow some of the regulars on the program, Barry Chamish, one of the foremost Rabin assassination researchers and a rogue investigative reporter, journalist, recently on the program after recovering from a mild stroke, well he is in the hospital again for some 23 days after he claims an attempt on his life was involved in a head-on collision with a car and is planning to get the hell out of Israel with I believe his children and tells me he’s thinking about moving to Toronto or will be moving to Toronto. He’ll be on the program perhaps next week to talk about that chilling development. They’re after Barry. Whoever they are, we’ll find out. All right, Alan Watt stays with us. He has a website: . Alan, let’s grab a quick call here before we continue along with our conversation. We welcome Mark to 640. Hello Mark?

Mark:  Hello gentlemen. Thank you very much for a great show. My question is: what role do you think the Catholic Church has played in the one Europe scenario that’s being played out now in Europe and religion in general also throughout the ages? Thank you.

Richard:  All right, Alan. Did you hear that okay?

Alan:  Yes. I have a take on all religions which is a bit different from the usual, but I really think they all came from the same source and what staggered me was the Catholic Church was – Catholic means “universal,” to begin with, and even in the feudal times they saw their world as one world at that time. Their architecture is so incredibly full of mystery religions symbology, which is kept from the public, and I was also staggered to find out that the color-coding of the Pope right down to the local priests is Pythagorean. You find the different Orders going up to the Curia, so I think within all churches there’s also – like Albert Pike stated, he said, “there’s an esoteric side to them which most people don’t realize,” and that’s the same with every religion.

Richard:  So a secret society, a secret religion masquerading as something entirely different. Now this esoteric knowledge, this comes from ancient civilizations predating ancient Greece, ancient Egypt, this esoteric knowledge. We just had a report of course of this major earthquake in Indonesia. Does this esoteric knowledge include the power to create and destroy or to create earthquakes et cetera?

Alan:  Yes, that’s in the treaty they signed with the United Nations in about was ’78 I think it was. They signed a treaty on the HAARP type technology electromagnetic pulse and they have I think 54 bases worldwide. One’s in Alaska and they bounce tremendous forces off the ionosphere and they can hit anywhere on the planet with them. In the treaty it said that they promise not to use it to create earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, droughts or floods. It can cause all those effects.

Richard:  Why would they put that in the treaty if they weren’t capable of doing that?

Alan:  Well exactly and they did because it’s old technology really. It goes way back. In fact, Tesla stopped his experiments on that because he was afraid that they could superheat the atmosphere to such an extent that it would literally explode.

Richard:  So the HAARP technology that I know of in the Cooper Valley in Alaska – many of us are familiar with that installation. A huge installation of radio towers up there. But what else are they using it for? Are they using it for mind control purposes? How would that work?

Alan:  That’s also part of it. They tested it out on the people of Maine a few years back and the police were in on it; the military of course. The hospital supervisors were in on it. They were to report all affects it had on the public and they found that by altering the frequencies they could cause tremendous mood swings from deep depression – they had the highest amount of suicides they’d ever had before during that phase. Then they turned it to a different frequency and it caused aggression amongst people, drivers, domestic squabbles skyrocketed and even domesticated animals that were very tame and happy became violent. That’s an easy thing to cause by putting on a secondary signal on top of the carrier signal basically. Mood swings and alternations are very easy to affect with it. The British newspapers did admit that it was used in the first Gulf War on all those soldiers you saw coming up looking very stunned, thousands of them, very, very stunned, almost hypnotized. They said that they’d used them on those people there.

Richard:  Is there a connection between HAARP and chemtrails?

Alan: Yes. I think it was Heller who came across with the H-bomb was the first one to write about the use of metallic particles in the atmosphere to make it more conducive to electricity. Make it almost like a circuit you might say.

Richard:  That would explain the aluminum oxide.

Alan:  Yes, and barium. He suggested aluminum oxide, barium, titanium and copper. I’ve got a report here that was done in the States because my dog was eating the snow last year and it was in the final thaw so you had concentrated snow there down to a few inches and she wasn’t the only one. Different people had dogs too that died after eating the snow.

Richard:  And there was a great deal of illness up in Espanola.

Alan:  Yes, and that went all the way to the Supreme Court.

Richard: And so the idea is by spreading these aluminum, barium, titanium particulates in the atmosphere, then the electromagnetic pulse frequency of HAARP acts upon that?

Alan:  It does and the thing is, too, you see this stuff gets into all your food because the plants soak it up and it gets into your water supply and we drink it and we eat the food. We’re taking big quantities of this in and we’re becoming walking antennas you know. That’s something we should always remember. Now they can pulse away with their HAARP, which they’ve been doing steadily on a daily basis for the last three or four years now. You can pick them up on about four stations with a shortband.

Richard:  I here from you know those, what do they call them, DXers, that have shortwave radio bands. They can detect when HAARP has been turned on. Speaking of shortwave radio and I know you’ve done some shortwave radio. Some consider that sort of a last bastion of free thought. Interesting email from a listener here, Jimmy Tango, who actually was one of the people that really wanted me to get you on and I want to read a question here. Ryan, do I have time for this? Okay.

Jimmy writes:  Alan likes to speak of the shortwave superstars. Those people who he believes have been given to us by the New World Order to placate our search for the truth and steer us in the direction they want us to go.  So Jimmy’s question is: Now that, Alan, you’ve been on Coast to Coast and the Artic Beacon Radio Show and Patriot Radio Network among others, how are we to know that you’re not part of the Illuminati plan?

Alan:  Well, basically I don’t have any funding from any big organizations. I have no staff and I definitely am not in contact with some of the superstars that they all know.

Richard:  Is that how it works though that Alex Jones has created an order to create the illusion that in other words to placate—

Alan:  It’s always been like that. In fact, Albert Pike said, “whenever the people need a hero we shall supply him,” and this is another part of the technique they’ve done all down through the ages. They always give us our leaders, the piped pipers, and they lead us in circles and they always lead us to an ending we never suspected.

Richard:  But some of them are legit, are they not? I mean Alex Jones – New World Order?

Alan:  A technique of control is to terrify the public. If you listen to maybe 10 or 15 minutes, you’ll be underneath your kitchen table quivering with fear because he’ll hit you like a machine gun.

Richard:  Oh yeah, he talks about American gulags—

Alan:  In 15 minutes he’s hit about 50 different things out to you.

Richard:  There is a lot to be fearful of, is there not?

Alan:  There’s fearful but there’s a way of presentation that in Tavistock they found the same techniques to be used in the First World War. That’s why Tavistock was set up and they used these techniques over the BBC Radio to terrify the public. The CFR or the Royal Institute of International Affairs used it to do the build up of WWII and they had these people on who talked rapid-fire and they would hit you with all these coming scenarios that Hitler was going to do to you. Carroll Quigley mentions that in his book “The Anglo-American Establishment” that the CFR and Royal Institutes met about five years before WWII. They were the big newspaper boys. They owned the newspapers and they decided at that meeting to terrorize the public so that when the war started the public would give a sigh of relief that something was actually happening.

Richard:  Okay, we’ll take a timeout. I do want to talk about the Tavistock Institute. It’s a fascinating area. I also want to ask him, he says, how do I know I’m not a useful fool for the New World Order? People often ask me if there’s really a conspiracy out there, why do they allow people like you on the air? You know what? I don’t really have an answer for them. Perhaps Alan Watt does and we’ll get to that when the Richard Syrett Show continues on AM640 Toronto Radio.

Am I a useful fool for the New World Order? Why is this program on the air? Why am I not doing an Internet-only radio station or on shortwave radio? This is owned by a publicly traded company, this radio station. It’s a big company. Maybe some of the Board of Directors have a secret handshake. Why am I on the air, Alan Watt? Why am I allowed to be on the air? Am I a useful fool?

Alan:  I don’t know what other shows you normally do. It will depend if you mix it up with the New Age, because what I’ve found is that when you’re trying to tell people what’s really happening you’re in a circus of the New Age. One of the shows I was on, in fact, two days after me they had a guy, I kid you not, he sold helmets that would guarantee you were not abducted by aliens. You’re sort of put into that category where nothing is real anymore, so it’s diffused.

Richard:  Well I mean I have to admit. I do a pretty broad show in terms of–I mean it’s mainly about conspiracies. I touch on the paranormal and I ask people about their experiences. I reserve judgment on a lot of this stuff. I don’t consider myself to be an authority on any of these things. I’m more of a conduit and I’m giving – and outer space, part of the programming is about entertainment. There is an attempt to search for some objective truth. I don’t pretend to know what that is entirely. I have some very strong suspicions that you know–well, more than that, I’m convinced that 9/11 was an inside job. But when it comes to UFOs or life-after-death visitations, these sorts of things, I reserve judgment. So I don’t know. Where does that place me?

Alan:  I don’t know how heavily you go into it because some of them – well, quite some of the big ones, in fact, is primarily all New Age. Once in a while they’ll get a guy like me on, and I’m just one little voice in the wilderness amongst all of the channelers and space aliens, et cetera, so it becomes bizarre.

Richard:  One discredits the other.

Alan:  Yes it does. Because all you’re trying to do is tell them what’s really going on in the world. Now I’m not saying there’s not things beyond all of this, but I know the purpose of the whole New Age. I’ve studied that closely from its beginnings when they said they would push it, and they certainly did push it, and now it’s everywhere. It’s a new type of religion for a new type of society and even Gorbachev remarked on it in his book “Towards a New Beginning.” He said that “I am an atheist, he said, but I am helping to create a new world religion which is based on earth worship.”

Richard:  All right, lets go back to the phones and we welcome John to AM640. John?

John:  Hi.

Richard:  You’re on the line with Alan Watt. Go ahead.

John:  Yes. On the person that emailed the comment or the question whatever about Alex Jones about placating towards the New World Order, I was going to say about that. I know Alex Jones. A lot of his stuff I mean he shows you even like mainstream documentation to backup his stuff. Now when he goes into for example stuff about showing about all the different freedoms being lost in particular right now in the U.S., well that I’m thinking could be like useful for the Illuminati even because if people eventually wake up, say, in the U.S., and see a bunch of freedoms being lost and that helps bring down that government, which is a puppet government with the ultimate puppeteers over top anyways, plus the fact that the New World Order plan calls for the U.S. to fall for the rise of the New World Order, so people waking up to freedoms, they’re being lost anyways, falling helps the rise of the one world government–the New World Order. Since that phoenix falling and then the new base coming out of ashes, and that’s part of their plan, that could help us there. Also there is – when Alex Jones talks about the founding fathers, he talks about them as if they were signing in freedom; when I think they were probably just playing a game to be able set up a vehicle for the Illuminati to use to bring on their New World Order and in order to do that they had to put up like this Constitution to be able to get it going. So I guess basically those are my couple of comments.

Richard:  Alan, do you want to reply to that?

Alan:  What is interesting – see, the United States was created to do exactly what it’s doing today. The Novus Ordo Seclorum, the new earthly or secular order or worldly order, and Benjamin Franklin in his own memoirs and Thomas Jefferson wrote about this. They said that “this would be the beginning of a federation of world states, which would eventually be under one single world government run by 12 wise men” and they wrote that themselves. So I really do believe that was the function of the United States and an interesting thing too is to find that Rudyard Kipling, one of the highest Masons who again was a front man for the British government, he came over to the United States and that was the first time he read his poem to do with “The White Man’s Burden” and he said, “we pass the torch on to you.” The U.S. was designed to take over from Britain.

Richard:  Once you talk about it passing the torch from Britain to the United States and now it seems that the script has the United States destined to collapse once it completes its mission or perhaps spread “democracy” so-called to the Middle East et cetera and then hand the torch to whom?

Alan:  Well, from the Council on Foreign Relations meetings and The Royal Institute of International Affairs, I have their books going back to 1930’s. The one held in Australia in 1938 they said that after this war they would work fervently towards the three-part trading block and that they would build China up to be the leader of industry for the world. They also said that America will lead the rest of the 20th Century as the policemen of the world. They’ll have a few major battles. They’ll win some, lose some, and then rally, but then they’ll fall and then China will take over as the policemen of the world. That’s from their own official books.

Richard:  I mean again you have this saber rattling, the United States and China; meanwhile of course the biggest corporation in the world, Wal-Mart, virtually all the manufacturing is done over there in China. You had Clinton in the Whitehouse having dinner constantly with the Chief of the Secret Police. All of this technology supposedly being stolen was actually given to the Chinese, so it’s basically the Cold War all over again. It’s a complete fraud.

Alan:  It’s a fraud, total fraud.

Richard:  All right, Alan, I don’t want to abuse the privilege. We’re going to say goodnight here, but I would love to have you on again if you’re up for that.

Alan:  I am, yes.

Richard:  All right. Let me draw people’s attention once again to the website. .com. In thirty seconds or less, what’s next for Alan Watt?

Alan:  A video on the occult and how it all ties into this, secret societies and the proof of their agenda going back in history.

Richard:  Will that be available on the website?

Alan:  It will within the next two or three weeks.

Richard:  Okay. Until next time, Alan, a real privilege and pleasure.

Alan:  It’s a pleasure for me.

Richard:  Okay, thank you and goodnight.

Alan:  Bye now.

Richard:  The news is next and when we come back we’ll open up the lines far and wide 416-870-6400. Just about anything goes on The Richard Syrett Show AM640 Toronto Radio.

ALAN WATT TRANSCRIPT
INTERVIEW WITH RICK ADAMS
ON
REPUBLIC BROADCASTING NETWORK
June 2, 2006

Rick:  It’s time to come on. Just a little sniffle here, ladies and gentlemen. It’s raining again as it always does here where I am and of course that makes me sneeze. We are on the air right now Friday night and we are rounding out this week’s programming of uncensored Radio Free America and it’s good to once again be at these microphones and we’re booking some interesting guests as the next week lines up and weeks ahead, and God willing we will be you this information as our Heavenly Father would permit us to do so. Well, tonight we’re going to be talking about some unheavenly things and some rather satanic things that as you probably know lurk in very high places and high places means governments of the world; and with me tonight is someone who is no stranger to these microphones on this network I’m sure a number of times. Dr. Monteith and of course Greg’s show and so many shows. He is Mr. Alan Watt, and do we have him yet, madam? I believe we have him right now on the line. Hello there Alan Watt. How are you?

Alan:  I’m fine. How about you?

Rick:  All right. Thank you. It’s first time with you and can see this is going to be a very quick program tonight. Very quick two hours because once we open that Pandora’s box, you know, time has a way of getting away with itself. It is a fascinating subject, the subject of secret societies and the history of these societies and something I guess – I don’t know how long you’ve been doing this (audio) thirty years now and I was fascinated by it (audio) and others as well, Albert Pike and books about him by Richard Osborne and others, so that’s been my interest for a long time and maybe you could tell us how you got started on the subject matter and cutting through the matrix?

Alan:  I think really it was a matter of growing up in a time when there was so many big changes going on in the music industry, entertainment; culture in other words. Culture was being changed and the New Age suddenly came out like a bombshell on the populations of Europe and America at the same time and it was rather obvious to see it was being promoted from the top and that was the odd thing about this. I caught on rather early that culture doesn’t just grow from the grass roots. It’s actually promoted from the top down and as they change society they actually put out the people who have changed society by the books they issue and they publish, by the television programs, interviews of famous people and the people emulate what they see.

Rick:  Sort of like a supply creating more demand?

Alan:  Exactly.

Rick:  That’s the way it works in what we call the entertainment business and certainly they’ve been corrupting our nation for a long time and we’ll get into that and we will get into much more. Stay tuned. Thank you. Alan Watt our guest tonight. Our number is 800-313-9443. Lots ahead. Rick Adams, Radio Avenger, stay tuned.

We’re back now with with Alan Watt and that’s a very interesting basic introduction about the top-down mindset. How far back do you research the business of secret societies and what they have been up to? Some of the more nefarious ones over the millennium?

Alan:  We’ve always had them. I say “them” because I think really at the top there’s just really one. As far back as Plato, he was probably the first one to actually detail to an extent the aristocracy of ancient Greece, to which he belonged, and he, like most of them, had been trained and educated in Egypt by the priesthood. It took 20 years to be initiated into the priesthood in Egypt. He talks about a new future world, a perfect world state, where everything would be run to order by the intellectuals and intellectual elite, which he called “the Guardian Class,” and down through history we find the same thing being pushed. We see it with Francis Bacon’s “New Atlantis.” 

Francis Bacon of course was a Rosicrucian, as was Walter Raleigh and whole bunch of them in the court of Queen Elizabeth I, and John Dee another major player at the court coined the term “the British Empire” and he wanted a world system based upon the British government with the same political system and based on free trade between the nations who joined. Those who did not join would be excluded and literally they wouldn’t export anything to those countries, and that was in the 1500’s.
 
Rick:  What about this business we’re thinking of west and the West in particular. What about the eastern part of the world, the Orient?

Alan:  The Orient is fascinating because I used to wonder why every major conqueror left China alone. Even Napoleon said, “let the sleeping dragon lie. Leave it alone,” and I wondered why he would say that unless he was told to leave it alone, because he went as far as Egypt himself, so it’s almost as though China were being set aside for a future use and I think that really is what it was. I think there’s a long and incredible long-term plan and we see the function of China emerge now when it is the manufacturer for the whole planet basically.

Rick:  Yes, this is something that goes way back, prior to World War II when people like Mandell House and other working in the Wilson administration were plotting world wars and also how to betray China with its massive population and set up Mao Tse-Tung. These things I believe had been laid out way before they happened and there’s no question there’s a pattern. There’s a conspiracy.

Alan:  There’s no doubt. What’s interesting about China is that Britain sent some it’s top people over to China in the 1920’s to actually train them for Communism and Lord Bertrand Russellwho was a key player was one of those guys who was sent over to teach in the universities and to begin the whole start of Communism.

Rick:  And the Fabians – the Fabian socialists?

Alan:   Yes.

Rick:  England as well. Bertrand Russell. Many of these people that we think of were heavily involved in that business. Now of course we think of the circles of power and influence in secret societies, illuminism and so forth, but most people have never ever probably come close to the inner circles if you will. Would you agree with that?

Alan:  I think so because they are a very elitist bunch. In Britain, the top people were all members of the aristocracy and THEY ALSO OWNED THE MEDIA IN BRITAIN and Carroll Quigley documented that in his book “The Anglo-American Establishment.”  He talked about how the Royal Institute of International Affairs, which is the British branch of the CFR, actually terrified the public of Britain for three or four years after making a decision to do so by using their own media and telling them they’re going to get gassed at any time by Adolph Hitler; and it was a sigh of relief that was breathed really when the war began because the people were so terrified by their own people of the propaganda.

Rick:  It’s funny you should say that. I was just looking at a film that I have because I’ve been in the film business for a long time and it was put out by the United States Department of Defense and it was basically prior to Homeland Security, but this was in 1942-43 and it dealt with that very subject. Rather corny now but the title was, “What to do in a Gas Attack,” and that was one of many propaganda films that were put out by the government and the civilian defense departments to try to whip up the people into fear that Germany would strike and strike America and this is well after ’43 when Germany was losing the war and they still insisted on the propaganda because Stalin was benefiting tremendously from it. After all, he ran the whole show, the whole business of unconditional surrender as we like to say. That’s what the Barnes Review has put it as, “unconditional surrender,” and basically that’s what it was: Surrender to communism and the new international elite that would supersede the First World War, the Second World War. Now we’re in the next stage of this New World Order today, so you’re right. The fears were real fears about gas attacks. Now it’s nukes. Now we’re all being made to fear Iran when Iran is a minor, minor, minor player if at all.

Alan:  It’s been built up to be the new evil empire and even during Ronald Reagan’s era we had different evil empires and Khadafy [Qaddafi] was the bad guy then, but he’s okay now because he likes Abba and he’s becoming very trendy for the West.

Rick:  Not only that, but the oil is there and of course that means lucrative deals, doesn’t it?

Alan: It does and you know Winston Churchill after World War I wrote about a coming war eventually that would take place in Iraq because there was just so much oil there that we’d just have to have it–

Rick:  That’s right.

Alan:  And that was in the 1920’s he wrote that book.

Rick:  Incredible. Now, you have done an amazing amount of work on various subjects. I know you’ve been on Coast to Coast and all these other programs across the nation, but how well did you know – I don’t know if you did at all, but people who wrote – for instance, Anthony Sutton of the Hoover Institution, did you ever get to meet him?

Alan:  No, I’ve read his books though and what I’ve seen so far can definitely be verified. I do have a collection of books from the Council on Foreign Relations and Royal Institute of International Affairs. I have their members books from the 1930’s onwards and in the 1938 meeting they held in Australia, in that book – and all the politicians, the big boys from all the Western countries were there, including the U.S., they said there was going to be a coming war with Germany and they must save Russia at all costs. Then they went on to a post-war scenario and even talked about building China up to be a main producer of the world manufacturer. That was 1938.

Rick:  And yet indeed when Mao Tse-Tung was a young man at the time and they were already grooming him through their fronts in this country like the Institute of Pacific Relations with spokesmen like Ed Morrow and people like that who were doing the bidding of the communist socialist elite you see in the media.

Alan:  That’s right.

Rick:  So this conspiracy is well documented now and it’s well laid out and it is far bigger – I would say far bigger than any of us actually believed when we were starting to research it, Alan.

Alan:  Initially when people go into this they start to have a bit of a shock to realize that these political events which they’ve noticed and major shifts they’ve noticed are actually happening in their lifetime and they were written about before that actual events occurred, but then you go deeper and then you find out it’s more than just the takeover of countries into a world system. It’s actually the reshaping of society and eventually humans themselves. It’s an ordered society they want to bring about where no one will exist without a function to serve the system.

You won’t be born otherwise and they do talk – I know the Loyola University had a couple of world meetings with scientists and they talked about chipping the brain and it’s all ready to go and it’s been tried and tested. They said there’s regional computers which will basically program every individual to do certain employment and there’s no more thing – see, the big thing is individualism. This is what it’s all about. The bulk of the population are easy to predict, but it’s the individuals in society that give them problems because they’re UNPREDICTABLE and they want everyone in a totalitarian system to be predictable so they have to basically eliminate that possibility that you as an individual can do any act or even say anything which might cause upsets or ripple effects.

In their ‘perfect system’ there’ll be no such thing as INDIVIDUALITY. The scientist from Tokyo who was at the Loyola meetings said, “this will be the end of individuality as we know it.”

Rick:  Huxley’s “Brave New World,” huh?

Alan:  He said it will be more like the beehive and you’ll hear the whispers of thoughts being transmitted to those around you, just like Star Trek, basically, the Borg.

Rick:  Yes, yes. This is fascinating. You know a few years ago people would dismiss this as science fiction hokum-pokum, but now the evidence is out there. The technology is there. The chips are there. All of this is a reality that can no longer be swept under the rug or dismissed as some sort of fancy of conspiracy theorists; it’s now conspiracy fact–

Alan:  It’s fact.

Rick:  And it’s being done in the open, so it’s not even a conspiracy because it’s planned and it’s boasted about by people like the VeriChip people and others. All right, we’ll be back. Stay where you are. Alan Watt, . We’ll take calls in a few moments. I’m Rick Adams. Stay tuned for more.

Okay, we are back with Alan Watt our guest. .com is of course the website also, isn’t it, Alan?

Alan:  Yes it is.

Rick:  How can they do that? Just ?

Alan:  That’s it.

Rick:  And you are from England originally, I guess.

Alan:  Scotland.

Rick:  Scotland, okay. Now speaking of England and Scotland, one of the things on your website that is absolutely interesting and fascinating is this business of Norwich and the cadmium spraying that has been going on there. Will you tell us about that?

Alan:  The British government, always 50 years or so after the fact, they declassified documentation from the Ministry of Defence and they’ve admitted to spraying Norwich in England with vast quantities of cadmium spray from aerial spraying and from shipping at sea and let the wind blow it in, and then they monitored the health of the people down through the years to see what happened to them and never told them, of course. They knew what was happening to them and of course the doctors would know too that something was really going on because it had the highest incidence of esophageal cancers and various lung cancers in the country basically.

Rick:  Well, they couldn’t blame Al-Qaeda, could they?

Alan:  No. I’ve always said you don’t need to worry about him an enemy anywhere else when you’re own government does this on you. Every country has had the same thing going on here and there.
 
Rick:  That’s the premise there in the film “V” for Vendetta. Have you seen it?

Alan:  Not yet, no.

Rick:  Very interesting and the government was doing exactly that in England, experimenting on people and blaming the Muslims and the radicals and so forth, you know, and it works. Unfortunately, it works too often when people are brainwashed and conditioned. Up until now it’s been just a pure psychological thing and now we have the chemicals. We have the implants. We have the RFIDs and all of this that can be used to actually change the whole function of someone through the brain. This is amazing that all of this is happening in this day and age and yet there are people of course not even willing to listen to it because they either think it’s too far-fetched or they just are frightened by the thought of it. What can we do about it? How can we beat the system? And you’re asked that question all the time.

Alan:  All the time.

Rick:  And what’s your response?

Alan:  Well, I’ve noticed that every time a group starts up, a genuine group, not funded by other sides, a true grass roots group, it won’t get funding. It will be taken over so quickly you’ll hardly notice it, it’s like a blink of an eye, and then it takes you off the other direction and so what you’re left with is you’re back to the individual again. It’s up to the individuals across the countries to say no to everything that’s coming down on a daily basis to all the things that are happening to you as an individual. You have to take that right back and just say, no, I’m not going along with this, and telling the people, local politicians, everyone, that you know what they’re up to. You know what their agenda is because that’s what we have to tell them. Otherwise, there’s no complaint department here. We haven’t been given one. We’re being sprayed from the skies on a daily basis and this area here was hit a few weeks ago with a yellow spray.

Rick:  Which area is that now?

Alan:  This is up near Sudbury, Ontario, and just after two hours of rain every puddle had a 3-inch yellow band around it and it’s like cadmium too, because you get two colors in cadmium but it’s usually yellow. They’re doing all this stuff here too.

Rick:  Now you say they’re doing it now. When you approach the government and you ask them what’s going on, what do they tell you?

Alan:  I know Don Scott up in Sudbury. He’s been on quite a few radio shows and he got his federal politician Martel to ask the question in Parliament (the federal government here) and she asked why they were being sprayed like bugs every day and the Department of Defence minister stood up and says, “we don’t have to answer any of your questions.”

Rick:  Well, that sounds like admitted guilt right there.

Alan:  That’s what they call democracy here.

Rick:  Yeah, right. Well, the Iraqis now are getting a little sample of it under George Bush and they’re being sprayed and poisoned and killed and shot and so forth, and that’s freedom. That’s Wilsonian Democracy, right?

Alan:  That’s pretty well it, yes.

Rick:  Now one of the other things before the break coming up and before we get into phone calls, you had gone through the history from the years of Colonel House and the Wilson Administration to – I guess his counterpart in the 1970’s Zbigniew Brzezinski would probably be that man.

Alan:  Yes, I’d say so. 

Rick:  Brzezinski remember was one of the guys that Jimmy Carter said on the campaign trail for president that if you ever see a man like him or Cyrus Vance in my new administration you will know that I have failed the American public; and guess what he did? Cyrus Vance as Secretary of State and is a Zbig Brother as National Security. So you see it proved what Jimmy Carter was saying. He failed the American public. He was a pawn and he was nothing more than a little footstool for the power elite, just as we had been saying at the time.

All right, let’s have people call in now with questions and comments about the subject matter. 800-313-9443 toll free Uncensored Radio Free America. I’m Rick Adams, radio avenger, the Paul Revere of talk radio. Stay tuned. We’ll be back with Alan Watt. We’re speaking with Alan Watt. Of course .com and I haven’t even begun to scratch the surface; I would prefer to defer to our listeners and callers and we certainly have a good number of them, and let’s do that, Alan. If you’re ready, we’ll go to the phones. Okay, 800-313-9443. Questions, comments, Alan will give you his answer and we’ll do that starting right now.

Arnie in Virginia I believe. Hello Arnie.

Ernie:  It’s actually Ernie in Virginia.

Rick:  Oh, Ernie, okay.

Ernie:  First, I’d like to make a comment and then ask a question of your guest Mr. Watt.

Rick:  Surely, surely. Go right ahead.

Ernie:  I’ve watched in Virginia we’ve had a lot of chemtrails ourselves. We see a lot of things happening very fast. The recent Supreme Court decision with public employees losing their rights to wrongdoing. The attack on whistleblowers. We read about the increased wiretapping. The move from NSA for General Hadden to move over to the CIA and the potential for increased wiretapping and gathering phone records and creating data or doing data mining on people. Where they go. Where they travel. It’s almost as if the citizens of the country of the world have become the terrorists. They attack us more than they attack the illegal immigrants and we have illegal immigrant problems in the U.S. We have it in Europe. We have it everywhere. Now when you see all this going and the fear and the increased terror and the propaganda day in and day out, you have to wonder what is really going on and when I see and I’m leading up to the question. When I see a gentleman who is like the chairman or the leader of Homeland Security who reminds me of that Russian by the name of Rasputin who comes on and he does nothing to secure the borders and they play this game “oh we’re going to have amnesty reform. We’re going to control the borders.” A bunch of BS. They’re trying to create this new North American union, but in my thought process I keep thinking about these FEMA camps and I saw these sole source contracts being awarded to Halliburton recently, so when will FEMA start rounding up the so-called dissidents or the individuals? When is that to take place? What is the expected timeline in your view?

Rick:  Okay, Alan?

Alan:  I know they want the completion of the union by 2010. That’s the whole of the Americas including the Caribbean countries as well. They’re signed into it too and so I think in the meantime they’ve got to terrorize us so much. I think this bird flu will be the ideal reality or non-reality to get us motivated. They want to kill a lot of birds with one stone. They want to move the people off of the rural areas into the new habitat areas the UN has planned out and they want to start the whole new way of living and a whole new society under the microscope basically by the year 2012. So by 2010, they did want the union to take place. It was done. It was signed in 2005 on March the 27th I think it was. I know the president and the prime ministers all signed that agreement for the Unification of the Americas.

Rick:  That’s right and that has received almost no attention in the so-called mainstream press.

Alan:  No. Here in Canada it was interesting because for the first time the CFR had a news blurb all to themselves as the CFR. Generally, it’s just spokesmen that come on once in a while, but they were in a CFR room and they said they had drafted up the plans for the Unification of the Americas and it was time for the countries to act upon it and implement them; and sure enough, a month later we had the prime minister of Canada and Fox of Mexico and Bush sign it at the Waco meeting. It’s all officially done basically.

Ernie:  It’s all officially done but we also read AGENDA 21 and the UN WANTS TO REDUCE THE WORLD POPULATION.Some are saying 80 to 90%, so if we’re going to take out 80 to 90% and we want to remove all the individuals, what will we have left on the planet?

Alan:  They’ll have just enough breeding stock to work for them or clone them because THEY CAN CLONE PEOPLE. They can do it and in fact the new perfect worker will be a created type created by man and that’s for the near future, but in the meantime you’re right. They want to drastically eradicate the old man to bring in the new, and I think either real disease or the threat of it will initially get us off the land into the habitat areas and that’s where the diseases will break out and then you’re easily contained within. Under the North Atlantic Trade Agreement (the NATO Act),all NATO countries that signed on to that are supposed to give the citizenry booklets on what to do in case of emergency. In a “Man Alive” program in Britain they did get a hold of a copy. It’s supposed to be available but it wasn’t. Half of it was blacked out in fact, but they did say that the populations if there’s an outbreak or contamination in a town or a city that they stay where they are. If they try and break free, the military will have to shoot them down. If whole groups break free, that they’ll be bombed from the air with CS gas. That’s official NATO doctrine policy.

Rick:  Incredible, huh?

Ernie:  It’s very incredible but will they be targeting certain groups first like the old and the handicapped? I read some articles in Canada about the C-Diff or C-Difficile – real strong bacterium that has caused I think up to 30,000 deaths last year in Canada and CDC has reported over 20,000 deaths in the US last year and I read that 200,000 cases of C-Def in this country, so we’re starting to see these strains of disease that we can’t control, but then we’ve got the open borders and we don’t have any checks on the illegals who are coming into the country. Is this the conspiracy or are they going to do it with the pandemic with the bird flu?

Alan:  All of this. All of it in fact. As far as they’re concerned, there are no borders right now. It’s just for us to keep paying taxes while we pay for the last part of the implementation of this and they need America at least to finish off the wars in the Middle East to standardize those countries into the same system, but they’re going to use all of these techniques. In the global system everyone will be tracked and that’s why they won’t need the–

Rick:   Okay, one more question, Ernie.

Ernie:  This will be my last one because I want to get to who’s really driving this. Who is the powers to be? Is it the international bankers? Is it the Rothschild family? Or is it the reptilians? What group is pulling the president’s string?

Alan:  The ones that are really above that are not really workers. In the high secret society they have what they call the lazy boy, the one who does no work. Down below him they have the movers and shakers who move behind the scenes. Carroll Quigley documented it in his book, “The Anglo-American Establishment,” and “Tragedy & Hope.” He talks about the people who like the Maurice Strong’s, these workers. They work behind the scenes; they’re not in the public spotlight. They don’t get the applause from the public but they actually have more power than the front men who take the heat, the politicians. So it’s the people behind the scenes who are always – I mean even Kissinger today wields far more power than a president.

Rick:  All right, thank you, Ernie. Good questions. You know you can see that evident when George Bush tried to get Henry Kissinger to chair the 9/11 Commission. That was about as blatant as you could get, Alan. It was just in your face. I mean someone with all that baggage. Someone with that horrible reputation, put him in charge of an honest inquiry allegedly into 9/11. I mean that raised my antenna immediately and I said there’s something wrong with this picture. Then he turns around and picks the former governor of New Jersey, Kean, who is almost as bad as Henry Kissinger and he didn’t have all the baggage and so they were able to ram him through and all the Lee Hamilton’s and Jamie Gorelick’s and the rest of them on that commission which basically all had conflicts of interest. So we knew it was a put-up. It was a hoax. It was anything but an honest inquiry. Henry Kissinger still muckraking and you heard the other day what Kissinger admitted about the Viet Cong and you remember what was said? He could live and we could live comfortably with a total takeover, which is exactly what happened, and the holocaust that ensued. The Cambodians, the Laotians, the Vietnamese. We could live quite comfortably with that, that’s no problem to kill those people and that’s amazing that they’re really out – and nobody blinked an eye. Nobody batted an eyelash. I mean it’s almost like oh well, we just reported it, so what, we’ll go on with our daily business.

Alan:  Kissinger is the same man that Woodward and Bernstein reported in their book “The Last Days,”when the press were asking Kissinger about the troops – the American troops.

He said,“The troops are just dumb stupid cattle to be used for foreign policy.”

Rick:  Hey, he was honest.

Alan:  He was honest. Yes, he was honest.

Rick:  And that’s the tragedy is that you know no matter how many wars we go through – and the first world war ended all wars, right, as you know, and how many times world wars and continued brushfire wars all over the world and yet despite that fact, to anyone with a functioning mind, that this is a lot of nonsense and it is totally unnecessary. We’ll still kiss Johnny good-bye and Jane good-bye and send them off to battle fighting for these criminals. It is amazing, but you see that’s what they count on and they knew it when FDR’s man came out and said, Harry Hopkins, “people are too damn dumb to understand,” he meant it. He knew what he was talking about. So I mean they’re rather bold at times about things.

Alan:  They have archives of history. THEY KNOW HUMAN NATUREand they’ve studied TRIBALISM, basic tribalism, and they use tribal nature and THEY MANIPULATE and EXPLOIT tribal nature and so they know when a country is threatened the women will give up everything for security if need be.

Rick:  Exactly.

Alan:  They also know that the males will rush off and fight whoever they’re told is the actual enemy, because the young males at 18 don’t know a thing. They really don’t. They’re pretty dumb and stupid at 18. I was there too, and of course it never dawns on them they are being used for a far-reaching foreign policy which has very little to do with the initial action.

Rick:  Absolutely and nothing to do with defending American interests. All right, Tom in Ohio, you are on the program with Alan Watt. Hello.

Tom:  Yes, Alan.

Alan:  Hello.

Tom:  Where you from?

Alan:  I’m from Scotland.

Tom:  Scotland. I’ve been out talking to people about this MILITARY DRAFT a 4752. Did I get that right, H.R. 4752?

Alan:  Yes.

Tom:  And about 93% are in favor of it. This is my own poll I’ve taken. I’ve talked to quite a few people and some are – 5% are could care less one way or the other and there’s very few against it.

Rick:  Let me ask you this now: The people you talked to, what was their age demographic?

Tom:  About 20 to 40’s.

Rick:  So you talked to a lot of younger people?

Tom:  Yes.

Rick:  And you’re telling me the people you’ve talked to are in favor of the draft?

Tom:  Yes.

Rick:  And did they say why?

Tom:  No. They just said they thought it was a good thing.

Rick:  And that’s it?

Tom:  Like the guy said, they don’t know what they’re doing at that age. They really don’t know. It’s really scary that guys that have been in the military before said that they jumped up and said well yeah, I’ll go back in there. I’ll go over there again. That’s guys 40-42 years old. They’re jumping up and down to go back. It’s scary out there. It is absolutely horrifying out there. One couple that I talked to, the only thing that they were interested in was taking my picture with their cell phone and I don’t know if they were recording me on it or not. Can any of those cell phones record?

Rick:  They can photograph you and they can film you as well. Digitally.

Tom:  One couple did that and I was just barely telling them about that and they walked away. You know it was like—

Rick:  You’re on Candid Camera there, Tom.

Tom:  Yeah, it’s exciting, isn’t it? He who beats his sword into a plowshare will plow for him who did not.

Rick:  That’s true. That’s right from the scriptures. There you go. All right. Did you have another question before we move along?

Tom:  Yeah. You got the winning numbers?

Rick:  Uh-huh.  Alan?

Tom:  That way I’d have the money to go to another country maybe.

Rick:  Alan, do you have the combo – combination?

Alan:  I don’t know that combination but he’s quite right in what he’s saying. See the Pentagon has admitted they gave millions of dollars to Hollywood to put out all of these recent war movies to try and attract the young guys in and of course in these movies the young guys are always – they never get shot. All the bad guys get shot because they can’t aim straight you know.

Tom:  Well thank you, Alan, and for being there and I think you’ve really got it together.

Rick:  Appreciate it, Tom. Thank you. Do you know this was done before in a different time with the use of mass media, motion pictures, television. In WWII, the propaganda was so heavy. All the studios had to come up and obey the government and produced cartoons and produced dramas. They produced you know these so-called killer newsreels, emotionally charged and so forth, propaganda films. All of this was all part of a movement and there was no Defense Department then. It was a War Department you see and then after WWII they changed that whole philosophy going from the War Department to the Defense Department and well you know the story about James Forrestal and how he just happened to jump out of the, what was it, 14th floor out of Bethesda.

Alan:  Yes, a lot of people do that.

Rick:  Yes, and of course he was one of those early whistleblowers then, but in any event what we see now and what we’re seeing then is the same pattern over and over. You go with what works. As the scripture says, there’s nothing under the sun. Yes indeed. Let us see if we could take a quick call before we move on to a break. John in Florida, hi, you’re on the program with Alan.

John: Good evening Alan and thank you for the good show, sir.

Rick:  Thank you.

John: Alan, five weeks ago, give or take a week, you were on Coast to Coast with George Noory and you spoke briefly about the special drawing rights card which will be a card which will be given to people later on – when I say later on, maybe five years, four years from now, where things will be rationed off of that card. Could you please explain to myself and to our audience tonight more about that and is that information found on your website?

Alan:  Some of it is there. Lord Bertrand Russell, who was a big player in formatting the time we’re coming into now and he was a British lord. He worked for the big boys. He talked about a time when money would be phased out as such and the public would ultimately be given rations at the beginning of every week.

Rick:  Got to take a break. John, do you want to hang on the line?

John: I sure do.

Rick:  Okay, stay where you are. Alan Watt. We’ll be right back. .com. I’m Rick Adams. Stay tuned. Here we go. We’re back again talking about the frisks between the Bush’s and the Condoleezza Rice’s or one of them anyway. All right, we’re back now. We were talking off air. We’re back with John in Florida and Alan Watt. John, what was your next question to Alan?

John:  The next question ties into not just to the dollar and the new Amero Dollar but to the – can you hear me okay?

Rick:  I’m trying.

John:  Okay. As to the computerization of the data mining that’s going on right now and how in the future are people going to be – how will it be determined at what point special drawing rights are given to the card. How much of that credit will be given by whom?

Alan:  Ultimately – see money is a key. It’s not an end. It’s a means to an end by the big boys. They understand this. We’re trained basically like rats in a lab to pull little levers and earn our seed. It’s the same technique and we work for money. We don’t work for what we think is food and so on. We get the money first and it’s a transfer of the psychology of money and how we perceive it into credits, which everyone will get the same credit ultimately at the beginning of a week and at the end of the week, if you haven’t used it up, come Monday again you’ll have to start off with the same amount. For the people down below, the bulk of the populous, there’s going to be no reward system as such, just your basics to pay your rent, because in the NEW SOCIETY in the habitat areas the UN are talking about and it’s on the UN website.

THERE WILL BE NO PRIVATE PROPERTY ALLOWED and NO PRIVATE VEHICLES. You’ll be rental only, so you’ll have enough credits to buy your food and pay your rent and at the beginning of the next week it starts off at the same figure again. That’s the society they’re going into.

John:  Okay. Can I ask one more question, Rick?

Rick:  Yes, you have time, go ahead.

John:  Thank you. A couple of months ago a man by the name of Mr. Diebold passed on and he was a visionary. He started working with the banks and IBM and different communications industries back in ’60-’61 whatever.

Rick:  Voting machines and so forth.

John:  Alan, have you come across anything on his life? How he got his niche started or who sponsored him for him to become at that pivotal point in the history of our country that obviously ran into the controlling of our elections a long time ago?

Alan:  I haven’t got any connection there but there will be one because I’ve always found that these fellows are picked very young and actually trained for their role in life; privately taught as well.

John:  Okay, well thank you for answering my questions.

Rick:  You’re very welcome. Thank you very much. Yes, this scenario when you think about it, just look around you and listen to the daily distorts I call them. Not reports but they are fanning the flames of just about every conceivable fear you can imagine. You mention the pandemic of a bird flu. You mention 9/11 too, Al-Qaeda. Then they’re talking about hurricane season. Then they’re talking about this disease, that disease, on and on and on it goes; so they keep the public perpetually bombarded with these messages of fear and many of them will become reality. Not that they’re just made up but they will indeed – we know that the flu virus now has been bio-engineered. There’s no question about it that the government is in control here, just as there were elements of weather modification and weather control going back to the 1960’s and ‘70’s being used. So this is not new news. This is laid bare before us and we’re going to see just through the process of attrition people dying off I think from disease. People dying off because they can’t afford to eat. That will come. That will come. Stay tuned. Hour number two will come to. Alan Watt my guest. I’m Rick Adams. We’ll be right back with more calls.

HOUR 2:

Rick:  Back on the air and yes indeed, Alan Watt is here as you’ll see. He has studied, as many of you have, although he’s invested quite a bit of time – all of his time now in studying the matrix, and when we think of the matrix we really are in the web of deception today as the scriptures say. We live in a world of deception and few there be that find the path to the truth because of the satanic influences that control governments of the world. Alan, you know. You’ve read enough of them. I’m sure you’ve read others as well. Tupper Saussy books on the subject and so forth and going back some previous caller mentioned Rasputin and I do have a book on “The Occult and High Places,” and I’ve referred to it before and you know what happened when Rasputin got in power, what he did, and the power of the occult and the power of demonism is a real power. It does not always manifest itself in the exorcist type of mentality, that scenario. Not at all. Remember, he appears as an angel of light, see, an illumination – illuminati.

Alan:  Illuminati and that’s the oddest thing because I do know from some very high Masons way above 33rd Degree where they describe actually taking on a higher entity as part of the degree. The first time I heard it I was rather skeptical, but the next fellow who told me at the other end of the country the same story and then a third person told me; I said you know it must be true. They’re doing this and they do believe and they have a list of the demons. That’s the funny thing about all this. These people, some of them you see on TV, they actually take on a higher entity or demon and they get longevity from that and the tradeoff is that the demon or entity is able to take more time inside the body of the host and give them certain abilities, certain powers, intuitions you might say, so they’re always one step ahead of everyone else.

Rick: Absolutely true.
 
Alan:  They actually do this kind of thing.

Rick:  I have talked to people who were involved in Silva Mind Control. I’ve talked to people who’ve gotten involved with astral projection and their spirit left their body and traveled and they encountered the most horrific demons. It was a nightmare for them. Some came back and they returned and they called upon Jesus to save them and let me tell you it was a harrowing experience. People that don’t believe it don’t know what has been reported. This is not just the business of the sixth sense, you know, that type of thing, or parapsychology. This is real demonism.

Alan:  They have lists of the demons. You’ll find them in the real Kabbalah and it’s interesting too that the fallen, or the sons of god they talk about even in the Old Testament—each one was a specialist in a certain area and they taught them to their wise. One was a mathematician. One dealt with we would call it medicine or apothecary—

Rick:  Pharmacia.

Alan:  Yes, pharmacia, and so each one was a specialist in a science and that’s the key to this—through science they believe they will conquer, but it’s also amazing that at this particular time in history they have made the new religion to revolve around channeling, which is taking in entities into yourself. According to the old scriptures you have 2 million ones who fell from heaven and there’s only about 2,000 at any one time on the planet in the high positions of power and so you have a whole lot floating around looking around for hosts.

Rick:  Yes indeed.

Alan:  That’s an interesting thing to ponder.

Rick:  Yes indeed it is. It’s scary but true. All right, we have full lines right now. Our number 800-313-9443. We have a break coming up and we’ll give you all sufficient time when we return from this upcoming break. We are avenging – avenging the saints, ladies and gentlemen. Alan Watt here. He has his own website, and boy, there’s a lot on your website, Alan, that’s for sure. It continues to go right down. I can never reach the bottom of the page.  It seems like a bottomless pit here, doesn’t it?

Alan:  It does go on. We’re putting up a new website to make it easier, hopefully.

Rick:  All right, very good and the website again, go ahead tell our listeners.

Alan:  Yes. It’s .com.

Rick:  Very simple, very easy. All right, let’s take more calls 800-313-9443. No available lines right now that I’m aware of. John in California, you are now on the program, sir.

John:  Hi Rick. Another great guest. Hi Alan.

Alan:  Hello.

John:  I was wondering since you alluded to the ones at the top the very pinnacle of this thing and since they bring in all these hate laws and adopt the Noahide Laws and all that and we have these Kazarians that call themselves Jews that are not. What do you think about the Jewish question within all of this since they’re using that? How do we combat that? Do we expose it?

Alan:  You have to know how to expose it. You see if you try and expose it – it’s like Albert Pike in “Morals and Dogma,” the high pope of Masonry in the 1800’s, he said that in every religion including Judaism there are two kinds of religion. One is the exoteric for the bulk of the population, and then there’s the esoteric which is a form of the secret society within that knows the plan for the future and directs all the rest. There’s no doubt there’s a hard core within Judaism, who, mind you, belong to another Brotherhood all together, the International Brotherhood, and they use Judaism and they don’t think twice about sacrificing Jews to the cause. When you join the high groups of MasonryYOU SWEAR ALLEGIANCE to an INTERNATIONAL BROTHERHOOD where you leave your old family behind and you join the new. So all your old values, all your old connections come secondarily to you and you have a new prime function, an International Brotherhood, and that’s the second meaning of the World Zionists. That’s a different group from the majority. Most Jews think Zionism is just a state for Israel; and of course Zion in the Mystery Religion, it’s a combination of two words in Aramaic, it’s “sin” which is the moon and “on” is the phallic the male symbol of Egypt. It’s the male and female generative power in the Mystery Religion and that’s the real meaning of Zion (Sion).

John:  How do we combat this logically with your everyday people who are somewhat aware because there is much information out there in public records?

Alan:  It doesn’t matter but the majority of the public will probably always stay under mind control. Zbigniew Brzezinski wrote a book back in the ‘60’s and in there he had the Technetronic Era where he said a time would come where the average individual will be unable to reason for themselves. They will give their ability to reason over to the media and the media will do their thinking for them.

Rick:  Well, that time came a long time ago.

Alan:  That’s a fact and he actually said that they’ll only be able to ‘parrot’ what they’ve been from the previous night’s news.

Rick:  You know Hitler was saying that himself. Repeat a lie often enough and big enough. Now he was referring to them ironically and interestingly enough the way they extracted that quote and referred it back to him, but he was a puppet of the internationalists and so forth, but yet what he was saying was true. If you repeat a lie big enough and often enough, people will believe it. They’ll believe the sun is cold if you tell them long enough; they will believe anything. Anything.

Alan:  Albert Pike put it this way and this is how it was done. This is how it’s done even today. He said, “we survey the land. We then build the foundation – prepare the foundation, build the foundation and then we build on top of the foundation,” and I watched this done even in the media and popular writers. I mean ___________  was the first one to be put out there heavily promoted for the New Age writing fascinating stuff for itching ears, that’s how it works, and it was all based on his own interpretation of the Sumerian tablets and the Annunaki reptilian people and all this stuff and there’s no other expert agrees with him. They all actually – they won’t even take him seriously and then after _______  they put out a couple of other big writers, financed them to the top, mixed it with the New Age and so they keep building on a faulty foundation, but they build a pyramid or castle in the air and the public want to believe it because it fascinates them. It’s the same technique you see.

Rick:  Thank you. We have to move along, thank you, John, for your questions. Okay. Barney in Maryland, you’re next on the program.

Barney:  Hello. I would like to have Alan’s comments on these three things that are bothering me.

Rick:  What’s that?

Barney:  First we have to be complete idiots. Instead of eliminating less than 100,000 one-worlders, we choose to fight 30 million illegals, 100 million Iranians, and about probably over a billion Chinese and 300 million Russians. It don’t make sense and second worst part is that most of the illegals are Christians and we’ve chosen to fight them instead of the one-worlders who are Satanist and even the people that are patriots appear to think that these one-worlders are gods. That’s what I want to talk here about.

Rick:  Well, that’s an anomaly.

Alan:  It’s true – Jacques Attali, who was the ‘Kissinger’ for the European Unification and who now works at the United Nations, put a book out in 1990 and it’s called “Millennium – Winners and Losers in the Coming New World Order,” and this man was adviser to about five or six presidents of France. He talked about the borders coming down in the Americas and gave roughly the time period when it would happen and he said initially hordes will come up from Latin America and mayhem will ensue for a long time and eventually after it all settles down, over chaos and pandemonium and probably a generation or two of shooting, lootings, et cetera and local warfare, he said then there’ll be an English and a Spanish speaking population in America. When he wrote that, I thought of what David Rockefeller said about the same time period – David Rockefeller was giving a speech at the World Bank and he said, “this present generation who are alive now are the cannon fodder for this Agenda,” and he said, “you can’t make an omelet without breaking eggs.”  That’s how they talk about this; so that your personal chaos that will ensue is just making an omelet to them, you see.

Rick:  That’s exactly – was it Lenin who said that too? I think it was Lenin—one of the Communist Bolsheviks said the same thing exactly and that’s the dialectic, isn’t it? You create a problem, a crisis, and then you utilize it and exploit it?

Alan:  Yes, and Jacques Attalialso said that America would be de-industrialized completely and so that once this was over and done with, and even before it was finished, he said the next boat people leaving the shores looking for work will be Americans looking for work abroad.

Rick:  Shall we go back to Leiden back to Holland?  Where we going to go, man?

Alan:  Exactly.

Rick:  Okay now, let’s see. We’ve got a bunch of callers here and we still have the rest of this hour. You can stay, I assume, Alan, can’t you?

Alan:  Yes.

Rick:  Good, very good. Let’s take Mike in Kentucky. You’re next on the program. Hi Mike.

Mike:  You guys, the last hour you kind of provoked me to call in because it was just a little bit to doom and gloom for me. I feel like trying a sound effect out on you. “Resistance is futile.” Anyway, I was hoping that would reverb a little bit.

Rick:  That’s certainly what they say.

Alan:  They say “you will be assimilated.”

Mike:  Yes, you will be assimilated.

Rick:  We have our ways, huh?

Mike:  Resistance is futile. No, seriously—

Rick:  What’s your take on it, Mike?

Mike:  We are surrounded by food. If it comes down to allotment cards – like we’ve already got you know in most states I think the Department of Agriculture made them implement basically a credit card for food stamps and so people far enough below the levels to qualify for that stuff are already on an allotment card, sort of like you were talking about last hour, but if that got cut off – I mean the native Americans were able to find food around here and there’s supposed to be more bears and deer than when the Virginia Colony was established, so I don’t know. But maybe before Homeland Security was established maybe somebody started thinking about that and let some of these populations explode a little bit because maybe they knew what was coming, but I think there’s been untold numbers of diabolical plots that have been thwarted by whatever you want to describe it as, the Grace of God or whatever. I don’t work for specter or chaos or whatever the archrival of these parodies like James Bond, but I think there are enough people in our intelligence community that are looking out for this country and looking out our people.

Rick:  Mike, we have to break. Do you want to hang on or are you all done?

Mike:  Yeah, yeah.

Rick:  All right we’ll give you another question when we come back. Alan Watt our guest, . We are speaking with our guest here, who of course is Alan Watt, in case you just tuned in, and his website and we have a number of calls still to go, so let us continue with Mike who was on before the break. Mike, you had another question?

Mike:  Well, it sounds like by the name of your website you’re not for you know why fight we’re on the next flight sort of mentality like a lot of people. Like there’s no fighting this. It’s fate. It’s inevitable. You know these Illuminati, Luciferian worshippers of reason which I think there are multiple layers of these secret societies. You never know when you’ve progressed to the next degree because there’s a sublime degree and then there’s the real degree and so they keep their own people in the dark. It’s a lot like the intelligence community, but I think you don’t really have that rapture mentality, right? You think it’s worth trying to battle these people?

Alan:  I think it’s everybody’s right to try and stay alive and have the right to have their own offspring and bring them up and give them the chance of life as well. Every creature has that ability to do so. It’s not a matter of lying down and let them walk over you. It’s a matter on an individual basis of standing up and proclaiming your right to life because that’s what it is ultimately. It’s your right to be an independent thinking sentient being and that’s a God given right.

Rick:  Mike, you’re going to have to go now because we have other calls. Thank you for your question. It’s a philosophical one and it is important to really delve into the question of what do we do, because it’s not a matter of doom and gloom. It really is a matter of the battle. It’s a spiritual battle. We’re not fighting against flesh and blood, Alan, as you know. We’re fighting against spiritual powers and principalities in high places and we see that. Every time George Bush gets on and smirks at America and laughs at us and giggles nervously it shows the evil. It shows the arrogance of these people that they can kill with immunity and they can send men to do their killing and train them to kill like these Marines you know in Haditha and yet no one wants to seem to deal with the fact that somebody sent them there. Somebody engaged our fighting troops into an illegal war. A war that was unconstitutionally begun by this administration. Where is the guillotine? Where is the blade that will come down chopping off their necks? They ultimately are responsible. The Rumsfeld’s, the Bush’s, the Rice’s, the Hadley’s, the Cheney’s and so forth. These are the people whose heads must roll and they will. Someday they will.

Alan:  These people, it’s quite amazing to realize they can do all this planning and they’re only the fronts, as we know. The think tanks above them are even more powerful and the eternal bureaucracies. This is something that’s never discussed. The big bureaucratic boys, these are career men and they’re non-elected. They all know what their function and role is in the bureaucracy and they deal right with the United Nations. They bypass politicians. It’s been like that since the League of Nations.

Rick:  Might as well abolish the whole Congress really at this point. It probably would be an improvement anyway.

Alan:  Even Quigley made that reference when he was talking about the ‘real men’ who are unelected that move behind the scenes and the front men are there to take the heat—

Rick:  Exactly.

Alan:  And that’s what we see.

Rick:  All right. Patrick in Dallas. Hello, you’re on the program with Alan.

Patrick:  Good evening gentlemen. I believe the phrase is “resistance is futile, prepare to be assimilated.” There’s something good about this Star Trek analogy, which is how the Borg which will be the beast in the analogy is defeated by an unseen force is exactly how the beast will be defeated by the unseen force of the holy spirit. I’d like to give my own experience. This previous caller was talking about the intelligence agencies. I knew a CIA agent who was in federal prison in El Reno, Oklahoma, for about a little over a year who was in prison over something to do with the Iran Contra Affair. He attempted to recruit me into the CIA and he used several things to try to lure me in and told me quite a bit about his own experience. He was bought as a young child by the CIA from his poor Appalachian parents who couldn’t afford to keep him because he was a hemophiliac. He was used as a sex slave throughout his youth by the man he called “his Rabbi”, his term not mine, that was his mentor I guess for lack of a better term. He was put through what he called “conditioning,” which I came to assume was this kind of monarch mind control. He said it was – you know he didn’t go into great detail but I did see – I know he had alternate personalities because I saw his sex slave personality surface at one time. It was very obvious. He told me–

Rick:  All right, stay where you are, Patrick. I want you to finish that. When we come back, Alan Watt our guest, and there’s room for you. I’m Rick Adams, radio avenger. We shall return.

H.G. Wells:  By some awful quirk of fate. The Morlocks have become the masters and the Eloi their servants. The Morlocks maintained them and bred them like cattle.

Rick:  Well, I guess that tells it all, doesn’t it, Alan?

Alan:  I think so.

Rick:  Yes. That’s Mr. Wells himself. H.G. Wells, “The Time Machine.” Now he was one of the elite in England, wasn’t he?

Alan:  He was one of the founding members of the Fabian Society and he did work for the British government. He was a PR man basically and a propagandist for WWI. He coined the term, “the war to end all wars.” That was the slogan to recruit the young men and make it idealistic – an idealistic war – and he was chartered by the government and the secret service to do his work.

Rick:  Now is it true that he sort of started to have a change of heart and see through all of this matrix in the end?

Alan:  I don’t think so. In fact, George Orwell knew him very well and George Orwell declared he was a ‘manic depressive and paranoid’ too. He hated the working class people with a passion.

Rick:  Who’s that? Orwell or H.G. Wells?

Alan:  H.G. Wells. He was terrified of the working class because his mother was the housekeeper of a noble family and he was brought up in that house living that lifestyle but always remembering that he was a member of the working class himself and so he hated the working class. It terrified him and he also believed in Plato’s Republic, that the ideal society ruled by the elite, the intellectual elite, and the reordering of the whole societal structure. He believed that 100%, so he had no regrets in taking his part in it.

Rick:  And he died what? Was it around WWII era?

Alan:  Just after WWII. I think in 1948 he died.

Rick:  And of course his grandchildren live on. In fact, Simon Wells was the one who directed the remake.

Alan:  Yes, not only that. H.G. Wells was all for again on the behalf of the British Elite who supervised the Russian Revolution. He went over there afterwards and he left his own son with Pavlov to be instructed in the Pavlovian techniques.

Rick:  That’s amazing.

Alan:  Then his son came over to the U.S. as a professor and taught at a university there.

Rick:  It figures. Doesn’t it? All right, you still with us now, Patrick?

Patrick:  Yes, and I’d just like to say I have no intention of being an Eloi or a Goyim or any such thing, and to continue. This guy that I spent a little over a year with in federal prison, he told me that he had been brought up in the belief system of Santeria, which as I understand is basically Caribbean voodoo with Church of Rome labels applied to it. In this short period we were cell mates he offered to conjure up a demon in our cell and I at this point really had very little doubt he could do what he said and I declined, you know, not being particularly brave or particularly close to the Lord at that point.

Rick:  That was wise of you.

Patrick:  Well, I think so and over the period of time I came to find out that this little guy who was very unimposing looking had a photographic memory and I have no doubt he was who he said he was because he had a lot of pull with the administration. He got me a great job in the front office and while I was in good with him I had it going on. Unfortunately when I declined to be part of their little cabal and started actually witnessing to him and asking him very subtly, I would ask him questions about good and evil and this sort of thing, and whenever I would bring up the word Christ or Jesus, oh man, the conversation ended immediately and ever since then I’ve been on the red list shall we say—

Rick:  Interesting testimony. That’s a personal testimony that I’ve heard from others as well.

Patrick:  Believe me, it’s true.

Rick:  I believe you Patrick. Thank you for your calling the program as always. Let’s move along now, ladies and gentlemen. Now 800-313-9443. Not much more time for new callers but let’s continue with our guest Alan Watt, and Andrew is in South Florida. Is that right, Andrew?

Andrew:  That is correct.

Rick:  Hi. Welcome.

Andrew:  When I discuss all this stuff with people, I always bring them back to President John F. Kennedy because I see that as a major watershed in the setting up of the shadow government here in the United States. I guess my question for the guest is, number one: Does he know who killed John F. Kennedy and the reason that they took him out?

Rick:  Alan?

Alan:  He was killed in the typical ritualistic fashion of the “Killing of the King”, as they call it in the high occult, where your brain is to be exposed to the sun; and of course we know that happened as they drove into the sun. That’s where the bullet hit him and again on Dealey Plaza with the three roads making the pyramid. There was also a pyramid off to the left and Oliver Stone who did the movie on that was showing you who did it, because when the investigator meets the Pentagon fellow in the park near Washington’s Monument you see them sitting on a park bench and he said, “who would have the power to pull this off,” and the camera pans back and you see these little men on a bench and there’s this huge obelisk filling the whole left hand of the screen from top to bottom and he’s telling you right there who did it. It was the high occult who did it. The Guardian Class they call themselves. The Guardians. That’s what Plato called them too.

Rick:  And how many were double kills do you think there were? Quite a few?

Alan:  Oh yes, I think so.

Rick:  I mean there’s always – of course Jack Ruby you know they say well he didn’t even really die. He was shipped out back to Israel. The Mossad was heavily involved in Dallas that day, the CIA and so forth, but there are people who are set up to do a killing and then they’re killed off and Oswald himself. What do you know about Oswald?

Alan:  Even in Britain they showed a lot of the CIA footage of Oswald. There’s no way this man just went to Russia after leaving the military and got married et cetera. He was sent over there to do a job and probably to be trained as well and sent over by the CIA, because there was no Cold War at all. It was a big antithesis to get the world changed.

Rick:  So you don’t think Oswald pulled the trigger then?

Alan:  No way, no.

Rick:  I mean the single bullet theory. You know ABC news went through that computer analysis and assured us that there was no conspiracy theory. There was no plot. It just happened. That one bullet did all of that and it bounced all over the place and came back and went right through Kennedy’s head.

Alan:  And it was pristine when they found it.

Rick:  And they said it with a straight face. The late Peter Jennings, I’ll never forget that. That was humorous.

Alan:  And an old Sorcano rifle, the worse rifle you could have possibly have bought, from WWII – Italy basically. Notoriously terrible at rifles and so that was not an assassination.

Rick:  No. It was a ritual killing. Andrew, does that answer your question, sir?

Andrew:  Yes and he’s exactly right. Oswald did not shoot President Kennedy. Witnesses that were in the plaza that day saw two men in that window and Oswald’s rifle shot wide to the right and if Oswald had shot him he would have known that in the first shot that came out of the rifle went wide to the right, hit the pavement and some of the spray from the pavement hit one of the policeman and so it was not Oswald that shot the first shot. It was probably the other man in the window. And then I also think that maybe Oswald may have been rewarded. The Jack Ruby shooting I think was just a play-acting thing for the TV and I think Oswald probably could be still alive.

Rick:  It’s very possible. You know there’s so many theories on it but we know that just based on the Warren Commission that we were given a snow job, just like the 9/11 Commission and the Pearl Harbor Commission and all the rest of it. Okay, thank you, Andrew. Good call. Thank you as always. Paul in Ohio, you are on the program now with Alan Watt.

Paul:  Yes, Alan, are they still disarming Scotland?

Alan:  That was over and done with a while back. Even 30 years ago you had to jump through hoops to have a shotgun.

Paul:  I heard just recently they were disarming the Scots.

Alan:  Now they’re taking all their shotguns from them and that’s been about the only firearm they could really possess.

Paul:  Did any of them put up a fight?

Alan:  I’m sure there was a lot of digging in gardens going on. That’s traditional over there. They’ve had centuries of having to bury weaponry in Scotland from orders from London, from old swords and spears down to rifles.

Paul:  Unloading never again, huh? Thanks, Alan.

Rick:  Thank you Paul. Interesting. You know [hallidan] as they say. The Kennedy thing, I just wanted to get back to it for a minute before we go to the next phone. You remember the situation having to do with – oh, I’m trying to think now, I think I’m losing my thought, but there was an officer – police officer Tippett. Was that his name?

Alan:  Yes.

Rick:  Tippett, right? Now he was killed. He was one of the first casualties, wasn’t he? And it was like when Oswald was apprehended as the alleged shooter and the media focused in on him and then we saw what purportedly happened to Jack Ruby on this – the Warren Commission, I don’t know if you’ve read the whole thing or not.

Alan:  Not the whole thing, no.

Rick:  The Warren Commission Report and Gerald Ford – President Ford was there. Another insider and another puppet. It seems that the Warren Commission Report totally and completely swept under the rug so many pertinent facts about what happened in Dallas as reported by people who were there. Now the film that has circulated, and I’m sure you’ve seen it, the video showing the driver of the limousine carrying President Kennedy shows him turning around and firing right at JFK. What were your thoughts on that video that has circulated for a long time?

Alan:  It would be the type of thing they’d do in plain view because they understand psychology and how people perceive things, and when you’ve seen something that can’t happen, that’s how it’s actually done. They pull it off that way.

Rick:  Do you think that’s what happened?

Alan:  At least we know that for sure that the driver – all these drivers are trained when there’s anything happens they speed up. This man slowed down. He almost stopped in fact.

Rick:  So there’s authenticity to that? Very interesting, okay. Richard in West Virginia. Hello. You are next, sir. I think he’s coming to the phone, winding his way. Okay, let’s see, do we have Richard. We’ll give him a countdown. We’ll give him five, four, three, two and a half, two and a quarter, two. All right. Richard left. Okay, he couldn’t hang on. I’m sorry. How about Patrick from Kentucky? Let’s take him.

Patrick:  Hi Rick. Hi. It’s been a while.

Rick:  Thank you. Say hello to Alan Watt.

Patrick:  Hi Alan.

Alan:  Hello.

Patrick:  Yes. The caller that called a while ago that suggested that Oswald is still alive, I think that’s ludicrous but I was wondering what your opinion would be or if you have any facts – I mean I’ve thought about this and I don’t know if anybody’s ever brought this up before. If there’s a possibility that President Kennedy was warned and we have heard that not to go to Dallas. Is there a possibility that he could have been brainwashed to go to Dallas and be part of this ritual sacrifice?

Alan:  I don’t think so. I really don’t think so. I don’t think it turned out that way at all. I think he also was in a role himself. He had a big ego, too, and I think that he really had everything under his thumb basically. In a sense that’s what they also do. If a president begins to think that they’re the real president, they generally shoot you. That’s what happened to Reagan when he came back from the Helsinki meeting after being elected. They always go to the Helsinki meeting and he was promising the world fantastic things. He was going to give money to every country on the planet and help people out. When he came back they shot him just to remind him that he was not really the boss.

Patrick:  Right.

Alan:  So I think this is the type of thing that’s done.

Rick:  Do you feel that George Bush had a hand in the shooting of Reagan?

Alan:  Very probably. I’m sure they were all in on it. There’s only a few families at the top there and they’re all interconnected.

Rick:  The Bush family is one of them. There’s no question there. They may not be at the apex but they certainly have the experience with the CIA, assassinations and so forth. Very incestuous relationships there with that community.

Alan:  Yes, and if anyone was brainwashed at all I would suspect the present president was brought up in this condition because he really acts as though he’s the boss, even though he really doesn’t make the decisions. In the high occult, too, the front man, the main man, number one is never the boss. It’s always number two. That’s how it works, so the advisor is more important than the president.

Rick:  You mean Dick Cheney is walking in George Bush’s slippers?

Alan:  Pretty well.

Rick:  All right. Well thank you Richard for your question and call as we near the next and final break. It is fascinating subject and as you say a lot of people just like to hear this because of curiosity. People like to hear about conspiracies and plots and so forth, but I don’t think that with our audience here you find that to be the case. These are people generally who have studied and researched and looked at it and what they want simply is to expose the evil that works on this planet because evil can and will be overcome, Alan, and there’s one I know who’s higher than all of them and he says that the day of the Prince of Darkness is coming to an end and that’s why I think we’re finding in this day and age today more satanic activity than I think there ever was in this day and age.

Alan:  It’s out in the open now.

Rick:  It’s brazen. It’s bold. The denigration of Messiah. All of these things that are happening now are just signs I think of the latter days that we’re seeing and we still are commanded to get out there, do what we have to do to expose it and bring it down, because he is the victor and we are going to be victorious. I don’t think there’s any question that we are going to win over Satan. Satan has already been defeated. He just has to roll over, my friends. All right, we’ll wrap up with Alan Watt our guest. .com. I’m Rick Adams, the Paul Revere of talk radio.

I think we’re going to end in just a few moments because we really don’t have time to invite more phone calls right now, but I wanted to ask you, Alan, because you are such an interesting guest and you certainly are very succinct in your responses. Are you planning to have another website you say to help make it a little bit easier for people than the current website?

Alan:  Yes. I’ve got more videos to put up there and talks and so that way I can split it down into audios and you can go right to audios, other ones, to previous shows. Other ones too, some of the written work I’ve done and so it will be split up and easier to get to the whole site.

Rick:  What has been the response? Have you had any interference take place from powers that be?

Alan:  Oh, I get interference all the time in so many ways and when I first hooked up the computer the first thing that came in was a Trojan horse, a brand new one that wasn’t listed on anybody’s list.

Rick:  Is that right.

Alan:  And so I had the honor of getting that and that closed down the computer five minutes after it was hooked up. So yes, I get troubles all the time from the big boys.

Rick:  Are you your own webmaster or do you have other webmasters?

Alan:  No. I’ve got one in the states there and he’s pretty well dedicated himself at the moment.

Rick:  Bush? Is he a George Bush family member?

Alan:  No. In fact he might even change his name.

Rick: I mean it’s kind of difficult to have that name right now, isn’t it?

Alan:  That’s right.

Rick: I mean I don’t even eat Bush beans. I mean that tells you how bad things are.

Alan:  Here you go, and even Moses saw a burning bush.

Rick: You know one thing we didn’t get into tonight that came up and that was the reptilian – you know the if you will the satanic nature of many of these people who we think are human and they have flesh and blood and bones and so forth but they have that reptilian nature under their skin. I’d like to get into that if you can come back some time.

Alan:  Absolutely. I’ve studied a lot on the real meanings of it. Not the fake ones.

Rick: Very good, Alan. Okay and I just want to take this time to thank you very much for being my guest. It’s been my pleasure.

Alan:  It’s been mine, too.

Rick:  Thank you. We’ll do it again.

Alan:  Sure enough.

Rick:  Okay, good night now.

Alan:  Bye now.

Rick:  All right, Alan Watt.

ALAN WATT TRANSCRIPT INTERVIEW WITH ROLLYE JAMES ON THE ROLLYE JAMES SHOW
March 29, 2006

Rollye: This is the Rollye James Show. So I’m watching TV last night and a couple of people in Los Angeles were just stunned that their property could be taken through eminent domain for a hotel and I say to myself where the hell were you when this was a Supreme Court issue two months ago, and I bring this up only because we think that people are aware. They’re blissfully unaware and frankly they want to keep it that way until the wolf is at their door, which brings us to illegal immigration and then what’s going on in Congress and you look at how that vote went in the Judiciary Committee and what they’re discussing right now in our government halls and you say to yourself, I’ve got to be missing something. There’s got to be a bigger picture here and of course I always go right to conspiracy, and boy, have we got the grand unified conspiracy tonight. You’re going to love this, but one thing we’ve been talking about off the air and we’ll talk more about it tomorrow is – you know you had half a million people in Los Angeles and a lot of the drivers have been saying what can we do, so I’ve been thinking about maybe having the mother trucking SOB rally secure our borders but I haven’t figured out how exactly yet, so we’ll talk more about that and maybe get Mozo and Nimo if they’re interested in on this, but we’ll confer tomorrow night, but for now I think the bigger question still is and John asks this all the time when he’s screening your calls and listening to all this.
He comes and he says to me, well why would they do that in all sincerity, because after all, when you’re talking about eliminating the borders and when you’re talking about clearly ignoring the rule of law, you say there’s got to be a bigger picture; and so it was that Butch in Missouri said have I got the guy for you, and boy was he right. You can check out a website. Here you go: , just like it sounds, and I’ll put a link to it on my site as well and then you’ll know all about Alan Watt, but in the meantime, meet him. Hello Alan.
Alan: Hello.
Rollye: I’m delighted you’ve chosen to join us.
Alan: Always. It was very nice to have the offer.
Rollye: And you know it’s interesting because as I was just saying and I think it’s true. Most people who start to study what’s happening government-wise start to think that there’s got to be a bigger picture I’m missing and this is where you come in; because I understand you’ve spent a lot of time studying it start to finish.
Alan: Yes, I have.
Rollye: Today we see some of the symptoms but we can look at the Council on Foreign Relations or the Bilderberg’s or all these kinds of things, but we can wonder why we have a Federal Reserve and why it isn’t federal nor a reserve; but lets go back to – well, I don’t whether to start at the beginning or whether to ask you right off what’s behind this push to eliminate our borders, so what’s your preference?
Alan: Okay. The first reference to a World Order was made by John Dee who was the official advisor to Queen Elizabeth I in the 1500’s and this mancoined the phrase or the term the ‘British Empire’. He was the first one to suggest the term, the name and what he suggested was that a world system be set up through trade initially, which would then bind laws together to do with trade, and since everything runs on economics, then ultimately they would standardize the same cultural system throughout the world. This went into action actually very early on with the British East India Company, which was not only in India – they went into India initially, which was a conglomerate of small princedoms, they armed certain people. They put provocateurs in. They had them all fighting each other and then Britain came into to save the day saying you can’t go on like this, you see, we have to have peace, so Britain bestowed peace by taking over the country. That was the way it was done.
Rollye: This is so funny that you’re saying this of course because they haven’t changed their tactics one iota and they give us globalism. A few things like NAFTA, CAFTA and the WTO and of course we’re held then to fix the world through going and attacking countries; but interesting, the 1500’s, I thought we were practically go back to Adam. Now in the 1500’s, I would assume at that time most places were still kingdoms?
Alan: Yes. There was a lot of small princedoms, kingdoms, really, families that built up and taken over a certain area. Small kingdoms really, but yes, in India of course they’ve been run for such a long time by the Aryans they call themselves that moved in maybe 1,000 BC and took over from the Dravidian people who lived there. They were a caste system really, the Aryans, of pure bloods and over a period of time they were actually forbidden to interbreed with the darker peoples. That’s why today because of the gradual interbreeding of this elite you have the actual caste system of India, right down to the “untouchables” at the bottom who are trained that’s your place; and they gave them a religion which backed all of this up, called “reincarnation,” to make sure that, well, you were born this way. It’s your karma so just be a slave, you see.
Rollye: Right and you’ll get the next time to maybe be a prince. So that’s interesting and of course I was just reading recently that the caste system which is still alive and well they’re finally removing the sanctions from intermarrying in the castes. So that’s to this day there. It probably wasn’t hard to rile up the troops as you say to arm them; and isn’t that a chilling thought to cause uprisings to where Britain would have to go save the day?
Alan: That’s right and once Britain had taken over parts of India they would then make regiments of those Indians they could recruit into the Sepoy regiments all Indian and the Sikhs and then use them against non-Sikhs another province, you see. That was the technique of using – and this same technique was used by the Romans.
Rollye: Earlier really.
Alan: Yes, because the Romans that came into England most of the troops they recruited from Germany, the Albani tribe, and that’s the ones they used to come into England, so it keeps the heat off the ‘real power behind the throne’ you might say by the people fighting Albani’s or Germany and leaving Rome alone. It’s quite the technique and so the internal strife in India, for instance, was directed against tribes and eventually at each other and they forgot that Britain was behind it all.
Rollye: Right, right and Britain could come out like the white knight saving the day from the – well now of course what’s chilling about that is what we have right now with the illegal immigrants we’re talking about legalizing and all that. It makes you wonder whether we’re setting up class warfare in America.
Alan: You are and it’s been written about in fact by the boys who helped to sign it. I suggest your readers can find – if they can find a copy of this book. It’s by the French “Kissinger.” He was called Jacques Attali, which is A-T-T-A-L-I, and Jacques is J-A-C-Q-U-E-S, and he really was the prime Kissinger mover behind the European Union. He eventually worked for the United Nations. The title of his book was called, “Millennium,” the subtitle was called, “Winners and Losers in the Coming New World Order,” published in 1990 and he knew the whole format.
He was a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. He was amember of the Bilderbergers. A member of the Trilateral Commission. All the United Nations top level security clearance and so on. He said that now that Britain has basically been almost unified. It wasn’t completely unified when he wrote the book, he said, “the next one to go will be America,” and he said, “the borders must come down and will come down under free trade”, the guise of free trade. However, when you study this agenda of free trade, let’s say going back to the 1500’s by John Dee who first started it, it’s not just free trade and this is written into the Free Trade Agreement of the Americas and NAFTA. It’s a free flow of goods – now it’s authorized goods only. In other words, it’s not for everyone but also it says and “the free flow of labor between countries,” you see.
Now Jacques Attali goes on to say that there’ll be chaos for a while in America and he said that initially the gangs will come up from South America, similar to the Huns who invaded Rome and brought it down.
Rollye: That’s happened with MS13 big time.
Alan: Yes and then he says this will cause a backlash on America who will demand that something be done about it. The military will then step in. The politicians get in on the act and of course down comes the borders and you find you have a brand new continent.
Rollye: Now of course, the CFR has been, as you probably well know, very open lately about saying that the borders of America and Canada or United States and Canada and United States and Mexico will be down by 2010. Do you think they’ll make it?
Alan: Yes, they will make it because last year on the Canadian National Television, which is called the CBC (Canadian Broadcasting Corporation), last March, I think it was the 27th during the Terri Schiavo thing, which was really hyped up to get everybody involved in this emotive controversy, there was a three minute agreement – signed in agreement shown on our television, of President Bush, Prime Minister Martin of Canada and Vicente Fox signing theUnification of the Americas deal.
Rollye: Right and you know I mentioned that. Every time they go for it. You’re absolutely right. An emotional hot button, be it some abortion issue or Terri Schiavo or anything that causes peoples heartstrings to tug. Right now, I love the way on television here – you probably don’t have it as much there, but this Natalie Holloway disappearance in Aruba. It’s every minute. You know you’d think she was Karen Halmoga or something. That was going on up there where everybody’s glued to the screen and things are passing behind our back.
Alan: Yes, that’s right. I knew when Terri Schiavo was being built up because they pulled this out the back a year before and yet they hadn’t killed her then, so they kept it on hold for another year, brought it up at the right time and then showed us this two or three minute clip. I taped it. I had my tape ready for it on television and I got the part where a reporter for Global Television stood up in front of the three “Amigos” they call them and he said, “this sounds like the unification of Europe. Is it the same thing?”and Paul Martin said, “well, it’s not quite the Big Bang,” meaning the whole thing. Then George Bush stepped in he couldn’t help himself and he said,”well, what’s wrong with that? What’s wrong with free trade and free movements of people”and freethis and all that, you see, and so it is the unification; that’s five more meetings to sign the agreements last year and it’s a done deal.
Rollye: And so do they have a date on it?
Alan: They want it done basically by 2010.
Rollye: Right, but no specific date for the ribbon cutting ceremony?
Alan: No. They’re keeping the pulse on the people to see how dumbed down and distracted we are.
Rollye: Right and right now there’s a little blip on the landscape here because there are significant numbers of people who are aghast at what the Senate put forth and you know I think to an extent Vicente Fox has overplayed his hand because his minions were the ones who were saying that our Senate would not be so fool hearty to listen to the voters as the House did.So I think in his best interests he could have saved that comment because now of course there’s a number of us who are intently staring at the Senate and they’ve rolled over completely on us.
Alan: I’m not surprised. I’ve listened to the Senate speech that was given by a British – actually he was the head of the Knights Templar Association of London and his name was James Goldsmith, Sir James Goldsmith and he went over and he gave a – it’s interesting that these guys can walk on to the Senate floor as an equal member because it’s a Masonic type floor. He gave a tremendous speech, which I also have a tape of, and he said quite openly, he says, look, I was for a unification of Europe all along until I realized what the real agenda behind it, and he said, it’s not good for the people. There’ll be no semblance of sovereignty whatsoever. He said when the new Parliament takes over, you through the NAFTA deal will go the same way. He mentioned all the job losses, the chaos of emigrants flooding into Britain and different countries and as a tremendous – this was a true orator, this man, trained, and yet the Senators, you hear different replies from different ones, all agreeing with him and yet they went and all voted for it, for the same deal.
Rollye: Yes, right. They’re giving it lip service and all that and of course you can ask anyone in Great Britain right now, I mean like individuals who have been arrested by selling things by the pound rather than by the metric, you know it’s insanity and of course that’s real small stuff compared to the totalitarianism that is falling into place. Alan Watt is with us. He has researched this, as you can tell, from the 1500’s. I want to pick up more historically and interweave it with where we are right now because you have been saying there’s got to be more than meets the eye. You’re about to find out that, oh yeah.
All right, Alan Watt is with us and we’ll be all night kind enough to visit and hopefully fill us in enough of the behind the scenes of stuff. You can check out his website: .com and it’s worth seeing. All right, so 1500 here’s John Dee. He gets this idea and we see exactly what’s happening with the British East India Company. Now after him what comes next?
Alan: Then they went into action right away basically forming the British East India Company, which was mainly consisted ofroyalty and nobility and the aristocracy who had shares in it. What they wanted to do was set up a future world including the Americas where they would train their own leaders and Elijah Yale who was one of the founding members of the British East India Company that needed the money for the Americas to set up the university there–
Rollye: That’s Yale University?
Alan: He said from there our future leaders will be taught this “Great Work,” this system. They call it the Great Work and he says with this system to come all the leaders would come from there and those who were initiated would be pushing the “Agenda” forward generation by generation.
Rollye: Kind of brings us to Skull and Bones, doesn’t it?
Alan: Yes it does.
Rollye: That’s exactly Yale University and isn’t it interesting that there are so many shall we say coincidences, not hardly, and so it’s also interesting that in the 1500’s they’re already looking toward the Americas when they really hadn’t even been there for the most part, but they’re eyeing it I guess because it’s not heavily populated and not heavily colonized at that point.
Alan: That’s right.
Rollye: Interesting. All right, so we’ve got Alan Watt and we’ll pick it up there and we’ve got a whole night of this and so Yale is already in the picture and we’re only a half hour into the show. All right, you bet the Council of Foreign Relations is coming and everything else, so yes it absolutely ties into what’s going into the Senate and the question becomes is there anything that anyone can do about it at this point, and I guarantee you we’ll get there to coming up tonight right here on the Rollye James Show.
Yes, we’ve got a lot of questions and we’re getting answers tonight from Alan Watt. He is the author of the “Cutting Through” series and you can find them on his website . We talked about the genesis of – at least the modern day’s conspiracies if you will from the 1500’s and we got to Elijah Yale and Skull and Bones obviously came from that. So clearly as the colonists were coming over that had to be a true opportunity for Great Britain and then we have this revolutionary war. Did this come out the way they wanted it to?
Alan: I personally think it did. I really think that the United States – you see they used the trick in Europe for hundreds and hundreds of years where the same royal families of all the countries – they were all related to each other and the only way you can keep government over the people and have the people pay taxes to keep the armies going is if you have wars with someone else.  So you had never ending wars between Britain, France and all the other countries and the kings and queens were never touched, of course. They always survived and they all profited from the wars. It kept the population of the peoples down as well and they stayed in power saying, well, if you get us out of power, there’s no one left to protect you from those guys over there.
Rollye: Yes, which is terrific and just as you’re saying not touching the royalty, I do remember reading when the Queen of Portugal hid out in Brazil for years during their wars, so yes, whatever it took not to be scathed themselves go for it. So yes we were – that’s what I had thought to that making us a sovereign nation was probably ultimately at the time in their best interests, but of course today as we talk about this the British East India Company is a shred of what it once was, at least outwardly, and it seems like Great Britain isn’t calling the shots today; or are they?
Alan: Well, the key is I guess when in the late 1800’s Cecil Rhodes was put out there as a front man to further this British Empire ideal, this commonwealth of the world. Cecil Rhodes and Lord Rothschild who owned the Bank of England at the time were the founding members of this Rhodes Foundation for Rhodes Scholarships and they trained people to go out into other countries and doors would open wide for them. They’d become high bureaucrats or political leaders in all different countries working for global union on this “democratic principle” as they called it, which meant the British System, and they were a secret society initially modeled after the Jesuits. They used Jesuits techniques and that’s in Cecil Rhodes own memoirs – in his own biography. It’s worth a read and what they said was they would take over countries and they would take them over by military force if need be and they would install the same type of puppet regime as Britain had for politicians and bureaucrats, and they would not leave those countries until they fully implemented the same democratic system, then they’d pull out knowing they’d set up a duplicate of their own basically.
Rollye: Which of course describes everything we’re hearing George W say about Iraq–
Alan: It’s exactly the same, exactly the same and of course from the Royal Institute of International Affairs, which they also founded, Britain is the grandparent of all these organizations, the Cecil Rhodes setup, the Royal Institute of International Affairs. All British Commonwealth countries, like Canada, we have a Canadian International Affairs. Australia has one. New Zealand. India has one and a few others. All non-commonwealth countries in the 1930’s – 1920’s were given the term Council on Foreign Relations but it’s the same club and they work together. I have their books going back to the 1930’s.
Rollye: The secret society that Rhodes and his ilk founded, did it have a name?
Alan: They called it the “Round Table” initially. They also called another part of it that it was specialized subsections. One part was called “The Kindergarten” where they would get young men entering university from noble families especially and they would train them up to be the future leaders of the world. Some of them would be taught to be revolutionaries. They would use the Ivy League universities in Britain and America to foment their “World Plan” and in Britain they have of course initiation rites at Oxford for the elite. It’s also the professors who also pick the students to be an ‘inner member’ of this Masonic group and they call themselves “The Oxford Circle,” and at Cambridge it’s called “The Apostles Club.”
Rollye: Now when you mention Masonic group, are any of these groups tied directly to Freemasonry?
Alan: Yes.
Rollye: And is that just in their beliefs in terms of why would Freemasonry come into this?
Alan: Freemasonry again was created – modern day Freemasonry, it always existed. It always existed for thousands of years FOR NOBLE CLASSES but it wasn’t given to a middle class until they needed the middle class to build up the Industrial Revolution in Europe. Then they gave lower orders, which is loosely called “Freemasonry,” to make sure that the middle classes would keep and work for and give oaths towards keeping the system on the go; but part of that had been kept strictly within the high noble orders, the aristocracy.
Rollye: There were a lot of secret societies in the 1700’s and 1800’s, Rosicrucian’s things like that. Did all of them tie together—
Alan: Yes—
Rollye: Okay, so you hear about Rosicrucians today but clearly that’s not the same deal that you can send away for your pamphlet.
Alan: Yes, that’s right. That’s right. Well, even yet, in fact, the Rosicrucian movement which is in Pennsylvania there—
Rollye: Well it was. Now it’s in San Jose. The Lewis’ who are now long dead, but yes, that had it in Pennsylvania. That’s right.
Alan: I’ve got an old book that was given out for I think it was the 1920 Convocation – The Great Convocation it was called, held on the property where they have the philosophic club and put all their books out. Now these books are for all Masonic societies, but the man who ran that at the time was Clymer and Clymer was a Rosicrucian, but he said, “I summoned the Blue Lodge of Masonry. I summoned the Eastern Star of Masonry.” He summoned all the other branches to come to this Convocation and they came, which tells you that it wasn’t a lowly order; and of course John Dee himself in the 1500’s, Francis Bacon was also a member and so they were the real guys who kicked it off. For this part of the agenda, you’re right. It’s much, much older.
Rollye: Right, and it seems like it’s like bulls eye. There’s circles of knowledge, much like the Council on Foreign Relations or any of them. When you’re on a periphery and yeah you’re member but yet you’re not in the inner circle, you’re not going to get the same information as the guy standing in the bulls eye because again you can read all about Freemasonry or you can go ahead and join the Rosicrucian’s and you’re not going to get in the mail the pamphlet of how to take over the world.
Alan: That’s correct. In fact, it was Albert Pike, he lead the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry in Charleston, he wrote the book, “Morals and Dogma.” He was called the Pope of Freemasonry for the world in his day and he laid the agenda out there for the world.
Rollye: And what is the agenda?
Alan: He said – well you’ll have to remember what Freemasonry teaches their higher. See “LIFE BEGINS AT 40,” that’s where the term comes from. The 40th Degree. Not the 33rd Degree and so you don’t get into the truth until you hit the 40th Degree.
Rollye: And I assume that when we’re talking about the Masons of today the guy who’s a Shriner, he’s a 33rd Degree Mason, so what we’re seeing is that this is a whole other ball game that the rank and file are unaware exist?
Alan: Yes. It’s an assisting process where if you for instance in a small town had a little newspaper where you could influence public opinion, then you’d be tapped on the shoulder, brought out from the lodge you’re in, the Blue Lodge, and brought out to another lodge. Then they’d shoot you up to the top, you see, because now you help to control people’s minds and thoughts.
Rollye: But when you’re on a 40th Degree, what’s their guiding principles?
Alan: Once again it breaks through. See, all the Masons up to the 33rd are taught one thing which they do believe and it is that they’re all illumined. It’s nonsense that Weishaupt was the first Illuminati. The Illuminati in the Oxford Dictionary first in England started popping up its head in the 12th Century AD. So these are the same guys under different lodges popping their heads up in different countries down through history at fulfilling their part of the agenda and—
Rollye: Sure, but lets say that the rank and file the guy who is going to his lodge meeting and is doing good and having a hospital drive, most of these individuals have no more clue to the New World Order than they do about invading foreign planets.
Alan: That’s correct and what they do is create a nice front of charity which – and Albert Pike said that in his own book, “Morals and Dogma.” He said, “the low degree Masons are no different than the profane,” meaning the general population, the base ignorant population. That’s what profane means and so they’re being used as well and it’s very hard to attack mom’s apple pie, if you know what I mean.
Rollye: Well of course it is and again the individuals who will defend it to the death have narrowly a clue that this could be possible because their entire experience with the organization is mom’s apple pie in the best sense of the word and so that’s why I always like to bring that out that this is not knocking the guy who is going to his lodge and helping a hospital. It’s not about that at all. There’s something above it. A subset that is fascinating to start to look at. So here we are. Lets say the 40th Degree however you get there. However you’re chosen. You got in and now what do you discover?
Alan: Then you discover that not only are you basically an illumined one, you’re now into godhood. You’re a god.
Rollye: What does this mean though? I mean what is the goal? Okay, so I’m a god. What’s my goal here?
Alan: The god is reconstructing the world in the way it should have been constructed and what they say at that degree is that Masonry is there “to perfect that which was left un-perfect,” which is man and society and the world itself. Everything.
Rollye: What’s there version of perfect?
Alan: Perfect is a world where there’s no free choice for the profane – the masses of people and anything and that the world should be run on an economic principal of necessity where no one should be born without a function to fulfill to serve the world state.
Rollye: Good luck.
Alan: And that’s where we’re heading today with so much regulations, laws and bureaucracies. We can hardly turn around right now without permission.
Rollye: Now at the same time in the late 1800’s that this was really coming to fruition in terms of trying to have impact in the real world rather than just talking about it. We also had movements coming up like the Fabians who are on the outside, at least seem to be avowed socialists. How does that tie in?
Alan: Yes. Here’s an odd thing. If you read one of the founders books by Bertrand Russell, Lord Bertrand Russell, fascinating man, long lineage of aristocracy and royalty. He was mainly a mathematician but he put many books out there on philosophy with the goal, the world agenda and he was sent over by the British Royalty to help create the beginnings of communism in Chinaback in the 1920’s and he taught universities there. He got the students picked out. Later they were trained. They became the first leaders of the Communist Party for China and this was funded by the British government—
Rollye: You know it’s interesting of course because communism is no different than what we’re discussing. It’s complete and total control of the masses. So whether it’s fascism or communism–
Alan: Same thing–
Rollye: Or from that standpoint, I guess what we’re seeing the Fabians told a nicer fairly tale about doing the same thing.
Alan: They did to the public. However, in Lord Bertrand Russell’s book, his biography he tells you about his co-members the other founders and one of them was H.G. Wells who’s known for his novels but he wrote more non-fiction books about “The Agenda” than anybody else of his period and the Webb’s. There was Sydney and Beatrice Webb. Beatrice, her maiden name was POTTER. Beatrice POTTER. It’s a well-known name too.
Rollye: As in Harriett Potter, right?
Alan: Yes and the Beatrice Potter stories for children. However, the Fabian Society whose logo was “A Wolf in Sheep’s Clothing,” Bertrand Russell describes the Webb’s the main founders and he said these people did not believe in the rights of the people whatsoever. They believe the people had to be ruled by the strong hand of a superior elite and government.
Rollye: Which is what communism really is and you know as you were talking about going into China, well of course when we talk about Marks and Engels we’re also talking about British subjects into Russia and their idea of a dictatorship for the proletariat never ended.
Alan: It never ended and of course the quickest way to unify a big block of Russia and many other smaller countries, the fastest way was to bring the totalitarian system, force the same system of bureaucracy, schooling, education and so on, on them and once you have a power almost to the British system, then once again you take away the force and suddenly they’re all supposedly free, but they’re really just clones of what Britain wanted. They unified that mass country, mass area of small countries into one system.
Rollye: Now as you say that, this is one of the things that we talk about a lot here is when all the walls came down and the Soviet Union breaks up you would think that if we were truly interested in seeing other capitalistic countries thrive that our aid would have gone to Russia to the these people, who, like you say, they were indoctrinated to the point that they were not free even when they were free. Of course, what’s come in as gangs and what’s also communist people saying bring back communism and of course we leave them to flounder. So I assume that was by design?
Alan: Absolutely, by design. Cecil Rhodes and the boys and the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the CFR planned the century out from the beginning of the 1900’s right through actually into the present days. I have the Minutes of their meetings of the World Meetings and the one in 1938 I think it was. It was in 1937, published 1938. The Royal Institute and the CFR met in Australia and it has all the members from America and Canada and all over who attended and all the bankers too.
Rollye: Well of course.
Alan: And the speeches went on to say there will be global government. The only problem was the exact date they should fix on it and they went through the whole agenda for the rest of the century including the coming world war with Germany. How they must save the Soviet Union at all costs and then–
Rollye: Did they pick the date for domination – for world domination?
Alan: Yes, they wanted basically a united world government in place around 2010 – 12, but the unification of Britain had to be first to be done in the 1990’s. Unification of the Americas by 2010 and the Pacific Rim around the same time, but chaos would still ensue as all these peoples moved around. Vast amounts of people moved around to borderless countries and then the United Nations would take over as the arbitrator of peace, you see.
Rollye: All right, hang on and Alan Watt is with us, and boy, we’re going to pick it up. We’re going to talk about the League of Nations and the UN and the Federal Reserve, and a lot more, and it will start to make sense. So when you’re saying why would they be doing this? It’s long in the plan.